Geographie delineated forth in two bookes Containing the sphericall and topicall parts thereof, by Nathanael Carpenter, Fellow of Exceter Colledge in Oxford.
         Carpenter, Nathanael, 1589-1628?
      
       
         
           1635
        
      
       Approx. 1244 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 301 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2004-03 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A18028
         STC 4677
         ESTC S107604
         99843302
         99843302
         8020
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A18028)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 8020)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1475-1640 ; 1061:11)
      
       
         
           
             Geographie delineated forth in two bookes Containing the sphericall and topicall parts thereof, by Nathanael Carpenter, Fellow of Exceter Colledge in Oxford.
             Carpenter, Nathanael, 1589-1628?
          
           
             The second edition corrected.
          
           [16], 272; [16], 286, [2] p., 4 folded tables : ill.
           
             Printed by Iohn Lichfield, for Henry Cripps, and are to be sold by Henry Curteyne,
             Oxford :
             Anno Domini, M.DC.XXXV. [1635]
          
           
             "Geographie the second booke" has separate dated title page, pagination and register.
             The last leaf is blank.
             Reproduction of the original in the University of Chicago. Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Geography -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2003-10 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2003-11 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2003-12 Mona Logarbo
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2003-12 Mona Logarbo
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2004-02 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
           
             
             
               GEOGRAPHIE
               DELINEATED
               FORTH
               IN
               TWO
               BOOKES
               ▪
               CONTAINING
               The
               Sphericall
               and
               Topicall
               parts
               thereof
               ,
               By
               NATHANAEL
               CARPENTER
               ,
               Fellow
               of
               Exceter
               Colledge
               in
               Oxford
               .
            
             
               THE
               SECOND
               EDITION
               CORRECTED
               .
            
             
               
                 ECCLESIAST
                 .
                 1.
                 
              
               
                 One
                 generation
                 commeth
                 ,
                 and
                 another
                 goeth
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 Earth
                 remayneth
                 for
                 euer
                 .
              
            
             
               OXFORD
               ,
               Printed
               by
               
                 Iohn
                 Lichfield
              
               ,
               for
               
                 Henry
                 Cripps
              
               ;
               and
               are
               to
               be
               sold
               by
               
                 Henry
                 Curteyne
                 .
                 Anno
                 Domini
              
               ,
               M.
               DC
               .
               XXXV
               .
            
          
           
             
             
             
               TO
               THE
               RIGHT
               HONOVRABLE
               WILLIAM
               ,
               EARLE
               OF
               PEMBROKE
               ,
               LORD
               CHAMBERLAINE
               to
               the
               Kings
               most
               excellent
               Maiesty
               ,
               Knight
               of
               the
               most
               Noble
               Order
               of
               the
               Garter
               ,
               and
               Chancellour
               of
               the
               Vniuersity
               of
               Oxford
               .
            
             
               
                 Right
                 Honourable
                 ,
              
            
             
               THis
               poore
               Infant
               of
               mine
               ,
               which
               I
               now
               offer
               to
               
                 Your
                 Honourable
              
               acceptance
               ,
               was
               consecrated
               Yours
               in
               the
               first
               conception
               :
               If
               the
               hasty
               desire
               I
               had
               to
               present
               it
               ,
               makes
               it
               (
               as
               an
               abortiue
               brat
               )
               seeme
               vnworthy
               
               my
               first
               wishes
               ,
               and
               Your
               fauourable
               Patronage
               ;
               impute
               it
               (
               I
               beseech
               You
               )
               not
               to
               Selfe-will
               but
               Duty
               ;
               which
               would
               rather
               shew
               herselfe
               too
               officious
               ,
               then
               negligent
               .
               What
               I
               now
               dedicate
               rather
               to
               Your
               Honour
               ,
               then
               mine
               owne
               Ambition
               ,
               I
               desire
               no
               farther
               to
               bee
               accompted
               Mine
               ,
               then
               Your
               generous
               approbation
               :
               wishing
               it
               no
               other
               fate
               ,
               then
               either
               to
               dye
               with
               Your
               Dislike
               ,
               or
               liue
               with
               Your
               Name
               and
               Memory
               .
               The
               generall
               Acclamation
               of
               the
               Learned
               of
               this
               Age
               ,
               acknowledging
               with
               all
               thankefull
               Duty
               ,
               as
               well
               Your
               Loue
               to
               Learning
               ,
               as
               Zeale
               to
               Religion
               ,
               hath
               long
               since
               stampt
               me
               Yours
               .
               This
               arrogant
               Desire
               of
               mine
               ,
               grounded
               more
               on
               Your
               Heroicke
               vertues
               ,
               then
               my
               priuate
               ends
               ,
               promised
               mee
               more
               in
               Your
               Honourable
               Estimation
               ,
               then
               some
               others
               in
               Your
               Greatnesse
               .
               The
               expression
               of
               my selfe
               in
               these
               faculties
               beside
               my
               profession
               ,
               indebted
               more
               to
               Loue
               ,
               then
               Ability
               ,
               setts
               my
               Ambition
               a
               pinch
               higher
               then
               my
               Nature
               .
               But
               such
               is
               the
               Magnificent
               splendour
               of
               Your
               Countenance
               ,
               which
               may
               easily
               lend
               Your
               poore
               Seruant
               so
               much
               light
               as
               to
               lead
               him
               out
               of
               Darknesse
               ;
               and
               ,
               as
               the
               Sunne
               reflecting
               on
               the
               baser
               earth
               ,
               at
               once
               both
               view
               and
               guild
               his
               Imperfections
               .
               My
               language
               
               and
               formality
               I
               owe
               not
               to
               the
               Court
               ,
               but
               Vniuersity
               ;
               whereof
               I
               cannot
               but
               expect
               
                 Your
                 Honour
              
               to
               be
               an
               impartiall
               Vmpier
               ,
               being
               a
               most
               vigorous
               Member
               of
               the
               one
               ,
               and
               the
               Head
               of
               the
               other
               Corporation
               .
               If
               these
               fruites
               of
               my
               Labours
               purchase
               so
               much
               as
               
                 Your
                 Honours
              
               least
               Approbabation
               ,
               I
               shall
               hold
               my
               wishes
               euen
               accomplished
               in
               their
               ends
               ,
               and
               desire
               only
               to
               be
               thought
               so
               worthy
               in
               Your
               Honourable
               esteeme
               ,
               as
               to
               liue
               and
               dye
            
             
               
                 Your
                 Honours
                 in
                 all
                 duty
                 and
                 seruice
                 to
                 bee
                 commanded
                 
                   NATHANAEL
                   CARPENTER
                
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Analysis
               of
               the
               first
               Booke
               .
            
             
               Geography
               ,
               whose
               obiect
               is
               the
               whole
               earth
               ,
               is
               either
               
                 
                   Sphericall
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   two-fold
                   either
                   
                     
                       Primary
                       ,
                       which
                       considers
                       the
                       Terrestriall
                       Spheare
                       either
                       as
                       it
                       is
                       
                         
                           Naturall
                           wherein
                           are
                           to
                           bee
                           considered
                           two
                           things
                           :
                           the
                           
                             
                               Principles
                               whereof
                               it
                               consists
                               ,
                               to
                               wit
                               ,
                               Matter
                               and
                               Forme
                               .
                               Chapter
                               1.
                               
                            
                             
                               Proprieties
                               arising
                               out
                               of
                               them
                               ;
                               which
                               againe
                               are
                               either
                               
                                 
                                   Reall
                                   :
                                   such
                                   as
                                   are
                                   assigned
                                   in
                                   respect
                                   of
                                   the
                                   
                                     
                                       Earth
                                       it selfe
                                       :
                                       which
                                       are
                                       either
                                       
                                         
                                           Elementary
                                           :
                                           as
                                           the
                                           conformity
                                           of
                                           all
                                           the
                                           parts
                                           concurring
                                           to
                                           the
                                           constitution
                                           of
                                           the
                                           Spheare
                                           .
                                           Chapter
                                           2.
                                           
                                        
                                         
                                           Magneticall
                                           ;
                                           which
                                           are
                                           either
                                           
                                             
                                               Partiall
                                               as
                                               the
                                               Coition
                                               ,
                                               Direction
                                               ,
                                               Variation
                                               ,
                                               Declination
                                               :
                                               Chap.
                                               3.
                                               
                                            
                                             
                                               Totall
                                               :
                                               as
                                               the
                                               Verticity
                                               and
                                               Reuolution
                                               :
                                               Chap.
                                               4.
                                               
                                            
                                          
                                        
                                      
                                    
                                     
                                       Heauens
                                       :
                                       wherein
                                       we
                                       treate
                                       of
                                       the
                                       Site
                                       ,
                                       Stability
                                       ,
                                       and
                                       proportion
                                       of
                                       the
                                       Earth
                                       in
                                       respect
                                       of
                                       the
                                       Heauens
                                       .
                                       Chap.
                                       5.
                                       
                                    
                                  
                                
                                 
                                   Imaginary
                                   :
                                   such
                                   as
                                   are
                                   the
                                   Circles
                                   and
                                   Lineaments
                                   of
                                   the
                                   Globe
                                   ,
                                   of
                                   whose
                                   Inuention
                                   and
                                   Expression
                                   .
                                   Chap.
                                   6.
                                   
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                         
                           Artificiall
                           :
                           in
                           the
                           Artificiall
                           Spheare
                           representing
                           the
                           Naturall
                           vnto
                           vs
                           :
                           which
                           is
                           either
                           Common
                           or
                           Magneticall
                           .
                           Chap.
                           7.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       Secondary
                       ,
                       which
                       handles
                       such
                       matters
                       in
                       the
                       Spheare
                       as
                       secondarily
                       arise
                       out
                       of
                       the
                       first
                       .
                       Such
                       are
                       
                         
                           Measure
                           of
                           the
                           Earth
                           ,
                           with
                           the
                           diuerse
                           manner
                           of
                           Inuention
                           .
                           Chap.
                           8.
                           
                        
                         
                           Distinction
                           which
                           are
                           either
                           
                             
                               Spaces
                               considered
                               
                                 
                                   Simply
                                   in
                                   themselues
                                   ,
                                   in
                                   which
                                   sort
                                   they
                                   are
                                   diuided
                                   into
                                   Zones
                                   ,
                                   Climates
                                   ,
                                   and
                                   Parallels
                                   .
                                   Chap.
                                   9.
                                   
                                
                                 
                                   In
                                   respect
                                   of
                                   the
                                   Inhabitants
                                   :
                                   which
                                   suffer
                                   manifold
                                   Distinction
                                   .
                                   Chap.
                                   10.
                                   
                                
                              
                            
                             
                               Distances
                               which
                               are
                               either
                               
                                 
                                   Simple
                                   :
                                   wherein
                                   is
                                   considered
                                   the
                                   Longitude
                                   &
                                   Latitude
                                   of
                                   places
                                   .
                                   Chap.
                                   11.
                                   
                                
                                 
                                   Comparatiue
                                   :
                                   wherein
                                   two
                                   places
                                   differing
                                   either
                                   in
                                   Longitude
                                   or
                                   Latitude
                                   ,
                                   or
                                   both
                                   ,
                                   are
                                   considered
                                   .
                                   Chap.
                                   12.
                                   
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                   Topicall
                   Libro
                   2o.
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
             
               OF
               THE
               SPECIALL
               Contents
               of
               each
               Chapter
               of
               the
               first
               Booke
               according
               to
               the
               seuerall
               Theoremes
               .
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   I.
                   Of
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   ,
                   the
                   Matter
                   and
                   Forme
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   IN
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   spheare
                   is
                   more
                   Earth
                   then
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   pag.
                   8
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   Earth
                   and
                   Water
                   together
                   ,
                   make
                   one
                   Spheare
                   .
                
                 
                   pag.
                   10
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   II.
                   Of
                   the
                   Conformity
                   of
                   parts
                   in
                   the
                   constitution
                   of
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Spheare
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   The
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   terrestriall
                   spheare
                   doe
                   naturally
                   conforme
                   and
                   dispose
                   themselues
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   to
                   the
                   Production
                   and
                   Generation
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   the
                   continuance
                   and
                   preseruation
                   of
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   pag.
                   14
                
                 
                   2
                   All
                   Earthly
                   bodyes
                   incline
                   and
                   approach
                   to
                   the
                   center
                   as
                   neere
                   as
                   they
                   can
                   .
                
                 
                   16
                
                 
                   3
                   Of
                   two
                   heauy
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   striuing
                   for
                   the
                   same
                   place
                   ,
                   that
                   alwayes
                   preuaileth
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   heauiest
                   .
                
                 
                   22
                
                 
                   4
                   Hence
                   it
                   comes
                   to
                   passe
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   enioyes
                   the
                   lowest
                   place
                   ,
                   
                   the
                   next
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   last
                   the
                   Aire
                   .
                
                 
                   ibid.
                   
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   Center
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   not
                   an
                   Attractiue
                   ,
                   but
                   a
                   meere
                   Respectiue
                   point
                   .
                
                 
                   25.
                   
                
                 
                   6
                   The
                   same
                   point
                   is
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   Magnitude
                   ,
                   and
                   weight
                   in
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   spheare
                   .
                
                 
                   26
                
                 
                   7
                   Euery
                   point
                   or
                   center
                   of
                   a
                   weighty
                   body
                   ,
                   is
                   moued
                   towards
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   the
                   terrestriall
                   Globe
                   by
                   a
                   right
                   line
                   .
                
                 
                   27
                
                 
                   8
                   A
                   heauy
                   point
                   mouing
                   toward
                   the
                   center
                   ,
                   will
                   moue
                   faster
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   then
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   28
                
                 
                   9
                   The
                   motion
                   of
                   a
                   magnitude
                   towards
                   the
                   center
                   ,
                   is
                   not
                   meerely
                   naturall
                   ,
                   but
                   mixt
                   with
                   a
                   violent
                   motion
                   .
                
                 
                   29
                
                 
                   10
                   The
                   lines
                   wherein
                   the
                   centers
                   of
                   two
                   heauy
                   bodyes
                   are
                   moued
                   downewardly
                   ,
                   being
                   continued
                   ,
                   will
                   meete
                   in
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   31
                
                 
                   11
                   Two
                   heauy
                   bodie
                   :
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   figure
                   and
                   matter
                   ,
                   whether
                   equall
                   or
                   vnequall
                   ,
                   will
                   in
                   an
                   equall
                   time
                   ,
                   moue
                   in
                   an
                   equall
                   space
                   .
                
                 
                   32
                
                 
                   12
                   The
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   is
                   round
                   and
                   sphericall
                   .
                
                 
                   33
                
                 
                   13
                   The
                   Rugged
                   and
                   vnequall
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   hinder
                   not
                   the
                   sphericall
                   roundnesse
                   of
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   36
                
                 
                   14
                   The
                   Water
                   concurring
                   with
                   the
                   Earth
                   in
                   the
                   Globe
                   ,
                   is
                   also
                   sphericall
                   .
                
                 
                   38
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   III.
                   Of
                   the
                   Partiall
                   Magneticall
                   affections
                   in
                   the
                   spheare
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   The
                   Terrestriall
                   spheare
                   is
                   of
                   a
                   magneticall
                   Nature
                   and
                   disposition
                   .
                
                 
                   pag.
                   46
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   magneticall
                   motion
                   is
                   excited
                   in
                   a
                   small
                   and
                   vnperceiuable
                   difference
                   of
                   time
                   .
                
                 
                   49
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   motiue
                   quality
                   is
                   spread
                   spherically
                   through
                   euery
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   magneticall
                   body
                   .
                
                 
                   49
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   motiue
                   quality
                   of
                   the
                   magneticall
                   body
                   ,
                   is
                   strongest
                   of
                   all
                   in
                   the
                   poles
                   ,
                   in
                   other
                   parts
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   stronger
                   by
                   how
                   much
                   they
                   are
                   situated
                   neere
                   the
                   poles
                   .
                
                 
                   50
                
                 
                   5
                   Magneticall
                   bodies
                   moue
                   not
                   vncertainly
                   ,
                   but
                   haue
                   their
                   motions
                   directed
                   and
                   conformed
                   to
                   certaine
                   bounds
                   .
                
                 
                   52
                
                 
                   
                   6
                   The
                   Magnet
                   communicates
                   his
                   vertue
                   to
                   iron
                   or
                   steele
                   ,
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   touched
                   with
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   55
                
                 
                   7
                   The
                   Magneticall
                   Coition
                   is
                   strongest
                   of
                   all
                   in
                   the
                   poles
                   .
                
                 
                   56
                
                 
                   8
                   The
                   South
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Loadstone
                   turnes
                   to
                   the
                   North
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   North
                   to
                   the
                   South
                   .
                
                 
                   57
                
                 
                   9
                   The
                   contrary
                   motion
                   in
                   magnets
                   is
                   the
                   iust
                   Confluxe
                   and
                   Conformity
                   of
                   such
                   bodies
                   to
                   magneticall
                   vnion
                   .
                
                 
                   59
                
                 
                   10
                   If
                   any
                   part
                   southward
                   of
                   the
                   magneticall
                   body
                   be
                   torne
                   away
                   or
                   diminished
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   shall
                   also
                   be
                   diminished
                   of
                   the
                   North
                   part
                   .
                
                 
                   50
                
                 
                   11
                   The
                   Magneticall
                   variation
                   hath
                   no
                   certaine
                   Poles
                   in
                   the
                   terrestriall
                   Globe
                   .
                
                 
                   63
                
                 
                   12
                   The
                   point
                   of
                   Variation
                   ,
                   as
                   of
                   Direction
                   ,
                   is
                   onely
                   Respectiue
                   not
                   attractiue
                   .
                
                 
                   65
                
                 
                   13.
                   
                   The
                   variation
                   of
                   euery
                   place
                   is
                   constant
                   not
                   variable
                   .
                
                 
                   66
                
                 
                   14
                   The
                   variation
                   is
                   greater
                   in
                   places
                   neere
                   the
                   poles
                   .
                
                 
                   ibid.
                   
                
                 
                   15
                   The
                   magneticall
                   Declination
                   is
                   answereable
                   to
                   the
                   Latitude
                   ,
                   not
                   in
                   equality
                   of
                   degrees
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   proportion
                   .
                
                 
                   69
                
                 
                   16
                   The
                   magneticall
                   declination
                   is
                   caused
                   ,
                   not
                   of
                   the
                   attractiue
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   the
                   Disponent
                   and
                   Conuersiue
                   vertue
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   70
                
                 
                   17
                   The
                   Magneticall
                   Declination
                   hath
                   a
                   variation
                   .
                
                 
                   71
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   IV.
                   Of
                   the
                   totall
                   Motions
                   Magneticall
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   The
                   spheare
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   by
                   her
                   magneticall
                   vigour
                   ,
                   is
                   most
                   firmely
                   seated
                   on
                   her
                   Axell
                   ,
                   whose
                   ends
                   or
                   poles
                   respect
                   alwayes
                   the
                   same
                   points
                   in
                   the
                   Heauens
                   without
                   alteration
                   .
                
                 
                   72
                
                 
                   2
                   It
                   is
                   probable
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   terrestriall
                   Globe
                   hath
                   a
                   circular
                   Motion
                   .
                
                 
                   76
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   V.
                   Of
                   the
                   site
                   ,
                   Stability
                   ,
                   and
                   Proportion
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   The
                   terrestriall
                   Globe
                   is
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   world
                   .
                
                 
                   99
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   position
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   in
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   may
                   bee
                   reconciled
                   ,
                   
                   as
                   well
                   with
                   the
                   diurnall
                   motion
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Apparences
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   .
                
                 
                   110
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Earth
                   is
                   firmely
                   seated
                   and
                   setled
                   in
                   her
                   proper
                   place
                   .
                
                 
                   115
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Earthly
                   Globe
                   compared
                   in
                   quantity
                   with
                   the
                   Firmament
                   ,
                   &
                   supreme
                   orbes
                   of
                   the
                   Planets
                   ,
                   hath
                   no
                   sensible
                   magnitude
                   .
                
                 
                   118
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   terrestriall
                   Globe
                   compared
                   with
                   the
                   inferiour
                   Orbes
                   hath
                   a
                   sensible
                   magnitude
                   .
                
                 
                   121
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   VI.
                   Of
                   the
                   circles
                   of
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Spheare·
                
                 
                   1
                   A
                   circle
                   though
                   imaginary
                   in
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   hath
                   his
                   ground
                   in
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   terrestriall
                   spheare
                   .
                
                 
                   123
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   distinction
                   of
                   a
                   circle
                   into
                   a
                   certaine
                   number
                   of
                   parts
                   hath
                   no
                   certaine
                   ground
                   in
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   terrestriall
                   spheare
                   ,
                   but
                   onely
                   in
                   conueniency
                   .
                
                 
                   124
                
                 
                   3
                   By
                   Astronomicall
                   obseruation
                   to
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   Meridian
                   .
                
                 
                   127
                
                 
                   4
                   To
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   Meridian
                   magnetically
                   .
                
                 
                   129
                
                 
                   5
                   By
                   the
                   Incision
                   of
                   a
                   tree
                   ,
                   the
                   Meridian
                   may
                   be
                   found
                   out
                   .
                
                 
                   131
                
                 
                   6
                   The
                   Meridian
                   being
                   found
                   to
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   Equatour
                   .
                
                 
                   137
                
                 
                   7
                   Without
                   the
                   helpe
                   of
                   the
                   Meridian
                   to
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   Equatour
                   .
                
                 
                   138
                
                 
                   8
                   To
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   Equatour
                   magnetically
                   .
                
                 
                   138
                
                 
                   9
                   The
                   Equatour
                   is
                   an
                   vnmoueable
                   circle
                   ,
                   whose
                   Poles
                   neuer
                   vary
                   from
                   the
                   Fixt-Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   140
                
                 
                   10
                   How
                   to
                   know
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   degrees
                   in
                   a
                   lesser
                   circle
                   answerable
                   to
                   the
                   greater
                   .
                
                 
                   147
                
                 
                   11
                   The
                   sensible
                   and
                   Rationall
                   Horizon
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   are
                   much
                   different
                   :
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Firmament
                   all
                   one
                   .
                
                 
                   151
                
                 
                   12
                   The
                   sensible
                   Horizon
                   may
                   be
                   greater
                   or
                   lesse
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Nature
                   and
                   Disposition
                   of
                   the
                   place
                   .
                
                 
                   153
                
                 
                   13
                   the
                   Eye
                   may
                   be
                   so
                   placed
                   on
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   may
                   behold
                   the
                   whole
                   Hemispheare
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   ,
                   and
                   yet
                   no
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   terrestriall
                   spheare
                   .
                
                 
                   154
                
                 
                   14
                   From
                   the
                   Horizontall
                   circle
                   is
                   reckoned
                   the
                   Eleuation
                   of
                   the
                   Pole
                   in
                   any
                   place
                   assigned
                   .
                
                 
                   155
                
                 
                   15
                   How
                   to
                   finde
                   out
                   the
                   Horizon
                   for
                   any
                   place
                   assigned
                   .
                
                 
                   156
                
                 
                   
                   16
                   How
                   to
                   finde
                   out
                   the
                   Horizontall
                   plaine
                   .
                
                 
                   157
                
                 
                   17
                   The
                   distinction
                   of
                   Horizons
                   .
                
                 
                   ibid.
                   
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   VII
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Artificiall
                   Representation
                   of
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   spheare
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   the
                   parts
                   whereof
                   the
                   Globe
                   is
                   Geographically
                   compounded
                   .
                
                 
                   163
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   vse
                   of
                   the
                   Artificiall
                   Globe
                   is
                   to
                   expresse
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   so
                   farre
                   forth
                   as
                   they
                   haue
                   a
                   diuerse
                   situation
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   one
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Heauens
                   .
                
                 
                   166
                
                 
                   3
                   Of
                   the
                   direction
                   of
                   the
                   artificiall
                   Globe
                   .
                
                 
                   ibid.
                   
                
                 
                   4
                   Of
                   the
                   ground
                   and
                   fabricke
                   of
                   the
                   Artificiall
                   plaine
                   Chart.
                   
                
                 
                   168
                
                 
                   5
                   Of
                   the
                   ground
                   and
                   fabricke
                   of
                   the
                   Geographicall
                   Planispheares
                   with
                   their
                   seuerall
                   distinctions
                   .
                
                 
                   175
                
                 
                   6
                   Of
                   the
                   magneticall
                   Terrella
                   .
                
                 
                   182
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   VIII
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   measure
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   The
                   common
                   measures
                   by
                   which
                   the
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   knowne
                   ,
                   are
                   miles
                   ,
                   and
                   furlongs
                   .
                
                 
                   187
                
                 
                   2
                   Of
                   the
                   inuention
                   of
                   the
                   circumference
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   188
                
                 
                   3
                   By
                   the
                   eleuation
                   of
                   the
                   Pole
                   ,
                   or
                   obseruation
                   of
                   an
                   Eclipse
                   or
                   some
                   knowne
                   starre
                   the
                   circuite
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   may
                   be
                   knowne
                   .
                
                 
                   189
                
                 
                   4
                   By
                   obseruation
                   of
                   the
                   noone-shadowes
                   the
                   measure
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   may
                   be
                   found
                   out
                   .
                
                 
                   190
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   opinions
                   of
                   Cosmographers
                   concerning
                   the
                   measure
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   are
                   diuerse
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   chiefly
                   to
                   bee
                   imputed
                   to
                   their
                   errour
                   in
                   obseruing
                   the
                   distances
                   of
                   places
                   experimentally
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   Miles
                   ,
                   Furlongs
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   measures
                   .
                
                 
                   192
                
                 
                   6
                   How
                   by
                   the
                   knowne
                   height
                   of
                   some
                   mountaine
                   the
                   diameter
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   may
                   be
                   found
                   out
                   .
                
                 
                   197
                
                 
                   7
                   How
                   to
                   finde
                   out
                   the
                   plaine
                   and
                   conuey
                   superficies
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   198
                
                 
                   
                   8
                   Of
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   square
                   miles
                   contained
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   200
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   IX
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Zones
                   ,
                   Climates
                   ,
                   and
                   Parallels
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   the
                   temperate
                   and
                   vntemperate
                   Zones
                   .
                
                 
                   204
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   t●rride
                   Zone
                   is
                   the
                   greatest
                   of
                   all
                   :
                   next
                   are
                   the
                   two
                   temperate
                   :
                   the
                   cold
                   Zones
                   are
                   the
                   least
                   of
                   all
                   .
                
                 
                   207
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Zone
                   wherein
                   any
                   place
                   is
                   seated
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   knowne
                   either
                   by
                   the
                   Globe
                   ,
                   or
                   Geographicall
                   table
                   ,
                   or
                   else
                   by
                   the
                   tables
                   of
                   Latitude
                   .
                
                 
                   208
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Zones
                   and
                   Climates
                   agree
                   in
                   forme
                   ,
                   but
                   differ
                   in
                   greatnesse
                   ,
                   Number
                   ,
                   and
                   Office.
                   
                
                 
                   211
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   I●●ention
                   compared
                   one
                   with
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   are
                   not
                   all
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   greatnes
                   .
                
                 
                   212
                
                 
                   6
                   The
                   inclination
                   of
                   the
                   Climates
                   .
                
                 
                   ibid.
                   
                
                 
                   7
                   The
                   distinction
                   of
                   the
                   Climates
                   .
                
                 
                   213
                
                 
                   8
                   Of
                   the
                   diuersity
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Ancient
                   and
                   moderne
                   Geographers
                   ,
                   concerning
                   the
                   placing
                   and
                   number
                   of
                   the
                   Climates
                   .
                
                 
                   214
                
                 
                   9
                   How
                   to
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   Parallell
                   for
                   each
                   place
                   .
                
                 
                   217
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   X.
                   Of
                   the
                   distinction
                   of
                   the
                   Inhabitants
                   of
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   spheare
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   the
                   inhabi●ant●
                   of
                   a
                   right
                   ,
                   oblique
                   ,
                   and
                   Parallell
                   spheare
                   ,
                   with
                   their
                   properties
                   and
                   distinctions
                   .
                
                 
                   220
                
                 
                   2
                   Of
                   the
                   
                     Amphi●cij
                     ,
                     Hetero●cij
                  
                   ,
                   &
                   Periscij
                   ,
                   with
                   their
                   properperties
                   .
                
                 
                   226
                
                 
                   3
                   Of
                   the
                   
                     Perioecj
                     ,
                     Antoe●j
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Antipodes
                   ,
                   with
                   their
                   Accidents
                   :
                
                 
                   228
                
                 
                   4
                   How
                   the
                   
                     Perioecj
                     ,
                     Antecj
                  
                   and
                   Antipodes
                   ,
                   are
                   distinguished
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   celestiall
                   Apparences
                   .
                
                 
                   231
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XI
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Longitudes
                   and
                   Latitudes
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Places
                   enioying
                   the
                   same
                   longitude
                   ,
                   are
                   not
                   alwayes
                   equally
                   distant
                   from
                   the
                   first
                   Meridian
                   ;
                   and
                   contrariwise
                   .
                
                 
                   235
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   difference
                   of
                   Longitudes
                   begetts
                   the
                   difference
                   of
                   times
                   .
                
                 
                   235
                
                 
                   3
                   Of
                   the
                   loosing
                   or
                   getting
                   of
                   a
                   day
                   in
                   the
                   whole
                   yeere
                   in
                   a
                   voyage
                   about
                   the
                   earthly
                   Globe
                   .
                
                 
                   236
                
                 
                   4
                   Of
                   the
                   Inuention
                   of
                   the
                   Longitude
                   by
                   an
                   Eclipse
                   of
                   the
                   Moone
                   .
                
                 
                   240
                
                 
                   5
                   Of
                   the
                   Inuention
                   of
                   the
                   Longitude
                   by
                   a
                   Clocke
                   ,
                   watch
                   ,
                   or
                   Houre-glasse
                   .
                
                 
                   242
                
                 
                   6
                   By
                   the
                   distance
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Moone
                   and
                   some
                   knowne
                   starre
                   ,
                   to
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   Longitude
                   .
                
                 
                   243
                
                 
                   7
                   By
                   the
                   difference
                   of
                   the
                   Sunnes
                   and
                   Moones
                   motion
                   ,
                   to
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   Longitude
                   of
                   places
                   .
                
                 
                   246
                
                 
                   8
                   The
                   expression
                   of
                   the
                   longi●●de
                   by
                   the
                   Globe
                   or
                   Mappe
                   .
                
                 
                   247
                
                 
                   9
                   The
                   Inuention
                   of
                   the
                   Latitude
                   .
                
                 
                   249
                
                 
                   10
                   By
                   the
                   Meridian
                   height
                   of
                   the
                   Sunne
                   to
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   Latitude
                   .
                
                 
                   249
                
                 
                   11
                   By
                   the
                   Meridian
                   height
                   of
                   a
                   knowne
                   starre
                   to
                   know
                   the
                   Latitude
                   .
                
                 
                   250
                
                 
                   12
                   The
                   expression
                   of
                   the
                   Latitude
                   on
                   the
                   Globe
                   or
                   Mappe
                   .
                
                 
                   252
                
                 
                   13
                   Of
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   expression
                   of
                   the
                   Latitude
                   .
                
                 
                   252
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XII
                   .
                   Of
                   distances
                   of
                   places
                   compared
                   one
                   with
                   the
                   other
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   the
                   Inuention
                   of
                   the
                   distances
                   in
                   longitude
                   of
                   two
                   places
                   vnder
                   the
                   Equatour
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   Hemispheare
                   .
                
                 
                   254
                
                 
                   2
                   Of
                   the
                   Inuention
                   of
                   the
                   distance
                   of
                   two
                   places
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   Hemispheare
                   without
                   the
                   Equatour
                   .
                
                 
                   255
                
                 
                   3
                   Of
                   the
                   distance
                   of
                   places
                   differing
                   only
                   in
                   longitude
                   ,
                   in
                   diuerse
                   Hemispheares
                   .
                
                 
                   260
                
                 
                   4
                   Of
                   the
                   inuention
                   of
                   places
                   differing
                   onely
                   in
                   Latitude
                   ,
                   either
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   or
                   diuerse
                   kindes
                   of
                   Latitude
                   .
                
                 
                   261
                
                 
                   5
                   To
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   distance
                   of
                   places
                   differing
                   in
                   Longitude
                   and
                   Latitude
                   
                   by
                   the
                   square
                   roote
                   .
                
                 
                   262
                
                 
                   6
                   How
                   to
                   performe
                   the
                   same
                   by
                   the
                   tables
                   of
                   Signes
                   ,
                   Tangents
                   ,
                   and
                   Secants
                   .
                
                 
                   264
                
                 
                   7
                   To
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   distances
                   of
                   places
                   by
                   resolution
                   of
                   the
                   sphericall
                   Triangle
                   .
                
                 
                   266
                
                 
                   8
                   Of
                   the
                   Inuention
                   of
                   the
                   distance
                   by
                   the
                   Semicircle
                   .
                
                 
                   271
                
                 
                   9
                   Of
                   the
                   expression
                   of
                   the
                   distance
                   on
                   the
                   Globe
                   or
                   Mappe
                   .
                
                 
                   273
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               To
               my
               Booke
               .
            
             
               PArue
               ,
               nec
               inuideo
               ,
               sine
               me
               (
               Liber
               )
               ibis
               in
               Aulam
               ,
               Hei
               mihi
               quòd
               Domino
               non
               licetire
               tuo
               .
            
             
               Goe
               forth
               thou
               haplesse
               Embrion
               of
               my
               Braine
               ,
            
             
               Vnfashion'd
               as
               thou
               art
               ;
               expresse
               the
               straine
            
             
               And
               language
               of
               thy
               discontented
               Sire
               ,
            
             
               Who
               hardly
               ransom'd
               his
               poore
               Babe
               from
               fire
               ,
            
             
               To
               offer
               to
               the
               world
               and
               carelesse
               men
            
             
               The
               timelesse
               fruits
               of
               his
               officious
               pen.
            
             
               Thou
               art
               no
               louely
               Darling
               ,
               stampt
               to
               please
            
             
               The
               lookes
               of
               Greatnesse
               ;
               no
               delight
               to
               ease
            
             
               Their
               melancholy
               temper
               ,
               who
               reiect
            
             
               As
               idle
               toyes
               but
               what
               themselues
               affect
               .
            
             
               No
               lucky
               Planet
               darted
               forth
               his
               Rayes
            
             
               To
               promise
               loue
               vnto
               thy
               infant-dayes
               :
            
             
               Thou
               maist
               perhaps
               be
               marchandize
               for
               slaues
               .
            
             
               Who
               sell
               their
               Authors
               wits
               and
               buy
               their
               graues
               :
            
             
               Thou
               maist
               be
               censur'd
               guilty
               of
               that
               blame
               ,
            
             
               Which
               is
               the
               Midwifes
               fault
               ,
               the
               Parent
               's
               shame
               :
            
             
               Thou
               maist
               be
               talke
               for
               Tables
               ,
               vs'd
               for
               sport
            
             
               At
               Tauerne-meetings
               ,
               pastime
               for
               the
               Court
               :
            
             
               Thou
               maist
               be
               torne
               by
               their
               malicious
               phangs
               ,
            
             
               Who
               nere
               were
               taught
               to
               know
               a
               Parents
               pangs
               .
            
             
             
               How
               eas'ly
               ca●●roud
               Ignorance
               out-stare
            
             
               The
               co●eliest
               weeds
               thy
               pouerty
               can
               weare
               ;
            
             
               When
               all
               the
               Sisters
               on
               our
               Isis
               side
            
             
               Are
               of●
               sworne
               seruants
               to
               aspiring
               pride
               ,
            
             
               And
               our
               r●●owned
               Mother
               Athens
               groanes
            
             
               To
               see
               her
               garden
               set
               with
               Cadmus
               sonnes
               :
            
             
               Whose
               birth
               is
               mu●uall
               strife
               :
               whose
               destiny
            
             
               Is
               onl●
               to
               be
               borne
               ,
               to
               fight
               ,
               and
               dy
               .
            
             
               Prometheus
               is
               chain'd
               fast
               ,
               and
               cannot
               moue
            
             
               To
               steale
               a
               little
               fire
               from
               mighty
               Ioue
            
             
               To
               people
               new
               the
               world
               ;
               that
               we
               may
               see
            
             
               Our
               Mother
               teeme
               with
               a
               new
               progenie
               ;
            
             
               And
               therefore
               with
               thy
               haplesse
               Father
               proue
            
             
               To
               place
               thy
               duty
               where
               thou
               findest
               loue
               .
            
             
               When
               thou
               arriu'st
               at
               Court
               thou
               long
               may'st
               stay
            
             
               Some
               Friends
               assistance
               to
               prepare
               thee
               way
               ;
            
             
               As
               in
               a
               clowdy
               morning
               I
               haue
               done
            
             
               When
               enuious
               Vapours
               shut
               me
               from
               the
               Sunne
               .
            
             
               When
               all
               else
               enter
               ,
               see
               thou
               humbly
               stand
            
             
               To
               begge
               a
               kisse
               from
               thy
               Moecenas
               hand
               ;
            
             
               If
               he
               vouchsafe
               a
               looke
               to
               guild
               thy
               state
               ,
            
             
               Proclayme
               him
               Noble
               ,
               thy
               selfe
               fortunate
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               GEOGRAPHIE
               :
               THE
               FIRST
               BOOKE
               .
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 I.
                 Of
                 the
                 Terrestriall
                 Globe
                 ,
                 the
                 matter
                 and
                 forme
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     GEOGRAPHIE
                     is
                     a
                     science
                     which
                     teacheth
                     the
                     description
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   Nature
                   of
                   Geographie
                   is
                   well
                   expressed
                   in
                   the
                   name
                   :
                   For
                   Geographie
                   resolued
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Greeke
                   Etymologie
                   ,
                   signifieth
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   a
                   description
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   differs
                   frō
                   Cosmographie
                   ,
                   ●s
                   a
                   part
                   from
                   the
                   whole
                   .
                   Forasmuch
                   as
                   Cosmographie
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   name
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   description
                   of
                   the
                   whol●
                   world
                   ,
                   cōprehending
                   vnder
                   it
                   as
                   well
                   Geographie
                   ,
                   as
                   Astronomie
                   .
                   Howbeit
                   ,
                   I
                   confesse
                   ,
                   that
                   amongst
                   the
                   ancient
                   Writers
                   ,
                   Cosmographie
                   hath
                   been
                   taken
                   for
                   one
                   &
                   the
                   selfe-same
                   science
                   with
                   Geographie
                   ;
                   as
                   may
                   appeare
                   by
                   sundry
                   treatises
                   meerely
                   Geographicall
                   ,
                   
                   yet
                   intituled
                   by
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   Cosmographie
                   .
                   This
                   Science
                   (
                   according
                   to
                   our
                   approued
                   Ptolomie
                   )
                   is
                   distinguished
                   from
                   Chorographie
                   foure
                   wayes
                   .
                   
                   First
                   ,
                   because
                   Geographie
                   describeth
                   the
                   whole
                   Spheare
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   its
                   iust
                   
                     quantity
                     ,
                     proportion
                     ,
                     figure
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   dispositions
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   principall
                   parts
                   of
                   it
                   haue
                   ;
                   as
                   well
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   one
                   another
                   ,
                   as
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   only
                   vndertakes
                   the
                   chiefe
                   and
                   most
                   noted
                   parts
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   sines
                   ,
                   creekes
                   ,
                   nations
                   ,
                   cities
                   ,
                   promontories
                   ,
                   riuers
                   ,
                   and
                   famous
                   mountaines
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   Chorographer
                   separatly
                   handleth
                   the
                   lesser
                   parts
                   ,
                   and
                   matters
                   of
                   smaller
                   moment
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   hillocks
                   ,
                   brooks
                   ,
                   lakes
                   ,
                   townes
                   ,
                   villages
                   ,
                   and
                   Parishes
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   respect
                   at
                   all
                   to
                   the
                   places
                   adioyning
                   ,
                   as
                   conferring
                   them
                   with
                   the
                   Sphaericall
                   fabricke
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Earth
                   :
                   Which
                   by
                   the
                   same
                   Author
                   is
                   well
                   illustrated
                   by
                   an
                   example
                   ,
                   drawne
                   from
                   the
                   Painters
                   Art
                   :
                   For
                   wee
                   see
                   that
                   a
                   Painter
                   ,
                   desirous
                   to
                   draw
                   out
                   and
                   represent
                   the
                   head
                   of
                   any
                   liuing
                   creature
                   ,
                   will
                   first
                   draw
                   out
                   the
                   lineaments
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   and
                   greatest
                   parts
                   ;
                   as
                   the
                   eyes
                   ,
                   eares
                   ,
                   nose
                   ,
                   mouth
                   ,
                   forehead
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   ;
                   only
                   caring
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   challenge
                   a
                   due
                   and
                   iust
                   proportion
                   and
                   symmetrie
                   one
                   with
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   not
                   regarding
                   the
                   lesser
                   particles
                   and
                   ornaments
                   in
                   each
                   of
                   these
                   ,
                   wanting
                   perhaps
                   space
                   competent
                   to
                   accomplish
                   it
                   .
                   But
                   if
                   the
                   same
                   Painter
                   would
                   striue
                   to
                   expresse
                   only
                   an
                   eye
                   ,
                   or
                   an
                   eare
                   ,
                   he
                   might
                   take
                   space
                   enough
                   to
                   designe
                   out
                   euery
                   smaller
                   lineament
                   ,
                   colour
                   ,
                   shadow
                   ,
                   or
                   marke
                   ,
                   as
                   if
                   it
                   were
                   naturall
                   :
                   for
                   in
                   this
                   he
                   cares
                   not
                   to
                   make
                   it
                   correspondent
                   to
                   the
                   whole
                   head
                   ,
                   &
                   other
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   body
                   :
                   So
                   happens
                   it
                   to
                   the
                   Geographer
                   ,
                   who
                   willing
                   to
                   delineate
                   out
                   any
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   for
                   example
                   ,
                   our
                   Realme
                   of
                   England
                   )
                   he
                   would
                   describe
                   it
                   as
                   an
                   Iland
                   ,
                   encompassed
                   round
                   with
                   the
                   sea
                   ,
                   &
                   figured
                   in
                   a
                   triangular
                   forme
                   ,
                   only
                   expressing
                   the
                   principall
                   and
                   greater
                   parts
                   of
                   it
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   Chorographer
                   vndertaking
                   the
                   description
                   of
                   some
                   speciall
                   and
                   smaller
                   part
                   of
                   England
                   ;
                   as
                   for
                   example
                   ,
                   the
                   City
                   of
                   Oxford
                   ,
                   descends
                   much
                   more
                   particularly
                   to
                   matters
                   of
                   small
                   quantity
                   and
                   note
                   :
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   the
                   Churches
                   ,
                   Colledges
                   ,
                   Halls
                   ,
                   Streets
                   ,
                   Springs
                   ;
                   giuing
                   to
                   each
                   of
                   them
                   their
                   due
                   accidents
                   ,
                   colours
                   ,
                   lineaments
                   ,
                   and
                   proportion
                   ,
                   as
                   farre
                   forth
                   as
                   Art
                   can
                   imitate
                   Nature
                   .
                   Neither
                   in
                   this
                   kind
                   of
                   description
                   needs
                   there
                   any
                   consideration
                   of
                   the
                   places
                   adioyning
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   generall
                   draught
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Iland
                   .
                   The
                   second
                   difference
                   betweene
                   Geographie
                   and
                   
                   Chorographie
                   assigned
                   by
                   Ptolomie
                   ,
                   consists
                   in
                   this
                   ;
                   that
                   Chorographie
                   is
                   commonly
                   conuersant
                   in
                   the
                   accidentall
                   qualities
                   of
                   each
                   place
                   ,
                   particularly
                   noting
                   vnto
                   vs
                   ,
                   which
                   places
                   are
                   barren
                   ,
                   fruitfull
                   ,
                   sandy
                   ,
                   stony
                   ,
                   moist
                   ,
                   dry
                   ,
                   hot
                   ,
                   cold
                   ,
                   plain
                   ,
                   or
                   mountainous
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   proprieties
                   .
                   But
                   Geographie
                   lesse
                   regarding
                   their
                   qualities
                   ,
                   inquires
                   rather
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Quantities
                     ,
                     measures
                     ,
                     distances
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   places
                   haue
                   aswell
                   in
                   regard
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   as
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   assigning
                   to
                   each
                   region
                   its
                   true
                   longitude
                   ,
                   latitude
                   ,
                   clime
                   ,
                   parallell
                   ,
                   and
                   Meridian
                   .
                   3ly
                   ,
                   Geographie
                   and
                   Chorographie
                   are
                   said
                   to
                   differ
                   ,
                   because
                   Geographie
                   stands
                   in
                   little
                   need
                   of
                   the
                   Art
                   of
                   Painting
                   ,
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   conuersant
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   about
                   the
                   Geometricall
                   lineaments
                   of
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   ,
                   clayming
                   great
                   affinity
                   with
                   the
                   Art
                   called
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Greekes
                     ,
                     Ichnographie
                  
                   ;
                   whose
                   office
                   is
                   to
                   expresse
                   the
                   figure
                   and
                   proportion
                   of
                   bodies
                   ,
                   set
                   forth
                   in
                   a
                   plain
                   superficies
                   .
                   But
                   contrariwise
                   Corographie
                   requires
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   help
                   necessary
                   ,
                   the
                   Art
                   of
                   Painting
                   ;
                   forasmuch
                   as
                   no
                   man
                   can
                   fully
                   and
                   perfectly
                   expresse
                   to
                   the
                   eye
                   the
                   true
                   portraict
                   of
                   cities
                   ,
                   townes
                   ,
                   castels
                   ,
                   promontories
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   other
                   things
                   ,
                   in
                   their
                   true
                   colours
                   ,
                   liuelyhood
                   ,
                   and
                   proportion
                   ;
                   except
                   they
                   bee
                   skilled
                   in
                   the
                   Art
                   of
                   Painting
                   .
                   So
                   that
                   this
                   part
                   is
                   by
                   some
                   likened
                   to
                   that
                   Art
                   which
                   the
                   Greekes
                   call
                   Sciographie
                   ,
                   or
                   S●enographie
                   .
                   Fourthly
                   ,
                   and
                   lastly
                   ,
                   Geographie
                   is
                   distinguished
                   from
                   Chorographie
                   ,
                   in
                   that
                   the
                   former
                   considering
                   chiefly
                   the
                   quantity
                   ,
                   measure
                   ,
                   figure
                   ,
                   site
                   ,
                   &
                   proportion
                   of
                   places
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   in
                   respect
                   
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     other
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   ,
                   requires
                   necessary
                   helps
                   of
                   the
                   Sciences
                   Mathematicall
                   ,
                   chiefly
                   of
                   
                     Arithmeticke
                     ,
                     Geometrie
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Astronomie
                   ,
                   without
                   which
                   a
                   Geographer
                   would
                   shew
                   himselfe
                   euery-where
                   lame
                   &
                   impotent
                   ,
                   being
                   not
                   able
                   to
                   wade
                   thorough
                   the
                   least
                   part
                   of
                   his
                   profession
                   :
                   whereas
                   a
                   man
                   altogether
                   vnpractised
                   in
                   those
                   faculties
                   ,
                   might
                   obtaine
                   a
                   competent
                   knowledge
                   in
                   Chorography
                   .
                   As
                   we
                   find
                   by
                   experience
                   ,
                   some
                   altogether
                   ignorant
                   in
                   the
                   Mathematicks
                   ;
                   who
                   can
                   ,
                   to
                   some
                   content
                   of
                   their
                   hearers
                   ,
                   Topographically
                   ,
                   and
                   Historically
                   discourse
                   of
                   Countries
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   haue
                   read
                   of
                   in
                   books
                   ,
                   or
                   obserued
                   in
                   their
                   trauaile
                   .
                   Notwithstanding
                   all
                   these
                   differences
                   assigned
                   by
                   Ptolomie
                   ,
                   I
                   see
                   no
                   great
                   reason
                   why
                   Chorography
                   should
                   not
                   bee
                   referred
                   to
                   Geography
                   ;
                   as
                   a
                   
                   part
                   to
                   the
                   whole
                   ;
                   forasmuch
                   as
                   the
                   obiects
                   on
                   which
                   hee
                   hath
                   grounded
                   his
                   distinction
                   ,
                   differ
                   only
                   as
                   a
                   generall
                   and
                   a
                   speciall
                   ;
                   which
                   being
                   not
                   opposite
                   ,
                   but
                   subordinate
                   (
                   as
                   the
                   Logicians
                   vse
                   to
                   speake
                   )
                   cânnot
                   make
                   two
                   distinct
                   Sciences
                   ,
                   but
                   are
                   reduced
                   to
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   selfe-same
                   :
                   at
                   least
                   the
                   differences
                   thus
                   assigned
                   ,
                   will
                   not
                   be
                   Essentiall
                   but
                   Accidentall
                   .
                   Wherfore
                   my
                   scope
                   in
                   this
                   Treatise
                   shall
                   bee
                   to
                   ioyne
                   them
                   both
                   together
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   so
                   far
                   forth
                   as
                   my
                   Art
                   and
                   leisure
                   shall
                   be
                   able
                   ,
                   to
                   descend
                   to
                   particulars
                   ;
                   which
                   being
                   in
                   Chorographie
                   almost
                   infinite
                   ,
                   wil
                   not
                   all
                   seeme
                   alike
                   necessary
                   in
                   the
                   description
                   of
                   the
                   vniuersall
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   The
                   name
                   of
                   Geographie
                   thus
                   distinguished
                   ,
                   wee
                   define
                   it
                   to
                   be
                   a
                   Science
                   which
                   teacheth
                   the
                   Measure
                   and
                   Description
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Earth
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   properly
                   tearmed
                   a
                   Science
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   proposeth
                   to
                   it selfe
                   no
                   other
                   end
                   but
                   knowledge
                   ;
                   whereas
                   those
                   faculties
                   are
                   commonly
                   tearmed
                   Arts
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   not
                   contented
                   with
                   a
                   bare
                   knowledge
                   or
                   speculation
                   ,
                   but
                   are
                   directed
                   to
                   some
                   farther
                   worke
                   or
                   action
                   .
                   But
                   here
                   a
                   doubt
                   seemes
                   to
                   arise
                   ,
                   whether
                   this
                   Science
                   be
                   to
                   be
                   esteemed
                   Physicall
                   ,
                   or
                   Mathematicall
                   ?
                   Wee
                   answer
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   a
                   Science
                   two
                   things
                   are
                   to
                   bee
                   considered
                   :
                   first
                   ▪
                   the
                   matter
                   or
                   obiect
                   whereabout
                   it
                   is
                   conuersant
                   ;
                   secondly
                   ,
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   handling
                   and
                   explication
                   :
                   For
                   the
                   former
                   ,
                   no
                   doubt
                   can
                   bee
                   made
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   the
                   obiect
                   in
                   Geographie
                   is
                   for
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   Physicall
                   ,
                   consisting
                   of
                   the
                   parts
                   whereof
                   the
                   Spheare
                   is
                   composed
                   :
                   but
                   for
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   Explication
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   pure
                   ,
                   but
                   mixt
                   ;
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   part
                   Mathematicall
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   second
                   rather
                   Historicall
                   ;
                   whence
                   the
                   whole
                   Science
                   may
                   be
                   alike
                   tearmed
                   Mathematical
                   &
                   Historicall
                   ▪
                   not
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Subiect
                   which
                   we
                   haue
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   Physicall
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   Explication
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   obiect
                   of
                   Geographie
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   haue
                   intimated
                   )
                   is
                   the
                   whole
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   where
                   we
                   are
                   to
                   obserue
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   may
                   bee
                   considered
                   3
                   manner
                   of
                   wayes
                   :
                   First
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   an
                   Element
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   mixt
                   Bodies
                   are
                   in
                   part
                   compounded
                   :
                   In
                   which
                   sense
                   it
                   appertaines
                   to
                   
                     Naturall
                     Philosophie
                  
                   ,
                   whose
                   office
                   is
                   to
                   treat
                   of
                   all
                   naturall
                   bodies
                   ,
                   their
                   principles
                   and
                   proprieties
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   supposed
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   heauenly
                   motions
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   vndertaken
                   by
                   Astronomers
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   according
                   to
                   its
                   Sphaericall
                   
                   superficies
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   proposed
                   to
                   bee
                   measured
                   or
                   described
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   manner
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   subiect
                   of
                   Geographie
                   ,
                   so
                   far
                   forth
                   as
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   it
                   haue
                   a
                   diuerse
                   situation
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   in
                   regard
                   one
                   of
                   another
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   .
                   Which
                   restriction
                   ,
                   although
                   agreeing
                   well
                   to
                   some
                   part
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   will
                   hardly
                   square
                   with
                   all
                   the
                   rest
                   :
                   because
                   many
                   things
                   herein
                   are
                   handled
                   besides
                   the
                   Earths
                   naturall
                   site
                   or
                   position
                   ,
                   as
                   hereafter
                   shall
                   be
                   taught
                   .
                   For
                   which
                   cause
                   wee
                   haue
                   rather
                   defined
                   the
                   subiect
                   of
                   Geographie
                   to
                   bee
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   so
                   far
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   bee
                   measured
                   and
                   described
                   ,
                   as
                   wanting
                   one
                   word
                   to
                   expresse
                   the
                   whole
                   manner
                   of
                   consideration
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     2
                     Geographie
                     consists
                     of
                     2
                     parts
                     ,
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     ,
                     and
                     Topicall
                     :
                     The
                     Sphericall
                     part
                     is
                     that
                     which
                     teacheth
                     the
                     naturall
                     constitution
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   common
                   and
                   receiued
                   diuision
                   of
                   this
                   Science
                   amongst
                   Geographers
                   ,
                   is
                   into
                   the
                   Generall
                   or
                   vniuersall
                   part
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   speciall
                   .
                   Which
                   diuision
                   ,
                   I
                   dare
                   not
                   vtterly
                   reiect
                   ;
                   being
                   strengthened
                   with
                   the
                   authority
                   of
                   ancient
                   and
                   approued
                   Authors
                   .
                   Yet
                   seems
                   it
                   more
                   aptly
                   to
                   be
                   applyed
                   to
                   the
                   Historicall
                   part
                   ,
                   then
                   to
                   the
                   whole
                   Science
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   shall
                   after
                   make
                   apparant
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   mean
                   time
                   the
                   diuision
                   of
                   it
                   into
                   Sphericall
                   &
                   Topicall
                   parts
                   ,
                   seemes
                   to
                   be
                   preferred
                   in
                   reason
                   :
                   Forasmuch
                   as
                   the
                   
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   suppose
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   subiect
                   of
                   the
                   Science
                   ,
                   is
                   proposed
                   to
                   vs
                   vnder
                   a
                   twofold
                   consideration
                   ;
                   first
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   Mathematicall
                   lineaments
                   and
                   circles
                   ,
                   whereof
                   the
                   Spheare
                   is
                   imagined
                   to
                   consist
                   ;
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   wee
                   collect
                   the
                   figure
                   ,
                   quantity
                   ,
                   site
                   ,
                   and
                   due
                   proportion
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   parts
                   :
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   places
                   Historically
                   noted
                   and
                   designed
                   out
                   vnto
                   vs
                   ,
                   by
                   certaine
                   names
                   ,
                   markes
                   ,
                   and
                   characters
                   .
                   The
                   former
                   receiueth
                   greatest
                   light
                   from
                   Astronomie
                   ,
                   whence
                   some
                   haue
                   called
                   it
                   the
                   Astronomicall
                   part
                   :
                   The
                   later
                   from
                   Philosophie
                   and
                   Historicall
                   obseruation
                   ,
                   being
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   haue
                   said
                   )
                   a
                   mixt
                   Science
                   ,
                   taking
                   part
                   of
                   diuers
                   faculties
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     3
                     The
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     is
                     a
                     globous
                     or
                     round
                     Body
                     ,
                     comprehended
                     within
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     and
                     Wate●
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Some
                   haue
                   nicely
                   distinguished
                   betwixt
                   a
                   Spheare
                   &
                   an
                   Orbe
                   ,
                   that
                   a
                   Spheare
                   is
                   a
                   round
                   massie
                   body
                   ,
                   contained
                   in
                   one
                   surface
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   conuexe
                   or
                   outward
                   as
                   a
                   Bowle
                   .
                   The
                   other
                   concaue
                   ,
                   or
                   hollow
                   ,
                   in
                   manner
                   of
                   an
                   Egge-shell
                   emptyed
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   distinction
                   seemes
                   too
                   curious
                   ,
                   as
                   sauouring
                   to
                   much
                   of
                   Scholasticall
                   subtility
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   Orbe
                   and
                   Spheare
                   are
                   many
                   times
                   promiscuously
                   vsed
                   ,
                   without
                   difference
                   ,
                   amongst
                   good
                   Writers
                   .
                   This
                   Spheare
                   which
                   wee
                   make
                   the
                   subiect
                   of
                   our
                   Science
                   ,
                   wee
                   call
                   Terrestriall
                   ,
                   not
                   because
                   it
                   consists
                   meerely
                   of
                   Earth
                   ;
                   (
                   the
                   contrary
                   of
                   which
                   wee
                   shall
                   hereafter
                   shew
                   :
                   )
                   but
                   because
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   the
                   chiefest
                   in
                   the
                   composition
                   ;
                   whence
                   by
                   a
                   tropicall
                   kind
                   of
                   speech
                   ,
                   the
                   whole
                   Globe
                   may
                   bee
                   called
                   Terrestriall
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4
                     The
                     handling
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     is
                     is
                     either
                     Primary
                     ,
                     or
                     Secundary
                     .
                     The
                     Primary
                     consists
                     in
                     such
                     affections
                     as
                     primarily
                     agree
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   
                     Geographicall
                     Affection
                  
                   may
                   be
                   considered
                   two
                   wayes
                   ;
                   either
                   simply
                   and
                   absolutely
                   in
                   themselues
                   ;
                   or
                   eomparatiuely
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   conferred
                   and
                   compared
                   the
                   one
                   with
                   the
                   other
                   .
                   As
                   for
                   example
                   ,
                   the
                   circles
                   of
                   the
                   Spheare
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   the
                   Parallels
                   and
                   Meridians
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   considered
                   either
                   absolutely
                   in
                   themselues
                   ;
                   or
                   comparatiuely
                   as
                   they
                   concurre
                   to
                   the
                   
                     longitude
                     ,
                     latitude
                     ,
                     distance
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   such
                   like
                   accidents
                   ,
                   which
                   arise
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   comparison
                   of
                   one
                   Circle
                   with
                   another
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     5
                     The
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     primarily
                     considered
                     ,
                     is
                     either
                     Naturall
                     ,
                     or
                     Artificiall
                     .
                     The
                     Naturall
                     is
                     the
                     true
                     Globe
                     in
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     without
                     image
                     or
                     representation
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     6
                     Herein
                     againe
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     considered
                     two
                     things
                     ;
                     First
                     ,
                     the
                     Principles
                     and
                     constitution
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     ;
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     the
                     Accidents
                     and
                     proprieties
                     :
                     The
                     principles
                     whereof
                     the
                     Spheare
                     is
                     composed
                     are
                     two
                     ;
                     viz
                     :
                     Matter
                     and
                     Forme
                     .
                  
                   
                     7
                     The
                     Matter
                     is
                     the
                     substance
                     whereof
                     the
                     Spheare
                     is
                     made
                     ,
                     viz
                     :
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     Water
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   My
                   meaning
                   is
                   not
                   in
                   this
                   Treatise
                   to
                   handle
                   the
                   nature
                   and
                   propieties
                   of
                   these
                   two
                   Elements
                   ,
                   Water
                   ,
                   &
                   Earth
                   ,
                   farther
                   then
                   may
                   seeme
                   necessary
                   for
                   the
                   Geographicall
                   constitution
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                  
                   ,
                   leauing
                   the
                   rest
                   to
                   the
                   Naturall
                   Philosopher
                   ;
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   supposed
                   that
                   few
                   men
                   vndertake
                   the
                   study
                   of
                   this
                   Science
                   ,
                   without
                   some
                   insight
                   in
                   the
                   other
                   .
                   And
                   to
                   speake
                   truth
                   ,
                   this
                   begins
                   where
                   the
                   Naturall
                   Philosopher
                   ends
                   .
                   Yet
                   because
                   some
                   light
                   in
                   each
                   learning
                   is
                   necessarily
                   required
                   ▪
                   ●nd
                   all
                   men
                   are
                   not
                   willing
                   to
                   seeke
                   farther
                   into
                   the
                   grounds
                   of
                   
                     Naturall
                     Philosophie
                  
                   ;
                   it
                   will
                   not
                   seeme
                   altogether
                   impertinent
                   ,
                   to
                   lay
                   the
                   foundation
                   farther
                   off
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   building
                   thereon
                   erected
                   may
                   stand
                   surer
                   and
                   stronger
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   taking
                   some
                   beginning
                   from
                   the
                   matter
                   of
                   the
                   Earthly
                   Globe
                   ,
                   wee
                   haue
                   distinguished
                   it
                   into
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   Water
                   ,
                   as
                   those
                   parts
                   whereof
                   the
                   whole
                   Globe
                   is
                   not
                   essentially
                   compounded
                   ,
                   as
                   one
                   intire
                   body
                   in
                   it selfe
                   ;
                   but
                   rather
                   co●ceruated
                   and
                   compacted
                   together
                   ,
                   each
                   part
                   retaining
                   its
                   owne
                   nature
                   and
                   proprieties
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   proper
                   mixture
                   .
                   To
                   expresse
                   more
                   fully
                   the
                   constitution
                   of
                   this
                   Spheare
                   ,
                   we
                   are
                   here
                   to
                   distinguish
                   betwixt
                   the
                   first
                   and
                   
                     second
                     matter
                  
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   matter
                   was
                   that
                   vniuersall
                   chaos
                   ,
                   or
                   masse
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   all
                   bodies
                   both
                   Celestiall
                   and
                   Elementary
                   were
                   made
                   and
                   formed
                   ,
                   as
                   wee
                   read
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   of
                   Genesis
                   .
                   Which
                   whether
                   it
                   be
                   the
                   same
                   with
                   
                     Aristotle's
                     Materia
                     prima
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   some
                   haue
                   imagined
                   ,
                   I
                   leaue
                   to
                   others
                   to
                   dispute
                   .
                   The
                   second
                   matter
                   of
                   the
                   Globe
                   is
                   either
                   Proper
                   or
                   Accidentall
                   .
                   The
                   proper
                   we
                   call
                   that
                   
                   whereof
                   the
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   most
                   properly
                   consists
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   the
                   two
                   Elements
                   of
                   Earth
                   and
                   Water
                   .
                   The
                   Accidentall
                   matter
                   is
                   vnderstood
                   of
                   all
                   other
                   bodies
                   ,
                   contained
                   in
                   the
                   superficies
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Spheare
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Stones
                     ,
                     Mettals
                     ,
                     Minerals
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   materials
                   ,
                   made
                   of
                   a
                   Terrestriall
                   substance
                   ,
                   and
                   engendred
                   in
                   the
                   wombe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   Concerning
                   the
                   Earth
                   and
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   make
                   the
                   most
                   proper
                   and
                   essentiall
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Spheare
                   ,
                   we
                   will
                   set
                   downe
                   these
                   two
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       In
                       the
                       Terrestriall
                       Spheare
                       is
                       more
                       Earth
                       then
                       Water
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     Theoreme
                     may
                     bee
                     proued
                     by
                     sundry
                     reasons
                     drawne
                     from
                     Nature
                     and
                     Experience
                     .
                     Whereof
                     the
                     first
                     may
                     bee
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     waters
                     ,
                     compared
                     with
                     the
                     whole
                     thicknes
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     ordinary
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     is
                     seldome
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     aboue
                     2
                     or
                     3
                     miles
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     few
                     places
                     10
                     furlongs
                     ,
                     which
                     make
                     a
                     mile
                     and
                     a
                     quarter
                     .
                     And
                     albeit
                     some
                     late
                     Writers
                     haue
                     imagined
                     the
                     obseruation
                     to
                     be
                     vnderstood
                     only
                     of
                     straight
                     and
                     
                       narrow
                       Seas
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     of
                     the
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     :
                     yet
                     granting
                     it
                     to
                     amount
                     〈◊〉
                     10
                     ,
                     20
                     ,
                     or
                     30
                     miles
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     reach
                     to
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     quantity
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     come
                     neere
                     the
                     greatnes
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     whole
                     circle
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     being
                     21600
                     English
                     miles
                     ,
                     (
                     allowing
                     60
                     English
                     miles
                     to
                     a
                     degree
                     of
                     a
                     greater
                     circle
                     )
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     the
                     Diameter
                     to
                     bee
                     about
                     7200
                     miles
                     :
                     Whose
                     semi-diameter
                     ,
                     measuring
                     the
                     distance
                     betweene
                     the
                     center
                     and
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     will
                     be
                     3600
                     miles
                     .
                     And
                     if
                     any
                     man
                     suppose
                     some
                     of
                     the
                     quantity
                     to
                     be
                     abated
                     ,
                     because
                     of
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     swelling
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     aboue
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     whose
                     Circle
                     must
                     be
                     greater
                     than
                     that
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     We
                     answer
                     ;
                     first
                     that
                     this
                     may
                     challenge
                     some
                     abatement
                     ,
                     but
                     not
                     come
                     neere
                     any
                     equality
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     with
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     Secondly
                     it
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     imagined
                     that
                     the
                     surface
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     painted
                     in
                     Globes
                     and
                     Charts
                     ,
                     it
                     seeme
                     for
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     empty
                     and
                     vnfurnished
                     of
                     Ilands
                     ;
                     yet
                     this
                     for
                     the
                     greatest
                     part
                     ,
                     seeme
                     rather
                     to
                     bee
                     ascribed
                     to
                     mans
                     ignorance
                     ,
                     and
                     want
                     of
                     true
                     discouery
                     ,
                     because
                     many
                     quillets
                     and
                     parcels
                     of
                     land
                     lye
                     yet
                     vnknowne
                     to
                     our
                     Christian
                     World
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     omitted
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     figured
                     in
                     
                     ou●
                     ordinary
                     Mappes
                     .
                     So
                     wee
                     find
                     a
                     great
                     quantity
                     of
                     Earth
                     which
                     lay
                     hid
                     and
                     vnknowne
                     without
                     discouery
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     daye●
                     of
                     Ptolomy
                     ,
                     which
                     caused
                     him
                     to
                     contract
                     &
                     curtaile
                     the
                     Earth
                     in
                     his
                     Geographicall
                     descriptions
                     .
                     Which
                     defect
                     hath
                     been
                     since
                     that
                     time
                     supplyed
                     by
                     the
                     industrious
                     trauailes
                     and
                     Nauigations
                     of
                     later
                     time
                     :
                     such
                     as
                     were
                     of
                     
                       Portugals
                       ,
                       English
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Hollanders
                     ,
                     especially
                     of
                     Columbus
                     the
                     Italian
                     ,
                     who
                     (
                     as
                     one
                     wittily
                     alluding
                     to
                     his
                     name
                     )
                     like
                     Noah's
                     Doue
                     plucking
                     an
                     oliue
                     branch
                     from
                     this
                     Land
                     ,
                     gaue
                     testimony
                     of
                     a
                     portion
                     of
                     Land
                     as
                     yet
                     vnknowne
                     ,
                     and
                     left
                     naked
                     vnto
                     discouery
                     .
                     And
                     no
                     question
                     can
                     be
                     made
                     ,
                     but
                     a
                     great
                     quantity
                     of
                     land
                     ,
                     not
                     yet
                     detected
                     by
                     our
                     European
                     Nauigators
                     ,
                     awaites
                     the
                     industry
                     of
                     this
                     age
                     .
                     To
                     which
                     alludes
                     the
                     Poët
                     in
                     these
                     Verses
                     :
                     
                     
                       
                         Venient
                         annis
                         secula
                         seris
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Quibus
                         Oceanus
                         vincula
                         rerum
                      
                       
                         Laxet
                         ,
                         &
                         ingens
                         pateat
                         tellus
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Typhi●que
                         nouos
                         detegat
                         orbes
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Nec
                         sit
                         terris
                         vltima
                         Thule
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         In
                         after-yeeres
                         shall
                         Ages
                         come
                         ,
                      
                       
                         When
                         th'Oecean
                         shall
                         vnloose
                         the
                         bands
                      
                       
                         Of
                         things
                         ,
                         and
                         shew
                         vast
                         ample
                         lands
                         ;
                      
                       
                         New
                         Worlds
                         by
                         Sea-men
                         shall
                         be
                         found
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Nor
                         Thule
                         be
                         the
                         vtmost
                         bound
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     Another
                     reason
                     to
                     proue
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     be
                     greater
                     in
                     quantity
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     mixture
                     of
                     Earth
                     and
                     Water
                     :
                     for
                     if
                     these
                     two
                     Elements
                     should
                     meet
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     quantity
                     ,
                     &
                     challenge
                     an
                     equality
                     ;
                     questionlesse
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     would
                     proue
                     ouer-moist
                     ,
                     ●lymie
                     ,
                     and
                     vnapt
                     for
                     habitation
                     .
                     Which
                     any
                     man
                     may
                     easily
                     obserue
                     by
                     his
                     owne
                     experience
                     .
                     For
                     let
                     a
                     portion
                     of
                     Earth
                     ,
                     &
                     another
                     of
                     Water
                     be
                     mixt
                     together
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     quantity
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     masse
                     will
                     seeme
                     no
                     other
                     than
                     a
                     heap
                     of
                     mire
                     or
                     slime
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     solid
                     or
                     consisting
                     substance
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     the
                     Water
                     being
                     no
                     other
                     than
                     a
                     thin
                     and
                     fluid
                     body
                     ,
                     
                     hardly
                     containing
                     it selfe
                     within
                     its
                     own
                     bounds
                     or
                     limits
                     (
                     as
                     Aristotle
                     teacheth
                     
                     vs
                     )
                     must
                     needs
                     require
                     a
                     hard
                     and
                     solid
                     body
                     ,
                     whereon
                     to
                     support
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     which
                     body
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     bee
                     greater
                     in
                     quantity
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       Earth
                       and
                       Water
                       together
                       make
                       one
                       Spheare
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     It
                     may
                     bee
                     probably
                     collected
                     from
                     sundry
                     places
                     of
                     holy
                     Scripture
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     Creation
                     ,
                     the
                     surface
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     being
                     round
                     and
                     vniforme
                     ,
                     was
                     ouerwhelmed
                     and
                     compassed
                     round
                     with
                     Waters
                     ,
                     as
                     yet
                     vnfurnished
                     of
                     liuing
                     Creatures
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     it
                     appeares
                     that
                     
                       Almighty
                       GOD
                    
                     afterwards
                     made
                     a
                     separation
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Waters
                     and
                     Dry-Land
                     .
                     This
                     separation
                     (
                     a●
                     farre
                     as
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     admitted
                     as
                     Iudge
                     )
                     seemes
                     to
                     bee
                     effected
                     one
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     wayes
                     :
                     Either
                     by
                     giuing
                     super-naturall
                     bounds
                     and
                     limits
                     vnto
                     the
                     Waters
                     ,
                     not
                     suffering
                     them
                     to
                     inuade
                     the
                     Dry-land
                     :
                     or
                     els
                     by
                     altering
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     casting
                     it
                     into
                     inequall
                     parts
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     some-where
                     ,
                     some
                     parts
                     of
                     it
                     being
                     taken
                     away
                     ,
                     empty
                     channels
                     or
                     concauities
                     might
                     be
                     left
                     to
                     receiue
                     the
                     Waters
                     ;
                     other-where
                     by
                     heaping
                     vp
                     the
                     parts
                     so
                     taken
                     away
                     ,
                     whence
                     were
                     caused
                     Mountaines
                     and
                     eminent
                     places
                     on
                     the
                     earth
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     of
                     these
                     wayes
                     seemes
                     altogether
                     improbable
                     ;
                     forasmuch
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     very
                     vnlikely
                     to
                     imagine
                     ,
                     that
                     God
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     institution
                     of
                     Nature
                     ,
                     should
                     impose
                     a
                     perpetuall
                     violence
                     vpon
                     Nature
                     ,
                     as
                     hereafter
                     in
                     place
                     more
                     conuenient
                     shall
                     bee
                     demonstrated
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     taking
                     the
                     later
                     as
                     more
                     consonant
                     to
                     reason
                     ;
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     that
                     the
                     Water
                     &
                     the
                     Earth
                     separated
                     and
                     diuided
                     ,
                     make
                     not
                     two
                     separate
                     and
                     distinct
                     〈◊〉
                     Globes
                     ,
                     but
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     same
                     Spheare
                     ;
                     forasmuch
                     as
                     the
                     concauities
                     and
                     hollowgapings
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     are
                     euery-where
                     choaked
                     and
                     filled
                     vp
                     with
                     Water
                     ,
                     whose
                     superficies
                     is
                     Sphaericall
                     ;
                     and
                     therefore
                     helpes
                     ,
                     together
                     with
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     to
                     accomplish
                     &
                     perfect
                     this
                     
                       Terrestriall
                       Spheare
                    
                     .
                     To
                     confirme
                     which
                     opinion
                     ▪
                     these
                     reasons
                     out
                     of
                     common
                     experience
                     may
                     be
                     alleadged
                     :
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     drawn-from
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     Earth
                     and
                     Water
                     ;
                     For
                     we
                     may
                     euery-where
                     obserue
                     ,
                     that
                     a
                     portion
                     of
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     another
                     of
                     Water
                     being
                     let
                     fall
                     ,
                     will
                     descend
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     right
                     line
                     toward
                     the
                     same
                     center
                     :
                     whence
                     we
                     may
                     euidently
                     conclude
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     
                     Eearth
                     &
                     Water
                     haue
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     center
                     of
                     their
                     motion
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     a
                     consequence
                     conspire
                     to
                     the
                     composition
                     of
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     Spheare
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     to
                     a
                     like
                     Arch
                     or
                     space
                     in
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     is
                     found
                     answerable
                     alike
                     Arch
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Terrestriall
                       Globe
                    
                     ,
                     whether
                     it
                     bee
                     measured
                     by
                     the
                     Earth
                     or
                     Water
                     :
                     which
                     could
                     not
                     happen
                     ,
                     were
                     they
                     not
                     accounted
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     Spheare
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     Ecclipse
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     shadowed
                     &
                     obscured
                     ,
                     is
                     obserued
                     to
                     be
                     one
                     Sphaericall
                     or
                     round-figure
                     .
                     This
                     shadow
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     consent
                     of
                     all
                     Astronomer's
                     is
                     caused
                     by
                     the
                     
                       Terrestriall
                       Spheare
                    
                     ,
                     interposed
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Sun
                     and
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     intercepting
                     the
                     Sun-beames
                     ,
                     which
                     should
                     illuminate
                     the
                     Moone
                     ;
                     and
                     the
                     shadowes
                     imitate
                     the
                     opacous
                     bodies
                     ,
                     whence
                     they
                     arise
                     :
                     But
                     in
                     the
                     Ecclipse
                     we
                     find
                     only
                     the
                     shadow
                     of
                     one
                     body
                     or
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     ground
                     of
                     the
                     Opticks
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     conclude
                     the
                     body
                     whereof
                     such
                     a
                     shadow
                     proceedeth
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     but
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     Spheare
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     8
                     The
                     Forme
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     naturall
                     Harmony
                     or
                     order
                     ,
                     arising
                     from
                     the
                     parts
                     working
                     together
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   We
                   ought
                   here
                   to
                   remember
                   what
                   we
                   said
                   before
                   ;
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   and
                   the
                   Water
                   concurre
                   together
                   to
                   make
                   one
                   
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                  
                   :
                   wherefore
                   the
                   whole
                   being
                   accounted
                   one
                   coacernated
                   and
                   collected
                   Body
                   ,
                   made
                   of
                   two
                   other
                   ;
                   we
                   are
                   not
                   to
                   expect
                   an
                   
                     Internall
                     ,
                     Essentiall
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Specificall
                   Forme
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   Aristotle
                   recounts
                   amongst
                   the
                   principles
                   of
                   a
                   Naturall
                   Body
                   :
                   but
                   only
                   such
                   a
                   one
                   as
                   in
                   it self
                   is
                   Externall
                   and
                   Accidentall
                   ;
                   yet
                   concurring
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   Essentially
                   to
                   the
                   constitution
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                  
                   ,
                   whose
                   Fabricke
                   and
                   first
                   composition
                   ,
                   cannot
                   well
                   be
                   vnderstood
                   without
                   it
                   .
                   Some
                   haue
                   imagined
                   the
                   whole
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   to
                   bee
                   informed
                   with
                   one
                   Internall
                   and
                   Essentiall
                   Forme
                   ;
                   which
                   opinion
                   seemes
                   to
                   haue
                   much
                   affinity
                   with
                   that
                   of
                   Plato's
                   ,
                   concerning
                   the
                   Soule
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   :
                   Not
                   that
                   Plato
                   and
                   his
                   followers
                   were
                   so
                   absurd
                   to
                   defend
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   World
                   with
                   all
                   his
                   parts
                   was
                   animated
                   with
                   a
                   true
                   vitall
                   Soule
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   a
                   liuing
                   Creature
                   :
                   but
                   that
                   all
                   the
                   members
                   of
                   
                   it
                   were
                   vnited
                   together
                   ,
                   quickned
                   ,
                   and
                   disposed
                   by
                   a
                   certaine
                   Energeticall
                   power
                   or
                   vertue
                   ,
                   which
                   had
                   great
                   resemblance
                   and
                   representation
                   of
                   the
                   Soule
                   of
                   man.
                   Which
                   assertion
                   seemes
                   to
                   be
                   restored
                   and
                   embraced
                   by
                   our
                   late
                   
                     Magneticall
                     Philosophers
                  
                   ,
                   whose
                   opinion
                   we
                   shall
                   discusse
                   and
                   examine
                   hereafter
                   in
                   place
                   conuenient
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   meane
                   time
                   ,
                   grounding
                   our
                   discourse
                   on
                   knowne
                   principles
                   ;
                   we
                   can
                   admit
                   no
                   other
                   Forme
                   in
                   the
                   Spheare
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   mutuall
                   Harmony
                   ,
                   order
                   and
                   concent
                   of
                   the
                   parts
                   ,
                   concurring
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   working
                   the
                   perfection
                   &
                   perpetuation
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   .
                   A
                   fit
                   resemblance
                   whereof
                   we
                   may
                   obserue
                   in
                   an
                   artificiall
                   Clock
                   ,
                   Mill
                   ,
                   or
                   such
                   like
                   great
                   Engine
                   ,
                   wherein
                   euery
                   part
                   duly
                   performing
                   its
                   owne
                   office
                   ,
                   there
                   will
                   arise
                   and
                   result
                   a
                   naturall
                   Harmony
                   ,
                   whch
                   not
                   vnaptly
                   may
                   bee
                   termed
                   the
                   Forme
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Engine
                   .
                   Why
                   the
                   World
                   should
                   not
                   consist
                   of
                   an
                   Internall
                   and
                   Essentiall
                   Forme
                   ,
                   sundry
                   reasons
                   haue
                   been
                   alleadged
                   by
                   our
                   common
                   Philosophers
                   :
                   First
                   ,
                   because
                   Nature
                   neuer
                   attempteth
                   any
                   thing
                   in
                   vaine
                   ,
                   or
                   without
                   a
                   determinate
                   end
                   ;
                   But
                   the
                   particular
                   Formes
                   of
                   speciall
                   Bodies
                   (
                   say
                   these
                   Philosophers
                   )
                   are
                   sufficient
                   for
                   the
                   vnity
                   and
                   conformation
                   of
                   this
                   
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                  
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   to
                   grant
                   an
                   vniuersall
                   Forme
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   ,
                   were
                   to
                   multiply
                   causes
                   without
                   any
                   necessity
                   ,
                   &
                   make
                   Nature
                   the
                   Mother
                   of
                   superfluity
                   ,
                   which
                   to
                   all
                   Philosophers
                   seemes
                   most
                   absurd
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   if
                   this
                   were
                   admitted
                   ;
                   the
                   whole
                   Spheare
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   would
                   bee
                   as
                   one
                   continuate
                   Body
                   ,
                   whose
                   parts
                   should
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   suffer
                   a
                   fellow-feeling
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   it
                   were
                   a
                   difficult
                   matter
                   to
                   assigne
                   ,
                   to
                   what
                   kind
                   such
                   a
                   Forme
                   might
                   be
                   reduced
                   ,
                   whether
                   Animate
                   ,
                   or
                   Inanimate
                   .
                   If
                   Inanimate
                   ,
                   whether
                   it
                   were
                   simple
                   ,
                   or
                   compound
                   .
                   If
                   Animate
                   ,
                   whether
                   
                     Vegetatiue
                     ,
                     Sensitiue
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Rationall
                   ;
                   vnder
                   the
                   which
                   are
                   couched
                   many
                   great
                   difficulties
                   ,
                   as
                   yet
                   vndisclosed
                   .
                   Whether
                   these
                   reasons
                   bee
                   of
                   any
                   great
                   force
                   to
                   ouerthrow
                   the
                   aduerse
                   opinion
                   ,
                   I
                   leaue
                   it
                   to
                   further
                   inquiry
                   :
                   intending
                   here
                   a
                   Geographicall
                   ,
                   not
                   a
                   Physicall
                   Discourse
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 CHAP.
                 II.
                 Of
                 the
                 conformity
                 of
                 parts
                 in
                 the
                 constitution
                 of
                 the
                 Terrestriall
                 Spheare
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     IN
                     the
                     former
                     we
                     haue
                     treated
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Naturall
                       constitution
                    
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     aswell
                     in
                     Matter
                     as
                     Forme
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     needfull
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     to
                     treat
                     of
                     such
                     Affections
                     and
                     proprieties
                     as
                     nece●sarily
                     arise
                     out
                     of
                     such
                     a
                     Constitution
                     .
                  
                   
                     2.
                     
                     Those
                     Affections
                     or
                     Proprieties
                     are
                     of
                     two
                     sorts
                     ,
                     Reall
                     or
                     Imaginarie
                     ;
                     Reall
                     I
                     call
                     such
                     as
                     agree
                     to
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     by
                     Nature
                     ▪
                     Imaginary
                     ,
                     such
                     as
                     agree
                     to
                     it
                     by
                     vertue
                     of
                     our
                     vnderstanding
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     Againe
                     the
                     Affections
                     Really
                     or
                     Naturally
                     agreeing
                     to
                     the
                     Terrene
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     are
                     assigned
                     either
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     or
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     These
                     Affections
                     are
                     said
                     to
                     agree
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     be
                     expressed
                     and
                     vnderstood
                     without
                     any
                     comparing
                     of
                     it
                     with
                     the
                     celestiall
                     Bodies
                     .
                  
                   
                     5
                     These
                     againe
                     are
                     twofold
                     ;
                     either
                     Elementarie
                     ,
                     or
                     Magneticall
                     .
                     Elementary
                     I
                     terme
                     
                     such
                     as
                     haue
                     commonly
                     been
                     knowne
                     or
                     obserued
                     by
                     ordinary
                     Philosophers
                     .
                     Here
                     is
                     chiefly
                     to
                     bee
                     considered
                     the
                     conformity
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     parts
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     making
                     and
                     constitution
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Spheare
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   In
                   the
                   former
                   Chapter
                   we
                   haue
                   shewed
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Forme
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   nothing
                   els
                   but
                   the
                   concinnity
                   and
                   apt
                   conspiration
                   of
                   the
                   parts
                   whereof
                   the
                   whole
                   is
                   compounded
                   .
                   This
                   conformity
                   being
                   diuers
                   and
                   manifold
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   parts
                   conforming
                   themselues
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   manner
                   ;
                   of
                   the
                   conformity
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   particularly
                   and
                   distinctly
                   treat
                   of
                   ,
                   so
                   far
                   as
                   appertaines
                   to
                   a
                   Cosmographer
                   .
                   Here
                   by
                   the
                   way
                   I
                   cannot
                   but
                   taxe
                   some
                   defect
                   in
                   most
                   of
                   our
                   common
                   Cosmographers
                   ,
                   who
                   taking
                   the
                   Sphaericall
                   roundnes
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   for
                   a
                   granted
                   supposition
                   ,
                   are
                   nothing
                   curious
                   to
                   search
                   into
                   the
                   first
                   grounds
                   and
                   causes
                   of
                   this
                   rotundity
                   ,
                   whereby
                   it
                   first
                   became
                   a
                   globous
                   Body
                   ;
                   and
                   afterwards
                   retaines
                   in
                   it selfe
                   a
                   Naturall
                   vigour
                   or
                   power
                   (
                   if
                   any
                   violence
                   should
                   be
                   offered
                   )
                   to
                   restore
                   her selfe
                   to
                   her
                   former
                   right
                   and
                   perfection
                   .
                   All
                   which
                   are
                   very
                   pleasant
                   &
                   profitable
                   ,
                   to
                   giue
                   an
                   industrious
                   Learner
                   some
                   satisfaction
                   .
                   To
                   explaine
                   this
                   before
                   we
                   descend
                   to
                   particulars
                   ,
                   we
                   will
                   lay
                   this
                   ground
                   and
                   Theoreme
                   ;
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       parts
                       of
                       the
                       Terrestriall
                       Spheare
                       ,
                       doe
                       naturally
                       conforme
                       and
                       dispose
                       themselues
                       ,
                       aswell
                       to
                       the
                       production
                       and
                       generation
                       ,
                       as
                       to
                       the
                       continuance
                       and
                       preseruation
                       of
                       it
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     forme
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     albeit
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     it
                     be
                     Externall
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Globe
                     :
                     yet
                     may
                     we
                     call
                     it
                     naturall
                     ;
                     forasmuch
                     as
                     it
                     issueth
                     and
                     ariseth
                     from
                     the
                     naturall
                     disposition
                     and
                     inclination
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     .
                     To
                     vnderstand
                     which
                     clause
                     the
                     better
                     ,
                     wee
                     are
                     to
                     consider
                     that
                     a
                     thing
                     may
                     bee
                     called
                     Naturall
                     two
                     manner
                     of
                     wayes
                     :
                     first
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     primary
                     intent
                     of
                     Nature
                     ;
                     as
                     the
                     neerest
                     and
                     immediate
                     
                     end
                     or
                     scope
                     to
                     which
                     shee
                     is
                     directed
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     her
                     secundary
                     intent
                     or
                     purpose
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     which
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     follow
                     the
                     former
                     .
                     True
                     it
                     is
                     that
                     euery
                     Terrene
                     Body
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     Natures
                     first
                     intention
                     ,
                     seeks
                     and
                     works
                     it
                     's
                     owne
                     perfection
                     and
                     conseruation
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     according
                     to
                     her
                     secundary
                     Intent
                     ,
                     it
                     concurres
                     to
                     the
                     perfection
                     and
                     good
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     vniuerse
                     ;
                     which
                     we
                     shall
                     plainely
                     see
                     in
                     a
                     stone
                     or
                     clodd
                     of
                     earth
                     ;
                     which
                     separated
                     and
                     remoued
                     from
                     it's
                     mother
                     ,
                     the
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     by
                     his
                     descent
                     and
                     falling
                     downewards
                     ,
                     seeks
                     first
                     his
                     owne
                     conseruation
                     ,
                     by
                     reuniting
                     it selfe
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     whence
                     it
                     was
                     taken
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     this
                     vnion
                     and
                     addition
                     ,
                     no
                     doubt
                     ,
                     is
                     made
                     more
                     compleat
                     and
                     perfect
                     .
                     This
                     conformity
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     parts
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     ariseth
                     the
                     Earths
                     Sphaericity
                     ;
                     I
                     call
                     the
                     naturall
                     inclination
                     they
                     haue
                     to
                     moue
                     and
                     settle
                     themselues
                     in
                     such
                     a
                     site
                     or
                     position
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     bring
                     forth
                     a
                     Sphaericall
                     consistency
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     if
                     it
                     were
                     possible
                     (
                     as
                     what
                     cannot
                     be
                     to
                     Gods
                     Almighty
                     power
                     ?
                     )
                     that
                     the
                     whole
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     were
                     dissolued
                     and
                     rent
                     into
                     little
                     peeces
                     ;
                     yet
                     were
                     that
                     vigor
                     and
                     motiue
                     inclination
                     remaining
                     in
                     the
                     parts
                     ,
                     whereby
                     they
                     might
                     settle
                     and
                     conforme
                     themselues
                     to
                     the
                     same
                     Sphaericall
                     nature
                     ,
                     and
                     composition
                     which
                     it
                     formerly
                     enioyed
                     .
                     For
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     thus
                     supposed
                     to
                     be
                     distracted
                     ,
                     would
                     (
                     no
                     question
                     )
                     meet
                     together
                     &
                     conforme
                     themselues
                     to
                     the
                     same
                     point
                     or
                     Center
                     ;
                     and
                     so
                     equally
                     poising
                     themselues
                     ,
                     would
                     restore
                     the
                     same
                     Spheare
                     so
                     dissolued
                     .
                     So
                     that
                     wee
                     here
                     note
                     a
                     double
                     inclination
                     and
                     motion
                     of
                     earthly
                     bodies
                     ;
                     first
                     by
                     a
                     
                       Right
                       line
                    
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     tending
                     towards
                     the
                     Center
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     Sphericall
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     whereof
                     the
                     first
                     in
                     nature
                     preceedes
                     the
                     composition
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     followes
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     latter
                     motion
                     I
                     leaue
                     doubtfull
                     ,
                     till
                     place
                     conuenient
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     6
                     The
                     conformity
                     of
                     the
                     Terrene
                     parts
                     is
                     twofold
                     ;
                     Primarie
                     ,
                     or
                     Secondary
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     is
                     that
                     whereby
                     all
                     earthly
                     bodies
                     are
                     by
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     carried
                     and
                     directed
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   As
                   in
                   an
                   Artificiall
                   Spheare
                   or
                   circle
                   ,
                   drawne
                   by
                   a
                   Geometrician
                   ,
                   their
                   principall
                   parts
                   are
                   expressed
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   Center
                   ,
                   Ray
                   ,
                   and
                   circumference
                   :
                   so
                   in
                   the
                   Naturall
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   these
                   three
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   Naturally
                   &
                   Really
                   discouer
                   themselues
                   vnto
                   vs.
                   For
                   first
                   there
                   is
                   set
                   a
                   fixt
                   point
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   all
                   heauy
                   bodies
                   moue
                   and
                   conforme
                   themselues
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   set
                   the
                   line
                   or
                   Radius
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   such
                   bodies
                   are
                   carryed
                   and
                   conueyed
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   the
                   confluence
                   of
                   all
                   these
                   parts
                   ,
                   begets
                   the
                   roundnesse
                   and
                   Sphaericall
                   forme
                   .
                   To
                   begin
                   first
                   with
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   first
                   in
                   nature
                   ,
                   we
                   will
                   take
                   these
                   grounds
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       All
                       Earthly
                       Bodies
                       incline
                       and
                       approach
                       to
                       the
                       Center
                       as
                       neere
                       as
                       they
                       can
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     proposition
                     so
                     farre
                     forth
                     as
                     it
                     concernes
                     the
                     two
                     Elements
                     of
                     Earth
                     and
                     Water
                     ,
                     is
                     confirmed
                     by
                     common
                     experience
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     needs
                     no
                     long
                     demonstration
                     .
                     For
                     we
                     see
                     plainly
                     ,
                     that
                     not
                     only
                     these
                     two
                     doe
                     incline
                     (
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     may
                     be
                     ,
                     all
                     obstacles
                     being
                     remoued
                     )
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     but
                     also
                     all
                     mixt
                     bodies
                     compounded
                     of
                     them
                     ,
                     being
                     ouerswayed
                     with
                     the
                     most
                     predominant
                     element
                     ,
                     doe
                     challenge
                     to
                     thēselues
                     the
                     same
                     motion
                     .
                     I
                     say
                     not
                     that
                     all
                     these
                     Terrestriall
                     bodies
                     driue
                     &
                     mee●
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     (
                     for
                     that
                     were
                     impossible
                     ,
                     that
                     all
                     this
                     massy
                     Spheare
                     should
                     bee
                     contracted
                     to
                     one
                     point
                     )
                     but
                     that
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     haue
                     a
                     mutuall
                     inclination
                     to
                     approach
                     as
                     neere
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     necessity
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     concurrence
                     of
                     them
                     amongst
                     themselues
                     will
                     suffer
                     .
                     By
                     these
                     Terrestriall
                     Bodies
                     which
                     inioye
                     this
                     motion
                     and
                     inclination
                     ,
                     wee
                     vnderstand
                     first
                     the
                     two
                     Elements
                     of
                     Earth
                     and
                     Water
                     ,
                     with
                     all
                     other
                     bodies
                     arising
                     out
                     of
                     their
                     mixture
                     .
                     To
                     these
                     I
                     may
                     adde
                     the
                     Ayre
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     his
                     affinity
                     with
                     the
                     Earth
                     and
                     Water
                     ,
                     and
                     naturall
                     cōformity
                     to
                     the
                     same
                     Center
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     well
                     tearme
                     an
                     earthly
                     body
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     commonly
                     reported
                     that
                     the
                     Ayre
                     is
                     l●ght
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     carried
                     vpwards
                     ,
                     not
                     inclining
                     at
                     all
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     ;
                     as
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     Elements
                     are
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     assertion
                     ,
                     although
                     bolstred
                     vp
                     ,
                     both
                     with
                     antiquity
                     and
                     authority
                     ;
                     I
                     take
                     either
                     to
                     bee
                     false
                     ,
                     or
                     misunderstood
                     ,
                     
                     and
                     that
                     I
                     speake
                     no
                     more
                     herein
                     than
                     I
                     can
                     proue
                     ;
                     I
                     will
                     produce
                     some
                     reasons
                     (
                     strong
                     enough
                     ,
                     as
                     I
                     thinke
                     )
                     to
                     perswade
                     that
                     the
                     Ayre
                     is
                     a
                     heauy
                     body
                     ,
                     hauing
                     a
                     due
                     inclination
                     and
                     conformity
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     First
                     therefore
                     will
                     I
                     produce
                     this
                     experiment
                     .
                     When
                     a
                     Well
                     or
                     deepe
                     Trench
                     is
                     digged
                     vp
                     in
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     I
                     would
                     willingly
                     demand
                     whether
                     the
                     Aire
                     descends
                     to
                     fill
                     up
                     this
                     Trench
                     or
                     concauity
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     a
                     void
                     space
                     is
                     left
                     vnfurnished
                     of
                     any
                     naturall
                     body
                     to
                     fill
                     it
                     ?
                     If
                     they
                     admit
                     the
                     latter
                     ,
                     they
                     will
                     consequently
                     bring
                     in
                     againe
                     that
                     vacuum
                     ,
                     or
                     void
                     space
                     which
                     Arist.
                     and
                     all
                     sound
                     Philosophers
                     haue
                     long
                     since
                     proscribed
                     the
                     confines
                     of
                     nature
                     .
                     If
                     they
                     affirme
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Ayre
                     descends
                     to
                     fill
                     vp
                     this
                     empty
                     space
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     aske
                     againe
                     ,
                     whether
                     this
                     descent
                     of
                     the
                     Ayre
                     be
                     violent
                     or
                     naturall
                     :
                     If
                     they
                     say
                     Naturall
                     ,
                     they
                     admit
                     our
                     assertion
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Ayre
                     naturally
                     descends
                     towards
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     by
                     consequence
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     heauy
                     and
                     not
                     light
                     by
                     nature
                     .
                     Neither
                     according
                     to
                     our
                     Peripateticall-Philosophy
                     can
                     wee
                     ascribe
                     more
                     than
                     one
                     motion
                     to
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     ground
                     generally
                     receaued
                     among
                     Aristoteleans
                     :
                     that
                     One
                     simple
                     body
                     can
                     claime
                     but
                     one
                     simple
                     motion
                     :
                     much
                     lesse
                     one
                     simple
                     forme
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     can
                     produce
                     two
                     opposite
                     and
                     contrary
                     motions
                     ,
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     Ascent
                     and
                     Descent
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     body
                     .
                     If
                     they
                     chance
                     to
                     light
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     member
                     of
                     our
                     distinction
                     ,
                     and
                     say
                     that
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     is
                     violent
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     must
                     haue
                     some
                     externall
                     cause
                     or
                     principle
                     whence
                     it
                     should
                     proceed
                     ;
                     because
                     all
                     such
                     motions
                     proceed
                     from
                     externall
                     causes
                     .
                     But
                     here
                     no
                     such
                     cause
                     can
                     be
                     assigned
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     cause
                     would
                     bee
                     either
                     the
                     Earth
                     which
                     is
                     so
                     made
                     hollow
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     emptinesse
                     ,
                     or
                     vacuum
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     the
                     other
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     .
                     That
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     may
                     be
                     proued
                     ;
                     first
                     because
                     no
                     Philosopher
                     hath
                     euer
                     shewed
                     any
                     such
                     Attractiue
                     power
                     to
                     reside
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     but
                     rather
                     the
                     contrary
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     Earth
                     and
                     Ayre
                     by
                     most
                     haue
                     beene
                     thought
                     opposite
                     in
                     nature
                     ,
                     and
                     repugnant
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     because
                     Philosophy
                     teacheth
                     ,
                     that
                     no
                     agent
                     can
                     worke
                     vpon
                     a
                     separate
                     and
                     distinct
                     patient
                     ,
                     except
                     there
                     be
                     a
                     meeting
                     of
                     the
                     Agent
                     and
                     Patient
                     in
                     some
                     meane
                     ▪
                     But
                     here
                     in
                     this
                     supposition
                     ,
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     imagined
                     to
                     drawe
                     and
                     attract
                     
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     which
                     as
                     yet
                     it
                     toucheth
                     not
                     .
                     That
                     this
                     externall
                     cause
                     is
                     not
                     the
                     Vacuum
                     or
                     Emptinesse
                     ,
                     is
                     plaine
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     was
                     neuer
                     granted
                     to
                     haue
                     any
                     being
                     or
                     existence
                     ,
                     much
                     lesse
                     any
                     causality
                     in
                     nature
                     .
                     Some
                     perhaps
                     will
                     say
                     ,
                     that
                     not
                     the
                     vacuum
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     euitation
                     and
                     auoiding
                     it
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     the
                     motion
                     .
                     I
                     deny
                     not
                     but
                     this
                     may
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     be
                     interpreted
                     a
                     cause
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     doubt
                     is
                     not
                     answered
                     :
                     For
                     wee
                     seeke
                     not
                     a
                     Finall
                     but
                     an
                     Efficient
                     cause
                     ;
                     and
                     a
                     curious
                     searcher
                     into
                     Nature
                     ,
                     will
                     hardly
                     rest
                     in
                     a
                     meere
                     finall
                     cause
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     finall
                     cause
                     ,
                     so
                     farre
                     forth
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     cause
                     preceding
                     the
                     effect
                     ,
                     can
                     no
                     otherwise
                     bee
                     conceiued
                     than
                     in
                     the
                     intention
                     of
                     the
                     Agent
                     :
                     then
                     must
                     enquiry
                     bee
                     made
                     againe
                     what
                     the
                     Agent
                     should
                     bee
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     will
                     the
                     probleme
                     rest
                     vncleered
                     .
                     1.
                     
                     Because
                     one
                     parcell
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     could
                     not
                     moue
                     another
                     ,
                     except
                     the
                     same
                     were
                     first
                     moued
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     a
                     new
                     Agent
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     bee
                     found
                     out
                     .
                     2
                     The
                     Agent
                     and
                     the
                     thing
                     moued
                     or
                     Patient
                     ,
                     ought
                     to
                     bee
                     two
                     separate
                     and
                     distinct
                     bodies
                     :
                     But
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     ayre
                     meeting
                     together
                     ,
                     become
                     one
                     continuate
                     body
                     .
                     No
                     shift
                     is
                     there
                     left
                     for
                     these
                     Philosophers
                     but
                     one
                     distinction
                     ,
                     wherein
                     they
                     distinguish
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Vniuersall
                     and
                     Speciall
                     forme
                     ,
                     The
                     Aire
                     ,
                     as
                     they
                     affirme
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     his
                     Speciall
                     forme
                     ,
                     asc●nds
                     vpward
                     from
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     yet
                     by
                     the
                     Vniuersall
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     conseruation
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     vniuerse
                     ,
                     it
                     may
                     sometimes
                     suffer
                     a
                     contrary
                     motion
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     moue
                     downeward
                     toward
                     the
                     Center
                     .
                     In
                     which
                     distinction
                     they
                     suppose
                     they
                     haue
                     cut
                     the
                     throat
                     of
                     all
                     contrary
                     reasons
                     .
                     But
                     who
                     so
                     vnderstands
                     himselfe
                     ,
                     shall
                     finde
                     it
                     but
                     as
                     a
                     weake
                     reed
                     ,
                     to
                     hurt
                     his
                     hand
                     which
                     rests
                     on
                     it
                     :
                     for
                     a
                     second
                     enquiry
                     will
                     bee
                     made
                     ,
                     what
                     this
                     vniuersall
                     forme
                     should
                     bee
                     .
                     For
                     by
                     it
                     they
                     vnderstand
                     of
                     necessity
                     either
                     an
                     
                       Internall
                       forme
                    
                     or
                     Nature
                     ;
                     or
                     an
                     
                       Externall
                       resultancie
                    
                     and
                     harmony
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     ,
                     such
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     described
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     Chapter
                     of
                     this
                     booke
                     .
                     If
                     they
                     vnderstand
                     this
                     latter
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     any
                     way
                     bee
                     a
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     motion
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     followes
                     and
                     ariseth
                     out
                     of
                     this
                     motion
                     concurring
                     with
                     the
                     rest
                     ,
                     and
                     no
                     way
                     preceeds
                     it
                     :
                     wheras
                     on
                     the
                     contrary
                     part
                     euery
                     cause
                     is
                     to
                     goe
                     before
                     his
                     effect
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     this
                     vniuersall
                     forme
                     or
                     nature
                     compared
                     with
                     the
                     speciall
                     ,
                     there
                     would
                     arise
                     a
                     Subordination
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     a
                     Coordination
                     ,
                     
                     or
                     opposition
                     ;
                     forasmuch
                     as
                     the
                     speciall
                     is
                     subordinate
                     to
                     the
                     generall
                     or
                     vniuersall
                     .
                     But
                     subordinate
                     causes
                     can
                     produce
                     no
                     other
                     than
                     subordinate
                     eff●●ts
                     .
                     But
                     here
                     we
                     see
                     the
                     effects
                     or
                     motions
                     to
                     bee
                     quite
                     opposite
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ;
                     in
                     asmuch
                     as
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     Descent
                     in
                     the
                     Aire
                     (
                     which
                     they
                     ascribe
                     to
                     the
                     vniuersall
                     forme
                     )
                     is
                     cleane
                     opposite
                     to
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     Ascent
                     ,
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     speciall
                     nature
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     these
                     Philosophers
                     vrging
                     the
                     necessity
                     of
                     Nature
                     to
                     preserue
                     the
                     Vniuerse
                     ,
                     are
                     much
                     deceaued
                     in
                     the
                     manner
                     and
                     meanes
                     thereof
                     .
                     True
                     it
                     is
                     that
                     all
                     Earthly
                     and
                     heauy
                     bodies
                     are
                     directed
                     and
                     disposed
                     to
                     the
                     conseruation
                     of
                     the
                     earthly
                     Globe
                     .
                     But
                     euery
                     such
                     body
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     before
                     )
                     seekes
                     first
                     the
                     safeguard
                     and
                     preseruation
                     of
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     and
                     secondarily
                     by
                     the
                     safeguard
                     of
                     it selfe
                     the
                     preseruation
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     .
                     For
                     how
                     can
                     any
                     part
                     ,
                     when
                     it
                     neglects
                     its
                     owne
                     safety
                     ,
                     endeauour
                     the
                     preseruation
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     :
                     sith
                     the
                     whole
                     is
                     but
                     one
                     compounded
                     of
                     many
                     parts
                     .
                     And
                     therefore
                     can
                     it
                     not
                     bee
                     auoided
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     the
                     disorders
                     and
                     disharmony
                     of
                     one
                     part
                     ▪
                     should
                     preiudice
                     and
                     destroy
                     the
                     whole
                     frame
                     .
                     If
                     they
                     turne
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     part
                     ,
                     and
                     grant
                     this
                     vniuersall
                     forme
                     to
                     bee
                     Internall
                     ,
                     many
                     reasons
                     stand
                     opposite
                     .
                     For
                     first
                     I
                     would
                     demand
                     ,
                     whether
                     this
                     vniuersall
                     forme
                     bee
                     simple
                     or
                     compounded
                     .
                     It
                     cannot
                     bee
                     simple
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     would
                     alwayes
                     produce
                     one
                     simple
                     and
                     vniforme
                     effect
                     :
                     but
                     experience
                     hath
                     t●ught
                     the
                     contrary
                     ;
                     because
                     wee
                     shall
                     not
                     alwayes
                     find
                     the
                     aire
                     to
                     descend
                     ,
                     but
                     sometimes
                     to
                     moue
                     obliquely
                     to
                     the
                     left
                     or
                     right
                     hand
                     ,
                     backward
                     and
                     forward
                     ;
                     as
                     when
                     it
                     enters
                     into
                     the
                     house
                     by
                     a
                     doore
                     or
                     windowe
                     .
                     On
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     well
                     be
                     called
                     a
                     compound
                     forme
                     ;
                     because
                     all
                     formes
                     the
                     more
                     vniuersall
                     they
                     are
                     ,
                     the
                     more
                     simple
                     they
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     accounted
                     :
                     because
                     the
                     speciall
                     includes
                     more
                     composition
                     than
                     the
                     generall
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     ,
                     all
                     compounded
                     substance
                     arise
                     out
                     of
                     simples
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     to
                     bee
                     esteemed
                     first
                     in
                     nature
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     I
                     would
                     aske
                     whether
                     this
                     vniuersall
                     forme
                     bee
                     
                       vna
                       numero
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     selfe
                     same
                     indiuiduall
                     in
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     and
                     bodies
                     ;
                     or
                     diuerse
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     diuersity
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     Bodies
                     .
                     It
                     cannot
                     bee
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     selfe
                     same
                     in
                     all
                     bodies
                     ,
                     because
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     vniuerse
                     is
                     not
                     one
                     continuate
                     body
                     composed
                     of
                     essentiall
                     parts
                     ;
                     
                     but
                     rather
                     a
                     heape
                     or
                     masse
                     collected
                     and
                     digested
                     out
                     of
                     many
                     bodies
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     the
                     forme
                     being
                     thus
                     one
                     indiuiduall
                     ,
                     would
                     bee
                     singular
                     or
                     speciall
                     ,
                     not
                     vniuersall
                     .
                     If
                     they
                     affirme
                     that
                     this
                     forme
                     is
                     diuerse
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     diuersity
                     of
                     the
                     bodies
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     bee
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     motion
                     or
                     descent
                     in
                     the
                     Aire
                     .
                     For
                     this
                     motion
                     (
                     as
                     they
                     suppose
                     )
                     is
                     destined
                     and
                     appointed
                     to
                     no
                     other
                     end
                     ,
                     than
                     to
                     comfort
                     Nature
                     in
                     her
                     distresse
                     ,
                     when
                     shee
                     stands
                     in
                     feare
                     of
                     rupture
                     or
                     dissolution
                     .
                     But
                     how
                     can
                     this
                     forme
                     being
                     bounded
                     within
                     the
                     limits
                     of
                     the
                     Aeriall
                     superficies
                     perceaue
                     or
                     feele
                     this
                     exigence
                     of
                     Nature
                     in
                     other
                     Bodies
                     ?
                     Whatsoeuer
                     they
                     can
                     say
                     in
                     this
                     ,
                     is
                     altogether
                     vncertaine
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     warranted
                     by
                     any
                     sound
                     demonstration
                     .
                     A
                     second
                     reason
                     for
                     the
                     naturall
                     descent
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     a
                     possible
                     supposition
                     ;
                     from
                     which
                     wee
                     may
                     enforce
                     a
                     true
                     conclusion
                     .
                     Let
                     vs
                     suppose
                     a
                     portion
                     of
                     Aire
                     by
                     some
                     violence
                     to
                     bee
                     carried
                     aboue
                     his
                     proper
                     orbe
                     ;
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     space
                     which
                     by
                     our
                     common
                     Philosophers
                     is
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     Element
                     of
                     Fire
                     ,
                     neere
                     the
                     concaue
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     I
                     would
                     here
                     demand
                     whether
                     this
                     portion
                     of
                     Aire
                     thus
                     transposed
                     would
                     ascend
                     higher
                     ,
                     or
                     descend
                     lower
                     ,
                     or
                     rest
                     still
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     place
                     ?
                     It
                     could
                     not
                     ascend
                     higher
                     ;
                     first
                     because
                     in
                     this
                     wise
                     it
                     should
                     be
                     moued
                     farther
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     owne
                     place
                     ,
                     whereas
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     principles
                     of
                     Philosophie
                     ,
                     all
                     bodies
                     transposed
                     from
                     their
                     proper
                     places
                     ,
                     haue
                     an
                     aptnesse
                     or
                     inclination
                     to
                     returne
                     againe
                     to
                     their
                     proper
                     seats
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     to
                     roue
                     farther
                     off
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     this
                     granted
                     ,
                     the
                     Aire
                     should
                     inuade
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     the
                     fire
                     and
                     so
                     the
                     Elements
                     should
                     suffer
                     a
                     confusion
                     ;
                     which
                     Aristotle
                     holds
                     absurd
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     there
                     cannot
                     be
                     imagined
                     in
                     that
                     higher
                     orbe
                     any
                     point
                     or
                     center
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     it
                     should
                     direct
                     his
                     motion
                     ;
                     and
                     therefore
                     there
                     is
                     no
                     such
                     motion
                     found
                     ;
                     or
                     it
                     must
                     bee
                     very
                     irregular
                     .
                     If
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     it
                     were
                     granted
                     ,
                     that
                     such
                     a
                     portion
                     of
                     Aire
                     so
                     separated
                     ,
                     should
                     descend
                     ;
                     I
                     aske
                     againe
                     ,
                     whether
                     they
                     hold
                     this
                     motion
                     naturall
                     or
                     violent
                     :
                     It
                     cannot
                     bee
                     a
                     violent
                     motion
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     directed
                     to
                     his
                     owne
                     naturall
                     and
                     proper
                     place
                     ;
                     and
                     this
                     motion
                     in
                     the
                     Elements
                     ,
                     is
                     alwayes
                     accounted
                     naturall
                     .
                     Last
                     of
                     all
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     rest
                     still
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     place
                     ,
                     because
                     all
                     bodies
                     forced
                     out
                     of
                     their
                     places
                     (
                     all
                     obstacles
                     being
                     remoued
                     )
                     must
                     
                     needs
                     returne
                     vnto
                     their
                     proper
                     place
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     no
                     other
                     starting
                     hole
                     is
                     here
                     left
                     to
                     our
                     opposites
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     they
                     grant
                     a
                     naturall
                     motion
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     consequently
                     yeeld
                     to
                     our
                     assertion
                     .
                     A
                     third
                     reason
                     may
                     here
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     condensation
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     a
                     receiued
                     opinion
                     amongst
                     most
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     thinne
                     and
                     subtile
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     will
                     naturally
                     mount
                     vpward
                     ;
                     but
                     the
                     thicker
                     and
                     condensated
                     parts
                     ,
                     pitch
                     and
                     settle
                     themselues
                     downeward
                     :
                     Which
                     obseruation
                     ,
                     if
                     it
                     bee
                     true
                     ,
                     will
                     yeeld
                     vs
                     this
                     conclusion
                     .
                     That
                     the
                     Aire
                     is
                     by
                     nature
                     heauy
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     moueth
                     downeward
                     ,
                     toward
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     Which
                     I
                     will
                     demonstrate
                     out
                     of
                     these
                     Principles
                     ,
                     1
                     That
                     that
                     body
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     addition
                     of
                     parts
                     or
                     condensation
                     ,
                     is
                     made
                     more
                     heauy
                     or
                     ponderous
                     ,
                     must
                     needs
                     haue
                     some
                     weight
                     in
                     it selfe
                     .
                     This
                     may
                     easily
                     appeare
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     mixture
                     of
                     lightnesse
                     with
                     heauinesse
                     will
                     not
                     intend
                     and
                     encrease
                     the
                     ponderosity
                     ,
                     but
                     slacke
                     and
                     diminish
                     it
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     chiefest
                     thing
                     which
                     remits
                     or
                     diminisheth
                     any
                     quality
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     mixture
                     of
                     his
                     contrary
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     the
                     quality
                     of
                     cold
                     to
                     be
                     abated
                     and
                     weakened
                     if
                     it
                     entertaine
                     any
                     mixture
                     of
                     heat
                     :
                     2
                     The
                     thickning
                     or
                     condensation
                     of
                     any
                     body
                     is
                     made
                     by
                     addition
                     and
                     coaction
                     of
                     more
                     parts
                     into
                     the
                     same
                     space
                     or
                     compasse
                     .
                     As
                     if
                     the
                     Aire
                     or
                     any
                     such
                     like
                     body
                     were
                     thickned
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     confine
                     it selfe
                     to
                     a
                     more
                     narrow
                     roome
                     then
                     before
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     consequenly
                     the
                     narrow
                     roome
                     would
                     containe
                     more
                     parts
                     then
                     before
                     .
                     Out
                     of
                     which
                     wee
                     conclude
                     ,
                     that
                     forasmuch
                     as
                     many
                     parts
                     pressed
                     together
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     space
                     ,
                     make
                     the
                     whole
                     masse
                     more
                     ponderous
                     ;
                     these
                     parts
                     so
                     pressed
                     together
                     ,
                     must
                     needes
                     haue
                     some
                     waight
                     in
                     themselues
                     .
                     Which
                     may
                     further
                     be
                     illustrated
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     intention
                     of
                     the
                     quality
                     commonly
                     followes
                     the
                     condensation
                     of
                     the
                     subiect
                     :
                     Which
                     may
                     easily
                     appeare
                     in
                     red-hot-iron
                     ,
                     which
                     burnes
                     and
                     scorcheth
                     more
                     than
                     flame
                     or
                     coales
                     ;
                     because
                     euery
                     part
                     hath
                     more
                     degrees
                     or
                     heat
                     .
                     Now
                     where
                     more
                     parts
                     are
                     closely
                     pressed
                     together
                     ,
                     the
                     heat
                     must
                     needs
                     bee
                     more
                     feruent
                     .
                     I
                     haue
                     dwelt
                     longer
                     on
                     this
                     subiect
                     ,
                     because
                     I
                     would
                     not
                     seeme
                     to
                     broach
                     a
                     new
                     opinion
                     without
                     sufficient
                     reason
                     .
                     To
                     conclude
                     all
                     ,
                     and
                     come
                     as
                     neere
                     the
                     receiued
                     opinion
                     as
                     I
                     can
                     ;
                     I
                     will
                     say
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Aire
                     may
                     bee
                     considered
                     
                     two
                     wayes
                     ;
                     first
                     absolutely
                     in
                     it selfe
                     ;
                     secondly
                     in
                     comparison
                     of
                     heauier
                     bodies
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     the
                     Earth
                     and
                     Water
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     first
                     sense
                     I
                     grant
                     no
                     absolute
                     lightnesse
                     in
                     the
                     Aire
                     ;
                     because
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     naturall
                     inclination
                     ,
                     it
                     tends
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     it
                     can
                     to
                     the
                     center
                     ,
                     as
                     all
                     other
                     lower
                     bodies
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     we
                     consider
                     it
                     comparatiuely
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     other
                     heauier
                     bodies
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     call
                     it
                     light
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     lesse
                     heauy
                     or
                     ponderous
                     .
                     So
                     that
                     by
                     lightnesse
                     we
                     vnderstand
                     no
                     absolute
                     lightnesse
                     ,
                     but
                     a
                     priuation
                     .
                     The
                     summe
                     of
                     all
                     wee
                     haue
                     hitherto
                     proued
                     ,
                     is
                     this
                     ;
                     That
                     all
                     terrene
                     bodies
                     ,
                     as
                     Earth
                     ,
                     Water
                     ,
                     Aire
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     mixt
                     bodies
                     which
                     concurre
                     to
                     the
                     composition
                     of
                     the
                     Earthly
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     they
                     can
                     ,
                     settle
                     and
                     conforme
                     themselues
                     to
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     which
                     site
                     or
                     position
                     of
                     them
                     to
                     the
                     center
                     ,
                     is
                     their
                     true
                     and
                     naturall
                     place
                     ,
                     wherein
                     they
                     seeke
                     their
                     preseruation
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       Of
                       two
                       heauy
                       Bodies
                       striuing
                       for
                       the
                       same
                       place
                       ,
                       that
                       alwaies
                       preuaileth
                       which
                       is
                       heauiest
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Hence
                       it
                       comes
                       to
                       passe
                       that
                       the
                       Earth
                       enioyes
                       the
                       lowest
                       place
                       ,
                       the
                       next
                       the
                       Water
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       last
                       the
                       Aire
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     increment
                     or
                     increase
                     of
                     any
                     effect
                     ,
                     must
                     necessarily
                     arise
                     from
                     the
                     greater
                     vigour
                     or
                     efficacy
                     of
                     the
                     efficient
                     cause
                     ,
                     as
                     both
                     Reason
                     and
                     Philosophie
                     well
                     teach
                     .
                     Now
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     all
                     heauy
                     bodyes
                     naturally
                     do
                     descend
                     downeward
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     a
                     naturall
                     inclination
                     they
                     haue
                     to
                     attaine
                     the
                     center
                     :
                     but
                     where
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     greater
                     weight
                     or
                     constipation
                     of
                     ponderous
                     parts
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     masse
                     ,
                     there
                     must
                     needs
                     proceede
                     a
                     greater
                     inclination
                     :
                     Supposing
                     then
                     the
                     
                       Earth
                       ,
                       Water
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Aire
                     ,
                     being
                     three
                     waighty
                     bodies
                     to
                     incline
                     and
                     dispose
                     themselues
                     to
                     their
                     vttermost
                     force
                     to
                     inclose
                     and
                     engirt
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     ;
                     it
                     must
                     needes
                     bee
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     beeing
                     the
                     most
                     compact
                     and
                     ponderous
                     ,
                     must
                     obtaine
                     the
                     preheminence
                     ;
                     next
                     to
                     which
                     succeedes
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     being
                     of
                     all
                     other
                     
                     the
                     least
                     ponderous
                     .
                     Yet
                     wee
                     deny
                     not
                     but
                     the
                     Water
                     and
                     Aire
                     being
                     setled
                     in
                     this
                     wise
                     ,
                     are
                     in
                     their
                     naturall
                     places
                     ;
                     which
                     to
                     vnderstand
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     repeate
                     what
                     we
                     said
                     before
                     ,
                     that
                     Nature
                     hath
                     a
                     twofold
                     intention
                     ;
                     the
                     one
                     primary
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     secondary
                     .
                     Indeed
                     if
                     we
                     consider
                     Natures
                     primary
                     or
                     speciall
                     inclination
                     in
                     the
                     bodies
                     themselues
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     finde
                     them
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     said
                     )
                     immediatly
                     directed
                     to
                     the
                     center
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     might
                     bee
                     :
                     but
                     the
                     secondary
                     intent
                     of
                     Nature
                     was
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     bodies
                     should
                     so
                     settle
                     and
                     conforme
                     themselues
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     each
                     of
                     them
                     should
                     obtaine
                     a
                     place
                     according
                     to
                     his
                     degree
                     of
                     massinesse
                     and
                     waight
                     .
                     Out
                     of
                     this
                     may
                     bee
                     answered
                     a
                     certaine
                     obiection
                     which
                     some
                     haue
                     produced
                     ,
                     to
                     proue
                     the
                     Aire
                     to
                     bee
                     absolutely
                     light
                     in
                     his
                     owne
                     nature
                     .
                     Experience
                     teacheth
                     vs
                     (
                     say
                     these
                     men
                     )
                     that
                     a
                     bladder
                     blowne
                     vp
                     with
                     winde
                     ,
                     or
                     an
                     empty
                     barrell
                     being
                     by
                     force
                     kept
                     vnder
                     water
                     ▪
                     the
                     force
                     and
                     obstacle
                     omitted
                     ,
                     will
                     suddenly
                     ascend
                     to
                     the
                     top
                     ;
                     and
                     that
                     a
                     man
                     ready
                     to
                     sinke
                     in
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     will
                     not
                     so
                     easily
                     sinke
                     downe
                     while
                     hee
                     can
                     hold
                     his
                     breath
                     :
                     all
                     which
                     effects
                     they
                     ascribe
                     to
                     no
                     other
                     cause
                     ,
                     than
                     to
                     inclination
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     to
                     moue
                     vpwards
                     from
                     the
                     center
                     .
                     But
                     indeed
                     this
                     motion
                     ,
                     howbeit
                     agreeable
                     to
                     the
                     vniuersall
                     nature
                     and
                     consistency
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     is
                     notwithstanding
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     vnnaturall
                     and
                     violent
                     ;
                     because
                     this
                     ascent
                     of
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     caused
                     by
                     the
                     forme
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     interposition
                     of
                     a
                     heauier
                     body
                     striuing
                     for
                     the
                     same
                     place
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     reuerberating
                     it
                     backe
                     from
                     the
                     place
                     ,
                     whereunto
                     it
                     tended
                     .
                     For
                     here
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     imagined
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     bladder
                     or
                     empty
                     barrell
                     drowned
                     in
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     claimes
                     and
                     inioyes
                     for
                     the
                     time
                     that
                     place
                     or
                     distance
                     ,
                     which
                     otherwise
                     so
                     much
                     water
                     should
                     occupie
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     so
                     many
                     inches
                     of
                     feete
                     from
                     one
                     side
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     No
                     maruell
                     then
                     that
                     obstacles
                     remoued
                     ,
                     the
                     Water
                     being
                     most
                     ponderous
                     and
                     waighty
                     ,
                     receiues
                     his
                     owne
                     right
                     ;
                     and
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     shoulders
                     out
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     and
                     violently
                     driues
                     it
                     off
                     to
                     his
                     owne
                     habitation
                     .
                     Whence
                     many
                     haue
                     imagined
                     that
                     this
                     motion
                     is
                     proper
                     and
                     naturall
                     to
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     when
                     of
                     it selfe
                     it
                     is
                     meerely
                     violent
                     ,
                     and
                     enforced
                     by
                     the
                     interiection
                     of
                     another
                     body
                     more
                     waighty
                     and
                     ponderous
                     than
                     it selfe
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     7
                     this
                     conformity
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     parts
                     ,
                     two
                     things
                     are
                     to
                     bee
                     obserued
                     :
                     1
                     The
                     center
                     it selfe
                     :
                     2
                     The
                     parts
                     which
                     conforme
                     themselues
                     vnto
                     it
                     .
                     The
                     Center
                     is
                     an
                     imaginary
                     point
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     are
                     conformed
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   Fathers
                   of
                   the
                   Mathematicall
                   Sciences
                   ,
                   haue
                   laboured
                   to
                   deriue
                   all
                   their
                   doctrine
                   from
                   a
                   point
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   first
                   and
                   most
                   simple
                   principle
                   whereon
                   all
                   the
                   rest
                   depend
                   .
                   Not
                   that
                   they
                   imagine
                   a
                   point
                   to
                   bee
                   any
                   positiue
                   entity
                   in
                   it selfe
                   ;
                   but
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   first
                   bound
                   of
                   magnitude
                   ,
                   whence
                   all
                   terminated
                   quantities
                   take
                   their
                   originall
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   princ●●le
                   wee
                   may
                   call
                   it
                   ,
                   not
                   of
                   naturall
                   constitution
                   ,
                   because
                   a
                   thousand
                   points
                   collected
                   ,
                   could
                   not
                   be
                   so
                   compounded
                   ,
                   as
                   out
                   of
                   it
                   should
                   arise
                   the
                   least
                   magnitude
                   ;
                   for
                   (
                   as
                   the
                   Philosopher
                   hath
                   taught
                   vs
                   )
                   continuate
                   and
                   diuisible
                   things
                   cannot
                   bee
                   made
                   out
                   of
                   such
                   things
                   as
                   are
                   meerely
                   discontinuate
                   and
                   indiuisible
                   ,
                   but
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   first
                   Mathematicall
                   principle
                   or
                   beginning
                   of
                   termination
                   and
                   figuration
                   .
                   This
                   point
                   ,
                   although
                   it
                   haue
                   euery-where
                   an
                   vse
                   in
                   Geometrie
                   ,
                   yet
                   no-where
                   more
                   remarkeable
                   then
                   when
                   it
                   becomes
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   a
                   circle
                   :
                   which
                   center
                   wee
                   ought
                   not
                   to
                   imagine
                   a
                   meere
                   Geometricall
                   conceit
                   ,
                   but
                   such
                   as
                   findes
                   ground
                   in
                   the
                   Naturall
                   constitution
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                  
                   .
                   For
                   seeing
                   all
                   terrene
                   bodies
                   are
                   carried
                   in
                   a
                   right
                   line
                   as
                   by
                   a
                   Radius
                   to
                   one
                   point
                   ,
                   from
                   euery
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   circumference
                   ;
                   we
                   may
                   obserue
                   a
                   center
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   designed
                   and
                   pointed
                   out
                   by
                   Nature
                   it selfe
                   in
                   the
                   Globe
                   :
                   Some
                   haue
                   here
                   distinguished
                   betwixt
                   a
                   point
                   Physicall
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   point
                   Mathematicall
                   ,
                   as
                   allotting
                   the
                   former
                   Latitude
                   ,
                   and
                   sensible
                   existence
                   ;
                   but
                   making
                   the
                   other
                   meerely
                   Indiuisible
                   .
                   But
                   if
                   the
                   matter
                   bee
                   rightly
                   vnderstood
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   not
                   two
                   points
                   ,
                   but
                   all
                   one
                   ,
                   distinguished
                   only
                   by
                   a
                   diuers
                   name
                   of
                   conceit
                   or
                   consideration
                   .
                   For
                   wee
                   consider
                   first
                   a
                   point
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   existent
                   in
                   a
                   sensible
                   particular
                   body
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   we
                   call
                   
                   it
                   Physicall
                   .
                   Secondly
                   wee
                   abstract
                   it
                   from
                   this
                   or
                   that
                   body
                   sensible
                   ;
                   but
                   alwayes
                   conceit
                   it
                   withall
                   to
                   bee
                   in
                   some
                   body
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   this
                   sort
                   wee
                   terme
                   it
                   Mathematicall
                   :
                   for
                   the
                   Mathematician
                   abstracts
                   not
                   a
                   Quantity
                   or
                   Quantitatiue
                   signe
                   from
                   all
                   subiects
                   ;
                   for
                   so
                   being
                   an
                   accident
                   ,
                   hee
                   should
                   conceiue
                   it
                   abstracted
                   from
                   its
                   owne
                   nature
                   ;
                   but
                   from
                   this
                   or
                   that
                   sensible
                   body
                   ,
                   as
                   wood
                   or
                   stone
                   .
                   Such
                   a
                   point
                   ought
                   we
                   to
                   imagine
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   to
                   be
                   ,
                   not
                   participating
                   of
                   any
                   latitude
                   or
                   magnitude
                   ,
                   albeit
                   existent
                   in
                   some
                   magnitude
                   .
                   I
                   am
                   not
                   ignorant
                   that
                   some
                   Writers
                   haue
                   taken
                   a
                   Physicall
                   point
                   for
                   a
                   small
                   and
                   insensible
                   magnitude
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   sense
                   the
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   all
                   heauenly
                   motions
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   sense
                   is
                   very
                   improper
                   ;
                   and
                   besides
                   in
                   this
                   example
                   is
                   to
                   bee
                   vnderstood
                   a
                   point
                   Opticall
                   ,
                   as
                   such
                   as
                   carries
                   no
                   sensible
                   or
                   proportionable
                   quantity
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   sight
                   .
                   Taking
                   then
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   to
                   bee
                   a
                   point
                   fixt
                   in
                   the
                   middest
                   of
                   the
                   Earthly
                   Spheare
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   haue
                   described
                   ,
                   wee
                   will
                   further
                   describe
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   it
                   in
                   two
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       center
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       is
                       not
                       an
                       Attractiue
                       ,
                       but
                       a
                       meere
                       Respectiue
                       point
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     An
                     Attractiue
                     point
                     I
                     terme
                     that
                     ,
                     which
                     hath
                     in
                     it
                     a
                     vertue
                     or
                     power
                     to
                     draw
                     and
                     attract
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     parts
                     or
                     bodies
                     ,
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     as
                     the
                     Loadstone
                     hath
                     a
                     power
                     to
                     draw
                     iron
                     or
                     steele
                     .
                     But
                     a
                     Respectiue
                     point
                     is
                     that
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     Bodies
                     in
                     their
                     motions
                     doe
                     respect
                     and
                     conforme
                     themselues
                     vnto
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     bound
                     or
                     center
                     to
                     which
                     their
                     course
                     is
                     directed
                     .
                     Which
                     may
                     bee
                     illustrated
                     by
                     the
                     directiue
                     operations
                     of
                     the
                     Load-stone
                     (
                     which
                     wee
                     shall
                     hereafter
                     handle
                     )
                     by
                     which
                     the
                     
                       Magneticall
                       Indix
                    
                     or
                     needle
                     pointeth
                     directly
                     Northward
                     :
                     not
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     North
                     is
                     fixed
                     any
                     Attractiue
                     vertue
                     or
                     operation
                     ,
                     whic●
                     might
                     cause
                     that
                     effect
                     ;
                     but
                     because
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     Instrument
                     is
                     directed
                     towards
                     such
                     a
                     point
                     or
                     center
                     .
                     That
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     hath
                     no
                     Attractiue
                     force
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     proued
                     ,
                     1
                     Because
                     it
                     cannot
                     in
                     any
                     probability
                     bee
                     thought
                     that
                     an
                     Imaginary
                     point
                     hauing
                     only
                     a
                     priuatiue
                     Being
                     and
                     subsistence
                     ,
                     should
                     challenge
                     to
                     it selfe
                     any
                     such
                     operation
                     .
                     For
                     all
                     positiue
                     effects
                     ,
                     proceed
                     
                     out
                     of
                     positiue
                     causes
                     ,
                     neither
                     can
                     it
                     be
                     imagined
                     that
                     this
                     Attraction
                     should
                     grow
                     out
                     of
                     a
                     meere
                     priuation
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     should
                     this
                     be
                     granted
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     Earthly
                     parts
                     should
                     be
                     from
                     the
                     Attractiue
                     vertue
                     of
                     the
                     Center
                     ;
                     it
                     would
                     follow
                     necessarily
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     motion
                     should
                     not
                     bee
                     Naturall
                     ,
                     but
                     violent
                     :
                     as
                     proceeding
                     from
                     an
                     externall
                     cause
                     ,
                     which
                     all
                     ancient
                     and
                     moderne
                     Philosophers
                     deny
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       same
                       point
                       is
                       the
                       center
                       of
                       Magnitude
                       and
                       waight
                       in
                       the
                       Terrestriall
                       Spheare
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     That
                     the
                     same
                     point
                     in
                     the
                     Terrene
                     Globe
                     ,
                     should
                     make
                     the
                     center
                     both
                     of
                     Magnitude
                     and
                     Waight
                     ,
                     may
                     seeme
                     very
                     plaine
                     :
                     1
                     Because
                     we
                     are
                     not
                     to
                     multiply
                     things
                     and
                     Entities
                     in
                     our
                     conceit
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     necessary
                     consequence
                     drawne
                     from
                     Nature
                     or
                     Reason
                     ;
                     enforcing
                     vs
                     thereunto
                     .
                     But
                     what
                     reason
                     could
                     euer
                     perswade
                     any
                     man
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     had
                     two
                     Centers
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     of
                     Waight
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     of
                     Magnitude
                     ,
                     but
                     only
                     a
                     bare
                     Imagination
                     ,
                     without
                     proofe
                     or
                     demonstration
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     if
                     this
                     were
                     granted
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     magnitude
                     were
                     remoued
                     some
                     distance
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     ;
                     then
                     consequently
                     would
                     one
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ouer-poize
                     the
                     other
                     in
                     ponderosity
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     the
                     whole
                     Spheare
                     would
                     either
                     be
                     shaken
                     out
                     of
                     its
                     place
                     ,
                     or
                     dissolue
                     it selfe
                     into
                     its
                     first
                     principles
                     .
                     Both
                     of
                     which
                     being
                     by
                     experience
                     contradicted
                     ,
                     our
                     assertion
                     will
                     stand
                     sure
                     and
                     vndoubted
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     meane
                     space
                     ,
                     we
                     deny
                     not
                     but
                     that
                     some
                     little
                     difference
                     may
                     be
                     admitted
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     vnequall
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     but
                     this
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     so
                     small
                     and
                     insensible
                     as
                     cannot
                     bee
                     cacullated
                     ,
                     or
                     cause
                     any
                     alteration
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     8
                     The
                     Terrene
                     parts
                     conforming
                     themselues
                     to
                     this
                     center
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     considered
                     two
                     wayes
                     :
                     either
                     Absolutely
                     ,
                     or
                     Comparatiuely
                     .
                     Absolutely
                     ,
                     as
                     euery
                     part
                     is
                     considered
                     in
                     it selfe
                     .
                  
                   
                     9
                     A
                     terrestriall
                     part
                     considered
                     in
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     vndergoes
                     
                     the
                     respect
                     either
                     of
                     a
                     Point
                     of
                     Magnitude
                     ;
                     as
                     a
                     point
                     ,
                     when
                     any
                     signe
                     or
                     point
                     in
                     it selfe
                     is
                     considered
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     his
                     conformity
                     to
                     the
                     center
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   A
                   Point
                   ,
                   albeit
                   existing
                   still
                   in
                   some
                   magnitude
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   haue
                   shewed
                   )
                   may
                   notwithstanding
                   bee
                   abstracted
                   from
                   this
                   or
                   that
                   body
                   ,
                   as
                   seruing
                   for
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   any
                   body
                   ,
                   whose
                   naturall
                   inclination
                   and
                   conformity
                   to
                   the
                   vniuersall
                   center
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   we
                   may
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   place
                   handle
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Rule
                   by
                   which
                   the
                   motion
                   and
                   inclination
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   magnitude
                   ought
                   to
                   bee
                   squared
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Euery
                       point
                       or
                       center
                       of
                       waighty
                       body
                       ,
                       is
                       moued
                       toward
                       the
                       center
                       of
                       the
                       Terrestriall
                       Spheare
                       by
                       a
                       right
                       line
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     A
                     Right
                     line
                     is
                     the
                     measure
                     and
                     rule
                     almost
                     of
                     all
                     Naturall
                     actions
                     :
                     which
                     albeit
                     it
                     be
                     familiar
                     in
                     almost
                     euery
                     operation
                     ;
                     yet
                     most
                     of
                     all
                     in
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earthly
                     bodies
                     tending
                     to
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     Why
                     Nature
                     in
                     this
                     kind
                     should
                     chiefly
                     affect
                     a
                     Right
                     line
                     ,
                     sundry
                     reasons
                     may
                     bee
                     alleaged
                     :
                     1
                     From
                     the
                     End
                     which
                     Nature
                     doth
                     propose
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     to
                     produce
                     the
                     worke
                     which
                     shee
                     intends
                     ,
                     the
                     readiest
                     and
                     shortest
                     way
                     ;
                     as
                     Aristotle
                     testifies
                     of
                     her
                     in
                     the
                     5
                     of
                     his
                     Metaphisickes
                     .
                     Now
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     that
                     a
                     Right
                     line
                     drawne
                     betwixt
                     the
                     same
                     points
                     ,
                     is
                     alwayes
                     shortest
                     ,
                     as
                     Euclide
                     shewes
                     in
                     his
                     Elements
                     ;
                     where
                     hee
                     demonstrates
                     that
                     two
                     sides
                     of
                     any
                     triangle
                     being
                     counted
                     together
                     ,
                     are
                     longer
                     then
                     the
                     third
                     .
                     The
                     better
                     to
                     vnderstand
                     the
                     working
                     of
                     Nature
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     obserue
                     in
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     a
                     heauy
                     part
                     to
                     the
                     center
                     ,
                     a
                     double
                     scope
                     or
                     end
                     ;
                     first
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     said
                     part
                     of
                     a
                     terrestriall
                     body
                     ,
                     should
                     bee
                     moued
                     or
                     separated
                     from
                     the
                     place
                     to
                     which
                     it
                     is
                     by
                     violence
                     transposed
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     body
                     should
                     bee
                     restored
                     home
                     ,
                     and
                     vnited
                     to
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     substance
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     it
                     must
                     chiefly
                     seeke
                     its
                     preseruation
                     .
                     That
                     these
                     two
                     ends
                     are
                     best
                     and
                     soonest
                     compassed
                     by
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     is
                     most
                     manifest
                     :
                     For
                     first
                     a
                     sepaparation
                     
                     from
                     the
                     place
                     to
                     which
                     it
                     is
                     moued
                     ,
                     is
                     more
                     quicke
                     &
                     expedient
                     by
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     ;
                     forasmuch
                     as
                     crooked
                     and
                     circular
                     lines
                     ,
                     turne
                     backe
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     into
                     themselues
                     againe
                     .
                     Also
                     the
                     vnion
                     and
                     coniunction
                     of
                     a
                     part
                     with
                     the
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     is
                     most
                     indebted
                     to
                     a
                     right
                     motion
                     ,
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     declared
                     )
                     the
                     way
                     is
                     shorter
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     it
                     may
                     bee
                     alleaged
                     ,
                     that
                     Nature
                     is
                     an
                     vniforme
                     and
                     necessary
                     Agent
                     ,
                     restrained
                     to
                     one
                     only
                     bound
                     or
                     end
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     can
                     neither
                     strengthen
                     ,
                     weaken
                     ,
                     remit
                     or
                     suspend
                     the
                     action
                     ,
                     but
                     workes
                     alwayes
                     by
                     the
                     same
                     meanes
                     ,
                     the
                     same
                     effects
                     ;
                     whence
                     it
                     is
                     that
                     she
                     chuseth
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     ,
                     being
                     but
                     one
                     betwixt
                     two
                     points
                     ;
                     whereas
                     crooked
                     lines
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     infinite
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     motion
                     directed
                     by
                     crooked
                     lines
                     would
                     proue
                     various
                     and
                     opposite
                     to
                     the
                     prescript
                     of
                     Nature
                     ▪
                     Moreouer
                     should
                     wee
                     imagine
                     that
                     nature
                     at
                     any
                     time
                     wrought
                     by
                     a
                     crooked
                     or
                     circular
                     line
                     ,
                     it
                     might
                     be
                     demanded
                     ,
                     from
                     what
                     Agent
                     this
                     obliquity
                     should
                     arise
                     ?
                     not
                     from
                     Nature
                     it selfe
                     :
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     said
                     )
                     shee
                     worketh
                     alwayes
                     to
                     the
                     vtmost
                     of
                     her
                     strength
                     ,
                     hauing
                     no
                     power
                     to
                     remit
                     or
                     suspend
                     her
                     actio●s
                     .
                     But
                     a
                     crooked
                     motion
                     ariseth
                     from
                     the
                     remission
                     or
                     slacking
                     of
                     the
                     Agents
                     force
                     ,
                     and
                     turning
                     it
                     away
                     from
                     the
                     intended
                     end
                     ,
                     which
                     only
                     findes
                     place
                     in
                     Free
                     and
                     voluntary
                     Agents
                     .
                     Neither
                     comes
                     this
                     Deflexion
                     from
                     the
                     medium
                     ,
                     or
                     Aire
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     can
                     haue
                     no
                     such
                     power
                     to
                     resist
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     motion
                     were
                     not
                     performed
                     in
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     ,
                     it
                     could
                     haue
                     no
                     opposite
                     or
                     contrary
                     ;
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     Aristotle
                     teacheth
                     )
                     
                       To
                       a
                       circular
                       or
                       crooked
                       motion
                       ,
                    
                     
                     
                       no
                       other
                       motion
                       can
                       bee
                       opposite
                       or
                       contrary
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       the
                       whole
                       circle
                       ;
                       but
                       only
                       in
                       regard
                       of
                       the
                       Diameter
                       ,
                    
                     which
                     is
                     alwayes
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     .
                     By
                     this
                     it
                     is
                     plaine
                     ,
                     that
                     a
                     
                       waighty
                       point
                    
                     considered
                     in
                     it selfe
                     abstractly
                     ,
                     cannot
                     but
                     be
                     carried
                     to
                     the
                     center
                     in
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     :
                     which
                     right
                     line
                     ,
                     really
                     and
                     Physically
                     points
                     out
                     vnto
                     vs
                     a
                     Radius
                     or
                     Beame
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     center
                     to
                     the
                     circumference
                     ,
                     to
                     shew
                     that
                     the
                     God
                     of
                     Nature
                     in
                     composing
                     the
                     earthly
                     globe
                     ,
                     both
                     obserued
                     and
                     taught
                     vs
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     Geometrie
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       A
                       point
                       mouing
                       toward
                       the
                       Center
                       ,
                       will
                       moue
                       swifter
                       in
                       the
                       end
                       ,
                       then
                       in
                       the
                       beginning
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     hath
                     been
                     plainely
                     obserued
                     by
                     experience
                     ,
                     that
                     a
                     stone
                     
                     let
                     fall
                     from
                     a
                     towre
                     or
                     high
                     place
                     ,
                     will
                     in
                     motion
                     grow
                     swifter
                     and
                     swifter
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     approach
                     the
                     ground
                     or
                     place
                     whereon
                     it
                     falls
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     giuen
                     from
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     which
                     resist
                     so
                     much
                     the
                     lesse
                     ,
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     the
                     body
                     descendeth
                     lower
                     toward
                     the
                     Earth
                     or
                     center
                     ;
                     because
                     when
                     it
                     is
                     higher
                     ,
                     the
                     distance
                     being
                     greater
                     ,
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     will
                     make
                     more
                     Resistance
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     rendred
                     by
                     Aristotle
                     of
                     this
                     Resistance
                     ,
                     is
                     ,
                     because
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     motion
                     ,
                     the
                     stone
                     or
                     heauy
                     body
                     findes
                     the
                     Aire
                     quiet
                     and
                     fixed
                     :
                     but
                     being
                     once
                     set
                     on
                     motion
                     ,
                     the
                     higher
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     successiuely
                     moue
                     those
                     which
                     are
                     vnder
                     ,
                     being
                     driuen
                     by
                     the
                     violence
                     of
                     the
                     stone
                     so
                     falling
                     ,
                     and
                     prepare
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     ,
                     the
                     way
                     for
                     his
                     comming
                     .
                     This
                     reason
                     may
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     content
                     an
                     ingenious
                     wit
                     ,
                     till
                     a
                     better
                     bee
                     found
                     out
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     10
                     So
                     much
                     for
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     a
                     heauy
                     point
                     or
                     center
                     :
                     it
                     remaines
                     that
                     we
                     treate
                     next
                     of
                     the
                     motions
                     and
                     conformity
                     of
                     Magnitudes
                     to
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     wherein
                     we
                     consider
                     not
                     only
                     the
                     Center
                     or
                     middle
                     point
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     whole
                     masse
                     of
                     the
                     magnitude
                     ,
                     whose
                     motion
                     and
                     conformity
                     shall
                     bee
                     expressed
                     in
                     this
                     Theoreme
                     ;
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       motion
                       of
                       a
                       magnitude
                       toward
                       the
                       center
                       ,
                       is
                       not
                       meerely
                       naturall
                       ,
                       but
                       mixt
                       with
                       a
                       violent
                       motion
                       :
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     may
                     easily
                     bee
                     demonstrated
                     ;
                     because
                     no
                     point
                     of
                     any
                     magnitude
                     is
                     moued
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     naturally
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     
                       middle
                       point
                    
                     or
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     magnitude
                     :
                     For
                     although
                     the
                     Center
                     bee
                     moued
                     in
                     a
                     perpendicular
                     line
                     ,
                     which
                     makes
                     right
                     angles
                     with
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ;
                     yet
                     the
                     extreme
                     parts
                     are
                     moued
                     in
                     lines
                     parallell
                     ,
                     which
                     cannot
                     possibly
                     make
                     right
                     angles
                     with
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     or
                     meet
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     ;
                     which
                     may
                     bee
                     showne
                     in
                     this
                     Figure
                     .
                     
                     
                     Let
                     there
                     bee
                     a
                     Circle
                     as
                     ABL
                     .
                     This
                     done
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     imagine
                     a
                     certaine
                     magnitude
                     hanging
                     in
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     and
                     tending
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     C
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     signified
                     by
                     the
                     line
                     PEN
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     certaine
                     that
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     magnitude
                     E
                     ,
                     will
                     moue
                     and
                     conforme
                     it selfe
                     downeward
                     toward
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     by
                     the
                     line
                     EC
                     ,
                     which
                     motion
                     will
                     bee
                     naturall
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     deriued
                     to
                     a
                     center
                     from
                     a
                     circumference
                     by
                     the
                     direct
                     Radius
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     Rule
                     of
                     all
                     naturall
                     motions
                     :
                     But
                     the
                     other
                     parts
                     without
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     this
                     magnitude
                     ,
                     cannot
                     moue
                     but
                     in
                     so
                     many
                     lines
                     ,
                     which
                     shall
                     bee
                     parallell
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     the
                     point
                     N
                     must
                     needs
                     moue
                     in
                     the
                     line
                     NG
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     point
                     P
                     in
                     the
                     line
                     PF
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     of
                     equall
                     distance
                     ,
                     will
                     neuer
                     concurre
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     cannot
                     bee
                     esteemed
                     naturall
                     rayes
                     of
                     the
                     circle
                     ;
                     whence
                     wee
                     may
                     collect
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     these
                     parts
                     is
                     not
                     naturall
                     ,
                     but
                     violent
                     :
                     for
                     if
                     any
                     should
                     imagine
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     these
                     parts
                     to
                     be
                     naturall
                     ,
                     then
                     should
                     the
                     point
                     N
                     moue
                     to
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     by
                     the
                     line
                     NC
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     point
                     P.
                     by
                     the
                     line
                     PC
                     ;
                     and
                     so
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     the
                     more
                     any
                     waighty
                     body
                     should
                     approach
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     by
                     so
                     much
                     it
                     should
                     bee
                     diminished
                     and
                     curtailed
                     in
                     his
                     quantity
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     should
                     concurre
                     in
                     an
                     Indiuisible
                     point
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     absurd
                     &
                     contradicts
                     all
                     reason
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     11
                     Hitherto
                     haue
                     we
                     spoken
                     of
                     the
                     conformity
                     of
                     all
                     Earthly
                     and
                     waighty
                     bodies
                     to
                     the
                     Terrene
                     center
                     ,
                     as
                     they
                     are
                     taken
                     Absolutely
                     .
                     It
                     
                     now
                     remaines
                     that
                     we
                     speake
                     of
                     these
                     bodies
                     as
                     they
                     are
                     taken
                     comparatiuely
                     ,
                     being
                     compared
                     one
                     with
                     the
                     other
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   This
                   discourse
                   properly
                   belongs
                   to
                   an
                   art
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   Staticke
                   and
                   Mathematicall
                   ;
                   whose
                   office
                   is
                   to
                   demonstrate
                   the
                   affections
                   of
                   Heauinesse
                   and
                   Lightnesse
                   of
                   all
                   Bodies
                   out
                   of
                   their
                   causes
                   .
                   The
                   chiefe
                   sensible
                   Instrument
                   whereon
                   these
                   properties
                   are
                   demonstrated
                   and
                   shewne
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Bilanz
                   or
                   Ballance
                   .
                   But
                   these
                   specialties
                   wee
                   leaue
                   to
                   such
                   as
                   haue
                   purposely
                   written
                   of
                   this
                   subiect
                   :
                   amongst
                   which
                   the
                   most
                   ancient
                   and
                   chiefe
                   is
                   Archimedes
                   ,
                   whose
                   heauenly
                   wit
                   ouertooke
                   all
                   such
                   as
                   went
                   before
                   him
                   ,
                   and
                   out-went
                   all
                   such
                   as
                   followed
                   .
                   Enough
                   it
                   will
                   seeme
                   in
                   this
                   Treatise
                   to
                   insert
                   a
                   proposition
                   or
                   two
                   Staticall
                   ,
                   to
                   shew
                   the
                   Conformity
                   of
                   two
                   magnitudes
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   proper
                   Center
                   ,
                   mouing
                   downeward
                   toward
                   the
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   it's
                   Center
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       lines
                       wherein
                       the
                       centers
                       of
                       two
                       heauy
                       bodies
                       are
                       moued
                       downeward
                       ,
                       being
                       continued
                       ,
                       will
                       meet
                       in
                       the
                       Center
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     A
                     heauy
                     point
                     or
                     Center
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     demonstrated
                     heretofore
                     in
                     this
                     Chapter
                     )
                     is
                     moued
                     toward
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     in
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     imagined
                     to
                     bee
                     a
                     Ray
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Spheare
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     circumference
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     &
                     therfore
                     it
                     is
                     impossible
                     they
                     should
                     bee
                     parallell
                     or
                     Equidistant
                     ,
                     but
                     concurrent
                     lines
                     .
                     But
                     because
                     the
                     whole
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     vs
                     and
                     the
                     Center
                     is
                     very
                     great
                     ;
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     happen
                     that
                     in
                     a
                     small
                     space
                     the
                     concurse
                     of
                     perpendicular
                     lines
                     is
                     altogether
                     insensible
                     .
                     For
                     if
                     two
                     perpendicular
                     or
                     heauy
                     points
                     moued
                     in
                     a
                     line
                     ,
                     should
                     be
                     distant
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     the
                     space
                     of
                     10
                     ,
                     a
                     100
                     or
                     more
                     feet
                     ;
                     because
                     this
                     distance
                     is
                     very
                     little
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     semidiameter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     the
                     angle
                     of
                     concurse
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     very
                     little
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     consequence
                     those
                     two
                     rayes
                     or
                     lines
                     ,
                     measuring
                     the
                     descent
                     of
                     two
                     heauy
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     will
                     seeme
                     altogether
                     Equidistant
                     .
                     Yet
                     that
                     there
                     is
                     such
                     a
                     concurrence
                     ,
                     Nature
                     and
                     
                     Reason
                     will
                     easily
                     consent
                     .
                     Hence
                     wee
                     may
                     detect
                     a
                     popular
                     errour
                     beleeued
                     of
                     the
                     vulgar
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     walls
                     of
                     houses
                     standing
                     vpright
                     are
                     parallell
                     and
                     of
                     equall
                     distance
                     ;
                     when
                     contrariwise
                     it
                     is
                     plaine
                     that
                     such
                     walls
                     are
                     erected
                     by
                     a
                     perpendicular
                     ,
                     and
                     measured
                     by
                     perpendicular
                     lines
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     drawne
                     out
                     in
                     length
                     will
                     meet
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     may
                     we
                     pronounce
                     of
                     a
                     deep
                     Well
                     ,
                     whose
                     sides
                     or
                     wall
                     are
                     erected
                     perpendicularly
                     ;
                     and
                     therefore
                     should
                     it
                     reach
                     as
                     farre
                     as
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     that
                     the
                     sides
                     growing
                     neerer
                     and
                     neerer
                     as
                     they
                     approach
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     would
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     close
                     or
                     shut
                     vp
                     into
                     a
                     Pyramide
                     ,
                     whose
                     Base
                     should
                     bee
                     the
                     mouth
                     of
                     the
                     Well
                     .
                     Likewise
                     if
                     a
                     Tower
                     should
                     bee
                     erected
                     to
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     be
                     strange
                     to
                     imagine
                     ,
                     how
                     great
                     and
                     broad
                     the
                     vpper
                     part
                     of
                     it
                     would
                     bee
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     bottome
                     .
                     Hence
                     againe
                     it
                     may
                     be
                     inferred
                     ,
                     that
                     any
                     p●uement
                     leuelled
                     by
                     a
                     perpendicular
                     is
                     not
                     an
                     absolute
                     plain
                     ,
                     but
                     rather
                     the
                     portion
                     or
                     Arch
                     of
                     a
                     
                       sphericall
                       superficies
                    
                     ,
                     whose
                     Center
                     is
                     the
                     same
                     with
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     E●rth
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     roundnesse
                     in
                     a
                     small
                     distance
                     is
                     no
                     way
                     sensible
                     :
                     but
                     in
                     a
                     great
                     pauement
                     of
                     foure
                     or
                     fiue
                     hundred
                     paces
                     leuelled
                     perpendicularly
                     ;
                     it
                     will
                     make
                     some
                     shew
                     of
                     roundnesse
                     :
                     whence
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     an
                     extraordinary
                     great
                     pauement
                     measured
                     ouer
                     by
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     ,
                     cannot
                     be
                     called
                     leuell
                     or
                     equally
                     poized
                     ,
                     forasmuch
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     euery
                     where
                     equally
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earthly
                     Globe
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       Two
                       heauy
                       bodies
                       of
                       the
                       same
                       figure
                       and
                       matter
                       whether
                       Equall
                       or
                       Vnequall
                       ,
                       will
                       in
                       equall
                       time
                       moue
                       an
                       equall
                       space
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     proposition
                     being
                     inuented
                     by
                     one
                     
                       Iohannes
                       Baptist
                    
                     de
                     Benedictis
                     ,
                     is
                     cited
                     and
                     confirmed
                     by
                     
                       Iohn
                       Dee
                    
                     ,
                     in
                     his
                     Mathematicall
                     Preface
                     to
                     
                       Billing
                       slie's
                       Geometry
                    
                     ;
                     Which
                     corrects
                     a
                     common
                     errour
                     of
                     those
                     men
                     ,
                     which
                     suppose
                     the
                     lighter
                     bodies
                     generally
                     not
                     to
                     moue
                     so
                     fast
                     downeward
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     as
                     the
                     heauy
                     .
                     The
                     demonstration
                     of
                     this
                     Theoreme
                     ,
                     being
                     drawne
                     from
                     many
                     Staticall
                     principles
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     cannot
                     here
                     conueniently
                     insert
                     ,
                     wee
                     are
                     enforced
                     to
                     omit
                     :
                     as
                     intending
                     not
                     the
                     search
                     of
                     these
                     matters
                     any
                     farther
                     than
                     they
                     direct
                     vnto
                     the
                     knowledge
                     
                     of
                     Geographie
                     .
                     Yet
                     were
                     it
                     no
                     hard
                     matter
                     to
                     giue
                     ●
                     more
                     popular
                     expression
                     of
                     this
                     reason
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     proportion
                     betwixt
                     this
                     weight
                     of
                     the
                     heauy
                     Body
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Resistance
                     of
                     the
                     Medium
                     .
                     Because
                     the
                     Greater
                     Body
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     carryed
                     down-ward
                     by
                     a
                     greater
                     force
                     and
                     violence
                     ;
                     so
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     it
                     meets
                     a
                     greater
                     impediment
                     ,
                     being
                     not
                     able
                     so
                     soone
                     to
                     diuide
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Lesser
                     :
                     Likewise
                     the
                     Lesser
                     body
                     falling
                     with
                     lesse
                     force
                     ,
                     yet
                     is
                     more
                     apt
                     to
                     diuide
                     it
                     then
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     Whence
                     both
                     set
                     the
                     one
                     against
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     be
                     no
                     disparity
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     and
                     motion
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     12
                     Of
                     the
                     primary
                     conformity
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     bodyes
                     in
                     the
                     constitution
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     wee
                     haue
                     treated
                     :
                     It
                     now
                     seemes
                     needfull
                     that
                     we
                     descend
                     to
                     the
                     secondary
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     inclination
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     ,
                     to
                     make
                     a
                     round
                     Spheare
                     or
                     Globe
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Terrestriall
                       Globe
                       is
                       round
                       and
                       Sphericall
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     Proposition
                     is
                     of
                     great
                     vse
                     ,
                     and
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     chief●●●
                     grounds
                     in
                     Geographie
                     .
                     The
                     ground
                     of
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     figure
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     right
                     motion
                     of
                     heauy
                     bodies
                     to
                     the
                     center
                     .
                     For
                     this
                     right
                     motion
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     doth
                     expresse
                     one
                     Beame
                     of
                     the
                     circle
                     ,
                     by
                     whose
                     circumuolution
                     is
                     pro●uced
                     the
                     circumference
                     of
                     i●
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     call
                     
                       Secundary
                       conformity
                    
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     it
                     growes
                     Mathematically
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     .
                     For
                     this
                     Sphericall
                     figure
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     sundry
                     sound
                     reasons
                     are
                     vrged
                     by
                     Geographers
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     round
                     according
                     to
                     its
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     from
                     North
                     to
                     South
                     ▪
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     its
                     Longitude
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     from
                     East
                     to
                     West
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     must
                     it
                     needes
                     bee
                     abso●utely
                     Sphericall
                     ▪
                     The
                     first
                     part
                     is
                     shewed
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     round
                     from
                     N●rth
                     to
                     South
                     ;
                     for
                     if
                     a
                     man
                     trauell
                     from
                     North
                     to
                     South
                     ,
                     or
                     contrariwise
                     from
                     South
                     to
                     North
                     ,
                     hee
                     shall
                     perceiue
                     n●w
                     starres
                     in
                     the
                     Heauens
                     to
                     appeare
                     and
                     shew
                     themselues
                     ,
                     which
                     before
                     h●e
                     
                     could
                     not
                     see
                     :
                     which
                     can
                     be
                     referred
                     to
                     no
                     other
                     cause
                     then
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     conuexity
                     ,
                     or
                     swelling
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ▪
                     The
                     starre
                     which
                     is
                     called
                     Canopus
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     notable
                     starre
                     in
                     the
                     ship
                     ;
                     appeares
                     not
                     at
                     Rhodes
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     from
                     high
                     places
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     you
                     trauell
                     forth
                     Southward
                     from
                     Italy
                     into
                     Egypt
                     ,
                     to
                     Alexandria
                     ,
                     the
                     same
                     starre
                     (
                     Proclus
                     obserues
                     )
                     will
                     manifest
                     it selfe
                     to
                     your
                     sight
                     the
                     fourth
                     part
                     of
                     a
                     signe
                     aboue
                     the
                     Horizon
                     .
                     
                     From
                     whence
                     wee
                     may
                     draw
                     a
                     sound
                     proofe
                     ,
                     that
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     and
                     gibbous
                     conuexitie
                     ,
                     which
                     interposeth
                     it selfe
                     betwixt
                     Rhodes
                     and
                     Egypt
                     .
                     In
                     which
                     place
                     ,
                     the
                     people
                     who
                     inhabite
                     that
                     part
                     of
                     Egypt
                     ,
                     which
                     borders
                     vpon
                     Arabia
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     called
                     Troglo●ites
                     ,
                     of
                     their
                     dwelling
                     in
                     caues
                     ,
                     cannot
                     see
                     any
                     Starre
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Great
                       Beare
                    
                     .
                     Whence
                     wee
                     may
                     conclu●e
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     from
                     the
                     North
                     to
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     is
                     round
                     and
                     Sphericall
                     .
                     For
                     if
                     otherwise
                     the
                     Earth
                     were
                     plaine
                     ,
                     all
                     the
                     Northerne
                     starres
                     would
                     appeare
                     to
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     of
                     the
                     Southerne
                     Regions
                     ;
                     and
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     ,
                     all
                     the
                     other
                     Southerne
                     constellations
                     would
                     bee
                     seene
                     of
                     the
                     Northerne
                     inhabitants
                     ,
                     which
                     sense
                     and
                     reason
                     altogether
                     contradict
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     round
                     according
                     to
                     its
                     Longitude
                     betwixt
                     East
                     and
                     West
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     proued
                     by
                     two
                     reasons
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     rising
                     and
                     setting
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Sunne
                       ,
                       Moone
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     Starres
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     all
                     they
                     doe
                     not
                     arise
                     or
                     set
                     with
                     all
                     Nations
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     houres
                     .
                     For
                     with
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     of
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     the
                     Sun-rising
                     is
                     sooner
                     ;
                     with
                     the
                     Westerne
                     inhabitants
                     later
                     ;
                     and
                     that
                     in
                     such
                     proportion
                     ,
                     that
                     euery
                     15
                     degrees
                     measured
                     out
                     by
                     the
                     Sunnes
                     diurnall
                     motion
                     ,
                     adds
                     or
                     subtracts
                     one
                     whole
                     houre
                     in
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     the
                     day
                     .
                     This
                     is
                     found
                     by
                     experience
                     and
                     testimony
                     of
                     Cosmographers
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Sunne
                     riseth
                     with
                     the
                     Persian
                     ,
                     inhabiting
                     toward
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     foure
                     houres
                     sooner
                     then
                     to
                     the
                     Spaniard
                     in
                     the
                     West
                     .
                     Sundry
                     other
                     the
                     like
                     examples
                     may
                     bee
                     alleaged
                     ;
                     all
                     which
                     we
                     must
                     needes
                     impute
                     to
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     roundnesse
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     proportionally
                     increasing
                     betwixt
                     East
                     and
                     West
                     .
                     The
                     other
                     reason
                     to
                     confirme
                     this
                     last
                     point
                     ,
                     is
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     Ecclipses
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     and
                     Moone
                     ,
                     which
                     would
                     not
                     appeare
                     in
                     diuers
                     places
                     ,
                     at
                     diuers
                     houres
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     Earth
                     were
                     plaine
                     or
                     square
                     .
                     We
                     see
                     plainly
                     that
                     Ecclipses
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     appeare
                     sooner
                     to
                     the
                     
                     Westerne
                     people
                     ,
                     but
                     later
                     to
                     the
                     Easterne
                     .
                     As
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     Ptolomie
                     )
                     in
                     Arbela
                     a
                     towne
                     of
                     Assyria
                     (
                     where
                     Alexander
                     ouercame
                     Darius
                     the
                     last
                     King
                     of
                     the
                     Persians
                     )
                     was
                     there
                     obserued
                     an
                     Ecclipse
                     at
                     the
                     fifth
                     houre
                     of
                     the
                     night
                     ,
                     
                     which
                     selfe-same
                     Ecclipse
                     was
                     seene
                     in
                     Carthage
                     at
                     the
                     second
                     :
                     which
                     to
                     any
                     man
                     appeares
                     plainly
                     in
                     this
                     figure
                     here
                     inserted
                     .
                     In
                     like
                     manner
                     an
                     Ecclipse
                     of
                     the
                     
                     Sunne
                     at
                     Campania
                     which
                     was
                     obserued
                     betwixt
                     8
                     and
                     9.
                     was
                     (
                     as
                     Pliny
                     reports
                     )
                     seene
                     in
                     Armenia
                     betwixt
                     10
                     and
                     11
                     of
                     the
                     clocke
                     .
                     
                     Whence
                     may
                     be
                     gathered
                     that
                     this
                     difference
                     of
                     appearance
                     arose
                     from
                     the
                     roundnesse
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     interposing
                     it selfe
                     betwixt
                     these
                     two
                     places
                     .
                     Another
                     reason
                     to
                     proue
                     the
                     Spericall
                     figure
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     is
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     Ecclipse
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     obscured
                     point
                     is
                     described
                     by
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     figure
                     ,
                     which
                     must
                     needs
                     argue
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     body
                     which
                     causeth
                     the
                     shadow
                     ,
                     is
                     also
                     round
                     .
                     For
                     as
                     the
                     Optickes
                     teach
                     vs
                     ,
                     the
                     shadow
                     is
                     wont
                     to
                     follow
                     and
                     imitate
                     the
                     opacous
                     body
                     whence
                     it
                     proceedes
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     men
                     confesse
                     that
                     the
                     Ecclipse
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     is
                     made
                     by
                     the
                     interposition
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Sun
                     &
                     Moone
                     ,
                     intercepting
                     the
                     beames
                     of
                     the
                     Sun
                     ,
                     which
                     should
                     illustrate
                     &
                     lighten
                     the
                     Moone
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     reason
                     may
                     be
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     absurdities
                     which
                     would
                     follow
                     ,
                     should
                     we
                     admit
                     any
                     other
                     figure
                     besides
                     .
                     For
                     granting
                     it
                     to
                     be
                     plaine
                     (
                     as
                     some
                     of
                     the
                     Platonists
                     haue
                     imagined
                     )
                     it
                     would
                     necessarily
                     follow
                     in
                     reason
                     ;
                     1
                     That
                     the
                     Eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     would
                     bee
                     the
                     same
                     in
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     2
                     That
                     there
                     Would
                     bee
                     the
                     same
                     face
                     and
                     appearance
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     in
                     all
                     places
                     .
                     3
                     That
                     the
                     Sunne
                     and
                     Moone
                     ,
                     with
                     other
                     starres
                     ,
                     would
                     in
                     all
                     places
                     arise
                     alike
                     at
                     the
                     
                     same
                     houres
                     .
                     4
                     That
                     all
                     Ecclipses
                     would
                     appeare
                     to
                     all
                     places
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     houres
                     .
                     5
                     That
                     the
                     same
                     quantity
                     of
                     dayes
                     &
                     nights
                     would
                     bee
                     at
                     all
                     places
                     .
                     6
                     That
                     the
                     shadowes
                     would
                     bee
                     euery
                     where
                     alike
                     ;
                     and
                     one
                     Region
                     would
                     not
                     bee
                     hotter
                     or
                     colder
                     then
                     another
                     ;
                     all
                     which
                     would
                     plainly
                     stand
                     opposite
                     to
                     reason
                     and
                     experience
                     .
                     As
                     many
                     or
                     more
                     would
                     proue
                     the
                     absurdities
                     of
                     those
                     ,
                     that
                     ascribe
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     any
                     other
                     figure
                     then
                     Sphericall
                     .
                     Which
                     I
                     willingly
                     passe
                     ouer
                     ,
                     as
                     not
                     willing
                     to
                     fight
                     with
                     shadowes
                     ,
                     and
                     faigne
                     an
                     opposition
                     ,
                     where
                     I
                     scarce
                     finde
                     an
                     aduersary
                     .
                     These
                     reasons
                     are
                     sufficient
                     to
                     proue
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     whole
                     masse
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     Sphericall
                     .
                     Diuers
                     other
                     popular
                     arguments
                     may
                     be
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     finall
                     cause
                     to
                     countenance
                     this
                     Assertion
                     .
                     For
                     no
                     other
                     figure
                     can
                     bee
                     assigned
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     can
                     more
                     vphold
                     the
                     order
                     of
                     Nature
                     ,
                     or
                     speake
                     the
                     wisdome
                     of
                     the
                     Omnipotent
                     Creator
                     .
                     1
                     Because
                     such
                     a
                     Figure
                     would
                     best
                     beseeme
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     the
                     seate
                     and
                     dwelling-place
                     of
                     all
                     liuing
                     Creatures
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     most
                     capable
                     :
                     because
                     otherwise
                     the
                     God
                     of
                     Nature
                     would
                     seeme
                     to
                     doe
                     something
                     in
                     vaine
                     ,
                     and
                     without
                     cause
                     :
                     Forasmuch
                     as
                     the
                     same
                     capacity
                     might
                     bee
                     confined
                     within
                     stricter
                     bounds
                     .
                     Now
                     it
                     is
                     apparant
                     to
                     all
                     Mathematicians
                     ,
                     that
                     amongst
                     all
                     those
                     figures
                     which
                     they
                     call
                     Isoper●●etrall
                     ,
                     a
                     Circle
                     is
                     the
                     most
                     capable
                     ,
                     and
                     amongst
                     the
                     rest
                     ,
                     those
                     which
                     appro●ch
                     neerest
                     vnto
                     a
                     circle
                     .
                     And
                     as
                     wee
                     esteeme
                     of
                     a
                     circle
                     described
                     in
                     a
                     plaine
                     surf●ce
                     ,
                     so
                     must
                     we
                     iudge
                     in
                     solides
                     of
                     a
                     Spheare
                     .
                     Which
                     profitable
                     Geometry
                     of
                     Nature
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     instilled
                     into
                     most
                     liuing
                     Creatures
                     ,
                     who
                     by
                     a
                     certaine
                     Naturall
                     Instinct
                     ,
                     without
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     Reason
                     ,
                     make
                     their
                     Nests
                     and
                     resting-places
                     of
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     Figure
                     ,
                     as
                     most
                     conuenient
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     greatest
                     capacity
                     ;
                     as
                     experience
                     shewes
                     vs
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     Nests
                     of
                     Birds
                     ,
                     and
                     Bee-Hiues
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     cells
                     are
                     fashioned
                     round
                     &
                     Sphericall
                     .
                     2
                     We
                     shall
                     find
                     the
                     holy
                     Scriptures
                     consonant
                     to
                     this
                     opinion
                     in
                     diuers
                     places
                     ;
                     but
                     that
                     it
                     might
                     seeme
                     impiety
                     to
                     vse
                     those
                     sacred
                     helpes
                     in
                     a
                     matter
                     out
                     of
                     controuersie
                     ,
                     and
                     needing
                     no
                     such
                     Demonstration
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       rugged
                       and
                       vnequall
                       parts
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       ,
                       hinder
                       not
                       the
                       Sphericall
                       roundnesse
                       of
                       it
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                   
                     It
                     is
                     thought
                     by
                     ignorant
                     people
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     not
                     round
                     ,
                     because
                     of
                     the
                     rugged
                     and
                     vneuen
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     it
                     :
                     For
                     some-where
                     it
                     swells
                     with
                     great
                     and
                     high
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     rocks
                     ,
                     and
                     hills
                     ;
                     Other-where
                     it
                     seemes
                     indented
                     ,
                     and
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     trenched
                     into
                     valleyes
                     ,
                     &
                     concauities
                     ;
                     all
                     which
                     seeme
                     to
                     detract
                     from
                     a
                     true
                     Sphericall
                     superficies
                     ;
                     because
                     in
                     such
                     a
                     one
                     ,
                     euery
                     line
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     Center
                     to
                     it
                     ,
                     should
                     bee
                     equall
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     Indeed
                     that
                     the
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     not
                     Absolutely
                     and
                     Geometrically
                     round
                     ,
                     as
                     an
                     Artificiall
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     is
                     confessed
                     by
                     Eratosthenes
                     ,
                     cited
                     by
                     Strabo
                     in
                     his
                     1
                     booke
                     of
                     Geographie
                     ▪
                     whence
                     Pliny
                     in
                     his
                     ●
                     booke
                     ,
                     cap.
                     21.
                     saith
                     ,
                     
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     &
                     Water
                     make
                     one
                     Globe
                     ,
                     not
                     so
                     absolutely
                     round
                     as
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     but
                     much
                     different
                     ,
                     〈◊〉
                     also
                     Strabo
                     confirmes
                     .
                     This
                     proposition
                     depending
                     on
                     these
                     3
                     reasons
                     which
                     follow
                     ,
                     will
                     shew
                     that
                     this
                     Inequality
                     ,
                     how
                     great
                     soeuer
                     it
                     seeme
                     to
                     the
                     sight
                     ,
                     is
                     altogether
                     insensible
                     ,
                     and
                     bearing
                     no
                     proportion
                     with
                     the
                     huge
                     vastnesse
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     perpendicular
                     hight
                     of
                     the
                     greatest
                     and
                     highest
                     mountaine
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     seldome
                     or
                     neuer
                     found
                     to
                     exceed
                     10
                     miles
                     ,
                     (
                     although
                     few
                     Mathematicians
                     will
                     grant
                     so
                     much
                     )
                     whereas
                     the
                     whole
                     Diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     containes
                     no
                     lesse
                     th●n
                     7200
                     
                       English
                       miles
                    
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     these
                     hils
                     compared
                     to
                     the
                     thicknes
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     are
                     but
                     ●s
                     10
                     to
                     7200
                     :
                     which
                     indeed
                     hath
                     no
                     
                       sensible
                       proportion
                    
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     is
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     Ecclipse
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     caused
                     by
                     the
                     shadow
                     of
                     the
                     interposed
                     Earth
                     ,
                     is
                     described
                     by
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     figure
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     vnequall
                     or
                     rugged
                     parts
                     ,
                     which
                     no
                     doubt
                     ,
                     would
                     appeare
                     ,
                     if
                     these
                     parts
                     challenge
                     any
                     due
                     proportion
                     ▪
                     or
                     sensible
                     quantity
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     some
                     haue
                     illustrated
                     this
                     by
                     a
                     round
                     bowle
                     ,
                     or
                     ball
                     ,
                     whose
                     externall
                     surface
                     ,
                     although
                     vnequall
                     ,
                     and
                     indented
                     here
                     &
                     there
                     with
                     scotches
                     ,
                     other-where
                     swelling
                     with
                     knobs
                     ,
                     will
                     notwithstanding
                     being
                     interposed
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Sun-beame
                     and
                     a
                     wall
                     ,
                     or
                     such
                     place
                     ,
                     giue
                     a
                     round
                     or
                     Sphericall
                     shadow
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     wall
                     or
                     plaine
                     ,
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     little
                     quantity
                     of
                     these
                     small
                     parts
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Body
                     .
                     In
                     like
                     sort
                     must
                     wee
                     imagine
                     the
                     mountaines
                     and
                     vnequall
                     parts
                     in
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     no
                     otherwise
                     then
                     as
                     so
                     many
                     warts
                     or
                     pimples
                     in
                     
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     man
                     ,
                     which
                     cannot
                     alter
                     his
                     du●
                     proportion
                     or
                     symmetry
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       3
                       The
                       Water
                       concurring
                       with
                       the
                       Earth
                       in
                       the
                       Globe
                       is
                       also
                       Sphericall
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     It
                     is
                     a
                     proposition
                     agreed
                     on
                     by
                     Archimedes
                     ,
                     and
                     almost
                     all
                     the
                     ancient
                     Mathematicians
                     of
                     any
                     note
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     or
                     any
                     other
                     liquor
                     ,
                     standing
                     and
                     subsisting
                     quietly
                     of
                     it
                     se●fe
                     ,
                     is
                     Sphericall
                     ;
                     whose
                     center
                     will
                     bee
                     the
                     same
                     with
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     are
                     here
                     to
                     handle
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     appertaines
                     to
                     the
                     making
                     vp
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Terrestriall
                       Globe
                    
                     ;
                     although
                     wee
                     shall
                     haue
                     occasion
                     hereafter
                     to
                     speake
                     specially
                     concerning
                     the
                     Water
                     in
                     Hydrographie
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     part
                     of
                     this
                     Treatise
                     .
                     The
                     reasons
                     to
                     confirme
                     this
                     assertion
                     ,
                     beside
                     those
                     that
                     in
                     generall
                     proue
                     the
                     Sphericity
                     of
                     the
                     Terrene
                     globe
                     are
                     diuers
                     :
                     1
                     It
                     is
                     obserue
                     that
                     Passengers
                     in
                     a
                     Ship
                     ,
                     lanching
                     out
                     into
                     the
                     deepe
                     from
                     some
                     Hauen
                     ,
                     will
                     first
                     perceiue
                     the
                     Towers
                     ,
                     Buildings
                     ,
                     Castles
                     ,
                     Promontories
                     ,
                     and
                     Trees
                     standing
                     on
                     the
                     land
                     ,
                     in
                     their
                     perfect
                     figure
                     and
                     greatnesse
                     :
                     sayling
                     farther
                     off
                     ,
                     they
                     will
                     obserue
                     them
                     on
                     the
                     lower
                     part
                     ,
                     little
                     &
                     little
                     diminished
                     ,
                     vntill
                     such
                     time
                     as
                     the
                     tops
                     only
                     of
                     the
                     houses
                     and
                     trees
                     will
                     bee
                     visible
                     .
                     In
                     like
                     sort
                     they
                     which
                     tarry
                     on
                     the
                     Land
                     ,
                     will
                     first
                     espye
                     the
                     top
                     and
                     mas●
                     of
                     a
                     Ship
                     approaching
                     ,
                     which
                     sight
                     will
                     bee
                     perfected
                     more
                     and
                     more
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Ship
                     drawes
                     toward
                     the
                     land
                     ,
                     and
                     at
                     last
                     all
                     parts
                     of
                     it
                     will
                     shew
                     themselues
                     ;
                     which
                     accident
                     can
                     bee
                     cast
                     vpon
                     no
                     other
                     cause
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     
                     roundnesse
                     ,
                     and
                     swelling
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ;
                     which
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     distance
                     be
                     great
                     ,
                     interposeth
                     it selfe
                     betweene
                     the
                     station
                     on
                     the
                     Land
                     and
                     the
                     Ship
                     wherein
                     Passengers
                     are
                     conueyed
                     ,
                     which
                     experiment
                     is
                     expressed
                     in
                     this
                     Diagramme
                     here
                     annexed
                     .
                     Certaine
                     Platonicks
                     ,
                     of
                     which
                     the
                     chiefest
                     is
                     Patricius
                     a
                     late
                     Writer
                     ,
                     would
                     ascribe
                     
                     this
                     experiment
                     to
                     the
                     impediment
                     of
                     the
                     sight
                     ,
                     caused
                     partly
                     by
                     the
                     distance
                     wich
                     cannot
                     perfectly
                     represent
                     the
                     obiect
                     ,
                     partly
                     by
                     the
                     interposed
                     vapours
                     arising
                     in
                     the
                     Sea
                     ;
                     partly
                     by
                     the
                     quiuering
                     light
                     which
                     is
                     spread
                     by
                     the
                     refraction
                     of
                     the
                     Sun-beames
                     in
                     the
                     water
                     .
                     I
                     deny
                     not
                     but
                     these
                     causes
                     may
                     somewhat
                     hinder
                     ,
                     and
                     cause
                     that
                     the
                     true
                     and
                     perfect
                     species
                     of
                     a
                     body
                     cannot
                     alwayes
                     visit
                     the
                     sight
                     .
                     Yet
                     will
                     it
                     bee
                     euident
                     that
                     this
                     is
                     not
                     all
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     roundnesse
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     will
                     proue
                     a
                     greater
                     impediment
                     where
                     the
                     distance
                     is
                     any
                     thing
                     greater
                     .
                     But
                     for
                     one
                     of
                     Patricius
                     his
                     shifts
                     concerning
                     vapour
                     arising
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     (
                     to
                     which
                     Clauius
                     seemes
                     also
                     to
                     consent
                     in
                     his
                     Commentary
                     vpon
                     
                       Iohannes
                       de
                       Sacrobosco
                    
                     )
                     it
                     makes
                     more
                     for
                     our
                     assertion
                     then
                     his
                     .
                     For
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     seene
                     in
                     a
                     thicke
                     medium
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     doctrine
                     of
                     the
                     Opticks
                     ,
                     seemes
                     greater
                     in
                     quantity
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     consequence
                     neerer
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     higher
                     then
                     would
                     otherwise
                     appeare
                     :
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     by
                     experience
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Sunne
                     sometimes
                     is
                     seene
                     of
                     vs
                     before
                     it
                     ascend
                     aboue
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     because
                     of
                     a
                     refraction
                     of
                     it's
                     beames
                     in
                     a
                     
                       thicke
                       matter
                    
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     it
                     were
                     rather
                     to
                     be
                     imagined
                     ,
                     that
                     a
                     tower
                     seene
                     at
                     Sea
                     ,
                     or
                     a
                     ship
                     from
                     the
                     land
                     ,
                     through
                     these
                     thicke
                     and
                     grosse
                     vapours
                     ,
                     should
                     appeare
                     higher
                     ,
                     and
                     seeme
                     neerer
                     then
                     if
                     it
                     met
                     not
                     with
                     such
                     vapours
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     what
                     is
                     vrged
                     concerning
                     the
                     trembling
                     light
                     ,
                     caused
                     by
                     a
                     refraction
                     of
                     the
                     Sun-beames
                     in
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     is
                     of
                     no
                     force
                     :
                     For
                     although
                     such
                     a
                     light
                     might
                     cause
                     an
                     impediment
                     or
                     hinderance
                     to
                     the
                     sight
                     ;
                     yet
                     would
                     not
                     this
                     decrement
                     or
                     hinderance
                     bee
                     by
                     degrees
                     and
                     in
                     such
                     proportion
                     as
                     we
                     find
                     it
                     to
                     be
                     correspondent
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     distance
                     interposed
                     .
                     And
                     much
                     wonder
                     it
                     is
                     that
                     Patricius
                     (
                     as
                     my
                     learned
                     Friend
                     Mr
                     
                       R.
                       Hues
                    
                     obserues
                     )
                     being
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     seemes
                     very
                     well
                     read
                     in
                     the
                     stories
                     of
                     Spanish
                     nauigations
                     ,
                     should
                     not
                     bee
                     conuinced
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Navigation
                     of
                     Magellane
                     ,
                     who
                     taking
                     his
                     iourney
                     toward
                     the
                     Southwest
                     parts
                     ,
                     passed
                     by
                     the
                     Magellane
                     straights
                     ,
                     now
                     called
                     by
                     his
                     name
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     returned
                     by
                     the
                     
                       Cape
                       of
                       Good
                       Hope
                    
                     into
                     Spaine
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     wee
                     way
                     adde
                     the
                     voiages
                     of
                     
                       Drake
                       ,
                       Candish
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     many
                     others
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     reason
                     is
                     vrged
                     by
                     Aristotle
                     in
                     his
                     2d
                     booke
                     
                       de
                       coelo
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     hath
                     its
                     ground
                     in
                     
                       Archimedes
                       lib.
                    
                     1.
                     
                       de
                       Aqua-vectis
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     formed
                     in
                     this
                     
                     sort
                     .
                     The
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     is
                     to
                     affect
                     and
                     flow
                     to
                     the
                     lower
                     place
                     ,
                     whence
                     it
                     must
                     necessarily
                     bee
                     inferred
                     that
                     it
                     must
                     bee
                     round
                     ,
                     for
                     otherwise
                     it
                     should
                     not
                     alwayes
                     obtaine
                     the
                     lower
                     place
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     consequence
                     shall
                     bee
                     expressed
                     in
                     this
                     
                     figure
                     ;
                     for
                     if
                     we
                     ascribe
                     to
                     the
                     water
                     a
                     plaine
                     superficies
                     ,
                     let
                     it
                     for
                     example
                     bee
                     ADB
                     ,
                     and
                     from
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     C
                     let
                     there
                     be
                     described
                     a
                     circle
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     EGF
                     ,
                     then
                     let
                     there
                     be
                     drawne
                     CD
                     ,
                     a
                     perpendicular
                     line
                     to
                     AB
                     ,
                     and
                     let
                     AC
                     and
                     BC
                     be
                     ioyned
                     together
                     .
                     Now
                     because
                     the
                     right
                     line
                     CD
                     is
                     lesse
                     then
                     CA
                     ,
                     or
                     CB
                     ,
                     as
                     will
                     appeare
                     euidently
                     by
                     sense
                     ;
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     plaine
                     that
                     the
                     point
                     D
                     will
                     be
                     in
                     a
                     lower
                     place
                     then
                     the
                     point
                     A
                     or
                     B
                     ,
                     because
                     D
                     is
                     neerer
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     DC
                     is
                     but
                     a
                     part
                     of
                     a
                     beame
                     of
                     the
                     circle
                     whereas
                     AC
                     and
                     CB
                     euidently
                     exceed
                     that
                     quantity
                     or
                     proportion
                     .
                     Another
                     reason
                     there
                     is
                     ,
                     commonly
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     roundnes
                     of
                     drops
                     cast
                     on
                     the
                     sand
                     ,
                     as
                     also
                     from
                     water
                     in
                     pots
                     ,
                     whose
                     superficies
                     seemes
                     to
                     swell
                     aboue
                     the
                     brimmes
                     ;
                     but
                     this
                     reason
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     shall
                     proue
                     in
                     place
                     conuenient
                     ,
                     is
                     rather
                     against
                     this
                     assertion
                     then
                     for
                     it
                     ;
                     because
                     indeed
                     ,
                     wee
                     affirme
                     the
                     water
                     to
                     be
                     round
                     ▪
                     but
                     so
                     as
                     it
                     claimes
                     the
                     same
                     Center
                     with
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Terrene
                     Globe
                     ;
                     and
                     therefore
                     cannot
                     be
                     sensible
                     in
                     so
                     little
                     a
                     portion
                     ,
                     as
                     a
                     drop
                     ,
                     or
                     pot
                     of
                     water
                     .
                     This
                     proposition
                     being
                     sufficiently
                     proued
                     by
                     these
                     two
                     reasons
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     needfull
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     place
                     that
                     wee
                     answer
                     certaine
                     obiections
                     cast
                     in
                     by
                     the
                     said
                     Patricius
                     against
                     our
                     assertion
                     .
                     Euery
                     surface
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     (
                     quoth
                     Patricius
                     )
                     is
                     either
                     only
                     plaine
                     ,
                     or
                     only
                     round
                     ,
                     or
                     both
                     plaine
                     and
                     round
                     ,
                     or
                     neither
                     plaine
                     nor
                     round
                     :
                     First
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     both
                     plaine
                     and
                     round
                     ,
                     seemes
                     very
                     euident
                     ,
                     for
                     so
                     it
                     should
                     admit
                     of
                     contrariety
                     :
                     Neither
                     can
                     one
                     part
                     be
                     plaine
                     and
                     another
                     round
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     water
                     is
                     an
                     vniforme
                     and
                     homogeneall
                     body
                     ,
                     not
                     consisting
                     of
                     such
                     vnequall
                     parts
                     :
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     neither
                     bee
                     plaine
                     nor
                     round
                     seemes
                     more
                     impossible
                     ,
                     because
                     f●w
                     or
                     none
                     haue
                     dreamt
                     of
                     any
                     other
                     figure
                     .
                     Lastly
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     round
                     only
                     ,
                     hee
                     labours
                     to
                     confirme
                     by
                     sundry
                     reasons
                     
                     and
                     experiments
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     he
                     testifies
                     of
                     himselfe
                     ,
                     that
                     sayling
                     in
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     he
                     plainely
                     ●aw
                     in
                     the
                     morning
                     before
                     Sun-rising
                     ,
                     the
                     Mountaines
                     of
                     Corsica
                     ;
                     which
                     afterward
                     ,
                     assoone
                     as
                     the
                     Sunne
                     was
                     risen
                     ,
                     vanished
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     sight
                     .
                     Whence
                     he
                     concludes
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     proceeds
                     not
                     from
                     the
                     roundnesse
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     but
                     from
                     some
                     other
                     cause
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     argumēt
                     to
                     iudicious
                     men
                     will
                     seeme
                     very
                     weake
                     ,
                     1
                     Because
                     it
                     depends
                     altogether
                     on
                     the
                     authority
                     and
                     credit
                     of
                     Patricius
                     ,
                     whose
                     assertion
                     I
                     take
                     to
                     bee
                     no
                     better
                     then
                     another
                     mans
                     deniall
                     .
                     2ly
                     were
                     this
                     argument
                     euery
                     where
                     sound
                     ,
                     yet
                     would
                     it
                     proue
                     no
                     other
                     thing
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     this
                     effect
                     were
                     not
                     to
                     be
                     imputed
                     to
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     swelling
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     Whence
                     cannot
                     bee
                     drawne
                     any
                     generall
                     conclusion
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     or
                     Water
                     is
                     not
                     Sphericall
                     .
                     Wee
                     deny
                     not
                     in
                     the
                     meane
                     time
                     ▪
                     that
                     other
                     causes
                     sometimes
                     concurre
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     hinder
                     or
                     take
                     away
                     the
                     sight
                     of
                     obiects
                     from
                     those
                     who
                     saile
                     on
                     the
                     Sea.
                     The
                     second
                     experiment
                     ,
                     Patricius
                     describes
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     .
                     At
                     a
                     certaine
                     Towne
                     called
                     Coma●lum
                     (
                     saith
                     hee
                     )
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     very
                     great
                     poole
                     ;
                     through
                     which
                     poole
                     or
                     lake
                     some
                     3
                     yeares
                     agoe
                     ,
                     it
                     was
                     my
                     chance
                     to
                     bee
                     carried
                     in
                     a
                     boat
                     .
                     The
                     bottome
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     almost
                     all
                     the
                     way
                     in
                     all
                     the
                     iourney
                     appeared
                     to
                     bee
                     lesse
                     then
                     2
                     foot
                     in
                     depth
                     from
                     the
                     top
                     .
                     The
                     way
                     increasing
                     ,
                     at
                     first
                     the
                     lower
                     parts
                     and
                     foundations
                     of
                     houses
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     tops
                     and
                     princely
                     pinnacles
                     began
                     to
                     vanish
                     from
                     our
                     sight
                     :
                     at
                     last
                     hauing
                     scarce
                     passed
                     6000
                     paces
                     ,
                     a
                     Tower
                     72
                     foot
                     high
                     began
                     to
                     appeare
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     cut
                     off
                     by
                     the
                     middle
                     ,
                     and
                     from
                     the
                     middle
                     part
                     vpward
                     appeared
                     visible
                     ;
                     but
                     after
                     10000
                     paces
                     it
                     was
                     taken
                     out
                     of
                     sight
                     :
                     I
                     would
                     here
                     aske
                     the
                     Geographers
                     (
                     quoth
                     Patricius
                     )
                     whether
                     in
                     so
                     short
                     a
                     distance
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     bottome
                     for
                     the
                     whole
                     space
                     surpassed
                     not
                     two
                     foot
                     in
                     depth
                     ,
                     the
                     water
                     could
                     ascend
                     to
                     72
                     foot
                     ?
                     Had
                     it
                     beene
                     my
                     chance
                     to
                     haue
                     gone
                     with
                     Patricius
                     ouer
                     the
                     lake
                     ,
                     I
                     might
                     perhaps
                     by
                     obseruation
                     of
                     this
                     experiment
                     ,
                     haue
                     giuen
                     a
                     more
                     probable
                     coniecture
                     of
                     the
                     cause
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     being
                     vnacquainted
                     aswell
                     with
                     the
                     place
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     truth
                     of
                     his
                     obseruation
                     ,
                     I
                     may
                     perhaps
                     guesse
                     somewhat
                     at
                     his
                     errour
                     .
                     First
                     then
                     ,
                     whereas
                     hee
                     auerres
                     ,
                     that
                     passing
                     along
                     for
                     the
                     space
                     of
                     a
                     1000
                     paces
                     ,
                     a
                     Tower
                     of
                     72
                     foot
                     high
                     ,
                     seemed
                     cut
                     off
                     by
                     the
                     midst
                     ,
                     which
                     at
                     10000
                     vanished
                     
                     out
                     of
                     sight
                     .
                     I
                     confesse
                     that
                     in
                     so
                     short
                     a
                     space
                     the
                     swelling
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     inter-posed
                     ,
                     could
                     not
                     be
                     so
                     great
                     as
                     to
                     hinder
                     the
                     sight
                     ,
                     and
                     bee
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     effect
                     :
                     wherefore
                     some
                     other
                     Accidentall
                     cause
                     must
                     bee
                     sought
                     out
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     finding
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     to
                     come
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     I
                     can
                     ,
                     I
                     would
                     make
                     inquiry
                     ,
                     whether
                     this
                     passage
                     of
                     the
                     Boat
                     was
                     directly
                     forward
                     from
                     the
                     Tower
                     on
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     no
                     land
                     inter-posed
                     :
                     or
                     Indirectly
                     side-wise
                     ,
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     shoare
                     might
                     be
                     placed
                     betwixt
                     their
                     sight
                     and
                     the
                     Tower
                     mentioned
                     :
                     The
                     former
                     no
                     wayes
                     can
                     be
                     imagined
                     ;
                     foras
                     much
                     as
                     it
                     not
                     only
                     contradicts
                     the
                     grounds
                     of
                     our
                     receiued
                     Philosophie
                     ;
                     but
                     also
                     of
                     Patricius
                     himselfe
                     :
                     for
                     giuing
                     the
                     Earth
                     a
                     plaine
                     surface
                     ,
                     or
                     Angular
                     ,
                     or
                     any
                     other
                     forme
                     ,
                     it
                     were
                     impossible
                     that
                     in
                     so
                     short
                     a
                     distance
                     ,
                     such
                     an
                     effect
                     should
                     happen
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     figurature
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     .
                     If
                     the
                     passage
                     were
                     oblique
                     or
                     indirect
                     ,
                     in
                     such
                     wise
                     as
                     the
                     shoare
                     might
                     any
                     way
                     inter-pose
                     it selfe
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Boat
                     and
                     the
                     Tower
                     ,
                     it
                     were
                     easie
                     to
                     imagine
                     how
                     such
                     an
                     experiment
                     should
                     happen
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     land
                     by
                     which
                     the
                     Boat
                     might
                     bee
                     carried
                     ,
                     might
                     haue
                     an
                     ascent
                     by
                     such
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Tower
                     at
                     1000
                     paces
                     might
                     bee
                     for
                     the
                     halfe
                     of
                     it
                     obscured
                     ,
                     and
                     at
                     last
                     bee
                     altogether
                     taken
                     out
                     of
                     sight
                     .
                     This
                     reason
                     then
                     of
                     Patricius
                     ,
                     seemes
                     rather
                     to
                     bee
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     Land
                     then
                     the
                     Water
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     reason
                     of
                     Patricius
                     is
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     Homogeneity
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     .
                     If
                     the
                     water
                     (
                     saith
                     hee
                     )
                     haue
                     a
                     round
                     superficies
                     ,
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     it
                     would
                     challenge
                     the
                     like
                     figure
                     ,
                     because
                     in
                     homogeneall
                     bodies
                     ,
                     the
                     same
                     reason
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     giuen
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     :
                     But
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     are
                     not
                     Sphericall
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     bee
                     proued
                     by
                     diuers
                     instances
                     :
                     1
                     Because
                     water
                     in
                     the
                     mouth
                     of
                     a
                     pot
                     ,
                     seemes
                     not
                     to
                     haue
                     any
                     such
                     Sphericall
                     roundnesse
                     :
                     for
                     although
                     at
                     the
                     brinke
                     it
                     seeme
                     to
                     bee
                     restrained
                     aboue
                     the
                     pot
                     ,
                     yet
                     no
                     such
                     swelling
                     appeares
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     .
                     2ly
                     That
                     riuers
                     are
                     kept
                     in
                     by
                     their
                     bankes
                     ,
                     which
                     otherwise
                     would
                     flow
                     abroad
                     .
                     3ly
                     That
                     riuers
                     ,
                     when
                     by
                     the
                     melting
                     of
                     snow
                     ,
                     they
                     swell
                     so
                     great
                     ,
                     as
                     they
                     can
                     hardly
                     bee
                     contayned
                     within
                     their
                     bankes
                     ,
                     doe
                     not
                     seeme
                     higher
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     other
                     places
                     .
                     4ly
                     If
                     any
                     man
                     from
                     one
                     side
                     of
                     the
                     riuer
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     leuels
                     at
                     any
                     marke
                     ,
                     he
                     may
                     surely
                     hit
                     it
                     :
                     which
                     hee
                     should
                     not
                     doe
                     ,
                     if
                     there
                     were
                     any
                     Sphericall
                     swelling
                     in
                     the
                     
                     midst
                     ,
                     which
                     might
                     hinder
                     the
                     sight
                     .
                     5ly
                     and
                     lastly
                     it
                     seemes
                     so
                     vnlikely
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     water
                     should
                     rise
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     more
                     probable
                     it
                     should
                     be
                     more
                     hollow
                     ;
                     in
                     that
                     we
                     plainly
                     obserue
                     that
                     all
                     filth
                     and
                     rubbish
                     carried
                     from
                     the
                     bankes
                     into
                     the
                     riuer
                     ,
                     is
                     wont
                     to
                     settle
                     and
                     swimme
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     .
                     Notwithstanding
                     all
                     these
                     argumēts
                     of
                     Patricius
                     ,
                     our
                     ground
                     is
                     yet
                     vnshaken
                     ;
                     1
                     Concerning
                     small
                     drops
                     ,
                     and
                     water
                     in
                     the
                     mouth
                     of
                     pots
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     round
                     and
                     Sphericall
                     ,
                     though
                     not
                     exactly
                     :
                     the
                     reason
                     wherof
                     wee
                     shall
                     declare
                     hereafter
                     .
                     This
                     roundnesse
                     ,
                     I
                     confesse
                     ,
                     serues
                     not
                     any
                     way
                     to
                     the
                     confirmation
                     of
                     this
                     assertion
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Sphericity
                     and
                     roundnes
                     which
                     wee
                     auerre
                     to
                     be
                     in
                     Water
                     ,
                     hath
                     for
                     its
                     center
                     ,
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     :
                     and
                     therefore
                     in
                     so
                     small
                     an
                     arch
                     or
                     section
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     bredth
                     of
                     a
                     pot
                     ,
                     or
                     a
                     drop
                     of
                     water
                     ,
                     cannot
                     possibly
                     haue
                     any
                     sensible
                     appearance
                     or
                     existence
                     .
                     And
                     we
                     must
                     needs
                     confesse
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     experiment
                     was
                     very
                     fondly
                     vrged
                     to
                     this
                     purpose
                     by
                     some
                     of
                     our
                     Geographers
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     as
                     stands
                     not
                     with
                     any
                     demonstration
                     .
                     Which
                     granted
                     ,
                     sufficiently
                     answers
                     all
                     the
                     reasons
                     last
                     vrged
                     by
                     Patricius
                     ,
                     except
                     the
                     last
                     .
                     For
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     he
                     requires
                     in
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     a
                     sensible
                     appearance
                     of
                     this
                     roundnesse
                     in
                     euery
                     riuer
                     or
                     little
                     parcell
                     of
                     water
                     ,
                     which
                     cannot
                     bee
                     admitted
                     .
                     Touching
                     the
                     last
                     thing
                     which
                     hee
                     vrgeth
                     ,
                     that
                     all
                     the
                     rubbish
                     and
                     filthy
                     matter
                     ,
                     is
                     from
                     the
                     bankes
                     carryed
                     into
                     the
                     middle
                     ,
                     whence
                     he
                     would
                     inferre
                     ▪
                     the
                     middle
                     to
                     be
                     hollow
                     and
                     lowest
                     ;
                     we
                     can
                     answer
                     diuers
                     wayes
                     :
                     1
                     That
                     this
                     experiment
                     is
                     not
                     alwayes
                     certaine
                     ,
                     because
                     euery
                     man
                     may
                     oftentimes
                     see
                     the
                     contrary
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     that
                     such
                     filthy
                     rubbish
                     rather
                     vseth
                     to
                     cleaue
                     to
                     the
                     banks
                     of
                     the
                     riuer
                     ,
                     then
                     to
                     float
                     into
                     the
                     midst
                     .
                     2ly
                     That
                     if
                     any
                     such
                     thing
                     happen
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     because
                     of
                     the
                     torrents
                     which
                     run
                     violently
                     from
                     the
                     banks
                     into
                     the
                     midst
                     ,
                     carrying
                     with
                     it
                     such
                     things
                     as
                     are
                     light
                     ,
                     the
                     steepnesse
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     being
                     greater
                     ,
                     the
                     current
                     wider
                     or
                     swifter
                     .
                     But
                     nothing
                     here
                     can
                     bee
                     concluded
                     to
                     proue
                     the
                     water
                     according
                     to
                     his
                     naturall
                     force
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     either
                     plaine
                     or
                     hollow
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     ,
                     which
                     this
                     Aduersary
                     vndertooke
                     to
                     demonstrate
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 CHAP.
                 III.
                 Of
                 the
                 Partiall
                 magneticall
                 affections
                 in
                 the
                 Spheare
                 of
                 the
                 Earth
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     HItherto
                     haue
                     we
                     discoursed
                     of
                     such
                     affections
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     as
                     are
                     Elementary
                     ,
                     and
                     knowne
                     heretofore
                     to
                     ancient
                     Philosophers
                     :
                     It
                     followes
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     that
                     we
                     treat
                     of
                     Magneticall
                     affections
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     such
                     as
                     follow
                     the
                     magneticall
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Of
                   the
                   vertue
                   and
                   propriety
                   of
                   the
                   Load-stone
                   ▪
                   many
                   haue
                   written
                   ,
                   but
                   few
                   sought
                   out
                   the
                   true
                   nature
                   .
                   The
                   inuention
                   of
                   it
                   is
                   attributed
                   to
                   a
                   certaine
                   heards-man
                   ,
                   who
                   hauing
                   his
                   shooes
                   shod
                   with
                   iron
                   ▪
                   and
                   an
                   iron-pike
                   in
                   his
                   hand
                   ,
                   resting
                   himselfe
                   on
                   a
                   quarry
                   of
                   Load-stone
                   ,
                   could
                   hardly
                   remoue
                   himselfe
                   frō
                   thence
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   seemes
                   rather
                   a
                   pleasant
                   Poeticall
                   inuention
                   ,
                   then
                   a
                   true
                   History
                   ,
                   hauing
                   no
                   good
                   Author
                   to
                   auouch
                   it
                   .
                   But
                   to
                   let
                   passe
                   the
                   first
                   Inuention
                   ,
                   being
                   a
                   matter
                   rather
                   indebted
                   to
                   chance
                   then
                   industrie
                   ;
                   no
                   small
                   difficulties
                   haue
                   discouered
                   themselues
                   in
                   the
                   inuention
                   and
                   finding
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   causes
                   of
                   Magneticall
                   properties
                   .
                   Somewhat
                   ,
                   I
                   cōfesse
                   ,
                   hath
                   been
                   written
                   of
                   such
                   magneticall
                   affections
                   as
                   haue
                   been
                   most
                   knowne
                   ;
                   such
                   as
                   is
                   the
                   vertue
                   Attractiue
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   drawes
                   to
                   it selfe
                   iron
                   ,
                   or
                   steele
                   ;
                   as
                   also
                   the
                   vertue
                   Directiue
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   a
                   needle
                   touched
                   with
                   the
                   Magnet
                   ,
                   directs
                   and
                   conformes
                   it selfe
                   North
                   and
                   South
                   .
                   The
                   rest
                   of
                   Magneticall
                   proprieties
                   I
                   find
                   in
                   ancient
                   Writers
                   ,
                   as
                   little
                   knowne
                   as
                   their
                   causes
                   ;
                   &
                   if
                   any
                   matter
                   herein
                   were
                   broached
                   ,
                   it
                   was
                   merely
                   coniecturall
                   ,
                   and
                   depending
                   on
                   no
                   certain
                   demōstration
                   :
                   neither
                   had
                   we
                   any
                   certaine
                   or
                   satisfactory
                   knowledge
                   
                   of
                   this
                   thing
                   ,
                   vntill
                   such
                   time
                   as
                   it
                   pleased
                   God
                   to
                   raise
                   vp
                   one
                   of
                   our
                   Countrymen
                   
                     D.
                     Gilbert
                  
                   ,
                   who
                   to
                   his
                   euerlasting
                   praise
                   hath
                   troden
                   out
                   a
                   new
                   path
                   to
                   Philosophy
                   ,
                   and
                   on
                   the
                   Loadstone
                   erected
                   a
                   large
                   Trophie
                   to
                   commend
                   him
                   to
                   posterity
                   .
                   This
                   famous
                   Doctor
                   being
                   as
                   pregnan●
                   in
                   witty
                   apprehension
                   ,
                   as
                   diligent
                   in
                   curious
                   search
                   of
                   naturall
                   causes
                   :
                   after
                   many
                   experiments
                   ,
                   and
                   long
                   inqui●y
                   ,
                   found
                   the
                   causes
                   of
                   most
                   magneticall
                   motions
                   and
                   proprieties
                   hid
                   in
                   the
                   magneticall
                   temper
                   and
                   constitution
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   it selfe
                   was
                   a
                   meere
                   Magneticall
                   body
                   challenging
                   all
                   those
                   proprieties
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   then
                   haue
                   expressed
                   themselues
                   in
                   the
                   Load-stone
                   .
                   Which
                   opinion
                   of
                   his
                   was
                   no
                   sooner
                   broached
                   ,
                   then
                   it
                   was
                   embraced
                   and
                   well-commed
                   by
                   many
                   prime
                   wits
                   ,
                   aswell
                   English
                   as
                   Forraine
                   .
                   In
                   so
                   much
                   that
                   i●
                   hath
                   of
                   late
                   taken
                   large
                   root
                   ,
                   and
                   gotten
                   much
                   ground
                   of
                   our
                   
                     vulgar
                     Philosophie
                  
                   :
                   Not
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   maine
                   scope
                   and
                   drift
                   of
                   it
                   ▪
                   it
                   contradicts
                   or
                   crosses
                   all
                   Peripateticall
                   principles
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   of
                   such
                   grounds
                   as
                   haue
                   hitherto
                   borne
                   the
                   stampe
                   aswell
                   of
                   Antiquity
                   ,
                   as
                   of
                   Authority
                   :
                   But
                   that
                   it
                   hath
                   brought
                   to
                   light
                   matters
                   of
                   no
                   small
                   moment
                   ,
                   which
                   neuer
                   found
                   any
                   ground
                   or
                   footsteps
                   in
                   our
                   ordinary
                   Philosophie
                   .
                   This
                   new
                   Philosophie
                   I
                   dare
                   not
                   commend
                   as
                   euery-where
                   perfect
                   and
                   absolute
                   ,
                   being
                   but
                   of
                   late
                   yeeres
                   inuented
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   yet
                   brought
                   to
                   mature
                   perfection
                   :
                   yet
                   would
                   it
                   sauour
                   of
                   little
                   ingenuity
                   or
                   iudgement
                   in
                   any
                   man
                   ,
                   peruersely
                   to
                   deny
                   all
                   such
                   Magneticall
                   affections
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   as
                   are
                   grounded
                   on
                   plaine
                   experiments
                   and
                   obseruation
                   ,
                   sith
                   no
                   Philosophie
                   was
                   euery
                   way
                   so
                   exact
                   ,
                   but
                   required
                   experience
                   dayly
                   to
                   correct
                   it
                   .
                   I
                   intend
                   not
                   here
                   an
                   absolute
                   discourse
                   of
                   Magneticall
                   Bobies
                   and
                   Motions
                   ,
                   but
                   leaue
                   it
                   to
                   their
                   search
                   whose
                   experimentall
                   industrie
                   is
                   more
                   suteable
                   to
                   such
                   a
                   subiect
                   .
                   Onely
                   I
                   will
                   shew
                   some
                   generall
                   grounds
                   appertaining
                   to
                   the
                   constitution
                   of
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   ,
                   which
                   I
                   hold
                   necessary
                   for
                   a
                   Geographer
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   ere
                   I
                   curiously
                   distinguish
                   these
                   Magneticall
                   proprieties
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   into
                   other
                   seuerall
                   kindes
                   ,
                   I
                   will
                   set
                   downe
                   this
                   Theoreme
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   ground
                   or
                   foundation
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   followes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Terrestriall
                       Spheare
                       is
                       of
                       a
                       Magneticall
                       nature
                       and
                       disposition
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     A
                     Magneticall
                     Body
                     by
                     some
                     is
                     defined
                     to
                     bee
                     that
                     which
                     seated
                     in
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     doth
                     place
                     it selfe
                     in
                     one
                     place
                     naturall
                     ,
                     not
                     alterable
                     .
                     This
                     situation
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     agree
                     to
                     all
                     the
                     Starres
                     ▪
                     especially
                     to
                     the
                     great
                     Globes
                     of
                     
                       Saturne
                       ,
                       Iupiter
                       ,
                       Mars
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ;
                     as
                     also
                     to
                     such
                     as
                     giue
                     their
                     attendance
                     on
                     them
                     ,
                     lately
                     detected
                     by
                     the
                     Trunk-spectacle
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     those
                     two
                     Starres
                     which
                     moue
                     about
                     Saturne
                     ,
                     the
                     foure
                     which
                     moue
                     about
                     Iupiter
                     ,
                     the
                     two
                     which
                     circle
                     about
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     as
                     Venus
                     and
                     Mercurie
                     ;
                     and
                     lastly
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     which
                     encompasseth
                     the
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     let
                     passe
                     those
                     other
                     Globes
                     ,
                     as
                     farther
                     off
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     lesse
                     subiect
                     to
                     our
                     search
                     :
                     our
                     discourse
                     shall
                     only
                     touch
                     the
                     Earth
                     whereon
                     wee
                     liue
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     shall
                     proue
                     to
                     partake
                     of
                     a
                     certaine
                     Magneticall
                     vertue
                     or
                     inclination
                     :
                     which
                     to
                     shew
                     more
                     openly
                     ,
                     we
                     must
                     vnderstand
                     ,
                     that
                     all
                     Magneticall
                     Globes
                     haue
                     some
                     parts
                     of
                     their
                     bodies
                     which
                     bee
                     also
                     Magneticall
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     diuorced
                     from
                     their
                     proper
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     &
                     meeting
                     no
                     obstacle
                     ,
                     will
                     settle
                     themselues
                     to
                     the
                     naturall
                     situation
                     of
                     their
                     peculiar
                     Orbes
                     .
                     Which
                     wee
                     may
                     plainly
                     perceiue
                     in
                     the
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     wherein
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     two
                     Magneticall
                     minerals
                     ;
                     whereof
                     the
                     one
                     is
                     the
                     Load-stone
                     ,
                     attracting
                     iron
                     or
                     steele
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     the
                     Iron
                     or
                     steele
                     it selfe
                     :
                     either
                     ofthese
                     two
                     ▪
                     artificially
                     hanged
                     in
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     or
                     placed
                     in
                     a
                     little
                     boat
                     on
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     all
                     incombrances
                     being
                     remoued
                     ,
                     will
                     conforme
                     &
                     settle
                     their
                     parts
                     and
                     Poles
                     correspondent
                     to
                     the
                     poles
                     and
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     as
                     North
                     and
                     South
                     .
                     This
                     hath
                     been
                     found
                     in
                     all
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     by
                     such
                     as
                     haue
                     trauelled
                     round
                     about
                     her
                     ,
                     as
                     Drake
                     and
                     Candish
                     ,
                     whose
                     Compasses
                     were
                     alwayes
                     directed
                     Magnetically
                     in
                     all
                     places
                     which
                     they
                     passed
                     :
                     which
                     we
                     cannot
                     ascribe
                     to
                     any
                     other
                     cause
                     then
                     the
                     disponent
                     faculty
                     of
                     the
                     Earth's
                     Magneticall
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     as
                     shall
                     appeare
                     hereafter
                     by
                     demonstration
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     it
                     hath
                     been
                     obserued
                     by
                     such
                     as
                     saile
                     Northerly
                     and
                     Southerly
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     Inclinatory
                     needle
                     ,
                     in
                     euery
                     eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     is
                     conformed
                     and
                     disposed
                     to
                     the
                     Axell
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     certaine
                     angles
                     answerable
                     
                     to
                     the
                     latitude
                     of
                     the
                     Region
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     shall
                     shew
                     hereafter
                     .
                     This
                     diuersity
                     of
                     conformity
                     must
                     necessarily
                     arise
                     ,
                     either
                     from
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     instrument
                     in
                     it selfe
                     absolutely
                     considered
                     ,
                     or
                     els
                     from
                     the
                     Harmony
                     and
                     correspondency
                     it
                     hath
                     with
                     the
                     Terrene
                     Globe
                     .
                     It
                     cannot
                     be
                     the
                     first
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     should
                     bee
                     the
                     same
                     in
                     all
                     places
                     and
                     Regions
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     contrary
                     to
                     experience
                     ,
                     and
                     our
                     supposition
                     .
                     Then
                     must
                     wee
                     needes
                     deriue
                     it
                     from
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     disponent
                     vertue
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     from
                     which
                     vertue
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     may
                     bee
                     called
                     Magneticall
                     .
                     Nay
                     if
                     we
                     truely
                     consider
                     ,
                     these
                     Magneticall
                     affections
                     primarily
                     agree
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     mother
                     of
                     all
                     Magneticall
                     bodies
                     ;
                     but
                     afterward
                     secondarily
                     are
                     deriued
                     into
                     the
                     parts
                     ;
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     Gilbert
                     relates
                     it
                     )
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     magneticall
                     motions
                     and
                     affections
                     is
                     the
                     magneticall
                     forme
                     of
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     Globe
                     ;
                     which
                     forme
                     first
                     agrees
                     to
                     the
                     whole
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     is
                     deriued
                     to
                     all
                     his
                     homogeneall
                     parts
                     .
                     These
                     parts
                     are
                     called
                     Homogeneall
                     ,
                     not
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     their
                     Matter
                     and
                     quantity
                     ,
                     but
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     their
                     
                       Magneticall
                       nature
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     communion
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     euery
                     part
                     is
                     conspicuous
                     .
                     If
                     any
                     man
                     should
                     wonder
                     why
                     the
                     Earth
                     should
                     bee
                     called
                     Magneticall
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     this
                     minerall
                     ,
                     which
                     seemes
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     least
                     and
                     scarcest
                     substances
                     whereof
                     it
                     consisteth
                     ;
                     we
                     may
                     many
                     wayes
                     answer
                     ,
                     First
                     ,
                     that
                     although
                     the
                     surface
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     seemes
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     composed
                     of
                     other
                     materials
                     ,
                     more
                     conuenient
                     for
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     liuing
                     Creatures
                     which
                     dwell
                     therein
                     :
                     yet
                     may
                     infinite
                     rocky
                     mines
                     of
                     Magnets
                     be
                     couched
                     lower
                     toward
                     the
                     center
                     ,
                     which
                     strengthen
                     and
                     consolidate
                     the
                     Earthly
                     Globe
                     ▪
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     not
                     imagine
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     substance
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     all
                     one
                     kinde
                     of
                     stone
                     ,
                     but
                     various
                     :
                     for
                     somewhere
                     it
                     is
                     hard
                     &
                     solide
                     as
                     the
                     true
                     magnet
                     it selfe
                     and
                     the
                     iron
                     which
                     is
                     nothing
                     els
                     but
                     a
                     mettall
                     decocted
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Load-stone
                     ;
                     (
                     for
                     
                       iron
                       O●●e
                    
                     differs
                     little
                     or
                     nothing
                     at
                     all
                     from
                     the
                     Load-stone
                     it selfe
                     )
                     somewhere
                     againe
                     ,
                     this
                     substance
                     is
                     more
                     thinne
                     and
                     fuid
                     ,
                     being
                     lesse
                     concocted
                     as
                     some
                     kinde
                     of
                     clay
                     ,
                     and
                     certaine
                     vapours
                     arising
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     bee
                     magneticall
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     brought
                     to
                     a
                     harder
                     and
                     more
                     massie
                     substance
                     ,
                     will
                     haue
                     the
                     same
                     affections
                     and
                     motions
                     with
                     the
                     Loadstone
                     it selfe
                     .
                     This
                     
                     assertion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth's
                     magneticall
                     nature
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     confirme
                     more
                     euidently
                     hereafter
                     ,
                     where
                     we
                     shall
                     proue
                     both
                     the
                     Poles
                     ,
                     the
                     
                       Meridian
                       ,
                       Parallels
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     circles
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     not
                     bare
                     Imaginary
                     lines
                     ,
                     as
                     some
                     haue
                     thought
                     (
                     but
                     to
                     bee
                     Really
                     grounded
                     in
                     the
                     magneticall
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     shewed
                     in
                     any
                     round
                     Loadstone
                     ,
                     wrought
                     and
                     placed
                     conueniently
                     with
                     instruments
                     thereunto
                     applied
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     2
                     The
                     Magneticall
                     affection
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     twofold
                     ,
                     either
                     Radicall
                     or
                     Deriued
                     The
                     Radicall
                     disposition
                     we
                     call
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     first
                     root
                     and
                     ground
                     of
                     all
                     other
                     magneticall
                     motions
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     The
                     Radicall
                     vertue
                     or
                     inclination
                     is
                     againe
                     twofold
                     ,
                     either
                     Motiue
                     or
                     Disponent
                     .
                     The
                     Motiue
                     is
                     that
                     by
                     which
                     all
                     magneticall
                     bodies
                     are
                     inclined
                     and
                     stirred
                     vp
                     to
                     the
                     motion
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   In
                   the
                   Reasonable
                   soule
                   of
                   a
                   man
                   ,
                   wee
                   haue
                   two
                   faculties
                   which
                   shew
                   themselues
                   ;
                   a
                   motiue
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   directiue
                   or
                   disponent
                   power
                   :
                   whereof
                   the
                   one
                   stirres
                   vp
                   the
                   motion
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   regulates
                   ,
                   conformes
                   ,
                   and
                   directs
                   it
                   :
                   The
                   former
                   is
                   the
                   Will
                   ,
                   the
                   later
                   the
                   Discourse
                   and
                   Iudgement
                   .
                   This
                   distinction
                   of
                   faculties
                   ,
                   howsoeuer
                   more
                   euident
                   in
                   the
                   soule
                   ,
                   findes
                   place
                   in
                   all
                   Naturall
                   agents
                   :
                   in
                   which
                   a
                   Philosopher
                   ought
                   to
                   distinguish
                   betwixt
                   that
                   which
                   giues
                   them
                   a
                   power
                   to
                   moue
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   limits
                   ,
                   determines
                   ,
                   and
                   (
                   as
                   the
                   Schoolemen
                   are
                   wont
                   to
                   speake
                   )
                   modificates
                   the
                   action
                   .
                   Amongst
                   others
                   the
                   magnet-stone
                   seemes
                   most
                   to
                   partake
                   of
                   these
                   two
                   powers
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   which
                   amongst
                   all
                   naturall
                   agents
                   (
                   in
                   Gilberts
                   opinion
                   )
                   seemes
                   most
                   to
                   haue
                   resemblance
                   with
                   the
                   soule
                   of
                   a
                   man
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   by
                   an
                   apt
                   Trope
                   it
                   hath
                   been
                   called
                   of
                   many
                   ,
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   soule
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   for
                   hence
                   wee
                   may
                   well
                   perceiue
                   one
                   vertue
                   or
                   inclination
                   ,
                   which
                   ●●useth
                   the
                   magneticall
                   needle
                   to
                   moue
                   out
                   of
                   its
                   place
                   ;
                   another
                   
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   apt
                   to
                   conforme
                   it selfe
                   North
                   and
                   South
                   ,
                   as
                   also
                   to
                   obserue
                   certaine
                   angles
                   correspondent
                   to
                   the
                   latitude
                   of
                   the
                   place
                   ,
                   as
                   shall
                   bee
                   demonstrated
                   in
                   due
                   place
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   motiue
                   power
                   we
                   will
                   produce
                   these
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Magneticall
                       motion
                       is
                       excited
                       in
                       a
                       small
                       &
                       vnperceiuable
                       difference
                       of
                       time
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     proposition
                     may
                     be
                     shewed
                     out
                     of
                     euident
                     experiment
                     ,
                     wherein
                     euery
                     mans
                     sight
                     may
                     be
                     a
                     witnes
                     .
                     For
                     if
                     an
                     Iron-needle
                     touched
                     with
                     the
                     Loadstone
                     ,
                     be
                     placed
                     within
                     the
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     magneticall
                     vertue
                     of
                     the
                     stone
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     presently
                     moue
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     notwithstanding
                     the
                     interposition
                     of
                     solide
                     bodies
                     ,
                     which
                     made
                     Gilbert
                     to
                     imagine
                     this
                     motion
                     to
                     bee
                     effected
                     by
                     a
                     meere
                     spirituall
                     and
                     immateriall
                     effluxe
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     well
                     be
                     compared
                     to
                     the
                     light
                     ,
                     which
                     neuerthelesse
                     it
                     surpasseth
                     in
                     subtility
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     light
                     is
                     moued
                     from
                     East
                     to
                     West
                     so
                     quickly
                     ,
                     that
                     many
                     haue
                     thought
                     this
                     motion
                     to
                     haue
                     been
                     in
                     a
                     moment
                     or
                     instant
                     of
                     time
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     quicknes
                     of
                     motion
                     may
                     much
                     more
                     be
                     imagined
                     in
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     vertue
                     ,
                     being
                     of
                     a
                     more
                     subtile
                     and
                     piercing
                     nature
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     bee
                     gathered
                     from
                     this
                     reason
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ;
                     That
                     the
                     light
                     is
                     alwayes
                     hindered
                     by
                     the
                     interposition
                     of
                     a
                     thicke
                     and
                     opacous
                     body
                     ;
                     but
                     the
                     vertue
                     Magneticall
                     findes
                     a
                     passage
                     through
                     all
                     solide
                     bodies
                     whatsoeuer
                     ;
                     and
                     meets
                     with
                     no
                     impediment
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       This
                       Motiue
                       quality
                       is
                       Spherically
                       spread
                       through
                       euery
                       part
                       of
                       the
                       Magneticall
                       body
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Here
                     againe
                     may
                     wee
                     finde
                     a
                     great
                     resemblance
                     betwixt
                     the
                     magneticall
                     vertue
                     and
                     the
                     light
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     all
                     light
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     
                       Sunne
                       ,
                       Moone
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Starres
                     ,
                     cast
                     their
                     beames
                     euery
                     way
                     into
                     an
                     orbicular
                     forme
                     :
                     so
                     this
                     Magneticall
                     vigour
                     casts
                     it selfe
                     abroad
                     not
                     only
                     from
                     the
                     center
                     toward
                     the
                     superficies
                     ,
                     but
                     from
                     the
                     superficies
                     outward
                     into
                     the
                     Aire
                     or
                     Water
                     ,
                     where
                     this
                     magneticall
                     body
                     is
                     placed
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     makes
                     vp
                     a
                     Spheare
                     ;
                     but
                     yet
                     with
                     this
                     difference
                     ,
                     that
                     if
                     the
                     body
                     bee
                     meere
                     and
                     perfectly
                     Sphericall
                     ,
                     the
                     Orbe
                     of
                     the
                     magneticall
                     vertue
                     will
                     end
                     in
                     a
                     perfect
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     the
                     magnet
                     G
                     to
                     confine
                     his
                     vertue
                     
                       
                    
                     within
                     the
                     Circle
                     BF
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     it
                     be
                     a
                     square
                     ,
                     or
                     any
                     other
                     figure
                     not
                     Sphericall
                     ,
                     it
                     imitates
                     a
                     Spheare
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     the
                     body
                     will
                     suffer
                     ,
                     in
                     that
                     it
                     spreades
                     it selfe
                     euery-where
                     from
                     the
                     center
                     by
                     right
                     lines
                     ;
                     yet
                     will
                     it
                     be
                     confined
                     in
                     a
                     square
                     figure
                     correspondent
                     to
                     the
                     body
                     ,
                     whence
                     it
                     proceeds
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     see
                     the
                     vertue
                     of
                     the
                     square
                     magnet
                     A
                     ,
                     to
                     cast
                     his
                     beames
                     into
                     the
                     square
                     figure
                     LD
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       3
                       The
                       motiue
                       quality
                       of
                       the
                       Magneticall
                       body
                       is
                       strongest
                       of
                       all
                       in
                       the
                       Poles
                       ,
                       in
                       other
                       parts
                       by
                       so
                       much
                       the
                       stronger
                       by
                       how
                       much
                       these
                       parts
                       are
                       situated
                       neere
                       the
                       Poles
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Wee
                     suppose
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     principles
                     of
                     Magneticall
                     Philosophie
                     ,
                     that
                     a
                     Magnet
                     hath
                     two
                     Poles
                     ,
                     whose
                     vse
                     wee
                     shall
                     shew
                     hereafter
                     .
                     These
                     Poles
                     are
                     found
                     by
                     experiment
                     to
                     haue
                     more
                     force
                     and
                     vigour
                     in
                     them
                     then
                     other
                     parts
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     other
                     parts
                     to
                     enioy
                     more
                     or
                     lesse
                     force
                     ,
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     neerer
                     or
                     farther
                     off
                     they
                     are
                     situated
                     to
                     their
                     Poles
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     is
                     ascribed
                     by
                     these
                     Writers
                     to
                     the
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     vigour
                     in
                     the
                     body
                     of
                     the
                     Load
                     stone
                     ,
                     as
                     shall
                     appeare
                     by
                     this
                     figure
                     following
                     in
                     Gilbert
                     ,
                     expressing
                     the
                     great
                     Magneticall
                     Body
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     .
                     Let
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     superficies
                     of
                     it
                     bee
                     HQE
                     ,
                     the
                     Pole
                     E
                     ,
                     the
                     Center
                     M
                     :
                     HQ
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     ;
                     from
                     euery
                     point
                     of
                     this
                     Equinoctiall
                     plaine
                     ,
                     the
                     vigour
                     Magneticall
                     is
                     conueyed
                     and
                     extended
                     to
                     CFNE
                     ;
                     and
                     to
                     euery
                     point
                     from
                     C
                     to
                     E
                     the
                     Pole
                     :
                     but
                     not
                     towards
                     the
                     point
                     B
                     ,
                     so
                     neither
                     from
                     
                     G
                     toward●
                     
                     C.
                     The
                     vigour
                     is
                     not
                     strengthned
                     in
                     the
                     part
                     FHG
                     ,
                     from
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     GMFE
                     ;
                     but
                     FGH
                     doth
                     increase
                     the
                     vertue
                     in
                     H
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     there
                     can
                     arise
                     no
                     vigor
                     so
                     far
                     from
                     the
                     parallels
                     to
                     the
                     
                       Axel
                       —
                       tree
                    
                     aboue
                     the
                     said
                     parallels
                     ,
                     but
                     internally
                     from
                     the
                     parallels
                     to
                     the
                     Pole.
                     So
                     wee
                     see
                     that
                     from
                     euery
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     plaine
                     ,
                     the
                     force
                     is
                     deriued
                     to
                     the
                     Pole
                     E.
                     But
                     the
                     point
                     F
                     hath
                     only
                     the
                     vigour
                     from
                     GH
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     point
                     N
                     from
                     OH
                     :
                     but
                     the
                     Pole
                     E
                     is
                     corroborated
                     and
                     strengthened
                     from
                     the
                     whole
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     HQ
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     the
                     vigour
                     magneticall
                     in
                     this
                     Pole
                     is
                     most
                     eminent
                     and
                     remarkable
                     ,
                     but
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     spaces
                     ;
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     in
                     F
                     ,
                     the
                     magneticall
                     quality
                     is
                     so
                     far
                     strengthened
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     portion
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     plaine
                     H
                     ,
                     can
                     giue
                     .
                     But
                     Dr
                     Ridley
                     in
                     his
                     late
                     Magneticall
                     Treatise
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     6.
                     
                     Chapt.
                     seemes
                     to
                     oppose
                     this
                     Demonstration
                     .
                     For
                     although
                     hee
                     acknowledgeth
                     that
                     the
                     vigour
                     is
                     strongest
                     of
                     all
                     in
                     the
                     Poles
                     ;
                     yet
                     (
                     saith
                     hee
                     )
                     if
                     tryall
                     bee
                     made
                     what
                     the
                     Pole
                     will
                     take
                     perpendicularly
                     ;
                     and
                     also
                     what
                     the
                     parts
                     aboue
                     34
                     degrees
                     will
                     lift
                     vp
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     appeare
                     to
                     bee
                     halfe
                     asmuch
                     perpendicularly
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     Pole
                     doth
                     not
                     take
                     vp
                     as
                     much
                     ,
                     as
                     this
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     part
                     doth
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     decision
                     of
                     these
                     differences
                     I
                     leaue
                     to
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     more
                     experimentall
                     then
                     my selfe
                     ,
                     being
                     
                     destitute
                     of
                     those
                     helpes
                     and
                     instruments
                     which
                     they
                     enioy
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4
                     It
                     behoues
                     vs
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     place
                     to
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     Disponent
                     vigour
                     of
                     Magneticall
                     bodies
                     ▪
                     The
                     Disponent
                     force
                     we
                     call
                     ,
                     that
                     facultie
                     by
                     which
                     magneticall
                     Bodies
                     are
                     disposed
                     or
                     directed
                     to
                     a
                     certaine
                     site
                     or
                     position
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Magneticall
                       bodies
                       moue
                       not
                       vncertainly
                       ,
                       but
                       haue
                       their
                       motions
                       directed
                       and
                       conformed
                       to
                       certaine
                       bounds
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     Proposition
                     is
                     confirmed
                     by
                     manifold
                     experiments
                     .
                     For
                     magneticall
                     bodies
                     are
                     neuer
                     found
                     to
                     moue
                     vncertainly
                     ,
                     and
                     at
                     all
                     adventures
                     ,
                     but
                     conforme
                     themselues
                     to
                     certaine
                     Poles
                     ;
                     and
                     make
                     certaine
                     angles
                     proportionall
                     to
                     the
                     latitude
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     shall
                     shew
                     hereafter
                     in
                     particular
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     of
                     which
                     experiment
                     wee
                     can
                     draw
                     from
                     no
                     other
                     cause
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     first
                     institution
                     of
                     Nature
                     in
                     all
                     Naturall
                     agents
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     would
                     haue
                     directed
                     to
                     certaine
                     ends
                     ,
                     that
                     nothing
                     in
                     her
                     Common-wealth
                     might
                     seeme
                     idle
                     or
                     vnnecessary
                     ;
                     wherefore
                     shee
                     giues
                     all
                     agents
                     not
                     only
                     a
                     power
                     to
                     worke
                     their
                     ends
                     ;
                     but
                     also
                     shewes
                     them
                     the
                     way
                     ,
                     squares
                     and
                     regulates
                     the
                     meanes
                     which
                     direct
                     vnto
                     the
                     end
                     .
                     No-where
                     is
                     this
                     directiue
                     power
                     more
                     remarkable
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     magneticall
                     bodies
                     ,
                     especially
                     in
                     their
                     Direction
                     and
                     Variation
                     ,
                     motions
                     treated
                     of
                     hereafter
                     in
                     place
                     conuenient
                     ;
                     to
                     which
                     for
                     a
                     further
                     confirmation
                     of
                     the
                     Theoreme
                     ,
                     wee
                     referre
                     the
                     Reader
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     9
                     The
                     Radicall
                     facultie
                     of
                     the
                     magneticall
                     body
                     being
                     somewhat
                     spoken
                     of
                     ,
                     aswell
                     in
                     their
                     motiue
                     ,
                     as
                     disponent
                     vertues
                     .
                     Wee
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     to
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     deriued
                     motions
                     ,
                     which
                     arise
                     out
                     of
                     these
                     faculties
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     6
                     These
                     motions
                     magneticall
                     are
                     either
                     partiall
                     ,
                     or
                     totall
                     .
                     The
                     partiall
                     wee
                     call
                     that
                     by
                     which
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     are
                     magnetically
                     moued
                     and
                     conformed
                     as
                     well
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     the
                     whole
                     terrestriall
                     globe
                     .
                  
                   
                     7
                     The
                     magneticall
                     partiall
                     motions
                     are
                     
                       Coition
                       ,
                       Direction
                       ,
                       Variation
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Declination
                     .
                     Magneticall
                     Coition
                     is
                     that
                     motion
                     by
                     which
                     magneticall
                     bodies
                     are
                     ioyned
                     and
                     apply
                     themselues
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   For
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   this
                   magneticall
                   motion
                   ,
                   we
                   need
                   goe
                   no
                   farther
                   then
                   the
                   Iron
                   and
                   Steele
                   ,
                   which
                   wee
                   shall
                   obserue
                   to
                   moue
                   unto
                   the
                   Load-stone
                   ,
                   and
                   cleaue
                   vnto
                   it
                   ,
                   if
                   so
                   be
                   it
                   bee
                   placed
                   within
                   the
                   Spheare
                   of
                   his
                   vertue
                   .
                   This
                   motion
                   is
                   commonly
                   called
                   Attraction
                   ,
                   but
                   improperly
                   ,
                   as
                   is
                   obserued
                   by
                   D.
                   Gilbert
                   .
                   1
                   Because
                   Attraction
                   seemes
                   to
                   suppose
                   an
                   externall
                   force
                   or
                   violence
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   one
                   thing
                   is
                   carryed
                   and
                   moued
                   vnto
                   another
                   :
                   but
                   the
                   Coition
                   is
                   meerely
                   naturall
                   ,
                   as
                   proceeding
                   from
                   the
                   internall
                   forme
                   of
                   both
                   the
                   bodies
                   .
                   2
                   Attraction
                   supposeth
                   the
                   force
                   of
                   mouing
                   to
                   bee
                   onely
                   in
                   the
                   one
                   party
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   to
                   bee
                   meerely
                   passiue
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   actiuely
                   concurring
                   to
                   this
                   motion
                   ;
                   whereas
                   in
                   the
                   magneticall
                   coition
                   ,
                   both
                   parts
                   are
                   mutually
                   inclined
                   by
                   nature
                   to
                   meet
                   and
                   ioyne
                   themselues
                   one
                   to
                   the
                   other
                   .
                   Not
                   that
                   the
                   force
                   of
                   motion
                   in
                   both
                   parts
                   is
                   alwayes
                   equall
                   :
                   because
                   one
                   magneticall
                   body
                   is
                   greater
                   and
                   stronger
                   then
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   the
                   one
                   part
                   seemes
                   to
                   stand
                   still
                   and
                   draw
                   the
                   other
                   vnto
                   it
                   ,
                   although
                   there
                   bee
                   in
                   this
                   part
                   so
                   resting
                   an
                   inclination
                   to
                   the
                   other
                   ;
                   which
                   mutuall
                   inclination
                   of
                   coniunction
                   in
                   magnets
                   ,
                   we
                   may
                   easily
                   see
                   in
                   two
                   magnets
                   of
                   equall
                   quantity
                   and
                   vertue
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   set
                   at
                   a
                   conuenient
                   distance
                   ,
                   will
                   so
                   moue
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   will
                   meet
                   in
                   the
                   mid-way
                   .
                   Some
                   haue
                   gone
                   about
                   to
                   parallel
                   this
                   Attractiue
                   force
                   of
                   the
                   Load-stone
                   with
                   the
                   Attractiue
                   force
                   of
                   Ieat
                   or
                   Amber
                   ,
                   which
                   wee
                   see
                   by
                   a
                   
                   naturall
                   vertue
                   to
                   draw
                   vnto
                   it selfe
                   little
                   strawes
                   ,
                   and
                   other
                   such
                   like
                   matter
                   .
                   But
                   hee
                   that
                   truely
                   vnderstands
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   a
                   magneticall
                   body
                   ,
                   shall
                   finde
                   a
                   great
                   disparity
                   :
                   First
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   Ieat
                   or
                   Amber
                   which
                   are
                   comprised
                   vnder
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   Electricall
                   bodies
                   ,
                   drawes
                   vnto
                   it
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   his
                   Matter
                   :
                   whereas
                   otherwise
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Magneticall
                     Coition
                  
                   is
                   to
                   bee
                   sought
                   in
                   the
                   forme
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   too
                   subtile
                   a
                   thing
                   to
                   spring
                   from
                   a
                   materiall
                   substance
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   Electricall
                   bodies
                   draw
                   and
                   attract
                   not
                   without
                   rubbing
                   and
                   stirring
                   vp
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   first
                   ;
                   and
                   presently
                   faile
                   ,
                   if
                   any
                   vapour
                   or
                   thicke
                   body
                   should
                   be
                   interposed
                   .
                   But
                   in
                   a
                   magneticall
                   motion
                   wee
                   find
                   no
                   such
                   matter
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   requires
                   no
                   such
                   preparation
                   or
                   rubbing
                   of
                   the
                   stone
                   ,
                   nor
                   is
                   hindred
                   by
                   interposition
                   of
                   solid
                   bodies
                   ,
                   as
                   wee
                   proue
                   in
                   this
                   place
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   the
                   Load-stone
                   moues
                   and
                   prouokes
                   to
                   motion
                   nothing
                   els
                   but
                   other
                   magneticall
                   bodies
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   Electricall
                   will
                   draw
                   any
                   little
                   thing
                   as
                   straw
                   ,
                   haire
                   ,
                   dust
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   .
                   Fourthly
                   ,
                   the
                   Magnet
                   will
                   lift
                   a
                   great
                   waight
                   according
                   to
                   his
                   vertue
                   and
                   quantity
                   ;
                   but
                   Ieat
                   the
                   smallest
                   and
                   lightest
                   things
                   .
                   Lastly
                   ,
                   the
                   Electricall
                   bodies
                   ,
                   as
                   Gilbert
                   well
                   confirmes
                   by
                   experiments
                   ,
                   draw
                   other
                   bodies
                   vnto
                   them
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   a
                   moist
                   effluence
                   of
                   vapours
                   ,
                   which
                   hath
                   a
                   quality
                   of
                   ioyning
                   bodies
                   together
                   :
                   as
                   wee
                   see
                   by
                   the
                   example
                   of
                   two
                   stickes
                   in
                   water
                   at
                   a
                   certaine
                   distance
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   commonly
                   moue
                   till
                   they
                   meet
                   together
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   
                     magneticall
                     coition
                  
                   cannot
                   bee
                   other
                   then
                   an
                   act
                   of
                   the
                   magneticall
                   forme
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   it
                   many
                   Philosophers
                   haue
                   freely
                   spent
                   their
                   vncertaine
                   coniectures
                   ,
                   rather
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   feare
                   to
                   bee
                   esteemed
                   ignorant
                   ,
                   then
                   of
                   confidence
                   to
                   be
                   accounted
                   learned
                   .
                   Most
                   run
                   vpon
                   the
                   forme
                   of
                   the
                   mixt
                   body
                   ,
                   which
                   growes
                   from
                   the
                   composition
                   of
                   the
                   foure
                   Elements
                   ;
                   but
                   this
                   opinion
                   is
                   very
                   feeble
                   ,
                   and
                   cannot
                   goe
                   without
                   crouches
                   :
                   for
                   sith
                   all
                   mixt
                   formes
                   grow
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   temperament
                   and
                   disposition
                   ;
                   they
                   adde
                   nothing
                   to
                   the
                   thing
                   compounded
                   ,
                   but
                   diuersly
                   modificate
                   what
                   was
                   before
                   in
                   the
                   simple
                   Elements
                   ;
                   it
                   cannot
                   bee
                   imagined
                   how
                   such
                   an
                   affection
                   as
                   this
                   should
                   bee
                   onely
                   found
                   in
                   the
                   magnet
                   ,
                   and
                   no
                   other
                   mixt
                   body
                   .
                   Indeed
                   we
                   ascribe
                   this
                   affection
                   to
                   the
                   forme
                   as
                   the
                   immediate
                   cause
                   ;
                   but
                   by
                   this
                   forme
                   we
                   vnderstand
                   not
                   the
                   forme
                   of
                   the
                   mixture
                   ,
                   resulting
                   out
                   
                   of
                   the
                   mixture
                   and
                   temperature
                   of
                   the
                   foure
                   qualities
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   magneticall
                   forme
                   of
                   all
                   globous
                   bodies
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   the
                   
                     Sunne
                     ▪
                     Moone
                     ,
                     Starres
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                  
                   whereon
                   we
                   liue
                   ,
                   whose
                   natures
                   receiued
                   the
                   stampe
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   creation
                   for
                   the
                   preseruation
                   of
                   this
                   integrity
                   .
                   Hee
                   that
                   shall
                   seeke
                   for
                   the
                   originall
                   of
                   all
                   formes
                   of
                   this
                   kinde
                   in
                   the
                   mixture
                   and
                   constitution
                   of
                   the
                   foure
                   Elements
                   ,
                   shall
                   labour
                   much
                   ,
                   and
                   finde
                   little
                   ,
                   and
                   neither
                   at
                   last
                   be
                   able
                   to
                   content
                   himselfe
                   ,
                   or
                   instruct
                   others
                   ;
                   except
                   wee
                   suppose
                   a
                   man
                   sufficiently
                   taught
                   when
                   hee
                   heares
                   ordinary
                   matters
                   expressed
                   in
                   exoticke
                   and
                   artificiall
                   tearmes
                   .
                   For
                   my
                   owne
                   part
                   ,
                   I
                   content
                   my selfe
                   with
                   a
                   rule
                   of
                   Biel
                   the
                   Schooleman
                   ;
                   That
                   when
                   an
                   immediate
                   effect
                   proceeds
                   from
                   an
                   immediate
                   cause
                   ,
                   wee
                   ought
                   not
                   to
                   search
                   farther
                   why
                   such
                   a
                   cause
                   should
                   produce
                   such
                   an
                   effect
                   .
                   Euey
                   man
                   being
                   demanded
                   why
                   the
                   fire
                   is
                   hot
                   ,
                   is
                   ready
                   to
                   flye
                   to
                   the
                   forme
                   of
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   alleage
                   this
                   as
                   the
                   cause
                   :
                   but
                   should
                   hee
                   inquire
                   further
                   ,
                   why
                   the
                   forme
                   of
                   fire
                   should
                   bee
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   heat
                   ,
                   hee
                   might
                   perhaps
                   puzzell
                   a
                   whole
                   Academie
                   of
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   and
                   neuer
                   proue
                   himselfe
                   the
                   wiser
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   further
                   illustration
                   of
                   this
                   motion
                   ,
                   these
                   Theoremes
                   will
                   seeme
                   necessary
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Magnet
                       communicates
                       his
                       vertue
                       to
                       iron
                       or
                       steele
                       if
                       it
                       be
                       touched
                       with
                       it
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Experience
                     teacheth
                     that
                     any
                     iron-instrument
                     ,
                     touched
                     with
                     the
                     Load-stone
                     ,
                     receiues
                     instantly
                     the
                     same
                     vertue
                     Attractiue
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     manner
                     how
                     this
                     vertue
                     should
                     bee
                     communicated
                     on
                     so
                     sleight
                     a
                     touch
                     ,
                     hath
                     been
                     controuerted
                     .
                     The
                     common
                     Philosophers
                     haue
                     imagined
                     ,
                     that
                     certaine
                     little
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Loadstone
                     are
                     separated
                     from
                     it
                     in
                     the
                     touch
                     ,
                     which
                     cleauing
                     to
                     the
                     iron
                     or
                     steele
                     ,
                     cause
                     this
                     Attraction
                     But
                     that
                     this
                     vertue
                     cannot
                     be
                     communicated
                     by
                     any
                     corporall
                     processe
                     ,
                     or
                     any
                     such
                     little
                     parts
                     cleauing
                     to
                     the
                     iron
                     ,
                     is
                     not
                     so
                     easie
                     to
                     imagine
                     :
                     for
                     first
                     it
                     seemes
                     impossible
                     ,
                     that
                     with
                     a
                     bare
                     touch
                     ,
                     these
                     parts
                     should
                     bee
                     separated
                     from
                     the
                     magnet
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     should
                     bee
                     so
                     fast
                     linked
                     to
                     the
                     iron
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     these
                     parts
                     being
                     so
                     little
                     and
                     insensible
                     ,
                     cannot
                     haue
                     so
                     much
                     vigour
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     an
                     Iron
                     will
                     haue
                     at
                     the
                     touch
                     of
                     the
                     Load-stone
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     the
                     Loadstone
                     can
                     worke
                     vpon
                     
                     the
                     iron
                     notwithstanding
                     any
                     body
                     interposed
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     an
                     euident
                     signe
                     that
                     the
                     iron
                     it selfe
                     is
                     of
                     a
                     magneticall
                     temper
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     to
                     shew
                     a
                     reason
                     of
                     this
                     effect
                     ,
                     we
                     say
                     ;
                     That
                     Iron
                     is
                     a
                     mettall
                     excocted
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Load-stone
                     ;
                     which
                     albeit
                     it
                     retaine
                     in
                     it selfe
                     the
                     vertue
                     of
                     the
                     Load-stone
                     ,
                     yet
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     liquefaction
                     ,
                     is
                     altogether
                     languishing
                     ,
                     and
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     buried
                     ;
                     but
                     vpon
                     touch
                     of
                     a
                     Load-stone
                     ,
                     is
                     stirred
                     vp
                     to
                     his
                     former
                     vigour
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     magnet
                     insinuats
                     his
                     Incorporeall
                     influence
                     into
                     the
                     iron
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     rectifies
                     and
                     animates
                     that
                     force
                     which
                     was
                     almost
                     dead
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       magneticall
                       Coiton
                       is
                       strongest
                       of
                       all
                       in
                       the
                       Poles
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     may
                     easily
                     bee
                     demonstrated
                     by
                     an
                     experiment
                     :
                     for
                     if
                     the
                     iron
                     needle
                     which
                     is
                     proposed
                     to
                     bee
                     Attracted
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Poles
                     and
                     Center
                     be
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     right
                     line
                     ;
                     then
                     this
                     Coition
                     
                     will
                     be
                     to
                     a
                     perpendicular
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     A
                     and
                     B
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     the
                     Poles
                     in
                     the
                     Diagramme
                     :
                     but
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     space
                     they
                     will
                     obliquely
                     respect
                     and
                     point
                     :
                     and
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     farther
                     off
                     from
                     the
                     Pole
                     it
                     is
                     ,
                     by
                     so
                     much
                     is
                     this
                     vertue
                     weaker
                     :
                     but
                     in
                     the
                     Equator
                     it selfe
                     it
                     becomes
                     meerely
                     parallell
                     without
                     any
                     inclination
                     at
                     all
                     .
                     To
                     know
                     in
                     what
                     proportion
                     this
                     force
                     is
                     increased
                     or
                     weakened
                     ,
                     we
                     must
                     put
                     another
                     ground
                     ;
                     That
                     the
                     force
                     of
                     this
                     coition
                     is
                     increased
                     proportionally
                     as
                     the
                     chords
                     of
                     a
                     circle
                     :
                     for
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     the
                     least
                     chorde
                     in
                     a
                     circle
                     differs
                     from
                     the
                     Diameter
                     ,
                     so
                     much
                     the
                     forces
                     Attractiue
                     differ
                     from
                     themselues
                     .
                     For
                     sith
                     the
                     Attraction
                     is
                     a
                     Coition
                     of
                     one
                     body
                     with
                     another
                     ,
                     and
                     magneticall
                     bodies
                     are
                     carried
                     by
                     a
                     conuertible
                     nature
                     :
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     a
                     line
                     drawne
                     from
                     one
                     Pole
                     to
                     another
                     in
                     the
                     diameter
                     ,
                     directly
                     
                     meetes
                     with
                     the
                     body
                     ,
                     but
                     in
                     other
                     places
                     lesse
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     lesse
                     it
                     is
                     conuerted
                     to
                     the
                     body
                     ,
                     the
                     lesse
                     and
                     weaker
                     will
                     bee
                     the
                     coition
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     3
                     So
                     much
                     bee
                     spoken
                     of
                     the
                     magneticall
                     Coition
                     :
                     It
                     followes
                     that
                     wee
                     speake
                     of
                     Magneticall
                     Direction
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     naturall
                     conuersion
                     and
                     conformity
                     of
                     the
                     magneticall
                     bodies
                     to
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   It
                   is
                   manifest
                   that
                   a
                   magneticall
                   body
                   so
                   seated
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   can
                   moue
                   without
                   any
                   impediment
                   ,
                   will
                   turne
                   it selfe
                   in
                   such
                   wise
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   one
                   Pole
                   of
                   it
                   will
                   respect
                   the
                   North
                   Pole
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   the
                   South
                   ,
                   which
                   motion
                   wee
                   call
                   Direction
                   .
                   This
                   we
                   may
                   plainely
                   see
                   in
                   a
                   Marriners
                   compasse
                   ,
                   whose
                   Lilly
                   alwayes
                   respects
                   the
                   North
                   point
                   .
                   If
                   a
                   compasse
                   bee
                   wanting
                   ,
                   the
                   same
                   may
                   bee
                   shewed
                   in
                   a
                   little
                   corken-boate
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   put
                   in
                   the
                   water
                   with
                   a
                   load-stone
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   will
                   so
                   turne
                   and
                   conuert
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Load-stone
                   will
                   at
                   length
                   point
                   out
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   .
                   The
                   manner
                   how
                   ,
                   shall
                   be
                   disclosed
                   in
                   these
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       South
                       part
                       of
                       the
                       Load-stone
                       turnes
                       to
                       the
                       North
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       North
                       part
                       to
                       the
                       South
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     To
                     confirme
                     this
                     assertion
                     ,
                     some
                     haue
                     produced
                     this
                     experiment
                     .
                     Let
                     there
                     bee
                     cut
                     out
                     of
                     a
                     rocke
                     of
                     Load-stone
                     ,
                     a
                     Magnet
                     of
                     reasonable
                     quantity
                     .
                     Let
                     the
                     two
                     poles
                     both
                     North
                     and
                     South
                     bee
                     marked
                     out
                     in
                     the
                     Load-stone
                     ,
                     the
                     manner
                     of
                     which
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     perhaps
                     teach
                     hereafter
                     :
                     then
                     let
                     it
                     be
                     put
                     in
                     a
                     corken
                     little
                     boat
                     on
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     freely
                     float
                     hither
                     &
                     thither
                     :
                     It
                     will
                     be
                     euident
                     that
                     that
                     part
                     which
                     in
                     the
                     rocke
                     or
                     Mine
                     pointed
                     Northward
                     ,
                     will
                     respect
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     and
                     contrarywise
                     the
                     South
                     part
                     will
                     respect
                     the
                     North
                     ;
                     as
                     wee
                     may
                     see
                     in
                     this
                     figure
                     :
                     Let
                     the
                     Magnet
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     
                     continuated
                     with
                     the
                     Mine
                     or
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     be
                     AB
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     A
                     shall
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     North
                     
                     
                     pole
                     ,
                     B
                     the
                     South-Pole
                     .
                     Let
                     this
                     Load-stone
                     be
                     cut
                     out
                     of
                     this
                     rocke
                     or
                     Mine
                     ▪
                     &
                     placed
                     on
                     the
                     water
                     in
                     a
                     little
                     timber
                     boat
                     ,
                     which
                     shall
                     be
                     CD
                     :
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     that
                     this
                     little
                     dish
                     or
                     boat
                     will
                     turne
                     it selfe
                     so
                     long
                     ,
                     vntill
                     the
                     Northpart
                     A
                     ,
                     be
                     turned
                     to
                     the
                     Southpart
                     B
                     :
                     and
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     part
                     ,
                     the
                     Southpart
                     B
                     ,
                     be
                     conuerted
                     to
                     the
                     Northpart
                     A
                     :
                     and
                     this
                     cōformity
                     would
                     the
                     whole
                     rock
                     of
                     Load-stone
                     claime
                     ,
                     if
                     it
                     were
                     diuided
                     and
                     separated
                     from
                     the
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     why
                     the
                     magnet
                     in
                     the
                     boat
                     on
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     turneth
                     ,
                     windeth
                     ,
                     and
                     seateth
                     it selfe
                     to
                     a
                     contrary
                     motion
                     to
                     that
                     it
                     primarily
                     receiued
                     ,
                     whiles
                     it
                     was
                     ioyned
                     to
                     the
                     bowels
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     vnited
                     to
                     the
                     body
                     of
                     the
                     great
                     Magnet
                     ,
                     is
                     ;
                     because
                     euery
                     part
                     of
                     a
                     Load-stone
                     being
                     separated
                     from
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     whereof
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     part
                     ,
                     becomes
                     of
                     it selfe
                     a
                     perfect
                     ,
                     compleat
                     ,
                     magneticall
                     body
                     ,
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     may
                     say
                     )
                     a
                     
                       little
                       Earth
                    
                     ,
                     hauing
                     all
                     the
                     properties
                     of
                     the
                     great
                     Globe
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Poles
                       ,
                       Meridians
                       ,
                       Aequators
                       ,
                       &c.
                       
                    
                     And
                     therefore
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     magneticall
                     vnion
                     ,
                     spoken
                     of
                     in
                     our
                     next
                     Theoreme
                     ,
                     will
                     in
                     no
                     wise
                     endure
                     to
                     settle
                     it selfe
                     as
                     it
                     did
                     before
                     ;
                     but
                     deemes
                     it
                     a
                     thing
                     more
                     naturall
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     more
                     perfection
                     ,
                     to
                     turne
                     his
                     aspect
                     a
                     contrary
                     way
                     ,
                     to
                     that
                     which
                     he
                     inioyed
                     at
                     his
                     first
                     constitution
                     .
                     Here
                     may
                     we
                     note
                     a
                     great
                     errour
                     of
                     
                       Gemma
                       Frisius
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     in
                     his
                     corollary
                     vpon
                     the
                     15
                     Chap.
                     of
                     his
                     Cosmographicall
                     Comment
                     ▪
                     on
                     
                       P.
                       Appian
                    
                     ,
                     affirmes
                     ;
                     that
                     the
                     Needle
                     magnetically
                     effected
                     ,
                     would
                     on
                     this
                     side
                     the
                     Aequator
                     ,
                     respect
                     the
                     North-pole
                     ;
                     but
                     being
                     past
                     the
                     Line
                     ,
                     would
                     straight-way
                     turne
                     about
                     ,
                     and
                     point
                     to
                     the
                     Southpole
                     :
                     An
                     errour
                     (
                     as
                     Mr
                     Hues
                     saith
                     )
                     vnworthy
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     Mathematician
                     .
                     But
                     
                       Gemma
                       Frisius
                    
                     in
                     some
                     
                     ●ort
                     ,
                     may
                     be
                     excused
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     grounds
                     of
                     magneticall
                     Philosophy
                     ,
                     were
                     in
                     his
                     time
                     either
                     not
                     discouered
                     ,
                     or
                     most
                     vnperfectly
                     knowne
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     vncertaine
                     relations
                     of
                     Nauigators
                     were
                     reputed
                     the
                     best
                     Arguments
                     :
                     and
                     how
                     easie
                     a
                     matter
                     it
                     is
                     for
                     a
                     Trauailer
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     to
                     deceiue
                     a
                     Scholler
                     ,
                     who
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     reading
                     and
                     experience
                     can
                     shew
                     nothing
                     to
                     the
                     contrary
                     ,
                     let
                     euery
                     man
                     iudge
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       This
                       contrary
                       motion
                       here
                       spoken
                       of
                       ,
                       is
                       the
                       iust
                       confluxe
                       and
                       conformity
                       of
                       such
                       bodies
                       to
                       magneticall
                       vnion
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     is
                     demonstrated
                     by
                     Gilbert
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     .
                     Let
                     the
                     whole
                     magneticall
                     body
                     be
                     CD
                     ,
                     then
                     C
                     will
                     turne
                     to
                     the
                     North
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     B
                     ,
                     and
                     D
                     vnto
                     the
                     South
                     part
                     A.
                     Let
                     this
                     magnet
                     bee
                     cut
                     
                     in
                     twaine
                     by
                     the
                     middle
                     line
                     or
                     Aequator
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     point
                     E
                     will
                     tend
                     to
                     A
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     part
                     F
                     ,
                     will
                     direct
                     it selfe
                     to
                     B
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     so
                     in
                     the
                     parts
                     diuided
                     ,
                     nature
                     desires
                     the
                     vnion
                     of
                     these
                     bodies
                     .
                     The
                     end
                     E
                     willingly
                     accords
                     with
                     F
                     ;
                     but
                     E
                     will
                     not
                     willingly
                     ioyne
                     it selfe
                     with
                     D
                     ,
                     nor
                     F
                     with
                     C
                     ,
                     for
                     then
                     it
                     would
                     haue
                     C
                     ,
                     against
                     its
                     nature
                     ,
                     to
                     moue
                     toward
                     A
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     or
                     D
                     in
                     B
                     ▪
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     South
                     .
                     Separate
                     the
                     stone
                     in
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     diuision
                     ,
                     and
                     turne
                     C
                     to
                     D
                     ,
                     and
                     they
                     will
                     conueniently
                     agree
                     and
                     accord
                     ;
                     For
                     D
                     will
                     turne
                     it selfe
                     to
                     the
                     South
                     as
                     before
                     ,
                     and
                     C
                     to
                     the
                     North
                     ;
                     and
                     E
                     and
                     F
                     ioynt
                     parts
                     in
                     the
                     minerall
                     or
                     rocke
                     ,
                     will
                     now
                     bee
                     most
                     sundred
                     .
                     For
                     these
                     magneticall
                     parts
                     concurre
                     and
                     meet
                     together
                     not
                     by
                     any
                     affinity
                     of
                     matter
                     ,
                     but
                     receiue
                     all
                     their
                     motion
                     and
                     inclination
                     from
                     the
                     forme
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     limits
                     ,
                     whether
                     ioynt
                     or
                     diuided
                     ,
                     are
                     directed
                     magnetically
                     to
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     manner
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     diuided
                     body
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     
                       3
                       If
                       any
                       part
                       Southward
                       of
                       the
                       magneticall
                       body
                       bee
                       torne
                       away
                       or
                       diminished
                       ,
                       so
                       much
                       shall
                       bee
                       also
                       diminished
                       of
                       the
                       North-part
                       ;
                       and
                       contrariwise
                       if
                       any
                       part
                       bee
                       taken
                       away
                       in
                       the
                       North-part
                       ,
                       so
                       much
                       shall
                       the
                       vertue
                       of
                       the
                       South-part
                       be
                       diminished
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     reason
                     is
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Magnet
                     hauing
                     eminently
                     in
                     it
                     the
                     circles
                     which
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     is
                     separated
                     or
                     diuided
                     by
                     a
                     middle
                     line
                     or
                     Aequator
                     ,
                     from
                     which
                     middle
                     space
                     the
                     vertues
                     are
                     conueyed
                     toward
                     either
                     Pole
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     before
                     shewed
                     .
                     Now
                     any
                     part
                     being
                     taken
                     away
                     from
                     the
                     North
                     or
                     South
                     part
                     ,
                     this
                     Aequator
                     or
                     middle
                     line
                     is
                     remoued
                     from
                     his
                     former
                     place
                     into
                     the
                     midst
                     of
                     the
                     portion
                     which
                     is
                     left
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     consequently
                     both
                     parts
                     are
                     lesse
                     then
                     before
                     :
                     For
                     although
                     these
                     two
                     ends
                     seeme
                     opposite
                     ,
                     yet
                     is
                     one
                     comforted
                     and
                     increased
                     by
                     the
                     other
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     9
                     Of
                     the
                     motions
                     of
                     Coition
                     and
                     Direction
                     wee
                     haue
                     handled
                     .
                     It
                     followes
                     that
                     we
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     motions
                     of
                     the
                     second
                     order
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     Variation
                     ,
                     and
                     Declination
                     .
                  
                   
                     10
                     Variation
                     is
                     the
                     deuiation
                     or
                     turning
                     aside
                     of
                     the
                     directory
                     Magneticall
                     needle
                     from
                     the
                     true
                     point
                     of
                     North
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     true
                     Meridian
                     towards
                     East
                     or
                     West
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   In
                   the
                   discourse
                   immediatly
                   going
                   before
                   ,
                   hauing
                   treated
                   of
                   the
                   magneticall
                   body
                   ,
                   wee
                   haue
                   imagined
                   it
                   to
                   bee
                   true
                   ,
                   and
                   pointing
                   out
                   the
                   true
                   North
                   and
                   South
                   points
                   of
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   ;
                   which
                   certainely
                   would
                   bee
                   so
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   the
                   Earthly
                   Globe
                   were
                   in
                   all
                   parts
                   and
                   places
                   alike
                   ,
                   equally
                   partaking
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   vertue
                   ,
                   as
                   some
                   round
                   Load-stone
                   ;
                   neither
                   should
                   wee
                   find
                   any
                   variation
                   or
                   deuiation
                   at
                   all
                   from
                   the
                   true
                   Meridian
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   But
                   because
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   
                   is
                   found
                   by
                   Nauigatours
                   to
                   bee
                   vnequally
                   mixed
                   with
                   many
                   materialls
                   ,
                   which
                   differ
                   from
                   the
                   magneticall
                   substance
                   ,
                   as
                   furnished
                   with
                   rockie
                   hills
                   ,
                   or
                   large
                   valleyes
                   ,
                   continents
                   ,
                   &
                   Ilands
                   ,
                   some
                   places
                   adorned
                   with
                   store
                   of
                   iron
                   Mimes
                   ,
                   rocks
                   of
                   Load-stone
                   ,
                   some
                   altogether
                   naked
                   and
                   destitute
                   of
                   these
                   implements
                   ;
                   it
                   must
                   needs
                   fall
                   out
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   magneticall
                   needle
                   and
                   compasse
                   directed
                   and
                   conformed
                   by
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   E●rth
                   ,
                   cannot
                   alwayes
                   set
                   themselues
                   vpon
                   the
                   true
                   Meridian
                   ,
                   that
                   passeth
                   right
                   along
                   to
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   ;
                   but
                   is
                   forced
                   and
                   diuerted
                   toward
                   some
                   eminent
                   and
                   vigorous
                   magneticall
                   part
                   ;
                   whereby
                   the
                   Meridian
                   pointed
                   out
                   by
                   the
                   magnet
                   ,
                   must
                   needes
                   varie
                   and
                   decline
                   from
                   the
                   true
                   Meridian
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   certaine
                   parts
                   or
                   degrees
                   in
                   the
                   Horizontall
                   circle
                   ;
                   which
                   diuersion
                   wee
                   call
                   the
                   Variation
                   of
                   the
                   compasse
                   :
                   so
                   tha●
                   variation
                   ,
                   so
                   far
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   obserued
                   by
                   the
                   compasse
                   ,
                   is
                   defined
                   to
                   bee
                   an
                   Arch
                   of
                   the
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   intercepted
                   betwixt
                   the
                   common
                   intersection
                   with
                   the
                   true
                   Meridian
                   ,
                   and
                   his
                   deuiation
                   .
                   This
                   effect
                   proceeding
                   from
                   the
                   Inequality
                   of
                   magneticall
                   vertue
                   scattered
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   some
                   haue
                   ascribed
                   to
                   certaine
                   Rockes
                   or
                   mountaines
                   of
                   Loadstone
                   ,
                   distant
                   some
                   degrees
                   from
                   the
                   true
                   Pole
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   ;
                   which
                   rockes
                   they
                   haue
                   termed
                   the
                   Pole
                   of
                   the
                   Loadstone
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   whereunto
                   the
                   magnet
                   should
                   dispose
                   and
                   conforme
                   it selfe
                   :
                   which
                   conceite
                   long
                   agoe
                   inuented
                   ,
                   was
                   afterward
                   inlarged
                   and
                   trimmed
                   ouer
                   by
                   Fracastorius
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   opinion
                   is
                   a
                   meere
                   coniecture
                   ,
                   without
                   ground
                   :
                   for
                   what
                   Nauigatours
                   could
                   hee
                   euer
                   produce
                   that
                   were
                   eye-witnesses
                   of
                   this
                   mysterie
                   ?
                   or
                   how
                   can
                   he
                   induce
                   any
                   iudicious
                   man
                   to
                   beleeue
                   that
                   ,
                   which
                   himselfe
                   ,
                   nor
                   any
                   to
                   his
                   knowledge
                   euer
                   saw
                   ?
                   The
                   relation
                   that
                   the
                   Frier
                   of
                   Noruegia
                   makes
                   of
                   the
                   Frier
                   of
                   Oxfords
                   discouery
                   ,
                   recorded
                   by
                   
                     Iames
                     Cnoien
                  
                   in
                   the
                   booke
                   of
                   his
                   Trauels
                   ,
                   where
                   he
                   speaks
                   of
                   these
                   matters
                   ,
                   is
                   commonly
                   reiected
                   as
                   fabulous
                   and
                   ridiculous
                   ;
                   for
                   had
                   there
                   beene
                   any
                   such
                   matter
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   likely
                   he
                   would
                   haue
                   left
                   some
                   monuments
                   of
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   records
                   of
                   his
                   owne
                   Vniuersity
                   ,
                   rather
                   then
                   to
                   haue
                   communicated
                   it
                   to
                   a
                   friend
                   as
                   farre
                   off
                   as
                   Noruegia
                   .
                   Moreouer
                   the
                   disproportion
                   in
                   the
                   degrees
                   of
                   variation
                   in
                   places
                   of
                   equall
                   distance
                   ,
                   will
                   easily
                   correct
                   this
                   errour
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   shall
                   shew
                   in
                   due
                   
                   place
                   .
                   More
                   vaine
                   and
                   friuolous
                   are
                   all
                   the
                   opinions
                   of
                   others
                   concerning
                   this
                   magneticall
                   variation
                   :
                   as
                   that
                   of
                   Cortesius
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   certaine
                   motiue
                   vertue
                   or
                   power
                   without
                   the
                   Heauen
                   ;
                   that
                   of
                   
                     Marsilius
                     Fici●us
                  
                   of
                   a
                   starre
                   in
                   the
                   Beare
                   ;
                   that
                   of
                   
                     Petrus
                     Peregrinus
                  
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Pole
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   ;
                   that
                   of
                   Cardan
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   rising
                   of
                   a
                   starre
                   in
                   the
                   taile
                   of
                   the
                   Beare
                   ;
                   that
                   of
                   
                     Bestardus
                     Gallus
                  
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Pole
                   of
                   the
                   Zodiacke
                   ;
                   that
                   of
                   
                     Liuius
                     Sanutus
                  
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   certaine
                   magneticall
                   Meridian
                   ;
                   of
                   
                     Francis
                     Maurolycus
                  
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   magneticall
                   Iland
                   ;
                   of
                   Scaliger
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   he●uen
                   and
                   mountaines
                   ;
                   of
                   
                     Robert
                     Norman
                  
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   respectiue
                   point
                   or
                   place
                   :
                   All
                   which
                   Writers
                   seeking
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   this
                   variation
                   ,
                   haue
                   found
                   it
                   no
                   further
                   off
                   then
                   their
                   owne
                   fancies
                   .
                   More
                   probable
                   by
                   farre
                   ,
                   and
                   consonant
                   to
                   experience
                   ,
                   shall
                   wee
                   finde
                   their
                   opinion
                   ,
                   which
                   would
                   haue
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   this
                   variation
                   be
                   in
                   the
                   Inequality
                   of
                   the
                   magneticall
                   Eminencies
                   scattered
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   This
                   Inequality
                   may
                   bee
                   perceiued
                   to
                   bee
                   twofold
                   .
                   1
                   in
                   that
                   some
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   haue
                   the
                   magneticall
                   minerals
                   more
                   then
                   other
                   parts
                   ;
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   the
                   Superficies
                   of
                   some
                   parts
                   is
                   solid
                   Earth
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   great
                   Continents
                   :
                   2
                   ,
                   Because
                   although
                   the
                   whole
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   supposed
                   to
                   be
                   magneticall
                   ,
                   especially
                   in
                   the
                   Internall
                   and
                   profound
                   parts
                   :
                   yet
                   the
                   magneticall
                   vertue
                   belonging
                   to
                   those
                   parts
                   ,
                   is
                   not
                   alwayes
                   so
                   vigorous
                   and
                   eminent
                   as
                   in
                   some
                   other
                   parts
                   :
                   as
                   wee
                   see
                   one
                   Load-stone
                   to
                   be
                   stronger
                   or
                   weaker
                   then
                   another
                   in
                   vertue
                   and
                   power
                   :
                   but
                   of
                   those
                   two
                   ,
                   the
                   former
                   is
                   more
                   remarkable
                   ,
                   which
                   may
                   bee
                   shewed
                   by
                   experience
                   of
                   such
                   as
                   haue
                   sailed
                   along
                   many
                   seacoa-stes
                   :
                   for
                   if
                   a
                   sea-iourney
                   bee
                   made
                   from
                   the
                   shore
                   of
                   Guinea
                   by
                   
                     Cape
                     Verde
                  
                   by
                   the
                   Canarie
                   Ilands
                   ,
                   the
                   bounds
                   of
                   the
                   Kingdome
                   of
                   Morocco
                   ,
                   from
                   thence
                   by
                   the
                   confines
                   of
                   
                     Spaine
                     ,
                     France
                     ,
                     England
                     ,
                     Belgia
                     ,
                     Germany
                     ,
                     Denmarke
                     ,
                     Noruegia
                  
                   :
                   we
                   shall
                   find
                   toward
                   the
                   East
                   ,
                   great
                   and
                   ample
                   Continents
                   ;
                   but
                   contrarywise
                   in
                   the
                   West
                   a
                   huge
                   &
                   vast
                   Ocean
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   reason
                   that
                   the
                   magneticall
                   needle
                   will
                   vary
                   from
                   the
                   true
                   point
                   of
                   the
                   North
                   ,
                   and
                   inclines
                   rather
                   to
                   the
                   East
                   ;
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   more
                   probable
                   that
                   these
                   Continents
                   and
                   Lands
                   should
                   partake
                   more
                   of
                   this
                   magneticall
                   minerall
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   parts
                   couered
                   with
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   these
                   magneticall
                   bodies
                   may
                   bee
                   scarcer
                   ,
                   or
                   at
                   the
                   least
                   deeper
                   buried
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   so
                   
                   forceable
                   .
                   On
                   the
                   contrary
                   part
                   ,
                   if
                   wee
                   saile
                   by
                   the
                   American
                   coasts
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   rather
                   find
                   the
                   variation
                   to
                   be
                   Westward
                   :
                   as
                   for
                   example
                   ,
                   if
                   a
                   voyage
                   be
                   made
                   from
                   the
                   confines
                   of
                   
                     Terra
                     Florida
                  
                   ,
                   by
                   
                     Virginia
                     ,
                     Norumbega
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   Northward
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   land
                   butteth
                   on
                   the
                   West
                   :
                   but
                   in
                   the
                   middle
                   spaces
                   ,
                   neere
                   the
                   Canary
                   Ilands
                   ,
                   the
                   directory
                   needle
                   respects
                   the
                   true
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   ,
                   or
                   at
                   least
                   shewes
                   very
                   little
                   variation
                   .
                   Not
                   for
                   the
                   agreement
                   of
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   Meridian
                   of
                   that
                   place
                   with
                   the
                   true
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   Rocke
                   of
                   Load-stone
                   ,
                   as
                   some
                   haue
                   imagined
                   :
                   because
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   Meridian
                   passing
                   by
                   Brasile
                   ,
                   it
                   fals
                   out
                   farre
                   otherwise
                   :
                   but
                   rather
                   because
                   of
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Continents
                   on
                   both
                   sides
                   ,
                   which
                   almost
                   diuide
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   vigour
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   needle
                   is
                   not
                   forced
                   one
                   way
                   more
                   then
                   another
                   ;
                   the
                   manner
                   whereof
                   wee
                   shall
                   finde
                   in
                   
                     D.
                     Gilbert
                  
                   expressed
                   in
                   an
                   apt
                   figure
                   ,
                   to
                   whom
                   for
                   further
                   satisfaction
                   I
                   referre
                   the
                   Reader
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Magneticall
                       variation
                       hath
                       no
                       certaine
                       Poles
                       in
                       the
                       Terrestriall
                       Globe
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     It
                     is
                     but
                     a
                     common
                     receiued
                     errour
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     mentioned
                     )
                     that
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     certaine
                     Rocke
                     or
                     Pole
                     of
                     Load-stone
                     ,
                     some
                     degrees
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     true
                     Pole
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     needle
                     in
                     it's
                     variation
                     should
                     respect
                     .
                     This
                     Pole
                     they
                     haue
                     imagined
                     to
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     with
                     that
                     which
                     passeth
                     by
                     the
                     Azores
                     ,
                     
                     whence
                     they
                     haue
                     laboured
                     to
                     shew
                     the
                     reason
                     why
                     the
                     Compasse
                     should
                     not
                     vary
                     in
                     that
                     place
                     :
                     which
                     they
                     explaine
                     by
                     this
                     Figure
                     .
                     Let
                     there
                     be
                     a
                     circle
                     describing
                     the
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     E
                     AF
                     ,
                     the
                     Horizon
                     EF
                     ,
                     the
                     Articke
                     Pole
                     A
                     ,
                     the
                     Antarticke
                     ●
                     .
                     The
                     Pole
                     or
                     Rocke
                     of
                     Loadstone
                     
                     placed
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     B.
                     Let
                     there
                     bee
                     placed
                     a
                     magneticall
                     directory
                     needle
                     in
                     H
                     ;
                     it
                     will
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     their
                     assertion
                     )
                     tend
                     to
                     the
                     point
                     B
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     magneticall
                     Meridian
                     H
                     B
                     ;
                     which
                     because
                     it
                     concurres
                     with
                     the
                     true
                     Meridian
                     B
                     A
                     ,
                     or
                     H
                     A
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     be
                     no
                     variation
                     at
                     all
                     ,
                     but
                     a
                     true
                     direction
                     to
                     the
                     North
                     Pole
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     But
                     let
                     this
                     magneticall
                     needle
                     be
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     D
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     certaine
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     this
                     opinion
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     will
                     tend
                     to
                     the
                     Pole
                     of
                     the
                     Loadstone
                     B
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     magneticall
                     Meridian
                     D
                     B.
                     Wherefore
                     it
                     will
                     not
                     point
                     out
                     the
                     Pole
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     A
                     ,
                     but
                     rather
                     the
                     point
                     C
                     ;
                     because
                     these
                     two
                     Meridians
                     come
                     not
                     into
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     .
                     Hence
                     they
                     haue
                     laboured
                     with
                     more
                     hope
                     then
                     successe
                     ,
                     ●o
                     find
                     out
                     the
                     longitude
                     of
                     any
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     :
                     which
                     I
                     confesse
                     might
                     easily
                     be
                     effected
                     ,
                     if
                     this
                     coniecture
                     might
                     stand
                     with
                     true
                     obseruation
                     .
                     But
                     how
                     farre
                     this
                     conceit
                     swarues
                     from
                     the
                     experience
                     of
                     Nauigatours
                     ,
                     one
                     or
                     two
                     instances
                     will
                     serue
                     to
                     demonstrate
                     .
                     For
                     if
                     the
                     variation
                     had
                     any
                     such
                     certaine
                     poles
                     as
                     they
                     imagine
                     ,
                     then
                     would
                     the
                     Arch
                     of
                     variation
                     bee
                     increased
                     or
                     diminished
                     proportionally
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     the
                     places
                     .
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ;
                     If
                     in
                     the
                     compasse
                     of
                     an
                     hundred
                     miles
                     ,
                     the
                     Compasse
                     were
                     varied
                     one
                     degree
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     hundred
                     miles
                     it
                     would
                     vary
                     another
                     degree
                     ,
                     which
                     would
                     make
                     two
                     degrees
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     hath
                     often
                     been
                     proued
                     otherwise
                     by
                     diuerse
                     experiments
                     of
                     Nauigations
                     ,
                     mentioned
                     by
                     Gilbert
                     ,
                     and
                     
                       F.
                       Wright
                    
                     .
                     I
                     will
                     only
                     produce
                     one
                     or
                     two
                     .
                     If
                     a
                     ship
                     saile
                     from
                     the
                     Sorlinges
                     to
                     New-found-land
                     ,
                     they
                     haue
                     obserued
                     ,
                     that
                     when
                     they
                     come
                     so
                     farre
                     as
                     to
                     finde
                     the
                     Compasse
                     to
                     point
                     directly
                     North
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     variation
                     at
                     all
                     ;
                     then
                     passing
                     onward
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     bee
                     a
                     variation
                     toward
                     the
                     North-East
                     ,
                     but
                     obscure
                     and
                     little
                     :
                     then
                     afterward
                     will
                     the
                     Arch
                     of
                     this
                     variation
                     increase
                     with
                     like
                     space
                     in
                     a
                     greater
                     proportion
                     ,
                     vntill
                     they
                     approach
                     neere
                     the
                     ●ontinent
                     ,
                     where
                     they
                     shall
                     find
                     a
                     very
                     great
                     variation
                     .
                     Yet
                     before
                     they
                     come
                     a
                     shoare
                     ,
                     this
                     variation
                     will
                     decrease
                     againe
                     .
                     From
                     which
                     one
                     instance
                     ,
                     if
                     there
                     were
                     no
                     other
                     ,
                     we
                     might
                     conclude
                     ;
                     That
                     the
                     Arch
                     of
                     variation
                     is
                     not
                     alwaies
                     proportionable
                     to
                     the
                     distance
                     :
                     which
                     granted
                     ,
                     quite
                     ouerthrowes
                     that
                     conceit
                     of
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     variation
                     .
                     Beside
                     
                     this
                     ,
                     if
                     there
                     were
                     two
                     such
                     magneticall
                     Poles
                     ,
                     there
                     can
                     be
                     but
                     one
                     common
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     passing
                     by
                     them
                     and
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Earthly
                     Globe
                     .
                     But
                     by
                     many
                     obseruations
                     collected
                     and
                     obserued
                     by
                     
                       Ed.
                       Wright
                    
                     and
                     others
                     ,
                     there
                     should
                     be
                     many
                     magneticall
                     Meridians
                     passing
                     by
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     :
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     Meridian
                     about
                     Trinidado
                     ,
                     and
                     Barmudas
                     ;
                     the
                     Meridian
                     about
                     the
                     Westermost
                     of
                     the
                     Azores
                     :
                     lastly
                     ,
                     the
                     Meridian
                     running
                     amongst
                     the
                     
                       East
                       Indian
                    
                     Ilands
                     ,
                     a
                     little
                     beyond
                     
                       Iaua
                       Maior
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     magneticall
                     and
                     true
                     Meridian
                     must
                     needs
                     agree
                     in
                     one
                     .
                     Now
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     all
                     these
                     magneticall
                     Meridians
                     passe
                     by
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     there
                     can
                     no
                     cause
                     be
                     assigned
                     why
                     the
                     magneticall
                     Poles
                     should
                     bee
                     said
                     to
                     bee
                     in
                     one
                     rather
                     then
                     another
                     ;
                     and
                     if
                     in
                     any
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     all
                     .
                     Whence
                     it
                     must
                     needes
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     as
                     many
                     magneticall
                     Meridians
                     as
                     you
                     haue
                     to
                     passe
                     by
                     the
                     true
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ▪
                     so
                     many
                     paire
                     of
                     magneticall
                     Poles
                     must
                     you
                     haue
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     be
                     opposite
                     to
                     all
                     reason
                     and
                     experience
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       point
                       of
                       Variation
                       ,
                       as
                       of
                       Direction
                       ,
                       is
                       only
                       Respectiue
                       ,
                       not
                       Attractiue
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     It
                     was
                     supposed
                     by
                     the
                     Ancients
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Direction
                     and
                     Variation
                     of
                     the
                     Loadstone
                     was
                     caused
                     by
                     an
                     Attractiue
                     point
                     ,
                     which
                     drew
                     and
                     enforced
                     the
                     lilly
                     of
                     the
                     Compasse
                     that
                     way
                     :
                     which
                     errour
                     tooke
                     place
                     from
                     another
                     common-receiued
                     opinion
                     ,
                     that
                     all
                     the
                     other
                     motions
                     of
                     the
                     magnet
                     were
                     reduced
                     to
                     the
                     Attractiue
                     operation
                     :
                     but
                     the
                     errour
                     was
                     corrected
                     by
                     one
                     
                       Robert
                       Norman
                    
                     ,
                     an
                     English-man
                     ,
                     who
                     found
                     this
                     point
                     to
                     bee
                     Respectiue
                     ,
                     and
                     no
                     way
                     Attractiue
                     .
                     Whose
                     reason
                     or
                     demonstration
                     is
                     not
                     disapproued
                     by
                     
                       Dr
                       Gilbert
                    
                     ,
                     although
                     in
                     other
                     matters
                     hee
                     sharply
                     taxeth
                     
                     him
                     .
                     His
                     experiment
                     is
                     thus
                     .
                     Let
                     there
                     be
                     a
                     round
                     vessell
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     described
                     ,
                     ful
                     of
                     water
                     ;
                     in
                     the
                     midle
                     of
                     this
                     water-place
                     an
                     iron-wier
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     conuenient
                     round
                     corke
                     ,
                     or
                     boat
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     swimme
                     vpon
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     euen
                     poyzed
                     :
                     let
                     this
                     iron-wire
                     be
                     first
                     touched
                     with
                     the
                     load-stone
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     more
                     strongly
                     shew
                     
                     the
                     point
                     of
                     variation
                     ;
                     let
                     this
                     point
                     of
                     variation
                     be
                     D
                     ,
                     let
                     this
                     iron-wire
                     rest
                     vpon
                     the
                     water
                     in
                     the
                     corke
                     for
                     a
                     certaine
                     time
                     ;
                     It
                     is
                     certainly
                     true
                     that
                     this
                     iron-wire
                     in
                     the
                     cork
                     ,
                     will
                     not
                     moue
                     it selfe
                     to
                     the
                     margent
                     or
                     brinke
                     of
                     the
                     vessell
                     D
                     ,
                     which
                     certainly
                     it
                     would
                     doe
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     point
                     D
                     were
                     an
                     attractiue
                     point
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       3
                       The
                       variation
                       of
                       euery
                       place
                       is
                       constant
                       and
                       not
                       variable
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     hath
                     beene
                     ratified
                     by
                     the
                     experience
                     of
                     Nauigatours
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     Regions
                     haue
                     neuer
                     missed
                     the
                     true
                     variation
                     which
                     they
                     haue
                     assigned
                     them
                     before
                     .
                     If
                     any
                     difference
                     bee
                     assigned
                     in
                     variation
                     to
                     the
                     same
                     Region
                     ,
                     wee
                     may
                     impute
                     it
                     to
                     their
                     errour
                     which
                     obserued
                     it
                     ,
                     arising
                     either
                     from
                     want
                     of
                     skill
                     ,
                     or
                     conuenient
                     instruments
                     .
                     Neither
                     can
                     this
                     euer
                     be
                     changed
                     ,
                     except
                     some
                     great
                     deluge
                     or
                     dissolution
                     happen
                     of
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     of
                     land
                     ,
                     as
                     Plato
                     records
                     of
                     his
                     Atlanticke
                     Ilands
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       4
                       The
                       variation
                       is
                       greater
                       in
                       places
                       neere
                       the
                       poles
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     proportion
                     is
                     not
                     to
                     be
                     taken
                     vniuersally
                     ,
                     but
                     commonly
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     ;
                     yet
                     would
                     it
                     haue
                     truth
                     in
                     all
                     places
                     ,
                     if
                     all
                     other
                     things
                     were
                     correspondent
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     obserued
                     that
                     the
                     variation
                     is
                     greater
                     on
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Norway
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Low-countries
                     ▪
                     then
                     at
                     Morocco
                     ,
                     or
                     Guinea
                     .
                     For
                     at
                     Guinea
                     the
                     magneticall
                     needle
                     inclines
                     to
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     a
                     third
                     part
                     of
                     one
                     Rumbe
                     of
                     the
                     Compasse
                     :
                     In
                     the
                     Ilands
                     of
                     Cape-Verde
                     ,
                     halfe
                     ;
                     in
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Morocco
                     ,
                     two
                     third
                     parts
                     :
                     In
                     England
                     at
                     the
                     mouth
                     of
                     Thames
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     obseruation
                     of
                     
                       D.
                       Gilbert
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     
                       Ed.
                       Wright
                    
                     ,
                     though
                     some
                     deny
                     it
                     ,
                     one
                     whole
                     Rumbe
                     ;
                     in
                     London
                     the
                     chiefe
                     city
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     eleuen
                     degrees
                     and
                     more
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     also
                     find
                     ,
                     or
                     thereabout
                     ,
                     in
                     Oxford
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     is
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     magneticall
                     motiue
                     vertue
                     is
                     stronger
                     in
                     the
                     greater
                     latitude
                     increasing
                     towards
                     the
                     pole
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     large
                     Regions
                     of
                     land
                     lying
                     toward
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     preuaile
                     more
                     then
                     those
                     which
                     are
                     situate
                     farther
                     off
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     12
                     Thus
                     much
                     for
                     the
                     Variation
                     .
                     The
                     Declination
                     is
                     a
                     magneticall
                     motion
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     magneticall
                     
                     needle
                     conuerts
                     it selfe
                     vnder
                     the
                     Horizontall
                     plaine
                     ,
                     toward
                     the
                     Axis
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   What
                   wee
                   haue
                   hitherto
                   spoken
                   of
                   Direction
                   and
                   Variation
                   magneticall
                   ,
                   was
                   such
                   as
                   might
                   be
                   expressed
                   and
                   shewed
                   in
                   the
                   plaine
                   of
                   the
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Directory
                   needle
                   equally
                   poyzed
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   set
                   in
                   any
                   point
                   of
                   the
                   Horizon
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   Declination
                   whereof
                   wee
                   are
                   now
                   to
                   speake
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   motion
                   of
                   an
                   iron-wire
                   or
                   needle
                   ,
                   first
                   equilibrated
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   stirred
                   vp
                   by
                   the
                   loadstone
                   ,
                   vpon
                   his
                   owne
                   Axis
                   ,
                   from
                   that
                   point
                   of
                   the
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   end
                   of
                   it
                   tending
                   toward
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   where
                   wee
                   may
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   better
                   expressing
                   of
                   the
                   motion
                   ,
                   note
                   two
                   things
                   :
                   1
                   That
                   the
                   magneticall
                   wier
                   ,
                   set
                   in
                   a
                   conuenient
                   instrument
                   ,
                   if
                   it
                   bee
                   carried
                   from
                   the
                   Aequator
                   to
                   the
                   Pole
                   ,
                   or
                   from
                   one
                   Pole
                   to
                   another
                   :
                   will
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   turne
                   it selfe
                   round
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   circumuolution
                   about
                   his
                   owne
                   Axell
                   .
                   2
                   That
                   by
                   this
                   conuersion
                   and
                   circumuolution
                   about
                   his
                   axell
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   according
                   to
                   diuers
                   places
                   and
                   latitudes
                   ,
                   make
                   diuers
                   Angles
                   in
                   diuers
                   places
                   ;
                   both
                   which
                   are
                   included
                   in
                   this
                   motion
                   of
                   Declination
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   warranted
                   by
                   experience
                   made
                   by
                   an
                   Inclinatory
                   needle
                   applyed
                   to
                   a
                   Terrella
                   ,
                   or
                   round
                   Loadstone
                   ;
                   as
                   also
                   by
                   the
                   experience
                   of
                   Nauigations
                   on
                   the
                   great
                   Spheare
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   To
                   explaine
                   which
                   motion
                   ,
                   there
                   are
                   curious
                   instruments
                   formed
                   and
                   inuented
                   by
                   
                     Dr
                     Gilbert
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Dr
                     Ridley
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   curious
                   in
                   this
                   kinde
                   ,
                   to
                   their
                   greater
                   satisfaction
                   may
                   peruse
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   meane
                   time
                   wee
                   will
                   here
                   content
                   our selues
                   with
                   one
                   figure
                   following
                   ,
                   borrowed
                   from
                   their
                   more
                   copious
                   inuention
                   ;
                   wherein
                   we
                   shall
                   find
                   enough
                   to
                   expresse
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   this
                   motion
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   Figure
                   let
                   ABCD
                   be
                   the
                   Terrella
                   or
                   round
                   magnet
                   representing
                   the
                   Spheare
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   A
                   the
                   North-pole
                   ,
                   B
                   the
                   South
                   ,
                   A●B
                   the
                   Axell
                   ,
                   CED
                   the
                   Aequator
                   :
                   AKB
                   ,
                   and
                   ALB
                   the
                   Meridian
                   circles
                   meeting
                   in
                   the
                   Pole.
                   AC
                   ,
                   and
                   BD
                   the
                   Meridian
                   or
                   right
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   hauing
                   in
                   it
                   the
                   two
                   Poles
                   :
                   FG
                   and
                   HI
                   two
                   parallels
                   .
                   The
                   Loadstone
                   being
                   thus
                   designed
                   in
                   his
                   outward
                   Poles
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   according
                   to
                   his
                   naturall
                   eminency
                   stored
                   inwardly
                   ▪
                   Let
                   the
                   Needles
                   bee
                   placed
                   (
                   being
                   before
                   touched
                   )
                   on
                   the
                   Limbe
                   ouer-against
                   the
                   Poles
                   ,
                   
                   
                   AB
                   ,
                   and
                   we
                   shall
                   obserue
                   them
                   to
                   respect
                   them
                   directly
                   ,
                   cōcurring
                   in
                   one
                   straight
                   line
                   with
                   the
                   Axell
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   Then
                   set
                   the
                   same
                   Needles
                   in
                   the
                   Limbe
                   ouer
                   —
                   against
                   the
                   Aequator
                   CD
                   ,
                   and
                   they
                   will
                   dispose
                   &
                   settle
                   themselues
                   in
                   a
                   parallell
                   site
                   to
                   the
                   Axell
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   incline
                   neither
                   to
                   one
                   Pole
                   or
                   other
                   :
                   Hence
                   may
                   bee
                   collected
                   by
                   plaine
                   consequence
                   ,
                   that
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   semi-circle
                   betwixt
                   each
                   of
                   these
                   foure
                   needles
                   .
                   Now
                   to
                   finde
                   the
                   quadrants
                   of
                   these
                   ,
                   apply
                   Needles
                   in
                   the
                   Limbeat
                   33
                   degrees
                   distant
                   from
                   the
                   Aequator
                   on
                   each
                   side
                   of
                   him
                   ,
                   and
                   they
                   will
                   make
                   right
                   angles
                   with
                   the
                   axell
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   where
                   these
                   eight
                   needles
                   haue
                   8
                   quadrants
                   between
                   them
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   foure
                   semi-circles
                   which
                   will
                   make
                   two
                   whole
                   circles
                   ,
                   one
                   on
                   each
                   side
                   of
                   the
                   Aequator
                   .
                   But
                   if
                   you
                   place
                   the
                   needles
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   betweene
                   the
                   Aequator
                   and
                   the
                   Poles
                   ,
                   they
                   will
                   respect
                   the
                   axell
                   but
                   obliquely
                   as
                   in
                   all
                   other
                   parts
                   ,
                   except
                   in
                   the
                   eight
                   places
                   before-mentioned
                   .
                   From
                   hence
                   may
                   we
                   learne
                   what
                   we
                   proposed
                   :
                   first
                   that
                   the
                   Declination
                   is
                   a
                   conuersion
                   of
                   the
                   magneticall
                   wire
                   or
                   needle
                   vpon
                   its
                   owne
                   axell
                   :
                   secondly
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   wire
                   by
                   this
                   motion
                   so
                   excited
                   ,
                   if
                   it
                   bee
                   moued
                   on
                   any
                   Meridian
                   North
                   or
                   South
                   ,
                   will
                   apply
                   and
                   conforme
                   it selfe
                   according
                   to
                   certaine
                   angles
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   Axell
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   there
                   will
                   arise
                   this
                   corollary
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   magneticall
                   needle
                   about
                   the
                   round
                   Magnet
                   ,
                   maketh
                   two
                   circles
                   .
                   Concerning
                   
                   this
                   declination
                   wee
                   will
                   insert
                   two
                   especiall
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Declination
                       is
                       answerable
                       to
                       the
                       latitude
                       not
                       in
                       
                         Equality
                         of
                         degrees
                      
                       ,
                       but
                       in
                       proportion
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     It
                     is
                     manifest
                     out
                     of
                     that
                     which
                     wee
                     haue
                     spoken
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     motion
                     of
                     Declination
                     supposeth
                     two
                     motions
                     ;
                     The
                     one
                     of
                     Conuersion
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     needle
                     is
                     turned
                     round
                     on
                     his
                     owne
                     Axis
                     :
                     The
                     other
                     a
                     Progressiue
                     motion
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     center
                     it selfe
                     of
                     the
                     Inclinatory
                     Needle
                     is
                     carryed
                     forward
                     vpon
                     a
                     Meridian
                     from
                     North
                     to
                     South
                     ,
                     or
                     contrarywise
                     .
                     These
                     two
                     motions
                     supposed
                     to
                     proceed
                     and
                     beginne
                     together
                     ,
                     cannot
                     possibly
                     meet
                     in
                     such
                     Equality
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     the
                     degrees
                     of
                     Declination
                     directly
                     answer
                     in
                     Equality
                     to
                     the
                     degrees
                     of
                     latitude
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     demonstrated
                     by
                     this
                     Figure
                     
                     here
                     inserted
                     .
                     Let
                     the
                     magneticall
                     body
                     bee
                     A
                     ,
                     this
                     body
                     while
                     it
                     shall
                     bee
                     moued
                     aboue
                     the
                     Earth
                     from
                     GD
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     toward
                     the
                     Pole
                     B
                     ,
                     will
                     bee
                     turned
                     vpon
                     his
                     owne
                     Center
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     of
                     the
                     progresse
                     of
                     the
                     center
                     from
                     the
                     Equator
                     to
                     the
                     Pole
                     B
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     directed
                     to
                     the
                     Equator
                     D
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     betweene
                     the
                     two
                     Poles
                     .
                     Therefore
                     the
                     middle
                     must
                     needes
                     turne
                     faster
                     on
                     his
                     owne
                     center
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     center
                     it selfe
                     turned
                     forward
                     ;
                     that
                     by
                     this
                     conuersion
                     it
                     should
                     directly
                     respect
                     the
                     point
                     D
                     :
                     wherefore
                     this
                     motion
                     will
                     bee
                     swifter
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     degrees
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     from
                     A
                     to
                     L
                     ,
                     but
                     in
                     the
                     latter
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     slower
                     from
                     L
                     to
                     B
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Aequator
                     from
                     D
                     to
                     C.
                     Now
                     if
                     the
                     Declination
                     were
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     latitude
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     magneticall
                     wier
                     should
                     obserue
                     and
                     follow
                     the
                     facultie
                     and
                     peculiar
                     vertue
                     of
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     an
                     operatiue
                     and
                     attractiue
                     point
                     .
                     But
                     reason
                     &
                     experience
                     teacheth
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     obserueth
                     the
                     whole
                     body
                     and
                     masse
                     ,
                     with
                     all
                     the
                     externall
                     limits
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     and
                     Load-stone
                     ;
                     the
                     whole
                     vertues
                     and
                     forces
                     of
                     both
                     concurring
                     ,
                     
                     aswell
                     of
                     the
                     conuertible
                     wier
                     ,
                     as
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     :
                     Neuerthelesse
                     from
                     this
                     experiment
                     the
                     skilfull
                     in
                     Magneticall
                     Philosophie
                     ,
                     haue
                     found
                     out
                     a
                     proportion
                     whereby
                     the
                     latitude
                     of
                     places
                     may
                     instrumentally
                     bee
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     the
                     degrees
                     of
                     Declination
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       
                         Magneticall
                         Declination
                      
                       is
                       caused
                       not
                       of
                       the
                       Attractiue
                       ,
                       but
                       of
                       the
                       Disponent
                       and
                       Conuersiue
                       vertue
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     There
                     is
                     nothing
                     more
                     admirable
                     in
                     Nature
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     order
                     and
                     situation
                     of
                     all
                     bodies
                     in
                     their
                     places
                     ,
                     most
                     conuenient
                     for
                     each
                     ones
                     conseruation
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     obtaining
                     of
                     which
                     harmony
                     ,
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     taught
                     in
                     our
                     second
                     Chapter
                     )
                     it
                     is
                     endowed
                     with
                     a
                     proper
                     motion
                     conuenient
                     ,
                     to
                     place
                     and
                     seat
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     both
                     for
                     the
                     preseruation
                     of
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     whole
                     Vniuerse
                     .
                     This
                     naturall
                     Inclination
                     is
                     no-where
                     more
                     eminent
                     and
                     cospicuous
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     harmony
                     of
                     magneticall
                     bodies
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     the
                     sinewes
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     .
                     These
                     motions
                     some
                     haue
                     imputed
                     to
                     the
                     Attractiue
                     force
                     ,
                     but
                     very
                     erroneously
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     proued
                     already
                     of
                     Direction
                     and
                     Variation
                     ,
                     and
                     shall
                     here
                     demonstrate
                     concerning
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     Declination
                     :
                     for
                     first
                     ,
                     if
                     it
                     were
                     caused
                     by
                     any
                     Attractiue
                     force
                     approching
                     it
                     would
                     follow
                     of
                     necessity
                     ,
                     that
                     a
                     Terrella
                     or
                     round
                     Spheare
                     ;
                     made
                     of
                     a
                     solide
                     or
                     perfect
                     loadstone
                     ,
                     would
                     more
                     turne
                     and
                     wrest
                     the
                     magneticall
                     needle
                     ,
                     then
                     if
                     it
                     were
                     made
                     of
                     a
                     weaker
                     and
                     more
                     imperfect
                     substance
                     :
                     also
                     that
                     a
                     needle
                     touched
                     with
                     a
                     stronger
                     stone
                     ,
                     should
                     shew
                     a
                     greater
                     Declination
                     then
                     that
                     touched
                     with
                     a
                     weaker
                     .
                     But
                     experience
                     hath
                     found
                     the
                     contrary
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Declination
                     will
                     bee
                     all
                     one
                     ,
                     bee
                     the
                     stone
                     stronger
                     or
                     weaker
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     a
                     Loadstone
                     armed
                     with
                     an
                     Iron-Nose
                     (
                     as
                     they
                     tearme
                     it
                     )
                     put
                     vpon
                     the
                     Meridian
                     in
                     any
                     latitude
                     ,
                     will
                     not
                     lift
                     vp
                     a
                     piece
                     of
                     iron
                     more
                     perpendicularly
                     ,
                     then
                     if
                     it
                     were
                     naked
                     and
                     vncouered
                     ,
                     although
                     it
                     will
                     lift
                     vp
                     much
                     greater
                     and
                     heauier
                     waights
                     ;
                     which
                     experiments
                     are
                     sufficient
                     to
                     confirme
                     our
                     assertion
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     Declination
                     is
                     caused
                     only
                     by
                     the
                     disponent
                     and
                     conuersiue
                     vertue
                     of
                     this
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     
                       3
                       The
                       magneticall
                       Declination
                       hath
                       a
                       variation
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     That
                     in
                     the
                     magneticall
                     Direction
                     there
                     is
                     found
                     an
                     Irregularity
                     or
                     variation
                     ,
                     hath
                     beene
                     sufficiently
                     warranted
                     by
                     Artificers
                     Instruments
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     Irregularity
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     Declination
                     ,
                     which
                     makes
                     magneticall
                     Instruments
                     and
                     experiments
                     more
                     subiect
                     to
                     errour
                     and
                     imperfection
                     .
                     The
                     variation
                     of
                     Declination
                     is
                     defined
                     to
                     bee
                     an
                     Arch
                     of
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     meridian
                     betwixt
                     the
                     true
                     and
                     apparent
                     Declination
                     .
                     The
                     cause
                     hereof
                     is
                     onely
                     to
                     bee
                     sought
                     in
                     the
                     vnequall
                     temper
                     of
                     magneticall
                     parts
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     For
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     Direction
                     ,
                     magneticall
                     bodies
                     are
                     drawne
                     and
                     wrested
                     from
                     the
                     true
                     meridian
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     eminent
                     and
                     more
                     vigorous
                     force
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     one
                     side
                     ouer-ruling
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     so
                     the
                     magneticall
                     needle
                     (
                     the
                     conuersion
                     somewhat
                     increased
                     )
                     declines
                     sometimes
                     beyond
                     his
                     naturall
                     site
                     and
                     conformity
                     .
                     This
                     may
                     cause
                     an
                     errour
                     ,
                     but
                     not
                     of
                     any
                     great
                     moment
                     :
                     sometimes
                     when
                     there
                     is
                     no
                     variation
                     or
                     Direction
                     at
                     all
                     in
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     there
                     may
                     bee
                     a
                     Variation
                     or
                     Declination
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     either
                     when
                     the
                     more
                     eminent
                     and
                     stronger
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     are
                     placed
                     iust
                     vnder
                     the
                     Meridian
                     ;
                     or
                     when
                     these
                     parts
                     are
                     more
                     impotent
                     then
                     the
                     generall
                     nature
                     requireth
                     ;
                     or
                     els
                     when
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     vigour
                     is
                     too
                     much
                     increased
                     on
                     one
                     side
                     ,
                     and
                     diminished
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     as
                     wee
                     may
                     behold
                     in
                     the
                     vast
                     Ocean
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 IIII.
                 Of
                 the
                 Totall
                 motions
                 Magneticall
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     HAuing
                     passed
                     the
                     Partiall
                     motions
                     magneticall
                     ,
                     wee
                     are
                     next
                     to
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     Totall
                     motions
                     ,
                     which
                     more
                     neerely
                     agree
                     to
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     ,
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     the
                     
                     Verticitie
                     and
                     Reuolution
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     Verticity
                     is
                     that
                     whereby
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     earthly
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     conforme
                     and
                     settle
                     themselues
                     vnto
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Heauen
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Spheare
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       by
                       her
                       Magneticall
                       vigour
                       ,
                       is
                       most
                       firmely
                       seated
                       on
                       her
                       Axell
                       ;
                       whose
                       Ends
                       or
                       Poles
                       respect
                       alwayes
                       the
                       same
                       points
                       in
                       the
                       Heauens
                       ,
                       without
                       Alteration
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     That
                     which
                     in
                     a
                     little
                     Magnet
                     or
                     Load-stone
                     is
                     called
                     Direction
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     vast
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     called
                     Verticity
                     .
                     To
                     vnderstand
                     which
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     conceite
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     hath
                     naturally
                     two
                     Poles
                     ,
                     vnto
                     which
                     the
                     meridionall
                     parts
                     doe
                     direct
                     not
                     only
                     magneticall
                     bodies
                     neere
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     but
                     her
                     owne
                     massie
                     situation
                     and
                     firmenesse
                     ;
                     and
                     settles
                     her selfe
                     so
                     strongly
                     by
                     her
                     magneticall
                     vertue
                     passing
                     through
                     the
                     Meridionall
                     parts
                     to
                     the
                     Poles
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     shee
                     were
                     tied
                     by
                     many
                     strong
                     cables
                     to
                     two
                     Herculean
                     pillars
                     ,
                     not
                     subiect
                     to
                     alteration
                     :
                     And
                     if
                     it
                     should
                     happen
                     by
                     any
                     supernaturall
                     power
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     situation
                     could
                     bee
                     changed
                     :
                     shee
                     would
                     (
                     no
                     doubt
                     )
                     by
                     her
                     magneticall
                     vigour
                     and
                     verticity
                     ,
                     returne
                     and
                     restore
                     her selfe
                     to
                     her
                     former
                     position
                     ,
                     as
                     all
                     magneticall
                     needles
                     will
                     doe
                     to
                     their
                     proper
                     site
                     and
                     conformity
                     Of
                     this
                     Verticity
                     needes
                     no
                     more
                     to
                     bee
                     spoken
                     ,
                     then
                     hath
                     been
                     already
                     said
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     of
                     Direction
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     former
                     is
                     a
                     representation
                     of
                     the
                     latter
                     ,
                     and
                     depends
                     on
                     the
                     same
                     demonstration
                     .
                     Out
                     of
                     which
                     ground
                     wee
                     may
                     euidently
                     conclude
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Axell
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     remaynes
                     alwayes
                     inuariable
                     :
                     By
                     which
                     we
                     may
                     refute
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     
                       Dominicus
                       Maria
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     was
                     Master
                     to
                     Copernicu●
                     ;
                     who
                     out
                     of
                     certaine
                     vnperfect
                     obseruations
                     ,
                     was
                     induced
                     to
                     beleeue
                     that
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     World
                     were
                     changed
                     from
                     their
                     true
                     and
                     naturall
                     situation
                     :
                     I
                     haue
                     obserued
                     (
                     saith
                     hee
                     )
                     looking
                     on
                     Ptolomies
                     Geographie
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     Articke
                     almost
                     in
                     all
                     Regions
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     put
                     downe
                     in
                     Ptolomie
                     ,
                     differs
                     and
                     failes
                     in
                     one
                     degree
                     and
                     ten
                     minutes
                     from
                     that
                     which
                     wee
                     finde
                     
                     in
                     our
                     time
                     :
                     which
                     cannot
                     bee
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     errour
                     of
                     the
                     table
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     probable
                     that
                     the
                     whole
                     series
                     should
                     bee
                     depraued
                     according
                     to
                     this
                     equality
                     of
                     number
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     it
                     must
                     follow
                     of
                     necessity
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     North
                     pole
                     should
                     bee
                     moued
                     toward
                     the
                     verticall
                     circle
                     :
                     which
                     mystery
                     not
                     knowne
                     of
                     the
                     Ancients
                     for
                     want
                     of
                     former
                     obseruations
                     ,
                     hath
                     shewed
                     it selfe
                     to
                     our
                     times
                     ,
                     being
                     inriched
                     not
                     only
                     with
                     their
                     ,
                     but
                     our
                     owne
                     experiments
                     .
                     According
                     to
                     this
                     opinion
                     of
                     
                       Dominicus
                       Maria
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     North
                     pole
                     should
                     bee
                     eleuated
                     higher
                     then
                     it
                     was
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Latitudes
                     of
                     Regions
                     should
                     bee
                     greater
                     then
                     they
                     were
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     this
                     opinion
                     we
                     will
                     oppose
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     Stadius
                     ,
                     which
                     holdeth
                     that
                     the
                     latitudes
                     of
                     Regions
                     haue
                     beene
                     decreased
                     and
                     diminished
                     from
                     that
                     they
                     haue
                     had
                     in
                     Ptolomie
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     such
                     regular
                     Increment
                     or
                     Decrement
                     ;
                     which
                     hee
                     labours
                     to
                     confirme
                     by
                     many
                     obseruations
                     :
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     the
                     latitude
                     of
                     Rome
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     set
                     downe
                     by
                     Ptolomie
                     is
                     41
                     degrees
                     ⅔
                     parts
                     :
                     but
                     by
                     newer
                     obseruation
                     it
                     is
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     41
                     degrees
                     ,
                     ½
                     parts
                     :
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     wee
                     may
                     well
                     coniecture
                     ,
                     that
                     Ptolomies
                     obseruations
                     were
                     not
                     alwayes
                     exactly
                     true
                     ,
                     being
                     for
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     such
                     as
                     hee
                     had
                     receaued
                     from
                     Hipparchus
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     examined
                     himselfe
                     :
                     as
                     may
                     bee
                     seene
                     in
                     the
                     latitude
                     of
                     many
                     Citties
                     in
                     Europe
                     ,
                     where
                     hee
                     missed
                     sometimes
                     2
                     ,
                     sometimes
                     3
                     degrees
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     no
                     iudicious
                     Geographer
                     would
                     vpon
                     such
                     imperfect
                     obseruations
                     and
                     vncertaine
                     coniectures
                     bring
                     in
                     a
                     new
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     to
                     ouerthrow
                     that
                     magneticall
                     .
                     Harmony
                     and
                     consistency
                     corroborated
                     with
                     so
                     many
                     and
                     sure
                     demon●trations
                     .
                     This
                     may
                     serue
                     to
                     answer
                     a
                     certaine
                     Ten●nt
                     of
                     Vasquez
                     the
                     Iesuite
                     ,
                     and
                     some
                     others
                     ;
                     who
                     imagine
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     consequence
                     ▪
                     the
                     Pole
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     moued
                     vp
                     and
                     downe
                     by
                     a
                     certaine
                     motion
                     of
                     Liberation
                     .
                     The
                     argument
                     on
                     which
                     they
                     would
                     ground
                     their
                     assertion
                     ,
                     is
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     Grauity
                     ,
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     .
                     The
                     whole
                     masse
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     (
                     say
                     they
                     )
                     is
                     so
                     setled
                     about
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     equally
                     poized
                     :
                     that
                     is
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     to
                     say
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     parts
                     are
                     indowed
                     with
                     an
                     equall
                     waight
                     .
                     Now
                     such
                     Bodies
                     as
                     are
                     so
                     equally
                     poized
                     by
                     the
                     addition
                     or
                     diminution
                     of
                     any
                     part
                     on
                     either
                     ●ide
                     ▪
                     will
                     bee
                     straight-way
                     t●rned
                     from
                     that
                     ●i●e
                     ▪
                     which
                     
                     they
                     had
                     before
                     in
                     Aequîlibrio
                     :
                     as
                     is
                     dayly
                     confirmed
                     by
                     experience
                     of
                     a
                     Ballance
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     such
                     mechanicke
                     instruments
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     in
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     spheare
                     ,
                     the
                     Center
                     and
                     Poles
                     should
                     in
                     this
                     wise
                     bee
                     changed
                     and
                     altered
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     whole
                     suffer
                     a
                     kinde
                     of
                     starting
                     or
                     Libration
                     .
                     For
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     by
                     dayly
                     obseruation
                     ,
                     that
                     some
                     things
                     in
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     are
                     fallen
                     off
                     ,
                     and
                     carried
                     into
                     another
                     place
                     :
                     as
                     Men
                     ,
                     Beasts
                     ,
                     and
                     Birds
                     ,
                     which
                     moue
                     from
                     one
                     place
                     vnto
                     another
                     .
                     Nothing
                     is
                     here
                     of
                     more
                     moment
                     then
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     by
                     continuall
                     ebbing
                     and
                     flowing
                     ,
                     suffer
                     such
                     a
                     sensible
                     change
                     of
                     Addition
                     and
                     Diminution
                     ,
                     that
                     no
                     man
                     can
                     imagine
                     how
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     about
                     the
                     Center
                     should
                     alwayes
                     bee
                     equally
                     counterpoyzed
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     waight
                     on
                     one
                     side
                     should
                     bee
                     predominant
                     vnto
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     driue
                     the
                     Center
                     from
                     his
                     former
                     place
                     .
                     This
                     Argument
                     Blancanus
                     ,
                     
                     another
                     late
                     Iesuite
                     ,
                     leaues
                     altogether
                     vnanswered
                     ;
                     either
                     imagining
                     it
                     too
                     strong
                     ,
                     or
                     out
                     of
                     a
                     combined
                     faction
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     society
                     ,
                     vnwilling
                     to
                     contradict
                     his
                     fellow
                     .
                     And
                     indeed
                     should
                     wee
                     consider
                     the
                     spheare
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     no
                     otherwise
                     then
                     according
                     to
                     his
                     Elementary
                     constitution
                     :
                     this
                     reason
                     would
                     hardly
                     admit
                     of
                     a
                     solid
                     answer
                     :
                     For
                     howsoeuer
                     in
                     the
                     vast
                     frame
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     the
                     addition
                     or
                     subtraction
                     of
                     some
                     parts
                     would
                     make
                     but
                     an
                     insensible
                     difference
                     :
                     yet
                     can
                     it
                     not
                     bee
                     denied
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     least
                     waight
                     whatsoeuer
                     added
                     or
                     subtracted
                     ,
                     would
                     turne
                     it
                     from
                     its
                     Equall-poyze
                     :
                     Neuerthelesse
                     ,
                     this
                     I
                     hold
                     too
                     absurd
                     for
                     a
                     Christian
                     to
                     beleeue
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     it
                     contradicts
                     the
                     sense
                     of
                     holy
                     Scriptures
                     ,
                     
                     which
                     auerre
                     the
                     earth
                     to
                     bee
                     so
                     setled
                     on
                     her
                     foundation
                     ,
                     that
                     shee
                     should
                     not
                     at
                     any
                     time
                     bee
                     remoued
                     ,
                     or
                     shaken
                     :
                     which
                     motion
                     (
                     as
                     shall
                     bee
                     proued
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     Theoreme
                     )
                     I
                     take
                     to
                     bee
                     vnderstood
                     of
                     such
                     a
                     Trepidation
                     of
                     the
                     Center
                     and
                     the
                     Poles
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     a
                     metaphor
                     are
                     tearmed
                     the
                     foundation
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     of
                     the
                     circular
                     motion
                     ,
                     as
                     some
                     haue
                     laboured
                     to
                     wrest
                     it
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     nothing
                     is
                     here
                     left
                     vs
                     to
                     satisfie
                     this
                     doubt
                     :
                     but
                     to
                     haue
                     recourse
                     to
                     his
                     magneticall
                     verticity
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     poles
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     endowed
                     with
                     a
                     magneticall
                     vigor
                     ,
                     and
                     ouerswaying
                     the
                     elementary
                     ponderosity
                     of
                     the
                     earthly
                     parts
                     ,
                     are
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     
                     so
                     fast
                     bound
                     to
                     respect
                     the
                     same
                     points
                     or
                     poles
                     in
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Center
                     can
                     no
                     wayes
                     bee
                     shaken
                     ,
                     or
                     moued
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     place
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     3
                     The
                     Magneticall
                     Reuolution
                     is
                     a
                     motion
                     by
                     which
                     the
                     whole
                     globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     moued
                     round
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Aristotle
                   in
                   his
                   1
                   booke
                   
                     de
                     coelo
                  
                   makes
                   3
                   kindes
                   of
                   simple
                   motions
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   hee
                   labours
                   to
                   deduce
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   simple
                   bodies
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   is
                   the
                   motion
                   from
                   the
                   center
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   is
                   of
                   Fire
                   and
                   Ayre
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   light
                   bodies
                   :
                   the
                   second
                   to
                   the
                   center
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   is
                   of
                   Earth
                   and
                   Water
                   ;
                   the
                   third
                   is
                   round
                   about
                   the
                   center
                   or
                   middle
                   ,
                   which
                   hee
                   ascribes
                   to
                   the
                   Heauens
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   if
                   this
                   ground
                   were
                   true
                   ,
                   the
                   Earth
                   could
                   challenge
                   to
                   it selfe
                   no
                   other
                   then
                   the
                   right
                   motion
                   ;
                   whereby
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   it
                   being
                   separated
                   from
                   the
                   whole
                   ,
                   returne
                   to
                   it
                   againe
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   opinion
                   although
                   popular
                   and
                   plausible
                   ,
                   hath
                   beene
                   contradicted
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   by
                   ancient
                   Philosophers
                   as
                   moderne
                   :
                   for
                   by
                   long
                   experience
                   and
                   diligent
                   obseruation
                   ,
                   they
                   haue
                   found
                   the
                   earth
                   to
                   bee
                   endowed
                   with
                   a
                   star-like
                   vigour
                   ,
                   whereby
                   shee
                   may
                   ,
                   hauing
                   all
                   her
                   parts
                   vnited
                   together
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   her
                   grauity
                   vnto
                   the
                   Center
                   ,
                   and
                   her
                   place
                   made
                   sure
                   by
                   her
                   magneticall
                   poles
                   ,
                   moue
                   naturally
                   vpon
                   her
                   owne
                   poles
                   ,
                   at
                   least
                   if
                   so
                   bee
                   shee
                   claime
                   no
                   other
                   motion
                   .
                   This
                   opinion
                   first
                   blosomed
                   (
                   as
                   farre
                   as
                   I
                   can
                   gather
                   )
                   in
                   the
                   Schoole
                   of
                   Pythagoras
                   ,
                   was
                   cherished
                   by
                   
                     Heraclides
                     Ponticus
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Ecphantus
                   ,
                   two
                   famous
                   Pythagoreans
                   :
                   to
                   which
                   afterward
                   ioyned
                   themselues
                   
                     Nicetus
                     Syracusanus
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Aristarchus
                     Samius
                  
                   ;
                   all
                   which
                   haue
                   vndertaken
                   to
                   defend
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   moues
                   circularly
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   this
                   circumgyration
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   causeth
                   the
                   rising
                   and
                   setting
                   of
                   the
                   Sunne
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   of
                   other
                   starres
                   ,
                   although
                   in
                   the
                   manner
                   they
                   haue
                   not
                   expressed
                   themselues
                   alike
                   ,
                   hauing
                   inioyed
                   as
                   yet
                   scarce
                   the
                   first
                   dawn
                   of
                   knowledge
                   .
                   But
                   all
                   this
                   while
                   Philosophie
                   contented
                   her selfe
                   with
                   the
                   acquaintance
                   of
                   a
                   few
                   choice
                   friends
                   ,
                   not
                   daring
                   to
                   prostitute
                   her
                   treasures
                   to
                   popularity
                   .
                   But
                   when
                   it
                   hapned
                   in
                   after
                   times
                   that
                   shee
                   was
                   taught
                   the
                   language
                   of
                   the
                   vulgar
                   ,
                   and
                   spake
                   to
                   the
                   vnderstanding
                   of
                   each
                   mechanicke
                   ,
                   shee
                   soone
                   
                   contracted
                   some
                   staines
                   ,
                   and
                   squared
                   her selfe
                   rather
                   to
                   please
                   the
                   most
                   then
                   the
                   best
                   .
                   Thus
                   the
                   multitude
                   as
                   a
                   vast
                   torrent
                   preuailed
                   against
                   the
                   learned
                   ,
                   and
                   cast
                   into
                   exile
                   the
                   inuentions
                   of
                   the
                   Ancients
                   ,
                   which
                   their
                   ignorance
                   was
                   readier
                   to
                   censure
                   then
                   vnderstand
                   .
                   Yet
                   were
                   not
                   the
                   seeds
                   of
                   this
                   Philosophy
                   quite
                   extinct
                   ,
                   but
                   as
                   forgotten
                   for
                   a
                   time
                   ;
                   vntill
                   there
                   arose
                   Copernicus
                   ,
                   a
                   man
                   of
                   incomparable
                   wit
                   ,
                   who
                   quickned
                   and
                   reuiued
                   it
                   ,
                   to
                   his
                   euerlasting
                   prayse
                   and
                   our
                   profit
                   :
                   I
                   would
                   not
                   here
                   be
                   mistaken
                   ,
                   as
                   though
                   I
                   strongly
                   apprehend
                   these
                   grounds
                   ,
                   and
                   reiect
                   all
                   the
                   principles
                   of
                   our
                   Peripateticke
                   Philosophie
                   :
                   I
                   only
                   inueigh
                   against
                   their
                   preiudicate
                   ignorance
                   ,
                   which
                   ready
                   to
                   licke
                   vp
                   the
                   dust
                   vnder
                   Aristotles
                   feet
                   with
                   a
                   supercilious
                   looke
                   contemne
                   all
                   other
                   learning
                   ,
                   as
                   though
                   no
                   flowers
                   of
                   science
                   could
                   grow
                   in
                   another
                   garden
                   .
                   I
                   confesse
                   this
                   opinion
                   of
                   the
                   Earths
                   circular
                   motion
                   to
                   bee
                   subiect
                   to
                   many
                   and
                   great
                   exceptions
                   ,
                   and
                   opposed
                   by
                   strong
                   and
                   waighty
                   arguments
                   drawn
                   probably
                   from
                   the
                   booke
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   the
                   touch-stone
                   of
                   sincere
                   verity
                   ;
                   yet
                   I
                   hold
                   it
                   too
                   strongly
                   fortified
                   to
                   be
                   inuaded
                   by
                   popular
                   arguments
                   drawn
                   from
                   seeming
                   sense
                   ,
                   and
                   bolstered
                   vp
                   with
                   names
                   and
                   authorities
                   .
                   For
                   mine
                   owne
                   part
                   ,
                   I
                   confesse
                   not
                   absolute
                   subscription
                   to
                   this
                   opinion
                   ;
                   yet
                   could
                   I
                   not
                   conueniently
                   leaue
                   it
                   out
                   ,
                   because
                   hauing
                   vndertaken
                   to
                   insert
                   this
                   Magneticall
                   Tract
                   ;
                   I
                   would
                   not
                   willingly
                   mangle
                   it
                   in
                   any
                   part
                   ,
                   but
                   shew
                   it
                   whole
                   and
                   intire
                   to
                   the
                   view
                   of
                   the
                   iudicious
                   ;
                   who
                   herein
                   may
                   vse
                   their
                   Philosophicall
                   liberty
                   ,
                   to
                   imbrace
                   or
                   reiect
                   what
                   they
                   please
                   .
                   If
                   these
                   grounds
                   seeme
                   true
                   ,
                   they
                   will
                   finde
                   acceptance
                   ;
                   if
                   otherwise
                   ,
                   it
                   cannot
                   indamage
                   Truth
                   to
                   know
                   her
                   aduersary
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   I
                   thinke
                   no
                   man
                   will
                   take
                   it
                   amisse
                   that
                   I
                   insert
                   this
                   following
                   Theoreme
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       It
                       is
                       probable
                       that
                       the
                       terrestriall
                       Globe
                       hath
                       a
                       circular
                       motion
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Copernicus
                     ascribes
                     three
                     motions
                     to
                     the
                     spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     whereof
                     the
                     first
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     space
                     of
                     24
                     houres
                     about
                     her
                     owne
                     axell
                     ;
                     making
                     the
                     day
                     and
                     night
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     therefore
                     called
                     the
                     Diurnall
                     :
                     The
                     second
                     is
                     yeerely
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     Center
                     it selfe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     moued
                     from
                     West
                     to
                     East
                     ,
                     describing
                     the
                     circle
                     
                     of
                     the
                     Signes
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     is
                     a
                     motion
                     of
                     Declination
                     performed
                     in
                     an
                     annuall
                     reuolution
                     ;
                     reflecting
                     against
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Center
                     ;
                     for
                     the
                     Axis
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     haue
                     a
                     conuertible
                     nature
                     ,
                     whereas
                     if
                     it
                     should
                     remaine
                     fixt
                     ,
                     there
                     would
                     appeare
                     no
                     inequality
                     of
                     day
                     and
                     night
                     ,
                     
                       Spring
                       ,
                       Autumne
                       ,
                       Summer
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     Winter
                     :
                     I
                     will
                     not
                     here
                     curiously
                     distinguish
                     the
                     differences
                     ;
                     limits
                     ,
                     and
                     periods
                     of
                     these
                     three
                     motions
                     ,
                     but
                     leaue
                     it
                     to
                     the
                     skilfull
                     Astronomer
                     ,
                     to
                     whom
                     properly
                     it
                     appertaines
                     :
                     it
                     is
                     enough
                     for
                     mee
                     to
                     shew
                     it
                     probable
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     should
                     challenge
                     to
                     it selfe
                     a
                     circular
                     motion
                     ,
                     in
                     prosecution
                     of
                     which
                     I
                     shall
                     labour
                     chiefly
                     to
                     establish
                     that
                     first
                     motion
                     which
                     is
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     globe
                     about
                     her
                     owne
                     axis
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     easiest
                     both
                     to
                     beleeue
                     and
                     vnderstand
                     .
                     That
                     I
                     may
                     the
                     better
                     expresse
                     the
                     grounds
                     of
                     this
                     opinion
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     labour
                     to
                     proue
                     these
                     two
                     points
                     .
                     1
                     That
                     this
                     opinion
                     is
                     consonant
                     to
                     reason
                     .
                     2
                     That
                     it
                     no
                     way
                     contradicts
                     the
                     sense
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Holy
                       Scripture
                    
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     assertion
                     wee
                     will
                     againe
                     diuide
                     into
                     3
                     articles
                     .
                     1
                     That
                     the
                     motion
                     which
                     wee
                     seeke
                     to
                     establish
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     cannot
                     without
                     much
                     absurdity
                     bee
                     granted
                     to
                     the
                     heauens
                     .
                     Secondly
                     that
                     it
                     no
                     way
                     contradicts
                     to
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     it selfe
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     arguments
                     produced
                     against
                     this
                     opinion
                     ,
                     are
                     not
                     so
                     strong
                     ,
                     but
                     may
                     bee
                     answered
                     with
                     probability
                     .
                     First
                     therefore
                     finding
                     the
                     dayly
                     rising
                     and
                     setting
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     Moone
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     Starres
                     to
                     arise
                     from
                     some
                     motion
                     ,
                     wee
                     are
                     to
                     seeke
                     out
                     the
                     true
                     subiect
                     of
                     this
                     motion
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     agreed
                     vpon
                     by
                     all
                     that
                     this
                     subiect
                     must
                     bee
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     carryed
                     in
                     24
                     houres
                     from
                     East
                     to
                     West
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Earth
                     which
                     must
                     moue
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     time
                     from
                     West
                     to
                     East
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     first
                     wee
                     must
                     take
                     a●
                     granted
                     of
                     those
                     which
                     defend
                     the
                     opposite
                     opinion
                     these
                     two
                     grounds
                     1
                     That
                     the
                     subiect
                     of
                     this
                     motion
                     (
                     if
                     it
                     bee
                     a
                     heauenly
                     body
                     )
                     is
                     the
                     first
                     moueable
                     and
                     supreame
                     spheare
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     celestiall
                     machine
                     ;
                     because
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     haue
                     assigned
                     them
                     their
                     seuerall
                     motions
                     .
                     2
                     That
                     of
                     two
                     bodies
                     circularly
                     mouing
                     vpon
                     the
                     same
                     Center
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     space
                     of
                     time
                     ,
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     greater
                     in
                     quantity
                     must
                     needs
                     haue
                     the
                     swifter
                     motion
                     ;
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     the
                     spokes
                     of
                     a
                     wheele
                     to
                     moue
                     faster
                     neere
                     the
                     circumference
                     ,
                     but
                     slower
                     in
                     those
                     parts
                     which
                     are
                     ioyned
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     .
                     This
                     
                     granted
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     the
                     greatest
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     and
                     supremest
                     orbs
                     to
                     bee
                     so
                     incomparably
                     vast
                     in
                     proportion
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     it
                     according
                     to
                     this
                     magnitude
                     to
                     bee
                     increased
                     to
                     such
                     a
                     swiftnesse
                     ,
                     as
                     must
                     needes
                     transcend
                     all
                     fiction
                     and
                     imagination
                     .
                     For
                     besides
                     the
                     two
                     Elements
                     placed
                     by
                     the
                     Peripa●etickes
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Earth
                     and
                     the
                     Celestiall
                     bodies
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     Aire
                     and
                     Fire
                     ,
                     which
                     challenge
                     no
                     meane
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     their
                     concaue
                     and
                     conuexe
                     superficies
                     :
                     who
                     knowes
                     not
                     how
                     many
                     distinct
                     and
                     strange
                     concamerations
                     of
                     Orbes
                     and
                     circles
                     are
                     placed
                     and
                     signed
                     ou●
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Moone
                     and
                     the
                     first
                     Moueable
                     ?
                     Aristotle
                     hath
                     reduced
                     all
                     the
                     Orbes
                     to
                     eight
                     .
                     whereof
                     seuen
                     were
                     allotted
                     to
                     the
                     seuen
                     Planets
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     eight
                     to
                     the
                     fixt
                     Starres
                     ,
                     which
                     hee
                     supposed
                     to
                     bee
                     fastned
                     as
                     so
                     many
                     nailes
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     wheele
                     .
                     But
                     Ptolomie
                     perceiuing
                     this
                     number
                     to
                     bee
                     insufficient
                     to
                     satisfie
                     his
                     obseruations
                     ,
                     was
                     inforced
                     to
                     adde
                     a
                     ninth
                     to
                     encrease
                     the
                     number
                     .
                     Yet
                     this
                     contented
                     not
                     Alphonsus
                     ,
                     but
                     hee
                     must
                     make
                     vp
                     tenne
                     .
                     And
                     although
                     this
                     opinion
                     preuailed
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     in
                     the
                     Schooles
                     of
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     as
                     most
                     exact
                     and
                     absolute
                     ;
                     yet
                     came
                     it
                     farre
                     short
                     to
                     satisfie
                     the
                     search
                     of
                     two
                     latter
                     Astronomers
                     ,
                     Clauius
                     ,
                     and
                     Maginus
                     ;
                     who
                     to
                     adde
                     something
                     to
                     Antiquity
                     ,
                     haue
                     found
                     out
                     another
                     orbe
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     the
                     whole
                     tale
                     is
                     become
                     eleuen
                     :
                     and
                     much
                     it
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     feared
                     that
                     the
                     big-swolne
                     belly
                     of
                     this
                     learned
                     Ignorance
                     ,
                     will
                     beget
                     more
                     children
                     to
                     help
                     the
                     Mother
                     ,
                     because
                     all
                     the
                     former
                     haue
                     proued
                     lame
                     and
                     impotent
                     :
                     God
                     send
                     her
                     a
                     safe
                     deliuery
                     .
                     To
                     returne
                     to
                     my
                     purpose
                     ;
                     all
                     these
                     orbs
                     thus
                     ranged
                     and
                     concamerated
                     in
                     order
                     ,
                     cannot
                     but
                     haue
                     each
                     of
                     them
                     a
                     great
                     and
                     extraordinary
                     thicknesse
                     and
                     profundity
                     :
                     being
                     to
                     carry
                     in
                     them
                     such
                     huge
                     and
                     vast
                     bodyes
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Sunne
                     and
                     Starres
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     of
                     themselues
                     mighty
                     Globes
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     greater
                     then
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     as
                     Philosophers
                     haue
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     diuers
                     Mathematicall
                     instruments
                     ,
                     and
                     expressed
                     in
                     Tables
                     .
                     Also
                     because
                     amongst
                     the
                     Planetary
                     Orbes
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     them
                     clouen
                     into
                     many
                     partiall
                     and
                     lesser
                     Orbes
                     ,
                     as
                     Epicycles
                     and
                     Excentrickes
                     ,
                     the
                     first
                     of
                     which
                     must
                     in
                     reason
                     surpasse
                     the
                     thicknesse
                     of
                     the
                     Diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Planet
                     .
                     The
                     profundity
                     of
                     all
                     these
                     Orbes
                     is
                     measured
                     by
                     their
                     Diameters
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     to
                     surmount
                     
                     each
                     other
                     in
                     extraordinary
                     proportion
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     Diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     1718
                     German
                     miles
                     .
                     The
                     greatest
                     distance
                     or
                     elongation
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     being
                     new
                     ,
                     65
                     semi-diameters
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     the
                     least
                     is
                     55
                     semi-diameters
                     .
                     The
                     greater
                     elongation
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     space
                     is
                     68
                     ;
                     the
                     least
                     52
                     semi-diameters
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     Notwithstanding
                     it
                     is
                     very
                     probable
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Orbe
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     is
                     yet
                     of
                     more
                     thicknesse
                     and
                     profundity
                     .
                     To
                     passe
                     ouer
                     Venus
                     and
                     Mercurie
                     ,
                     and
                     come
                     to
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     his
                     distances
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     in
                     his
                     greatest
                     Excentricity
                     to
                     bee
                     1142
                     semi-diameters
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     
                       Mars
                       ,
                       Iupiter
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Saturne
                     ,
                     are
                     yet
                     farther
                     off
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     their
                     Orbes
                     endowed
                     with
                     a
                     greater
                     treasure
                     of
                     thicknesse
                     .
                     The
                     distance
                     of
                     the
                     Firmament
                     wherein
                     are
                     placed
                     the
                     fixt
                     Starres
                     ,
                     is
                     by
                     the
                     best
                     Mathematicians
                     thought
                     incomprehensible
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     measurable
                     by
                     mans
                     industrie
                     :
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     that
                     Aristotle
                     holds
                     the
                     Earth
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     as
                     a
                     point
                     ,
                     if
                     it
                     bee
                     compared
                     with
                     the
                     eighth
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     which
                     hee
                     supposed
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     highest
                     and
                     first
                     Moueable
                     .
                     To
                     let
                     passe
                     the
                     ninth
                     Spheare
                     ;
                     the
                     tenth
                     ,
                     which
                     was
                     vulgarly
                     thought
                     the
                     first
                     Moueable
                     ,
                     if
                     it
                     bee
                     valued
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     proportion
                     of
                     the
                     rest
                     ,
                     would
                     haue
                     his
                     conuexe
                     superficies
                     moued
                     so
                     fast
                     in
                     one
                     houre
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     would
                     ouercome
                     so
                     much
                     space
                     as
                     3000
                     greater
                     circles
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Terrestriall
                       Globe
                    
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     conuexe
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     starry
                     Firmament
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     containe
                     more
                     then
                     1800.
                     
                     And
                     who
                     can
                     bee
                     so
                     sharpe
                     sighted
                     to
                     see
                     the
                     profundity
                     and
                     thicknes
                     of
                     this
                     orbe
                     ▪
                     containing
                     in
                     it
                     starres
                     innumerable
                     ;
                     whereof
                     some
                     are
                     apparent
                     to
                     each
                     mans
                     eyes
                     ,
                     others
                     lying
                     hid
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     distance
                     ,
                     whereof
                     many
                     haue
                     lately
                     beene
                     discouered
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     Trunk-spectacle
                     lately
                     found
                     out
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     bee
                     a
                     probable
                     coniecture
                     ,
                     that
                     all
                     these
                     starres
                     are
                     not
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Orbe
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     that
                     this
                     Orbe
                     is
                     farre
                     greater
                     and
                     deeper
                     then
                     the
                     ordinary
                     current
                     of
                     Astronomers
                     haue
                     imagined
                     it
                     to
                     bee
                     .
                     To
                     these
                     eight
                     Orbes
                     here
                     deciphered
                     ,
                     should
                     wee
                     adde
                     the
                     
                       Caelum
                       Chrystallinum
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     
                       Primum
                       Mobile
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     Idol
                     of
                     our
                     common
                     Astrologers
                     ;
                     and
                     another
                     ,
                     which
                     Clauius
                     and
                     Maginus
                     haue
                     inuented
                     ;
                     what
                     bound
                     should
                     wee
                     set
                     to
                     the
                     greatne●
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     swiftnesse
                     of
                     their
                     motions
                     ?
                     how
                     farre
                     
                     beyond
                     all
                     rouing
                     imagination
                     or
                     Poeticall
                     fictions
                     should
                     it
                     transcend
                     ,
                     as
                     thatwhich
                     neither
                     Nature
                     could
                     euer
                     suffer
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     wit
                     of
                     man
                     vnderstand
                     ?
                     a
                     motion
                     a
                     thousand-fold
                     swifter
                     then
                     the
                     flight
                     of
                     a
                     bullet
                     from
                     a
                     peece
                     of
                     ordinance
                     ,
                     I
                     had
                     almost
                     said
                     ,
                     then
                     thought
                     it selfe
                     :
                     For
                     if
                     a
                     man
                     cast
                     his
                     imagination
                     on
                     some
                     marke
                     or
                     degree
                     in
                     the
                     Sunnes
                     parallell
                     on
                     theTerrestriall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     instantly
                     transferre
                     it
                     to
                     another
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     to
                     a
                     third
                     ,
                     passing
                     ouer
                     at
                     each
                     time
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     100
                     miles
                     ;
                     hee
                     would
                     find
                     the
                     Sunne
                     to
                     bee
                     farre
                     swifter
                     in
                     his
                     motion
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     haue
                     ouer-passed
                     him
                     incomparably
                     in
                     his
                     course
                     :
                     were
                     the
                     Sunne
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     his
                     course
                     no
                     greater
                     then
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     greater
                     circles
                     of
                     the
                     Terrene
                     Globe
                     ,
                     hee
                     should
                     by
                     their
                     owne
                     computation
                     ,
                     finish
                     his
                     course
                     in
                     24
                     houres
                     ;
                     and
                     so
                     runne
                     21600
                     miles
                     in
                     that
                     time
                     ,
                     which
                     maketh
                     900
                     miles
                     in
                     one
                     houre
                     .
                     And
                     if
                     this
                     motion
                     seeme
                     so
                     swift
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     could
                     hardly
                     haue
                     credit
                     among
                     ordinary
                     capacities
                     ;
                     what
                     should
                     wee
                     thinke
                     of
                     this
                     motion
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     imagined
                     infinitely
                     swifter
                     ?
                     If
                     Ptolomie
                     feared
                     lest
                     the
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     should
                     be
                     dissolued
                     and
                     shattered
                     in
                     pieces
                     by
                     a
                     far
                     slower
                     motion
                     ;
                     of
                     what
                     should
                     wee
                     imagine
                     the
                     heauens
                     to
                     be
                     made
                     ,
                     which
                     can
                     suffer
                     so
                     portentous
                     and
                     incogitable
                     a
                     whirling
                     ?
                     Here
                     the
                     common
                     Philosopher
                     stands
                     astonished
                     ,
                     and
                     rather
                     then
                     hee
                     will
                     be
                     thought
                     to
                     know
                     nothing
                     ,
                     hee
                     will
                     say
                     any
                     thing
                     :
                     why
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     should
                     wee
                     not
                     beleeue
                     it
                     ?
                     sith
                     the
                     Heauens
                     in
                     their
                     motion
                     find
                     no
                     Resistance
                     ,
                     whereas
                     all
                     other
                     bodies
                     are
                     slacked
                     by
                     the
                     medium
                     or
                     Aire
                     by
                     which
                     they
                     are
                     to
                     moue
                     .
                     If
                     in
                     the
                     Heauens
                     were
                     any
                     such
                     let
                     or
                     hinderance
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     bee
                     either
                     in
                     the
                     Agent
                     or
                     Mouer
                     ;
                     or
                     in
                     the
                     Patient
                     or
                     body
                     moued
                     :
                     Not
                     in
                     the
                     mouer
                     ,
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     Aristotle
                     hath
                     taught
                     )
                     the
                     Heauens
                     are
                     moued
                     or
                     turned
                     round
                     by
                     an
                     Angell
                     ,
                     or
                     Intelligence
                     ,
                     fixed
                     to
                     his
                     Orbe
                     ,
                     of
                     a
                     spirituall
                     and
                     immateriall
                     substance
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     a
                     body
                     meetes
                     no
                     opposition
                     .
                     Not
                     in
                     the
                     body
                     moued
                     :
                     because
                     of
                     it's
                     owne
                     Nature
                     it
                     is
                     prone
                     and
                     inclinable
                     to
                     this
                     motion
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     reason
                     is
                     like
                     a
                     reed
                     that
                     hurts
                     his
                     hand
                     that
                     leanes
                     on
                     it
                     :
                     for
                     first
                     ,
                     what
                     indigence
                     or
                     necessity
                     in
                     Nature
                     is
                     obserued
                     so
                     great
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     father
                     of
                     such
                     Intelligences
                     ?
                     What
                     serious
                     iudgment
                     can
                     euer
                     imagine
                     the
                     Angels
                     to
                     bee
                     like
                     gally-slaues
                     chained
                     fast
                     
                     to
                     their
                     gallies
                     ,
                     or
                     turne-spit-dogs
                     labouring
                     in
                     their
                     wheeles
                     ?
                     To
                     what
                     vse
                     shall
                     they
                     serue
                     ?
                     not
                     to
                     stirre
                     vp
                     and
                     beginne
                     the
                     motion
                     ;
                     for
                     why
                     should
                     we
                     debarre
                     the
                     Heauens
                     from
                     the
                     priuiledge
                     ofall
                     other
                     Bodies
                     farre
                     lesse
                     excellent
                     ,
                     whose
                     motions
                     challenge
                     no
                     other
                     cause
                     or
                     beginning
                     then
                     their
                     owne
                     forme
                     and
                     nature
                     :
                     Not
                     to
                     Regulate
                     and
                     confine
                     this
                     motion
                     ;
                     for
                     Nature
                     which
                     beginnes
                     any
                     action
                     or
                     motion
                     ,
                     is
                     able
                     of
                     her selfe
                     to
                     set
                     limits
                     and
                     bounds
                     vnto
                     it
                     ,
                     without
                     the
                     helpe
                     of
                     any
                     externall
                     agent
                     .
                     Finally
                     not
                     to
                     continue
                     this
                     motion
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     wee
                     are
                     taught
                     in
                     our
                     Philosophie
                     ,
                     Euery
                     
                       Naturall
                       Agent
                    
                     ,
                     if
                     it
                     bee
                     not
                     hindered
                     ,
                     still
                     acts
                     to
                     the
                     vttermost
                     of
                     his
                     power
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     needes
                     no
                     externall
                     coadiutor
                     to
                     continue
                     his
                     action
                     :
                     for
                     otherwise
                     we
                     might
                     suppose
                     the
                     Heauens
                     to
                     grow
                     weary
                     and
                     faint
                     in
                     their
                     intended
                     course
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     whereas
                     they
                     say
                     there
                     can
                     bee
                     no
                     Resistence
                     in
                     the
                     body
                     moued
                     ,
                     they
                     contradict
                     their
                     owne
                     grounds
                     :
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     agreed
                     by
                     all
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     higher
                     Orbs
                     doe
                     turne
                     and
                     wrest
                     about
                     the
                     lower
                     :
                     I
                     would
                     willingly
                     aske
                     ,
                     by
                     what
                     kinde
                     of
                     action
                     ,
                     either
                     by
                     a
                     vertuall
                     influence
                     or
                     emanation
                     ,
                     or
                     els
                     by
                     a
                     corporall
                     touch
                     and
                     application
                     :
                     The
                     former
                     is
                     improbable
                     ,
                     and
                     (
                     as
                     farre
                     as
                     I
                     can
                     gather
                     )
                     not
                     auuouched
                     by
                     any
                     ;
                     and
                     were
                     it
                     so
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     seeme
                     ridiculous
                     ;
                     for
                     why
                     should
                     wee
                     rather
                     ascribe
                     this
                     effect
                     to
                     an
                     vnknowne
                     influence
                     of
                     an
                     externall
                     body
                     ,
                     then
                     to
                     the
                     vigour
                     of
                     his
                     owne
                     forme
                     and
                     nature
                     .
                     For
                     if
                     one
                     orbe
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     can
                     moue
                     another
                     ,
                     why
                     could
                     it
                     not
                     moue
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     being
                     more
                     present
                     to
                     it selfe
                     then
                     any
                     other
                     ;
                     If
                     they
                     say
                     by
                     a
                     corporall
                     application
                     of
                     bodies
                     and
                     their
                     parts
                     .
                     I
                     see
                     not
                     how
                     they
                     can
                     auoid
                     this
                     Renitencie
                     and
                     reaction
                     ,
                     which
                     alwayes
                     doth
                     suppose
                     some
                     resistence
                     :
                     for
                     how
                     can
                     one
                     solide
                     and
                     hard
                     body
                     bee
                     imagined
                     to
                     heaue
                     and
                     push
                     another
                     forward
                     without
                     some
                     reluctancy
                     in
                     the
                     patient
                     ?
                     because
                     the
                     inferiour
                     Orbe
                     hauing
                     of
                     it selfe
                     a
                     proper
                     motion
                     ,
                     this
                     must
                     needes
                     be
                     violent
                     ,
                     as
                     supposing
                     a
                     forcing
                     &
                     wresting
                     of
                     Nature
                     from
                     her
                     proper
                     course
                     ,
                     whereof
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     hard
                     to
                     shew
                     a
                     sensible
                     demonstration
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     Orbe
                     naturally
                     directed
                     one
                     way
                     ,
                     is
                     turned
                     and
                     directed
                     another
                     way
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     time
                     :
                     which
                     both
                     motions
                     concurring
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     body
                     ,
                     must
                     needes
                     offer
                     violence
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     the
                     immunity
                     
                     from
                     corruptible
                     qualities
                     granted
                     to
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     ground
                     of
                     this
                     opinion
                     ;
                     hath
                     beene
                     muh
                     talked
                     of
                     amongst
                     the
                     Aristoteleans
                     ▪
                     but
                     neuer
                     warranted
                     by
                     any
                     certaine
                     demonstration
                     :
                     wee
                     see
                     (
                     say
                     these
                     Philosophers
                     )
                     the
                     Heauens
                     to
                     haue
                     remained
                     since
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     World
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     sensible
                     alteration
                     and
                     change
                     :
                     and
                     therefore
                     must
                     all
                     the
                     Elementary
                     and
                     corruptible
                     qualities
                     bee
                     excluded
                     .
                     To
                     disproue
                     this
                     ,
                     I
                     need
                     goe
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     the
                     last
                     Comet
                     ,
                     which
                     Mathematicians
                     by
                     the
                     parallax
                     found
                     to
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     heauens
                     .
                     And
                     whereas
                     otherwise
                     they
                     seeke
                     a
                     sensible
                     alteration
                     in
                     other
                     parts
                     ,
                     they
                     deceiue
                     themselues
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     earth
                     whereon
                     wee
                     dwell
                     ,
                     howeuer
                     the
                     parts
                     interchangeably
                     corrupt
                     and
                     ingender
                     dayly
                     ,
                     yet
                     the
                     whole
                     Globe
                     will
                     apparantly
                     remaine
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                     keeping
                     it's
                     integrity
                     :
                     so
                     may
                     it
                     happen
                     to
                     many
                     of
                     the
                     superiour
                     Globes
                     ,
                     whose
                     parts
                     dayly
                     corrupted
                     and
                     renewed
                     againe
                     (
                     although
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     great
                     distance
                     ,
                     to
                     vs
                     insensible
                     )
                     the
                     whole
                     Globe
                     remaineth
                     still
                     perfect
                     in
                     his
                     perfect
                     Sphericity
                     .
                     I
                     cease
                     any
                     further
                     to
                     inuade
                     anothers
                     Prouince
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     descend
                     to
                     a
                     second
                     argument
                     ,
                     to
                     proue
                     this
                     extraordinary
                     ,
                     violent
                     ,
                     and
                     swift
                     motion
                     in
                     the
                     heauens
                     to
                     bee
                     improbable
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     ordinarily
                     obserued
                     in
                     other
                     Orbes
                     of
                     the
                     heauens
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     higher
                     the
                     Orbe
                     is
                     placed
                     ,
                     the
                     motion
                     is
                     slower
                     ;
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     the
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     next
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     is
                     carried
                     about
                     in
                     27
                     dayes
                     .
                     Mercury
                     and
                     Venus
                     are
                     slow
                     enough
                     in
                     their
                     course
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     former
                     in
                     80
                     dayes
                     ,
                     the
                     latter
                     in
                     9
                     moneths
                     :
                     the
                     Sunne
                     in
                     a
                     yeere
                     ;
                     Mars
                     in
                     2
                     yeeres
                     ;
                     Iupiter
                     in
                     12
                     ;
                     Saturne
                     in
                     30.
                     
                     Also
                     those
                     Astronomers
                     which
                     giue
                     the
                     fixt
                     starres
                     a
                     motion
                     ,
                     would
                     haue
                     them
                     to
                     finish
                     their
                     course
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     Ptolomie
                     ,
                     in
                     36000
                     :
                     but
                     if
                     wee
                     will
                     beleeue
                     Copernicus
                     ,
                     in
                     25816
                     yeeres
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     higher
                     and
                     greater
                     the
                     circles
                     be
                     ,
                     so
                     much
                     slower
                     will
                     be
                     the
                     motion
                     :
                     what
                     iniury
                     were
                     it
                     then
                     to
                     the
                     concord
                     and
                     harmony
                     of
                     Nature
                     ,
                     to
                     impose
                     vpon
                     the
                     highest
                     Orbe
                     of
                     all
                     ,
                     such
                     an
                     vnmeasurable
                     strange
                     motion
                     ,
                     which
                     might
                     strike
                     the
                     most
                     S●raphick●
                     Angell
                     into
                     admiration
                     ?
                     To
                     these
                     may
                     bee
                     added
                     other
                     Arguments
                     in
                     Copernicus
                     ,
                     which
                     albeit
                     they
                     be
                     not
                     demonstratiue
                     ,
                     will
                     make
                     the
                     matter
                     more
                     probable
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     that
                     Nature
                     in
                     all
                     things
                     is
                     a
                     compendious
                     and
                     short
                     worker
                     ,
                     and
                     vseth
                     not
                     
                     many
                     helpes
                     for
                     such
                     thinges
                     as
                     may
                     bee
                     performed
                     by
                     fewer
                     :
                     and
                     therefore
                     need
                     wee
                     not
                     to
                     vse
                     the
                     helpe
                     of
                     so
                     many
                     Orbes
                     and
                     concamerations
                     to
                     square
                     our
                     obseruations
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     find
                     more
                     steady
                     footing
                     in
                     this
                     one
                     ground
                     once
                     granted
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     Earth's
                     circular
                     motion
                     :
                     Secondly
                     it
                     will
                     seeme
                     more
                     consonant
                     and
                     agreeable
                     to
                     Nature
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     highest
                     and
                     vttermost
                     Spheare
                     of
                     all
                     ,
                     which
                     bounds
                     and
                     engirts
                     in
                     all
                     the
                     World
                     besides
                     ,
                     should
                     rest
                     quiet
                     and
                     vnmoueable
                     ,
                     then
                     to
                     suffer
                     such
                     an
                     intollerable
                     motion
                     ,
                     as
                     might
                     endanger
                     the
                     whole
                     Fabricke
                     .
                     Lastly
                     ,
                     I
                     may
                     adde
                     this
                     one
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     diurnall
                     motion
                     ,
                     granted
                     to
                     the
                     first
                     Moueable
                     ,
                     can
                     in
                     my
                     iudgement
                     hardly
                     stand
                     with
                     the
                     regularity
                     of
                     heauenly
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     if
                     wee
                     expresse
                     it
                     no
                     otherwise
                     then
                     the
                     ordinary
                     sort
                     of
                     Astronomers
                     .
                     For
                     a
                     regular
                     motion
                     is
                     defined
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     that
                     whereby
                     in
                     equall
                     times
                     a
                     body
                     is
                     moued
                     through
                     equall
                     places
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     Diurnall
                     motion
                     receiued
                     from
                     the
                     first
                     Moueable
                     ,
                     concurring
                     with
                     the
                     Sunnes
                     annuall
                     motion
                     ,
                     will
                     exclude
                     this
                     equality
                     .
                     For
                     first
                     it
                     is
                     granted
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Sunne
                     in
                     his
                     motion
                     from
                     the
                     Aequator
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     sense
                     ,
                     runnes
                     ●uery
                     day
                     in
                     a
                     distinct
                     parallell
                     :
                     for
                     although
                     euery
                     minute
                     hee
                     declines
                     somewhat
                     from
                     the
                     Aequator
                     toward
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     ,
                     yet
                     the
                     difference
                     is
                     not
                     sensible
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     wee
                     may
                     well
                     euery
                     day
                     assigne
                     a
                     parallelll-in●
                     to
                     the
                     Sun's
                     motion
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     they
                     must
                     grant
                     that
                     these
                     parallells
                     are
                     diminished
                     ,
                     and
                     grow
                     lesse
                     and
                     lesse
                     toward
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     Aequator
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     that
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     foreshewed
                     )
                     of
                     two
                     bodies
                     mouing
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     time
                     on
                     the
                     same
                     center
                     ,
                     that
                     should
                     moue
                     faster
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     greater
                     :
                     so
                     one
                     body
                     mouing
                     in
                     diuerse
                     vnequall
                     circles
                     ,
                     in
                     equall
                     time
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     follow
                     that
                     it
                     must
                     needes
                     moue
                     faster
                     ,
                     in
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     greater
                     :
                     here
                     wee
                     may
                     conclude
                     ,
                     he
                     moues
                     faster
                     in
                     the
                     Aequator
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     ,
                     because
                     in
                     the
                     one
                     hee
                     is
                     carryed
                     in
                     a
                     greater
                     parallell
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     other
                     a
                     lesse
                     ,
                     and
                     yet
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     period
                     of
                     time
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     may
                     see
                     in
                     this
                     Figure
                     following
                     .
                     Let
                     the
                     Sunne
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     A
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     that
                     he
                     will
                     sensibly
                     moue
                     for
                     that
                     day
                     in
                     the
                     parallell
                     AP.
                     Then
                     let
                     him
                     bee
                     moued
                     by
                     his
                     periodicke
                     motion
                     ,
                     into
                     the
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     B
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     for
                     that
                     moment
                     moue
                     in
                     the
                     
                       
                    
                     parallell
                     IBO.
                     Last
                     of
                     all
                     ,
                     let
                     it
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     Aequator
                     C.
                     his
                     parallell
                     will
                     bee
                     HCL.
                     It
                     is
                     manifest
                     out
                     of
                     our
                     former
                     grounds
                     ,
                     that
                     he
                     will
                     be
                     moued
                     slowest
                     in
                     AP.
                     Faster
                     in
                     IO.
                     Fastest
                     of
                     all
                     in
                     HCL.
                     Which
                     swiftnesse
                     and
                     slownesse
                     in
                     the
                     Suns
                     motion
                     makes
                     it
                     irregular
                     .
                     Some
                     haue
                     thought
                     to
                     salue
                     this
                     by
                     saying
                     that
                     this
                     motion
                     is
                     Regular
                     because
                     in
                     equall
                     time
                     ,
                     the
                     Sunne
                     goes
                     proportionall
                     ,
                     not
                     equall
                     spaces
                     ,
                     which
                     Aguillonius
                     holds
                     in
                     his
                     Opti●ks
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     shift
                     is
                     friuolous
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     takes
                     not
                     away
                     the
                     obiection
                     ,
                     why
                     the
                     Sunne
                     should
                     moue
                     faster
                     and
                     slower
                     ▪
                     For
                     the
                     Heauens
                     being
                     a
                     naturall
                     ,
                     not
                     a
                     voluntary
                     agent
                     ;
                     and
                     according
                     to
                     these
                     grounds
                     finding
                     no
                     hinderance
                     or
                     impediment
                     ;
                     must
                     alwayes
                     worke
                     to
                     his
                     vtmost
                     power
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     cannot
                     slacke
                     or
                     increase
                     his
                     action
                     ,
                     or
                     motion
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     moue
                     faster
                     or
                     slower
                     .
                     Hitherto
                     haue
                     wee
                     shewed
                     that
                     this
                     Diurnall
                     motion
                     cannot
                     without
                     some
                     absurdity
                     bee
                     granted
                     to
                     the
                     heauens
                     :
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     we
                     are
                     to
                     shew
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     no
                     way
                     can
                     crosse
                     the
                     Naturall
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     shall
                     demonstrate
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     .
                     If
                     this
                     circular
                     motion
                     should
                     crosse
                     the
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Earthly
                     Globe
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     happen
                     either
                     immediatly
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     meere
                     Nature
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     Logicians
                     call
                     
                       à
                       priore
                    
                     ;
                     or
                     els
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     certaine
                     properties
                     ,
                     which
                     follow
                     necessarily
                     the
                     Nature
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     terme
                     
                       à
                       posteriori
                    
                     .
                     If
                     they
                     say
                     it
                     happens
                     
                       à
                       priori
                    
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     meere
                     Nature
                     ▪
                     they
                     must
                     necessarily
                     haue
                     recourse
                     to
                     the
                     proprieties
                     and
                     accidents
                     for
                     a
                     demonstration
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     Internall
                     formes
                     of
                     all
                     things
                     being
                     in
                     themselues
                     insensible
                     ,
                     cannot
                     be
                     discouered
                     vnto
                     vs
                     but
                     by
                     their
                     externall
                     proprieties
                     ▪
                     But
                     if
                     probable
                     coniecture
                     may
                     here
                     find
                     any
                     place
                     ,
                     I
                     see
                     no
                     reason
                     why
                     the
                     earth
                     being
                     found
                     to
                     bee
                     of
                     a
                     magneticall
                     temper
                     ,
                     should
                     not
                     challenge
                     
                     the
                     same
                     which
                     other
                     magneticall
                     Globes
                     farre
                     greater
                     then
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     possesse
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     a
                     circular
                     reuolution
                     about
                     her
                     owne
                     Poles
                     ;
                     which
                     Kepler
                     and
                     Galileus
                     haue
                     obserued
                     aswell
                     in
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     as
                     Iupiter
                     ▪
                     and
                     in
                     like
                     matters
                     to
                     iudge
                     alike
                     ,
                     seemes
                     more
                     warrantable
                     ,
                     then
                     to
                     faigne
                     a
                     dispa●ity
                     ,
                     which
                     Nature
                     neuer
                     grounded
                     ,
                     or
                     obseruation
                     found
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     ,
                     as
                     a
                     matter
                     of
                     small
                     note
                     ,
                     I
                     easily
                     passe
                     ouer
                     ,
                     following
                     the
                     foot-steps
                     of
                     our
                     Aduersaries
                     ,
                     which
                     seeke
                     to
                     demonstrate
                     the
                     Earth's
                     stability
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     externall
                     effects
                     and
                     proprieties
                     .
                     If
                     then
                     this
                     Reuolution
                     contradict
                     any
                     proprietie
                     ▪
                     it
                     must
                     bee
                     of
                     necessity
                     either
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     Quantity
                     and
                     Magnitude
                     ;
                     or
                     els
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     figure
                     and
                     quality
                     ,
                     or
                     of
                     some
                     Motion
                     ,
                     or
                     of
                     the
                     si●e
                     and
                     position
                     ;
                     for
                     I
                     find
                     no
                     other
                     propriety
                     of
                     any
                     moment
                     which
                     can
                     enter
                     into
                     this
                     consideration
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Quanti●y
                     can
                     no
                     way
                     thwart
                     this
                     circular
                     Reuolution
                     ,
                     is
                     manifest
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     would
                     happen
                     either
                     in
                     that
                     it
                     were
                     too
                     Great
                     ,
                     or
                     too
                     Little.
                     It
                     cannot
                     be
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     greatnes
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     great
                     globes
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     and
                     Iupiter
                     ,
                     manifold
                     greater
                     then
                     the
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     are
                     by
                     late
                     experiments
                     of
                     the
                     Trunk-spectacle
                     ,
                     found
                     to
                     moue
                     about
                     their
                     owne
                     ▪
                     Axell
                     in
                     a
                     small
                     portion
                     of
                     time
                     :
                     the
                     like
                     haue
                     others
                     deli●ered
                     of
                     the
                     Mo●n●
                     and
                     Venus
                     ▪
                     It
                     is
                     not
                     then
                     the
                     Masse
                     or
                     quantity
                     which
                     can
                     hinder
                     it
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     neither
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     can
                     it
                     bee
                     the
                     smalnesse
                     :
                     for
                     bodies
                     smaller
                     are
                     found
                     as
                     apt
                     ,
                     or
                     rather
                     apter
                     to
                     receiue
                     a
                     circular
                     motion
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     will
                     not
                     deny
                     mee
                     ;
                     and
                     therefore
                     cannot
                     this
                     be
                     preiudiciall
                     to
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     the
                     figure
                     of
                     the
                     Earthly
                     Globe
                     cannot
                     hinder
                     this
                     motion
                     ,
                     because
                     by
                     all
                     sound
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     being
                     acknowledged
                     to
                     bee
                     Sphericall
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     but
                     bee
                     deemed
                     most
                     apt
                     to
                     receiue
                     Reuolution
                     ;
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     some
                     haue
                     hence
                     laboured
                     to
                     draw
                     an
                     argument
                     for
                     the
                     Earths
                     circular
                     motion
                     ,
                     as
                     deeming
                     this
                     Figure
                     to
                     bee
                     giuen
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     for
                     no
                     other
                     end
                     or
                     vse
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     no
                     Quality
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     can
                     resist
                     this
                     circular
                     motion
                     ;
                     for
                     this
                     quality
                     (
                     by
                     the
                     consent
                     of
                     all
                     )
                     would
                     bee
                     the
                     naturall
                     heauines
                     or
                     waight
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     But
                     this
                     heauines
                     takes
                     not
                     away
                     the
                     naturall
                     Reuolution
                     :
                     1
                     Because
                     Grauity
                     or
                     heauinesse
                     is
                     nothing
                     els
                     but
                     the
                     inclination
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     returning
                     to
                     their
                     naturall
                     
                     place
                     ,
                     hauing
                     beene
                     sequestred
                     from
                     it
                     :
                     but
                     these
                     parts
                     hauing
                     once
                     regained
                     their
                     proper
                     places
                     ,
                     moue
                     no
                     farther
                     ,
                     nor
                     are
                     in
                     those
                     places
                     esteemed
                     heauy
                     ,
                     or
                     waighty
                     :
                     whence
                     it
                     is
                     commonly
                     said
                     amongst
                     the
                     
                       Peripatetickes
                       ,
                       Nihil
                       grauitat
                       in
                       suo
                       loco
                       ,
                    
                     nothing
                     is
                     heauy
                     in
                     his
                     owne
                     place
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     easily
                     bee
                     demonstrated
                     out
                     of
                     Staticke
                     principles
                     ,
                     whereby
                     we
                     finde
                     heauinesse
                     and
                     lightnesse
                     to
                     bee
                     giuen
                     to
                     the
                     bodies
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     medium
                     ,
                     and
                     their
                     massinesse
                     and
                     solidity
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     2
                     If
                     this
                     heauinesse
                     bee
                     opposed
                     to
                     the
                     circular
                     motion
                     then
                     either
                     immediatly
                     by
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     or
                     secondarily
                     by
                     some
                     concomitant
                     accident
                     .
                     It
                     cannot
                     bee
                     the
                     first
                     ,
                     because
                     grauity
                     is
                     a
                     quality
                     ;
                     but
                     motion
                     ;
                     an
                     action
                     ;
                     which
                     for
                     ought
                     my
                     Philosophy
                     hath
                     taught
                     mee
                     ,
                     are
                     not
                     opposite
                     ▪
                     If
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     some
                     accident
                     ;
                     then
                     (
                     no
                     question
                     )
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     contrary
                     to
                     lightnesse
                     or
                     leuity
                     ,
                     which
                     seemes
                     requisite
                     to
                     such
                     a
                     motion
                     :
                     We
                     willingly
                     yeeld
                     this
                     naturall
                     grauity
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     stand
                     opposite
                     to
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     Ascent
                     or
                     mouing
                     vpward
                     from
                     the
                     Center
                     ;
                     but
                     neuerthelesse
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     any
                     way
                     contrary
                     to
                     the
                     circular
                     motion
                     :
                     1
                     Because
                     contraries
                     are
                     alwayes
                     supposed
                     to
                     be
                     
                       in
                       eodem
                       genere
                    
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     kind
                     :
                     but
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     heauy
                     bodies
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     about
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     are
                     not
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     kinde
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     being
                     a
                     right
                     motion
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     circular
                     ;
                     neither
                     can
                     the
                     waight
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     masse
                     adde
                     or
                     diminish
                     any
                     thing
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     circular
                     motion
                     ,
                     because
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     and
                     a
                     right
                     motion
                     cannot
                     either
                     directly
                     concurre
                     ,
                     or
                     directly
                     oppose
                     one
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     2
                     Wee
                     may
                     vrge
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     4
                     Chap.
                     of
                     Aristotles
                     1
                     
                       booke
                       De
                       Calo
                    
                     ,
                     That
                     no
                     ci●cular
                     motion
                     can
                     admit
                     of
                     contrariety
                     :
                     which
                     hee
                     confirmes
                     by
                     a
                     demonstration
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     forbeare
                     here
                     to
                     insert
                     ,
                     being
                     loath
                     to
                     roue
                     too
                     farre
                     from
                     our
                     present
                     matter
                     .
                     At
                     length
                     wee
                     will
                     proue
                     that
                     this
                     orbicular
                     motion
                     giuen
                     vnto
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     cannot
                     ouerthrow
                     or
                     thwart
                     any
                     other
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     for
                     if
                     this
                     were
                     so
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     happen
                     for
                     one
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     respects
                     ;
                     Either
                     because
                     the
                     Earth
                     hath
                     some
                     motion
                     or
                     other
                     contrary
                     to
                     this
                     ;
                     or
                     els
                     because
                     diuers
                     motions
                     cannot
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     cannot
                     be
                     true
                     ,
                     for
                     that
                     wee
                     haue
                     spoken
                     before
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     right
                     motion
                     they
                     finde
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     cannot
                     bee
                     iudged
                     contrary
                     to
                     the
                     
                     Sphericall
                     ;
                     neither
                     can
                     the
                     later
                     bee
                     admitted
                     as
                     an
                     vndoubted
                     truth
                     ;
                     for
                     howsoeuer
                     Aristotle
                     sets
                     it
                     downe
                     for
                     an
                     Axiome
                     ,
                     that
                     
                       one
                       simple
                       body
                       hath
                       but
                       one
                       simple
                       motion
                       ,
                    
                     yet
                     being
                     absolutely
                     vnderstood
                     without
                     any
                     limitation
                     ,
                     will
                     bee
                     found
                     by
                     experience
                     false
                     :
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     experiment
                     of
                     the
                     new
                     Perspicils
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Bodies
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     and
                     Iupiter
                     ,
                     simple
                     in
                     nature
                     ,
                     (
                     if
                     wee
                     beleeue
                     Aristoteleans
                     )
                     haue
                     at
                     least
                     a
                     double
                     motion
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     vpon
                     their
                     owne
                     Poles
                     lesse
                     then
                     Diurnall
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     of
                     their
                     Centers
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     moued
                     from
                     the
                     West
                     vnto
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     vpon
                     other
                     Poles
                     familiarly
                     knowne
                     vnto
                     Astronomers
                     .
                     The
                     Peripatetickes
                     heere
                     seeke
                     an
                     euasion
                     ,
                     by
                     distinguishing
                     the
                     motions
                     of
                     the
                     Planets
                     into
                     a
                     proper
                     or
                     naturall
                     ,
                     and
                     Accidentall
                     or
                     mutuaticious
                     :
                     but
                     this
                     answer
                     comes
                     not
                     home
                     to
                     this
                     present
                     question
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     these
                     two
                     motions
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     and
                     Iupiter
                     will
                     easily
                     bee
                     proued
                     to
                     bee
                     naturall
                     and
                     without
                     violence
                     ,
                     or
                     restraint
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     because
                     in
                     this
                     answer
                     they
                     suppose
                     the
                     Heauens
                     to
                     bee
                     cut
                     and
                     diuided
                     into
                     diuerse
                     
                       Orbes
                       ,
                       Sections
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Con●amerations
                     ,
                     which
                     later
                     Astronomers
                     vpon
                     better
                     experience
                     haue
                     derided
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     omitted
                     as
                     Hypotheses
                     or
                     suppositions
                     ,
                     to
                     settle
                     Imagination
                     ,
                     rather
                     then
                     reall
                     ,
                     or
                     true
                     grounds
                     .
                     If
                     they
                     would
                     vnderstand
                     this
                     Principle
                     of
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ▪
                     
                       That
                       one
                       simple
                       body
                       should
                       challenge
                       one
                       simple
                       motion
                    
                     :
                     of
                     a
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     kinde
                     it
                     might
                     perhaps
                     obtaine
                     some
                     credit
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     right
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     ioyning
                     to
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Circular
                     motion
                     :
                     also
                     the
                     Circular
                     motion
                     of
                     a
                     Planet
                     about
                     his
                     owne
                     Axell
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Circular
                     motion
                     it selfe
                     about
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     are
                     found
                     to
                     bee
                     diuerse
                     kindes
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     no
                     way
                     incompatible
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     subiect
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     what
                     infallible
                     argument
                     can
                     perswade
                     vs
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     a
                     meere
                     simple
                     Body
                     ,
                     such
                     as
                     Aristotle
                     describes
                     vnto
                     vs
                     in
                     his
                     Philosophie
                     ?
                     Either
                     this
                     imaginary
                     simplicitie
                     must
                     bee
                     sought
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Reall
                       Existence
                    
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     or
                     els
                     in
                     our
                     
                       mentall
                       Abstraction
                    
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     they
                     cannot
                     auerre
                     ,
                     because
                     not
                     only
                     the
                     Elements
                     themselues
                     ,
                     by
                     their
                     owne
                     confession
                     ,
                     are
                     impure
                     and
                     corrupted
                     :
                     But
                     the
                     whole
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     seemes
                     to
                     consist
                     of
                     diuerse
                     mixtures
                     ,
                     and
                     Heterogeneall
                     bodies
                     ,
                     which
                     apparantly
                     exclude
                     such
                     simplicity
                     If
                     
                     they
                     would
                     haue
                     it
                     rather
                     to
                     consist
                     in
                     the
                     Abstraction
                     or
                     separation
                     of
                     the
                     minde
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     diuide
                     and
                     distinguish
                     betweene
                     the
                     true
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     his
                     Accidentall
                     Natures
                     ;
                     I
                     shall
                     not
                     contradict
                     :
                     although
                     it
                     seeme
                     ●ather
                     grounded
                     on
                     imaginary
                     coniecture
                     ,
                     then
                     experience
                     :
                     That
                     the
                     Earth
                     of
                     it selfe
                     distinguished
                     from
                     the
                     waters
                     ,
                     should
                     haue
                     any
                     such
                     simple
                     Nature
                     .
                     If
                     wee
                     follow
                     reason
                     and
                     experience
                     as
                     our
                     Guides
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     obserue
                     in
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     a
                     twofold
                     constitu●ion
                     ;
                     The
                     one
                     Elementary
                     from
                     the
                     parts
                     whereof
                     it
                     consists
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     it
                     cannot
                     challenge
                     any
                     motion
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     right
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     separated
                     from
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     agreeing
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     ▪
                     Water
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     other
                     heauy
                     bodies
                     thereof
                     consisting
                     .
                     The
                     other
                     magneticall
                     ,
                     wherein
                     all
                     other
                     bodies
                     are
                     vnited
                     in
                     one
                     Magneticall
                     forme
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     In
                     which
                     sort
                     the
                     whole
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     may
                     bee
                     termed
                     a
                     Homogeneall
                     substance
                     ;
                     for
                     howsoeuer
                     the
                     matter
                     and
                     the
                     Elements
                     whereof
                     it
                     consists
                     ▪
                     seeme
                     Heterogeneall
                     and
                     diuerse
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     ;
                     yet
                     since
                     in
                     this
                     Magneticall
                     Nature
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     Harmony
                     and
                     Communion
                     ,
                     well
                     wee
                     may
                     call
                     it
                     a
                     Homogenity
                     of
                     the
                     Forme
                     and
                     Nature
                     ;
                     not
                     of
                     the
                     Matter
                     and
                     Quantity
                     ,
                     as
                     common
                     Philosophers
                     commonly
                     vse
                     the
                     word
                     :
                     So
                     that
                     euery
                     part
                     or
                     Element
                     whereof
                     this
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     is
                     compounded
                     ,
                     may
                     claime
                     his
                     owne
                     motion
                     ,
                     and
                     properly
                     ;
                     yet
                     all
                     conspiring
                     in
                     one
                     vniuersall
                     forme
                     of
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     Body
                     ,
                     may
                     notwithstanding
                     be
                     turned
                     round
                     with
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     motion
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     last
                     place
                     wee
                     are
                     to
                     proue
                     that
                     this
                     Circular
                     motion
                     granted
                     vnto
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     can
                     no
                     way
                     oppose
                     or
                     indanger
                     the
                     naturall
                     site
                     or
                     position
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     If
                     the
                     situation
                     or
                     position
                     were
                     feared
                     to
                     bee
                     changed
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needes
                     happen
                     one
                     of
                     these
                     wayes
                     ;
                     either
                     that
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     should
                     bee
                     moued
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     place
                     :
                     or
                     that
                     the
                     parts
                     should
                     bee
                     separated
                     &
                     distracted
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     ;
                     or
                     that
                     the
                     Poles
                     should
                     be
                     changed
                     and
                     altered
                     :
                     The
                     first
                     cannot
                     touch
                     our
                     assertion
                     ;
                     because
                     in
                     this
                     place
                     wee
                     affirme
                     not
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     Globe
                     is
                     moued
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     place
                     ;
                     but
                     that
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     place
                     is
                     turned
                     round
                     vpon
                     her
                     owne
                     Center
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     Copernicus
                     ,
                     which
                     holdes
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     moue
                     round
                     about
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     
                     censure
                     in
                     our
                     next
                     Chapter
                     ▪
                     In
                     the
                     second
                     place
                     ,
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     by
                     this
                     motion
                     cannot
                     bee
                     separated
                     or
                     disunited
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     first
                     ,
                     because
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     are
                     vnited
                     to
                     the
                     whole
                     by
                     their
                     naturall
                     grauity
                     ;
                     that
                     if
                     by
                     chance
                     they
                     should
                     bee
                     separated
                     ,
                     they
                     would
                     naturally
                     returne
                     backe
                     vnto
                     their
                     owne
                     place
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     this
                     motion
                     is
                     supposed
                     Naturall
                     &
                     not
                     violent
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     so
                     great
                     and
                     massie
                     a
                     Body
                     ,
                     can
                     make
                     no
                     sensible
                     Alteration
                     .
                     Lastly
                     ,
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     by
                     this
                     meanes
                     ,
                     cannot
                     bee
                     moued
                     out
                     of
                     their
                     places
                     ;
                     because
                     by
                     a
                     certaine
                     
                       Magneticall
                       verticity
                    
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     formerly
                     shewed
                     )
                     the
                     same
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     alwayes
                     naturally
                     respect
                     the
                     same
                     points
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     they
                     were
                     bound
                     vnto
                     two
                     firme
                     Pillars
                     indissoluble
                     .
                     Hitherto
                     hauing
                     proued
                     the
                     Circular
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     neither
                     to
                     bee
                     giuen
                     to
                     the
                     Heauens
                     without
                     some
                     absurdity
                     ,
                     and
                     yet
                     no
                     way
                     to
                     contradict
                     or
                     oppose
                     the
                     Nature
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     ;
                     wee
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     third
                     place
                     to
                     examine
                     the
                     reasons
                     vsually
                     vrged
                     against
                     this
                     Assertion
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     reason
                     is
                     drawne
                     from
                     sense
                     .
                     If
                     there
                     were
                     any
                     such
                     Sphericall
                     motion
                     (
                     say
                     they
                     )
                     how
                     comes
                     it
                     to
                     passe
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     cannot
                     of
                     vs
                     bee
                     perceiued
                     ?
                     an
                     Argument
                     worthy
                     such
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     as
                     measure
                     all
                     rather
                     by
                     seeming
                     sense
                     ,
                     then
                     Demonstratiue
                     reason
                     ;
                     who
                     cannot
                     obserue
                     on
                     the
                     sea
                     in
                     a
                     calme
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     ship
                     wherein
                     hee
                     is
                     carried
                     will
                     seeme
                     to
                     rest
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     to
                     moue
                     slowly
                     ▪
                     and
                     the
                     clifts
                     and
                     shores
                     to
                     moue
                     vnto
                     the
                     opposite
                     part
                     ?
                     What
                     then
                     should
                     wee
                     thinke
                     of
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     ?
                     which
                     hath
                     lesse
                     cause
                     to
                     bee
                     perceiued
                     ,
                     then
                     that
                     of
                     a
                     ship
                     ?
                     The
                     Bulke
                     of
                     a
                     ship
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     small
                     and
                     of
                     no
                     quantity
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     being
                     huge
                     and
                     massie
                     :
                     The
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     ship
                     meerely
                     violent
                     ,
                     inforced
                     by
                     the
                     windes
                     ;
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     naturall
                     and
                     vniforme
                     ,
                     stirred
                     vp
                     of
                     his
                     proper
                     and
                     naturall
                     inclination
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     if
                     any
                     such
                     motion
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     it
                     were
                     impossible
                     to
                     bee
                     perceiued
                     by
                     sense
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     they
                     vrge
                     against
                     vs
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     Homogeneall
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     the
                     same
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     :
                     But
                     euery
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     (
                     as
                     experience
                     teacheth
                     )
                     is
                     moued
                     downeward
                     toward
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     the
                     whole
                     can
                     haue
                     no
                     other
                     motion
                     :
                     To
                     this
                     obiection
                     wee
                     haue
                     partly
                     answered
                     before
                     ;
                     
                     yet
                     to
                     giue
                     further
                     satisfaction
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     adde
                     something
                     more
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     one
                     thing
                     to
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     and
                     Spheare
                     ;
                     another
                     of
                     the
                     seuerall
                     parts
                     and
                     Elements
                     whereof
                     it
                     consists
                     :
                     If
                     the
                     whole
                     Spheare
                     bee
                     vnderstood
                     ,
                     wee
                     ascribe
                     vnto
                     it
                     no
                     other
                     motion
                     but
                     the
                     circular
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     here
                     labor
                     to
                     establish
                     .
                     The
                     parts
                     ,
                     whereof
                     this
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     consists
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     considered
                     two
                     wayes
                     ;
                     either
                     as
                     they
                     are
                     vnited
                     in
                     the
                     whole
                     by
                     a
                     Magneticall
                     forme
                     ,
                     or
                     disioyned
                     and
                     taken
                     by
                     themselues
                     :
                     In
                     the
                     former
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     are
                     supposed
                     to
                     moue
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     motion
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     the
                     whole
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     moued
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     whole
                     and
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     taken
                     together
                     ,
                     are
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                     and
                     subiect
                     to
                     the
                     same
                     circular
                     reuolution
                     .
                     Notwithstanding
                     this
                     ,
                     any
                     part
                     seuerall
                     and
                     disioyned
                     from
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     hath
                     a
                     right
                     motion
                     downeward
                     toward
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     it
                     returnes
                     to
                     its
                     true
                     naturall
                     vnion
                     .
                     This
                     inclination
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     agrees
                     not
                     with
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     ,
                     neither
                     vnto
                     any
                     part
                     vnited
                     and
                     conglobated
                     to
                     the
                     whole
                     ;
                     but
                     onely
                     to
                     a
                     part
                     separated
                     from
                     his
                     place
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     may
                     notwithstanding
                     in
                     his
                     place
                     inioy
                     a
                     circular
                     motion
                     .
                     Now
                     to
                     come
                     more
                     neerely
                     home
                     vnto
                     their
                     Arguments
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     Homogeneity
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     wee
                     answer
                     as
                     before
                     ,
                     that
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     twofold
                     Homogeneity
                     :
                     The
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     matter
                     and
                     quantity
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Magneticall
                       forme
                    
                     and
                     Nature
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     :
                     wee
                     may
                     conclude
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     right
                     motion
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     ,
                     the
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     so
                     wee
                     vnderstand
                     it
                     in
                     a
                     good
                     sense
                     :
                     first
                     that
                     euery
                     part
                     is
                     here
                     to
                     bee
                     vnderstood
                     ,
                     not
                     in
                     ,
                     but
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     proper
                     place
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     that
                     by
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     wee
                     ought
                     not
                     to
                     vnderstand
                     the
                     whole
                     Globe
                     with
                     all
                     his
                     parts
                     ,
                     conformed
                     in
                     one
                     Sphericall
                     frame
                     ;
                     but
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     indefinitely
                     taken
                     ;
                     for
                     if
                     wee
                     should
                     vnderstand
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Globe
                     ,
                     their
                     Argument
                     will
                     in
                     no
                     way
                     hold
                     true
                     :
                     If
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     later
                     ,
                     wee
                     might
                     well
                     grant
                     them
                     their
                     Conclusion
                     ,
                     yet
                     can
                     it
                     not
                     oppugne
                     our
                     Assertion
                     :
                     Because
                     it
                     will
                     follow
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Naturall
                     inclination
                     of
                     euery
                     part
                     ,
                     that
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     seuerally
                     taken
                     ,
                     haue
                     such
                     a
                     disposition
                     of
                     returning
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     being
                     separated
                     there
                     from
                     :
                     Yet
                     will
                     not
                     this
                     by
                     any
                     necessary
                     inference
                     bee
                     proued
                     to
                     agree
                     to
                     the
                     whole
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     but
                     rather
                     will
                     it
                     
                     follow
                     contrarywise
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     whole
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     moued
                     circularly
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     euery
                     part
                     with
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     it
                     ,
                     is
                     moued
                     with
                     the
                     whole
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     motion
                     .
                     A
                     third
                     argument
                     which
                     is
                     thought
                     greater
                     then
                     all
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     is
                     drawne
                     from
                     two
                     experiments
                     :
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     ,
                     that
                     a
                     stone
                     or
                     Bullet
                     let
                     fall
                     from
                     a
                     higher
                     place
                     to
                     the
                     ground
                     ,
                     will
                     perpendicularly
                     descend
                     to
                     the
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     right
                     vnder
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     that
                     two
                     Bullets
                     imagined
                     to
                     bee
                     of
                     equall
                     weight
                     and
                     matter
                     ,
                     being
                     discharged
                     from
                     equall
                     pieces
                     of
                     ordinance
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     like
                     quantity
                     of
                     powder
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     towards
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     towards
                     the
                     West
                     ,
                     will
                     reach
                     an
                     equall
                     distance
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     both
                     which
                     would
                     seeme
                     impossible
                     if
                     wee
                     grant
                     this
                     supposition
                     of
                     the
                     Earths
                     circular
                     reuolution
                     .
                     For
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     case
                     ,
                     the
                     Earth
                     sliding
                     away
                     swiftly
                     during
                     the
                     fall
                     of
                     the
                     stone
                     ,
                     would
                     change
                     the
                     point
                     marked
                     out
                     for
                     another
                     :
                     And
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     like
                     cause
                     ,
                     the
                     Bullet
                     shot
                     towards
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     being
                     preuented
                     by
                     the
                     swiftnesse
                     of
                     the
                     Earth's
                     motion
                     ,
                     carrying
                     along
                     with
                     it
                     the
                     Ordinance
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     it
                     proceeded
                     ,
                     should
                     returne
                     backe
                     ouer
                     the
                     shooters-head
                     ;
                     and
                     contrarywise
                     that
                     Bullet
                     shot
                     towards
                     the
                     West
                     ,
                     besides
                     his
                     owne
                     motion
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     the
                     other
                     way
                     ,
                     should
                     bee
                     carryed
                     so
                     much
                     farther
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     remoued
                     from
                     the
                     place
                     where
                     it
                     was
                     first
                     discharged
                     :
                     Both
                     which
                     experiments
                     seeme
                     to
                     crosse
                     this
                     circumgyration
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     which
                     our
                     magneticall
                     Cosmographers
                     labour
                     to
                     confirme
                     :
                     But
                     with
                     them
                     to
                     giue
                     an
                     answer
                     to
                     these
                     and
                     the
                     like
                     experiments
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     distinguish
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     into
                     three
                     sorts
                     ;
                     some
                     are
                     hard
                     and
                     solide
                     parts
                     ,
                     adioyned
                     to
                     the
                     Globe
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       stones
                       ,
                       mineralls
                    
                     ,
                     &
                     what
                     else
                     in
                     the
                     bowels
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     vnited
                     to
                     it
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     necessarily
                     adherent
                     to
                     the
                     outward
                     face
                     of
                     it
                     .
                     Some
                     other
                     parts
                     there
                     are
                     of
                     a
                     thinne
                     and
                     fluid
                     substance
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Aire
                     and
                     other
                     vapours
                     in
                     it
                     ,
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     A
                     third
                     sort
                     there
                     are
                     of
                     such
                     parts
                     as
                     being
                     in
                     themselues
                     solide
                     ,
                     are
                     notwithstanding
                     by
                     some
                     violence
                     separated
                     from
                     the
                     solide
                     globe
                     ,
                     as
                     stones
                     cast
                     into
                     the
                     Aire
                     ;
                     
                       Arrowes
                       ,
                       Bullets
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     like
                     ,
                     discharged
                     from
                     the
                     hand
                     or
                     Engine
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     two
                     former
                     wee
                     may
                     easily
                     imagine
                     them
                     carried
                     with
                     the
                     same
                     circular
                     motion
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     assigne
                     
                     vnto
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     being
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     it
                     depending
                     from
                     the
                     whole
                     masse
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     third
                     sort
                     (
                     whereof
                     consists
                     the
                     difficulty
                     )
                     wee
                     cannot
                     imagine
                     them
                     so
                     moued
                     round
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     they
                     were
                     wholly
                     separated
                     from
                     the
                     Communion
                     of
                     the
                     Earthly
                     Spheare
                     ;
                     for
                     howsoeuer
                     there
                     seemes
                     a
                     separation
                     according
                     to
                     matter
                     and
                     quantity
                     ,
                     yet
                     retaine
                     they
                     the
                     same
                     magneticall
                     inclination
                     to
                     the
                     whole
                     masse
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     they
                     were
                     vnited
                     to
                     it
                     ;
                     and
                     therefore
                     such
                     solide
                     parts
                     are
                     moued
                     with
                     the
                     same
                     vniforme
                     and
                     naturall
                     motion
                     wherewith
                     the
                     Earth
                     it selfe
                     is
                     turned
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     in
                     solide
                     bodyes
                     so
                     separated
                     from
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     of
                     an
                     Arrow
                     or
                     Bullets
                     shot
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     imagine
                     a
                     twofold
                     motion
                     :
                     The
                     one
                     Naturall
                     &
                     vniforme
                     ,
                     whereby
                     they
                     are
                     moued
                     as
                     homogeneall
                     parts
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     reuolution
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Spheare
                     :
                     The
                     other
                     violent
                     by
                     force
                     impressed
                     from
                     the
                     Agent
                     :
                     The
                     right
                     motion
                     proceeding
                     from
                     the
                     strength
                     of
                     the
                     shooter
                     ,
                     cannot
                     crosse
                     or
                     hinder
                     the
                     Naturall
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     one
                     being
                     right
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     circular
                     ,
                     admit
                     no
                     such
                     proportion
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     one
                     should
                     hinder
                     or
                     further
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     Neither
                     can
                     these
                     motions
                     well
                     be
                     tearmed
                     contrary
                     or
                     opposite
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     in
                     diuers
                     kindes
                     :
                     To
                     explaine
                     this
                     matter
                     farther
                     ,
                     we
                     
                     will
                     adde
                     this
                     Diagramme
                     ;
                     L●t
                     the
                     whole
                     orbe
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     bee
                     imagined
                     to
                     bee
                     LQM
                     ;
                     whose
                     center
                     is
                     A
                     ,
                     the
                     thicknesse
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ascending
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     O
                     Q.
                     Now
                     as
                     the
                     orbe
                     of
                     this
                     fluid
                     substance
                     of
                     the
                     aire
                     ascēding
                     vniformely
                     is
                     moued
                     round
                     with
                     the
                     
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     so
                     must
                     wee
                     imagine
                     the
                     part
                     of
                     it
                     marked
                     out
                     by
                     the
                     right
                     line
                     OQ
                     to
                     bee
                     carried
                     round
                     with
                     an
                     vnalterable
                     Reuolution
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     if
                     any
                     heauy
                     body
                     should
                     bee
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     Line
                     OQ
                     ;
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     P
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     fall
                     downe
                     toward
                     the
                     center
                     by
                     the
                     shortest
                     way
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     line
                     OQ
                     :
                     which
                     motion
                     downewards
                     towards
                     the
                     center
                     ,
                     can
                     neither
                     bee
                     hindered
                     by
                     the
                     circular
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     nor
                     yet
                     Mixt
                     or
                     compounded
                     with
                     it
                     :
                     It
                     cannot
                     bee
                     hindred
                     :
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     a
                     Right
                     motion
                     and
                     a
                     circular
                     being
                     not
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     kind
                     ,
                     cannot
                     properly
                     bee
                     reputed
                     contrary
                     :
                     Neither
                     for
                     the
                     same
                     cause
                     can
                     they
                     bee
                     mixt
                     or
                     compounded
                     :
                     Wherefore
                     this
                     motion
                     will
                     be
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     one
                     simple
                     and
                     Right
                     motion
                     ,
                     neuer
                     varying
                     from
                     the
                     Line
                     OQ
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     once
                     vnderstood
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     no
                     hard
                     thing
                     to
                     imagine
                     a
                     Bullet
                     or
                     stone
                     forced
                     by
                     equall
                     strength
                     from
                     Q
                     towards
                     L
                     ,
                     and
                     from
                     Q.
                     towards
                     the
                     point
                     M
                     ,
                     to
                     obserue
                     alwayes
                     a
                     like
                     distance
                     notwithstanding
                     the
                     Earth's
                     cir●ular
                     Reuolution
                     .
                     Hauing
                     hitherto
                     shewed
                     this
                     Sphericall
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     bee
                     possible
                     ,
                     and
                     no
                     way
                     to
                     contradict
                     Nature
                     ,
                     wee
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     to
                     shew
                     it
                     to
                     bee
                     no
                     way
                     opposite
                     to
                     the
                     sense
                     of
                     holy
                     Scripture
                     .
                     This
                     opinion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth's
                     circular
                     motion
                     ,
                     hath
                     suffered
                     much
                     wrong
                     by
                     a
                     certaine
                     perswasion
                     of
                     some
                     men
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     contradicts
                     the
                     Text
                     of
                     
                       Holy
                       Scripture
                    
                     .
                     Some
                     precise
                     men
                     ▪
                     mor●
                     ready
                     to
                     vrge
                     ,
                     then
                     vnderstand
                     what
                     they
                     alleage
                     ,
                     will
                     condemne
                     without
                     examination
                     ,
                     and
                     sticke
                     to
                     the
                     plaine
                     l●tter
                     ,
                     notwithstanding
                     all
                     absurdities
                     ,
                     denying
                     the
                     conclusion
                     in
                     despight
                     of
                     the
                     premisses
                     .
                     To
                     these
                     haue
                     associated
                     themselues
                     another
                     sort
                     ,
                     more
                     to
                     bee
                     regarded
                     ,
                     as
                     more
                     learned
                     ;
                     the
                     Critickes
                     (
                     I
                     meane
                     )
                     of
                     our
                     Age
                     ,
                     who
                     like
                     Popes
                     or
                     Dictatours
                     ,
                     haue
                     taken
                     vpon
                     them
                     an
                     Vniuersall
                     authority
                     to
                     censure
                     all
                     which
                     they
                     neuer
                     vnderstood
                     .
                     Had
                     these
                     men
                     contained
                     thēselues
                     in
                     their
                     own
                     bounds
                     ,
                     they
                     might
                     questionlesse
                     haue
                     done
                     good
                     seruice
                     to
                     the
                     Commonwealth
                     of
                     Learning
                     ▪
                     But
                     when
                     the
                     seruant
                     presumes
                     to
                     controle
                     the
                     Mistrisse
                     ,
                     the
                     house
                     seemes
                     much
                     out
                     of
                     order
                     .
                     To
                     seeke
                     for
                     a
                     determination
                     of
                     a
                     Cosmographicall
                     doubt
                     in
                     the
                     Grammaticall
                     resolution
                     of
                     two
                     or
                     three
                     Hebrew
                     wordes
                     ,
                     (
                     which
                     some
                     haue
                     gone
                     about
                     )
                     were
                     to
                     neglect
                     the
                     kernell
                     ,
                     and
                     
                     make
                     a
                     banquet
                     on
                     the
                     shells
                     .
                     But
                     howsoeuer
                     ,
                     we
                     hope
                     to
                     make
                     it
                     appeare
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Scripture
                     vnderstood
                     as
                     it
                     ought
                     to
                     bee
                     ,
                     is
                     so
                     farre
                     from
                     fauouring
                     their
                     opinion
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     words
                     themselues
                     can
                     hardly
                     admit
                     of
                     such
                     a
                     sense
                     ,
                     as
                     they
                     would
                     fasten
                     on
                     them
                     .
                     But
                     ere
                     wee
                     descend
                     to
                     the
                     examination
                     of
                     particular
                     places
                     of
                     holy
                     Scriptures
                     alleaged
                     in
                     their
                     behalfe
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     shew
                     this
                     opinion
                     to
                     bee
                     much
                     different
                     from
                     that
                     of
                     Copernicus
                     ,
                     as
                     somewhat
                     more
                     moderate
                     ,
                     and
                     able
                     to
                     suffer
                     an
                     easier
                     reconcilement
                     with
                     the
                     holy
                     Text.
                     For
                     the
                     places
                     alleaged
                     of
                     sacred
                     Scripture
                     ,
                     which
                     seeme
                     to
                     oppose
                     our
                     Assertion
                     ,
                     either
                     seeme
                     to
                     proue
                     the
                     circular
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     rest
                     ,
                     and
                     stability
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     opinion
                     holding
                     a
                     Mediocrity
                     betwixt
                     both
                     ,
                     neither
                     takes
                     away
                     the
                     motion
                     from
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     neither
                     oppugnes
                     such
                     a
                     Rest
                     or
                     quietnesse
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Scriptures
                     vnderstand
                     .
                     For
                     first
                     ,
                     albeit
                     wee
                     take
                     away
                     from
                     the
                     Heauens
                     the
                     diurnall
                     motion
                     ,
                     and
                     giue
                     it
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     yet
                     we
                     grant
                     to
                     the
                     heauenly
                     Orbes
                     their
                     seuerall
                     motions
                     ,
                     allowing
                     no
                     part
                     of
                     it
                     to
                     bee
                     absolutely
                     voide
                     of
                     motion
                     ,
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     vnderstand
                     this
                     in
                     a
                     fourefold
                     sense
                     ;
                     as
                     opposed
                     to
                     foure
                     kindes
                     of
                     Motions
                     .
                     First
                     to
                     the
                     progressiue
                     Motion
                     of
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     globe
                     from
                     place
                     to
                     place
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     separation
                     or
                     dissolution
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     the
                     Globe
                     may
                     loose
                     his
                     integrity
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     to
                     the
                     Translocation
                     of
                     the
                     Poles
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     Poles
                     inclining
                     to
                     one
                     side
                     or
                     another
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     imagined
                     to
                     change
                     their
                     position
                     .
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     Diurnall
                     Motion
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     first
                     sense
                     wee
                     giue
                     a
                     Rest
                     and
                     stability
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     moueable
                     ,
                     wee
                     place
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     shall
                     proue
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     Chapter
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     second
                     sense
                     we
                     also
                     grant
                     it
                     ;
                     because
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     being
                     of
                     a
                     heauy
                     nature
                     ,
                     fall
                     naturally
                     downewards
                     ▪
                     and
                     vnite
                     themselues
                     vnto
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     to
                     decline
                     such
                     a
                     dissolution
                     :
                     In
                     the
                     third
                     acception
                     wee
                     likewise
                     allow
                     such
                     a
                     stability
                     :
                     because
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     by
                     their
                     magneticall
                     inclination
                     ,
                     alwayes
                     respect
                     the
                     same
                     points
                     in
                     the
                     heauens
                     ,
                     and
                     can
                     from
                     thence
                     by
                     no
                     meanes
                     remooue
                     themselues
                     .
                     Only
                     in
                     the
                     fourth
                     and
                     last
                     sense
                     wee
                     exclude
                     a
                     Rest
                     ,
                     allowing
                     onely
                     a
                     diurnall
                     Reuolution
                     from
                     West
                     to
                     East
                     in
                     twenty
                     foure
                     houres
                     .
                     The
                     
                     first
                     argument
                     alleaged
                     against
                     vs
                     is
                     taken
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     1
                     Chapter
                     of
                     Ecclesiastes
                     :
                     
                       Vna
                       generatio
                    
                     (
                     saith
                     Salomon
                     )
                     
                       abit
                       ,
                       &
                       altera
                       aduenit
                       ,
                       quamuis
                       .
                       Terna
                       in
                       saeculum
                       permaneat
                       .
                    
                     Wherein
                     by
                     the
                     word
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     which
                     some
                     interpret
                     
                       (
                       Stat
                       ▪
                    
                     )
                     they
                     would
                     inferre
                     a
                     perpetuall
                     stability
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     A
                     childish
                     consequence
                     ,
                     which
                     a
                     graue
                     Diuine
                     might
                     well
                     bee
                     ashamed
                     to
                     vrge
                     :
                     euery
                     man
                     of
                     common
                     vnderstanding
                     may
                     plainely
                     perceiue
                     that
                     Salomons
                     scope
                     in
                     this
                     Chapter
                     was
                     ,
                     to
                     shew
                     the
                     vanity
                     &
                     vncertainty
                     of
                     all
                     things
                     vnder
                     the
                     Sunne
                     :
                     which
                     as
                     a
                     speciall
                     argument
                     amongst
                     others
                     hee
                     amplifies
                     from
                     the
                     success●ie
                     mutation
                     and
                     changes
                     of
                     men
                     liuing
                     on
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     in
                     that
                     one
                     generation
                     goeth
                     away
                     ,
                     and
                     another
                     commeth
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     Earth
                     keeps
                     her
                     integrity
                     ,
                     and
                     remaines
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     state
                     .
                     This
                     Constancy
                     then
                     ,
                     or
                     remaining
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     we
                     can
                     in
                     no
                     wise
                     oppose
                     to
                     any
                     circular
                     motion
                     ,
                     but
                     to
                     the
                     changes
                     and
                     vncertainty
                     of
                     men
                     in
                     their
                     generations
                     ;
                     in
                     which
                     sense
                     our
                     most
                     learned
                     Linguists
                     vnderstand
                     it
                     .
                     Would
                     not
                     this
                     seeme
                     to
                     any
                     man
                     a
                     ridiculous
                     argumentation
                     ,
                     if
                     any
                     man
                     should
                     thus
                     dispu●e
                     :
                     One
                     Miller
                     comes
                     ,
                     and
                     another
                     goes
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     Mill
                     remaines
                     still
                     :
                     Ergo
                     the
                     Mill
                     hath
                     in
                     it
                     no
                     motion
                     ?
                     Or
                     in
                     a
                     Riuer
                     ,
                     one
                     generation
                     of
                     Fishes
                     is
                     produced
                     ,
                     and
                     another
                     is
                     decayed
                     ;
                     but
                     the
                     Riuer
                     remaines
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                     Ergo
                     the
                     Riuer
                     remaines
                     still
                     vnmoued
                     ?
                     Let
                     any
                     man
                     goe
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     the
                     plaine
                     wordes
                     whereon
                     these
                     Grammarians
                     stand
                     ,
                     hee
                     will
                     easily
                     find
                     out
                     another
                     interpretation
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     word
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     deriued
                     from
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     signifies
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     to
                     persist
                     ,
                     subsist
                     ,
                     or
                     to
                     endure
                     ,
                     being
                     opposite
                     to
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     which
                     signifies
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     to
                     stagger
                     or
                     start
                     aside
                     from
                     his
                     place
                     ,
                     or
                     position
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     nothing
                     from
                     hence
                     can
                     bee
                     inferred
                     to
                     contradict
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     Reuolution
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     in
                     her
                     proper
                     place
                     ,
                     vpon
                     her
                     owne
                     Poles
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     only
                     maintaine
                     .
                     A
                     second
                     reason
                     they
                     draw
                     from
                     the
                     Psalme
                     104
                     ,
                     
                     out
                     of
                     these
                     words
                     ,
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     wherein
                     ,
                     (
                     as
                     one
                     would
                     perswade
                     )
                     no
                     lesse
                     then
                     three
                     arguments
                     are
                     couched
                     in
                     three
                     bare
                     termes
                     :
                     But
                     these
                     arguments
                     will
                     (
                     I
                     feare
                     )
                     proue
                     as
                     little
                     as
                     the
                     former
                     .
                     For
                     first
                     the
                     word
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     signifying
                     as
                     much
                     naturally
                     as
                     to
                     found
                     or
                     seat
                     in
                     a
                     place
                     or
                     frame
                     ,
                     is
                     not
                     altogether
                     ,
                     without
                     a
                     Metaphor
                     giuen
                     to
                     the
                     
                     Earth
                     ,
                     because
                     Almighty
                     God
                     hath
                     so
                     placed
                     it
                     vpon
                     her
                     owne
                     center
                     Poles
                     and
                     Axell
                     ,
                     that
                     shee
                     cannot
                     bee
                     moued
                     out
                     of
                     it
                     :
                     Likewise
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     implyes
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     a
                     seat
                     or
                     place
                     ,
                     being
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     word
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     which
                     signifies
                     no
                     more
                     then
                     to
                     perfect
                     ,
                     establish
                     ,
                     or
                     make
                     ready
                     :
                     The
                     third
                     is
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     from
                     the
                     word
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     which
                     can
                     signifie
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     to
                     incline
                     ,
                     to
                     nod
                     ,
                     slide
                     ,
                     fall
                     ,
                     or
                     turne
                     aside
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     place
                     :
                     All
                     which
                     can
                     suffer
                     no
                     other
                     paraphrase
                     or
                     Interpretation
                     then
                     this
                     ,
                     That
                     Almighty
                     God
                     hath
                     set
                     the
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     so
                     strongly
                     fixed
                     in
                     her
                     proper
                     frame
                     ,
                     that
                     no
                     power
                     can
                     bee
                     so
                     strong
                     to
                     dissolue
                     this
                     Fabricke
                     ,
                     or
                     turne
                     her
                     out
                     of
                     her
                     appointed
                     place
                     :
                     which
                     exposition
                     of
                     this
                     place
                     of
                     Scripture
                     ,
                     Copernicus
                     himselfe
                     would
                     easily
                     grant
                     ,
                     as
                     no
                     way
                     opposite
                     to
                     the
                     triple
                     motion
                     hee
                     labours
                     to
                     establish
                     ▪
                     Here
                     are
                     these
                     three
                     arguments
                     drawne
                     from
                     three
                     words
                     ,
                     suddenly
                     shrunke
                     into
                     nothing
                     .
                     Another
                     reason
                     which
                     I
                     take
                     to
                     bee
                     stronger
                     then
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     some
                     haue
                     taken
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     19
                     Psalme
                     ;
                     where
                     speaking
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     hee
                     vses
                     these
                     words
                     .
                     
                       In
                       them
                       hath
                       hee
                       set
                       a
                       Tabernacle
                       for
                       the
                       Sunne
                       .
                    
                     5
                     
                       Which
                       is
                       as
                       a
                       bridegroome
                       comming
                       out
                       of
                       his
                       chamber
                       ▪
                       and
                       reioyceth
                       as
                       a
                       giant
                       to
                       runne
                       his
                       course
                    
                     :
                     6
                     
                       His
                       going
                       forth
                       is
                       from
                       the
                       end
                       of
                       the
                       Heauens
                       ;
                       and
                       his
                       circuite
                       vnto
                       the
                       ends
                       of
                       it
                       :
                       and
                       there
                       is
                       nothing
                       hid
                       from
                       the
                       heat
                       thereof
                       .
                    
                     Out
                     of
                     which
                     words
                     the
                     Heauens
                     should
                     seeme
                     to
                     challenge
                     the
                     motion
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     haue
                     giuen
                     vnto
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     we
                     answer
                     two
                     wayes
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     that
                     although
                     this
                     may
                     oppugne
                     Copernicus
                     his
                     opinion
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Sunne
                     standeth
                     still
                     in
                     the
                     middest
                     as
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     World
                     ;
                     yet
                     may
                     it
                     well
                     stand
                     with
                     our
                     Assertion
                     ,
                     who
                     allow
                     the
                     Sunne
                     his
                     seuerall
                     motion
                     in
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     :
                     whether
                     those
                     words
                     of
                     the
                     Psalme
                     bee
                     to
                     bee
                     vnderstood
                     of
                     the
                     Sunnes
                     Diurnall
                     or
                     Periodicke
                     Motion
                     ,
                     is
                     not
                     so
                     soone
                     decided
                     :
                     the
                     Scripture
                     not
                     specifying
                     expressely
                     either
                     .
                     2
                     we
                     may
                     answer
                     with
                     the
                     Copernicâns
                     ;
                     That
                     the
                     Holy
                     Ghost
                     in
                     these
                     or
                     the
                     like
                     places
                     speakes
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     :
                     being
                     willing
                     to
                     descend
                     to
                     the
                     weakest
                     of
                     mens
                     capacity
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     to
                     trouble
                     mens
                     conceits
                     with
                     such
                     matters
                     as
                     to
                     vulgar
                     iudgements
                     might
                     seeme
                     vnlikely
                     or
                     improbable
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     Analogie
                     of
                     speech
                     may
                     wee
                     finde
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     of
                     Genesis
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     Moone
                     is
                     called
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     greater
                     
                     lights
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     her
                     appearance
                     ,
                     being
                     notwithstanding
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     least
                     .
                     These
                     may
                     suffice
                     to
                     shew
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     the
                     earths
                     circular
                     motion
                     to
                     bee
                     probable
                     :
                     I
                     promised
                     no
                     more
                     ,
                     &
                     I
                     hope
                     I
                     haue
                     performed
                     no
                     lesse
                     .
                     I
                     neuer
                     held
                     it
                     an
                     article
                     of
                     my
                     faith
                     ,
                     to
                     defend
                     the
                     one
                     ,
                     or
                     oppugne
                     the
                     other
                     ;
                     and
                     therefore
                     leaue
                     euery
                     man
                     to
                     his
                     owne
                     free
                     iudgement
                     ,
                     to
                     embrace
                     or
                     reiect
                     what
                     he
                     please
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 V.
                 Of
                 the
                 
                   Site
                   ,
                   Stability
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Proportion
                 of
                 the
                 Earth
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     OF
                     Terrestriall
                     affections
                     which
                     agree
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     wee
                     haue
                     hitherto
                     spoken
                     :
                     We
                     are
                     now
                     to
                     treate
                     of
                     such
                     as
                     agree
                     to
                     it
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     .
                     These
                     are
                     chiefly
                     three
                     ;
                     1
                     The
                     Site
                     ,
                     2
                     The
                     Stability
                     .
                     3
                     The
                     Proportion
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     Site
                     is
                     the
                     locall
                     position
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Celestiall
                     Bodyes
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   It
                   might
                   seeme
                   a
                   hard
                   and
                   almost
                   impossible
                   taske
                   for
                   any
                   man
                   to
                   reconcile
                   that
                   which
                   hath
                   beene
                   spoken
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   Chapter
                   concerning
                   the
                   
                     Earths
                     circular
                     Reuolution
                  
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   grounds
                   of
                   common
                   Geographers
                   ,
                   which
                   hold
                   the
                   
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                  
                   to
                   bee
                   setled
                   and
                   fixed
                   in
                   the
                   Center
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   .
                   The
                   reason
                   is
                   ;
                   because
                   such
                   as
                   hold
                   the
                   circular
                   motion
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   (
                   whereof
                   the
                   chiefe
                   is
                   Copernicus
                   )
                   would
                   haue
                   the
                   Sun
                   to
                   stand
                   still
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   fixt
                   Center
                   of
                   the
                   Vniuerse
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Earth
                   to
                   moue
                   round
                   about
                   him
                   betwixt
                   Mars
                   and
                   Venus
                   ,
                   which
                   seemes
                   cleane
                   opposite
                   to
                   the
                   former
                   opinion
                   .
                   I
                   must
                   confesse
                   that
                   Copernicus
                   
                   his
                   opinion
                   entirely
                   taken
                   and
                   vnderstood
                   ,
                   standeth
                   altogether
                   opposite
                   to
                   these
                   our
                   grounds
                   :
                   yet
                   may
                   that
                   motion
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   which
                   we
                   haue
                   established
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   Chapter
                   (
                   for
                   ought
                   I
                   yet
                   know
                   )
                   bee
                   well
                   reconciled
                   with
                   their
                   opinion
                   ,
                   which
                   hold
                   the
                   Earth
                   to
                   bee
                   the
                   Center
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   circular
                   Reuolution
                   wee
                   gaue
                   to
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   ,
                   was
                   not
                   a
                   motion
                   of
                   the
                   Center
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   from
                   one
                   place
                   to
                   another
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   of
                   the
                   Starres
                   which
                   moue
                   round
                   about
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   but
                   rather
                   a
                   turning
                   of
                   it selfe
                   in
                   its
                   owne
                   place
                   ,
                   vpon
                   her
                   owne
                   Poles
                   and
                   Axell-tree
                   ,
                   in
                   such
                   sort
                   as
                   the
                   wheele
                   of
                   a
                   mill
                   ,
                   or
                   such
                   a
                   like
                   engin
                   fixt
                   in
                   one
                   place
                   is
                   turned
                   vpon
                   his
                   owne
                   Axell
                   :
                   So
                   that
                   the
                   motion
                   wee
                   there
                   vnderstood
                   was
                   only
                   the
                   Diurnall
                   motion
                   of
                   24
                   houres
                   ,
                   making
                   the
                   Day
                   and
                   Night
                   .
                   The
                   other
                   two
                   motions
                   mentioned
                   by
                   Copernicus
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   found
                   out
                   in
                   the
                   Heauens
                   ,
                   and
                   left
                   to
                   Astronomers
                   .
                   The
                   reasons
                   why
                   I
                   entirely
                   embrace
                   not
                   Copernicus
                   his
                   opinion
                   ,
                   are
                   chiefely
                   two
                   .
                   First
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   seemes
                   too
                   harsh
                   and
                   dissonant
                   in
                   nature
                   ,
                   to
                   make
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   selfe-same
                   body
                   subiect
                   to
                   so
                   many
                   motions
                   ,
                   especially
                   such
                   as
                   by
                   common
                   Philosophers
                   is
                   denied
                   all
                   motion
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   other
                   motions
                   granted
                   to
                   the
                   Earth
                   must
                   needs
                   suppose
                   it
                   to
                   bee
                   placed
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Center
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   ;
                   the
                   contrary
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   shall
                   in
                   this
                   Chapter
                   ,
                   God
                   willing
                   ,
                   sufficiently
                   demonstrate
                   .
                   The
                   motion
                   therefore
                   most
                   called
                   in
                   question
                   ,
                   and
                   most
                   likely
                   to
                   bee
                   found
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   rather
                   then
                   in
                   the
                   Heauen
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Diurnall
                   Reuolution
                   performed
                   in
                   24
                   houres
                   from
                   the
                   West
                   to
                   East
                   :
                   which
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   haue
                   proued
                   )
                   being
                   giuen
                   to
                   the
                   Heauens
                   would
                   be
                   farre
                   swifter
                   then
                   nature
                   can
                   well
                   suffer
                   :
                   wherefore
                   with
                   more
                   probability
                   may
                   this
                   motion
                   bee
                   taken
                   from
                   the
                   heauens
                   ,
                   and
                   giuen
                   vnto
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   The
                   other
                   without
                   any
                   absurdity
                   at
                   all
                   may
                   be
                   granted
                   in
                   the
                   Heauens
                   :
                   Sith
                   no
                   repugnancy
                   is
                   found
                   in
                   nature
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   euery
                   heauenly
                   body
                   may
                   be
                   furnished
                   with
                   some
                   motion
                   :
                   and
                   therefore
                   Copernicus
                   might
                   haue
                   granted
                   the
                   Sun
                   and
                   fixed
                   Starres
                   their
                   seuerall
                   motions
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   the
                   rest
                   ,
                   which
                   would
                   haue
                   seemed
                   farre
                   more
                   probable
                   then
                   to
                   haue
                   endowed
                   the
                   Earth
                   with
                   a
                   Triplicity
                   of
                   motion
                   .
                   These
                   things
                   being
                   thus
                   opened
                   ,
                   I
                   will
                   set
                   downe
                   their
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Terrestriall
                       Globe
                       is
                       the
                       Center
                       of
                       the
                       whole
                       world
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     To
                     vnderstand
                     aright
                     this
                     proposition
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     consider
                     that
                     a
                     Center
                     may
                     be
                     taken
                     two
                     manner
                     of
                     wayes
                     :
                     either
                     Geometrically
                     ,
                     or
                     Optically
                     :
                     In
                     Geometry
                     it
                     is
                     taken
                     for
                     an
                     imaginary
                     point
                     ,
                     conceiued
                     in
                     a
                     magnitude
                     deuoyde
                     of
                     all
                     quantity
                     ,
                     yet
                     bounding
                     and
                     termining
                     all
                     Magnitudes
                     :
                     Optically
                     it
                     is
                     vsually
                     taken
                     for
                     a
                     small
                     and
                     insensible
                     Magnitude
                     ;
                     because
                     to
                     the
                     fight
                     it
                     may
                     seeme
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     a
                     Point
                     ;
                     In
                     which
                     last
                     sense
                     we
                     may
                     call
                     the
                     Earth
                     the
                     Center
                     :
                     For
                     although
                     the
                     
                       Earthly
                       Spheare
                    
                     is
                     endowed
                     with
                     a
                     great
                     and
                     massie
                     substance
                     ,
                     yet
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     shall
                     hereafter
                     demonstrate
                     )
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Firmament
                     this
                     greatnesse
                     would
                     vanish
                     into
                     nothing
                     .
                     For
                     if
                     a
                     man
                     standing
                     in
                     the
                     Firmament
                     should
                     behold
                     it
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     seeme
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     as
                     a
                     small
                     point
                     .
                     This
                     being
                     declared
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     produce
                     these
                     reasons
                     to
                     proue
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Vniuerse
                     .
                     The
                     Center
                     ,
                     I
                     say
                     ,
                     not
                     of
                     all
                     heauenly
                     motions
                     (
                     for
                     some
                     Starres
                     are
                     moued
                     vpon
                     their
                     own
                     Center
                     )
                     but
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     heauenly
                     machine
                     being
                     collectiuely
                     taken
                     as
                     one
                     Body
                     The
                     first
                     argument
                     is
                     of
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     grauity
                     or
                     naturall
                     inclination
                     of
                     all
                     heauy
                     bodies
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     .
                     The
                     Earth
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     being
                     a
                     heauy
                     &
                     massie
                     body
                     ,
                     must
                     needs
                     seeke
                     the
                     lowest
                     place
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     farthest
                     off
                     from
                     the
                     Heauens
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     can
                     be
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     the
                     Center
                     or
                     middest
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     world
                     .
                     Which
                     argument
                     by
                     others
                     is
                     more
                     subtily
                     vrged
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     .
                     Suppose
                     the
                     whole
                     masse
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     were
                     cut
                     and
                     diuided
                     into
                     many
                     parts
                     ,
                     equall
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     waight
                     and
                     figure
                     :
                     which
                     parts
                     so
                     diuided
                     were
                     placed
                     in
                     diuers
                     places
                     vnder
                     the
                     concaue
                     Superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     might
                     be
                     freely
                     left
                     to
                     themselues
                     to
                     moue
                     according
                     to
                     their
                     naturall
                     inclinations
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     most
                     certaine
                     that
                     all
                     their
                     parts
                     being
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     nature
                     ,
                     waight
                     ,
                     quantity
                     ,
                     and
                     figure
                     ,
                     would
                     descend
                     with
                     the
                     same
                     motion
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     equall
                     time
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     same
                     place
                     ;
                     which
                     could
                     in
                     no
                     wise
                     happen
                     ,
                     except
                     they
                     should
                     concurre
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     reason
                     ,
                     for
                     ought
                     I
                     vnderstand
                     ,
                     is
                     only
                     probable
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     backt
                     with
                     any
                     necessary
                     demonstration
                     .
                     For
                     it
                     proues
                     not
                     
                     thing
                     else
                     but
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     all
                     earthie
                     and
                     heauy
                     bodies
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     to
                     bee
                     absolutely
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     exact
                     middle
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     .
                     Another
                     reason
                     not
                     much
                     vnlike
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     is
                     drawne
                     by
                     some
                     from
                     a
                     finall
                     cause
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     naturall
                     harmony
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     one
                     with
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     The
                     Earth
                     (
                     say
                     they
                     )
                     is
                     of
                     all
                     other
                     bodyes
                     ,
                     the
                     most
                     vile
                     ,
                     and
                     sordid
                     :
                     Therefore
                     it
                     is
                     agreeable
                     to
                     nature
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     be
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     ,
                     equally
                     distant
                     from
                     each
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     that
                     one
                     part
                     might
                     not
                     seeme
                     to
                     complaine
                     of
                     this
                     vnpleasing
                     vicinity
                     more
                     then
                     another
                     :
                     But
                     this
                     reason
                     takes
                     as
                     granted
                     to
                     matters
                     ,
                     as
                     yet
                     not
                     decided
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     amongst
                     all
                     other
                     bodyes
                     ,
                     is
                     most
                     vile
                     and
                     sordid
                     ,
                     depending
                     on
                     the
                     ground
                     of
                     Peripateticks
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     heauenly
                     bodies
                     suffer
                     no
                     corruption
                     ,
                     a
                     thing
                     sooner
                     spoken
                     then
                     proued
                     .
                     Secondly
                     that
                     pure
                     and
                     impure
                     bodies
                     ,
                     the
                     most
                     excellent
                     and
                     most
                     vile
                     in
                     nature
                     ,
                     are
                     alwayes
                     most
                     distant
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     nature
                     ,
                     so
                     in
                     place
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     peremptory
                     assertion
                     without
                     ground
                     .
                     A
                     third
                     reason
                     more
                     probable
                     then
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     is
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     apparences
                     of
                     Starres
                     aboue
                     the
                     Horizon
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     manifest
                     that
                     the
                     Starres
                     aboue
                     the
                     Horizon
                     appeare
                     alwayes
                     to
                     bee
                     of
                     one
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     magnitude
                     ,
                     and
                     quantity
                     ,
                     whether
                     in
                     the
                     verticall
                     point
                     ,
                     or
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     West
                     ,
                     or
                     any
                     other
                     place
                     :
                     whence
                     we
                     may
                     collect
                     that
                     they
                     differ
                     equally
                     in
                     distance
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     consequence
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     seated
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     :
                     for
                     if
                     it
                     were
                     otherwise
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Starres
                     in
                     some
                     place
                     should
                     bee
                     neerer
                     ,
                     in
                     other
                     farther
                     of●
                     ,
                     they
                     would
                     some-where
                     seeme
                     greater
                     ,
                     otherwhere
                     lesser
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     grounds
                     of
                     the
                     Opticks
                     .
                     This
                     reason
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     popular
                     ,
                     seemes
                     to
                     admit
                     a
                     two-fold
                     exception
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     implies
                     that
                     a
                     man
                     standing
                     on
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     equally
                     distant
                     from
                     all
                     places
                     and
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     whereas
                     the
                     heauens
                     in
                     the
                     Horizon
                     are
                     farther
                     distant
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     a
                     whole
                     semidiameter
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     interposed
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     all
                     Starres
                     arising
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     or
                     setting
                     in
                     the
                     West
                     ,
                     ordinarily
                     seeme
                     greater
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     Verticall
                     point
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     vapours
                     ascending
                     and
                     interposed
                     .
                     Whence
                     wee
                     cannot
                     well
                     gather
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     bee
                     seated
                     in
                     the
                     middest
                     from
                     the
                     like
                     apparence
                     of
                     the
                     Starres
                     when
                     experience
                     teacheth
                     the
                     cōtrary
                     ,
                     
                     that
                     they
                     seeme
                     not
                     alwayes
                     of
                     the
                     like
                     magnitude
                     .
                     Concerning
                     the
                     first
                     ,
                     we
                     answer
                     that
                     the
                     Semidiameter
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     interposed
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Superficies
                     and
                     Center
                     ,
                     is
                     in
                     it selfe
                     greater
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     shall
                     proue
                     )
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     is
                     so
                     little
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     sense
                     cannot
                     gather
                     any
                     difference
                     in
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     Starres
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     they
                     should
                     alwayes
                     appeare
                     of
                     the
                     like
                     magnitude
                     .
                     Concerning
                     the
                     second
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     needs
                     acknowledge
                     that
                     vapours
                     ascending
                     about
                     the
                     Horizon
                     by
                     an
                     Opticall
                     Refraction
                     ,
                     make
                     the
                     Starres
                     seeme
                     greater
                     then
                     other
                     wise
                     they
                     would
                     doe
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     vnderstood
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     :
                     that
                     whether
                     a
                     ●an
                     be
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Horizon
                     where
                     the
                     Sunne
                     is
                     when
                     hee
                     riseth
                     ,
                     or
                     vnder
                     that
                     Horizon
                     where
                     the
                     Sunne
                     is
                     now
                     ,
                     vnder
                     his
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     or
                     vnder
                     that
                     horizon
                     where
                     hee
                     is
                     setting
                     ,
                     hee
                     will
                     appeare
                     to
                     bee
                     of
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     greatnesse
                     without
                     any
                     sensible
                     difference
                     .
                     Whereas
                     therefore
                     they
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     appearance
                     of
                     Starres
                     ,
                     they
                     would
                     haue
                     them
                     taken
                     as
                     abstracted
                     from
                     all
                     impediments
                     of
                     sight
                     or
                     interposed
                     vapours
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     the
                     reason
                     may
                     obtaine
                     her
                     force
                     .
                     The
                     fourth
                     reason
                     why
                     the
                     earth
                     should
                     bee
                     seated
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     ,
                     alleaged
                     by
                     Ptolomie
                     ,
                     and
                     others
                     ,
                     is
                     this
                     :
                     wheresoeuer
                     any
                     man
                     stands
                     on
                     the
                     Surface
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     six
                     signes
                     of
                     the
                     Zodiacke
                     will
                     shew
                     themselues
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     six
                     signes
                     will
                     lye
                     hid
                     ;
                     and
                     by
                     consequence
                     halfe
                     the
                     heauens
                     will
                     appeare
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     halfe
                     will
                     bee
                     vnder
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     an
                     euident
                     reason
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     ,
                     for
                     otherwise
                     it
                     could
                     not
                     so
                     happen
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     is
                     confirmed
                     by
                     
                       Ptolomie
                       ,
                       Alphraganus
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     best
                     Astronomers
                     :
                     the
                     consequence
                     may
                     bee
                     inferred
                     out
                     of
                     naturall
                     reason
                     .
                     This
                     argument
                     will
                     sufficiently
                     hold
                     vpon
                     this
                     supposition
                     mentioned
                     before
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     bee
                     proued
                     hereafter
                     :
                     That
                     the
                     Earth
                     hauing
                     no
                     sensible
                     magnitude
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Firmament
                     ,
                     no
                     sensible
                     difference
                     can
                     shew
                     it selfe
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Sensible
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Rationall
                     Horizon
                     .
                     Besides
                     these
                     reasons
                     ,
                     which
                     make
                     the
                     matter
                     more
                     then
                     probable
                     :
                     others
                     are
                     produced
                     by
                     Ptolomie
                     demonstratiue
                     ,
                     ●ot
                     admitting
                     any
                     euident
                     or
                     probable
                     exception
                     or
                     euasion
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     this
                     ;
                     If
                     the
                     Earth
                     bee
                     placed
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     haue
                     of
                     necessity
                     one
                     of
                     these
                     three
                     Sites
                     or
                     positions
                     :
                     Either
                     it
                     must
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     :
                     or
                     
                     at
                     least
                     it
                     must
                     bee
                     placed
                     ,
                     not
                     onely
                     without
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     but
                     without
                     the
                     Axell-tree
                     :
                     That
                     is
                     ,
                     to
                     expresse
                     it
                     plainer
                     ;
                     It
                     must
                     either
                     bee
                     placed
                     beside
                     the
                     Axell-tree
                     ,
                     yet
                     equally
                     distant
                     from
                     both
                     the
                     Poles
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     it
                     must
                     bee
                     on
                     the
                     Axell-tree
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     consequently
                     neerer
                     to
                     one
                     Pole
                     then
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     or
                     thirdly
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     beside
                     the
                     Axell-tree
                     ,
                     yet
                     neerer
                     to
                     one
                     Pole
                     then
                     another
                     .
                     If
                     the
                     first
                     position
                     were
                     admitted
                     ,
                     these
                     absurdities
                     would
                     of
                     necessity
                     follow
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     a
                     right
                     Spheare
                     there
                     would
                     happen
                     no
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     but
                     onely
                     in
                     that
                     Horizon
                     which
                     passeth
                     by
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     :
                     for
                     example
                     sake
                     ;
                     ●et
                     there
                     be
                     imagined
                     a
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     BDCE
                     ,
                     whose
                     
                     Center
                     is
                     A
                     :
                     let
                     the
                     Equator
                     bee
                     DE
                     :
                     the
                     Axel-tree
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     BC
                     :
                     and
                     let
                     the
                     Earth
                     bee
                     in
                     F
                     ,
                     the
                     right
                     Horizon
                     HG
                     not
                     passing
                     by
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     A
                     :
                     which
                     shall
                     bee
                     parallell
                     to
                     the
                     Axis
                     BC
                     :
                     since
                     the
                     Equator
                     cuts
                     the
                     Horizon
                     in
                     right
                     angles
                     ;
                     It
                     is
                     most
                     manifest
                     that
                     not
                     only
                     the
                     equatour
                     ,
                     but
                     other
                     parallells
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     will
                     bee
                     vnequally
                     diuided
                     of
                     the
                     Horizon
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     it
                     passeth
                     not
                     by
                     the
                     Center
                     or
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     :
                     wherefore
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     dayes
                     must
                     continually
                     be
                     vnequall
                     to
                     the
                     nights
                     :
                     which
                     contradicts
                     all
                     experience
                     ;
                     because
                     in
                     a
                     right
                     Spheare
                     the
                     dayes
                     are
                     alwayes
                     found
                     to
                     bee
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     nights
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     this
                     position
                     it
                     would
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     no
                     man
                     in
                     a
                     right
                     Spheare
                     
                     should
                     behold
                     the
                     halfe
                     or
                     hemispheare
                     of
                     the
                     heauens
                     ,
                     but
                     either
                     a
                     greater
                     or
                     lesser
                     part
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     be
                     demonstrated
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     Diagramme
                     ,
                     whereas
                     sense
                     can
                     testifie
                     that
                     six
                     signes
                     of
                     the
                     Zodiacke
                     are
                     alwayes
                     conspicuous
                     aboue
                     our
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     six
                     alwayes
                     hid
                     :
                     only
                     excepting
                     that
                     Hor●zon
                     which
                     passeth
                     by
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     Mediety
                     of
                     Heauen
                     is
                     conspicuous
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     the
                     same
                     Starres
                     in
                     a
                     cleere
                     aire
                     should
                     not
                     alwaies
                     seeme
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     magnitude
                     ;
                     for
                     if
                     the
                     earth
                     be
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     plaine
                     ,
                     and
                     beside
                     the
                     Axis
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     toward
                     the
                     Zenith
                     or
                     Meridian
                     ;
                     the
                     Starres
                     which
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     Meridian
                     will
                     appeare
                     greater
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     or
                     West
                     ,
                     because
                     they
                     are
                     neerer
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     it
                     bee
                     placed
                     neere
                     the
                     Nadir
                     or
                     midnight
                     point
                     ,
                     they
                     will
                     appeare
                     greater
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     or
                     West
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     Meridian
                     :
                     if
                     it
                     should
                     bee
                     placed
                     towards
                     the
                     East
                     or
                     West
                     ,
                     the
                     Starres
                     would
                     either
                     seeme
                     greater
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     West
                     ,
                     or
                     contrarywise
                     ,
                     greater
                     in
                     the
                     West
                     then
                     the
                     East
                     :
                     all
                     which
                     plainely
                     contradicts
                     experience
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     it
                     would
                     hence
                     follow
                     out
                     of
                     this
                     last
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     fore-noone
                     would
                     not
                     be
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     after-noone
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     Meridian
                     circle
                     passeth
                     by
                     our
                     verticall
                     point
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     this
                     case
                     cannot
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     of
                     the
                     hemispheare
                     ,
                     but
                     will
                     decline
                     more
                     ,
                     either
                     to
                     the
                     East
                     or
                     the
                     West
                     .
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     that
                     in
                     an
                     oblique
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     either
                     there
                     will
                     bee
                     no
                     Equinoctiall
                     at
                     all
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     ,
                     if
                     there
                     were
                     any
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     not
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     betwixt
                     the
                     two
                     Solstices
                     of
                     Summer
                     and
                     Winter
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     against
                     all
                     common
                     experience
                     .
                     To
                     explaine
                     which
                     assertion
                     ,
                     let
                     there
                     be
                     a
                     Spheare
                     ABCD
                     ,
                     whose
                     Center
                     shall
                     bee
                     E
                     :
                     wherein
                     wee
                     will
                     conceiue
                     the
                     equatour
                     to
                     be
                     BD
                     :
                     the
                     two
                     Tropicks
                     IL
                     ,
                     and
                     XH
                     :
                     the
                     Axell-tree
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     AC
                     :
                     Now
                     if
                     the
                     Earth
                     should
                     be
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     equatour
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Axis
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     F
                     let
                     there
                     first
                     be
                     an
                     oblique
                     Horizon
                     ZFY
                     ,
                     cutting
                     all
                     the
                     parallells
                     into
                     vnequall
                     parts
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Axis
                     in
                     those
                     parallells
                     which
                     are
                     without
                     :
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     said
                     Horizon
                     there
                     will
                     bee
                     no
                     Equinoctiall
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     Horizon
                     equally
                     diuides
                     in
                     two
                     halfes
                     only
                     that
                     parallell
                     which
                     is
                     described
                     by
                     P
                     ,
                     which
                     neuerthelesse
                     the
                     Sunne
                     neuer
                     comes
                     vnto
                     ,
                     as
                     neuer
                     going
                     beyond
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     XH
                     :
                     Let
                     there
                     bee
                     another
                     
                       
                    
                     oblique
                     Horizon
                     OFM
                     cutting
                     the
                     Axell
                     AC
                     within
                     the
                     said
                     parallels
                     in
                     N
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     manifest
                     by
                     reason
                     ,
                     that
                     there
                     will
                     happen
                     an
                     equinoctiall
                     in
                     the
                     said
                     Horizon
                     when
                     the
                     Sun
                     shall
                     describe
                     the
                     parallell
                     by
                     N
                     :
                     because
                     this
                     parallell
                     is
                     by
                     the
                     Horizon
                     diuided
                     into
                     two
                     equall
                     partes
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     can
                     in
                     no
                     wise
                     happen
                     in
                     a
                     middle
                     space
                     and
                     time
                     betwixt
                     the
                     two
                     Solstices
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     Equator
                     only
                     is
                     equally
                     distant
                     and
                     remoued
                     from
                     either
                     Solstice
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     also
                     manifest
                     ▪
                     that
                     the
                     Sunne
                     residing
                     in
                     BD
                     the
                     equator
                     ,
                     there
                     can
                     bee
                     no
                     equinoctiall
                     ,
                     but
                     either
                     after
                     or
                     before
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     absurd
                     and
                     opposite
                     to
                     obseruation
                     .
                     Fiftly
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     bee
                     inferred
                     out
                     of
                     these
                     grounds
                     ,
                     that
                     no
                     Horizon
                     shall
                     diuide
                     the
                     Heauens
                     into
                     two
                     equall
                     parts
                     besides
                     that
                     which
                     concurres
                     with
                     the
                     equinoctiall
                     circle
                     ,
                     as
                     BD
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     drawne
                     by
                     BD.
                     Wherefore
                     all
                     people
                     should
                     not
                     behold
                     the
                     one
                     halfe
                     of
                     the
                     heauens
                     .
                     Sixtly
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     this
                     opinion
                     would
                     necessarily
                     bee
                     concluded
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     excesse
                     of
                     the
                     greatest
                     and
                     longest
                     day
                     aboue
                     the
                     equinoctiall
                     day
                     ,
                     should
                     not
                     bee
                     equalized
                     by
                     the
                     defect
                     of
                     the
                     shortest
                     day
                     ,
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     it
                     is
                     exceeded
                     by
                     the
                     equinoctiall
                     day
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     against
                     all
                     common
                     experience
                     ;
                     the
                     consequence
                     shall
                     appeare
                     by
                     demonstration
                     .
                     Suppose
                     A
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     Articke
                     Pole
                     :
                     then
                     will
                     PG
                     bee
                     the
                     excesse
                     of
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     XP
                     aboue
                     XG
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     day
                     .
                     But
                     KQ
                     is
                     the
                     defect
                     wherein
                     the
                     shortest
                     day
                     
                     IQ
                     ,
                     is
                     exceeded
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     day
                     IK
                     .
                     All
                     these
                     absurdities
                     are
                     auoided
                     ,
                     if
                     wee
                     put
                     the
                     Earth
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     E.
                     for
                     so
                     in
                     euery
                     oblique
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     SR
                     ,
                     will
                     bee
                     an
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     the
                     Sunne
                     risiding
                     in
                     the
                     Aequator
                     .
                     2
                     The
                     Heauens
                     will
                     bee
                     diuided
                     into
                     two
                     equall
                     halfes
                     ,
                     and
                     PG
                     the
                     excesse
                     of
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     ,
                     will
                     bee
                     equall
                     to
                     KV
                     ,
                     the
                     defect
                     of
                     the
                     shortest
                     day
                     :
                     whence
                     wee
                     may
                     conclude
                     the
                     first
                     part
                     of
                     this
                     argument
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     not
                     besides
                     the
                     Axis
                     in
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     .
                     Concerning
                     the
                     second
                     position
                     :
                     if
                     wee
                     should
                     place
                     the
                     earth
                     in
                     the
                     Axis
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     as
                     many
                     ,
                     or
                     more
                     absurdities
                     would
                     of
                     necessitie
                     follow
                     :
                     for
                     example
                     sake
                     ,
                     let
                     it
                     be
                     imagined
                     in
                     P
                     :
                     First
                     then
                     no
                     Horizon
                     beside
                     a
                     right
                     would
                     cut
                     the
                     Heauen
                     into
                     two
                     equall
                     parts
                     or
                     halfes
                     ,
                     and
                     consequently
                     the
                     Zodiack
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     is
                     proued
                     false
                     by
                     experience
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     because
                     six
                     signes
                     of
                     the
                     Zodiacke
                     are
                     alwayes
                     aboue
                     and
                     conspicuous
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     six
                     vnder
                     .
                     Secondly
                     onely
                     vnder
                     a
                     right
                     Horizon
                     would
                     there
                     bee
                     an
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     because
                     only
                     such
                     an
                     Horizon
                     equally
                     diuides
                     the
                     Equatour
                     into
                     two
                     halfes
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     bee
                     seene
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     figure
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     the
                     Equatour
                     is
                     conceaued
                     to
                     bee
                     BD
                     :
                     the
                     right
                     Horizon
                     AC
                     .
                     the
                     oblique
                     YZ
                     ,
                     cutting
                     the
                     Equator
                     in
                     F
                     into
                     two
                     vnequall
                     parts
                     :
                     Now
                     if
                     it
                     should
                     happen
                     that
                     in
                     any
                     oblique
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     there
                     should
                     bee
                     an
                     equinoxe
                     ,
                     it
                     could
                     no
                     wise
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     time
                     betwixt
                     the
                     two
                     Solstices
                     ,
                     but
                     would
                     be
                     much
                     neerer
                     to
                     the
                     one
                     then
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ;
                     as
                     if
                     the
                     Earth
                     w●re
                     placed
                     in
                     N
                     ,
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     XH
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Equatour
                     BD
                     ,
                     there
                     would
                     bee
                     an
                     equinoxe
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     passeth
                     in
                     the
                     parallell
                     by
                     N.
                     which
                     parallell
                     is
                     farre
                     neerer
                     to
                     the
                     Summer
                     Solstice
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     Winter
                     Solstice
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     the
                     Earth
                     were
                     in
                     G
                     ,
                     there
                     would
                     happen
                     an
                     equinoxe
                     iust
                     in
                     the
                     day
                     of
                     the
                     Summer
                     Solstice
                     ;
                     all
                     which
                     are
                     most
                     absurd
                     ,
                     and
                     most
                     repugnant
                     to
                     common
                     sense
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     this
                     granted
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     order
                     and
                     proportion
                     of
                     increase
                     and
                     decrease
                     of
                     dayes
                     and
                     nights
                     ,
                     would
                     bee
                     confused
                     and
                     troubled
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     agreed
                     on
                     by
                     consent
                     of
                     all
                     Cosmographers
                     ,
                     that
                     euery
                     where
                     without
                     the
                     right
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     such
                     an
                     order
                     and
                     proportion
                     of
                     the
                     increase
                     &
                     decrease
                     of
                     the
                     dayes
                     and
                     nights
                     ,
                     that
                     twice
                     in
                     a
                     yeere
                     the
                     dayes
                     are
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     nights
                     ▪
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     meane
                     ,
                     
                     or
                     middle
                     betwixt
                     the
                     longest
                     and
                     the
                     shortest
                     day
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     is
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     longest
                     night
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     shortest
                     day
                     to
                     the
                     shortest
                     night
                     .
                     That
                     the
                     excesse
                     of
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     aboue
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     day
                     ,
                     is
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     is
                     the
                     defect
                     of
                     the
                     shortest
                     day
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     Equinoctiall
                     day
                     .
                     All
                     which
                     and
                     many
                     more
                     such
                     Apparences
                     would
                     bee
                     interrupted
                     ,
                     were
                     the
                     Earth
                     placed
                     any
                     where
                     else
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     E
                     ;
                     as
                     will
                     appeare
                     by
                     the
                     Scheme
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     Earth
                     being
                     placed
                     in
                     E
                     ,
                     euery
                     oblique
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     as
                     SR
                     ,
                     will
                     diuide
                     the
                     Equatour
                     BD
                     ,
                     into
                     two
                     equall
                     hemicircles
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     so
                     much
                     shall
                     appeare
                     aboue
                     as
                     lies
                     couched
                     vnder
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     that
                     day
                     will
                     bee
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     night
                     .
                     In
                     like
                     sort
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     HX
                     and
                     IL
                     will
                     bee
                     diuided
                     into
                     two
                     vnequall
                     parts
                     ,
                     yet
                     so
                     as
                     the
                     Alternate
                     segments
                     shall
                     bee
                     equall
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     PX
                     and
                     VL
                     ,
                     also
                     TH
                     and
                     VI
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     demonstrated
                     by
                     
                       Theodosius
                       ,
                       lib.
                    
                     2.
                     prop.
                     16.
                     
                     Whence
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     XP
                     is
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     longest
                     night
                     LV
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     shortest
                     day
                     IV
                     is
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     shortest
                     night
                     HP
                     .
                     Finally
                     ,
                     PG
                     ,
                     the
                     excesse
                     of
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     XP
                     aboue
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     day
                     XG
                     ,
                     is
                     equall
                     to
                     KV
                     the
                     defect
                     of
                     the
                     shortest
                     day
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     day
                     IK
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     shewed
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     similitude
                     and
                     equality
                     of
                     the
                     Triangles
                     TEG
                     ,
                     and
                     VEK.
                     Now
                     of
                     the
                     contrary
                     parts
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     Earth
                     should
                     be
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     Axis
                     without
                     the
                     Center
                     E
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     P
                     ,
                     beyond
                     all
                     the
                     parallells
                     ,
                     no
                     equinoxe
                     can
                     bee
                     in
                     an
                     oblique
                     Spheare
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     but
                     alwayes
                     the
                     dayes
                     will
                     bee
                     longer
                     or
                     shorter
                     then
                     the
                     nights
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     the
                     earth
                     bee
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     G
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     passeth
                     the
                     last
                     of
                     the
                     parallells
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     be
                     one
                     only
                     equinoxe
                     ,
                     &
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     Solstice
                     in
                     an
                     oblique
                     spheare
                     in
                     all
                     other
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     the
                     dayes
                     would
                     either
                     be
                     longer
                     ,
                     or
                     else
                     shorter
                     then
                     the
                     nights
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     the
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     bee
                     seated
                     within
                     the
                     parallells
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     N
                     ,
                     there
                     would
                     be
                     two
                     Equinoxes
                     in
                     a
                     yeere
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     spaces
                     of
                     dayes
                     and
                     nights
                     should
                     increase
                     and
                     decrease
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     these
                     increments
                     &
                     decrements
                     should
                     neither
                     in
                     number
                     nor
                     in
                     greatnesse
                     be
                     equal
                     to
                     the
                     increments
                     and
                     decrements
                     of
                     the
                     nights
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     be
                     gathered
                     very
                     easily
                     by
                     sense
                     ,
                     comparing
                     the
                     two
                     Triangles
                     ,
                     DNG
                     ,
                     and
                     QNK
                     ,
                     because
                     that
                     more
                     and
                     greater
                     segments
                     of
                     parallels
                     are
                     comprehended
                     in
                     the
                     Triangle
                     LNK
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     Triangle
                     
                     PNG.
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     Earth
                     should
                     vnequally
                     respect
                     the
                     Poles
                     ,
                     and
                     were
                     not
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     the
                     shadowes
                     of
                     Gnomons
                     erected
                     which
                     make
                     right
                     angles
                     with
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     should
                     not
                     bee
                     cast
                     directly
                     forward
                     in
                     one
                     right
                     line
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoxes
                     :
                     the
                     Sunne
                     exactly
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     or
                     West
                     :
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     :
                     let
                     the
                     earth
                     be
                     A
                     ,
                     seated
                     in
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     circle
                     BC
                     
                     and
                     let
                     there
                     bee
                     a
                     Gnomon
                     erected
                     on
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     represented
                     by
                     the
                     circle
                     BC
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     manifest
                     to
                     sense
                     that
                     the
                     sun
                     setting
                     in
                     C
                     ,
                     the
                     shaddowes
                     will
                     be
                     cast
                     in
                     the
                     opposite
                     part
                     towards
                     B.
                     Likewise
                     the
                     Sunne
                     rising
                     in
                     B
                     will
                     cast
                     his
                     shadow
                     towards
                     C.
                     But
                     AC
                     and
                     AB
                     ,
                     concurre
                     in
                     one
                     right
                     line
                     ,
                     which
                     plainely
                     demonstrats
                     vnto
                     vs
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     earth
                     is
                     seated
                     in
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     it
                     were
                     placed
                     out
                     of
                     it
                     towards
                     either
                     side
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     E
                     ,
                     if
                     a
                     Gnomon
                     be
                     set
                     vp
                     on
                     the
                     Horizon
                     as
                     EF
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     see
                     that
                     the
                     Sunne
                     rising
                     in
                     B
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     the
                     shaddow
                     will
                     bee
                     directed
                     by
                     the
                     line
                     EG
                     ,
                     likewise
                     the
                     Sun
                     setting
                     in
                     C
                     ,
                     the
                     shaddow
                     will
                     make
                     the
                     right
                     line
                     EH
                     :
                     But
                     these
                     two
                     right
                     lines
                     being
                     produced
                     ,
                     will
                     cut
                     one
                     the
                     other
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     E
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     cannot
                     concurre
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     right
                     line
                     ,
                     whereof
                     ordinary
                     experience
                     witnesseth
                     the
                     contrary
                     .
                     Fifthly
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     Earth
                     were
                     thus
                     placed
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     follow
                     by
                     necessary
                     consequence
                     ,
                     that
                     two
                     signes
                     of
                     the
                     Zodiacke
                     diametrally
                     opposite
                     ,
                     should
                     not
                     be
                     seene
                     by
                     a
                     Dioptricke
                     instrument
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     against
                     experience
                     which
                     witnesseth
                     that
                     the
                     rising
                     and
                     setting
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     may
                     be
                     seene
                     by
                     one
                     right
                     line
                     :
                     also
                     the
                     rising
                     in
                     the
                     Summer
                     Solstice
                     and
                     the
                     setting
                     in
                     the
                     Winter
                     Solstice
                     ,
                     to
                     answer
                     to
                     each
                     other
                     in
                     one
                     right
                     line
                     in
                     euery
                     Horizon
                     :
                     which
                     could
                     not
                     bee
                     performed
                     vnlesse
                     the
                     Earth
                     were
                     in
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     plaine
                     and
                     the
                     
                       
                    
                     Center
                     .
                     Let
                     there
                     bee
                     a●
                     Horizon
                     BDCE
                     ,
                     the
                     Equator
                     BC
                     ,
                     the
                     Axel-tree
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     DE
                     ,
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Cancer
                     FG
                     ,
                     of
                     Capricorne
                     HI
                     .
                     Let
                     the
                     Earth
                     first
                     bee
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     A
                     :
                     here
                     may
                     plainely
                     bee
                     perceaued
                     that
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     East
                     B
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     West
                     C
                     ,
                     answer
                     and
                     concurre
                     in
                     the
                     right
                     line
                     BC
                     :
                     also
                     that
                     the
                     East
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     Summer
                     Solstice
                     F
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     West
                     of
                     the
                     Winter
                     Solstice
                     I
                     ,
                     to
                     concurre
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     right
                     line
                     FI
                     ▪
                     also
                     the
                     Winter
                     East
                     point
                     H
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Summer
                     Westerne
                     point
                     G
                     ,
                     to
                     answer
                     mutually
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     by
                     the
                     same
                     line
                     GH
                     .
                     Which
                     Apparence
                     is
                     confirmed
                     of
                     all
                     Astronomers
                     .
                     Now
                     let
                     the
                     Earth
                     be
                     set
                     in
                     the
                     Axis
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Equatour
                     in
                     K
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     manifest
                     to
                     sense
                     that
                     the
                     contrary
                     will
                     alwayes
                     happen
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     Winter
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     setting
                     I
                     ,
                     by
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     drawn
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     will
                     not
                     directly
                     answer
                     to
                     the
                     Summer
                     point
                     of
                     rising
                     F
                     ,
                     but
                     to
                     the
                     point
                     L.
                     Likewise
                     the
                     Winter
                     point
                     of
                     Sunne-setting
                     G
                     ,
                     will
                     answer
                     to
                     the
                     point
                     M
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     to
                     the
                     Winter
                     rising
                     H.
                     Whence
                     wee
                     haue
                     sufficiently
                     demonstrated
                     this
                     second
                     position
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     beside
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     World
                     to
                     be
                     inconuenient
                     ,
                     and
                     no
                     wayes
                     to
                     bee
                     defended
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     third
                     position
                     that
                     the
                     earth
                     should
                     be
                     so
                     remoued
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     neither
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     plaine
                     ,
                     nor
                     yet
                     in
                     the
                     Axell-tree
                     .
                     Wee
                     need
                     produce
                     no
                     other
                     confutation
                     ,
                     then
                     what
                     wee
                     haue
                     said
                     before
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     two
                     positions
                     .
                     Because
                     out
                     of
                     this
                     ,
                     the
                     same
                     or
                     greater
                     absurdities
                     would
                     follow
                     ,
                     then
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     as
                     any
                     man
                     may
                     easily
                     vnderstand
                     out
                     of
                     these
                     demonstrations
                     wee
                     haue
                     before
                     recited
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     demonstratiue
                     reason
                     ,
                     wherewith
                     Ptolomy
                     would
                     confirme
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     is
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     Ecclipse
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     .
                     If
                     the
                     Earth
                     were
                     not
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     World
                     ,
                     there
                     
                     would
                     not
                     alwayes
                     happen
                     Eclipses
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     two
                     greater
                     lights
                     are
                     diametrally
                     opposed
                     ,
                     but
                     sometime
                     they
                     would
                     happen
                     when
                     these
                     great
                     lights
                     are
                     not
                     residing
                     in
                     opposite
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     Zodiack
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     false
                     ,
                     and
                     against
                     experience
                     ;
                     for
                     all
                     Astronomers
                     haue
                     witnessed
                     ,
                     that
                     eclipses
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     then
                     only
                     are
                     seene
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     &
                     the
                     Moone
                     stand
                     directly
                     
                     opposite
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     because
                     then
                     is
                     the
                     earth
                     directly
                     interposed
                     .
                     Now
                     let
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     be
                     A
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     if
                     the
                     Earth
                     bee
                     placed
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     that
                     it
                     then
                     happens
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     and
                     the
                     Moone
                     are
                     exactly
                     opposed
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     earth
                     interposed
                     directly
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     this
                     case
                     cannot
                     otherwise
                     happen
                     :
                     But
                     if
                     the
                     Earth
                     bee
                     placed
                     beside
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     B.
                     These
                     things
                     may
                     fall
                     out
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     two
                     Luminaries
                     may
                     reside
                     in
                     two
                     opposite
                     points
                     of
                     the
                     Zodiack
                     ,
                     and
                     yet
                     cause
                     no
                     eclipse
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     not
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Diameter
                     by
                     the
                     which
                     they
                     ●●e
                     opposed
                     .
                     Also
                     the
                     Moone
                     will
                     sometimes
                     suffer
                     
                     an
                     Eclipse
                     ,
                     when
                     shee
                     is
                     lesse
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     Sunne
                     then
                     a
                     semicircle
                     .
                     In
                     a
                     word
                     ,
                     this
                     eclypse
                     is
                     in
                     places
                     opposite
                     .
                     A
                     semicircle
                     will
                     then
                     only
                     be
                     seene
                     when
                     the
                     Diameter
                     of
                     opposition
                     shall
                     passe
                     by
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     world
                     ;
                     all
                     which
                     are
                     manifestly
                     repugnant
                     to
                     experience
                     and
                     obseruation
                     .
                     Out
                     of
                     this
                     demonstration
                     of
                     
                       Ptolomy
                       ,
                       Clauius
                    
                     ,
                     a
                     later
                     Astronomer
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     drawes
                     the
                     like
                     conclusion
                     .
                     Let
                     there
                     be
                     obserued
                     two
                     
                     diuers
                     eclipses
                     of
                     the
                     Moon
                     in
                     diuerse
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     Zodiack
                     :
                     Now
                     because
                     each
                     Eclipse
                     hapened
                     when
                     the
                     Sun
                     and
                     the
                     Moone
                     were
                     opposed
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     in
                     one
                     Diameter
                     (
                     as
                     Experience
                     &
                     Astronomicall
                     supputations
                     warrant
                     )
                     it
                     must
                     necessarily
                     bee
                     concluded
                     that
                     the
                     earth
                     should
                     bee
                     in
                     each
                     of
                     those
                     Diameters
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     by
                     consequence
                     in
                     the
                     common
                     section
                     of
                     them
                     both
                     :
                     Sith
                     then
                     all
                     the
                     Diameters
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     concurre
                     ,
                     and
                     cut
                     one
                     the
                     other
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     :
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     should
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     and
                     midst
                     of
                     the
                     World.
                     Diuerse
                     reasons
                     there
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     to
                     proue
                     this
                     assertion
                     .
                     But
                     these
                     demonstrations
                     of
                     Ptolomy
                     ,
                     as
                     I
                     haue
                     set
                     them
                     downe
                     enlarged
                     ,
                     and
                     explained
                     by
                     our
                     later
                     writers
                     ,
                     may
                     seeme
                     sufficient
                     ,
                     especially
                     in
                     a
                     matter
                     of
                     few
                     called
                     in
                     question
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       Position
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       in
                       the
                       Center
                       of
                       the
                       World
                       may
                       be
                       reconciled
                       as
                       well
                       with
                       the
                       Diurnall
                       motion
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       forementioned
                       ,
                       as
                       the
                       Apparences
                       of
                       the
                       Heauens
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     That
                     this
                     proposition
                     may
                     the
                     better
                     bee
                     vnderstood
                     ,
                     wee
                     are
                     first
                     to
                     set
                     downe
                     in
                     a
                     Scheme
                     ,
                     or
                     Diagram
                     ,
                     both
                     the
                     number
                     and
                     order
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     heauenly
                     Orbs
                     ,
                     conceiued
                     according
                     to
                     our
                     grounds
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     we
                     must
                     shew
                     in
                     particular
                     ,
                     how
                     this
                     ranging
                     of
                     the
                     heauenly
                     bodies
                     is
                     capable
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     motions
                     ,
                     and
                     apt
                     to
                     satisfy
                     the
                     apparences
                     .
                     In
                     which
                     parts
                     I
                     wil
                     not
                     too
                     nicely
                     descend
                     to
                     Astronomicall
                     curiosities
                     ,
                     being
                     too
                     many
                     and
                     subtile
                     for
                     a
                     Geographer
                     to
                     discusse
                     .
                     Only
                     I
                     will
                     giue
                     a
                     tast
                     ,
                     to
                     satisfie
                     such
                     as
                     suppose
                     no
                     middle
                     way
                     can
                     bee
                     troden
                     out
                     betwixt
                     Ptolomies
                     stability
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     Copernicus
                     his
                     three
                     Motions
                     .
                     I
                     might
                     seeme
                     perhaps
                     presumptuous
                     beyond
                     my
                     knowledge
                     ,
                     to
                     reiect
                     and
                     passe
                     by
                     the
                     draughts
                     and
                     delineations
                     of
                     
                       Ptolomy
                       ,
                       Alphonsus
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     their
                     followers
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     commonly
                     defended
                     and
                     in
                     vse
                     :
                     or
                     that
                     other
                     of
                     Copernicus
                     ,
                     supported
                     with
                     the
                     authority
                     and
                     credit
                     of
                     so
                     great
                     an
                     Astronomer
                     :
                     or
                     that
                     of
                     Tichobrahe
                     more
                     corrected
                     then
                     either
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     preferre
                     my
                     own
                     ,
                     being
                     an
                     Embrion
                     ,
                     or
                     halfe
                     fashioned
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     I
                     answer
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     that
                     I
                     only
                     expose
                     this
                     Scheme
                     following
                     to
                     the
                     view
                     of
                     the
                     iudicious
                     ,
                     iustifying
                     it
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     will
                     stand
                     with
                     Astronomicall
                     obseruation
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     I
                     herein
                     arrogate
                     little
                     or
                     nothing
                     to
                     my selfe
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     I
                     haue
                     digested
                     ,
                     and
                     compounded
                     it
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     obseruations
                     and
                     experiments
                     of
                     late
                     Astronomers
                     ,
                     and
                     only
                     collected
                     together
                     what
                     they
                     scattered
                     ;
                     The
                     Scheme
                     it selfe
                     is
                     expressed
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     ;
                     wherein
                     to
                     beginne
                     from
                     the
                     lowest
                     :
                     The
                     Center
                     is
                     the
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     wee
                     haue
                     giuen
                     a
                     Diurnall
                     motion
                     from
                     the
                     West
                     to
                     the
                     East
                     vpon
                     her
                     owne
                     Poles
                     ,
                     whose
                     Reuolution
                     is
                     made
                     in
                     24
                     houres
                     :
                     About
                     the
                     Earth
                     as
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     world
                     ,
                     the
                     Moone
                     is
                     carried
                     in
                     her
                     circle
                     ,
                     which
                     amongst
                     all
                     the
                     Planets
                     ,
                     is
                     found
                     more
                     neerely
                     to
                     respect
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     place
                     as
                     nature
                     .
                     Next
                     succeeds
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     leader
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     Planets
                     ,
                     which
                     carried
                     
                       
                    
                     round
                     about
                     the
                     earth
                     in
                     an
                     Annuall
                     circuit
                     ,
                     describes
                     the
                     Ecliptick
                     circle
                     :
                     about
                     the
                     Sun
                     as
                     the
                     proper
                     Center
                     ,
                     are
                     all
                     the
                     Planets
                     moued
                     except
                     the
                     Moon
                     .
                     The
                     two
                     immediate
                     cōpanions
                     of
                     the
                     Sun
                     are
                     Venus
                     ,
                     &
                     Mercurie
                     ,
                     which
                     so
                     cōpasse
                     him
                     about
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     neuer
                     comes
                     betwixt
                     them
                     and
                     the
                     Sunne
                     .
                     The
                     other
                     three
                     Planets
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Mars
                       ,
                       Iupiter
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Saturne
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     they
                     enuiron
                     the
                     Sunne
                     as
                     their
                     proper
                     Center
                     ,
                     yet
                     so
                     as
                     within
                     their
                     circles
                     ,
                     they
                     comprehend
                     the
                     body
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     The
                     Planet
                     Mars
                     ,
                     because
                     hee
                     is
                     found
                     by
                     Astronomers
                     ,
                     to
                     moue
                     sometimes
                     aboue
                     ,
                     sometimes
                     vnder
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     is
                     vnderstood
                     to
                     moue
                     in
                     such
                     a
                     circle
                     ,
                     which
                     on
                     the
                     opposite
                     side
                     shall
                     cut
                     the
                     circle
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     :
                     yet
                     so
                     as
                     Mars
                     and
                     the
                     Sunne
                     can
                     neuer
                     meet
                     in
                     one
                     point
                     :
                     Forasmuch
                     as
                     Mars
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     as
                     the
                     other
                     Planets
                     ,
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     be
                     carryed
                     in
                     an
                     Epicycle
                     about
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     keepe
                     an
                     equall
                     distance
                     from
                     him
                     howsoeuer
                     moued
                     :
                     Neither
                     is
                     he
                     euer
                     found
                     vnder
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     but
                     about
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     opposition
                     ,
                     as
                     Astronomers
                     obserue
                     :
                     whence
                     a
                     cause
                     hath
                     beene
                     giuen
                     ,
                     why
                     Mars
                     should
                     appeare
                     greatest
                     at
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     Opposition
                     .
                     These
                     fiue
                     Planets
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     
                       Saturne
                       ,
                       Iupiter
                       ,
                       Mars
                       ,
                       Venus
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     considered
                     according
                     to
                     a
                     double
                     motion
                     :
                     The
                     one
                     is
                     proper
                     and
                     naturall
                     ,
                     wherein
                     they
                     are
                     moued
                     about
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     as
                     their
                     proper
                     Center
                     :
                     The
                     other
                     Accidentall
                     ,
                     and
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     by
                     a
                     consequence
                     of
                     Nature
                     ,
                     whereby
                     
                     in
                     their
                     circuit
                     mouing
                     about
                     the
                     Sunne
                     as
                     their
                     Center
                     ,
                     they
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     ,
                     by
                     a
                     consequent
                     site
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     ,
                     be
                     carryed
                     about
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     Sunne
                     placed
                     in
                     his
                     Eclipticke
                     line
                     ,
                     so
                     compasseth
                     round
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     that
                     with
                     him
                     hee
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     carry
                     the
                     Epicy●les
                     ,
                     wherein
                     these
                     Planets
                     are
                     moued
                     round
                     a-about
                     him
                     .
                     Whence
                     wee
                     finde
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     these
                     Planets
                     about
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     as
                     their
                     owne
                     Center
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     regular
                     ,
                     but
                     about
                     the
                     Earth
                     irregular
                     :
                     which
                     proceeds
                     from
                     their
                     Excentricity
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     Aboue
                     all
                     the
                     Planets
                     wee
                     place
                     the
                     Firmament
                     ,
                     or
                     Starry
                     Heauen
                     ,
                     hauing
                     a
                     very
                     slow
                     motion
                     ,
                     not
                     to
                     bee
                     finished
                     in
                     many
                     thousand
                     yeeres
                     ,
                     and
                     this
                     motion
                     is
                     on
                     other
                     Poles
                     then
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     sought
                     out
                     in
                     or
                     neere
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     .
                     This
                     Heauen
                     would
                     Aristotle
                     haue
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     first
                     moueable
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     gaue
                     it
                     a
                     very
                     swift
                     motion
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     same
                     which
                     wee
                     call
                     Diurnall
                     ,
                     and
                     haue
                     giuen
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     But
                     it
                     seemes
                     more
                     consonant
                     to
                     nature
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     slower
                     motions
                     should
                     agree
                     to
                     the
                     higher
                     bodies
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     swifter
                     to
                     the
                     lower
                     ,
                     that
                     there
                     might
                     be
                     a
                     proportion
                     ,
                     betwixt
                     the
                     time
                     and
                     the
                     space
                     of
                     motion
                     :
                     It
                     remaines
                     that
                     wee
                     probably
                     shew
                     that
                     out
                     of
                     their
                     suppositions
                     ,
                     the
                     Celestiall
                     Apparences
                     may
                     bee
                     as
                     well
                     or
                     better
                     salued
                     then
                     by
                     the
                     ordinary
                     grounds
                     .
                     The
                     Apparences
                     which
                     are
                     most
                     called
                     in
                     question
                     ,
                     concerne
                     either
                     the
                     Motion
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Places
                     ,
                     and
                     Positions
                     .
                     All
                     the
                     rest
                     are
                     either
                     of
                     lesse
                     moment
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     are
                     thereunto
                     reduced
                     .
                     Euery
                     motion
                     which
                     is
                     found
                     or
                     thought
                     to
                     bee
                     found
                     in
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     is
                     either
                     the
                     Diurnall
                     ,
                     or
                     Periodicke
                     .
                     The
                     Diurnall
                     Motion
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     already
                     shewed
                     )
                     belongs
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     according
                     to
                     our
                     grounds
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     moue
                     from
                     the
                     West
                     vnto
                     the
                     East
                     in
                     24
                     houres
                     ,
                     Which
                     may
                     answer
                     to
                     the
                     Motion
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     moueable
                     Spheare
                     ;
                     which
                     according
                     to
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     Starry
                     Firmament
                     ,
                     and
                     thought
                     to
                     moue
                     from
                     the
                     East
                     to
                     the
                     West
                     .
                     The
                     Periodicke
                     Motion
                     ,
                     is
                     either
                     a
                     slower
                     Motion
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     finished
                     not
                     vnder
                     many
                     thousand
                     yeeres
                     ,
                     or
                     else
                     a
                     swifter
                     Reuolution
                     of
                     the
                     Planets
                     .
                     This
                     slow
                     motion
                     the
                     common
                     Astronomers
                     would
                     haue
                     towfold
                     :
                     The
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     West
                     to
                     the
                     East
                     on
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     :
                     the
                     other
                     a
                     Motion
                     (
                     as
                     they
                     call
                     it
                     )
                     of
                     Trepidation
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     South
                     point
                     to
                     the
                     North
                     
                     and
                     backward
                     againe
                     :
                     but
                     one
                     slow
                     Motion
                     of
                     the
                     sixt
                     Starres
                     vpon
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     ,
                     granted
                     to
                     the
                     Firmament
                     ,
                     will
                     (
                     for
                     ought
                     I
                     see
                     )
                     satisfy
                     both
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     why
                     they
                     put
                     two
                     distinct
                     Motions
                     ,
                     is
                     ,
                     1
                     ▪
                     Because
                     they
                     haue
                     obserued
                     the
                     Starres
                     of
                     
                       Aries
                       ,
                       Taurus
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     rest
                     of
                     the
                     Zodiacke
                     ,
                     not
                     to
                     be
                     seated
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     place
                     wherein
                     they
                     were
                     anciently
                     found
                     ;
                     but
                     to
                     be
                     moued
                     certaine
                     degrees
                     from
                     the
                     West
                     towards
                     the
                     East
                     .
                     Whence
                     they
                     would
                     conclude
                     a
                     Motion
                     to
                     bee
                     from
                     the
                     West
                     vnto
                     the
                     East
                     .
                     2.
                     
                     It
                     will
                     stand
                     with
                     no
                     lesse
                     experience
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     foresaid
                     Starres
                     of
                     the
                     Firmament
                     haue
                     moued
                     themselues
                     from
                     the
                     South
                     towards
                     the
                     North.
                     To
                     passe
                     ouer
                     the
                     r●st
                     ,
                     the
                     Pole-star
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     Hipparchus
                     time
                     was
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     Pole
                     about
                     12
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     is
                     now
                     obserued
                     to
                     approach
                     almost
                     three
                     degrees
                     .
                     These
                     two
                     Motions
                     ,
                     should
                     they
                     bee
                     esteemed
                     in
                     the
                     account
                     of
                     Astronomers
                     might
                     seeme
                     deficient
                     .
                     Notwithstanding
                     wee
                     may
                     probably
                     coniecture
                     this
                     to
                     bee
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     one
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     Motion
                     vpon
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     :
                     Whence
                     it
                     may
                     come
                     to
                     passe
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     fixt
                     Starres
                     are
                     not
                     only
                     carryed
                     from
                     West
                     to
                     East
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     obliquity
                     of
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     line
                     ,
                     encline
                     more
                     and
                     more
                     dayly
                     to
                     the
                     Pole
                     of
                     the
                     World
                     whence
                     they
                     may
                     againe
                     returne
                     .
                     For
                     this
                     motion
                     from
                     the
                     West
                     to
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     is
                     of
                     the
                     primary
                     intent
                     of
                     nature
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     Starres
                     moue
                     in
                     circles
                     parallell
                     to
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     :
                     But
                     from
                     the
                     North
                     to
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     as
                     by
                     the
                     necessary
                     consequence
                     of
                     the
                     position
                     and
                     obliquity
                     of
                     the
                     Zodiacke
                     :
                     because
                     it
                     cannot
                     bee
                     auoided
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     either
                     incline
                     to
                     ,
                     or
                     decline
                     from
                     the
                     Pole.
                     If
                     they
                     should
                     obiect
                     (
                     as
                     many
                     doe
                     )
                     that
                     this
                     progresse
                     is
                     not
                     proportionall
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     time
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     calculation
                     of
                     the
                     Astronomers
                     .
                     Wee
                     answer
                     .
                     1.
                     
                     That
                     this
                     difference
                     is
                     so
                     small
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     rather
                     seeme
                     to
                     bee
                     imputed
                     to
                     the
                     negligence
                     or
                     ignorance
                     of
                     such
                     as
                     tooke
                     these
                     obseruations
                     ,
                     then
                     to
                     any
                     diuersity
                     of
                     motion
                     .
                     For
                     who
                     knowes
                     not
                     in
                     these
                     dayes
                     of
                     ours
                     ,
                     wherein
                     this
                     art
                     is
                     arriued
                     at
                     a
                     farre
                     greater
                     perfection
                     ,
                     diuerse
                     Astronomers
                     in
                     obseruing
                     the
                     same
                     Star
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     time
                     ,
                     to
                     differ
                     much
                     the
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     Whose
                     knowledge
                     notwithstanding
                     ,
                     is
                     fortified
                     with
                     the
                     experience
                     of
                     the
                     Ancients
                     ,
                     and
                     inuention
                     of
                     new
                     Instruments
                     .
                     What
                     then
                     shall
                     wee
                     thinke
                     
                     of
                     those
                     ,
                     which
                     distant
                     so
                     many
                     ages
                     in
                     time
                     ,
                     and
                     vsing
                     diuerse
                     &
                     vnlike
                     Instruments
                     in
                     their
                     obseruations
                     ,
                     haue
                     differed
                     in
                     matters
                     of
                     so
                     small
                     moment
                     :
                     chiefly
                     in
                     seeking
                     out
                     the
                     period
                     of
                     this
                     long
                     and
                     slow
                     motion
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     his
                     slownes
                     ,
                     since
                     the
                     time
                     it
                     was
                     known
                     to
                     man
                     ,
                     hath
                     not
                     ranne
                     the
                     fifteenth
                     part
                     of
                     his
                     circle
                     .
                     For
                     my
                     part
                     ,
                     I
                     shall
                     rather
                     ascribe
                     it
                     to
                     the
                     errour
                     of
                     their
                     obseruations
                     ,
                     then
                     multiply
                     Orbs
                     without
                     a
                     greater
                     cause
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     said
                     )
                     the
                     difference
                     is
                     so
                     small
                     ,
                     and
                     almost
                     insensible
                     2.
                     
                     Because
                     wee
                     haue
                     beene
                     taught
                     by
                     our
                     Astronomicall
                     histories
                     ,
                     what
                     kinde
                     of
                     Instruments
                     were
                     then
                     in
                     vse
                     ,
                     which
                     to
                     later
                     Astronomers
                     haue
                     beene
                     thought
                     too
                     rude
                     and
                     vnfit
                     to
                     make
                     such
                     subtile
                     obseruations
                     .
                     Lastly
                     ,
                     concerning
                     the
                     Site
                     and
                     Position
                     ,
                     no
                     lesse
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     giuen
                     out
                     of
                     our
                     Hypothesis
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     common
                     way
                     .
                     For
                     by
                     placing
                     the
                     fiue
                     Planets
                     to
                     runne
                     in
                     their
                     Epicycles
                     about
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     may
                     we
                     giue
                     a
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     inequality
                     of
                     their
                     distance
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     wherein
                     an
                     ingenious
                     minde
                     in
                     our
                     common
                     grounds
                     can
                     hardly
                     giue
                     himselfe
                     sufficient
                     satisfaction
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     3
                     The
                     stability
                     is
                     an
                     affection
                     whereby
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     is
                     firmely
                     setled
                     in
                     his
                     proper
                     place
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   Stability
                   ,
                   or
                   firmenesse
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   which
                   we
                   here
                   vnderstand
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   No
                   way
                   denyes
                   or
                   contradicts
                   the
                   motion
                   of
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   whereby
                   being
                   separated
                   ,
                   they
                   returne
                   to
                   their
                   proper
                   place
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Neither
                   the
                   circular
                   Reuolution
                   of
                   it
                   on
                   her
                   owne
                   Poles
                   and
                   Axell
                   ,
                   whereof
                   wee
                   haue
                   formerly
                   spoken
                   .
                   But
                   either
                   such
                   a
                   motion
                   whereby
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   it
                   may
                   bee
                   seuered
                   one
                   from
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   the
                   whole
                   Masse
                   dissolued
                   ;
                   or
                   whereby
                   the
                   Center
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   may
                   be
                   moued
                   out
                   of
                   his
                   proper
                   place
                   ;
                   or
                   at
                   least
                   such
                   as
                   might
                   mooue
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   from
                   their
                   true
                   verticity
                   ,
                   whereby
                   they
                   should
                   not
                   respect
                   alwayes
                   in
                   the
                   Heauens
                   the
                   same
                   points
                   or
                   poles
                   .
                   Which
                   kinde
                   of
                   stability
                   from
                   motion
                   we
                   will
                   establish
                   in
                   this
                   Theoreme
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Earth
                       is
                       firmely
                       seated
                       and
                       setled
                       in
                       her
                       proper
                       place
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                   
                     This
                     Theoreme
                     may
                     bee
                     proued
                     as
                     well
                     by
                     reason
                     ,
                     as
                     authority
                     of
                     holy
                     Scripture
                     :
                     From
                     reason
                     it
                     is
                     demonstrated
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     .
                     If
                     the
                     Earth
                     should
                     not
                     be
                     setled
                     in
                     her
                     proper
                     place
                     ,
                     this
                     would
                     of
                     necessity
                     happen
                     ;
                     either
                     by
                     dissolution
                     and
                     separation
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     or
                     by
                     remouing
                     the
                     poles
                     out
                     of
                     their
                     fixt
                     places
                     :
                     or
                     else
                     by
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Center
                     from
                     one
                     place
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     cannot
                     be
                     admitted
                     ;
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     before
                     taught
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     Chapter
                     of
                     this
                     booke
                     )
                     All
                     Terrestriall
                     Bodies
                     are
                     endowed
                     with
                     an
                     inclination
                     or
                     ponderosity
                     to
                     approach
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     they
                     can
                     to
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     by
                     this
                     coherency
                     and
                     conformity
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     earth
                     is
                     ransom'd
                     from
                     any
                     such
                     mutability
                     .
                     Neither
                     can
                     the
                     whole
                     Spheare
                     bee
                     dissolued
                     without
                     an
                     especiall
                     miracle
                     :
                     And
                     if
                     so
                     it
                     should
                     happen
                     ,
                     the
                     parts
                     would
                     returne
                     againe
                     ,
                     and
                     conforme
                     themselues
                     to
                     compose
                     the
                     same
                     Spheare
                     .
                     Likewise
                     the
                     second
                     way
                     ;
                     The
                     earth
                     cannot
                     loose
                     her
                     stability
                     ,
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewne
                     in
                     our
                     former
                     Chapter
                     )
                     the
                     earth
                     hath
                     her
                     two
                     Poles
                     magneticall
                     made
                     fast
                     vnto
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     they
                     were
                     bound
                     firmely
                     to
                     two
                     great
                     pillers
                     ,
                     neuer
                     to
                     bee
                     shaken
                     .
                     Finally
                     ,
                     The
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     cannot
                     be
                     moued
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     place
                     any
                     wise
                     ,
                     because
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     demonstrated
                     in
                     the
                     Chapter
                     before
                     ,
                     without
                     the
                     disturbance
                     and
                     inuersion
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     frame
                     of
                     Nature
                     the
                     Earth
                     can
                     haue
                     no
                     other
                     place
                     then
                     the
                     Center
                     or
                     middest
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     world
                     .
                     Some
                     haue
                     alleaged
                     as
                     an
                     argument
                     that
                     principle
                     of
                     
                       Aristotle
                       :
                       That
                       one
                       simple
                       Body
                       can
                       haue
                       but
                       one
                       simple
                       Motion
                       :
                    
                     and
                     therefore
                     the
                     earth
                     challenging
                     to
                     it selfe
                     a
                     right
                     motion
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     cannot
                     also
                     haue
                     a
                     circular
                     or
                     round
                     motion
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     of
                     necessity
                     must
                     rest
                     vnmoued
                     in
                     her
                     proper
                     place
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     reason
                     ,
                     as
                     I
                     haue
                     shewed
                     ,
                     is
                     weake
                     to
                     proue
                     this
                     assertion
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     this
                     principle
                     of
                     Aristotle
                     is
                     not
                     grounded
                     on
                     certainty
                     ,
                     but
                     contradicts
                     experience
                     ,
                     as
                     I
                     haue
                     elsewhere
                     shewed
                     .
                     2.
                     
                     This
                     right
                     motion
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     is
                     not
                     to
                     bee
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     immediate
                     subiect
                     ,
                     but
                     to
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     it
                     separated
                     from
                     the
                     whole
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     nothing
                     will
                     hinder
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     the
                     whole
                     Globe
                     may
                     haue
                     a
                     motion
                     proper
                     to
                     it selfe
                     on
                     his
                     owne
                     Poles
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     let
                     this
                     reason
                     passe
                     as
                     weake
                     ;
                     all
                     those
                     arguments
                     alleaged
                     by
                     the
                     common
                     Astronomers
                     ,
                     and
                     Philosophers
                     
                     against
                     the
                     circular
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     proue
                     indeed
                     no
                     other
                     matter
                     then
                     this
                     stability
                     which
                     we
                     establish
                     :
                     but
                     if
                     racked
                     any
                     farther
                     come
                     short
                     to
                     satisfie
                     .
                     For
                     authority
                     of
                     Scripture
                     ,
                     many
                     places
                     are
                     vrged
                     to
                     proue
                     this
                     stability
                     ;
                     whereof
                     wee
                     haue
                     a
                     pregnant
                     place
                     in
                     104
                     Psalme
                     ,
                     wherein
                     Dauid
                     magnifying
                     the
                     Creator
                     ,
                     saith
                     
                       That
                       hee
                       laid
                       the
                       foundation
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       so
                       sure
                       ,
                       that
                       it
                       should
                       not
                       be
                       moued
                       at
                       any
                       time
                       :
                    
                     To
                     which
                     may
                     be
                     added
                     many
                     other
                     Texts
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     I
                     hold
                     this
                     one
                     sufficient
                     in
                     a
                     matter
                     which
                     few
                     men
                     call
                     in
                     question
                     .
                     Wee
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     third
                     place
                     to
                     treate
                     of
                     the
                     proportion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     heauenly
                     bodies
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4
                     The
                     Proportion
                     is
                     that
                     wherein
                     the
                     quantity
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     is
                     compared
                     with
                     the
                     quantity
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   We
                   must
                   here
                   remember
                   a
                   distinction
                   before
                   touched
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   may
                   bee
                   considered
                   two
                   wayes
                   ;
                   either
                   Absolutely
                   in
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   or
                   Comparatiuely
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   heauenly
                   Bodyes
                   .
                   If
                   we
                   consider
                   it
                   absolutely
                   in
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   wee
                   shall
                   finde
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   hath
                   a
                   vast
                   and
                   huge
                   magnitude
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   any
                   wayes
                   to
                   bee
                   compared
                   to
                   a
                   point
                   ;
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   body
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   subiect
                   to
                   diuision
                   ,
                   whereas
                   a
                   point
                   is
                   conceaued
                   as
                   an
                   indiuisible
                   signeadmitting
                   no
                   parts
                   at
                   all
                   .
                   S●condly
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   magnitude
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   many
                   times
                   taken
                   ,
                   will
                   measure
                   the
                   greatnesse
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   ,
                   as
                   wee
                   may
                   obserue
                   by
                   Astronomers
                   who
                   measure
                   the
                   magnitude
                   of
                   the
                   greatest
                   Stars
                   by
                   Diameters
                   and
                   Semidiameters
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   whereas
                   a
                   point
                   of
                   it
                   being
                   a
                   thousand
                   times
                   multiplied
                   ,
                   will
                   neuer
                   beget
                   a
                   magnitude
                   or
                   measure
                   of
                   the
                   quantity
                   of
                   any
                   Body
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   the
                   Starres
                   are
                   not
                   as
                   meere
                   points
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   their
                   Orbs
                   ,
                   because
                   they
                   sensibly
                   are
                   seene
                   ,
                   as
                   parts
                   of
                   these
                   Orbs.
                   But
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   greater
                   then
                   some
                   of
                   the
                   lower
                   Starres
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Moone
                   :
                   Whence
                   we
                   may
                   with
                   good
                   grounds
                   auerre
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   a
                   man
                   were
                   placed
                   in
                   the
                   Moone
                   ,
                   hee
                   might
                   behold
                   the
                   Earth
                   far
                   greater
                   then
                   the
                   Moone
                   being
                   obserued
                   by
                   vs
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   no
                   man
                   can
                   deny
                   but
                   the
                   Earth
                   in
                   it selfe
                   hath
                   a
                   great
                   vastnesse
                   .
                   But
                   if
                   wee
                   consider
                   this
                   greatnesse
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   find
                   this
                   vast
                   greatnesse
                   to
                   shrinke
                   almost
                   into
                   nothing
                   ,
                   and
                   become
                   as
                   a
                   
                   meere
                   point
                   without
                   sensible
                   magnitude
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   is
                   not
                   altogether
                   generall
                   without
                   limitation
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   heauenly
                   bodies
                   are
                   distinguished
                   into
                   the
                   higher
                   and
                   greater
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   the
                   Firmament
                   with
                   the
                   foure
                   higher
                   Planets
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   
                     Saturne
                     ,
                     Iupiter
                     ,
                     Mars
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Sunne
                   :
                   or
                   the
                   lower
                   and
                   lesser
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   
                     Venus
                     ,
                     Mercurius
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Moone
                   ,
                   which
                   difference
                   in
                   place
                   and
                   greatnesse
                   admits
                   a
                   great
                   diuersity
                   in
                   this
                   proportion
                   ,
                   as
                   wee
                   shall
                   shew
                   in
                   these
                   two
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       The
                       Earthly
                       Globe
                       compared
                       in
                       quantity
                       with
                       the
                       Firmament
                       and
                       superiour
                       Orbes
                       of
                       the
                       planets
                       ,
                       hath
                       no
                       sensible
                       magnitude
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     Proposition
                     is
                     supported
                     not
                     only
                     by
                     the
                     authority
                     of
                     many
                     and
                     graue
                     Authors
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Aristotle
                       ,
                       Ptolomy
                       ,
                       Pliny
                       ,
                       Alphragan
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     others
                     :
                     but
                     by
                     diuers
                     strong
                     reasons
                     drawne
                     from
                     experience
                     and
                     obseruation
                     of
                     Astronomers
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     argument
                     shall
                     be
                     this
                     which
                     is
                     most
                     popular
                     .
                     The
                     Sunne
                     and
                     many
                     other
                     Starres
                     in
                     the
                     Firmament
                     ,
                     are
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     Astronomicall
                     Instruments
                     to
                     bee
                     manifold
                     greater
                     then
                     the
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     yet
                     appeare
                     they
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     heauens
                     but
                     as
                     a
                     little
                     point
                     or
                     portion
                     .
                     Then
                     must
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     being
                     in
                     comparison
                     far
                     lesser
                     ,
                     be
                     deuoyd
                     of
                     all
                     sensible
                     magnitude
                     or
                     proportion
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     Earth
                     had
                     any
                     notable
                     quantity
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauen
                     ,
                     then
                     must
                     the
                     Diameter
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     haue
                     as
                     great
                     a
                     quantity
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Sky
                     ;
                     for
                     there
                     is
                     the
                     same
                     proportion
                     of
                     the
                     Diameters
                     which
                     the
                     circumferences
                     haue
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     as
                     is
                     demonstrated
                     in
                     Geometry
                     .
                     Now
                     if
                     the
                     Diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     hath
                     any
                     notable
                     magnitude
                     in
                     cōparison
                     of
                     the
                     Diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Skye
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     Starres
                     which
                     be
                     ouer
                     our
                     heads
                     ,
                     be
                     neerer
                     vnto
                     vs
                     by
                     a
                     notable
                     quantity
                     ,
                     then
                     when
                     they
                     bee
                     either
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     or
                     West
                     .
                     For
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     that
                     the
                     Starres
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     verticall
                     point
                     ,
                     are
                     neerer
                     by
                     the
                     Semidiameter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     then
                     when
                     they
                     are
                     either
                     in
                     the
                     Easterne
                     or
                     Westerne
                     point
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     see
                     in
                     ●his
                     figure
                     here
                     set
                     downe
                     ACDB
                     ,
                     wherein
                     I
                     make
                     E
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     AEB
                     the
                     true
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     and
                     EF
                     the
                     Semidiameter
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     .
                     Now
                     if
                     the
                     Semidiameter
                     FE
                     haue
                     any
                     sensible
                     proportion
                     ,
                     then
                     must
                     G
                     
                     the
                     verticall
                     point
                     
                     be
                     neerer
                     to
                     F.
                     then
                     either
                     A
                     or
                     B.
                     supposed
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     East
                     &
                     west
                     points
                     ;
                     because
                     EA
                     ,
                     or
                     EB
                     ,
                     are
                     the
                     whole
                     Semidiameter
                     of
                     the
                     Celestiall
                     circle
                     ,
                     whereof
                     FG
                     is
                     only
                     a
                     part
                     .
                     But
                     contrarywise
                     there
                     is
                     no
                     such
                     diuersity
                     perceiued
                     in
                     the
                     magnitude
                     of
                     the
                     Starres
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     they
                     appeare
                     still
                     to
                     bee
                     of
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     same
                     greatnesse
                     ,
                     except
                     by
                     accidentall
                     interposition
                     of
                     vapours
                     and
                     grosse
                     bodies
                     :
                     wherefore
                     it
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     their
                     distance
                     is
                     all
                     one
                     in
                     all
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Skye
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     consequence
                     the
                     Semidiameter
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     hath
                     no
                     sensible
                     diuersity
                     in
                     distance
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     hence
                     would
                     arise
                     another
                     reason
                     no
                     lesse
                     forcible
                     then
                     this
                     ;
                     that
                     if
                     the
                     Semidiameter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     had
                     any
                     comparison
                     or
                     proportion
                     to
                     the
                     Semidiameter
                     of
                     the
                     Skye
                     ,
                     the
                     Horizon
                     that
                     we
                     haue
                     on
                     the
                     vpper
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     should
                     not
                     diuide
                     the
                     Skye
                     into
                     two
                     equall
                     parts
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     part
                     which
                     is
                     couched
                     vnder
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     would
                     alwayes
                     be
                     greater
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     lesser
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     our
                     former
                     Diagramme
                     :
                     if
                     EF
                     haue
                     a
                     notable
                     quantity
                     in
                     compa●ison
                     of
                     EA
                     :
                     then
                     will
                     the
                     line
                     CFD
                     ,
                     being
                     the
                     Horizon
                     on
                     the
                     top
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     differ
                     notably
                     from
                     the
                     line
                     AEB
                     ,
                     being
                     the
                     Diameter
                     of
                     the
                     World
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Horizon
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     and
                     so
                     shall
                     not
                     the
                     Horizon
                     CFD
                     ,
                     diuide
                     the
                     world
                     into
                     two
                     equall
                     parts
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     vpper
                     part
                     shall
                     alwayes
                     be
                     lesser
                     then
                     the
                     lower
                     ,
                     which
                     crosses
                     ordinary
                     experience
                     :
                     for
                     we
                     may
                     see
                     in
                     long
                     winter
                     nights
                     ,
                     that
                     those
                     Starres
                     which
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     night
                     ,
                     will
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     West
                     at
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     twelue
                     houres
                     :
                     and
                     contrarywise
                     ,
                     those
                     Stars
                     which
                     did
                     set
                     in
                     the
                     West
                     ,
                     when
                     those
                     
                     others
                     did
                     rise
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     shall
                     rise
                     agayne
                     when
                     the
                     other
                     shall
                     set
                     .
                     Fourthly
                     if
                     the
                     earth
                     had
                     any
                     sensible
                     greatnesse
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     then
                     were
                     it
                     vnpossible
                     for
                     any
                     Sunne
                     Diall
                     to
                     bee
                     regular
                     and
                     obserue
                     due
                     proportion
                     .
                     For
                     we
                     see
                     the
                     shaddowes
                     to
                     moue
                     as
                     duely
                     and
                     orderly
                     about
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     Dials
                     and
                     such
                     instruments
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     their
                     Center
                     were
                     the
                     very
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     :
                     which
                     could
                     neuer
                     happen
                     if
                     these
                     two
                     Centers
                     should
                     differ
                     notably
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     :
                     to
                     expresse
                     it
                     the
                     better
                     we
                     will
                     set
                     this
                     Figure
                     ,
                     which
                     represents
                     the
                     three
                     notable
                     circles
                     in
                     a
                     Diall
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     described
                     by
                     the
                     course
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     in
                     three
                     notable
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     Zodiacke
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     the
                     two
                     Tropicks
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     .
                     Herein
                     the
                     vttermost
                     arch
                     
                     BLC
                     represents
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Capricorne
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     described
                     no
                     greater
                     then
                     the
                     quarter
                     of
                     a
                     circle
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Sun
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     Signe
                     ,
                     shines
                     vnto
                     vs
                     but
                     six
                     houres
                     .
                     The
                     Equinoctiall
                     is
                     set
                     as
                     halfe
                     a
                     circle
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Sun
                     being
                     in
                     it
                     ,
                     appeares
                     vnto
                     vs
                     12
                     houres
                     ,
                     &
                     is
                     here
                     noted
                     out
                     by
                     EIF
                     .
                     The
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Cancer
                     containes
                     3
                     quarters
                     of
                     a
                     Circle
                     ,
                     because
                     when
                     the
                     Sun
                     is
                     in
                     it
                     ,
                     there
                     are
                     eighteen
                     houres
                     from
                     Sun-rising
                     to
                     Sun-set
                     :
                     and
                     that
                     circle
                     is
                     GHK
                     .
                     The
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Diall
                     is
                     A
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Style
                     which
                     giues
                     the
                     shadow
                     DA
                     ,
                     whose
                     top
                     being
                     D
                     ,
                     doth
                     describe
                     those
                     portions
                     of
                     circles
                     with
                     such
                     exactnesse
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     the
                     Diall
                     were
                     set
                     in
                     the
                     very
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     distinction
                     of
                     the
                     houres
                     shewes
                     it selfe
                     no
                     otherwise
                     then
                     if
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Diall
                     were
                     the
                     same
                     with
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     .
                     To
                     these
                     arguments
                     I
                     may
                     adde
                     ,
                     that
                     if
                     there
                     should
                     bee
                     a
                     sensible
                     greatnesse
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     these
                     superiour
                     Orbes
                     ,
                     either
                     all
                     or
                     most
                     of
                     these
                     absurdities
                     would
                     arise
                     which
                     follow
                     their
                     opinions
                     ,
                     who
                     place
                     the
                     Earth
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Cēter
                     of
                     the
                     World
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     haue
                     before
                     treated
                     of
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       Terrestriall
                       Globe
                       compared
                       with
                       the
                       inferiour
                       Orbs
                       hath
                       a
                       sensible
                       magnitude
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Although
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     compared
                     with
                     the
                     Firmament
                     and
                     superiour
                     Orbs
                     of
                     the
                     Planets
                     ,
                     seeme
                     no
                     otherwise
                     then
                     a
                     point
                     :
                     yet
                     from
                     this
                     wee
                     must
                     except
                     the
                     Orbes
                     of
                     the
                     lower
                     Planets
                     
                       Venus
                       ,
                       Mercury
                    
                     ,
                     but
                     especially
                     the
                     Moone
                     :
                     Who
                     are
                     found
                     by
                     obseruations
                     of
                     diuerse
                     skilfull
                     Astronomers
                     to
                     haue
                     a
                     sensible
                     and
                     notable
                     greatnesse
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     whereof
                     a
                     manifest
                     argument
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     Parallax
                     or
                     variation
                     of
                     the
                     sight
                     :
                     wherein
                     our
                     obseruations
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     Starre
                     at
                     diuerse
                     places
                     are
                     not
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                     though
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     time
                     :
                     neither
                     will
                     such
                     a
                     Starre
                     to
                     both
                     places
                     seeme
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ;
                     which
                     could
                     not
                     possibly
                     bee
                     ,
                     except
                     we
                     admit
                     a
                     sensible
                     difference
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Rationall
                     and
                     
                       Sensible
                       Horizon
                    
                     ;
                     and
                     so
                     grant
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     such
                     Orbs
                     ,
                     some
                     quantity
                     and
                     greatnesse
                     .
                     This
                     diuersity
                     of
                     Aspect
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     call
                     the
                     Parallax
                     may
                     be
                     seene
                     in
                     this
                     Figure
                     :
                     let
                     A
                     be
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     L
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     or
                     other
                     Starre
                     to
                     bee
                     obserued
                     ,
                     
                     
                     EGD
                     ,
                     the
                     Firmament
                     or
                     Orbe
                     of
                     the
                     fixt
                     Starres
                     :
                     suppose
                     then
                     the
                     eye
                     to
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     fixt
                     point
                     M
                     of
                     the
                     sensible
                     Horizon
                     XMY
                     the
                     said
                     Planet
                     will
                     appeare
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     Firmament
                     S
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     Opticall
                     principles
                     ,
                     whereby
                     all
                     things
                     are
                     sayd
                     to
                     be
                     seene
                     in
                     the
                     place
                     directly
                     opposite
                     .
                     Supposing
                     againe
                     the
                     Eye
                     to
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     P
                     of
                     another
                     sensible
                     Horizon
                     RPQ
                     ,
                     the
                     Starre
                     L
                     will
                     no
                     doubt
                     appeare
                     in
                     the
                     opposite
                     point
                     T.
                     Neither
                     of
                     which
                     meets
                     with
                     the
                     Starre
                     in
                     the
                     right
                     place
                     .
                     For
                     imagining
                     the
                     Eye
                     to
                     bee
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     A
                     ,
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     the
                     Starre
                     would
                     bee
                     V
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     his
                     true
                     place
                     .
                     These
                     differences
                     of
                     sight
                     could
                     finde
                     no
                     place
                     if
                     the
                     Earth
                     were
                     as
                     a
                     meere
                     point
                     and
                     challenged
                     no
                     sensible
                     Magnitude
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     these
                     inferiour
                     Planets
                     :
                     and
                     yet
                     experience
                     of
                     Astronomers
                     hath
                     sufficiently
                     confirmed
                     it
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     being
                     a
                     point
                     very
                     curious
                     ,
                     and
                     appertaining
                     to
                     Astronomy
                     ,
                     I
                     leaue
                     it
                     to
                     their
                     farther
                     industrie
                     ,
                     whose
                     profession
                     it
                     vndergoes
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 VI.
                 Of
                 the
                 Circles
                 of
                 the
                 Terrestriall
                 Spheare
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     ALL
                     the
                     properties
                     which
                     agree
                     by
                     Nature
                     to
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     we
                     haue
                     handled
                     .
                     Here
                     wee
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     to
                     treat
                     of
                     such
                     ,
                     as
                     agree
                     by
                     vertue
                     of
                     our
                     vnderstanding
                     :
                     Of
                     this
                     sort
                     are
                     all
                     the
                     Circles
                     conceaued
                     to
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     A
                     Terrestriall
                     Circle
                     is
                     a
                     round
                     line
                     conceiued
                     in
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     diuiding
                     it
                     into
                     two
                     parts
                     .
                  
                
                 
                 
                   A
                   Circle
                   is
                   considered
                   two
                   manner
                   of
                   wayes
                   :
                   either
                   abstracted
                   from
                   this
                   or
                   that
                   sensible
                   matter
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   sort
                   it
                   is
                   supposed
                   to
                   bee
                   taught
                   in
                   Geometry
                   ;
                   to
                   which
                   properly
                   appertaines
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   the
                   Fabricke
                   and
                   Measure
                   of
                   all
                   Magnitudes
                   ,
                   especially
                   of
                   this
                   ,
                   being
                   amongst
                   all
                   ,
                   the
                   most
                   perfect
                   and
                   exact
                   :
                   Or
                   else
                   a
                   circle
                   is
                   considered
                   so
                   far
                   forth
                   as
                   it
                   hath
                   some
                   ground
                   in
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   at
                   least
                   by
                   application
                   of
                   the
                   Celestiall
                   Globe
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   it
                   comes
                   into
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   Geography
                   .
                   For
                   conclusions
                   demonstrated
                   and
                   proued
                   in
                   Geometry
                   ,
                   are
                   here
                   to
                   be
                   admitted
                   as
                   principles
                   supposed
                   not
                   demonstrated
                   a
                   new
                   :
                   which
                   Logicke
                   ,
                   if
                   
                     Clauius
                     ,
                     Blancanus
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   other
                   such
                   writers
                   had
                   well
                   learned
                   ,
                   they
                   would
                   not
                   haue
                   stuffed
                   out
                   their
                   worke
                   with
                   such
                   Heterogeneall
                   mixtures
                   ,
                   but
                   haue
                   reduced
                   euery
                   thing
                   to
                   his
                   proper
                   seat
                   and
                   science
                   .
                   A
                   circle
                   as
                   well
                   by
                   the
                   Geographer
                   as
                   Astronomer
                   is
                   diuided
                   into
                   foure
                   quadrants
                   ,
                   each
                   quadrant
                   into
                   90
                   degrees
                   ,
                   all
                   which
                   make
                   vp
                   360.
                   
                   So
                   that
                   a
                   degree
                   is
                   the
                   360
                   part
                   of
                   a
                   Circle
                   ,
                   which
                   I
                   only
                   mention
                   as
                   being
                   of
                   chiefest
                   vse
                   with
                   vs
                   ,
                   yet
                   supposed
                   to
                   bee
                   handled
                   and
                   taught
                   in
                   a
                   higher
                   science
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       A
                       circle
                       though
                       imaginary
                       in
                       it selfe
                       ,
                       hath
                       his
                       ground
                       in
                       the
                       Nature
                       of
                       the
                       Earthly
                       Spheare
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     As
                     in
                     Logicke
                     men
                     haue
                     inuented
                     certaine
                     Intentionall
                     Notions
                     ,
                     seruing
                     as
                     so
                     many
                     instruments
                     to
                     direct
                     and
                     regulate
                     our
                     vnderstanding
                     in
                     the
                     apprehension
                     of
                     things
                     :
                     So
                     in
                     Cosmographie
                     can
                     there
                     not
                     be
                     wanting
                     such
                     imaginary
                     signes
                     and
                     circles
                     to
                     confirme
                     and
                     ayde
                     our
                     phantasie
                     .
                     And
                     as
                     in
                     Logicke
                     such
                     Notions
                     in
                     themselues
                     are
                     meerely
                     imaginary
                     and
                     intentionall
                     ,
                     yet
                     may
                     be
                     tearmed
                     reall
                     ,
                     so
                     farre
                     forth
                     as
                     they
                     are
                     grounded
                     in
                     the
                     things
                     themselues
                     ;
                     so
                     may
                     we
                     speake
                     of
                     these
                     circles
                     conceiued
                     in
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     Terrene
                     Globe
                     :
                     which
                     wee
                     are
                     not
                     to
                     conceiue
                     to
                     bee
                     fictious
                     and
                     imaginary
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     they
                     had
                     no
                     ground
                     at
                     all
                     in
                     nature
                     .
                     For
                     although
                     there
                     bee
                     no
                     such
                     circles
                     painted
                     on
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     finde
                     in
                     an
                     artificiall
                     Spheare
                     :
                     yet
                     must
                     wee
                     of
                     necessity
                     conceaue
                     such
                     reall
                     respects
                     to
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     it selfe
                     :
                     as
                     when
                     a
                     Ship
                     sayles
                     ouer
                     the
                     Ocean
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     bee
                     said
                     to
                     leaue
                     behind
                     any
                     visible
                     marke
                     or
                     Character
                     in
                     
                     the
                     surface
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ;
                     yet
                     in
                     regard
                     it
                     made
                     a
                     reall
                     passage
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     leaue
                     a
                     line
                     conceiuable
                     ,
                     signing
                     out
                     vnto
                     vs
                     the
                     true
                     passage
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     a
                     matter
                     which
                     hath
                     not
                     a
                     little
                     troubled
                     Cosmographers
                     ,
                     to
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     immediate
                     and
                     true
                     subiect
                     or
                     ground
                     of
                     these
                     circles
                     ;
                     whether
                     they
                     should
                     be
                     immediatly
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     or
                     else
                     in
                     the
                     Heauens
                     .
                     The
                     ancient
                     Cosmographers
                     haue
                     acknowledged
                     no
                     other
                     ground
                     of
                     these
                     Circles
                     ;
                     then
                     the
                     congruity
                     and
                     application
                     of
                     the
                     celestiall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     and
                     his
                     parts
                     with
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     but
                     our
                     Magneticall
                     Philosophers
                     more
                     neerely
                     searching
                     into
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     Earthly
                     Spheare
                     haue
                     found
                     these
                     Circles
                     all
                     (
                     except
                     the
                     Horizon
                     )
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     the
                     Meridians
                     ,
                     and
                     Parallells
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     immediatly
                     grounded
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     it selfe
                     :
                     whose
                     opinion
                     we
                     cannot
                     reiect
                     ,
                     as
                     being
                     supported
                     by
                     experimentall
                     demonstration
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     shall
                     shew
                     in
                     particular
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       distinction
                       of
                       a
                       circle
                       into
                       any
                       certaine
                       Number
                       of
                       parts
                       ,
                       hath
                       no
                       certaine
                       ground
                       in
                       the
                       Nature
                       of
                       the
                       earthly
                       Spheare
                       ,
                       but
                       only
                       inconueniency
                       ;
                       leauing
                       our
                       iudgements
                       free
                       ,
                       to
                       take
                       such
                       a
                       Number
                       as
                       may
                       best
                       serue
                       our
                       purpose
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Some
                     Astronomers
                     more
                     curious
                     then
                     wise
                     ,
                     haue
                     gone
                     about
                     to
                     seeke
                     a
                     ground
                     of
                     this
                     distinction
                     of
                     a
                     circle
                     into
                     360
                     parts
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Sunnes
                     course
                     in
                     the
                     Zodiacke
                     ,
                     a
                     Circle
                     (
                     say
                     they
                     )
                     by
                     the
                     opening
                     of
                     the
                     Compasse
                     ,
                     being
                     described
                     in
                     a
                     plaine
                     ,
                     is
                     diuided
                     into
                     six
                     equall
                     parts
                     .
                     Now
                     because
                     the
                     Sunne
                     being
                     the
                     rule
                     and
                     measure
                     of
                     all
                     perfect
                     motions
                     ,
                     passeth
                     through
                     one
                     sixt
                     part
                     in
                     60
                     dayes
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     Circle
                     was
                     diuided
                     into
                     360
                     ,
                     for
                     60
                     multiplied
                     by
                     6
                     ,
                     will
                     produce
                     that
                     number
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     reason
                     seemes
                     to
                     infer
                     nothing
                     concerning
                     any
                     naturall
                     ground
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     distinction
                     shall
                     finde
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     though
                     it
                     may
                     serue
                     as
                     an
                     argument
                     of
                     Conueniency
                     ,
                     the
                     number
                     360
                     being
                     fittest
                     for
                     that
                     calculation
                     .
                     Another
                     reason
                     very
                     like
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     is
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     coniunction
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     with
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     
                     which
                     happens
                     12
                     times
                     in
                     a
                     yeere
                     :
                     and
                     because
                     from
                     each
                     coniunction
                     to
                     that
                     which
                     followeth
                     are
                     spent
                     30
                     dayes
                     ;
                     Hence
                     it
                     is
                     that
                     the
                     Zodiacke
                     is
                     first
                     diuided
                     into
                     12
                     parts
                     ,
                     which
                     multiplied
                     by
                     30
                     will
                     produce
                     360.
                     
                     This
                     reason
                     likewise
                     proues
                     only
                     thus
                     much
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     fittest
                     number
                     to
                     calculate
                     the
                     Motion
                     of
                     the
                     Sun
                     in
                     his
                     Eclipticke
                     :
                     Not
                     that
                     this
                     diuision
                     hath
                     any
                     ground
                     in
                     Nature
                     more
                     then
                     other
                     ▪
                     because
                     being
                     a
                     continuate
                     quantity
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     Philosophy
                     ,
                     it
                     may
                     suffer
                     infinite
                     diuisions
                     :
                     for
                     it
                     was
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     left
                     free
                     to
                     Cosmographers
                     ,
                     to
                     choose
                     what
                     number
                     they
                     pleased
                     to
                     expresse
                     the
                     parts
                     or
                     sections
                     of
                     a
                     Circle
                     :
                     which
                     they
                     tooke
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     seemeth
                     )
                     not
                     meerely
                     from
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     but
                     from
                     their
                     conueniency
                     ,
                     and
                     commodity
                     ,
                     finding
                     this
                     number
                     most
                     commodious
                     for
                     the
                     distinction
                     of
                     euery
                     Circle
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     was
                     ,
                     because
                     no
                     number
                     could
                     bee
                     found
                     ,
                     which
                     suffered
                     more
                     parts
                     and
                     diuisions
                     then
                     this
                     .
                     For
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     in
                     60
                     ,
                     whereof
                     360
                     by
                     multiplication
                     is
                     produced
                     ,
                     hath
                     exactly
                     these
                     parts
                     1.2.3.4.5.6.10.12.15.20.30
                     .
                     Likewise
                     360
                     hath
                     exactly
                     1.2.3.4.5.6.8.9.10.12.15.18.20.24.30.36.40.46.60.72.90.120.180
                     .
                     Of
                     all
                     which
                     parts
                     there
                     is
                     so
                     great
                     vse
                     in
                     Astronomy
                     and
                     many
                     times
                     in
                     Geography
                     ,
                     that
                     without
                     it
                     there
                     would
                     be
                     small
                     exactnesse
                     .
                     For
                     as
                     we
                     see
                     a
                     yard
                     measure
                     would
                     little
                     steed
                     the
                     Mercer
                     or
                     Clothier
                     ,
                     except
                     it
                     were
                     againe
                     diuided
                     into
                     smaller
                     parts
                     :
                     so
                     fals
                     it
                     out
                     in
                     the
                     account
                     of
                     the
                     Cosmographer
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     3
                     ▪
                     Of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Circles
                     ,
                     some
                     are
                     Absolute
                     ,
                     some
                     Relatiue
                     :
                     the
                     Absolute
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     assigned
                     without
                     any
                     respect
                     to
                     our
                     sight
                     ;
                     of
                     which
                     sort
                     are
                     the
                     Meridians
                     and
                     Parallells
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     4.
                     
                     The
                     Meridian
                     is
                     a
                     circle
                     drawne
                     by
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     and
                     the
                     verticall
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   Meridian
                   Circle
                   is
                   so
                   called
                   of
                   Astronomers
                   ;
                   because
                   when
                   the
                   Sun
                   (
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   suppositions
                   )
                   by
                   the
                   motion
                   of
                   the
                   
                   first
                   moueable
                   comes
                   into
                   this
                   Circle
                   ,
                   it
                   makes
                   mid-day
                   :
                   and
                   then
                   hath
                   been
                   running
                   his
                   course
                   from
                   his
                   rising
                   to
                   arriue
                   there
                   iust
                   so
                   long
                   as
                   he
                   shall
                   be
                   mouing
                   from
                   thence
                   to
                   the
                   place
                   of
                   his
                   setting
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   Meridian
                   are
                   placed
                   the
                   two
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Equator
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   same
                   with
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   ;
                   in
                   this
                   also
                   are
                   the
                   verticall
                   point
                   and
                   the
                   point
                   opposite
                   vnto
                   it
                   ,
                   tearmed
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   whereof
                   we
                   shall
                   speake
                   hereafter
                   .
                   So
                   that
                   so
                   many
                   Meridians
                   are
                   imagined
                   to
                   be
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   as
                   there
                   are
                   vertical
                   points
                   :
                   for
                   howsoeuer
                   we
                   see
                   not
                   many
                   Meridians
                   painted
                   on
                   the
                   face
                   of
                   the
                   artificiall
                   Globe
                   ,
                   yet
                   must
                   there
                   be
                   so
                   many
                   imagined
                   in
                   the
                   reall
                   Earth
                   as
                   Zenithes
                   and
                   Horizons
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   impossible
                   for
                   a
                   man
                   to
                   moue
                   neuer
                   so
                   little
                   from
                   East
                   to
                   West
                   ,
                   without
                   changing
                   his
                   Meridian
                   :
                   yet
                   for
                   more
                   order
                   sake
                   haue
                   the
                   Cosmographers
                   reduced
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   Meridians
                   to
                   halfe
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   the
                   degrees
                   in
                   a
                   Circle
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   to
                   180
                   ,
                   that
                   euery
                   Meridian
                   cutting
                   the
                   Equator
                   ,
                   and
                   other
                   Parallels
                   in
                   two
                   opposite
                   places
                   ,
                   should
                   answer
                   to
                   two
                   degrees
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   Circle
                   .
                   By
                   which
                   it
                   appeares
                   ,
                   that
                   euery
                   Meridian
                   diuides
                   the
                   Terrene
                   Globe
                   in
                   two
                   halfes
                   ,
                   whereof
                   the
                   one
                   is
                   respectiuely
                   tearmed
                   of
                   the
                   East
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   of
                   the
                   West
                   .
                   But
                   to
                   auoid
                   all
                   ambiguity
                   of
                   speech
                   ,
                   we
                   ought
                   to
                   consider
                   that
                   a
                   Meridian
                   is
                   twofold
                   ;
                   either
                   the
                   true
                   Meridian
                   ,
                   or
                   Magneticall
                   Meridian
                   .
                   The
                   true
                   Meridian
                   ,
                   ordinarily
                   so
                   called
                   ,
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   directly
                   passeth
                   by
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   ;
                   of
                   which
                   wee
                   here
                   treat
                   ,
                   which
                   indeed
                   (
                   as
                   wee
                   shall
                   shew
                   )
                   is
                   the
                   onely
                   true
                   magneticall
                   Meridian
                   .
                   But
                   that
                   which
                   some
                   haue
                   falsly
                   called
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   Meridian
                   ,
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   runneth
                   by
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   Variation
                   ,
                   and
                   much
                   differs
                   from
                   the
                   true
                   ;
                   because
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   haue
                   taught
                   )
                   the
                   variation
                   is
                   diuerse
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   diuersity
                   of
                   place
                   ,
                   &
                   therefore
                   cannot
                   answer
                   in
                   any
                   certaine
                   proportion
                   to
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Terrene
                   Globe
                   .
                   The
                   true
                   Meridian
                   Circle
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   hath
                   manifold
                   vse
                   in
                   Astronomy
                   ,
                   namely
                   to
                   distinguish
                   mid-day
                   ,
                   and
                   midnight
                   ,
                   to
                   measure
                   the
                   rising
                   and
                   setting
                   of
                   the
                   Starres
                   ,
                   &c.
                   matters
                   not
                   to
                   bee
                   neglected
                   of
                   Geographers
                   ;
                   so
                   hath
                   it
                   a
                   more
                   speciall
                   vse
                   in
                   Geography
                   :
                   to
                   designe
                   the
                   longitudes
                   and
                   latitudes
                   of
                   the
                   places
                   ,
                   with
                   their
                   distances
                   ,
                   with
                   many
                   other
                   matters
                   treated
                   of
                   hereafter
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     5
                     ▪
                     Concerning
                     the
                     Meridian
                     circle
                     wee
                     are
                     to
                     know
                     two
                     things
                     .
                     The
                     Inuention
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Distinction
                     :
                     The
                     inuention
                     is
                     whereby
                     wee
                     are
                     taught
                     to
                     find
                     out
                     the
                     true
                     Meridian
                     in
                     any
                     place
                     assigned
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     6
                     ▪
                     The
                     Inuention
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     is
                     againe
                     twofold
                     :
                     the
                     one
                     more
                     Accurate
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     either
                     Astronomicall
                     or
                     Magneticall
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     Popular
                     ;
                     the
                     Astronomicall
                     way
                     is
                     performed
                     by
                     obseruing
                     the
                     celestiall
                     motion
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   Meridian
                   may
                   bee
                   found
                   out
                   the
                   Astronomicall
                   way
                   in
                   diuerse
                   manners
                   by
                   Instruments
                   deuised
                   for
                   this
                   purpose
                   by
                   ingenious
                   Artificers
                   ,
                   whereof
                   some
                   are
                   described
                   by
                   
                     Gemma
                     Frisius
                  
                   in
                   his
                   Cosmographie
                   .
                   But
                   to
                   auoid
                   the
                   cost
                   of
                   curious
                   Instruments
                   ,
                   I
                   will
                   set
                   downe
                   our
                   way
                   ,
                   depending
                   on
                   this
                   Theoreme
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       If
                       two
                       seuerall
                       Sunne-shadowes
                       bee
                       obserued
                       ,
                       the
                       one
                       in
                       the
                       fore-noone
                       ,
                       the
                       other
                       in
                       the
                       afternoone
                       of
                       the
                       same
                       day
                       exactly
                       to
                       touch
                       with
                       their
                       ends
                       ,
                       the
                       Circumference
                       of
                       the
                       same
                       circle
                       described
                       in
                       a
                       Plaine
                       ,
                       Parallell
                       to
                       the
                       plaine
                       of
                       the
                       Horizon
                       :
                       The
                       line
                       from
                       the
                       Center
                       equally
                       diuiding
                       the
                       Arch
                       of
                       that
                       Circle
                       betwixt
                       the
                       two
                       shaddowes
                       ,
                       will
                       bee
                       the
                       true
                       Meridian
                       circle
                       for
                       that
                       place
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     Theoreme
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     consisting
                     of
                     many
                     parts
                     ,
                     is
                     notwithstanding
                     easie
                     enough
                     to
                     bee
                     vnderstood
                     ,
                     being
                     explayned
                     by
                     an
                     ocular
                     demonstration
                     .
                     Let
                     there
                     bee
                     gotten
                     a
                     platforme
                     of
                     wood
                     or
                     metall
                     ,
                     and
                     placed
                     euenly
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     lye
                     parallell
                     
                       
                    
                     with
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Horizon
                     :
                     In
                     this
                     plaine
                     let
                     there
                     bee
                     described
                     diuerse
                     circles
                     from
                     the
                     same
                     Center
                     E.
                     In
                     this
                     Center
                     let
                     there
                     bee
                     raysed
                     a
                     Gnomon
                     EF
                     to
                     right
                     angles
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     top
                     of
                     this
                     Gnomon
                     F
                     ,
                     shall
                     euery
                     where
                     bee
                     equally
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     circumference
                     of
                     each
                     circle
                     described
                     in
                     the
                     plaine
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     easily
                     bee
                     knowne
                     ,
                     because
                     if
                     it
                     bee
                     equally
                     distant
                     from
                     any
                     three
                     points
                     of
                     any
                     circles
                     Circumference
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     also
                     bee
                     equally
                     distant
                     from
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     alike
                     ,
                     as
                     Clauius
                     hath
                     taught
                     in
                     the
                     4
                     of
                     his
                     Gnomonicks
                     .
                     This
                     platforme
                     being
                     thus
                     ordered
                     let
                     the
                     shaddow
                     of
                     the
                     Gnomon
                     bee
                     obserued
                     sometimes
                     before
                     Noone
                     ,
                     vntill
                     such
                     time
                     as
                     it
                     exactly
                     shall
                     touch
                     the
                     circumference
                     of
                     one
                     of
                     those
                     circles
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     EG
                     .
                     Againe
                     in
                     the
                     Afternoone
                     ,
                     let
                     the
                     shaddow
                     bee
                     obserued
                     ,
                     till
                     with
                     his
                     end
                     it
                     meet
                     the
                     circumference
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     circle
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     EH
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     happen
                     so
                     many
                     houres
                     afternoone
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     other
                     before
                     Noone
                     .
                     These
                     two
                     points
                     G
                     and
                     H
                     ,
                     being
                     diligently
                     obserued
                     ,
                     let
                     the
                     Arch
                     of
                     the
                     Circle
                     GH
                     bee
                     diuided
                     into
                     two
                     halfes
                     with
                     a
                     
                     line
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     Center
                     E
                     ,
                     which
                     shall
                     bee
                     ED.
                     This
                     line
                     ED
                     will
                     bee
                     the
                     true
                     Meridian
                     for
                     that
                     place
                     ,
                     on
                     which
                     when
                     the
                     shadow
                     of
                     the
                     gnomon
                     shall
                     happen
                     to
                     fall
                     ,
                     wee
                     may
                     assure
                     our selues
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     full
                     Noone
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     7
                     The
                     Magneticall
                     Inuention
                     is
                     performed
                     by
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     Directory
                     Needle
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   This
                   way
                   is
                   subiect
                   to
                   much
                   errour
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   so
                   certaine
                   as
                   the
                   former
                   ,
                   because
                   (
                   as
                   wee
                   haue
                   shewed
                   before
                   )
                   there
                   are
                   found
                   very
                   few
                   places
                   which
                   admit
                   not
                   some
                   of
                   Variation
                   :
                   yet
                   because
                   it
                   may
                   bee
                   profitable
                   to
                   such
                   ,
                   who
                   haue
                   not
                   the
                   Command
                   alwayes
                   of
                   the
                   Sunne
                   ,
                   or
                   sight
                   of
                   the
                   Starres
                   ,
                   I
                   will
                   insert
                   this
                   Theoreme
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Line
                       wherein
                       the
                       Directory
                       needle
                       is
                       directed
                       from
                       North
                       to
                       South
                       ,
                       is
                       the
                       Meridian
                       for
                       the
                       place
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     may
                     bee
                     shewed
                     in
                     any
                     Marriners
                     Compasse
                     ,
                     or
                     〈◊〉
                     Sunne-Dyall
                     ,
                     whose
                     needle
                     is
                     magnetically
                     touched
                     .
                     For
                     b●●ing
                     set
                     euenly
                     parallell
                     to
                     the
                     playne
                     of
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     shew
                     by
                     the
                     needle
                     ,
                     the
                     Miridian
                     for
                     that
                     place
                     in
                     euery
                     verticall
                     point
                     on
                     the
                     earth
                     .
                     For
                     example
                     in
                     the
                     Sea-Compasse
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     page
                     ,
                     experience
                     will
                     witnesse
                     in
                     euery
                     Region
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     one
                     point
                     signed
                     out
                     by
                     the
                     Lilly
                     ,
                     will
                     alwayes
                     turne
                     to
                     the
                     North
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     opposite
                     part
                     ,
                     will
                     turne
                     it selfe
                     to
                     the
                     South
                     ;
                     which
                     two
                     parts
                     being
                     ioyned
                     together
                     by
                     a
                     right
                     Line
                     will
                     shew
                     the
                     Meridian
                     fo●●●at
                     place
                     :
                     The
                     Meridian
                     (
                     I
                     say
                     )
                     not
                     alwayes
                     the
                     true
                     ;
                     for
                     this
                     Inuention
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     Magnet
                     is
                     not
                     so
                     exact
                     as
                     the
                     Astronomicall
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     few
                     or
                     no
                     places
                     are
                     found
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     Needle
                     admits
                     not
                     a
                     Variation
                     from
                     the
                     true
                     points
                     of
                     North
                     and
                     South
                     :
                     Neuerthelesse
                     ,
                     this
                     way
                     is
                     very
                     necessary
                     to
                     bee
                     knowne
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     Sunne
                     and
                     Starres
                     are
                     not
                     alwayes
                     to
                     bee
                     seene
                     ;
                     at
                     least
                     in
                     such
                     place
                     and
                     manner
                     as
                     may
                     fauour
                     exactnesse
                     of
                     obseruation
                     :
                     Hence
                     may
                     bee
                     demonstrated
                     in
                     particulars
                     ,
                     what
                     wee
                     obserued
                     before
                     in
                     generall
                     in
                     our
                     Magneticall
                     
                       
                    
                     Treatise
                     that
                     the
                     Circles
                     of
                     the
                     Globe
                     are
                     not
                     meere
                     
                       Imaginary
                       Fictions
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     bare
                     Respects
                     ,
                     growing
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Application
                     of
                     Celestiall
                     bodies
                     (
                     as
                     some
                     haue
                     thought
                     them
                     )
                     but
                     grounded
                     on
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     Disposition
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Terrestriall
                       Globe
                    
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     8
                     Beside
                     the
                     Astronomicall
                     and
                     Magneticall
                     Inuention
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     another
                     way
                     more
                     popular
                     ,
                     but
                     lesse
                     exact
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     without
                     any
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Magnets
                     operation
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Of
                   the
                   Inuention
                   of
                   the
                   Meridian
                   circle
                   ,
                   the
                   true
                   and
                   exact
                   
                   knowledge
                   (
                   as
                   wee
                   haue
                   shewed
                   )
                   is
                   endebted
                   to
                   heauenly
                   obseruation
                   ,
                   or
                   Magneticall
                   experiment
                   .
                   Neuerthelesse
                   Nature
                   is
                   not
                   so
                   barren
                   ,
                   but
                   she
                   hath
                   pointed
                   out
                   to
                   an
                   industrious
                   obseruation
                   ,
                   some
                   markes
                   and
                   foote-steps
                   in
                   other
                   inferiour
                   bodies
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   finding
                   out
                   of
                   this
                   profitable
                   circle
                   .
                   Which
                   wayes
                   ,
                   howsoeuer
                   of
                   lesse
                   Account
                   then
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   of
                   lesse
                   vse
                   ,
                   are
                   notwithstanding
                   pleasant
                   to
                   vnderstand
                   :
                   because
                   nothing
                   delights
                   more
                   an
                   ingenious
                   minde
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   contemplation
                   of
                   Gods
                   working
                   ,
                   in
                   and
                   by
                   his
                   creatures
                   ,
                   which
                   men
                   vsually
                   terme
                   Nature
                   .
                   To
                   make
                   a
                   particular
                   search
                   into
                   all
                   Planets
                   ,
                   Stones
                   ,
                   Mettals
                   ,
                   and
                   other
                   such
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   were
                   to
                   goe
                   too
                   far
                   out
                   of
                   my
                   way
                   ,
                   without
                   a
                   Guide
                   .
                   I
                   will
                   giue
                   one
                   only
                   Instance
                   of
                   Trees
                   ,
                   whereof
                   I
                   will
                   insert
                   this
                   Probleme
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       By
                       the
                       Incision
                       of
                       a
                       Tree
                       ,
                       to
                       find
                       out
                       the
                       Meridian
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     To
                     performe
                     this
                     Probleme
                     ,
                     let
                     there
                     bee
                     chosen
                     out
                     some
                     Tree
                     in
                     an
                     open
                     free
                     field
                     ,
                     farre
                     from
                     walles
                     or
                     other
                     obstacles
                     ;
                     in
                     such
                     
                     a
                     place
                     as
                     it
                     hath
                     beene
                     on
                     either
                     side
                     freely
                     enlightned
                     and
                     heated
                     by
                     the
                     Sunne-beames
                     :
                     let
                     the
                     Trunke
                     of
                     this
                     Tree
                     bee
                     very
                     right
                     and
                     sound
                     :
                     let
                     this
                     Trunke
                     bee
                     cut
                     off
                     by
                     the
                     middest
                     ,
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     that
                     the
                     section
                     be
                     Parallell
                     to
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     vnder-part
                     of
                     the
                     Trunke
                     bee
                     left
                     to
                     stand
                     in
                     his
                     former
                     Naturall
                     situation
                     :
                     Now
                     the
                     Section
                     on
                     the
                     top
                     of
                     it
                     being
                     well
                     plained
                     ,
                     
                     will
                     as
                     in
                     a
                     plaine
                     discouer
                     diuers
                     circles
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     Excentricke
                     and
                     not
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     same
                     Center
                     ,
                     but
                     on
                     the
                     one
                     side
                     neerer
                     together
                     ;
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     further
                     off
                     :
                     That
                     part
                     then
                     which
                     shewes
                     the
                     circles
                     thicker
                     and
                     neerer
                     together
                     ,
                     points
                     out
                     the
                     North
                     :
                     The
                     other
                     wherein
                     the
                     circles
                     are
                     wider
                     and
                     further
                     off
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     designes
                     out
                     the
                     South-point
                     :
                     betwixt
                     both
                     which
                     if
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     bee
                     drawne
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     bee
                     the
                     Meridian
                     for
                     that
                     place
                     .
                     Which
                     experiment
                     Blan●anus
                     (
                     as
                     hee
                     writes
                     )
                     tryed
                     in
                     a
                     Plume-Tree
                     ,
                     but
                     giues
                     no
                     reason
                     for
                     it
                     .
                     The
                     cause
                     I
                     take
                     to
                     be
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     the
                     extension
                     and
                     diffusion
                     of
                     the
                     sappe
                     or
                     moisture
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     heate
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     more
                     on
                     the
                     South-side
                     then
                     the
                     North-side
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     Sunne
                     in
                     our
                     clime
                     respects
                     vs
                     on
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     neuer
                     on
                     the
                     North.
                     Hence
                     is
                     it
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     circles
                     which
                     are
                     nothing
                     else
                     but
                     the
                     excrescences
                     of
                     the
                     moisture
                     ,
                     being
                     more
                     rarified
                     on
                     the
                     South-side
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     requiring
                     a
                     greater
                     place
                     ,
                     are
                     found
                     to
                     bee
                     greater
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     9
                     Hauing
                     shewed
                     the
                     Inuention
                     ,
                     wee
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     to
                     treat
                     of
                     the
                     Distinction
                     of
                     these
                     Meridian
                     circles
                     :
                     A
                     Meridian
                     therefore
                     is
                     termed
                     either
                     First
                     or
                     Common
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   distinction
                   of
                   Meridians
                   into
                   First
                   and
                   Common
                   ,
                   hath
                   no
                   foot-steps
                   in
                   Nature
                   ,
                   but
                   is
                   a
                   meere
                   arbitrary
                   Imposition
                   of
                   antient
                   Cosmographers
                   .
                   For
                   no
                   reason
                   besides
                   Conueniency
                   can
                   be
                   shewne
                   ,
                   why
                   one
                   Meridian
                   should
                   be
                   called
                   First
                   rather
                   then
                   another
                   :
                   yet
                   cannot
                   this
                   Distinction
                   bee
                   wanting
                   to
                   a
                   Geographer
                   ,
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   some
                   setled
                   bound
                   must
                   be
                   set
                   ,
                   from
                   which
                   to
                   begin
                   our
                   accompt
                   of
                   Longitudes
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     10
                     The
                     first
                     Meridian
                     is
                     that
                     from
                     which
                     wee
                     begin
                     to
                     number
                     the
                     Longitude
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     from
                     West
                     to
                     the
                     East
                     .
                     In
                     respect
                     of
                     which
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     may
                     bee
                     called
                     common
                     or
                     lesse
                     notable
                     .
                  
                
                 
                 
                   The
                   ancient
                   Cosmographers
                   ,
                   amongst
                   whom
                   Ptolomy
                   was
                   the
                   chiefe
                   ,
                   haue
                   set
                   the
                   first
                   Meridian
                   in
                   the
                   Fortunate
                   Ilands
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   they
                   began
                   their
                   accompt
                   ,
                   passing
                   Eastward
                   through
                   Europe
                   and
                   Africa
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   through
                   Asia
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   vttermost
                   parts
                   of
                   India
                   ,
                   vntill
                   they
                   returned
                   againe
                   to
                   the
                   first
                   Meridian
                   ,
                   passing
                   through
                   the
                   Fortunate
                   Ilands
                   ;
                   Some
                   haue
                   doubted
                   whether
                   these
                   Ilands
                   called
                   by
                   Ptolomy
                   the
                   Fortunate
                   Ilands
                   ,
                   be
                   the
                   same
                   with
                   the
                   Canaries
                   ;
                   because
                   (
                   as
                   our
                   Countrey-man
                   Mr
                   Hues
                   hath
                   obserued
                   )
                   the
                   Latitude
                   giuen
                   by
                   Ptolomy
                   to
                   the
                   Fortunate
                   Ilands
                   ,
                   agrees
                   not
                   exactly
                   to
                   the
                   Canaries
                   ;
                   but
                   rather
                   to
                   the
                   Ilands
                   of
                   Cape-Verde
                   .
                   Notwithstanding
                   this
                   obseruation
                   ,
                   I
                   rather
                   sticke
                   to
                   the
                   common
                   opinion
                   ,
                   thinking
                   it
                   no
                   vnlike
                   matter
                   ,
                   that
                   Ptolomy
                   dwelling
                   far
                   Eastward
                   ,
                   and
                   trusting
                   to
                   other
                   mens
                   obseruations
                   ,
                   should
                   erre
                   in
                   this
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   other
                   matters
                   .
                   The
                   reason
                   why
                   the
                   first
                   Meridian
                   should
                   bee
                   placed
                   here
                   ,
                   rather
                   then
                   elsewhere
                   ,
                   is
                   thought
                   by
                   some
                   to
                   bee
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   Ancients
                   supposed
                   two
                   Magneticall
                   Poles
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   should
                   bee
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   Variation
                   of
                   the
                   Compasse
                   .
                   Now
                   because
                   in
                   the
                   Canary
                   Ilands
                   ,
                   was
                   found
                   no
                   Variation
                   at
                   all
                   ,
                   they
                   thought
                   it
                   to
                   bee
                   the
                   place
                   where
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   and
                   the
                   true
                   Meridian
                   should
                   concurre
                   ,
                   as
                   wherein
                   were
                   both
                   the
                   Poles
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   Load-stone
                   :
                   which
                   made
                   them
                   to
                   make
                   it
                   the
                   first
                   Meridian
                   :
                   But
                   this
                   reason
                   I
                   take
                   to
                   bee
                   vnlikely
                   ;
                   because
                   as
                   I
                   finde
                   it
                   obserued
                   by
                   latter
                   Writers
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Canary
                   Ilands
                   themselues
                   there
                   is
                   found
                   a
                   Variation
                   of
                   the
                   Compasse
                   ,
                   although
                   very
                   little
                   :
                   the
                   reason
                   whereof
                   wee
                   haue
                   shewed
                   to
                   bee
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   middest
                   betwixt
                   two
                   great
                   Continents
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   of
                   Europe
                   and
                   Africa
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   of
                   America
                   .
                   Whose
                   magneticall
                   temper
                   being
                   almost
                   equall
                   ,
                   will
                   not
                   suffer
                   the
                   magneticall
                   Needle
                   to
                   moue
                   more
                   one
                   way
                   then
                   another
                   :
                   Moreouer
                   ,
                   I
                   am
                   certainely
                   perswaded
                   (
                   as
                   far
                   as
                   I
                   can
                   gather
                   )
                   that
                   this
                   placing
                   of
                   the
                   
                     First
                     Meridian
                  
                   was
                   appointed
                   here
                   before
                   any
                   certainty
                   was
                   knowne
                   of
                   the
                   Variation
                   of
                   the
                   Compasse
                   .
                   The
                   more
                   probable
                   coniecture
                   therefore
                   is
                   that
                   Ptolomy
                   here
                   placed
                   the
                   
                     First
                     Meridian
                  
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   was
                   the
                   vttermost
                   verge
                   of
                   land
                   toward
                   the
                   West
                   ,
                   then
                   discouered
                   ,
                   neuer
                   dreaming
                   of
                   a
                   Westerne
                   world
                   afterward
                   
                   detected
                   and
                   brought
                   to
                   light
                   by
                   
                     Christopher
                     Calumbus
                  
                   and
                   
                     Americus
                     Vesputius
                  
                   .
                   Some
                   of
                   the
                   latter
                   Geographers
                   striuing
                   to
                   bee
                   more
                   exact
                   ,
                   haue
                   placed
                   the
                   
                     First
                     Meridian
                  
                   in
                   their
                   Mappes
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Canaries
                   in
                   the
                   Ilands
                   of
                   the
                   Azores
                   called
                   S.
                   Michaels
                   Iland
                   .
                   So
                   that
                   the
                   first
                   Meridian
                   of
                   Ptolomy
                   differs
                   from
                   the
                   place
                   of
                   these
                   latter
                   Cosmographers
                   about
                   9
                   degrees
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   diligently
                   to
                   bee
                   noted
                   of
                   such
                   as
                   beginne
                   the
                   Science
                   ;
                   because
                   this
                   variety
                   not
                   perceiued
                   ,
                   will
                   breed
                   great
                   errour
                   and
                   confusion
                   :
                   yet
                   is
                   not
                   the
                   first
                   of
                   Ptolomy
                   out
                   of
                   vse
                   ,
                   but
                   retained
                   of
                   many
                   good
                   Geographers
                   .
                   Euery
                   other
                   Meridian
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   this
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   called
                   Common
                   ,
                   or
                   lesse
                   notable
                   ,
                   because
                   this
                   is
                   most
                   remarkable
                   :
                   yet
                   may
                   the
                   rest
                   compared
                   amongst
                   themselues
                   be
                   ranged
                   in
                   a
                   certaine
                   order
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   
                     Second
                     ,
                     Third
                     ,
                     Fourth
                     ,
                     Fifth
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   so
                   along
                   till
                   we
                   come
                   againe
                   to
                   the
                   First
                   ,
                   being
                   in
                   all
                   reduced
                   to
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   180
                   ,
                   answering
                   to
                   360
                   Degrees
                   as
                   wee
                   haue
                   taught
                   .
                   So
                   much
                   for
                   the
                   Meridians
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     11
                     The
                     Parallels
                     are
                     equidistant
                     Circles
                     passing
                     from
                     the
                     East
                     to
                     the
                     West
                     directly
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   I
                   haue
                   defined
                   the
                   Parallell
                   Circles
                   in
                   a
                   larger
                   sense
                   then
                   former
                   Geographers
                   vsually
                   haue
                   taken
                   it
                   in
                   :
                   as
                   willing
                   vnder
                   this
                   generall
                   name
                   ,
                   not
                   onely
                   to
                   include
                   the
                   Parallels
                   commonly
                   so
                   called
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   the
                   Equatour
                   :
                   because
                   I
                   see
                   no
                   reason
                   why
                   the
                   Equatour
                   being
                   euery
                   where
                   equidistant
                   from
                   each
                   other
                   Circle
                   ,
                   should
                   not
                   suffer
                   this
                   acception
                   .
                   The
                   common
                   sort
                   of
                   Cosmographers
                   ,
                   vnder
                   this
                   name
                   ,
                   would
                   onely
                   comprize
                   the
                   minor
                   Circles
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   conceiued
                   to
                   bee
                   equally
                   distant
                   and
                   correspondent
                   to
                   the
                   Equinoctiall
                   Circle
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   all
                   should
                   bee
                   so
                   called
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   to
                   whom
                   they
                   are
                   said
                   to
                   answer
                   ,
                   not
                   in
                   site
                   and
                   position
                   ;
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   they
                   decline
                   from
                   the
                   middle
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   to
                   the
                   North
                   and
                   South
                   :
                   but
                   in
                   Comparison
                   and
                   Proportion
                   ;
                   for
                   as
                   the
                   Equatour
                   is
                   drawne
                   from
                   East
                   to
                   West
                   ,
                   and
                   diuides
                   the
                   whole
                   Spheare
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   into
                   the
                   North
                   and
                   South
                   Hemispheares
                   :
                   So
                   the
                   other
                   also
                   diuide
                   the
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   though
                   not
                   into
                   two
                   equall
                   parts
                   as
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   but
                   vnequall
                   .
                   These
                   
                   Parallels
                   many
                   wayes
                   are
                   distingushed
                   from
                   the
                   Meridians
                   :
                   first
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   Meridians
                   are
                   drawne
                   directly
                   from
                   North
                   to
                   South
                   :
                   but
                   the
                   Parallels
                   from
                   East
                   to
                   West
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   the
                   Meridians
                   ,
                   how
                   many
                   soeuer
                   they
                   are
                   imagined
                   to
                   bee
                   ,
                   concurre
                   and
                   meete
                   all
                   in
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   whereas
                   the
                   Parallels
                   howsoeuer
                   drawne
                   out
                   at
                   length
                   ,
                   will
                   neuer
                   concurre
                   or
                   meete
                   in
                   any
                   point
                   .
                   Whence
                   it
                   must
                   needes
                   follow
                   that
                   all
                   Parallels
                   and
                   Meridians
                   in
                   the
                   Globe
                   must
                   cut
                   one
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   right
                   angles
                   .
                   These
                   Parallels
                   although
                   infinite
                   in
                   number
                   ,
                   may
                   bee
                   in
                   the
                   Spheare
                   reduced
                   to
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   the
                   Meridians
                   ,
                   because
                   they
                   are
                   drawne
                   through
                   the
                   opposite
                   points
                   and
                   degrees
                   of
                   the
                   Meridian
                   Semi-circle
                   ,
                   which
                   would
                   make
                   vp
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   180
                   :
                   but
                   yet
                   for
                   Conueniency
                   they
                   haue
                   not
                   painted
                   so
                   many
                   in
                   the
                   face
                   of
                   the
                   Artificiall
                   Spheare
                   ;
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   so
                   many
                   lines
                   and
                   circles
                   might
                   beget
                   Confusion
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   Ptolomy
                   and
                   the
                   Ancients
                   haue
                   distinguished
                   the
                   Parallels
                   on
                   both
                   sides
                   the
                   Equator
                   ,
                   North
                   and
                   South
                   ,
                   with
                   such
                   a
                   Distance
                   ,
                   that
                   where
                   the
                   day
                   should
                   increase
                   one
                   quarter
                   of
                   an
                   houre
                   ,
                   a
                   new
                   Parallel
                   should
                   be
                   placed
                   .
                   So
                   that
                   the
                   longest
                   day
                   of
                   one
                   Parallell
                   should
                   surpasse
                   the
                   longest
                   day
                   of
                   another
                   ,
                   for
                   one
                   quarter
                   of
                   an
                   houre
                   .
                   By
                   which
                   appeares
                   that
                   the
                   Parallels
                   are
                   not
                   of
                   one
                   greatnesse
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   how
                   much
                   neerer
                   the
                   Pole
                   they
                   are
                   placed
                   ;
                   so
                   much
                   lesse
                   are
                   they
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   much
                   greater
                   by
                   how
                   much
                   farther
                   off
                   from
                   the
                   Poles
                   ,
                   and
                   neerest
                   the
                   Equatour
                   .
                   These
                   Circles
                   are
                   of
                   great
                   vse
                   in
                   Geographie
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   distinguish
                   the
                   
                     Zone
                     :
                     Climats
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Latitudes
                   of
                   Regions
                   ,
                   to
                   shew
                   the
                   Eleuation
                   of
                   the
                   Pole
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   designe
                   out
                   the
                   length
                   and
                   shortnesse
                   of
                   the
                   day
                   in
                   any
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     12
                     A
                     Parallell
                     Circle
                     is
                     of
                     two
                     sorts
                     ;
                     either
                     greater
                     or
                     lesser
                     :
                     The
                     greater
                     is
                     the
                     Equatour
                     or
                     equinoctiall
                     Circle
                     .
                  
                   
                     13
                     The
                     Equatour
                     is
                     the
                     greatest
                     of
                     the
                     Parallels
                     ,
                     passing
                     through
                     the
                     middest
                     of
                     the
                     
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     exactly
                     diuiding
                     them
                     from
                     the
                     Poles
                     into
                     two
                     equall
                     halfes
                     or
                     Hemispheares
                     whereof
                     the
                     one
                     is
                     North
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     South
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   This
                   Circle
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Equatour
                   or
                   Equinoctiall
                   of
                   Astronomers
                   ;
                   because
                   ,
                   that
                   when
                   the
                   Sunne
                   passeth
                   vnder
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   vpon
                   the
                   11
                   of
                   March
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   13
                   of
                   September
                   ,
                   it
                   makes
                   the
                   Day
                   and
                   Night
                   equall
                   .
                   This
                   Circle
                   of
                   Astronomers
                   is
                   esteemed
                   the
                   most
                   notable
                   ,
                   being
                   the
                   measure
                   of
                   the
                   Diurnall
                   and
                   most
                   regular
                   Motions
                   ▪
                   The
                   La●ines
                   haue
                   taken
                   the
                   name
                   and
                   appellation
                   of
                   this
                   Circle
                   from
                   the
                   Day
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Greeks
                   from
                   the
                   Night
                   :
                   Wherein
                   the
                   Sense
                   is
                   no
                   way
                   varyed
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   equality
                   of
                   the
                   Day
                   argues
                   the
                   like
                   equality
                   of
                   the
                   Night
                   .
                   The
                   two
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Circle
                   ,
                   are
                   the
                   same
                   with
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Vniuersall
                   Earth
                   :
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   Articke
                   or
                   North-Pole
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Antarticke
                   and
                   Southerne
                   Pole
                   :
                   whereof
                   the
                   former
                   is
                   alwayes
                   conspicuous
                   in
                   our
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   lies
                   couched
                   and
                   hidde
                   from
                   our
                   Sight
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Articke-pole
                   from
                   the
                   Constellation
                   of
                   the
                   little
                   Beare
                   in
                   the
                   Heauens
                   ,
                   neere
                   to
                   the
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   situated
                   :
                   in
                   opposition
                   to
                   the
                   which
                   the
                   other
                   is
                   called
                   Antarticke
                   .
                   It
                   hath
                   manifold
                   vse
                   in
                   Astronomy
                   ,
                   copiously
                   by
                   Astronomers
                   :
                   And
                   no
                   lesse
                   in
                   Geography
                   :
                   for
                   without
                   this
                   Equinoctiall
                   Circle
                   ,
                   no
                   Description
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   can
                   be
                   absolute
                   &
                   perfect
                   ,
                   neither
                   any
                   Citie
                   or
                   Place
                   .
                   in
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   or
                   Mappe
                   set
                   in
                   his
                   due
                   and
                   proper
                   place
                   .
                   This
                   Equinoctiall
                   Circle
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   passeth
                   through
                   the
                   middle-most
                   part
                   almost
                   of
                   Africa
                   ,
                   by
                   
                     Ethiopia
                     ,
                     America
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Taprobana
                   :
                   So
                   that
                   it
                   exactly
                   diuideth
                   the
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   into
                   two
                   halfes
                   ,
                   the
                   Northerne
                   and
                   Southerne
                   Hemispheares
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   these
                   people
                   which
                   dwell
                   vnder
                   the
                   Equatour
                   are
                   said
                   to
                   inhabite
                   the
                   middle
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   ,
                   because
                   they
                   incline
                   neither
                   to
                   the
                   North
                   ,
                   nor
                   to
                   the
                   South
                   :
                   hauing
                   so
                   much
                   distance
                   from
                   the
                   
                     Articke
                     Antarticke-Pole
                  
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   Moreouer
                   ,
                   by
                   this
                   Circle
                   (
                   as
                   wee
                   will
                   declare
                   hereafter
                   )
                   are
                   noted
                   out
                   vnto
                   vs
                   the
                   East
                   and
                   West
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Spheare
                   ,
                   no
                   way
                   to
                   be
                   neglected
                   of
                   Geographers
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     1
                     Concerning
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     two
                     things
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     obserued
                     :
                     either
                     the
                     Inuention
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Site
                     and
                     Position
                     :
                     The
                     Inuention
                     is
                     either
                     Astronomicall
                     or
                     Magneticall
                     .
                     The
                     Astronomicall
                     according
                     to
                     these
                     Rules
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Meridian
                       being
                       found
                       out
                       ,
                       to
                       find
                       the
                       Equator
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     
                  
                   
                     This
                     is
                     easily
                     performed
                     by
                     the
                     helpe
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     Figure
                     :
                     for
                     therein
                     the
                     Meridian
                     line
                     being
                     found
                     out
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     let
                     there
                     bee
                     drawne
                     by
                     the
                     Center
                     E
                     of
                     that
                     Circle
                     ,
                     the
                     line
                     AC
                     ,
                     making
                     right
                     Angles
                     with
                     the
                     said
                     Meridian
                     :
                     which
                     line
                     AC
                     will
                     bee
                     the
                     true
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     and
                     will
                     point
                     out
                     vnto
                     vs
                     the
                     true
                     East
                     and
                     West
                     :
                     as
                     A
                     the
                     East
                     and
                     C
                     the
                     West
                     .
                     Whence
                     it
                     appeares
                     that
                     the
                     two
                     lines
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     Equatour
                     
                     and
                     the
                     Meridian
                     doe
                     diuide
                     and
                     cut
                     the
                     whole
                     Horizon
                     into
                     two
                     equall
                     Quadrants
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       Without
                       the
                       helpe
                       of
                       the
                       Meridian
                       to
                       find
                       out
                       the
                       Equatour
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     In
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     either
                     Equinoctiall
                     in
                     some
                     Horizontall
                     plaine
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     Sunne-shine
                     ,
                     let
                     there
                     bee
                     erected
                     a
                     Gnomon
                     :
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     day
                     time
                     ,
                     let
                     there
                     bee
                     noted
                     all
                     the
                     points
                     by
                     which
                     the
                     end
                     or
                     top
                     of
                     the
                     shadow
                     hath
                     passed
                     :
                     for
                     all
                     those
                     points
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     are
                     in
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     ;
                     because
                     then
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     shadow
                     is
                     carried
                     in
                     a
                     line
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     Equinox
                     in
                     a
                     Herizontall
                     plaine
                     :
                     This
                     line
                     will
                     bee
                     the
                     true
                     Equinoctiall-line
                     :
                     the
                     cause
                     is
                     giuen
                     by
                     Clauius
                     in
                     
                       Gnomonicis
                       .
                       lib.
                    
                     1.
                     prop.
                     1.
                     
                     Corollar
                     .
                     2.
                     which
                     depending
                     on
                     many
                     Geometricall
                     and
                     Astronomicall
                     principles
                     ,
                     as
                     too
                     far
                     from
                     my
                     purpose
                     ,
                     I
                     omit
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     15
                     The
                     Magneticall
                     inuention
                     of
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     is
                     wrought
                     by
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     Inclinatory
                     Needle
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     this
                     Proposition
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Wheresoeuer
                       at
                       any
                       place
                       of
                       the
                       Terrestriall
                       Spheare
                       ,
                       the
                       Inclinatory
                       Needle
                       shall
                       conforme
                       it selfe
                       in
                       a
                       Parallell-wise
                       ,
                       to
                       the
                       Axell
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       ,
                       through
                       that
                       place
                       passeth
                       the
                       Equinoctiall
                       Line
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     As
                     to
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     Meridian
                     of
                     any
                     place
                     ,
                     wee
                     are
                     to
                     vse
                     the
                     helpe
                     of
                     the
                     Directory
                     Needle
                     :
                     so
                     to
                     the
                     finding
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     and
                     Parallels
                     ,
                     the
                     Inclinatory
                     Needle
                     is
                     most
                     necessary
                     :
                     because
                     the
                     former
                     respects
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     Motion
                     of
                     Direction
                     ,
                     the
                     latter
                     of
                     Declination
                     :
                     Now
                     wheresoeuer
                     wee
                     shall
                     see
                     the
                     Needle
                     to
                     conforme
                     it selfe
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     as
                     it
                     may
                     lie
                     Parallell
                     with
                     the
                     Axell
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     assure
                     our selues
                     
                     that
                     such
                     a
                     place
                     is
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     Circle
                     :
                     The
                     reason
                     whereof
                     ,
                     wee
                     
                     haue
                     giuen
                     in
                     our
                     3
                     Chapter
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Cōuertible
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     Magnet
                     ,
                     and
                     here
                     needs
                     no
                     repetition
                     :
                     only
                     wee
                     will
                     insert
                     this
                     one
                     figure
                     wherein
                     the
                     line
                     CD
                     drawne
                     through
                     the
                     Centers
                     of
                     two
                     Inclinatory
                     Needles
                     ,
                     lying
                     Parallell
                     to
                     the
                     Axell
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     A.
                     B.
                     will
                     expresse
                     this
                     Equinoctiall
                     line
                     which
                     wee
                     here
                     seeke
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     Inclinatory
                     Needle
                     being
                     set
                     in
                     a
                     Frame
                     or
                     Ring
                     made
                     for
                     such
                     a
                     purpose
                     ,
                     will
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equator
                     respect
                     one
                     Pole
                     no
                     more
                     then
                     another
                     :
                     but
                     lie
                     leuell
                     with
                     the
                     Plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Horizon
                     :
                     as
                     vnder
                     the
                     Poles
                     it
                     will
                     make
                     right
                     Angles
                     with
                     the
                     Plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Horizon
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     middle
                     spaces
                     betwitxt
                     the
                     Equatour
                     and
                     the
                     Poles
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     conforme
                     it selfe
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     makes
                     certaine
                     Angles
                     with
                     the
                     Axell
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     though
                     not
                     equall
                     ,
                     yet
                     proportionall
                     to
                     the
                     Latitude
                     ;
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     an
                     ingenious
                     Artificer
                     may
                     deduce
                     the
                     Parallels
                     of
                     any
                     place
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     obseruations
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     :
                     as
                     is
                     taught
                     by
                     Instruments
                     inuented
                     by
                     
                       Gilbert
                       ,
                       Ridley
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     diuers
                     others
                     which
                     haue
                     vndertaken
                     this
                     subiect
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     16
                     Of
                     the
                     Inuention
                     of
                     the
                     Equatour
                     wee
                     haue
                     spoken
                     :
                     In
                     the
                     site
                     we
                     ought
                     to
                     consider
                     
                     the
                     placing
                     of
                     the
                     Equator
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Equatour
                       is
                       an
                       vnmoueable
                       Circle
                       ,
                       whose
                       Poles
                       neuer
                       vary
                       from
                       the
                       ●ixt
                       Poles
                       of
                       the
                       world
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Whether
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Equator
                     haue
                     been
                     any
                     times
                     varied
                     from
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     is
                     a
                     controuersie
                     which
                     hath
                     exercised
                     the
                     greatest
                     wits
                     :
                     
                       Ioseph
                       Scaliger
                    
                     trusting
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     seemes
                     )
                     more
                     to
                     ancient
                     History
                     then
                     Moderne
                     experiment
                     ,
                     seemes
                     in
                     two
                     Epistles
                     not
                     only
                     to
                     make
                     a
                     doubt
                     ,
                     whether
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Equatour
                     haue
                     continued
                     the
                     same
                     with
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ;
                     but
                     super●iliously
                     (
                     as
                     the
                     manner
                     of
                     most
                     criticks
                     is
                     )
                     rather
                     out
                     of
                     coniecture
                     then
                     Reason
                     ,
                     to
                     taxe
                     the
                     common
                     opinion
                     of
                     manifest
                     errour
                     and
                     absurdity
                     .
                     The
                     ground
                     and
                     originall
                     of
                     this
                     doubt
                     growes
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     fixt
                     Stars
                     ,
                     which
                     haue
                     since
                     the
                     Times
                     of
                     the
                     Ancients
                     ,
                     beene
                     found
                     to
                     bee
                     moued
                     out
                     of
                     their
                     places
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     not
                     to
                     retaine
                     the
                     same
                     points
                     in
                     the
                     Period
                     of
                     the
                     Sunnes
                     Motion
                     .
                     The
                     chiefest
                     Instances
                     are
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     stars
                     in
                     the
                     Hornes
                     of
                     Aries
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     Hyparchus
                     time
                     ,
                     which
                     liued
                     aboue
                     60
                     yeeres
                     before
                     Ptolomy
                     ,
                     were
                     obserued
                     to
                     bee
                     not
                     much
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     Equinoxe
                     ,
                     and
                     before
                     him
                     in
                     the
                     very
                     point
                     it selfe
                     ;
                     but
                     in
                     our
                     time
                     remoued
                     about
                     28
                     Degrees
                     off
                     :
                     Also
                     it
                     is
                     obserued
                     in
                     the
                     Cynosure
                     or
                     Pole-star
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     Hyparchus
                     time
                     it
                     was
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     Pole
                     about
                     12
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     finde
                     in
                     our
                     time
                     to
                     bee
                     scarce
                     3
                     Degrees
                     distant
                     .
                     To
                     salue
                     this
                     Apparence
                     ,
                     Ptolomy
                     inuented
                     a
                     slow
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Starry
                     Heauen
                     or
                     Firmament
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     Fixt
                     stars
                     might
                     bee
                     remoued
                     farther
                     off
                     from
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     points
                     in
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     ,
                     whence
                     of
                     a
                     consequence
                     the
                     Pole-starre
                     should
                     not
                     keep
                     the
                     same
                     position
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     but
                     vary
                     his
                     site
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Motion
                     :
                     which
                     opinion
                     hath
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     passed
                     without
                     contradiction
                     ;
                     till
                     Copernicus
                     out
                     of
                     new
                     grounds
                     sought
                     for
                     this
                     Motion
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     hee
                     assigned
                     no
                     lesse
                     then
                     three
                     Motions
                     .
                     Since
                     Copernicus
                     ,
                     arose
                     
                       Ioseph
                       Scaliger
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     
                     contradicting
                     the
                     common
                     receiued
                     grounds
                     ,
                     and
                     yet
                     for
                     ought
                     I
                     see
                     ,
                     not
                     trusting
                     to
                     the
                     suppositions
                     of
                     Copernicus
                     ,
                     would
                     bring
                     in
                     another
                     opinion
                     :
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Stars
                     of
                     the
                     Firm●ment
                     are
                     not
                     moued
                     from
                     the
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoxe
                     ,
                     but
                     rather
                     that
                     the
                     point
                     is
                     carryed
                     away
                     from
                     the
                     stars
                     .
                     The
                     decision
                     of
                     this
                     point
                     I
                     dare
                     not
                     vndertake
                     ,
                     better
                     becomming
                     the
                     learned
                     and
                     industrious
                     endeauours
                     of
                     our
                     worthy
                     Professours
                     ,
                     M.
                     Doctour
                     Bainbrigge
                     ,
                     and
                     M.
                     
                       Henry
                       Brigges
                    
                     ,
                     as
                     best
                     suiting
                     with
                     their
                     Learning
                     and
                     Profession
                     :
                     
                       Ipse
                       semipaganus
                       ,
                       ad
                       sacra
                       vatum
                       carmen
                       offero
                       nostrum
                       .
                    
                     Neuerthelesse
                     as
                     a
                     Learner
                     ,
                     for
                     mine
                     owne
                     satisfaction
                     ,
                     I
                     would
                     willingly
                     enter
                     a
                     little
                     into
                     conference
                     with
                     this
                     great
                     and
                     admired
                     Oracle
                     
                       Ioseph
                       Scaliger
                    
                     ,
                     to
                     sound
                     the
                     certainty
                     of
                     his
                     grounds
                     .
                     That
                     the
                     Pole-starre
                     (
                     saith
                     hee
                     )
                     was
                     so
                     far
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     Pole
                     as
                     12
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     was
                     no
                     true
                     obseruation
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     errour
                     of
                     Hyparchus
                     ,
                     who
                     afterwards
                     by
                     his
                     authority
                     deceiued
                     Ptolomy
                     ;
                     and
                     He
                     ,
                     Posterity
                     .
                     The
                     Reasons
                     hee
                     alleadged
                     are
                     ,
                     1
                     Because
                     Eudoxus
                     which
                     was
                     more
                     ancient
                     then
                     Hyparchus
                     ,
                     obserued
                     the
                     same
                     star
                     to
                     bee
                     in
                     no
                     other
                     place
                     ,
                     then
                     where
                     now
                     it
                     is
                     .
                     2
                     Because
                     that
                     greater
                     light
                     of
                     Astronomy
                     ,
                     Copernicus
                     perceiuing
                     the
                     Equinoxes
                     and
                     Solstitiall
                     points
                     to
                     be
                     moued
                     ,
                     was
                     enforced
                     to
                     inuent
                     other
                     grounds
                     ;
                     but
                     because
                     his
                     demonstrations
                     depended
                     only
                     on
                     the
                     Apparences
                     ,
                     hee
                     sought
                     out
                     this
                     effect
                     in
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     If
                     it
                     were
                     manners
                     to
                     oppose
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     Scholler
                     as
                     
                       Ioseph
                       Scaliger
                    
                     ,
                     I
                     would
                     aske
                     a
                     few
                     questions
                     ,
                     why
                     we
                     should
                     not
                     credite
                     the
                     obseruations
                     of
                     
                       Hyparchus
                       ,
                       Ptolomy
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     posterity
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     as
                     of
                     Eudoxus
                     :
                     sith
                     Antiquity
                     without
                     consent
                     &
                     approbation
                     ,
                     is
                     no
                     great
                     argument
                     of
                     truth
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     if
                     the
                     matter
                     be
                     well
                     examined
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     perhaps
                     find
                     Antiquity
                     to
                     be
                     more
                     firme
                     on
                     our
                     side
                     .
                     The
                     same
                     reason
                     (
                     as
                     I
                     take
                     it
                     )
                     may
                     be
                     giuen
                     for
                     the
                     stars
                     in
                     the
                     Hornes
                     of
                     Aries
                     ,
                     as
                     of
                     the
                     Pole-starre
                     ,
                     because
                     all
                     the
                     fixt-starres
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     consent
                     of
                     all
                     ,
                     are
                     imagined
                     to
                     keep
                     the
                     same
                     vniforme
                     site
                     among
                     themselues
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     varying
                     of
                     some
                     would
                     disorder
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     :
                     at
                     least
                     argue
                     the
                     like
                     variety
                     or
                     change
                     of
                     all
                     .
                     Now
                     to
                     proue
                     the
                     stars
                     of
                     Aries
                     to
                     haue
                     beene
                     varyed
                     ,
                     many
                     of
                     the
                     Ancients
                     (
                     as
                     Master
                     Hues
                     hath
                     obserued
                     )
                     liuing
                     in
                     diuers
                     times
                     ,
                     haue
                     confirmed
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     star
                     of
                     Aries
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     
                       Meto
                       Atticus
                    
                     ,
                     
                     was
                     obserued
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Vernall
                       Intersection
                    
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     
                       Thales
                       Milesius
                    
                     was
                     before
                     it
                     2
                     Degrees
                     ;
                     in
                     Tymocharis
                     age
                     it
                     was
                     after
                     it
                     2
                     Degrees
                     24
                     Minutes
                     :
                     In
                     Hipparchus
                     time
                     4
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     40
                     Minutes
                     ;
                     in
                     Abbumazars
                     17
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     50
                     Minutes
                     ;
                     in
                     Albarens
                     18
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     10
                     Minutes
                     ;
                     in
                     Arzachels
                     19
                     Deg.
                     37
                     Min.
                     in
                     Alphonsus
                     his
                     time
                     23
                     Deg.
                     48
                     Min
                     In
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     Copernicus
                     ,
                     and
                     Rheticus
                     ,
                     27
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     21.
                     
                     Min.
                     In
                     our
                     time
                     about
                     28.
                     
                     Against
                     all
                     these
                     Testimonies
                     ,
                     if
                     we
                     should
                     oppose
                     the
                     Testimony
                     of
                     Eudoxus
                     and
                     Sca●iger
                     ,
                     wee
                     should
                     bee
                     thought
                     very
                     partiall
                     to
                     preferre
                     them
                     before
                     the
                     consent
                     of
                     Antiquity
                     :
                     Eudoxus
                     though
                     very
                     Antient
                     ,
                     being
                     but
                     one
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     last
                     .
                     If
                     any
                     should
                     obiect
                     ,
                     that
                     Eudoxus
                     spake
                     onely
                     of
                     the
                     Pole-starre
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     of
                     the
                     stars
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     hornes
                     of
                     Aries
                     ;
                     I
                     answere
                     ,
                     as
                     before
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     same
                     reason
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     giuen
                     of
                     them
                     both
                     ;
                     For
                     as
                     much
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     the
                     Pole-starre
                     in
                     Eudozus
                     time
                     moued
                     in
                     a
                     Parallell
                     ,
                     Equidistant
                     from
                     the
                     Pole
                     of
                     the
                     Equatour
                     (
                     which
                     he
                     seemes
                     to
                     contend
                     )
                     then
                     must
                     also
                     the
                     stars
                     of
                     Aries
                     ,
                     which
                     were
                     found
                     once
                     to
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     vernall
                     Equinoxe
                     ,
                     moue
                     alwayes
                     in
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     circle
                     ,
                     and
                     neuer
                     vary
                     from
                     it
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     contrary
                     to
                     all
                     the
                     Testimonies
                     before
                     alleadged
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     where
                     he
                     saith
                     ,
                     that
                     Copernicus
                     perceiuing
                     this
                     error
                     ,
                     left
                     a
                     base
                     discouery
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     Demonstration
                     ,
                     except
                     onely
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     ,
                     I
                     would
                     know
                     how
                     
                       Ioseph
                       Scaliger
                    
                     by
                     any
                     other
                     meanes
                     came
                     to
                     know
                     it
                     ?
                     I
                     alwayes
                     supposed
                     it
                     a
                     principle
                     amongst
                     Mathematicians
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     had
                     beene
                     the
                     surest
                     ground
                     of
                     Mathematicall
                     Demonstration
                     :
                     for
                     euery
                     reason
                     which
                     can
                     be
                     alleadged
                     ,
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     bee
                     grounded
                     on
                     meere
                     coniecture
                     ,
                     as
                     forged
                     in
                     a
                     mans
                     braine
                     without
                     any
                     obseruation
                     of
                     Nature
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     suggested
                     vnto
                     vs
                     from
                     the
                     things
                     themselues
                     .
                     How
                     little
                     dependency
                     is
                     on
                     the
                     Former
                     ,
                     let
                     euery
                     man
                     iudge
                     :
                     where
                     it
                     is
                     as
                     easie
                     for
                     euery
                     man
                     to
                     deny
                     ,
                     as
                     affirme
                     ;
                     and
                     such
                     fancies
                     are
                     better
                     reserued
                     in
                     the
                     braine
                     ,
                     wherein
                     they
                     were
                     first
                     hatched
                     ,
                     then
                     bee
                     suffered
                     to
                     proceed
                     further
                     .
                     If
                     wee
                     deriue
                     our
                     Argument
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     ought
                     to
                     doe
                     )
                     from
                     the
                     footsteppes
                     of
                     Nature
                     ;
                     wee
                     must
                     draw
                     it
                     either
                     from
                     the
                     Forme
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     or
                     from
                     some
                     effect
                     or
                     propriety
                     arising
                     from
                     it
                     :
                     The
                     former
                     is
                     vnpossible
                     I
                     may
                     well
                     say
                     in
                     any
                     
                     thing
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     first
                     forme
                     and
                     nature
                     ,
                     no
                     wayes
                     discouers
                     it selfe
                     to
                     our
                     vnderstanding
                     ,
                     but
                     by
                     the
                     apparent
                     Accidents
                     :
                     much
                     lesse
                     can
                     this
                     bee
                     hoped
                     for
                     in
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     being
                     as
                     far
                     distant
                     from
                     vs
                     in
                     space
                     ,
                     as
                     Nature
                     .
                     If
                     then
                     we
                     are
                     left
                     only
                     to
                     the
                     later
                     ,
                     what
                     other
                     ground
                     can
                     we
                     haue
                     of
                     our
                     Argumentation
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     or
                     Apparences
                     :
                     which
                     kind
                     of
                     way
                     ,
                     Scaliger
                     in
                     Copernicus
                     striues
                     to
                     sleight
                     or
                     reiect
                     as
                     weake
                     or
                     deficient
                     :
                     taking
                     then
                     this
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     onely
                     way
                     to
                     search
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     wee
                     can
                     into
                     the
                     truth
                     of
                     their
                     matters
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     in
                     the
                     third
                     place
                     shew
                     how
                     far
                     it
                     may
                     oppose
                     Scaliger
                     ,
                     and
                     fauour
                     our
                     Assertion
                     .
                     That
                     the
                     first
                     Star
                     of
                     Aries
                     is
                     more
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     point
                     ,
                     is
                     a
                     matter
                     which
                     seemes
                     to
                     bee
                     agreed
                     on
                     by
                     all
                     sides
                     .
                     This
                     Apparence
                     must
                     necessarily
                     arise
                     out
                     of
                     some
                     Motion
                     .
                     This
                     Motion
                     must
                     bee
                     sought
                     either
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     (
                     as
                     Copernicus
                     would
                     haue
                     :
                     )
                     or
                     in
                     the
                     Heauens
                     .
                     That
                     it
                     cannot
                     with
                     any
                     great
                     probability
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     in
                     the
                     third
                     Chapter
                     ,
                     where
                     wee
                     haue
                     proued
                     it
                     to
                     haue
                     a
                     Magneticall
                     verticity
                     ,
                     whereby
                     it
                     continually
                     respects
                     the
                     same
                     Poles
                     .
                     The
                     Arguments
                     (
                     I
                     confesse
                     )
                     are
                     only
                     probable
                     :
                     but
                     this
                     is
                     an
                     opinion
                     which
                     Scaliger
                     defendeth
                     not
                     .
                     If
                     wee
                     seeke
                     this
                     effect
                     in
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     (
                     which
                     Scaliger
                     confesseth
                     )
                     happen
                     one
                     of
                     these
                     2
                     wayes
                     :
                     For
                     either
                     the
                     stars
                     standing
                     vnmoueable
                     ,
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     &
                     Solstitiall
                     points
                     must
                     bee
                     moued
                     ,
                     or
                     els
                     the
                     stars
                     themselues
                     should
                     moue
                     ,
                     as
                     Ptolomy
                     defends
                     .
                     Here
                     I
                     cannot
                     but
                     remember
                     a
                     merry
                     answer
                     of
                     that
                     great
                     Atlas
                     of
                     Arts
                     ,
                     Sir
                     
                       Henry
                       Sauile
                    
                     in
                     the
                     like
                     question
                     .
                     Being
                     once
                     inuited
                     vnto
                     his
                     Table
                     ,
                     and
                     hauing
                     entred
                     into
                     some
                     familiar
                     discourses
                     concerning
                     Astronomicall
                     suppositions
                     :
                     I
                     asked
                     him
                     what
                     he
                     thought
                     of
                     the
                     Hypothesis
                     of
                     Copernicus
                     ,
                     who
                     held
                     the
                     Sunne
                     to
                     stand
                     fixt
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     bee
                     subiect
                     to
                     a
                     Triple
                     Motion
                     :
                     His
                     answer
                     was
                     ;
                     hee
                     cared
                     not
                     which
                     were
                     true
                     ,
                     so
                     the
                     Apparences
                     were
                     solued
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     accompt
                     exact
                     :
                     sith
                     each
                     way
                     either
                     the
                     old
                     of
                     Ptolomy
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     new
                     of
                     Copernicus
                     ,
                     would
                     indifferently
                     serue
                     an
                     Astronomer
                     :
                     Is
                     it
                     not
                     all
                     one
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     sitting
                     at
                     Dinner
                     ,
                     whether
                     my
                     Table
                     be
                     brought
                     to
                     mee
                     ,
                     or
                     I
                     goe
                     to
                     my
                     Table
                     ,
                     so
                     I
                     eat
                     my
                     meat
                     ?
                     Such
                     an
                     answer
                     would
                     aswell
                     befit
                     this
                     question
                     :
                     whether
                     the
                     first
                     star
                     of
                     Aries
                     should
                     bee
                     moued
                     from
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     
                     point
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     point
                     from
                     it
                     ,
                     't
                     is
                     a
                     matter
                     should
                     little
                     trouble
                     a
                     Cosmographer
                     ;
                     so
                     either
                     way
                     might
                     indifferently
                     serue
                     to
                     salue
                     the
                     apparent
                     obseruations
                     :
                     But
                     how
                     Scaliger
                     vpon
                     this
                     granted
                     supposition
                     ,
                     would
                     make
                     all
                     whole
                     ,
                     without
                     disturbing
                     the
                     order
                     and
                     forme
                     of
                     Nature
                     in
                     the
                     celestiall
                     Machine
                     ?
                     what
                     Regular
                     motion
                     he
                     would
                     giue
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     whose
                     period
                     describes
                     the
                     
                       Equinoctiall
                       points
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     he
                     makes
                     moueable
                     ?
                     what
                     other
                     Poles
                     he
                     would
                     assigne
                     to
                     the
                     world
                     besides
                     that
                     of
                     the
                     Equator
                     ?
                     is
                     a
                     matter
                     of
                     a
                     more
                     curious
                     search
                     ,
                     and
                     besides
                     the
                     limits
                     of
                     my
                     subiect
                     :
                     The
                     full
                     discussion
                     of
                     which
                     points
                     ,
                     as
                     most
                     of
                     the
                     rest
                     :
                     
                       Illis
                       relinquo
                       quorum
                       imagines
                       lambunt
                       —
                       Hederae
                       sequaces
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     17
                     The
                     lesser
                     Parallels
                     are
                     equidistant
                     lines
                     answering
                     to
                     the
                     Equator
                     ,
                     which
                     diuide
                     the
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     into
                     two
                     vnequall
                     parts
                     .
                  
                   
                     18
                     These
                     lesser
                     Parallels
                     are
                     againe
                     of
                     two
                     sorts
                     :
                     either
                     Named
                     or
                     Namelesse
                     ;
                     Named
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     called
                     by
                     speciall
                     names
                     ,
                     and
                     haue
                     more
                     speciall
                     vse
                     in
                     Geographie
                     ;
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     the
                     two
                     Tropicks
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     two
                     Polar
                     circles
                     .
                  
                   
                     19
                     The
                     Tropicks
                     are
                     Parallels
                     bounding
                     the
                     Suns
                     greatest
                     declination
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     either
                     to
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Cancer
                     :
                     or
                     towards
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Capricorne
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   Tropickes
                   haue
                   taken
                   their
                   names
                   from
                   the
                   conuersion
                   or
                   turning
                   backe
                   of
                   the
                   Sunne
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   Sunne
                   declining
                   from
                   the
                   Equinoctiall
                   circle
                   either
                   North
                   or
                   South
                   ,
                   proceedeth
                   in
                   his
                   course
                   no
                   further
                   then
                   this
                   circle
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   turneth
                   backe
                   :
                   so
                   
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   heauens
                   they
                   are
                   as
                   limits
                   and
                   bounds
                   ,
                   comprehending
                   within
                   them
                   that
                   space
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   which
                   the
                   Sunne
                   neuer
                   moues
                   :
                   Consonant
                   to
                   these
                   
                     Celestiall
                     Tropicks
                  
                   ,
                   are
                   there
                   imagined
                   in
                   the
                   earth
                   the
                   like
                   ,
                   immediately
                   placed
                   vnder
                   them
                   :
                   which
                   are
                   apparent
                   ,
                   not
                   onely
                   by
                   Application
                   of
                   the
                   Celestiall
                   Globe
                   ,
                   and
                   his
                   parts
                   to
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   ;
                   but
                   also
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   disposition
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   as
                   wee
                   haue
                   already
                   shewed
                   :
                   The
                   Tropicke
                   bounding
                   the
                   Suns
                   greatest
                   declination
                   towards
                   the
                   North
                   ,
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Tropicke
                   of
                   Cancer
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   Sunne
                   arriuing
                   at
                   that
                   Tropicke
                   ,
                   is
                   lodged
                   in
                   the
                   signe
                   of
                   Cancer
                   :
                   The
                   other
                   is
                   termed
                   the
                   Tropicke
                   of
                   Capricorne
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   Sunne
                   touching
                   that
                   Tropicke
                   ,
                   is
                   in
                   that
                   signe
                   :
                   The
                   distance
                   of
                   these
                   Tropickes
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   is
                   ordinarily
                   put
                   23
                   Degrees
                   ,
                   and
                   30
                   Minutes
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   also
                   the
                   distance
                   of
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Eclipticke
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   .
                   The
                   Tropick
                   of
                   Cancer
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   conceiued
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   passeth
                   by
                   the
                   greater
                   Asia
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Red-Sea
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Sinus
                     Arabicus
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   China
                   ,
                   and
                   India
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   Tropicke
                   of
                   Capricorne
                   ,
                   situate
                   on
                   the
                   Southerne
                   side
                   ,
                   runneth
                   along
                   by
                   the
                   most
                   Southerne
                   coast
                   of
                   Africke
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   part
                   of
                   America
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   Brasilia
                   ;
                   Besides
                   many
                   Ilands
                   in
                   the
                   Indian
                   Sea.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     2
                     The
                     Polar
                     circles
                     are
                     Parallels
                     answering
                     to
                     the
                     Polar
                     circles
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     drawne
                     by
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     :
                     These
                     are
                     of
                     two
                     sorts
                     :
                     either
                     the
                     Articke
                     compassing
                     round
                     the
                     North-Pole
                     ;
                     or
                     the
                     Antarticke
                     compassing
                     round
                     the
                     Antarticke
                     or
                     South
                     Pole.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   Polar
                   Circles
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   conceiued
                   in
                   the
                   heauens
                   by
                   Astronomers
                   ,
                   are
                   described
                   by
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Eclipticke
                   ,
                   carried
                   by
                   the
                   diurnall
                   motion
                   about
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   .
                   Correspondent
                   to
                   these
                   circles
                   in
                   the
                   heauens
                   are
                   imagined
                   two
                   circles
                   on
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   which
                   wee
                   also
                   call
                   Polar
                   ;
                   and
                   if
                   wee
                   
                   beleeue
                   Gilbert
                   ,
                   with
                   other
                   Magneticall
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   primarily
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   true
                   subiect
                   of
                   diurnall
                   motion
                   .
                   These
                   circles
                   thus
                   described
                   by
                   the
                   Pole
                   of
                   the
                   Eclipticke
                   ,
                   must
                   needs
                   challenge
                   the
                   same
                   distance
                   from
                   the
                   Pole
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Pole
                   of
                   the
                   Eclipticke
                   hath
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   23.
                   
                   Degrees
                   ,
                   and
                   30
                   Minutes
                   .
                   The
                   Greeks
                   haue
                   taken
                   the
                   Polar
                   circles
                   ,
                   in
                   another
                   sense
                   then
                   the
                   Latines
                   :
                   for
                   by
                   these
                   Polar
                   circles
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   appeares
                   by
                   Proclus
                   ,
                   and
                   Cleomedes
                   )
                   they
                   vnderstand
                   not
                   such
                   circles
                   as
                   are
                   described
                   by
                   the
                   Pole
                   of
                   the
                   Zodiacke
                   :
                   but
                   two
                   other
                   circles
                   ;
                   whereof
                   the
                   one
                   is
                   greatest
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   Parallels
                   ,
                   which
                   alwayes
                   appeares
                   aboue
                   our
                   Horizon
                   ;
                   the
                   other
                   is
                   the
                   greatest
                   of
                   all
                   those
                   Parallels
                   which
                   lie
                   hid
                   in
                   our
                   Horizon
                   perpetually
                   :
                   The
                   reason
                   why
                   the
                   Graecians
                   tooke
                   it
                   in
                   this
                   sense
                   ,
                   was
                   ;
                   because
                   by
                   these
                   circles
                   they
                   could
                   know
                   and
                   distinguish
                   those
                   stars
                   ;
                   which
                   alwayes
                   are
                   seene
                   and
                   neuer
                   set
                   ,
                   as
                   those
                   which
                   are
                   comprehended
                   of
                   the
                   Articke
                   circle
                   ;
                   from
                   those
                   which
                   alwayes
                   lie
                   hidde
                   and
                   neuer
                   rise
                   ;
                   as
                   such
                   as
                   the
                   Antarticke
                   containes
                   :
                   Whence
                   it
                   manifestly
                   appeares
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   two
                   Polar
                   circles
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   taken
                   of
                   the
                   Graecians
                   in
                   all
                   Regions
                   ,
                   are
                   not
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   quantity
                   &
                   greatnesse
                   ,
                   but
                   are
                   greater
                   in
                   oblique
                   Spheare
                   then
                   in
                   a
                   right
                   :
                   but
                   our
                   Polar
                   circles
                   are
                   at
                   all
                   places
                   alike
                   in
                   their
                   quantity
                   .
                   Of
                   these
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   tearmed
                   Articke
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   passeth
                   by
                   Islandia
                   ,
                   the
                   top
                   of
                   Norway
                   and
                   Finland
                   ,
                   with
                   many
                   adioyning
                   Ilands
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Southerne
                   part
                   of
                   Green-land
                   ,
                   as
                   may
                   appeare
                   by
                   our
                   ordinary
                   Geographicall
                   Mappes
                   .
                   The
                   other
                   Polar
                   circle
                   called
                   Antarticke
                   ,
                   passeth
                   through
                   the
                   South
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   (
                   as
                   yet
                   )
                   vndiscouered
                   ,
                   except
                   for
                   some
                   few
                   parcels
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Terra
                     del
                     Feugo
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Psiitacorum
                     Regio
                  
                   ,
                   with
                   somewhat
                   more
                   ,
                   lately
                   discouered
                   by
                   the
                   Spaniards
                   .
                   The
                   chiefest
                   vse
                   as
                   well
                   of
                   these
                   ,
                   as
                   other
                   parallels
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   distinguish
                   the
                   Zones
                   and
                   Climates
                   in
                   the
                   Globe
                   ,
                   whereof
                   wee
                   shall
                   haue
                   occasion
                   to
                   treate
                   hereafter
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     21
                     The
                     Namelesse
                     Parallels
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     not
                     knowne
                     by
                     speciall
                     Names
                     ,
                     nor
                     of
                     so
                     great
                     vse
                     in
                     Geographie
                     .
                  
                
                 
                 
                   These
                   namelesse
                   parallels
                   may
                   bee
                   well
                   vnderstood
                   by
                   that
                   which
                   we
                   haue
                   aboue
                   spoken
                   :
                   for
                   howsoeuer
                   they
                   bee
                   not
                   called
                   by
                   particular
                   and
                   speciall
                   names
                   ,
                   yet
                   are
                   they
                   all
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   nature
                   :
                   All
                   these
                   parallels
                   beside
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   though
                   infinite
                   in
                   number
                   ,
                   may
                   notwithstāding
                   in
                   the
                   spheare
                   be
                   reduced
                   to
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   the
                   Meridians
                   ;
                   because
                   they
                   are
                   drawne
                   through
                   the
                   opposite
                   points
                   of
                   the
                   Meridian
                   semicircle
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   wee
                   might
                   account
                   180
                   :
                   but
                   yet
                   there
                   are
                   not
                   so
                   many
                   painted
                   on
                   the
                   face
                   of
                   the
                   Artificiall
                   Globe
                   ;
                   wherefore
                   Ptolomy
                   with
                   the
                   ancients
                   ,
                   haue
                   distinguished
                   the
                   parallels
                   on
                   both
                   sides
                   ,
                   North
                   and
                   South
                   ,
                   beginning
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   at
                   such
                   a
                   distance
                   ,
                   that
                   where
                   the
                   day
                   should
                   increase
                   one
                   quarter
                   of
                   an
                   houre
                   ,
                   a
                   new
                   parallell
                   should
                   be
                   placed
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   longest
                   day
                   of
                   one
                   parallell
                   ,
                   should
                   exceed
                   the
                   longest
                   day
                   of
                   another
                   parallell
                   by
                   one
                   quarter
                   of
                   an
                   houre
                   .
                   Euery
                   one
                   of
                   these
                   parallels
                   ,
                   is
                   supposed
                   to
                   be
                   diuided
                   into
                   360
                   Degrees
                   ,
                   as
                   all
                   the
                   rest
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   circles
                   ;
                   yet
                   are
                   we
                   to
                   note
                   that
                   the
                   degrees
                   and
                   parts
                   of
                   a
                   greater
                   circle
                   are
                   greater
                   ;
                   of
                   the
                   lesser
                   ,
                   lesse
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   proportion
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   circle
                   ;
                   the
                   same
                   haue
                   the
                   proportion
                   that
                   a
                   great
                   circle
                   hath
                   to
                   a
                   lesse
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   same
                   degrees
                   and
                   parts
                   of
                   a
                   quarter
                   circle
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   degrees
                   and
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   lesser
                   ;
                   as
                   may
                   be
                   gathered
                   from
                   the
                   first
                   proposition
                   of
                   the
                   second
                   booke
                   of
                   Theodosius
                   :
                   now
                   to
                   know
                   rightly
                   this
                   proportion
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   first
                   finde
                   out
                   the
                   summary
                   declination
                   for
                   euery
                   region
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   once
                   found
                   ,
                   we
                   may
                   proceed
                   in
                   this
                   manner
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   doctrine
                   of
                   Triangles
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Let
                       the
                       signe
                       of
                       the
                       Complement
                       of
                       the
                       Declination
                       of
                       the
                       lesser
                       Circle
                       bee
                       multiplied
                       by
                       the
                       whole
                       Circle
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       product
                       bee
                       diuided
                       by
                       the
                       totall
                       signe
                       ,
                       there
                       will
                       arise
                       the
                       number
                       of
                       Degrees
                       of
                       the
                       lesser
                       Circle
                       ,
                       such
                       as
                       whereof
                       the
                       greater
                       consists
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     reason
                     hereof
                     is
                     shewed
                     in
                     Geometry
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     need
                     we
                     not
                     to
                     insert
                     a
                     demonstration
                     ;
                     for
                     there
                     we
                     learne
                     ,
                     that
                     
                     as
                     the
                     totall
                     ●inge
                     is
                     to
                     the
                     signe
                     of
                     the
                     Cōplement
                     of
                     the
                     Declination
                     of
                     any
                     Parallell
                     ,
                     so
                     is
                     the
                     Periphery
                     of
                     the
                     greater
                     circle
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     Periphery
                     of
                     the
                     Parallell
                     ▪
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     if
                     we
                     would
                     know
                     what
                     proportion
                     the
                     Equatour
                     hath
                     to
                     the
                     Parallell
                     ,
                     which
                     passeth
                     by
                     the
                     Verticall
                     point
                     of
                     Rome
                     ;
                     whose
                     Declination
                     is
                     about
                     42
                     Degrees
                     ;
                     I
                     multiply
                     the
                     signe
                     of
                     the
                     Complement
                     of
                     this
                     Declination
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     the
                     signe
                     of
                     48
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     74314
                     ,
                     by
                     360
                     ;
                     the
                     product
                     whereof
                     is
                     ,
                     26753040
                     ;
                     which
                     I
                     diuide
                     agayne
                     by
                     100000
                     ,
                     and
                     find
                     267
                     degrees
                     ,
                     and
                     ½
                     ▪
                     whence
                     I
                     gather
                     that
                     the
                     Equatour
                     to
                     the
                     Parallell
                     of
                     Rome
                     ,
                     or
                     a
                     degree
                     of
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     to
                     a
                     degree
                     of
                     the
                     Parallell
                     of
                     Rome
                     ,
                     hath
                     the
                     same
                     proportion
                     that
                     that
                     360
                     hath
                     to
                     276
                     ½
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     same
                     that
                     4
                     hath
                     to
                     3.
                     
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     22
                     Hitherto
                     haue
                     we
                     spoken
                     of
                     the
                     Absolute
                     Circles
                     ,
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     the
                     Meridians
                     and
                     Parallels
                     :
                     wee
                     are
                     to
                     treate
                     in
                     the
                     last
                     place
                     of
                     a
                     Relatiue
                     Circle
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     conceiued
                     in
                     respect
                     to
                     our
                     sight
                     :
                     this
                     Circle
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     Horizon
                     .
                  
                   
                     23
                     The
                     Horizon
                     is
                     a
                     Circle
                     which
                     diuides
                     the
                     vpper
                     and
                     visible
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     lower
                     and
                     inuisible
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   name
                   of
                   the
                   Horizon
                   is
                   taken
                   from
                   the
                   bounding
                   or
                   termination
                   of
                   the
                   sight
                   ;
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   Circle
                   comprehending
                   all
                   that
                   space
                   which
                   is
                   visible
                   of
                   vs
                   ,
                   distinguishing
                   it
                   from
                   the
                   rest
                   which
                   lurkes
                   inuisible
                   :
                   as
                   if
                   a
                   man
                   should
                   bee
                   placed
                   in
                   a
                   high
                   and
                   eminent
                   place
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   should
                   looke
                   round
                   about
                   him
                   euery
                   way
                   to
                   the
                   
                     East
                     ,
                     West
                     ,
                     North
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   South
                   ;
                   Hee
                   will
                   seeme
                   to
                   see
                   the
                   heauens
                   on
                   euery
                   side
                   to
                   concurre
                   with
                   the
                   earth
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   beyond
                   it
                   ,
                   can
                   be
                   seene
                   nor
                   heauen
                   nor
                   earth
                   :
                   which
                   concurrence
                   of
                   the
                   heauens
                   with
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   will
                   describe
                   vnto
                   vs
                   the
                   Horizontall
                   Circle
                   for
                   that
                   place
                   assigned
                   .
                   But
                   
                   here
                   wee
                   are
                   to
                   note
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Horizon
                   is
                   two
                   fold
                   ;
                   either
                   the
                   Rationall
                   or
                   Sensible
                   Horizon
                   .
                   The
                   Rationall
                   precisely
                   diuides
                   the
                   Globe
                   into
                   two
                   equall
                   parts
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   sensible
                   or
                   apparent
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   is
                   no
                   other
                   then
                   that
                   Circle
                   in
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   designed
                   out
                   by
                   the
                   sight
                   ,
                   from
                   which
                   the
                   name
                   seemes
                   to
                   bee
                   deriued
                   .
                   This
                   sensible
                   Horizon
                   differs
                   from
                   the
                   rationall
                   diuers
                   wayes
                   ;
                   first
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   rationall
                   diuides
                   the
                   whole
                   spheare
                   into
                   two
                   equall
                   parts
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   sensible
                   into
                   two
                   vnequall
                   parts
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   rationall
                   is
                   alwayes
                   certaine
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   place
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   alike
                   greatnesse
                   ;
                   whereas
                   the
                   other
                   is
                   greater
                   or
                   lesser
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   condition
                   of
                   the
                   place
                   or
                   sight
                   ;
                   for
                   the
                   semidiameter
                   of
                   the
                   rationall
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   same
                   with
                   the
                   semidiameter
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   semidiameter
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   seldome
                   or
                   neuer
                   exceeds
                   60
                   miles
                   on
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   rationall
                   Horizon
                   passeth
                   by
                   the
                   Center
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   whereas
                   the
                   sensible
                   toucheth
                   onely
                   the
                   surface
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   in
                   that
                   point
                   where
                   the
                   Inhabitant
                   standeth
                   :
                   all
                   which
                   differences
                   may
                   bee
                   seene
                   
                   in
                   this
                   Figure
                   ;
                   wherein
                   the
                   Line
                   CD
                   represents
                   vnto
                   vs
                   the
                   sensible
                   Horizon
                   :
                   the
                   Line
                   AB
                   the
                   rationall
                   :
                   The
                   former
                   is
                   called
                   Naturall
                   or
                   Physicall
                   ;
                   because
                   it
                   comes
                   vnder
                   the
                   measure
                   and
                   apprehension
                   of
                   the
                   sense
                   :
                   the
                   other
                   Astronomicall
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   of
                   great
                   vse
                   in
                   Astronomy
                   :
                   in
                   the
                   resolution
                   of
                   the
                   Horizon
                   into
                   his
                   parts
                   ,
                   wee
                   ought
                   to
                   consider
                   two
                   things
                   :
                   first
                   ,
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   Horizon
                   ;
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   his
                   Periphery
                   ,
                   or
                   circumference
                   :
                   The
                   Poles
                   are
                   commonly
                   called
                   Zenith
                   or
                   Nadir
                   :
                   The
                   
                   Zenith
                   is
                   the
                   Verticall
                   point
                   ,
                   directly
                   placed
                   ouer
                   our
                   Head
                   :
                   whereunto
                   is
                   opposite
                   on
                   the
                   other
                   side
                   ,
                   the
                   Nadir
                   directly
                   vnder
                   our
                   foote
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   may
                   bee
                   called
                   the
                   Pedall
                   point
                   .
                   The
                   parts
                   or
                   intersections
                   in
                   the
                   circumferences
                   ,
                   are
                   designed
                   out
                   vnto
                   vs
                   ,
                   by
                   certaine
                   lines
                   ,
                   discouering
                   the
                   coasts
                   in
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   :
                   These
                   lines
                   are
                   called
                   either
                   windes
                   or
                   Rhumbes
                   :
                   The
                   windes
                   with
                   the
                   Grecians
                   were
                   onely
                   8.
                   
                   But
                   the
                   latter
                   Nauigators
                   haue
                   increased
                   them
                   to
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   32
                   ,
                   whereof
                   foure
                   were
                   called
                   Cardinall
                   ;
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   directed
                   to
                   the
                   foure
                   coastes
                   of
                   
                     East
                     ,
                     West
                     ,
                     North
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   South
                   :
                   The
                   other
                   are
                   Collaterall
                   ,
                   being
                   placed
                   on
                   each
                   side
                   of
                   the
                   Cardinall
                   windes
                   .
                   The
                   Rhumbes
                   are
                   Lines
                   passing
                   by
                   the
                   Verticall
                   
                   
                   point
                   of
                   any
                   place
                   ,
                   as
                   you
                   may
                   see
                   in
                   the
                   Compasse
                   going
                   before
                   :
                   Now
                   because
                   one
                   Rhumbe
                   answers
                   to
                   two
                   coasts
                   or
                   windes
                   ;
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   the
                   Rhumbes
                   is
                   but
                   halfe
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   the
                   windes
                   ;
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   16.
                   
                   Here
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   bee
                   noted
                   ,
                   that
                   a
                   Rhumbe
                   differs
                   from
                   a
                   Winde
                   ;
                   whereas
                   a
                   Rhumber
                   is
                   one
                   line
                   ,
                   pointing
                   out
                   vnto
                   vs
                   ,
                   two
                   windes
                   or
                   coasts
                   :
                   These
                   Rhumbes
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   conceiued
                   in
                   the
                   Globe
                   ,
                   were
                   thought
                   by
                   Nonnus
                   to
                   bee
                   the
                   portions
                   of
                   greater
                   Circles
                   :
                   But
                   learned
                   Mr
                   Hues
                   in
                   his
                   booke
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   vndoubted
                   principles
                   ,
                   strongly
                   confutes
                   him
                   .
                   The
                   grounds
                   which
                   hee
                   takes
                   are
                   these
                   :
                   First
                   ,
                   that
                   all
                   Meridians
                   of
                   all
                   places
                   passe
                   the
                   Pole
                   ,
                   and
                   cut
                   the
                   Equatour
                   and
                   all
                   his
                   parallels
                   at
                   right
                   Angles
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   If
                   our
                   course
                   should
                   bee
                   directly
                   any
                   way
                   else
                   ,
                   then
                   towards
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   poles
                   ,
                   a
                   new
                   Meridian
                   must
                   succeed
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   new
                   Horizon
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Iron
                   Needle
                   being
                   touched
                   with
                   the
                   Load-stone
                   ,
                   shewes
                   the
                   common
                   section
                   of
                   the
                   Meridian
                   and
                   the
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   and
                   on
                   one
                   side
                   perpetually
                   respects
                   the
                   North
                   ,
                   on
                   the
                   other
                   the
                   South
                   .
                   Fourthly
                   ,
                   the
                   same
                   Rhumbe
                   cuts
                   all
                   the
                   Meridians
                   atall
                   places
                   at
                   equall
                   Angles
                   ,
                   and
                   euery
                   where
                   respects
                   the
                   like
                   coasts
                   in
                   the
                   world
                   .
                   Fiftly
                   ,
                   that
                   a
                   greater
                   circle
                   drawne
                   by
                   the
                   Verticall
                   points
                   (
                   if
                   remoued
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   )
                   cannot
                   cut
                   diuers
                   Meridians
                   at
                   equall
                   Angles
                   .
                   Sixtly
                   ,
                   a
                   greater
                   circle
                   drawne
                   by
                   the
                   Verticall
                   point
                   of
                   any
                   place
                   ,
                   makes
                   greater
                   Angles
                   with
                   all
                   other
                   Meridians
                   then
                   with
                   that
                   ,
                   from
                   which
                   it
                   was
                   first
                   drawne
                   :
                   whence
                   it
                   is
                   necessary
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   line
                   which
                   shall
                   bee
                   supposed
                   to
                   make
                   Angles
                   with
                   diuers
                   Meridians
                   (
                   as
                   the
                   Rhumbes
                   )
                   should
                   bee
                   bowed
                   toward
                   the
                   Meridian
                   .
                   I
                   know
                   not
                   what
                   would
                   bee
                   more
                   said
                   against
                   the
                   opinion
                   of
                   
                     P.
                     Nonnus
                  
                   ,
                   who
                   would
                   haue
                   all
                   the
                   Rhumbes
                   to
                   bee
                   portions
                   of
                   greater
                   circles
                   .
                   To
                   illustrate
                   further
                   the
                   nature
                   and
                   vse
                   of
                   the
                   Horizon
                   wee
                   will
                   insert
                   these
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       Sensible
                       and
                       Rationall
                       Horizon
                       in
                       the
                       Earth
                       ,
                       are
                       much
                       different
                       ;
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       the
                       Firmament
                       ,
                       all
                       one
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                   
                     
                     It
                     may
                     bee
                     gathered
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     suppositions
                     of
                     Ptolomy
                     and
                     Alphraganus
                     ,
                     and
                     almost
                     all
                     other
                     Astronomers
                     ,
                     that
                     no
                     man
                     being
                     placed
                     on
                     the
                     surface
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     can
                     precisely
                     see
                     the
                     halfe
                     of
                     it
                     .
                     For
                     that
                     Horizon
                     which
                     terminates
                     our
                     sight
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     shewed
                     ,
                     is
                     a
                     plaine
                     superficies
                     euery
                     way
                     circularly
                     extended
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     as
                     men
                     placed
                     ,
                     either
                     in
                     the
                     Sea
                     in
                     a
                     ship
                     ,
                     or
                     in
                     a
                     great
                     field
                     or
                     Countrey
                     ,
                     would
                     thinke
                     the
                     visible
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     to
                     bee
                     plaine
                     ,
                     whose
                     ends
                     would
                     seeme
                     to
                     touch
                     the
                     Heauens
                     .
                     Whence
                     must
                     needs
                     come
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     such
                     an
                     Horizon
                     cannot
                     diuide
                     the
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     ●arth
                     into
                     two
                     equall
                     parts
                     .
                     For
                     so
                     much
                     will
                     be
                     found
                     wanting
                     ,
                     as
                     is
                     measured
                     betwixt
                     that
                     superficies
                     which
                     toucheth
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     which
                     passeth
                     by
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     equidistant
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     for
                     this
                     later
                     only
                     can
                     diuide
                     the
                     earth
                     into
                     2
                     equall
                     parts
                     ,
                     
                     according
                     to
                     Theodosius
                     ,
                     and
                     may
                     well
                     bee
                     seene
                     in
                     the
                     *
                     former
                     figure
                     ,
                     wherein
                     are
                     expressed
                     both
                     Horizons
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     the
                     visible
                     as
                     inuisible
                     ,
                     touching
                     the
                     Spheare
                     in
                     a
                     point
                     on
                     the
                     superficies
                     :
                     as
                     the
                     Rationall
                     passing
                     by
                     the
                     Center
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     wee
                     must
                     consider
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     quantity
                     intercepted
                     betwixt
                     these
                     two
                     Horizons
                     in
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     is
                     of
                     little
                     or
                     no
                     moment
                     ,
                     compared
                     with
                     the
                     whole
                     frame
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     :
                     For
                     sith
                     the
                     Heauens
                     are
                     so
                     farre
                     distant
                     from
                     vs
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     come
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     if
                     two
                     equidistant
                     lines
                     should
                     bee
                     drawne
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     Eye
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     from
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     the
                     Firmament
                     ,
                     they
                     would
                     according
                     to
                     sense
                     ,
                     appeare
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     ;
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     wonderfull
                     distance
                     :
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     in
                     a
                     long
                     Gallery
                     ,
                     whose
                     walls
                     haue
                     an
                     equall
                     distance
                     the
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     ;
                     the
                     walls
                     will
                     notwithstanding
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     Opticall
                     principles
                     )
                     seeme
                     widest
                     where
                     they
                     are
                     neerest
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     close
                     and
                     shut
                     vp
                     at
                     the
                     ends
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     to
                     concurre
                     neerer
                     :
                     much
                     more
                     must
                     wee
                     imagine
                     this
                     to
                     happen
                     in
                     the
                     sight
                     ,
                     if
                     we
                     compare
                     the
                     greatnesse
                     of
                     the
                     Firmament
                     with
                     the
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     in
                     whose
                     magnitudes
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     a
                     incomparable
                     disparity
                     .
                     This
                     will
                     appeare
                     by
                     the
                     Apparences
                     :
                     for
                     wee
                     shall
                     see
                     the
                     six
                     signes
                     of
                     the
                     Zodiacke
                     ,
                     conspicuous
                     aboue
                     our
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     six
                     vnder
                     it
                     ,
                     hid
                     from
                     our
                     sight
                     :
                     Also
                     the
                     Sunne
                     and
                     Moone
                     ,
                     when
                     they
                     are
                     diametrally
                     
                     opposed
                     ,
                     almost
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     moment
                     will
                     appeare
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     in
                     the
                     West
                     :
                     at
                     least
                     the
                     one
                     will
                     rise
                     soone
                     vpon
                     the
                     setting
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     And
                     (
                     if
                     we
                     beleeue
                     Pliny
                     )
                     the
                     Moone
                     was
                     obserued
                     to
                     bee
                     eclipsed
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     point
                     ;
                     the
                     Sunne
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     time
                     being
                     in
                     a
                     sort
                     aboue
                     the
                     Horizon
                     in
                     the
                     West
                     .
                     Such
                     an
                     Eclipse
                     could
                     not
                     happen
                     without
                     a
                     diametrall
                     opposition
                     of
                     the
                     two
                     lights
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     can
                     the
                     Sensible
                     and
                     the
                     Rationall
                     Horizon
                     haue
                     no
                     sensible
                     difference
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Firmament
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       sensible
                       Horizon
                       may
                       be
                       greater
                       or
                       lesser
                       according
                       to
                       the
                       nature
                       and
                       disposition
                       of
                       the
                       place
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     In
                     this
                     consideration
                     wee
                     take
                     no
                     notice
                     of
                     the
                     difference
                     of
                     sights
                     ,
                     whether
                     they
                     be
                     weaker
                     or
                     sharper
                     ;
                     but
                     suppose
                     an
                     eye
                     sufficient
                     to
                     kenne
                     so
                     farre
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     place
                     will
                     permit
                     :
                     The
                     difference
                     then
                     betwixt
                     diuerse
                     Horizons
                     must
                     bee
                     sought
                     out
                     in
                     the
                     condition
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     .
                     A
                     Sight
                     placed
                     on
                     the
                     top
                     of
                     a
                     high
                     mountaine
                     ,
                     may
                     see
                     much
                     farther
                     then
                     one
                     in
                     a
                     low
                     valley
                     ,
                     compassed
                     about
                     with
                     hills
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     Semidiameter
                     of
                     the
                     sensible
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     Rayes
                     or
                     Lines
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     extreame
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     visible
                     Earth
                     ,
                     are
                     much
                     greater
                     .
                     The
                     most
                     indifferent
                     iudgement
                     of
                     this
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     beyond
                     sight
                     of
                     land
                     :
                     for
                     a
                     man
                     thereon
                     sayling
                     in
                     a
                     ship
                     ,
                     may
                     perceaue
                     the
                     surface
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     as
                     a
                     plaine
                     ,
                     on
                     euery
                     side
                     to
                     bound
                     the
                     sight
                     in
                     a
                     round
                     circle
                     ,
                     seeming
                     together
                     to
                     terminate
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     protension
                     of
                     the
                     sight
                     .
                     What
                     the
                     Semidiameter
                     of
                     this
                     Horizon
                     should
                     bee
                     ,
                     hath
                     not
                     beene
                     yet
                     agreed
                     vpon
                     by
                     all
                     :
                     Erastothenes
                     would
                     haue
                     it
                     to
                     bee
                     44
                     miles
                     .
                     Macrobius
                     23.
                     
                     Proclus
                     250.
                     
                     
                       Albertus
                       Magnus
                    
                     125.
                     
                     These
                     differences
                     seeme
                     too
                     great
                     to
                     admit
                     of
                     reconcilement
                     :
                     yet
                     taking
                     into
                     our
                     consideration
                     the
                     disparity
                     in
                     account
                     of
                     miles
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Moderne
                     and
                     Ancient
                     Cosmographers
                     ;
                     as
                     also
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Greekes
                     and
                     Latines
                     :
                     2
                     the
                     diuerse
                     placing
                     of
                     the
                     sight●
                     the
                     various
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     places
                     wherein
                     they
                     tooke
                     their
                     obseruations
                     ,
                     with
                     other
                     circumstances
                     ,
                     wee
                     should
                     diminish
                     much
                     
                     of
                     admiration
                     .
                     But
                     diuerse
                     others
                     whose
                     opinion
                     is
                     more
                     approued
                     by
                     moderne
                     Cosmographers
                     ,
                     haue
                     defined
                     it
                     to
                     be
                     about
                     63
                     miles
                     .
                     The
                     cause
                     why
                     this
                     Horizon
                     should
                     bee
                     so
                     little
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Rationall
                     which
                     passeth
                     by
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     roundnesse
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     interposed
                     betwixt
                     the
                     sight
                     and
                     the
                     farther
                     parts
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     haue
                     formerly
                     proued
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       3
                       The
                       eye
                       may
                       be
                       so
                       placed
                       on
                       the
                       Earth
                       ,
                       as
                       it
                       may
                       behold
                       the
                       whole
                       Hemispheare
                       of
                       the
                       heauens
                       ,
                       and
                       yet
                       no
                       part
                       of
                       the
                       Terrestriall
                       Spheare
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     may
                     seeme
                     a
                     paradoxe
                     with
                     vulgar
                     iudgement
                     ;
                     but
                     it
                     wants
                     not
                     a
                     demonstration
                     drawne
                     from
                     Astronomicall
                     and
                     Opticke
                     principles
                     .
                     To
                     explaine
                     which
                     ,
                     we
                     must
                     suppose
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     grounds
                     already
                     granted
                     ,
                     1
                     That
                     the
                     Sensible
                     and
                     
                       Rationall
                       Horizon
                    
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     ought
                     to
                     bee
                     esteemed
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     selfe
                     same
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     great
                     distance
                     and
                     disproportion
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Earth
                     and
                     the
                     Firmament
                     .
                     2
                     That
                     the
                     eye
                     of
                     the
                     beholder
                     is
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     supposed
                     to
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     ;
                     because
                     in
                     this
                     consideration
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     her
                     Center
                     ,
                     is
                     insensible
                     .
                     3
                     That
                     the
                     visuall
                     Ray
                     wherein
                     the
                     sight
                     is
                     carried
                     ,
                     is
                     alwayes
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     .
                     Now
                     
                     suppose
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     our
                     former
                     figure
                     )
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     eye
                     wherein
                     consists
                     the
                     sight
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     surface
                     F
                     ,
                     the
                     distance
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     said
                     )
                     betwixt
                     F
                     and
                     E
                     the
                     Center
                     being
                     insensible
                     ,
                     the
                     eye
                     is
                     imagined
                     in
                     the
                     center
                     :
                     likewise
                     the
                     Horizons
                     CFD
                     ,
                     and
                     AEB
                     for
                     the
                     same
                     cause
                     
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     are
                     to
                     bee
                     esteemed
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     same
                     ;
                     because
                     CA
                     and
                     DB
                     haue
                     no
                     sensible
                     difference
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     then
                     manifest
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     eye
                     so
                     placed
                     will
                     behold
                     in
                     the
                     heauenly
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     all
                     which
                     is
                     included
                     betwixt
                     A
                     and
                     B
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     the
                     Hemispheare
                     AGB
                     ,
                     bounded
                     by
                     the
                     Rationall
                     Horizon
                     AEB
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     in
                     the
                     Terrene
                     Globe
                     it
                     can
                     see
                     nothing
                     at
                     all
                     :
                     For
                     either
                     it
                     should
                     see
                     onely
                     the
                     point
                     F
                     ,
                     wherein
                     it
                     is
                     seated
                     ,
                     or
                     else
                     some
                     other
                     point
                     or
                     part
                     distant
                     from
                     it
                     :
                     the
                     former
                     cannot
                     bee
                     admitted
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     eye
                     being
                     there
                     supposed
                     to
                     bee
                     placed
                     ,
                     should
                     according
                     to
                     this
                     supposition
                     behold
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     against
                     philosophy
                     :
                     For
                     granting
                     the
                     sense
                     only
                     a
                     direct
                     and
                     not
                     a
                     reflexe
                     operation
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     bee
                     imagined
                     how
                     it
                     should
                     perceiue
                     it selfe
                     .
                     Finally
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     see
                     any
                     point
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     besides
                     ;
                     for
                     then
                     this
                     point
                     would
                     either
                     bee
                     placed
                     aboue
                     the
                     point
                     F
                     :
                     but
                     this
                     cannot
                     bee
                     ;
                     because
                     F
                     being
                     supposed
                     in
                     the
                     superficies
                     ,
                     admits
                     of
                     no
                     point
                     higher
                     in
                     the
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     or
                     else
                     vnder
                     it
                     :
                     but
                     this
                     cannot
                     bee
                     ,
                     because
                     CFD
                     being
                     a
                     tangent
                     line
                     ,
                     and
                     touching
                     the
                     Spheare
                     in
                     F
                     only
                     :
                     there
                     cannot
                     according
                     to
                     Geometricall
                     principles
                     bee
                     drawne
                     any
                     right
                     line
                     from
                     the
                     point
                     F
                     ,
                     which
                     can
                     touch
                     any
                     point
                     in
                     the
                     said
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     but
                     all
                     will
                     cut
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     the
                     section
                     cause
                     impediment
                     to
                     the
                     sight
                     ,
                     the
                     Earth
                     being
                     an
                     opacous
                     and
                     round
                     body
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       4
                       From
                       the
                       Horizontall
                       circle
                       is
                       reckoned
                       the
                       eleuation
                       of
                       the
                       Pole
                       in
                       any
                       place
                       assigned
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     finding
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     is
                     a
                     matter
                     most
                     necessary
                     for
                     a
                     Cosmographer
                     ;
                     as
                     shall
                     appeare
                     after
                     ,
                     where
                     we
                     shall
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     Latitudes
                     and
                     Climates
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     defined
                     to
                     bee
                     an
                     arch
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Horizon
                     and
                     the
                     Pole.
                     For
                     the
                     finding
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     many
                     wayes
                     haue
                     beene
                     deuised
                     by
                     Artificers
                     :
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     the
                     second
                     from
                     the
                     Pole-starre
                     :
                     From
                     the
                     Sun
                     it
                     may
                     bee
                     performed
                     two
                     wayes
                     .
                     1
                     At
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoxe
                     .
                     2
                     At
                     any
                     other
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     .
                     At
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoxe
                     it
                     may
                     be
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     the
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     Sunnes
                     shadow
                     at
                     Noone-tide
                     ,
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     :
                     Let
                     the
                     Meridian
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     bee
                     subtracted
                     
                     from
                     the
                     whole
                     quadrant
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     90
                     degrees
                     :
                     there
                     will
                     remaine
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     the
                     Zenith
                     to
                     the
                     Equator
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole.
                     In
                     the
                     second
                     place
                     at
                     any
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     to
                     know
                     the
                     eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     necessary
                     out
                     of
                     an
                     Ephimerides
                     ,
                     or
                     any
                     other
                     way
                     ,
                     accurately
                     to
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     in
                     his
                     Eclipticke
                     for
                     the
                     day
                     proposed
                     ,
                     together
                     with
                     his
                     declination
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     declination
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     the
                     Sunne
                     being
                     in
                     the
                     six
                     Northerne
                     signes
                     ,
                     subtracted
                     from
                     the
                     Meridian
                     altitude
                     ;
                     or
                     added
                     ,
                     the
                     Sunne
                     being
                     in
                     the
                     six
                     Southerne
                     signes
                     ,
                     will
                     precisely
                     giue
                     the
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     Equator
                     :
                     or
                     (
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     same
                     )
                     the
                     Meridian
                     heigth
                     of
                     the
                     Sun
                     in
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     once
                     found
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     worke
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     .
                     By
                     the
                     Pole-starre
                     wee
                     may
                     likewise
                     find
                     it
                     out
                     ,
                     if
                     wee
                     obserue
                     it
                     three
                     distinct
                     times
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     night
                     :
                     for
                     three
                     points
                     being
                     giuen
                     ,
                     euery
                     Geometrician
                     will
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     this
                     case
                     must
                     bee
                     the
                     Pole.
                     Many
                     other
                     wayes
                     haue
                     beene
                     inuented
                     by
                     skilfull
                     Astronomers
                     ,
                     which
                     appertaining
                     rather
                     to
                     Astronomy
                     then
                     Cosmography
                     .
                     I
                     purposely
                     omit
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     24
                     Concerning
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     two
                     things
                     are
                     chiefly
                     to
                     bee
                     noted
                     ,
                     the
                     Inuention
                     and
                     the
                     Distinction
                     .
                     The
                     Inuention
                     is
                     considered
                     either
                     as
                     it
                     concernes
                     the
                     Zenith
                     or
                     Pole
                     :
                     or
                     the
                     Plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Horizon
                     .
                     For
                     both
                     which
                     we
                     will
                     set
                     downe
                     these
                     Rules
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       height
                       of
                       the
                       Pole
                       subtracted
                       from
                       the
                       quadrant
                       of
                       90
                       Degrees
                       :
                       the
                       residue
                       will
                       shew
                       the
                       Zenith
                       or
                       distance
                       of
                       the
                       Zenith
                       from
                       the
                       Pole.
                       
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     reason
                     is
                     euident
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     together
                     with
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     and
                     the
                     Zenith
                     make
                     an
                     arch
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     whole
                     quadrant
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     subducted
                     ,
                     the
                     distance
                     will
                     remaine
                     ;
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     if
                     wee
                     put
                     the
                     
                     eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     here
                     in
                     Oxford
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     51
                     ½
                     degrees
                     or
                     thereabout
                     (
                     as
                     hath
                     been
                     formerly
                     taught
                     :
                     Let
                     these
                     51
                     ½
                     degrees
                     bee
                     subtracted
                     from
                     90
                     ,
                     then
                     will
                     remaine
                     38
                     ½
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     true
                     Zenith
                     for
                     that
                     place
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       A
                       line
                       which
                       makes
                       right
                       angles
                       with
                       a
                       plummet
                       perpendicularly
                       falling
                       on
                       it
                       ,
                       will
                       designe
                       the
                       Horizontall
                       plaine
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     practise
                     of
                     the
                     proposition
                     is
                     vsually
                     shewed
                     by
                     Artificers
                     by
                     a
                     certaine
                     instrument
                     called
                     a
                     Leuell
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     made
                     in
                     a
                     triangle
                     forme
                     :
                     from
                     the
                     vertex
                     ,
                     or
                     head
                     of
                     which
                     ,
                     a
                     line
                     with
                     a
                     plummet
                     fals
                     on
                     the
                     Basis.
                     Now
                     when
                     it
                     shall
                     bee
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     so
                     placed
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     line
                     and
                     plummet
                     falling
                     on
                     the
                     Basis
                     ,
                     shall
                     make
                     right
                     Angles
                     with
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     cut
                     the
                     whole
                     Triangle
                     into
                     two
                     equall
                     halfes
                     :
                     wee
                     may
                     account
                     the
                     Base-line
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Horizon
                     :
                     For
                     of
                     this
                     plaine
                     ,
                     such
                     is
                     the
                     position
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     inclines
                     no
                     more
                     on
                     the
                     one
                     side
                     then
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     but
                     lies
                     euen
                     :
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     in
                     the
                     surface
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     when
                     it
                     rests
                     quiet
                     without
                     motion
                     :
                     for
                     howsoeuer
                     the
                     water
                     so
                     resting
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     formerly
                     demonstrated
                     )
                     is
                     alwayes
                     sphericall
                     ,
                     yet
                     in
                     a
                     small
                     distance
                     in
                     the
                     sensible
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     it
                     may
                     to
                     sense
                     be
                     represented
                     by
                     a
                     plaine
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     25
                     So
                     much
                     for
                     the
                     Inuention
                     :
                     The
                     Distinction
                     of
                     the
                     Horizon
                     is
                     into
                     three
                     sorts
                     :
                     for
                     either
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     right
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     or
                     oblique
                     ,
                     or
                     parallell
                     .
                  
                   
                     26
                     A
                     right
                     Horizon
                     is
                     that
                     which
                     with
                     the
                     Equator
                     makes
                     Right
                     Angles
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   This
                   distinction
                   growes
                   naturally
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Respect
                   of
                   the
                   Horizon
                   to
                   the
                   Equatour
                   .
                   For
                   sith
                   the
                   Equatour
                   is
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   selfe-same
                   immoueable
                   circle
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Horizon
                   is
                   mutable
                   and
                   changed
                   according
                   to
                   his
                   diuerse
                   verticall
                   points
                   ,
                   they
                   cannot
                   alwayes
                   keepe
                   the
                   same
                   situation
                   in
                   regard
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   .
                   This
                   they
                   haue
                   reduced
                   into
                   three
                   heads
                   :
                   for
                   either
                   it
                   is
                   Right
                   
                   or
                   Oblique
                   ,
                   or
                   Parallell
                   .
                   The
                   Right
                   is
                   so
                   called
                   from
                   the
                   right
                   Angles
                   which
                   the
                   Horizon
                   makes
                   with
                   the
                   Equator
                   :
                   wherein
                   the
                   two
                   poles
                   are
                   alwayes
                   couched
                   in
                   the
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Equator
                   
                   passing
                   directly
                   ouer
                   their
                   heads
                   ,
                   as
                   is
                   plaine
                   to
                   be
                   seene
                   in
                   this
                   figure
                   here
                   affixed
                   :
                   such
                   an
                   Horizon
                   haue
                   these
                   Inhabitants
                   which
                   dwell
                   directly
                   vnder
                   the
                   Equinoctiall
                   line
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   very
                   middest
                   of
                   the
                   Torrid
                   Zone
                   :
                   such
                   an
                   Horizon
                   agrees
                   to
                   a
                   great
                   part
                   of
                   Africke
                   :
                   to
                   a
                   part
                   of
                   Peru
                   in
                   America
                   :
                   Also
                   to
                   most
                   of
                   the
                   Molucco
                   Ilands
                   ,
                   the
                   Ilands
                   of
                   Taprobana
                   ,
                   and
                   S.
                   Thomas
                   :
                   but
                   no
                   part
                   of
                   Europe
                   is
                   subiect
                   to
                   such
                   a
                   Right
                   Horizon
                   .
                   The
                   cause
                   of
                   this
                   variation
                   of
                   Horizons
                   is
                   the
                   naturall
                   roundnesse
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   For
                   the
                   earth
                   being
                   supposed
                   to
                   bee
                   sphericall
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   haue
                   before
                   demonstrated
                   ,
                   it
                   must
                   of
                   necessity
                   follow
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   site
                   of
                   the
                   poles
                   should
                   be
                   changed
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   diuersity
                   of
                   the
                   places
                   .
                   Also
                   ,
                   because
                   wheresoeuer
                   we
                   are
                   placed
                   on
                   the
                   Earth
                   (
                   as
                   wee
                   haue
                   shewed
                   )
                   all
                   impediments
                   of
                   the
                   sight
                   ,
                   as
                   mountaines
                   and
                   vallies
                   put
                   apart
                   ,
                   we
                   can
                   behold
                   the
                   Hemispheare
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   ,
                   which
                   middle
                   part
                   being
                   set
                   downe
                   is
                   diuided
                   from
                   the
                   part
                   vnseene
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Horizon
                   it
                   must
                   needs
                   bee
                   ,
                   that
                   either
                   both
                   the
                   poles
                   must
                   be
                   in
                   the
                   Horizon
                   :
                   and
                   so
                   make
                   a
                   Right
                   Spheare
                   :
                   or
                   at
                   least
                   one
                   must
                   bee
                   aboue
                   and
                   seene
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   hid
                   from
                   the
                   sight
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   one
                   is
                   eleuated
                   aboue
                   the
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   must
                   the
                   other
                   bee
                   couched
                   vnder
                   it
                   ▪
                   For
                   otherwise
                   wee
                   should
                   see
                   more
                   or
                   lesse
                   then
                   a
                   precise
                   moity
                   ,
                   or
                   halfe
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   :
                   sith
                   the
                   poles
                   differ
                   one
                   from
                   the
                   other
                   the
                   halfe
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Heauens
                   :
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Diameter
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     27
                     An
                     oblique
                     Horizon
                     is
                     that
                     which
                     with
                     the
                     Equator
                     makes
                     oblique
                     Angles
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Those
                   Inhabitants
                   are
                   said
                   to
                   haue
                   an
                   oblique
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   whose
                   
                   site
                   and
                   position
                   declines
                   somewhat
                   from
                   the
                   Equator
                   ,
                   either
                   to
                   the
                   North
                   or
                   South
                   towards
                   either
                   pole
                   :
                   yet
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   pole
                   bee
                   not
                   eleuated
                   so
                   high
                   as
                   90
                   Degrees
                   :
                   for
                   then
                   it
                   becomes
                   a
                   Parallell
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   as
                   wee
                   shall
                   shew
                   in
                   the
                   next
                   .
                   The
                   representation
                   of
                   such
                   an
                   oblique
                   Spheare
                   may
                   bee
                   seene
                   in
                   this
                   Diagram
                   :
                   wherein
                   the
                   Horizon
                   cuts
                   the
                   Equatour
                   at
                   oblique
                   Angles
                   ,
                   
                   whence
                   it
                   is
                   called
                   
                     oblique
                     .
                     Clauius
                  
                   seemes
                   to
                   adde
                   another
                   reason
                   of
                   this
                   appellation
                   :
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   because
                   in
                   such
                   an
                   Horizon
                   one
                   pole
                   is
                   alwayes
                   eleuated
                   aboue
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   hid
                   ▪
                   but
                   this
                   reason
                   seemes
                   too
                   generall
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   which
                   agrees
                   not
                   onely
                   to
                   an
                   Oblique
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   to
                   a
                   Parallell
                   Spheare
                   .
                   From
                   this
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   by
                   
                     Iohannes
                     de
                     Sucrobosco
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   Spheare
                   is
                   called
                   Artificiall
                   ▪
                   because
                   ,
                   as
                   Clauius
                   coniectures
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   variable
                   ,
                   and
                   doth
                   naturally
                   diuide
                   the
                   Globe
                   .
                   For
                   whereas
                   the
                   Horizon
                   of
                   the
                   Right
                   Spheare
                   passeth
                   by
                   either
                   Pole
                   ,
                   it
                   seemes
                   by
                   it selfe
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   Naturally
                   and
                   Directly
                   to
                   diuide
                   the
                   Spheare
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   diuision
                   is
                   no
                   way
                   variable
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   it
                   should
                   bee
                   more
                   or
                   lesse
                   Right
                   :
                   but
                   contrariwise
                   in
                   the
                   oblique
                   Spheare
                   ,
                   sith
                   one
                   Pole
                   is
                   placed
                   aboue
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   beneath
                   ,
                   it
                   seemes
                   to
                   be
                   placed
                   out
                   of
                   his
                   naturall
                   site
                   and
                   position
                   .
                   Moreouer
                   this
                   Oblique
                   Horizon
                   is
                   variable
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   diuersity
                   of
                   habitations
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   to
                   some
                   more
                   ,
                   to
                   others
                   lesse
                   Oblique
                   :
                   for
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   Oblique
                   must
                   it
                   be
                   ,
                   by
                   how
                   much
                   the
                   neerer
                   it
                   is
                   placed
                   to
                   the
                   Poles
                   .
                   The
                   Inhabitants
                   of
                   an
                   Oblique
                   Spheare
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   seated
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Equator
                   ,
                   and
                   either
                   of
                   the
                   Tropicks
                   of
                   Cancer
                   and
                   Capricorne
                   ,
                   or
                   such
                   as
                   dwell
                   betwixt
                   either
                   Tropicke
                   and
                   the
                   Polar-circle
                   ▪
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     28
                     A
                     Parallell
                     Horizon
                     is
                     that
                     which
                     lies
                     Parallell
                     to
                     the
                     Equator
                     ,
                     making
                     no
                     angles
                     at
                     all
                     with
                     it
                     .
                  
                
                 
                 
                   Such
                   a
                   kinde
                   of
                   Horizon
                   those
                   Inhabitants
                   are
                   said
                   to
                   haue
                   which
                   are
                   included
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Polar
                   circles
                   ;
                   whose
                   Horizon
                   cuts
                   not
                   the
                   Equatour
                   at
                   any
                   Angles
                   at
                   all
                   ,
                   either
                   Right
                   or
                   Oblique
                   :
                   but
                   lies
                   Parallell
                   vnto
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   
                   we
                   see
                   in
                   this
                   Figure
                   here
                   set
                   downe
                   .
                   Some
                   haue
                   reduced
                   this
                   kinde
                   of
                   Spheare
                   to
                   an
                   Oblique
                   Horizon
                   :
                   in
                   regard
                   that
                   in
                   this
                   site
                   our
                   Pole
                   is
                   eleuated
                   aboue
                   the
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   depressed
                   vnder
                   :
                   in
                   which
                   opinion
                   Clauius
                   seemes
                   to
                   second
                   
                     Iohannes
                     de
                     Sacrobosco
                  
                   ,
                   on
                   whom
                   hee
                   comments
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   is
                   ridiculous
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   Spheare
                   is
                   called
                   Right
                   or
                   Oblique
                   (
                   as
                   wee
                   haue
                   taught
                   )
                   from
                   the
                   Angles
                   which
                   the
                   Horizon
                   makes
                   with
                   the
                   Equator
                   :
                   wherefore
                   that
                   Horizon
                   which
                   makes
                   no
                   Angles
                   at
                   all
                   ,
                   cannot
                   bee
                   called
                   either
                   Right
                   or
                   Oblique
                   ,
                   but
                   is
                   necessarily
                   distinguished
                   from
                   either
                   .
                   On
                   this
                   distinction
                   of
                   Horizons
                   is
                   grounded
                   the
                   diuision
                   of
                   the
                   Inhabitants
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   according
                   to
                   three
                   kinds
                   of
                   Spheares
                   :
                   of
                   whose
                   accidents
                   and
                   proprieties
                   wee
                   shall
                   more
                   fully
                   treat
                   hereafter
                   in
                   the
                   dictinction
                   of
                   the
                   parts
                   and
                   Inhabitants
                   of
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Spheare
                   ,
                   because
                   such
                   proprieties
                   cannot
                   so
                   well
                   be
                   taught
                   without
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Artificiall
                     Spheare
                  
                   ,
                   whose
                   Nature
                   and
                   Fabricke
                   wee
                   shall
                   labour
                   (
                   God
                   willing
                   )
                   in
                   our
                   next
                   Chapter
                   to
                   vnfold
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 VII
                 .
                 Of
                 the
                 Artificiall
                 Representation
                 of
                 the
                 Terrestriall
                 Spheare
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     HAuing
                     hitherto
                     treated
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     Naturall
                     or
                     reall
                     :
                     
                     wee
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     to
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     Artificiall
                     Globe
                     :
                     The
                     Artificiall
                     Globe
                     is
                     an
                     expression
                     or
                     imitation
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     Artificiall
                     imitation
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     either
                     Common
                     or
                     Magneticall
                     .
                     The
                     common
                     is
                     againe
                     twofold
                     ;
                     either
                     in
                     the
                     Globe
                     ,
                     or
                     in
                     the
                     Geographicall
                     Mappe
                     ,
                     or
                     Table
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     The
                     Geographicall
                     Globe
                     is
                     a
                     round
                     solid
                     Body
                     ,
                     adorned
                     with
                     Lineaments
                     &
                     pictures
                     ,
                     seruing
                     for
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     Geographers
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Who
                   was
                   the
                   first
                   Inuentour
                   of
                   this
                   Artificiall
                   Globe
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   euident
                   :
                   some
                   thinke
                   with
                   Pliny
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   was
                   found
                   out
                   by
                   Atlas
                   ,
                   and
                   carried
                   into
                   Greece
                   by
                   Hercules
                   .
                   Others
                   haue
                   ascribed
                   it
                   to
                   
                     Anaximander
                     Milesius
                  
                   ;
                   some
                   to
                   Musaeus
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Diogenes
                     Laërtius
                  
                   :
                   others
                   to
                   other
                   Authors
                   ,
                   amongst
                   whom
                   
                     Architas
                     Tarentinus
                  
                   is
                   not
                   forgotten
                   ,
                   as
                   one
                   that
                   was
                   esteemed
                   the
                   rarest
                   Mathematician
                   of
                   his
                   time
                   .
                   But
                   all
                   these
                   were
                   out-stripped
                   by
                   Archimedes
                   the
                   Syracusan
                   Mathematician
                   ,
                   who
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   haue
                   composed
                   a
                   Spheare
                   of
                   transparent
                   glasse
                   ,
                   representing
                   vnto
                   the
                   life
                   the
                   whole
                   frame
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   ,
                   wherein
                   the
                   
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     Moone
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Starres
                   with
                   their
                   true
                   motions
                   ,
                   periods
                   ,
                   and
                   limits
                   were
                   shewed
                   to
                   the
                   sight
                   ,
                   in
                   such
                   sort
                   ,
                   as
                   if
                   it
                   were
                   naturall
                   whereof
                   Claudian
                   the
                   Poët
                   elegantly
                   wrote
                   in
                   these
                   Verses
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Claudian
                     .
                     in
                     Epigrammat
                     .
                  
                   
                     Iupiter
                     in
                     paruo
                     cùm
                     cerneret
                     aethera
                     vitro
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Risit
                     ,
                     &
                     ad
                     Superos
                     talia
                     dicta
                     dedit
                     :
                  
                   
                     Huccine
                     mortalis
                     progressa
                     potentia
                     curae
                     ?
                  
                   
                     Iam
                     meus
                     infragili
                     ●uditur
                     orbe
                     labor
                     .
                  
                   
                     Iura
                     poli
                     ,
                     rerumque
                     fidem
                     ▪
                     legésque
                     Deorum
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Ecce
                     Syracusius
                     transtulit
                     arte
                     Senex
                     .
                  
                   
                     Inclusus
                     varijs
                     famulatur
                     spiritus
                     astris
                     ,
                  
                   
                   
                     Et
                     viuum
                     certis
                     motibus
                     vrget
                     opus
                     .
                  
                   
                     Percurrit
                     proprium
                     mentitus
                     signifer
                     annum
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Et
                     simulata
                     nouo
                     Cynthia
                     mense
                     redit
                     .
                  
                   
                     Iamque
                     suum
                     voluens
                     audax
                     industria
                     mundum
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Gaudet
                     &
                     humana
                     sidera
                     mente
                     regi
                     .
                  
                   
                     Quid
                     falso
                     insontem
                     tonitru
                     Salmonea
                     miror
                     ?
                  
                   
                     Aemula
                     naturae
                     parua
                     reperta
                     manus
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     In
                     a
                     small
                     glasse
                     when
                     Ioue
                     beheld
                     the
                     Skies
                     ,
                  
                   
                     He
                     smil'd
                     ,
                     and
                     thus
                     vnto
                     the
                     gods
                     replies
                     :
                  
                   
                     Could
                     man
                     so
                     far
                     extend
                     his
                     studious
                     care
                     ,
                  
                   
                     To
                     mocke
                     my
                     labours
                     in
                     a
                     brittle
                     Spheare
                     ?
                  
                   
                     Heauens
                     lawes
                     ,
                     mans
                     wayes
                     ,
                     and
                     Natures
                     soueraigne
                     right
                     ,
                  
                   
                     This
                     Stage
                     of
                     Syracuse
                     translates
                     to
                     sight
                     .
                  
                   
                     A
                     soule
                     within
                     on
                     various
                     stars
                     attends
                     ,
                  
                   
                     And
                     moues
                     the
                     quicke-worke
                     vnto
                     certaine
                     ends
                     ,
                  
                   
                     A
                     faigning
                     Zodiacke
                     runnes
                     his
                     proper
                     yeere
                     ,
                  
                   
                     And
                     a
                     false
                     Cynthia
                     makes
                     new
                     monethes
                     appeare
                     :
                  
                   
                     And
                     now
                     bold
                     Art
                     takes
                     on
                     her
                     to
                     command
                     ,
                  
                   
                     And
                     rule
                     the
                     Heauenly
                     Starres
                     with
                     humane
                     hand
                     .
                  
                   
                     Who
                     can
                     admire
                     Salmonean
                     harmlesse
                     Thunder
                     ,
                  
                   
                     When
                     a
                     flight
                     hand
                     stirres
                     Nature
                     vp
                     to
                     wonder
                     ?
                  
                
                 
                   But
                   this
                   Spheare
                   of
                   Archimedes
                   I
                   take
                   to
                   be
                   more
                   then
                   an
                   ordinary
                   Globe
                   commonly
                   vsed
                   amongst
                   vs
                   ,
                   as
                   may
                   appeare
                   by
                   the
                   Poëts
                   description
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   rather
                   be
                   likened
                   to
                   the
                   Spheare
                   ,
                   lately
                   composed
                   by
                   
                     Cornelius
                     Trebelius
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   presented
                   vnto
                   
                     King
                     Iames.
                  
                   The
                   like
                   whereof
                   
                     Peter
                     Ramus
                  
                   sayes
                   he
                   saw
                   two
                   at
                   Paris
                   ;
                   yet
                   not
                   of
                   glasse
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   Iron
                   ;
                   the
                   one
                   of
                   which
                   Ruellius
                   the
                   Physician
                   brought
                   from
                   the
                   spoiles
                   of
                   Sicily
                   :
                   the
                   other
                   of
                   which
                   Orontius
                   the
                   Mathematician
                   recouered
                   likewise
                   from
                   the
                   Germane
                   warres
                   .
                   But
                   of
                   such
                   kind
                   of
                   Globes
                   hauing
                   neuer
                   yet
                   had
                   the
                   happines
                   to
                   see
                   any
                   ,
                   I
                   intend
                   no
                   description
                   :
                   In
                   the
                   meane
                   time
                   our
                   common
                   Geographicall
                   Globes
                   may
                   well
                   serue
                   our
                   turnes
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4
                     In
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     two
                     things
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     considered
                     :
                     1
                     The
                     Fabrick
                     or
                     Structure
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     2
                     The
                     Vse
                     .
                     3
                     The
                     Direction
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     former
                     is
                     taught
                     the
                     composition
                     of
                     the
                     Globe
                     by
                     resoluing
                     of
                     it
                     into
                     it's
                     parts
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       parts
                       whereof
                       the
                       Globe
                       is
                       Geographically
                       compounded
                       are
                       circles
                       and
                       pictures
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     To
                     explaine
                     the
                     true
                     composition
                     of
                     the
                     Artificiall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     not
                     Physically
                     as
                     it
                     consists
                     of
                     timber
                     and
                     mettall
                     ,
                     but
                     Geographically
                     as
                     it
                     represents
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     we
                     are
                     to
                     consider
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     it
                     are
                     either
                     Externall
                     or
                     Internall
                     :
                     Externall
                     I
                     call
                     those
                     parts
                     which
                     are
                     without
                     the
                     Spheare
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     yet
                     necessarily
                     concurre
                     to
                     the
                     constitution
                     of
                     it
                     .
                     These
                     parts
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     concurre
                     to
                     the
                     making
                     of
                     the
                     Stocke
                     or
                     Frame
                     whereunto
                     our
                     Spheare
                     is
                     set
                     :
                     where
                     to
                     let
                     passe
                     the
                     footing
                     or
                     lower
                     board
                     ,
                     (
                     wherein
                     in
                     the
                     old
                     Globes
                     was
                     engraffed
                     a
                     
                       Marriners
                       Compasse
                    
                     ,
                     with
                     a
                     
                       Needle
                       magnetically
                    
                     touched
                     ,
                     very
                     profitable
                     for
                     the
                     direction
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     )
                     I
                     will
                     onely
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     great
                     Timber
                     Circle
                     ,
                     encompassing
                     round
                     the
                     whole
                     Globe
                     :
                     because
                     it
                     more
                     immediatly
                     concernes
                     our
                     purpose
                     .
                     This
                     Circle
                     represents
                     the
                     Horizon
                     of
                     the
                     Naturall
                     Spheare
                     :
                     In
                     the
                     Globe
                     it
                     is
                     made
                     but
                     one
                     ,
                     not
                     that
                     there
                     is
                     but
                     one
                     Horizon
                     in
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     ;
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     taught
                     )
                     the
                     Horizon
                     is
                     varyed
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     places
                     :
                     but
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     impossible
                     to
                     point
                     and
                     marke
                     out
                     the
                     Horizons
                     ;
                     for
                     all
                     places
                     being
                     infinite
                     as
                     the
                     Verticall
                     points
                     :
                     yet
                     may
                     this
                     one
                     serue
                     for
                     all
                     places
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Globe
                     being
                     moueable
                     ,
                     may
                     apply
                     all
                     his
                     parts
                     to
                     this
                     circle
                     .
                     This
                     Circle
                     representing
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     is
                     diuided
                     into
                     three
                     borders
                     or
                     Limbes
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     first
                     which
                     is
                     towards
                     the
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     containes
                     all
                     the
                     signes
                     with
                     the
                     Planets
                     thereunto
                     belonging
                     ;
                     euery
                     of
                     which
                     is
                     diuided
                     into
                     30
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     the
                     Timber
                     Circle
                     are
                     described
                     by
                     set
                     numbers
                     and
                     markes
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     middle-most
                     and
                     largest
                     ,
                     contaynes
                     the
                     Calendar
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     Golden
                     number
                     ,
                     and
                     seuerall
                     names
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     Feasts
                     throughout
                     the
                     yeare
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     and
                     last
                     is
                     of
                     the
                     22
                     Windes
                     ,
                     seruing
                     chiefly
                     for
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     Marriners
                     ,
                     and
                     may
                     serue
                     many
                     wayes
                     for
                     a
                     Geographer
                     to
                     distinguish
                     the
                     Coasts
                     and
                     
                     points
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     But
                     of
                     these
                     three
                     borders
                     distinguished
                     in
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     only
                     the
                     last
                     hath
                     vse
                     in
                     Geography
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     two
                     are
                     in
                     themselues
                     Astronomicall
                     ,
                     and
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     Geographicall
                     Globe
                     rather
                     for
                     ornament
                     ,
                     then
                     vse
                     .
                     The
                     Internall
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Globe
                     are
                     either
                     annexed
                     or
                     inscribed
                     in
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     .
                     The
                     Annexed
                     part
                     is
                     that
                     which
                     represents
                     the
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     Brasen
                     circle
                     :
                     For
                     as
                     the
                     Externall
                     Frame
                     of
                     the
                     Globe
                     contained
                     the
                     Horizon
                     as
                     one
                     circle
                     ;
                     so
                     this
                     Meridian
                     is
                     set
                     but
                     one
                     ,
                     although
                     it
                     bee
                     in
                     it selfe
                     various
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     places
                     to
                     which
                     it
                     serue
                     .
                     Neither
                     without
                     good
                     reason
                     is
                     this
                     Circle
                     made
                     of
                     brasse
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     should
                     serue
                     for
                     diuerse
                     vses
                     ,
                     which
                     require
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     bee
                     often
                     changed
                     and
                     turned
                     to
                     and
                     fro
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     of
                     Timber
                     would
                     miscarry
                     .
                     This
                     Brasen
                     Meridian
                     meetes
                     with
                     the
                     Horizon
                     at
                     two
                     opposite
                     places
                     ,
                     cutting
                     it
                     at
                     right
                     angles
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Spheare
                     included
                     might
                     bee
                     raysed
                     and
                     set
                     lower
                     ,
                     as
                     occasion
                     requireth
                     .
                     The
                     Meridian
                     circle
                     is
                     agayne
                     diuided
                     into
                     4
                     Quadrants
                     ,
                     each
                     of
                     which
                     is
                     againe
                     diuided
                     into
                     90
                     Degrees
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     on
                     the
                     one
                     side
                     the
                     90th
                     Degree
                     must
                     touch
                     the
                     Pole
                     ;
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     the
                     first
                     degree
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     in
                     all
                     there
                     will
                     arise
                     360
                     degrees
                     ,
                     described
                     in
                     the
                     Brasen
                     Meridian
                     .
                     Through
                     this
                     Brasen
                     Meridian
                     by
                     the
                     two
                     Poles
                     doth
                     passe
                     a
                     line
                     or
                     wier
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     Axell-tree
                     of
                     the
                     Globe
                     ,
                     about
                     the
                     which
                     the
                     Spheare
                     is
                     turned
                     ,
                     the
                     ends
                     of
                     which
                     are
                     commonly
                     called
                     the
                     Poles
                     ;
                     whereof
                     the
                     one
                     representing
                     the
                     
                       North
                       point
                    
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     
                       Pole
                       Articke
                    
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     shewing
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     is
                     termed
                     Antarticke
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     Meridian
                     Circle
                     in
                     the
                     Globe
                     is
                     commonly
                     fastned
                     a
                     little
                     Brasen
                     Circle
                     ,
                     named
                     
                       Cyclus
                       horarius
                    
                     or
                     the
                     houre-circle
                     ;
                     but
                     this
                     rather
                     appertaines
                     to
                     Astronomy
                     then
                     Geography
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     wee
                     will
                     forbeare
                     to
                     describe
                     it
                     :
                     somewhat
                     more
                     vse
                     haue
                     wee
                     of
                     another
                     Instrument
                     fastned
                     to
                     the
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     called
                     the
                     Quadrant
                     of
                     Latitude
                     ;
                     foras
                     much
                     as
                     it
                     may
                     serue
                     to
                     measure
                     the
                     Distance
                     betwixt
                     any
                     two
                     places
                     signed
                     in
                     the
                     Globe
                     :
                     but
                     in
                     so
                     grosse
                     an
                     Instrument
                     little
                     exactnesse
                     can
                     bee
                     expected
                     .
                     Now
                     for
                     such
                     matters
                     as
                     are
                     inscribed
                     in
                     the
                     Spheare
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     (
                     to
                     let
                     passe
                     ridiculous
                     &
                     idle
                     pictures
                     vsed
                     of
                     Painters
                     for
                     ornament
                     )
                     they
                     are
                     either
                     Lines
                     &
                     Circles
                     drawne
                     on
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     Globe
                     :
                     or
                     else
                     the
                     pictures
                     &
                     
                     delineations
                     of
                     Countreyes
                     and
                     places
                     ,
                     marked
                     out
                     in
                     visible
                     proportions
                     ;
                     whereof
                     the
                     former
                     properly
                     appertaines
                     to
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     part
                     of
                     Geography
                     ;
                     the
                     latter
                     to
                     the
                     Topicall
                     .
                     The
                     Circular
                     Lineaments
                     are
                     againe
                     twofold
                     :
                     either
                     Circles
                     necessarily
                     appertaining
                     to
                     the
                     constitution
                     of
                     the
                     Globe
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     Lines
                     thereon
                     drawne
                     to
                     bee
                     considered
                     of
                     Marriners
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     haue
                     before
                     called
                     the
                     Rhumbes
                     .
                     But
                     these
                     Lines
                     also
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     taught
                     )
                     appertaine
                     to
                     the
                     Geographer
                     ,
                     being
                     as
                     many
                     sections
                     of
                     the
                     Horizontall
                     Circle
                     ;
                     because
                     they
                     are
                     alwayes
                     imagined
                     to
                     proceed
                     from
                     a
                     Verticall
                     point
                     wherein
                     they
                     meet
                     .
                     The
                     Circles
                     painted
                     on
                     the
                     Globe
                     are
                     either
                     the
                     Parallels
                     or
                     Meridians
                     ,
                     whose
                     description
                     we
                     haue
                     set
                     downe
                     in
                     the
                     chapter
                     before
                     :
                     Amongst
                     the
                     Parallels
                     the
                     most
                     remarkable
                     is
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     made
                     greater
                     then
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     ,
                     in
                     forme
                     of
                     a
                     bracelet
                     ,
                     distinguished
                     into
                     degrees
                     ,
                     and
                     marked
                     at
                     euery
                     10.
                     degrees
                     :
                     Next
                     to
                     this
                     are
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     and
                     Polar
                     Circles
                     ,
                     represented
                     only
                     by
                     blacke
                     Lines
                     ,
                     yet
                     framed
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     may
                     easily
                     bee
                     discerned
                     from
                     other
                     Parallels
                     .
                     Amongst
                     the
                     Meridians
                     the
                     most
                     notable
                     is
                     the
                     first
                     Meridian
                     passing
                     by
                     the
                     Canaries
                     ,
                     and
                     painted
                     much
                     like
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     cut
                     into
                     diuers
                     sections
                     and
                     degrees
                     ,
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     described
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     Zodiacke
                     which
                     is
                     vsually
                     pictured
                     in
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     I
                     hold
                     it
                     altogether
                     needlesse
                     in
                     Geography
                     ,
                     and
                     made
                     rather
                     for
                     ornament
                     ,
                     then
                     vse
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     periodicke
                     course
                     of
                     the
                     Sun
                     ,
                     deciphered
                     by
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     ,
                     appertaines
                     rather
                     to
                     the
                     Theory
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     planets
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     hardest
                     part
                     of
                     Astronomy
                     .
                     The
                     proportion
                     of
                     these
                     Circles
                     ,
                     Site
                     ,
                     and
                     Distance
                     is
                     taught
                     before
                     ,
                     and
                     needs
                     no
                     repetition
                     ,
                     sith
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     very
                     same
                     in
                     representation
                     on
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     Globe
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     really
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     it selfe
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     pictures
                     and
                     Topicall
                     description
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     wee
                     referre
                     it
                     to
                     the
                     second
                     and
                     third
                     part
                     of
                     this
                     Treatise
                     ;
                     where
                     we
                     shall
                     haue
                     occasion
                     to
                     speake
                     of
                     Countreyes
                     and
                     Regions
                     ,
                     with
                     their
                     seuerall
                     qualities
                     ,
                     accidents
                     ,
                     and
                     dispositions
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       vse
                       of
                       the
                       Artificiall
                       Globe
                       is
                       to
                       expresse
                       the
                       parts
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       so
                       farre
                       forth
                       as
                       they
                       
                       haue
                       a
                       diuerse
                       situation
                       as
                       well
                       one
                       n
                       respect
                       of
                       another
                       ,
                       as
                       of
                       the
                       Heauens
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     vse
                     of
                     the
                     Artificiall
                     Globe
                     is
                     two-fold
                     ,
                     either
                     generall
                     or
                     speciall
                     :
                     the
                     Generall
                     is
                     expressed
                     in
                     this
                     Theoreme
                     :
                     the
                     Speciall
                     shall
                     be
                     shewne
                     in
                     diuerse
                     speciall
                     propositions
                     hereafter
                     as
                     occasion
                     shall
                     serue
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     5
                     This
                     Direction
                     is
                     taught
                     in
                     the
                     Rule
                     .
                     1
                     ▪
                     
                       The
                       Meridian
                       for
                       the
                       place
                       being
                       found
                       by
                       the
                       Sunne
                       or
                       Compasse
                       .
                    
                     1
                     
                       Let
                       the
                       Globe
                       bee
                       so
                       set
                       ,
                       that
                       the
                       North
                       Pole
                       respect
                       the
                       North
                       ,
                       the
                       oppoposite
                       the
                       South
                       .
                    
                     2
                     
                       Let
                       the
                       Pole
                       in
                       the
                       Meridian
                       of
                       the
                       Globe
                       be
                       set
                       according
                       to
                       the
                       eleuation
                       of
                       the
                       Pole
                       at
                       the
                       place
                       assigned
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     6
                     A
                     Geographicall
                     Mappe
                     is
                     a
                     plaine
                     Table
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     Lineaments
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     are
                     expressed
                     and
                     described
                     in
                     due
                     site
                     and
                     proportion
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Some
                   would
                   haue
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   a
                   Mappe
                   to
                   be
                   drawne
                   from
                   the
                   linnen
                   furniture
                   wherewith
                   it
                   is
                   endorsed
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   vnlikely
                   ,
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   affinity
                   of
                   the
                   words
                   in
                   Latine
                   .
                   But
                   more
                   significantly
                   by
                   others
                   it
                   is
                   termed
                   a
                   Geographicall
                   Table
                   or
                   Chart
                   :
                   A
                   Mappe
                   differs
                   from
                   a
                   Globe
                   ,
                   in
                   that
                   the
                   Globe
                   is
                   a
                   round
                   solide
                   body
                   ,
                   more
                   neerely
                   representing
                   the
                   true
                   figure
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   whereas
                   contrarywise
                   the
                   Charts
                   of
                   themselues
                   are
                   plaine
                   ,
                   though
                   representing
                   a
                   Spheare
                   ,
                   inuented
                   to
                   supply
                   the
                   wants
                   of
                   a
                   Globe
                   .
                   For
                   whereas
                   a
                   Globe
                   is
                   more
                   costly
                   to
                   be
                   procured
                   of
                   poore
                   Students
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   troublesome
                   to
                   be
                   carried
                   to
                   and
                   fro
                   ;
                   a
                   Mappe
                   is
                   more
                   cheape
                   to
                   be
                   bought
                   ,
                   and
                   far
                   more
                   portable
                   :
                   And
                   howsoeuer
                   it
                   be
                   not
                   so
                   apt
                   an
                   expression
                   as
                   the
                   Globe
                   ,
                   yet
                   are
                   there
                   few
                   matters
                   represented
                   in
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   which
                   may
                   not
                   in
                   some
                   sort
                   find
                   place
                   in
                   this
                   .
                   And
                   certainly
                   
                   such
                   is
                   the
                   vse
                   and
                   necessity
                   of
                   these
                   Tables
                   ,
                   that
                   I
                   hardly
                   deeme
                   him
                   worth
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   a
                   Scholler
                   ,
                   which
                   desires
                   not
                   his
                   Chamber
                   furnished
                   with
                   such
                   ornaments
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   written
                   of
                   that
                   learned
                   man
                   
                     Erasmus
                     Roterodamus
                  
                   ,
                   that
                   hauing
                   seene
                   50
                   yeares
                   ,
                   he
                   was
                   delighted
                   so
                   much
                   with
                   these
                   Geographicall
                   Mappes
                   ,
                   that
                   vndertaking
                   to
                   write
                   Comments
                   on
                   the
                   Acts
                   of
                   the
                   Apostles
                   ,
                   he
                   had
                   alwayes
                   in
                   his
                   eye
                   those
                   Tables
                   ,
                   where
                   hee
                   made
                   no
                   small
                   vse
                   for
                   the
                   finding
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   site
                   of
                   such
                   places
                   whereof
                   he
                   had
                   occasion
                   to
                   treate
                   .
                   And
                   it
                   were
                   to
                   bee
                   wished
                   in
                   these
                   dayes
                   ,
                   that
                   yong
                   Students
                   insteed
                   of
                   many
                   apish
                   and
                   ridiculous
                   pictures
                   ,
                   tending
                   many
                   times
                   rather
                   to
                   ribaldry
                   ,
                   then
                   any
                   learning
                   ,
                   would
                   store
                   their
                   studies
                   with
                   such
                   furniture
                   .
                   These
                   Geographicall
                   Mappes
                   are
                   of
                   two
                   sorts
                   ,
                   either
                   Vniuersall
                   or
                   Particular
                   :
                   The
                   Vniuersall
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   represent
                   the
                   picture
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Earth
                   .
                   The
                   particular
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   shew
                   only
                   some
                   particular
                   Place
                   or
                   Region
                   .
                   These
                   particular
                   Tables
                   are
                   againe
                   of
                   two
                   sorts
                   ;
                   some
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   describe
                   a
                   place
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   ,
                   whereon
                   are
                   drawne
                   the
                   Geographicall
                   lineaments
                   by
                   vs
                   described
                   ,
                   at
                   least
                   the
                   chiefest
                   :
                   some
                   againe
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   haue
                   no
                   respect
                   at
                   all
                   to
                   the
                   Heauens
                   ;
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   the
                   Topographicall
                   Mappes
                   of
                   Cities
                   and
                   Shires
                   ,
                   wherein
                   none
                   of
                   the
                   Circles
                   are
                   described
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   Vniuersall
                   and
                   first
                   sort
                   of
                   particular
                   Maps
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   question
                   but
                   they
                   properly
                   appertaine
                   to
                   Geography
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   later
                   deserue
                   much
                   lesse
                   consideration
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   too
                   speciall
                   for
                   this
                   generall
                   Treatise
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     7
                     The
                     Geographicall
                     Mappe
                     is
                     twofold
                     :
                     eithre
                     the
                     
                       Plaine
                       Chart
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Planispheare
                     :
                     The
                     Plaine
                     Chart
                     we
                     call
                     that
                     which
                     consistes
                     of
                     one
                     face
                     and
                     Right
                     lines
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Such
                   a
                   Chart
                   wee
                   find
                   commonly
                   set
                   foorth
                   vnder
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   the
                   Marriners
                   Sea-Chart
                   :
                   for
                   howsoeuer
                   it
                   seemes
                   to
                   haue
                   chiefest
                   vse
                   in
                   Nauigation
                   ,
                   yet
                   is
                   the
                   Nature
                   and
                   vse
                   of
                   it
                   more
                   generall
                   :
                   as
                   that
                   which
                   not
                   onely
                   expresseth
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   whole
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   :
                   For
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   the
                   
                     Parallels
                     ,
                     Meridians
                  
                   ,
                   
                   and
                   Rhumbes
                   ,
                   whereof
                   primarily
                   it
                   consists
                   ,
                   are
                   circles
                   common
                   to
                   the
                   whole
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   appropriated
                   to
                   either
                   part
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     8
                     In
                     the
                     Plaine-Chart
                     we
                     are
                     to
                     consider
                     two
                     things
                     First
                     the
                     Ground
                     .
                     Secondly
                     the
                     Inscription
                     .
                     The
                     Ground
                     is
                     the
                     space
                     or
                     Platforme
                     wherein
                     the
                     Lines
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     inscribed
                     :
                     the
                     Inscription
                     teacheth
                     the
                     manner
                     how
                     to
                     proiect
                     the
                     Lines
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   In
                   the
                   Chart
                   two
                   things
                   are
                   remarkable
                   ;
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   plaine
                   whereunto
                   the
                   Lines
                   are
                   inscribed
                   :
                   Secondly
                   the
                   Lines
                   or
                   Inscription
                   it selfe
                   :
                   so
                   wee
                   are
                   here
                   to
                   handle
                   two
                   points
                   :
                   First
                   how
                   this
                   Plaine-Chart
                   should
                   bee
                   conceiued
                   to
                   bee
                   produced
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Globe
                   ;
                   whereof
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   representation
                   .
                   Secondly
                   what
                   rule
                   or
                   method
                   wee
                   ought
                   to
                   vse
                   for
                   the
                   inscription
                   of
                   the
                   Meridians
                   ,
                   parallels
                   ,
                   Rhumbes
                   ,
                   and
                   other
                   Lineaments
                   thereunto
                   annexed
                   .
                   Both
                   which
                   depend
                   on
                   these
                   propositions
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Geographicall
                       Chart
                       is
                       a
                       Parallellogramme
                       conceiued
                       to
                       be
                       made
                       out
                       of
                       a
                       Spheare
                       ,
                       inscribed
                       in
                       a
                       Cylinder
                       ,
                       euery
                       part
                       thereof
                       swelling
                       in
                       Longitude
                       and
                       Latitude
                       ,
                       till
                       it
                       apply
                       it selfe
                       to
                       the
                       hollow
                       superficies
                       of
                       the
                       said
                       Cylinder
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     Theoreme
                     seeming
                     at
                     the
                     first
                     obscure
                     ,
                     consists
                     of
                     many
                     parts
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     once
                     opened
                     ,
                     will
                     soone
                     take
                     light
                     .
                     First
                     then
                     to
                     know
                     the
                     Ground-worke
                     of
                     this
                     Parallellogramme
                     thus
                     defined
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     suppose
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     superficies
                     ,
                     Geographicall
                     or
                     Hydrographicall
                     ,
                     with
                     Meridians
                     and
                     parallels
                     to
                     bee
                     inscribed
                     into
                     a
                     concaue
                     Cylinder
                     ,
                     their
                     Axes
                     agreeing
                     in
                     one
                     .
                     Secondly
                     wee
                     must
                     imagine
                     the
                     superficies
                     thus
                     inscribed
                     ,
                     to
                     swell
                     like
                     a
                     bladder
                     ,
                     blowing
                     equally
                     in
                     euery
                     part
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     Longitude
                     ,
                     as
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     apply
                     it selfe
                     round
                     about
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     along
                     towards
                     either
                     pole
                     ,
                     vnto
                     the
                     concaue
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Cylinder
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     each
                     parallell
                     on
                     this
                     superficies
                     ,
                     successiuely
                     
                     growes
                     greater
                     from
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     towards
                     either
                     Pole
                     ,
                     vntill
                     it
                     challenge
                     equall
                     Diameter
                     with
                     the
                     Cylinder
                     :
                     and
                     likewise
                     all
                     the
                     Meridians
                     growing
                     wider
                     and
                     farther
                     off
                     ,
                     till
                     they
                     bee
                     as
                     farre
                     distant
                     euery-where
                     as
                     is
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     Hence
                     may
                     easily
                     bee
                     vnderstood
                     the
                     true
                     Mathematicall
                     production
                     or
                     generation
                     of
                     this
                     part
                     :
                     for
                     first
                     of
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     superficies
                     it
                     is
                     made
                     a
                     Cylinder
                     :
                     and
                     secondly
                     of
                     a
                     Cylinder
                     it
                     is
                     made
                     a
                     Parallellogramme
                     ,
                     or
                     plaine
                     superficies
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     concaue
                     superficies
                     of
                     a
                     Cylinder
                     is
                     nothing
                     else
                     but
                     a
                     plaine
                     Parallellogramme
                     ,
                     imagined
                     to
                     bee
                     wound
                     about
                     two
                     equall
                     equidistant
                     circles
                     ,
                     hauing
                     one
                     common
                     Axell-tree
                     perpendicular
                     vpon
                     the
                     Centers
                     of
                     them
                     both
                     ;
                     and
                     the
                     Peripheries
                     of
                     them
                     both
                     ,
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     the
                     Parallellogramme
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     those
                     Centers
                     is
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     bredth
                     thereof
                     :
                     In
                     this
                     Chart
                     so
                     conceiued
                     to
                     be
                     made
                     ,
                     all
                     places
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     situate
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Longitudes
                     and
                     Latitudes
                     ,
                     Meridians
                     ,
                     Parallels
                     ,
                     and
                     Rhumbes
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     had
                     in
                     the
                     Globe
                     it selfe
                     :
                     because
                     we
                     haue
                     imagined
                     euery
                     point
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Equatour
                     and
                     the
                     Poles
                     ,
                     to
                     swell
                     equally
                     in
                     Longitude
                     and
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     apply
                     it selfe
                     to
                     the
                     concauity
                     of
                     the
                     Cylinder
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     no
                     point
                     can
                     bee
                     displaced
                     from
                     his
                     proper
                     seat
                     ,
                     but
                     only
                     dilated
                     in
                     certaine
                     proportion
                     .
                     And
                     this
                     I
                     take
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     best
                     conceit
                     for
                     the
                     ground-worke
                     or
                     platforme
                     of
                     this
                     Geographicall
                     Chart.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       Except
                       the
                       distances
                       betwixt
                       the
                       Parallels
                       in
                       a
                       Plaine-Chart
                       be
                       varied
                       :
                       it
                       cannot
                       bee
                       excused
                       from
                       sensible
                       errour
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     It
                     hath
                     beene
                     thought
                     by
                     many
                     Geographers
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     cannot
                     aptly
                     according
                     to
                     due
                     symmetry
                     and
                     proportion
                     be
                     expressed
                     in
                     a
                     plaine
                     superficies
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     Globe
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     ioyned
                     and
                     vnited
                     in
                     the
                     Globe
                     ,
                     being
                     of
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     figure
                     ,
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     Mappe
                     extended
                     and
                     dilated
                     to
                     a
                     diuerse
                     longitude
                     and
                     latitude
                     from
                     that
                     Sphericall
                     delineation
                     :
                     and
                     although
                     it
                     hath
                     been
                     generally
                     conceited
                     by
                     many
                     writers
                     ,
                     that
                     no
                     due
                     proportion
                     could
                     bee
                     obserued
                     in
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     superficies
                     ,
                     without
                     sensible
                     errour
                     :
                     yet
                     most
                     exception
                     hath
                     beene
                     made
                     against
                     this
                     Chart
                     here
                     mentioned
                     ,
                     consisting
                     of
                     one
                     face
                     
                     and
                     straight
                     lines
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     substance
                     (
                     if
                     we
                     cōsider
                     the
                     Circles
                     )
                     differs
                     not
                     from
                     the
                     Nauticall
                     Chart
                     :
                     of
                     whose
                     errours
                     
                       Martin
                       Cortese
                       ,
                       Peter
                       Nonnus
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     many
                     others
                     haue
                     complained
                     :
                     which
                     escapes
                     are
                     excellently
                     opened
                     and
                     reformed
                     by
                     our
                     Countryman
                     
                       Edward
                       Wright
                    
                     in
                     his
                     Correction
                     of
                     Nauticall
                     Errours
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     or
                     ground
                     which
                     drew
                     these
                     men
                     to
                     thinke
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     could
                     not
                     bee
                     proportionably
                     described
                     in
                     a
                     plaine
                     superficies
                     ,
                     proceeded
                     from
                     the
                     common
                     proportion
                     of
                     the
                     Lines
                     and
                     Circles
                     on
                     the
                     Chart.
                     For
                     supposing
                     the
                     Parallels
                     cutting
                     the
                     Meridians
                     at
                     equall
                     Angles
                     ,
                     to
                     obserue
                     an
                     equall
                     distance
                     euery-where
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     ;
                     these
                     errours
                     and
                     absurdities
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     ensue
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     what
                     places
                     soeuer
                     are
                     delineate
                     in
                     the
                     ordinary
                     Chart
                     ,
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     them
                     from
                     East
                     to
                     West
                     hath
                     a
                     greater
                     proportion
                     to
                     the
                     bredth
                     from
                     North
                     to
                     South
                     then
                     it
                     ought
                     to
                     haue
                     ,
                     except
                     onely
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     :
                     and
                     this
                     errour
                     is
                     so
                     much
                     the
                     more
                     augmented
                     ,
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     those
                     places
                     are
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     neerer
                     you
                     approach
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     the
                     proportion
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     to
                     the
                     Parallell
                     still
                     increaseth
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     at
                     the
                     Parallell
                     of
                     60
                     degrees
                     of
                     latitude
                     ,
                     the
                     proportion
                     of
                     the
                     length
                     to
                     the
                     bredth
                     is
                     twice
                     greater
                     then
                     it
                     ought
                     to
                     bee
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     Meridian
                     is
                     double
                     to
                     that
                     Parallell
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     in
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     :
                     whence
                     as
                     
                       Edward
                       Wright
                    
                     obserues
                     ,
                     the
                     proportion
                     of
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     Friesland
                     to
                     the
                     bredth
                     thereof
                     ,
                     is
                     two-fold
                     greater
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     Globe
                     which
                     expresseth
                     the
                     true
                     proportion
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     Meridian
                     is
                     double
                     to
                     the
                     Parallell
                     of
                     that
                     Iland
                     .
                     In
                     like
                     sort
                     it
                     is
                     plaine
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     Ilands
                     of
                     Grock-land
                     and
                     Groenland
                     ,
                     the
                     length
                     to
                     the
                     bredth
                     hath
                     a
                     foure-fold
                     greater
                     proportion
                     in
                     the
                     Common
                     Chart
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     Globe
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     Meridian
                     is
                     foure-fold
                     greater
                     then
                     the
                     Parallell
                     of
                     those
                     places
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     it
                     cannot
                     be
                     conceited
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     manner
                     of
                     finding
                     out
                     the
                     difference
                     of
                     Longitude
                     by
                     the
                     common
                     Chart
                     ,
                     can
                     bee
                     any-where
                     true
                     without
                     sensible
                     errour
                     ,
                     except
                     onely
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     or
                     neere
                     about
                     it
                     ;
                     because
                     in
                     no
                     other
                     place
                     the
                     Parallell
                     is
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     Meridian
                     .
                     In
                     other
                     places
                     the
                     errour
                     will
                     bee
                     sensible
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     difference
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     and
                     Parallell
                     of
                     that
                     place
                     :
                     whereas
                     if
                     the
                     contrary
                     
                     were
                     granted
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     two
                     ships
                     sayling
                     from
                     North
                     to
                     South
                     ,
                     vnder
                     two
                     seuerall
                     Meridians
                     ,
                     would
                     keepe
                     the
                     same
                     distance
                     the
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     of
                     longitude
                     neere
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     had
                     neere
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     impossible
                     :
                     because
                     Meridians
                     cannot
                     bee
                     Parallell
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     but
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     they
                     approach
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     by
                     so
                     much
                     they
                     are
                     neerer
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     they
                     all
                     concurre
                     and
                     meete
                     in
                     the
                     Pole
                     it selfe
                     .
                     Secondly
                     this
                     common
                     Chart
                     admitted
                     ,
                     there
                     would
                     arise
                     great
                     errours
                     not
                     onely
                     in
                     the
                     situation
                     of
                     diuers
                     places
                     ,
                     which
                     appeare
                     to
                     bee
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     in
                     the
                     bearing
                     of
                     places
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     is
                     manifest
                     ,
                     for
                     that
                     the
                     Meridian
                     is
                     a
                     certaine
                     Rule
                     of
                     the
                     site
                     and
                     position
                     of
                     places
                     :
                     therefore
                     whensoeuer
                     any
                     errour
                     shall
                     be
                     committed
                     in
                     the
                     Site
                     and
                     Position
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     there
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     errours
                     in
                     the
                     designation
                     of
                     the
                     Rhumbes
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     points
                     of
                     the
                     Compasse
                     .
                     And
                     therefore
                     euery
                     respectiue
                     position
                     of
                     place
                     to
                     place
                     ,
                     set
                     downe
                     in
                     the
                     common
                     Chart
                     ,
                     cannot
                     bee
                     warranted
                     .
                     A
                     pregnant
                     example
                     wee
                     haue
                     in
                     the
                     way
                     from
                     India
                     ;
                     for
                     the
                     Promontory
                     of
                     Africke
                     ,
                     called
                     the
                     Promontory
                     of
                     three
                     Points
                     ;
                     hauing
                     of
                     Northerne
                     latitude
                     4
                     Degrees
                     and
                     a
                     halfe
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Iland
                     of
                     
                       Tristan
                       ,
                       Acugna
                    
                     ,
                     hauing
                     36
                     degrees
                     of
                     Southerne
                     latitude
                     ,
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     common
                     Chart
                     set
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     :
                     But
                     the
                     Chart
                     sheweth
                     the
                     distance
                     betweene
                     these
                     Ilands
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     
                       Cape
                       of
                       good
                       Hope
                    
                     to
                     come
                     neere
                     to
                     400
                     leagues
                     ;
                     both
                     which
                     cannot
                     stand
                     together
                     ;
                     for
                     if
                     all
                     the
                     coast
                     from
                     the
                     Promontory
                     of
                     
                       Three
                       Points
                    
                     ,
                     vnto
                     the
                     Cape
                     of
                     Good-hope
                     be
                     rightly
                     measured
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Promontory
                     of
                     Three
                     Points
                     lye
                     also
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     with
                     those
                     Ilands
                     ,
                     yet
                     must
                     the
                     distance
                     bee
                     much
                     lesse
                     :
                     But
                     if
                     it
                     be
                     not
                     lesse
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     stand
                     with
                     reason
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     haue
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     with
                     the
                     Promontory
                     of
                     Three
                     Points
                     ,
                     but
                     must
                     needes
                     lye
                     more
                     Westward
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     there
                     must
                     needs
                     arise
                     a
                     greater
                     errour
                     in
                     the
                     translating
                     Sea-coasts
                     and
                     other
                     such
                     places
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     common
                     Chart
                     ,
                     into
                     the
                     Globe
                     ;
                     because
                     they
                     haue
                     only
                     a
                     respect
                     to
                     the
                     Numbers
                     of
                     Degrees
                     of
                     Longitudes
                     and
                     Latitudes
                     found
                     therein
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     not
                     onely
                     errours
                     appeare
                     in
                     the
                     Sea-Chart
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     otherwhere
                     thence
                     deriued
                     .
                     These
                     and
                     many
                     more
                     errours
                     haue
                     been
                     
                     detected
                     in
                     the
                     common
                     Sea-chart
                     ,
                     which
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     said
                     )
                     respecting
                     the
                     circles
                     ,
                     ought
                     to
                     be
                     imagined
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     with
                     the
                     proiection
                     of
                     the
                     lines
                     in
                     a
                     Geographicall
                     table
                     ;
                     which
                     ouersight
                     
                       Ger.
                       Mercator
                    
                     in
                     his
                     vniuersall
                     Map
                     seemes
                     to
                     correct
                     :
                     yet
                     leaues
                     no
                     demonstration
                     behind
                     him
                     to
                     teach
                     others
                     the
                     certaine
                     way
                     to
                     draw
                     the
                     Lines
                     ,
                     as
                     Meridians
                     ,
                     Parallels
                     ,
                     &
                     Rhumbes
                     on
                     the
                     Chart
                     ,
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     ,
                     as
                     these
                     errours
                     might
                     be
                     preuented
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     due
                     proportion
                     and
                     symmetry
                     of
                     places
                     well
                     obserued
                     .
                     But
                     our
                     industrious
                     Countryman
                     hath
                     waded
                     through
                     all
                     these
                     difficulties
                     ,
                     and
                     found
                     out
                     the
                     true
                     demonstration
                     of
                     a
                     proiection
                     of
                     these
                     Lines
                     to
                     be
                     inscribed
                     in
                     the
                     Chart
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     ,
                     as
                     no
                     sensible
                     errour
                     can
                     shew
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     from
                     whose
                     copious
                     industry
                     wee
                     will
                     extract
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     may
                     serue
                     our
                     purpose
                     ,
                     onely
                     contracting
                     his
                     inuention
                     into
                     a
                     shorter
                     method
                     ,
                     hauing
                     many
                     matters
                     to
                     passe
                     through
                     in
                     this
                     Treatise
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       Distances
                       of
                       the
                       Parallels
                       in
                       the
                       Chart
                       must
                       encrease
                       proportionably
                       as
                       the
                       Secantes
                       of
                       the
                       latitude
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     It
                     hath
                     been
                     a
                     conceiued
                     errour
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     that
                     all
                     the
                     parallels
                     in
                     the
                     Chart
                     here
                     mentioned
                     ,
                     should
                     euery-where
                     keep
                     the
                     same
                     Distances
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     Equator
                     to
                     the
                     poles
                     ;
                     yet
                     because
                     no
                     man
                     (
                     for
                     ought
                     I
                     know
                     )
                     hath
                     out
                     of
                     Geometricall
                     grounds
                     discouered
                     the
                     true
                     proportion
                     ,
                     beside
                     my
                     fore-named
                     Author
                     ;
                     I
                     must
                     herein
                     also
                     follow
                     his
                     direrection
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     I
                     can
                     in
                     his
                     owne
                     footsteps
                     ;
                     because
                     I
                     would
                     not
                     any
                     way
                     preiudice
                     his
                     Inuention
                     .
                     First
                     therefore
                     wee
                     must
                     consider
                     in
                     that
                     Chart
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     parallels
                     are
                     equall
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     (
                     for
                     euery
                     one
                     is
                     set
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     )
                     the
                     Meridians
                     also
                     must
                     bee
                     parallell
                     and
                     straight
                     Lines
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     consequence
                     the
                     Rhumbes
                     ,
                     making
                     equall
                     angles
                     with
                     euery
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     must
                     bee
                     also
                     straight
                     lines
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     sphericall
                     superficies
                     whereof
                     the
                     Chart
                     is
                     imagined
                     to
                     be
                     produced
                     ,
                     is
                     conceiued
                     to
                     swell
                     and
                     enlarge
                     it selfe
                     euery-where
                     equally
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     Longitude
                     as
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     accommodate
                     it selfe
                     to
                     the
                     hollownesse
                     of
                     the
                     Cylinder
                     ,
                     round
                     about
                     :
                     therefore
                     at
                     euery
                     point
                     of
                     Latitude
                     in
                     this
                     Cylinder
                     so
                     dilated
                     ,
                     a
                     
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     obtaines
                     the
                     same
                     proportion
                     to
                     the
                     like
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Parallell
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     like
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     and
                     Parallell
                     haue
                     to
                     each
                     other
                     in
                     the
                     Globe
                     without
                     sensible
                     errour
                     .
                     Now
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     like
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     wholes
                     ,
                     haue
                     the
                     same
                     proportion
                     that
                     these
                     wholes
                     haue
                     ;
                     therefore
                     the
                     like
                     parts
                     of
                     any
                     Parallell
                     or
                     Meridian
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     haue
                     the
                     same
                     proportion
                     that
                     the
                     same
                     Parallels
                     and
                     Meridians
                     haue
                     :
                     For
                     example
                     sake
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Meridian
                     is
                     double
                     to
                     the
                     Parallell
                     of
                     60
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     so
                     a
                     Degree
                     ,
                     Minute
                     ,
                     or
                     other
                     part
                     ,
                     is
                     also
                     double
                     to
                     a
                     Degree
                     ,
                     Minute
                     ,
                     or
                     other
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Parallell
                     ;
                     and
                     what
                     proportion
                     the
                     Parallell
                     hath
                     to
                     the
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     the
                     same
                     must
                     their
                     Diameters
                     and
                     Semidiameters
                     haue
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     as
                     is
                     taught
                     by
                     Geometricians
                     .
                     Now
                     the
                     Signe
                     of
                     the
                     Complement
                     of
                     the
                     Parallels
                     latiude
                     or
                     distance
                     from
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     semi-diameter
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     Parallell
                     ;
                     as
                     in
                     this
                     Diagramme
                     here
                     inserted
                     may
                     
                     easily
                     appeare
                     :
                     for
                     AE
                     the
                     signe
                     of
                     AH
                     the
                     complement
                     of
                     AF
                     ,
                     the
                     latitude
                     of
                     the
                     Parallell
                     ABCD
                     from
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     is
                     the
                     semi-diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Parallell
                     ABCD
                     ;
                     and
                     as
                     the
                     semi-diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     or
                     whole
                     signe
                     is
                     to
                     the
                     semi-diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Parallell
                     ;
                     so
                     is
                     the
                     secant
                     or
                     Hypotenuse
                     of
                     the
                     Parallells
                     latitude
                     to
                     the
                     semi-diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     or
                     to
                     the
                     whole
                     signe
                     ,
                     as
                     FK
                     (
                     that
                     is
                     )
                     AK
                     ,
                     to
                     AE
                     (
                     as
                     is
                     )
                     GK
                     ,
                     so
                     is
                     IK
                     to
                     FK
                     :
                     therefore
                     in
                     this
                     Geographicall
                     Chart
                     ,
                     the
                     semi-diameter
                     of
                     each
                     Parallell
                     being
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     semidiameter
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     or
                     whole
                     signe
                     ,
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     at
                     euery
                     point
                     of
                     latitude
                     ,
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     encrease
                     with
                     the
                     same
                     proportion
                     wherewith
                     the
                     Secants
                     of
                     the
                     Arch
                     contained
                     betweene
                     these
                     points
                     of
                     latitude
                     and
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     encrease
                     :
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     Geometricall
                     
                     grounds
                     thus
                     explained
                     ,
                     will
                     arise
                     a
                     certaine
                     and
                     easie
                     methode
                     for
                     the
                     making
                     of
                     a
                     table
                     by
                     the
                     helpe
                     of
                     Trigonometry
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     Meridian
                     in
                     any
                     Geographicall
                     or
                     Hydrographicall
                     table
                     may
                     truly
                     and
                     in
                     due
                     proportion
                     diuide
                     it selfe
                     into
                     parts
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     towards
                     either
                     Pole
                     :
                     for
                     taking
                     for
                     granted
                     ,
                     each
                     distance
                     of
                     each
                     point
                     of
                     latitude
                     ,
                     or
                     of
                     each
                     Parallell
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     to
                     comprehend
                     so
                     many
                     points
                     as
                     the
                     secants
                     of
                     the
                     latitude
                     of
                     each
                     point
                     or
                     Parallell
                     containes
                     ,
                     wee
                     may
                     draw
                     out
                     a
                     table
                     by
                     continuall
                     addition
                     of
                     the
                     secants
                     answerable
                     vnto
                     the
                     latitude
                     of
                     each
                     Parallell
                     ,
                     vnto
                     the
                     summe
                     compounded
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     former
                     Secants
                     ;
                     beginning
                     with
                     the
                     secants
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     Parallels
                     latitude
                     ,
                     and
                     thereunto
                     adding
                     the
                     second
                     Parallels
                     latitude
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     the
                     summe
                     of
                     both
                     these
                     ,
                     adding
                     the
                     third
                     Parallels
                     latitude
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     forth
                     in
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     :
                     and
                     this
                     Table
                     will
                     shew
                     the
                     sections
                     and
                     points
                     of
                     latitude
                     in
                     the
                     Meridian
                     of
                     the
                     Geographicall
                     Mappe
                     ;
                     through
                     which
                     sections
                     the
                     Parallels
                     ought
                     to
                     bee
                     drawne
                     :
                     which
                     Table
                     wee
                     haue
                     lately
                     set
                     out
                     by
                     
                       Edward
                       Wright
                    
                     in
                     his
                     Correction
                     of
                     Nauticall
                     Errours
                     ,
                     to
                     whom
                     for
                     further
                     satisfaction
                     in
                     this
                     kind
                     ,
                     I
                     referre
                     the
                     diligent
                     Reader
                     .
                     Out
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     grounds
                     we
                     may
                     also
                     deduce
                     the
                     Rumbes
                     :
                     for
                     sith
                     that
                     the
                     Chart
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     is
                     nothing
                     else
                     but
                     a
                     plaine
                     Parallellogramme
                     ,
                     conceiued
                     to
                     be
                     made
                     of
                     the
                     extension
                     of
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     superficies
                     ,
                     inscribed
                     in
                     a
                     concaue
                     Cylinder
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     that
                     the
                     Rumbes
                     make
                     equall
                     Angles
                     with
                     all
                     the
                     Meridians
                     .
                     Therefore
                     if
                     in
                     the
                     Chart
                     a
                     circle
                     be
                     drawne
                     ,
                     diuided
                     into
                     32
                     equall
                     parts
                     ,
                     beginning
                     with
                     the
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     passing
                     by
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     that
                     Circle
                     ,
                     the
                     lines
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     these
                     sections
                     ,
                     will
                     be
                     the
                     Rumbes
                     for
                     that
                     place
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     9
                     Of
                     the
                     Geographicall
                     Plaine-Chart
                     wee
                     haue
                     spoken
                     ;
                     It
                     behoues
                     vs
                     next
                     to
                     treate
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Geographicall
                       Planispheare
                    
                     .
                     The
                     Planispheare
                     is
                     a
                     table
                     or
                     mappe
                     of
                     two
                     faces
                     ,
                     whereon
                     the
                     lines
                     are
                     proiected
                     circularly
                     .
                  
                
                 
                 
                   Betwixt
                   the
                   Planispheare
                   and
                   the
                   Plaine-Chart
                   ,
                   a
                   double
                   difference
                   may
                   be
                   obserued
                   :
                   1
                   That
                   the
                   former
                   consists
                   altogether
                   of
                   right
                   lines
                   ,
                   aswell
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   Parallells
                   as
                   Meridians
                   :
                   whereas
                   the
                   later
                   is
                   composed
                   of
                   circular
                   or
                   crooked
                   lines
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   right
                   .
                   2
                   The
                   former
                   may
                   well
                   bee
                   expressed
                   in
                   one
                   forme
                   or
                   front
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   may
                   see
                   not
                   only
                   in
                   the
                   Nauticall
                   and
                   common
                   Chart
                   ,
                   which
                   wee
                   haue
                   shewne
                   to
                   be
                   all
                   one
                   with
                   the
                   other
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   these
                   Lines
                   ;
                   but
                   in
                   many
                   other
                   common
                   Maps
                   ,
                   as
                   namely
                   those
                   of
                   Hondius
                   ,
                   whereas
                   the
                   Planispheare
                   cannot
                   be
                   expressed
                   without
                   two
                   faces
                   or
                   Hemispheares
                   ;
                   whereof
                   the
                   one
                   represents
                   the
                   Easterne
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   the
                   Westerne
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Terrene
                   Globe
                   :
                   For
                   herein
                   wee
                   must
                   imagine
                   a
                   Globe
                   to
                   be
                   cut
                   into
                   two
                   equall
                   Hemispheares
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   at
                   once
                   represented
                   to
                   our
                   sight
                   :
                   of
                   this
                   Description
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   by
                   crooked
                   Lines
                   ,
                   Ptolomy
                   in
                   his
                   24
                   Chapt.
                   of
                   his
                   Geography
                   hath
                   taught
                   vs
                   two
                   wayes
                   :
                   whereof
                   the
                   first
                   depends
                   from
                   the
                   aspect
                   of
                   a
                   Spheare
                   ,
                   turned
                   and
                   moued
                   round
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   all
                   the
                   Meridians
                   are
                   described
                   as
                   right
                   Lines
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   Parallels
                   as
                   circumferences
                   or
                   crooked
                   Lines
                   .
                   The
                   other
                   Delineation
                   takes
                   his
                   ground
                   from
                   a
                   Spheare
                   represented
                   to
                   the
                   sight
                   ,
                   not
                   moued
                   ,
                   but
                   resting
                   still
                   in
                   his
                   place
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   both
                   Meridians
                   and
                   Parallels
                   are
                   drawne
                   circular
                   .
                   These
                   two
                   wayes
                   of
                   Ptolomy
                   (
                   howsoeuer
                   iudiciously
                   inuented
                   in
                   those
                   times
                   ,
                   wherein
                   a
                   small
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   was
                   discouered
                   ,
                   and
                   Geography
                   very
                   vnperfect
                   )
                   haue
                   beene
                   by
                   later
                   Geographers
                   much
                   reformed
                   and
                   corrected
                   .
                   Yet
                   amongst
                   the
                   later
                   haue
                   not
                   all
                   expressed
                   themselues
                   alike
                   :
                   some
                   haue
                   pourtrayed
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   in
                   fashion
                   of
                   a
                   Heart
                   ;
                   some
                   according
                   to
                   other
                   figures
                   :
                   but
                   in
                   this
                   (
                   perhaps
                   )
                   as
                   Painters
                   ,
                   they
                   haue
                   beene
                   more
                   iudulgent
                   to
                   fancy
                   ,
                   then
                   common
                   vse
                   :
                   others
                   haue
                   gone
                   about
                   to
                   expresse
                   the
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   in
                   Elipticke
                   Lines
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Machanicians
                   call
                   ouall
                   .
                   But
                   wee
                   as
                   well
                   in
                   this
                   as
                   other
                   matters
                   ,
                   preferring
                   choice
                   before
                   abundance
                   ,
                   will
                   content
                   our selues
                   with
                   one
                   or
                   two
                   ,
                   which
                   vse
                   hath
                   stampt
                   more
                   current
                   ,
                   and
                   experience
                   hath
                   found
                   most
                   vsefull
                   :
                   to
                   which
                   as
                   a
                   ground
                   we
                   will
                   premise
                   this
                   Theoreme
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Planispheare
                       is
                       grounded
                       on
                       a
                       certaine
                       
                       aspect
                       of
                       the
                       Terrestriall
                       Spheare
                       ,
                       wherein
                       the
                       Eye
                       of
                       the
                       beholder
                       is
                       so
                       conceiued
                       to
                       bee
                       fixed
                       in
                       some
                       point
                       of
                       the
                       Globe
                       ,
                       that
                       it
                       may
                       see
                       the
                       one
                       halfe
                       or
                       Hemispheare
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Concerning
                     the
                     position
                     of
                     the
                     Eye
                     ,
                     two
                     things
                     are
                     here
                     remarkable
                     :
                     1
                     Where
                     the
                     Eye
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     bee
                     placed
                     either
                     aboue
                     the
                     conuexe
                     superficies
                     ,
                     or
                     in
                     the
                     concaue
                     :
                     some
                     seeme
                     to
                     place
                     it
                     aboue
                     the
                     conuexe
                     superficies
                     ;
                     of
                     which
                     opinion
                     
                       Gemma
                       Frisius
                    
                     seemes
                     to
                     be
                     ,
                     who
                     would
                     haue
                     the
                     Eye
                     to
                     be
                     set
                     at
                     an
                     infinite
                     distance
                     :
                     others
                     although
                     not
                     admitting
                     of
                     such
                     an
                     infinite
                     distance
                     ,
                     deny
                     not
                     the
                     Eye
                     to
                     bee
                     aboue
                     the
                     conuexe
                     superficies
                     :
                     but
                     neither
                     way
                     can
                     be
                     warranted
                     :
                     Not
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     because
                     of
                     the
                     impossibility
                     of
                     the
                     supposition
                     .
                     For
                     to
                     imagine
                     the
                     Eye
                     to
                     bee
                     set
                     at
                     an
                     infinite
                     distance
                     ,
                     were
                     to
                     deny
                     a
                     sight
                     or
                     aspect
                     which
                     they
                     would
                     haue
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     ground
                     of
                     this
                     projection
                     :
                     For
                     no
                     object
                     can
                     bee
                     perceiued
                     ,
                     but
                     such
                     as
                     is
                     bounded
                     and
                     determined
                     in
                     a
                     certaine
                     and
                     proportionate
                     space
                     .
                     Neither
                     can
                     the
                     later
                     way
                     passe
                     cleere
                     without
                     exception
                     ;
                     because
                     to
                     such
                     a
                     projection
                     ,
                     such
                     a
                     sight
                     is
                     required
                     which
                     can
                     see
                     the
                     whole
                     Hemispheare
                     :
                     for
                     otherwise
                     would
                     it
                     be
                     vnperfect
                     ,
                     and
                     want
                     of
                     the
                     perfection
                     of
                     the
                     Globe
                     :
                     which
                     containes
                     two
                     absolute
                     and
                     entire
                     Hemispheares
                     .
                     But
                     now
                     no
                     place
                     can
                     be
                     imagined
                     without
                     the
                     Globe
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     Eye
                     can
                     be
                     so
                     placed
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     see
                     the
                     one
                     halfe
                     or
                     Hemispheare
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     impossible
                     from
                     the
                     opposite
                     points
                     of
                     any
                     Diameter
                     ,
                     to
                     draw
                     two
                     tangent
                     lines
                     which
                     may
                     meet
                     together
                     ,
                     or
                     cut
                     one
                     the
                     other
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     point
                     ,
                     but
                     will
                     bee
                     Parallell
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     wherefore
                     wee
                     may
                     conclude
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Eye
                     in
                     this
                     projection
                     cannot
                     be
                     imagined
                     without
                     the
                     conuexe
                     surface
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     but
                     rather
                     in
                     the
                     concaue
                     :
                     How
                     the
                     Eye
                     should
                     bee
                     imagined
                     to
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     concaue
                     superficies
                     ,
                     may
                     be
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     explayned
                     :
                     wee
                     must
                     suppose
                     a
                     great
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Glasse
                     ,
                     or
                     other
                     such
                     Diaphanous
                     matter
                     ,
                     inscribed
                     with
                     all
                     his
                     Parallels
                     and
                     Meridians
                     ,
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     as
                     they
                     are
                     represented
                     vnto
                     vs
                     in
                     the
                     Globe
                     ,
                     the
                     Eye
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     opticall
                     Principles
                     )
                     may
                     bee
                     so
                     placed
                     neere
                     the
                     
                     Center
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     shall
                     bee
                     able
                     to
                     see
                     precisely
                     the
                     one
                     Hemispheare
                     described
                     with
                     al
                     his
                     circles
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     find
                     it
                     in
                     the
                     spheare
                     .
                     I
                     say
                     neere
                     not
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     :
                     because
                     the
                     Angle
                     of
                     vision
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     finde
                     it
                     taught
                     in
                     the
                     Perspectiues
                     )
                     doth
                     not
                     extend
                     to
                     a
                     right
                     Angle
                     ,
                     but
                     is
                     somewhat
                     lesse
                     :
                     2
                     we
                     must
                     inquire
                     in
                     what
                     point
                     in
                     the
                     superficies
                     the
                     eye
                     is
                     placed
                     .
                     To
                     which
                     wee
                     answer
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     the
                     eye
                     is
                     of
                     it selfe
                     indifferent
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     may
                     bee
                     imagined
                     any
                     where
                     in
                     what
                     point
                     soeuer
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     wee
                     will
                     only
                     fasten
                     on
                     two
                     especiall
                     wayes
                     which
                     are
                     of
                     most
                     vse
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     propositions
                     following
                     shall
                     informe
                     vs.
                     
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     9
                     This
                     Planispheare
                     is
                     twofold
                     :
                     the
                     first
                     we
                     tearme
                     equinoctiall
                     ,
                     which
                     supposeth
                     the
                     eye
                     to
                     be
                     fixed
                     on
                     some
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     equinoctiall
                     circle
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     Polar
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     sight
                     is
                     conceiued
                     to
                     bee
                     fixed
                     on
                     the
                     Pole
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestiall
                     Globe
                     :
                     The
                     ground
                     and
                     fabricke
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     is
                     taught
                     in
                     these
                     Propositions
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       eye
                       conceiued
                       to
                       be
                       fixed
                       on
                       any
                       point
                       of
                       the
                       equatour
                       ,
                       will
                       designe
                       out
                       vnto
                       vs
                       a
                       Planispheare
                       wherein
                       all
                       the
                       circles
                       are
                       proiected
                       circularly
                       ,
                       except
                       the
                       Equator
                       and
                       that
                       Meridian
                       which
                       passeth
                       by
                       the
                       said
                       point
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     may
                     easily
                     bee
                     shewne
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Opticke
                     principles
                     ,
                     we
                     will
                     suppose
                     for
                     example
                     sake
                     the
                     eye
                     to
                     bee
                     placed
                     in
                     some
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     Equatour
                     :
                     which
                     shall
                     bee
                     90
                     degrees
                     of
                     longitude
                     from
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     point
                     :
                     which
                     kinde
                     of
                     proiection
                     wee
                     haue
                     in
                     many
                     of
                     our
                     common
                     Geographicall
                     Maps
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     .
                     In
                     this
                     manner
                     of
                     sight
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     terrestriall
                     Hemispheare
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     only
                     be
                     comprehended
                     by
                     it
                     ,
                     be
                     distinguished
                     by
                     this
                     Parallells
                     and
                     Meridians
                     ordered
                     and
                     ranged
                     by
                     distances
                     of
                     equall
                     
                     Arches
                     in
                     such
                     number
                     as
                     we
                     please
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     most
                     certaine
                     that
                     the
                     Eye
                     ,
                     seeing
                     distinctly
                     and
                     separatly
                     euery
                     one
                     of
                     these
                     Meridians
                     and
                     Parallels
                     ,
                     will
                     forme
                     to
                     it selfe
                     so
                     many
                     visuall
                     Pyramides
                     ,
                     called
                     by
                     Geometricians
                     Cones
                     ,
                     which
                     cones
                     by
                     this
                     meanes
                     will
                     be
                     Scalenes
                     ,
                     and
                     will
                     haue
                     for
                     their
                     Bases
                     those
                     Meridians
                     and
                     Parallels
                     ,
                     the
                     tops
                     whereof
                     will
                     meet
                     together
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     point
                     and
                     eye
                     of
                     the
                     beholder
                     ,
                     which
                     according
                     to
                     this
                     supposition
                     is
                     the
                     Pole
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     which
                     passeth
                     by
                     the
                     Canaries
                     ,
                     called
                     the
                     first
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     and
                     representing
                     vnto
                     vs
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     colure
                     .
                     Now
                     because
                     these
                     lines
                     are
                     ●ut
                     by
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     passing
                     by
                     the
                     Canaries
                     ,
                     it
                     followes
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     grounds
                     ,
                     that
                     their
                     common
                     sections
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     are
                     the
                     proportions
                     of
                     circumferences
                     ,
                     which
                     represent
                     vnto
                     vs
                     in
                     this
                     Plaine
                     the
                     Meridians
                     and
                     Parallels
                     seene
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     of
                     sight
                     .
                     Notwithstanding
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     vnder
                     the
                     90
                     degree
                     of
                     longitude
                     ,
                     as
                     likewise
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     cannot
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     Opticke
                     demonstration
                     )
                     be
                     seene
                     ,
                     but
                     as
                     right
                     lines
                     cutting
                     one
                     the
                     other
                     at
                     Right
                     Angles
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     of
                     the
                     Canaries
                     :
                     The
                     Theory
                     being
                     expressed
                     we
                     will
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     proposition
                     shew
                     the
                     manner
                     of
                     proiection
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       How
                       to
                       describe
                       the
                       Meridians
                       and
                       Parallels
                       in
                       the
                       Equinoctiall
                       Planispheare
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     To
                     shew
                     the
                     practise
                     of
                     this
                     Theoreme
                     ,
                     let
                     there
                     be
                     drawne
                     a
                     circle
                     ACBD
                     ,
                     as
                     you
                     see
                     in
                     this
                     figure
                     diuided
                     by
                     two
                     Diameters
                     cutting
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     at
                     right
                     Angles
                     in
                     the
                     Center
                     into
                     foure
                     Quadrants
                     ,
                     or
                     equall
                     parts
                     :
                     whereof
                     each
                     one
                     is
                     againe
                     to
                     bee
                     diuided
                     into
                     90
                     degrees
                     .
                     In
                     this
                     the
                     line
                     AB
                     is
                     imagined
                     to
                     expresse
                     the
                     halfe
                     of
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     line
                     CD
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     ;
                     in
                     which
                     the
                     two
                     points
                     C
                     and
                     D
                     designe
                     out
                     the
                     two
                     Poles
                     .
                     Let
                     a
                     rule
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     Pole
                     C
                     by
                     euery
                     tenth
                     or
                     fift
                     degrees
                     of
                     the
                     halfe
                     circle
                     ADB
                     ,
                     and
                     let
                     euery
                     section
                     of
                     the
                     Equatour
                     and
                     the
                     rule
                     be
                     precisely
                     noted
                     .
                     In
                     like
                     sort
                     from
                     the
                     point
                     B
                     let
                     the
                     Rule
                     bee
                     moued
                     by
                     euery
                     fift
                     and
                     tenth
                     Degree
                     of
                     the
                     semicircle
                     CAD
                     ,
                     and
                     let
                     euery
                     seuerall
                     Interfection
                     of
                     the
                     rule
                     and
                     the
                     Meridian
                     CD
                     bee
                     precisely
                     noted
                     .
                     Then
                     placing
                     
                       
                    
                     one
                     foot
                     of
                     the
                     compasse
                     in
                     the
                     line
                     CD
                     (
                     which
                     must
                     bee
                     drawne
                     out
                     longer
                     ,
                     because
                     in
                     it
                     the
                     Centers
                     of
                     the
                     Parallels
                     must
                     be
                     found
                     out
                     )
                     let
                     the
                     other
                     be
                     moued
                     in
                     order
                     to
                     euery
                     intersection
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     noted
                     out
                     :
                     and
                     let
                     so
                     many
                     circles
                     be
                     drawne
                     as
                     intersections
                     ,
                     which
                     circles
                     will
                     bee
                     so
                     many
                     Parallels
                     .
                     The
                     finding
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Centers
                     where
                     the
                     stedfast
                     foot
                     of
                     the
                     compasse
                     ought
                     to
                     bee
                     fixed
                     in
                     drawing
                     of
                     each
                     circle
                     ,
                     is
                     a
                     matter
                     appertaining
                     to
                     Geometricians
                     :
                     who
                     haue
                     taught
                     a
                     way
                     to
                     bring
                     any
                     three
                     points
                     giuen
                     into
                     a
                     circle
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     finde
                     the
                     Center
                     from
                     which
                     it
                     is
                     described
                     .
                     Hauing
                     thus
                     described
                     the
                     Parallels
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     proceed
                     on
                     to
                     draw
                     the
                     Meridians
                     in
                     this
                     manuer
                     :
                     let
                     the
                     one
                     foot
                     of
                     the
                     compasse
                     bee
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     
                     line
                     AB
                     ,
                     from
                     which
                     as
                     the
                     Center
                     by
                     euery
                     Intersection
                     of
                     the
                     rule
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Equatour
                     forenoted
                     ,
                     let
                     there
                     bee
                     drawne
                     so
                     many
                     circles
                     as
                     intersections
                     ;
                     which
                     circles
                     so
                     drawne
                     will
                     be
                     the
                     Meridians
                     .
                     If
                     any
                     man
                     desire
                     more
                     curiously
                     to
                     bee
                     informed
                     in
                     the
                     Geometricall
                     Demonstrations
                     ,
                     whereon
                     this
                     Fabricke
                     of
                     the
                     Planispheare
                     is
                     grounded
                     ,
                     let
                     him
                     read
                     
                       Gemma
                       Frisius
                       de
                       Astrolabio
                       ,
                       Stifelius
                    
                     :
                     but
                     especially
                     
                       Guido
                       Vbaldus
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     hath
                     copiously
                     and
                     accuratly
                     handled
                     this
                     subiect
                     .
                     Enough
                     it
                     may
                     seeme
                     for
                     a
                     Cosmographer
                     to
                     shew
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     shall
                     hereafter
                     in
                     Geographicall
                     conclusions
                     ,
                     supposing
                     the
                     Fabricke
                     sufficiently
                     demonstrated
                     by
                     Geometricians
                     ,
                     to
                     whom
                     it
                     of
                     right
                     belongs
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     10
                     The
                     ground
                     and
                     Fabricke
                     of
                     the
                     Polar
                     Planispheare
                     ,
                     is
                     taught
                     in
                     these
                     Propositions
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Eye
                       conceiued
                       to
                       be
                       fixed
                       on
                       the
                       Pole
                       will
                       expresse
                       in
                       the
                       plaine
                       of
                       the
                       Equinoctiall
                       a
                       Planispheare
                       ,
                       wherein
                       all
                       the
                       Parallels
                       are
                       described
                       by
                       circles
                       and
                       Meridians
                       by
                       right
                       lines
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     may
                     likewise
                     be
                     optically
                     demonstrated
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     Eye
                     being
                     supposed
                     to
                     bee
                     fixed
                     on
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     the
                     sight
                     will
                     forme
                     to
                     it selfe
                     so
                     many
                     visuall
                     Cones
                     as
                     there
                     are
                     Parallels
                     described
                     in
                     the
                     Spheare
                     .
                     These
                     cones
                     being
                     supposed
                     equally
                     to
                     be
                     cut
                     by
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     will
                     haue
                     for
                     their
                     Bases
                     the
                     said
                     Parallell
                     circles
                     represented
                     in
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     as
                     so
                     many
                     absolute
                     circles
                     ;
                     whereof
                     the
                     Equatour
                     will
                     be
                     the
                     greatest
                     ,
                     and
                     comprehending
                     within
                     it
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     .
                     Likewise
                     the
                     Meridians
                     in
                     this
                     kinde
                     of
                     sight
                     are
                     supposed
                     to
                     terminate
                     the
                     sides
                     of
                     these
                     Cones
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Opticks
                     ought
                     to
                     be
                     right
                     lines
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       How
                       to
                       describe
                       the
                       Parallels
                       and
                       Meridians
                       
                       in
                       the
                       Polar
                       Planispheare
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     proiection
                     is
                     easiest
                     of
                     all
                     ,
                     as
                     shall
                     appeare
                     by
                     this
                     Diagram
                     .
                     Let
                     there
                     be
                     described
                     a
                     circle
                     from
                     the
                     Center
                     E
                     which
                     shall
                     be
                     ACBD
                     :
                     Let
                     the
                     circle
                     be
                     by
                     two
                     Diameters
                     AB
                     and
                     BC
                     diuided
                     into
                     foure
                     quadrants
                     :
                     each
                     of
                     which
                     may
                     againe
                     
                     bee
                     diuided
                     into
                     90
                     parts
                     :
                     euery
                     fift
                     or
                     tenth
                     of
                     these
                     90
                     parts
                     being
                     first
                     marked
                     out
                     ,
                     so
                     many
                     Diameters
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     either
                     side
                     to
                     the
                     opposite
                     part
                     by
                     the
                     Center
                     E
                     :
                     which
                     Diameters
                     so
                     drawne
                     will
                     serue
                     for
                     the
                     Meridians
                     .
                     Then
                     let
                     any
                     one
                     of
                     these
                     lines
                     bee
                     diuided
                     into
                     9
                     parts
                     ,
                     and
                     diligently
                     marked
                     out
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Semidiameter
                     ED
                     by
                     FGHIKLMN
                     :
                     by
                     
                     all
                     which
                     marks
                     from
                     the
                     Center
                     E
                     ,
                     let
                     there
                     be
                     drawne
                     so
                     many
                     circles
                     .
                     These
                     circles
                     so
                     described
                     will
                     be
                     the
                     true
                     Parallels
                     :
                     This
                     kinde
                     of
                     proiection
                     ,
                     though
                     more
                     vnusuall
                     ,
                     yet
                     wants
                     not
                     his
                     speciall
                     vse
                     in
                     describing
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     neere
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     our
                     ordinary
                     kinde
                     of
                     Tables
                     proiected
                     after
                     the
                     other
                     manner
                     ,
                     cannot
                     suffer
                     so
                     large
                     and
                     proportionall
                     a
                     Description
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     11
                     Hauing
                     hitherto
                     treated
                     of
                     the
                     Common
                     representation
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     we
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     to
                     speake
                     something
                     of
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     .
                     The
                     Magneticall
                     is
                     a
                     round
                     Magnet
                     called
                     a
                     Terrella
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   This
                   kind
                   of
                   spheare
                   hath
                   been
                   by
                   Gilbert
                   aptly
                   termed
                   a
                   Terrella
                   ,
                   or
                   little
                   Earth
                   ,
                   being
                   the
                   modell
                   and
                   representation
                   of
                   the
                   great
                   and
                   massie
                   Spheare
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   whereon
                   wee
                   dwell
                   .
                   Betwixt
                   this
                   kind
                   of
                   representation
                   &
                   the
                   former
                   ,
                   great
                   difference
                   may
                   bee
                   obserued
                   .
                   First
                   because
                   the
                   former
                   is
                   grounded
                   merely
                   on
                   
                     Artificiall
                     Imitation
                  
                   ,
                   implying
                   nothing
                   else
                   but
                   a
                   Respect
                   or
                   application
                   :
                   whereas
                   this
                   magneticall
                   Terrella
                   not
                   only
                   represents
                   externally
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   but
                   Internally
                   out
                   of
                   its
                   owne
                   Magneticall
                   nature
                   and
                   vigour
                   ,
                   eminently
                   containes
                   and
                   expresses
                   all
                   those
                   motions
                   and
                   magneticall
                   vertues
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   haue
                   formerly
                   shewed
                   to
                   bee
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   2
                   It
                   skills
                   not
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   of
                   what
                   
                     Materiall
                     substance
                  
                   the
                   Spheare
                   consists
                   ,
                   so
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   it
                   answer
                   in
                   due
                   symmetry
                   and
                   proportion
                   to
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   but
                   this
                   represents
                   the
                   whole
                   as
                   a
                   Homogeneall
                   part
                   communicating
                   the
                   same
                   nature
                   &
                   substance
                   with
                   the
                   whole
                   spheare
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   :
                   In
                   the
                   Fabricke
                   of
                   this
                   instrument
                   wee
                   must
                   consider
                   ,
                   1
                   the
                   Matter
                   :
                   2
                   the
                   Forme
                   :
                   The
                   matter
                   (
                   as
                   wee
                   haue
                   already
                   intimated
                   )
                   is
                   a
                   Magneticall
                   substance
                   which
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   chosen
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   most
                   eminent
                   Mine
                   ,
                   hauing
                   all
                   his
                   parts
                   pure
                   and
                   vnmixt
                   ,
                   as
                   possible
                   wee
                   can
                   finde
                   in
                   any
                   Magnet
                   .
                   For
                   though
                   all
                   Loadstones
                   haue
                   the
                   same
                   inclination
                   ,
                   yet
                   in
                   many
                   the
                   vigour
                   is
                   so
                   weake
                   ,
                   or
                   at
                   least
                   so
                   hindered
                   by
                   the
                   mixture
                   of
                   some
                   Heterogeneall
                   
                   matter
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   will
                   not
                   so
                   well
                   and
                   sensibly
                   performe
                   their
                   office
                   .
                   The
                   forme
                   of
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   roundnesse
                   &
                   politure
                   ,
                   wherin
                   Art
                   should
                   shew
                   as
                   much
                   exactnesse
                   as
                   shee
                   can
                   :
                   such
                   a
                   Spheare
                   may
                   well
                   be
                   expressed
                   in
                   this
                   Figure
                   ,
                   whereof
                   we
                   had
                   formerly
                   occasion
                   to
                   make
                   vse
                   :
                   wherein
                   the
                   footsteps
                   of
                   this
                   Magneticall
                   vigour
                   are
                   sensibly
                   expressed
                   ,
                   no
                   otherwise
                   then
                   in
                   the
                   great
                   Body
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     12
                     In
                     this
                     Magneticall
                     Terrella
                     two
                     things
                     are
                     chiefly
                     to
                     bee
                     noted
                     ,
                     1
                     the
                     inuention
                     of
                     the
                     Poles
                     ,
                     2
                     of
                     the
                     Parallels
                     &
                     Meridians
                     :
                     both
                     which
                     shall
                     be
                     taught
                     in
                     these
                     Propositions
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       To
                       finde
                       out
                       the
                       Poles
                       in
                       the
                       Magneticall
                       Terrella
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     To
                     performe
                     this
                     conclusion
                     many
                     artificiall
                     wayes
                     haue
                     been
                     inuented
                     ,
                     1
                     By
                     the
                     Inclinatory
                     Needle
                     :
                     for
                     being
                     euenly
                     hung
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     vpon
                     the
                     Terrella
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     be
                     seene
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     figure
                     
                     it
                     will
                     according
                     to
                     diuers
                     points
                     diuersly
                     respect
                     the
                     Terrella
                     in
                     his
                     site
                     :
                     wheresoeuer
                     then
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     it
                     to
                     fall
                     perpendicularly
                     as
                     right
                     angles
                     ,
                     wee
                     may
                     assure
                     our selues
                     that
                     that
                     very
                     point
                     is
                     the
                     Pole
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     once
                     knowne
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     easie
                     to
                     finde
                     the
                     opposite
                     Pole
                     ,
                     either
                     the
                     same
                     way
                     ,
                     or
                     by
                     measuring
                     .
                     2
                     By
                     the
                     Veyne
                     or
                     Mine
                     of
                     the
                     Loadstone
                     :
                     for
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     in
                     our
                     fourth
                     Chapter
                     of
                     this
                     Treatise
                     )
                     that
                     part
                     which
                     was
                     situated
                     towards
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     will
                     afterwards
                     direct
                     it selfe
                     Southward
                     ,
                     and
                     contrariwise
                     ,
                     the
                     South
                     point
                     will
                     respect
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     whence
                     the
                     Poles
                     may
                     be
                     discouered
                     .
                     3
                     By
                     a
                     little
                     boat
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     Loadstone
                     being
                     placed
                     on
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     will
                     moue
                     round
                     till
                     such
                     time
                     as
                     with
                     one
                     Pole
                     hee
                     may
                     point
                     out
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     other
                     the
                     South
                     .
                     Many
                     other
                     wayes
                     may
                     be
                     inuented
                     by
                     Mechanicians
                     ,
                     perhaps
                     more
                     curious
                     ,
                     to
                     whose
                     industry
                     I
                     referre
                     my
                     ingenious
                     Reader
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       circles
                       in
                       the
                       Terrella
                       are
                       found
                       out
                       by
                       the
                       Magneticall
                       Needle
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     needs
                     no
                     other
                     ocular
                     demonstration
                     then
                     we
                     haue
                     taught
                     in
                     the
                     fourth
                     Chapter
                     ,
                     and
                     may
                     be
                     conceaued
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     Diagramme
                     ;
                     First
                     wee
                     see
                     the
                     magneticall
                     needle
                     according
                     to
                     diuerse
                     points
                     diuersly
                     to
                     conforme
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     which
                     hath
                     giuen
                     way
                     to
                     ingenious
                     artificers
                     to
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     Parallels
                     and
                     Meridians
                     .
                     The
                     Parallels
                     are
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     obseruing
                     the
                     Angles
                     of
                     declination
                     of
                     the
                     Needle
                     hung
                     ouer
                     the
                     Terrella
                     which
                     are
                     found
                     in
                     proportion
                     to
                     answer
                     to
                     the
                     degrees
                     of
                     Latitude
                     ;
                     which
                     Dr
                     Ridley
                     in
                     his
                     Magneticall
                     Treatise
                     hath
                     industriously
                     calculated
                     ,
                     as
                     I
                     haue
                     here
                     inserted
                     ,
                     to
                     saue
                     others
                     a
                     new
                     labour
                     of
                     calculation
                     .
                     The
                     Meridians
                     are
                     more
                     easily
                     found
                     by
                     hanging
                     any
                     directory
                     wier
                     or
                     needle
                     ouer
                     the
                     Terrella
                     ;
                     one
                     end
                     of
                     which
                     pointing
                     towards
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     towards
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     will
                     discouer
                     the
                     Meridian
                     line
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 CHAP.
                 VIII
                 .
                 Of
                 the
                 measure
                 of
                 the
                 Terrestriall
                 Globe
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     HItherto
                     haue
                     we
                     handled
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     primarily
                     :
                     in
                     such
                     proprieties
                     as
                     absolutely
                     agree
                     vnto
                     its
                     nature
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     second
                     place
                     we
                     are
                     to
                     handle
                     such
                     as
                     secondarily
                     arise
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     .
                     Here
                     wee
                     are
                     to
                     handle
                     two
                     chiefe
                     points
                     .
                     1
                     The
                     Measure
                     .
                     2
                     The
                     Distinction
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     measure
                     is
                     that
                     by
                     which
                     we
                     find
                     out
                     the
                     quantity
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Good
                   reason
                   haue
                   we
                   to
                   cal
                   this
                   the
                   Secondary
                   part
                   of
                   Geography
                   ;
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   these
                   accidents
                   and
                   proprieties
                   we
                   here
                   consider
                   ,
                   arise
                   altogether
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   former
                   Treatise
                   wee
                   haue
                   diuided
                   the
                   Naturall
                   Spheare
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   Artificiall
                   :
                   But
                   in
                   this
                   part
                   ,
                   for
                   auoiding
                   of
                   tedious
                   repetitions
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   things
                   ,
                   wee
                   haue
                   ioyned
                   them
                   together
                   :
                   For
                   howsoeuer
                   the
                   measuring
                   and
                   dictinctions
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   bee
                   truely
                   grounded
                   on
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   it selfe
                   ;
                   yet
                   can
                   it
                   not
                   be
                   well
                   expressed
                   and
                   taught
                   without
                   the
                   materiall
                   Instrument
                   :
                   we
                   haue
                   therefore
                   thought
                   good
                   to
                   consider
                   the
                   measure
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   before
                   wee
                   come
                   vnto
                   the
                   Distinction
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   more
                   simple
                   and
                   vncompound
                   ,
                   depending
                   on
                   the
                   lineaments
                   and
                   measure
                   of
                   one
                   circle
                   :
                   whereas
                   the
                   Distinction
                   necessarily
                   requires
                   the
                   coniunction
                   and
                   combination
                   of
                   diuerse
                   circles
                   ,
                   as
                   Meridians
                   and
                   Parallels
                   compared
                   one
                   with
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   as
                   shall
                   bee
                   taught
                   hereafter
                   .
                   Whether
                   the
                   great
                   masse
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   can
                   bee
                   measured
                   ,
                   or
                   no
                   ,
                   seemes
                   a
                   matter
                   not
                   agreed
                   on
                   by
                   all
                   ;
                   Some
                   haue
                   held
                   an
                   opinion
                   that
                   it
                   cannot
                   bee
                   measured
                   ,
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   
                   the
                   infinite
                   magnitude
                   wherewith
                   they
                   thought
                   it
                   endowed
                   :
                   which
                   opinion
                   seemes
                   deriued
                   from
                   some
                   of
                   the
                   Platonicks
                   ,
                   who
                   ascribing
                   to
                   the
                   Earth
                   another
                   figure
                   besides
                   the
                   Sphericall
                   ,
                   haue
                   cast
                   themselues
                   vpon
                   vncertainties
                   ,
                   and
                   being
                   notable
                   to
                   reduce
                   the
                   Quantity
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   owne
                   grounds
                   to
                   any
                   certaine
                   measure
                   ,
                   haue
                   denied
                   it
                   to
                   bee
                   measurable
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   ground
                   of
                   this
                   opinion
                   wee
                   haue
                   taken
                   away
                   before
                   ,
                   in
                   prouing
                   the
                   earth
                   to
                   be
                   of
                   a
                   true
                   Sphericall
                   nature
                   and
                   therefore
                   circumscribed
                   in
                   certaine
                   bounds
                   apt
                   to
                   be
                   measured
                   .
                   Another
                   conceit
                   more
                   absurd
                   then
                   the
                   former
                   ,
                   is
                   not
                   only
                   the
                   common
                   people
                   ,
                   whose
                   condition
                   might
                   excuse
                   their
                   ignorance
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   such
                   as
                   would
                   bee
                   esteemed
                   learned
                   ▪
                   who
                   contend
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   greatnesse
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   cannot
                   bee
                   measured
                   :
                   the
                   onely
                   reasons
                   they
                   can
                   alleadge
                   for
                   themselues
                   are
                   ,
                   1
                   That
                   a
                   great
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   is
                   vnaccessible
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   steepe
                   rocks
                   ,
                   high
                   mountaines
                   ,
                   spacious
                   and
                   thicke
                   woods
                   ,
                   moorish
                   fogges
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   impediments
                   .
                   2
                   That
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   it
                   are
                   for
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   vneuen
                   ,
                   and
                   subiect
                   to
                   no
                   regular
                   figure
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   which
                   no
                   measure
                   can
                   bee
                   exact
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   cauill
                   is
                   of
                   no
                   moment
                   ;
                   because
                   whereas
                   wee
                   affirme
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   by
                   man
                   may
                   be
                   measured
                   ,
                   we
                   hold
                   it
                   not
                   necessary
                   that
                   it
                   should
                   be
                   trauersed
                   ouer
                   by
                   iourneyes
                   or
                   voyages
                   .
                   For
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   to
                   the
                   finding
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Quantity
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Terrestriall
                   Spheare
                   ,
                   it
                   may
                   seeme
                   sufficient
                   to
                   know
                   the
                   measure
                   and
                   proportion
                   of
                   any
                   little
                   part
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   .
                   As
                   for
                   example
                   ,
                   what
                   number
                   of
                   
                     Miles
                     ,
                     Leagues
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Furlongs
                   answer
                   to
                   any
                   degree
                   or
                   degrees
                   in
                   the
                   Heauens
                   :
                   wherfore
                   we
                   suppose
                   the
                   Earth
                   to
                   be
                   measured
                   ouer
                   not
                   with
                   our
                   feet
                   ,
                   but
                   with
                   our
                   wits
                   ,
                   which
                   may
                   by
                   Mathematicall
                   rules
                   be
                   taught
                   to
                   march
                   forward
                   where
                   our
                   legges
                   fayle
                   vs
                   :
                   The
                   second
                   obiection
                   only
                   proues
                   thus
                   much
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   partaking
                   of
                   so
                   many
                   vnequall
                   parts
                   and
                   irregular
                   formes
                   ,
                   cannot
                   in
                   the
                   measuring
                   admit
                   of
                   so
                   much
                   exactnesse
                   ,
                   as
                   if
                   it
                   were
                   endowed
                   with
                   one
                   vniforme
                   face
                   :
                   yet
                   it
                   is
                   exact
                   enough
                   to
                   contenta
                   Cosmographer
                   ,
                   who
                   measureth
                   not
                   by
                   feet
                   and
                   inches
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   leagues
                   and
                   miles
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   wee
                   little
                   regard
                   such
                   a
                   needlesse
                   curiosity
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   
                     
                       
                         1
                         ▪
                      
                       The
                       common
                       measure
                       by
                       which
                       the
                       quantity
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       is
                       knowne
                       ,
                       are
                       Miles
                       and
                       Furlongs
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Here
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     noted
                     that
                     such
                     instruments
                     as
                     serue
                     for
                     measuring
                     are
                     of
                     two
                     sorts
                     ,
                     either
                     greater
                     or
                     lesser
                     ;
                     the
                     smaller
                     are
                     of
                     diuerse
                     sorts
                     ,
                     as
                     a
                     
                       Graine
                       ,
                       Inch
                       ,
                       Foot
                       ,
                       Pearch
                       ,
                       Pole
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     such
                     like
                     Some
                     of
                     these
                     howsoeuer
                     sometime
                     vsefull
                     in
                     Topographie
                     ,
                     can
                     haue
                     little
                     or
                     no
                     vse
                     at
                     all
                     in
                     the
                     vast
                     greatnesse
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     the
                     Geographer
                     seldome
                     descends
                     so
                     low
                     ,
                     but
                     takes
                     notice
                     of
                     greater
                     measures
                     ,
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     Miles
                     &
                     Furlongs
                     :
                     where
                     we
                     may
                     obserue
                     by
                     the
                     way
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     vsuall
                     measuring
                     amongst
                     the
                     Grecians
                     was
                     by
                     Stadia
                     or
                     furlongs
                     ,
                     amongst
                     many
                     of
                     the
                     Latines
                     by
                     miles
                     :
                     vnder
                     which
                     we
                     also
                     cōprehend
                     Leagues
                     :
                     these
                     miles
                     are
                     diuersly
                     varied
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     diuersity
                     of
                     Countries
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     in
                     some
                     places
                     they
                     are
                     esteemed
                     longer
                     ,
                     in
                     other
                     shorter
                     :
                     which
                     differences
                     may
                     be
                     learned
                     out
                     of
                     this
                     ensuing
                     Table
                     .
                  
                   
                     The
                     instruments
                     of
                     measuring
                     the
                     Earth
                     are
                     
                       
                         1
                         Furlong
                         containing
                         125
                         Geometicall
                         paces
                         or
                         625
                         feet
                         .
                      
                       
                         2
                         Mile
                         which
                         is
                         either
                         
                           
                             1
                             Proper
                             containing
                             8
                             Furlongs
                             or
                             1000
                             paces
                             .
                          
                           
                             2
                             Improper
                             ,
                             which
                             is
                             either
                             
                               
                                 1
                                 League
                                 ,
                                 which
                                 is
                                 either
                              
                               
                                 2
                                 German
                                 mile
                                 which
                                 is
                                 either
                                 the
                                 
                                   
                                     1
                                     Old
                                     ,
                                     containing
                                     12
                                     Furlongs
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     2
                                     Newer
                                     containing
                                     16
                                     Furlongs
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     3
                                     Common
                                     of
                                     24
                                     Furlongs
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     1
                                     Common
                                     ,
                                     which
                                     is
                                     32
                                     Furlongs
                                     or
                                     foure
                                     Italian
                                     miles
                                     .
                                  
                                   
                                     2
                                     Greatest
                                     ,
                                     containing
                                     5000
                                     paces
                                     which
                                     is
                                     called
                                     the
                                     Suenian
                                     ,
                                     or
                                     Heluetian
                                     mile
                                     .
                                  
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                     Howsoeuer
                     this
                     Distinction
                     of
                     miles
                     may
                     be
                     many
                     wayes
                     profitable
                     especially
                     in
                     the
                     Topographicall
                     part
                     ,
                     yet
                     shall
                     wee
                     seldome
                     make
                     vse
                     of
                     any
                     other
                     then
                     the
                     common
                     Germane
                     mile
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     common
                     Italian
                     mile
                     :
                     To
                     which
                     as
                     the
                     most
                     knowne
                     ,
                     the
                     rest
                     may
                     easily
                     be
                     reduced
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     3
                     The
                     obiect
                     here
                     proposed
                     to
                     bee
                     measured
                     is
                     the
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     The
                     Dimensions
                     according
                     to
                     which
                     it
                     is
                     measured
                     ,
                     are
                     either
                     Simple
                     or
                     Compound
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     The
                     simple
                     is
                     twofold
                     ,
                     either
                     the
                     Perimeter
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Diameter
                     .
                     The
                     Perimeter
                     otherwise
                     called
                     the
                     circumference
                     ,
                     is
                     a
                     great
                     circle
                     measuring
                     the
                     Earth
                     round
                     about
                     .
                  
                   
                     5
                     The
                     Inuention
                     of
                     the
                     Perimeter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     depends
                     on
                     these
                     following
                     Propositions
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       If
                       two
                       or
                       more
                       circles
                       bee
                       drawne
                       about
                       the
                       same
                       Center
                       ,
                       and
                       from
                       the
                       Center
                       to
                       the
                       Circumference
                       be
                       drawne
                       two
                       right
                       lines
                       ;
                       The
                       Arches
                       of
                       all
                       the
                       Circles
                       comprehended
                       within
                       the
                       said
                       right
                       lines
                       will
                       bee
                       like
                       and
                       proportionall
                       one
                       to
                       the
                       other
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     Proposition
                     being
                     meerely
                     Geometricall
                     ,
                     is
                     taken
                     here
                     as
                     a
                     ground
                     without
                     farther
                     demonstration
                     :
                     whereof
                     if
                     any
                     man
                     doubt
                     ,
                     hee
                     may
                     haue
                     recourse
                     to
                     Clauius
                     Commentaries
                     vpon
                     
                       Iohannes
                       de
                       Sacrobosco
                    
                     .
                     This
                     principle
                     granted
                     will
                     beget
                     these
                     two
                     Consectaries
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       As
                       one
                       degree
                       is
                       to
                       the
                       number
                       of
                       correspondent
                       miles
                       ,
                       or
                       furlongs
                       ,
                       so
                       all
                       degrees
                       of
                       the
                       circles
                       to
                       the
                       number
                       of
                       miles
                       or
                       Furlongs
                       measuring
                       the
                       quantity
                       of
                       the
                       Perimeter
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Wherefore
                       one
                       degree
                       or
                       portion
                       of
                       the
                       Circle
                       
                       being
                       knowne
                       by
                       his
                       number
                       of
                       miles
                       or
                       furlongs
                       ,
                       the
                       whole
                       Circumference
                       may
                       be
                       found
                       out
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     reason
                     of
                     this
                     consequence
                     euery
                     Arithmetician
                     can
                     easily
                     shew
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Golden
                       Rule
                    
                     :
                     The
                     chiefe
                     point
                     then
                     of
                     the
                     inuention
                     consists
                     in
                     finding
                     out
                     the
                     proportion
                     of
                     any
                     proportion
                     ,
                     as
                     a
                     degree
                     ,
                     halfe
                     degree
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     like
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     miles
                     or
                     Furlongs
                     answerable
                     thereunto
                     ;
                     for
                     which
                     purpose
                     many
                     skilfull
                     Mathematicians
                     haue
                     inuented
                     many
                     excellent
                     wayes
                     of
                     great
                     vse
                     and
                     delight
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       By
                       the
                       eleuation
                       of
                       the
                       Pole
                       ,
                       or
                       obseruation
                       of
                       an
                       Eclipse
                       ,
                       or
                       some
                       knowne
                       Starre
                       ,
                       the
                       circuit
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       may
                       be
                       found
                       out
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     By
                     the
                     Eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     it
                     is
                     performed
                     after
                     this
                     manner
                     ▪
                     let
                     there
                     be
                     obserued
                     two
                     Cities
                     ,
                     or
                     other
                     notable
                     Land-marks
                     placed
                     iust
                     North
                     and
                     South
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     .
                     In
                     these
                     two
                     Citties
                     ,
                     or
                     markes
                     ,
                     let
                     the
                     Eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     be
                     exactly
                     noted
                     .
                     Then
                     substract
                     the
                     Eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Southerne
                     Cittie
                     which
                     is
                     lesser
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Northerne
                     ▪
                     which
                     is
                     greater
                     :
                     the
                     residue
                     containes
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     these
                     places
                     in
                     degrees
                     ;
                     which
                     being
                     experimentally
                     knowne
                     by
                     Miles
                     ,
                     Halfe-miles
                     ,
                     Furlongs
                     or
                     such
                     like
                     measures
                     ,
                     will
                     shew
                     the
                     true
                     proportion
                     betwixt
                     a
                     degree
                     ,
                     and
                     his
                     number
                     of
                     miles
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     againe
                     multiplied
                     by
                     360
                     ,
                     will
                     shew
                     the
                     whole
                     circumference
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     For
                     example
                     sake
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     take
                     two
                     famous
                     Cities
                     of
                     
                       England
                       ,
                       Oxford
                    
                     and
                     Yorke
                     ;
                     which
                     are
                     situated
                     ,
                     if
                     not
                     exactly
                     ,
                     yet
                     very
                     neere
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     .
                     The
                     eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     here
                     with
                     vs
                     at
                     Oxford
                     is
                     51
                     degrees
                     and
                     30
                     minutes
                     ;
                     at
                     Yorke
                     it
                     is
                     54
                     degrees
                     30
                     minutes
                     ,
                     or
                     neere
                     there
                     about
                     :
                     subtract
                     the
                     lesser
                     from
                     the
                     greater
                     ,
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     Oxford
                     and
                     Yorke
                     will
                     bee
                     three
                     degrees
                     ;
                     which
                     distance
                     experimentally
                     knowne
                     in
                     miles
                     ,
                     will
                     shew
                     the
                     proportion
                     :
                     which
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     to
                     bee
                     ,
                     (
                     abating
                     somewhat
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     crookednesse
                     of
                     the
                     way
                     )
                     about
                     180
                     ,
                     answering
                     to
                     three
                     degrees
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     :
                     
                     wherefore
                     to
                     one
                     degree
                     will
                     answer
                     60
                     Miles
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     multiplied
                     by
                     360
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     circle
                     will
                     produce
                     21600
                     ,
                     the
                     measure
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     may
                     bee
                     performed
                     by
                     an
                     Eclipse
                     in
                     two
                     Citties
                     lying
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     circle
                     :
                     two
                     land-markes
                     being
                     once
                     noted
                     out
                     ,
                     lying
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     let
                     there
                     bee
                     obserued
                     in
                     both
                     the
                     same
                     Eclipse
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     especially
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     :
                     Now
                     it
                     being
                     certainely
                     found
                     out
                     how
                     many
                     houres
                     the
                     Eclipse
                     beganne
                     in
                     the
                     one
                     place
                     before
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     resolue
                     their
                     houres
                     into
                     degrees
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     easily
                     done
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     to
                     euery
                     houre
                     answeres
                     15
                     degrees
                     in
                     the
                     Sunne
                     Diurnall
                     motion
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     Astronomers
                     .
                     Now
                     the
                     distance
                     betweene
                     these
                     two
                     Citties
                     or
                     markes
                     (
                     being
                     supposed
                     first
                     experimentally
                     to
                     be
                     knowne
                     ,
                     will
                     easily
                     shew
                     the
                     correspondency
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Degrees
                     and
                     miles
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     here
                     sought
                     .
                     Another
                     way
                     is
                     taught
                     by
                     Possidonius
                     ,
                     as
                     easie
                     as
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     performed
                     by
                     some
                     noted
                     fixt
                     Starre
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Oculus
                       Tauri
                       ,
                       Arcturus
                       ,
                       Spica
                       Virginis
                       ,
                    
                     or
                     any
                     other
                     ;
                     let
                     there
                     bee
                     obserued
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     two
                     places
                     ,
                     whose
                     distance
                     is
                     experimentally
                     knowne
                     :
                     in
                     both
                     these
                     places
                     let
                     the
                     Meridian
                     altitude
                     of
                     the
                     Starre
                     be
                     fully
                     and
                     perfectly
                     obserued
                     :
                     The
                     difference
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     Altitudes
                     will
                     bee
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     degrees
                     betwixt
                     these
                     two
                     places
                     :
                     whence
                     we
                     may
                     obserue
                     how
                     many
                     miles
                     ,
                     or
                     other
                     partsanswer
                     to
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     these
                     degrees
                     betwixt
                     these
                     two
                     places
                     .
                     This
                     way
                     by
                     Clauius
                     is
                     preferred
                     before
                     the
                     former
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     it
                     requires
                     not
                     in
                     any
                     place
                     the
                     knowledge
                     of
                     the
                     Eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     any
                     place
                     cannot
                     be
                     certainely
                     knowne
                     ,
                     without
                     long
                     and
                     diligent
                     search
                     ,
                     and
                     obseruation
                     :
                     As
                     for
                     Geographicall
                     Tables
                     ,
                     they
                     are
                     not
                     alwayes
                     at
                     all
                     times
                     to
                     be
                     had
                     ,
                     at
                     least
                     worthy
                     credit
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       By
                       the
                       obseruation
                       of
                       the
                       Noone-shadowes
                       the
                       measure
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       may
                       be
                       found
                       out
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     way
                     was
                     inuented
                     by
                     Eratosthenes
                     a
                     famous
                     Mathematician
                     :
                     who
                     by
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     Noone-shadowes
                     ,
                     obserued
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     time
                     at
                     two
                     diuerse
                     places
                     ,
                     situate
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     found
                     out
                     the
                     circumference
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     The
                     places
                     
                     which
                     he
                     chose
                     for
                     this
                     purpose
                     were
                     Siene
                     ,
                     and
                     Alexandria
                     ,
                     situated
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     :
                     the
                     one
                     inclining
                     to
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     to
                     the
                     North.
                     The
                     Distance
                     betwixt
                     these
                     two
                     places
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     be
                     knowne
                     ,
                     whence
                     hee
                     proceeded
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     :
                     First
                     he
                     erected
                     a
                     Gnomon
                     at
                     right
                     Angles
                     on
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Horizon
                     :
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     was
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     Cancer
                     called
                     the
                     Solstice
                     ,
                     from
                     which
                     he
                     imagined
                     two
                     Rayes
                     or
                     Beames
                     to
                     be
                     cast
                     at
                     Noone
                     :
                     the
                     one
                     passing
                     by
                     Siene
                     the
                     most
                     Southerne
                     part
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     by
                     Alexandria
                     the
                     most
                     Northerne
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     at
                     Siene
                     ,
                     the
                     Sun
                     being
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     Solstice
                     passed
                     into
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ;
                     the
                     place
                     being
                     supposed
                     to
                     haue
                     beene
                     situate
                     vnder
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     :
                     The
                     other
                     passed
                     by
                     the
                     Vertex
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     Gnomon
                     :
                     whence
                     by
                     proportion
                     of
                     the
                     shadow
                     to
                     the
                     Gnomon
                     by
                     a
                     Geometricall
                     kinde
                     of
                     working
                     he
                     found
                     out
                     the
                     place
                     betweene
                     Alexandria
                     ,
                     and
                     Siene
                     :
                     which
                     demonstration
                     ,
                     formoreeuidence
                     wee
                     will
                     here
                     set
                     downe
                     :
                     Let
                     
                     there
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     described
                     a
                     circle
                     passing
                     by
                     Alexandria
                     and
                     Siene
                     ;
                     in
                     which
                     let
                     A
                     bee
                     the
                     place
                     where
                     Alexandria
                     stands
                     :
                     B
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     Siene
                     :
                     the
                     Gnomon
                     or
                     Style
                     erected
                     at
                     Alexandria
                     ,
                     AD
                     ,
                     The
                     Sun-beame
                     carried
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     at
                     Siena
                     FBC
                     ,
                     The
                     Sunne-beame
                     passing
                     by
                     the
                     Vertex
                     ,
                     or
                     toppe
                     of
                     the
                     Gnomon
                     seated
                     at
                     Alexandria
                     EDG
                     ,
                     casting
                     his
                     shadow
                     AG
                     toward
                     the
                     North
                     :
                     let
                     the
                     Gnomon
                     be
                     conceaued
                     to
                     bee
                     prolonged
                     vnto
                     the
                     Center
                     C
                     :
                     Now
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     Triangle
                     ADG
                     ,
                     the
                     Arch
                     AG
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     sensible
                     difference
                     may
                     bee
                     taken
                     for
                     a
                     Right
                     line
                     ,
                     hauing
                     an
                     insensible
                     
                     magnitude
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     Angle
                     A
                     is
                     a
                     right
                     angle
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     two
                     sides
                     AD
                     ,
                     and
                     AG
                     knowne
                     :
                     the
                     former
                     by
                     supposition
                     ,
                     being
                     a
                     Gnomon
                     taken
                     at
                     our
                     pleasure
                     ;
                     the
                     latter
                     by
                     any
                     measure
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     by
                     the
                     knowne
                     proportion
                     of
                     the
                     shadow
                     to
                     the
                     Gnomon
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Doctrine
                     of
                     Triangles
                     :
                     the
                     Angle
                     ADG
                     will
                     bee
                     knowne
                     ;
                     For
                     whereas
                     the
                     sides
                     AD
                     ,
                     and
                     AG
                     are
                     supposed
                     to
                     be
                     knowne
                     ,
                     their
                     Quadrants
                     also
                     will
                     be
                     knowne
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     square
                     made
                     of
                     DG
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     47
                     proposition
                     of
                     the
                     1
                     of
                     Euclide
                     ,
                     the
                     right
                     side
                     DG
                     will
                     easily
                     be
                     knowne
                     :
                     out
                     of
                     these
                     grounds
                     by
                     the
                     doctrine
                     of
                     the
                     Sines
                     and
                     Tangents
                     is
                     easily
                     found
                     out
                     the
                     Angle
                     ADG
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     consequence
                     the
                     alternate
                     Angle
                     ACB
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     the
                     27
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     of
                     Euclide
                     is
                     equall
                     vnto
                     it
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     two
                     Radii
                     FBC
                     and
                     FDG
                     may
                     be
                     supposed
                     to
                     bee
                     Parallels
                     in
                     so
                     small
                     a
                     distance
                     as
                     Alexandria
                     &
                     Siene
                     compared
                     with
                     the
                     Sun
                     :
                     the
                     Angle
                     being
                     knowne
                     the
                     Arch
                     AB
                     subtended
                     to
                     the
                     Angle
                     C
                     ,
                     will
                     also
                     be
                     knowne
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     space
                     intercepted
                     betwixt
                     Siene
                     and
                     Alexandria
                     ;
                     and
                     for
                     example
                     sake
                     :
                     if
                     Eratosthenes
                     (
                     as
                     some
                     write
                     )
                     found
                     out
                     the
                     Arch
                     AB
                     ,
                     to
                     containe
                     in
                     degrees
                     85
                     ,
                     and
                     experience
                     had
                     taught
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     the
                     Iourney
                     betwixt
                     these
                     Citties
                     to
                     haue
                     contained
                     6183
                     ½
                     Furlongs
                     :
                     It
                     would
                     appeare
                     by
                     the
                     
                       Golden
                       Rule
                    
                     that
                     360
                     degrees
                     containing
                     the
                     whole
                     circuit
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     must
                     proportionally
                     answer
                     to
                     252000
                     Furlongs
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       opinions
                       of
                       Cosmographers
                       concerning
                       the
                       measure
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       ,
                       are
                       diuerse
                       :
                       which
                       is
                       chiefely
                       to
                       be
                       imputed
                       to
                       their
                       errour
                       in
                       obseruing
                       the
                       distances
                       of
                       places
                       experimentally
                       according
                       to
                       Miles
                       ,
                       Furlongs
                       ,
                       or
                       such
                       like
                       measures
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     How
                     many
                     Authors
                     of
                     great
                     name
                     and
                     estimation
                     haue
                     differed
                     amongst
                     themselues
                     ,
                     euery
                     man
                     may
                     enforme
                     himselfe
                     out
                     of
                     this
                     Table
                     here
                     inserted
                     .
                     These
                     differences
                     wee
                     finde
                     diuersly
                     related
                     :
                     but
                     of
                     all
                     others
                     ,
                     which
                     Authors
                     haue
                     set
                     forth
                     ,
                     
                       
                       
                         
                            
                        
                         
                           Authors
                        
                         
                           Furlongs
                        
                         
                           Miles
                           .
                        
                      
                       
                         
                            
                        
                         
                           Strabo
                           and
                           Hipparchus
                        
                         
                           252000
                        
                         
                           31500
                        
                      
                       
                         
                            
                        
                         
                           Eratosthenes
                           .
                        
                         
                           250000
                        
                         
                           31250
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           The
                           circuit
                           of
                           the
                           whole
                           earth
                           containes
                           according
                           to
                           Possidonius
                           &
                           the
                           anciēt
                           Arabians
                           .
                        
                         
                           240000
                        
                         
                           30000
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           Ptolomie
                           .
                        
                         
                           180000
                        
                         
                           22500
                        
                      
                       
                         
                            
                        
                         
                           The
                           later
                           Arabians
                        
                         
                           204000
                        
                         
                           25500
                        
                      
                       
                         
                            
                        
                         
                           Italians
                           and
                           Germans
                           .
                        
                         
                           172800
                        
                         
                           21600
                        
                      
                    
                     I
                     preferre
                     the
                     iudgements
                     of
                     Mr
                     
                       Robert
                       Hues
                    
                     ;
                     For
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     grounded
                     on
                     common
                     tradition
                     ,
                     but
                     industriously
                     by
                     himselfe
                     deriued
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Ancients
                     by
                     diligent
                     search
                     and
                     examination
                     ,
                     as
                     by
                     one
                     ,
                     whose
                     iudgement
                     being
                     armed
                     as
                     well
                     with
                     skill
                     in
                     the
                     language
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     knowledge
                     of
                     antiquity
                     ,
                     scornes
                     to
                     be
                     iniured
                     by
                     translation
                     .
                     What
                     should
                     bee
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     these
                     differences
                     ,
                     is
                     a
                     matter
                     which
                     hath
                     staggered
                     curious
                     searchers
                     into
                     Antiquities
                     more
                     then
                     the
                     former
                     .
                     Euery
                     opinion
                     being
                     supported
                     with
                     the
                     names
                     and
                     authorities
                     of
                     such
                     renowned
                     Authors
                     ,
                     might
                     challenge
                     a
                     pitch
                     aboue
                     the
                     measure
                     of
                     my
                     Decision
                     :
                     only
                     I
                     may
                     not
                     bee
                     thought
                     ouer
                     presumptuous
                     
                     to
                     coniecture
                     where
                     I
                     cannot
                     define
                     ,
                     especially
                     hauing
                     so
                     good
                     a
                     guide
                     as
                     my
                     forenamed
                     Author
                     ,
                     to
                     tread
                     out
                     the
                     way
                     before
                     mee
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     supposing
                     as
                     a
                     ground
                     ,
                     these
                     Authors
                     so
                     much
                     differing
                     about
                     the
                     measure
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     to
                     haue
                     beene
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     led
                     by
                     reason
                     .
                     The
                     differences
                     must
                     needs
                     arise
                     out
                     of
                     one
                     of
                     these
                     causes
                     :
                     either
                     the
                     errour
                     or
                     negligence
                     of
                     the
                     obseruers
                     ,
                     in
                     trusting
                     too
                     much
                     to
                     others
                     relations
                     without
                     any
                     farther
                     search
                     ,
                     or
                     else
                     the
                     defect
                     in
                     the
                     Mathematicall
                     grounds
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     they
                     deriued
                     their
                     demonstration
                     ;
                     or
                     the
                     diuersity
                     of
                     measures
                     vsed
                     in
                     this
                     worke
                     :
                     or
                     finally
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     misapplication
                     of
                     these
                     measures
                     to
                     the
                     distances
                     ;
                     whence
                     may
                     arise
                     some
                     errour
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     experimentall
                     measuring
                     of
                     places
                     in
                     the
                     earth
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     first
                     place
                     it
                     may
                     perhaps
                     be
                     doubted
                     whether
                     Aristotle
                     defining
                     the
                     measure
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     bee
                     400000
                     furlongs
                     ,
                     were
                     not
                     deceaued
                     by
                     relations
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     hee
                     auoucheth
                     it
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     Mathematicians
                     of
                     his
                     times
                     ,
                     whose
                     authority
                     and
                     credit
                     for
                     ought
                     wee
                     know
                     ,
                     deserues
                     as
                     well
                     to
                     bee
                     forgotten
                     as
                     their
                     names
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     answer
                     might
                     seeme
                     too
                     sharp
                     in
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     wee
                     find
                     them
                     registred
                     for
                     Masters
                     in
                     their
                     science
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     as
                     could
                     not
                     easily
                     bee
                     cosened
                     by
                     others
                     impostures
                     .
                     Neither
                     can
                     wee
                     imagine
                     the
                     second
                     to
                     bee
                     any
                     cause
                     of
                     their
                     errour
                     for
                     the
                     same
                     reason
                     :
                     because
                     the
                     wayes
                     these
                     Mathematicians
                     vsed
                     in
                     finding
                     out
                     the
                     circuit
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     are
                     by
                     writers
                     of
                     good
                     credit
                     commended
                     to
                     posterity
                     ,
                     as
                     warrantably
                     grounded
                     on
                     certaine
                     demonstrations
                     ,
                     being
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     what
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     before
                     ,
                     which
                     admit
                     of
                     no
                     Parallogisme
                     :
                     In
                     the
                     third
                     place
                     wee
                     ought
                     to
                     examin
                     whether
                     the
                     diuersity
                     of
                     opinion
                     concerning
                     this
                     matter
                     proceeded
                     from
                     diuersity
                     of
                     the
                     measures
                     which
                     were
                     vsed
                     in
                     this
                     worke
                     .
                     Nonnius
                     and
                     P●●ceru●
                     would
                     needs
                     perswade
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Furlongs
                     whereby
                     they
                     measured
                     the
                     earth
                     were
                     not
                     the
                     same
                     :
                     Maurolycus
                     and
                     Xilander
                     talke
                     of
                     diuerse
                     kindes
                     of
                     paces
                     :
                     Maurolycus
                     labours
                     to
                     reconcile
                     both
                     ,
                     but
                     without
                     effect
                     .
                     First
                     whereas
                     they
                     would
                     haue
                     diuerse
                     k●nde
                     of
                     paces
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     be
                     denied
                     :
                     but
                     in
                     the
                     meane
                     time
                     we
                     cannot
                     learne
                     that
                     the
                     Grecians
                     euer
                     measured
                     their
                     Furlongs
                     by
                     Paces
                     ,
                     but
                     either
                     by
                     Feet
                     ,
                     or
                     Faddomes
                     .
                     A
                     Faddome
                     which
                     the
                     Greeks
                     call
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     is
                     the
                     
                     measure
                     of
                     the
                     extension
                     of
                     the
                     hands
                     together
                     with
                     the
                     breast
                     betwixt
                     ,
                     containing
                     six
                     feet
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     kinde
                     of
                     measuring
                     well
                     knowne
                     vnto
                     our
                     Mariners
                     ,
                     in
                     sounding
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     Sea.
                     This
                     measure
                     notwithstanding
                     is
                     by
                     many
                     translated
                     a
                     Pace
                     :
                     by
                     what
                     reason
                     ,
                     let
                     any
                     man
                     iudge
                     .
                     Xilander
                     in
                     translating
                     Strabo
                     renders
                     it
                     an
                     Ell
                     :
                     Secondly
                     for
                     a
                     Furlong
                     it
                     containes
                     according
                     to
                     Herodoiu●
                     an
                     ancient
                     Grecian
                     writer
                     600
                     Feet
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     also
                     testified
                     by
                     Suidas
                     ,
                     being
                     much
                     later
                     .
                     A
                     Furlong
                     containes
                     100
                     Faddomes
                     ;
                     euery
                     Faddome
                     foure
                     Cubits
                     .
                     A
                     Cubit
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     Heron
                     ,
                     a
                     Foot
                     and
                     halfe
                     ,
                     or
                     24
                     Digits
                     .
                     Now
                     for
                     the
                     variety
                     of
                     Furlongs
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     true
                     that
                     Censorinus
                     makes
                     three
                     kindes
                     .
                     For
                     either
                     it
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     Italian
                     consisting
                     of
                     625
                     Feet
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     of
                     most
                     regard
                     in
                     measuring
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     or
                     the
                     Olympian
                     of
                     600
                     Feet
                     :
                     or
                     the
                     Pythian
                     containing
                     1000
                     Feet
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     let
                     passe
                     this
                     latter
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     finde
                     by
                     serious
                     consideration
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Italian
                     and
                     Olympian
                     Furlongs
                     differ
                     only
                     in
                     name
                     ,
                     and
                     are
                     indeed
                     the
                     same
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     Italian
                     containing
                     625
                     Roman
                     Feet
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     Pliny
                     in
                     his
                     second
                     booke
                     )
                     is
                     ●quall
                     to
                     the
                     Olympian
                     ,
                     hauing
                     600
                     Grecian
                     Feet
                     .
                     For
                     a
                     Foot
                     with
                     the
                     Grecians
                     exceeds
                     the
                     Roman
                     Foot
                     by
                     a
                     twenty
                     fourth
                     part
                     :
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     is
                     the
                     difference
                     betwixt
                     600
                     and
                     625.
                     
                     Hence
                     wee
                     see
                     how
                     little
                     certainty
                     can
                     bee
                     expected
                     of
                     such
                     as
                     goe
                     about
                     to
                     reconcile
                     these
                     opinions
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     various
                     vse
                     and
                     acception
                     of
                     the
                     measures
                     .
                     The
                     most
                     probable
                     assertion
                     then
                     is
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     errour
                     was
                     grounded
                     on
                     this
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     distances
                     of
                     places
                     ,
                     mentioned
                     by
                     the
                     foresaid
                     Authors
                     ,
                     were
                     not
                     by
                     themselues
                     exactly
                     measured
                     ,
                     but
                     taken
                     vp
                     vpon
                     trust
                     on
                     the
                     relation
                     of
                     trauellers
                     ,
                     wherein
                     they
                     might
                     easily
                     bee
                     mistaken
                     .
                     For
                     instance
                     wee
                     will
                     take
                     Eratosthenes
                     and
                     Possidonius
                     ,
                     as
                     of
                     greatest
                     credit
                     ,
                     who
                     are
                     notwithstanding
                     taxed
                     for
                     many
                     errours
                     in
                     their
                     experimentall
                     obseruations
                     :
                     whereas
                     it
                     is
                     cleere
                     that
                     Ptolomy
                     grounded
                     his
                     opinion
                     on
                     the
                     distances
                     of
                     the
                     places
                     ,
                     exactly
                     measured
                     ,
                     as
                     is
                     witnessed
                     by
                     his
                     designation
                     of
                     the
                     Latitude
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     so
                     farre
                     as
                     it
                     was
                     discouered
                     and
                     knowne
                     .
                     Eratosthenes
                     ,
                     for
                     mistaking
                     in
                     the
                     measure
                     of
                     distances
                     ,
                     is
                     much
                     taxed
                     by
                     Hyparchus
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     find
                     in
                     Strabo
                     :
                     For
                     betwixt
                     Alexandria
                     and
                     Carthage
                     ,
                     hee
                     reckons
                     aboue
                     13
                     thousand
                     furlongs
                     ,
                     whereas
                     by
                     a
                     more
                     diligent
                     enquiry
                     
                     there
                     are
                     found
                     to
                     bee
                     but
                     9
                     thousand
                     .
                     Likewise
                     Possidoniu●
                     is
                     knowne
                     to
                     bee
                     mistaken
                     ,
                     in
                     that
                     hee
                     made
                     the
                     Distance
                     betwixt
                     Rhodes
                     and
                     Alexandria
                     to
                     bee
                     5000
                     Furlongs
                     ,
                     whereas
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     relation
                     of
                     Marriners
                     ,
                     some
                     haue
                     made
                     it
                     4000
                     ,
                     some
                     5000
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     witnessed
                     by
                     Eratosthenes
                     in
                     Strabo
                     ;
                     who
                     notwithstanding
                     ,
                     sayes
                     that
                     hee
                     found
                     by
                     Instruments
                     that
                     it
                     was
                     not
                     aboue
                     3750
                     ;
                     and
                     Strabo
                     wou●d
                     haue
                     it
                     somewhat
                     lesse
                     ,
                     as
                     2640.
                     
                     Maurolycus
                     ,
                     going
                     about
                     to
                     defend
                     Possidonius
                     against
                     Ptolomy
                     ,
                     brings
                     nothing
                     but
                     friuo●ous
                     reasons
                     vnworthy
                     so
                     good
                     an
                     author
                     .
                     Out
                     of
                     all
                     which
                     hath
                     beene
                     spoken
                     our
                     former
                     Corollary
                     will
                     bee
                     manifest
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     diuersity
                     of
                     opinions
                     concerning
                     the
                     circumference
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     arose
                     from
                     the
                     experimentall
                     mistake
                     in
                     the
                     distances
                     of
                     places
                     ,
                     where
                     they
                     trusted
                     to
                     other
                     mens
                     relations
                     ,
                     rather
                     then
                     their
                     owne
                     knowledge
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     6
                     The
                     Diameter
                     is
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     passing
                     by
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     from
                     one
                     side
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ▪
                     and
                     measuring
                     the
                     thicknesse
                     of
                     it
                     :
                     the
                     inuention
                     of
                     which
                     depends
                     on
                     these
                     Rules
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       As
                       22
                       is
                       to
                       7
                       so
                       is
                       the
                       circumference
                       of
                       a
                       circle
                       to
                       the
                       Diameter
                       :
                       wherefore
                       the
                       circumference
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       multiplied
                       by
                       7
                       ,
                       and
                       diuided
                       by
                       22
                       will
                       produce
                       the
                       Diameter
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     exact
                     proportion
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Circumferences
                     of
                     a
                     circle
                     ,
                     &
                     the
                     Diameter
                     being
                     the
                     ground
                     of
                     the
                     Quadrature
                     of
                     a
                     circle
                     ,
                     is
                     a
                     matter
                     which
                     hath
                     set
                     a
                     work
                     the
                     greatest
                     wits
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     :
                     hauing
                     notwithstanding
                     as
                     yet
                     by
                     no
                     man
                     been
                     brought
                     to
                     discouery
                     ,
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     Pitiscus
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     good
                     Mathematicians
                     ,
                     might
                     well
                     doubt
                     whether
                     euer
                     it
                     would
                     come
                     to
                     light
                     .
                     N●uerthelesse
                     ,
                     where
                     exactnesse
                     cannot
                     bee
                     found
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     come
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     we
                     can
                     .
                     The
                     neerest
                     proportion
                     in
                     numbers
                     which
                     any
                     could
                     yet
                     light
                     on
                     ,
                     is
                     as
                     22
                     to
                     7
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     so
                     great
                     and
                     massie
                     a
                     body
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Earth
                     may
                     passe
                     without
                     any
                     sensible
                     or
                     explicable
                     errour
                     .
                     Supposing
                     then
                     out
                     of
                     our
                     precedent
                     Suppositions
                     the
                     
                     whole
                     circuit
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     to
                     bee
                     21600
                     Italian-miles
                     (
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     common
                     opinion
                     now
                     receaued
                     )
                     I
                     multiply
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     golden
                     Rule
                     21600
                     by
                     7
                     ,
                     whence
                     will
                     arise
                     151200
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     diuided
                     by
                     22
                     the
                     Quotient
                     will
                     render
                     6872
                     11
                     /
                     8
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     Diameter
                     or
                     thicknesse
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     some
                     lesse
                     curious
                     are
                     content
                     to
                     take
                     only
                     the
                     third
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     circumference
                     for
                     the
                     Diameter
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     be
                     7200
                     ,
                     which
                     account
                     is
                     lesse
                     exact
                     ,
                     yet
                     sufficient
                     for
                     an
                     ordinary
                     Cosmographer
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     328
                     miles
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     difference
                     ,
                     is
                     of
                     no
                     great
                     moment
                     in
                     the
                     measure
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       By
                       the
                       knowne
                       height
                       of
                       some
                       mountaine
                       without
                       the
                       knowledge
                       of
                       the
                       circumference
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       ,
                       the
                       Diameter
                       may
                       be
                       found
                       out
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     is
                     a
                     way
                     inuented
                     by
                     Maurolycus
                     ,
                     which
                     proceeds
                     in
                     a
                     contrary
                     manner
                     to
                     the
                     former
                     :
                     because
                     the
                     former
                     by
                     the
                     circumference
                     first
                     supposed
                     to
                     be
                     known
                     ,
                     shewes
                     vs
                     a
                     way
                     to
                     find
                     out
                     a
                     Diameter
                     :
                     but
                     this
                     ,
                     first
                     seeks
                     out
                     the
                     Diameter
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     wee
                     may
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     circumference
                     :
                     
                     the
                     practise
                     is
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     .
                     Let
                     the
                     circuit
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     be
                     conceaued
                     to
                     be
                     BCD
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     see
                     in
                     this
                     Figure
                     )
                     in
                     which
                     let
                     there
                     be
                     chosen
                     an
                     high
                     Mountain
                     whose
                     Altitude
                     AB
                     may
                     bee
                     knowne
                     by
                     the
                     rules
                     of
                     measuring
                     altitudes
                     :
                     then
                     from
                     the
                     Mountaines
                     top
                     A
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     rules
                     of
                     measuring
                     longitudes
                     must
                     the
                     whole
                     space
                     of
                     Sea
                     or
                     Land
                     bee
                     measured
                     so
                     far
                     as
                     it
                     can
                     be
                     seene
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     visuall
                     Beame
                     AC
                     ,
                     may
                     touch
                     the
                     Superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     in
                     C
                     :
                     let
                     the
                     space
                     thē
                     which
                     is
                     seene
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     be
                     BC
                     ,
                     which
                     although
                     in
                     it selfe
                     it
                     bee
                     crooked
                     and
                     not
                     plaine
                     ,
                     yet
                     can
                     it
                     not
                     sensibly
                     differ
                     from
                     a
                     Plaine
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     Arch
                     BC
                     ,
                     is
                     extraordinarily
                     
                     little
                     ,
                     if
                     compared
                     with
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     .
                     These
                     grounds
                     thus
                     laid
                     ,
                     we
                     must
                     proceed
                     by
                     a
                     Geometricall
                     manner
                     of
                     argumentation
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     ,
                     Here
                     are
                     to
                     bee
                     obserued
                     foure
                     right
                     lines
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     first
                     is
                     AB
                     ,
                     the
                     heigth
                     of
                     the
                     mountaine
                     obserued
                     :
                     the
                     second
                     is
                     the
                     visuall
                     Ray
                     AC
                     :
                     the
                     third
                     AD
                     consisting
                     of
                     the
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     mountaine
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     The
                     fourth
                     BC
                     ,
                     the
                     distance
                     which
                     is
                     seene
                     :
                     for
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     it
                     may
                     without
                     sensible
                     errour
                     bee
                     taken
                     for
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     .
                     Now
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     AB
                     ,
                     BC
                     are
                     knowne
                     ,
                     their
                     Quadrates
                     by
                     the
                     47
                     proposition
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     of
                     Euclide
                     ,
                     will
                     also
                     bee
                     knowne
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     square
                     of
                     AC
                     ,
                     the
                     square
                     of
                     the
                     right
                     line
                     AC
                     will
                     likewise
                     bee
                     knowne
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     square
                     of
                     the
                     right
                     line
                     AC
                     ,
                     sith
                     it
                     toucheth
                     the
                     circle
                     ,
                     will
                     be
                     equall
                     to
                     a
                     Right
                     Angle
                     Figure
                     contained
                     vnder
                     DA
                     ,
                     AB
                     ,
                     wherefore
                     the
                     right
                     angle
                     so
                     conceaued
                     will
                     be
                     knowne
                     .
                     But
                     AB
                     is
                     the
                     knowne
                     heigth
                     of
                     the
                     mountaine
                     ,
                     wherefore
                     the
                     right
                     line
                     AD
                     will
                     easily
                     be
                     knowne
                     ;
                     if
                     wee
                     diuide
                     the
                     knowne
                     right
                     Angle
                     contained
                     vnder
                     AB
                     ,
                     AD
                     :
                     by
                     the
                     right
                     line
                     AB
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     Quotient
                     will
                     giue
                     the
                     right
                     line
                     AD
                     ;
                     from
                     which
                     if
                     wee
                     subduct
                     AB
                     ,
                     the
                     knowne
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     mountaine
                     :
                     then
                     will
                     remaine
                     the
                     Diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     BD
                     ,
                     which
                     was
                     here
                     to
                     be
                     performed
                     :
                     from
                     this
                     inuention
                     will
                     arise
                     this
                     Corollary
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Diameter
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       first
                       supposed
                       to
                       be
                       knowne
                       ,
                       the
                       circumference
                       may
                       be
                       found
                       out
                       in
                       this
                       manner
                       :
                       as
                       7
                       is
                       in
                       proportion
                       to
                       22
                       ,
                       so
                       is
                       the
                       Diameter
                       to
                       the
                       Circumference
                       .
                    
                     
                       2
                       Wherefore
                       let
                       the
                       knowne
                       number
                       of
                       the
                       Diameter
                       be
                       multiplied
                       by
                       22
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       Product
                       be
                       diuided
                       by
                       7
                       ,
                       the
                       quotient
                       will
                       giue
                       the
                       Circumference
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     according
                     to
                     our
                     former
                     instance
                     :
                     Let
                     vs
                     suppose
                     the
                     Diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     bee
                     6872
                     8
                     /
                     11
                     this
                     number
                     being
                     multiplied
                     by
                     22
                     ,
                     will
                     produce
                     15120
                     ,
                     which
                     product
                     
                     diuided
                     by
                     7
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     in
                     the
                     Quotient
                     21600
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     circumference
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     7
                     The
                     compound
                     dimensions
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     which
                     the
                     Spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     proposed
                     to
                     bee
                     measured
                     ,
                     are
                     either
                     the
                     Superficies
                     or
                     the
                     Solidity
                     .
                  
                   
                     8
                     The
                     Superficies
                     is
                     againe
                     twofold
                     ,
                     either
                     Plaine
                     or
                     Conuexe
                     :
                     the
                     Plaine
                     is
                     the
                     space
                     included
                     in
                     the
                     Perimeter
                     .
                  
                   
                     9
                     The
                     plaine
                     Superficies
                     may
                     be
                     found
                     out
                     two
                     wayes
                     :
                     either
                     by
                     the
                     Circumference
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Diameter
                     :
                     both
                     which
                     wayes
                     taught
                     in
                     these
                     Rules
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       If
                       the
                       whole
                       circumference
                       bee
                       multiplied
                       in
                       it selfe
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       product
                       bee
                       diuided
                       by
                       
                         12
                         4
                         /
                         7
                      
                       the
                       quotient
                       will
                       shew
                       the
                       Superficies
                       included
                       in
                       the
                       circle
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     As
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     example
                     wee
                     will
                     take
                     the
                     Circumference
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     be
                     21600
                     Italian-miles
                     :
                     let
                     this
                     number
                     be
                     multiplied
                     in
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     product
                     thereof
                     diuided
                     by
                     12
                     4
                     /
                     7
                     ,
                     the
                     Quotient
                     will
                     amount
                     vnto
                     9278180
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     plaine
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       If
                       the
                       Semi-Diameter
                       of
                       a
                       circle
                       be
                       multiplied
                       by
                       the
                       halfe
                       part
                       of
                       the
                       Circumference
                       :
                       there
                       will
                       arise
                       the
                       measure
                       of
                       the
                       
                         Plaine
                         Superficies
                      
                       contained
                       in
                       the
                       Circumference
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     reason
                     hereof
                     is
                     shewed
                     by
                     Clauius
                     in
                     his
                     Tract
                     
                       de
                       Isoperimetris
                       Proposit.
                    
                     4.
                     where
                     is
                     demonstrated
                     ,
                     that
                     a
                     Right
                     Angle
                     
                     figure
                     comprehended
                     of
                     the
                     Semi-Diameter
                     of
                     any
                     circle
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     halfe
                     of
                     the
                     Circumference
                     will
                     be
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     Circle
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     of
                     whose
                     parts
                     it
                     is
                     comprehended
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     10
                     So
                     much
                     concerning
                     the
                     Plaine
                     Superficies
                     :
                     the
                     knowledge
                     and
                     inuention
                     of
                     the
                     Conuexe
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     performed
                     two
                     wayes
                     :
                     either
                     by
                     the
                     Diameter
                     and
                     Circumference
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     by
                     the
                     Space
                     contained
                     within
                     the
                     Circumference
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     these
                     Propositions
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       If
                       the
                       Circumference
                       and
                       Diameter
                       be
                       multiplied
                       the
                       one
                       into
                       the
                       other
                       ,
                       the
                       product
                       will
                       shew
                       the
                       number
                       of
                       square
                       miles
                       in
                       the
                       face
                       of
                       the
                       Terrestriall
                       Globe
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     let
                     the
                     Diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     containing
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     common
                     account
                     80111
                     9
                     /
                     12
                     furlongs
                     ,
                     bee
                     multiplied
                     by
                     the
                     whole
                     circumference
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     252000
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     arise
                     the
                     Conuexe
                     Superficies
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     earthly
                     Spheare
                     which
                     is
                     20205818181
                     9
                     /
                     11.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       If
                       the
                       space
                       contained
                       in
                       the
                       greatest
                       circle
                       in
                       the
                       Spheare
                       bee
                       multiplied
                       by
                       4
                       ,
                       there
                       will
                       bee
                       produced
                       the
                       whole
                       conuexe
                       Superficies
                       of
                       the
                       Spheare
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     How
                     to
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     space
                     or
                     plaine
                     Superficies
                     ,
                     is
                     a
                     matter
                     taught
                     before
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     once
                     found
                     is
                     easily
                     multiplied
                     by
                     4
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     will
                     giue
                     vs
                     the
                     number
                     sought
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     11
                     The
                     last
                     and
                     greatest
                     compound
                     Dimension
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     which
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     measured
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     Solidity
                     ,
                     consisting
                     of
                     
                       Length
                       ,
                       
                       Bredth
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Height
                     ,
                     or
                     Thicknesse
                     :
                     This
                     may
                     bee
                     found
                     out
                     two
                     wayes
                     either
                     by
                     the
                     Diameter
                     ,
                     and
                     
                       Conuexe
                       Superficies
                    
                     ,
                     first
                     supposed
                     to
                     be
                     known
                     :
                     or
                     by
                     the
                     knowledge
                     of
                     a
                     great
                     circle
                     without
                     supposing
                     the
                     Supperficies
                     to
                     be
                     first
                     knowne
                     :
                     both
                     wayes
                     shall
                     bee
                     expressed
                     in
                     these
                     Propositions
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       If
                       the
                       Semidiameter
                       of
                       the
                       Spheare
                       be
                       multiplied
                       into
                       the
                       third
                       part
                       of
                       the
                       Conuex
                       Superficies
                       of
                       the
                       said
                       Spheare
                       ,
                       there
                       will
                       arise
                       the
                       whole
                       Solidity
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     is
                     demonstrated
                     by
                     Geometricians
                     :
                     For
                     a
                     solide
                     Rectangle
                     comprehēded
                     of
                     the
                     Semidiameter
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     third
                     of
                     the
                     Cōuex
                     Superficies
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     will
                     be
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     Spheare
                     it selfe
                     .
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     Semidiameter
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     containing
                     40090
                     10
                     /
                     11
                     Furlongs
                     bee
                     multiplied
                     by
                     the
                     third
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Conuex
                     Superficies
                     containing
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     67352727
                     3
                     /
                     11
                     there
                     will
                     arise
                     the
                     solidity
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     containe
                     27002-3
                     :
                     06611570
                     3
                     /
                     11
                     Cubicke
                     Furlongs
                     .
                     That
                     is
                     the
                     solidity
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     will
                     comprehend
                     so
                     many
                     Cubes
                     ,
                     cantaining
                     euery
                     side
                     so
                     many
                     Furlongs
                     ,
                     as
                     there
                     are
                     vnities
                     in
                     the
                     said
                     number
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     Areae
                     or
                     spaces
                     comprehended
                     of
                     Solide
                     figures
                     are
                     measured
                     by
                     the
                     Cubes
                     of
                     those
                     lines
                     ,
                     by
                     whose
                     squares
                     the
                     Conuexe
                     Superficies
                     of
                     those
                     lines
                     are
                     measured
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       If
                       the
                       greatest
                       circle
                       bee
                       multiplied
                       by
                       ⅔
                       of
                       the
                       whole
                       Diameter
                       :
                       the
                       product
                       will
                       shew
                       the
                       solidity
                       of
                       the
                       Spheare
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     way
                     is
                     also
                     demonstrated
                     by
                     Clauius
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     tract
                     of
                     measuring
                     Magnitudes
                     .
                     It
                     may
                     Arithmetically
                     bee
                     deduced
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     .
                     If
                     any
                     Spheare
                     whatsoeuer
                     hath
                     a
                     Diameter
                     of
                     14
                     Palmes
                     ,
                     and
                     should
                     bee
                     multiplied
                     by
                     3
                     1
                     /
                     7
                     ,
                     the
                     circumference
                     of
                     
                     the
                     greatest
                     circle
                     containing
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     44
                     ;
                     whose
                     halfe
                     being
                     22
                     ,
                     if
                     it
                     be
                     multiplied
                     into
                     the
                     Semidiameter
                     7
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     arise
                     the
                     Superficies
                     of
                     the
                     greatest
                     circle
                     154
                     ,
                     which
                     number
                     if
                     wee
                     multiply
                     by
                     two
                     third
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Diameter
                     :
                     that
                     is
                     by
                     9⅓
                     there
                     will
                     bee
                     produced
                     the
                     solidity
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     consisting
                     of
                     1437
                     ⅔
                     Cubicke
                     palmes
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     like
                     sort
                     may
                     wee
                     worke
                     by
                     miles
                     or
                     furlongs
                     in
                     measuring
                     the
                     whole
                     terrestriall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     more
                     conuenient
                     measure
                     for
                     the
                     massie
                     Globe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 IX
                 .
                 Of
                 the
                 Zones
                 ,
                 Climates
                 ,
                 and
                 Parallels
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     OF
                     the
                     Measure
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     we
                     haue
                     treated
                     in
                     our
                     former
                     Chapter
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     wee
                     must
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     Distinction
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     either
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     Spaces
                     or
                     Distances
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     Spaces
                     are
                     portions
                     in
                     the
                     Spheare
                     bounded
                     by
                     the
                     Parallell
                     circles
                     :
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     the
                     
                       Zones
                       ,
                       Climats
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Parallels
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     These
                     are
                     againe
                     considered
                     two
                     wayes
                     ;
                     either
                     in
                     themselues
                     ,
                     or
                     else
                     in
                     their
                     Adiuncts
                     or
                     Inhabitants
                     belonging
                     to
                     them
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     A
                     Zone
                     is
                     a
                     space
                     included
                     betwixt
                     two
                     
                     lesser
                     and
                     named
                     circles
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     betwixt
                     a
                     lesser
                     circle
                     and
                     the
                     Pole
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   spaces
                   into
                   which
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Spheare
                   is
                   diuided
                   ,
                   are
                   either
                   Greater
                   or
                   Lesser
                   .
                   The
                   Greater
                   is
                   a
                   Hemispheare
                   which
                   ariseth
                   out
                   of
                   one
                   only
                   circle
                   by
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   Combination
                   of
                   more
                   .
                   Such
                   are
                   chiefly
                   of
                   three
                   sorts
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   the
                   Equatour
                   :
                   which
                   diuides
                   the
                   whole
                   Globe
                   into
                   the
                   north
                   and
                   the
                   South
                   Hemispheare
                   .
                   The
                   second
                   is
                   of
                   the
                   Meridian
                   ,
                   whose
                   office
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   part
                   the
                   Earth
                   into
                   the
                   Easterne
                   and
                   Westerne
                   Hemispheares
                   :
                   The
                   third
                   of
                   the
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   which
                   diuides
                   the
                   Spheare
                   into
                   the
                   vpper
                   and
                   lower
                   halfes
                   :
                   But
                   these
                   parts
                   arising
                   (
                   as
                   I
                   said
                   )
                   out
                   of
                   one
                   only
                   circle
                   ,
                   are
                   handled
                   before
                   with
                   the
                   circles
                   themselues
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   place
                   wee
                   are
                   to
                   speake
                   of
                   such
                   parts
                   ,
                   as
                   arise
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Combination
                   and
                   respect
                   of
                   circles
                   one
                   with
                   another
                   .
                   Such
                   as
                   are
                   the
                   Zones
                   ,
                   Climats
                   ,
                   and
                   Parallels
                   .
                   A
                   Zone
                   signifies
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   a
                   girdle
                   or
                   band
                   :
                   because
                   by
                   it
                   the
                   spaces
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   are
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   with
                   larger
                   bands
                   compassed
                   about
                   .
                   The
                   Grecians
                   haue
                   sometimes
                   giuen
                   this
                   name
                   Zone
                   to
                   the
                   Orbs
                   of
                   the
                   Planets
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Theon
                     ,
                     Alexandrinus
                  
                   in
                   his
                   Comment
                   on
                   Aratus
                   ,
                   in
                   these
                   words
                   ,
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   .
                   
                     There
                     are
                  
                   (
                   saith
                   he
                   )
                   
                     in
                     the
                     Heauens
                     seauen
                     Zones
                     not
                     contorminate
                     with
                     the
                     Zodiacke
                     ,
                     whereof
                     the
                     first
                     is
                     possessed
                     by
                     Saturne
                     ,
                     the
                     second
                     by
                     Iupiter
                     ,
                     &c.
                     
                  
                   But
                   this
                   acception
                   of
                   the
                   name
                   is
                   far
                   off
                   from
                   our
                   purpose
                   .
                   The
                   name
                   ,
                   Zone
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   with
                   vs
                   in
                   vse
                   ,
                   is
                   by
                   the
                   Latine
                   Poëts
                   rendred
                   sometimes
                   Facia
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   Plaga
                   :
                   both
                   signifying
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   selfe-same
                   thing
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   a
                   space
                   comprehended
                   within
                   two
                   Named
                   and
                   lesser
                   Parallels
                   :
                   or
                   at
                   least
                   betwixt
                   such
                   a
                   Parallell
                   and
                   the
                   Pole
                   it selfe
                   :
                   because
                   ,
                   as
                   wee
                   shall
                   shew
                   hereafter
                   Zones
                   are
                   of
                   two
                   sorts
                   :
                   These
                   Zones
                   are
                   in
                   number
                   fiue
                   ;
                   which
                   diuision
                   hath
                   beene
                   familiar
                   with
                   our
                   Latine
                   Poëts
                   ,
                   as
                   may
                   appeare
                   by
                   these
                   verses
                   of
                   Virgil.
                   
                   
                     
                       Quinque
                       tenent
                       coelum
                       Zonae
                       ,
                       quarum
                       vna
                       corusco
                       ▪
                    
                     
                       Semper
                       Sole
                       rubens
                       ▪
                       &
                       torrida
                       semper
                       ab
                       Igne
                       :
                    
                     
                       Quam
                       circum
                       extremae
                       dextrâ
                       laeuáque
                       trahuntur
                       .
                    
                     
                     
                       Caerule
                       â
                       glacie
                       concretae
                       ,
                       atque
                       imbribus
                       atris
                       .
                    
                     
                       Has
                       inter
                       ,
                       Mediamque
                       ,
                       duae
                       Mortalibus
                       aegris
                    
                     
                       Munere
                       concessae
                       Diuûm
                       ,
                       &c.
                       
                    
                  
                   
                     
                       Fiue
                       Zones
                       ingirt
                       the
                       Skies
                       ;
                       whereof
                       one
                       fries
                    
                     
                       With
                       fiery
                       Sun-beames
                       ,
                       and
                       all
                       scorched
                       lies
                       .
                    
                     
                       'Bout
                       which
                       the
                       farthest
                       off
                       on
                       either
                       hand
                       ,
                    
                     
                       The
                       blew-eyed
                       Ice
                       and
                       brackish
                       showres
                       command
                       .
                    
                     
                       'Twixt
                       these
                       two
                       and
                       the
                       midst
                       the
                       Gods
                       doe
                       giue
                    
                     
                       A
                       wholsome
                       place
                       for
                       wretched
                       man
                       to
                       liue
                       .
                    
                  
                   Which
                   description
                   of
                   Virgil
                   little
                   differs
                   from
                   that
                   wee
                   finde
                   in
                   Ouid
                   ,
                   in
                   these
                   Verses
                   .
                   
                     
                       —
                       Duae
                       dextrâ
                       coelum
                       totidemque
                       sinistrâ
                    
                     
                       Parte
                       secant
                       Zonae
                       :
                       quinta
                       est
                       ardentior
                       illis
                       :
                    
                     
                       Sic
                       onus
                       inclusum
                       numero
                       distinxit
                       eodem
                    
                     
                       Cura
                       Dei
                       ,
                       totidemque
                       Plagae
                       tellure
                       premuntur
                       .
                    
                     
                       Quarum
                       quae
                       Media
                       est
                       non
                       est
                       habitabilis
                       aestu
                       :
                    
                     
                       Nix
                       ●egit
                       ,
                       alta
                       duas
                       :
                       totidem
                       inter
                       vtramque
                       locauit
                       .
                    
                     
                       Temperiemque
                       dedit
                       mista
                       cum
                       Frigore
                       Flamma
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     
                       Two
                       Girdles
                       on
                       the
                       right
                       hand
                       ,
                       on
                       the
                       left
                    
                     
                       As
                       many
                       cut
                       the
                       Skies
                       :
                       more
                       hot's
                       the
                       fift
                       .
                    
                     
                       So
                       God
                       diuiding
                       with
                       an
                       equall
                       hand
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Into
                       so
                       many
                       parcels
                       cuts
                       the
                       land
                       .
                    
                     
                       The
                       midst
                       through
                       heat
                       affords
                       no
                       dwellers
                       Ease
                       :
                    
                     
                       The
                       deepe
                       snow
                       wraps
                       vp
                       two
                       :
                       but
                       betwixt
                       these
                    
                     
                       And
                       the
                       other
                       Regions
                       ,
                       are
                       two
                       places
                       set
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Where
                       frosts
                       are
                       mixt
                       with
                       fires
                       ,
                       and
                       cold
                       with
                       heat
                       .
                    
                  
                   But
                   because
                   this
                   enumeration
                   and
                   description
                   of
                   the
                   Zones
                   set
                   downe
                   by
                   the
                   Poëts
                   ,
                   seemes
                   too
                   popular
                   and
                   generall
                   ,
                   wee
                   will
                   more
                   specially
                   diuide
                   them
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   methode
                   of
                   our
                   times
                   in
                   this
                   manner
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     5
                     The
                     Zones
                     are
                     either
                     Vntemperate
                     ,
                     or
                     Temperate
                     :
                     the
                     Vntemperate
                     are
                     againe
                     twofold
                     either
                     cold
                     or
                     hot
                     .
                  
                   
                     6
                     The
                     Intemperate
                     hot
                     Zone
                     is
                     the
                     space
                     contained
                     
                     betwixt
                     the
                     two
                     Tropicke
                     circles
                     of
                     Cancer
                     and
                     Capricorne
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   How
                   vnaptly
                   these
                   names
                   of
                   Temperate
                   &
                   Vntemperate
                   agree
                   to
                   the
                   Zones
                   ,
                   considered
                   in
                   their
                   owne
                   nature
                   ,
                   wee
                   shall
                   speake
                   in
                   our
                   second
                   part
                   :
                   yet
                   because
                   I
                   thought
                   it
                   vnfit
                   to
                   vse
                   other
                   tearmes
                   then
                   the
                   Ancients
                   ,
                   I
                   will
                   not
                   coine
                   new
                   names
                   .
                   This
                   Zone
                   ,
                   or
                   space
                   included
                   betwixt
                   the
                   two
                   Tropicks
                   ,
                   circumscribes
                   within
                   it
                   two
                   great
                   circles
                   ,
                   whereof
                   the
                   one
                   is
                   the
                   Equatour
                   running
                   iust
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   ,
                   neither
                   inclining
                   to
                   the
                   North
                   or
                   South
                   :
                   The
                   other
                   is
                   the
                   Eclipticke
                   obliquely
                   crossing
                   it
                   and
                   meeting
                   the
                   two
                   Tropicks
                   twice
                   in
                   a
                   yeere
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Spring
                   and
                   Autumne
                   .
                   The
                   extent
                   or
                   breadth
                   of
                   this
                   Zone
                   then
                   is
                   equall
                   to
                   the
                   distance
                   betwixt
                   these
                   two
                   Tropicks
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   47
                   degrees
                   ,
                   which
                   make
                   2820
                   miles
                   :
                   because
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   to
                   either
                   Tropicke
                   we
                   account
                   23
                   degrees
                   ,
                   which
                   added
                   and
                   resolued
                   into
                   miles
                   ,
                   will
                   make
                   the
                   said
                   summe
                   :
                   within
                   the
                   compasse
                   of
                   this
                   Zone
                   is
                   situate
                   the
                   greatest
                   part
                   of
                   Africke
                   ,
                   especially
                   that
                   of
                   the
                   Abyssines
                   (
                   which
                   common
                   opinion
                   with
                   little
                   probability
                   ,
                   would
                   haue
                   to
                   bee
                   the
                   Empire
                   of
                   
                     Prester
                     Iohn
                  
                   )
                   also
                   many
                   Ilands
                   as
                   
                     Iaua
                     ,
                     Summatra
                     ,
                     Taprobana
                  
                   ,
                   besides
                   a
                   great
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   South
                   of
                   America
                   called
                   Peruana
                   :
                   It
                   was
                   imagined
                   by
                   the
                   Ancients
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     Pliny
                     ,
                     Ptolomy
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   many
                   other
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   Poëts
                   ,
                   and
                   Diuines
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   Zone
                   through
                   extreame
                   heat
                   was
                   altogether
                   vnhabitable
                   :
                   for
                   which
                   cause
                   they
                   called
                   it
                   Intemperate
                   :
                   The
                   reason
                   of
                   this
                   coniecture
                   was
                   drawne
                   from
                   the
                   situation
                   of
                   this
                   part
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   that
                   of
                   the
                   heauens
                   .
                   For
                   lying
                   in
                   the
                   middle
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   ,
                   the
                   Sunne
                   must
                   of
                   necessity
                   cast
                   his
                   rayes
                   perpendicular
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   at
                   Right
                   Angles
                   .
                   Now
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   grounds
                   of
                   Peripateticke
                   Philosophy
                   the
                   Idol
                   of
                   this
                   age
                   ,
                   the
                   heat
                   deriued
                   from
                   the
                   Sunne
                   ,
                   ariseth
                   from
                   the
                   reflexion
                   of
                   the
                   Sunne-beames
                   against
                   the
                   surface
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   the
                   heat
                   was
                   there
                   coniectured
                   to
                   bee
                   greatest
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   reflexion
                   was
                   found
                   to
                   bee
                   greatest
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   greatest
                   reflexion
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   all
                   Mathematicians
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   in
                   this
                   
                     Torrid
                     Zone
                  
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   Sunne
                   darts
                   forth
                   his
                   Rayes
                   at
                   right
                   Angles
                   ,
                   which
                   reflect
                   backe
                   vpon
                   themselues
                   .
                   Which
                   
                   false
                   coniecture
                   was
                   a
                   long
                   time
                   continued
                   by
                   the
                   exuberant
                   descriptions
                   of
                   Poëts
                   ,
                   and
                   defect
                   of
                   Nauigation
                   :
                   hauing
                   as
                   yet
                   scarce
                   passed
                   her
                   infancy
                   .
                   But
                   how
                   farre
                   these
                   surmises
                   come
                   short
                   of
                   truth
                   ,
                   wee
                   shall
                   declare
                   in
                   our
                   second
                   part
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   wee
                   haue
                   reserued
                   those
                   Physicall
                   and
                   Historicall
                   discourses
                   concerning
                   the
                   qualities
                   and
                   properties
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     7
                     The
                     Intemperat
                     cold
                     Zones
                     are
                     those
                     which
                     are
                     included
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Polar
                     circles
                     and
                     the
                     Poles
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     one
                     is
                     Northerne
                     ,
                     contained
                     in
                     the
                     Arcticke
                     circle
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     Southerne
                     in
                     the
                     Antarcticke
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   These
                   two
                   Zones
                   are
                   not
                   made
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   combination
                   of
                   two
                   circles
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   former
                   :
                   but
                   by
                   one
                   circle
                   with
                   relation
                   to
                   the
                   Pole.
                   The
                   greatnesse
                   and
                   extent
                   of
                   this
                   Zone
                   is
                   about
                   23
                   degrees
                   and
                   a
                   halfe
                   :
                   which
                   resolued
                   into
                   Italian-miles
                   will
                   produce
                   1380.
                   
                   The
                   Northerne
                   cold
                   Zone
                   containes
                   in
                   it
                   
                     Groenland
                     ,
                     Fineland
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   diuerse
                   other
                   Northerne
                   Regions
                   ,
                   whereof
                   some
                   are
                   partly
                   discouered
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   out
                   in
                   our
                   ordinary
                   Maps
                   ,
                   other
                   some
                   not
                   yet
                   detected
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   other
                   Zone
                   vnder
                   the
                   Antarticke
                   Pole
                   ,
                   it
                   consists
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   greatnesse
                   ,
                   as
                   wee
                   know
                   by
                   the
                   constitution
                   of
                   the
                   Globe
                   ,
                   hauing
                   other
                   such
                   accidents
                   correspondent
                   as
                   the
                   Northerne
                   ,
                   so
                   farre
                   forth
                   as
                   they
                   respect
                   the
                   Heauens
                   .
                   For
                   other
                   matters
                   ,
                   they
                   lye
                   hid
                   in
                   the
                   vast
                   Gulph
                   of
                   obscurity
                   ,
                   this
                   port
                   hauing
                   neuer
                   yet
                   (
                   for
                   ought
                   I
                   know
                   )
                   exposed
                   her selfe
                   to
                   the
                   discouery
                   of
                   the
                   Christian
                   world
                   .
                   Whether
                   these
                   two
                   Zones
                   be
                   without
                   habitation
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   intemperate
                   cold
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   other
                   hath
                   been
                   thought
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   too
                   much
                   heat
                   ,
                   wee
                   shall
                   in
                   due
                   place
                   examine
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     8
                     The
                     Temperate
                     Zone
                     is
                     the
                     space
                     contained
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     &
                     the
                     Polar
                     circle
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     one
                     is
                     Northerne
                     contained
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Cancer
                     and
                     the
                     Articke
                     circle
                     :
                     the
                     
                     other
                     Southerne
                     comprehended
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Capricorne
                     and
                     the
                     Antarcticke
                     circle
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Why
                   these
                   Zones
                   are
                   tearmed
                   Temperate
                   ,
                   diuerse
                   reasons
                   are
                   alleaged
                   .
                   1
                   Because
                   the
                   Sun-beames
                   here
                   are
                   cast
                   obliquely
                   on
                   the
                   surface
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   consequence
                   cannot
                   produce
                   so
                   much
                   heat
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   those
                   places
                   where
                   they
                   are
                   darted
                   perpendicularly
                   ,
                   if
                   wee
                   only
                   consider
                   the
                   constitution
                   and
                   site
                   of
                   the
                   heauens
                   :
                   For
                   as
                   we
                   shall
                   hereafter
                   proue
                   ,
                   this
                   may
                   sometimes
                   be
                   altered
                   by
                   the
                   disposition
                   of
                   some
                   particular
                   place
                   .
                   2
                   It
                   may
                   be
                   called
                   the
                   Temperate
                   Zone
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   seemes
                   mixt
                   of
                   both
                   extreames
                   partaking
                   in
                   some
                   measure
                   the
                   both
                   qualities
                   of
                   heat
                   and
                   cold
                   :
                   the
                   one
                   from
                   the
                   Torrid
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   from
                   the
                   Frigid
                   Zones
                   .
                   3
                   Because
                   in
                   these
                   Zones
                   the
                   distances
                   betwixt
                   Summer
                   and
                   Winter
                   are
                   very
                   remarkable
                   ,
                   hauing
                   a
                   middle
                   difference
                   of
                   time
                   betwixt
                   them
                   ,
                   as
                   compounded
                   of
                   both
                   extreames
                   .
                   These
                   temperate
                   Zones
                   included
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Tropicks
                   and
                   the
                   Polar
                   circles
                   are
                   twofold
                   as
                   the
                   circles
                   :
                   The
                   northerne
                   temperate
                   Zone
                   comprehended
                   of
                   the
                   Tropicke
                   of
                   Cancer
                   and
                   the
                   Articke
                   circle
                   ,
                   containes
                   in
                   it
                   the
                   vpper
                   and
                   higher
                   part
                   of
                   Africke
                   ,
                   stretching
                   euen
                   to
                   the
                   mountaine
                   Atlas
                   :
                   Moreouer
                   in
                   it
                   is
                   placed
                   all
                   Europe
                   ,
                   euen
                   to
                   the
                   Northerne
                   Ilands
                   in
                   the
                   Articke
                   Zone
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   great
                   part
                   also
                   of
                   Asia
                   :
                   the
                   other
                   temperate
                   Zone
                   lying
                   towards
                   the
                   South
                   ,
                   is
                   not
                   so
                   well
                   knowne
                   being
                   farre
                   distant
                   from
                   our
                   habitation
                   :
                   and
                   awaiting
                   as
                   yet
                   the
                   farther
                   industry
                   of
                   our
                   English
                   and
                   Dutch
                   Nauigators
                   .
                   The
                   bredth
                   of
                   this
                   Zone
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   other
                   containes
                   about
                   43
                   degrees
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   distance
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Tropicke
                   and
                   the
                   Polar
                   circle
                   ,
                   which
                   multiplied
                   by
                   60
                   ,
                   will
                   be
                   resolued
                   into
                   2580
                   Italian-miles
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Torrid
                       Zone
                       is
                       the
                       greatest
                       of
                       all
                       :
                       next
                       are
                       the
                       two
                       Temperate
                       Zones
                       :
                       the
                       cold
                       Zones
                       the
                       least
                       of
                       all
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     Torrid
                     Zone
                     is
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     greatest
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     
                     longitude
                     as
                     latitude
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     diuided
                     by
                     the
                     Equatour
                     into
                     two
                     halfes
                     :
                     the
                     next
                     are
                     the
                     Temperate
                     ;
                     but
                     the
                     two
                     cold
                     Zones
                     howsoeuer
                     equall
                     in
                     Diameter
                     to
                     the
                     Torrid
                     ,
                     are
                     notwithstanding
                     least
                     of
                     all
                     :
                     where
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     noted
                     that
                     euery
                     Zone
                     is
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     latitude
                     from
                     North
                     to
                     South
                     ,
                     beginne
                     where
                     we
                     will
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     contained
                     betwixt
                     two
                     equidistant
                     circles
                     :
                     but
                     all
                     inioy
                     not
                     the
                     same
                     longitude
                     from
                     East
                     to
                     West
                     ,
                     For
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     euery
                     Zone
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     neerer
                     they
                     are
                     to
                     the
                     Equatour
                     so
                     much
                     greater
                     longitude
                     will
                     they
                     haue
                     :
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     neerer
                     the
                     Poles
                     they
                     are
                     ,
                     so
                     much
                     the
                     lesse
                     longitude
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     Parallels
                     towards
                     the
                     Poles
                     grow
                     alwayes
                     lesser
                     and
                     lesser
                     .
                     The
                     inuention
                     of
                     the
                     quantity
                     of
                     the
                     Zones
                     before
                     mentioned
                     ,
                     may
                     briefly
                     thus
                     bee
                     performed
                     .
                     The
                     latitude
                     of
                     the
                     torrid
                     Zone
                     is
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Tropickes
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     Astronomically
                     grounded
                     on
                     the
                     greatest
                     declination
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     being
                     doubled
                     :
                     This
                     declination
                     being
                     by
                     Clauius
                     and
                     others
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     23
                     degrees
                     30
                     scrup
                     .
                     which
                     being
                     doubled
                     will
                     produce
                     47
                     :
                     which
                     againe
                     multiplied
                     by
                     60
                     ,
                     and
                     resolued
                     into
                     miles
                     ,
                     will
                     amount
                     to
                     2820
                     :
                     though
                     the
                     odde
                     scruples
                     of
                     many
                     Authors
                     are
                     neglected
                     .
                     The
                     latitude
                     of
                     the
                     cold
                     Zones
                     is
                     also
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     greatest
                     declination
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     circles
                     from
                     the
                     Pole
                     it selfe
                     is
                     iust
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     declination
                     of
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     of
                     23
                     degrees
                     30
                     scrup
                     .
                     to
                     which
                     answer
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     former
                     Rule
                     1420
                     Italian-miles
                     .
                     The
                     inuention
                     of
                     the
                     latitude
                     of
                     the
                     temperate
                     Zones
                     depends
                     from
                     the
                     subtraction
                     of
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     the
                     Poles
                     of
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     :
                     that
                     is
                     from
                     the
                     greatest
                     declination
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     being
                     doubled
                     from
                     the
                     whole
                     quadrant
                     :
                     in
                     which
                     subduction
                     the
                     residue
                     will
                     be
                     43
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     will
                     answer
                     2580
                     Italian-miles
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Zone
                       wherein
                       any
                       place
                       is
                       seated
                       may
                       bee
                       knowne
                       either
                       by
                       the
                       Globe
                       or
                       Geographicall
                       Table
                       ,
                       or
                       else
                       by
                       the
                       Tables
                       of
                       Latitude
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     By
                     the
                     Globe
                     or
                     vniuersall
                     Mappe
                     wee
                     may
                     know
                     it
                     by
                     the
                     
                     diligent
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     foure
                     equidistant
                     circles
                     .
                     For
                     if
                     wee
                     find
                     it
                     betwixt
                     the
                     two
                     Tropicks
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     without
                     doubt
                     ,
                     thinke
                     it
                     to
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     Torrid
                     Zone
                     :
                     If
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     circle
                     and
                     the
                     Polar
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     Temperate
                     .
                     If
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Polar
                     circle
                     and
                     the
                     Pole
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     cold
                     Zone
                     .
                     By
                     the
                     Tables
                     of
                     Latitude
                     it
                     may
                     be
                     found
                     this
                     way
                     :
                     Seeke
                     the
                     latitude
                     of
                     the
                     places
                     giuen
                     in
                     the
                     Table
                     ,
                     which
                     if
                     it
                     bee
                     lesse
                     then
                     23
                     degrees
                     30
                     scruples
                     ,
                     the
                     place
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     Torrid
                     Zone
                     .
                     If
                     precisely
                     it
                     bee
                     so
                     much
                     in
                     the
                     Northerne
                     Hemispheare
                     ,
                     the
                     place
                     assigned
                     is
                     vnder
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Cancer
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     bound
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Torrid
                     and
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     Northerne
                     Temperate
                     Zone
                     :
                     But
                     if
                     it
                     be
                     in
                     the
                     Southerne
                     Hemispheare
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     vnder
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Capricorne
                     :
                     which
                     ends
                     the
                     Torrid
                     Zone
                     ,
                     and
                     beginnes
                     the
                     South
                     Temperate
                     Zone
                     :
                     Euery
                     place
                     hauing
                     more
                     Latitude
                     then
                     23
                     degrees
                     30
                     scruples
                     ,
                     yet
                     lesse
                     then
                     66
                     degrees
                     30
                     Minutes
                     ,
                     is
                     seated
                     in
                     the
                     Temperate
                     Zone
                     ,
                     either
                     Northerne
                     or
                     Southerne
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     places
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     Hemispheare
                     .
                     If
                     the
                     place
                     be
                     precisely
                     of
                     66
                     Degrees
                     30
                     minutes
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     iustly
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     vnder
                     the
                     Polar
                     circle
                     ,
                     either
                     Arcticke
                     or
                     Antarcticke
                     .
                     Finally
                     euery
                     place
                     whose
                     Latitude
                     exceeds
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     66
                     degrees
                     30
                     minutes
                     ,
                     is
                     seated
                     in
                     the
                     cold
                     Zone
                     either
                     Southerne
                     or
                     Northerne
                     .
                     If
                     it
                     reach
                     iust
                     to
                     90
                     degrees
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     bee
                     iust
                     vnder
                     the
                     Pole
                     it selfe
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     9
                     Of
                     the
                     distinction
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     by
                     Zones
                     we
                     haue
                     spoken
                     :
                     we
                     must
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     deliuer
                     the
                     Distinction
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     according
                     to
                     Climates
                     .
                  
                   
                     10
                     A
                     Climate
                     is
                     a
                     space
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     contained
                     betwixt
                     two
                     Parallels
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     towards
                     either
                     Pole.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   Climates
                   are
                   so
                   called
                   because
                   of
                   their
                   Declaration
                   from
                   Equatour
                   ;
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   to
                   bee
                   accounted
                   as
                   so
                   many
                   scales
                   of
                   ascents
                   to
                   or
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   .
                   Some
                   haue
                   defined
                   it
                   from
                   the
                   vse
                   which
                   is
                   chiefly
                   to
                   distinguish
                   the
                   longest
                   
                   time
                   of
                   the
                   Artificiall
                   day
                   :
                   because
                   at
                   the
                   point
                   of
                   euery
                   climate
                   truely
                   taken
                   ,
                   the
                   longest
                   day
                   is
                   varied
                   halfe
                   an
                   houre
                   :
                   although
                   this
                   account
                   agree
                   not
                   altogether
                   with
                   Ptolomie
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   ancient
                   Geographers
                   before
                   him
                   ,
                   as
                   wee
                   shall
                   shew
                   hereafter
                   .
                   This
                   distinction
                   of
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Spheare
                   into
                   Climates
                   is
                   somewhat
                   a
                   more
                   subtile
                   distinction
                   then
                   the
                   former
                   by
                   Zones
                   ;
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   that
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   the
                   combination
                   of
                   such
                   Parallels
                   as
                   are
                   principally
                   named
                   and
                   of
                   chiefe
                   note
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Tropicks
                   and
                   Polar
                   circles
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   indifferently
                   respects
                   all
                   without
                   difference
                   .
                   This
                   first
                   beginning
                   and
                   measure
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   of
                   this
                   as
                   all
                   other
                   measures
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   is
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   most
                   perfect
                   and
                   absolute
                   in
                   euery
                   kinde
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   measure
                   of
                   all
                   other
                   .
                   But
                   yet
                   wee
                   must
                   vnderstand
                   ,
                   that
                   although
                   wee
                   beginne
                   our
                   account
                   of
                   the
                   Climats
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ;
                   yet
                   the
                   Equatour
                   it selfe
                   makes
                   no
                   Climate
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   the
                   Parallels
                   which
                   are
                   thereunto
                   correspondent
                   .
                   For
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   before
                   shewed
                   ,
                   vnder
                   the
                   Equatour
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   the
                   artificiall
                   dayes
                   are
                   all
                   equall
                   in
                   length
                   ,
                   containing
                   only
                   twelue
                   houres
                   :
                   wherefore
                   beginning
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   betwixt
                   that
                   and
                   the
                   third
                   Parallell
                   ,
                   wee
                   count
                   the
                   first
                   climate
                   :
                   from
                   the
                   third
                   to
                   the
                   sixt
                   ,
                   the
                   second
                   Climate
                   :
                   and
                   so
                   all
                   the
                   rest
                   ,
                   making
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   the
                   Climates
                   double
                   to
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   the
                   Parallels
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   selfe
                   same
                   Parallell
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   and
                   bound
                   of
                   one
                   Climate
                   is
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   next
                   ;
                   whence
                   wee
                   see
                   that
                   to
                   the
                   constitution
                   of
                   euery
                   Climate
                   three
                   Parallels
                   concurre
                   ,
                   whereof
                   two
                   are
                   extreame
                   ,
                   comprehending
                   the
                   bredth
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Climate
                   ,
                   and
                   one
                   diuiding
                   it
                   iust
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   .
                   A
                   Parallell
                   therefore
                   differs
                   from
                   a
                   Climate
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   part
                   from
                   the
                   whole
                   ,
                   being
                   one
                   circle
                   correspondent
                   to
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   whereas
                   a
                   Climate
                   is
                   a
                   space
                   contained
                   in
                   three
                   Parallels
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   Parallell
                   is
                   conceaued
                   to
                   adde
                   to
                   the
                   artificiall
                   day
                   one
                   quarter
                   or
                   fourth
                   part
                   of
                   an
                   houre
                   ;
                   so
                   a
                   Climate
                   makes
                   halfe
                   an
                   houre
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   by
                   how
                   much
                   any
                   Climate
                   is
                   distant
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   by
                   so
                   many
                   halfe
                   houres
                   the
                   longest
                   day
                   of
                   that
                   Climate
                   goes
                   beyond
                   the
                   longest
                   day
                   of
                   the
                   place
                   vnder
                   the
                   Equatour
                   .
                   These
                   Climates
                   therefore
                   cannot
                   bee
                   all
                   of
                   one
                   equall
                   quantity
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   Equatour
                   is
                   a
                   greater
                   circle
                   ,
                   and
                   
                   comprehends
                   the
                   greatest
                   space
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   must
                   needs
                   follow
                   that
                   these
                   Climates
                   neere
                   the
                   Equatour
                   being
                   made
                   by
                   the
                   combination
                   of
                   greater
                   circles
                   are
                   greater
                   then
                   those
                   neerer
                   the
                   Poles
                   .
                   But
                   because
                   all
                   Climates
                   are
                   made
                   by
                   the
                   combination
                   of
                   Parallels
                   ;
                   wee
                   are
                   to
                   vnderstand
                   that
                   there
                   are
                   three
                   sort
                   of
                   Parallels
                   to
                   bee
                   knowne
                   in
                   Cosmographie
                   :
                   The
                   first
                   are
                   those
                   which
                   doe
                   distinguish
                   the
                   latitude
                   of
                   places
                   ,
                   taking
                   their
                   beginning
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ;
                   and
                   are
                   in
                   an
                   ordinary
                   Globe
                   of
                   Mappe
                   distinguished
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   by
                   10
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   by
                   15
                   degrees
                   .
                   The
                   second
                   kinde
                   of
                   Parallels
                   are
                   those
                   that
                   make
                   the
                   Zones
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   indeed
                   some
                   speciall
                   named
                   Parallels
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Tropicks
                   and
                   the
                   Polar
                   circles
                   :
                   The
                   third
                   sort
                   are
                   called
                   Artificiall
                   Parallels
                   ;
                   because
                   they
                   shew
                   the
                   distances
                   of
                   artificiall
                   dayes
                   and
                   nights
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   commonly
                   noted
                   in
                   the
                   margent
                   of
                   a
                   Geographicall
                   Mappe
                   ,
                   which
                   last
                   sort
                   of
                   Parallels
                   are
                   here
                   chiefly
                   to
                   be
                   vnderstood
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Zones
                       and
                       Climates
                       agree
                       in
                       forme
                       but
                       differ
                       in
                       greatnesse
                       ,
                       number
                       and
                       office
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     Climates
                     are
                     so
                     called
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     said
                     )
                     because
                     they
                     decline
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     and
                     are
                     spaces
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     containing
                     two
                     Parallells
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     is
                     varied
                     by
                     halfe
                     an
                     houre
                     .
                     These
                     agree
                     with
                     the
                     Zones
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     :
                     for
                     both
                     of
                     them
                     are
                     spread
                     by
                     the
                     latitude
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     Parallell
                     circles
                     compasse
                     it
                     about
                     as
                     so
                     many
                     girdles
                     :
                     Neuerthelesse
                     they
                     differ
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     1.
                     
                     In
                     Greatnesse
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Zones
                     are
                     greater
                     ,
                     the
                     Climates
                     lesser
                     spaces
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     2.
                     
                     In
                     Number
                     ,
                     because
                     there
                     are
                     only
                     fiue
                     Zones
                     ,
                     but
                     many
                     more
                     climates
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     In
                     Office
                     ,
                     vse
                     and
                     effect
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Zones
                     are
                     to
                     distinguish
                     the
                     mutation
                     of
                     the
                     quality
                     of
                     the
                     aire
                     and
                     shaddowes
                     according
                     to
                     diuerse
                     Regions
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     but
                     the
                     Climates
                     are
                     vsed
                     to
                     shew
                     the
                     greatest
                     differences
                     of
                     houres
                     in
                     the
                     day
                     :
                     to
                     shew
                     the
                     variation
                     of
                     the
                     rising
                     and
                     setting
                     of
                     the
                     starres
                     ,
                     for
                     places
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Climate
                     haue
                     the
                     same
                     quantity
                     of
                     dayes
                     and
                     nights
                     ,
                     the
                     same
                     rising
                     and
                     setting
                     of
                     the
                     starres
                     ,
                     whereas
                     places
                     seated
                     vnder
                     diuerse
                     climats
                     haue
                     a
                     great
                     variation
                     in
                     the
                     dayes
                     and
                     nights
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     diuerse
                     rising
                     and
                     setting
                     of
                     
                     the
                     stars
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     often
                     as
                     the
                     longest
                     or
                     Solsticiall
                     day
                     of
                     one
                     place
                     ,
                     differs
                     from
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     of
                     another
                     by
                     the
                     space
                     of
                     halfe
                     an
                     houre
                     ,
                     a
                     new
                     Climate
                     is
                     placed
                     :
                     wherefore
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equatour
                     or
                     middle
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     the
                     dayes
                     are
                     alwayes
                     equall
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     of
                     12
                     houres
                     :
                     which
                     beginning
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     if
                     wee
                     approach
                     towards
                     either
                     Pole
                     ,
                     so
                     far
                     as
                     the
                     greatest
                     artificiall
                     day
                     amounts
                     to
                     12
                     ½
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     assure
                     our selues
                     that
                     wee
                     are
                     come
                     to
                     the
                     first
                     Climate
                     :
                     and
                     so
                     forward
                     still
                     the
                     greatest
                     day
                     of
                     our
                     Climate
                     will
                     by
                     so
                     much
                     exceed
                     the
                     greatest
                     day
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     As
                     the
                     Climates
                     differ
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     by
                     halfe
                     houres
                     ,
                     so
                     the
                     Parallels
                     by
                     quarters
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     shewed
                     :
                     and
                     shall
                     more
                     fully
                     explaine
                     in
                     this
                     Chapter
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       Climates
                       compared
                       one
                       with
                       the
                       other
                       ,
                       are
                       not
                       all
                       of
                       the
                       same
                       greatnesse
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Although
                     the
                     Climates
                     are
                     placed
                     according
                     to
                     equall
                     increase
                     of
                     dayes
                     and
                     nights
                     ,
                     yet
                     suffer
                     they
                     a
                     great
                     inequality
                     :
                     For
                     no
                     clime
                     is
                     equall
                     to
                     another
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Hemispheare
                     ,
                     but
                     are
                     still
                     greater
                     then
                     other
                     ,
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     neerer
                     they
                     are
                     to
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     circle
                     ;
                     for
                     the
                     latitude
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     Climate
                     is
                     reckned
                     to
                     be
                     about
                     8
                     degrees
                     ,
                     which
                     make
                     480
                     Italian-miles
                     :
                     but
                     of
                     the
                     last
                     not
                     so
                     many
                     minutes
                     as
                     quarters
                     of
                     miles
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     11
                     In
                     Terrestriall
                     Climates
                     ,
                     two
                     things
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     vnderstood
                     ;
                     1
                     The
                     Inuention
                     :
                     2
                     The
                     Distinction
                     .
                     The
                     Inuention
                     teacheth
                     the
                     manner
                     how
                     to
                     find
                     out
                     in
                     what
                     Climate
                     any
                     place
                     lieth
                     .
                     The
                     finding
                     out
                     of
                     any
                     climate
                     depends
                     vpon
                     the
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     the
                     day
                     ;
                     for
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     the
                     day
                     being
                     once
                     known
                     ,
                     the
                     Climate
                     will
                     also
                     bee
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     this
                     Rule
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Double
                       the
                       houres
                       aboue
                       12
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       Product
                       will
                       shew
                       the
                       Climate
                       ▪
                    
                  
                   
                   
                     The
                     reason
                     of
                     this
                     rule
                     is
                     intimated
                     before
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     climates
                     are
                     distinguished
                     the
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     by
                     the
                     space
                     of
                     halfe
                     an
                     houre
                     of
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     :
                     Now
                     the
                     dayes
                     vnder
                     the
                     equatour
                     are
                     alwayes
                     equall
                     ,
                     containing
                     12
                     houres
                     in
                     length
                     :
                     from
                     which
                     towards
                     the
                     Pole
                     they
                     are
                     increased
                     by
                     degrees
                     :
                     wherefore
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     the
                     Climates
                     must
                     needs
                     bee
                     double
                     to
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     houres
                     aboue
                     12
                     :
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     if
                     I
                     should
                     find
                     out
                     in
                     what
                     Climate
                     England
                     is
                     situated
                     :
                     I
                     find
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     to
                     be
                     about
                     18
                     houres
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     six
                     houres
                     more
                     then
                     12
                     ;
                     this
                     I
                     double
                     ,
                     and
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     12
                     ;
                     whence
                     I
                     collect
                     ,
                     that
                     England
                     is
                     situated
                     vnder
                     the
                     12
                     Climate
                     :
                     A
                     more
                     compendious
                     way
                     of
                     finding
                     out
                     the
                     Climate
                     of
                     any
                     place
                     ,
                     is
                     by
                     a
                     certaine
                     Table
                     ,
                     wherein
                     against
                     euery
                     Eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     is
                     set
                     the
                     iust
                     Climate
                     :
                     which
                     Table
                     we
                     shall
                     insert
                     hereafter
                     .
                     Here
                     must
                     bee
                     noted
                     that
                     this
                     rule
                     which
                     wee
                     haue
                     taught
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     vnderstood
                     of
                     the
                     Climates
                     as
                     they
                     are
                     absolute
                     in
                     nature
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     of
                     Ptolomies
                     Climates
                     :
                     If
                     any
                     man
                     would
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     Climates
                     of
                     Ptolomie
                     ,
                     hee
                     must
                     first
                     cast
                     away
                     three
                     quarters
                     of
                     an
                     houre
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     45
                     minutes
                     ;
                     because
                     his
                     Climates
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     shall
                     shew
                     ,
                     beginne
                     not
                     immediatly
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     but
                     from
                     the
                     latitude
                     of
                     12
                     degrees
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     12
                     Thus
                     much
                     for
                     the
                     Inuention
                     :
                     the
                     Distinction
                     of
                     Climates
                     in
                     Northerne
                     and
                     Southerne
                     Climates
                     :
                     both
                     these
                     againe
                     are
                     of
                     two
                     sorts
                     ,
                     either
                     proper
                     or
                     improper
                     .
                  
                   
                     13
                     The
                     proper
                     Climates
                     are
                     those
                     which
                     are
                     placed
                     between
                     the
                     Equatour
                     and
                     the
                     point
                     neere
                     the
                     Polar
                     circle
                     :
                     The
                     improper
                     are
                     those
                     from
                     the
                     Polar
                     circle
                     to
                     the
                     Pole
                     it selfe
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Wee
                   must
                   vnderstand
                   that
                   the
                   climates
                   are
                   considered
                   two
                   manner
                   of
                   wayes
                   ,
                   1
                   Absolutely
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Terrestriall
                   Spheare
                   .
                   2
                   Comparatiuely
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   knowne
                   habitable
                   
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   According
                   to
                   the
                   latter
                   consideration
                   the
                   ancient
                   Geographers
                   haue
                   otherwise
                   distinguished
                   the
                   Climates
                   then
                   the
                   new
                   writers
                   :
                   whence
                   ariseth
                   a
                   great
                   difference
                   and
                   confusion
                   amongst
                   them
                   ,
                   in
                   defining
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   the
                   climates
                   .
                   For
                   sometime
                   they
                   will
                   haue
                   a
                   new
                   climat
                   put
                   whensoeuer
                   the
                   day
                   increaseth
                   a
                   quarter
                   of
                   an
                   houre
                   :
                   sometimes
                   at
                   halfe
                   an
                   houre
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   at
                   difference
                   of
                   an
                   whole
                   houre
                   or
                   day
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   doubt
                   is
                   easily
                   answered
                   ,
                   and
                   reconciled
                   by
                   our
                   former
                   distinction
                   ;
                   for
                   whereas
                   they
                   put
                   the
                   difference
                   of
                   climates
                   to
                   be
                   halfe
                   an
                   houre
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   vnderstood
                   of
                   these
                   which
                   are
                   proper
                   climates
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Equatour
                   and
                   the
                   Polar
                   circle
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   certaine
                   that
                   beyond
                   this
                   circle
                   the
                   artificiall
                   day
                   increaseth
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   by
                   houres
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   dayes
                   ,
                   weeks
                   ,
                   months
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   another
                   account
                   must
                   bee
                   made
                   of
                   such
                   climats
                   then
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   .
                   But
                   it
                   hath
                   been
                   generally
                   taken
                   for
                   those
                   climates
                   of
                   the
                   Ancients
                   :
                   now
                   the
                   distinction
                   of
                   climates
                   amongst
                   the
                   Ancients
                   is
                   of
                   two
                   sorts
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   was
                   of
                   the
                   Geographers
                   before
                   Ptolomy
                   who
                   placed
                   the
                   vttermost
                   bound
                   Northward
                   in
                   the
                   25th
                   degree
                   of
                   Latitude
                   or
                   Eleuation
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   made
                   only
                   seuen
                   climates
                   .
                   These
                   7
                   climates
                   were
                   all
                   vnderstood
                   to
                   bee
                   in
                   the
                   habitable
                   parts
                   wherein
                   they
                   were
                   marked
                   and
                   designed
                   out
                   vnto
                   vs
                   by
                   names
                   taken
                   from
                   
                     Citties
                     ,
                     Mountaines
                     ,
                     Regions
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   remarkable
                   places
                   ,
                   where
                   we
                   are
                   to
                   conceaue
                   that
                   climate
                   as
                   neere
                   as
                   may
                   bee
                   guessed
                   to
                   runne
                   through
                   the
                   middle
                   of
                   any
                   such
                   Region
                   ,
                   whereof
                   it
                   taketh
                   its
                   name
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   better
                   to
                   vnderstand
                   the
                   Distinction
                   of
                   the
                   climates
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   with
                   the
                   Ancient
                   as
                   Moderne
                   Cosmographers
                   ,
                   we
                   will
                   insert
                   this
                   following
                   Theorem
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       In
                       the
                       placing
                       and
                       Number
                       of
                       the
                       Climates
                       and
                       Parallels
                       ,
                       there
                       is
                       a
                       great
                       diuersity
                       betwixt
                       the
                       Ancient
                       and
                       Moderne
                       Geographers
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     hath
                     been
                     before
                     mentioned
                     :
                     but
                     for
                     better
                     distinction
                     we
                     haue
                     reserued
                     the
                     handling
                     of
                     these
                     differences
                     to
                     this
                     proposition
                     ,
                     
                     which
                     may
                     serue
                     as
                     a
                     Carollary
                     to
                     the
                     rest
                     .
                     First
                     wee
                     take
                     it
                     as
                     granted
                     that
                     Ptolomy
                     so
                     appointed
                     the
                     Parallells
                     (
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     the
                     climates
                     must
                     arise
                     )
                     that
                     he
                     numbred
                     38
                     both
                     wayes
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     :
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     38
                     towards
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     many
                     towards
                     the
                     North.
                     These
                     Parallels
                     he
                     so
                     distinguished
                     ,
                     that
                     24
                     he
                     numbred
                     by
                     quarters
                     of
                     houres
                     ,
                     foure
                     by
                     halfe
                     houres
                     ,
                     foure
                     by
                     whole
                     houres
                     ,
                     and
                     six
                     by
                     whole
                     months
                     .
                     Hence
                     is
                     it
                     that
                     Geographers
                     say
                     ,
                     that
                     a
                     new
                     Parallell
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     placed
                     sometimes
                     whereas
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     increaseth
                     by
                     a
                     quarter
                     of
                     an
                     houre
                     ;
                     sometimes
                     where
                     it
                     increaseth
                     by
                     a
                     halfe
                     ,
                     sometimes
                     by
                     a
                     whole
                     houre
                     ,
                     sometimes
                     by
                     a
                     whole
                     moneth
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     vnderstood
                     of
                     those
                     24
                     Parallels
                     which
                     were
                     deliuered
                     by
                     the
                     Ancients
                     before
                     Ptolomy
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     ,
                     third
                     ,
                     and
                     fourth
                     of
                     such
                     as
                     were
                     vnknowne
                     vnto
                     those
                     Ancients
                     before
                     Ptolomy
                     .
                     To
                     reduce
                     all
                     into
                     order
                     we
                     will
                     set
                     downe
                     this
                     distinction
                     .
                     The
                     distinction
                     of
                     the
                     Climats
                     is
                     either
                     ancient
                     or
                     new
                     .
                     The
                     Ancient
                     was
                     againe
                     twofold
                     :
                     either
                     former
                     or
                     latter
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     was
                     that
                     which
                     was
                     set
                     downe
                     before
                     Ptolomies
                     times
                     ,
                     wherein
                     there
                     were
                     assigned
                     seuen
                     Climates
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     common
                     opinion
                     (
                     though
                     Mercator
                     grants
                     but
                     5
                     )
                     These
                     Authours
                     placed
                     their
                     Northerne
                     bound
                     in
                     the
                     25
                     degrees
                     or
                     eleuation
                     :
                     The
                     later
                     distinction
                     was
                     almost
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                     but
                     somewhat
                     corrected
                     by
                     Ptolomy
                     ,
                     who
                     placed
                     9
                     Climates
                     towards
                     the
                     North.
                     The
                     first
                     passed
                     by
                     Meroe
                     a
                     Citty
                     of
                     Ethiopia
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     longest
                     or
                     Solstitiall
                     day
                     is
                     13
                     houres
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     by
                     Siene
                     in
                     Egypt
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     is
                     13
                     ½
                     :
                     The
                     third
                     by
                     Alexandria
                     in
                     Egypt
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     is
                     14
                     houres
                     ,
                     the
                     4th
                     by
                     the
                     Iland
                     of
                     Rhodes
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     is
                     of
                     14
                     ½
                     .
                     The
                     fift
                     by
                     Rome
                     ,
                     where
                     they
                     haue
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     15
                     houres
                     .
                     The
                     sixt
                     by
                     Pontus
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     is
                     15
                     ½
                     houres
                     .
                     The
                     seauenth
                     by
                     the
                     mouth
                     of
                     Boristhenes
                     where
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     is
                     of
                     16
                     houres
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     some
                     haue
                     drawne
                     the
                     6
                     Climate
                     by
                     Boristhenes
                     in
                     Sarmatia
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     seauenth
                     by
                     the
                     Riphaean
                     mountaines
                     .
                     Ptolomy
                     to
                     this
                     number
                     addes
                     two
                     more
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     reckons
                     them
                     that
                     the
                     8
                     should
                     passe
                     by
                     the
                     Riphaean
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     9
                     by
                     Denmarke
                     where
                     the
                     day
                     at
                     longest
                     is
                     17
                     houres
                     .
                     To
                     these
                     Northerne
                     Climats
                     they
                     
                     opposed
                     so
                     many
                     towards
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     called
                     Anticlimates
                     .
                     These
                     as
                     it
                     should
                     seeme
                     in
                     Ptolomi●s
                     time
                     were
                     Imaginary
                     altogether
                     ,
                     because
                     few
                     or
                     no
                     places
                     were
                     discouered
                     at
                     that
                     time
                     beyond
                     the
                     Line
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     leaue
                     P●olomy
                     and
                     his
                     old
                     Authors
                     ,
                     and
                     examine
                     the
                     industry
                     of
                     later
                     Geographers
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     the
                     Distinction
                     of
                     the
                     Climates
                     to
                     bee
                     twofold
                     ;
                     either
                     vnperfect
                     wherein
                     they
                     numbred
                     onely
                     19
                     Climates
                     ;
                     or
                     perfect
                     ,
                     wherein
                     they
                     accounted
                     46
                     or
                     48
                     ,
                     of
                     which
                     23
                     or
                     24
                     were
                     Northerne
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     on
                     the
                     opposite
                     part
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     South
                     .
                     The
                     perfect
                     distinction
                     of
                     the
                     Climates
                     is
                     againe
                     (
                     as
                     later
                     writers
                     speake
                     )
                     either
                     certaine
                     or
                     vncertaine
                     .
                     The
                     certaine
                     they
                     call
                     that
                     wherein
                     the
                     Climates
                     are
                     distinguished
                     and
                     ranged
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     to
                     the
                     Polar
                     circle
                     :
                     For
                     sithens
                     the
                     Northerne
                     Regions
                     are
                     now
                     discouered
                     beyond
                     70
                     degrees
                     of
                     the
                     Eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     Climate
                     is
                     defined
                     to
                     bee
                     a
                     space
                     comprehended
                     betwixt
                     three
                     Parallels
                     in
                     the
                     habitable
                     Earth
                     :
                     wherein
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     is
                     increased
                     by
                     halfe
                     an
                     houre
                     ;
                     Therefore
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     ,
                     that
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     to
                     that
                     habitable
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     is
                     24
                     houres
                     (
                     which
                     is
                     not
                     farre
                     from
                     the
                     Pole-circle
                     )
                     there
                     should
                     be
                     placed
                     24
                     Climates
                     .
                     The
                     vncertaine
                     distinction
                     they
                     call
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Polar
                     circle
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Pole
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     bee
                     tearmed
                     Improper
                     ;
                     because
                     in
                     these
                     Climates
                     the
                     day
                     is
                     not
                     increased
                     by
                     halfe
                     houres
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     but
                     first
                     by
                     whole
                     Dayes
                     ,
                     then
                     by
                     We●kes
                     ,
                     and
                     last
                     of
                     all
                     by
                     whole
                     Moneths
                     :
                     In
                     so
                     much
                     that
                     vnder
                     the
                     Pole
                     it selfe
                     they
                     haue
                     6
                     Moneths
                     perpetuall
                     day
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     long
                     againe
                     a
                     continu●ll
                     night
                     .
                     The
                     Parallels
                     whereof
                     the
                     Climates
                     are
                     made
                     ,
                     were
                     set
                     downe
                     by
                     Ptolomie
                     38
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     said
                     )
                     but
                     the
                     later
                     writers
                     haue
                     placed
                     them
                     so
                     farre
                     Northernly
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     reach
                     to
                     that
                     tract
                     wherein
                     the
                     Sunne
                     tarries
                     aboue
                     the
                     Horizon
                     a
                     whole
                     24
                     houres
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     haue
                     numbred
                     23
                     or
                     24
                     towards
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     many
                     towards
                     the
                     South
                     .
                     The
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     diuersity
                     is
                     because
                     some
                     draw
                     the
                     first
                     by
                     the
                     mouth
                     of
                     the
                     Redde-Sea
                     :
                     others
                     by
                     Meroe
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     farther
                     consideration
                     of
                     these
                     climates
                     corrected
                     by
                     later
                     Goegraphers
                     ,
                     they
                     beginne
                     their
                     account
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     this
                     case
                     is
                     the
                     best
                     rule
                     of
                     
                     certainty
                     :
                     because
                     we
                     hold
                     that
                     whole
                     tract
                     of
                     Earth
                     to
                     bee
                     habitable
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     shall
                     proue
                     in
                     our
                     second
                     booke
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     14
                     A
                     Parallell
                     is
                     a
                     space
                     wherein
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     is
                     increased
                     by
                     a
                     quarter
                     of
                     an
                     houre
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Concerning
                   the
                   Parallels
                   ,
                   little
                   can
                   be
                   said
                   more
                   then
                   were
                   haue
                   opened
                   in
                   the
                   doctrine
                   of
                   the
                   Climats
                   :
                   for
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   shewed
                   )
                   the
                   one
                   cannot
                   be
                   well
                   vnderstood
                   without
                   the
                   other
                   :
                   only
                   to
                   auoid
                   ambiguity
                   of
                   speech
                   ,
                   wee
                   must
                   consider
                   that
                   a
                   Parallell
                   may
                   bee
                   taken
                   either
                   for
                   a
                   Line
                   or
                   Circle
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   senfe
                   wee
                   tooke
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   fift
                   Chapter
                   ;
                   where
                   we
                   diuided
                   them
                   into
                   Named
                   or
                   Namelesse
                   :
                   or
                   else
                   for
                   a
                   space
                   bounded
                   by
                   circles
                   as
                   wee
                   here
                   vnderstand
                   it
                   .
                   The
                   neglect
                   of
                   this
                   distinction
                   hath
                   made
                   some
                   Geographers
                   speake
                   sometimes
                   improperly
                   .
                   The
                   Parallell
                   is
                   found
                   out
                   by
                   this
                   rule
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Let
                       the
                       number
                       of
                       the
                       longest
                       day
                       aboue
                       12
                       be
                       multiplied
                       by
                       4
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       Product
                       will
                       shew
                       the
                       Parallell
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     reason
                     is
                     giuen
                     before
                     in
                     the
                     doctrine
                     of
                     the
                     Climates
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Parallell
                     space
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     is
                     but
                     halfe
                     the
                     Climate
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     as
                     in
                     finding
                     out
                     the
                     climate
                     for
                     any
                     place
                     wee
                     ought
                     to
                     double
                     the
                     houres
                     of
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     aboue
                     12
                     :
                     so
                     here
                     wee
                     ought
                     to
                     quadruple
                     them
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     to
                     multiply
                     them
                     by
                     4
                     :
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     at
                     Rome
                     we
                     finde
                     the
                     longest
                     day
                     to
                     be
                     about
                     15
                     ,
                     which
                     exceeds
                     12
                     by
                     3
                     ;
                     which
                     being
                     againe
                     multiplied
                     by
                     4
                     ,
                     will
                     produce
                     12
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     Parallell
                     for
                     the
                     place
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       Parallels
                       no
                       where
                       diuide
                       the
                       Climats
                       into
                       two
                       equall
                       parts
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     In
                     the
                     climates
                     wee
                     are
                     to
                     consider
                     two
                     things
                     ,
                     either
                     their
                     latitude
                     or
                     bredth
                     from
                     North
                     to
                     South
                     :
                     or
                     their
                     longitude
                     or
                     extent
                     from
                     East
                     to
                     West
                     .
                     In
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     wee
                     may
                     hardly
                     without
                     sensible
                     errour
                     call
                     the
                     Parallell
                     halfe
                     the
                     Climate
                     ,
                     in
                     regard
                     the
                     three
                     lines
                     whereof
                     the
                     climate
                     consists
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     the
                     middle
                     and
                     the
                     two
                     extreames
                     ,
                     are
                     not
                     alwaies
                     of
                     like
                     distance
                     :
                     but
                     if
                     we
                     consider
                     the
                     extent
                     of
                     the
                     Circumference
                     as
                     
                     is
                     stretcheth
                     i
                     selfe
                     betwixt
                     East
                     and
                     West
                     ,
                     we
                     must
                     needes
                     acknowledge
                     much
                     more
                     :
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     that
                     of
                     two
                     Parallels
                     ,
                     diuiding
                     the
                     same
                     climate
                     betwixt
                     them
                     ,
                     that
                     that
                     is
                     manifestly
                     the
                     greatest
                     which
                     is
                     next
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     is
                     the
                     least
                     which
                     is
                     neerest
                     to
                     the
                     Pole
                     :
                     because
                     the
                     Circles
                     which
                     comprehend
                     their
                     Parallell
                     spaces
                     ,
                     continually
                     decrease
                     towards
                     the
                     Pole
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     if
                     we
                     imagine
                     two
                     men
                     to
                     trauell
                     round
                     about
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     in
                     a
                     Parallell
                     neerer
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     neerer
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     space
                     of
                     time
                     ;
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     that
                     he
                     should
                     goe
                     far
                     faster
                     which
                     is
                     neerer
                     the
                     Equatour
                     then
                     the
                     other
                     neere
                     the
                     Pole
                     :
                     for
                     howsoeuer
                     Columella
                     seemes
                     to
                     make
                     a
                     Parallell
                     to
                     haue
                     in
                     bredth
                     60
                     foot
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     intimate
                     by
                     consequence
                     an
                     equality
                     of
                     the
                     Parallels
                     amongst
                     themselues
                     ,
                     yet
                     must
                     this
                     bee
                     vnderstood
                     of
                     Parallels
                     which
                     are
                     neere
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     neerer
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     which
                     comprehend
                     a
                     great
                     space
                     of
                     land
                     ,
                     and
                     admit
                     no
                     sensible
                     difference
                     .
                     Other
                     matters
                     which
                     concerne
                     the
                     Climates
                     and
                     Parallells
                     ,
                     shall
                     be
                     (
                     God
                     willing
                     )
                     vnfolded
                     in
                     our
                     Tables
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     Chapter
                     ,
                     when
                     we
                     haue
                     spoken
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     other
                     adiuncts
                     appertaining
                     ▪
                     without
                     the
                     which
                     this
                     treatise
                     will
                     be
                     vnperfect
                     ,
                     depending
                     for
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     on
                     such
                     circumstances
                     as
                     our
                     method
                     admits
                     not
                     in
                     this
                     place
                     ,
                     but
                     immediatly
                     follow
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 X.
                 Of
                 the
                 distinction
                 of
                 the
                 Inhabitants
                 of
                 the
                 Terrestriall
                 Spheare
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     HAuing
                     hitherto
                     treated
                     of
                     the
                     distinction
                     of
                     spaces
                     bounded
                     by
                     circles
                     in
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     
                       Zones
                       ,
                       Climates
                    
                     ,
                     
                     and
                     Parallels
                     ;
                     wee
                     are
                     now
                     to
                     treate
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     ,
                     as
                     such
                     adiuncts
                     as
                     properly
                     belong
                     to
                     such
                     spaces
                     ;
                     so
                     farre
                     as
                     it
                     concernes
                     the
                     constitution
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Spheare
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     distinction
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     is
                     twofold
                     ,
                     either
                     Absolute
                     or
                     Comparatiue
                     :
                     Absolute
                     as
                     they
                     may
                     be
                     considered
                     in
                     themselues
                     without
                     any
                     comparison
                     of
                     one
                     with
                     the
                     other
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     The
                     former
                     is
                     againe
                     twofold
                     :
                     either
                     from
                     the
                     Position
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     differences
                     of
                     their
                     Sun-Shadowes
                     :
                     According
                     to
                     the
                     position
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     may
                     be
                     said
                     to
                     haue
                     either
                     a
                     
                       Right
                       ,
                       Oblique
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     Parallell
                     Spheare
                     according
                     to
                     their
                     Horizons
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   What
                   these
                   three
                   Spheares
                   are
                   ,
                   may
                   appeare
                   by
                   that
                   which
                   we
                   haue
                   formerly
                   spoken
                   concerning
                   the
                   distinction
                   of
                   Horizons
                   in
                   the
                   sixt
                   Chapter
                   of
                   this
                   Treatise
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   needs
                   no
                   farther
                   repetition
                   :
                   we
                   are
                   in
                   this
                   place
                   to
                   treat
                   of
                   the
                   seuerall
                   accidents
                   ,
                   and
                   conditions
                   of
                   the
                   Inhabitants
                   .
                   Out
                   of
                   the
                   distinction
                   of
                   the
                   threefold
                   Spheare
                   will
                   arise
                   13
                   manners
                   of
                   habitation
                   :
                   which
                   for
                   more
                   order
                   sake
                   ,
                   wee
                   will
                   reduce
                   into
                   certaine
                   heads
                   in
                   this
                   manner
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4
                     The
                     people
                     of
                     a
                     right
                     Spheare
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     inioy
                     aright
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     whose
                     proprieties
                     shall
                     be
                     declared
                     in
                     this
                     Theoreme
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Inhabitants
                       of
                       a
                       Right
                       Spheare
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       the
                       heauens
                       haue
                       the
                       same
                       accidents
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     These
                     accidents
                     are
                     chiefly
                     foure
                     ,
                     1
                     They
                     inioy
                     a
                     perpetuall
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     hauing
                     their
                     dayes
                     and
                     nights
                     alwayes
                     equall
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     because
                     the
                     Sunne
                     neuer
                     swaruing
                     from
                     his
                     Eclipticke
                     ,
                     hath
                     his
                     course
                     equally
                     diuided
                     by
                     the
                     Horizon
                     .
                     2
                     With
                     them
                     all
                     the
                     starres
                     equally
                     set
                     and
                     rise
                     ;
                     because
                     all
                     the
                     Parallels
                     wherein
                     the
                     starres
                     make
                     their
                     Diurnall
                     Reuolution
                     are
                     equally
                     cut
                     of
                     the
                     Horizon
                     .
                     3
                     To
                     them
                     the
                     Sunne
                     is
                     twice
                     in
                     the
                     yeere
                     verticall
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     directly
                     ouer
                     their
                     heads
                     ,
                     and
                     twice
                     againein
                     the
                     yeere
                     Solstitiall
                     :
                     The
                     former
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     degrees
                     of
                     Aries
                     and
                     Libra
                     ,
                     the
                     latter
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     degrees
                     of
                     Cancer
                     and
                     Capricorne
                     :
                     which
                     diuerse
                     propositions
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     some
                     later
                     Geographers
                     haue
                     tearmed
                     foure
                     Solstices
                     :
                     two
                     higher
                     and
                     two
                     lower
                     .
                     4
                     Hence
                     comes
                     it
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     they
                     yeerely
                     enioy
                     two
                     winters
                     ,
                     and
                     two
                     Summers
                     :
                     likewise
                     two
                     springs
                     and
                     two
                     Autumnes
                     .
                     Their
                     Summer
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     is
                     to
                     them
                     verticall
                     :
                     their
                     winter
                     when
                     it
                     is
                     seated
                     in
                     either
                     of
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     .
                     Their
                     Spring
                     and
                     Autumnes
                     while
                     the
                     Sunne
                     is
                     passing
                     through
                     the
                     middle
                     spaces
                     betwixt
                     both
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     5
                     The
                     people
                     inhabiting
                     an
                     Oblique
                     Spheare
                     are
                     such
                     whose
                     Horizon
                     is
                     oblique
                     .
                     The
                     proprieties
                     belonging
                     vnto
                     them
                     are
                     either
                     Generall
                     or
                     Speciall
                     .
                  
                   
                     6
                     The
                     Generall
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     agree
                     to
                     all
                     those
                     which
                     inhabit
                     an
                     oblique
                     Spheare
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       All
                       the
                       Inhabitants
                       of
                       an
                       oblique
                       Spheare
                       agree
                       in
                       two
                       proprieties
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     These
                     two
                     proprieties
                     wherein
                     they
                     agree
                     are
                     these
                     .
                     1
                     To
                     all
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     without
                     the
                     Equatour
                     vnder
                     what
                     Parallell
                     soeuer
                     ,
                     the
                     dayes
                     are
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     nights
                     only
                     twice
                     in
                     a
                     yeere
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     either
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     Spring
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     beginning
                     
                     
                       ofthe
                       
                         of
                         the
                      
                    
                     Autumne
                     .
                     At
                     other
                     times
                     either
                     the
                     dayes
                     increase
                     aboue
                     the
                     nights
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     Summer
                     ,
                     or
                     grow
                     lesser
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     winter
                     .
                     2
                     To
                     these
                     inhabitants
                     some
                     stars
                     are
                     perpetually
                     seene
                     ,
                     as
                     such
                     which
                     are
                     neere
                     the
                     Pole
                     to
                     which
                     they
                     incline
                     :
                     some
                     are
                     neuer
                     seene
                     ,
                     as
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     farthest
                     off
                     from
                     the
                     said
                     Pole
                     :
                     some
                     rise
                     and
                     set
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     those
                     which
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     space
                     betwixt
                     both
                     ;
                     which
                     are
                     sometimes
                     visible
                     ,
                     and
                     sometime
                     lie
                     hid
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     7
                     The
                     speciall
                     Accidents
                     of
                     an
                     Oblique
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     agree
                     to
                     speciall
                     places
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Spheare
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Inhabitants
                       of
                       an
                       Oblique
                       Spheare
                       of
                       fiue
                       sorts
                       ,
                       inioying
                       so
                       many
                       correspondent
                       properties
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     first
                     sort
                     are
                     of
                     those
                     ,
                     whose
                     Zenith
                     is
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Equator
                     and
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     Tropickes
                     ,
                     euen
                     vnto
                     the
                     23.
                     
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     30.
                     
                     Scruples
                     of
                     eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     :
                     In
                     such
                     a
                     sort
                     ,
                     towards
                     the
                     North
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Line
                     and
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Cancer
                     ,
                     are
                     placed
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     of
                     Zeilan
                     ,
                     the
                     extreame
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     
                       East
                       Indies
                       ,
                       Hispaniola
                       ,
                       Guinea
                       ,
                       Nubia
                       ,
                    
                     with
                     some
                     part
                     of
                     
                       Arabia
                       foelix
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     other
                     places
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Equatour
                     and
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Cancer
                     in
                     the
                     Torride
                     Zone
                     .
                     Towards
                     the
                     South
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     are
                     placed
                     the
                     Brasilians
                     ,
                     the
                     Peruuians
                     ,
                     the
                     Iauans
                     ,
                     with
                     many
                     others
                     .
                     The
                     Accidents
                     which
                     happen
                     vnto
                     these
                     Nations
                     are
                     these
                     ,
                     1.
                     
                     They
                     may
                     see
                     all
                     the
                     starres
                     except
                     a
                     few
                     which
                     are
                     neere
                     the
                     Pole.
                     2.
                     
                     Their
                     dayes
                     and
                     nights
                     are
                     somewhat
                     vnequall
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     their
                     longest
                     day
                     ,
                     or
                     longest
                     night
                     ,
                     is
                     not
                     alway
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     quantity
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     Twice
                     in
                     the
                     yeare
                     they
                     haue
                     the
                     Sunne-verticall
                     ,
                     but
                     without
                     the
                     Equatour
                     .
                     4.
                     
                     They
                     haue
                     two
                     Summers
                     ,
                     and
                     two
                     Winters
                     ,
                     but
                     not
                     equally
                     tempered
                     .
                     5.
                     
                     The
                     length
                     of
                     their
                     longest
                     day
                     reacheth
                     to
                     13.
                     ½
                     houres
                     .
                  
                   
                     The
                     second
                     sort
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     inhabite
                     vnder
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     whose
                     eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     is
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     greatest
                     declination
                     
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     23.
                     degrees
                     ,
                     30
                     Scruples
                     .
                     Vnder
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Cancer
                     is
                     placed
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     of
                     
                       Arabia
                       foelix
                       ,
                       East
                       India
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     Southerne
                     parts
                     of
                     China
                     ,
                     the
                     higher
                     parts
                     of
                     Egypt
                     ,
                     and
                     Siene
                     .
                     Vnder
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Capricorne
                     are
                     placed
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     Monomotapa
                     ,
                     and
                     Madagascar
                     ,
                     with
                     other
                     places
                     :
                     The
                     accidents
                     belonging
                     vnto
                     them
                     are
                     these
                     ,
                     1.
                     
                     To
                     them
                     appeare
                     all
                     the
                     starres
                     comprehended
                     in
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     circles
                     ,
                     but
                     none
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     to
                     those
                     inhabiting
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Cancer
                     ,
                     the
                     starres
                     included
                     within
                     the
                     Articke
                     Circle
                     alwayes
                     appeare
                     ,
                     but
                     neuer
                     those
                     which
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     Antarcticke
                     :
                     likewise
                     to
                     those
                     which
                     dwell
                     vnder
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Capricorne
                     ,
                     all
                     the
                     starres
                     appeare
                     which
                     are
                     contained
                     within
                     the
                     Antarticke
                     Circle
                     ,
                     but
                     none
                     of
                     those
                     included
                     within
                     the
                     Articke
                     Circle
                     .
                     2.
                     
                     By
                     how
                     much
                     neerer
                     the
                     Sunne
                     approacheth
                     to
                     their
                     Zenith
                     or
                     Verticall
                     point
                     ,
                     by
                     so
                     much
                     are
                     their
                     dayes
                     lengthened
                     ;
                     and
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     farther
                     it
                     goes
                     off
                     ,
                     by
                     so
                     much
                     are
                     they
                     shortned
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     they
                     inioy
                     then
                     their
                     longest
                     day
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     directly
                     passeth
                     by
                     their
                     Zenith
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     To
                     them
                     the
                     Sunne
                     is
                     verticall
                     but
                     once
                     in
                     the
                     yeere
                     :
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     to
                     those
                     vnder
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Cancer
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     enters
                     into
                     the
                     signe
                     ;
                     as
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     when
                     it
                     toucheth
                     the
                     first
                     Degree
                     of
                     Capricorne
                     .
                     4.
                     
                     They
                     haue
                     but
                     one
                     Summer
                     and
                     one
                     Winter
                     throughout
                     the
                     yeere
                     .
                  
                   
                     The
                     third
                     sort
                     ,
                     are
                     such
                     inhabitants
                     as
                     dwell
                     in
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     temperate
                     Zones
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     and
                     the
                     Polar
                     Circles
                     from
                     24.
                     
                     Degrees
                     of
                     eleuation
                     ,
                     to
                     66.
                     
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     30.
                     
                     Scruples
                     .
                     Such
                     inhabitants
                     towards
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     are
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     almost
                     all
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     of
                     
                       Europe
                       ,
                       Asia
                       maior
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     part
                     of
                     Africa
                     :
                     as
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     towards
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     the
                     Chylienses
                     ,
                     the
                     farthermost
                     Africans
                     ,
                     and
                     those
                     that
                     dwell
                     neere
                     the
                     straits
                     of
                     Magellane
                     .
                     Their
                     properties
                     are
                     chiefly
                     these
                     ,
                     1.
                     
                     Many
                     starres
                     are
                     by
                     them
                     alwayes
                     seene
                     ,
                     and
                     many
                     neuer
                     appeare
                     .
                     2.
                     
                     Their
                     dayes
                     notably
                     differ
                     in
                     inequality
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     The
                     sunne
                     neuer
                     arriues
                     at
                     their
                     Zenith
                     ,
                     but
                     is
                     alwayes
                     on
                     the
                     South
                     of
                     those
                     which
                     inhabite
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Cancer
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Articke
                     Circle
                     ,
                     and
                     alwayes
                     on
                     the
                     North
                     side
                     of
                     such
                     as
                     dwell
                     in
                     the
                     opposite
                     temperate
                     Zone
                     .
                     4.
                     
                     They
                     haue
                     in
                     the
                     
                     yeere
                     but
                     one
                     Summer
                     and
                     Winter
                     ,
                     but
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     diuersity
                     of
                     places
                     much
                     vnequall
                     :
                     for
                     where
                     the
                     eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     is
                     greater
                     ,
                     the
                     winter
                     is
                     much
                     harder
                     ;
                     but
                     where
                     it
                     is
                     lesser
                     it
                     is
                     more
                     temperate
                     .
                  
                   
                     The
                     fourth
                     kinde
                     of
                     inhabitants
                     ,
                     are
                     those
                     which
                     reside
                     vnder
                     the
                     Polar
                     Circle
                     ,
                     (
                     which
                     is
                     their
                     Zenith
                     )
                     where
                     the
                     temperate
                     Zone
                     endes
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     cold
                     beginnes
                     :
                     where
                     the
                     eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     is
                     beyond
                     66.
                     
                     Degrees
                     30.
                     
                     Minutes
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     Tract
                     lies
                     
                       Noua
                       Zembla
                    
                     ,
                     with
                     many
                     other
                     Ilands
                     not
                     yet
                     well
                     discouered
                     in
                     the
                     North
                     :
                     and
                     perhaps
                     as
                     many
                     more
                     vnder
                     the
                     Antarticke
                     Circle
                     towards
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     lesse
                     knowne
                     than
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     The
                     accidents
                     belonging
                     to
                     them
                     are
                     these
                     ,
                     1.
                     
                     Those
                     which
                     inhabite
                     vnder
                     the
                     Arcticke
                     Circle
                     ,
                     see
                     all
                     the
                     starres
                     included
                     within
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Cancer
                     ,
                     but
                     neuer
                     those
                     within
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Capricorne
                     :
                     Likewise
                     ,
                     those
                     which
                     liue
                     vnder
                     the
                     Antarcticke
                     Circle
                     ,
                     see
                     all
                     the
                     starres
                     within
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Capricorne
                     ,
                     but
                     neuer
                     those
                     within
                     the
                     other
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Cancer
                     .
                     2.
                     
                     Their
                     longest
                     day
                     at
                     Midsummer
                     is
                     24.
                     houres
                     ,
                     their
                     night
                     then
                     being
                     but
                     a
                     moment
                     :
                     likewise
                     their
                     longest
                     night
                     ,
                     as
                     at
                     Mid-winter
                     ,
                     is
                     but
                     24.
                     houres
                     ,
                     their
                     day
                     passing
                     not
                     a
                     moment
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     The
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     euery
                     yeere
                     twice
                     toucheth
                     at
                     their
                     Horizons
                     .
                     4.
                     
                     The
                     Sunne
                     at
                     Noonetide
                     is
                     alwayes
                     on
                     the
                     South
                     of
                     those
                     which
                     dwell
                     vnder
                     the
                     Arcticke
                     Circle
                     ,
                     except
                     it
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     Summer
                     Tropicke
                     ,
                     when
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     Mid-night
                     ,
                     or
                     Northerne
                     point
                     :
                     likewise
                     to
                     those
                     that
                     are
                     vnder
                     the
                     Antarcticke
                     Circle
                     ,
                     the
                     Sunne
                     at
                     noone
                     is
                     alwayes
                     on
                     the
                     North
                     side
                     ,
                     except
                     vnder
                     the
                     Winter
                     Tropicke
                     .
                     5.
                     
                     They
                     haue
                     in
                     the
                     yeere
                     one
                     Winter
                     and
                     one
                     Summer
                     :
                     but
                     the
                     Winter
                     farre
                     colder
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Summer
                     slacker
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     forenamed
                     places
                     .
                  
                   
                     The
                     fift
                     and
                     last
                     habitation
                     ,
                     is
                     of
                     those
                     which
                     are
                     included
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Polar
                     Circle
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Pole
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     from
                     66.
                     
                     Degrees
                     and
                     30.
                     minutes
                     of
                     ●leuation
                     to
                     90.
                     
                     In
                     which
                     Tract
                     ,
                     little
                     is
                     discouered
                     Northward
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     the
                     South
                     climate
                     nothing
                     at
                     all
                     .
                     The
                     speciall
                     Accidents
                     appertaining
                     to
                     them
                     are
                     these
                     ,
                     1.
                     
                     With
                     them
                     a
                     few
                     starres
                     are
                     seene
                     to
                     set
                     and
                     rise
                     .
                     2.
                     
                     They
                     haue
                     an
                     Equinox●
                     the
                     Sunne
                     touching
                     the
                     first
                     Degree
                     
                     of
                     Aries
                     and
                     Libra
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     They
                     of
                     the
                     North
                     Zone
                     haue
                     more
                     dayes
                     about
                     the
                     middle
                     of
                     Summer
                     ,
                     and
                     more
                     nights
                     in
                     the
                     Winter
                     :
                     likewise
                     ,
                     they
                     of
                     the
                     South
                     frozen
                     Zone
                     ,
                     the
                     contrary
                     .
                     4.
                     
                     They
                     haue
                     extreame
                     cold
                     Winters
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     stead
                     of
                     Summer
                     ,
                     a
                     small
                     remission
                     of
                     cold
                     .
                     5.
                     
                     The
                     signes
                     of
                     the
                     Zodiacke
                     to
                     them
                     preposterously
                     rise
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     8
                     The
                     inhabitants
                     of
                     a
                     Parallell
                     Spheare
                     are
                     discouered
                     in
                     this
                     proposition
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       inhabitants
                       of
                       a
                       Parallell
                       Spheare
                       enioy
                       but
                       one
                       kinde
                       of
                       habitation
                       ,
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       the
                       Heauens
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     A
                     Parallell
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     I
                     here
                     accurately
                     vnderstand
                     for
                     that
                     positure
                     of
                     the
                     Globe
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     Pole
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     is
                     precisely
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     Zenith
                     ,
                     or
                     eleuated
                     to
                     90.
                     degrees
                     of
                     Altitude
                     :
                     because
                     onely
                     in
                     such
                     a
                     site
                     ,
                     the
                     Equ●tor
                     and
                     the
                     Horizon
                     agree
                     in
                     one
                     ,
                     and
                     lye
                     parallell
                     to
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     of
                     the
                     Parallell
                     Circles
                     :
                     which
                     places
                     ,
                     whether
                     it
                     bee
                     at
                     all
                     capable
                     of
                     habitation
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     cold
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     discusse
                     hereafter
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     part
                     :
                     but
                     out
                     of
                     supposition
                     admitting
                     a
                     place
                     of
                     habitation
                     ,
                     these
                     accidents
                     will
                     happen
                     ,
                     1.
                     
                     The
                     fixt
                     stars
                     which
                     they
                     see
                     ,
                     are
                     alwayes
                     seene
                     so
                     ,
                     that
                     with
                     them
                     there
                     is
                     no
                     point
                     of
                     East
                     or
                     West
                     ;
                     for
                     the
                     starres
                     neuer
                     rise
                     nor
                     set
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     Planets
                     rise
                     and
                     set
                     ,
                     but
                     not
                     by
                     their
                     diurnall
                     ,
                     but
                     proper
                     motion
                     .
                     2.
                     
                     They
                     haue
                     a
                     continuall
                     day
                     of
                     sixe
                     moneths
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     night
                     also
                     as
                     long
                     ,
                     the
                     Sunne
                     rising
                     continually
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     degree
                     of
                     Aries
                     ,
                     and
                     setting
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     of
                     Libra
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     The
                     Sunne
                     in
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     points
                     ,
                     for
                     all
                     the
                     time
                     that
                     hee
                     is
                     aboue
                     the
                     Horizon
                     (
                     as
                     all
                     the
                     other
                     starres
                     )
                     is
                     turned
                     round
                     about
                     in
                     manner
                     of
                     a
                     wheele
                     .
                     4.
                     
                     The
                     Equatour
                     serues
                     in
                     place
                     of
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Equatour
                     is
                     euery
                     where
                     equidistant
                     from
                     the
                     Pole
                     5.
                     
                     They
                     haue
                     one
                     Winter
                     and
                     one
                     Summer
                     ,
                     the
                     former
                     exceeding
                     cold
                     ,
                     the
                     latter
                     lesse
                     warme
                     then
                     ours
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     9
                     The
                     second
                     distinction
                     of
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     is
                     taken
                     from
                     their
                     Noone-shaddowes
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   Sunne
                   in
                   diuers
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   diuersly
                   spreads
                   his
                   shaddow
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   Gnomons
                   or
                   Opacous
                   bodies
                   by
                   which
                   the
                   shadowes
                   are
                   made
                   in
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   are
                   in
                   diuers
                   places
                   diuersly
                   opposed
                   ,
                   or
                   obiected
                   to
                   the
                   Sunne
                   :
                   for
                   whereas
                   the
                   Sunne
                   so
                   runs
                   in
                   his
                   Eclipticke
                   Circle
                   betwixt
                   the
                   two
                   Poles
                   ,
                   that
                   though
                   his
                   passage
                   be
                   in
                   an
                   oblique
                   Circle
                   ,
                   yet
                   he
                   neuer
                   comes
                   so
                   farre
                   as
                   the
                   Poles
                   themselues
                   :
                   it
                   necessarily
                   must
                   be
                   ,
                   that
                   sometimes
                   he
                   should
                   shoot
                   forth
                   his
                   beames
                   perpendicularly
                   ,
                   as
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   verticall
                   point
                   of
                   a
                   place
                   ;
                   sometimes
                   Obliquely
                   ,
                   as
                   when
                   he
                   declines
                   either
                   one
                   way
                   or
                   other
                   from
                   the
                   verticall
                   point
                   ;
                   sometimes
                   in
                   parallell
                   wise
                   ,
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   in
                   some
                   places
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   the
                   Sun
                   cleauing
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   to
                   the
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   casts
                   out
                   his
                   beames
                   parallell
                   and
                   equidistant
                   to
                   the
                   plaine
                   of
                   the
                   Horizon
                   .
                   The
                   right
                   or
                   perpendicular
                   ▪
                   beames
                   of
                   the
                   Sunne
                   ,
                   falling
                   on
                   the
                   superficies
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   at
                   right
                   Angles
                   ,
                   are
                   turned
                   and
                   reflected
                   into
                   themselues
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   make
                   no
                   shaddowes
                   at
                   all
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   oblique
                   beames
                   ,
                   in
                   that
                   they
                   are
                   not
                   reflected
                   into
                   themselues
                   ,
                   must
                   of
                   necessity
                   produce
                   shaddowes
                   ,
                   yet
                   in
                   diuers
                   manners
                   ;
                   for
                   those
                   Sunne-beames
                   which
                   obliquely
                   proiect
                   themselues
                   on
                   the
                   plaine
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   they
                   come
                   not
                   from
                   the
                   Horizon
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   will
                   make
                   such
                   kinde
                   of
                   shaddowes
                   as
                   shall
                   proportionally
                   agree
                   with
                   their
                   Gnomons
                   ,
                   or
                   Opacous
                   bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   whose
                   magnitude
                   may
                   in
                   a
                   manner
                   be
                   designed
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   certainly
                   measured
                   by
                   the
                   sight
                   .
                   But
                   on
                   the
                   contrary
                   part
                   ,
                   the
                   beames
                   which
                   are
                   esteemed
                   parallell
                   to
                   the
                   plaine
                   of
                   the
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   finding
                   no
                   solide
                   obstacle
                   or
                   let
                   ,
                   shoot
                   forth
                   infinitely
                   ,
                   making
                   no
                   Angles
                   on
                   the
                   superficies
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   and
                   can
                   haue
                   no
                   proportion
                   at
                   all
                   with
                   their
                   Gnomons
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   shaddow
                   may
                   be
                   any
                   way
                   designed
                   by
                   our
                   eyes
                   .
                   But
                   here
                   we
                   are
                   to
                   consider
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   shaddowes
                   chiefly
                   to
                   be
                   considered
                   ,
                   are
                   the
                   Meridian
                   or
                   Noone-shaddowes
                   ,
                   which
                   take
                   their
                   distinction
                   from
                   the
                   diuers
                   incidency
                   of
                   the
                   beames
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Sunne
                   casts
                   forth
                   at
                   noone
                   .
                   According
                   to
                   this
                   manner
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     10.
                     
                     The
                     inhabitants
                     of
                     a
                     place
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     shaddowes
                     are
                     either
                     
                       Amphiscij
                       ,
                       Heteroscij
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     Periscij
                     .
                     The
                     Amphiscij
                     are
                     those
                     ,
                     whose
                     Noone-shaddowes
                     (
                     but
                     at
                     diuers
                     times
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     )
                     are
                     ●ast
                     both
                     wayes
                     ;
                     that
                     is
                     to
                     say
                     ,
                     North
                     and
                     South
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Amphiscij
                   signifies
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   people
                   of
                   a
                   double
                   shaddow
                   :
                   such
                   are
                   they
                   which
                   inhabite
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Equatour
                   and
                   the
                   Tropickes
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   eleuation
                   of
                   the
                   Pole
                   equals
                   not
                   24.
                   degrees
                   :
                   These
                   men
                   haue
                   the
                   Sunne
                   twice
                   euery
                   yeere
                   in
                   their
                   Zenith
                   or
                   verticall
                   point
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   they
                   make
                   no
                   shaddowes
                   at
                   all
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   they
                   are
                   called
                   Ascij
                   ,
                   or
                   without
                   shaddowes
                   .
                   But
                   when
                   the
                   Sunne
                   passeth
                   from
                   their
                   verticall
                   point
                   towards
                   the
                   Northerne
                   signes
                   ,
                   then
                   at
                   noone
                   it
                   will
                   cast
                   the
                   shaddow
                   towards
                   the
                   Southerne
                   coast
                   :
                   But
                   contrarywise
                   ,
                   comming
                   from
                   the
                   Zenith
                   toward
                   the
                   Southerne
                   signes
                   ,
                   the
                   shaddow
                   will
                   bee
                   darted
                   toward
                   the
                   North
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   euident
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Opticke
                   principles
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   shaddow
                   is
                   alwayes
                   found
                   to
                   be
                   opposite
                   in
                   place
                   to
                   the
                   Sunne-beames
                   ,
                   the
                   Gnomon
                   ,
                   or
                   darke
                   body
                   interposed
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     11.
                     
                     The
                     Heteroscij
                     are
                     those
                     ,
                     whose
                     Noone-shaddowes
                     turne
                     only
                     one
                     way
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     either
                     toward
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     or
                     toward
                     the
                     South
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   These
                   Nations
                   inhabite
                   in
                   a
                   ,
                   temperate
                   Zone
                   ,
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Tropicke
                   and
                   the
                   Polar
                   Circles
                   ,
                   whereas
                   such
                   as
                   dwell
                   in
                   the
                   temperate
                   toward
                   the
                   North
                   ,
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Tropicke
                   of
                   Cancer
                   and
                   the
                   Polar
                   Circle
                   Articke
                   ,
                   haue
                   their
                   noone-shaddowes
                   cast
                   Northward
                   .
                   But
                   those
                   on
                   the
                   other
                   side
                   of
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ▪
                   dwelling
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Tropicke
                   of
                   Capricorne
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Antarcticke
                   Circle
                   ,
                   cast
                   their
                   shaddowes
                   Southward
                   :
                   Of
                   the
                   former
                   
                   sort
                   are
                   
                     Grecians
                     ,
                     Italians
                     ,
                     French
                     ,
                     Spaniards
                     ,
                     Germans
                     ,
                     Polonians
                     ,
                     Suedians
                     ,
                     Danes
                     ,
                     English
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   the
                   rest
                   inhabiting
                   our
                   temperate
                   Zone
                   :
                   which
                   gaue
                   occasion
                   of
                   that
                   speech
                   of
                   Lucan
                   the
                   Poët
                   ,
                   concerning
                   the
                   Arabians
                   comming
                   into
                   Thessaly
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   warre
                   of
                   Hanniball
                   and
                   Pompey
                   ;
                   
                     
                       Ignotum
                       vobis
                       Ar●bes
                       venistis
                       in
                       orbem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Vmbras
                       mirati
                       nemorum
                       non
                       ire
                       sinistras
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     
                       Y'
                       are
                       come
                       Arabians
                       to
                       an
                       vnknowne
                       land
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Wondering
                       the
                       shades
                       nere
                       take
                       the
                       Southward
                       hand
                       .
                    
                  
                   Which
                   verses
                   are
                   in
                   this
                   sense
                   to
                   be
                   vnderstood
                   ;
                   Poets
                   are
                   said
                   to
                   looke
                   and
                   turne
                   their
                   faces
                   towards
                   the
                   West
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   South
                   must
                   of
                   neces●ity
                   be
                   counted
                   the
                   left
                   side
                   :
                   Now
                   the
                   place
                   whereunto
                   the
                   Arabians
                   came
                   ,
                   being
                   a
                   part
                   of
                   Thessaly
                   ,
                   where
                   such
                   dwell
                   who
                   only
                   cast
                   their
                   shaddowes
                   one
                   way
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   Northward
                   ;
                   but
                   Arabia
                   their
                   naturall
                   Countrey
                   ,
                   being
                   supposed
                   to
                   be
                   included
                   in
                   the
                   Torrid
                   Zone
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   shaddowes
                   were
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   cast
                   both
                   wayes
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   said
                   to
                   wonder
                   :
                   The
                   reason
                   why
                   our
                   shaddowes
                   at
                   noone
                   are
                   cast
                   alwayes
                   toward
                   the
                   North
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   others
                   toward
                   the
                   South
                   ,
                   is
                   related
                   before
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   because
                   the
                   shaddow
                   doth
                   alwayes
                   occupie
                   or
                   possesse
                   the
                   place
                   opposite
                   to
                   the
                   Sunne
                   ,
                   or
                   light
                   body
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     12
                     The
                     Periscij
                     are
                     such
                     in
                     habitants
                     whose
                     shaddowes
                     are
                     mooued
                     round
                     about
                     them
                     in
                     a
                     circular
                     forme
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   In
                   some
                   places
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   the
                   Noone-shaddowes
                   take
                   not
                   their
                   beginning
                   from
                   our
                   heads
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   one
                   side
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   extended
                   forward
                   to
                   the
                   plaine
                   of
                   the
                   terrestriall
                   Horizon
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   mooued
                   round
                   about
                   the
                   Opacous
                   body
                   ,
                   as
                   about
                   a
                   Gnomon
                   :
                   whence
                   they
                   are
                   called
                   Periscij
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   as
                   much
                   to
                   say
                   ,
                   as
                   men
                   hauing
                   shaddowes
                   mooued
                   round
                   about
                   ;
                   such
                   is
                   their
                   habitation
                   which
                   are
                   included
                   in
                   the
                   Frigid
                   Zone
                   ,
                   circumscribed
                   within
                   the
                   Polar
                   circles
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Poles
                   :
                   Here
                   the
                   Sunne
                   neuer
                   directly
                   passeth
                   by
                   the
                   crowne
                   of
                   their
                   heads
                   ,
                   but
                   at
                   one
                   side
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   they
                   haue
                   the
                   Pole
                   for
                   their
                   verticall
                   point
                   ,
                   but
                   
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   ,
                   for
                   their
                   Horizon
                   .
                   These
                   Periscij
                   are
                   of
                   two
                   sorts
                   ,
                   for
                   some
                   are
                   contained
                   in
                   the
                   Arcticke
                   circle
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   in
                   the
                   Antarcticke
                   ,
                   whereof
                   both
                   are
                   as
                   yet
                   vndiscouered
                   ;
                   especially
                   the
                   Antarcticke
                   ,
                   being
                   farthest
                   off
                   from
                   our
                   climate
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       habitation
                       of
                       the
                       Amphiscij
                       comprehends
                       7.
                       
                       Parallels
                       ,
                       of
                       the
                       
                         Heteroscij
                         41.
                      
                       of
                       the
                       Periscij
                       6.
                       
                       Moneths
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     nature
                     and
                     accidents
                     of
                     these
                     three
                     sorts
                     of
                     people
                     there
                     needs
                     no
                     more
                     to
                     be
                     spoken
                     ,
                     then
                     wee
                     haue
                     deliuered
                     before
                     in
                     this
                     Chapter
                     ;
                     Neuerthelesse
                     ,
                     for
                     a
                     recapitulation
                     of
                     our
                     former
                     doctrine
                     in
                     this
                     &
                     the
                     precedent
                     Chapter
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     not
                     be
                     amisse
                     to
                     insert
                     this
                     table
                     of
                     Climates
                     ,
                     set
                     out
                     by
                     our
                     exactest
                     Geographers
                     ;
                     wherein
                     is
                     expressed
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     to
                     our
                     view
                     the
                     respect
                     and
                     seuerall
                     accidents
                     ,
                     which
                     belong
                     to
                     these
                     seuerall
                     inhabitants
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     13
                     Thus
                     much
                     for
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     absolutely
                     considered
                     :
                     The
                     inhabitants
                     compared
                     one
                     with
                     the
                     other
                     according
                     to
                     their
                     position
                     ,
                     are
                     the
                     
                       Perioeci
                       ,
                       Antoeci
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Antipodes
                     .
                  
                   
                     14
                     The
                     Perioeei
                     are
                     those
                     inhabitants
                     which
                     dwell
                     in
                     the
                     two
                     opposite
                     points
                     of
                     the
                     Parallell
                     circle
                     .
                  
                   
                     15
                     The
                     Antoeci
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     dwell
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     but
                     in
                     diuers
                     Parallels
                     equally
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     .
                  
                   
                     16
                     The
                     Antipodes
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     inhabite
                     vnder
                     one
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     but
                     vnder
                     two
                     Parallels
                     equidistant
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     and
                     two
                     opposite
                     points
                     of
                     those
                     Parallels
                     .
                  
                
                 
                 
                   
                     
                       A
                       Table
                       of
                       the
                       Climates
                       belonging
                       to
                       the
                       three
                       sorts
                       of
                       Inhabitants
                       :
                       Pag
                       :
                       229.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           Inhabitants
                           belonging
                           to
                           severall
                           Climats
                        
                         .
                      
                       
                         Climes
                      
                       
                         Parallels
                      
                       
                         
                           The
                           longest
                           summer
                           day
                           .
                           Hou
                           .
                           Scr.
                           
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           Latitude
                           &
                           elevation
                           of
                           Pole.
                           Scr.
                           Degr.
                           
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           The
                           breadth
                           of
                           the
                           Climats
                           .
                           Deg.
                           Scr
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           The
                           places
                           by
                           which
                           the
                           Climates
                           passe
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         0
                      
                       
                         0
                         1
                      
                       
                         12
                         0
                         12
                         15
                      
                       
                         0
                         0
                         4
                         18
                      
                       
                         4
                         18
                      
                       
                         
                           The
                           beginning
                           from
                           the
                           Aequatour
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         1
                      
                       
                         2
                         3
                      
                       
                         122
                         30
                         1
                         45
                      
                       
                         8
                         34
                         12
                         43
                      
                       
                         8
                         25
                      
                       
                         
                           Sinus
                           Arabicus
                           or
                           the
                           Red
                           Sea.
                           
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         Amphiscij
                         .
                      
                       
                         2
                      
                       
                         4
                         5
                      
                       
                         13
                         0
                         13
                         15
                      
                       
                         16
                         43
                         20
                         33
                      
                       
                         7
                         50
                      
                       
                         
                           Meroe
                           an
                           Iland
                           of
                           Nilus
                           in
                           Aegypt
                           .
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         3
                      
                       
                         6
                         7
                      
                       
                         13
                         40
                         13
                         45
                      
                       
                         23
                         10
                         27
                         36
                      
                       
                         7
                         3
                      
                       
                         
                           Siene
                           a
                           Ci●ty
                           in
                           Africa
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         4
                      
                       
                         8
                         9
                      
                       
                         14
                         0
                         14
                         15
                      
                       
                         30
                         47
                         33
                         45
                      
                       
                         6
                         9
                      
                       
                         
                           Alexandria
                           in
                           Aegypt
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         5
                      
                       
                         10
                         11
                      
                       
                         14
                         30
                         14
                         45
                      
                       
                         36
                         30
                         39
                         2
                      
                       
                         5
                         17
                      
                       
                         
                           Rhodes
                           and
                           Babylon
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         6
                      
                       
                         12
                         13
                      
                       
                         15
                         0
                         15
                         15
                      
                       
                         41
                         22
                         4●
                         3●
                      
                       
                         4
                         30
                      
                       
                         
                           Rome
                           and
                           Hellespont
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         7
                      
                       
                         14
                         15
                      
                       
                         15
                         30
                         15
                         45
                      
                       
                         45
                         29
                         47
                         20
                      
                       
                         3
                         48
                      
                       
                         
                           Venice
                           and
                           Millaine
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         8
                      
                       
                         16
                         17
                      
                       
                         16
                         0
                         16
                         15
                      
                       
                         49
                         21
                         50
                         33
                      
                       
                         3
                         13
                      
                       
                         
                           Podalia
                           and
                           ●he
                           lesser
                           Tartary
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         9
                      
                       
                         18
                         19
                      
                       
                         16
                         30
                         16
                         45
                      
                       
                         51
                         58
                         53
                         17
                      
                       
                         2
                         44
                      
                       
                         
                           Batavia
                           and
                           Wit●enberge
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         20
                      
                       
                         17
                         0
                         17
                         ●●
                      
                       
                         54
                         ●9
                         55
                         ●4
                      
                       
                         2
                         17
                      
                       
                         R●stoch
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                     
                       
                         
                      
                       
                         11
                      
                       
                         22
                         23
                      
                       
                         17
                         30
                         17
                         45
                      
                       
                         ●●●7
                         57
                         34
                      
                       
                         2
                         0
                      
                       
                         
                           Ireland
                           and
                           Moscovy
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         Ieteroscij
                         .
                      
                       
                         12
                      
                       
                         24
                         25
                      
                       
                         18
                         0
                         18
                         15
                      
                       
                         58
                         26
                         59
                         14
                      
                       
                         1
                         40
                      
                       
                         
                           Bohus
                           a
                           Castle
                           in
                           Norwey
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         13
                      
                       
                         26
                         27
                      
                       
                         18
                         30
                         18
                         45
                      
                       
                         59
                         59
                         60
                         40
                      
                       
                         1
                         26
                      
                       
                         Gothland
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         14
                      
                       
                         28
                         29
                      
                       
                         19
                         0
                         19
                         15
                      
                       
                         61
                         18
                         61
                         53
                      
                       
                         1
                         13
                      
                       
                         
                           Bergis
                           in
                           Norwey
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         15
                      
                       
                         30
                         31
                      
                       
                         19
                         30
                         19
                         45
                      
                       
                         62
                         25
                         62
                         54
                      
                       
                         1
                         0
                      
                       
                         
                           VViburge
                           in
                           Finland
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         16
                      
                       
                         32
                         33
                      
                       
                         20
                         0
                         20
                         15
                      
                       
                         63
                         22
                         63
                         46
                      
                       
                         0
                         52
                      
                       
                         
                           Arotia
                           in
                           Sweden
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         17
                      
                       
                         34
                         35●
                      
                       
                         20
                         30
                         20
                         45
                      
                       
                         64
                         6
                         64
                         30
                      
                       
                         0
                         44
                      
                       
                         
                           The
                           mouth
                           of
                           Darecally
                           a
                           riuer
                           of
                           Swedē
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         18
                      
                       
                         36
                         37
                      
                       
                         21
                         0
                         21
                         15
                      
                       
                         64
                         49
                         65
                         6
                      
                       
                         0
                         36
                      
                       
                         
                           Diverse
                           places
                           of
                           Norwey
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         19
                      
                       
                         38
                         39
                      
                       
                         21
                         30
                         21
                         45
                      
                       
                         65
                         21
                         65
                         35
                      
                       
                         0
                         29
                      
                       
                         
                           Suecia
                           ,
                           Alba
                           Russia
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         20
                      
                       
                         40
                         41
                      
                       
                         22
                         0
                         22
                         15
                      
                       
                         65
                         47
                         65
                         57
                      
                       
                         0
                         22
                      
                       
                         
                           With
                           many
                           Ilands
                        
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         21
                      
                       
                         42
                         43
                      
                       
                         22
                         ●0
                         22
                         45
                      
                       
                         66
                         6
                         66
                         14
                      
                       
                         0
                         17
                      
                       
                         
                           Therevnto
                           adioyning
                        
                         ,
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         22
                      
                       
                         44
                         45
                      
                       
                         23
                         0
                         23
                         15
                      
                       
                         66
                         20
                         66
                         25
                      
                       
                         0
                         11
                      
                       
                         
                           Wanting
                           speciall
                           names
                        
                         ,
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         23
                      
                       
                         46
                         47
                      
                       
                         23
                         30
                         23
                         45
                      
                       
                         66
                         28
                         66
                         ●0
                      
                       
                         0
                         5
                      
                       
                         
                           And
                           Landmarkes
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         24
                      
                       
                         48
                      
                       
                         24
                         0
                      
                       
                         66
                         31
                      
                       
                         0
                         0
                      
                       
                         
                           Island
                           vnder
                           the
                           A●tick
                           circle
                        
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                          
                      
                       
                         
                           Here
                           the
                           Climats
                           are
                           accoūted
                           by
                           the
                           mōths
                           from
                        
                         66
                         Degr.
                         
                      
                       
                         Menses
                      
                       
                         1
                      
                       
                         67
                         15
                      
                       
                         
                           These
                           Climates
                           are
                           supposed
                           to
                           passe
                           by
                           Diverse
                           Ilands
                           within
                           the
                           Artick
                           circle
                           ,
                           as
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
                 
                 
                 
                   These
                   names
                   being
                   originally
                   Greeke
                   are
                   taken
                   from
                   the
                   diuerse
                   manner
                   of
                   dwelling
                   of
                   one
                   nation
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   another
                   .
                   The
                   Perioeci
                   are
                   called
                   such
                   as
                   dwell
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   about
                   the
                   Hemispheare
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   Parallell
                   in
                   two
                   opposite
                   points
                   :
                   the
                   one
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   being
                   Easterne
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   Westerne
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   they
                   are
                   supposed
                   to
                   differ
                   the
                   one
                   from
                   the
                   other
                   180
                   degrees
                   which
                   is
                   
                   the
                   semicircle
                   :
                   where
                   we
                   are
                   to
                   note
                   ,
                   that
                   these
                   degrees
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   numbred
                   ,
                   not
                   in
                   a
                   greater
                   but
                   a
                   lesser
                   Parallell
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   lesse
                   then
                   the
                   Equatour
                   .
                   For
                   they
                   which
                   are
                   vnder
                   the
                   Equator
                   it selfe
                   in
                   2
                   opposite
                   points
                   are
                   to
                   bee
                   accounted
                   rather
                   Antipodes
                   ,
                   although
                   (
                   for
                   ought
                   I
                   see
                   )
                   the
                   name
                   might
                   agree
                   .
                   The
                   Antoeci
                   (
                   as
                   the
                   name
                   imports
                   )
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   dwell
                   one
                   against
                   another
                   ,
                   hauing
                   one
                   selfe-same
                   Meridian
                   and
                   equall
                   distance
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   in
                   the
                   Northerne
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   in
                   the
                   Southerne
                   Hemispheare
                   .
                   The
                   Antipodes
                   (
                   otherwise
                   called
                   Antichthones
                   )
                   may
                   popularly
                   bee
                   described
                   to
                   bee
                   such
                   as
                   dwell
                   feet
                   to
                   feet
                   one
                   against
                   the
                   other
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   a
                   right
                   line
                   being
                   drawne
                   from
                   one
                   side
                   to
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   will
                   passe
                   by
                   the
                   Center
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   ▪
                   whence
                   they
                   precisely
                   are
                   distant
                   the
                   one
                   from
                   the
                   other
                   1800
                   in
                   a
                   greater
                   circle
                   :
                   wherein
                   they
                   are
                   distinguished
                   from
                   the
                   Perioeci
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   diuided
                   by
                   the
                   degrees
                   of
                   a
                   lesser
                   circle
                   :
                   such
                   compared
                   one
                   to
                   the
                   other
                   are
                   the
                   Americans
                   and
                   the
                   
                     Easterne
                     Indians
                  
                   about
                   the
                   riuer
                   Ganges
                   ;
                   the
                   Inhabitants
                   of
                   Peru
                   and
                   Calecute
                   :
                   those
                   of
                   Peria
                   &
                   
                   Summatra
                   to
                   England
                   I
                   finde
                   no
                   other
                   Antipodes
                   but
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   or
                   at
                   least
                   some
                   parcell
                   of
                   land
                   in
                   the
                   South
                   continent
                   neere
                   
                     Psittacorum
                     Regio
                  
                   :
                   Here
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   noted
                   that
                   the
                   former
                   definition
                   of
                   Antipodes
                   giuen
                   by
                   the
                   ancients
                   ,
                   was
                   only
                   to
                   bee
                   vnderstood
                   of
                   the
                   knowne
                   habitable
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   because
                   such
                   as
                   dwell
                   directly
                   vnder
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   or
                   either
                   of
                   the
                   Poles
                   ,
                   although
                   they
                   may
                   bee
                   Antipodes
                   agree
                   not
                   to
                   that
                   definition
                   :
                   by
                   reason
                   the
                   former
                   are
                   Antipodes
                   only
                   in
                   opposite
                   points
                   of
                   the
                   Equatour
                   :
                   the
                   other
                   of
                   the
                   Meridian
                   .
                   Whether
                   there
                   were
                   any
                   Antipodes
                   or
                   no
                   ,
                   was
                   made
                   a
                   question
                   amongst
                   the
                   Ancients
                   ,
                   in
                   so
                   much
                   that
                   Saint
                   Augustine
                   in
                   his
                   booke
                   
                     de
                     ciuitate
                     Dei
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Lactantius
                   in
                   his
                   third
                   booke
                   of
                   Institutions
                   ,
                   seemes
                   stiffely
                   to
                   defend
                   the
                   contrary
                   :
                   which
                   opinion
                   is
                   supposed
                   to
                   grow
                   out
                   of
                   their
                   contempt
                   or
                   neglect
                   of
                   Mathematicall
                   studies
                   ,
                   in
                   those
                   ages
                   wherein
                   the
                   zeale
                   to
                   religion
                   was
                   most
                   vnnecessarily
                   opposed
                   to
                   Philosophie
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   mistresse
                   forsaken
                   of
                   her
                   best
                   hand-maides
                   :
                   which
                   ignorance
                   of
                   the
                   Ancients
                   was
                   so
                   farre
                   deriued
                   to
                   posterity
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   yeere
                   of
                   our
                   Sauiour
                   745
                   one
                   Boniface
                   Bishop
                   of
                   Mens
                   ,
                   was
                   accused
                   before
                   the
                   Pope
                   
                     Zachary
                     Virgilius
                  
                   Bishop
                   of
                   Salisburg
                   ,
                   for
                   heresy
                   ,
                   in
                   that
                   hee
                   ,
                   auerred
                   there
                   were
                   Antipodes
                   :
                   The
                   matter
                   being
                   first
                   preferred
                   to
                   the
                   King
                   of
                   Bohemia
                   ,
                   and
                   an
                   appeale
                   made
                   vnto
                   the
                   Pope
                   ,
                   it
                   happened
                   that
                   the
                   honest
                   Bishop
                   for
                   this
                   assertion
                   ,
                   was
                   flatly
                   condemned
                   for
                   hereticall
                   doctrine
                   ,
                   and
                   inforced
                   to
                   recant
                   his
                   opinion
                   :
                   yet
                   is
                   it
                   wonderfull
                   how
                   such
                   matters
                   were
                   thus
                   decided
                   :
                   for
                   granting
                   these
                   two
                   easie
                   grounds
                   .
                   First
                   that
                   the
                   earth
                   is
                   Sphericall
                   ,
                   a
                   proposition
                   proued
                   in
                   their
                   time
                   ;
                   2
                   That
                   euery
                   place
                   ,
                   or
                   at
                   least
                   two
                   opposite
                   places
                   in
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Spheare
                   may
                   bee
                   habitable
                   ;
                   it
                   must
                   of
                   necessity
                   follow
                   ,
                   that
                   such
                   Antipodes
                   must
                   bee
                   granted
                   :
                   which
                   makes
                   me
                   to
                   imagine
                   that
                   Saint
                   Augustine
                   absolutely
                   and
                   grossely
                   denied
                   not
                   the
                   Antipodes
                   ;
                   because
                   in
                   setting
                   downe
                   the
                   premises
                   and
                   grounds
                   of
                   our
                   opinion
                   ,
                   hee
                   seemed
                   to
                   vnderstand
                   them
                   too
                   well
                   to
                   deny
                   a
                   necessary
                   induction
                   ,
                   being
                   a
                   man
                   of
                   so
                   great
                   a
                   wit
                   and
                   apprehension
                   :
                   but
                   questionlesse
                   he
                   thought
                   that
                   the
                   Torrid
                   Zone
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   most
                   of
                   the
                   Ancients
                   in
                   his
                   time
                   ,
                   was
                   reputed
                   vnhabitable
                   and
                   vnpassable
                   ,
                   no
                   man
                   had
                   yet
                   set
                   his
                   foot
                   in
                   those
                   remote
                   
                   parts
                   beyond
                   the
                   line
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   seemed
                   in
                   him
                   not
                   to
                   arise
                   out
                   of
                   ignorance
                   of
                   the
                   constitution
                   of
                   the
                   earthly
                   Globe
                   :
                   but
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   receaued
                   opinion
                   of
                   the
                   Torrid
                   Zone
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   vast
                   Ocean
                   :
                   the
                   one
                   of
                   which
                   hee
                   held
                   vnhabitable
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   vnpassable
                   :
                   from
                   whence
                   also
                   sprang
                   vp
                   an
                   argument
                   ,
                   or
                   rather
                   an
                   idle
                   fancie
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Antipodes
                   could
                   not
                   be
                   admitted
                   without
                   granting
                   another
                   Sauiour
                   ,
                   and
                   another
                   kinde
                   of
                   men
                   besides
                   Adams
                   posterity
                   :
                   for
                   if
                   this
                   coniecture
                   had
                   not
                   taken
                   place
                   ,
                   the
                   Pope
                   (
                   I
                   suppose
                   )
                   would
                   neuer
                   haue
                   proued
                   himselfe
                   so
                   ridiculous
                   a
                   Iudge
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   haue
                   condemned
                   Virgilius
                   for
                   heresie
                   .
                   As
                   for
                   Lactantius
                   (
                   howsoeuer
                   otherwise
                   a
                   pious
                   eloquent
                   Father
                   )
                   the
                   weakenesse
                   and
                   childishnesse
                   of
                   his
                   arguments
                   ,
                   will
                   to
                   any
                   indifferent
                   reader
                   discouer
                   his
                   ignorance
                   in
                   the
                   very
                   first
                   rudiments
                   of
                   Cosmographie
                   .
                   Here
                   we
                   may
                   learne
                   how
                   farre
                   religion
                   it selfe
                   is
                   wronged
                   by
                   such
                   who
                   set
                   her
                   opposite
                   to
                   all
                   her
                   seruants
                   .
                   But
                   whatsoeuer
                   the
                   Ancients
                   out
                   of
                   their
                   glimring
                   reason
                   haue
                   coniectured
                   ,
                   our
                   times
                   haue
                   sufficiently
                   decided
                   this
                   controuersie
                   ;
                   wherin
                   such
                   Antipodes
                   are
                   established
                   both
                   by
                   reason
                   and
                   experience
                   :
                   which
                   mat●er
                   wee
                   shall
                   reserue
                   to
                   our
                   second
                   booke
                   ;
                   wherein
                   we
                   shall
                   declare
                   how
                   farre
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   what
                   sense
                   the
                   Earth
                   may
                   bee
                   tearmed
                   habitable
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Those
                       which
                       are
                       to
                       vs
                       Perioeci
                       ,
                       are
                       the
                       Antoeci
                       to
                       our
                       Antipodes
                       :
                       our
                       Antoeci
                       the
                       Periaeci
                       to
                       our
                       Antipodes
                       :
                       likewise
                       our
                       Perioeci
                       are
                       the
                       Antipodes
                       to
                       our
                       Antaeci
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     Proposition
                     as
                     a
                     Corollary
                     may
                     by
                     necessary
                     consequence
                     be
                     deduced
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     precedent
                     definition
                     ,
                     and
                     be
                     well
                     expressed
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     constitution
                     of
                     the
                     artificiall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     and
                     needs
                     no
                     farther
                     demonstration
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       
                         Perioeci
                         ,
                         Antoeci
                      
                       ,
                       and
                       
                         Antipodes
                         are
                      
                       diuersly
                       distinguished
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       the
                       celestiall
                       apparences
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     proprieties
                     of
                     the
                     Perioeci
                     are
                     chiefly
                     foure
                     .
                     1
                     They
                     haue
                     the
                     same
                     eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     the
                     same
                     temper
                     
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     same
                     length
                     of
                     dayes
                     and
                     nights
                     .
                     2
                     They
                     dwell
                     East
                     and
                     West
                     in
                     regard
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     3
                     They
                     haue
                     contrary
                     times
                     of
                     dayes
                     and
                     nights
                     :
                     for
                     when
                     the
                     one
                     hath
                     his
                     Noone
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     inioyes
                     his
                     mid-night
                     :
                     likewise
                     when
                     the
                     Sun
                     with
                     the
                     one
                     riseth
                     ,
                     it
                     setteth
                     with
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     4
                     They
                     haue
                     the
                     same
                     Zone
                     ,
                     Climate
                     ,
                     and
                     Parallell
                     ;
                     but
                     differ
                     by
                     a
                     semicircle
                     ▪
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     180
                     degrees
                     .
                     To
                     the
                     Antoeci
                     they
                     haue
                     likewise
                     assigned
                     5
                     proprieties
                     ▪
                     viz.
                     1
                     They
                     inhabite
                     the
                     like
                     Zones
                     ,
                     but
                     in
                     diuerse
                     Hemispheares
                     .
                     2
                     They
                     haue
                     the
                     same
                     eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     pole
                     ,
                     but
                     not
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     pole
                     :
                     because
                     the
                     one
                     sees
                     the
                     pole
                     Arcticke
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     the
                     pole
                     Antarcticke
                     ,
                     equally
                     raised
                     aboue
                     his
                     Horizon
                     .
                     3
                     They
                     haue
                     Noone
                     and
                     Mid-night
                     iust
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     times
                     .
                     4
                     They
                     inioy
                     the
                     same
                     temper
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ▪
                     5
                     They
                     haue
                     the
                     seasons
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     contrary
                     .
                     For
                     when
                     the
                     Southerne
                     Antoeci
                     haue
                     their
                     Summer
                     ,
                     the
                     Northerne
                     haue
                     their
                     Winter
                     ;
                     and
                     contrariwise
                     :
                     when
                     the
                     Northerne
                     haue
                     their
                     spring
                     ,
                     these
                     haue
                     their
                     Autumne
                     .
                     To
                     the
                     Antipodes
                     they
                     haue
                     allotted
                     3
                     Proprieties
                     .
                     1
                     That
                     they
                     haue
                     the
                     same
                     eleuation
                     of
                     the
                     pole
                     ,
                     though
                     not
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     pole
                     .
                     2
                     They
                     haue
                     the
                     same
                     temper
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     same
                     quantity
                     of
                     dayes
                     and
                     nights
                     .
                     3
                     They
                     haue
                     all
                     the
                     other
                     accidents
                     contrary
                     :
                     For
                     when
                     the
                     one
                     hath
                     Night
                     the
                     other
                     hath
                     Day
                     ,
                     when
                     one
                     Winter
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     Summer
                     ;
                     when
                     the
                     one
                     the
                     Spring
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     Autumne
                     ;
                     and
                     contrariwise
                     .
                     These
                     accidents
                     and
                     proprieties
                     here
                     mentioned
                     ,
                     must
                     be
                     vnderstood
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     only
                     .
                     The
                     qualities
                     arising
                     from
                     diuerse
                     other
                     Accidentall
                     and
                     particular
                     causes
                     in
                     diuerse
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     differre
                     vnto
                     our
                     second
                     part
                     ▪
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 CHAP.
                 XI
                 .
                 Of
                 the
                 Longitudes
                 and
                 Latitudes
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     THe
                     distinction
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     according
                     to
                     certaine
                     Spaces
                     ,
                     being
                     formerly
                     explaned
                     ,
                     we
                     are
                     now
                     to
                     treat
                     of
                     the
                     Distinction
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     Spheare
                     according
                     to
                     certaine
                     Distances
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     A
                     Distance
                     here
                     we
                     vnderstand
                     to
                     be
                     a
                     direct
                     line
                     drawne
                     betwixt
                     two
                     points
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     such
                     a
                     Distance
                     is
                     twofold
                     ,
                     either
                     Simple
                     or
                     Comparatiue
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     The
                     Simple
                     Distance
                     is
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     two
                     great
                     circles
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     the
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Equatour
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     either
                     the
                     Longitude
                     or
                     Latitude
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   diuision
                   of
                   Distances
                   into
                   the
                   Simple
                   or
                   Comparatiue
                   ,
                   is
                   most
                   necessary
                   :
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   one
                   thing
                   for
                   a
                   place
                   absolutely
                   taken
                   in
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   distant
                   from
                   some
                   fixt
                   point
                   or
                   other
                   in
                   the
                   Globe
                   :
                   Another
                   for
                   two
                   places
                   to
                   be
                   compared
                   betwixt
                   themselues
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   such
                   a
                   fixt
                   point
                   :
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   the
                   former
                   implies
                   only
                   the
                   distance
                   betwixt
                   two
                   points
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   the
                   distance
                   of
                   two
                   such
                   points
                   or
                   places
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   third
                   .
                   These
                   points
                   ,
                   from
                   which
                   such
                   points
                   are
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   distant
                   ,
                   are
                   either
                   found
                   in
                   the
                   Meridian
                   Circle
                   ,
                   from
                   which
                   the
                   Distance
                   is
                   called
                   Longitude
                   ;
                   or
                   else
                   in
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   whence
                   we
                   call
                   it
                   Latitude
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     4
                     The
                     Longitude
                     is
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     any
                     place
                     Eastward
                     from
                     the
                     first
                     Meridian
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   To
                   vnderstand
                   the
                   better
                   the
                   Longitude
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   consider
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   taken
                   two
                   wayes
                   :
                   either
                   Generally
                   ,
                   or
                   Specially
                   :
                   In
                   the
                   former
                   sense
                   it
                   is
                   taken
                   for
                   the
                   Distance
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Earth
                   ,
                   stretched
                   from
                   the
                   West
                   vnto
                   the
                   East
                   ,
                   and
                   contrariwise
                   from
                   East
                   to
                   West
                   .
                   The
                   bounds
                   or
                   limits
                   of
                   this
                   Longitude
                   were
                   by
                   Ptolomie
                   and
                   the
                   ancient
                   Cosmographers
                   set
                   no
                   farther
                   distant
                   then
                   the
                   halfe
                   circle
                   ,
                   containing
                   180
                   degrees
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   rest
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   lay
                   at
                   that
                   time
                   vndiscouered
                   .
                   The
                   end
                   of
                   this
                   space
                   towards
                   the
                   East
                   ,
                   was
                   the
                   Kingdome
                   of
                   China
                   ,
                   at
                   the
                   farthest
                   part
                   of
                   all
                   India
                   ,
                   distant
                   ,
                   as
                   wee
                   said
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   Fortunate
                   Ilands
                   where
                   Ptolomie
                   placed
                   the
                   first
                   Meridian
                   ,
                   180
                   degrees
                   :
                   which
                   being
                   taken
                   in
                   the
                   Meridian
                   ,
                   and
                   resolued
                   into
                   Miles
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   our
                   former
                   rules
                   ,
                   will
                   giue
                   10800
                   Italian
                   miles
                   :
                   but
                   this
                   space
                   delineated
                   out
                   by
                   the
                   Ancients
                   ,
                   was
                   very
                   scant
                   and
                   narrow
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   parts
                   since
                   found
                   out
                   ,
                   being
                   added
                   to
                   the
                   former
                   .
                   For
                   beyond
                   the
                   bound
                   set
                   by
                   Ptolomie
                   in
                   the
                   East
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   manifest
                   that
                   60
                   degrees
                   are
                   found
                   out
                   and
                   made
                   knowne
                   .
                   An
                   example
                   whereof
                   wee
                   haue
                   in
                   Scythia
                   withou●
                   the
                   mountaine
                   Emaus
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   knowne
                   to
                   extend
                   it selfe
                   60
                   degrees
                   Eastward
                   towards
                   the
                   Kingdome
                   of
                   Cathay
                   ,
                   discouered
                   by
                   the
                   Portugals
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   breadth
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   Eastward
                   is
                   fully
                   knowne
                   so
                   farre
                   as
                   240
                   degrees
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   measured
                   in
                   the
                   Equatour
                   will
                   amount
                   vnto
                   14000
                   miles
                   .
                   Moreouer
                   towards
                   the
                   West
                   ,
                   beyond
                   the
                   
                     Fortunate
                     Ilands
                  
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   knowne
                   to
                   stretch
                   to
                   the
                   farthest
                   border
                   of
                   America
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   340
                   degrees
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   is
                   fully
                   detected
                   ,
                   if
                   not
                   all
                   the
                   rest
                   being
                   only
                   20
                   degrees
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   only
                   deficient
                   to
                   make
                   vp
                   the
                   whole
                   circle
                   .
                   Which
                   wee
                   may
                   the
                   sooner
                   credit
                   ;
                   because
                   our
                   times
                   haue
                   brought
                   forth
                   (
                   for
                   ought
                   any
                   Authors
                   haue
                   related
                   )
                   the
                   most
                   excellent
                   Nauigators
                   of
                   all
                   ages
                   ,
                   which
                   haue
                   sayled
                   the
                   vast
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   round
                   about
                   ,
                   and
                   left
                   behinde
                   them
                   a
                   foundation
                   whereon
                   others
                   might
                   easily
                   build
                   .
                   But
                   to
                   let
                   passe
                   the
                   Generall
                   Longitude
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   betwixt
                   the
                   East
                   and
                   the
                   West
                   ;
                   Wee
                   must
                   vnderstand
                   that
                   the
                   Longitude
                   here
                   
                   mentioned
                   is
                   to
                   bee
                   taken
                   in
                   a
                   more
                   speciall
                   sense
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   Distance
                   of
                   any
                   place
                   from
                   the
                   first
                   Meridian
                   ,
                   being
                   placed
                   either
                   in
                   the
                   Canaries
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Ancients
                   would
                   haue
                   it
                   ,
                   or
                   in
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   Azores
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   latter
                   Geographers
                   .
                   This
                   then
                   must
                   be
                   the
                   bound
                   from
                   whence
                   wee
                   must
                   beginne
                   our
                   account
                   ;
                   The
                   subiect
                   wherein
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   degrees
                   may
                   bee
                   taken
                   ,
                   may
                   bee
                   the
                   Equatour
                   or
                   Parallell
                   .
                   Whence
                   by
                   some
                   the
                   Longitude
                   of
                   a
                   place
                   is
                   defined
                   to
                   bee
                   an
                   Arch
                   of
                   the
                   Equatour
                   or
                   Parallell
                   intercepted
                   betwixt
                   the
                   first
                   Meridian
                   and
                   the
                   verticall
                   point
                   of
                   the
                   place
                   proposed
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   by
                   necessary
                   consequence
                   ,
                   such
                   places
                   as
                   are
                   subiect
                   to
                   the
                   same
                   Meridian
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   Hemispheare
                   ,
                   Easterne
                   or
                   Westerne
                   ,
                   haue
                   the
                   same
                   Longitude
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   distance
                   from
                   the
                   point
                   of
                   the
                   West
                   :
                   but
                   places
                   declining
                   more
                   towards
                   the
                   East
                   haue
                   the
                   greater
                   Longitude
                   ;
                   but
                   neerer
                   to
                   the
                   West
                   ,
                   les●e
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Places
                       inioying
                       the
                       same
                       Longitude
                       are
                       not
                       alwayes
                       equally
                       distant
                       from
                       the
                       first
                       Meridian
                       ,
                       and
                       contrarywise
                       places
                       equidistant
                       from
                       the
                       first
                       Meridian
                       haue
                       not
                       alwayes
                       the
                       same
                       Longitude
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     reason
                     is
                     euident
                     out
                     of
                     that
                     which
                     hath
                     beene
                     often
                     spoken
                     before
                     :
                     because
                     the
                     degrees
                     of
                     a
                     greater
                     circle
                     are
                     greater
                     ,
                     of
                     a
                     lesser
                     lesse
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     greatnesse
                     of
                     the
                     circle
                     .
                     Now
                     the
                     Longitude
                     of
                     a
                     place
                     measured
                     in
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     will
                     answer
                     to
                     60
                     Italian
                     miles
                     :
                     but
                     in
                     other
                     Parallels
                     lesse
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       difference
                       of
                       Longitudes
                       begets
                       the
                       difference
                       of
                       Times
                       :
                       Those
                       therefore
                       which
                       exactly
                       are
                       subiect
                       to
                       the
                       same
                       Longitude
                       ,
                       haue
                       their
                       Noone
                       at
                       the
                       same
                       moment
                       :
                       but
                       where
                       the
                       Longitudes
                       are
                       different
                       ,
                       the
                       Noonetides
                       are
                       also
                       different
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                   
                     That
                     the
                     difference
                     of
                     time
                     is
                     varied
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     difference
                     of
                     Longitude
                     in
                     diuerse
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     is
                     a
                     matter
                     obuious
                     to
                     euery
                     mans
                     vnderstanding
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     two
                     premised
                     grounds
                     .
                     1
                     That
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     Sphaericall
                     .
                     2
                     That
                     the
                     Sunne
                     in
                     his
                     Diurnall
                     course
                     once
                     in
                     24
                     houres
                     compasseth
                     it
                     round
                     :
                     whence
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     places
                     situate
                     Eastward
                     ,
                     see
                     the
                     Sunnes
                     sooner
                     then
                     those
                     which
                     are
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     West
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     with
                     a
                     proportionall
                     difference
                     of
                     time
                     ,
                     that
                     to
                     euery
                     houre
                     in
                     the
                     Sunne
                     motion
                     is
                     assigned
                     a
                     certaine
                     number
                     of
                     correspondent
                     miles
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     expressed
                     in
                     a
                     Geographicall
                     Globe
                     or
                     Map
                     ,
                     wherein
                     we
                     shall
                     finde
                     described
                     12
                     Meridians
                     ,
                     which
                     diuide
                     the
                     whole
                     compasse
                     of
                     the
                     earthly
                     Spheare
                     into
                     24
                     equall
                     parts
                     ;
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     that
                     betwixt
                     each
                     of
                     the
                     two
                     neerest
                     Meridians
                     ,
                     are
                     reckned
                     15
                     degrees
                     ,
                     which
                     make
                     one
                     houre
                     :
                     by
                     which
                     wee
                     may
                     more
                     easily
                     vnderstand
                     how
                     soone
                     the
                     Noone-time
                     happens
                     in
                     one
                     Citty
                     before
                     another
                     :
                     for
                     if
                     one
                     Citty
                     stands
                     Eastward
                     from
                     another
                     the
                     space
                     of
                     three
                     of
                     those
                     foresaid
                     Meridians
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     euident
                     that
                     it
                     will
                     inioy
                     noone
                     three
                     houres
                     before
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     of
                     this
                     difference
                     of
                     times
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     difference
                     of
                     Longitudes
                     ,
                     wherein
                     to
                     euery
                     houre
                     the
                     Cosmographers
                     haue
                     allotted
                     15
                     degrees
                     in
                     the
                     Sunnes
                     Diurnall
                     motion
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     15
                     degrees
                     multiplied
                     by
                     24
                     houres
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     whole
                     naturall
                     day
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     bee
                     produced
                     360
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     degrees
                     in
                     the
                     whole
                     circle
                     ,
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       3
                       If
                       two
                       men
                       from
                       the
                       same
                       place
                       trauell
                       ,
                       the
                       one
                       Eastward
                       ,
                       the
                       other
                       Westward
                       round
                       about
                       the
                       Earth
                       ,
                       and
                       meet
                       in
                       the
                       same
                       place
                       againe
                       :
                       they
                       shall
                       finde
                       that
                       he
                       which
                       hath
                       gone
                       Eastward
                       hath
                       gotten
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       other
                       going
                       Westward
                       hath
                       lost
                       a
                       day
                       in
                       their
                       account
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     is
                     without
                     difficulty
                     to
                     be
                     vnderstood
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     change
                     of
                     Longitudes
                     ,
                     seconded
                     by
                     their
                     trauell
                     ,
                     varying
                     perpetually
                     the
                     quantity
                     of
                     the
                     day
                     :
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     ,
                     that
                     hee
                     who
                     from
                     any
                     place
                     assigned
                     saileth
                     Eastward
                     mouing
                     continually
                     against
                     
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     will
                     shorten
                     somewhat
                     of
                     his
                     day
                     ;
                     taking
                     away
                     so
                     much
                     from
                     it
                     ,
                     as
                     his
                     iourney
                     in
                     proportion
                     of
                     distance
                     ,
                     hath
                     opposed
                     and
                     anticipated
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     the
                     Diurnall
                     course
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     daily
                     gaining
                     something
                     from
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     the
                     day
                     ,
                     which
                     must
                     bee
                     elsewhere
                     recompenced
                     .
                     It
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     whole
                     circuite
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     amount
                     to
                     24.
                     houres
                     ,
                     correspondent
                     to
                     the
                     whole
                     circuite
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     compasse
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     make
                     another
                     day
                     :
                     Likewise
                     ,
                     if
                     we
                     suppose
                     another
                     in
                     compassing
                     about
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     to
                     goe
                     Westward
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     bee
                     otherwise
                     imagined
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     seconding
                     the
                     course
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     by
                     his
                     owne
                     iourney
                     ;
                     hee
                     will
                     daily
                     adde
                     somewhat
                     to
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     his
                     day
                     ,
                     answerable
                     to
                     his
                     distance
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     place
                     wherein
                     hee
                     began
                     to
                     follow
                     the
                     Sunne
                     in
                     his
                     course
                     from
                     East
                     to
                     West
                     .
                     The
                     daily
                     addition
                     to
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     the
                     day
                     ,
                     proportionall
                     to
                     the
                     longitudes
                     which
                     he
                     changeth
                     ,
                     (
                     the
                     Sunne
                     running
                     a
                     like
                     course
                     )
                     must
                     daily
                     diminish
                     somewhat
                     of
                     the
                     Diurnall
                     course
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     at
                     his
                     iourneyes
                     end
                     ,
                     which
                     was
                     supposed
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     whole
                     circuite
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     answerable
                     to
                     24.
                     houres
                     in
                     the
                     Sunnes
                     course
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     loose
                     a
                     whole
                     day
                     .
                     To
                     demonstrate
                     both
                     these
                     cases
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     imagine
                     in
                     supposition
                     ,
                     that
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     trauaillers
                     going
                     the
                     one
                     Eastward
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     Westward
                     ,
                     the
                     former
                     should
                     take
                     away
                     from
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     the
                     day
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     latter
                     adde
                     to
                     it
                     for
                     euery
                     15.
                     miles
                     one
                     minute
                     .
                     Then
                     by
                     the
                     golden
                     Rule
                     ,
                     if
                     15.
                     miles
                     either
                     subtract
                     or
                     adde
                     one
                     minute
                     in
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     the
                     day
                     ,
                     must
                     21600.
                     miles
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     whole
                     compasse
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     same
                     proportion
                     ,
                     either
                     subtract
                     or
                     adde
                     1440
                     minutes
                     ,
                     which
                     make
                     24.
                     houres
                     ,
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     the
                     naturall
                     day
                     .
                     To
                     confirme
                     the
                     demonstration
                     by
                     popular
                     experience
                     ,
                     I
                     remember
                     I
                     haue
                     read
                     in
                     the
                     Hollanders
                     discouery
                     of
                     
                       Fretum
                       de
                       Mayre
                    
                     ,
                     that
                     comming
                     home
                     into
                     their
                     owne
                     Countrey
                     ,
                     they
                     found
                     by
                     comparing
                     their
                     accounts
                     with
                     their
                     countreymens
                     at
                     home
                     ,
                     they
                     had
                     lost
                     one
                     day
                     ,
                     hauing
                     gone
                     Westward
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     compassed
                     the
                     earth
                     round
                     .
                     Hence
                     will
                     arise
                     diuers
                     consectaries
                     not
                     vnpleasing
                     to
                     be
                     scann'd
                     .
                     One
                     I
                     will
                     touch
                     not
                     much
                     dissonant
                     from
                     our
                     purpose
                     ;
                     
                       That
                       three
                       men
                       residing
                       
                       in
                       the
                       same
                       place
                       at
                       one
                       time
                       ,
                       shall
                       notwithstanding
                       all
                       vary
                       one
                       from
                       the
                       other
                       in
                       the
                       dayes
                       of
                       the
                       weeke
                       ,
                       keeping
                       yet
                       an
                       exact
                       account
                       :
                    
                     which
                     to
                     explaine
                     the
                     better
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     suppose
                     a
                     Iew
                     ,
                     a
                     Sarazen
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     Christian
                     ,
                     residing
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     towne
                     together
                     :
                     It
                     may
                     so
                     happen
                     according
                     to
                     our
                     former
                     grounds
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Sarazen
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Law
                     of
                     Mahomet
                     ,
                     shall
                     obserue
                     his
                     Friday
                     ,
                     the
                     Iew
                     his
                     Saturday
                     ,
                     being
                     his
                     Sabboth
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     Christian
                     the
                     Lords
                     day
                     ,
                     being
                     the
                     Sunday
                     ;
                     yet
                     so
                     ,
                     as
                     all
                     shall
                     happen
                     on
                     the
                     same
                     day
                     :
                     all
                     of
                     them
                     excluding
                     any
                     errour
                     in
                     their
                     calculation
                     .
                     For
                     supposition
                     sake
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     place
                     them
                     all
                     at
                     one
                     time
                     all
                     together
                     in
                     Palestine
                     on
                     a
                     Saturday
                     ;
                     at
                     which
                     time
                     ,
                     let
                     vs
                     imagine
                     the
                     Sarazen
                     to
                     take
                     his
                     iourney
                     Westward
                     ,
                     the
                     Christian
                     Eastward
                     ,
                     so
                     as
                     both
                     of
                     them
                     in
                     their
                     coasts
                     compasse
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     to
                     meet
                     againe
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     place
                     :
                     The
                     Iew
                     all
                     the
                     while
                     we
                     suppose
                     resident
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     place
                     :
                     it
                     will
                     follow
                     by
                     necessary
                     consequence
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Sarazen
                     going
                     about
                     the
                     earth
                     Eastward
                     ,
                     will
                     loose
                     one
                     day
                     ;
                     the
                     Christian
                     iourneying
                     Westward
                     ,
                     will
                     gaine
                     one
                     day
                     :
                     the
                     Iew
                     remaining
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     place
                     ,
                     will
                     neither
                     gaine
                     nor
                     loose
                     .
                     These
                     three
                     men
                     then
                     ,
                     meeting
                     together
                     againe
                     after
                     a
                     yeere
                     ,
                     two
                     ,
                     or
                     three
                     ,
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     place
                     ,
                     must
                     needs
                     make
                     a
                     diuers
                     account
                     ;
                     for
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     day
                     ,
                     will
                     bee
                     to
                     the
                     Sarazen
                     Friday
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     Iew
                     Saturday
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     the
                     Christian
                     Sunday
                     ,
                     if
                     they
                     exactly
                     calculate
                     the
                     time
                     from
                     their
                     first
                     meeting
                     ,
                     to
                     their
                     returne
                     vnto
                     the
                     same
                     place
                     .
                     Mee
                     thinkes
                     this
                     ,
                     if
                     there
                     wanted
                     other
                     Arguments
                     ,
                     were
                     a
                     reason
                     sufficient
                     to
                     conuince
                     some
                     strait-laced
                     men
                     ,
                     who
                     rigidly
                     contend
                     our
                     Lords
                     day
                     (
                     which
                     they
                     erroneously
                     tearme
                     the
                     Sabboth
                     )
                     to
                     bee
                     meerely
                     morall
                     ,
                     as
                     grounded
                     on
                     the
                     Law
                     of
                     nature
                     .
                     If
                     it
                     were
                     so
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     our
                     premises
                     before
                     demonstrated
                     ,
                     this
                     absurditie
                     would
                     ensue
                     necessarily
                     :
                     That
                     the
                     Morall
                     Law
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     call
                     also
                     in
                     a
                     sort
                     the
                     Law
                     of
                     nature
                     ,
                     is
                     subiect
                     to
                     manifold
                     mutation
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     our
                     best
                     Diuines
                     is
                     vtterly
                     denied
                     .
                     The
                     conseque●ce
                     will
                     easily
                     follow
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     cannot
                     be
                     denied
                     by
                     any
                     Christian
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     all
                     nations
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     issued
                     from
                     Noahs
                     Arke
                     ,
                     the
                     Seminary
                     of
                     mankinde
                     ,
                     and
                     spread
                     themselues
                     from
                     thence
                     ouer
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     earth
                     ,
                     some
                     farther
                     ,
                     some
                     at
                     a
                     shorter
                     
                     distance
                     :
                     whereby
                     changing
                     the
                     longitude
                     with
                     their
                     habitation
                     ,
                     they
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     alter
                     the
                     differences
                     of
                     times
                     ,
                     wheron
                     they
                     seeke
                     to
                     ground
                     their
                     Sabboth
                     .
                     Neither
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     can
                     any
                     man
                     exactly
                     and
                     precisely
                     obserue
                     any
                     one
                     day
                     ,
                     either
                     as
                     it
                     was
                     first
                     appointed
                     by
                     Moses
                     in
                     the
                     Leuiticall
                     Law
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     was
                     instituted
                     by
                     Christs
                     Apostles
                     afterwards
                     ;
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     manifold
                     transportation
                     of
                     colonies
                     ,
                     and
                     transmigration
                     of
                     Nations
                     from
                     one
                     Region
                     into
                     another
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     times
                     must
                     necessarily
                     bee
                     supposed
                     to
                     vary
                     .
                     And
                     if
                     any
                     more
                     moderate
                     should
                     vrge
                     ,
                     that
                     not
                     the
                     exact
                     seuenth
                     day
                     from
                     the
                     first
                     institution
                     ,
                     bound
                     vs
                     to
                     obseruation
                     ;
                     so
                     one
                     day
                     in
                     seuen
                     bee
                     obserued
                     :
                     it
                     can
                     hardly
                     passe
                     without
                     exception
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     if
                     any
                     man
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Magellane
                       ,
                       Drake
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     Candish
                     ,
                     should
                     trauaile
                     the
                     world
                     about
                     ,
                     a
                     day
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     varied
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     shewed
                     .
                     Here
                     I
                     would
                     willingly
                     demand
                     ,
                     whether
                     such
                     trauailers
                     returning
                     home
                     into
                     their
                     owne
                     countreyes
                     ,
                     should
                     celebrate
                     the
                     same
                     Lords
                     day
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     institution
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     Church
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     as
                     they
                     finde
                     according
                     to
                     their
                     owne
                     account
                     :
                     If
                     they
                     obserue
                     the
                     latter
                     ,
                     they
                     must
                     schismatically
                     diuide
                     themselues
                     from
                     the
                     Church
                     ,
                     and
                     keepe
                     a
                     Sabboth
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     euery
                     mans
                     iudgement
                     would
                     be
                     thought
                     absurd
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     mother
                     of
                     many
                     inconueniences
                     :
                     If
                     the
                     former
                     take
                     place
                     ,
                     then
                     must
                     the
                     d●y
                     be
                     changeable
                     in
                     his
                     nature
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     one
                     day
                     of
                     seuen
                     of
                     them
                     should
                     not
                     be
                     obserued
                     .
                     I
                     speake
                     not
                     this
                     to
                     cherish
                     any
                     neglect
                     of
                     the
                     duty
                     we
                     owe
                     that
                     day
                     ,
                     but
                     rather
                     to
                     proue
                     it
                     not
                     meerely
                     to
                     be
                     grounded
                     on
                     the
                     Law
                     of
                     Nature
                     ,
                     as
                     some
                     would
                     perswade
                     ;
                     but
                     rather
                     an
                     Ecclesiasticall
                     constitution
                     ,
                     deriued
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     seemes
                     most
                     probable
                     )
                     from
                     the
                     Apostles
                     ,
                     though
                     not
                     in
                     practice
                     in
                     Christs
                     time
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     Iewish
                     Sabboth
                     was
                     not
                     yet
                     abolished
                     :
                     But
                     I
                     haue
                     dwelt
                     too
                     long
                     on
                     this
                     ,
                     &
                     may
                     perhaps
                     incurre
                     sharpe
                     cēsure
                     ,
                     for
                     wading
                     too
                     farre
                     into
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     Diuinity
                     :
                     But
                     my
                     Apology
                     shall
                     be
                     this
                     ,
                     that
                     albeit
                     I
                     haue
                     gone
                     beyond
                     my
                     present
                     subiect
                     ,
                     I
                     ●●ue
                     not
                     yet
                     transcended
                     the
                     limits
                     of
                     my
                     profession
                     :
                     I
                     serue
                     no
                     faction
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     dare
                     aduenture
                     my
                     language
                     as
                     free
                     as
                     my
                     opinion
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     5
                     Concerning
                     the
                     longitude
                     ,
                     two
                     things
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     knowne
                     ,
                     1.
                     
                     The
                     Inuention
                     .
                     2.
                     
                     The
                     Expression
                     .
                     The
                     Inuention
                     proposeth
                     vs
                     the
                     way
                     and
                     manner
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     finding
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     longitude
                     of
                     places
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   There
                   are
                   few
                   things
                   in
                   nature
                   which
                   haue
                   more
                   perplexed
                   the
                   wits
                   of
                   ingenious
                   Mathematicians
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   exactest
                   way
                   of
                   finding
                   out
                   the
                   longitude
                   of
                   places
                   :
                   Not
                   that
                   the
                   matter
                   was
                   ouer
                   difficult
                   in
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   they
                   sought
                   out
                   a
                   way
                   to
                   performe
                   this
                   conclusion
                   ,
                   not
                   depending
                   from
                   the
                   obseruation
                   of
                   the
                   celestiall
                   bodies
                   and
                   motions
                   ;
                   a
                   matter
                   as
                   yet
                   neuer
                   found
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   I
                   feare
                   mee
                   vnpossible
                   :
                   Because
                   they
                   proposed
                   to
                   themselues
                   one
                   of
                   these
                   two
                   wayes
                   to
                   finde
                   it
                   out
                   ;
                   either
                   by
                   some
                   magneticall
                   instrument
                   ,
                   or
                   else
                   by
                   industry
                   of
                   nauigation
                   :
                   neither
                   of
                   which
                   can
                   much
                   profit
                   .
                   Not
                   the
                   former
                   ,
                   because
                   there
                   haue
                   neuer
                   beene
                   any
                   fixed
                   points
                   found
                   in
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   betwixt
                   East
                   and
                   West
                   ,
                   as
                   betwixt
                   North
                   and
                   South
                   haue
                   beene
                   obserued
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   nothing
                   can
                   proceed
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   meere
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   earthly
                   Globe
                   ,
                   whereon
                   wee
                   may
                   ground
                   any
                   difference
                   of
                   longitude
                   :
                   Neither
                   is
                   the
                   second
                   very
                   beneficiall
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   all
                   voyages
                   both
                   by
                   Sea
                   and
                   land
                   ,
                   are
                   very
                   irregular
                   and
                   vncertaine
                   ,
                   either
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   sundry
                   impediments
                   ,
                   as
                   rockes
                   ,
                   mountaines
                   ;
                   woods
                   ,
                   contrary
                   winds
                   ,
                   and
                   other
                   dangers
                   turning
                   aside
                   the
                   direct
                   course
                   of
                   passengers
                   from
                   any
                   direct
                   way
                   ,
                   or
                   obseruation
                   ;
                   or
                   else
                   by
                   the
                   Ignorance
                   of
                   Mariners
                   ,
                   which
                   seldome
                   passe
                   so
                   farre
                   on
                   discouery
                   :
                   and
                   if
                   they
                   doe
                   ,
                   know
                   not
                   perfectly
                   to
                   delineate
                   out
                   their
                   iourney
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   Cosmographer
                   would
                   expect
                   ,
                   to
                   any
                   tolerable
                   satisfaction
                   .
                   Neuerthelesse
                   ,
                   by
                   Astronomicall
                   obseruation
                   ,
                   wee
                   haue
                   many
                   wayes
                   left
                   vs
                   for
                   the
                   performance
                   of
                   this
                   conclusion
                   ,
                   as
                   shall
                   bee
                   taught
                   in
                   these
                   following
                   propositions
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       By
                       an
                       Eclypse
                       of
                       the
                       Moone
                       ,
                       the
                       longitude
                       may
                       be
                       found
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                   
                     This
                     conclusion
                     is
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     to
                     bee
                     performed
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     it
                     behooueth
                     you
                     to
                     know
                     ,
                     as
                     you
                     may
                     by
                     an
                     Ephemerides
                     ,
                     at
                     what
                     houre
                     an
                     Eclipse
                     shall
                     happen
                     at
                     some
                     knowne
                     place
                     ,
                     whereof
                     you
                     are
                     well
                     informed
                     of
                     the
                     longitude
                     :
                     Then
                     must
                     bee
                     obserued
                     by
                     an
                     Astrolable
                     ,
                     or
                     other
                     Astronomicall
                     instrument
                     ,
                     at
                     what
                     houre
                     this
                     Eclipse
                     begins
                     at
                     that
                     place
                     ,
                     whereof
                     you
                     would
                     willingly
                     know
                     the
                     longitude
                     :
                     If
                     the
                     Eclipse
                     doe
                     beginne
                     in
                     both
                     places
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     time
                     ,
                     you
                     may
                     assure
                     your selfe
                     that
                     these
                     two
                     places
                     differ
                     not
                     in
                     longitude
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     there
                     be
                     a
                     difference
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     ,
                     then
                     must
                     there
                     be
                     a
                     difference
                     in
                     the
                     longitude
                     ,
                     which
                     to
                     finde
                     out
                     ,
                     you
                     may
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     proceed
                     :
                     Take
                     the
                     lesser
                     summe
                     of
                     houres
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     greater
                     ,
                     and
                     there
                     will
                     be
                     remaining
                     ,
                     either
                     houres
                     or
                     minutes
                     ,
                     or
                     both
                     :
                     If
                     there
                     remaine
                     houres
                     ,
                     then
                     multiply
                     the
                     same
                     by
                     15
                     ;
                     if
                     minutes
                     ,
                     diuide
                     the
                     same
                     by
                     4
                     ;
                     (
                     for
                     in
                     this
                     account
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     taught
                     ,
                     15.
                     
                     Degrees
                     make
                     an
                     houre
                     )
                     and
                     adde
                     the
                     difference
                     so
                     found
                     vnto
                     the
                     longitude
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     Ecclipse
                     appeare
                     there
                     sooner
                     :
                     but
                     if
                     later
                     ,
                     subtract
                     it
                     from
                     the
                     longitude
                     formerly
                     knowne
                     .
                     If
                     there
                     remaine
                     any
                     minutes
                     after
                     the
                     diuision
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     multiply
                     those
                     minutes
                     by
                     15
                     ;
                     and
                     so
                     shall
                     yee
                     haue
                     the
                     Minutes
                     of
                     Degrees
                     .
                     To
                     explaine
                     this
                     the
                     better
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     take
                     this
                     familiar
                     example
                     from
                     some
                     of
                     our
                     later
                     writers
                     .
                     The
                     longitude
                     of
                     Paris
                     was
                     set
                     downe
                     by
                     Ptolomy
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     23
                     degrees
                     ;
                     now
                     we
                     may
                     be
                     informed
                     by
                     an
                     Ephemerides
                     ,
                     that
                     a
                     certaine
                     Eclipse
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     beginnes
                     there
                     3
                     houres
                     after
                     midnight
                     ;
                     out
                     of
                     this
                     I
                     would
                     willingly
                     learne
                     the
                     longitude
                     of
                     Tubing
                     a
                     towne
                     in
                     Sueuia
                     :
                     In
                     this
                     towne
                     I
                     obserue
                     by
                     some
                     Astronomicall
                     instrument
                     ,
                     at
                     what
                     houre
                     the
                     Eclipse
                     there
                     beginnes
                     ,
                     which
                     I
                     finde
                     to
                     bee
                     at
                     three
                     of
                     the
                     clocke
                     and
                     24
                     minutes
                     after
                     midnight
                     .
                     Then
                     by
                     the
                     subraction
                     of
                     the
                     lesser
                     number
                     of
                     time
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     greater
                     ,
                     I
                     finde
                     the
                     remainder
                     to
                     be
                     24
                     minutes
                     ,
                     which
                     diuided
                     by
                     4.
                     which
                     makes
                     one
                     degree
                     ,
                     the
                     quotient
                     will
                     bee
                     6.
                     degrees
                     :
                     and
                     that
                     is
                     the
                     difference
                     ,
                     which
                     if
                     you
                     adde
                     to
                     the
                     knowne
                     longitude
                     of
                     Paris
                     (
                     because
                     the
                     Eclipse
                     begins
                     there
                     sooner
                     then
                     at
                     Paris
                     )
                     it
                     will
                     amount
                     to
                     29
                     degrees
                     :
                     wherby
                     we
                     may
                     collect
                     that
                     the
                     Longitude
                     of
                     Tubing
                     is
                     ●9
                     .
                     degrees
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     rule
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     are
                     squared
                     all
                     Cosmographicall
                     
                     Tables
                     of
                     longitude
                     ,
                     but
                     yet
                     in
                     this
                     happen
                     diuers
                     errours
                     :
                     1.
                     
                     Because
                     oftentimes
                     in
                     the
                     Artificer
                     there
                     wants
                     diligence
                     in
                     obseruing
                     the
                     right
                     houre
                     &
                     moment
                     of
                     the
                     Eclipse
                     .
                     2.
                     
                     The
                     diuers
                     .
                     Epacts
                     &
                     latitudes
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     are
                     commonly
                     neglected
                     ;
                     wherfore
                     some
                     haue
                     thought
                     it
                     the
                     best
                     way
                     (
                     if
                     it
                     were
                     to
                     be
                     hoped
                     )
                     that
                     diuers
                     exact
                     Astronomers
                     should
                     at
                     diuers
                     places
                     obserue
                     the
                     same
                     Eclipse
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     by
                     conferring
                     together
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     former
                     Rule
                     ,
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     longitudes
                     of
                     those
                     places
                     .
                     But
                     exact
                     Astronomers
                     cannot
                     be
                     so
                     easily
                     found
                     in
                     euery
                     citie
                     ,
                     wherof
                     we
                     desire
                     to
                     know
                     the
                     longitudes
                     ;
                     or
                     if
                     there
                     were
                     such
                     ,
                     they
                     keepe
                     not
                     alwaies
                     such
                     correspondency
                     in
                     friendship
                     ;
                     neither
                     is
                     an
                     Eclipse
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     alwayes
                     at
                     command
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     ,
                     this
                     way
                     is
                     not
                     to
                     bee
                     despised
                     ,
                     because
                     where
                     better
                     wayes
                     are
                     wanting
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     content
                     our selues
                     with
                     what
                     we
                     finde
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       By
                       a
                       Clocke
                       ,
                       Watch
                       ,
                       or
                       Houre
                       glasse
                       ,
                       to
                       finde
                       out
                       the
                       longitude
                       of
                       a
                       place
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     conclusion
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     performed
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     ;
                     You
                     must
                     get
                     you
                     a
                     watch
                     or
                     clocke
                     ,
                     apt
                     to
                     runne
                     (
                     if
                     you
                     can
                     )
                     24
                     houres
                     ;
                     this
                     watch
                     must
                     you
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     helpe
                     of
                     an
                     Astrolabe
                     ,
                     rectifie
                     and
                     set
                     iust
                     at
                     such
                     time
                     as
                     you
                     depart
                     from
                     the
                     place
                     where
                     you
                     are
                     ,
                     as
                     bound
                     to
                     any
                     other
                     place
                     ,
                     whereof
                     you
                     desire
                     to
                     inquire
                     the
                     longitude
                     :
                     during
                     which
                     time
                     ,
                     your
                     diligent
                     care
                     must
                     be
                     to
                     preserue
                     your
                     watch
                     in
                     motion
                     without
                     intermission
                     :
                     being
                     at
                     last
                     arriued
                     at
                     the
                     place
                     whereof
                     you
                     inquire
                     the
                     longitude
                     ,
                     you
                     were
                     best
                     to
                     stay
                     till
                     such
                     time
                     as
                     the
                     Index
                     shall
                     precisely
                     point
                     out
                     some
                     perfect
                     houre
                     :
                     At
                     the
                     same
                     instant
                     it
                     must
                     bee
                     knowne
                     by
                     an
                     Astrolabe
                     ,
                     what
                     houre
                     it
                     is
                     at
                     the
                     place
                     where
                     you
                     are
                     arriued
                     ;
                     for
                     if
                     your
                     Astrolabe
                     and
                     Watch
                     should
                     both
                     agree
                     in
                     one
                     ,
                     you
                     might
                     assure
                     your selfe
                     that
                     there
                     is
                     no
                     difference
                     of
                     longitude
                     betwixt
                     the
                     place
                     whence
                     you
                     came
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     place
                     whereto
                     you
                     are
                     arriued
                     :
                     For
                     it
                     is
                     euident
                     that
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     your
                     iourney
                     hath
                     beene
                     either
                     directly
                     North
                     or
                     directly
                     South
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     this
                     differ
                     either
                     in
                     houres
                     or
                     minutes
                     ,
                     they
                     must
                     be
                     reduced
                     vnto
                     degrees
                     in
                     such
                     sor●
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     shewed
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     way
                     .
                     Through
                     
                     which
                     you
                     may
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     Longitude
                     which
                     you
                     desire
                     to
                     know
                     :
                     This
                     inuention
                     is
                     by
                     our
                     Countryman
                     Blundeuill
                     ascribed
                     to
                     
                       Gemma
                       Frisius
                    
                     ;
                     although
                     I
                     should
                     take
                     it
                     to
                     bee
                     more
                     ancient
                     :
                     but
                     whose
                     inuention
                     soeuer
                     it
                     was
                     ,
                     certainly
                     it
                     cannot
                     but
                     commend
                     the
                     Authour
                     .
                     
                       Peter
                       Martyr
                    
                     in
                     his
                     Decades
                     ,
                     seemes
                     to
                     preferre
                     this
                     way
                     before
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     ;
                     neuerthelesse
                     in
                     this
                     I
                     cannot
                     assent
                     to
                     his
                     opinion
                     ,
                     being
                     one
                     I
                     had
                     rather
                     trust
                     as
                     an
                     Historian
                     ,
                     then
                     as
                     a
                     iudicious
                     Cosmographer
                     :
                     because
                     the
                     way
                     cannot
                     but
                     admit
                     of
                     great
                     vncertainty
                     :
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     a
                     Watch
                     or
                     Clocke
                     will
                     moue
                     inequally
                     ,
                     being
                     corrupted
                     with
                     rust
                     ,
                     especially
                     on
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     which
                     alwayes
                     abounds
                     with
                     moist
                     vapours
                     :
                     wherefore
                     on
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     some
                     haue
                     thought
                     an
                     Houre-glasse
                     more
                     conuenient
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     true
                     in
                     comparison
                     of
                     the
                     Watch
                     ;
                     but
                     neither
                     will
                     the
                     sands
                     of
                     an
                     houre-glasse
                     keepe
                     alwaies
                     the
                     like
                     motion
                     :
                     If
                     any
                     certainty
                     may
                     bee
                     this
                     way
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     bee
                     by
                     the
                     helpe
                     of
                     the
                     Automaton
                     or
                     perpetuall
                     moueable
                     ,
                     of
                     whose
                     inuention
                     we
                     may
                     sooner
                     despaire
                     then
                     of
                     finding
                     out
                     this
                     conclusion
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       3
                       By
                       the
                       distance
                       betwixt
                       the
                       Moone
                       and
                       some
                       knowne
                       Starre
                       ,
                       which
                       is
                       situate
                       neere
                       the
                       Eclipticke
                       ,
                       the
                       Longitude
                       may
                       be
                       found
                       out
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     way
                     was
                     taught
                     by
                     Appian
                     ,
                     illustrated
                     by
                     
                       Gemma
                       Frisius
                    
                     and
                     Blundeuill
                     ,
                     to
                     whose
                     manner
                     of
                     explication
                     ,
                     wee
                     haue
                     for
                     farther
                     illustration
                     added
                     a
                     figure
                     of
                     the
                     Parallax
                     whereon
                     this
                     inuention
                     is
                     grounded
                     .
                     First
                     then
                     to
                     shew
                     this
                     conclusion
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     first
                     lay
                     this
                     ground
                     :
                     that
                     the
                     Distances
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Moone
                     and
                     other
                     starres
                     in
                     the
                     firmament
                     are
                     varied
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     difference
                     of
                     places
                     :
                     In
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     two
                     men
                     liuing
                     farre
                     distant
                     in
                     diuers
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     beholding
                     at
                     one
                     time
                     the
                     Moone
                     and
                     some
                     other
                     knowne
                     fixt
                     starre
                     ,
                     will
                     not
                     finde
                     the
                     like
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     them
                     :
                     whereof
                     if
                     any
                     man
                     doubt
                     ,
                     he
                     may
                     be
                     informed
                     by
                     this
                     figure
                     .
                     Wee
                     will
                     imagine
                     O
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     as
                     seated
                     in
                     the
                     lower
                     Orbe
                     ;
                     G
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     the
                     fixt
                     starre
                     ,
                     whose
                     distance
                     from
                     the
                     Moone
                     is
                     inquired
                     :
                     E
                     and
                     F
                     two
                     stations
                     and
                     habitations
                     of
                     men
                     dwelling
                     on
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     whereof
                     wee
                     may
                     imagine
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     bee
                     in
                     Europe
                     ,
                     the
                     
                       
                    
                     other
                     in
                     America
                     :
                     It
                     will
                     be
                     manifest
                     that
                     the
                     inhabitant
                     situate
                     in
                     F
                     will
                     behold
                     the
                     Moone
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     B
                     ;
                     and
                     the
                     said
                     fixt
                     starre
                     in
                     G
                     :
                     (
                     because
                     as
                     the
                     Optickes
                     teach
                     vs
                     ,
                     all
                     things
                     are
                     seene
                     in
                     the
                     places
                     opposite
                     to
                     the
                     eye
                     )
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Moone
                     and
                     the
                     said
                     starre
                     ,
                     will
                     bee
                     the
                     Arch
                     of
                     the
                     greatest
                     Circle
                     BG
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     :
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     situate
                     in
                     E
                     ,
                     will
                     behold
                     the
                     Moone
                     by
                     the
                     ray
                     EC
                     in
                     C.
                     as
                     likewise
                     the
                     said
                     fixt
                     starre
                     G
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     G
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     ray
                     EG
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Moone
                     and
                     the
                     fixt
                     starre
                     ,
                     will
                     bee
                     in
                     that
                     station
                     the
                     Arch
                     of
                     the
                     circle
                     CG
                     .
                     Now
                     by
                     the
                     first
                     common
                     Axiome
                     of
                     Euclide
                     ,
                     euery
                     man
                     must
                     grant
                     that
                     the
                     Arch
                     of
                     BG
                     is
                     greater
                     then
                     CG
                     ,
                     the
                     former
                     being
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     and
                     this
                     the
                     part
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     ground
                     ,
                     wee
                     may
                     as
                     easily
                     collect
                     that
                     this
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Moone
                     and
                     some
                     other
                     knowne
                     fixt
                     starre
                     is
                     varied
                     proportionally
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     distances
                     of
                     the
                     places
                     on
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     because
                     so
                     many
                     places
                     as
                     there
                     are
                     ,
                     so
                     many
                     diuersity
                     
                     of
                     aspects
                     will
                     arise
                     ,
                     being
                     increased
                     or
                     diminished
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     distances
                     of
                     places
                     on
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     :
                     This
                     conclusion
                     thus
                     demonstrated
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     proceed
                     to
                     practice
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     ,
                     as
                     is
                     taught
                     by
                     
                       Gemma
                       Frisius
                    
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     it
                     behooueth
                     you
                     to
                     search
                     out
                     by
                     the
                     helpe
                     of
                     Astronomicall
                     Tables
                     ,
                     the
                     true
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Longitude
                     ,
                     at
                     that
                     time
                     of
                     your
                     obseruation
                     at
                     some
                     certaine
                     place
                     ,
                     for
                     whose
                     Meridian
                     the
                     rootes
                     of
                     those
                     Tables
                     are
                     calculated
                     .
                     2.
                     
                     You
                     must
                     know
                     the
                     Degree
                     of
                     Longitude
                     of
                     some
                     fixed
                     starre
                     ,
                     nigh
                     vnto
                     the
                     Eclipticke
                     ,
                     either
                     preceding
                     or
                     following
                     the
                     moouing
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     You
                     must
                     seeke
                     out
                     the
                     Distance
                     of
                     moouing
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     said
                     starre
                     .
                     4.
                     
                     The
                     distance
                     once
                     had
                     ,
                     apply
                     the
                     crosse-staffe
                     to
                     your
                     sight
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     mooue
                     the
                     Crosse
                     to
                     and
                     fro
                     ,
                     till
                     you
                     may
                     behold
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     at
                     the
                     one
                     ende
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     fixed
                     starre
                     with
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     So
                     shall
                     you
                     see
                     expressed
                     by
                     the
                     Degrees
                     and
                     Minutes
                     marked
                     on
                     the
                     staffe
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     and
                     the
                     said
                     starre
                     correspondent
                     to
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     your
                     obseruation
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     noted
                     ,
                     set
                     downe
                     also
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Moone
                     and
                     the
                     foresaid
                     Starre
                     which
                     was
                     first
                     calculated
                     .
                     Then
                     subtract
                     the
                     lesser
                     from
                     the
                     greater
                     ,
                     the
                     residue
                     will
                     shew
                     the
                     least
                     difference
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     diuided
                     by
                     the
                     moouing
                     which
                     the
                     Moone
                     maketh
                     in
                     one
                     houre
                     ,
                     you
                     shall
                     know
                     the
                     time
                     in
                     which
                     the
                     Moone
                     is
                     or
                     was
                     ioyned
                     with
                     the
                     first
                     distance
                     of
                     the
                     foresaid
                     starre
                     .
                     Then
                     hauing
                     conuerted
                     that
                     time
                     into
                     degrees
                     and
                     minutes
                     ,
                     the
                     rest
                     will
                     be
                     performed
                     either
                     by
                     addition
                     or
                     substraction
                     of
                     the
                     Product
                     thereof
                     to
                     or
                     from
                     that
                     Meridian
                     :
                     for
                     which
                     the
                     Tables
                     where
                     by
                     you
                     first
                     calculated
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     were
                     appointed
                     and
                     verified
                     .
                     If
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Moone
                     and
                     the
                     fixt
                     Starre
                     of
                     your
                     obseruation
                     bee
                     lesser
                     ,
                     then
                     must
                     you
                     adde
                     the
                     degrees
                     and
                     minutes
                     to
                     the
                     knowne
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     so
                     shall
                     you
                     finde
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     your
                     obseruation
                     to
                     bee
                     more
                     Eastward
                     .
                     If
                     it
                     bee
                     greater
                     ,
                     then
                     substract
                     the
                     degrees
                     and
                     minutes
                     from
                     the
                     knowne
                     Longitude
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     your
                     obseruation
                     in
                     this
                     regard
                     will
                     bee
                     more
                     Westward
                     .
                     These
                     rules
                     are
                     so
                     farre
                     true
                     that
                     the
                     Moone
                     bee
                     supposed
                     to
                     bee
                     more
                     Westward
                     then
                     the
                     
                     fixed
                     Starre
                     :
                     for
                     if
                     otherwise
                     ,
                     your
                     working
                     must
                     be
                     cleane
                     contrary
                     :
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Moone
                     and
                     the
                     fixed
                     Starre
                     bee
                     lesser
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     subtract
                     the
                     degrees
                     and
                     minutes
                     from
                     the
                     knowne
                     Longitude
                     :
                     so
                     shall
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     your
                     obseruation
                     bee
                     more
                     Westward
                     :
                     but
                     if
                     it
                     bee
                     greater
                     ,
                     then
                     must
                     you
                     adde
                     the
                     degrees
                     and
                     minutes
                     vnto
                     the
                     knowne
                     Longitude
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     your
                     obseruation
                     shall
                     bee
                     sound
                     Eastward
                     .
                     This
                     way
                     ,
                     though
                     more
                     difficult
                     ,
                     may
                     seeme
                     better
                     then
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     an
                     Eclipse
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     seldome
                     happens
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     watch
                     ,
                     clocke
                     ,
                     or
                     houreglasse
                     cannot
                     so
                     well
                     bee
                     preserued
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     so
                     well
                     obserued
                     in
                     so
                     long
                     a
                     voyage
                     :
                     wherea●
                     euery
                     night
                     may
                     seeme
                     to
                     giue
                     occasion
                     to
                     this
                     experiment
                     :
                     if
                     so
                     bee
                     the
                     ayre
                     bee
                     freed
                     from
                     clouds
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Moone
                     shew
                     her
                     face
                     aboue
                     the
                     Horizon
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       4
                       By
                       the
                       obseruation
                       of
                       the
                       difference
                       in
                       the
                       Sunnes
                       and
                       Moones
                       motion
                       ,
                       the
                       Longitude
                       of
                       places
                       may
                       be
                       found
                       out
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     To
                     explane
                     this
                     proposition
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     set
                     downe
                     three
                     things
                     .
                     1
                     Certaine
                     Postulata
                     ,
                     or
                     granted
                     Axioms
                     .
                     2
                     The
                     example
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     The
                     manner
                     and
                     practise
                     :
                     The
                     grounds
                     or
                     propositions
                     which
                     wee
                     take
                     as
                     granted
                     of
                     all
                     Mathematicians
                     are
                     these
                     .
                     1
                     That
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     is
                     48
                     minutes
                     of
                     an
                     houre
                     slower
                     in
                     24
                     houres
                     ,
                     or
                     360
                     degrees
                     ,
                     then
                     that
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     .
                     2
                     That
                     by
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     heauens
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     Mathematicall
                     helpes
                     ,
                     an
                     Artificer
                     may
                     know
                     in
                     any
                     place
                     first
                     the
                     Meridian
                     :
                     Secondly
                     the
                     houre
                     of
                     the
                     day
                     :
                     Thirdly
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     Moones
                     comming
                     to
                     the
                     Meridian
                     .
                     3
                     The
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     Moones
                     comming
                     to
                     the
                     Meridian
                     may
                     bee
                     knowne
                     by
                     an
                     Ephemerides
                     :
                     These
                     things
                     granted
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     suppose
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     London
                     the
                     Moone
                     on
                     some
                     set
                     day
                     comes
                     to
                     the
                     Meridian
                     at
                     foure
                     of
                     the
                     Clocke
                     after
                     Noone
                     :
                     2
                     ▪
                     That
                     in
                     some
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     West-Indies
                     ,
                     the
                     Moone
                     bee
                     obserued
                     to
                     come
                     to
                     the
                     Meridian
                     the
                     same
                     day
                     at
                     10
                     minutes
                     after
                     foure
                     .
                     These
                     grounds
                     thus
                     set
                     downe
                     ,
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     Longitude
                     of
                     that
                     place
                     Westward
                     from
                     London
                     may
                     bee
                     found
                     out
                     .
                     The
                     manner
                     of
                     practise
                     is
                     thus
                     to
                     bee
                     
                     wrought
                     by
                     the
                     golden
                     Rule
                     .
                     If
                     the
                     difference
                     of
                     the
                     Sunnes
                     and
                     Moones
                     motion
                     bee
                     48
                     minutes
                     of
                     an
                     houre
                     in
                     360
                     degrees
                     ,
                     what
                     will
                     it
                     be
                     in
                     10
                     minutes
                     ?
                     The
                     fourth
                     proportionall
                     number
                     will
                     bee
                     75
                     degrees
                     ,
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     Longitude
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     assigned
                     from
                     London
                     ,
                     in
                     West
                     Longitude
                     ;
                     from
                     which
                     number
                     the
                     Longitude
                     from
                     London
                     being
                     subtracted
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     remainder
                     from
                     360
                     ,
                     the
                     residue
                     will
                     shew
                     the
                     Longitude
                     .
                     If
                     the
                     Moone
                     in
                     the
                     place
                     assigned
                     come
                     sooner
                     to
                     the
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     count
                     so
                     much
                     in
                     East
                     Latitude
                     .
                     This
                     way
                     I
                     first
                     found
                     in
                     Mr
                     ▪
                     Purchas
                     his
                     relation
                     of
                     Halls
                     discouery
                     of
                     Groenland
                     ,
                     written
                     by
                     
                       William
                       Baffin
                    
                     since
                     this
                     Chapter
                     came
                     vnder
                     the
                     Presse
                     :
                     the
                     expression
                     of
                     which
                     ,
                     being
                     as
                     I
                     suppose
                     shorter
                     and
                     easier
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     Author
                     ,
                     I
                     doe
                     owe
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     to
                     my
                     worthy
                     Chamber-fellow
                     ,
                     Mr.
                     
                       Nathanael
                       Norrington
                    
                     ,
                     to
                     whose
                     learned
                     conference
                     ,
                     I
                     confesse
                     my selfe
                     to
                     owe
                     some
                     fruits
                     of
                     my
                     labours
                     in
                     this
                     kinde
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     the
                     offices
                     of
                     friendship
                     .
                     This
                     manner
                     of
                     inuention
                     ,
                     for
                     mine
                     owne
                     part
                     ,
                     I
                     preferre
                     before
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     ,
                     both
                     for
                     certainty
                     and
                     facility
                     and
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     should
                     seeme
                     by
                     Baffins
                     practise
                     )
                     it
                     is
                     more
                     in
                     vse
                     amongst
                     Marriners
                     then
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     lesse
                     mentioned
                     amongst
                     writers
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     14
                     Thus
                     much
                     for
                     the
                     Inuention
                     of
                     the
                     Longitude
                     :
                     the
                     Expression
                     is
                     the
                     imitation
                     of
                     the
                     Longitude
                     on
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     an
                     Artificiall
                     Globe
                     or
                     Mappe
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     directed
                     by
                     these
                     Rules
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       place
                       whereof
                       wee
                       desire
                       to
                       know
                       the
                       Longitude
                       being
                       brought
                       to
                       the
                       Brasen
                       Meridian
                       ,
                       the
                       degrees
                       of
                       the
                       Equatour
                       will
                       shew
                       the
                       Longitude
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     Rule
                     may
                     easily
                     be
                     explaned
                     by
                     these
                     three
                     precepts
                     .
                     First
                     that
                     you
                     must
                     turne
                     round
                     the
                     Globe
                     on
                     his
                     Axell-tree
                     ,
                     till
                     you
                     bring
                     the
                     place
                     whereof
                     seek
                     the
                     Longitude
                     vnder
                     the
                     brasen
                     Meridian
                     .
                     2
                     You
                     must
                     diligently
                     and
                     exactly
                     marke
                     what
                     
                     degree
                     the
                     Meridian
                     cuts
                     in
                     the
                     Equatour
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     You
                     must
                     number
                     how
                     many
                     degrees
                     that
                     point
                     is
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     first
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     number
                     will
                     giue
                     you
                     the
                     true
                     Longitude
                     sought
                     after
                     This
                     also
                     m●y
                     be
                     performed
                     without
                     turning
                     of
                     the
                     Globe
                     ,
                     if
                     so
                     be
                     any
                     other
                     Meridian
                     in
                     the
                     globe
                     signed
                     out
                     shall
                     passe
                     by
                     the
                     said
                     place
                     .
                     For
                     this
                     Meridian
                     will
                     cut
                     the
                     Equatour
                     in
                     some
                     degree
                     or
                     other
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     numbred
                     ▪
                     as
                     before
                     from
                     the
                     first
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     will
                     shew
                     the
                     direct
                     Longitude
                     :
                     the
                     like
                     of
                     which
                     we
                     haue
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     case
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       Meridian
                       running
                       through
                       any
                       place
                       of
                       the
                       Geographicall
                       Table
                       ,
                       will
                       point
                       and
                       designe
                       out
                       in
                       the
                       Equatour
                       the
                       degrees
                       of
                       Longitude
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     may
                     easily
                     bee
                     taught
                     by
                     the
                     former
                     way
                     performed
                     on
                     the
                     Globe
                     :
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     if
                     I
                     should
                     inquire
                     the
                     Longitude
                     of
                     Paris
                     the
                     Metropolis
                     of
                     France
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     Geographicall
                     Map
                     ,
                     I
                     finde
                     a
                     Meridian
                     markt
                     out
                     which
                     runs
                     ,
                     if
                     not
                     directly
                     through
                     yet
                     very
                     neere
                     the
                     said
                     City
                     .
                     This
                     Meridian
                     I
                     trace
                     along
                     to
                     the
                     Southerne
                     part
                     ,
                     till
                     I
                     finde
                     it
                     to
                     meet
                     and
                     cut
                     the
                     Equatour
                     .
                     Then
                     obserue
                     I
                     in
                     what
                     degree
                     of
                     the
                     Equatour
                     it
                     makes
                     his
                     intersection
                     ,
                     and
                     I
                     finde
                     it
                     to
                     bee
                     23
                     degrees
                     20
                     minutes
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     Longitude
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     15
                     Hauing
                     spoken
                     of
                     the
                     Longitude
                     ,
                     the
                     Latitude
                     comes
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     to
                     bee
                     handled
                     :
                     the
                     Latitude
                     is
                     the
                     Distance
                     of
                     any
                     place
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     either
                     North
                     or
                     South
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   What
                   we
                   haue
                   spoken
                   of
                   the
                   Longitude
                   must
                   also
                   agree
                   to
                   the
                   Latitude
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   taken
                   sometimes
                   absolutely
                   and
                   generally
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   specially
                   :
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   sense
                   it
                   signifies
                   any
                   distance
                   or
                   space
                   betweene
                   North
                   and
                   South
                   ,
                   or
                   contrariwise
                   from
                   South
                   to
                   North.
                   Amongst
                   the
                   Ancients
                   was
                   the
                   bre●dth
                   or
                   Latitude
                   held
                   to
                   bee
                   about
                   80
                   degrees
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   vtmost
                   
                   bound
                   or
                   limit
                   to
                   it
                   Northward
                   was
                   called
                   Thule
                   ,
                   which
                   commonly
                   is
                   supposed
                   to
                   bee
                   Island
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   latter
                   Nauigatours
                   through
                   their
                   diligence
                   haue
                   detected
                   so
                   much
                   land
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   found
                   to
                   stretch
                   beyond
                   81
                   degrees
                   toward
                   the
                   North
                   ,
                   and
                   45
                   toward
                   the
                   South
                   ,
                   and
                   much
                   farther
                   if
                   we
                   will
                   beleeue
                   the
                   relation
                   of
                   
                     Ferdinand
                     de
                     Quir
                  
                   ,
                   a
                   Spaniard
                   ,
                   who
                   boasts
                   a
                   more
                   ample
                   discouery
                   of
                   the
                   
                     South
                     I●dies
                  
                   ,
                   then
                   euer
                   before
                   hath
                   beene
                   knowne
                   .
                   But
                   howsoeuer
                   ,
                   the
                   Latitude
                   here
                   define
                   is
                   taken
                   in
                   a
                   more
                   speciall
                   and
                   stricter
                   sense
                   for
                   the
                   distance
                   of
                   any
                   place
                   from
                   the
                   equinoctiall
                   line
                   ,
                   bee
                   it
                   either
                   toward
                   the
                   North
                   or
                   the
                   South
                   .
                   The
                   bound
                   therefore
                   from
                   which
                   we
                   begin
                   our
                   account
                   of
                   Latitude
                   is
                   the
                   Equatour
                   :
                   but
                   the
                   subiect
                   wherein
                   it
                   is
                   measured
                   is
                   the
                   Meridian
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   cleane
                   opposite
                   to
                   the
                   Longitude
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   was
                   limited
                   by
                   the
                   Meridian
                   ,
                   and
                   measured
                   in
                   the
                   Equatour
                   .
                   The
                   Latitude
                   of
                   a
                   place
                   is
                   alwayes
                   equall
                   to
                   the
                   Eleuation
                   of
                   the
                   Pole
                   ,
                   as
                   wee
                   shall
                   shew
                   hereafter
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   diuided
                   into
                   the
                   Northerne
                   and
                   the
                   Southerne
                   Latitude
                   ,
                   whereof
                   the
                   one
                   is
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   Northward
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   Southward
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     16
                     Concerning
                     the
                     Latitude
                     are
                     to
                     bee
                     considered
                     the
                     Inuention
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Expression
                     :
                     the
                     Inuention
                     is
                     againe
                     twofold
                     ,
                     Astronomicall
                     or
                     Magneticall
                     .
                  
                   
                     17
                     The
                     Astronomicall
                     Inuention
                     of
                     the
                     Latitude
                     is
                     by
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     Starres
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     directed
                     by
                     these
                     Propositions
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       
                         Meridian
                         Height
                      
                       of
                       the
                       Sunne
                       at
                       the
                       time
                       of
                       the
                       Equinoctiall
                       subtracted
                       from
                       90
                       degrees
                       ,
                       will
                       shew
                       the
                       true
                       Latitude
                       of
                       the
                       place
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     at
                     Noone
                     may
                     be
                     found
                     by
                     the
                     
                       Astrolabe
                       ,
                       Crosse-staffe
                       ;
                       Quadrant
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     many
                     other
                     Astronomicall
                     
                     instruments
                     ,
                     but
                     in
                     taking
                     the
                     Meridian
                     Altitude
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     very
                     fit
                     and
                     requisite
                     that
                     it
                     bee
                     obserued
                     diuerse
                     times
                     one
                     after
                     another
                     with
                     some
                     little
                     space
                     betwixt
                     ,
                     to
                     trie
                     whether
                     it
                     increaseth
                     or
                     decreaseth
                     ;
                     for
                     if
                     it
                     doth
                     increase
                     ;
                     then
                     assure
                     your selfe
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     full
                     Noone
                     ;
                     if
                     it
                     decrease
                     it
                     is
                     past
                     Noone
                     :
                     hauing
                     thus
                     found
                     out
                     the
                     Meridian
                     Altitude
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     subduct
                     it
                     from
                     90
                     degrees
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     residue
                     will
                     bee
                     the
                     true
                     Latitude
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     ,
                     if
                     so
                     bee
                     it
                     bee
                     obserued
                     at
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     enters
                     the
                     first
                     point
                     of
                     Aries
                     ,
                     or
                     Libra
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     here
                     at
                     Oxford
                     I
                     obserue
                     the
                     Meridian
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     about
                     the
                     eleuenth
                     of
                     March
                     ,
                     and
                     I
                     finde
                     it
                     to
                     bee
                     about
                     37
                     degrees
                     ,
                     or
                     thereabout
                     ,
                     which
                     I
                     subtract
                     out
                     of
                     90
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     Quadrant
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     residue
                     will
                     bee
                     51½
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     Latitude
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     you
                     would
                     know
                     the
                     Latitude
                     at
                     any
                     other
                     day
                     ,
                     or
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     ,
                     then
                     must
                     you
                     proceed
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     :
                     hauing
                     taken
                     the
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     at
                     Noone
                     (
                     as
                     before
                     )
                     you
                     must
                     by
                     the
                     Table
                     of
                     Declination
                     learne
                     the
                     true
                     degree
                     of
                     the
                     Sunnes
                     declination
                     .
                     2
                     If
                     such
                     declination
                     bee
                     Northernely
                     ,
                     then
                     must
                     you
                     subtract
                     it
                     from
                     the
                     foresaid
                     Altitude
                     or
                     height
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     Southernly
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     adde
                     it
                     to
                     the
                     Altitude
                     :
                     and
                     by
                     such
                     addition
                     and
                     subtraction
                     ,
                     shall
                     you
                     haue
                     the
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     equinoctiall
                     aboue
                     the
                     Horizon
                     .
                     3
                     This
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     aboue
                     your
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     being
                     as
                     before
                     subtracted
                     from
                     90
                     ,
                     will
                     bee
                     the
                     true
                     Latitude
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     assigned
                     :
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     the
                     15
                     of
                     August
                     I
                     obserue
                     the
                     Declination
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     to
                     bee
                     about
                     10
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     the
                     Sunne
                     being
                     in
                     2
                     Degrees
                     of
                     Virgo
                     :
                     I
                     finde
                     the
                     Meridian
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     to
                     be
                     48
                     degrees
                     or
                     thereabouts
                     ▪
                     Now
                     because
                     the
                     Sunne
                     being
                     in
                     Virgo
                     ,
                     hath
                     a
                     Northerne
                     Declination
                     ,
                     I
                     subtract
                     10
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     the
                     declination
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     48
                     the
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     and
                     there
                     will
                     remaine
                     38
                     ,
                     which
                     againe
                     taken
                     ●ut
                     of
                     90
                     ,
                     the
                     residue
                     will
                     be
                     about
                     52
                     ,
                     the
                     common
                     receaued
                     Latitude
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       Meridian
                       height
                       of
                       any
                       Starre
                       ,
                       the
                       Declination
                       subtracted
                       ,
                       if
                       it
                       bee
                       Northerne
                       ,
                       or
                       
                       added
                       if
                       it
                       bee
                       Southerne
                       ,
                       being
                       subtracted
                       out
                       of
                       90
                       ,
                       will
                       shew
                       at
                       any
                       time
                       of
                       the
                       yeere
                       the
                       Degrees
                       of
                       Latitude
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     former
                     rule
                     serues
                     onely
                     for
                     the
                     day
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     performed
                     by
                     the
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     but
                     this
                     latter
                     may
                     bee
                     more
                     necessary
                     for
                     Marriners
                     ,
                     who
                     now
                     and
                     then
                     are
                     inforced
                     to
                     inquire
                     the
                     Latitude
                     of
                     a
                     place
                     in
                     the
                     night
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     shines
                     not
                     :
                     wherfore
                     they
                     must
                     flie
                     vnto
                     some
                     knowne
                     Starre
                     ,
                     by
                     obseruation
                     of
                     which
                     they
                     may
                     easily
                     performe
                     the
                     same
                     ;
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     rule
                     :
                     which
                     differres
                     nothing
                     at
                     all
                     from
                     that
                     which
                     wee
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     need
                     no
                     other
                     exposition
                     then
                     a
                     bare
                     example
                     :
                     let
                     the
                     fixt
                     starre
                     you
                     best
                     know
                     ,
                     bee
                     Arcturus
                     ,
                     whose
                     Meridian
                     Altitude
                     you
                     finde
                     by
                     your
                     Mathematicall
                     instrument
                     to
                     bee
                     59
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     and
                     30
                     minutes
                     :
                     then
                     shall
                     you
                     learne
                     by
                     some
                     Table
                     that
                     this
                     Declination
                     Northward
                     is
                     21
                     degrees
                     ,
                     30
                     minutes
                     :
                     now
                     because
                     his
                     declination
                     is
                     Northward
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     subtract
                     it
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     Meridian
                     Altitude
                     ,
                     and
                     you
                     shall
                     finde
                     the
                     remainder
                     to
                     bee
                     52
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     Latitude
                     for
                     the
                     place
                     :
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     commonly
                     taken
                     ,
                     although
                     I
                     confesse
                     it
                     might
                     be
                     more
                     exact
                     :
                     being
                     obserued
                     here
                     at
                     Oxford
                     ,
                     be
                     found
                     rather
                     51
                     Degrees
                     and
                     30
                     minutes
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     18
                     The
                     Magneticall
                     Inuention
                     is
                     performed
                     by
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     Inclinatory
                     Needle
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   ground
                   of
                   this
                   Magneticall
                   inuention
                   is
                   from
                   the
                   proportion
                   betwixt
                   the
                   magneticall
                   inclinatory
                   Needle
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Latitude
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   for
                   as
                   wee
                   haue
                   proued
                   in
                   the
                   13
                   Proposition
                   of
                   the
                   3
                   Chapter
                   ;
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   inclinatory
                   Needle
                   will
                   at
                   euery
                   point
                   of
                   Latitude
                   conforme
                   it selfe
                   to
                   certaine
                   Angles
                   with
                   the
                   Axell
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   proportionally
                   to
                   the
                   Degrees
                   of
                   that
                   Latitude
                   :
                   vpon
                   which
                   grounds
                   Dr
                   Ridley
                   hath
                   inuented
                   a
                   curious
                   instrument
                   to
                   finde
                   out
                   the
                   Latitude
                   for
                   any
                   place
                   assigned
                   ,
                   and
                   for
                   this
                   vse
                   hath
                   calculated
                   Tables
                   ,
                   which
                   wee
                   hope
                   will
                   bee
                   inlarged
                   by
                   our
                   
                     famous
                     Professor
                  
                   Mr
                   Brigges
                   :
                   for
                   my
                   part
                   ,
                   hauing
                   neuer
                   seene
                   this
                   instrument
                   ,
                   
                   such
                   time
                   as
                   I
                   shall
                   haue
                   occasion
                   to
                   acquaint
                   my selfe
                   with
                   it
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     19
                     The
                     Expression
                     is
                     the
                     imitation
                     of
                     it
                     on
                     the
                     artificiall
                     Spheare
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     againe
                     either
                     Astronomicall
                     or
                     Magneticall
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     is
                     performed
                     by
                     the
                     ordinary
                     Globe
                     according
                     to
                     this
                     rule
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       point
                       of
                       any
                       place
                       or
                       Citty
                       first
                       found
                       in
                       the
                       Globe
                       being
                       brought
                       to
                       the
                       brasen
                       Meridian
                       ,
                       will
                       shew
                       in
                       the
                       Degrees
                       of
                       the
                       same
                       Meridian
                       the
                       true
                       Latitude
                       of
                       the
                       same
                       place
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     may
                     easily
                     be
                     shewed
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     by
                     an
                     example
                     ;
                     If
                     I
                     would
                     willingly
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     Latitude
                     of
                     Oxford
                     in
                     the
                     Globe
                     .
                     I
                     first
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     place
                     in
                     the
                     Globe
                     ,
                     which
                     hauing
                     found
                     ,
                     I
                     turne
                     the
                     Globe
                     till
                     I
                     haue
                     brought
                     the
                     place
                     iust
                     vnder
                     the
                     brasen
                     Meridian
                     :
                     then
                     I
                     note
                     what
                     degree
                     it
                     designes
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     shewes
                     mee
                     the
                     true
                     Latitude
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     ,
                     which
                     I
                     finde
                     to
                     bee
                     52
                     ,
                     or
                     thereabouts
                     :
                     but
                     if
                     you
                     would
                     finde
                     it
                     in
                     a
                     Mappe
                     or
                     Chart
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     there
                     is
                     no
                     such
                     brasen
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     take
                     the
                     Parallell
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     the
                     next
                     vnto
                     it
                     ,
                     pointed
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Mappe
                     :
                     Then
                     note
                     what
                     degree
                     the
                     said
                     Parallell
                     cuts
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     Meridian
                     ;
                     for
                     that
                     will
                     shew
                     the
                     true
                     Latitude
                     of
                     it
                     by
                     the
                     right
                     Parallell
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     ,
                     if
                     not
                     the
                     next
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     by
                     addition
                     ,
                     or
                     subtraction
                     ,
                     you
                     may
                     easily
                     guesse
                     at
                     it
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     20
                     The
                     Magneticall
                     Expression
                     depends
                     from
                     the
                     Application
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Inclinatory
                       Needle
                    
                     to
                     the
                     Terrella
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   Magneticall
                   inclinatory
                   needle
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   conforme
                   it selfe
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   to
                   the
                   Terrella
                   or
                   Loadstone
                   ,
                   being
                   artificially
                   thereunto
                   applied
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   doth
                   to
                   the
                   great
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   no
                   doubt
                   is
                   ,
                   but
                   an
                   imitation
                   of
                   the
                   Latitude
                   
                     
                     
                       ¶
                       A
                       Table
                       expressing
                       the
                       proportion
                       of
                       the
                       Magneticall
                       Inclination
                       to
                       the
                       degrees
                       of
                       Latitude
                       ,
                       and
                       Eleuation
                       of
                       the
                       Pole.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           Eleuat
                           .
                           Poli.
                        
                         
                      
                       
                         
                           Inclination
                           to
                           the
                           Horizon
                        
                         .
                         1.11
                         .
                      
                       
                         
                           Eleuat
                           .
                           Poli.
                        
                         
                      
                       
                         
                           Inclination
                           to
                           the
                           Horizon
                        
                         .
                         1.11
                         .
                      
                       
                         
                           Eleuat
                           .
                           Poli.
                        
                         
                      
                       
                         
                           Inclination
                           to
                           the
                           Horizon
                        
                         .
                         0.1.11
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         1
                      
                       
                         2
                      
                       
                         11
                      
                       
                         15
                      
                       
                         31
                      
                       
                         52
                      
                       
                         26
                      
                       
                         38
                      
                       
                         61
                      
                       
                         79
                      
                       
                         28
                      
                       
                         51
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         2
                      
                       
                         4
                      
                       
                         10
                      
                       
                         13
                      
                       
                         32
                      
                       
                         53
                      
                       
                         46
                      
                       
                         55
                      
                       
                         62
                      
                       
                         80
                      
                       
                         31
                      
                       
                         36
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         3
                      
                       
                         6
                      
                       
                         26
                      
                       
                         55
                      
                       
                         33
                      
                       
                         54
                      
                       
                         53
                      
                       
                         51
                      
                       
                         63
                      
                       
                         80
                      
                       
                         37
                      
                       
                         54
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         4
                      
                       
                         8
                      
                       
                         31
                      
                       
                         23
                      
                       
                         34
                      
                       
                         56
                      
                       
                         3
                      
                       
                         56
                      
                       
                         64
                      
                       
                         81
                      
                       
                         10
                      
                       
                         47
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         5
                      
                       
                         10
                      
                       
                         33
                      
                       
                         41
                      
                       
                         35
                      
                       
                         57
                      
                       
                         13
                      
                       
                         25
                      
                       
                         65
                      
                       
                         81
                      
                       
                         42
                      
                       
                         36
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         6
                      
                       
                         12
                      
                       
                         23
                      
                       
                         50
                      
                       
                         36
                      
                       
                         58
                      
                       
                         21
                      
                       
                         19
                      
                       
                         66
                      
                       
                         82
                      
                       
                         13
                      
                       
                         23
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         7
                      
                       
                         14
                      
                       
                         37
                      
                       
                         53
                      
                       
                         37
                      
                       
                         59
                      
                       
                         27
                      
                       
                         50
                      
                       
                         67
                      
                       
                         82
                      
                       
                         43
                      
                       
                         9
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         8
                      
                       
                         16
                      
                       
                         27
                      
                       
                         52
                      
                       
                         38
                      
                       
                         60
                      
                       
                         32
                      
                       
                         59
                      
                       
                         68
                      
                       
                         83
                      
                       
                         11
                      
                       
                         56
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         9
                      
                       
                         18
                      
                       
                         21
                      
                       
                         50
                      
                       
                         39
                      
                       
                         61
                      
                       
                         36
                      
                       
                         46
                      
                       
                         69
                      
                       
                         83
                      
                       
                         39
                      
                       
                         45
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         10
                      
                       
                         20
                      
                       
                         13
                      
                       
                         47
                      
                       
                         40
                      
                       
                         62
                      
                       
                         39
                      
                       
                         0
                      
                       
                         70
                      
                       
                         84
                      
                       
                         6
                      
                       
                         37
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         11
                      
                       
                         22
                      
                       
                         3
                      
                       
                         45
                      
                       
                         41
                      
                       
                         63
                      
                       
                         39
                      
                       
                         56
                      
                       
                         71
                      
                       
                         84
                      
                       
                         32
                      
                       
                         30
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         12
                      
                       
                         23
                      
                       
                         51
                      
                       
                         46
                      
                       
                         42
                      
                       
                         64
                      
                       
                         39
                      
                       
                         29
                      
                       
                         72
                      
                       
                         84
                      
                       
                         57
                      
                       
                         24
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         13
                      
                       
                         25
                      
                       
                         37
                      
                       
                         52
                      
                       
                         43
                      
                       
                         65
                      
                       
                         37
                      
                       
                         41
                      
                       
                         73
                      
                       
                         85
                      
                       
                         21
                      
                       
                         22
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         14
                      
                       
                         27
                      
                       
                         22
                      
                       
                         4
                      
                       
                         44
                      
                       
                         66
                      
                       
                         34
                      
                       
                         31
                      
                       
                         74
                      
                       
                         85
                      
                       
                         44
                      
                       
                         24
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         15
                      
                       
                         29
                      
                       
                         4
                      
                       
                         23
                      
                       
                         45
                      
                       
                         67
                      
                       
                         30
                      
                       
                         0
                      
                       
                         75
                      
                       
                         86
                      
                       
                         6
                      
                       
                         31
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         16
                      
                       
                         40
                      
                       
                         44
                      
                       
                         53
                      
                       
                         46
                      
                       
                         68
                      
                       
                         24
                      
                       
                         10
                      
                       
                         76
                      
                       
                         86
                      
                       
                         27
                      
                       
                         44
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         17
                      
                       
                         32
                      
                       
                         23
                      
                       
                         34
                      
                       
                         47
                      
                       
                         69
                      
                       
                         17
                      
                       
                         2
                      
                       
                         77
                      
                       
                         86
                      
                       
                         48
                      
                       
                         5
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         18
                      
                       
                         34
                      
                       
                         0
                      
                       
                         27
                      
                       
                         48
                      
                       
                         70
                      
                       
                         8
                      
                       
                         38
                      
                       
                         78
                      
                       
                         87
                      
                       
                         7
                      
                       
                         36
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         19
                      
                       
                         35
                      
                       
                         35
                      
                       
                         35
                      
                       
                         49
                      
                       
                         70
                      
                       
                         58
                      
                       
                         59
                      
                       
                         79
                      
                       
                         87
                      
                       
                         26
                      
                       
                         18
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         20
                      
                       
                         37
                      
                       
                         9
                      
                       
                         0
                      
                       
                         50
                      
                       
                         71
                      
                       
                         48
                      
                       
                         7
                      
                       
                         80
                      
                       
                         87
                      
                       
                         44
                      
                       
                         9
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         21
                      
                       
                         38
                      
                       
                         40
                      
                       
                         42
                      
                       
                         51
                      
                       
                         72
                      
                       
                         36
                      
                       
                         0
                      
                       
                         81
                      
                       
                         88
                      
                       
                         1
                      
                       
                         10
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         22
                      
                       
                         40
                      
                       
                         10
                      
                       
                         41
                      
                       
                         52
                      
                       
                         73
                      
                       
                         22
                      
                       
                         38
                      
                       
                         82
                      
                       
                         88
                      
                       
                         17
                      
                       
                         23
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         23
                      
                       
                         41
                      
                       
                         38
                      
                       
                         58
                      
                       
                         53
                      
                       
                         74
                      
                       
                         8
                      
                       
                         2
                      
                       
                         83
                      
                       
                         88
                      
                       
                         32
                      
                       
                         49
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         24
                      
                       
                         43
                      
                       
                         5
                      
                       
                         37
                      
                       
                         54
                      
                       
                         74
                      
                       
                         52
                      
                       
                         11
                      
                       
                         84
                      
                       
                         88
                      
                       
                         47
                      
                       
                         29
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         25
                      
                       
                         44
                      
                       
                         30
                      
                       
                         26
                      
                       
                         55
                      
                       
                         75
                      
                       
                         35
                      
                       
                         6
                      
                       
                         85
                      
                       
                         89
                      
                       
                         1
                      
                       
                         22
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         26
                      
                       
                         45
                      
                       
                         53
                      
                       
                         43
                      
                       
                         56
                      
                       
                         76
                      
                       
                         16
                      
                       
                         51
                      
                       
                         86
                      
                       
                         89
                      
                       
                         14
                      
                       
                         30
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         27
                      
                       
                         47
                      
                       
                         15
                      
                       
                         25
                      
                       
                         57
                      
                       
                         76
                      
                       
                         57
                      
                       
                         28
                      
                       
                         87
                      
                       
                         89
                      
                       
                         36
                      
                       
                         54
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         ●●
                      
                       
                         ●●
                      
                       
                         ●●
                      
                       
                         ●●
                      
                       
                         ●8
                      
                       
                         77
                      
                       
                         ●6
                      
                       
                         ●●
                      
                       
                         88
                      
                       
                         88
                      
                       
                         ●8
                      
                       
                         ●●
                      
                    
                  
                   
                   
                   may
                   bee
                   expressed
                   on
                   the
                   little
                   earth
                   ,
                   or
                   loadstone
                   :
                   for
                   which
                   vse
                   ,
                   diuers
                   curious
                   instruments
                   haue
                   beene
                   deuised
                   by
                   magneticall
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   to
                   whom
                   I
                   referre
                   my
                   Readers
                   :
                   because
                   I
                   (
                   as
                   I
                   said
                   )
                   haue
                   little
                   acquainted
                   my selfe
                   with
                   the
                   vse
                   of
                   such
                   instruments
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 XII
                 .
                 Of
                 the
                 distances
                 of
                 places
                 compared
                 one
                 with
                 another
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     OF
                     the
                     simple
                     and
                     absolute
                     distinction
                     of
                     distances
                     ,
                     wee
                     haue
                     treated
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     Chapter
                     :
                     wee
                     must
                     in
                     the
                     last
                     place
                     handle
                     it
                     comparatiuely
                     ;
                     that
                     is
                     to
                     say
                     ,
                     one
                     place
                     compared
                     with
                     another
                     :
                     whereof
                     wee
                     are
                     to
                     consider
                     the
                     Inuention
                     and
                     Expression
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     distance
                     is
                     the
                     measured
                     space
                     betwixt
                     two
                     places
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     ,
                     either
                     vniforme
                     ,
                     or
                     various
                     :
                     vniforme
                     is
                     in
                     places
                     different
                     ,
                     either
                     in
                     Longitude
                     onely
                     ,
                     or
                     in
                     Latitude
                     onely
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     Those
                     places
                     differ
                     in
                     Longitude
                     onely
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     situate
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     or
                     like
                     Parallels
                     ,
                     but
                     diuers
                     Meridians
                     ;
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     vnder
                     opposite
                     
                     points
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Of
                   place●
                   differing
                   onely
                   in
                   Longitude
                   ,
                   there
                   may
                   bee
                   three
                   cases
                   :
                   For
                   1.
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   vnder
                   the
                   same
                   Parallell
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Iland
                   of
                   ●●int
                   Thomas
                   ,
                   and
                   Summatra
                   ,
                   which
                   lie
                   directly
                   vnder
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ;
                   or
                   Noremberg
                   and
                   Hamberg
                   ,
                   which
                   hauing
                   very
                   neere
                   the
                   same
                   Latitude
                   ,
                   differ
                   in
                   Longitude
                   ,
                   and
                   lie
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   Parallell
                   without
                   the
                   Equatour
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   They
                   may
                   be
                   vnder
                   the
                   like
                   Parallels
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   in
                   points
                   equidistant
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   .
                   As
                   Siene
                   in
                   Egypt
                   ,
                   vnder
                   the
                   Tropicke
                   of
                   Cancer
                   ;
                   and
                   Beach
                   in
                   the
                   South
                   continent
                   ,
                   vnder
                   the
                   Tropicke
                   of
                   Capricorne
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   They
                   may
                   be
                   vnder
                   the
                   same
                   Parallell
                   and
                   Meridian
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   opposite
                   points
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Parallell
                   :
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   the
                   Perioeci
                   ,
                   spoken
                   of
                   in
                   the
                   10.
                   
                   Chapter
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4
                     Places
                     differing
                     onely
                     in
                     Longitude
                     ,
                     whose
                     distance
                     is
                     here
                     proposed
                     to
                     bee
                     sought
                     out
                     ,
                     are
                     seated
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                     or
                     diuers
                     Hemispheares
                     .
                  
                   
                     5
                     In
                     the
                     same
                     Hemispheare
                     ,
                     when
                     both
                     places
                     haue
                     either
                     Easterne
                     or
                     Westerne
                     Longitude
                     .
                     This
                     againe
                     may
                     haue
                     two
                     cases
                     ;
                     for
                     either
                     the
                     places
                     are
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     or
                     without
                     it
                     :
                     in
                     both
                     which
                     ,
                     the
                     finding
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     distance
                     shall
                     bee
                     opened
                     in
                     these
                     Rules
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       If
                       two
                       places
                       vnder
                       the
                       Equatour
                       in
                       the
                       same
                       Hemispheare
                       ,
                       differ
                       in
                       longitude
                       :
                       let
                       the
                       lesser
                       longitude
                       be
                       subtracted
                       from
                       the
                       greater
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       difference
                       conuerted
                       into
                       Miles
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       distance
                       will
                       be
                       knowne
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                   
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     suppose
                     of
                     two
                     places
                     ,
                     whose
                     distance
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     sought
                     out
                     ,
                     the
                     former
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     Iland
                     of
                     Saint
                     Thomas
                     in
                     Africa
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     the
                     Iland
                     Summatra
                     in
                     the
                     
                       East
                       Indies
                    
                     ,
                     both
                     situate
                     directly
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ;
                     and
                     therefore
                     differing
                     onely
                     in
                     Longitude
                     .
                     To
                     expresse
                     which
                     ,
                     in
                     this
                     figure
                     ,
                     let
                     the
                     first
                     
                     Meridian
                     from
                     which
                     the
                     Longitude
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     measured
                     ,
                     be
                     ABCD
                     :
                     the
                     place
                     where
                     Saint
                     Thomas
                     Iland
                     is
                     seated
                     ,
                     K
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     Summatra
                     ,
                     F.
                     Thē
                     subtracting
                     AK
                     ,
                     the
                     Longitude
                     of
                     Saint
                     Thomas
                     Iland
                     ,
                     being
                     lesser
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Longitude
                     of
                     Summatra
                     AE
                     ,
                     the
                     residue
                     KE
                     will
                     shew
                     the
                     distance
                     in
                     degre●s
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     multiplied
                     by
                     60
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     conuerted
                     into
                     Italian-miles
                     ,
                     will
                     shew
                     how
                     many
                     miles
                     the
                     said
                     places
                     are
                     distant
                     the
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     As
                     in
                     this
                     present
                     example
                     ,
                     wee
                     finde
                     the
                     Longitude
                     of
                     Saint
                     Thomas
                     Iland
                     to
                     bee
                     32
                     degrees
                     20
                     minutes
                     of
                     Summatra
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     131
                     degrees
                     :
                     The
                     lesser
                     summe
                     subducted
                     from
                     the
                     greater
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     32
                     degrees
                     20
                     minutes
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     131
                     ;
                     there
                     will
                     remaine
                     98
                     degrees
                     40
                     minutes
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     againe
                     multiplied
                     by
                     60
                     ,
                     will
                     produce
                     5920
                     Italian-miles
                     ,
                     the
                     true
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     the
                     said
                     places
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       Of
                       two
                       places
                       in
                       the
                       same
                       Hemispheare
                       ,
                       situate
                       without
                       the
                       Equatour
                       ;
                       the
                       distance
                       may
                       be
                       knowne
                       two
                       wayes
                       :
                       either
                       by
                       the
                       resolution
                       of
                       the
                       Sphericall
                       Triangle
                       ,
                       or
                       else
                       by
                       tables
                       
                       of
                       the
                       miles
                       answerable
                       to
                       the
                       degrees
                       of
                       Latitude
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     former
                     way
                     is
                     performed
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     :
                     Let
                     the
                     Triangle
                     of
                     two
                     equall
                     sides
                     FBG
                     in
                     the
                     figure
                     before
                     ,
                     bee
                     resolued
                     ;
                     in
                     which
                     the
                     two
                     equall
                     sides
                     FB
                     ,
                     and
                     GB
                     are
                     the
                     complements
                     of
                     equall
                     Latitudes
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     AF
                     ,
                     and
                     EG
                     .
                     The
                     Angle
                     FBG
                     is
                     the
                     difference
                     of
                     Longitude
                     ,
                     which
                     Angle
                     ,
                     whether
                     it
                     bee
                     a
                     
                       Right
                       Angle
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     
                       Oblique
                       Angle
                    
                     ,
                     will
                     easily
                     bee
                     knowne
                     ,
                     if
                     by
                     letting
                     a
                     perpendicular
                     line
                     BI
                     from
                     B
                     to
                     I
                     it
                     bee
                     parted
                     into
                     two
                     Triangles
                     FBI
                     and
                     IBG
                     :
                     for
                     because
                     those
                     two
                     Triangles
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     grounds
                     of
                     Geometry
                     are
                     equall
                     ;
                     the
                     Arch
                     IG
                     in
                     the
                     Triangle
                     IBG
                     being
                     found
                     out
                     ,
                     the
                     Arch
                     also
                     IF
                     in
                     the
                     Triangle
                     FBI
                     will
                     also
                     bee
                     knowne
                     :
                     which
                     beingthus
                     demonstrated
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     proceed
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Golden
                     Rule
                     .
                     As
                     the
                     Right
                     angle
                     BIG
                     is
                     to
                     the
                     complement
                     of
                     the
                     Latitude
                     BG
                     ,
                     so
                     is
                     IBG
                     the
                     middle
                     difference
                     of
                     Longitude
                     to
                     IG
                     the
                     middle
                     distance
                     :
                     Pitiscus
                     in
                     his
                     Trigonometry
                     to
                     this
                     addes
                     another
                     manner
                     of
                     demonstration
                     ,
                     expressible
                     by
                     the
                     precedent
                     figure
                     :
                     let
                     the
                     perpendicular
                     IB
                     be
                     continued
                     vnto
                     K
                     ,
                     that
                     BK
                     may
                     make
                     a
                     whole
                     Quadrant
                     .
                     Now
                     will
                     the
                     Triangle
                     IHK
                     haue
                     Right
                     Angles
                     at
                     I
                     and
                     K
                     ,
                     at
                     I
                     by
                     supposition
                     ,
                     at
                     K
                     by
                     his
                     57
                     proposition
                     demonstrated
                     in
                     his
                     first
                     booke
                     :
                     because
                     ,
                     
                       If
                       a
                       greater
                       circle
                       of
                       the
                       Spheare
                       passe
                       by
                       the
                       Poles
                       of
                       a
                       greater
                       cîrcle
                       ,
                       it
                       will
                       cut
                       it
                       at
                       right
                       Angles
                       ,
                       and
                       contrariwise
                       :
                    
                     wherefore
                     the
                     sides
                     IH
                     and
                     KH
                     must
                     bee
                     quadrants
                     :
                     because
                     ,
                     as
                     hee
                     shewes
                     in
                     his
                     68
                     proposition
                     of
                     his
                     first
                     booke
                     ;
                     
                       In
                       a
                       sphericall
                       Triangle
                       hauing
                       more
                       then
                       one
                       Right
                       Angle
                       ,
                       the
                       sides
                       subtending
                       those
                       Right
                       Angles
                       are
                       Quadrants
                       :
                    
                     Finally
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Arches
                     GH
                     and
                     EH
                     ,
                     are
                     the
                     complements
                     of
                     the
                     Arches
                     IG
                     and
                     KE
                     :
                     by
                     the
                     9
                     definition
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     booke
                     ▪
                     
                       For
                       as
                       much
                       as
                       of
                       any
                       Arch
                       lesse
                       then
                       a
                       Quadrant
                       ,
                       the
                       complement
                       is
                       that
                       which
                       wants
                       to
                       make
                       it
                       vp
                    
                     90
                     parts
                     .
                     We
                     may
                     by
                     the
                     helpe
                     of
                     the
                     57
                     proportion
                     of
                     his
                     first
                     booke
                     ,
                     seeke
                     out
                     the
                     complement
                     of
                     the
                     third
                     side
                     GH
                     ;
                     which
                     will
                     be
                     the
                     Arch
                     GI
                     :
                     which
                     will
                     shew
                     vs
                     the
                     probleme
                     which
                     wee
                     sought
                     ,
                     by
                     reduducing
                     
                     it
                     vnto
                     the
                     Table
                     of
                     signes
                     ,
                     and
                     Tangents
                     ,
                     exactly
                     se●
                     out
                     by
                     our
                     forenamed
                     Author
                     and
                     others
                     .
                     For
                     an
                     example
                     of
                     this
                     ,
                     wee
                     may
                     take
                     two
                     famous
                     cities
                     of
                     
                       Germanie
                       ,
                       Noremberg
                    
                     and
                     Hamberg
                     ,
                     which
                     without
                     any
                     sensible
                     difference
                     haue
                     the
                     same
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     but
                     differ
                     in
                     Longitude
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     Longitude
                     of
                     Noremberg
                     is
                     31
                     degrees
                     45
                     minutes
                     :
                     of
                     Hamberg
                     32
                     degrees
                     30
                     minutes
                     :
                     the
                     difference
                     of
                     Longitude
                     then
                     is
                     0
                     degrees
                     45
                     minutes
                     .
                     These
                     things
                     supposed
                     to
                     be
                     knowne
                     ,
                     we
                     will
                     imagine
                     Noremberg
                     to
                     be
                     in
                     F
                     ,
                     Hamberg
                     in
                     G
                     ▪
                     and
                     therefore
                     AF
                     ,
                     or
                     EG
                     will
                     haue
                     49
                     degrees
                     23
                     minutes
                     :
                     FB
                     or
                     GB
                     will
                     haue
                     40
                     degrees
                     37
                     minutes
                     :
                     FBG
                     or
                     AE
                     will
                     haue
                     0
                     degrees
                     45
                     minutes
                     :
                     KE
                     0
                     degrees
                     22
                     ½
                     minutes
                     :
                     EH
                     89
                     degrees
                     37
                     ½
                     minutes
                     :
                     if
                     we
                     worke
                     by
                     the
                     Table
                     of
                     
                       Signes
                       ,
                       Tangent●
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Secants
                     ,
                     the
                     knowledge
                     whereof
                     is
                     required
                     to
                     this
                     Probleme
                     .
                     But
                     because
                     the
                     former
                     way
                     may
                     seeme
                     difficult
                     to
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     not
                     much
                     acquainted
                     with
                     Trigonometry
                     ,
                     some
                     haue
                     set
                     downe
                     ●n
                     easier
                     way
                     ,
                     depending
                     on
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     a
                     Table
                     ,
                     wherein
                     i●
                     calculated
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     miles
                     answering
                     to
                     euery
                     degree
                     of
                     euery
                     Parallell
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     :
                     in
                     which
                     working
                     ▪
                     we
                     ought
                     to
                     bee
                     directed
                     by
                     this
                     Rule
                     :
                     
                       If
                       two
                       places
                       without
                       the
                       Equatour
                       differ
                       in
                       longitude
                       only
                       ,
                       subtract
                       the
                       lesser
                       number
                       out
                       of
                       the
                       greater
                       ,
                       and
                       multiply
                       it
                       by
                       the
                       n●mber
                       of
                       miles
                       answerable
                       to
                       a
                       d●gree
                       of
                       that
                       Parallell
                       ,
                       ●nd
                       the
                       product
                       will
                       giue
                       the
                       distance
                       .
                    
                     As
                     for
                     exampl●
                     ,
                     if
                     you
                     would
                     know
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     London
                     and
                     Antwerpe
                     ,
                     which
                     haue
                     in
                     a
                     manner
                     the
                     same
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     but
                     differ
                     in
                     Longitude
                     :
                     I
                     finde
                     them
                     to
                     differ
                     in
                     Longitude
                     by
                     6
                     degrees
                     ,
                     which
                     number
                     being
                     multiplied
                     by
                     37
                     miles
                     answerable
                     to
                     51
                     degrees
                     of
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     these
                     will
                     arise
                     to
                     247
                     miles
                     ,
                     and
                     54
                     seconds
                     of
                     a
                     mile
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     
                       
                         A
                         Table
                         of
                         Miles
                         answerable
                         to
                         one
                         Degree
                         of
                         euery
                         seuerall
                         Latitude
                         .
                      
                       
                         
                           1
                        
                         
                           2
                        
                         
                           3
                        
                         
                           4
                        
                         
                           5
                        
                         
                           6
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           D
                        
                         
                           M
                        
                         
                           S
                        
                         
                           D
                        
                         
                           M
                        
                         
                           S
                        
                         
                           D
                        
                         
                           M
                        
                         
                           S
                        
                         
                           D
                        
                         
                           M
                        
                         
                           S
                        
                         
                           D
                        
                         
                           M
                        
                         
                           S
                        
                         
                           D
                        
                         
                           M
                        
                         
                           S
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           1
                        
                         
                           59
                        
                         
                           59
                        
                         
                           16
                        
                         
                           57
                        
                         
                           41
                        
                         
                           3
                        
                         
                           51
                        
                         
                           26
                        
                         
                           46
                        
                         
                           41
                        
                         
                           41
                        
                         
                           61
                        
                         
                           29
                        
                         
                           5
                        
                         
                           76
                        
                         
                           14
                        
                         
                           31
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           2
                        
                         
                           59
                        
                         
                           58
                        
                         
                           17
                        
                         
                           57
                        
                         
                           23
                        
                         
                           32
                        
                         
                           50
                        
                         
                           53
                        
                         
                           47
                        
                         
                           40
                        
                         
                           55
                        
                         
                           62
                        
                         
                           28
                        
                         
                           10
                        
                         
                           77
                        
                         
                           13
                        
                         
                           30
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           3
                        
                         
                           59
                        
                         
                           55
                        
                         
                           18
                        
                         
                           57
                        
                         
                           4
                        
                         
                           33
                        
                         
                           50
                        
                         
                           19
                        
                         
                           48
                        
                         
                           40
                        
                         
                           9
                        
                         
                           63
                        
                         
                           27
                        
                         
                           14
                        
                         
                           78
                        
                         
                           12
                        
                         
                           28
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           4
                        
                         
                           59
                        
                         
                           51
                        
                         
                           19
                        
                         
                           56
                        
                         
                           4
                        
                         
                           34
                        
                         
                           49
                        
                         
                           45
                        
                         
                           49
                        
                         
                           9
                        
                         
                           22
                        
                         
                           64
                        
                         
                           26
                        
                         
                           18
                        
                         
                           79
                        
                         
                           11
                        
                         
                           27
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           5
                        
                         
                           59
                        
                         
                           4
                        
                         
                           20
                        
                         
                           56
                        
                         
                           23
                        
                         
                           35
                        
                         
                           49
                        
                         
                           9
                        
                         
                           50
                        
                         
                           38
                        
                         
                           34
                        
                         
                           65
                        
                         
                           25
                        
                         
                           21
                        
                         
                           80
                        
                         
                           10
                        
                         
                           25
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           6
                        
                         
                           59
                        
                         
                           40
                        
                         
                           21
                        
                         
                           56
                        
                         
                           1
                        
                         
                           36
                        
                         
                           48
                        
                         
                           32
                        
                         
                           51
                        
                         
                           37
                        
                         
                           46
                        
                         
                           66
                        
                         
                           24
                        
                         
                           24
                        
                         
                           81
                        
                         
                           9
                        
                         
                           23
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           7
                        
                         
                           59
                        
                         
                           33
                        
                         
                           22
                        
                         
                           55
                        
                         
                           38
                        
                         
                           37
                        
                         
                           47
                        
                         
                           55
                        
                         
                           52
                        
                         
                           36
                        
                         
                           56
                        
                         
                           67
                        
                         
                           23
                        
                         
                           27
                        
                         
                           82
                        
                         
                           8
                        
                         
                           21
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           8
                        
                         
                           59
                        
                         
                           25
                        
                         
                           23
                        
                         
                           55
                        
                         
                           14
                        
                         
                           38
                        
                         
                           47
                        
                         
                           17
                        
                         
                           53
                        
                         
                           36
                        
                         
                           7
                        
                         
                           68
                        
                         
                           22
                        
                         
                           29
                        
                         
                           83
                        
                         
                           7
                        
                         
                           19
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           9
                        
                         
                           59
                        
                         
                           16
                        
                         
                           24
                        
                         
                           54
                        
                         
                           49
                        
                         
                           39
                        
                         
                           46
                        
                         
                           38
                        
                         
                           54
                        
                         
                           35
                        
                         
                           6
                        
                         
                           69
                        
                         
                           21
                        
                         
                           30
                        
                         
                           84
                        
                         
                           6
                        
                         
                           16
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           10
                        
                         
                           59
                        
                         
                           5
                        
                         
                           25
                        
                         
                           54
                        
                         
                           23
                        
                         
                           40
                        
                         
                           45
                        
                         
                           58
                        
                         
                           55
                        
                         
                           34
                        
                         
                           25
                        
                         
                           70
                        
                         
                           20
                        
                         
                           31
                        
                         
                           85
                        
                         
                           5
                        
                         
                           14
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           11
                        
                         
                           58
                        
                         
                           54
                        
                         
                           26
                        
                         
                           53
                        
                         
                           6
                        
                         
                           41
                        
                         
                           45
                        
                         
                           17
                        
                         
                           56
                        
                         
                           33
                        
                         
                           33
                        
                         
                           71
                        
                         
                           19
                        
                         
                           32
                        
                         
                           86
                        
                         
                           4
                        
                         
                           11
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           12
                        
                         
                           58
                        
                         
                           41
                        
                         
                           27
                        
                         
                           53
                        
                         
                           28
                        
                         
                           42
                        
                         
                           44
                        
                         
                           35
                        
                         
                           57
                        
                         
                           32
                        
                         
                           41
                        
                         
                           72
                        
                         
                           18
                        
                         
                           32
                        
                         
                           87
                        
                         
                           3
                        
                         
                           8
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           13
                        
                         
                           58
                        
                         
                           2
                        
                         
                           28
                        
                         
                           52
                        
                         
                           59
                        
                         
                           43
                        
                         
                           43
                        
                         
                           53
                        
                         
                           58
                        
                         
                           31
                        
                         
                           48
                        
                         
                           73
                        
                         
                           17
                        
                         
                           33
                        
                         
                           88
                        
                         
                           2
                        
                         
                           5
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           14
                        
                         
                           58
                        
                         
                           13
                        
                         
                           29
                        
                         
                           52
                        
                         
                           29
                        
                         
                           44
                        
                         
                           43
                        
                         
                           10
                        
                         
                           59
                        
                         
                           30
                        
                         
                           54
                        
                         
                           74
                        
                         
                           16
                        
                         
                           32
                        
                         
                           89
                        
                         
                           1
                        
                         
                           3
                        
                      
                       
                         
                           15
                        
                         
                           57
                        
                         
                           57
                        
                         
                           30
                        
                         
                           51
                        
                         
                           58
                        
                         
                           45
                        
                         
                           42
                        
                         
                           26
                        
                         
                           60
                        
                         
                           30
                        
                         
                           0
                        
                         
                           75
                        
                         
                           15
                        
                         
                           32
                        
                         
                           90
                        
                         
                           0
                        
                         
                           0
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     6
                     The
                     distance
                     of
                     places
                     differing
                     only
                     in
                     Longitude
                     in
                     diuerse
                     Hemispheares
                     is
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     this
                     rule
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Let
                       the
                       greater
                       longitude
                       be
                       subtracted
                       from
                       the
                       whole
                       circle
                       ,
                       and
                       vnto
                       the
                       residue
                       added
                       the
                       lesser
                       longitude
                       ,
                       there
                       will
                       arise
                       the
                       distance
                       betwixt
                       those
                       places
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     Lisbone
                     in
                     Spayne
                     hath
                     in
                     East
                     longitude
                     13
                     degrees
                     :
                     and
                     
                       Cap
                       de
                       Los
                       Slanos
                    
                     in
                     America
                     ,
                     hath
                     in
                     West
                     longitude
                     334
                     degrees
                     :
                     to
                     know
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     those
                     places
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     first
                     subduct
                     334
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     greater
                     Longitude
                     out
                     of
                     360
                     the
                     whole
                     circle
                     ,
                     and
                     there
                     will
                     remaine
                     26
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     if
                     wee
                     adde
                     the
                     East
                     longitude
                     of
                     Lisbone
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     13
                     degrees
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     make
                     39
                     degrees
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     true
                     difference
                     of
                     those
                     longitudes
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     multiplied
                     by
                     the
                     Number
                     of
                     miles
                     in
                     the
                     Table
                     going
                     before
                     ,
                     answerable
                     to
                     the
                     latitude
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     places
                     (
                     if
                     they
                     differ
                     only
                     in
                     longitude
                     )
                     there
                     will
                     arise
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     miles
                     contained
                     in
                     the
                     Distance
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     7
                     Distant
                     places
                     which
                     differ
                     onely
                     in
                     latitude
                     ,
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     lye
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     but
                     diuerse
                     Parallells
                     :
                     These
                     are
                     supposed
                     to
                     be
                     either
                     in
                     One
                     ,
                     or
                     in
                     Diuerse
                     latitudes
                     or
                     Hemispheres
                     .
                  
                   
                     8
                     In
                     One
                     ,
                     when
                     both
                     the
                     places
                     haue
                     either
                     North
                     latitude
                     ,
                     or
                     both
                     South
                     Latitude
                     :
                     The
                     finding
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     distances
                     depends
                     on
                     these
                     Propositions
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       If
                       the
                       latitude
                       of
                       each
                       place
                       be
                       towards
                       the
                       same
                       P●le
                       ,
                       subtract
                       the
                       lesser
                       from
                       the
                       greater
                       latitude
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       residue
                       conuert
                       into
                       miles
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                   
                     The
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     explained
                     in
                     this
                     Figure
                     :
                     wee
                     will
                     imagine
                     
                     EF
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     lesser
                     ,
                     EG
                     the
                     greater
                     latitude
                     .
                     There
                     will
                     remaine
                     an
                     Arch
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     FG
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     multiplied
                     by
                     60
                     (
                     being
                     part
                     of
                     a
                     great
                     circle
                     ,
                     will
                     make
                     the
                     nūber
                     of
                     miles
                     answerable
                     ,
                     to
                     that
                     distance
                     .
                     For
                     an
                     example
                     we
                     will
                     take
                     two
                     Citties
                     of
                     England
                     ,
                     Oxford
                     and
                     Yorke
                     .
                     The
                     latitude
                     Oxford
                     ,
                     we
                     take
                     to
                     be
                     31
                     degrees
                     30
                     minutes
                     :
                     of
                     Yorke
                     54
                     degrees
                     30
                     minutes
                     .
                     The
                     lesser
                     latitude
                     subtracted
                     from
                     the
                     greater
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     remaine
                     three
                     degrees
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     multiplied
                     by
                     60
                     ,
                     will
                     render
                     180
                     Italian-miles
                     ,
                     the
                     Distance
                     of
                     thse
                     two
                     places
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       If
                       two
                       places
                       in
                       latitude
                       only
                       distant
                       ,
                       be
                       situate
                       in
                       diuerse
                       kindes
                       of
                       latitude
                       ,
                       adde
                       the
                       latitude
                       of
                       the
                       one
                       to
                       the
                       other
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       whole
                       summe
                       shall
                       be
                       the
                       distance
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     Diagram
                     ,
                     imagining
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     case
                     BD
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     Meridian
                     of
                     those
                     distant
                     places
                     ,
                     and
                     AC
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     we
                     will
                     suppose
                     the
                     one
                     place
                     to
                     bee
                     situate
                     towards
                     the
                     North
                     Pole
                     ,
                     as
                     G
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     towards
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     H
                     :
                     then
                     as
                     appeares
                     by
                     sense
                     ,
                     will
                     the
                     distance
                     bee
                     the
                     Arch
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     GH
                     ,
                     whereof
                     GE
                     ,
                     and
                     EH
                     ,
                     are
                     parts
                     ,
                     whereof
                     it
                     is
                     compounded
                     :
                     wherefore
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     that
                     those
                     parts
                     added
                     together
                     make
                     the
                     whole
                     distance
                     :
                     for
                     example
                     we
                     will
                     take
                     Bellograde
                     in
                     Europe
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     
                       Cape
                       of
                       good
                       hope
                    
                     in
                     Africa
                     ,
                     which
                     haue
                     neere
                     the
                     same
                     longitude
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     48
                     degrees
                     30
                     
                     minutes
                     :
                     but
                     they
                     differ
                     in
                     latitude
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     former
                     hath
                     of
                     the
                     Northerne
                     latitude
                     44
                     degrees
                     30
                     Minutes
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     of
                     Southerne
                     latitude
                     about
                     35
                     degrees
                     30
                     minutes
                     .
                     These
                     two
                     numbers
                     added
                     together
                     ,
                     will
                     make
                     80
                     degrees
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     multiplied
                     by
                     60
                     will
                     produce
                     4800
                     miles
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     those
                     places
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     9
                     Hitherto
                     of
                     the
                     distances
                     of
                     places
                     which
                     are
                     Vniforme
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     to
                     say
                     ,
                     of
                     such
                     as
                     differ
                     either
                     only
                     in
                     longitude
                     ,
                     or
                     onely
                     in
                     latitude
                     :
                     wee
                     are
                     next
                     to
                     consider
                     of
                     such
                     distances
                     as
                     are
                     various
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     places
                     differ
                     both
                     in
                     longitude
                     and
                     latitude
                     .
                  
                   
                     10
                     The
                     Inuention
                     of
                     such
                     a
                     distance
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     performed
                     two
                     wayes
                     ,
                     either
                     Abstractiuely
                     by
                     the
                     resolution
                     of
                     Triangles
                     ,
                     or
                     else
                     Mechanically
                     by
                     instruments
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     againe
                     may
                     bee
                     two
                     wayes
                     ,
                     either
                     by
                     the
                     Right-line
                     Triangle
                     ,
                     or
                     by
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     :
                     The
                     inuention
                     of
                     the
                     distance
                     by
                     the
                     Rigt-line
                     Triangle
                     depends
                     on
                     these
                     following
                     Propositions
                     declaring
                     two
                     wayes
                     of
                     inuention
                     .
                  
                   
                     11
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     by
                     a
                     Rectangle
                     Triangle
                     barely
                     considered
                     by
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     this
                     Theoreme
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       square
                       Root
                       of
                       the
                       number
                       made
                       of
                       the
                       differences
                       of
                       longitude
                       and
                       latitude
                       of
                       two
                       places
                       distant
                       ,
                       will
                       shew
                       the
                       distance
                       of
                       those
                       places
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     ground
                     of
                     this
                     Proposition
                     is
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     27
                     Proposition
                     
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     booke
                     of
                     Euclide
                     :
                     where
                     it
                     is
                     demonstrated
                     that
                     the
                     square
                     of
                     the
                     Hypotenusa
                     ,
                     or
                     greatest
                     side
                     of
                     a
                     Rectangle
                     Triangle
                     is
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     two
                     squares
                     made
                     of
                     the
                     two
                     other
                     sides
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     well
                     vnders●ood
                     ,
                     will
                     lend
                     an
                     easie
                     light
                     to
                     this
                     proposition
                     .
                     To
                     performe
                     which
                     we
                     must
                     first
                     take
                     the
                     difference
                     of
                     longitude
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     imagined
                     to
                     make
                     one
                     side
                     of
                     this
                     Triangle
                     .
                     Then
                     wee
                     must
                     obserue
                     also
                     the
                     difference
                     of
                     latitude
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     make
                     another
                     side
                     .
                     Then
                     are
                     we
                     sure
                     by
                     the
                     former
                     Proposition
                     of
                     Euclide
                     that
                     the
                     squares
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     sides
                     ,
                     are
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     square
                     of
                     the
                     Hypotenus●
                     ,
                     or
                     third
                     side
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     sought
                     out
                     ,
                     and
                     expresses
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     those
                     places
                     :
                     wherfore
                     we
                     must
                     first
                     multiply
                     these
                     two
                     sides
                     in
                     themselues
                     ,
                     whence
                     they
                     will
                     become
                     squares
                     .
                     2.
                     
                     We
                     must
                     adde
                     them
                     together
                     .
                     3
                     We
                     must
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     totall
                     extract
                     the
                     quadrat
                     root
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     shew
                     the
                     distance
                     :
                     as
                     suppose
                     according
                     to
                     this
                     Figure
                     ,
                     two
                     Cities
                     d●stant
                     and
                     differing
                     both
                     in
                     longitude
                     and
                     latitude
                     :
                     wherof
                     the
                     one
                     shall
                     haue
                     in
                     longitude
                     21
                     degrees
                     ,
                     in
                     latitude
                     58
                     :
                     the
                     other
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     haue
                     in
                     longitude
                     26
                     degrees
                     ,
                     in
                     latitude
                     
                     52.
                     
                     Here
                     first
                     I
                     subtract
                     the
                     lesse
                     longitude
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     greater
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     21
                     out
                     of
                     26
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     residue
                     will
                     bee
                     5
                     ,
                     which
                     I
                     suppose
                     to
                     be
                     one
                     side
                     of
                     the
                     Rectangle
                     Triangle
                     .
                     Then
                     likewise
                     I
                     subtract
                     the
                     lesse
                     latitude
                     as
                     52
                     out
                     of
                     58
                     ,
                     the
                     residue
                     will
                     be
                     6
                     ,
                     which
                     I
                     make
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     of
                     my
                     Triangle
                     ,
                     which
                     done
                     ,
                     I
                     multiplie
                     6
                     in
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     and
                     it
                     makes
                     36
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     square
                     of
                     one
                     side
                     :
                     Then
                     I
                     multiply
                     5
                     in
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     product
                     will
                     be
                     25
                     ,
                     the
                     square
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     .
                     These
                     two
                     squares
                     added
                     together
                     by
                     the
                     foresaid
                     Proposition
                     must
                     be
                     equall
                     to
                     the
                     square
                     of
                     the
                     Hypoteneus
                     ▪
                     orthird
                     side
                     61
                     ,
                     whereof
                     the
                     square
                     root
                     being
                     extracted
                     ,
                     will
                     shew
                     the
                     side
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     be
                     7
                     7
                     /
                     25
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     distance
                     :
                     If
                     any
                     man
                     desire
                     to
                     know
                     this
                     distance
                     according
                     to
                     miles
                     ,
                     he
                     must
                     reduce
                     the
                     degrees
                     of
                     longitude
                     and
                     latitude
                     into
                     miles
                     according
                     to
                     our
                     former
                     rules
                     ,
                     before
                     he
                     begin
                     to
                     worke
                     :
                     
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     the
                     degrees
                     of
                     longitude
                     being
                     measured
                     in
                     the
                     Parallells
                     are
                     not
                     alwayes
                     equall
                     ,
                     the
                     Parallels
                     being
                     somewhere
                     great●r
                     ,
                     somewhere
                     lesser
                     .
                     This
                     way
                     must
                     needs
                     bee
                     more
                     exact
                     ,
                     in
                     that
                     a
                     Mile
                     is
                     a
                     smaller
                     part
                     then
                     a
                     Degree
                     ,
                     and
                     (
                     as
                     Pitiscus
                     notes
                     )
                     the
                     Fractions
                     which
                     fall
                     out
                     in
                     extraction
                     of
                     roots
                     can
                     hardly
                     bee
                     reduced
                     to
                     any
                     proportion
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     this
                     way
                     of
                     finding
                     out
                     the
                     distance
                     by
                     a
                     Right-line
                     Triangle
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     common
                     and
                     receaued
                     ,
                     is
                     very
                     vnperfect
                     and
                     subiect
                     to
                     great
                     errour
                     ,
                     especially
                     in
                     places
                     far
                     distant
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     it
                     supposeth
                     the
                     Meridians
                     with
                     the
                     Parallels
                     on
                     the
                     Globe
                     to
                     make
                     true
                     squares
                     ,
                     whereas
                     indeed
                     all
                     the
                     Meridians
                     meet
                     in
                     the
                     pole
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     by
                     consequence
                     cannot
                     make
                     true
                     squares
                     :
                     But
                     yet
                     this
                     errour
                     is
                     far
                     lesse
                     in
                     a
                     lesser
                     distance
                     ;
                     because
                     in
                     a
                     small
                     space
                     of
                     earth
                     ,
                     the
                     roundnesse
                     and
                     conuexity
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     insensible
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     of
                     very
                     small
                     importance
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     this
                     way
                     cannot
                     be
                     altogether
                     vnusefull
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     12
                     Another
                     is
                     found
                     out
                     more
                     exact
                     then
                     the
                     former
                     by
                     the
                     tables
                     of
                     
                       Signes
                       ,
                       Tangents
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Secants
                     .
                     This
                     is
                     performed
                     by
                     finding
                     out
                     the
                     numbers
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     former
                     is
                     called
                     
                       Inuentum
                       primum
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     first
                     found
                     number
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     
                       Inuentum
                       secundum
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     second
                     found
                     number
                     .
                     The
                     working
                     of
                     which
                     Probleme
                     depends
                     on
                     these
                     rules
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Multiply
                       the
                       Right
                       Signe
                       of
                       the
                       difference
                       of
                       the
                       longitude
                       into
                       the
                       summe
                       of
                       the
                       complement
                       of
                       the
                       lesser
                       latitude
                       ,
                       and
                       diuide
                       the
                       product
                       of
                       that
                       multiplication
                       by
                       the
                       totall
                       summe
                       ,
                       &
                       then
                       by
                       the
                       rules
                       of
                       Signes
                       and
                       Tangents
                       the
                       Arch
                       of
                       that
                       Quotient
                       found
                       out
                       will
                       giue
                       the
                       
                         first
                         found
                      
                       number
                       .
                    
                     
                     
                       2
                       Multiply
                       the
                       right
                       signe
                       of
                       the
                       lesser
                       latitude
                       by
                       the
                       totall
                       signe
                       ,
                       and
                       hauing
                       diuided
                       the
                       product
                       thereof
                       by
                       the
                       signe
                       of
                       the
                       complement
                       of
                       the
                       first
                       number
                       ,
                       subtract
                       the
                       Arch
                       of
                       that
                       quotient
                       out
                       of
                       the
                       greater
                       latitude
                       which
                       giues
                       the
                       
                         second
                         found
                      
                       number
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Then
                       multiply
                       the
                       signe
                       of
                       the
                       complement
                       of
                       the
                       first
                       found
                       number
                       into
                       the
                       signe
                       of
                       the
                       complement
                       of
                       the
                       second
                       found
                       number
                       ,
                       and
                       hauing
                       diuided
                       the
                       product
                       by
                       the
                       Totall
                       Signe
                       ,
                       Let
                       the
                       Arch
                       of
                       the
                       quotient
                       be
                       sought
                       out
                       by
                       the
                       Tables
                       ,
                       which
                       Arch
                       subtracted
                       out
                       of
                       the
                       whole
                       quadrant
                       ,
                       will
                       giue
                       the
                       degrees
                       of
                       a
                       distance
                       in
                       a
                       great
                       circle
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     To
                     expresse
                     the
                     practice
                     and
                     manner
                     of
                     working
                     according
                     to
                     our
                     former
                     Rules
                     ,
                     we
                     will
                     suppose
                     the
                     two
                     cities
                     ,
                     whose
                     distance
                     is
                     here
                     sought
                     out
                     to
                     be
                     Ierusalem
                     and
                     Norimberge
                     in
                     
                       Germany
                       .
                       Ierusalem
                    
                     hath
                     in
                     longitude
                     66.
                     degrees
                     .
                     0
                     min.
                     and
                     in
                     latitude
                     31
                     degrees
                     ,
                     40.
                     minutes
                     .
                     Againe
                     Norimberge
                     hath
                     in
                     longitude
                     28.
                     degrees
                     .
                     20.
                     minutes
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     latitude
                     49
                     deg
                     .
                     40.
                     min.
                     The
                     difference
                     of
                     their
                     longitude
                     is
                     37.
                     deg
                     .
                     40.
                     minutes
                     .
                     The
                     right
                     signe
                     whereof
                     is
                     36664
                     :
                     (
                     for
                     here
                     wee
                     make
                     60000
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     totall
                     signe
                     ,
                     rejecting
                     the
                     two
                     last
                     figures
                     on
                     the
                     right
                     hand
                     in
                     the
                     tables
                     of
                     Regiomontanus
                     .
                     )
                     Now
                     you
                     must
                     multiply
                     36664
                     :
                     into
                     the
                     signe
                     of
                     the
                     Complement
                     of
                     the
                     lesser
                     latitude
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     51067
                     :
                     the
                     product
                     of
                     which
                     two
                     signes
                     being
                     multiplied
                     the
                     one
                     by
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     arise
                     1872320488
                     :
                     which
                     if
                     you
                     diuide
                     by
                     the
                     totall
                     signe
                     60000
                     ,
                     the
                     quotient
                     will
                     giue
                     you
                     31205
                     ,
                     whose
                     Arch
                     is
                     31
                     deg
                     .
                     20
                     min.
                     and
                     this
                     must
                     be
                     your
                     first
                     found
                     Number
                     .
                  
                   
                     For
                     the
                     finding
                     of
                     the
                     second
                     Number
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     proceede
                     in
                     this
                     māners
                     :
                     Multiply
                     the
                     right
                     signe
                     of
                     the
                     lesser
                     latitude
                     ,
                     which
                     
                     is
                     31498
                     by
                     the
                     totall
                     signe
                     60000
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     produ●t
                     will
                     bee
                     1889880000
                     :
                     which
                     summe
                     ,
                     if
                     wee
                     diuide
                     by
                     the
                     signe
                     of
                     the
                     Complement
                     of
                     the
                     first-found
                     Number
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     51249
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     in
                     the
                     quotient
                     36876
                     ;
                     the
                     Arch
                     whereof
                     is
                     37
                     degrees
                     ,
                     55
                     min
                     :
                     which
                     Arch
                     subtracted
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     greater
                     latitude
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     remaine
                     11
                     degrees
                     ,
                     29
                     min
                     :
                     and
                     this
                     is
                     our
                     second-found
                     Number
                     .
                     These
                     things
                     thus
                     supposed
                     to
                     bee
                     found
                     out
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     multiply
                     the
                     fore-said
                     signe
                     of
                     the
                     Complement
                     of
                     the
                     first-found
                     Number
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     58798
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     product
                     will
                     arise
                     to
                     3013338702
                     ,
                     the
                     Arch
                     whereof
                     is
                     56
                     deg
                     .
                     50
                     min
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     subtracted
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     quadrant
                     ,
                     viz
                     :
                     90
                     degrees
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     remaine
                     33
                     degrees
                     ,
                     10
                     min
                     :
                     of
                     the
                     greater
                     circle
                     .
                     These
                     33
                     degrees
                     if
                     we
                     multiply
                     by
                     60
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     arise
                     1980
                     miles
                     ,
                     whereunto
                     if
                     we
                     finde
                     the
                     10
                     miles
                     answerable
                     to
                     the
                     10
                     min.
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     these
                     places
                     to
                     be
                     1990
                     Italian-miles
                     .
                     This
                     example
                     is
                     vsed
                     by
                     Appian
                     ,
                     and
                     wrought
                     according
                     to
                     his
                     owne
                     Tables
                     ,
                     and
                     farther
                     explained
                     by
                     our
                     countryman
                     Blundeuill
                     in
                     his
                     Exercises
                     .
                     The
                     same
                     way
                     of
                     working
                     hath
                     been
                     deliuered
                     by
                     
                       Clauius
                       ,
                       Iunctinus
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     others
                     ,
                     although
                     not
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     same
                     Tables
                     .
                     This
                     was
                     of
                     measuring
                     the
                     distance
                     by
                     the
                     Signes
                     and
                     Tangents
                     according
                     to
                     these
                     Authors
                     ,
                     may
                     be
                     warranted
                     more
                     exact
                     than
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     admits
                     of
                     smaller
                     parts
                     in
                     the
                     calculation
                     ;
                     yet
                     will
                     it
                     come
                     far
                     short
                     of
                     truth
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     10
                     Another
                     way
                     of
                     finding
                     out
                     the
                     Distances
                     of
                     places
                     ,
                     differing
                     both
                     in
                     longitude
                     &
                     latitude
                     ,
                     is
                     by
                     the
                     Resolution
                     of
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     triangle
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   This
                   way
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   rest
                   must
                   needs
                   be
                   most
                   certaine
                   :
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   this
                   kind
                   of
                   triangle
                   best
                   expresseth
                   the
                   sections
                   of
                   the
                   Globe
                   .
                   The
                   methode
                   of
                   which
                   working
                   I
                   finde
                   no-where
                   better
                   taught
                   then
                   in
                   Pitiscus
                   his
                   Trigonometry
                   :
                   of
                   whose
                   ingenious
                   industry
                   notwithstanding
                   little
                   vse
                   can
                   bee
                   made
                   ,
                   except
                   the
                   Learner
                   first
                   acquaint
                   himself
                   with
                   his
                   principles
                   ,
                   because
                   in
                   his
                   
                     Geographicall
                     Problemes
                  
                   ,
                   he
                   briefely
                   referres
                   his
                   Reader
                   to
                   his
                   former
                   grounds
                   and
                   Axiomes
                   ,
                   accurately
                   demonstrated
                   in
                   his
                   former
                   books
                   :
                   For
                   mine
                   owne
                   part
                   it
                   might
                   perhaps
                   seeeme
                   as
                   absurd
                   in
                   this
                   Treatise
                   ,
                   
                   to
                   intermixe
                   all
                   his
                   preparatory
                   demonstrations
                   ,
                   being
                   meerely
                   Geometricall
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   the
                   limites
                   of
                   my
                   subject
                   ,
                   as
                   by
                   leauing
                   out
                   so
                   necessary
                   a
                   way
                   to
                   mangle
                   my
                   discourse
                   .
                   Wherfore
                   intending
                   a
                   middle
                   way
                   ,
                   I
                   will
                   (
                   God-willing
                   )
                   in
                   such
                   sort
                   set
                   downe
                   these
                   propositions
                   ,
                   that
                   I
                   may
                   giue
                   some
                   light
                   to
                   this
                   excellent
                   inuention
                   ,
                   and
                   referre
                   my
                   Reader
                   to
                   Pitiscus
                   his
                   Axiomes
                   for
                   farther
                   Demonstration
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     14
                     The
                     Distances
                     proposed
                     to
                     be
                     measured
                     by
                     Sphericall
                     triangles
                     ,
                     admit
                     of
                     two
                     cases
                     :
                     1
                     When
                     two
                     places
                     are
                     so
                     situate
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     one
                     is
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     without
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     when
                     both
                     are
                     without
                     the
                     Equatour
                     .
                  
                   
                     15
                     The
                     former
                     againe
                     is
                     three-fold
                     :
                     For
                     either
                     the
                     difference
                     of
                     longitude
                     betwixt
                     those
                     places
                     is
                     Equall
                     to
                     a
                     quadrant
                     ,
                     or
                     Lesse
                     ,
                     or
                     Greater
                     .
                     The
                     seuerall
                     wayes
                     of
                     inuention
                     on
                     shall
                     bee
                     directed
                     by
                     these
                     Rules
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       If
                       the
                       Difference
                       of
                       longitude
                       be
                       Equall
                       to
                       a
                       quadrant
                       ,
                       the
                       distance
                       will
                       also
                       be
                       a
                       quadrant
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     in
                     this
                     present
                     figure
                     wee
                     will
                     imagine
                     the
                     circle
                     ABCD
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     first
                     Meridian
                     :
                     the
                     places
                     whose
                     distance
                     is
                     sought
                     out
                     A
                     and
                     G
                     :
                     whose
                     Distance
                     AG
                     will
                     bee
                     a
                     quadrant
                     .
                     For
                     A
                     will
                     be
                     a
                     pole
                     of
                     a
                     Greater
                     Circle
                     BGD
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     56
                     prop.
                     of
                     the
                     1
                     of
                     Pitiscus
                     :
                     wherefore
                     all
                     the
                     Arches
                     drawne
                     from
                     thence
                     to
                     BGD
                     will
                     bee
                     quadrants
                     by
                     the
                     same
                     proposition
                     .
                     For
                     a
                     more
                     familiar
                     instance
                     wee
                     will
                     take
                     the
                     Iland
                     Sumatra
                     ,
                     which
                     hath
                     in
                     longitude
                     131
                     degrees
                     ,
                     but
                     no
                     latitude
                     ,
                     being
                     sited
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equatour
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     city
                     Buda
                     the
                     Metropolis
                     of
                     Hungary
                     ,
                     which
                     hath
                     in
                     longitude
                     41
                     degrees
                     ,
                     in
                     latitude
                     47
                     degrees
                     ;
                     The
                     difference
                     of
                     longitude
                     is
                     90
                     degrees
                     ;
                     for
                     41
                     being
                     
                       
                    
                     subducted
                     out
                     of
                     131
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     remaine
                     90
                     ,
                     wherefore
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     those
                     places
                     will
                     be
                     90
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     multiplied
                     by
                     60
                     ,
                     will
                     produce
                     5400
                     Italian-miles
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       If
                       the
                       difference
                       of
                       longitude
                       bee
                       lesse
                       then
                       a
                       quadrant
                       as
                       AF
                       :
                       the
                       Triangle
                       AEF
                       here
                       is
                       to
                       bee
                       resolued
                       into
                       his
                       parts
                       ,
                       according
                       to
                       the
                       4th
                       Axiome
                       of
                       Pitiscus
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     the
                     places
                     ,
                     whose
                     longitude
                     is
                     here
                     sought
                     out
                     ,
                     shall
                     be
                     A
                     and
                     F
                     ;
                     The
                     Triangle
                     here
                     to
                     be
                     knowne
                     is
                     AEF
                     ;
                     whose
                     Resolution
                     depends
                     on
                     our
                     Authors
                     4th
                     Axiome
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     Difference
                     of
                     longitude
                     is
                     ABF
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     measure
                     of
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     Triangle
                     being
                     taken
                     in
                     a
                     great
                     circle
                     ,
                     is
                     an
                     Arch
                     of
                     a
                     greater
                     circle
                     ,
                     described
                     from
                     the
                     Angular
                     point
                     ,
                     and
                     comprehended
                     betwixt
                     the
                     two
                     legges
                     of
                     the
                     Triangle
                     so
                     farre
                     as
                     a
                     quadrant
                     ,
                     as
                     is
                     taught
                     in
                     the
                     58
                     proposition
                     of
                     his
                     first
                     Booke
                     .
                     For
                     a
                     more
                     speciall
                     instance
                     we
                     will
                     take
                     two
                     places
                     ;
                     whereof
                     the
                     one
                     shall
                     bee
                     the
                     Iland
                     of
                     S.
                     Thomas
                     before
                     mentioned
                     ,
                     which
                     hath
                     in
                     longitude
                     32
                     degrees
                     and
                     20
                     minutes
                     .
                     The
                     other
                     Amsterdam
                     in
                     Holland
                     ,
                     
                     which
                     hath
                     in
                     longitude
                     26
                     degrees
                     ,
                     30
                     minutes
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     we
                     imagine
                     in
                     A
                     ;
                     the
                     later
                     in
                     F.
                     The
                     Difference
                     of
                     longitude
                     ABF
                     will
                     be
                     5
                     degrees
                     ,
                     50
                     min
                     :
                     Then
                     the
                     distance
                     sought
                     out
                     must
                     be
                     AF
                     :
                     so
                     working
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     fourth
                     Axiome
                     of
                     Pitiscus
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     the
                     Arch
                     AF
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     distance
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     54
                     degrees
                     ,
                     19
                     minutes
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       3
                       If
                       the
                       Difference
                       of
                       longitude
                       bee
                       greater
                       then
                       a
                       quadrant
                       ,
                       as
                       of
                       the
                       two
                       places
                       of
                       F
                       and
                       C
                       ,
                       the
                       Triangle
                       to
                       bee
                       resolued
                       will
                       bee
                       FCE
                       ,
                       being
                       a
                       Rectangle
                       at
                       E.
                       
                    
                  
                   
                     Here
                     because
                     the
                     Triangle
                     FCE
                     hath
                     his
                     two
                     sides
                     FC
                     ,
                     and
                     EC
                     ,
                     greater
                     then
                     quadrants
                     ,
                     insteed
                     of
                     it
                     you
                     may
                     worke
                     on
                     the
                     Triangle
                     AEF
                     ,
                     adioyned
                     to
                     the
                     Triangle
                     FEC
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     whole
                     worke
                     will
                     be
                     dispatched
                     :
                     for
                     by
                     the
                     resolution
                     of
                     the
                     Triangle
                     AEF
                     ,
                     you
                     shall
                     find
                     out
                     the
                     Arch
                     FG
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     added
                     to
                     the
                     quadrant
                     CG
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     be
                     produced
                     the
                     Arch
                     FC
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     ●ought
                     out
                     .
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     we
                     will
                     imagine
                     Heidelberge
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     placed
                     at
                     F
                     ,
                     to
                     haue
                     in
                     longitude
                     30
                     degrees
                     ,
                     45
                     minutes
                     ,
                     in
                     latitude
                     49
                     degrees
                     35
                     min
                     :
                     Then
                     wee
                     will
                     suppose
                     Summatra
                     ,
                     as
                     placed
                     at
                     C
                     ,
                     to
                     haue
                     in
                     longitude
                     131
                     degrees
                     ,
                     but
                     no
                     latitude
                     :
                     The
                     difference
                     of
                     longitude
                     will
                     be
                     EC
                     ,
                     of
                     100
                     degrees
                     ,
                     15
                     minutes
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     complement
                     AE
                     79
                     degrees
                     ,
                     45
                     minutes
                     .
                     Then
                     working
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Rules
                     of
                     Trigonometry
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     the
                     signe
                     of
                     the
                     Arch
                     FC
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     6
                     degrees
                     ,
                     37
                     ½
                     minutes
                     ;
                     which
                     being
                     added
                     to
                     FC
                     ,
                     being
                     90
                     degrees
                     ,
                     will
                     produce
                     96
                     degrees
                     ,
                     37
                     ½
                     minutes
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     Arch
                     there
                     will
                     answer
                     1449
                     German-miles
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     16
                     The
                     second
                     Case
                     is
                     ,
                     when
                     both
                     places
                     are
                     situate
                     without
                     the
                     Equatour
                     :
                     This
                     is
                     againe
                     twofold
                     :
                     For
                     either
                     the
                     two
                     places
                     are
                     vnderstood
                     to
                     be
                     situate
                     towards
                     the
                     same
                     Pole
                     ,
                     or
                     else
                     one
                     place
                     toward
                     the
                     Northerne
                     ,
                     the
                     
                     other
                     towards
                     the
                     Southerne
                     Pole.
                     Both
                     which
                     Cases
                     shall
                     be
                     taught
                     in
                     these
                     Rules
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       If
                       both
                       places
                       whose
                       distance
                       is
                       sought
                       ,
                       be
                       situate
                       towards
                       the
                       same
                       Pole
                       ,
                       there
                       will
                       arise
                       a
                       Triangle
                       ,
                       whose
                       sides
                       and
                       Angles
                       will
                       be
                       knowne
                       by
                       the
                       fourth
                       Axiome
                       of
                       Pitiscus
                       in
                       Trigonometry
                       the
                       fourth
                       Booke
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     in
                     this
                     present
                     figure
                     ,
                     let
                     the
                     two
                     places
                     giuen
                     bee
                     FG
                     ,
                     the
                     
                     Triangle
                     to
                     bee
                     knowne
                     ,
                     will
                     be
                     FBG
                     ,
                     whose
                     acute
                     Angle
                     will
                     be
                     at
                     B.
                     Let
                     the
                     places
                     giuen
                     bee
                     as
                     FH
                     ;
                     the
                     Triangle
                     to
                     bee
                     resolued
                     &
                     known
                     will
                     bee
                     FBH
                     ,
                     hauing
                     a
                     right
                     Angle
                     at
                     H.
                     Finally
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     places
                     suppos●ed
                     to
                     be
                     giuen
                     ,
                     are
                     as
                     FI
                     ,
                     the
                     Triangle
                     to
                     bee
                     knowne
                     will
                     bee
                     FBI
                     ,
                     with
                     an
                     obtuse
                     Angle
                     at
                     I.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       If
                       the
                       one
                       place
                       be
                       situated
                       towards
                       the
                       North-pole
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       other
                       towards
                       the
                       South-pole
                       ,
                       there
                       will
                       arise
                       a
                       Triangle
                       ,
                       whereof
                       the
                       one
                       side
                       about
                       the
                       Angle
                       which
                       is
                       giuen
                       ,
                       will
                       be
                       greater
                       then
                       a
                       quadrant
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     As
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     figure
                     ,
                     let
                     the
                     places
                     giuen
                     be
                     as
                     G
                     and
                     K
                     ,
                     also
                     
                     H
                     and
                     K
                     ,
                     also
                     I
                     and
                     K
                     :
                     There
                     will
                     still
                     fall
                     out
                     a
                     Triangle
                     ▪
                     whose
                     one
                     side
                     containing
                     the
                     Angle
                     giuen
                     ,
                     will
                     be
                     greater
                     then
                     a
                     quadrant
                     ,
                     as
                     BK
                     :
                     wherefore
                     for
                     the
                     side
                     BK
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     take
                     his
                     complement
                     to
                     the
                     Semi-circle
                     BF
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     Triangle
                     GBK
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     worke
                     by
                     the
                     Triangle
                     GBF
                     :
                     and
                     insteed
                     of
                     the
                     Triangle
                     HBK
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     take
                     the
                     Triangle
                     HBF
                     :
                     and
                     for
                     the
                     Triangle
                     IBK
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     worke
                     by
                     the
                     Triangle
                     IBF
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     fourth
                     Axiome
                     of
                     the
                     fourth
                     booke
                     of
                     Pitiscus
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     I
                     had
                     rather
                     referre
                     my
                     Reader
                     ,
                     then
                     intermixe
                     our
                     Geographicall
                     discourse
                     with
                     handling
                     the
                     Principles
                     of
                     Geometry
                     ,
                     which
                     here
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     supposed
                     so
                     many
                     precedent
                     propositions
                     ;
                     which
                     ,
                     expressed
                     as
                     they
                     ought
                     ,
                     would
                     transcend
                     the
                     bounds
                     of
                     my
                     intended
                     journey
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     17
                     Of
                     the
                     Astractiue
                     way
                     of
                     finding
                     out
                     the
                     Distance
                     of
                     places
                     ,
                     we
                     haue
                     spoken
                     :
                     The
                     Mechanicall
                     depends
                     on
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     Instruments
                     and
                     Mechanicall
                     operation
                     ,
                     whereof
                     wee
                     will
                     shew
                     one
                     way
                     in
                     this
                     Theoreme
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       By
                       the
                       working
                       with
                       a
                       Semi-circle
                       ,
                       the
                       Distance
                       of
                       two
                       places
                       may
                       be
                       found
                       out
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     inuention
                     by
                     Mr
                     Blundeuill
                     ,
                     seemes
                     to
                     be
                     ascribed
                     to
                     
                       Edward
                       Wright
                    
                     ,
                     yet
                     hath
                     it
                     beene
                     taken
                     vp
                     of
                     forreine
                     Writers
                     as
                     their
                     owne
                     ,
                     and
                     vsed
                     in
                     their
                     Charts
                     and
                     Mappes
                     .
                     The
                     manner
                     of
                     operation
                     is
                     thus
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     let
                     there
                     be
                     drawne
                     a
                     semi-circle
                     vpon
                     a
                     right
                     Diameter
                     signed
                     out
                     ,
                     will
                     be
                     the
                     letters
                     ABCD
                     ,
                     whereof
                     D
                     shall
                     be
                     the
                     center
                     ,
                     as
                     you
                     find
                     it
                     deciphered
                     in
                     this
                     present
                     figure
                     .
                     The
                     greater
                     this
                     Semi-circle
                     be
                     made
                     ,
                     so
                     much
                     the
                     more
                     easie
                     will
                     be
                     the
                     operation
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     degrees
                     will
                     be
                     larger
                     .
                     Then
                     this
                     Semi-circle
                     being
                     drawne
                     ,
                     and
                     accordingly
                     diuided
                     ,
                     imagine
                     that
                     by
                     the
                     helpe
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     you
                     desire
                     to
                     find
                     out
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     London
                     and
                     Ierusalem
                     ,
                     which
                     cities
                     are
                     knowne
                     to
                     differ
                     both
                     in
                     longitude
                     and
                     latitude
                     .
                     Now
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     true
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     these
                     two
                     places
                     may
                     bee
                     found
                     out
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     first
                     subtract
                     the
                     
                       lesser
                       longitude
                    
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     greater
                     ,
                     so
                     shall
                     you
                     finde
                     the
                     
                     Difference
                     of
                     their
                     longitudes
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     47
                     degrees
                     .
                     Then
                     reckon
                     that
                     Difference
                     vpon
                     the
                     Semi-circle
                     ,
                     beginning
                     at
                     A
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     proceed
                     to
                     B
                     ;
                     and
                     at
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     that
                     Difference
                     ,
                     make
                     a
                     marke
                     with
                     the
                     letter
                     E
                     ,
                     into
                     which
                     point
                     by
                     your
                     Ruler
                     ,
                     let
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     be
                     drawne
                     from
                     D
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     Semi-circle
                     .
                     This
                     being
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     performed
                     ,
                     let
                     the
                     lesser
                     latitude
                     be
                     sought
                     out
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     32
                     degrees
                     in
                     the
                     foresaid
                     Semi-circle
                     ,
                     beginning
                     your
                     accompt
                     from
                     the
                     point
                     E
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     proceeding
                     towards
                     B
                     ,
                     and
                     at
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     lesser
                     latitude
                     ,
                     let
                     another
                     point
                     bee
                     marked
                     out
                     with
                     the
                     letter
                     G
                     :
                     from
                     which
                     point
                     let
                     there
                     be
                     drawne
                     a
                     perpendicular
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     fall
                     with
                     right
                     Angles
                     vpon
                     the
                     former
                     line
                     ,
                     drawne
                     from
                     D
                     to
                     E
                     ;
                     and
                     where
                     it
                     chanceth
                     to
                     fall
                     ,
                     there
                     marke
                     out
                     a
                     point
                     with
                     the
                     letter
                     H
                     :
                     This
                     being
                     performed
                     ,
                     let
                     the
                     greater
                     latitude
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     51
                     degrees
                     ,
                     32
                     minutes
                     ,
                     be
                     sought
                     out
                     in
                     the
                     Semi-circle
                     ,
                     beginning
                     to
                     reckon
                     from
                     A
                     towards
                     B
                     ,
                     and
                     at
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     that
                     latitude
                     ,
                     set
                     downe
                     another
                     point
                     ,
                     signed
                     out
                     by
                     the
                     letter
                     I
                     :
                     from
                     whence
                     let
                     there
                     bee
                     drawne
                     another
                     perpendicular
                     line
                     ,
                     that
                     may
                     fall
                     with
                     right
                     Angles
                     vpon
                     the
                     Diameter
                     AC
                     ,
                     and
                     here
                     marke
                     out
                     a
                     point
                     with
                     the
                     letter
                     K
                     :
                     This
                     done
                     ,
                     take
                     with
                     your
                     Compasse
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     K
                     and
                     H
                     ;
                     which
                     distance
                     you
                     must
                     set
                     downe
                     vpon
                     the
                     Diameter
                     AC
                     ,
                     placing
                     the
                     one
                     foote
                     of
                     your
                     compasse
                     vpon
                     K
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     towards
                     the
                     center
                     D
                     ,
                     and
                     there
                     marke
                     out
                     a
                     point
                     with
                     the
                     letter
                     L
                     :
                     Then
                     with
                     your
                     compasse
                     take
                     the
                     shorter
                     perpendicular
                     line
                     GH
                     ,
                     and
                     apply
                     that
                     widenesse
                     vpon
                     the
                     longer
                     perpendicular
                     line
                     IK
                     ,
                     placing
                     the
                     one
                     foot
                     of
                     your
                     compasse
                     at
                     I
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     bounds
                     of
                     the
                     great
                     latitude
                     ,
                     and
                     extend
                     the
                     other
                     towards
                     K
                     ,
                     and
                     there
                     make
                     a
                     point
                     at
                     M.
                     Then
                     with
                     your
                     compasse
                     take
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     L
                     and
                     M
                     ,
                     and
                     apply
                     the
                     same
                     to
                     the
                     semicircle
                     ,
                     placing
                     the
                     one
                     foot
                     of
                     your
                     compasse
                     in
                     A
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     towards
                     B
                     ,
                     and
                     there
                     marke
                     out
                     a
                     point
                     with
                     the
                     letter
                     N.
                     Now
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     degrees
                     comprehended
                     betwixt
                     A
                     and
                     N
                     ,
                     will
                     expresse
                     the
                     true
                     distance
                     of
                     the
                     two
                     places
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     be
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     39
                     ▪
                     degrees
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     multiplyed
                     by
                     60
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     conuerted
                     into
                     miles
                     according
                     to
                     our
                     former
                     Rules
                     ,
                     will
                     produce
                     2340
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     the
                     said
                     places
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     17
                     The
                     expression
                     of
                     the
                     Distance
                     of
                     two
                     places
                     may
                     be
                     performed
                     either
                     by
                     the
                     Globe
                     or
                     Map
                     according
                     to
                     these
                     Rules
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       distance
                       betwixt
                       two
                       places
                       in
                       the
                       Globe
                       ,
                       being
                       obserued
                       by
                       the
                       quadrant
                       of
                       Altitude
                       ,
                       and
                       applied
                       to
                       the
                       degrees
                       of
                       the
                       Equatour
                       ,
                       or
                       any
                       great
                       circle
                       ,
                       will
                       shew
                       how
                       many
                       miles
                       such
                       places
                       are
                       distant
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     practise
                     hereof
                     is
                     very
                     easie
                     ,
                     as
                     shall
                     be
                     taught
                     in
                     this
                     example
                     :
                     we
                     wil
                     for
                     instance
                     take
                     Tolledo
                     in
                     the
                     middest
                     of
                     Spaine
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     
                       Cape
                       of
                       Good
                       Hope
                    
                     in
                     the
                     South
                     Promontory
                     of
                     all
                     Africa
                     :
                     The
                     space
                     taken
                     by
                     a
                     quadrant
                     of
                     Altitude
                     ,
                     or
                     any
                     threed
                     applyed
                     to
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     will
                     be
                     found
                     to
                     bee
                     about
                     82
                     degrees
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     multiplyed
                     by
                     60
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     conuerted
                     into
                     miles
                     ,
                     will
                     render
                     4920
                     ,
                     the
                     true
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     these
                     two
                     places
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       distance
                       betwixt
                       any
                       two
                       places
                       in
                       the
                       Chart
                       ,
                       obserued
                       by
                       a
                       compasse
                       ,
                       and
                       applyed
                       to
                       the
                       degrees
                       of
                       a
                       greater
                       Circle
                       ,
                       will
                       shew
                       how
                       many
                       miles
                       such
                       places
                       are
                       distant
                       one
                       from
                       the
                       other
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     For
                     an
                     example
                     ,
                     we
                     will
                     take
                     the
                     city
                     Seuill
                     on
                     the
                     Southmo●●
                     part
                     of
                     Spaine
                     ,
                     and
                     Bilbao
                     on
                     the
                     North-side
                     :
                     the
                     space
                     betwixt
                     those
                     places
                     being
                     taken
                     with
                     a
                     thre●d
                     or
                     a
                     compasse
                     ,
                     and
                     applyed
                     to
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     greater
                     Circles
                     ,
                     will
                     containe
                     about
                     6
                     degrees
                     ;
                     which
                     being
                     multiplyed
                     by
                     60
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     conuerted
                     into
                     Italian-miles
                     ,
                     will
                     produce
                     360
                     :
                     and
                     so
                     many
                     miles
                     those
                     Cities
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     esteemed
                     distant
                     the
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               end
               of
               the
               first
               Booke
               .
            
             
          
        
      
       
         
           
             
             
             
               GEOGRAPHIE
               THE
               SECOND
               BOOKE
               .
            
             
               CONTAINING
               the
               generall
               Topicall
               part
               thereof
               ,
               By
               NATHANAEL
               CARPENTER
               ,
               Fellow
               of
               Exceter
               Colledge
               in
               Oxford
               .
            
             
               
                 GENES
                 .
                 1.
                 vers
                 .
                 10.
                 
              
               
                 And
                 God
                 called
                 the
                 
                   Dry-land
                   ,
                   Earth
                
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 gathering
                 together
                 of
                 the
                 waters
                 called
                 the
                 Seas
                 :
                 and
                 God
                 saw
                 that
                 it
                 was
                 good
                 .
              
            
             
               OXFORD
               ,
               Printed
               by
               
                 Iohn
                 Lichfield
              
               ,
               for
               
                 Henry
                 Cripps
              
               ,
               and
               are
               to
               be
               sold
               by
               
                 Henry
                 Curteyne
                 .
                 Anno
                 Domini
              
               ,
               M.
               DC
               .
               XXXV
               .
            
          
           
             
             
             
               TO
               THE
               RIGHT
               HONOVRABLE
               PHILIP
               ,
               EARLE
               OF
               MOVNTGOMERIE
               &c.
               Knight
               of
               the
               most
               Noble
               order
               of
               the
               Garter
               ,
               and
               Steward
               of
               the
               famous
               Vniuersity
               of
               Oxford
               .
            
             
               
                 Right
                 Honourable
                 ,
              
            
             
               THis
               Geographicall
               Treatise
               consisting
               of
               two
               parts
               ,
               was
               in
               the
               very
               birth
               in
               such
               sort
               consecrated
               to
               your
               inestimable
               Brother
               ,
               as
               notwithstanding
               it
               so
               farre
               reserued
               it selfe
               to
               awaite
               your
               Honours
               fauour
               ,
               that
               Both
               may
               seeme
               ,
               as
               to
               share
               a
               part
               ,
               so
               to
               
               challenge
               the
               whole
               in
               my
               poore
               Industrie
               .
               The
               Soule
               of
               man
               which
               some
               Philosophers
               imagine
               ,
               to
               be
               all
               in
               all
               ,
               &
               all
               in
               euery
               part
               ,
               seemes
               to
               me
               no
               where
               better
               resembled
               then
               in
               your
               Generous
               Fraternity
               ;
               wherein
               the
               Soule
               of
               
                 Heroicall
                 Magnificence
              
               ,
               though
               Indiuided
               in
               it selfe
               ,
               so
               entirely
               communicates
               herselfe
               to
               either
               ,
               that
               both
               may
               seeme
               at
               once
               to
               enioy
               her
               presence
               while
               neither
               want
               .
               If
               this
               my
               bold
               attempt
               in
               presenting
               to
               your
               Honours
               hands
               these
               vnworthy
               labours
               ,
               without
               any
               former
               reference
               ,
               might
               be
               interpreted
               intrusion
               ,
               it
               were
               enough
               for
               Ingenuity
               to
               pretend
               ,
               that
               your
               generous
               loue
               vnto
               our
               poore
               Colledge
               and
               the
               respectiue
               duty
               wherein
               the
               Colledge
               alwayes
               stands
               obliged
               vnto
               your
               Honour
               ,
               commands
               my
               pen
               beyond
               manners
               or
               ability
               .
               Your
               affection
               to
               our
               house
               ,
               could
               no
               way
               expresse
               it selfe
               ampler
               then
               by
               trusting
               our
               custody
               ,
               with
               the
               charge
               of
               your
               choicest
               Iewell
               :
               
               A
               Gentleman
               of
               that
               towardly
               wit
               and
               sweet
               disposition
               ,
               that
               Learning
               and
               Morality
               commonly
               reputed
               the
               daughters
               of
               time
               ,
               seeme
               in
               him
               scarce
               beholding
               to
               yeeres
               ,
               and
               to
               challenge
               a
               precedency
               before
               experience
               ;
               in
               so
               much
               that
               our
               ancient
               Mother
               markt
               out
               with
               all
               the
               Characters
               of
               age
               and
               declining
               weakenesse
               ,
               
               cherishing
               in
               her
               bosome
               this
               young
               darling
               ,
               seemes
               to
               resume
               her
               youthfull
               habit
               ,
               and
               triumph
               ouer
               Time
               and
               Ruines
               .
               This
               happines
               amongst
               diuerse
               others
               vouchsafed
               by
               your
               Honour
               to
               the
               place
               ,
               for
               whose
               good
               opinion
               the
               best
               part
               of
               mine
               endeuours
               stand
               engaged
               ,
               hath
               encouraged
               my
               hopes
               to
               promise
               me
               your
               indulgent
               Acceptance
               of
               this
               slender
               piece
               ,
               long
               since
               intended
               and
               deuoted
               ,
               as
               my selfe
               ,
               vnto
               your
               seruice
               :
               In
               which
               confidence
               ,
               fearing
               any
               longer
               to
               trespasse
               on
               your
               serious
               and
               high
               imployments
               endebted
               to
               your
               King
               and
               Countrey
               ,
               I
               humbly
               rest
            
             
               
                 Your
                 Honours
                 in
                 all
                 duty
                 and
                 seruice
                 to
                 bee
                 commanded
                 
                   NATHANAEL
                   CARPENTER
                
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             
             
               A
               TABLE
               OF
               THE
               SEVERALL
               Contents
               of
               the
               second
               Booke
               of
               Geography
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               speciall
               Theoreme
               .
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   I.
                   Of
                   Topography
                   and
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   a
                   place
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   THe
                   Terrestriall
                   Spheare
                   is
                   euery-where
                   habitable
                   .
                
                 
                   pag.
                   4
                
                 
                   2
                   All
                   places
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   haue
                   suffered
                   manifold
                   mutation
                   and
                   changes
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   in
                   name
                   as
                   nature
                   .
                
                 
                   pag.
                   6
                
                 
                   3
                   Places
                   hauing
                   long
                   continued
                   without
                   habitation
                   ,
                   are
                   seldome
                   so
                   healthy
                   and
                   fit
                   for
                   dwelling
                   ,
                   as
                   those
                   which
                   haue
                   beene
                   in
                   habited
                   .
                
                 
                   11
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   II.
                   Of
                   the
                   generall
                   Adiuncts
                   of
                   places
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   The
                   manner
                   how
                   to
                   measure
                   the
                   magnitude
                   of
                   a
                   Region
                   by
                   the
                   Diameter
                   ,
                   both
                   according
                   to
                   breadth
                   and
                   length
                   .
                
                 
                   15
                
                 
                   2
                   Of
                   the
                   measuring
                   of
                   a
                   Countrey
                   by
                   the
                   circuite
                   of
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   17
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   Measuring
                   of
                   a
                   Countrey
                   by
                   the
                   circuite
                   is
                   deceitfull
                   ,
                   and
                   subiect
                   to
                   great
                   errour
                   .
                
                 
                   17
                
                 
                   4
                   Those
                   Regions
                   are
                   more
                   exactly
                   measured
                   which
                   partake
                   of
                   a
                   plaine
                   surface
                   .
                
                 
                   19
                
                 
                   5
                   How
                   Countries
                   are
                   bounded
                   .
                
                 
                   20
                
                 
                   6
                   Naturall
                   bounds
                   are
                   more
                   certaine
                   then
                   Artificiall
                   .
                
                 
                   ibid.
                   
                
                 
                   
                   7
                   Equall
                   bounds
                   containe
                   not
                   alwaies
                   equall
                   Regions
                   .
                
                 
                   21
                
                 
                   8
                   Of
                   the
                   quality
                   of
                   a
                   Region
                   .
                
                 
                   ibid.
                   
                
                 
                   9
                   Speciall
                   places
                   are
                   endowed
                   with
                   speciall
                   Tempers
                   and
                   dispositions
                   .
                
                 
                   21
                
                 
                   10
                   Of
                   the
                   magneticall
                   affections
                   of
                   a
                   place
                   ,
                   as
                   Variation
                   and
                   Declination
                   .
                
                 
                   26
                
                 
                   11
                   The
                   magneticall
                   variation
                   is
                   of
                   no
                   vse
                   for
                   the
                   first
                   finding
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   longitude
                   :
                   yet
                   may
                   it
                   serue
                   to
                   good
                   purpose
                   for
                   the
                   recognition
                   of
                   a
                   place
                   before
                   discouered
                   .
                
                 
                   27
                
                 
                   12
                   The
                   declination
                   of
                   a
                   place
                   being
                   knowne
                   ,
                   the
                   latitude
                   may
                   bee
                   found
                   ,
                   yet
                   not
                   without
                   some
                   errour
                   .
                
                 
                   29
                
                 
                   13
                   Of
                   the
                   externall
                   Adiuncts
                   of
                   the
                   Aire
                   belonging
                   to
                   a
                   place
                   .
                
                 
                   ibid.
                   
                
                 
                   14
                   The
                   disposition
                   of
                   the
                   Aire
                   Adiacent
                   to
                   a
                   place
                   depends
                   chiefly
                   on
                   the
                   Temperament
                   of
                   the
                   soile
                   .
                
                 
                   30
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   III.
                   Of
                   the
                   Adiuncts
                   of
                   a
                   place
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   heauens
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Places
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   diuerse
                   situation
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   are
                   diuersely
                   affected
                   in
                   quality
                   and
                   constitution
                   .
                
                 
                   34
                
                 
                   2
                   Of
                   the
                   diuision
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   into
                   the
                   North
                   and
                   South
                   Hemispheares
                   .
                
                 
                   38
                
                 
                   3
                   Northerne
                   and
                   Southerne
                   places
                   alike
                   situate
                   generally
                   enioy
                   a
                   like
                   disposition
                   .
                
                 
                   39
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Northerne
                   Hemispheare
                   is
                   the
                   masculine
                   ,
                   the
                   southerne
                   the
                   faeminine
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   40
                
                 
                   5
                   Of
                   the
                   diuerse
                   sections
                   of
                   the
                   Hemispheares
                   and
                   the
                   seuerall
                   qualities
                   belonging
                   to
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   43
                
                 
                   6
                   Of
                   the
                   East
                   and
                   West
                   Hemispheares
                   .
                
                 
                   51
                
                 
                   7
                   The
                   Easterne
                   Hemispheare
                   is
                   happier
                   then
                   the
                   other
                   .
                
                 
                   52
                
                 
                   8
                   The
                   difference
                   of
                   the
                   East
                   and
                   West
                   cannot
                   worke
                   any
                   difference
                   in
                   two
                   places
                   ,
                   by
                   any
                   diuersity
                   of
                   the
                   heauens
                   .
                
                 
                   53
                
                 
                   9
                   Of
                   the
                   subdiuision
                   of
                   the
                   Easterne
                   and
                   Westerne
                   Hemispheares
                   .
                
                 
                   54
                
                 
                   10
                   Places
                   situate
                   towards
                   the
                   East
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   latitude
                   are
                   better
                   then
                   those
                   places
                   towards
                   the
                   West
                   .
                
                 
                   ibid.
                   
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                 
                   CHAP.
                   IV.
                   Of
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   Expression
                   and
                   Description
                   of
                   Regions
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   the
                   finding
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Angle
                   of
                   position
                   by
                   some
                   dioptricke
                   Instrument
                   at
                   two
                   or
                   more
                   stations
                   .
                
                 
                   57
                
                 
                   2
                   At
                   one
                   station
                   by
                   opticall
                   obseruation
                   to
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   situation
                   of
                   one
                   place
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   .
                
                 
                   59
                
                 
                   3
                   Of
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   translation
                   of
                   Regions
                   into
                   the
                   Chart.
                   
                
                 
                   61
                
                 
                   4
                   To
                   set
                   downe
                   the
                   Meridians
                   and
                   Parallels
                   in
                   a
                   particular
                   Chart.
                   
                
                 
                   62
                
                 
                   5
                   How
                   to
                   set
                   downe
                   Cities
                   ,
                   Castles
                   ,
                   Mountaines
                   ,
                   Riuers
                   ,
                   &c.
                   in
                   the
                   Chart.
                   
                
                 
                   64
                
                 
                   6
                   Of
                   the
                   fabricke
                   of
                   the
                   scale
                   of
                   miles
                   in
                   the
                   Chart.
                   
                
                 
                   65
                
                 
                   7
                   The
                   vse
                   of
                   the
                   scale
                   of
                   miles
                   set
                   downe
                   in
                   the
                   Chart.
                   
                
                 
                   ibid.
                   
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   V.
                   Of
                   Hydrography
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   absolute
                   adiuncts
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   ;
                   of
                   the
                   figure
                   and
                   quality
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Although
                   the
                   whole
                   body
                   of
                   the
                   water
                   be
                   sphericall
                   ,
                   yet
                   it
                   is
                   probable
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   it
                   incline
                   to
                   a
                   Conicall
                   figure
                   .
                
                 
                   70
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   water
                   of
                   the
                   sea
                   is
                   salt
                   ,
                   not
                   by
                   Nature
                   but
                   by
                   Accident
                   .
                
                 
                   75
                
                 
                   3
                   Seas
                   absolutely
                   salt
                   ,
                   are
                   neuer
                   frozen
                   .
                
                 
                   79
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Water
                   of
                   the
                   sea
                   is
                   thicker
                   then
                   the
                   other
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   80
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   VI.
                   Of
                   the
                   motions
                   of
                   the
                   sea
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Of
                   the
                   ebbing
                   and
                   flowing
                   of
                   the
                   sea
                   and
                   the
                   causes
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   82
                
                 
                   2
                   All
                   s●a●
                   doe
                   not
                   ebbe
                   and
                   flow
                   alike
                   ,
                   nor
                   the
                   same
                   at
                   all
                   times
                   .
                
                 
                   92
                
                 
                   3
                   It
                   is
                   probable
                   that
                   the
                   sea
                   is
                   carried
                   some-where
                   from
                   East
                   to
                   West
                   ,
                   and
                   some-where
                   from
                   North
                   to
                   South
                   ,
                   &
                   contrariwise
                   .
                
                 
                   98
                
                 
                   4
                   Of
                   the
                   violent
                   motion
                   of
                   the
                   sea
                   caused
                   by
                   windes
                   .
                
                 
                   101
                
                 
                   5
                   To
                   some
                   certaine
                   places
                   at
                   certaine
                   times
                   belong
                   certaine
                   winds
                   .
                
                 
                   102
                
                 
                   6
                   The
                   violence
                   of
                   the
                   winds
                   makes
                   the
                   sea
                   sometimes
                   in
                   some
                   places
                   transcend
                   his
                   ordinary
                   bounds
                   .
                
                 
                   103
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                 
                   CHAP.
                   VII
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Depth
                   ,
                   Situation
                   ,
                   and
                   Termination
                   of
                   the
                   sea
                   ▪
                
                 
                   1
                   The
                   ordinary
                   depth
                   of
                   the
                   sea
                   is
                   commonly
                   answerable
                   to
                   the
                   ordinary
                   height
                   of
                   the
                   maine
                   land
                   aboue
                   the
                   water
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   Whirlepooles
                   &
                   extraordinary
                   depths
                   ,
                   answer
                   to
                   the
                   height
                   of
                   the
                   mountaines
                   aboue
                   the
                   ordinary
                   height
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   104
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   superficies
                   of
                   the
                   sea
                   is
                   some-where
                   higher
                   then
                   the
                   superficies
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   some-where
                   lower
                   .
                
                 
                   109
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   sea
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   higher
                   in
                   one
                   place
                   then
                   another
                   .
                
                 
                   111
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   Water
                   is
                   so
                   diuided
                   from
                   the
                   dry-land
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   quantity
                   of
                   water
                   is
                   greater
                   in
                   the
                   Southerne
                   Hemispheare
                   ,
                   of
                   land
                   in
                   the
                   Northerne
                   .
                
                 
                   115
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   whole
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   enuironed
                   round
                   with
                   sea
                   betwixt
                   East
                   and
                   West
                   .
                
                 
                   116
                
                 
                   6
                   It
                   is
                   probable
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   enuirnoed
                   round
                   with
                   water
                   from
                   North
                   to
                   South
                   :
                   Of
                   the
                   North-west
                   passage
                   ,
                
                 
                   117
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   VIII
                   .
                   OfSea
                   Trafficke
                   and
                   Merchandice
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Nauigation
                   first
                   taught
                   by
                   Almighty
                   God
                   ,
                   was
                   afterwards
                   seconded
                   by
                   the
                   industrie
                   of
                   famous
                   men
                   in
                   all
                   ages
                   .
                
                 
                   132
                
                 
                   2
                   Nauigation
                   is
                   very
                   necessary
                   as
                   well
                   for
                   the
                   increase
                   of
                   knowledge
                   as
                   riches
                   .
                
                 
                   135
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   IX
                   .
                   Of
                   Pedography
                   ,
                   Riuers
                   ,
                   Lakes
                   ,
                   and
                   Fountaines
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   All
                   Riuers
                   haue
                   their
                   originall
                   from
                   the
                   sea
                   the
                   mother
                   of
                   riuers
                   .
                
                 
                   142
                
                 
                   2
                   All
                   Riuers
                   and
                   Fountaines
                   were
                   not
                   from
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   155
                
                 
                   3
                   Many
                   riuers
                   are
                   for
                   a
                   great
                   space
                   of
                   land
                   swallowed
                   vp
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   whereof
                   some
                   after
                   a
                   certaine
                   distance
                   ,
                   rise
                   againe
                   .
                
                 
                   156
                
                 
                   
                   4
                   Riuers
                   for
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   rise
                   out
                   of
                   great
                   mountaines
                   ,
                   and
                   at
                   last
                   by
                   diuerse
                   or
                   one
                   Inlet
                   are
                   disburthened
                   into
                   the
                   sea
                   .
                
                 
                   157
                
                 
                   5
                   Diuerse
                   Fountaines
                   are
                   endowed
                   with
                   diuerse
                   admirable
                   vertues
                   and
                   operations
                   .
                
                 
                   159
                
                 
                   6
                   Places
                   neere
                   great
                   Riuers
                   and
                   Lakes
                   ,
                   are
                   most
                   commodious
                   for
                   Habitation
                   .
                
                 
                   162
                
                 
                   7
                   Of
                   Lakes
                   and
                   their
                   causes
                   .
                
                 
                   162
                
                 
                   8
                   It
                   is
                   probable
                   that
                   some
                   Lakes
                   haue
                   some
                   secret
                   intercourse
                   with
                   the
                   sea
                   vnder
                   ground
                   .
                
                 
                   163
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   X.
                   Of
                   Mountaines
                   ,
                   Vallyes
                   ,
                   plaine-Regions
                   ,
                   woody
                   and
                   champion
                   Countreyes
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Mountaines
                   ,
                   Vallyes
                   ,
                   and
                   Plaines
                   ,
                   were
                   created
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   ,
                   and
                   few
                   made
                   by
                   the
                   violence
                   of
                   the
                   Deluge
                   .
                
                 
                   165
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   perpendicular
                   height
                   of
                   the
                   highest
                   mountaines
                   seldome
                   exceeds
                   10
                   furlongs
                   .
                
                 
                   169
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   ordinary
                   height
                   of
                   the
                   land
                   aboue
                   the
                   sea
                   in
                   diuerse
                   places
                   is
                   more
                   then
                   the
                   hight
                   of
                   the
                   highest
                   mountaines
                   aboue
                   the
                   ordinary
                   face
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   171
                
                 
                   4
                   Mountaines
                   Countreyes
                   are
                   commonly
                   colder
                   then
                   plaine
                   .
                
                 
                   172
                
                 
                   5
                   Mountaines
                   since
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   haue
                   still
                   decreased
                   in
                   their
                   quantity
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   will
                   vnto
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                
                 
                   174
                
                 
                   6
                   Of
                   Woods
                   and
                   their
                   nature
                   .
                
                 
                   178
                
                 
                   7
                   Woods
                   are
                   not
                   so
                   frequent
                   or
                   great
                   as
                   in
                   ancient
                   times
                   .
                
                 
                   179
                
                 
                   8
                   Places
                   moderately
                   situate
                   towards
                   the
                   North
                   or
                   South-pole
                   ,
                   abound
                   more
                   in
                   woods
                   then
                   neere
                   the
                   Equatour
                   .
                
                 
                   180
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XI
                   .
                   Of
                   Ilands
                   and
                   Continents
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   It
                   is
                   probable
                   that
                   Ilands
                   were
                   not
                   from
                   the
                   first
                   beginning
                   ,
                   but
                   were
                   afterwards
                   made
                   by
                   violence
                   of
                   the
                   water
                   .
                
                 
                   184
                
                 
                   2
                   Peninsula's
                   by
                   violence
                   of
                   the
                   sea
                   fretting
                   through
                   the
                   Istmus
                   ,
                   haue
                   oftentimes
                   turned
                   into
                   Ilands
                   ,
                   and
                   contrariwise
                   :
                   Peninsalas
                   by
                   diminution
                   of
                   the
                   sea
                   made
                   of
                   Ilands
                   .
                
                 
                   189
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XII
                   .
                   Of
                   Inundations
                   and
                   Earth-quakes
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   No
                   vniuersall
                   Inundation
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   can
                   be
                   naturall
                   :
                   the
                   other
                   may
                   depend
                   from
                   naturall
                   causes
                   .
                
                 
                   193
                
                 
                   2
                   Particular
                   alterations
                   haue
                   happened
                   to
                   the
                   bonds
                   of
                   Countries
                   by
                   particular
                   Inundations
                   .
                
                 
                   195
                
                 
                   3
                   Certaine
                   Regions
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   great
                   Riuers
                   are
                   subiect
                   to
                   certaine
                   anniuersary
                   Inundations
                   .
                
                 
                   197
                
                 
                   4
                   Regions
                   extreame
                   cold
                   or
                   extreame
                   hot
                   ,
                   are
                   not
                   so
                   subiect
                   to
                   Earth-quakes
                   as
                   places
                   of
                   a
                   middle
                   temper
                   .
                
                 
                   201
                
                 
                   5
                   Hollow
                   and
                   spongie
                   places
                   are
                   more
                   subiect
                   to
                   Earthquakes
                   then
                   solide
                   and
                   compacted
                   Soiles
                   .
                
                 
                   202
                
                 
                   6
                   Ilands
                   are
                   more
                   often
                   troubled
                   with
                   earth-quakes
                   then
                   the
                   continent
                   .
                
                 
                   203
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XIII
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Originall
                   of
                   Inhabitants
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   All
                   Nations
                   had
                   their
                   first
                   originall
                   from
                   one
                   stocke
                   ,
                   whence
                   afterwards
                   they
                   became
                   diuided
                   .
                
                 
                   206
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   first
                   inhabitants
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   were
                   planted
                   in
                   Paradise
                   and
                   thence
                   translated
                   to
                   the
                   places
                   adioyning
                   .
                
                 
                   208
                
                 
                   3
                   The
                   first
                   plantation
                   of
                   Inhabitants
                   immediately
                   after
                   the
                   Deluge
                   beganne
                   in
                   the
                   East
                   .
                
                 
                   213
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XIV
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   disposition
                   of
                   Inhabitants
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   site
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   The
                   people
                   of
                   the
                   Northerne
                   Hemispheare
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   in
                   Riches
                   ,
                   and
                   Magnificence
                   ,
                   as
                   valour
                   ,
                   science
                   ,
                   and
                   ciuill
                   gouernment
                   ,
                   far
                   surpasse
                   the
                   people
                   of
                   the
                   south
                   Hemispheare
                   .
                
                 
                   221
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   extreame
                   Inhabitants
                   toward
                   the
                   pole
                   ,
                   are
                   in
                   complexion
                   hot
                   and
                   moist
                   :
                   Those
                   towards
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   cold
                   and
                   drye
                   ,
                   those
                   of
                   the
                   middle
                   partaking
                   of
                   a
                   middle
                   temper
                   .
                
                 
                   226
                
                 
                   
                   3
                   The
                   extreame
                   Inhabitants
                   towards
                   the
                   poles
                   are
                   naturally
                   enclined
                   to
                   Mechanicall
                   works
                   and
                   martiall
                   endeuours
                   ;
                   the
                   extreame
                   towards
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   to
                   workes
                   of
                   Religion
                   and
                   Contemplation
                   :
                   The
                   middle
                   to
                   lawes
                   and
                   ciuility
                   .
                
                 
                   232
                
                 
                   4
                   The
                   people
                   of
                   the
                   extreame
                   Regions
                   towards
                   the
                   poles
                   in
                   Martiall
                   prowesse
                   haue
                   commonly
                   proued
                   stronger
                   then
                   those
                   neerer
                   the
                   Equatour
                   :
                   but
                   the
                   middle
                   people
                   more
                   prouident
                   then
                   either
                   in
                   the
                   establishment
                   and
                   preseruation
                   of
                   commonwealths
                   .
                
                 
                   236
                
                 
                   5
                   The
                   extreame
                   Regions
                   ,
                   in
                   Manners
                   ,
                   Actions
                   ,
                   and
                   Customes
                   ,
                   are
                   cleane
                   opposite
                   the
                   one
                   to
                   the
                   other
                   :
                   The
                   middle
                   partake
                   a
                   mixture
                   of
                   both
                   .
                
                 
                   239
                
                 
                   6
                   The
                   people
                   of
                   the
                   Easterne
                   Hemispheare
                   in
                   science
                   ,
                   Religion
                   ,
                   Ciuility
                   ,
                   and
                   Magnificence
                   ,
                   and
                   almost
                   in
                   euery
                   thing
                   els
                   ,
                   are
                   farre
                   superiour
                   to
                   the
                   Inhabitants
                   of
                   the
                   Westerne
                   .
                
                 
                   250
                
                 
                   7
                   The
                   Westerne
                   people
                   haue
                   beene
                   obserued
                   to
                   be
                   more
                   happy
                   ,
                   and
                   able
                   in
                   Martiall
                   discipline
                   ;
                   the
                   Easterne
                   in
                   witty
                   contemplation
                   and
                   contemplatiue
                   sciences
                   .
                
                 
                   252
                
                 
                   8
                   The
                   Easterne
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Westerne
                   Hemispheare
                   was
                   peopled
                   before
                   the
                   Westerne
                   .
                
                 
                   255
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XV.
                   Of
                   the
                   Diuersity
                   of
                   dispositions
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   Soile
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Mountaine-people
                   are
                   for
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   more
                   stout
                   ,
                   warlike
                   ,
                   and
                   generous
                   ,
                   then
                   those
                   of
                   plaine
                   Countries
                   ,
                   yet
                   lesse
                   tractable
                   to
                   gouernment
                   .
                
                 
                   256
                
                 
                   2
                   Windy
                   Regions
                   produce
                   men
                   of
                   wild
                   and
                   instable
                   dispositions
                   :
                   But
                   quiet
                   Regions
                   ,
                   more
                   constant
                   and
                   curteous
                   .
                
                 
                   273
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XVI
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   dispositions
                   of
                   Inhabitants
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   originall
                   and
                   education
                   .
                
                 
                   1
                   Colonies
                   translated
                   from
                   one
                   Region
                   into
                   another
                   farre
                   remote
                   
                   retaine
                   a
                   long
                   time
                   their
                   first
                   disposition
                   ,
                   though
                   by
                   little
                   &
                   little
                   ,
                   they
                   decline
                   and
                   suffer
                   alteration
                   .
                
                 
                   278
                
                 
                   2
                   The
                   mixture
                   of
                   Colonies
                   begets
                   the
                   same
                   Nation
                   a
                   greater
                   disparity
                   and
                   variety
                   of
                   the
                   Nations
                   amongst
                   themselues
                   .
                
                 
                   278
                
                 
                   3
                   Education
                   hath
                   a
                   great
                   force
                   in
                   the
                   alteration
                   of
                   Naturall
                   dispositions
                   :
                   yet
                   so
                   as
                   by
                   accident
                   remitted
                   ,
                   they
                   soone
                   returne
                   to
                   their
                   proper
                   Temper
                   .
                
                 
                    
                
                 
                   4
                   By
                   Discipline
                   ,
                   Nations
                   become
                   more
                   Wise
                   and
                   Politicke
                   in
                   the
                   preseruation
                   of
                   states
                   ,
                   yet
                   lesse
                   stout
                   and
                   couragious
                   .
                
                 
                   283
                
              
            
             
          
           
             
             
               The
               Analysis
               of
               the
               second
               Booke
               .
            
             
               
                 
                 
                   
                     Generall
                     ,
                     which
                     of
                     a
                     place
                     generally
                     taken
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     speciall
                     diuision
                     handles
                     the
                     
                       
                         Adiuncts
                         and
                         proprieties
                         :
                         these
                         agree
                         to
                         a
                         place
                         in
                         respect
                         of
                         the
                         
                           
                             Earth
                             it selfe
                             :
                             which
                             are
                             Internall
                             or
                             Externall
                             :
                             Common
                             or
                             Magneticall
                             ,
                             whereof
                             Chapter
                             2.
                             
                          
                           
                             Heauens
                             :
                             which
                             are
                             Generall
                             or
                             Speciall
                             .
                             Chapt.
                             3.
                             
                          
                        
                      
                       
                         Expression
                         and
                         Manner
                         of
                         Description
                         of
                         Regions
                         ,
                         aswell
                         in
                         the
                         finding
                         out
                         the
                         Angle
                         of
                         position
                         ,
                         as
                         Translation
                         of
                         places
                         formerly
                         found
                         out
                         into
                         the
                         Globe
                         or
                         Chart.
                         Chap.
                         4.
                         
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     Speciall
                     ,
                     which
                     contains
                     the
                     distinctio●
                     of
                     a
                     place
                     into
                     
                       
                         Sea
                         :
                         whose
                         description
                         is
                         called
                         Hydrography
                         ,
                         in
                         which
                         we
                         are
                         to
                         consider
                         the
                         Adiuncts
                         of
                         the
                         Sea
                         ,
                         which
                         are
                         either
                         
                           
                             Internall
                             ,
                             which
                             are
                             inbred
                             in
                             the
                             Nature
                             of
                             the
                             Sea
                             ;
                             which
                             againe
                             are
                             either
                             
                               
                                 Absolute
                                 ,
                                 such
                                 as
                                 agree
                                 to
                                 the
                                 Sea
                                 without
                                 any
                                 comparison
                                 of
                                 it
                                 with
                                 the
                                 Land
                                 :
                                 Here
                                 we
                                 obserue
                                 in
                                 the
                                 water
                                 of
                                 the
                                 Sea
                                 
                                   
                                     1
                                     The
                                     Figure
                                     ,
                                     and
                                     Quality
                                     .
                                     Chap.
                                     5.
                                     
                                  
                                   
                                     2
                                     The
                                     Motion
                                     ,
                                     Naturall
                                     and
                                     Violent
                                     .
                                     Chap.
                                     6.
                                     
                                  
                                
                              
                               
                                 Comparatiue
                                 ,
                                 which
                                 concerne
                                 the
                                 Depth
                                 ,
                                 Situation
                                 ,
                                 and
                                 Termination
                                 of
                                 the
                                 Sea.
                                 Chap.
                                 7.
                                 
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             Externall
                             ,
                             which
                             concerne
                             Sea-Trafficke
                             and
                             Marchandize
                             .
                             Chap.
                             8.
                             
                          
                        
                      
                       
                         Land
                         ,
                         which
                         we
                         terme
                         Pedography
                         ,
                         whose
                         Accidents
                         are
                         either
                         
                           
                             Naturall
                             ,
                             which
                             are
                             againe
                             diuided
                             into
                             
                               
                                 Perpetuall
                                 ,
                                 such
                                 as
                                 ordinarily
                                 agree
                                 to
                                 the
                                 earth
                                 :
                                 these
                                 againe
                                 are
                                 either
                                 
                                   
                                     Absolute
                                     ,
                                     wherein
                                     we
                                     haue
                                     no
                                     respect
                                     vnto
                                     the
                                     Sea
                                     :
                                     Here
                                     we
                                     consider
                                     the
                                     Nature
                                     
                                       
                                         1
                                         Of
                                         riuers
                                         ,
                                         fountaines
                                         ,
                                         and
                                         lake●
                                         .
                                         Chap.
                                         9.
                                         
                                      
                                       
                                         2
                                         Of
                                         mountaines
                                         ,
                                         vallie●
                                         ,
                                         and
                                         plaine-Regions
                                         ,
                                         woody
                                         ,
                                         and
                                         champion
                                         Countreyes
                                         .
                                         Chap.
                                         10.
                                         
                                      
                                    
                                  
                                   
                                     Comparatiue
                                     wherein
                                     we
                                     consider
                                     the
                                     Termination
                                     of
                                     the
                                     Sea
                                     with
                                     the
                                     Land.
                                     Chap.
                                     11.
                                     
                                  
                                
                              
                               
                                 Casuall
                                 ,
                                 which
                                 seldome
                                 fall
                                 out
                                 ,
                                 such
                                 as
                                 are
                                 Inundations
                                 and
                                 Earth-quakes
                                 .
                                 Chap.
                                 12.
                                 
                              
                            
                          
                           
                             Ciuill
                             ,
                             which
                             concernes
                             the
                             Inhabitants
                             of
                             any
                             place
                             ,
                             in
                             whom
                             we
                             consider
                             the
                             
                               
                                 Originall
                                 or
                                 off-spring
                                 .
                                 Chap.
                                 13.
                                 
                              
                               
                                 Disposition
                                 which
                                 is
                                 varied
                                 ,
                                 either
                                 accor●●●●
                                 〈…〉
                                 
                                   
                                     1
                                     Site
                                     in
                                     respect
                                     of
                                     the
                                     Heauens
                                     .
                                     Chap.
                                     14.
                                     
                                  
                                   
                                     2
                                     Soyle
                                     .
                                     Chap.
                                     15.
                                     
                                  
                                   
                                     
                                  
                                
                              
                            
                          
                        
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
             
               GEOGRAPHIE
               :
               THE
               SECOND
               BOOKE
               .
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 I.
                 Of
                 Topographie
                 and
                 the
                 nature
                 of
                 a
                 place
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     IN
                     the
                     former
                     Treatise
                     ,
                     by
                     Gods
                     assistance
                     ,
                     wee
                     haue
                     treated
                     of
                     the
                     Sphericall
                     part
                     of
                     Geographie
                     :
                     It
                     will
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     place
                     seeme
                     conuenient
                     to
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     Topicall
                     part
                     of
                     it
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     Topicall
                     part
                     teacheth
                     the
                     description
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     so
                     farre
                     forth
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     diuided
                     into
                     places
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   nature
                   of
                   Topographie
                   ,
                   whereof
                   we
                   are
                   to
                   treat
                   in
                   this
                   second
                   part
                   ,
                   is
                   discouered
                   vnto
                   vs
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   in
                   the
                   name
                   ,
                   which
                   promiseth
                   a
                   description
                   of
                   places
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   in
                   the
                   differences
                   set
                   downe
                   by
                   Ptolomy
                   himselfe
                   ,
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Sphericall
                   and
                   Topicall
                   part
                   :
                   the
                   former
                   of
                   which
                   hee
                   cals
                   Geographie
                   ,
                   and
                   latter
                   
                   Topographie
                   ;
                   whereof
                   wee
                   haue
                   spoken
                   at
                   large
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   Chapter
                   of
                   our
                   former
                   booke
                   .
                   Here
                   onely
                   wee
                   will
                   note
                   this
                   one
                   distinction
                   ,
                   that
                   T●●ograhie
                   may
                   bee
                   t●ken
                   either
                   more
                   generally
                   ,
                   or
                   specially
                   :
                   Generally
                   we
                   may
                   take
                   it
                   so
                   farre
                   foorth
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   discouers
                   vnto
                   vs
                   either
                   the
                   whole
                   world
                   and
                   all
                   his
                   parts
                   ,
                   or
                   at
                   least
                   some
                   great
                   and
                   principall
                   parts
                   ;
                   such
                   as
                   is
                   an
                   
                     Empire
                     ,
                     Region
                     ,
                     Kingdome
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   such
                   like
                   .
                   More
                   specially
                   and
                   particularly
                   ,
                   it
                   hath
                   vsually
                   beene
                   taken
                   for
                   the
                   description
                   of
                   a
                   very
                   small
                   place
                   ,
                   whose
                   situation
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   heauens
                   is
                   not
                   noted
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   the
                   parts
                   one
                   to
                   the
                   other
                   :
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   
                     Cities
                     ,
                     Burrowes
                     ,
                     Townes
                     ,
                     Castles
                     ,
                     Lakes
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   Riuers
                   .
                   The
                   former
                   (
                   whereat
                   wee
                   chiefly
                   aime
                   )
                   cannot
                   well
                   bee
                   performed
                   without
                   the
                   vse
                   of
                   the
                   Sphericall
                   part
                   :
                   That
                   latter
                   we
                   will
                   more
                   sparingly
                   touch
                   ,
                   being
                   an
                   infinite
                   taske
                   in
                   the
                   whole
                   earth
                   to
                   descend
                   to
                   all
                   particulars
                   which
                   come
                   in
                   our
                   way
                   :
                   yet
                   shall
                   wee
                   not
                   altogether
                   omit
                   or
                   neglect
                   such
                   circumstances
                   in
                   their
                   due
                   places
                   ,
                   so
                   farre
                   foorth
                   as
                   wee
                   can
                   ;
                   leauing
                   the
                   rest
                   to
                   such
                   Topographers
                   ,
                   who
                   spend
                   their
                   stocke
                   in
                   the
                   description
                   of
                   some
                   particular
                   place
                   or
                   Region
                   :
                   whereof
                   this
                   our
                   Age
                   hath
                   produced
                   many
                   deseruing
                   high
                   commendations
                   .
                   This
                   Science
                   was
                   anciently
                   adorned
                   by
                   
                     Homer
                     ,
                     An●●imander
                     ,
                     Milesius
                     ,
                     Haecataeus
                     ,
                     Democritus
                     ,
                     Eudoxius
                     ,
                     Dicaearchus
                     ,
                     Euphorus
                     ,
                  
                   as
                   wee
                   finde
                   in
                   Straboes
                   first
                   booke
                   :
                   to
                   which
                   afterward
                   succeede
                   ,
                   
                     Eratosthenes
                     ,
                     Polybius
                     ,
                     Possidonius
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   diuers
                   others
                   .
                   Which
                   part
                   requires
                   little
                   or
                   small
                   knowledge
                   in
                   the
                   Sciences
                   Mathematicall
                   ,
                   but
                   challengeth
                   more
                   affinity
                   with
                   the
                   Physicall
                   and
                   Politicall
                   part
                   of
                   Philosophie
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   is
                   more
                   subiect
                   to
                   popular
                   vnderstanding
                   then
                   the
                   former
                   ,
                   and
                   may
                   without
                   it
                   ,
                   affoord
                   some
                   profit
                   to
                   the
                   Reader
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     3
                     The
                     Topicall
                     part
                     is
                     either
                     generall
                     ,
                     or
                     speciall
                     :
                     The
                     generall
                     is
                     that
                     which
                     handles
                     the
                     generall
                     Adiuncts
                     of
                     a
                     place
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     A
                     place
                     is
                     a
                     superficiall
                     space
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     ,
                     fitted
                     for
                     habitation
                     .
                  
                
                 
                 
                   To
                   the
                   constitution
                   of
                   a
                   place
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   here
                   Topographically
                   taken
                   )
                   there
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   a
                   concurrence
                   of
                   two
                   things
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   may
                   call
                   Matter
                   and
                   Forme
                   .
                   The
                   Matter
                   is
                   the
                   space
                   contained
                   ;
                   or
                   superficiall
                   platforme
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   whereon
                   wee
                   dwell
                   .
                   The
                   forme
                   is
                   the
                   capability
                   or
                   aptnesse
                   of
                   it
                   for
                   habitation
                   ;
                   both
                   which
                   concurring
                   together
                   are
                   conceiued
                   to
                   make
                   a
                   place
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   wee
                   here
                   Topographically
                   vnderstand
                   :
                   for
                   here
                   wee
                   vnderstand
                   not
                   a
                   place
                   Physically
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   receptacle
                   of
                   a
                   naturall
                   body
                   ;
                   in
                   which
                   sense
                   the
                   Heauens
                   and
                   all
                   the
                   elements
                   are
                   said
                   to
                   haue
                   their
                   naturall
                   places
                   :
                   Neither
                   yet
                   Geometrically
                   for
                   a
                   plaine
                   whereon
                   a
                   line
                   or
                   figure
                   may
                   bee
                   drawne
                   :
                   but
                   Topographically
                   for
                   the
                   vpper
                   face
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   whereon
                   people
                   or
                   other
                   liuing
                   creatures
                   may
                   inhabite
                   .
                   This
                   place
                   as
                   appeares
                   by
                   reason
                   and
                   holy
                   Scriptures
                   was
                   more
                   ancient
                   then
                   habitation
                   .
                   For
                   whereas
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   Masse
                   the
                   earth
                   was
                   inueloped
                   with
                   waters
                   on
                   euery
                   side
                   ,
                   affording
                   no
                   place
                   for
                   dwelling
                   ;
                   Almighty
                   God
                   is
                   said
                   afterwards
                   to
                   haue
                   separated
                   and
                   parted
                   the
                   waters
                   from
                   the
                   dry
                   land
                   ,
                   making
                   the
                   one
                   a
                   Receptacle
                   for
                   Fishes
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   creatures
                   of
                   the
                   deepe
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   for
                   a
                   dwelling
                   place
                   for
                   mankind
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   creatures
                   as
                   breath
                   vpon
                   the
                   land
                   :
                   yet
                   hath
                   hee
                   so
                   prouided
                   in
                   his
                   diuine
                   wisdome
                   ,
                   that
                   neither
                   the
                   Inhabitants
                   of
                   the
                   land
                   can
                   well
                   want
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   nor
                   the
                   liuing
                   creatures
                   in
                   the
                   Sea
                   want
                   the
                   land
                   .
                   The
                   one
                   appeares
                   in
                   that
                   wee
                   are
                   inforced
                   to
                   make
                   vse
                   of
                   the
                   sea
                   ,
                   not
                   onely
                   for
                   ●ood
                   and
                   nourishment
                   ,
                   whereof
                   a
                   great
                   part
                   consisteth
                   of
                   fish
                   :
                   but
                   also
                   for
                   our
                   Traffique
                   and
                   commerce
                   with
                   forraine
                   Nations
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   better
                   effected
                   by
                   Sea
                   then
                   Land-voyages
                   .
                   The
                   latter
                   is
                   as
                   easily
                   shewed
                   ,
                   in
                   that
                   the
                   fishes
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   deriue
                   not
                   onely
                   their
                   composition
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   their
                   proper
                   nourishment
                   from
                   the
                   land
                   :
                   whereof
                   wee
                   shall
                   haue
                   more
                   occasion
                   to
                   speake
                   hereafter
                   .
                   Now
                   wee
                   are
                   moreouer
                   to
                   consider
                   ,
                   that
                   a
                   place
                   may
                   bee
                   taken
                   in
                   a
                   double
                   sense
                   :
                   first
                   more
                   largely
                   for
                   any
                   place
                   wherein
                   a
                   creature
                   may
                   liue
                   for
                   longer
                   or
                   shorter
                   time
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   more
                   strictly
                   for
                   such
                   a
                   space
                   of
                   earth
                   ,
                   whereon
                   mankinde
                   may
                   conueniently
                   reside
                   or
                   dwell
                   .
                   The
                   former
                   comprehends
                   not
                   onely
                   the
                   land
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   the
                   water
                   ;
                   for
                   experience
                   shewes
                   ,
                   that
                   men
                   in
                   ships
                   may
                   for
                   a
                   time
                   reside
                   and
                   dwell
                   on
                   the
                   backe
                   
                   of
                   the
                   maine
                   Ocean
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   latter
                   betokening
                   a
                   continuance
                   of
                   habitation
                   ,
                   is
                   onely
                   agreeable
                   to
                   the
                   land
                   :
                   Which
                   sense
                   howbeit
                   it
                   be
                   more
                   consonant
                   to
                   the
                   common
                   vse
                   of
                   speech
                   ,
                   yet
                   for
                   methode
                   sake
                   ,
                   wee
                   are
                   inforced
                   to
                   vse
                   the
                   former
                   :
                   vnderstanding
                   by
                   habitation
                   ,
                   not
                   onely
                   a
                   place
                   of
                   conuenient
                   residence
                   ,
                   but
                   any
                   other
                   whereon
                   a
                   creature
                   for
                   a
                   time
                   may
                   breathe
                   and
                   liue
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Terrestriall
                       Spheare
                       is
                       euerywhere
                       habitable
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     It
                     was
                     an
                     ancient
                     opinion
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     formerly
                     touched
                     )
                     that
                     the
                     earth
                     was
                     not
                     euerywhere
                     habitable
                     :
                     namely
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Intemperate
                       Zones
                    
                     ,
                     whereof
                     the
                     one
                     was
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     at
                     the
                     endes
                     :
                     the
                     former
                     was
                     thought
                     not
                     habitable
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     extremity
                     of
                     heat
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     Sunne-beames
                     there
                     fall
                     perpendicularly
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     make
                     a
                     greater
                     reflection
                     ;
                     The
                     other
                     for
                     extremity
                     of
                     cold
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     obliquity
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne-beames
                     ,
                     causing
                     little
                     or
                     no
                     reflection
                     :
                     whence
                     a
                     second
                     cause
                     seemes
                     to
                     be
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     extreame
                     drought
                     of
                     those
                     places
                     ,
                     which
                     seemes
                     most
                     opposite
                     to
                     mans
                     temper
                     ,
                     requiring
                     a
                     reasonable
                     degree
                     of
                     moisture
                     .
                     But
                     notwithstanding
                     these
                     reasons
                     of
                     the
                     ancients
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needes
                     bee
                     confessed
                     as
                     an
                     vndoubted
                     truth
                     ,
                     confirmed
                     by
                     experience
                     of
                     many
                     N●uigatours
                     ,
                     that
                     those
                     Regions
                     by
                     them
                     imagined
                     vnfit
                     for
                     habitation
                     ,
                     are
                     not
                     onely
                     habitable
                     ,
                     but
                     in
                     many
                     places
                     very
                     populous
                     .
                     Neither
                     want
                     there
                     many
                     reasons
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     latter
                     writers
                     ,
                     to
                     mitigate
                     the
                     rigour
                     of
                     this
                     opinion
                     :
                     some
                     whereof
                     wee
                     haue
                     already
                     touched
                     in
                     our
                     former
                     treatise
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     whereas
                     they
                     vrge
                     the
                     places
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     to
                     bee
                     vnhabitable
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     intemperate
                     heat
                     ;
                     wee
                     may
                     easily
                     answer
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     dayes
                     and
                     nights
                     are
                     then
                     alwayes
                     equall
                     ,
                     containing
                     not
                     aboue
                     12
                     houres
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     space
                     of
                     either
                     being
                     shorter
                     ,
                     the
                     cold
                     of
                     the
                     night
                     may
                     well
                     asswage
                     the
                     extreame
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     day
                     .
                     Another
                     reason
                     is
                     ordinarily
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     extraordinarily
                     high
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     commonly
                     placed
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     which
                     approaching
                     neerer
                     the
                     middle
                     Region
                     of
                     the
                     aire
                     ,
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     partake
                     some
                     what
                     more
                     
                     of
                     cold
                     :
                     which
                     dayly
                     experience
                     can
                     witnesse
                     ,
                     in
                     that
                     their
                     top
                     ●
                     are
                     couered
                     with
                     snow
                     euen
                     in
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     Summer
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     the
                     neerenesse
                     of
                     the
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     to
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     of
                     this
                     Region
                     ,
                     is
                     a
                     great
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     cold
                     temper
                     ,
                     because
                     water
                     is
                     found
                     to
                     bee
                     by
                     nature
                     cold
                     .
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     the
                     set
                     and
                     certaine
                     windes
                     by
                     nature
                     ordained
                     to
                     blow
                     in
                     the
                     hottest
                     times
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     ,
                     may
                     adde
                     much
                     to
                     temperature
                     .
                     Fiftly
                     ,
                     the
                     extraordinary
                     Raines
                     and
                     showers
                     which
                     those
                     places
                     suffer
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     vnder
                     the
                     Line
                     ,
                     especially
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     is
                     verticall
                     ,
                     are
                     a
                     great
                     cause
                     of
                     the
                     asswaging
                     of
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     .
                     Lastly
                     ,
                     the
                     custome
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     being
                     from
                     their
                     cradles
                     inured
                     to
                     no
                     other
                     quality
                     or
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     ayre
                     ,
                     will
                     take
                     away
                     much
                     from
                     our
                     admiration
                     .
                     On
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     no
                     small
                     reasons
                     may
                     bee
                     shewed
                     ,
                     why
                     ,
                     the
                     Regions
                     lying
                     neere
                     or
                     vnder
                     the
                     Pole
                     should
                     not
                     bee
                     so
                     extreamely
                     cold
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     they
                     may
                     admit
                     of
                     habitation
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Sunne
                     being
                     for
                     six
                     moneths
                     together
                     aboue
                     their
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     must
                     needs
                     impresse
                     into
                     the
                     Ayre
                     more
                     heat
                     then
                     otherwise
                     it
                     would
                     doe
                     .
                     Besides
                     ,
                     the
                     thicknesse
                     incorporated
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     with
                     heat
                     ,
                     must
                     needs
                     receaue
                     into
                     it
                     more
                     degrees
                     of
                     it
                     then
                     a
                     thinner
                     and
                     more
                     refined
                     ayre
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     intention
                     of
                     the
                     quality
                     most
                     commonly
                     supposeth
                     the
                     condensation
                     or
                     thickning
                     of
                     the
                     subiect
                     wherein
                     it
                     is
                     .
                     But
                     no
                     greater
                     reason
                     can
                     bee
                     shewed
                     in
                     this
                     point
                     then
                     the
                     custome
                     of
                     the
                     Northerne
                     inhabitants
                     ,
                     exposed
                     from
                     their
                     infancy
                     to
                     no
                     other
                     temperament
                     .
                     If
                     wee
                     should
                     aske
                     a
                     reason
                     why
                     wee
                     vnmaske
                     our
                     faces
                     against
                     the
                     encounter
                     of
                     the
                     greatest
                     cold
                     ,
                     being
                     a
                     soft
                     and
                     tender
                     part
                     ,
                     not
                     daring
                     to
                     vncouer
                     our
                     other
                     parts
                     ,
                     what
                     reason
                     can
                     a
                     man
                     inuent
                     but
                     custome
                     ?
                     If
                     any
                     should
                     aske
                     why
                     barbarous
                     people
                     liuing
                     in
                     farre
                     colder
                     climates
                     then
                     this
                     of
                     ours
                     ,
                     goe
                     altogether
                     naked
                     ,
                     whereas
                     the
                     cold
                     is
                     mother
                     of
                     many
                     diseases
                     amongst
                     vs
                     who
                     goe
                     alwayes
                     clothed
                     ;
                     onely
                     vse
                     and
                     custome
                     can
                     yeeld
                     an
                     answer
                     .
                     These
                     reasons
                     make
                     it
                     probable
                     enough
                     ,
                     that
                     no
                     place
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     world
                     is
                     by
                     nature
                     made
                     not
                     habitable
                     .
                     Now
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     only
                     inhabitable
                     by
                     nature
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     truly
                     inhabited
                     ,
                     will
                     appeare
                     as
                     easily
                     ,
                     if
                     wee
                     trust
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     Nauigatours
                     which
                     haue
                     discouered
                     few
                     or
                     no
                     Regions
                     wanting
                     
                     some
                     ●nhabitants
                     .
                     But
                     that
                     this
                     proposition
                     may
                     bee
                     more
                     distinctly
                     vnderstood
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     know
                     that
                     the
                     whole
                     world
                     is
                     diuided
                     into
                     Sea
                     and
                     Land
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     Sea
                     we
                     may
                     call
                     it
                     habitable
                     in
                     that
                     large
                     sense
                     before
                     mentioned
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     that
                     on
                     it
                     euery
                     where
                     men
                     in
                     ships
                     may
                     breath
                     and
                     liue
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     plaine
                     out
                     of
                     experience
                     of
                     Nauigatours
                     ,
                     who
                     haue
                     sailed
                     round
                     about
                     the
                     Earth
                     from
                     East
                     to
                     West
                     ,
                     and
                     haue
                     entred
                     farre
                     towards
                     the
                     North
                     and
                     South
                     :
                     where
                     at
                     least
                     some
                     times
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     ,
                     or
                     other
                     they
                     might
                     finde
                     the
                     way
                     passable
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     land
                     which
                     is
                     here
                     principally
                     vnderstood
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     note
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     bee
                     considered
                     two
                     wayes
                     ;
                     either
                     for
                     euery
                     little
                     quillet
                     or
                     parcell
                     of
                     land
                     contaned
                     in
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     for
                     a
                     certaine
                     Region
                     of
                     some
                     indifferent
                     greatnesse
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     former
                     sense
                     ,
                     it
                     were
                     too
                     much
                     to
                     affirme
                     euery
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     bee
                     habitable
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     many
                     places
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     toppes
                     of
                     the
                     Alpes
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     sands
                     of
                     Africa
                     ,
                     properly
                     admit
                     of
                     no
                     habitation
                     ;
                     yet
                     in
                     an
                     improper
                     and
                     large
                     sense
                     they
                     may
                     be
                     called
                     habitable
                     ,
                     because
                     on
                     them
                     a
                     man
                     may
                     liue
                     and
                     breath
                     for
                     a
                     certaine
                     space
                     of
                     time
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     by
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     land
                     wee
                     vnderstand
                     some
                     reasonable
                     greatnesse
                     ,
                     no
                     great
                     doubt
                     can
                     bee
                     made
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     either
                     already
                     inhabited
                     by
                     mankinde
                     ,
                     or
                     can
                     at
                     least
                     admit
                     of
                     habitation
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     which
                     not
                     only
                     for
                     a
                     time
                     affords
                     a
                     man
                     life
                     and
                     breath
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     some
                     conuenient
                     meanes
                     of
                     sustenance
                     ;
                     for
                     no
                     countrey
                     hath
                     euer
                     beene
                     found
                     so
                     indigent
                     and
                     barren
                     of
                     all
                     vitall
                     aides
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     neither
                     capeable
                     of
                     liuing
                     creatures
                     in
                     the
                     land
                     ,
                     fit
                     for
                     mans
                     nourishment
                     ;
                     or
                     that
                     cannot
                     draw
                     Fishes
                     from
                     the
                     Sea
                     ;
                     or
                     if
                     this
                     should
                     faile
                     ,
                     cannot
                     afford
                     Fruits
                     or
                     Herbage
                     from
                     the
                     ground
                     :
                     or
                     in
                     case
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     were
                     deficient
                     cannot
                     haue
                     passage
                     by
                     Water
                     to
                     other
                     Countries
                     ,
                     whence
                     to
                     relieue
                     their
                     necessities
                     .
                     And
                     no
                     question
                     but
                     nature
                     hath
                     stored
                     euery
                     Countrey
                     with
                     some
                     commodity
                     or
                     other
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     trafficke
                     may
                     draw
                     riches
                     from
                     other
                     Regions
                     ,
                     as
                     by
                     instances
                     may
                     more
                     particularly
                     appeare
                     hereafter
                     when
                     wee
                     shall
                     speake
                     of
                     particular
                     Regions
                     ,
                     and
                     their
                     seuerall
                     accidents
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       All
                       places
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       haue
                       suffered
                       manifold
                       
                       alteration
                       and
                       change
                       as
                       well
                       in
                       Name
                       as
                       Nature
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     I
                     need
                     not
                     spend
                     time
                     to
                     demonstrate
                     this
                     Assertion
                     ,
                     for
                     that
                     euery
                     place
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     hath
                     beene
                     subiect
                     to
                     much
                     mutation
                     in
                     the
                     processe
                     of
                     time
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     Nature
                     of
                     the
                     Soyle
                     as
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     ,
                     a
                     few
                     obuious
                     instances
                     in
                     each
                     Countrey
                     will
                     easily
                     certifie
                     :
                     yet
                     will
                     it
                     not
                     seeme
                     amisse
                     ,
                     I
                     hope
                     ,
                     to
                     shew
                     the
                     progresse
                     ,
                     manner
                     ,
                     and
                     causes
                     of
                     this
                     alteration
                     ,
                     which
                     would
                     giue
                     no
                     small
                     satisfaction
                     .
                     To
                     discourse
                     of
                     all
                     changes
                     according
                     to
                     all
                     times
                     were
                     a
                     matter
                     infinite
                     :
                     Wee
                     may
                     referre
                     all
                     to
                     two
                     heads
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     the
                     change
                     of
                     Names
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     change
                     of
                     Nature
                     .
                     Concerning
                     the
                     former
                     that
                     most
                     Countreyes
                     haue
                     changed
                     their
                     first
                     and
                     originall
                     names
                     ,
                     is
                     most
                     euident
                     to
                     such
                     as
                     consult
                     the
                     Maps
                     and
                     writings
                     of
                     our
                     common
                     Geographers
                     :
                     for
                     few
                     or
                     none
                     will
                     discouer
                     vnto
                     vs
                     any
                     Region
                     by
                     that
                     name
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     it
                     was
                     knowne
                     in
                     former
                     times
                     :
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     ,
                     as
                     great
                     controuersie
                     and
                     dispute
                     hath
                     growne
                     about
                     diuerse
                     countreyes
                     mentioned
                     by
                     ancient
                     writers
                     ,
                     whereof
                     the
                     name
                     should
                     take
                     its
                     first
                     originall
                     ;
                     but
                     of
                     this
                     change
                     we
                     shall
                     speake
                     hereafter
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     we
                     consider
                     the
                     naturall
                     changes
                     of
                     Countries
                     ,
                     sithence
                     the
                     first
                     creation
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     them
                     to
                     haue
                     suffered
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     the
                     naturall
                     accidents
                     ,
                     and
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     soile
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     temper
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     ;
                     concerning
                     the
                     former
                     wee
                     may
                     note
                     a
                     twofold
                     alteration
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     one
                     is
                     a
                     progresse
                     from
                     Imperfection
                     to
                     Perfection
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     contrariwise
                     ,
                     from
                     Perfection
                     to
                     Imperfection
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     groweth
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     generall
                     Industrie
                     of
                     mankinde
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     wont
                     to
                     worke
                     euery
                     thing
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     it
                     can
                     to
                     his
                     best
                     ends
                     and
                     vse
                     ,
                     for
                     his
                     owne
                     good
                     and
                     propagation
                     of
                     his
                     kinde
                     :
                     which
                     wee
                     may
                     best
                     finde
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     originall
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     the
                     first
                     ground-worke
                     of
                     ciuill
                     society
                     ;
                     for
                     man
                     being
                     once
                     expelled
                     out
                     of
                     Paradise
                     for
                     his
                     owne
                     transgression
                     ,
                     had
                     left
                     him
                     notwithstanding
                     for
                     his
                     lot
                     the
                     whole
                     world
                     besides
                     ,
                     which
                     no
                     question
                     hee
                     found
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     cradle
                     of
                     Nature
                     a
                     poore
                     infant
                     ,
                     as
                     yet
                     altogether
                     vnfashioned
                     and
                     vnshaped
                     for
                     humane
                     habitation
                     .
                     For
                     who
                     can
                     imagine
                     the
                     earth
                     at
                     that
                     time
                     to
                     bee
                     any
                     otherwise
                     then
                     as
                     a
                     vast
                     Wildernesse
                     all
                     
                     ouergrowne
                     with
                     briers
                     and
                     bushes
                     growing
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     accord
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     Moreouer
                     what
                     
                       Fennes
                       ,
                       Bogges
                       ,
                       Marishes
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     such
                     incombrances
                     could
                     there
                     bee
                     wanting
                     to
                     those
                     places
                     which
                     neuer
                     yet
                     felt
                     the
                     chastising
                     hand
                     of
                     husbandrie
                     ?
                     All
                     these
                     incommodities
                     ,
                     as
                     mankind
                     began
                     to
                     multiplie
                     and
                     propagate
                     it selfe
                     on
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     were
                     by
                     little
                     and
                     little
                     remoued
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Earth
                     reduced
                     into
                     a
                     better
                     forme
                     for
                     humane
                     dwelling
                     :
                     because
                     euery
                     man
                     choosing
                     out
                     his
                     owne
                     possession
                     ,
                     began
                     presently
                     to
                     till
                     and
                     manure
                     the
                     soyle
                     with
                     all
                     heedfull
                     industrie
                     .
                     For
                     if
                     our
                     first
                     Parents
                     being
                     placed
                     in
                     Paradise
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     the
                     most
                     pleasant
                     and
                     fertile
                     portion
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     world
                     ,
                     were
                     neuerthelesse
                     enioyned
                     to
                     dresse
                     and
                     manure
                     the
                     Garden
                     for
                     their
                     better
                     vse
                     and
                     profit
                     ;
                     what
                     shall
                     wee
                     imagine
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     (
                     no
                     doubt
                     )
                     a
                     thousand
                     degrees
                     come
                     short
                     of
                     this
                     perfection
                     :
                     especially
                     knowing
                     this
                     curse
                     to
                     bee
                     laid
                     on
                     man
                     by
                     our
                     Creatour
                     :
                     
                       That
                       he
                       should
                       eat
                       his
                       bread
                       in
                       the
                       sweat
                       of
                       his
                       browes
                    
                     ;
                     as
                     though
                     the
                     earth
                     were
                     bound
                     to
                     open
                     her
                     treasures
                     onely
                     to
                     mans
                     paines
                     and
                     labour
                     .
                     And
                     howsoeuer
                     the
                     diligence
                     of
                     mankinde
                     hath
                     gone
                     very
                     farre
                     in
                     adorning
                     and
                     fashioning
                     the
                     vpper
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     yet
                     hath
                     it
                     not
                     waded
                     so
                     farre
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     many
                     places
                     in
                     our
                     times
                     are
                     left
                     altogether
                     rude
                     and
                     vncultered
                     ,
                     groaning
                     vnder
                     vast
                     Wildernesses
                     and
                     vnprofitable
                     desarts
                     .
                     For
                     times
                     past
                     wee
                     might
                     haue
                     for
                     instance
                     ,
                     gone
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     Britanie
                     and
                     Germanie
                     ;
                     both
                     which
                     Countryes
                     we
                     shall
                     finde
                     in
                     these
                     dayes
                     to
                     differ
                     as
                     much
                     from
                     the
                     dayes
                     of
                     Caesar
                     ,
                     as
                     Caesar
                     iudged
                     them
                     to
                     differ
                     from
                     the
                     Roman
                     Territory
                     ;
                     which
                     no
                     doubt
                     hee
                     preferred
                     before
                     all
                     parts
                     of
                     Europe
                     .
                     Notwithstanding
                     this
                     generall
                     inclination
                     of
                     mankinde
                     to
                     perfect
                     their
                     dwelling
                     places
                     for
                     their
                     better
                     ease
                     and
                     comfort
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     many
                     wayes
                     whereby
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     haue
                     degenerated
                     ,
                     and
                     proued
                     more
                     vnfit
                     for
                     humane
                     habitation
                     then
                     in
                     former
                     times
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     greatest
                     ,
                     and
                     cause
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     ,
                     is
                     that
                     Curse
                     which
                     our
                     Almighty
                     Creatour
                     cast
                     on
                     the
                     whole
                     earth
                     for
                     Adams
                     sake
                     ,
                     which
                     afterward
                     seemes
                     renued
                     and
                     increased
                     in
                     the
                     generall
                     deluge
                     ,
                     wherein
                     all
                     mankinde
                     suffered
                     for
                     their
                     sinnes
                     a
                     plague
                     of
                     waters
                     .
                     For
                     as
                     the
                     estate
                     of
                     mankind
                     immediatly
                     before
                     the
                     Flood
                     
                     was
                     farre
                     better
                     then
                     that
                     afterwards
                     ,
                     so
                     was
                     the
                     estate
                     of
                     Paradice
                     farre
                     better
                     then
                     that
                     :
                     So
                     as
                     wee
                     may
                     note
                     from
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     a
                     generall
                     defect
                     and
                     weakenesse
                     of
                     the
                     Creatures
                     ,
                     still
                     more
                     and
                     more
                     declining
                     from
                     their
                     originall
                     perfection
                     granted
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     creation
                     .
                     So
                     that
                     many
                     great
                     Philosophers
                     haue
                     coniectured
                     ,
                     not
                     without
                     ground
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     world
                     from
                     the
                     first
                     creation
                     hath
                     suffered
                     the
                     change
                     of
                     ages
                     sensibly
                     ,
                     and
                     this
                     wherein
                     wee
                     liue
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     last
                     and
                     decrepite
                     age
                     ,
                     wherein
                     Nature
                     lyeth
                     languishing
                     ,
                     as
                     ready
                     to
                     breath
                     out
                     her
                     last
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     opinion
                     seemes
                     to
                     bee
                     controled
                     by
                     reason
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     wee
                     finde
                     not
                     a
                     proportionall
                     decrement
                     and
                     defect
                     of
                     naturall
                     vigour
                     in
                     things
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     man
                     as
                     other
                     creatures
                     .
                     For
                     if
                     wee
                     compare
                     the
                     estate
                     of
                     a
                     man
                     before
                     the
                     Flood
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     age
                     of
                     Dauid
                     long
                     after
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     a
                     great
                     disparity
                     in
                     the
                     proportionall
                     decrement
                     of
                     the
                     Yeeres
                     and
                     Ages
                     of
                     men
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     many
                     before
                     the
                     Flood
                     attained
                     to
                     800
                     ,
                     and
                     some
                     as
                     Methusalem
                     ,
                     to
                     900
                     yeeres
                     :
                     But
                     in
                     Dauid
                     time
                     ,
                     the
                     dayes
                     of
                     mans
                     life
                     (
                     as
                     he
                     himselfe
                     testifieth
                     )
                     are
                     threescore
                     and
                     ten
                     :
                     and
                     admit
                     wee
                     vnderstand
                     this
                     speech
                     of
                     Dauid
                     to
                     bee
                     meant
                     only
                     of
                     his
                     chiefest
                     strength
                     and
                     liuelyhood
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     yet
                     finde
                     a
                     great
                     diuersity
                     ,
                     because
                     man
                     is
                     vnderstood
                     to
                     bee
                     in
                     his
                     greatest
                     strength
                     and
                     vigour
                     in
                     his
                     middle
                     age
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     whole
                     age
                     of
                     man
                     by
                     this
                     account
                     surmounts
                     not
                     140
                     yeeres
                     .
                     To
                     which
                     proportion
                     of
                     defect
                     or
                     decrement
                     our
                     times
                     can
                     no
                     way
                     agree
                     ,
                     because
                     many
                     men
                     in
                     our
                     dayes
                     come
                     neere
                     the
                     same
                     age
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     by
                     experience
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     bee
                     confirmed
                     by
                     diuerse
                     instances
                     ,
                     whereof
                     wee
                     will
                     produce
                     only
                     two
                     :
                     the
                     one
                     of
                     a
                     certaine
                     Indian
                     presented
                     to
                     Soliman
                     the
                     Turke
                     ,
                     being
                     of
                     the
                     age
                     of
                     200
                     yeeres
                     :
                     the
                     other
                     of
                     the
                     Countresse
                     of
                     Desmond
                     in
                     Ireland
                     (
                     which
                     Sr
                     
                       Walter
                       Rauleigh
                    
                     mentions
                     to
                     this
                     purpose
                     )
                     who
                     was
                     married
                     in
                     Edward
                     the
                     fourth's
                     time
                     ,
                     yet
                     was
                     aliue
                     very
                     lately
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     this
                     doubt
                     I
                     might
                     answer
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     extraordinary
                     difference
                     betwixt
                     the
                     ages
                     of
                     men
                     ,
                     betweene
                     the
                     Patriarches
                     and
                     Dauids
                     time
                     compared
                     with
                     men
                     ,
                     ages
                     betwixt
                     Dauids
                     and
                     our
                     dayes
                     ,
                     came
                     from
                     two
                     especiall
                     causes
                     :
                     First
                     by
                     the
                     vniuersall
                     Deluge
                     ,
                     which
                     caused
                     a
                     generall
                     defect
                     and
                     decay
                     of
                     nature
                     in
                     the
                     whole
                     earth
                     ,
                     the
                     like
                     whereof
                     hath
                     not
                     since
                     beene
                     found
                     :
                     
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     it
                     was
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     seemes
                     )
                     much
                     impaired
                     by
                     the
                     Intemperance
                     and
                     luxurious
                     diet
                     of
                     those
                     times
                     ,
                     which
                     added
                     much
                     to
                     this
                     generall
                     weaknesse
                     of
                     nature
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     children
                     can
                     haue
                     little
                     or
                     no
                     naturall
                     perfection
                     in
                     themselues
                     more
                     then
                     is
                     deriued
                     vnto
                     them
                     by
                     their
                     parents
                     .
                     For
                     nothing
                     can
                     giue
                     that
                     to
                     others
                     which
                     it
                     neuer
                     had
                     it selfe
                     ;
                     whence
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     come
                     to
                     passe
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     posterity
                     deriued
                     from
                     luxurious
                     and
                     distempered
                     bodyes
                     ,
                     should
                     proue
                     as
                     weake
                     and
                     impotent
                     generally
                     (
                     if
                     not
                     more
                     )
                     then
                     their
                     Parents
                     .
                     Now
                     why
                     the
                     people
                     soone
                     vpon
                     the
                     Flood
                     should
                     finde
                     their
                     distemperature
                     more
                     noxious
                     and
                     preiudiciall
                     to
                     long
                     life
                     then
                     the
                     men
                     of
                     our
                     age
                     ,
                     a
                     good
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     giuen
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     Earth
                     long
                     after
                     the
                     Flood
                     had
                     not
                     fully
                     receaued
                     that
                     naturall
                     heat
                     and
                     spirit
                     which
                     it
                     lost
                     in
                     the
                     Deluge
                     .
                     So
                     that
                     all
                     things
                     arising
                     out
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Plants
                       ,
                       Hearbs
                       ,
                       Fruits
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     liuing
                     creatures
                     feeding
                     thereon
                     ,
                     proued
                     for
                     a
                     while
                     more
                     vnwholsome
                     and
                     vnnaturall
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     some
                     yeeres
                     after
                     ,
                     when
                     it
                     had
                     somewhat
                     reuiued
                     it selfe
                     by
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     and
                     the
                     Starre
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     little
                     and
                     little
                     returned
                     to
                     his
                     owne
                     nature
                     .
                     The
                     other
                     cause
                     of
                     deficiencie
                     is
                     more
                     speciall
                     ,
                     as
                     not
                     happening
                     to
                     all
                     ,
                     but
                     to
                     diuerse
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     more
                     at
                     one
                     time
                     then
                     another
                     :
                     as
                     the
                     neglect
                     of
                     due
                     manuring
                     many
                     places
                     ,
                     caused
                     commonly
                     two
                     wayes
                     ;
                     either
                     by
                     contagion
                     naturally
                     incident
                     to
                     diuerse
                     places
                     ,
                     or
                     by
                     hostile
                     Inuasion
                     and
                     deuastation
                     :
                     of
                     this
                     latter
                     arise
                     two
                     maine
                     effects
                     ;
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     the
                     want
                     and
                     scarcity
                     of
                     Inhabitants
                     ,
                     which
                     should
                     dresse
                     and
                     manure
                     the
                     ground
                     to
                     make
                     it
                     more
                     fruitfull
                     and
                     accommodate
                     to
                     mans
                     vse
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     is
                     their
                     pouerty
                     and
                     captiuity
                     ;
                     whereof
                     the
                     one
                     makes
                     them
                     vnable
                     ,
                     the
                     second
                     vnwilling
                     to
                     effect
                     any
                     great
                     matter
                     for
                     the
                     benefit
                     of
                     the
                     Land.
                     A
                     good
                     instance
                     whereof
                     wee
                     may
                     finde
                     in
                     the
                     land
                     of
                     Palestine
                     :
                     which
                     in
                     times
                     past
                     by
                     God
                     himselfe
                     was
                     called
                     ,
                     
                       A
                       land
                       flowing
                       with
                       milke
                       and
                       hony
                       ,
                    
                     for
                     the
                     admirable
                     pleasantnesse
                     and
                     fertility
                     of
                     the
                     Soile
                     :
                     yet
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     ,
                     if
                     wee
                     will
                     credit
                     trauellers
                     report
                     ,
                     a
                     most
                     barren
                     Region
                     ,
                     deuoid
                     almost
                     of
                     all
                     good
                     commodity
                     fit
                     for
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     man
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     ruines
                     of
                     which
                     ,
                     sometimes
                     famous
                     kingdome
                     ,
                     euery
                     bleere-eyed
                     iudgement
                     may
                     easily
                     read
                     Gods
                     curse
                     long
                     since
                     denounced
                     ;
                     Which
                     strange
                     alteration
                     
                     next
                     vnto
                     Gods
                     anger
                     wee
                     can
                     ascribe
                     to
                     no
                     other
                     cause
                     then
                     the
                     hostile
                     inuasion
                     of
                     forraine
                     enemies
                     ,
                     which
                     hath
                     almost
                     l●ft
                     the
                     land
                     waste
                     without
                     the
                     natiue
                     Inhabitants
                     ;
                     whence
                     it
                     could
                     not
                     chuse
                     in
                     a
                     short
                     time
                     but
                     degenerate
                     from
                     the
                     ancient
                     fruitfulnesse
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     may
                     we
                     finde
                     in
                     all
                     those
                     miserable
                     Regions
                     which
                     groane
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     vnder
                     the
                     tyranny
                     of
                     the
                     vsurping
                     Turke
                     :
                     whence
                     a
                     prouerbe
                     runnes
                     currant
                     amongst
                     them
                     :
                     
                       That
                       where
                       the
                       Turkes
                       horse
                       hath
                       once
                       grazed
                       ,
                       no
                       grasse
                       will
                       euer
                       aft●r
                       grow
                       :
                    
                     which
                     signifies
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     the
                     barbarous
                     manner
                     of
                     the
                     Turkes
                     ,
                     hauing
                     once
                     conquered
                     a
                     land
                     ,
                     to
                     lay
                     it
                     open
                     euer
                     after
                     to
                     deuastation
                     :
                     for
                     being
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     warlike
                     men
                     trained
                     vp
                     in
                     martiall
                     discipline
                     ,
                     they
                     little
                     or
                     nothing
                     at
                     all
                     regard
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     husbandry
                     :
                     whence
                     in
                     short
                     time
                     a
                     Countrey
                     must
                     needs
                     ●urne
                     wild
                     and
                     vnfruitfull
                     .
                     To
                     these
                     causes
                     we
                     may
                     adde
                     the
                     influence
                     of
                     heauenly
                     constellations
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     varied
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     times
                     ,
                     produce
                     no
                     small
                     effects
                     in
                     the
                     changes
                     and
                     alterations
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     .
                     The
                     diuerse
                     alteration
                     in
                     the
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     which
                     was
                     our
                     second
                     point
                     ,
                     we
                     haue
                     refer●●ed
                     to
                     another
                     place
                     neere
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     this
                     tract
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     is
                     properly
                     appertaines
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       3
                       Pl●ces
                       hauing
                       long
                       continued
                       without
                       habitation
                       are
                       seldome
                       so
                       healthy
                       and
                       fit
                       for
                       dwelling
                       as
                       those
                       which
                       haue
                       beene
                       inhabited
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     Proposition
                     I
                     haue
                     knowne
                     to
                     bee
                     warranted
                     by
                     the
                     Testimonie
                     of
                     many
                     experienced
                     Nauigators
                     :
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     I
                     presume
                     few
                     men
                     can
                     doubt
                     of
                     the
                     truth
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     who
                     hath
                     either
                     beene
                     a
                     Traualler
                     himselfe
                     into
                     farre
                     Countreyes
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     hath
                     read
                     other
                     mens
                     discoueries
                     .
                     The
                     onely
                     matter
                     therefore
                     wee
                     here
                     intend
                     ,
                     is
                     to
                     produce
                     certaine
                     causes
                     of
                     this
                     effect
                     ,
                     to
                     giue
                     satisfaction
                     to
                     such
                     as
                     make
                     a
                     distinction
                     betwixt
                     the
                     knowledge
                     of
                     the
                     effect
                     ,
                     and
                     inquiry
                     of
                     the
                     cause
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     cause
                     which
                     I
                     can
                     alleage
                     is
                     the
                     industrie
                     of
                     mankinde
                     inhabiting
                     any
                     Countrey
                     (
                     mentioned
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     Theoreme
                     )
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     ariseth
                     a
                     twofold
                     effect
                     .
                     1
                     The
                     improuing
                     of
                     the
                     Soyle
                     ,
                     by
                     remouing
                     all
                     such
                     impediments
                     as
                     otherwise
                     would
                     proue
                     noysome
                     to
                     mankinde
                     ,
                     for
                     whereas
                     all
                     things
                     growing
                     of
                     their
                     
                     owne
                     accord
                     ,
                     are
                     suffered
                     to
                     rot
                     into
                     the
                     ground
                     ;
                     in
                     like
                     manner
                     what
                     other
                     can
                     wee
                     expect
                     but
                     Fennes
                     ,
                     Fogges
                     ,
                     and
                     noisome
                     vapours
                     ,
                     altogether
                     hurtfull
                     to
                     the
                     welfare
                     and
                     life
                     of
                     man.
                     2
                     The
                     profit
                     of
                     mans
                     industrie
                     is
                     no
                     lesse
                     apparent
                     in
                     manuring
                     the
                     ground
                     ,
                     and
                     opening
                     the
                     vpper
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     composed
                     of
                     diuerse
                     substances
                     ,
                     sendeth
                     forth
                     many
                     times
                     certaine
                     hot
                     fumes
                     and
                     vapours
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     many
                     cold
                     Countreyes
                     mollify
                     the
                     vsuall
                     rigour
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     which
                     most
                     offends
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     .
                     This
                     reason
                     is
                     giuen
                     by
                     my
                     Countrey-man
                     Captaine
                     Whitborne
                     for
                     the
                     extreame
                     cold
                     ,
                     which
                     some
                     men
                     professe
                     themselues
                     to
                     haue
                     tried
                     in
                     New-found-land
                     ,
                     which
                     neuerthelesse
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     many
                     mens
                     description
                     ,
                     is
                     knowne
                     to
                     lye
                     farre
                     more
                     South
                     then
                     England
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     natiues
                     of
                     the
                     Countrey
                     being
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     driuen
                     into
                     the
                     North
                     part
                     by
                     the
                     Europeans
                     ,
                     who
                     vsually
                     trade
                     there
                     for
                     fish
                     ,
                     and
                     they
                     themselues
                     liuing
                     altogether
                     on
                     Fish
                     from
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     or
                     some
                     wild
                     beasts
                     on
                     the
                     land
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Beares
                       ,
                       Deare
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     like
                     ;
                     without
                     any
                     manuring
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     for
                     herbage
                     ;
                     The
                     Soyle
                     by
                     them
                     is
                     in
                     a
                     manner
                     left
                     altogether
                     vnmanured
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     neither
                     the
                     soyle
                     can
                     bee
                     well
                     cleansed
                     from
                     noisome
                     vapours
                     arising
                     from
                     the
                     putrefaction
                     of
                     herbage
                     rotting
                     (
                     as
                     I
                     said
                     )
                     into
                     the
                     ground
                     ,
                     or
                     left
                     free
                     to
                     send
                     out
                     such
                     wholsome
                     fumes
                     and
                     vapours
                     from
                     its
                     interiour
                     parts
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     warme
                     the
                     Ayre
                     ,
                     and
                     preserue
                     mankind
                     .
                     3
                     A
                     third
                     reason
                     drawne
                     from
                     mens
                     Industries
                     ,
                     that
                     those
                     Countreyes
                     which
                     haue
                     inioyed
                     Inhabitants
                     by
                     the
                     continuall
                     vse
                     of
                     Fires
                     ,
                     haue
                     their
                     Aire
                     more
                     purged
                     and
                     refined
                     from
                     drossie
                     and
                     noisome
                     vapours
                     ,
                     which
                     vsually
                     arise
                     out
                     of
                     a
                     contagious
                     soyle
                     ,
                     daily
                     infected
                     by
                     putrefaction
                     :
                     for
                     scarce
                     any
                     nation
                     hath
                     beene
                     knowne
                     so
                     barbarous
                     and
                     ignorant
                     which
                     hath
                     not
                     the
                     inuention
                     and
                     vse
                     of
                     Fire
                     :
                     neither
                     is
                     any
                     infection
                     of
                     the
                     aire
                     so
                     pestilent
                     ,
                     and
                     opposite
                     to
                     humane
                     constitution
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     breath
                     of
                     fire
                     will
                     not
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     dispell
                     .
                     If
                     any
                     man
                     obiect
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     houses
                     and
                     villages
                     wherein
                     fire
                     is
                     vsed
                     ,
                     which
                     seeme
                     to
                     claime
                     a
                     small
                     interest
                     in
                     the
                     change
                     of
                     the
                     ayre
                     hanging
                     ouer
                     a
                     whole
                     Countrey
                     :
                     let
                     him
                     well
                     consider
                     the
                     quicknesse
                     of
                     motion
                     and
                     fluidity
                     of
                     the
                     Ayre
                     ,
                     passing
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     in
                     a
                     moment
                     from
                     one
                     place
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     and
                     hee
                     may
                     
                     soone
                     answer
                     his
                     owne
                     obiection
                     .
                     All
                     those
                     reasons
                     hitherto
                     mentioned
                     an
                     inhabited
                     Region
                     owes
                     to
                     mans
                     industrie
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     generally
                     touched
                     in
                     the
                     precedent
                     Theoreme
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     cause
                     which
                     is
                     as
                     a
                     consequent
                     of
                     habitation
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     necessity
                     of
                     breathing
                     of
                     people
                     liuing
                     in
                     any
                     Region
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     whereby
                     may
                     follow
                     two
                     effects
                     .
                     1
                     A
                     certaine
                     measure
                     of
                     heat
                     impressed
                     into
                     the
                     aire
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     in
                     any
                     roome
                     in
                     a
                     great
                     throng
                     of
                     people
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     their
                     breathing
                     together
                     in
                     one
                     place
                     .
                     2
                     The
                     assimilation
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     to
                     humane
                     bodies
                     ,
                     by
                     a
                     continuall
                     respiration
                     .
                     These
                     alterations
                     of
                     the
                     aire
                     ,
                     might
                     perhaps
                     to
                     common
                     apprehensions
                     ,
                     seeme
                     small
                     and
                     insensible
                     .
                     But
                     hee
                     that
                     considers
                     how
                     great
                     a
                     quantity
                     of
                     aire
                     is
                     requisite
                     for
                     a
                     mans
                     respiration
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     space
                     and
                     extent
                     of
                     motion
                     together
                     with
                     the
                     multitude
                     of
                     Inhabitants
                     in
                     a
                     populous
                     Countrey
                     ,
                     would
                     hold
                     it
                     no
                     strange
                     matter
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     breathing
                     of
                     men
                     should
                     breed
                     such
                     an
                     alteration
                     of
                     the
                     aire
                     :
                     wee
                     finde
                     by
                     experience
                     ,
                     that
                     strong
                     built
                     houses
                     being
                     left
                     tenantlesse
                     ,
                     will
                     soone
                     fall
                     into
                     decay
                     ,
                     not
                     so
                     much
                     for
                     want
                     of
                     reparation
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     foggy
                     vapours
                     and
                     moisture
                     ,
                     caused
                     by
                     want
                     of
                     Respiration
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     whereof
                     in
                     some
                     proportion
                     may
                     we
                     imagine
                     to
                     be
                     in
                     a
                     region
                     wanting
                     Inhabitants
                     ,
                     and
                     depriued
                     of
                     this
                     benefit
                     of
                     nature
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 II.
                 Of
                 the
                 Generall
                 Adiuncts
                 of
                 Places
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     IN
                     a
                     place
                     Topographically
                     taken
                     two
                     things
                     are
                     to
                     bee
                     considered
                     .
                     1.
                     
                     The
                     Adiuncts
                     .
                     2
                     The
                     Description
                     :
                     The
                     Adiuncts
                     are
                     such
                     proprieties
                     as
                     agree
                     to
                     speciall
                     places
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     2
                     Such
                     Adiuncts
                     agree
                     to
                     a
                     place
                     ,
                     either
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     or
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     :
                     Those
                     which
                     agree
                     to
                     a
                     place
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     are
                     either
                     Internall
                     or
                     Externall
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     The
                     Internall
                     I
                     call
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     inbred
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     it selfe
                     :
                     which
                     are
                     of
                     two
                     sorts
                     ;
                     either
                     Common
                     ,
                     or
                     Magneticall
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     The
                     Common
                     are
                     in
                     number
                     three
                     .
                     1
                     The
                     Magnitude
                     ,
                     or
                     extent
                     of
                     a
                     Countrey
                     .
                     2
                     The
                     Bounds
                     .
                     3
                     The
                     Quality
                     .
                     The
                     Magnitude
                     comprehends
                     the
                     Length
                     and
                     Breadth
                     of
                     any
                     Region
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Some
                   man
                   might
                   imagine
                   that
                   I
                   make
                   a
                   needlesse
                   repetition
                   of
                   these
                   proprieties
                   :
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   many
                   of
                   them
                   seeme
                   to
                   haue
                   beene
                   spoken
                   of
                   before
                   in
                   our
                   Sphericall
                   part
                   .
                   But
                   I
                   answer
                   that
                   I
                   there
                   handled
                   no
                   other
                   matters
                   ,
                   but
                   such
                   as
                   concerned
                   the
                   whole
                   globous
                   body
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   but
                   my
                   intent
                   here
                   is
                   to
                   treat
                   of
                   such
                   proprieties
                   ,
                   as
                   particularly
                   designe
                   out
                   a
                   speciall
                   place
                   .
                   For
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   one
                   thing
                   to
                   speake
                   of
                   the
                   Magnitude
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Earth
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   all
                   its
                   dimensions
                   ;
                   and
                   to
                   treat
                   of
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   measuring
                   some
                   particular
                   Region
                   ,
                   marked
                   out
                   in
                   the
                   Spheare
                   .
                   Wee
                   haue
                   defined
                   the
                   Magnitude
                   of
                   a
                   Region
                   to
                   bee
                   either
                   of
                   Length
                   or
                   Breadth
                   :
                   because
                   (
                   as
                   wee
                   haue
                   taught
                   in
                   our
                   former
                   chapter
                   )
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   space
                   contained
                   in
                   the
                   surface
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   Then
                   can
                   it
                   not
                   according
                   to
                   Geometricall
                   grounds
                   ,
                   exceed
                   two
                   Dimensions
                   :
                   These
                   two
                   Dimensions
                   (
                   as
                   wee
                   haue
                   said
                   )
                   are
                   length
                   and
                   breadth
                   ,
                   whereof
                   euery
                   plaine
                   figure
                   ,
                   or
                   superficies
                   consists
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     5
                     The
                     Magnitude
                     of
                     a
                     Region
                     may
                     bee
                     measured
                     
                     two
                     wayes
                     :
                     either
                     by
                     the
                     Diameter
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Circumf●rence
                     .
                     The
                     Diameter
                     is
                     considered
                     either
                     in
                     Latitude
                     or
                     Longitude
                     :
                     of
                     the
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     whence
                     ariseth
                     the
                     Breadth
                     of
                     a
                     Countrey
                     from
                     North
                     or
                     South
                     ,
                     note
                     these
                     Rules
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       If
                       the
                       place
                       whose
                       breadth
                       is
                       sought
                       ,
                       bee
                       distant
                       from
                       the
                       Equatour
                       ,
                       and
                       bee
                       wholy
                       situate
                       in
                       the
                       same
                       Hemispheare
                       ,
                       the
                       lesser
                       Latitude
                       subtracted
                       from
                       the
                       greater
                       will
                       giue
                       the
                       Diameter
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     To
                     put
                     this
                     Rule
                     in
                     practise
                     ,
                     it
                     behooues
                     the
                     Topographer
                     ,
                     who
                     would
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     greatnesse
                     of
                     any
                     Region
                     ,
                     to
                     obserue
                     two
                     Latitudes
                     :
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     to
                     measure
                     the
                     Latitude
                     in
                     the
                     most
                     Northerne
                     point
                     ,
                     where
                     it
                     is
                     greatest
                     :
                     as
                     also
                     in
                     the
                     Southerne
                     point
                     ,
                     where
                     it
                     is
                     least
                     of
                     all
                     .
                     This
                     latter
                     subducted
                     from
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     will
                     giue
                     the
                     Diameter
                     or
                     breadth
                     from
                     North
                     to
                     South
                     :
                     which
                     may
                     easily
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Rules
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     booke
                     ,
                     bee
                     reduced
                     into
                     Miles
                     ,
                     or
                     other
                     such
                     measures
                     .
                     For
                     an
                     example
                     wee
                     need
                     goe
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     our
                     Iland
                     of
                     
                       Great
                       Brittaine
                    
                     :
                     The
                     Southmost
                     part
                     of
                     which
                     lying
                     about
                     Star-point
                     in
                     Deuon
                     ,
                     hath
                     in
                     Latitude
                     about
                     50
                     degrees
                     :
                     The
                     Northermost
                     point
                     situate
                     neere
                     the
                     mouth
                     of
                     the
                     riuer
                     Ardurnus
                     in
                     the
                     farthermost
                     part
                     of
                     Scotland
                     ,
                     hath
                     in
                     Latitude
                     about
                     60
                     degrees
                     (
                     to
                     omit
                     minutes
                     )
                     The
                     lesser
                     of
                     these
                     Latitudes
                     subtracted
                     from
                     the
                     greater
                     ▪
                     the
                     residue
                     will
                     bee
                     10
                     degrees
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     imagined
                     in
                     the
                     Meridian
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     greater
                     circle
                     ,
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     multiplied
                     by
                     60
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     conuerted
                     into
                     miles
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     be
                     600
                     ,
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     Brittany
                     from
                     South
                     to
                     North.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       If
                       the
                       place
                       whose
                       Magnitude
                       wee
                       enquire
                       ,
                       bee
                       vnder
                       the
                       Equatour
                       ,
                       the
                       Southerne
                       Latitude
                       
                       added
                       to
                       the
                       Northerne
                       will
                       shew
                       the
                       breadth
                       from
                       the
                       North
                       to
                       the
                       South
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     To
                     illustrate
                     this
                     by
                     an
                     example
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     take
                     the
                     whole
                     continent
                     of
                     Africa
                     ,
                     whose
                     Southerne
                     Latitude
                     about
                     the
                     Cape
                     of
                     
                       Good
                       hope
                    
                     ,
                     wee
                     ●●all
                     finde
                     to
                     bee
                     neere
                     thirty
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     the
                     most
                     Northerne
                     Latitude
                     about
                     the
                     straights
                     of
                     Gibralter
                     ,
                     very
                     neere
                     the
                     same
                     rate
                     :
                     These
                     two
                     summes
                     added
                     together
                     will
                     amount
                     to
                     60
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     which
                     multiplied
                     by
                     60
                     ,
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     miles
                     answerable
                     to
                     a
                     degree
                     in
                     a
                     great
                     circle
                     (
                     because
                     wee
                     suppose
                     it
                     here
                     to
                     bee
                     an
                     Arch
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     )
                     we
                     shall
                     haue
                     3600
                     miles
                     ,
                     the
                     breadth
                     of
                     Africa
                     from
                     South
                     to
                     North.
                     
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4
                     The
                     measure
                     of
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     a
                     Region
                     betwixt
                     East
                     and
                     West
                     ,
                     admits
                     of
                     two
                     cases
                     :
                     for
                     either
                     the
                     Countrey
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     be
                     without
                     the
                     first
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     or
                     vnder
                     it
                     :
                     both
                     which
                     shall
                     be
                     taught
                     in
                     these
                     Rules
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       If
                       the
                       Region
                       be
                       situate
                       without
                       the
                       first
                       Meridian
                       ,
                       the
                       lesser
                       Longitude
                       subtracted
                       from
                       the
                       greater
                       ,
                       will
                       shew
                       the
                       Diameter
                       betwixt
                       East
                       and
                       West
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     For
                     an
                     example
                     of
                     which
                     wee
                     will
                     take
                     
                       Cape
                       de
                       Barca
                    
                     ,
                     lying
                     ouer
                     against
                     S.
                     Thomas
                     Iland
                     in
                     Africa
                     ,
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     whose
                     Longitude
                     is
                     about
                     30
                     Degrees
                     ,
                     and
                     Melnide
                     situate
                     neere
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ouer
                     against
                     
                       Sinus
                       Barbaricus
                    
                     ,
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     of
                     Africa
                     ,
                     which
                     hath
                     in
                     Longitude
                     63
                     Degrees
                     .
                     The
                     least
                     Longitude
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     30
                     ,
                     being
                     subducted
                     from
                     63
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     remaine
                     33
                     Degrees
                     ;
                     which
                     being
                     taken
                     in
                     a
                     greater
                     circle
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     or
                     a
                     Parallell
                     very
                     neere
                     (
                     which
                     admits
                     no
                     sensible
                     difference
                     )
                     we
                     multiply
                     by
                     60
                     ,
                     and
                     there
                     will
                     arise
                     1980
                     Italian-miles
                     ,
                     but
                     if
                     the
                     Degrees
                     be
                     taken
                     in
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     lesser
                     Parallells
                     ,
                     we
                     must
                     proceed
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Table
                     of
                     miles
                     answerable
                     to
                     Degrees
                     of
                     Latitude
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     booke
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     7
                     Another
                     Case
                     is
                     when
                     the
                     place
                     is
                     situate
                     vnder
                     the
                     
                       first
                       Meridian
                    
                     :
                     The
                     length
                     and
                     measure
                     of
                     such
                     a
                     Region
                     is
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     this
                     Rule
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Let
                       the
                       Westerne
                       Longitude
                       bee
                       subtracted
                       out
                       of
                       the
                       whole
                       circle
                       ,
                       and
                       to
                       the
                       Residue
                       added
                       the
                       Easterne
                       Longitude
                       ,
                       the
                       summe
                       will
                       giue
                       the
                       greatnesse
                       and
                       distance
                       betwixt
                       East
                       and
                       West
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     For
                     an
                     instance
                     wee
                     will
                     take
                     Groenland
                     ,
                     supposed
                     in
                     most
                     of
                     our
                     Globes
                     and
                     Mappes
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     an
                     Iland
                     which
                     is
                     set
                     downe
                     directly
                     vnder
                     the
                     first
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     passing
                     by
                     the
                     Azores
                     in
                     Kaerius
                     his
                     Globe
                     :
                     It
                     hath
                     assigned
                     it
                     for
                     Westerne
                     Longitude
                     about
                     340
                     Degrees
                     :
                     for
                     Easterne
                     Longitude
                     about
                     30
                     degrees
                     .
                     Then
                     according
                     to
                     our
                     Rule
                     340
                     bee
                     subtracted
                     from
                     360
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     circle
                     there
                     will
                     remaine
                     20
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     added
                     to
                     30
                     the
                     Easterne
                     Longitude
                     there
                     will
                     arise
                     50
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     multiplied
                     by
                     25
                     ,
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     miles
                     answerable
                     to
                     the
                     Latitude
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     ,
                     being
                     about
                     65
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     bee
                     produced
                     1250
                     Italian-miles
                     ,
                     the
                     distance
                     or
                     length
                     betwixt
                     the
                     East
                     and
                     the
                     West
                     part
                     of
                     Groenland
                     :
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     8
                     Hitherto
                     of
                     the
                     measuring
                     of
                     Countreyes
                     by
                     the
                     Diameter
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     way
                     is
                     performed
                     by
                     the
                     circuit
                     :
                     which
                     manner
                     of
                     measuring
                     wee
                     will
                     briefly
                     censure
                     in
                     these
                     two
                     Propositions
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       measuring
                       of
                       any
                       Countrey
                       by
                       the
                       Circuit
                       of
                       it
                       ,
                       is
                       very
                       deceitfull
                       and
                       full
                       of
                       errours
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     It
                     hath
                     beene
                     a
                     common
                     custome
                     amongst
                     Nauigatours
                     to
                     iudge
                     of
                     the
                     greatnesse
                     of
                     any
                     Countrey
                     ,
                     by
                     sayling
                     round
                     
                     about
                     it
                     :
                     which
                     kind
                     of
                     measuring
                     is
                     not
                     alwayes
                     to
                     be
                     reiected
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     in
                     new
                     discoueries
                     sometimes
                     no
                     other
                     way
                     can
                     bee
                     had
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     this
                     manner
                     of
                     measuring
                     must
                     needs
                     proue
                     very
                     vncertaine
                     for
                     diuers
                     reasons
                     .
                     First
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     ship
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     diuerse
                     and
                     contrary
                     winds
                     ,
                     which
                     must
                     needs
                     happen
                     very
                     frequently
                     ,
                     cannot
                     alwayes
                     moue
                     with
                     the
                     same
                     swiftnesse
                     .
                     Secondly
                     because
                     the
                     Sea
                     it selfe
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     shall
                     hereafter
                     shew
                     )
                     hath
                     in
                     diuerse
                     places
                     diuerse
                     speciall
                     motions
                     and
                     currents
                     ,
                     as
                     from
                     the
                     East
                     to
                     West
                     ;
                     whence
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     inforce
                     an
                     inequality
                     of
                     motion
                     in
                     the
                     ship
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     reason
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     greater
                     then
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     ,
                     is
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     various
                     Figuration
                     of
                     Countreyes
                     ,
                     whose
                     greatnesse
                     cannot
                     bee
                     knowne
                     by
                     the
                     circumference
                     .
                     Because
                     (
                     as
                     Geometricians
                     teach
                     vs
                     )
                     two
                     figures
                     may
                     haue
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     circuit
                     about
                     them
                     ,
                     and
                     yet
                     the
                     one
                     shall
                     extraordinarily
                     exceed
                     the
                     other
                     in
                     greatnesse
                     :
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     let
                     there
                     be
                     
                     imagined
                     two
                     Parallelogrammes
                     ;
                     the
                     one
                     an
                     exact
                     square
                     of
                     six
                     foot
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     a
                     long
                     square
                     of
                     10
                     foot
                     in
                     Length
                     ,
                     and
                     two
                     in
                     Breadth
                     .
                     The
                     one
                     comprehends
                     36
                     square
                     feet
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     20
                     ,
                     
                     as
                     will
                     appeare
                     by
                     multiplication
                     of
                     their
                     sides
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     into
                     the
                     other
                     ▪
                     in
                     which
                     numbers
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     great
                     inequality
                     .
                     Yet
                     notwithstanding
                     if
                     we
                     measure
                     the
                     circuit
                     or
                     circumference
                     of
                     each
                     Figure
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     finde
                     them
                     equall
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     of
                     24
                     foot
                     ,
                     as
                     will
                     appeare
                     by
                     their
                     figures
                     here
                     prefixed
                     .
                     For
                     amongst
                     those
                     Figures
                     called
                     Isoperimetrall
                     ,
                     or
                     of
                     equall
                     Perimeter
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     alwayes
                     to
                     bee
                     esteemed
                     the
                     greatest
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     more
                     Ordinate
                     figure
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     that
                     ,
                     which
                     commeth
                     neerest
                     to
                     an
                     equality
                     of
                     Sides
                     and
                     Angles
                     .
                     But
                     in
                     Inordinate
                     Figures
                     (
                     of
                     which
                     nature
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     are
                     all
                     Regions
                     )
                     infinite
                     errour
                     may
                     be
                     committed
                     ,
                     if
                     we
                     measure
                     them
                     by
                     circumnauigation
                     :
                     wherefore
                     to
                     measure
                     a
                     Countrey
                     more
                     exactly
                     it
                     behooueth
                     vs
                     not
                     only
                     to
                     know
                     the
                     Circumference
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     the
                     Diameter
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       Those
                       Countreyes
                       are
                       more
                       exactly
                       measured
                       which
                       partake
                       of
                       a
                       plaine
                       surface
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     reason
                     of
                     this
                     Proposition
                     is
                     easily
                     shewed
                     ,
                     because
                     a
                     
                       plaine
                       Superficies
                    
                     consists
                     of
                     right
                     lines
                     .
                     But
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     (
                     as
                     Euclide
                     witnesseth
                     )
                     is
                     the
                     shortest
                     betwixt
                     his
                     owne
                     bounds
                     :
                     whereas
                     betweene
                     two
                     points
                     infinite
                     crooked
                     lines
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     :
                     whence
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     more
                     certainty
                     and
                     exactnesse
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     expected
                     in
                     the
                     measure
                     of
                     a
                     Plaine
                     Countrey
                     whose
                     Diameter
                     is
                     a
                     Right
                     line
                     ,
                     then
                     from
                     a
                     Crooked
                     and
                     hilly
                     trey
                     ,
                     Region
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     Corde
                     is
                     crooked
                     and
                     gibbous
                     .
                     Whence
                     some
                     Mathematicians
                     haue
                     demonstrated
                     ,
                     that
                     more
                     men
                     may
                     stand
                     on
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     Superficies
                     ,
                     as
                     a
                     Hill
                     or
                     mountaine
                     ,
                     then
                     on
                     a
                     Plaine
                     ,
                     although
                     both
                     are
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     Diameter
                     ▪
                     It
                     may
                     bee
                     here
                     objected
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     earth
                     is
                     euery
                     where
                     crooked
                     and
                     orbicular
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     no
                     part
                     thereof
                     can
                     bee
                     measured
                     by
                     a
                     
                       Right
                       line
                    
                     :
                     I
                     answer
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     indeed
                     Sphericall
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     formerly
                     proued
                     )
                     yet
                     may
                     some
                     little
                     part
                     or
                     portion
                     thereof
                     bee
                     counted
                     as
                     a
                     Plaine
                     ;
                     because
                     such
                     parts
                     haue
                     little
                     or
                     no
                     proportion
                     to
                     the
                     whole
                     masse
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     This
                     conuexity
                     therefore
                     being
                     so
                     little
                     ,
                     may
                     passe
                     for
                     a
                     plaine
                     without
                     any
                     sensible
                     errour
                     .
                     Hence
                     wee
                     may
                     gather
                     that
                     the
                     Land
                     cannot
                     so
                     exactly
                     bee
                     measured
                     as
                     the
                     Sea.
                     For
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     land
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     is
                     vneuen
                     ,
                     varied
                     with
                     hills
                     ,
                     
                     Dale●
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     inequalities
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     Sea
                     euery
                     where
                     plaine
                     and
                     like
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     except
                     the
                     rising
                     of
                     the
                     waues
                     and
                     surges
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     distance
                     will
                     make
                     no
                     difference
                     at
                     all
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     hence
                     collect
                     that
                     of
                     two
                     Countreyes
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     bounds
                     and
                     figure
                     ,
                     that
                     must
                     bee
                     the
                     greatest
                     whose
                     soyle
                     and
                     superficies
                     is
                     most
                     varyed
                     and
                     crooked
                     :
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     said
                     )
                     crooked
                     lines
                     betwixt
                     the
                     same
                     points
                     are
                     longer
                     then
                     right
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     measure
                     the
                     greater
                     Magnitude
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     9
                     Thus
                     much
                     of
                     the
                     Magnitude
                     .
                     The
                     Bound
                     of
                     a
                     Countrey
                     is
                     a
                     line
                     compassing
                     it
                     round
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   This
                   definition
                   is
                   very
                   euident
                   ,
                   in
                   that
                   euery
                   Region
                   is
                   Topographically
                   considered
                   as
                   a
                   Plaine
                   or
                   Superficies
                   ,
                   whose
                   bound
                   is
                   a
                   line
                   compassing
                   it
                   round
                   :
                   for
                   as
                   a
                   Line
                   is
                   bounded
                   by
                   a
                   Point
                   ,
                   so
                   a
                   Superficies
                   by
                   a
                   Line
                   ,
                   as
                   wee
                   are
                   taught
                   in
                   Geometry
                   .
                   Now
                   wee
                   must
                   consider
                   that
                   the
                   bounds
                   of
                   Countreyes
                   may
                   bee
                   taken
                   two
                   manner
                   of
                   wayes
                   :
                   First
                   Geometrically
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   meere
                   line
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   imagined
                   to
                   goe
                   round
                   about
                   it
                   :
                   Seconly
                   ,
                   Geographically
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   visible
                   markes
                   and
                   Characters
                   ▪
                   whereby
                   the
                   line
                   is
                   traced
                   out
                   vnto
                   vs
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     Cities
                     ,
                     Hills
                     ,
                     Castles
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   .
                   These
                   markes
                   whereby
                   a
                   Topographer
                   noteth
                   out
                   vnto
                   vs
                   the
                   bounds
                   and
                   limits
                   of
                   Countreyes
                   ,
                   are
                   of
                   two
                   sorts
                   ;
                   either
                   Naturall
                   or
                   Artificiall
                   .
                   The
                   naturall
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   deriued
                   from
                   nature
                   without
                   mans
                   appointment
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     Creekes
                     ,
                     Mountaines
                     ,
                     Woods
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   other
                   matters
                   ,
                   which
                   bound
                   the
                   extents
                   of
                   Countreyes
                   .
                   The
                   Artificiall
                   bounds
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   depend
                   vpon
                   some
                   constitution
                   or
                   decree
                   of
                   a
                   man
                   ,
                   which
                   so
                   diuide
                   one
                   Countrey
                   from
                   another
                   :
                   the
                   partition
                   being
                   often
                   made
                   where
                   no
                   notable
                   marke
                   or
                   bound
                   is
                   set
                   by
                   nature
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Naturall
                       bounds
                       are
                       more
                       certaine
                       then
                       Artificiall
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     reason
                     is
                     because
                     naturall
                     signes
                     or
                     markes
                     which
                     are
                     set
                     for
                     bounds
                     of
                     Countreyes
                     are
                     alwayes
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                     and
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     continued
                     from
                     the
                     first
                     creation
                     :
                     and
                     cannot
                     bee
                     changed
                     without
                     some
                     great
                     
                       Earthquake
                       ,
                       Inundat●on
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     such
                     like
                     alteration
                     
                     in
                     nature
                     ,
                     which
                     very
                     seldome
                     happeneth
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     very
                     few
                     places
                     :
                     whereas
                     on
                     the
                     contrary
                     part
                     ,
                     such
                     bounds
                     and
                     limits
                     ,
                     as
                     depend
                     vpon
                     mans
                     appointment
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     altered
                     and
                     changed
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     wills
                     and
                     dispositions
                     of
                     men
                     :
                     as
                     wee
                     daily
                     see
                     amongst
                     vs
                     ,
                     that
                     ancient
                     lands
                     and
                     inheritances
                     are
                     much
                     questioned
                     concerning
                     their
                     bounds
                     and
                     limits
                     :
                     as
                     also
                     great
                     controuersie
                     is
                     made
                     amongst
                     Geographers
                     concerning
                     the
                     bounding
                     of
                     Countreyes
                     and
                     Territories
                     ,
                     anciently
                     knowne
                     and
                     defined
                     by
                     old
                     writers
                     :
                     For
                     names
                     and
                     particular
                     contracts
                     betwixt
                     men
                     in
                     a
                     few
                     ages
                     ,
                     may
                     easily
                     slip
                     out
                     of
                     memory
                     ;
                     especially
                     when
                     the
                     possessours
                     themselues
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     often
                     happens
                     )
                     striue
                     to
                     extinguish
                     and
                     raze
                     out
                     the
                     memory
                     of
                     former
                     ages
                     ,
                     leauing
                     behind
                     them
                     no
                     marke
                     or
                     signe
                     to
                     tell
                     the
                     world
                     their
                     wronged
                     neighbours
                     right
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     limited
                     fortunes
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     possessions
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       Equall
                       bounds
                       doe
                       not
                       alwayes
                       containe
                       equall
                       Regions
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     Proposition
                     is
                     plainely
                     demonstrated
                     before
                     in
                     this
                     very
                     Chapter
                     :
                     wherein
                     wee
                     haue
                     proued
                     of
                     two
                     figures
                     supposed
                     equall
                     in
                     the
                     circumference
                     ,
                     that
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     greatest
                     ,
                     which
                     more
                     neerely
                     approacheth
                     an
                     Ordinate
                     figure
                     :
                     which
                     wee
                     define
                     to
                     bee
                     that
                     which
                     commeth
                     neerest
                     to
                     an
                     equality
                     of
                     Sides
                     and
                     Angles
                     .
                     So
                     that
                     two
                     Regions
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     round
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     square
                     ,
                     may
                     haue
                     an
                     equall
                     compasse
                     about
                     ,
                     and
                     yet
                     the
                     former
                     will
                     bee
                     a
                     great
                     deale
                     greater
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     space
                     therein
                     contained
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     10
                     In
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     we
                     are
                     to
                     consider
                     the
                     Quality
                     .
                     By
                     the
                     quality
                     I
                     vnderstand
                     the
                     naturall
                     temper
                     and
                     disposition
                     of
                     a
                     certaine
                     place
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Speciall
                       places
                       are
                       endowed
                       with
                       speciall
                       tempers
                       and
                       dispositions
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     That
                     Almighty
                     God
                     ,
                     who
                     created
                     the
                     whole
                     world
                     ,
                     hath
                     not
                     ,
                     
                     granted
                     the
                     same
                     gifts
                     and
                     indowments
                     to
                     all
                     Countreyes
                     ,
                     but
                     hath
                     diuided
                     diuerse
                     commodities
                     to
                     diuerse
                     Regions
                     ,
                     seemeth
                     a
                     matter
                     out
                     of
                     all
                     controuersie
                     .
                     For
                     who
                     findes
                     not
                     by
                     experience
                     one
                     Countrey
                     hot
                     ,
                     another
                     cold
                     ,
                     a
                     third
                     temperate
                     :
                     one
                     fruitfull
                     ,
                     another
                     barren
                     ,
                     a
                     third
                     indifferent
                     :
                     one
                     healthie
                     ,
                     another
                     vnwholsome
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     diuersity
                     is
                     also
                     found
                     in
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     themselues
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     that
                     common
                     prouerbe
                     :
                     
                       Valentes
                       Thebani
                       ,
                       Acutiores
                       Attici
                    
                     :
                     whence
                     this
                     diuersity
                     should
                     arise
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     hard
                     matter
                     to
                     vnfold
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     many
                     causes
                     herein
                     concurre
                     ,
                     sometimes
                     to
                     helpe
                     ,
                     sometimes
                     to
                     crosse
                     one
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     yet
                     will
                     I
                     striue
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     I
                     can
                     to
                     reduce
                     them
                     to
                     certaine
                     Heads
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     a
                     generall
                     guesse
                     may
                     bee
                     giuen
                     to
                     the
                     particulars
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     situation
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     heauen
                     and
                     Starres
                     therein
                     fixed
                     .
                     This
                     may
                     cause
                     a
                     diuersity
                     of
                     disposition
                     two
                     wayes
                     ;
                     1
                     By
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     Sun
                     ,
                     and
                     his
                     generall
                     light
                     and
                     influxe
                     :
                     whence
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     are
                     ingendred
                     the
                     foure
                     first
                     qualities
                     of
                     Heate
                     ,
                     Cold
                     ,
                     Drouth
                     ,
                     and
                     Moisture
                     ,
                     whereon
                     depends
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     disposition
                     ,
                     not
                     only
                     of
                     the
                     soyle
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     of
                     mans
                     body
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     one
                     ordinarily
                     borrowes
                     his
                     fruitfulnesse
                     or
                     barrennesse
                     of
                     these
                     first
                     qualities
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     hath
                     his
                     vitall
                     Organes
                     (
                     which
                     are
                     the
                     ministers
                     of
                     the
                     Soule
                     )
                     much
                     affected
                     with
                     them
                     ;
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     some
                     Philosophers
                     haue
                     vndertaken
                     to
                     define
                     all
                     the
                     differences
                     of
                     mens
                     wits
                     and
                     intellectuall
                     faculties
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Temperament
                     of
                     the
                     braine
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     these
                     foure
                     accidents
                     .
                     And
                     what
                     Physitian
                     will
                     not
                     acknowledge
                     ,
                     all
                     these
                     Qualities
                     and
                     their
                     mixture
                     to
                     challenge
                     an
                     extraordinary
                     preheminence
                     in
                     the
                     disposition
                     and
                     constitution
                     of
                     mans
                     body
                     ,
                     whose
                     mixture
                     is
                     the
                     first
                     ground
                     of
                     health
                     or
                     sicknesse
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     meanes
                     whereby
                     the
                     Heauens
                     may
                     cause
                     a
                     diuersity
                     of
                     temper
                     in
                     diuerse
                     places
                     ,
                     is
                     from
                     the
                     
                       speciall
                       Influences
                    
                     of
                     some
                     particular
                     Starres
                     and
                     constellations
                     incident
                     to
                     particular
                     places
                     :
                     for
                     it
                     were
                     blockish
                     to
                     imagine
                     that
                     so
                     many
                     various
                     Starres
                     of
                     diuerse
                     colours
                     and
                     magnitudes
                     should
                     bee
                     set
                     in
                     the
                     Firmament
                     to
                     no
                     other
                     vse
                     then
                     to
                     giue
                     light
                     to
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     and
                     distinguish
                     the
                     times
                     :
                     sith
                     the
                     ordinary
                     Physitian
                     can
                     easily
                     discouer
                     the
                     Moones
                     influence
                     by
                     the
                     increase
                     of
                     humours
                     
                     in
                     mans
                     body
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     experience
                     of
                     Astrologers
                     will
                     warrant
                     much
                     more
                     by
                     their
                     obseruation
                     :
                     as
                     assigning
                     to
                     each
                     particular
                     aspect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     a
                     particular
                     and
                     speciall
                     influence
                     and
                     operation
                     .
                     Now
                     it
                     is
                     euident
                     that
                     all
                     aspects
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     cannot
                     point
                     out
                     and
                     designe
                     all
                     places
                     alike
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     beames
                     wherein
                     it
                     is
                     conueyed
                     ,
                     are
                     somewhere
                     perpendicularly
                     ,
                     other
                     where
                     obliquely
                     darted
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     more
                     or
                     lesse
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     place
                     :
                     whence
                     it
                     commeth
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     neither
                     all
                     places
                     can
                     enioy
                     the
                     same
                     Temperament
                     ,
                     nor
                     the
                     same
                     measure
                     and
                     proportion
                     .
                     Yet
                     wee
                     say
                     not
                     that
                     the
                     heauenly
                     bodyes
                     haue
                     any
                     power
                     to
                     impose
                     a
                     Necessitie
                     vpon
                     the
                     wills
                     and
                     dispositions
                     of
                     men
                     ;
                     but
                     onely
                     an
                     inclination
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     Starres
                     worke
                     not
                     Immediatly
                     on
                     the
                     intellectuall
                     part
                     or
                     minde
                     of
                     man
                     ,
                     but
                     Mediatly
                     ,
                     so
                     farre
                     forth
                     as
                     it
                     depends
                     on
                     the
                     Temperament
                     and
                     materiall
                     organes
                     of
                     the
                     body
                     .
                     But
                     of
                     this
                     wee
                     shall
                     especially
                     speake
                     hereafter
                     .
                     Where
                     (
                     God
                     willing
                     )
                     shall
                     bee
                     opened
                     the
                     manner
                     of
                     this
                     celestiall
                     operation
                     .
                     By
                     this
                     wee
                     may
                     vnderstand
                     how
                     farre
                     the
                     Heauens
                     haue
                     power
                     to
                     cause
                     a
                     diuersity
                     in
                     Places
                     and
                     Nations
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     the
                     
                       Imbred
                       Quality
                       ,
                       Figure
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Site
                     of
                     the
                     Places
                     themselues
                     ;
                     For
                     that
                     there
                     is
                     another
                     cause
                     of
                     diuersity
                     besides
                     the
                     situation
                     of
                     places
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     may
                     easily
                     bee
                     proued
                     out
                     of
                     experience
                     ;
                     for
                     wee
                     finde
                     that
                     places
                     situate
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     partake
                     ,
                     of
                     a
                     diuerse
                     and
                     opposite
                     Temper
                     and
                     disposition
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     middle
                     of
                     Spayne
                     about
                     Toledo
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     very
                     hot
                     and
                     the
                     Southermost
                     bound
                     of
                     Virginia
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     found
                     to
                     bee
                     Temperate
                     betwixt
                     both
                     :
                     All
                     which
                     notwithstanding
                     are
                     vnder
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     or
                     very
                     neere
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     sensible
                     degree
                     of
                     difference
                     :
                     also
                     we
                     sometimes
                     finde
                     places
                     more
                     Southward
                     toward
                     the
                     Equatour
                     to
                     partake
                     more
                     of
                     cold
                     ,
                     then
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     more
                     Notherne
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Toppes
                     of
                     the
                     Alps
                     being
                     perpetually
                     couered
                     with
                     Snow
                     ,
                     are
                     without
                     question
                     colder
                     then
                     England
                     ,
                     although
                     they
                     lye
                     neerer
                     to
                     the
                     equinoctiall
                     .
                     Likewise
                     Aluares
                     reporteth
                     that
                     hee
                     saw
                     Ice
                     vpon
                     the
                     water
                     in
                     the
                     Abyssines
                     Countrey
                     in
                     the
                     month
                     of
                     Iuly
                     ,
                     which
                     notwithstanding
                     is
                     neere
                     or
                     vnder
                     the
                     Line
                     .
                     And
                     
                       Martin
                       Frobisher
                    
                     relates
                     ,
                     that
                     he
                     found
                     the
                     ayre
                     about
                     Friezland
                     more
                     cold
                     &
                     
                     stormy
                     about
                     61
                     degrees
                     then
                     in
                     other
                     places
                     neere
                     70
                     degrees
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     we
                     must
                     needs
                     ascribe
                     some
                     effect
                     and
                     operation
                     to
                     the
                     soyle
                     it selfe
                     :
                     first
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Superficies
                     which
                     is
                     diuersly
                     varied
                     with
                     
                       Woods
                       ,
                       Riuers
                       ,
                       Marishes
                       ,
                       Rockes
                       ,
                       Mountaines
                       ,
                       Valleyes
                       ,
                       Plaines
                       :
                    
                     whence
                     a
                     double
                     variety
                     ariseth
                     :
                     first
                     of
                     the
                     foure
                     first
                     Qualities
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     caused
                     by
                     the
                     Sunne-beames
                     being
                     diuersly
                     proiected
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     conformity
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     of
                     Meteors
                     and
                     Exhalations
                     drawne
                     vp
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     into
                     the
                     Aire
                     :
                     both
                     which
                     concurring
                     must
                     needs
                     cause
                     a
                     great
                     variety
                     in
                     mans
                     disposition
                     :
                     according
                     to
                     that
                     prouerbe
                     ,
                     
                       Athenis
                       ten●e
                       coelum
                       ,
                       Thebis
                       crassum
                       :
                    
                     or
                     that
                     bitter
                     taunt
                     of
                     the
                     Poet
                     on
                     
                       Boeotians
                       ,
                       Boeotum
                       in
                       crasso
                       iurares
                       aëre
                       natum
                       .
                    
                     For
                     ordinary
                     experience
                     will
                     often
                     shew
                     that
                     a
                     thinne
                     and
                     sharp
                     ayre
                     vsually
                     produceth
                     the
                     best
                     witts
                     ;
                     as
                     contrariwise
                     grosse
                     and
                     thicke
                     vapours
                     drawne
                     from
                     muddie
                     and
                     marish
                     grounds
                     thicken
                     and
                     stupifie
                     the
                     spirits
                     ,
                     and
                     produce
                     men
                     commonly
                     of
                     blockish
                     and
                     hoggish
                     dispositions
                     and
                     natures
                     ,
                     vnapt
                     for
                     learning
                     ,
                     and
                     vnfit
                     for
                     ciuill
                     conuersation
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     there
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     granted
                     to
                     speciall
                     Countreyes
                     ,
                     certaine
                     Specificall
                     qualities
                     ,
                     which
                     produce
                     a
                     certaine
                     Sympathie
                     ,
                     or
                     Antipathie
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     some
                     things
                     or
                     others
                     :
                     whence
                     it
                     commeth
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     some
                     plants
                     and
                     hearbs
                     ,
                     which
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     accord
                     spring
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     in
                     some
                     Countreyes
                     ,
                     are
                     found
                     to
                     pine
                     &
                     wither
                     in
                     others
                     :
                     some
                     Beasts
                     and
                     Serpents
                     are
                     in
                     some
                     places
                     seldome
                     knowne
                     to
                     breed
                     or
                     liue
                     ,
                     wherewith
                     notwithstanding
                     other
                     Regions
                     swarme
                     in
                     abundance
                     :
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     Ireland
                     ,
                     wherein
                     no
                     Serpent
                     or
                     venomous
                     worme
                     hath
                     beene
                     knowne
                     to
                     liue
                     ,
                     whereby
                     Africa
                     and
                     many
                     other
                     Countreyes
                     finde
                     no
                     small
                     molestation
                     .
                     Neither
                     is
                     this
                     variety
                     onely
                     shewne
                     in
                     the
                     diuersity
                     of
                     the
                     kindes
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     in
                     the
                     variation
                     of
                     things
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     kinde
                     ,
                     whereof
                     we
                     might
                     produce
                     infinite
                     examples
                     .
                     For
                     who
                     knowes
                     not
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     Physition
                     ,
                     that
                     many
                     simples
                     apt
                     for
                     medicine
                     growing
                     in
                     our
                     land
                     ,
                     come
                     farre
                     short
                     in
                     vertue
                     of
                     those
                     which
                     are
                     gathered
                     in
                     other
                     countreyes
                     .
                     I
                     need
                     amongst
                     many
                     ordinary
                     instances
                     giue
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     in
                     our
                     Rubarb
                     and
                     Tobacco
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     former
                     growing
                     in
                     our
                     Countrey
                     ,
                     except
                     in
                     case
                     of
                     extremity
                     ,
                     is
                     of
                     no
                     vse
                     with
                     our
                     Physitians
                     :
                     the
                     other
                     
                     as
                     much
                     scorned
                     of
                     our
                     ordinary
                     Tobacconists
                     :
                     yet
                     both
                     generally
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     true
                     mother
                     the
                     Indies
                     ,
                     in
                     great
                     vse
                     and
                     request
                     .
                     But
                     of
                     this
                     last
                     Instances
                     are
                     most
                     common
                     ,
                     and
                     yet
                     for
                     their
                     ignorance
                     of
                     the
                     true
                     cause
                     ,
                     most
                     admirable
                     .
                     The
                     causes
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     might
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     bee
                     found
                     out
                     either
                     in
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     or
                     in
                     the
                     Elementary
                     n●ture
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     But
                     some
                     speciall
                     proprieties
                     haue
                     discouered
                     themselues
                     ,
                     which
                     cannot
                     be
                     imagined
                     to
                     owe
                     their
                     cause
                     to
                     either
                     ,
                     but
                     to
                     some
                     third
                     originall
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     Physicians
                     in
                     their
                     Simples
                     more
                     properly
                     tearme
                     
                       virtus
                       specifica
                    
                     .
                     If
                     any
                     man
                     should
                     demand
                     why
                     countreyes
                     farther
                     from
                     the
                     course
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     should
                     be
                     found
                     hotter
                     ,
                     then
                     some
                     which
                     are
                     neerer
                     ?
                     Why
                     the
                     Rhenish
                     wine
                     Grape
                     transported
                     from
                     Germany
                     into
                     Spaine
                     ,
                     should
                     yeeld
                     vs
                     the
                     
                       Sherry
                       Sacke
                    
                     ?
                     Euery
                     ordinary
                     Phylosopher
                     ,
                     which
                     hath
                     trauelled
                     little
                     beyond
                     
                       Aristotles
                       Materia
                       Prima
                    
                     ,
                     will
                     bee
                     ready
                     to
                     hammer
                     out
                     a
                     cause
                     ,
                     as
                     ascribing
                     the
                     former
                     to
                     the
                     Heigth
                     or
                     Depression
                     of
                     the
                     soyle
                     :
                     the
                     latter
                     to
                     the
                     excesse
                     of
                     heat
                     in
                     Spaine
                     aboue
                     that
                     of
                     Germany
                     .
                     But
                     should
                     wee
                     farther
                     demand
                     ,
                     1
                     why
                     Ireland
                     with
                     some
                     other
                     Regions
                     indure
                     no
                     venemous
                     thing
                     .
                     2
                     Why
                     Wheat
                     in
                     S.
                     Thomas
                     Iland
                     ,
                     should
                     shut
                     vp
                     all
                     into
                     the
                     Blade
                     ,
                     and
                     neuer
                     beare
                     graine
                     ?
                     3
                     Why
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Iland
                     no
                     fruit
                     which
                     hath
                     any
                     stone
                     in
                     it
                     ,
                     will
                     euer
                     prosper
                     ?
                     4
                     Why
                     our
                     Mastiffes
                     (
                     a
                     seruiceable
                     kinde
                     of
                     creature
                     against
                     the
                     molestation
                     of
                     Wolues
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     hurtfull
                     beasts
                     )
                     transported
                     into
                     France
                     ,
                     should
                     after
                     a
                     litter
                     or
                     two
                     degenerate
                     into
                     Curres
                     ,
                     and
                     proue
                     altogether
                     vnseruiceable
                     ?
                     5
                     Why
                     with
                     vs
                     in
                     England
                     ,
                     some
                     places
                     produce
                     Sheep
                     of
                     great
                     stature
                     but
                     course
                     wooll
                     ;
                     other
                     places
                     small
                     Sheep
                     ,
                     but
                     of
                     very
                     fine
                     wooll
                     :
                     which
                     being
                     naturally
                     transplanted
                     ,
                     will
                     in
                     a
                     generation
                     or
                     two
                     so
                     degenerate
                     the
                     one
                     into
                     the
                     others
                     nature
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     greater
                     sheep
                     loose
                     somewhat
                     of
                     their
                     greatnesse
                     ,
                     yet
                     improue
                     their
                     fleeces
                     ;
                     as
                     the
                     other
                     increase
                     their
                     stature
                     ,
                     but
                     loose
                     much
                     in
                     the
                     finenesse
                     of
                     their
                     wooll
                     ?
                     6
                     Why
                     many
                     places
                     at
                     the
                     ridge
                     of
                     the
                     mountaines
                     Andi
                     in
                     America
                     cannot
                     bee
                     passed
                     ouer
                     without
                     extreame
                     vomitting
                     and
                     griping
                     euen
                     vnto
                     death
                     .
                     7
                     Why
                     a
                     Riuer
                     in
                     the
                     Indies
                     should
                     haue
                     such
                     a
                     nature
                     to
                     breed
                     a
                     great
                     long
                     worme
                     in
                     a
                     mans
                     leg
                     ,
                     which
                     oftentimes
                     proues
                     mortall
                     
                     vnto
                     the
                     patient
                     ,
                     with
                     infinite
                     the
                     like
                     examples
                     found
                     in
                     Geographers
                     ,
                     concerning
                     the
                     nature
                     and
                     accidents
                     of
                     
                       Fountaines
                       ,
                       Hearbs
                       ,
                       Trees
                       ,
                       Beasts
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     Men
                     themselues
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     shall
                     shew
                     hereafter
                     )
                     so
                     much
                     varied
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     soyle
                     ,
                     what
                     wiser
                     answer
                     can
                     an
                     ingenious
                     man
                     expect
                     then
                     silence
                     or
                     admiration
                     ?
                     for
                     to
                     make
                     recourse
                     to
                     
                       Sympathies
                       ,
                       Antipathies
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     hidden
                     qualities
                     with
                     the
                     current
                     of
                     our
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     is
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     to
                     confesse
                     our
                     owne
                     ignorance
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     notwithstanding
                     ,
                     wee
                     desired
                     to
                     bee
                     accounted
                     learned
                     :
                     for
                     beside
                     the
                     difference
                     of
                     the
                     termes
                     wherein
                     euery
                     Mountebanke
                     may
                     talke
                     downe
                     a
                     iudicious
                     Scholler
                     ;
                     I
                     see
                     no
                     aduantage
                     betwixt
                     a
                     Clowne
                     which
                     sayes
                     he
                     is
                     ignorant
                     of
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     such
                     an
                     effect
                     ,
                     or
                     of
                     a
                     iuggling
                     Scholler
                     which
                     assignes
                     the
                     cause
                     to
                     bee
                     a
                     sympathie
                     ,
                     antipathie
                     ,
                     or
                     some
                     occult
                     quality
                     .
                     I
                     speake
                     not
                     this
                     to
                     countenance
                     supine
                     blockishnesse
                     ,
                     or
                     to
                     cast
                     a
                     blocke
                     in
                     the
                     way
                     of
                     curious
                     industrie
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     disposition
                     I
                     haue
                     alwayes
                     hated
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     latter
                     still
                     wished
                     in
                     my selfe
                     ,
                     and
                     admitted
                     in
                     others
                     .
                     All
                     which
                     I
                     can
                     in
                     this
                     matter
                     propose
                     to
                     a
                     curious
                     wit
                     to
                     bee
                     sought
                     ,
                     must
                     bee
                     reduced
                     to
                     one
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     heads
                     :
                     for
                     either
                     such
                     admirable
                     effects
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     mentioned
                     ,
                     must
                     arise
                     from
                     some
                     Formall
                     and
                     Specificall
                     vertue
                     in
                     the
                     soyle
                     ,
                     or
                     from
                     some
                     extraordinary
                     Temperament
                     made
                     of
                     a
                     rare
                     combination
                     of
                     the
                     Elements
                     ,
                     and
                     their
                     secondary
                     mixtures
                     ,
                     as
                     of
                     
                       Hearbs
                       ,
                       Stones
                       ,
                       Mineralls
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     vapours
                     arising
                     from
                     such
                     ,
                     and
                     affecting
                     the
                     Aire
                     :
                     of
                     both
                     which
                     wee
                     shall
                     haue
                     some
                     occasion
                     to
                     treat
                     in
                     the
                     particular
                     Adiuncts
                     of
                     places
                     ;
                     yet
                     so
                     ,
                     as
                     I
                     feare
                     I
                     shall
                     neither
                     giue
                     my selfe
                     content
                     ,
                     or
                     my
                     Reader
                     any
                     sufficient
                     satisfaction
                     .
                     But
                     
                       In
                       magnis
                       voluisse
                       sat
                       est
                    
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     11
                     Hitherto
                     of
                     the
                     common
                     imbred
                     Adiuncts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     Topographically
                     taken
                     :
                     Next
                     we
                     will
                     speake
                     somewhat
                     of
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     Affections
                     of
                     a
                     place
                     :
                     These
                     are
                     in
                     number
                     two
                     ,
                     viz
                     :
                     Variation
                     and
                     Declination
                     .
                  
                
                 
                 
                   We
                   haue
                   in
                   our
                   former
                   Treatise
                   of
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   handled
                   diuerse
                   other
                   affections
                   ,
                   growing
                   from
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   Temper
                   and
                   disposition
                   of
                   the
                   terrestriall
                   Globe
                   :
                   whence
                   some
                   man
                   might
                   here
                   collect
                   this
                   repetition
                   to
                   bee
                   altogether
                   needlesse
                   ,
                   or
                   at
                   the
                   least
                   imperfect
                   ,
                   omitting
                   many
                   other
                   of
                   the
                   Magneticall
                   Affections
                   .
                   To
                   this
                   I
                   answer
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   one
                   thing
                   to
                   speake
                   of
                   these
                   Affections
                   as
                   they
                   agree
                   to
                   the
                   whole
                   Spheare
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   Another
                   thing
                   to
                   consider
                   them
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   particular
                   proprieties
                   ,
                   and
                   markes
                   of
                   particular
                   places
                   and
                   Regions
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   former
                   sort
                   haue
                   we
                   )
                   besides
                   the
                   Variation
                   and
                   Declination
                   )
                   handled
                   many
                   other
                   affections
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   magnetically
                   considered
                   .
                   Wee
                   here
                   onely
                   speake
                   of
                   these
                   two
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   speciall
                   markes
                   and
                   proprieties
                   of
                   sqeciall
                   places
                   :
                   which
                   it
                   behooues
                   a
                   Topographer
                   to
                   obserue
                   as
                   a
                   matter
                   worthy
                   of
                   obseruation
                   in
                   the
                   description
                   of
                   any
                   place
                   .
                   The
                   vse
                   shall
                   be
                   commended
                   vnto
                   vs
                   in
                   these
                   two
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1.
                       
                       The
                       Magneticall
                       Variation
                       is
                       of
                       no
                       vse
                       for
                       the
                       first
                       finding
                       out
                       of
                       the
                       Longitude
                       ;
                       yet
                       may
                       it
                       serue
                       to
                       good
                       purpose
                       for
                       the
                       Recognition
                       of
                       a
                       place
                       heretofore
                       discouered
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     reason
                     of
                     this
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewne
                     in
                     our
                     former
                     booke
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     variation
                     seldome
                     or
                     neuer
                     answeres
                     proportionally
                     to
                     the
                     Longitude
                     ,
                     as
                     some
                     of
                     the
                     ancients
                     on
                     false
                     grounds
                     haue
                     surmised
                     :
                     whence
                     no
                     true
                     consequence
                     can
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     variation
                     of
                     a
                     place
                     to
                     the
                     finding
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Longitude
                     ;
                     yet
                     may
                     it
                     bee
                     of
                     speciall
                     vse
                     for
                     the
                     new
                     finding
                     out
                     of
                     such
                     places
                     as
                     haue
                     formerly
                     by
                     others
                     beene
                     first
                     discouered
                     ,
                     so
                     the
                     variation
                     were
                     first
                     by
                     them
                     diligently
                     and
                     faithfully
                     noted
                     and
                     obserued
                     :
                     first
                     because
                     few
                     places
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     can
                     exactly
                     and
                     precisely
                     agree
                     in
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     variation
                     ;
                     but
                     in
                     some
                     Degree
                     or
                     minute
                     will
                     bee
                     found
                     to
                     varie
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     if
                     any
                     two
                     places
                     should
                     bee
                     found
                     to
                     accord
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Degree
                     of
                     Variation
                     ;
                     yet
                     comparing
                     the
                     variation
                     with
                     the
                     degree
                     of
                     Declination
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     commonly
                     finde
                     a
                     difference
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     places
                     agreeing
                     in
                     variation
                     ,
                     may
                     notwithstanding
                     varie
                     in
                     the
                     Declination
                     .
                     
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     if
                     two
                     places
                     should
                     be
                     equalized
                     in
                     both
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     cannot
                     deny
                     it
                     to
                     bee
                     possible
                     )
                     yet
                     the
                     comparing
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     Magneticall
                     motions
                     with
                     other
                     affections
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     it selfe
                     as
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     will
                     giue
                     at
                     least
                     a
                     probable
                     distinction
                     :
                     of
                     which
                     cases
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     hard
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     obseruations
                     of
                     our
                     new
                     writers
                     and
                     Nauigatours
                     to
                     giue
                     particular
                     instances
                     .
                     Concerning
                     the
                     first
                     ,
                     we
                     finde
                     the
                     variation
                     of
                     the
                     compasse
                     at
                     
                       Cape
                       Verde
                    
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     iust
                     7
                     Degrees
                     ;
                     about
                     the
                     Ilands
                     neere
                     to
                     
                       Cape
                       Verde
                    
                     to
                     amount
                     only
                     to
                     4
                     Degrees
                     ;
                     whence
                     a
                     Sea-man
                     (
                     if
                     other
                     helpes
                     failed
                     )
                     may
                     hereafter
                     ,
                     as
                     he
                     passeth
                     ,
                     distinguish
                     the
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     and
                     if
                     occasion
                     serue
                     ,
                     correct
                     this
                     errour
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     like
                     sort
                     might
                     a
                     man
                     (
                     otherwise
                     altogether
                     ignorant
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     )
                     out
                     of
                     former
                     obseruations
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Iland
                     of
                     Cuba
                     distinguish
                     betwixt
                     
                       Cape
                       Corientes
                    
                     and
                     
                       Cape
                       S.
                       Anthony
                    
                     ;
                     In
                     that
                     the
                     one
                     hath
                     only
                     3
                     degrees
                     of
                     variatiō
                     ,
                     wheras
                     the
                     other
                     hath
                     13
                     :
                     for
                     an
                     instance
                     of
                     the
                     
                       second
                       case
                    
                     we
                     will
                     take
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Brasill
                     100
                     leagues
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     shoare
                     ,
                     &
                     
                       Cape
                       Corientes
                    
                     beyond
                     
                       Cape
                       bonae
                       spei
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     agree
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     variation
                     :
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     amounting
                     to
                     7
                     Degrees
                     30
                     minutes
                     :
                     which
                     notwithstanding
                     are
                     distinguisht
                     by
                     their
                     seuerall
                     declination
                     :
                     for
                     howsoeuer
                     the
                     magneticall
                     motion
                     of
                     variation
                     being
                     of
                     late
                     inuented
                     ,
                     hath
                     not
                     so
                     particularly
                     beene
                     traced
                     out
                     in
                     all
                     or
                     most
                     places
                     ,
                     yet
                     must
                     the
                     declination
                     of
                     each
                     place
                     needs
                     be
                     different
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     former
                     hath
                     23
                     degrees
                     of
                     South
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     none
                     at
                     all
                     lying
                     iust
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     :
                     since
                     the
                     Latitude
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     formerly
                     taught
                     )
                     is
                     in
                     some
                     measure
                     proportionall
                     to
                     the
                     Declination
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     third
                     ,
                     if
                     any
                     two
                     places
                     bee
                     found
                     agreeing
                     both
                     in
                     Variation
                     and
                     Declination
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     bee
                     probably
                     guessed
                     of
                     
                       Cape
                       Rosse
                    
                     in
                     S.
                     Iohns
                     Iland
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     west
                     end
                     of
                     S.
                     
                       Iohn
                       de
                       Porto
                       Rico
                    
                     :
                     the
                     Latitude
                     being
                     all
                     one
                     as
                     of
                     17
                     degrees
                     44
                     minutes
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     variation
                     admitting
                     perhaps
                     insensible
                     difference
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     of
                     a
                     little
                     more
                     then
                     one
                     degree
                     :
                     yet
                     might
                     this
                     helpe
                     conioyned
                     with
                     former
                     Trauellers
                     report
                     ,
                     or
                     some
                     small
                     obseruation
                     of
                     heauenly
                     bodies
                     ,
                     or
                     sounding
                     the
                     bottome
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     settle
                     our
                     opinion
                     and
                     make
                     a
                     plaine
                     distinction
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       Declination
                       of
                       any
                       place
                       being
                       knowne
                       the
                       Latitude
                       may
                       also
                       bee
                       found
                       out
                       ,
                       although
                       not
                       without
                       some
                       errour
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     ground
                     of
                     this
                     Assertion
                     we
                     haue
                     formerly
                     handled
                     in
                     the
                     Treatise
                     of
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     Affections
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     where
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     that
                     the
                     Declination
                     of
                     the
                     Magneticall
                     needle
                     is
                     alwayes
                     answerable
                     in
                     some
                     proportion
                     to
                     the
                     Latitude
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     :
                     whence
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     declination
                     any
                     where
                     being
                     found
                     out
                     together
                     with
                     the
                     proportion
                     ,
                     the
                     Latititude
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     knowne
                     .
                     In
                     this
                     point
                     I
                     referre
                     my
                     Reader
                     to
                     D.
                     Ridleye's
                     late
                     Treatise
                     of
                     Magneticall
                     bodies
                     and
                     Motions
                     ,
                     wherein
                     hee
                     by
                     the
                     helpe
                     of
                     M.
                     Briges
                     ,
                     hath
                     calculated
                     a
                     certaine
                     briefe
                     table
                     for
                     this
                     purpose
                     .
                     But
                     that
                     this
                     manner
                     of
                     Inuention
                     of
                     the
                     Latitude
                     of
                     a
                     place
                     ,
                     must
                     needs
                     admit
                     of
                     some
                     errour
                     ,
                     cannot
                     well
                     be
                     denied
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     
                       Gilbert
                       ,
                       Ridley
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     others
                     ,
                     which
                     haue
                     written
                     of
                     this
                     subiect
                     ;
                     haue
                     acknowledged
                     this
                     motion
                     of
                     Declination
                     to
                     bee
                     in
                     many
                     places
                     irregular
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     answerable
                     in
                     due
                     proportion
                     to
                     the
                     Degrees
                     of
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     which
                     diuerse
                     friends
                     of
                     mine
                     ,
                     well
                     experienced
                     in
                     magneticall
                     experiments
                     ,
                     haue
                     to
                     their
                     great
                     wonder
                     confessed
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     12
                     This
                     much
                     for
                     the
                     Internall
                     Adiuncts
                     The
                     Externall
                     ,
                     I
                     call
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     not
                     imprest
                     into
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     but
                     externally
                     adjacent
                     or
                     adioyning
                     vnto
                     it
                     .
                     Here
                     ought
                     wee
                     to
                     consider
                     the
                     Aire
                     adioyning
                     to
                     any
                     place
                     with
                     his
                     Qualities
                     and
                     Proprieties
                     .
                  
                   
                     13
                     The
                     Ayrie
                     properties
                     of
                     a
                     place
                     consist
                     in
                     such
                     matters
                     ,
                     wherewith
                     the
                     Ayre
                     according
                     to
                     diuerse
                     places
                     is
                     diuersly
                     affected
                     and
                     disposed
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   In
                   the
                   Ayre
                   we
                   ought
                   to
                   note
                   a
                   twofold
                   temper
                   and
                   quality
                   ,
                   
                   the
                   one
                   Inbred
                   and
                   Essentiall
                   :
                   the
                   other
                   Externall
                   and
                   Accidentall
                   ,
                   ●he
                   former
                   ,
                   whether
                   it
                   bee
                   heat
                   ioyned
                   with
                   moisture
                   ,
                   as
                   Aristotle
                   a●●irmes
                   ,
                   or
                   cold
                   ioyned
                   with
                   moisture
                   ,
                   as
                   some
                   others
                   ,
                   I
                   leaue
                   it
                   to
                   the
                   Naturall
                   Philosopher
                   to
                   dispute
                   .
                   The
                   latter
                   being
                   that
                   to
                   which
                   our
                   purpose
                   is
                   chiefly
                   ingaged
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   no
                   farther
                   then
                   may
                   appertaine
                   to
                   the
                   Topicall
                   description
                   of
                   a
                   speciall
                   Countrey
                   .
                   These
                   accidents
                   being
                   so
                   various
                   and
                   many
                   ,
                   we
                   are
                   inforced
                   to
                   reduce
                   them
                   to
                   a
                   few
                   generall
                   heads
                   which
                   we
                   will
                   couch
                   in
                   this
                   our
                   Theoreme
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       disposition
                       of
                       the
                       Ayre
                       adjacent
                       to
                       a
                       place
                       depends
                       chiefely
                       on
                       the
                       Temperament
                       of
                       the
                       Soyle
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Those
                     things
                     wherewith
                     the
                     Aëri●ll
                     Region
                     is
                     affected
                     ,
                     are
                     of
                     two
                     sorts
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     either
                     the
                     Temperament
                     consisting
                     in
                     the
                     mixture
                     of
                     the
                     foure
                     first
                     Qualities
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     the
                     bodies
                     themselues
                     ,
                     as
                     Meteors
                     drawne
                     vp
                     into
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     whereof
                     these
                     accidentall
                     dispositions
                     arise
                     .
                     That
                     both
                     these
                     chiefly
                     depend
                     from
                     the
                     Temp●rament
                     of
                     the
                     Earthly
                     Soyle
                     of
                     a
                     certaine
                     place
                     ,
                     many
                     reasons
                     will
                     demonstrate
                     :
                     first
                     that
                     Meteors
                     ,
                     whatsoeuer
                     they
                     are
                     ,
                     take
                     their
                     originall
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     is
                     plaine
                     .
                     1
                     Out
                     of
                     the
                     name
                     ,
                     which
                     signifies
                     things
                     lifted
                     vp
                     ,
                     to
                     shew
                     that
                     a
                     Meteor
                     is
                     lifted
                     and
                     drawne
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     2
                     Out
                     of
                     the
                     materiall
                     composition
                     ,
                     which
                     can
                     no
                     where
                     else
                     take
                     this
                     composition
                     :
                     For
                     either
                     wee
                     should
                     deriue
                     it
                     from
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     or
                     from
                     the
                     Ayre
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     or
                     from
                     the
                     Fire
                     :
                     From
                     the
                     Heauens
                     it
                     cannot
                     take
                     originall
                     :
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     corruptible
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     of
                     no
                     heauenly
                     substance
                     according
                     to
                     Peripateticke
                     Philosophie
                     .
                     Not
                     from
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     aire
                     being
                     supposed
                     a
                     simple
                     and
                     vncompounded
                     body
                     ,
                     cannot
                     admit
                     of
                     such
                     mixture
                     .
                     Not
                     from
                     the
                     Fire
                     ;
                     first
                     because
                     all
                     Meteors
                     partake
                     not
                     of
                     fierie
                     nature
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     because
                     fire
                     cannot
                     well
                     subsist
                     ,
                     but
                     of
                     some
                     matter
                     whereon
                     it
                     may
                     worke
                     ,
                     and
                     conserue
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     which
                     can
                     bee
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     of
                     a
                     glutinous
                     substance
                     :
                     which
                     wee
                     no
                     where
                     finde
                     but
                     in
                     the
                     earthly
                     Globe
                     ,
                     consisting
                     of
                     Earth
                     and
                     Water
                     ;
                     out
                     of
                     whose
                     store-houses
                     ,
                     the
                     matter
                     of
                     all
                     such
                     pendulous
                     
                     substances
                     in
                     the
                     aire
                     is
                     deriued
                     .
                     These
                     Meteors
                     may
                     bee
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     into
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     two
                     manner
                     of
                     wayes
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     Directly
                     and
                     immediatly
                     ,
                     by
                     an
                     immediate
                     ascent
                     or
                     rising
                     of
                     exhalations
                     from
                     some
                     one
                     particular
                     place
                     into
                     the
                     Ayrie
                     space
                     right
                     ouer
                     it
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     Obliquely
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     when
                     Vapours
                     ,
                     or
                     other
                     such
                     exhalations
                     are
                     by
                     some
                     violence
                     or
                     other
                     carried
                     from
                     one
                     place
                     into
                     another
                     :
                     as
                     winde
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     ingendred
                     in
                     one
                     place
                     ,
                     continually
                     bloweth
                     into
                     another
                     .
                     Againe
                     ,
                     the
                     former
                     may
                     happen
                     two
                     wayes
                     :
                     for
                     either
                     this
                     rising
                     of
                     Exhalations
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     is
                     Ordinary
                     ,
                     or
                     Extraordinary
                     :
                     Ordinary
                     I
                     call
                     that
                     whereby
                     the
                     thinne
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     or
                     Earth
                     are
                     continually
                     spread
                     and
                     diffused
                     through
                     the
                     whole
                     Region
                     of
                     the
                     Ayre
                     :
                     for
                     wee
                     cannot
                     imagine
                     otherwise
                     then
                     that
                     at
                     all
                     times
                     and
                     places
                     ,
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     composed
                     of
                     Earth
                     and
                     Water
                     ,
                     continually
                     sends
                     and
                     euaporates
                     out
                     some
                     thinne
                     or
                     rarified
                     parts
                     ,
                     wherewith
                     the
                     earth
                     is
                     affected
                     .
                     Whether
                     this
                     Rarefaction
                     or
                     Euaporation
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     bee
                     the
                     true
                     substance
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     it selfe
                     (
                     as
                     some
                     haue
                     probably
                     coniectured
                     )
                     or
                     else
                     s●me
                     other
                     body
                     different
                     from
                     it
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     not
                     here
                     dispute
                     .
                     This
                     much
                     will
                     necessarily
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     proceeds
                     originally
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     right
                     vnder
                     it
                     .
                     This
                     vapour
                     being
                     ingendred
                     from
                     the
                     water
                     or
                     moister
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     is
                     much
                     varied
                     and
                     temper'd
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     place
                     from
                     which
                     it
                     ariseth
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     matter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     being
                     various
                     and
                     diuerse
                     in
                     disposition
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     various
                     veines
                     of
                     minerall
                     substances
                     ,
                     whereof
                     it
                     consists
                     ,
                     as
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     and
                     second
                     qualities
                     thereof
                     arising
                     ,
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     cause
                     the
                     Aire
                     about
                     each
                     Region
                     to
                     bee
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     quality
                     .
                     Whence
                     a
                     probable
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     shewne
                     ;
                     why
                     of
                     two
                     places
                     ,
                     although
                     both
                     like
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     circumstances
                     ,
                     one
                     should
                     bee
                     hot
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     cold
                     ;
                     one
                     healthie
                     ,
                     another
                     contagious
                     ;
                     the
                     one
                     of
                     a
                     sharpe
                     and
                     thinne
                     aire
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     of
                     a
                     foggy
                     &
                     dull
                     temper
                     :
                     For
                     no
                     question
                     but
                     the
                     minerall
                     matter
                     whereof
                     the
                     soile
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     consists
                     ,
                     being
                     not
                     euery
                     where
                     Solid
                     and
                     hard
                     ,
                     but
                     euery
                     where
                     intermedled
                     with
                     a
                     vaporous
                     and
                     fluide
                     substance
                     ,
                     must
                     needs
                     challenge
                     a
                     great
                     interest
                     in
                     the
                     temperament
                     of
                     the
                     Ayre
                     ,
                     a●
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     first
                     mother
                     ,
                     if
                     not
                     of
                     
                     the
                     Aire
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     yet
                     at
                     least
                     of
                     the
                     accidentall
                     dispositions
                     thereof
                     .
                     The
                     Extraordinary
                     euaporations
                     ,
                     I
                     call
                     such
                     as
                     arise
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     by
                     some
                     extraordinary
                     concurse
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     with
                     some
                     other
                     Starres
                     .
                     These
                     are
                     many
                     times
                     subiect
                     to
                     sense
                     ,
                     which
                     happen
                     not
                     at
                     all
                     times
                     and
                     places
                     :
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     clowdes
                     ,
                     windes
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     like
                     ,
                     which
                     arise
                     not
                     naturally
                     by
                     their
                     owne
                     accord
                     by
                     a
                     perpetuall
                     emanation
                     ,
                     but
                     are
                     by
                     some
                     greater
                     strength
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     or
                     Starres
                     ratifying
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     or
                     water
                     drawne
                     vp
                     to
                     the
                     Aire
                     about
                     it
                     .
                     Now
                     for
                     the
                     Meteors
                     Indirectly
                     and
                     obliquely
                     belonging
                     to
                     any
                     place
                     ,
                     amongst
                     many
                     other
                     instances
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     bring
                     the
                     winde
                     which
                     bloweth
                     from
                     one
                     Region
                     to
                     another
                     ;
                     which
                     according
                     to
                     ordinary
                     experience
                     partaketh
                     of
                     a
                     twofold
                     quality
                     ;
                     the
                     one
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     place
                     whence
                     it
                     is
                     ingendred
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     from
                     the
                     Region
                     through
                     which
                     it
                     passeth
                     .
                     Which
                     may
                     appeare
                     by
                     our
                     foure
                     Cardinall
                     windes
                     ,
                     as
                     they
                     are
                     with
                     vs
                     in
                     
                       England
                       ,
                       Belgia
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     higher
                     Germany
                     .
                     For
                     first
                     our
                     Easterne
                     winde
                     is
                     found
                     to
                     bee
                     driest
                     of
                     all
                     others
                     ,
                     whereof
                     no
                     other
                     cause
                     can
                     bee
                     giuen
                     ,
                     then
                     that
                     it
                     comes
                     ouer
                     a
                     great
                     Continent
                     of
                     land
                     lying
                     towards
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     many
                     drie
                     and
                     earthly
                     exhalations
                     are
                     drawn
                     :
                     so
                     the
                     Westerne
                     winde
                     is
                     obserued
                     to
                     be
                     very
                     moist
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     passeth
                     ouer
                     the
                     hugie
                     Atlanticke
                     Ocean
                     ,
                     which
                     must
                     needs
                     cast
                     forth
                     many
                     watrie
                     and
                     moist
                     vapours
                     ,
                     which
                     beget
                     raine
                     and
                     showres
                     :
                     from
                     the
                     moisture
                     of
                     which
                     Westerne
                     winde
                     some
                     haue
                     sought
                     out
                     an
                     answer
                     to
                     that
                     Probleme
                     :
                     why
                     hunting
                     hounds
                     should
                     not
                     sent
                     ,
                     nor
                     hunt
                     so
                     well
                     ,
                     the
                     winde
                     being
                     in
                     the
                     West
                     ,
                     as
                     at
                     other
                     times
                     ?
                     For
                     ,
                     say
                     they
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     caused
                     by
                     the
                     moisture
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     either
                     in
                     making
                     hinderance
                     to
                     their
                     legges
                     in
                     running
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     to
                     their
                     smell
                     ,
                     being
                     very
                     thicke
                     and
                     foggy
                     .
                     In
                     this
                     Westerne
                     winde
                     we
                     may
                     also
                     perceiue
                     much
                     cold
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     caused
                     by
                     the
                     quality
                     of
                     those
                     watrie
                     vapours
                     ,
                     through
                     which
                     it
                     passeth
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     are
                     naturally
                     cold
                     .
                     In
                     our
                     South
                     wind
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     both
                     heat
                     and
                     moisture
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     former
                     ariseth
                     from
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     those
                     Southerne
                     Regions
                     neere
                     the
                     Equatour
                     is
                     most
                     predominant
                     ;
                     The
                     latter
                     from
                     the
                     naturall
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     places
                     because
                     before
                     it
                     approacheth
                     our
                     coasts
                     ,
                     it
                     passes
                     ouer
                     the
                     
                     Mediterranean
                     Sea
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     the
                     Sunne
                     begets
                     abundance
                     of
                     watry
                     vapours
                     ,
                     which
                     mixt
                     themselues
                     with
                     the
                     windes
                     .
                     Finally
                     the
                     North-winde
                     is
                     obserued
                     to
                     bee
                     cold
                     and
                     drye
                     .
                     It
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     bee
                     cold
                     :
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     carried
                     ouer
                     diuerse
                     cold
                     and
                     snowy
                     places
                     ,
                     most
                     remote
                     from
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     drie
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     passeth
                     ouer
                     many
                     Ilands
                     and
                     dry
                     places
                     ,
                     sending
                     out
                     store
                     of
                     dry
                     exhalations
                     :
                     as
                     also
                     because
                     the
                     Sunne
                     being
                     very
                     remote
                     from
                     those
                     Regions
                     ,
                     fewer
                     exhalations
                     are
                     drawne
                     vp
                     ,
                     which
                     might
                     infect
                     it
                     by
                     impressions
                     of
                     their
                     watrie
                     quality
                     .
                     These
                     instances
                     may
                     serue
                     to
                     proue
                     our
                     assertion
                     :
                     That
                     Meteors
                     ,
                     wherewith
                     the
                     Aire
                     is
                     vsually
                     charged
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     consequence
                     ,
                     their
                     qualit●es
                     imprest
                     into
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     are
                     depending
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     they
                     are
                     drawne
                     ,
                     either
                     Directly
                     from
                     the
                     same
                     Region
                     which
                     they
                     affect
                     ;
                     or
                     Obliquely
                     ,
                     from
                     some
                     other
                     Region
                     remote
                     from
                     it
                     .
                     Howsoeuer
                     ,
                     wee
                     obserue
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Ayre
                     depends
                     from
                     the
                     Soile
                     ,
                     wee
                     cannot
                     altogether
                     exclude
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     as
                     shall
                     bee
                     taught
                     hereafter
                     in
                     place
                     conuenient
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 III.
                 Of
                 the
                 Adiuncts
                 of
                 a
                 place
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 Heauens
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     WE
                     haue
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     Chapter
                     spoken
                     of
                     the
                     Adiuncts
                     of
                     a
                     place
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     it
                     Selfe
                     .
                     We
                     are
                     now
                     to
                     proceed
                     to
                     such
                     Accidents
                     as
                     agree
                     to
                     a
                     place
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     Adiuncts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     are
                     of
                     two
                     sorts
                     ;
                     either
                     Generall
                     or
                     Speciall
                     .
                  
                
                 
                 
                   Generall
                   ,
                   I
                   call
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   abstracted
                   from
                   any
                   speciall
                   quality
                   ,
                   or
                   condition
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   or
                   any
                   place
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   These
                   accidents
                   concerne
                   either
                   the
                   Situation
                   of
                   the
                   Inhabitants
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Diuision
                   of
                   the
                   places
                   :
                   both
                   which
                   we
                   haue
                   handled
                   in
                   our
                   Sphericall
                   part
                   of
                   Geographie
                   :
                   The
                   Speciall
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   concerne
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   place
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   ,
                   not
                   Absolutely
                   ,
                   but
                   Respecting
                   some
                   speciall
                   qualities
                   or
                   properties
                   depending
                   on
                   such
                   situation
                   ;
                   which
                   more
                   properly
                   belongs
                   to
                   this
                   part
                   :
                   For
                   the
                   vnfolding
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   before
                   we
                   descend
                   to
                   particularities
                   ,
                   we
                   will
                   premise
                   this
                   one
                   generall
                   Theoreme
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Places
                       according
                       to
                       their
                       diuerse
                       situation
                       in
                       regard
                       of
                       the
                       Heauens
                       ,
                       are
                       diuersly
                       affected
                       in
                       quality
                       and
                       constitution
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     Proposition
                     needs
                     no
                     proofe
                     ,
                     as
                     being
                     grounded
                     on
                     ordinary
                     experience
                     :
                     for
                     who
                     findes
                     not
                     betwixt
                     the
                     North
                     and
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     a
                     manifest
                     difference
                     of
                     heat
                     and
                     cold
                     ,
                     moisture
                     and
                     drouth
                     ,
                     with
                     other
                     qualities
                     thereon
                     depending
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     the
                     temper
                     of
                     the
                     soyle
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     naturall
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     .
                     Only
                     three
                     points
                     will
                     here
                     require
                     an
                     exposition
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     by
                     what
                     Meanes
                     and
                     instruments
                     the
                     Heauens
                     may
                     bee
                     said
                     to
                     worke
                     on
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     how
                     farre
                     this
                     operation
                     of
                     the
                     Heauen
                     ,
                     on
                     the
                     Earth
                     may
                     extend
                     ,
                     and
                     what
                     limits
                     it
                     may
                     suffer
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     how
                     these
                     operations
                     are
                     distinguished
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     Concerning
                     the
                     first
                     ,
                     wee
                     are
                     taught
                     by
                     our
                     ordinary
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Heauens
                     worke
                     on
                     inferiour
                     bodies
                     by
                     three
                     instruments
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     
                       Light
                       ,
                       Motion
                    
                     .
                     and
                     Influence
                     .
                     By
                     Light
                     ,
                     as
                     by
                     an
                     instrumentall
                     agent
                     ,
                     it
                     ingendreth
                     heat
                     in
                     the
                     Aire
                     and
                     Earth
                     ;
                     not
                     that
                     the
                     light
                     being
                     in
                     a
                     sort
                     an
                     Immateriall
                     quality
                     ,
                     can
                     immediatly
                     of
                     it selfe
                     produce
                     heat
                     ,
                     being
                     materiall
                     and
                     elementary
                     ;
                     But
                     by
                     attrition
                     and
                     rarefaction
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     aire
                     being
                     made
                     thinner
                     ,
                     approach
                     neerer
                     to
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     fire
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     conceaue
                     heat
                     .
                     This
                     is
                     againe
                     performed
                     two
                     wayes
                     ;
                     either
                     by
                     a
                     simple
                     or
                     compo
                     unded
                     beame
                     .
                     The
                     simple
                     Ray
                     is
                     weaker
                     :
                     The
                     compounded
                     inferring
                     a
                     doubling
                     of
                     the
                     Ray
                     by
                     Reflection
                     ,
                     is
                     stronger
                     and
                     of
                     
                     more
                     validity
                     in
                     the
                     operation
                     :
                     and
                     by
                     consequence
                     so
                     much
                     the
                     more
                     copious
                     in
                     the
                     production
                     of
                     heat
                     ,
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     more
                     the
                     reflection
                     is
                     greater
                     :
                     if
                     wee
                     meerely
                     consider
                     it
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     consideration
                     of
                     the
                     quality
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     By
                     motion
                     the
                     heauens
                     may
                     exercise
                     their
                     operation
                     on
                     the
                     Earth
                     two
                     wayes
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     by
                     attenuating
                     and
                     rarefying
                     the
                     vpper
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     next
                     adioyning
                     ,
                     turning
                     it
                     into
                     Fire
                     ,
                     (
                     as
                     some
                     Philosophers
                     would
                     haue
                     it
                     )
                     whence
                     the
                     inferiour
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     ayre
                     communicating
                     in
                     this
                     affection
                     must
                     needs
                     partake
                     some
                     degrees
                     of
                     heat
                     ;
                     But
                     this
                     I
                     hold
                     to
                     bee
                     a
                     conceit
                     grounded
                     onely
                     vpon
                     Aristotles
                     authority
                     ;
                     who
                     supposed
                     the
                     heauens
                     to
                     bee
                     a
                     solide
                     compact
                     body
                     :
                     which
                     will
                     not
                     so
                     soone
                     bee
                     granted
                     of
                     many
                     more
                     moderne
                     Mathematicians
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     the
                     heauenly
                     bodyes
                     may
                     bee
                     said
                     to
                     worke
                     on
                     inferiour
                     things
                     by
                     motion
                     ;
                     in
                     that
                     by
                     motion
                     they
                     are
                     diuersly
                     disposed
                     and
                     ordered
                     to
                     diuerse
                     Aspects
                     and
                     configurations
                     of
                     the
                     Starres
                     and
                     Planets
                     ,
                     whereby
                     they
                     may
                     produce
                     diuerse
                     effects
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     in
                     this
                     sense
                     the
                     heauens
                     are
                     imagined
                     as
                     a
                     disponent
                     cause
                     ,
                     which
                     doth
                     not
                     so
                     much
                     produce
                     the
                     effects
                     themselues
                     as
                     vary
                     the
                     operation
                     .
                     Hereon
                     is
                     grounded
                     all
                     Astrologie
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     which
                     out
                     of
                     diuerse
                     aspects
                     and
                     combinations
                     of
                     the
                     Planets
                     and
                     Signes
                     foresheweth
                     diuerse
                     euents
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     Instrument
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     the
                     Heauens
                     are
                     said
                     to
                     worke
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     heauenly
                     influence
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     hidden
                     and
                     secret
                     quality
                     not
                     subiect
                     to
                     sense
                     ,
                     but
                     only
                     knowne
                     and
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     the
                     effects
                     .
                     This
                     third
                     agent
                     being
                     by
                     some
                     questioned
                     ,
                     would
                     hardly
                     bee
                     beleeued
                     ;
                     but
                     that
                     a
                     necessity
                     in
                     nature
                     constraines
                     it
                     .
                     For
                     many
                     effects
                     are
                     found
                     in
                     inferiour
                     bodies
                     ,
                     caused
                     by
                     the
                     heauens
                     ,
                     which
                     can
                     no
                     way
                     bee
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     Light
                     or
                     Motion
                     .
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     the
                     production
                     of
                     Mettals
                     in
                     the
                     bowels
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     the
                     Ebbing
                     and
                     Flowing
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ;
                     whereof
                     neither
                     the
                     one
                     or
                     the
                     other
                     can
                     challenge
                     any
                     great
                     interest
                     in
                     the
                     Light
                     :
                     For
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     former
                     is
                     farre
                     remote
                     from
                     the
                     Sunne-beames
                     :
                     the
                     other
                     ceaseth
                     not
                     to
                     moue
                     in
                     his
                     channell
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     and
                     Moone
                     are
                     both
                     vnder
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     Besides
                     ,
                     who
                     can
                     giue
                     a
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     excesse
                     of
                     heat
                     in
                     the
                     Canicular
                     or
                     Dog-dayes
                     ,
                     if
                     hee
                     exclude
                     this
                     influence
                     ?
                     For
                     if
                     wee
                     consider
                     the
                     Light
                     of
                     the
                     
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     it
                     greater
                     at
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     So●stice
                     ;
                     the
                     reflection
                     being
                     greater
                     approaching
                     neerer
                     to
                     right
                     Angles
                     .
                     If
                     wee
                     consider
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     no
                     reason
                     at
                     all
                     ,
                     why
                     the
                     heat
                     should
                     be
                     more
                     predominant
                     at
                     this
                     time
                     then
                     another
                     .
                     Then
                     must
                     wee
                     of
                     necessity
                     ascribe
                     it
                     to
                     a
                     speciall
                     Influence
                     of
                     the
                     Dog-starre
                     being
                     in
                     coniunction
                     with
                     the
                     Sunne
                     .
                     Many
                     other
                     Instances
                     might
                     bee
                     here
                     produced
                     ,
                     but
                     I
                     hold
                     it
                     needlesse
                     ,
                     being
                     a
                     matter
                     consented
                     to
                     amongst
                     most
                     Philosophers
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     point
                     concernes
                     the
                     Extent
                     and
                     limitation
                     of
                     this
                     operation
                     in
                     inferiour
                     bodyes
                     :
                     for
                     vnfolding
                     of
                     which
                     point
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     know
                     that
                     this
                     operation
                     may
                     haue
                     respect
                     either
                     to
                     the
                     Elements
                     of
                     Earth
                     and
                     Aire
                     ,
                     or
                     else
                     to
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     residing
                     on
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     operation
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     vpon
                     the
                     Elementary
                     masse
                     ,
                     experience
                     it selfe
                     will
                     warrant
                     ;
                     yet
                     with
                     this
                     limitation
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     operation
                     is
                     measured
                     and
                     squared
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     matter
                     whereinto
                     it
                     is
                     receaued
                     :
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     the
                     Moone
                     more
                     operatiue
                     and
                     predominant
                     in
                     moist
                     Bodyes
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     others
                     ,
                     partaking
                     lesse
                     of
                     this
                     quality
                     .
                     Likewise
                     the
                     heat
                     caused
                     by
                     the
                     Sunne
                     more
                     feruent
                     where
                     it
                     meets
                     with
                     a
                     subiect
                     which
                     is
                     more
                     capable
                     .
                     Whence
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     one
                     Countrey
                     is
                     found
                     hotter
                     then
                     another
                     ,
                     although
                     subiect
                     to
                     the
                     same
                     Latitude
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     :
                     for
                     howsoeuer
                     the
                     action
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     bee
                     alwayes
                     the
                     same
                     and
                     vniforme
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauen
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     yet
                     must
                     the
                     same
                     bee
                     measured
                     and
                     limited
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     subiect
                     into
                     which
                     it
                     is
                     imprest
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     ,
                     wee
                     are
                     to
                     distinguish
                     in
                     them
                     a
                     twofold
                     nature
                     :
                     the
                     one
                     Materiall
                     as
                     partaking
                     of
                     the
                     Elements
                     ,
                     whereof
                     euery
                     mixt
                     body
                     is
                     compounded
                     .
                     The
                     other
                     spirituall
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     of
                     the
                     Soule
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     wee
                     cannot
                     exempt
                     from
                     the
                     operation
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     euery
                     Physician
                     can
                     tell
                     how
                     much
                     the
                     humours
                     and
                     parts
                     of
                     our
                     body
                     are
                     stirred
                     by
                     celestiall
                     influence
                     ,
                     especially
                     by
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     whose
                     changes
                     our
                     bodies
                     dayly
                     vndergoe
                     an
                     alteration
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     humane
                     soule
                     ,
                     how
                     farre
                     it
                     is
                     gouerned
                     by
                     the
                     stars
                     is
                     a
                     matter
                     of
                     great
                     consequence
                     ;
                     yet
                     may
                     wee
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     cleere
                     the
                     doubt
                     by
                     this
                     one
                     distinction
                     .
                     The
                     Heauens
                     may
                     bee
                     said
                     to
                     haue
                     an
                     operation
                     vpon
                     the
                     soule
                     two
                     manner
                     of
                     wayes
                     .
                     
                     First
                     ,
                     Immediatly
                     by
                     it selfe
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     Mediately
                     by
                     the
                     humours
                     and
                     corporeall
                     organes
                     ,
                     whereof
                     the
                     Soules
                     operation
                     depends
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     wee
                     absolutely
                     deny
                     ;
                     for
                     the
                     soule
                     being
                     an
                     immateriall
                     substance
                     ,
                     cannot
                     bee
                     wrought
                     vpon
                     by
                     a
                     materiall
                     agent
                     ,
                     as
                     Philosophers
                     affirme
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     second
                     ,
                     it
                     may
                     bee
                     granted
                     without
                     any
                     absurdity
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     operation
                     of
                     the
                     soule
                     depends
                     meerely
                     on
                     materiall
                     and
                     corporeall
                     organes
                     .
                     The
                     Elementary
                     matter
                     ,
                     whereof
                     these
                     organes
                     consist
                     ,
                     are
                     subiect
                     to
                     the
                     operation
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     as
                     any
                     other
                     Elementary
                     matter
                     .
                     So
                     that
                     wee
                     may
                     affirme
                     the
                     Heauens
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     to
                     gouerne
                     mens
                     mindes
                     and
                     dispositions
                     ,
                     so
                     farre
                     forth
                     as
                     they
                     depend
                     vpon
                     the
                     bodily
                     instruments
                     .
                     But
                     here
                     wee
                     must
                     note
                     by
                     the
                     way
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     one
                     thing
                     to
                     inferre
                     a
                     Necessity
                     ;
                     another
                     thing
                     to
                     giue
                     an
                     Inclination
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     we
                     cannot
                     absolutely
                     auerre
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     mans
                     will
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     commandresse
                     of
                     his
                     actions
                     ,
                     is
                     absolutely
                     free
                     not
                     subiect
                     to
                     any
                     naturall
                     necessity
                     ,
                     or
                     externall
                     coaction
                     .
                     Yet
                     can
                     wee
                     not
                     deny
                     a
                     certaine
                     inclination
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     soule
                     of
                     a
                     man
                     is
                     too
                     much
                     indulgent
                     vnto
                     the
                     body
                     ,
                     by
                     whose
                     motion
                     it
                     is
                     rather
                     perswaded
                     then
                     commanded
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     point
                     we
                     haue
                     in
                     hand
                     ,
                     is
                     to
                     shew
                     how
                     many
                     wayes
                     the
                     Heauens
                     by
                     their
                     operation
                     can
                     affect
                     and
                     dispose
                     a
                     place
                     on
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     Here
                     wee
                     must
                     note
                     that
                     the
                     operation
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     twofold
                     ;
                     either
                     ordinary
                     or
                     extraordinary
                     .
                     The
                     ordinary
                     is
                     againe
                     twofold
                     ;
                     either
                     variable
                     or
                     Inuariable
                     .
                     The
                     variable
                     I
                     call
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     varyed
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     season
                     ,
                     as
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     by
                     his
                     increase
                     or
                     decrease
                     of
                     heat
                     ,
                     produceth
                     Summer
                     or
                     
                       Winter
                       ,
                       Spring
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     Autumne
                     :
                     which
                     operation
                     depends
                     from
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     in
                     his
                     Eclipticke
                     line
                     ,
                     wherein
                     hee
                     comes
                     sometimes
                     neerer
                     vnto
                     vs
                     ,
                     sometimes
                     goeth
                     f●rther
                     from
                     our
                     verticall
                     point
                     .
                     The
                     Inuariable
                     ,
                     I
                     call
                     that
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     same
                     places
                     are
                     supposed
                     to
                     inioy
                     the
                     same
                     temperament
                     of
                     heat
                     or
                     cold
                     without
                     any
                     sensible
                     difference
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ;
                     putting
                     aside
                     other
                     causes
                     and
                     circumstances
                     :
                     for
                     how
                     soeuer
                     euery
                     Region
                     is
                     subiect
                     to
                     these
                     foure
                     changes
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     
                       Summer
                       ,
                       Winter
                       ,
                       Spring
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Autumne
                     :
                     yet
                     may
                     the
                     same
                     place
                     inioy
                     the
                     same
                     temperament
                     of
                     Summer
                     and
                     Winter
                     one
                     yeere
                     as
                     it
                     doth
                     another
                     without
                     any
                     great
                     
                     alteration
                     :
                     and
                     this
                     depends
                     from
                     the
                     situation
                     of
                     any
                     place
                     neerer
                     or
                     farther
                     of
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     circle
                     .
                     The
                     Extraordinary
                     operation
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     depends
                     from
                     some
                     extraordinary
                     combination
                     or
                     concurse
                     of
                     Planets
                     particularly
                     affecting
                     some
                     speciall
                     place
                     ;
                     whence
                     the
                     cause
                     may
                     bee
                     probably
                     shewed
                     why
                     some
                     place
                     should
                     some
                     ●eeres
                     proue
                     extraordinary
                     fruitfull
                     ,
                     other
                     times
                     degenerate
                     againe
                     to
                     barrennesse
                     :
                     or
                     why
                     it
                     should
                     sometimes
                     bee
                     molested
                     with
                     too
                     much
                     drouth
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     times
                     with
                     too
                     much
                     moisture
                     .
                     To
                     let
                     passe
                     the
                     other
                     considerations
                     as
                     more
                     appertaining
                     to
                     an
                     Astrologer
                     then
                     a
                     Geographer
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     here
                     onely
                     fasten
                     on
                     the
                     Inuariable
                     operation
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     on
                     earthly
                     places
                     ;
                     and
                     search
                     how
                     farre
                     forth
                     the
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     are
                     varied
                     in
                     their
                     Temper
                     &
                     Quality
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     their
                     diuerse
                     situations
                     ,
                     and
                     respect
                     to
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     circle
                     ;
                     taking
                     onely
                     notice
                     of
                     the
                     Diurnall
                     and
                     ordinary
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     in
                     his
                     course
                     .
                     Herein
                     shall
                     wee
                     finde
                     no
                     small
                     variety
                     ,
                     not
                     onely
                     in
                     the
                     temper
                     of
                     the
                     Ayre
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     in
                     the
                     disposition
                     and
                     complection
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     :
                     both
                     which
                     we
                     shall
                     more
                     specially
                     declare
                     :
                     the
                     former
                     in
                     this
                     Chapter
                     ▪
                     the
                     other
                     in
                     due
                     place
                     :
                     wherein
                     we
                     shall
                     haue
                     occasion
                     to
                     treat
                     of
                     the
                     materiall
                     constitution
                     and
                     manners
                     of
                     diuerse
                     Nations
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     2
                     In
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     a
                     place
                     may
                     be
                     diuided
                     two
                     wayes
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     into
                     the
                     North
                     and
                     South
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     into
                     the
                     East
                     and
                     West
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     Any
                     place
                     is
                     said
                     to
                     be
                     Northerne
                     which
                     lyeth
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Equatour
                     and
                     
                       Arcticke
                       Pole.
                       Southerne
                    
                     ,
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Equatour
                     and
                     the
                     Antarcticke-Pole
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   whole
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   haue
                   formerly
                   taught
                   )
                   is
                   diuided
                   by
                   the
                   Equatour
                   into
                   two
                   Hemispheares
                   ;
                   whereof
                   the
                   one
                   is
                   called
                   Northerne
                   ,
                   lying
                   towards
                   the
                   Northerne
                   or
                   Arcticke
                   Pole
                   :
                   the
                   other
                   towards
                   the
                   other
                   Pole
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   
                   Southerne
                   .
                   But
                   here
                   to
                   cleere
                   all
                   doubt
                   ,
                   wee
                   must
                   vnderstand
                   that
                   a
                   place
                   may
                   be
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   Northerne
                   or
                   Southerne
                   two
                   manner
                   of
                   wayes
                   :
                   either
                   Absolutely
                   or
                   Respectiuely
                   :
                   Absolutely
                   Northerne
                   and
                   Southerne
                   places
                   are
                   tearmed
                   ,
                   when
                   they
                   are
                   situated
                   in
                   the
                   Northerne
                   or
                   Southerne
                   Hemispheares
                   ,
                   as
                   wee
                   haue
                   taught
                   in
                   this
                   Definition
                   ;
                   But
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   Respectiuely
                   Northerne
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   vnderstood
                   of
                   such
                   Regions
                   ,
                   whereof
                   the
                   one
                   is
                   situate
                   neerer
                   the
                   Pole
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   neerer
                   the
                   Equatour
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   first
                   place
                   here
                   wee
                   are
                   to
                   consider
                   a
                   place
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   absolutely
                   taken
                   to
                   be
                   either
                   North
                   or
                   South
                   :
                   Concerning
                   which
                   we
                   will
                   particularly
                   note
                   these
                   two
                   Theor●mes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       
                         1
                         Northerne
                      
                       and
                       Southerne
                       places
                       alike
                       situate
                       ,
                       generally
                       inioy
                       a
                       like
                       disposition
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Wee
                     haue
                     formerly
                     granted
                     to
                     euery
                     Region
                     or
                     Countrey
                     a
                     speciall
                     quality
                     or
                     temper
                     :
                     although
                     lying
                     or
                     situate
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Latitude
                     .
                     But
                     here
                     excluding
                     all
                     concurrent
                     causes
                     which
                     may
                     vary
                     the
                     temper
                     of
                     the
                     Soile
                     ,
                     wee
                     consider
                     the
                     disposition
                     of
                     a
                     place
                     so
                     farre
                     forth
                     as
                     it
                     depends
                     on
                     the
                     
                       Heauenly
                       Influence
                    
                     o●
                     operation
                     .
                     In
                     which
                     sense
                     we
                     cannot
                     deny
                     to
                     a
                     place
                     of
                     like
                     〈◊〉
                     ,
                     a
                     like
                     nature
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     Philosophers
                     vse
                     to
                     speake
                     ,
                     
                       Simile
                       qua
                       simile
                       semper
                       aptum
                       natum
                       est
                       simile
                       producere
                       :
                    
                     Like
                     causes
                     alwayes
                     produce
                     like
                     effects
                     :
                     so
                     the
                     Heauens
                     in
                     like
                     distance
                     ,
                     being
                     disposed
                     alike
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     Light
                     as
                     Influence
                     ▪
                     cannot
                     but
                     affect
                     ●hose
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     in
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     manner
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     Instruments
                     by
                     which
                     the
                     heauens
                     worke
                     on
                     inferiour
                     bodies
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     are
                     Light
                     and
                     Influence●
                     ▪
                     For
                     both
                     the
                     Light
                     and
                     Influ●nce
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     certaine
                     that
                     in
                     places
                     of
                     equall
                     Latitude
                     and
                     respect
                     to
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     cast
                     equally
                     :
                     both
                     the
                     one
                     and
                     ●he
                     other
                     being
                     imagined
                     to
                     bee
                     carried
                     in
                     direct
                     l●●es
                     of
                     〈◊〉
                     which
                     with
                     the
                     Horizon
                     makes
                     like
                     Angles
                     .
                     Now
                     that
                     the
                     validity
                     or
                     weaknesse
                     of
                     the
                     operatiue
                     Rayes
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     iudged
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Right
                     or
                     Oblique
                     incidency
                     ,
                     making
                     right
                     or
                     oblique
                     Angles
                     ,
                     no
                     Mathematician
                     will
                     gaine
                     say
                     .
                     But
                     here
                     we
                     must
                     note
                     by
                     the
                     way
                     ,
                     that
                     wee
                     only
                     consider
                     the
                     Heauen
                     a●●ording
                     to
                     his
                     generall
                     Inf●●ence
                     or
                     operation
                     depending
                     chiefly
                     on
                     the
                     Sunne
                     :
                     not
                     of
                     the
                     speciall
                     operation
                     
                     of
                     speciall
                     Starres
                     ,
                     for
                     it
                     may
                     be
                     some
                     particular
                     constellations
                     in
                     the
                     Northerne
                     Hemispheare
                     may
                     bee
                     indowed
                     with
                     some
                     speciall
                     influence
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     not
                     found
                     in
                     the
                     Southerne
                     ;
                     or
                     the
                     South
                     in
                     this
                     kinde
                     goe
                     beyond
                     the
                     North.
                     But
                     this
                     kinde
                     of
                     Influence
                     is
                     rare
                     and
                     hard
                     to
                     f●nde
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     various
                     mixture
                     of
                     diuerse
                     constellations
                     in
                     their
                     operation
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     subiect
                     :
                     and
                     howsoeuer
                     it
                     were
                     well
                     knowne
                     ,
                     yet
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     so
                     notable
                     to
                     take
                     place
                     before
                     this
                     com●on
                     Rule
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     to
                     take
                     place
                     ,
                     if
                     not
                     exactly
                     ,
                     yet
                     commonly
                     throughout
                     the
                     whole
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     .
                     Thus
                     Bodin
                     shewes
                     a
                     great
                     likenesse
                     betwixt
                     the
                     higher
                     Germany
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     kingdome
                     of
                     the
                     Pantagones
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     South
                     part
                     of
                     America
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     great
                     Stature
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     ,
                     which
                     must
                     needs
                     proceed
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     places
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     situate
                     very
                     neere
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Parallell
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     correspondency
                     haue
                     wee
                     noted
                     betwixt
                     Guinea
                     in
                     Africke
                     and
                     that
                     part
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     thought
                     )
                     of
                     the
                     
                       South
                       Continent
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     haue
                     for
                     this
                     cause
                     tearmed
                     
                       Noua
                       Guinea
                    
                     ▪
                     many
                     more
                     Parallells
                     in
                     this
                     kinde
                     might
                     be
                     found
                     out
                     ;
                     but
                     these
                     may
                     suffice
                     in
                     so
                     euident
                     a
                     matter
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       Northerne
                       Hemispheare
                       is
                       the
                       Masculine
                       ,
                       the
                       Southerne
                       the
                       Feminine
                       part
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     It
                     hath
                     beene
                     a
                     vsuall
                     kinde
                     of
                     speech
                     amongst
                     men
                     to
                     tearme
                     such
                     things
                     as
                     are
                     stronger
                     ,
                     worthier
                     ,
                     or
                     greater
                     ,
                     Masculine
                     :
                     on
                     the
                     contrary
                     side
                     such
                     things
                     Feminine
                     as
                     are
                     found
                     deficient
                     and
                     wanting
                     in
                     these
                     perfections
                     :
                     by
                     which
                     kinde
                     of
                     Metaphor
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     Sexes
                     in
                     liuing
                     creatures
                     they
                     haue
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     Northerne
                     Hemispheare
                     a
                     Masculine
                     Temper
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Southerne
                     ,
                     which
                     comes
                     fa●re
                     short
                     of
                     it
                     :
                     for
                     howsoeuer
                     no
                     cause
                     can
                     bee
                     shewed
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     (
                     as
                     is
                     taught
                     in
                     our
                     former
                     propositions
                     )
                     except
                     by
                     some
                     speciall
                     constellations
                     of
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     full
                     of
                     vncertainty
                     ,
                     and
                     as
                     soone
                     denied
                     as
                     affirmed
                     ;
                     yet
                     comes
                     it
                     to
                     passe
                     by
                     some
                     hidden
                     propertie
                     of
                     the
                     places
                     themselues
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     some
                     casuall
                     Ac●ident
                     or
                     other
                     ,
                     tha●
                     these
                     two
                     Hemispheares
                     suffer
                     a
                     great
                     and
                     
                     notable
                     disparity
                     .
                     For
                     against
                     the
                     large
                     and
                     fertill
                     Territories
                     of
                     the
                     Northerne
                     Hemisphe●re
                     containing
                     in
                     it
                     wholy
                     Europe
                     and
                     Asia
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     greatest
                     part
                     of
                     America
                     and
                     Africa
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     (
                     besides
                     some
                     few
                     scattered
                     Ilands
                     )
                     only
                     three
                     continents
                     to
                     oppose
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     a
                     small
                     part
                     of
                     Africke
                     ,
                     the
                     greatest
                     part
                     of
                     
                       America
                       Per●ana
                    
                     ,
                     containing
                     in
                     it
                     
                       Peru
                       ,
                       Brasile
                    
                     ▪
                     and
                     the
                     Region
                     of
                     the
                     P●ntag●n●s
                     ,
                     a●d
                     the
                     South
                     cont●nent
                     called
                     
                       T●rra
                       Australi●
                       Inc●gnita
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     some
                     others
                     ,
                     the
                     
                       South
                       Indies
                    
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     former
                     lying
                     neere
                     the
                     
                       Cape
                       of
                       good
                       hope
                    
                     ,
                     if
                     we
                     will
                     credit
                     the
                     relations
                     of
                     our
                     owne
                     Merchants
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     finde
                     the
                     aire
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     〈◊〉
                     ,
                     very
                     di●●●mp●rated
                     ▪
                     situat
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Equatour
                     and
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Capric●r●●
                     :
                     The
                     land
                     very
                     barren
                     ,
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     of
                     a
                     br●tish
                     d●●●osition
                     ,
                     wanting
                     (
                     a●
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     all
                     sense
                     of
                     science
                     or
                     religion
                     :
                     bearing
                     heauy
                     as
                     yet
                     the
                     curse
                     of
                     Noah
                     ,
                     the
                     first
                     Father
                     of
                     that
                     
                       African
                       Nation
                    
                     .
                     For
                     
                       America
                       Peruana
                    
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     it
                     perhaps
                     more
                     happy
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Soyle
                     ,
                     although
                     little
                     better
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     .
                     Yet
                     for
                     the
                     plentie
                     of
                     Gold-mines
                     ,
                     wh●reof
                     they
                     can
                     chiefly
                     vaunt
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     it
                     farre
                     surmounted
                     by
                     the
                     
                       East
                       Indies
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     paralelled
                     by
                     
                       America
                       ,
                       Mexicana
                    
                     ,
                     lying
                     on
                     this
                     side
                     the
                     
                       Equi●o●tiall
                       ●●rcl●
                    
                     .
                     For
                     other
                     commodities
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Cattle
                       ,
                       Fruit●
                       ,
                       Herbag●
                       ,
                       Spi●e●
                       ,
                       Gumm●●
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     other
                     medicinable
                     roots
                     ,
                     and
                     miner●lls
                     ,
                     lesse
                     question
                     can
                     be
                     made
                     ,
                     as
                     being
                     farre
                     inferiour
                     to
                     
                       Europe
                       ,
                       Asia
                       ,
                       Mexicana
                    
                     and
                     other
                     Regions
                     included
                     within
                     ou●
                     Northerne
                     partition
                     .
                     Of
                     the
                     third
                     and
                     greatest
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     South
                     continent
                     ,
                     no
                     coniecture
                     can
                     be
                     well
                     grounded
                     ,
                     being
                     in
                     ●
                     manner
                     all
                     vndiscouered
                     ,
                     except
                     some
                     small
                     quillets
                     on
                     the
                     borders
                     of
                     it
                     ▪
                     by
                     which
                     ,
                     if
                     wee
                     may
                     iudge
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     almost
                     giue
                     the
                     same
                     iudgement
                     ,
                     as
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     The
                     want
                     of
                     discouery
                     in
                     this
                     age
                     of
                     ours
                     ,
                     wherein
                     Nauigation
                     ●●th
                     beene
                     perfected
                     and
                     cherished
                     ,
                     is
                     no
                     small
                     argu●ent
                     〈…〉
                     inferiour
                     in
                     commodities
                     to
                     other
                     places
                     :
                     Neith●●
                     had
                     ●he
                     ●lacknesse
                     of
                     the
                     Spaniard
                     giue●
                     that
                     occas●on
                     of
                     complaint
                     to
                     
                       Ferdinand
                       de
                       Qui●
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     late
                     discouerer
                     of
                     some
                     of
                     these
                     parts
                     ,
                     had
                     not
                     the
                     Spanish
                     King
                     thought
                     such
                     an
                     expedition
                     eithe●
                     altogether
                     frui●lesse
                     ,
                     or
                     to
                     little
                     purpose
                     .
                     For
                     who
                     k●owes
                     not
                     the
                     Sp●niard
                     to
                     bee
                     ●
                     N●tion
                     ●s
                     couetous
                     of
                     richesse
                     
                     as
                     ambitious
                     to
                     pursue
                     〈◊〉
                     ●oueraignty
                     :
                     as
                     such
                     who
                     will
                     more
                     w●llingly
                     expo●●
                     the
                     liues
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     sub●ects
                     ,
                     then
                     loose
                     the
                     least
                     title
                     ouer
                     other
                     Countreyes
                     .
                     This
                     may
                     bee
                     a
                     probable
                     argument
                     ,
                     that
                     th●s
                     Continent
                     hath
                     not
                     as
                     yet
                     so
                     well
                     smiled
                     on
                     the
                     ambition
                     of
                     this
                     prowd
                     Nation
                     ,
                     as
                     some
                     other
                     conq●●sts
                     .
                     For
                     Politicall
                     and
                     Martiall
                     affaires
                     ,
                     how
                     farre
                     short
                     i●
                     con●●s
                     of
                     our
                     Northerne
                     Hemi●pheare
                     ▪
                     I
                     shall
                     speake
                     in
                     due
                     place
                     ,
                     where
                     I
                     shall
                     handle
                     the
                     〈◊〉
                     disposition
                     of
                     diuerse
                     inhabitants
                     according
                     to
                     their
                     situation
                     .
                     To
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     true
                     causes
                     of
                     this
                     diuersity
                     ,
                     is
                     very
                     diff●cult
                     :
                     To
                     seek●
                     a
                     reason
                     in
                     some
                     particular
                     conste●●ation
                     ,
                     and
                     〈◊〉
                     in
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     or
                     some
                     sp●ciall
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     soy●●
                     ▪
                     is
                     too
                     generall
                     to
                     giue
                     satisfaction
                     ,
                     and
                     too
                     vnc●rtaine
                     to
                     i●●orce
                     cr●dulity
                     .
                     Yet
                     putting
                     these
                     aside
                     ,
                     I
                     can
                     only
                     guesse
                     at
                     two
                     reasons
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     accidentall
                     ,
                     yet
                     strengthned
                     with
                     good
                     probability
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     and
                     greatest
                     is
                     that
                     bitter
                     curse
                     cas●
                     on
                     Cha●
                     and
                     his
                     post●rity
                     by
                     his
                     father
                     Noah
                     ,
                     which
                     no
                     doubt
                     was
                     seconded
                     by
                     Gods
                     dipleasure
                     taking
                     place
                     in
                     his
                     habitation
                     .
                     Th●●
                     all
                     these
                     Nations
                     sprung
                     from
                     Cham
                     ,
                     ●
                     dare
                     not
                     confidently
                     auouch
                     :
                     Yet
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     probable
                     they
                     were
                     of
                     this
                     Race
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     Africans
                     it
                     is
                     out
                     of
                     question●
                     ,
                     as
                     warranted
                     by
                     the
                     holy
                     Scripture
                     ▪
                     and
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     vnlikely
                     ●hat
                     many
                     of
                     those
                     〈◊〉
                     people
                     fetcht
                     their
                     first
                     originall
                     from
                     them
                     ▪
                     The
                     second
                     cause
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     Industrie
                     and
                     labour
                     of
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     in
                     tillage
                     and
                     manuring
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     So●●herne
                     inhabitant
                     hath
                     beene
                     more
                     defici●nt
                     .
                     Fo●
                     it
                     is
                     certaine
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     holy
                     Scripture
                     that
                     Noahs
                     Arke
                     ,
                     wher●in
                     was
                     th●
                     Seminary
                     of
                     mankinde
                     ,
                     and
                     almost
                     all
                     other
                     liu●●g
                     〈◊〉
                     ,
                     rested
                     in
                     ●he
                     Northerne
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     :
                     whence
                     both
                     man
                     and
                     beasts
                     beganne
                     to
                     be
                     propagated
                     toward
                     the
                     South●punc
                     ;
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     necessity
                     enforced
                     :
                     the
                     Regions
                     inhabited
                     g●●wing
                     daily
                     more
                     and
                     more
                     populous
                     ,
                     and
                     (
                     as
                     i●
                     were
                     )
                     groaning
                     to
                     bee
                     deliuered
                     o●
                     some
                     of
                     her
                     children
                     .
                     Hence
                     may
                     bee
                     inferred
                     ●wo
                     consec●aries
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Northerne
                     Hemispheare
                     was
                     〈◊〉
                     sooner
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     now
                     therefore
                     ●ore
                     populous
                     then
                     the
                     Southerne
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     chiefest
                     and
                     principall
                     men
                     ,
                     which
                     were
                     best
                     seated
                     rath●r
                     chose
                     to
                     keepe
                     their
                     ancient
                     habitation
                     ,
                     sending
                     
                     such
                     abroad
                     ,
                     who
                     could
                     either
                     bee
                     best
                     spared
                     ,
                     or
                     had
                     the
                     smallest
                     possessions
                     at
                     home
                     .
                     Yet
                     notwithstanding
                     it
                     cannot
                     be
                     imagined
                     but
                     they
                     retained
                     with
                     them
                     a
                     sufficient
                     company
                     and
                     more
                     then
                     went
                     away
                     .
                     Out
                     of
                     which
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     granted
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Northerne
                     halfe
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     being
                     best
                     inhabited
                     ,
                     should
                     be
                     best
                     manured
                     and
                     cultured
                     ;
                     from
                     whence
                     the
                     ground
                     must
                     in
                     time
                     proue
                     more
                     fruitfull
                     and
                     commodious
                     for
                     habitation
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     a
                     fruitfull
                     Countrey
                     for
                     want
                     of
                     the
                     due
                     manuring
                     and
                     tillage
                     doth
                     degenerate
                     and
                     waxe
                     barren
                     ,
                     so
                     diuerse
                     barren
                     and
                     sterill
                     Countreyes
                     haue
                     by
                     the
                     industrie
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     beene
                     brought
                     to
                     fertilitie
                     ,
                     and
                     made
                     capable
                     of
                     many
                     good
                     commodities
                     necessary
                     for
                     mans
                     life
                     .
                     If
                     I
                     were
                     curious
                     to
                     draw
                     arguments
                     from
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ;
                     I
                     could
                     alleage
                     the
                     Greatnesse
                     and
                     Multitude
                     of
                     Starres
                     of
                     the
                     greater
                     magnitude
                     in
                     our
                     Northerne
                     Hemispheare
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     Southerne
                     is
                     deficient
                     ,
                     as
                     also
                     the
                     longer
                     soiourning
                     of
                     the
                     Sun
                     in
                     our
                     Northerne
                     Hemispheare
                     :
                     but
                     these
                     as
                     vncertaine
                     causes
                     I
                     passe
                     ouer
                     Other
                     reasons
                     may
                     perchance
                     bee
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     those
                     who
                     are
                     inquisitiue
                     into
                     the
                     secrets
                     of
                     nature
                     ,
                     to
                     whom
                     I
                     leaue
                     the
                     more
                     exact
                     search
                     of
                     these
                     matters
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4
                     Either
                     Hemispheare
                     consisting
                     of
                     90
                     Degrees
                     may
                     be
                     diuided
                     into
                     three
                     parts
                     ,
                     each
                     of
                     them
                     containing
                     30
                     Degrees
                     .
                  
                   
                     5
                     Of
                     these
                     parts
                     30
                     we
                     allot
                     for
                     Heat
                     ,
                     30
                     for
                     Cold
                     ,
                     and
                     30
                     for
                     Temperature
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     former
                     lyeth
                     towards
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     the
                     second
                     towards
                     the
                     Pole
                     ;
                     the
                     third
                     betwixt
                     both
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   ancient
                   Cosmographers
                   (
                   as
                   wee
                   haue
                   shewed
                   in
                   our
                   former
                   Treatise
                   )
                   diuided
                   the
                   whole
                   Globe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   into
                   fiue
                   Zones
                   ,
                   which
                   they
                   supposed
                   had
                   also
                   proportionally
                   diuided
                   the
                   Temper
                   and
                   disposition
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   In
                   such
                   sort
                   that
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Degrees
                   of
                   Latitude
                   the
                   Heat
                   and
                   Cold
                   
                   should
                   in
                   rease
                   or
                   diminish
                   .
                   Which
                   rule
                   of
                   theirs
                   had
                   beene
                   very
                   certaine
                   ,
                   were
                   there
                   no
                   other
                   causes
                   concurrent
                   in
                   the
                   disposition
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   and
                   Ayre
                   ,
                   but
                   onely
                   the
                   Heauens
                   .
                   But
                   sithence
                   that
                   many
                   other
                   concurrent
                   causes
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   haue
                   shewed
                   ,
                   mixe
                   themselues
                   with
                   these
                   celestiall
                   operations
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   experiment
                   of
                   Nauigatours
                   haue
                   found
                   out
                   a
                   disproportion
                   in
                   the
                   quality
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Distance
                   ,
                   some
                   later
                   writers
                   haue
                   sought
                   out
                   a
                   new
                   pertition
                   more
                   consonant
                   to
                   naturall
                   experience
                   .
                   The
                   whole
                   Latitude
                   of
                   the
                   Hemispheare
                   consisting
                   of
                   90
                   Degrees
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   to
                   the
                   Pole
                   ,
                   they
                   haue
                   diuided
                   into
                   three
                   parts
                   ,
                   allowing
                   30
                   Degrees
                   toward
                   the
                   Equatour
                   to
                   Heat
                   ;
                   30
                   Degrees
                   towards
                   the
                   Pole
                   to
                   Cold
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   30
                   Degrees
                   lying
                   betwixt
                   both
                   to
                   Temperature
                   .
                   These
                   30
                   Degrees
                   for
                   Imagination
                   sake
                   they
                   haue
                   subdiuided
                   againe
                   ,
                   each
                   of
                   them
                   into
                   two
                   parts
                   contayning
                   15
                   Degrees
                   a
                   peece
                   :
                   more
                   particularly
                   to
                   designe
                   out
                   the
                   speciall
                   disposition
                   of
                   each
                   Region
                   ,
                   lying
                   either
                   Northward
                   or
                   Southward
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   bound
                   betwixt
                   both
                   Hemispheares
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   first
                   section
                   of
                   30
                   Degrees
                   lying
                   Northward
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   wee
                   comprehend
                   in
                   
                     Africke
                     ,
                     Numidia
                     ,
                     Nigritarum
                     Regio
                     ,
                     Lybia
                     ,
                     Guinia
                     ,
                     Nubia
                     ,
                     Egypt
                     ,
                     Ethiopia
                     superior
                     .
                  
                   In
                   
                     Asia
                     ;
                     Arabia
                     ,
                     India
                     ,
                     Insulae
                     Philippinae
                     .
                  
                   In
                   
                     America
                     ,
                     Noua
                     Hispania
                     ,
                     Hispaniola
                     ,
                     Cuba
                     ,
                  
                   with
                   other
                   parts
                   of
                   
                     America
                     Mexicana
                  
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   other
                   extreame
                   section
                   from
                   60
                   Degrees
                   of
                   Latitude
                   to
                   the
                   Pole
                   ,
                   wee
                   comprehend
                   in
                   
                     Europe
                     ,
                     Groenland
                     ,
                     Island
                     ,
                     Friesland
                     ,
                     Norwey
                     ,
                     Suethland
                  
                   for
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   ,
                   
                     Noua
                     Zembla
                  
                   .
                   In
                   Asia
                   ,
                   a
                   great
                   part
                   of
                   
                     Scythia
                     Orientalis
                  
                   .
                   In
                   
                     America
                     ,
                     Anian
                     ,
                     Quivira
                  
                   with
                   diuerse
                   other
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   North
                   of
                   
                     America
                     Mexicana
                  
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   middle
                   betwixt
                   both
                   ,
                   betwixt
                   30
                   and
                   60
                   Degrees
                   of
                   Latitude
                   wee
                   comprehend
                   in
                   
                     Africa
                     ,
                     Barbarie
                  
                   ;
                   in
                   Europe
                   ,
                   all
                   the
                   kingdomes
                   except
                   those
                   North
                   Prouinces
                   before
                   named
                   ,
                   and
                   almost
                   all
                   Asia
                   ,
                   except
                   some
                   places
                   toward
                   the
                   South
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Arabia
                     ,
                     India
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   
                     Philippinae
                     Insulae
                  
                   ,
                   formerly
                   placed
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   Section
                   ;
                   In
                   like
                   manner
                   may
                   we
                   diuide
                   the
                   Southerne
                   Hemispheare
                   into
                   three
                   Sections
                   :
                   In
                   the
                   first
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   Equatour
                   30
                   Degrees
                   we
                   place
                   in
                   
                     Africke
                     ,
                     Congo
                     ,
                     Monomotapa
                     ,
                     Madagascar
                     :
                  
                   In
                   the
                   Southerne
                   Tract
                   ,
                   Beach
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Noua
                     Guinia
                  
                   ,
                   with
                   many
                   
                   Ilands
                   thereunto
                   adioyning
                   ,
                   as
                   many
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Philippinae
                     Insulae
                  
                   ,
                   with
                   
                     Insulae
                     Solomonis
                  
                   .
                   In
                   
                     America
                     ,
                     Peru
                     ,
                     Tisnada
                     ,
                     Brasilia
                     ,
                  
                   with
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   of
                   that
                   Region
                   which
                   they
                   call
                   
                     America
                     Peruana
                  
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   other
                   extreame
                   Section
                   from
                   60
                   Degrees
                   to
                   the
                   Antarctike
                   Pole
                   ,
                   is
                   couched
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   of
                   that
                   great
                   land
                   scarce
                   yet
                   discouered
                   ,
                   called
                   
                     Terra
                     Australis
                     Incognita
                  
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   middle
                   Region
                   betwixt
                   both
                   ,
                   from
                   30
                   to
                   60
                   Degrees
                   ,
                   shall
                   wee
                   finde
                   placed
                   in
                   America
                   ,
                   the
                   Region
                   of
                   the
                   Pantagones
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Southerne
                   Continent
                   ,
                   
                     Maletur
                     ,
                     Iauaminor
                  
                   ,
                   with
                   many
                   others
                   .
                   In
                   discouering
                   the
                   qualities
                   of
                   these
                   seuerall
                   Sections
                   or
                   partitions
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   our
                   chiefest
                   discourse
                   must
                   be
                   addressed
                   to
                   the
                   Northerne
                   Hemispheare
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   is
                   more
                   discouered
                   and
                   knowne
                   amongst
                   old
                   and
                   new
                   writers
                   ;
                   by
                   which
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   former
                   Proposition
                   one
                   may
                   parallell
                   the
                   other
                   ;
                   concerning
                   which
                   wee
                   will
                   inferre
                   these
                   Propositions
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       In
                       the
                       first
                       Section
                       of
                       the
                       Hemispheare
                       the
                       first
                       15
                       Degrees
                       from
                       the
                       Equatour
                       are
                       found
                       somewhat
                       Temperate
                       ;
                       the
                       other
                       15
                       about
                       the
                       Tropicks
                       exceeding
                       Hot.
                       
                    
                  
                   
                     That
                     the
                     Region
                     lying
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equatour
                     is
                     Temperately
                     hot
                     ,
                     contrary
                     to
                     the
                     opinion
                     almost
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     Ancients
                     ,
                     hath
                     beene
                     in
                     part
                     proued
                     heretofore
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     by
                     reason
                     ,
                     as
                     experiment
                     :
                     for
                     that
                     all
                     places
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     the
                     neerer
                     they
                     approach
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     by
                     so
                     much
                     more
                     should
                     bee
                     hotter
                     (
                     as
                     some
                     imagine
                     )
                     diuerse
                     instances
                     will
                     contradict
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     reported
                     by
                     Aluarez
                     that
                     the
                     
                       Abyssine
                       Embassadour
                    
                     arriuing
                     at
                     Lisbone
                     in
                     Portugall
                     ,
                     was
                     there
                     almost
                     choaked
                     with
                     extreame
                     heat
                     .
                     Also
                     P●rguer
                     the
                     Germane
                     ,
                     relates
                     that
                     hee
                     hath
                     felt
                     the
                     weather
                     more
                     hot
                     about
                     Dantzicke
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Balticke
                     Sea
                     ,
                     then
                     at
                     Tholouse
                     in
                     a
                     ●eruent
                     Summer
                     .
                     The
                     causes
                     which
                     wee
                     haue
                     before
                     touched
                     ,
                     are
                     chiefly
                     two
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Sun
                     is
                     higher
                     in
                     this
                     orbe
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     those
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     and
                     moueth
                     more
                     swiftly
                     from
                     them
                     ,
                     spending
                     on
                     them
                     onely
                     twelue
                     houres
                     ,
                     whence
                     so
                     great
                     an
                     impression
                     of
                     heat
                     cannot
                     bee
                     made
                     as
                     in
                     other
                     places
                     :
                     for
                     heat
                     being
                     a
                     materiall
                     quality
                     ,
                     must
                     necessarily
                     
                     require
                     some
                     Latitude
                     of
                     time
                     to
                     bee
                     imprest
                     into
                     the
                     ayre
                     ,
                     or
                     any
                     other
                     subiect
                     .
                     From
                     the
                     Diminution
                     of
                     heat
                     in
                     the
                     Region
                     must
                     the
                     ayre
                     needs
                     receaue
                     into
                     it selfe
                     the
                     contrary
                     quality
                     of
                     cold
                     .
                     An
                     argument
                     of
                     cold
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     Alvarez
                     ;
                     who
                     affirmes
                     the
                     waters
                     there
                     in
                     the
                     month
                     of
                     Iune
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     frozen
                     ouer
                     with
                     Ice
                     ,
                     the
                     South
                     winde
                     blowing
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     cause
                     is
                     by
                     iudicious
                     writers
                     ,
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     subtility
                     and
                     rarity
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     line
                     ,
                     which
                     cannot
                     rec●aue
                     into
                     it selfe
                     so
                     many
                     degrees
                     of
                     heat
                     as
                     the
                     thicke
                     and
                     grosse
                     aire
                     of
                     diuers
                     places
                     distant
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     North
                     Region
                     ,
                     wherein
                     Europe
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     of
                     Asia
                     is
                     placed
                     ,
                     is
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     full
                     of
                     waters
                     ,
                     which
                     bursting
                     out
                     of
                     secret
                     and
                     vnknowne
                     concauities
                     ,
                     doe
                     produce
                     infinite
                     
                       Fennes
                       ,
                       Gogges
                       ,
                       Lakes
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Marishes
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     the
                     Summer
                     season
                     cause
                     infinite
                     vapours
                     to
                     abound
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     intermixed
                     with
                     heat
                     ,
                     scorch
                     and
                     heat
                     more
                     feruently
                     then
                     the
                     purer
                     ayre
                     of
                     Africke
                     ,
                     being
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     free
                     from
                     the
                     mixture
                     and
                     concurse
                     of
                     such
                     slimie
                     vapours
                     .
                     That
                     the
                     aire
                     being
                     thickned
                     should
                     yeeld
                     a
                     greater
                     feruour
                     ,
                     euery
                     man
                     out
                     of
                     ordinary
                     experience
                     can
                     frame
                     to
                     himselfe
                     an
                     argument
                     :
                     For
                     wee
                     see
                     Fire
                     and
                     Heat
                     being
                     incorporated
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     in
                     the
                     Steele
                     or
                     Iron
                     ,
                     to
                     burne
                     and
                     heat
                     more
                     then
                     in
                     Aire
                     or
                     Wood.
                     The
                     like
                     reason
                     some
                     would
                     draw
                     from
                     the
                     keepers
                     of
                     Sto●es
                     or
                     Hot
                     houses
                     ,
                     which
                     doe
                     besprinkle
                     the
                     ground
                     with
                     water
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     vapour
                     being
                     contracted
                     and
                     the
                     aire
                     thickned
                     ,
                     they
                     may
                     the
                     longer
                     and
                     better
                     maintaine
                     heat
                     ,
                     and
                     spare
                     Fuell
                     .
                     Another
                     cause
                     (
                     which
                     we
                     haue
                     formerly
                     touched
                     )
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     Set
                     and
                     Anniuerwindes
                     which
                     blow
                     most
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     one
                     way
                     .
                     
                       Iosephus
                       Acosta
                    
                     obserues
                     that
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     ,
                     the
                     winde
                     is
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     Easterly
                     ,
                     beyond
                     Westerly
                     :
                     and
                     a
                     Dutch-discouerer
                     hath
                     related
                     that
                     in
                     Guinea
                     they
                     haue
                     a
                     certaine
                     winde
                     which
                     comes
                     from
                     the
                     land
                     till
                     noone
                     :
                     and
                     then
                     very
                     violent
                     from
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     are
                     wont
                     to
                     trafficke
                     in
                     the
                     morning
                     being
                     not
                     able
                     to
                     indure
                     it
                     :
                     which
                     if
                     it
                     bee
                     true
                     wee
                     cannot
                     imagine
                     this
                     Region
                     to
                     bee
                     so
                     hot
                     as
                     men
                     suppose
                     .
                     For
                     here
                     the
                     heat
                     in
                     the
                     night
                     is
                     asswaged
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     absence
                     or
                     remotenesse
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     :
                     Likewise
                     the
                     excesse
                     of
                     heat
                     incident
                     
                     to
                     noonetide
                     ,
                     is
                     much
                     qualified
                     (
                     or
                     as
                     it
                     should
                     seeme
                     by
                     this
                     relation
                     )
                     altogether
                     vanquished
                     by
                     the
                     cold
                     winde
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     Sea.
                     Another
                     reason
                     no
                     lesse
                     probable
                     may
                     be
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     excessiue
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     land
                     and
                     great
                     mountaynes
                     ,
                     obserued
                     to
                     bee
                     neere
                     or
                     vnder
                     the
                     line
                     ,
                     whose
                     tops
                     are
                     alwayes
                     couered
                     with
                     Snow
                     ,
                     which
                     giue
                     a
                     sufficient
                     testimony
                     of
                     cold
                     :
                     For
                     instance
                     ,
                     wee
                     need
                     goe
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     the
                     ridge
                     of
                     the
                     mountaines
                     And●
                     in
                     America
                     ,
                     where
                     they
                     obserued
                     the
                     Ayre
                     to
                     be
                     so
                     ●hinne
                     and
                     cold
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     inforced
                     them
                     to
                     scowre
                     and
                     vomit
                     ,
                     which
                     came
                     neere
                     it
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     whereof
                     is
                     related
                     of
                     another
                     called
                     Punas
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     extremity
                     of
                     cold
                     cutteth
                     off
                     their
                     hands
                     :
                     From
                     which
                     experience
                     wee
                     may
                     finde
                     some
                     places
                     neere
                     the
                     Line
                     to
                     bee
                     more
                     infested
                     with
                     cold
                     〈◊〉
                     heat
                     .
                     The
                     la●t
                     and
                     greatest
                     ●eason
                     may
                     bee
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     continuall
                     moisture
                     wherewith
                     the
                     regions
                     situate
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     frequently
                     abound
                     .
                     This
                     moisture
                     is
                     deriued
                     from
                     two
                     causes
                     ;
                     1
                     From
                     the
                     melting
                     of
                     the
                     Snow
                     on
                     the
                     tops
                     of
                     the
                     mountaines
                     by
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     which
                     running
                     from
                     thence
                     continually
                     into
                     the
                     vallies
                     ;
                     keepe
                     them
                     almost
                     alwayes
                     watrish
                     ,
                     especially
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     of
                     Summer
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     is
                     neerest
                     .
                     2
                     From
                     the
                     extreame
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     very
                     neere
                     ,
                     and
                     many
                     times
                     verticall
                     ,
                     rayseth
                     vp
                     continually
                     moist
                     vapours
                     in
                     great
                     quantity
                     .
                     These
                     vapour●
                     in
                     so
                     short
                     a
                     time
                     as
                     12
                     houres
                     ,
                     being
                     not
                     consumed
                     but
                     meeting
                     with
                     the
                     cold
                     from
                     the
                     middle
                     Region
                     of
                     the
                     aire
                     ,
                     are
                     therewith
                     conuerted
                     into
                     drops
                     ,
                     which
                     fall
                     downe
                     againe
                     in
                     great
                     showres
                     :
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     some
                     trauellers
                     of
                     good
                     credit
                     haue
                     told
                     me
                     ,
                     that
                     all
                     the
                     while
                     they
                     sayled
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     ,
                     they
                     seldome
                     saw
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     raine
                     and
                     clowdy
                     vapours
                     .
                     Whence
                     wee
                     note
                     with
                     
                       Iosephus
                       Acosta
                    
                     ,
                     by
                     way
                     of
                     consectary
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     presence
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     produceth
                     moisture
                     ,
                     but
                     contrariwise
                     without
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     drouth
                     :
                     whence
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     inioy
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     a
                     Winter
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     Sun
                     is
                     to
                     them
                     verticall
                     ,
                     because
                     of
                     the
                     distemperature
                     by
                     Windes
                     ,
                     Raines
                     ,
                     and
                     Stormes
                     ,
                     and
                     great
                     Inundations
                     ,
                     whereunto
                     commonly
                     all
                     great
                     riuers
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     are
                     most
                     subiect
                     .
                     Also
                     they
                     seeme
                     to
                     haue
                     a
                     Summer
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     is
                     in
                     or
                     neere
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     
                     because
                     being
                     somewhat
                     remoued
                     ,
                     he
                     cannot
                     bee
                     so
                     powerfull
                     in
                     drawing
                     such
                     store
                     of
                     vapours
                     and
                     exhalations
                     which
                     hee
                     can
                     dispell
                     and
                     consume
                     .
                     Thus
                     wee
                     see
                     the
                     moity
                     of
                     this
                     first
                     Section
                     lying
                     15
                     degrees
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     how
                     soeuer
                     subiect
                     to
                     a
                     greater
                     reflection
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne-beames
                     ,
                     yet
                     through
                     the
                     concurrence
                     of
                     other
                     causes
                     to
                     bee
                     found
                     indifferently
                     Temperate
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     15
                     degrees
                     about
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     subiect
                     to
                     a
                     lesser
                     Reflection
                     to
                     bee
                     excessiue
                     hot
                     :
                     which
                     later
                     cause
                     ,
                     besides
                     all
                     which
                     hath
                     beene
                     said
                     before
                     ,
                     shall
                     bee
                     further
                     confirmed
                     hereafter
                     by
                     the
                     complection
                     of
                     the
                     natiue
                     Inhabitants
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     to
                     bee
                     Choller-adust
                     ,
                     the
                     true
                     symptome
                     of
                     an
                     externall
                     heat
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     any
                     man
                     shall
                     answer
                     that
                     this
                     accident
                     is
                     incident
                     as
                     well
                     to
                     the
                     Regions
                     situate
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     that
                     vnder
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     produce
                     another
                     reason
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     colour
                     of
                     their
                     countenances
                     ;
                     which
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equatour
                     is
                     not
                     seene
                     so
                     blacke
                     and
                     swarthie
                     as
                     elsewhere
                     .
                     For
                     toward
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     ,
                     is
                     placed
                     the
                     Land
                     of
                     Blackmores
                     or
                     
                       Nigritarum
                       Regio
                    
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     people
                     are
                     all
                     coleblacke
                     :
                     which
                     might
                     perhaps
                     happen
                     also
                     to
                     those
                     that
                     dwell
                     vnder
                     the
                     other
                     Tropicke
                     ;
                     but
                     that
                     other
                     causes
                     interpose
                     themselues
                     ,
                     which
                     hinder
                     the
                     excesse
                     of
                     heat
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     taken
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     chiefe
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     blacknesse
                     ;
                     Here
                     some
                     would
                     oppose
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     Herodotus
                     ,
                     which
                     referred
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     blacknesse
                     in
                     the
                     Negroes
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     Seed
                     which
                     hee
                     would
                     haue
                     to
                     bee
                     blacke
                     :
                     others
                     would
                     haue
                     this
                     blacknesse
                     as
                     a
                     curse
                     inflicted
                     vpon
                     Chams
                     posterity
                     :
                     but
                     these
                     opinions
                     carry
                     very
                     little
                     shew
                     of
                     probability
                     .
                     For
                     first
                     ,
                     if
                     this
                     former
                     opinion
                     were
                     admitted
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     of
                     necessity
                     follow
                     (
                     saith
                     Boden
                     )
                     that
                     Ethiopians
                     in
                     Scythia
                     should
                     alwayes
                     bee
                     borne
                     blacke
                     ,
                     and
                     Scythians
                     in
                     Ethiopia
                     should
                     bee
                     alwayes
                     white
                     .
                     For
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     all
                     nations
                     from
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     haue
                     beene
                     confused
                     and
                     mixt
                     by
                     the
                     distinction
                     of
                     Colonies
                     :
                     but
                     experience
                     teacheth
                     vs
                     ,
                     that
                     men
                     trasplanted
                     into
                     another
                     Soyle
                     ,
                     will
                     in
                     manner
                     of
                     trees
                     and
                     Plants
                     by
                     little
                     and
                     little
                     degenerate
                     and
                     change
                     their
                     first
                     disposition
                     .
                     As
                     if
                     a
                     Blackmore
                     marry
                     and
                     beget
                     children
                     here
                     with
                     vs
                     in
                     England
                     ,
                     experience
                     will
                     plainely
                     declare
                     the
                     children
                     to
                     be
                     more
                     inclining
                     to
                     whitenesse
                     then
                     the
                     fathers
                     
                     and
                     the
                     grand
                     children
                     more
                     then
                     them
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     second
                     opinion
                     of
                     Chams
                     curse
                     deserued
                     any
                     credit
                     ;
                     I
                     see
                     no
                     reason
                     why
                     all
                     his
                     posterity
                     (
                     such
                     as
                     by
                     most
                     writers
                     consent
                     ,
                     are
                     generally
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     Africke
                     )
                     should
                     not
                     bee
                     subiect
                     to
                     the
                     same
                     execration
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     as
                     one
                     little
                     parcell
                     of
                     it
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     it
                     is
                     reported
                     by
                     Pline
                     ,
                     and
                     confirmed
                     by
                     Appian
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     those
                     places
                     are
                     many
                     blacke
                     Lions
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     can
                     ascribe
                     to
                     no
                     other
                     cause
                     then
                     the
                     excesse
                     of
                     heat
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     to
                     any
                     quality
                     of
                     the
                     Seed
                     ,
                     or
                     any
                     curse
                     inflicted
                     on
                     the
                     place
                     :
                     Moreouer
                     it
                     is
                     reported
                     by
                     
                       Ferdinando
                       de
                       Quir
                    
                     in
                     his
                     late
                     discouery
                     of
                     the
                     South
                     Continent
                     ▪
                     that
                     hee
                     there
                     also
                     found
                     some
                     blacke
                     people
                     ;
                     yet
                     can
                     wee
                     not
                     imagine
                     this
                     Land
                     ,
                     though
                     stretching
                     very
                     farre
                     in
                     quantity
                     toward
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     ,
                     to
                     come
                     so
                     farre
                     or
                     much
                     farther
                     then
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Capricorne
                     .
                     These
                     arguments
                     make
                     it
                     the
                     more
                     probable
                     that
                     the
                     Regions
                     situate
                     vnder
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     ,
                     generally
                     exceed
                     more
                     in
                     heat
                     ,
                     then
                     those
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     vnder
                     the
                     Line
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       In
                       the
                       other
                       extreame
                       Section
                       from
                       60
                       Degrees
                       towards
                       the
                       Pole
                       ,
                       the
                       first
                       15
                       Degrees
                       towards
                       the
                       Equatour
                       are
                       more
                       moderately
                       cold
                       ;
                       the
                       other
                       towards
                       the
                       Pole
                       most
                       immoderately
                       cold
                       ,
                       and
                       vnapt
                       for
                       conuenient
                       Habitation
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     That
                     this
                     Section
                     of
                     30
                     Degrees
                     comprehended
                     betwixt
                     the
                     60
                     Degree
                     and
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     is
                     in
                     a
                     sort
                     habitable
                     ,
                     is
                     confirmed
                     by
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     many
                     Nauigatours
                     ,
                     especially
                     the
                     English
                     and
                     Hollanders
                     ;
                     who
                     haue
                     aduentured
                     very
                     farre
                     Northward
                     ,
                     and
                     haue
                     there
                     found
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     though
                     not
                     so
                     fruitfull
                     ,
                     yet
                     furnished
                     with
                     some
                     commodities
                     ,
                     and
                     peopled
                     with
                     Inhabitants
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     15
                     Degrees
                     towards
                     the
                     Equatour
                     admit
                     of
                     no
                     great
                     exception
                     ,
                     containing
                     in
                     their
                     extent
                     
                       Finmarke
                       ,
                       Bodia
                    
                     ,
                     in
                     
                       Scandia
                       ,
                       Noua
                       Zembla
                       ,
                       Auian
                       ,
                       Groenland
                       ,
                    
                     with
                     many
                     other
                     places
                     indifferently
                     discouered
                     :
                     where
                     they
                     haue
                     indeed
                     found
                     the
                     aire
                     very
                     cold
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     this
                     of
                     ours
                     :
                     Yet
                     not
                     so
                     Immoderate
                     ,
                     
                     but
                     that
                     it
                     can
                     at
                     all
                     times
                     agree
                     with
                     the
                     naturall
                     temper
                     of
                     the
                     natiue
                     Inhabitants
                     ,
                     and
                     at
                     least
                     at
                     some
                     times
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     admit
                     a
                     passage
                     for
                     forraigne
                     Nations
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     other
                     Region
                     stretching
                     Northward
                     from
                     75
                     Degrees
                     to
                     the
                     Pole
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     it
                     may
                     bee
                     probably
                     thought
                     habitable
                     ,
                     yet
                     affords
                     it
                     no
                     conuenient
                     meanes
                     and
                     sustenance
                     for
                     mans
                     life
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     other
                     places
                     ;
                     neither
                     can
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     this
                     climate
                     inioy
                     any
                     good
                     complection
                     or
                     Temperament
                     of
                     the
                     foure
                     qualities
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     cold
                     with
                     them
                     is
                     so
                     predominant
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     choaketh
                     ,
                     and
                     almost
                     extinguisheth
                     the
                     naturall
                     h●at
                     :
                     whence
                     Hypocrates
                     saith
                     that
                     they
                     are
                     dryed
                     vp
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     cause
                     of
                     their
                     swarty
                     colour
                     ,
                     and
                     dwarfish
                     stature
                     ;
                     which
                     assertion
                     of
                     his
                     can
                     obtaine
                     no
                     credit
                     ,
                     but
                     of
                     such
                     Northerne
                     people
                     as
                     liue
                     neere
                     the
                     Pole
                     ;
                     Neuerthelesse
                     wee
                     shall
                     not
                     finde
                     these
                     poore
                     Northerne
                     Nations
                     ,
                     so
                     destitute
                     altogether
                     of
                     vitall
                     aides
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     their
                     wants
                     are
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     recompensed
                     by
                     the
                     benefit
                     of
                     nature
                     .
                     The
                     chiefest
                     comforts
                     in
                     this
                     kinde
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     inioy
                     ,
                     and
                     they
                     seeme
                     to
                     want
                     ,
                     are
                     Heat
                     and
                     Light.
                     The
                     defect
                     of
                     heat
                     is
                     somewhat
                     mollified
                     ;
                     1
                     By
                     the
                     Sunne
                     staying
                     so
                     long
                     aboue
                     their
                     Horizon
                     as
                     6
                     months
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     consequence
                     impressing
                     into
                     the
                     Aire
                     a
                     greater
                     degree
                     of
                     heat
                     .
                     2
                     ▪
                     By
                     the
                     naturall
                     custome
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     ,
                     neuer
                     acquainted
                     with
                     any
                     other
                     temperature
                     :
                     both
                     which
                     reasons
                     wee
                     haue
                     formerly
                     alleaged
                     .
                     3
                     By
                     the
                     industrie
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     ,
                     being
                     taught
                     by
                     necessity
                     to
                     preserue
                     themselues
                     during
                     the
                     Winter-time
                     in
                     
                       Caues
                       ,
                       Stoues
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     like
                     places
                     heated
                     with
                     continuall
                     fires
                     :
                     the
                     defect
                     of
                     which
                     prouidence
                     ,
                     was
                     thought
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     ruine
                     of
                     Sr
                     
                       Hugh
                       Willoughby
                    
                     ,
                     intending
                     a
                     search
                     of
                     the
                     North-east
                     passage
                     on
                     the
                     North
                     of
                     Lapland
                     and
                     Russia
                     .
                     To
                     recompense
                     the
                     defect
                     of
                     Light
                     ,
                     Nature
                     hath
                     prouided
                     two
                     wayes
                     :
                     1
                     In
                     that
                     the
                     Sunne
                     in
                     his
                     Parallell
                     comming
                     neerer
                     and
                     neerer
                     to
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     giues
                     them
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     of
                     glimmering
                     light
                     both
                     before
                     his
                     rising
                     and
                     after
                     his
                     setting
                     :
                     which
                     may
                     serue
                     them
                     insteed
                     of
                     day
                     .
                     2
                     For
                     that
                     the
                     Sunne
                     and
                     Starres
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     a
                     refra●tion
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     vaporou●
                     and
                     foggy
                     Horizon
                     ,
                     appe●re●●o
                     the●
                     sometime
                     before
                     hee
                     is
                     truly
                     risen
                     :
                     which
                     caused
                     the
                     
                       Hollanders
                       Noua
                       Zombla
                    
                     ,
                     to
                     wonder
                     why
                     they
                     should
                     see
                     the
                     Sunne
                     diuerse
                     dayes
                     before
                     according
                     
                     to
                     their
                     account
                     hee
                     was
                     to
                     rise
                     aboue
                     their
                     Horizon
                     according
                     to
                     Astronomicall
                     grounds
                     :
                     which
                     probleme
                     had
                     staggered
                     all
                     the
                     Mathematicians
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     had
                     not
                     the
                     Perspectiue
                     science
                     stept
                     in
                     to
                     giue
                     an
                     answer
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       3
                       In
                       the
                       middle
                       Section
                       betwixt
                       30
                       and
                       60
                       Degrees
                       of
                       Latitude
                       ,
                       the
                       first
                       15
                       are
                       Temperately
                       Hot
                       ,
                       the
                       other
                       15
                       more
                       inclined
                       to
                       Cold.
                       
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     middle
                     Region
                     partakes
                     a
                     mixture
                     of
                     both
                     extreames
                     ,
                     towit
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     cold
                     Region
                     towards
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     hot
                     towards
                     the
                     Equatour
                     :
                     whence
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     more
                     any
                     parts
                     of
                     this
                     Tract
                     approach
                     the
                     hot
                     Region
                     vnder
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     and
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     the
                     more
                     it
                     must
                     partake
                     of
                     Heat
                     :
                     yet
                     this
                     heat
                     being
                     mittigated
                     by
                     some
                     cold
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     fite
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     bee
                     Temperate
                     and
                     very
                     apt
                     for
                     humane
                     habitation
                     .
                     Also
                     this
                     mixture
                     of
                     the
                     cold
                     quality
                     being
                     more
                     extended
                     and
                     increased
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     moity
                     towards
                     the
                     Pole
                     through
                     the
                     vicinity
                     of
                     the
                     cold
                     Region
                     ,
                     must
                     loose
                     much
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     heat
                     ,
                     which
                     shall
                     hereafter
                     bee
                     more
                     confirmed
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     naturall
                     constitution
                     and
                     complection
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     ;
                     bearing
                     the
                     true
                     markes
                     of
                     externall
                     cold
                     and
                     internall
                     Heat
                     ,
                     whereof
                     the
                     one
                     is
                     strengthened
                     by
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     externall
                     cold
                     ,
                     if
                     it
                     be
                     not
                     ouer
                     predominant
                     ,
                     and
                     too
                     much
                     for
                     the
                     internall
                     Heat
                     ,
                     will
                     by
                     an
                     Antiperistasis
                     keepe
                     in
                     and
                     condensate
                     this
                     heat
                     ,
                     making
                     it
                     more
                     feruent
                     and
                     vigorous
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     6
                     The
                     East
                     and
                     West
                     Hemispheares
                     are
                     bounded
                     and
                     diuided
                     by
                     the
                     Meridian
                     passing
                     by
                     the
                     Canaries
                     and
                     the
                     Molucco
                     Ilands
                     .
                  
                   
                     7
                     The
                     East
                     Hemispheare
                     reacheth
                     from
                     the
                     Canaries
                     the
                     Moluccoes
                     on
                     this
                     side
                     ;
                     as
                     the
                     other
                     on
                     the
                     opposite
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Spheare
                     .
                  
                
                 
                 
                   Wee
                   may
                   here
                   note
                   a
                   great
                   difference
                   betwixt
                   this
                   diuision
                   and
                   the
                   former
                   .
                   Fo●
                   the
                   North
                   and
                   South
                   Hemispheares
                   being
                   diuided
                   by
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   are
                   parted
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   by
                   Nature
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Sunnes
                   motion
                   ;
                   But
                   the
                   diuision
                   of
                   the
                   Globe
                   into
                   East
                   and
                   West
                   ,
                   wee
                   can
                   ascribe
                   to
                   no
                   other
                   cause
                   ,
                   then
                   mans
                   Institution
                   :
                   yet
                   are
                   the
                   Easterne
                   and
                   the
                   Westerne
                   found
                   to
                   differ
                   many
                   wayes
                   ,
                   the
                   discouery
                   of
                   which
                   may
                   giue
                   great
                   light
                   to
                   obseruation
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Easterne
                       Hemispheare
                       wherein
                       we
                       liue
                       is
                       euery
                       way
                       happier
                       and
                       worthier
                       then
                       the
                       other
                       Westward
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     How
                     farre
                     short
                     the
                     Westerne
                     Hemispheare
                     comes
                     of
                     this
                     of
                     ours
                     ,
                     many
                     circumstances
                     may
                     declare
                     .
                     For
                     first
                     ,
                     if
                     we
                     compare
                     the
                     Quantity
                     of
                     Land
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     a
                     great
                     disparity
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     Westerne
                     Hemispheare
                     containes
                     in
                     it
                     besides
                     the
                     Southerne
                     Continent
                     (
                     wherein
                     our●
                     also
                     claimes
                     a
                     moity
                     )
                     onely
                     America
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     Ilands
                     thereunto
                     adioyning
                     :
                     whereas
                     the
                     other
                     within
                     this
                     large
                     circuit
                     containes
                     all
                     the
                     other
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     knowne
                     vnto
                     the
                     Ancients
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Europe
                       ,
                       Asia
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Africke
                     ,
                     with
                     many
                     Ilands
                     to
                     them
                     annexed
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     it
                     is
                     probably
                     conjectured
                     by
                     some
                     ,
                     that
                     America
                     is
                     vsually
                     on
                     our
                     Mappes
                     and
                     Globes
                     ,
                     especially
                     the
                     more
                     ancient
                     ,
                     painted
                     and
                     delineated
                     out
                     greater
                     then
                     indeed
                     it
                     is
                     :
                     which
                     hath
                     beene
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     fraudulent
                     deceit
                     of
                     the
                     Portugalls
                     heretofore
                     ;
                     who
                     to
                     the
                     end
                     they
                     might
                     reduce
                     the
                     Molucco
                     Ilands
                     to
                     the
                     
                       East
                       Indies
                    
                     ,
                     then
                     their
                     owne
                     possession
                     ;
                     sought
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     their
                     Mapps
                     as
                     relations
                     to
                     curtaile
                     Asia
                     ,
                     and
                     inlarge
                     America
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Moluc●o
                     Ilands
                     might
                     seeme
                     to
                     fall
                     within
                     the
                     180
                     Degrees
                     Eastward
                     ,
                     wherein
                     they
                     fed
                     themselues
                     with
                     vnknowne
                     substance
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Castilians
                     with
                     painted
                     shadowes
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     let
                     passe
                     the
                     quantity
                     as
                     a
                     matter
                     of
                     lesse
                     moment
                     and
                     lesse
                     questioned
                     ;
                     a
                     great
                     disparity
                     will
                     bee
                     found
                     in
                     the
                     Quality
                     and
                     D●sposition
                     :
                     For
                     what
                     one
                     commodity
                     almost
                     was
                     euer
                     found
                     in
                     this
                     Continent
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     not
                     onely
                     parallelled
                     ,
                     but
                     surmounted
                     by
                     this
                     our
                     Hemispheare
                     ?
                     If
                     we
                     compare
                     the
                     Mines
                     of
                     Gold
                     and
                     Siluer
                     wherein
                     consists
                     the
                     wealth
                     and
                     riches
                     of
                     both
                     places
                     ;
                     our
                     
                       East
                       
                       Indies
                    
                     will
                     easily
                     challenge
                     the
                     superiority
                     .
                     If
                     
                       Trees
                       ,
                       Plants
                       ,
                       Herbage
                    
                     and
                     Graines
                     ,
                     let
                     our
                     Physicians
                     and
                     Apothecaries
                     iudge
                     ,
                     who
                     owe
                     most
                     of
                     the
                     medicinable
                     drugges
                     to
                     India
                     :
                     Let
                     our
                     Merchants
                     answer
                     ,
                     which
                     owe
                     their
                     Spices
                     to
                     Arabia
                     ,
                     their
                     Wine
                     ,
                     to
                     
                       Spaine
                       ,
                       Italy
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     
                       Mediterranean
                       ,
                       Graecian
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Indian
                     Ilands
                     ;
                     their
                     Silkes
                     ,
                     Linnen
                     ,
                     Cloathing
                     ,
                     and
                     their
                     furniture
                     almost
                     wholly
                     to
                     Europe
                     .
                     If
                     wee
                     compare
                     the
                     multitude
                     and
                     various
                     kindes
                     of
                     Beasts
                     bred
                     and
                     nourished
                     in
                     either
                     place
                     ,
                     no
                     question
                     but
                     
                       Europe
                       ,
                       Asia
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Africa
                     can
                     shew
                     farre
                     greater
                     Heads
                     of
                     
                       Sheepe
                       ,
                       Cattle
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     like
                     ,
                     with
                     farre
                     greater
                     variety
                     of
                     kindes
                     ,
                     then
                     euer
                     were
                     found
                     in
                     this
                     new
                     found
                     Continent
                     .
                     If
                     all
                     these
                     failed
                     ,
                     yet
                     the
                     well
                     tempered
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Europaeans
                     and
                     Asians
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     this
                     barbarous
                     and
                     vnnurtured
                     place
                     ,
                     disdaines
                     all
                     comparison
                     :
                     where
                     wee
                     shall
                     obserue
                     on
                     the
                     one
                     side
                     a
                     people
                     long
                     since
                     reduced
                     to
                     ciuility
                     ,
                     instructed
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     liberall
                     sciences
                     ,
                     as
                     handy-crafts
                     ,
                     armed
                     with
                     martiall
                     discipline
                     ,
                     ordered
                     by
                     Lawes
                     and
                     ciuill
                     gouernment
                     ,
                     bound
                     with
                     a
                     conscience
                     and
                     sense
                     of
                     Religion
                     ;
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     a
                     multitude
                     of
                     miserable
                     and
                     wretched
                     nations
                     ,
                     as
                     farre
                     distant
                     from
                     vs
                     inciuility
                     ,
                     as
                     place
                     ;
                     wanting
                     not
                     only
                     
                       Gouernment
                       ,
                       Arts
                       ,
                       Religion
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     helps
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     the
                     desire
                     ,
                     being
                     senselesse
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     misery
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       difference
                       of
                       East
                       and
                       West
                       cannot
                       worke
                       a
                       diuersitie
                       in
                       two
                       places
                       by
                       any
                       diuersity
                       of
                       the
                       Heauens
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     East
                     and
                     West
                     places
                     compared
                     together
                     ,
                     are
                     either
                     of
                     equall
                     or
                     vnequall
                     Latitude
                     .
                     For
                     places
                     of
                     vnequall
                     Latitude
                     no
                     question
                     can
                     bee
                     made
                     ,
                     but
                     they
                     receaue
                     a
                     greater
                     variety
                     of
                     Temper
                     from
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ;
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     formerly
                     proued
                     :
                     but
                     this
                     disparity
                     growes
                     not
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     diuersity
                     of
                     East
                     and
                     West
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     North
                     and
                     South
                     .
                     But
                     that
                     places
                     alike
                     situate
                     in
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     cannot
                     vary
                     by
                     any
                     diuersity
                     of
                     the
                     heauens
                     is
                     plaine
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     all
                     things
                     to
                     them
                     rise
                     and
                     set
                     alike
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     diuersity
                     :
                     wherefore
                     ,
                     if
                     any
                     such
                     diuersity
                     bee
                     at
                     any
                     place
                     found
                     ,
                     we
                     ought
                     not
                     to
                     seeke
                     the
                     cause
                     thereof
                     in
                     the
                     heauens
                     ,
                     
                     but
                     rather
                     in
                     the
                     condition
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     which
                     no
                     question
                     suffers
                     in
                     diuerse
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     Latitude
                     a
                     great
                     variety
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     8
                     Either
                     Hemispheare
                     may
                     againe
                     Respectiuely
                     be
                     subdiuided
                     into
                     the
                     West
                     or
                     East
                     .
                     The
                     West
                     in
                     this
                     our
                     Hemispheare
                     I
                     call
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     neerer
                     the
                     Canary
                     Ilands
                     ;
                     the
                     East
                     that
                     which
                     lieth
                     towards
                     the
                     
                       Molucco
                       Ilands
                    
                     ;
                     to
                     which
                     points
                     there
                     are
                     others
                     correspondent
                     in
                     the
                     other
                     Hemispheare
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Places
                       situate
                       towards
                       the
                       East
                       in
                       the
                       same
                       Latitude
                       ,
                       are
                       hotter
                       then
                       those
                       which
                       are
                       placed
                       towards
                       the
                       West
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     For
                     the
                     explanation
                     of
                     this
                     Theoreme
                     ,
                     we
                     are
                     to
                     examine
                     two
                     matters
                     ;
                     First
                     ,
                     what
                     probability
                     may
                     induce
                     vs
                     to
                     beleeue
                     the
                     East
                     to
                     bee
                     hotter
                     temper
                     then
                     the
                     West
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     what
                     should
                     bee
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     diuersity
                     in
                     both
                     places
                     ,
                     being
                     supposed
                     equally
                     affected
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     :
                     for
                     confirmation
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     many
                     reasons
                     haue
                     beene
                     alleaged
                     of
                     old
                     and
                     late
                     writers
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     agreed
                     on
                     (
                     saith
                     Bodin
                     )
                     with
                     a
                     ioint
                     consent
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Hebrewes
                       ,
                       Greeks
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Latines
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     East
                     is
                     better
                     tempered
                     then
                     the
                     West
                     :
                     which
                     hee
                     labours
                     to
                     confirme
                     ;
                     First
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     many
                     speeches
                     of
                     
                       ●zekiel
                       ,
                       Esay
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     Prophet●
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     East
                     seemes
                     to
                     challenge
                     a
                     dignity
                     and
                     prerogatiue
                     aboue
                     the
                     West
                     ;
                     which
                     betokeneth
                     (
                     as
                     he
                     imagines
                     )
                     a
                     blessing
                     of
                     the
                     one
                     aboue
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     But
                     I
                     dare
                     not
                     venter
                     on
                     this
                     Interpretation
                     without
                     a
                     farther
                     warrant
                     .
                     Secondly
                     wee
                     may
                     here
                     produce
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     Pliny
                     in
                     his
                     seuenth
                     booke
                     ,
                     where
                     hee
                     affirmes
                     that
                     by
                     ordinary
                     obseruation
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     found
                     that
                     the
                     pestilence
                     commonly
                     is
                     carried
                     from
                     the
                     East
                     into
                     the
                     West
                     ,
                     which
                     Bodin
                     testifies
                     himselfe
                     to
                     haue
                     found
                     by
                     experience
                     in
                     
                       Galia
                       Narbonensis
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     many
                     other
                     history
                     
                     seemes
                     to
                     iustifie
                     .
                     Amianus
                     a
                     Greeke
                     Author
                     ,
                     obserues
                     that
                     Seleucia
                     being
                     taken
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     certaine
                     porch
                     of
                     the
                     Temple
                     being
                     opened
                     ,
                     wherein
                     were
                     shut
                     certaine
                     secret
                     mysteries
                     of
                     the
                     Chaldeans
                     ;
                     that
                     a
                     suddaine
                     contagion
                     arose
                     of
                     incurable
                     diseases
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     Marcus
                     and
                     Verus
                     from
                     the
                     farthermost
                     ends
                     of
                     Persia
                     ,
                     spread
                     it selfe
                     as
                     farre
                     as
                     the
                     Rh●●●
                     and
                     France
                     ,
                     and
                     filled
                     all
                     the
                     way
                     with
                     heapes
                     of
                     carkasses
                     .
                     If
                     at
                     any
                     time
                     the
                     contagion
                     bee
                     obserued
                     to
                     bee
                     carried
                     another
                     way
                     ,
                     an
                     vniuersall
                     pestilence
                     is
                     feared
                     :
                     as
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     histories
                     there
                     happened
                     not
                     long
                     after
                     from
                     Ethiopia
                     towards
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     which
                     infested
                     the
                     greatest
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     .
                     A
                     third
                     proofe
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     
                       Aristotle
                       ,
                       Hippocrates
                       ,
                       Gallen
                       ,
                       Ct●sias
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     other
                     graue
                     Aut●ors
                     ,
                     who
                     affirme
                     that
                     all
                     things
                     are
                     bred
                     better
                     and
                     fairer
                     in
                     Asia
                     then
                     in
                     Europe
                     ,
                     which
                     must
                     needs
                     argue
                     a
                     better
                     temperature
                     :
                     To
                     backe
                     which
                     Testimonies
                     ,
                     we
                     need
                     goe
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     moderne
                     obseruation
                     .
                     Euery
                     Geographer
                     will
                     tell
                     you
                     how
                     farre
                     in
                     fertility
                     Natolia
                     in
                     Asia
                     surmounts
                     Spaine
                     ;
                     and
                     China
                     ,
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Latitude
                     exceeds
                     both
                     :
                     who
                     knowes
                     not
                     how
                     farre
                     Fez
                     and
                     Morocco
                     on
                     the
                     Westerne
                     Verge
                     of
                     Africa
                     ,
                     stand
                     inferiour
                     to
                     Egypt
                     ,
                     a
                     most
                     fruitfull
                     and
                     happy
                     Region
                     ?
                     And
                     how
                     farre
                     short
                     both
                     these
                     come
                     of
                     India
                     ,
                     situate
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Climate
                     .
                     An
                     argument
                     of
                     greater
                     heat
                     in
                     the
                     Easterne
                     places
                     may
                     bee
                     the
                     multitude
                     of
                     Gold
                     and
                     Siluer-mines
                     ,
                     Spices
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     such
                     like
                     commodities
                     ,
                     wherein
                     Asia
                     excells
                     Europe
                     :
                     whereas
                     such
                     mettals
                     and
                     commodities
                     as
                     require
                     not
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     measure
                     of
                     heat
                     in
                     their
                     con●oction
                     ,
                     are
                     rather
                     found
                     in
                     Europe
                     then
                     in
                     Asia
                     :
                     whence
                     there
                     seemes
                     to
                     arise
                     a
                     certaine
                     correspondency
                     of
                     the
                     East
                     with
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     West
                     with
                     the
                     North.
                     The
                     greatest
                     reason
                     of
                     all
                     is
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     Temper
                     and
                     naturall
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     European
                     resembling
                     the
                     Northerne
                     men
                     ,
                     shewes
                     all
                     the
                     Symptomes
                     of
                     inward
                     heat
                     strengthned
                     with
                     externall
                     cold
                     .
                     The
                     Asiaticke
                     followes
                     the
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Southerne
                     man
                     ,
                     whose
                     inward
                     heat
                     is
                     exhausted
                     by
                     externall
                     scorching
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne-beames
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     partakes
                     more
                     of
                     Choll●r-adust
                     or
                     melancholy
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     point
                     wee
                     shall
                     more
                     fully
                     prosecute
                     in
                     due
                     place
                     .
                     To
                     shew
                     a
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     
                     variety
                     is
                     very
                     difficult
                     .
                     Those
                     which
                     in
                     wit
                     and
                     learning
                     haue
                     farre
                     exceeded
                     my
                     poore
                     scantling
                     ,
                     haue
                     herein
                     rather
                     confessed
                     their
                     owne
                     ignorance
                     ,
                     then
                     aduentured
                     their
                     iudgement
                     .
                     It
                     were
                     enough
                     to
                     satisfie
                     an
                     ingenuous
                     minde
                     ,
                     to
                     beleeue
                     that
                     Almighty
                     God
                     was
                     pleased
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     creation
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     to
                     endow
                     the
                     Easterne
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     with
                     a
                     better
                     temper
                     of
                     the
                     Soyle
                     ,
                     from
                     whence
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     deriue
                     their
                     originall
                     :
                     which
                     seemes
                     not
                     improbable
                     ,
                     in
                     that
                     he
                     made
                     Asia
                     the
                     first
                     resting
                     place
                     of
                     man
                     after
                     the
                     Creation
                     ,
                     the
                     second
                     Seminary
                     of
                     mankinde
                     after
                     the
                     Deluge
                     ,
                     the
                     onely
                     place
                     of
                     our
                     
                       Sauiours
                       Incarnation
                    
                     .
                     In
                     this
                     matter
                     I
                     beleeue
                     no
                     lesse
                     ,
                     and
                     can
                     speake
                     no
                     more
                     ,
                     except
                     I
                     should
                     vrge
                     the
                     beating
                     of
                     the
                     great
                     Atlanticke
                     Ocean
                     vpon
                     our
                     Westerne
                     shoares
                     ;
                     which
                     may
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     qualifie
                     the
                     excesse
                     of
                     heat
                     incident
                     to
                     the
                     Easterne
                     tract
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     produce
                     some
                     degrees
                     of
                     Temperature
                     .
                     But
                     here
                     also
                     wee
                     shall
                     perhaps
                     meet
                     with
                     crosse
                     instances
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     stirre
                     vp
                     more
                     doubt
                     th●n
                     satisfaction
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 IV.
                 Of
                 the
                 manner
                 of
                 Expression
                 and
                 Description
                 of
                 Regions
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     HAuing
                     treated
                     of
                     the
                     generall
                     Adiuncts
                     of
                     places
                     ,
                     wee
                     are
                     next
                     to
                     handle
                     the
                     manner
                     of
                     describing
                     a
                     Region
                     ,
                     which
                     proposeth
                     vnto
                     vs
                     two
                     points
                     ,
                     ●
                     the
                     finding
                     out
                     the
                     Position
                     of
                     two
                     places
                     ,
                     one
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     2
                     The
                     Translation
                     of
                     such
                     places
                     so
                     found
                     out
                     into
                     the
                     Globe
                     or
                     Charte
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     2
                     The
                     former
                     depends
                     on
                     the
                     inuention
                     of
                     the
                     Angle
                     of
                     Position
                     by
                     some
                     Dioptricke
                     Instrument
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   This
                   manner
                   of
                   description
                   of
                   a
                   particular
                   Region
                   ,
                   seemes
                   very
                   necessary
                   for
                   a
                   Geographer
                   ,
                   which
                   euery
                   Mechanician
                   may
                   soone
                   learne
                   and
                   practice
                   ▪
                   Many
                   instruments
                   haue
                   beene
                   deuised
                   by
                   curious
                   Artificers
                   for
                   this
                   purpose
                   :
                   whose
                   vse
                   hath
                   beene
                   set
                   out
                   largely
                   by
                   later
                   writers
                   ,
                   as
                   by
                   
                     Gemma
                     Frisius
                     ,
                     Diggs
                     ,
                     Hopton
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   others
                   :
                   to
                   whom
                   my
                   reader
                   may
                   haue
                   recourse
                   ,
                   because
                   I
                   hold
                   it
                   not
                   my
                   taske
                   in
                   this
                   subiect
                   to
                   describe
                   the
                   Instruments
                   themselues
                   ;
                   but
                   briefly
                   to
                   shew
                   the
                   ground
                   and
                   vse
                   of
                   them
                   ;
                   which
                   these
                   propositions
                   shall
                   expresse
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Diuerse
                       places
                       obserued
                       at
                       two
                       or
                       more
                       Stations
                       ,
                       by
                       some
                       Dioptricke
                       Instrument
                       ,
                       the
                       situation
                       of
                       two
                       places
                       ,
                       one
                       in
                       regard
                       of
                       the
                       other
                       ,
                       may
                       bee
                       found
                       out
                       and
                       expressed
                       in
                       a
                       Plaine
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     may
                     sensibly
                     bee
                     shewed
                     in
                     the
                     Figure
                     following
                     :
                     to
                     expresse
                     which
                     the
                     more
                     plainely
                     ▪
                     wee
                     will
                     set
                     downe
                     these
                     Rules
                     :
                     1
                     Let
                     there
                     bee
                     drawne
                     in
                     some
                     Chart
                     or
                     plaine
                     platforme
                     ,
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     must
                     accompt
                     to
                     bee
                     our
                     Meridian
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     shall
                     afterward
                     serue
                     for
                     that
                     purpose
                     .
                     This
                     right
                     line
                     shall
                     be
                     AB
                     ,
                     whose
                     two
                     ends
                     A
                     and
                     B
                     shall
                     bee
                     taken
                     for
                     the
                     North
                     and
                     South
                     .
                     2
                     You
                     must
                     choose
                     out
                     of
                     some
                     high
                     place
                     ,
                     as
                     a
                     Towre
                     or
                     Mountaine
                     ,
                     from
                     whence
                     you
                     may
                     behold
                     such
                     cities
                     ,
                     townes
                     ,
                     castles
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     such
                     notable
                     places
                     whereof
                     you
                     desire
                     to
                     know
                     the
                     situation
                     and
                     bearing
                     of
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ▪
                     This
                     High
                     place
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     
                       First
                       Station
                    
                     ;
                     where
                     you
                     must
                     place
                     the
                     plaine
                     before
                     prepared
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     may
                     Astronomically
                     and
                     truely
                     agree
                     with
                     the
                     true
                     Meridian
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     (
                     whose
                     inuention
                     we
                     haue
                     taught
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     Booke
                     )
                     and
                     so
                     respect
                     the
                     foure
                     Cardinall
                     coasts
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     
                       East
                       ,
                       West
                       ,
                       North
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     South
                     :
                     Vpon
                     this
                     place
                     seated
                     in
                     such
                     a
                     manner
                     
                       
                    
                     of
                     situation
                     fasten
                     your
                     Dioptricke
                     instrument
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     bee
                     turned
                     about
                     the
                     point
                     A
                     on
                     euery
                     side
                     at
                     pleasure
                     ,
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     sight
                     may
                     be
                     directed
                     to
                     euery
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     adiacent
                     places
                     .
                     First
                     then
                     remouing
                     it
                     from
                     A
                     ,
                     direct
                     your
                     sight
                     to
                     F
                     ,
                     and
                     draw
                     the
                     line
                     AF
                     of
                     indefinite
                     length
                     :
                     likewise
                     your
                     Instrument
                     being
                     directed
                     to
                     G
                     ,
                     draw
                     the
                     line
                     AG
                     infinitely
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     this
                     meanes
                     will
                     also
                     hit
                     the
                     place
                     E
                     :
                     Let
                     B
                     also
                     bee
                     imagined
                     a
                     certaine
                     place
                     ,
                     as
                     a
                     City
                     ,
                     or
                     Castle
                     ,
                     situate
                     in
                     the
                     very
                     Meridian
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     find
                     already
                     drawne
                     to
                     our
                     hands
                     .
                     In
                     like
                     sort
                     ought
                     wee
                     to
                     proceede
                     with
                     the
                     other
                     places
                     C
                     and
                     D
                     ,
                     and
                     as
                     many
                     as
                     we
                     please
                     .
                  
                   
                     This
                     performed
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     remoue
                     your selfe
                     with
                     your
                     Instrument
                     and
                     Plaine
                     to
                     some
                     one
                     of
                     these
                     places
                     thus
                     fore-marked
                     out
                     ;
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     vnto
                     D
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     
                       second
                       station
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     there
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     ascending
                     vp
                     some
                     high
                     place
                     ,
                     the
                     Plaine
                     being
                     first
                     fitted
                     and
                     placed
                     Astronomically
                     ,
                     take
                     
                     the
                     distance
                     AD
                     of
                     any
                     length
                     whatsoeuer
                     ▪
                     for
                     to
                     the
                     greatnesse
                     of
                     this
                     Distance
                     ,
                     shall
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     bee
                     proportionall
                     .
                     Hence
                     so
                     place
                     your
                     Dioptricke
                     Instrument
                     at
                     the
                     place
                     D
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     bee
                     turned
                     round
                     ,
                     and
                     directed
                     to
                     all
                     those
                     places
                     formerly
                     obserued
                     .
                     In
                     this
                     sort
                     leuelling
                     your
                     sight
                     to
                     the
                     place
                     or
                     castle
                     F
                     ,
                     draw
                     the
                     line
                     DF
                     :
                     so
                     directing
                     your
                     sight
                     to
                     the
                     rest
                     ,
                     you
                     may
                     draw
                     the
                     lines
                     DCG
                     ,
                     DEDB
                     ;
                     &c.
                     
                     Now
                     by
                     the
                     points
                     of
                     Intersections
                     of
                     these
                     lines
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     F
                     ,
                     G
                     ,
                     E
                     ,
                     C
                     ,
                     B
                     ,
                     &c.
                     are
                     to
                     bee
                     described
                     and
                     delineated
                     out
                     the
                     said
                     notable
                     land-markes
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Townes
                       ,
                       Castles
                       ,
                       Promontories
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     like
                     .
                     Betwixt
                     these
                     places
                     if
                     any
                     man
                     desire
                     to
                     know
                     the
                     distance
                     in
                     miles
                     ,
                     hee
                     may
                     know
                     it
                     by
                     finding
                     out
                     any
                     one
                     of
                     these
                     Distances
                     ;
                     for
                     one
                     being
                     knowne
                     ,
                     the
                     rest
                     will
                     also
                     bee
                     exactly
                     knowne
                     ▪
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     imagine
                     the
                     Distance
                     AD
                     to
                     containe
                     10
                     miles
                     :
                     wherefore
                     let
                     the
                     line
                     AD
                     bee
                     diuided
                     into
                     10
                     equall
                     parts
                     :
                     then
                     with
                     your
                     compasse
                     examine
                     how
                     many
                     such
                     parts
                     are
                     contained
                     in
                     the
                     Distance
                     AF
                     ,
                     for
                     so
                     many
                     miles
                     will
                     bee
                     likewise
                     in
                     it
                     contained
                     :
                     as
                     for
                     example
                     according
                     to
                     this
                     supposition
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     it
                     5
                     parts
                     :
                     wherefore
                     the
                     castle
                     or
                     city
                     F
                     will
                     be
                     5
                     miles
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     city
                     A.
                     Hee
                     that
                     desires
                     more
                     particularly
                     to
                     acquaint
                     himselfe
                     with
                     the
                     vse
                     and
                     diuerse
                     manners
                     of
                     descriptions
                     of
                     Regions
                     ,
                     deriued
                     from
                     this
                     one
                     ground
                     ;
                     Let
                     him
                     haue
                     recourse
                     to
                     diuerse
                     Authors
                     who
                     haue
                     particularly
                     laboured
                     in
                     this
                     subiect
                     ;
                     amongst
                     which
                     our
                     two
                     
                       Englishmen
                       ,
                       Digges
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Hopton
                     ,
                     deserue
                     not
                     the
                     least
                     praise
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     later
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     these
                     principles
                     hath
                     framed
                     a
                     curious
                     instrument
                     ,
                     which
                     hee
                     calls
                     his
                     Topographicall-Glasse
                     ,
                     whose
                     vse
                     hee
                     hath
                     perspicuously
                     and
                     exactly
                     taught
                     in
                     diuerse
                     pleasant
                     conclusions
                     ,
                     too
                     large
                     for
                     the
                     scope
                     of
                     my
                     methode
                     to
                     insert
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       At
                       one
                       Station
                       by
                       opticall
                       obseruation
                       ,
                       the
                       situation
                       of
                       one
                       place
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       the
                       other
                       may
                       bee
                       found
                       out
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     may
                     bee
                     shewed
                     out
                     of
                     an
                     opticall
                     experiment
                     ,
                     both
                     pleasant
                     and
                     admirable
                     :
                     The
                     ground
                     is
                     expressed
                     in
                     this
                     proposition
                     :
                     
                     
                       The
                       light
                       traiected
                       by
                       a
                       narrow
                       hole
                       into
                       a
                       darke
                       place
                       ,
                       will
                       represent
                       in
                       any
                       Table
                       or
                       white
                       paper
                       within
                       ,
                       whatsoeuer
                       is
                       without
                       directly
                       opposed
                       vnto
                       it
                       :
                    
                     For
                     demonstration
                     of
                     which
                     proposition
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     take
                     as
                     granted
                     of
                     the
                     perspecti●e
                     Authours
                     ,
                     That
                     the
                     visuall
                     Image
                     or
                     species
                     will
                     passe
                     by
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     through
                     any
                     little
                     hole
                     ,
                     and
                     will
                     bee
                     terminated
                     in
                     any
                     point
                     of
                     the
                     Medium
                     :
                     Now
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     more
                     perspicuously
                     bee
                     seene
                     in
                     a
                     darke
                     place
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     light
                     .
                     The
                     cause
                     is
                     assigned
                     to
                     bee
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     light
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     is
                     taken
                     away
                     ,
                     or
                     much
                     diminished
                     ,
                     which
                     otherwise
                     would
                     hide
                     and
                     shadow
                     the
                     species
                     of
                     the
                     thing
                     which
                     is
                     presented
                     to
                     the
                     sight
                     ;
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     by
                     experience
                     the
                     greater
                     light
                     of
                     the
                     Sun
                     to
                     obscure
                     the
                     Starres
                     :
                     which
                     neuerthelesse
                     from
                     the
                     darke
                     bottome
                     of
                     a
                     deepe
                     Well
                     or
                     Mine
                     ,
                     will
                     shew
                     themselues
                     at
                     mid-day
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     wee
                     must
                     obserue
                     by
                     the
                     way
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     representation
                     of
                     any
                     thing
                     to
                     the
                     sight
                     by
                     this
                     Image
                     impressed
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     in
                     a
                     wall
                     or
                     paper
                     ,
                     will
                     shew
                     it selfe
                     so
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     parts
                     will
                     bee
                     seene
                     inuersed
                     ,
                     or
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     may
                     say
                     )
                     turned
                     on
                     the
                     contrary
                     side
                     :
                     as
                     the
                     
                       higher
                       ,
                       lower
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     
                       lower
                       ,
                       higher
                    
                     ;
                     the
                     right-side
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     left
                     ;
                     and
                     the
                     left
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     right
                     :
                     which
                     we
                     may
                     declare
                     by
                     an
                     ocular
                     demonstration
                     in
                     this
                     
                     figure
                     heere
                     inserted
                     :
                     Let
                     vs
                     imagine
                     a
                     Triangular
                     platforme
                     of
                     land
                     ,
                     whereof
                     we
                     desire
                     to
                     know
                     the
                     situation
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     ABC
                     :
                     from
                     the
                     extreame
                     Angles
                     of
                     this
                     Triangle
                     ,
                     we
                     will
                     suppose
                     certaine
                     Rayes
                     to
                     bee
                     drawne
                     through
                     the
                     hole
                     D
                     into
                     a
                     darke
                     place
                     ,
                     wherein
                     shall
                     bee
                     opposed
                     to
                     the
                     hole
                     D
                     ,
                     a
                     white
                     Table
                     or
                     paper
                     ,
                     which
                     shall
                     be
                     NM
                     :
                     Here
                     will
                     
                     a
                     Ray
                     from
                     the
                     point
                     designing
                     out
                     the
                     Angle
                     at
                     A
                     ,
                     bee
                     carried
                     through
                     the
                     hole
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     will
                     point
                     out
                     in
                     the
                     Table
                     K
                     (
                     because
                     all
                     such
                     beames
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Opticks
                     are
                     right
                     lines
                     .
                     )
                     Likewise
                     the
                     Angle
                     B
                     will
                     in
                     the
                     Table
                     designe
                     out
                     the
                     Point
                     I
                     :
                     also
                     C
                     will
                     fall
                     into
                     the
                     point
                     H
                     :
                     Let
                     KH
                     ,
                     IK
                     ,
                     HI
                     ,
                     be
                     ioyned
                     together
                     by
                     right
                     lines
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     appeare
                     the
                     Triangle
                     IKH
                     :
                     wherein
                     the
                     top
                     of
                     the
                     Triangle
                     A
                     will
                     bee
                     seene
                     in
                     the
                     lowest
                     place
                     K
                     :
                     Likewise
                     the
                     Angles
                     of
                     the
                     Basis
                     B
                     and
                     C
                     ,
                     will
                     appeare
                     in
                     the
                     points
                     of
                     the
                     highest
                     place
                     HI
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     right
                     side
                     A
                     C
                     ,
                     will
                     shew
                     it selfe
                     in
                     the
                     left
                     HK
                     :
                     as
                     the
                     left
                     side
                     will
                     be
                     the
                     right
                     in
                     IH
                     :
                     wherefore
                     the
                     side
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Triangle
                     ABC
                     will
                     shew
                     it selfe
                     in
                     the
                     Table
                     NM
                     ,
                     although
                     inuersely
                     placed
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     sides
                     and
                     Angles
                     :
                     and
                     of
                     a
                     various
                     greatnesse
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     the
                     Table
                     from
                     the
                     hole
                     .
                     The
                     inuention
                     hath
                     great
                     vse
                     in
                     Astronomy
                     ,
                     in
                     obseruing
                     Eclipses
                     ,
                     the
                     beginning
                     ,
                     and
                     continuance
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     hurt
                     at
                     all
                     to
                     the
                     sight
                     .
                     No
                     lesse
                     vse
                     may
                     it
                     challenge
                     in
                     Topography
                     in
                     describing
                     of
                     
                       Territories
                       ,
                       Citties
                       ,
                       Borrowes
                       ,
                       Castles
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     such
                     like
                     ,
                     in
                     their
                     due
                     symmetry
                     and
                     proportion
                     :
                     To
                     practise
                     which
                     the
                     better
                     ,
                     Reusner
                     would
                     haue
                     a
                     little
                     house
                     built
                     of
                     light
                     Timber
                     ,
                     with
                     a
                     
                       Muliangle
                       Basis
                    
                     :
                     in
                     euery
                     one
                     of
                     whose
                     sides
                     ,
                     a
                     hole
                     should
                     be
                     made
                     ,
                     looking
                     inwardly
                     ,
                     at
                     the
                     vertex
                     ,
                     or
                     top
                     ,
                     but
                     outwardly
                     at
                     the
                     Basis
                     :
                     through
                     which
                     the
                     species
                     or
                     Image
                     of
                     all
                     such
                     things
                     a●
                     are
                     visible
                     may
                     haue
                     free
                     passage
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     2
                     The
                     manner
                     of
                     translation
                     of
                     a
                     Region
                     into
                     the
                     chart
                     ,
                     depends
                     from
                     the
                     knowledge
                     of
                     the
                     Longitude
                     and
                     Latitude
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     The
                     parts
                     to
                     bee
                     described
                     ,
                     whereof
                     the
                     chart
                     consists
                     ,
                     are
                     either
                     Essentiall
                     ,
                     or
                     Accidentall
                     :
                     The
                     Essentiall
                     ,
                     are
                     either
                     the
                     Lines
                     ,
                     as
                     are
                     the
                     Meridians
                     and
                     Parallels
                     :
                     or
                     the
                     Places
                     to
                     bee
                     delineated
                     out
                     by
                     Pictures
                     ;
                     
                     The
                     declination
                     of
                     both
                     which
                     ,
                     shall
                     be
                     taught
                     in
                     these
                     rules
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       To
                       set
                       downe
                       the
                       Meridians
                       and
                       Parallels
                       in
                       a
                       particular
                       chart
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     To
                     shew
                     the
                     practise
                     hereof
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     take
                     for
                     instance
                     the
                     Region
                     of
                     France
                     ,
                     an
                     example
                     familiar
                     with
                     our
                     later
                     Topographers
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     can
                     better
                     warrant
                     the
                     description
                     :
                     France
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     haue
                     in
                     latitude
                     10.
                     degrees
                     ,
                     in
                     longitude
                     16
                     :
                     This
                     knowne
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     proceede
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     :
                     First
                     through
                     the
                     middle
                     of
                     your
                     table
                     from
                     head
                     to
                     foote
                     ,
                     let
                     there
                     bee
                     drawne
                     a
                     perpendicular
                     line
                     expressing
                     the
                     Meridian
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     which
                     shall
                     bee
                     marked
                     with
                     the
                     letters
                     EF
                     :
                     let
                     this
                     line
                     bee
                     diuided
                     into
                     10.
                     equall
                     parts
                     :
                     then
                     draw
                     two
                     Parallell
                     lines
                     ,
                     whereof
                     the
                     one
                     must
                     crosse
                     the
                     said
                     line
                     about
                     the
                     point
                     E
                     with
                     right
                     Angles
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     Parallell
                     must
                     crosse
                     it
                     againe
                     beneath
                     in
                     the
                     point
                     F
                     with
                     like
                     Angles
                     :
                     let
                     the
                     vppermost
                     Parallell
                     bee
                     expressed
                     by
                     AB
                     :
                     The
                     neathermost
                     with
                     CD
                     :
                     Then
                     with
                     your
                     compasse
                     take
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     10
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     line
                     EF
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     one
                     degree
                     ,
                     and
                     set
                     that
                     downe
                     apart
                     by
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     diuiding
                     the
                     same
                     into
                     60
                     Minutes
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     short
                     line
                     GH
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     table
                     here
                     inserted
                     will
                     shew
                     on
                     the
                     right
                     hand
                     .
                     Now
                     you
                     may
                     learne
                     by
                     some
                     Table
                     or
                     Mappe
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     farthest
                     part
                     of
                     France
                     toward
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     through
                     which
                     is
                     drawne
                     the
                     Parallell
                     AB
                     is
                     52.
                     degrees
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     Equatour
                     :
                     And
                     that
                     the
                     South
                     Parallell
                     CD
                     ,
                     is
                     distant
                     42
                     degrees
                     :
                     Also
                     certaine
                     Tables
                     in
                     our
                     former
                     booke
                     will
                     informe
                     you
                     ,
                     that
                     to
                     euery
                     degree
                     of
                     the
                     Parallell
                     42.
                     delineated
                     by
                     AB
                     ,
                     doe
                     answer
                     37
                     miles
                     :
                     and
                     that
                     to
                     euery
                     degree
                     of
                     the
                     Parallell
                     CD
                     ,
                     answer
                     45
                     miles
                     :
                     wherefore
                     with
                     your
                     compasse
                     take
                     from
                     the
                     short
                     line
                     GH
                     ,
                     37
                     partes
                     or
                     Minutes
                     ,
                     and
                     with
                     your
                     compasse
                     kept
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     largenesse
                     ,
                     let
                     the
                     Parallell
                     AB
                     bee
                     diuided
                     into
                     16
                     equall
                     spaces
                     correspondent
                     to
                     that
                     widenesse
                     (
                     that
                     is
                     to
                     say
                     )
                     on
                     each
                     side
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     8
                     parts
                     :
                     at
                     which
                     Meridian
                     EF
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     begine
                     your
                     measure
                     towards
                     either
                     hand
                     both
                     right
                     and
                     left
                     ,
                     
                     marking
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     euery
                     such
                     space
                     with
                     a
                     certaine
                     point
                     ▪
                     Moreouer
                     for
                     the
                     South
                     Parallell
                     CD
                     .
                     let
                     45
                     parts
                     likewise
                     bee
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     short
                     line
                     GH
                     ,
                     and
                     let
                     that
                     Parallell
                     bee
                     diuided
                     into
                     16
                     spaces
                     ,
                     correspondent
                     to
                     that
                     widenesse
                     of
                     the
                     compasse
                     ,
                     eight
                     spaces
                     being
                     set
                     downe
                     on
                     each
                     side
                     of
                     the
                     Meridian
                     EF
                     :
                     So
                     that
                     wee
                     must
                     beginne
                     from
                     the
                     Meridian
                     EF
                     ,
                     and
                     marke
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     euery
                     such
                     space
                     with
                     a
                     point
                     .
                     Then
                     from
                     those
                     points
                     wherewith
                     each
                     of
                     those
                     two
                     Parallells
                     AB
                     ,
                     and
                     CD
                     is
                     marked
                     ;
                     Let
                     there
                     bee
                     drawne
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     from
                     point
                     to
                     point
                     ,
                     and
                     those
                     shall
                     serue
                     for
                     Meridians
                     ▪
                     expressing
                     as
                     well
                     the
                     longitude
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Region
                     ,
                     as
                     of
                     euery
                     particular
                     place
                     therein
                     seated
                     .
                     In
                     like
                     sort
                     as
                     you
                     haue
                     diuided
                     the
                     Meridian
                     EF
                     ,
                     into
                     10
                     equall
                     parts
                     ,
                     so
                     againe
                     into
                     the
                     like
                     number
                     of
                     equall
                     parts
                     must
                     bee
                     diuided
                     each
                     of
                     the
                     two
                     vttermost
                     Meridians
                     ,
                     on
                     the
                     left
                     hand
                     and
                     the
                     right
                     ,
                     marking
                     with
                     a
                     point
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     euery
                     such
                     space
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     from
                     point
                     to
                     point
                     let
                     there
                     bee
                     drawne
                     right
                     lines
                     ,
                     cutting
                     all
                     the
                     Meridians
                     ,
                     and
                     those
                     shall
                     serue
                     for
                     Parallells
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     the
                     vttermost
                     spaces
                     ,
                     let
                     there
                     bee
                     written
                     the
                     numbers
                     of
                     Longîtude
                     and
                     Latitude
                     .
                     The
                     Longitude
                     ,
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     beginne
                     at
                     the
                     vttermost
                     Meridian
                     at
                     the
                     left
                     hand
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     both
                     Parallells
                     is
                     the
                     farthest
                     Meridian
                     Westward
                     .
                     Now
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     most
                     Westerly
                     Meridian
                     is
                     foureteene
                     degrees
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     Meridian
                     passing
                     by
                     the
                     Canary
                     Ilands
                     ,
                     from
                     which
                     as
                     the
                     first
                     Meridian
                     ,
                     the
                     auncients
                     beganne
                     their
                     accompts
                     :
                     you
                     must
                     set
                     downe
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     place
                     on
                     the
                     left
                     hand
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     ouer
                     ,
                     as
                     vnder
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     space
                     15
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     16
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     third
                     ,
                     17
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     orderly
                     proceed
                     through
                     all
                     the
                     spaces
                     ,
                     till
                     you
                     come
                     to
                     30
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     difference
                     betwixt
                     14
                     and
                     30
                     ,
                     is
                     16
                     :
                     So
                     you
                     haue
                     the
                     whole
                     Longitude
                     of
                     France
                     expressed
                     in
                     your
                     Table
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     16
                     degrees
                     :
                     In
                     the
                     like
                     sort
                     to
                     expresse
                     the
                     Latitude
                     (
                     hauing
                     the
                     degrees
                     of
                     Latitude
                     marked
                     out
                     )
                     you
                     must
                     beginne
                     at
                     each
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     South
                     Parallell
                     CD
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     proceed
                     vpward
                     in
                     the
                     two
                     vttermost
                     Meridians
                     ,
                     writing
                     downe
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     space
                     at
                     the
                     foot
                     of
                     the
                     Table
                     43
                     degrees
                     ,
                     on
                     the
                     right
                     hand
                     and
                     the
                     left
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     space
                     44
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     third
                     45
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     vpwards
                     along
                     to
                     52
                     ,
                     so
                     haue
                     you
                     expressed
                     the
                     whole
                     Latitude
                     
                     of
                     France
                     from
                     North
                     to
                     South
                     :
                     for
                     betwixt
                     42
                     and
                     52
                     are
                     comprehended
                     iust
                     10
                     degrees
                     :
                     These
                     degrees
                     may
                     againe
                     be
                     diuided
                     at
                     pleasure
                     into
                     lesser
                     parts
                     ,
                     as
                     minutes
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     largenesse
                     of
                     your
                     chart
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       To
                       set
                       downe
                       Citties
                       ,
                       Castles
                       ,
                       Mountaines
                       ,
                       Riuers
                       ,
                       and
                       such
                       like
                       speciall
                       places
                       in
                       the
                       chart
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     platforme
                     of
                     your
                     chart
                     being
                     once
                     drawne
                     out
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     formerly
                     taught
                     in
                     the
                     precedent
                     rule
                     ,
                     you
                     may
                     very
                     easily
                     set
                     downe
                     speciall
                     places
                     by
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     Longitudes
                     or
                     Latitudes
                     of
                     such
                     places
                     ,
                     either
                     by
                     instruments
                     or
                     Tables
                     ,
                     and
                     reducing
                     them
                     accordingly
                     to
                     your
                     chart
                     :
                     which
                     wee
                     suppose
                     before
                     ,
                     marked
                     out
                     according
                     to
                     seuerall
                     degrees
                     :
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     if
                     wee
                     would
                     set
                     downe
                     in
                     our
                     chart
                     the
                     Metropolis
                     of
                     France
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     Paris
                     :
                     hauing
                     recourse
                     to
                     my
                     Table
                     ,
                     I
                     finde
                     it
                     to
                     haue
                     in
                     Longitude
                     23
                     degrees
                     ,
                     in
                     Latitude
                     48
                     degrees
                     .
                     Here
                     to
                     finde
                     out
                     the
                     said
                     longitude
                     you
                     must
                     extend
                     a
                     threed
                     from
                     the
                     23
                     degrees
                     of
                     the
                     Parallell
                     AB
                     to
                     the
                     like
                     degree
                     in
                     the
                     Parallell
                     CD
                     :
                     then
                     holding
                     it
                     fast
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     crosse
                     that
                     threed
                     with
                     another
                     extended
                     from
                     the
                     Meridian
                     AC
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     Meridian
                     AD
                     in
                     the
                     points
                     of
                     28
                     degrees
                     :
                     The
                     point
                     wherin
                     these
                     two
                     threeds
                     shall
                     cut
                     and
                     crosse
                     one
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     you
                     may
                     take
                     for
                     the
                     true
                     place
                     of
                     Paris
                     ,
                     and
                     marke
                     it
                     out
                     in
                     your
                     chart
                     :
                     In
                     like
                     sort
                     you
                     may
                     proceede
                     with
                     all
                     other
                     places
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     you
                     were
                     to
                     describe
                     a
                     riuer
                     in
                     your
                     chart
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     not
                     bee
                     sufficient
                     to
                     take
                     the
                     Longitude
                     and
                     Latitude
                     of
                     the
                     beginning
                     or
                     fountaine
                     ,
                     but
                     of
                     the
                     end
                     ,
                     middle
                     ,
                     turnings
                     ,
                     and
                     angles
                     ,
                     Townes
                     ,
                     or
                     Cities
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     it
                     passeth
                     ,
                     Bridges
                     and
                     other
                     occurrent
                     circumstances
                     :
                     In
                     like
                     sort
                     may
                     you
                     set
                     downe
                     
                       Woods
                       ,
                       Forrests
                       ,
                       Mountaines
                       ,
                       Lakes
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     other
                     places
                     whatsoeuer
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4
                     Thus
                     much
                     for
                     the
                     Essentiall
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     particular
                     Chart
                     :
                     The
                     Accidentall
                     part
                     wee
                     call
                     the
                     
                       Scales
                       of
                       Miles
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     teacheth
                     how
                     
                     many
                     miles
                     are
                     contained
                     betwixt
                     any
                     two
                     places
                     in
                     the
                     Chart
                     ,
                     wherein
                     we
                     are
                     to
                     know
                     two
                     things
                     ,
                     1
                     The
                     Fabricke
                     ;
                     2
                     The
                     Vse
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Fabricke
                       of
                       the
                       Scale
                       depe●ds
                       from
                       the
                       certaine
                       knowledge
                       of
                       the
                       Distance
                       of
                       any
                       two
                       places
                       in
                       the
                       Chart.
                       
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     practise
                     is
                     very
                     easie
                     ,
                     and
                     taught
                     in
                     these
                     three
                     Rules
                     :
                     1
                     You
                     must
                     search
                     out
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     any
                     two
                     places
                     whatsoeuer
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     contained
                     in
                     the
                     Region
                     ,
                     described
                     in
                     your
                     Chart
                     :
                     which
                     you
                     may
                     doe
                     either
                     experimentally
                     by
                     your
                     owne
                     knowledge
                     ,
                     or
                     some
                     certaine
                     relation
                     of
                     Trauailers
                     .
                     2
                     Then
                     must
                     you
                     draw
                     three
                     Parallell
                     lines
                     ,
                     containing
                     two
                     spaces
                     ,
                     one
                     larger
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     lesser
                     ,
                     in
                     some
                     voide
                     space
                     of
                     your
                     Chart.
                     3
                     You
                     must
                     diuide
                     the
                     said
                     Scale
                     into
                     so
                     many
                     Miles
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     said
                     voide
                     space
                     will
                     giue
                     you
                     leaue
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     known
                     distance
                     first
                     found
                     out
                     :
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     Paris
                     and
                     Roane
                     is
                     knowne
                     to
                     be
                     30
                     
                       French
                       leagues
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     containes
                     60
                     of
                     our
                     Miles
                     ,
                     allowing
                     for
                     euery
                     such
                     league
                     ,
                     2
                     Miles
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     your
                     Parallell
                     lines
                     being
                     first
                     drawne
                     (
                     as
                     you
                     see
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     Chart
                     )
                     diuide
                     your
                     Scale
                     into
                     30
                     parts
                     accordingly
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     the
                     larger
                     space
                     ,
                     place
                     your
                     Numbers
                     ,
                     as
                     10.20.30
                     .
                     and
                     so
                     forth
                     ,
                     so
                     farre
                     as
                     your
                     space
                     will
                     conueniently
                     extend
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       Distance
                       of
                       any
                       two
                       places
                       set
                       downe
                       in
                       the
                       Chart
                       ,
                       being
                       taken
                       and
                       applyed
                       to
                       the
                       scale
                       ,
                       will
                       shew
                       how
                       many
                       miles
                       it
                       containes
                    
                  
                   
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     ,
                     I
                     would
                     willingly
                     know
                     how
                     many
                     English
                     Miles
                     are
                     contained
                     betwixt
                     Paris
                     and
                     Orleans
                     in
                     my
                     Chart
                     of
                     France
                     :
                     Here
                     I
                     take
                     with
                     my
                     compasse
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     the
                     said
                     Cities
                     in
                     the
                     Chart
                     ,
                     and
                     applying
                     that
                     to
                     the
                     Scale
                     ,
                     I
                     find
                     it
                     to
                     containe
                     50
                     miles
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     true
                     measure
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 CHAP.
                 V.
                 Of
                 Hydrography
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     HItherto
                     haue
                     we
                     treated
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Generall
                       Adiuncts
                    
                     and
                     Proprieties
                     of
                     places
                     in
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     :
                     we
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     to
                     handle
                     the
                     Distinction
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     A
                     place
                     is
                     generally
                     distinguished
                     into
                     Water
                     and
                     Land
                     :
                     The
                     Description
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     is
                     termed
                     Hydrographie
                     ;
                     The
                     other
                     for
                     distinction
                     we
                     call
                     Pedography
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     Hydrographie
                     is
                     a
                     Description
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     Accidents
                     thereunto
                     belonging
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   Water
                   wee
                   consider
                   not
                   here
                   meerely
                   Physically
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   an
                   Element
                   ,
                   whereof
                   mixt
                   bodies
                   are
                   compounded
                   ;
                   but
                   Topographically
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   beares
                   a
                   part
                   in
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   :
                   yet
                   are
                   wee
                   not
                   so
                   curious
                   to
                   exclude
                   such
                   Physicall
                   problemes
                   and
                   considerations
                   as
                   are
                   most
                   subiect
                   to
                   sense
                   ;
                   which
                   a
                   Topographer
                   cannot
                   well
                   neglect
                   :
                   being
                   the
                   markes
                   and
                   characters
                   ,
                   designing
                   out
                   speciall
                   places
                   :
                   To
                   finde
                   out
                   the
                   originall
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   wee
                   must
                   first
                   take
                   as
                   granted
                   ,
                   that
                   Almighty
                   God
                   (
                   as
                   wee
                   reade
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   of
                   Genesis
                   )
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   made
                   a
                   separation
                   betwixt
                   the
                   waters
                   aboue
                   the
                   Firmament
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   waters
                   vnder
                   the
                   Firmament
                   ;
                   whereof
                   the
                   former
                   is
                   termed
                   in
                   the
                   Scriptures
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   as
                   much
                   to
                   say
                   as
                   expansum
                   ,
                   a
                   thing
                   stretched
                   out
                   ,
                   or
                   extended
                   .
                   By
                   these
                   waters
                   aboue
                   the
                   Firmament
                   ,
                   whether
                   wee
                   ought
                   to
                   vnderstand
                   the
                   
                     cloudie
                     vapours
                  
                   
                   in
                   the
                   middle
                   Region
                   of
                   the
                   Aire
                   :
                   or
                   the
                   pure
                   fluid
                   and
                   liquid
                   body
                   ,
                   whereof
                   the
                   Firmament
                   consists
                   ;
                   I
                   leaue
                   it
                   to
                   learned
                   diuines
                   and
                   criticke
                   expositours
                   to
                   dispute
                   :
                   although
                   the
                   propriety
                   of
                   the
                   phrase
                   (
                   if
                   it
                   bee
                   well
                   rendred
                   )
                   will
                   seeme
                   to
                   fauour
                   this
                   opinion
                   rather
                   then
                   the
                   other
                   :
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   the
                   Aire
                   can
                   no
                   way
                   bee
                   said
                   to
                   bee
                   aboue
                   the
                   Firmament
                   ,
                   except
                   the
                   Hebrew
                   terme
                   miscarry
                   in
                   the
                   Translation
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   solidity
                   of
                   the
                   Celestiall
                   Orbs
                   ,
                   which
                   Aristotle
                   labours
                   to
                   confirme
                   ,
                   is
                   found
                   long
                   since
                   to
                   thwart
                   the
                   obseruations
                   of
                   Astronomers
                   :
                   although
                   it
                   may
                   thus
                   bee
                   retained
                   as
                   vsefull
                   suppositions
                   to
                   settle
                   Imagination
                   .
                   But
                   to
                   let
                   this
                   passe
                   ,
                   and
                   come
                   to
                   the
                   waters
                   vnder
                   the
                   Firmament
                   ,
                   vnderstood
                   by
                   the
                   word
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   signifies
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   a
                   collection
                   of
                   waters
                   :
                   wee
                   shall
                   find
                   them
                   to
                   haue
                   taken
                   their
                   originall
                   from
                   the
                   separation
                   of
                   the
                   waters
                   substance
                   from
                   the
                   Dry-land
                   ,
                   caused
                   by
                   God
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   Creation
                   ,
                   testified
                   by
                   Moses
                   in
                   1
                   Gen
                   :
                   which
                   once
                   granted
                   (
                   as
                   no
                   Christian
                   can
                   deny
                   )
                   easily
                   rebates
                   the
                   edge
                   of
                   the
                   opinion
                   of
                   some
                   auncient
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   who
                   contended
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   Drouth
                   and
                   Moisture
                   ,
                   to
                   deriue
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   this
                   separation
                   .
                   The
                   drynesse
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   (
                   say
                   they
                   )
                   working
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   ,
                   diminisheth
                   ,
                   or
                   at
                   least
                   resisteth
                   the
                   waters
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   they
                   should
                   not
                   altogether
                   ouerwhelme
                   the
                   Land
                   :
                   But
                   this
                   reason
                   is
                   altogether
                   deficient
                   in
                   Nature
                   :
                   Because
                   Drouth
                   and
                   Moisture
                   are
                   no
                   such
                   qualities
                   to
                   haue
                   such
                   an
                   operation
                   :
                   and
                   if
                   any
                   such
                   there
                   were
                   betwixt
                   Drouth
                   and
                   Moisture
                   ,
                   the
                   Drouth
                   (
                   as
                   wee
                   see
                   by
                   experience
                   )
                   would
                   rather
                   draw
                   moisture
                   vnto
                   it
                   ,
                   then
                   any
                   way
                   expell
                   it
                   ,
                   or
                   driue
                   it
                   away
                   :
                   whence
                   it
                   is
                   most
                   euident
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   was
                   effected
                   by
                   no
                   other
                   meanes
                   then
                   the
                   immediate
                   worke
                   and
                   prouidence
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   preseruation
                   of
                   liuing
                   creatures
                   :
                   for
                   ,
                   before
                   God
                   said
                   ;
                   
                     Let
                     the
                     waters
                     bee
                     gathered
                     into
                     one
                     place
                  
                   :
                   the
                   Water
                   was
                   said
                   to
                   couer
                   the
                   whole
                   face
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   but
                   afterwards
                   at
                   Gods
                   appointment
                   ,
                   the
                   water
                   went
                   backe
                   ,
                   and
                   shewed
                   the
                   dry-land
                   .
                   But
                   by
                   what
                   meanes
                   God
                   separated
                   the
                   one
                   from
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   much
                   controuersed
                   amongst
                   Diuines
                   and
                   Philosophers
                   .
                   Many
                   were
                   of
                   opinion
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   was
                   suffered
                   to
                   stand
                   intire
                   without
                   alteration
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   waters
                   
                   were
                   eleuated
                   aboue
                   it
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   if
                   they
                   were
                   suffered
                   to
                   flow
                   abroad
                   ,
                   they
                   might
                   againe
                   couer
                   the
                   face
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   why
                   the
                   Waters
                   should
                   bee
                   thus
                   restrained
                   ,
                   is
                   not
                   agreed
                   among
                   them
                   :
                   for
                   some
                   thought
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   was
                   done
                   by
                   the
                   miraculous
                   power
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   which
                   restraines
                   the
                   flowing
                   abroad
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   beyond
                   ordinary
                   bounds
                   ;
                   of
                   which
                   opinion
                   is
                   St
                   Ierome
                   ,
                   who
                   grounded
                   his
                   opinion
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   seemes
                   )
                   on
                   the
                   authority
                   of
                   the
                   Scripture
                   ,
                   especially
                   in
                   the
                   8
                   of
                   the
                   Prouerbs
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   103
                   Psalme
                   ;
                   where
                   God
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   haue
                   set
                   a
                   bound
                   vpon
                   the
                   seas
                   ,
                   which
                   they
                   should
                   not
                   passe
                   :
                   But
                   this
                   reason
                   seemes
                   not
                   warrantable
                   ;
                   That
                   the
                   great
                   Creator
                   of
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   should
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   institution
                   of
                   Nature
                   impose
                   a
                   perpetuall
                   violence
                   vpon
                   Nature
                   .
                   Moreouer
                   all
                   miracles
                   are
                   temporary
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   perpetuall
                   ;
                   for
                   then
                   were
                   it
                   ordinary
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   scarce
                   a
                   miracle
                   :
                   others
                   vpon
                   lesse
                   ground
                   ,
                   haue
                   imagined
                   that
                   there
                   are
                   certaine
                   Northerne
                   starres
                   in
                   
                     Vrsa
                     maior
                  
                   and
                   Draco
                   ,
                   of
                   so
                   great
                   vertue
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   can
                   draw
                   the
                   Ocean
                   from
                   this
                   habitable
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   toward
                   the
                   North
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   constraine
                   the
                   waters
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   cannot
                   ouerwhelme
                   the
                   earth
                   :
                   but
                   this
                   opinion
                   is
                   ridiculous
                   ,
                   and
                   deserues
                   no
                   solide
                   refutation
                   :
                   being
                   a
                   meere
                   coniecture
                   ,
                   without
                   ground
                   or
                   probability
                   :
                   others
                   vpon
                   the
                   like
                   reason
                   ,
                   haue
                   dreamed
                   that
                   there
                   is
                   more
                   Water
                   then
                   Earth
                   in
                   the
                   Globe
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   water
                   by
                   his
                   extraordinary
                   masse
                   occupying
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   ,
                   turnes
                   the
                   earth
                   on
                   one
                   side
                   ,
                   making
                   it
                   to
                   swimme
                   as
                   a
                   ship
                   vpon
                   the
                   sea
                   :
                   But
                   this
                   assertion
                   wee
                   haue
                   refuted
                   in
                   our
                   first
                   Chapter
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   booke
                   :
                   All
                   these
                   Authors
                   suppose
                   that
                   the
                   earth
                   is
                   vncouered
                   toward
                   the
                   North-Pole
                   ;
                   but
                   ouerflowne
                   with
                   waters
                   towards
                   the
                   South
                   :
                   which
                   the
                   experience
                   of
                   Nauigatours
                   at
                   this
                   day
                   hath
                   sufficiently
                   disanulled
                   :
                   Others
                   againe
                   affirming
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   Peripateticall
                   dreame
                   that
                   the
                   water
                   is
                   ten
                   times
                   greater
                   then
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   suppose
                   the
                   earth
                   to
                   bee
                   like
                   a
                   sponge
                   to
                   drinke
                   vp
                   the
                   water
                   :
                   to
                   proue
                   which
                   assertion
                   they
                   produce
                   an
                   experiment
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   earth
                   being
                   digged
                   any
                   thing
                   deepe
                   in
                   most
                   places
                   ,
                   there
                   will
                   appeare
                   water
                   :
                   whence
                   they
                   collect
                   that
                   the
                   water
                   is
                   mixt
                   
                   with
                   the
                   whole
                   earth
                   ,
                   and
                   receiued
                   into
                   it'●
                   concauities
                   :
                   But
                   howsoeuer
                   wee
                   may
                   graunt
                   ,
                   that
                   there
                   are
                   many
                   and
                   vast
                   concauities
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   capable
                   of
                   Waters
                   ;
                   yet
                   it
                   is
                   impossible
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Water
                   should
                   bee
                   ten
                   times
                   as
                   great
                   as
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   for
                   by
                   this
                   reason
                   ,
                   although
                   all
                   the
                   Terrestriall
                   Globe
                   were
                   Water
                   ,
                   it
                   could
                   not
                   bee
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   a
                   greater
                   portion
                   of
                   Water
                   ,
                   then
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   should
                   arise
                   aboue
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   because
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   owne
                   Supposition
                   ,
                   9
                   partes
                   should
                   bee
                   aboue
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   Neither
                   can
                   Aristotles
                   words
                   bee
                   well
                   wrested
                   to
                   this
                   interpretation
                   :
                   For
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   hee
                   vnderstood
                   this
                   ten-fold
                   proportion
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   to
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   not
                   of
                   the
                   spaces
                   ,
                   which
                   they
                   replenished
                   ,
                   measured
                   by
                   their
                   Circles
                   and
                   Diameters
                   :
                   but
                   of
                   the
                   proportion
                   they
                   beare
                   one
                   to
                   the
                   other
                   in
                   their
                   transmutation
                   :
                   as
                   that
                   one
                   measure
                   of
                   Earth
                   turned
                   into
                   Water
                   ,
                   should
                   bee
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   10.
                   
                   All
                   these
                   opinions
                   seeming
                   so
                   absurd
                   ,
                   it
                   seemeth
                   more
                   probable
                   to
                   imagine
                   ,
                   that
                   either
                   the
                   Waters
                   are
                   condensated
                   ,
                   and
                   thickned
                   ,
                   which
                   were
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   created
                   thinne
                   :
                   whence
                   will
                   follow
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   should
                   occupy
                   a
                   lesse
                   place
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   consequence
                   ,
                   leaue
                   the
                   dry-land
                   in
                   many
                   places
                   habitable
                   :
                   or
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   more
                   probable
                   ;
                   that
                   God
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   Creation
                   made
                   certaine
                   hollow
                   concauities
                   and
                   channels
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   was
                   before
                   plaine
                   and
                   vniforme
                   ;
                   into
                   which
                   the
                   waters
                   were
                   receiued
                   and
                   bounded
                   ,
                   in
                   so
                   much
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   could
                   not
                   flow
                   abroad
                   .
                   This
                   seemes
                   enough
                   to
                   satisfy
                   the
                   search
                   of
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   not
                   too
                   curious
                   to
                   search
                   into
                   his
                   secrets
                   ,
                   whose
                   power
                   and
                   omnipotence
                   transcends
                   the
                   capacity
                   of
                   the
                   wisest
                   :
                   In
                   this
                   diuision
                   of
                   a
                   place
                   into
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   Land
                   ,
                   wee
                   will
                   first
                   treat
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   accidents
                   belonging
                   thereunto
                   :
                   Not
                   that
                   the
                   water
                   is
                   worthier
                   or
                   greater
                   then
                   the
                   Earth
                   ▪
                   The
                   contrary
                   whereof
                   wee
                   haue
                   proued
                   heretofore
                   :
                   but
                   because
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   is
                   more
                   simple
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   wherein
                   fewer
                   matters
                   are
                   to
                   bee
                   handled
                   then
                   in
                   the
                   land
                   .
                   For
                   Riuers
                   and
                   Lakes
                   ,
                   although
                   consisting
                   of
                   this
                   watery
                   element
                   ,
                   wee
                   thought
                   fit
                   to
                   handle
                   apart
                   :
                   as
                   adiuncts
                   belonging
                   to
                   the
                   land
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4
                     In
                     the
                     Sea
                     are
                     considered
                     two
                     things
                     :
                     1
                     The
                     
                     Adiuncts
                     ,
                     2
                     The
                     Diuision
                     .
                     The
                     Accidents
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     whereof
                     we
                     are
                     to
                     treat
                     ,
                     are
                     either
                     Internall
                     ,
                     or
                     E●ternall
                     .
                  
                   
                     5
                     The
                     Internall
                     ,
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     inb●ed
                     in
                     the
                     Sea
                     :
                     These
                     againe
                     are
                     either
                     Absolute
                     or
                     Relatiue
                     .
                  
                   
                     6
                     The
                     Absolute
                     ,
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     agree
                     to
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     comparison
                     with
                     the
                     land
                     :
                     such
                     are
                     either
                     ,
                     
                       Figure
                       ,
                       Quality
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     Motion
                     .
                  
                   
                     7
                     The
                     figure
                     is
                     the
                     conformity
                     of
                     the
                     externall
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ;
                     whereof
                     obserue
                     this
                     Theorem●
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Although
                       the
                       whole
                       body
                       of
                       the
                       water
                       be
                       Sphericall
                       ,
                       yet
                       it
                       is
                       probable
                       that
                       the
                       parts
                       of
                       it
                       ,
                       incline
                       to
                       a
                       
                         Conicall
                         figure
                      
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     That
                     the
                     whole
                     Water
                     according
                     to
                     it's
                     outward
                     superficies
                     ,
                     i●
                     Sphericall
                     and
                     round
                     ,
                     is
                     sufficiently
                     demonstrated
                     before
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     booke
                     .
                     But
                     notwithstanding
                     this
                     roundnesse
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     it
                     may
                     (
                     for
                     ought
                     I
                     see
                     )
                     admit
                     of
                     a
                     Conicall
                     figure
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     this
                     hath
                     little
                     or
                     no
                     proportion
                     to
                     the
                     vast
                     Spheracity
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     no
                     more
                     then
                     little
                     hils
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     greatnesse
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     prosecution
                     of
                     which
                     point
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     first
                     shew
                     the
                     reason
                     of
                     this
                     my
                     coniecture
                     ,
                     grounded
                     on
                     experience
                     ;
                     and
                     afterwards
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     and
                     demonstration
                     of
                     the
                     principles
                     of
                     
                       Mathematicall
                       Philosophie
                    
                     ,
                     endeauour
                     to
                     make
                     it
                     more
                     manifest
                     .
                     First
                     therefore
                     by
                     a
                     Conicall
                     line
                     ,
                     wee
                     vnderstand
                     a
                     crooked
                     line
                     which
                     differs
                     from
                     a
                     Periphery
                     or
                     circle
                     ,
                     in
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     it
                     keeps
                     not
                     alwayes
                     an
                     equall
                     distance
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     center
                     :
                     but
                     is
                     higher
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     ,
                     then
                     on
                     either
                     side
                     :
                     Now
                     if
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     standing
                     still
                     ,
                     were
                     
                     in
                     their
                     higher
                     superficies
                     exactly
                     sphericall
                     ;
                     they
                     should
                     by
                     the
                     same
                     grounds
                     bee
                     concentricall
                     ,
                     or
                     haue
                     the
                     same
                     center
                     with
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     :
                     But
                     that
                     it
                     hath
                     not
                     the
                     same
                     center
                     ,
                     will
                     appeare
                     by
                     little
                     dropps
                     of
                     Water
                     falling
                     on
                     the
                     ground
                     ,
                     which
                     incline
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     )
                     to
                     a
                     round
                     figure
                     ;
                     yet
                     were
                     it
                     more
                     then
                     ridiculous
                     to
                     say
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     round
                     conuexity
                     of
                     a
                     droppe
                     could
                     bee
                     concentricall
                     with
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     :
                     sith
                     in
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     masse
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     hardly
                     sensible
                     .
                     But
                     here
                     our
                     ordinary
                     Philosophers
                     are
                     ready
                     to
                     answer
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     conformity
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     dropps
                     in
                     a
                     round
                     figure
                     ,
                     is
                     rather
                     Violent
                     ,
                     then
                     Naturall
                     :
                     because
                     the
                     Water
                     being
                     by
                     nature
                     moist
                     ,
                     is
                     ready
                     to
                     fly
                     ,
                     and
                     auoid
                     the
                     touch
                     or
                     drouth
                     ,
                     or
                     any
                     dry
                     thing
                     .
                     And
                     because
                     the
                     Water
                     thus
                     auoiding
                     the
                     drouth
                     ,
                     cannot
                     of
                     necessity
                     but
                     some
                     way
                     touch
                     it
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     imagined
                     to
                     conforme
                     it selfe
                     to
                     that
                     figure
                     ,
                     whereit
                     it
                     may
                     least
                     of
                     all
                     touch
                     :
                     This
                     is
                     the
                     round
                     or
                     Sphericall
                     figure
                     ;
                     wherein
                     any
                     body
                     contained
                     ,
                     cannot
                     touch
                     a
                     plaine
                     ,
                     otherwise
                     then
                     in
                     one
                     onely
                     point
                     .
                     But
                     against
                     this
                     coniecture
                     of
                     moisture
                     flying
                     drouth
                     ,
                     strong
                     enough
                     is
                     the
                     experiment
                     of
                     Scaliger
                     ,
                     in
                     his
                     105
                     exercitation
                     :
                     that
                     quick-siluer
                     a
                     moist
                     substance
                     ,
                     being
                     cast
                     either
                     into
                     Water
                     or
                     Iron-Oare
                     ,
                     will
                     gather
                     it selfe
                     to
                     a
                     round
                     body
                     ,
                     notwithstanding
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     ,
                     that
                     quick-siluer
                     naturally
                     neither
                     auoides
                     the
                     touch
                     of
                     Water
                     or
                     Iron
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     one
                     is
                     very
                     m●●st
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     of
                     great
                     affinity
                     ,
                     (
                     as
                     our
                     Chimicks
                     teach
                     )
                     with
                     quick-siluer
                     ▪
                     the
                     parent
                     of
                     all
                     Mettals
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     conformity
                     to
                     roundnesse
                     ,
                     is
                     in
                     dropps
                     of
                     raine
                     falling
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     through
                     the
                     Aire
                     :
                     yet
                     will
                     not
                     our
                     Peripateticks
                     admit
                     of
                     any
                     drouth
                     in
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     which
                     this
                     moist
                     element
                     should
                     seeke
                     to
                     auoid
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     if
                     Water
                     should
                     conforme
                     it selfe
                     to
                     roundnesse
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     drouth
                     of
                     the
                     body
                     ,
                     whereon
                     it
                     fall
                     ,
                     then
                     must
                     it
                     follow
                     ;
                     that
                     either
                     the
                     moisture
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     should
                     ●xpell
                     the
                     drouth
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     that
                     the
                     drouth
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     should
                     worke
                     on
                     the
                     moisture
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     ▪
                     But
                     neither
                     can
                     be
                     graunted
                     with
                     probability
                     .
                     First
                     be●ause
                     moisture
                     and
                     drouth
                     are
                     not
                     qualities
                     of
                     such
                     actiuity
                     to
                     driue
                     and
                     rem●ue
                     ,
                     one
                     the
                     other
                     from
                     one
                     place
                     to
                     another
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     here
                     imagined
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ;
                     if
                     the
                     moist
                     should
                     worke
                     on
                     the
                     
                     dry
                     ,
                     it
                     should
                     either
                     touch
                     it
                     or
                     not
                     :
                     If
                     it
                     touches
                     not
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     worke
                     on
                     it
                     :
                     becau●e
                     no
                     Physicall
                     action
                     can
                     bee
                     performed
                     with●●t
                     touching
                     :
                     besides
                     ,
                     it
                     were
                     very
                     impossible
                     ,
                     to
                     imagine
                     that
                     without
                     thi●
                     t●uch
                     ,
                     one
                     of
                     these
                     qualities
                     should
                     perceiue
                     or
                     ●ent
                     the
                     other
                     to
                     auoid
                     it
                     .
                     If
                     it
                     touch
                     ,
                     it
                     auoides
                     not
                     the
                     touch
                     ,
                     but
                     ioynes
                     it selfe
                     with
                     the
                     drouth
                     :
                     And
                     indeed
                     reason
                     and
                     experience
                     shewes
                     ,
                     that
                     dro●th
                     rather
                     couets
                     and
                     drawes
                     vnto
                     it selfe
                     moisture
                     ,
                     then
                     expels
                     it
                     :
                     wherefore
                     Scaliger
                     goes
                     about
                     to
                     ●o●ge
                     a
                     new
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     experience
                     .
                     Euery
                     thing
                     (
                     saith
                     hee
                     )
                     in
                     this
                     nature
                     is
                     one
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     :
                     But
                     this
                     vnity
                     in
                     Homogeneall
                     bodies
                     ,
                     is
                     best
                     preserued
                     in
                     a
                     Globe
                     or
                     round
                     figure
                     :
                     wherein
                     is
                     no
                     inequality
                     ,
                     no
                     parts
                     higher
                     or
                     lower
                     ,
                     abounding
                     or
                     deficient
                     .
                     But
                     her●
                     might
                     a
                     man
                     aske
                     why
                     the
                     greater
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     are
                     not
                     likewise
                     conformed
                     vnto
                     roundnesse
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     as
                     the
                     lesser
                     droppe
                     ;
                     Hee
                     would
                     perhaps
                     answer
                     ,
                     that
                     nature
                     in
                     them
                     was
                     not
                     in
                     such
                     dist●●sse
                     ,
                     to
                     make
                     vse
                     of
                     this
                     speciall
                     priuiledge
                     ;
                     I
                     grant
                     it
                     :
                     yet
                     find
                     I
                     in
                     this
                     no
                     satisfaction
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     hee
                     giues
                     a
                     fi●all
                     cause
                     ,
                     where
                     I
                     sought
                     an
                     efficient
                     ▪
                     for
                     I
                     would
                     farther
                     aske
                     by
                     what
                     action
                     or
                     motion
                     this
                     water
                     should
                     gather
                     it selfe
                     into
                     a
                     circular
                     figure
                     ,
                     and
                     from
                     what
                     forme
                     it
                     should
                     arise
                     :
                     for
                     first
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     motion
                     cannot
                     proceed
                     from
                     the
                     externall
                     drouth
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     seeke
                     the
                     cause
                     in
                     the
                     water
                     it selfe
                     :
                     here
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     it
                     ,
                     either
                     the
                     particular
                     forme
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     or
                     a
                     certaine
                     vniuersall
                     forme
                     ,
                     as
                     some
                     suppose
                     it
                     cannot
                     bee
                     imagined
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     proceed
                     from
                     the
                     generall
                     forme
                     of
                     the
                     vniuerse
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     elsewhere
                     proued
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     no
                     such
                     Internall
                     forme
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     those
                     motions
                     are
                     commonly
                     ascribed
                     to
                     an
                     vniuersall
                     Nature
                     or
                     forme
                     ,
                     wherein
                     any
                     particular
                     body
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     neglects
                     his
                     owne
                     Nature
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     preseruation
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Vniuerse
                     .
                     But
                     here
                     water
                     containing
                     it selfe
                     in
                     an
                     orbe
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     ●lowing
                     abroad
                     towards
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     rather
                     seemes
                     to
                     forsake
                     the
                     Center
                     and
                     Vniuerse
                     to
                     preserue
                     it selfe
                     .
                     Whence
                     we
                     must
                     necessarily
                     conclude
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     roundnesse
                     in
                     drops
                     of
                     water
                     cast
                     on
                     the
                     sand
                     ,
                     proceedes
                     not
                     from
                     externall
                     drouth
                     ,
                     nor
                     any
                     vni●ers●ll
                     forme
                     ,
                     but
                     from
                     the
                     ●peciall
                     and
                     essentiall
                     forme
                     of
                     
                     the
                     water
                     ;
                     and
                     consequently
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     makes
                     a
                     circle
                     excentricall
                     with
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     bee
                     found
                     rising
                     higher
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     :
                     To
                     which
                     wee
                     will
                     adde
                     another
                     experiment
                     :
                     Let
                     there
                     bee
                     cast
                     on
                     a
                     large
                     Table
                     or
                     planke
                     ,
                     a
                     little
                     portion
                     or
                     drop
                     of
                     water
                     :
                     I
                     here
                     aske
                     ,
                     whither
                     this
                     water
                     on
                     the
                     midst
                     of
                     the
                     Table
                     equilibrated
                     ,
                     will
                     continually
                     flow
                     abroad
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     length
                     suffer
                     a
                     stay
                     or
                     stop
                     ?
                     It
                     cannot
                     bee
                     continually
                     spread
                     abroad
                     :
                     first
                     ,
                     because
                     experience
                     teacheth
                     the
                     contrary
                     ;
                     for
                     we
                     see
                     little
                     drops
                     cast
                     on
                     such
                     a
                     plaine
                     ,
                     to
                     confine
                     themselues
                     within
                     certaine
                     bounds
                     :
                     and
                     least
                     any
                     should
                     imagine
                     (
                     as
                     before
                     )
                     that
                     this
                     happens
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     drouth
                     of
                     the
                     Table
                     ,
                     let
                     him
                     first
                     moisten
                     the
                     Table
                     ,
                     and
                     hee
                     shall
                     find
                     no
                     great
                     alteration
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     water
                     should
                     alwayes
                     fall
                     downward
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     still
                     runne
                     abroad
                     ,
                     and
                     spread
                     it selfe
                     to
                     the
                     margents
                     of
                     the
                     Table
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     if
                     the
                     Table
                     were
                     of
                     an
                     infinite
                     capacity
                     ,
                     the
                     water
                     thus
                     shed
                     ,
                     would
                     infinitely
                     flow
                     abroad
                     ,
                     without
                     intermission
                     ;
                     and
                     so
                     should
                     Nature
                     set
                     no
                     bound
                     to
                     the
                     thicknesse
                     and
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     :
                     whereof
                     experience
                     hath
                     sufficiently
                     taught
                     the
                     contrary
                     .
                     Now
                     ,
                     that
                     water
                     thus
                     standing
                     still
                     on
                     a
                     plaine
                     equilibrated
                     Table
                     ,
                     should
                     haue
                     a
                     Canonicall
                     figure
                     ,
                     it
                     may
                     bee
                     plainely
                     proued
                     almost
                     by
                     sense
                     ,
                     whereby
                     wee
                     perceiue
                     the
                     middle
                     to
                     bee
                     higher
                     then
                     the
                     extreames
                     :
                     for
                     no
                     man
                     can
                     deny
                     but
                     the
                     water
                     thus
                     standing
                     ,
                     is
                     endowed
                     with
                     thicknesse
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     naturall
                     body
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     of
                     necessity
                     it
                     must
                     swell
                     aboue
                     the
                     Table
                     .
                     It
                     cannot
                     bee
                     
                       Spherically
                       Concentricall
                    
                     with
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     ,
                     because
                     in
                     so
                     small
                     a
                     segment
                     of
                     an
                     Arch
                     ,
                     as
                     this
                     little
                     quantity
                     of
                     water
                     admits
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     bee
                     insensible
                     .
                     It
                     cannot
                     bee
                     plaine
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     sides
                     or
                     extremities
                     of
                     it
                     touch
                     the
                     Table
                     ,
                     whereas
                     the
                     middle
                     superfi●ies
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     thicknesse
                     ,
                     is
                     eleuated
                     aboue
                     the
                     Table
                     .
                     Neither
                     can
                     wee
                     imagine
                     another
                     figure
                     besides
                     ,
                     which
                     can
                     aptly
                     bee
                     admitted
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     meet
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     ,
                     that
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     grounds
                     of
                     Philosophie
                     ,
                     wee
                     explaine
                     how
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     participate
                     this
                     figure
                     :
                     where
                     wee
                     are
                     first
                     to
                     vnderstand
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     figure
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     is
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     compounded
                     of
                     two
                     spheares
                     ;
                     whereof
                     the
                     first
                     is
                     imagined
                     to
                     bee
                     concentricall
                     with
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     lesser
                     onely
                     answering
                     to
                     the
                     portion
                     
                     or
                     quantity
                     of
                     water
                     ,
                     were
                     it
                     made
                     round
                     ;
                     for
                     if
                     wee
                     consider
                     the
                     simple
                     and
                     particular
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     it
                     inclining
                     to
                     roundnesse
                     of
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     by
                     experiment
                     ▪
                     yet
                     such
                     a
                     sensible
                     roundnesse
                     ,
                     as
                     cannot
                     haue
                     one
                     Center
                     with
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     we
                     consider
                     the
                     water
                     as
                     it
                     concurres
                     to
                     the
                     constitution
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Vniuerse
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     this
                     Figure
                     to
                     partake
                     of
                     a
                     circular
                     segment
                     concentricke
                     with
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     .
                     Now
                     because
                     neither
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     Figures
                     can
                     precisely
                     and
                     exactly
                     arise
                     by
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     sith
                     the
                     one
                     must
                     needs
                     some
                     what
                     alter
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     admit
                     of
                     a
                     figure
                     mixt
                     and
                     compounded
                     of
                     both
                     these
                     ;
                     which
                     can
                     bee
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     a
                     Cone
                     .
                     To
                     expresse
                     this
                     more
                     plainely
                     (
                     because
                     this
                     path
                     is
                     yet
                     vntroden
                     )
                     wee
                     find
                     in
                     the
                     water
                     a
                     double
                     motion
                     directed
                     to
                     this
                     double
                     figuration
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     whereof
                     is
                     that
                     ,
                     whereby
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     a
                     quantity
                     of
                     water
                     ,
                     are
                     inclined
                     to
                     an
                     Absolute
                     roundnesse
                     ,
                     or
                     Sphericall
                     Figure
                     ,
                     without
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Vniuerse
                     :
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     which
                     roundnesse
                     ,
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     sought
                     in
                     the
                     water
                     it selfe
                     .
                     The
                     later
                     is
                     that
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     conforming
                     themselues
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     they
                     can
                     ,
                     make
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     figure
                     (
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     Nature
                     can
                     suffer
                     )
                     concentricke
                     with
                     the
                     whole
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     former
                     of
                     these
                     motions
                     ,
                     the
                     Water
                     seekes
                     it's
                     owne
                     preseruation
                     ;
                     in
                     the
                     later
                     ,
                     the
                     safety
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Vniuerse
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     safety
                     and
                     consistency
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     is
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     part
                     ,
                     which
                     concurre
                     to
                     preserue
                     the
                     whole
                     .
                     To
                     expresse
                     a
                     little
                     better
                     the
                     manner
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     concurrent
                     operations
                     ;
                     wee
                     will
                     take
                     for
                     an
                     vndoubted
                     ground
                     ,
                     
                       That
                       God
                       hath
                       giuen
                       to
                       Nature
                       a
                       power
                       and
                       inclination
                       to
                       preserue
                       herselfe
                       .
                    
                     This
                     granted
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     distinguish
                     of
                     a
                     two-fold
                     preseruation
                     :
                     the
                     one
                     Speciall
                     ,
                     wherein
                     euery
                     Body
                     seekes
                     it's
                     owne
                     safety
                     :
                     the
                     other
                     Generall
                     ,
                     wherein
                     all
                     Bodies
                     concurre
                     to
                     the
                     preseruation
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     :
                     The
                     former
                     proceeds
                     from
                     the
                     speciall
                     Forme
                     and
                     Nature
                     of
                     euery
                     Body
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     performed
                     by
                     the
                     vnion
                     of
                     all
                     his
                     parts
                     to
                     it selfe
                     ;
                     this
                     vnion
                     is
                     greatest
                     of
                     all
                     in
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     figure
                     ;
                     wherein
                     all
                     the
                     extreme
                     parts
                     are
                     equally
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     admitting
                     no
                     Equality
                     of
                     dimension
                     .
                     The
                     Generall
                     depends
                     from
                     the
                     Resultancy
                     and
                     
                     Harmony
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     ,
                     whereby
                     is
                     caused
                     an
                     vnion
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     with
                     the
                     whole
                     ;
                     to
                     whose
                     preseruation
                     they
                     are
                     secondarily
                     directed
                     :
                     whence
                     ariseth
                     a
                     double
                     figurature
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ;
                     the
                     one
                     of
                     a
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     excentricall
                     with
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     the
                     other
                     also
                     of
                     a
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     but
                     concentricke
                     with
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     whereof
                     this
                     Conicall
                     figure
                     is
                     compounded
                     .
                     Why
                     this
                     figure
                     should
                     be
                     more
                     sensible
                     in
                     a
                     small
                     drop
                     or
                     quantity
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     Ocean
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     declared
                     from
                     the
                     same
                     ground
                     well
                     vnderstood
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     conuexity
                     of
                     the
                     lesser
                     Spheare
                     excentricke
                     with
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     is
                     more
                     ;
                     and
                     the
                     greater
                     ,
                     is
                     lesse
                     :
                     for
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     the
                     lesser
                     is
                     the
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     the
                     greater
                     will
                     be
                     the
                     conuexity
                     :
                     and
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     greater
                     the
                     Spheare
                     ,
                     the
                     lesser
                     will
                     the
                     bee
                     conuexity
                     ,
                     or
                     crookednesse
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     this
                     crookednesse
                     being
                     in
                     a
                     small
                     measure
                     of
                     water
                     very
                     sensible
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     will
                     by
                     sense
                     be
                     hardly
                     distinguished
                     from
                     a
                     right
                     line
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     8
                     Of
                     the
                     Figure
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     wee
                     haue
                     spoken
                     :
                     Wee
                     must
                     now
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     Quality
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     two-fold
                     :
                     Saltnesse
                     ,
                     and
                     Thicknesse
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Water
                       of
                       the
                       Sea
                       is
                       salt
                       ,
                       not
                       by
                       Nature
                       ,
                       but
                       by
                       Accident
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     That
                     the
                     Sea
                     is
                     of
                     a
                     saltish
                     Quality
                     ,
                     no
                     man
                     hath
                     euer
                     doubted
                     ,
                     at
                     least
                     in
                     most
                     parts
                     :
                     But
                     whether
                     this
                     saltish
                     Quality
                     ,
                     essentially
                     agrees
                     to
                     the
                     center
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     as
                     therein
                     created
                     ,
                     or
                     else
                     Accidentally
                     brought
                     in
                     ,
                     I
                     finde
                     no
                     small
                     difference
                     among
                     Philosophers
                     .
                     Those
                     which
                     defend
                     the
                     saltishnesse
                     to
                     bee
                     Accidentall
                     ,
                     are
                     diuided
                     into
                     diuers
                     sorts
                     :
                     for
                     some
                     of
                     the
                     old
                     Philosophers
                     imagined
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     chased
                     and
                     Heat
                     with
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     continually
                     sweats
                     out
                     water
                     :
                     whence
                     is
                     made
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     should
                     haue
                     a
                     saltish
                     taste
                     ,
                     because
                     all
                     sweat
                     is
                     of
                     this
                     Quality
                     :
                     But
                     this
                     opinion
                     I
                     take
                     to
                     bee
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     a
                     pleasant
                     Allegory
                     of
                     the
                     old
                     Greeke
                     writers
                     ,
                     who
                     wrote
                     their
                     Philosophy
                     in
                     verse
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     vsed
                     such
                     allusions
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     shall
                     perhaps
                     find
                     in
                     many
                     other
                     matters
                     ,
                     poëtically
                     deuised
                     
                     of
                     them
                     ;
                     yet
                     refuted
                     of
                     Aristotle
                     in
                     good
                     earnest
                     :
                     others
                     haue
                     more
                     probably
                     coniectur'd
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     saltishnesse
                     was
                     first
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     through
                     whose
                     parts
                     the
                     Water
                     being
                     strained
                     ,
                     is
                     apt
                     to
                     receiue
                     this
                     Quality
                     ,
                     being
                     primarily
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     it selfe
                     :
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     water
                     being
                     wrung
                     through
                     ashes
                     ,
                     to
                     grow
                     salt
                     :
                     but
                     this
                     opinion
                     seemeth
                     of
                     no
                     great
                     soundnesse
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     first
                     Riuers
                     and
                     Lakes
                     being
                     drawne
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     altogether
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     their
                     small
                     quantity
                     ,
                     more
                     apt
                     to
                     yeeld
                     and
                     receiue
                     this
                     tincture
                     ,
                     are
                     notwithstanding
                     deuoide
                     of
                     all
                     such
                     Quality
                     .
                     Besides
                     this
                     ,
                     wee
                     rather
                     find
                     the
                     contrary
                     by
                     experiment
                     :
                     That
                     Sea-Water
                     strained
                     through
                     clay
                     ,
                     will
                     turne
                     fresh
                     :
                     as
                     likewise
                     powdred
                     flesh
                     being
                     layed
                     to
                     soake
                     ●n
                     salt
                     water
                     ,
                     will
                     soone
                     turne
                     sweet
                     :
                     The
                     former
                     is
                     verified
                     by
                     
                       Baptista
                       Porta
                    
                     :
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     euery
                     kitchin-maide
                     on
                     the
                     Sea-side
                     will
                     informe
                     vs.
                     The
                     third
                     opinion
                     is
                     of
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     who
                     referres
                     the
                     saltish
                     quality
                     of
                     the
                     Sea-water
                     to
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     chiefe
                     cause
                     ,
                     drawing
                     and
                     lifting
                     vp
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     store
                     of
                     exhalations
                     ,
                     which
                     afterwards
                     mixt
                     with
                     vapours
                     ,
                     fall
                     downe
                     againe
                     by
                     drops
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     Sunne
                     drawes
                     vp
                     the
                     thinner
                     and
                     fresher
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     leauing
                     the
                     thicker
                     and
                     lower
                     water
                     to
                     suffer
                     adustion
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne-beames
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     consequently
                     to
                     become
                     salt
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     matter
                     of
                     this
                     saltishnesse
                     in
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     is
                     by
                     an
                     exhalation
                     :
                     the
                     Sunne
                     drawing
                     vp
                     to
                     the
                     middle
                     Region
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     the
                     fresher
                     parts
                     ;
                     where
                     thickned
                     ,
                     they
                     descend
                     in
                     raine
                     ,
                     leauing
                     the
                     residue
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     salt
                     .
                     The
                     forme
                     is
                     the
                     straining
                     and
                     concoction
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     made
                     by
                     the
                     Sun
                     ;
                     for
                     the
                     saltishnes
                     is
                     said
                     to
                     arise
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     commixtion
                     of
                     Terrestriall
                     drynesse
                     ,
                     concurring
                     with
                     moisture
                     ,
                     ioin'd
                     with
                     adustion
                     of
                     Heat
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     two
                     things
                     are
                     chiefly
                     concurring
                     to
                     the
                     Generation
                     of
                     saltishnesse
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     Drouth
                     and
                     Adustion
                     .
                     This
                     seemes
                     to
                     bee
                     prooued
                     by
                     instance
                     of
                     Fresh-waters
                     in
                     the
                     kitchin
                     ,
                     which
                     turne
                     salt
                     ,
                     being
                     much
                     boyled
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     thinner
                     and
                     sweeter
                     vapours
                     of
                     it
                     are
                     drawne
                     vp
                     ,
                     and
                     dissipated
                     ,
                     leauing
                     that
                     behind
                     which
                     is
                     thicker
                     and
                     saltish
                     .
                     The
                     same
                     would
                     some
                     haue
                     in
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     seethed
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     and
                     burnt
                     with
                     the
                     Heate
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     experimentally
                     find
                     in
                     hot
                     water
                     on
                     the
                     fire
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     is
                     excepted
                     against
                     by
                     some
                     ,
                     because
                     wee
                     find
                     by
                     experience
                     ,
                     
                     that
                     many
                     salt
                     wells
                     and
                     fountaines
                     arise
                     in
                     diuers
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     ingendred
                     in
                     the
                     bowels
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     farre
                     remote
                     and
                     separate
                     from
                     this
                     extreame
                     heate
                     and
                     adustion
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne-beames
                     :
                     But
                     to
                     this
                     wee
                     may
                     easily
                     answer
                     ,
                     that
                     such
                     salt
                     springs
                     are
                     either
                     by
                     some
                     violence
                     enforced
                     from
                     the
                     sea
                     by
                     certaine
                     secret
                     cauernes
                     ,
                     and
                     hollow
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     or
                     else
                     that
                     they
                     receiue
                     their
                     tincture
                     of
                     saltnesse
                     from
                     some
                     salt
                     minerals
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     through
                     which
                     they
                     passe
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     this
                     opinion
                     of
                     Aristotle
                     I
                     see
                     not
                     yet
                     sufficiently
                     refuted
                     .
                     The
                     other
                     opinion
                     concerning
                     this
                     quality
                     of
                     such
                     ,
                     which
                     would
                     haue
                     it
                     essentiall
                     to
                     the
                     sea
                     water
                     ,
                     and
                     inbred
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     creation
                     ,
                     is
                     grounded
                     on
                     two
                     small
                     causes
                     :
                     First
                     they
                     say
                     that
                     the
                     sea
                     is
                     salt
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     preseruation
                     of
                     the
                     Fishes
                     ,
                     who
                     would
                     otherwise
                     rot
                     ,
                     because
                     experience
                     shewes
                     ,
                     that
                     Fish
                     will
                     soone
                     putrifie
                     without
                     salt
                     ;
                     but
                     this
                     is
                     thwarted
                     by
                     three
                     reasons
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     if
                     fish
                     were
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     salted
                     in
                     the
                     sea
                     Water
                     ,
                     the
                     cooke
                     might
                     saue
                     himselfe
                     a
                     labour
                     in
                     salting
                     them
                     againe
                     in
                     his
                     kitchin
                     :
                     Also
                     Fishes
                     caught
                     in
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     are
                     oftentimes
                     preserued
                     longer
                     and
                     sweeter
                     ,
                     lesse
                     needing
                     salt
                     then
                     those
                     which
                     are
                     found
                     in
                     fresh
                     Ponds
                     and
                     Riuers
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     if
                     this
                     reason
                     should
                     hold
                     currant
                     ,
                     why
                     should
                     not
                     the
                     Fishes
                     also
                     rot
                     and
                     put●ify
                     in
                     fresh
                     Water
                     ?
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     why
                     should
                     fishes
                     couet
                     the
                     fresh
                     Water
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     by
                     experience
                     in
                     many
                     fishes
                     )
                     if
                     in
                     it
                     they
                     should
                     suffer
                     putrefaction
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     great
                     enemy
                     to
                     nature
                     ;
                     Aboue
                     all
                     what
                     need
                     wee
                     feare
                     this
                     putrefaction
                     of
                     fishes
                     ,
                     while
                     they
                     are
                     endowed
                     with
                     a
                     liuing
                     soule
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     greater
                     preseruatiue
                     then
                     all
                     the
                     salt
                     in
                     the
                     world
                     ;
                     or
                     why
                     should
                     wee
                     not
                     doubt
                     the
                     same
                     calamity
                     in
                     all
                     liuing
                     creatures
                     in
                     the
                     land
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     as
                     subiect
                     to
                     rottenesse
                     in
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     other
                     on
                     the
                     land
                     ?
                     The
                     second
                     cause
                     (
                     say
                     they
                     )
                     Why
                     the
                     sea
                     should
                     bee
                     created
                     salt
                     ,
                     is
                     ;
                     Because
                     the
                     sea
                     it selfe
                     should
                     not
                     putrify
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     wee
                     find
                     by
                     experience
                     ,
                     that
                     salt
                     is
                     the
                     only
                     thing
                     to
                     resist
                     Putrefaction
                     ;
                     But
                     here
                     wee
                     may
                     demaund
                     ;
                     why
                     these
                     Authors
                     should
                     feare
                     Putrefaction
                     in
                     the
                     vast
                     body
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     rather
                     then
                     in
                     other
                     Waters
                     and
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     neither
                     salt
                     ,
                     nor
                     come
                     neere
                     the
                     greatnesse
                     of
                     the
                     Ocean
                     ;
                     
                     whereas
                     Aristotle
                     affirmes
                     in
                     the
                     fift
                     chapter
                     of
                     the
                     4
                     booke
                     of
                     his
                     Meteors
                     ,
                     that
                     if
                     the
                     Sea
                     were
                     d●uided
                     into
                     many
                     parts
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     more
                     easily
                     dissolue
                     and
                     putrify
                     .
                     The
                     grounds
                     of
                     this
                     opinion
                     being
                     ouerthrowne
                     ,
                     there
                     want
                     not
                     reasons
                     to
                     contradict
                     :
                     First
                     (
                     sayes
                     one
                     )
                     if
                     the
                     Sea
                     were
                     not
                     created
                     salt
                     ,
                     then
                     was
                     there
                     some
                     time
                     wherein
                     it
                     was
                     fresh
                     :
                     To
                     this
                     I
                     answer
                     two
                     wayes
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     might
                     bee
                     created
                     fresh
                     ,
                     yet
                     being
                     apt
                     from
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     to
                     receiue
                     saltnesse
                     ,
                     it
                     might
                     ,
                     almost
                     at
                     the
                     first
                     receiue
                     it
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     if
                     I
                     should
                     grant
                     that
                     it
                     was
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     before
                     it
                     embraced
                     this
                     quality
                     ,
                     I
                     know
                     neither
                     History
                     to
                     confute
                     mee
                     ,
                     or
                     reason
                     to
                     conuince
                     mee
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     vrged
                     from
                     the
                     Nature
                     of
                     liuing
                     creatures
                     in
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     cannot
                     well
                     liue
                     in
                     fresh
                     waters
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     it
                     seemes
                     originally
                     salt
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     by
                     Accident
                     :
                     But
                     this
                     is
                     of
                     no
                     great
                     force
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     experience
                     shewes
                     ,
                     that
                     many
                     kind
                     of
                     fishes
                     liue
                     in
                     both
                     ,
                     and
                     many
                     rather
                     couet
                     and
                     desire
                     the
                     fresh
                     Water
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     Sea
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     improbable
                     ,
                     that
                     as
                     the
                     Sea
                     by
                     little
                     and
                     little
                     and
                     by
                     degrees
                     turned
                     from
                     freshnesse
                     to
                     saltnesse
                     ,
                     the
                     temper
                     and
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     fishes
                     ,
                     was
                     in
                     like
                     manner
                     changed
                     and
                     altered
                     :
                     Whence
                     it
                     may
                     come
                     to
                     passe
                     ,
                     that
                     fishes
                     since
                     bred
                     and
                     nourished
                     in
                     fresh
                     Waters
                     ,
                     cannot
                     so
                     well
                     endure
                     the
                     salt
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     who
                     knowes
                     whether
                     all
                     these
                     seuerall
                     kinds
                     of
                     fishes
                     now
                     found
                     in
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     were
                     from
                     the
                     beginning
                     ,
                     since
                     wee
                     see
                     by
                     experience
                     ,
                     that
                     sundry
                     kinds
                     of
                     liuing
                     creatures
                     dayly
                     arise
                     out
                     of
                     putrefaction
                     on
                     the
                     land
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     with
                     like
                     probability
                     ,
                     or
                     more
                     ,
                     bee
                     admitted
                     in
                     the
                     Sea.
                     There
                     are
                     yet
                     behind
                     other
                     reasons
                     of
                     one
                     Patricius
                     a
                     Platonist
                     ,
                     who
                     would
                     oppose
                     Aristotle
                     in
                     good
                     earnest
                     .
                     Aristotle
                     (
                     saith
                     hee
                     )
                     speaking
                     of
                     the
                     saltnesse
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     Water
                     ,
                     shewed
                     not
                     the
                     cause
                     .
                     For
                     I
                     would
                     aske
                     ,
                     why
                     that
                     parcell
                     of
                     water
                     ,
                     from
                     whence
                     the
                     thinner
                     parts
                     are
                     extracted
                     ,
                     should
                     remaine
                     salt
                     :
                     was
                     it
                     so
                     from
                     the
                     beginning
                     ,
                     or
                     afterwards
                     imprest
                     ;
                     was
                     it
                     Inbred
                     ,
                     or
                     Accidentall
                     ?
                     If
                     hee
                     would
                     haue
                     it
                     an
                     inbred
                     quality
                     from
                     the
                     beginning
                     ,
                     hee
                     vainly
                     goes
                     about
                     to
                     seeke
                     out
                     the
                     cause
                     ;
                     If
                     the
                     saltnesse
                     bee
                     aduentitious
                     ,
                     the
                     cause
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     giuen
                     ;
                     but
                     the
                     cause
                     giuen
                     by
                     him
                     ,
                     is
                     not
                     true
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     it
                     rather
                     takes
                     away
                     the
                     saltnesse
                     :
                     But
                     to
                     
                     these
                     obiections
                     of
                     Patricius
                     ,
                     spunne
                     out
                     in
                     many
                     words
                     ,
                     wee
                     may
                     answer
                     two
                     wayes
                     :
                     either
                     that
                     the
                     saltnesse
                     is
                     meerely
                     aduentitious
                     bred
                     by
                     an
                     exhalation
                     ,
                     drawne
                     vp
                     by
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     distilling
                     downe
                     againe
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     ,
                     because
                     this
                     answere
                     seemes
                     not
                     wholely
                     to
                     satisfy
                     .
                     For
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     rainy
                     Water
                     is
                     seldome
                     salt
                     ,
                     and
                     if
                     it
                     were
                     ,
                     could
                     hardly
                     flow
                     in
                     so
                     great
                     quantity
                     to
                     feed
                     the
                     saltnesse
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     :
                     I
                     will
                     answer
                     secondly
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     saltnesse
                     is
                     radically
                     or
                     originally
                     in
                     the
                     matter
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     ;
                     yet
                     so
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     cannot
                     bee
                     drawne
                     out
                     and
                     sensibly
                     bee
                     perceiued
                     in
                     the
                     mixture
                     of
                     many
                     sweet
                     humours
                     ,
                     ioyned
                     with
                     it
                     ,
                     without
                     a
                     separation
                     first
                     made
                     by
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     of
                     the
                     thinner
                     parts
                     from
                     the
                     thicker
                     :
                     So
                     that
                     the
                     Sunne
                     is
                     a
                     disponent
                     ,
                     though
                     not
                     a
                     productiue
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     saltnesse
                     in
                     the
                     Sea.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       Seas
                       absolutely
                       salt
                       ,
                       are
                       neuer
                       frozen
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     may
                     seeme
                     a
                     Paradoxe
                     to
                     some
                     men
                     ,
                     in
                     regard
                     that
                     amongst
                     our
                     Geographers
                     ,
                     wee
                     haue
                     so
                     often
                     mention
                     made
                     of
                     
                       Mare
                       Congelatum
                    
                     ,
                     taking
                     it's
                     name
                     from
                     the
                     Ice
                     wherewith
                     it
                     is
                     shut
                     vp
                     from
                     passage
                     :
                     as
                     also
                     for
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     voyages
                     of
                     
                       Frobisher
                       ,
                       Dauis
                       ,
                       Hudson
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     later
                     Nauigatours
                     ,
                     which
                     haue
                     beene
                     imployed
                     in
                     the
                     search
                     of
                     the
                     Northwest
                     passage
                     ,
                     wee
                     find
                     such
                     strange
                     relations
                     ,
                     not
                     onely
                     of
                     Seas
                     closed
                     vp
                     with
                     Ice
                     ,
                     and
                     hindring
                     their
                     passage
                     towards
                     the
                     North
                     ;
                     but
                     also
                     of
                     Rocks
                     and
                     Ilands
                     of
                     Ice
                     ,
                     of
                     an
                     incredible
                     greatnesse
                     .
                     The
                     truth
                     of
                     these
                     Relations
                     I
                     no
                     way
                     disapproue
                     ,
                     but
                     rather
                     out
                     of
                     these
                     testimonies
                     ,
                     approue
                     our
                     former
                     assertion
                     ;
                     that
                     Seas
                     which
                     are
                     wholly
                     Salt
                     ,
                     are
                     neuer
                     found
                     to
                     freeze
                     :
                     For
                     first
                     whereas
                     it
                     is
                     called
                     
                       Mare
                       Congelatum
                    
                     ,
                     it
                     may
                     beare
                     the
                     n●me
                     well
                     enough
                     from
                     the
                     multitude
                     of
                     Ice
                     floating
                     on
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     or
                     collected
                     into
                     a
                     Rocke
                     or
                     Iland
                     .
                     This
                     Ice
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     will
                     easily
                     appeare
                     )
                     is
                     not
                     produced
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     substance
                     of
                     the
                     Salt
                     water
                     of
                     the
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     ,
                     but
                     rather
                     carryed
                     into
                     the
                     Sea
                     by
                     great
                     riuers
                     of
                     fresh
                     water
                     running
                     into
                     the
                     Ocean
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     riuers
                     are
                     not
                     alwayes
                     frozen
                     ;
                     but
                     sometimes
                     by
                     a
                     remission
                     of
                     the
                     cold
                     are
                     thawed
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     peeces
                     broken
                     a
                     sunder
                     ▪
                     and
                     floating
                     into
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     in
                     it
                     oft
                     times
                     meet
                     in
                     great
                     heapes
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     bee
                     proued
                     :
                     1
                     In
                     that
                     these
                     great
                     r●cks
                     of
                     Ice
                     melting
                     with
                     the
                     
                     heate
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     haue
                     dissolued
                     into
                     fountaines
                     of
                     fresh
                     water
                     ,
                     gushing
                     downe
                     in
                     great
                     abundance
                     ,
                     wherewith
                     sometimes
                     in
                     case
                     of
                     necessity
                     ,
                     they
                     haue
                     fraughted
                     their
                     shippes
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     testified
                     by
                     the
                     fore-named
                     Nauigatours
                     .
                     2
                     Because
                     some
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     maine
                     Sea
                     ,
                     situate
                     perhaps
                     more
                     Northerne
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     a
                     colder
                     Climate
                     ,
                     suffers
                     not
                     this
                     accident
                     :
                     whereas
                     places
                     neere
                     the
                     shore
                     ,
                     farther
                     South
                     ▪
                     are
                     almost
                     alwayes
                     frozen
                     :
                     The
                     reason
                     whereof
                     ,
                     is
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     Sea
                     neere
                     the
                     shore
                     is
                     commonly
                     mixed
                     with
                     fresh
                     waters
                     ,
                     conueyed
                     in
                     ,
                     either
                     by
                     great
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     or
                     infinite
                     secret
                     passages
                     vnder
                     ground
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     see
                     not
                     :
                     The
                     reason
                     why
                     that
                     salt
                     waters
                     exclude
                     this
                     propriety
                     incident
                     or
                     the
                     fresh
                     ,
                     I
                     take
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     Hot-spirits
                     ,
                     hid
                     in
                     the
                     salt
                     humor
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     more
                     feruent
                     and
                     operatiue
                     ,
                     then
                     those
                     of
                     the
                     fresh
                     water
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     9
                     So
                     much
                     for
                     the
                     saltnesse
                     :
                     The
                     next
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     Thicknesse
                     :
                     whereof
                     we
                     will
                     set
                     downe
                     this
                     short
                     Theoreme
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Water
                       of
                       the
                       Sea
                       is
                       thicker
                       then
                       other
                       Water
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     Proposition
                     hath
                     it's
                     light
                     from
                     the
                     former
                     :
                     because
                     thicknesse
                     of
                     Water
                     is
                     a
                     companion
                     of
                     the
                     saltnesse
                     ,
                     as
                     depending
                     from
                     the
                     same
                     cause
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     the
                     exhalation
                     ,
                     and
                     extraction
                     of
                     the
                     thinner
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     .
                     There
                     are
                     many
                     small
                     causes
                     giuen
                     by
                     Patricius
                     of
                     this
                     thicknesse
                     of
                     the
                     Sea-Water
                     .
                     F●●st
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     it
                     should
                     more
                     strongly
                     hold
                     together
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     couer
                     and
                     ouerflow
                     the
                     firme
                     land
                     :
                     But
                     this
                     seemes
                     to
                     bee
                     grounded
                     on
                     an
                     errour
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Water
                     should
                     be
                     aboue
                     the
                     Land
                     ;
                     and
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     containe
                     it selfe
                     within
                     it's
                     owne
                     bounds
                     and
                     limits
                     ,
                     which
                     opinion
                     we
                     haue
                     elsewhere
                     reiected
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     cause
                     of
                     the
                     thicknesse
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     is
                     ;
                     that
                     it
                     might
                     bee
                     more
                     apt
                     to
                     beare
                     and
                     carry
                     ships
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     great
                     weights
                     for
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     man.
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     the
                     Water
                     being
                     thicke
                     ,
                     may
                     more
                     easily
                     bee
                     conuerted
                     into
                     salt
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     ,
                     many
                     saltish
                     minerals
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     are
                     ingendred
                     .
                     Other
                     causes
                     are
                     
                     giuen
                     by
                     this
                     Author
                     ,
                     but
                     lesse
                     forceable
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     will
                     omit
                     ,
                     as
                     referring
                     them
                     to
                     the
                     Philosopher
                     ,
                     whose
                     proper
                     taske
                     it
                     is
                     to
                     seek
                     them
                     out
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 VI.
                 Of
                 the
                 Motions
                 of
                 the
                 Sea.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     THe
                     Motion
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     whereof
                     we
                     are
                     in
                     this
                     Chapter
                     to
                     treate
                     ,
                     is
                     either
                     Naturall
                     ,
                     or
                     Violent
                     .
                     The
                     Naturall
                     I
                     call
                     that
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     partly
                     incident
                     to
                     the
                     Naturall
                     Disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Sea.
                     
                  
                   
                     2
                     This
                     againe
                     is
                     two-fold
                     ,
                     either
                     Generall
                     ,
                     or
                     Speciall
                     :
                     Generall
                     is
                     that
                     which
                     agrees
                     generally
                     to
                     all
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     to
                     most
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     :
                     such
                     as
                     is
                     the
                     Ebbing
                     and
                     Flowing
                     of
                     the
                     Sea.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   Wee
                   must
                   here
                   obserue
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Water
                   hath
                   a
                   two-fold
                   Motion
                   ;
                   The
                   first
                   is
                   common
                   to
                   all
                   heauy
                   Bodyes
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   is
                   an
                   inclination
                   to
                   come
                   as
                   neere
                   as
                   they
                   can
                   to
                   the
                   Center
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   whereof
                   wee
                   haue
                   spoken
                   in
                   our
                   former
                   booke
                   :
                   The
                   second
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   more
                   properly
                   agrees
                   to
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   againe
                   twofold
                   :
                   either
                   the
                   Naturall
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Violent
                   .
                   The
                   Naturall
                   ,
                   howsoeuer
                   requi●ing
                   perhaps
                   the
                   concurrence
                   of
                   some
                   externall
                   cause
                   ,
                   is
                   notwithstanding
                   so
                   called
                   ;
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   it
                   chiefly
                   seemes
                   to
                   proceede
                   from
                   the
                   Disposition
                   of
                   the
                   Sea-water
                   ;
                   The
                   Violent
                   is
                   caused
                   meerely
                   by
                   the
                   violence
                   of
                   the
                   winds
                   mouing
                   the
                   Ocean
                   .
                   The
                   
                   Naturall
                   motion
                   we
                   haue
                   againe
                   diuided
                   into
                   generall
                   ,
                   or
                   speciall
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   Affluxe
                   ,
                   and
                   Refluxe
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   whereof
                   we
                   are
                   to
                   treat
                   ,
                   is
                   generall
                   throughout
                   the
                   whole
                   Ocean
                   ,
                   (
                   some
                   petty
                   creekes
                   perchance
                   excepted
                   )
                   whereas
                   the
                   Currents
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   second
                   kinde
                   of
                   motion
                   )
                   are
                   more
                   speciall
                   ,
                   as
                   agreeing
                   not
                   to
                   all
                   ,
                   or
                   most
                   parts
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   seemes
                   )
                   but
                   to
                   some
                   one
                   or
                   other
                   speciall
                   place
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   shall
                   shew
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Sea
                       twice
                       euery
                       day
                       ebbes
                       and
                       flowes
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     flowing
                     and
                     ebbing
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     it
                     cannot
                     be
                     precisely
                     obserued
                     in
                     all
                     Seas
                     ;
                     yet
                     because
                     few
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     are
                     exempted
                     from
                     it
                     ,
                     deserues
                     the
                     first
                     &
                     chiefest
                     consideration
                     .
                     That
                     such
                     a
                     motion
                     there
                     is
                     ,
                     experience
                     shewes
                     ;
                     but
                     the
                     searching
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     cause
                     ,
                     is
                     ,
                     for
                     ought
                     I
                     can
                     obserue
                     ,
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     greatest
                     difficulties
                     in
                     all
                     
                       Naturall
                       Philosophie
                    
                     ▪
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     Aristotle
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     acutest
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     is
                     reported
                     to
                     haue
                     stood
                     amazed
                     at
                     the
                     flowing
                     and
                     ebbing
                     of
                     Euripus
                     ,
                     and
                     despairing
                     of
                     finding
                     out
                     the
                     cause
                     ,
                     at
                     length
                     enforced
                     to
                     cast
                     himselfe
                     into
                     the
                     Riuer
                     which
                     had
                     before
                     confounded
                     him
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     it
                     may
                     seeme
                     sufficient
                     for
                     mee
                     to
                     trace
                     their
                     steps
                     ,
                     who
                     haue
                     waded
                     far
                     into
                     the
                     search
                     of
                     this
                     cause
                     ,
                     hauing
                     very
                     little
                     hope
                     to
                     goe
                     further
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     opinion
                     was
                     of
                     the
                     Stoickes
                     ,
                     who
                     supposed
                     the
                     whole
                     World
                     to
                     bee
                     a
                     great
                     liuing
                     creature
                     ,
                     composed
                     of
                     diuerse
                     Elements
                     ,
                     which
                     inioyes
                     both
                     breath
                     and
                     life
                     :
                     This
                     liuing
                     creature
                     they
                     imagine
                     to
                     haue
                     his
                     nostrils
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     ,
                     where
                     by
                     drawing
                     in
                     ,
                     and
                     sending
                     foorth
                     breath
                     ,
                     the
                     ebbing
                     and
                     flowing
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     is
                     caused
                     :
                     but
                     this
                     seemeth
                     rather
                     to
                     bee
                     a
                     Poeticall
                     fiction
                     ,
                     or
                     Allegory
                     then
                     any
                     conceit
                     of
                     a
                     Philosopher
                     .
                     
                       Apollonius
                       Tianaeus
                    
                     was
                     of
                     an
                     opinion
                     ,
                     that
                     certaine
                     Spirits
                     eithervnder
                     ,
                     or
                     aboue
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     breathed
                     into
                     it
                     this
                     motion
                     .
                     Timaeus
                     taught
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     moisture
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     riuer
                     ,
                     breaking
                     into
                     the
                     Ocean
                     by
                     the
                     great
                     mountaines
                     ;
                     Plato
                     thought
                     that
                     it
                     was
                     made
                     by
                     the
                     swallowing
                     vp
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     into
                     a
                     gulfe
                     or
                     hole
                     which
                     being
                     againe
                     cast
                     out
                     ,
                     was
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     that
                     motion
                     in
                     the
                     Sea.
                     Seleuous
                     the
                     Mathematician
                     ,
                     which
                     affirmed
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     was
                     carried
                     round
                     with
                     a
                     perpetuall
                     motion
                     ,
                     
                     thought
                     that
                     the
                     Moone
                     was
                     turned
                     round
                     with
                     a
                     motion
                     contrary
                     to
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     E●rth
                     ,
                     and
                     from
                     this
                     to
                     proceed
                     that
                     motion
                     of
                     ebbing
                     and
                     flowing
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     whereof
                     wee
                     now
                     treat
                     .
                     What
                     Aristotles
                     opinion
                     was
                     concerning
                     this
                     matter
                     ,
                     is
                     an
                     vncertaine
                     coniecture
                     ;
                     forasmuch
                     as
                     litle
                     or
                     nothing
                     can
                     bee
                     gathered
                     touching
                     this
                     point
                     in
                     controuersie
                     out
                     of
                     any
                     booke
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     certainly
                     knowne
                     to
                     be
                     Aristotles
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     tract
                     of
                     the
                     propriety
                     of
                     Elements
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     motion
                     is
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     is
                     iudged
                     to
                     be
                     none
                     of
                     Aristotles
                     ,
                     but
                     of
                     some
                     later
                     Authour
                     .
                     Yet
                     Plutarch
                     imposeth
                     on
                     Aristotle
                     this
                     opinion
                     ;
                     that
                     this
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     should
                     come
                     from
                     the
                     Sun
                     ,
                     because
                     by
                     it
                     are
                     raised
                     vp
                     many
                     windy
                     exhalations
                     ,
                     which
                     should
                     cause
                     the
                     Sea
                     to
                     swell
                     ,
                     blowing
                     into
                     the
                     great
                     Atlantick
                     Ocean
                     .
                     But
                     thisopinion
                     is
                     charged
                     by
                     Pa●ricius
                     of
                     a
                     threefold
                     errour
                     :
                     1.
                     
                     That
                     it
                     should
                     proceed
                     from
                     the
                     Sun
                     ;
                     2
                     ▪
                     From
                     the
                     wind
                     ;
                     3
                     That
                     it
                     is
                     only
                     in
                     the
                     Atlantick
                     Sea.
                     He
                     saw
                     (
                     saith
                     Patricius
                     )
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     Atlantick
                     ,
                     which
                     he
                     could
                     not
                     in
                     the
                     Aegean
                     Sea
                     at
                     home
                     and
                     neere
                     Athens
                     .
                     For
                     1
                     No
                     wind
                     blowes
                     so
                     regularly
                     ,
                     that
                     for
                     one
                     six
                     houres
                     it
                     should
                     blow
                     forward
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     six
                     houres
                     backward
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     wind
                     oftentimes
                     blowes
                     many
                     daies
                     the
                     same
                     way
                     without
                     ceasing
                     ;
                     yet
                     is
                     their
                     not
                     one
                     only
                     flowing
                     or
                     one
                     ebbing
                     in
                     the
                     Sea.
                     2.
                     
                     The
                     Sunne
                     stirres
                     vp
                     sometimes
                     windes
                     ,
                     and
                     sometimes
                     stirres
                     them
                     not
                     vp
                     .
                     But
                     of
                     a
                     perpetuall
                     effect
                     which
                     is
                     daily
                     ,
                     why
                     would
                     this
                     Philosopher
                     giue
                     a
                     cause
                     meerely
                     violent
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     quotidian
                     ,
                     which
                     notwithstanding
                     would
                     haue
                     nothing
                     violent
                     to
                     be
                     perpetuall
                     ?
                     If
                     the
                     Sea
                     bee
                     somewhere
                     moued
                     naturally
                     by
                     other
                     motions
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Euripus
                     ,
                     (
                     which
                     is
                     said
                     to
                     be
                     his
                     death
                     )
                     wherefore
                     will
                     he
                     deny
                     this
                     motion
                     to
                     be
                     Naturall
                     ,
                     seeking
                     out
                     an
                     externall
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     effect
                     ?
                     But
                     all
                     this
                     while
                     our
                     
                       Platonick
                       Philosopher
                    
                     seems
                     to
                     fight
                     with
                     shadowes
                     :
                     for
                     what
                     iudicious
                     man
                     can
                     imagine
                     so
                     iudicious
                     and
                     wise
                     a
                     Philosopher
                     as
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     should
                     so
                     grossely
                     ouershoot
                     himsel●
                     to
                     father
                     this
                     opinion
                     ?
                     I
                     should
                     much
                     rather
                     beleiue
                     that
                     no
                     such
                     opinion
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     found
                     in
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     at
                     least
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     indirectly
                     related
                     :
                     which
                     I
                     the
                     rather
                     beleiue
                     ,
                     because
                     one
                     Caesalpinus
                     a
                     late
                     Writer
                     ,
                     aswell
                     opposite
                     to
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     
                     other
                     hath
                     related
                     Aristotles
                     opinion
                     otherwise
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     ebbing
                     and
                     flowing
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     is
                     deriued
                     from
                     a
                     double
                     cause
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     one
                     is
                     the
                     multitude
                     of
                     Riuers
                     bringing
                     in
                     a
                     great
                     force
                     of
                     waters
                     into
                     it
                     :
                     whence
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     it
                     flowes
                     only
                     towards
                     one
                     pa●t
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     lower
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     happens
                     to
                     the
                     Mediterranean
                     ;
                     For
                     the
                     Egaean
                     and
                     Ponticke
                     Sea
                     ,
                     with
                     Maeotis
                     ,
                     flow
                     into
                     the
                     Tyrrhene
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     on
                     the
                     opposite
                     side
                     :
                     The
                     other
                     cause
                     hee
                     makes
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     libration
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Sea
                     :
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     often
                     turn'd
                     from
                     one
                     side
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     vastnes
                     seemes
                     but
                     little
                     ;
                     but
                     in
                     straights
                     &
                     narrow
                     places
                     much
                     more
                     .
                     So
                     that
                     Aristotle
                     (
                     saith
                     Caesalpinus
                     )
                     would
                     haue
                     that
                     to
                     agree
                     to
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     which
                     vsually
                     happens
                     to
                     a
                     paire
                     of
                     ballance
                     :
                     which
                     hauing
                     receiued
                     the
                     beginning
                     once
                     of
                     their
                     motion
                     ,
                     are
                     inclined
                     sometimes
                     this
                     way
                     ,
                     &
                     sometimes
                     that
                     way
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     equality
                     of
                     the
                     weight
                     :
                     for
                     if
                     the
                     weight
                     of
                     one
                     should
                     ouercome
                     ,
                     thewhole
                     would
                     incline
                     thatway
                     ,
                     and
                     would
                     not
                     ri●e
                     vpon
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     .
                     But
                     against
                     this
                     opinion
                     imposed
                     on
                     
                       Aristotle
                       ,
                       Caesalpinus
                    
                     not
                     without
                     good
                     reason
                     ,
                     excepts
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     being
                     Equidistant
                     from
                     the
                     Center
                     (
                     as
                     is
                     supposed
                     by
                     Geographers
                     )
                     no
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     giuen
                     why
                     it
                     should
                     incline
                     more
                     to
                     one
                     side
                     then
                     another
                     ,
                     hauing
                     once
                     obtained
                     his
                     true
                     place
                     :
                     sith
                     according
                     to
                     Aristotles
                     owne
                     grounds
                     ,
                     no
                     violence
                     c●n
                     be
                     perpet●all
                     .
                     To
                     which
                     I
                     may
                     adde
                     another
                     answer
                     ,
                     that
                     no
                     satisfactory
                     reason
                     can
                     be
                     alleadged
                     ,
                     why
                     it
                     should
                     alwayes
                     obserue
                     so
                     true
                     and
                     iust
                     periods
                     of
                     time
                     in
                     its
                     motion
                     :
                     sith
                     all
                     Riuers
                     are
                     sometimes
                     encreased
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     times
                     diminished
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     season
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     ,
                     and
                     variety
                     of
                     the
                     weather
                     :
                     wherefore
                     the
                     said
                     Authour
                     ,
                     which
                     impugnes
                     this
                     opinion
                     ,
                     hath
                     framed
                     another
                     conceit
                     ,
                     grounded
                     on
                     the
                     circular
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     he
                     explaineth
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     .
                     It
                     agrees
                     ●o
                     reason
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     that
                     the
                     Water
                     should
                     not
                     altogether
                     follow
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     but
                     should
                     in
                     part
                     bee
                     driuen
                     backe
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     part
                     flow
                     besides
                     :
                     for
                     since
                     it
                     is
                     of
                     a
                     moist
                     nature
                     ▪
                     while
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     carried
                     from
                     the
                     Aire
                     about
                     it
                     ,
                     the
                     Water
                     i●
                     somewhat
                     left
                     behind
                     ;
                     as
                     wee
                     may
                     see
                     in
                     a
                     small
                     vessell
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     mo●e
                     la●ge
                     then
                     deep
                     :
                     for
                     if
                     it
                     be
                     moued
                     forward
                     ,
                     the
                     
                     Water
                     will
                     leape
                     back
                     to
                     the
                     opposite
                     part
                     ,
                     &
                     will
                     oftentimes
                     poize
                     it selfe
                     hither
                     &
                     thither
                     ,
                     seeking
                     an
                     aequilibration
                     :
                     when
                     therefore
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     a
                     litle
                     caried
                     forward
                     ,
                     &
                     the
                     water
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     left
                     behind
                     ,
                     being
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     Aequilibrium
                     ,
                     or
                     aquall
                     poize
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     runne
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     part
                     ,
                     but
                     beyond
                     the
                     true
                     poize
                     ▪
                     forthe
                     violence
                     of
                     the
                     motion
                     oppressed
                     into
                     it
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     ,
                     from
                     thence
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     same
                     cause
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     tend
                     againe
                     to
                     the
                     opposite
                     part
                     ,
                     doing
                     this
                     oftentimes
                     ,
                     seeking
                     an
                     equall
                     weight
                     ,
                     wherein
                     it
                     may
                     rest
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     if
                     the
                     Earth
                     should
                     at
                     any
                     times
                     rest
                     from
                     her
                     naturall
                     motion
                     ,
                     the
                     Water
                     would
                     also
                     leaue
                     off
                     the
                     Libration
                     to
                     and
                     fro
                     .
                     But
                     because
                     the
                     circumvolution
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     imagined
                     to
                     be
                     perpetuall
                     ,
                     the
                     libration
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     is
                     also
                     per
                     petuall
                     :
                     so
                     farre
                     forth
                     then
                     that
                     this
                     motion
                     is
                     of
                     the
                     continent
                     or
                     Earth
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     onely
                     accidentall
                     in
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     neither
                     besides
                     his
                     proper
                     nature
                     ,
                     neither
                     according
                     to
                     nature
                     :
                     But
                     so
                     farre
                     forth
                     as
                     the
                     Water
                     is
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     moued
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     it
                     may
                     be
                     said
                     to
                     be
                     according
                     to
                     nature
                     :
                     for
                     it
                     alwaies
                     seekes
                     the
                     lower
                     place
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     cannot
                     aequally
                     follow
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     Hence
                     they
                     giue
                     the
                     reason
                     ,
                     why
                     this
                     motion
                     is
                     not
                     perceiued
                     in
                     Lakes
                     and
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     :
                     for
                     sith
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     not
                     very
                     sensible
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     be
                     perceiued
                     but
                     in
                     a
                     great
                     masse
                     of
                     waters
                     .
                     The
                     reasons
                     to
                     confirme
                     this
                     opinion
                     ,
                     besides
                     the
                     refutation
                     of
                     other
                     opinions
                     ,
                     are
                     chiefly
                     these
                     two
                     .
                     If
                     the
                     Water
                     by
                     it selfe
                     should
                     be
                     mou'd
                     without
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     moued
                     either
                     according
                     to
                     ,
                     or
                     against
                     his
                     nature
                     .
                     But
                     neither
                     of
                     them
                     can
                     be
                     graunted
                     ;
                     First
                     ,
                     if
                     according
                     to
                     Nature
                     ,
                     there
                     would
                     not
                     be
                     one
                     only
                     motion
                     of
                     one
                     body
                     according
                     to
                     nature
                     ,
                     but
                     many
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     denyed
                     by
                     Ar●stotle
                     ;
                     If
                     besides
                     ,
                     or
                     against
                     Nature
                     ,
                     some
                     violent
                     motion
                     would
                     bee
                     perpetuall
                     ,
                     which
                     also
                     seemes
                     absurd
                     :
                     wherefore
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     sea
                     should
                     moue
                     accidentally
                     :
                     For
                     sith
                     the
                     Water
                     is
                     conteined
                     outwardly
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     internally
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     And
                     that
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     which
                     toucheth
                     the
                     Water
                     is
                     of
                     Aristotle
                     called
                     Stagnans
                     or
                     standing
                     still
                     ,
                     not
                     flowing
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     aboue
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     but
                     is
                     onely
                     troubled
                     variously
                     with
                     windes
                     .
                     This
                     libration
                     or
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     
                     cannot
                     bee
                     caused
                     by
                     the
                     wind
                     or
                     Aire
                     ,
                     wherefore
                     it
                     must
                     proceed
                     from
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     reason
                     may
                     be
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     quantity
                     of
                     tides
                     in
                     diuers
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     ●ound
                     by
                     experience
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Water
                     swels
                     higher
                     &
                     greater
                     in
                     the
                     
                       maine
                       Ocean
                    
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     other
                     
                       lesser
                       Seas
                    
                     .
                     For
                     it
                     is
                     obserued
                     ,
                     that
                     about
                     great
                     Brittaine
                     ,
                     it
                     mounts
                     sometimes
                     aboue
                     80
                     cubits
                     :
                     also
                     it
                     oftner
                     ebbes
                     and
                     flowes
                     in
                     lesser
                     currents
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     spaces
                     of
                     this
                     libration
                     are
                     shorter
                     and
                     stra●ghter
                     :
                     or
                     because
                     besides
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     ebbing
                     and
                     flowing
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     Mediterranean
                     seas
                     partake
                     from
                     the
                     Ocean
                     ,
                     at
                     
                       Hercules
                       Pillars
                    
                     ,
                     they
                     haue
                     a
                     proper
                     libration
                     in
                     their
                     owne
                     channels
                     :
                     whence
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     ▪
                     in
                     some
                     narrow
                     seas
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     Euripus
                     ,
                     besides
                     Euboia
                     ,
                     the
                     sea
                     seauen
                     times
                     a
                     day
                     ebbs
                     and
                     flowes
                     :
                     whereof
                     there
                     can
                     no
                     sufficient
                     reason
                     be
                     giuen
                     from
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     or
                     other
                     cause
                     whereto
                     other
                     Philosophers
                     ascribe
                     this
                     effect
                     :
                     This
                     opinion
                     of
                     Caesalpinus
                     seemes
                     to
                     carry
                     great
                     likelyhood
                     of
                     reason
                     and
                     congruity
                     with
                     experience
                     :
                     yet
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     grounded
                     on
                     the
                     circular
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     seemes
                     a
                     paradox
                     to
                     most
                     men
                     ,
                     I
                     dare
                     not
                     warrant
                     it
                     otherwise
                     then
                     probable
                     ▪
                     neither
                     can
                     it
                     well
                     stand
                     with
                     the
                     grounds
                     of
                     our
                     Magneticall
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     because
                     they
                     affirme
                     the
                     whole
                     spheare
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     and
                     Water
                     together
                     with
                     the
                     Aire
                     to
                     moue
                     round
                     with
                     one
                     
                       Vniforme
                       revolution
                    
                     ,
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     as
                     one
                     should
                     not
                     moue
                     to
                     the
                     opposite
                     part
                     ,
                     or
                     stay
                     behind
                     the
                     other
                     ;
                     as
                     they
                     would
                     haue
                     it
                     here
                     to
                     doe
                     .
                     There
                     is
                     yet
                     another
                     opinion
                     more
                     commonly
                     defended
                     in
                     the
                     schooles
                     of
                     naturall
                     Philosopher●
                     ;
                     that
                     this
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     principall
                     cause
                     :
                     others
                     againe
                     ,
                     as
                     they
                     admit
                     the
                     Moone
                     to
                     haue
                     her
                     operation
                     in
                     this
                     effect
                     ,
                     ioyne
                     other
                     causes
                     to
                     it
                     :
                     and
                     indeed
                     this
                     seemes
                     more
                     probable
                     :
                     for
                     there
                     want
                     not
                     arguments
                     in
                     Patricius
                     and
                     other
                     later
                     writers
                     ,
                     to
                     shew
                     that
                     the
                     Moone
                     cannot
                     be
                     the
                     sole
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     motion
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     this
                     motion
                     is
                     not
                     obserued
                     in
                     all
                     seas
                     ,
                     Lakes
                     ,
                     and
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     whe●eupon
                     neuerthelesse
                     the
                     Moone
                     hath
                     the
                     like
                     dominion
                     :
                     But
                     experience
                     shewes
                     the
                     contrary
                     :
                     for
                     besides
                     fresh
                     Riuers
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     by
                     obseruation
                     of
                     trauailers
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     ebbing
                     and
                     
                     flowing
                     is
                     not
                     to
                     be
                     found
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Hirc●●
                       ,
                       Mantian
                    
                     and
                     
                       Dead
                       sea
                    
                     ,
                     also
                     in
                     
                       Maotis
                       Palus
                    
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Pontick
                       :
                       Proponti●ke
                       ,
                       Ligurian
                    
                     and
                     Narbon
                     streytes
                     ,
                     neither
                     in
                     the
                     Tyrrhene
                     sea
                     :
                     Moreouer
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     obserued
                     in
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Red
                     sea
                     :
                     Neither
                     can
                     the
                     Narrownesse
                     of
                     the
                     channell
                     excuse
                     it
                     ,
                     because
                     these
                     seas
                     are
                     great
                     ,
                     and
                     also
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     within
                     the
                     Tropicke
                     of
                     Cancer
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     exposed
                     sometimes
                     to
                     the
                     perpendicular
                     beames
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     .
                     Secondly
                     :
                     If
                     the
                     Moone
                     should
                     by
                     her
                     owne
                     ●orce
                     excite
                     and
                     moue
                     these
                     water●
                     ,
                     then
                     would
                     it
                     moue
                     those
                     seas
                     ,
                     which
                     it
                     doth
                     moue
                     ,
                     Altogether
                     and
                     not
                     only
                     in
                     parts
                     .
                     The
                     contrary
                     whereof
                     we
                     may
                     find
                     :
                     First
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Red
                       Sea
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     and
                     end
                     ,
                     Ebbes
                     and
                     flowes
                     ,
                     but
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     not
                     at
                     all
                     ▪
                     moreouer
                     the
                     Mediterranean
                     sea
                     ebbes
                     &
                     flowes
                     as
                     one
                     sea
                     ,
                     on
                     all
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Africa
                     ,
                     wherein
                     it
                     is
                     in
                     a
                     sort
                     diuided
                     ▪
                     and
                     yet
                     those
                     seas
                     ,
                     with
                     which
                     it
                     is
                     ioyned
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     
                       Tyrrhene
                       ,
                       Ligurian
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Gallican
                     Seas
                     ,
                     feele
                     not
                     any
                     such
                     motion
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     obiected
                     ,
                     that
                     if
                     the
                     Moone
                     were
                     the
                     only
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     Fl●x
                     and
                     Reflux
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     then
                     those
                     seas
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     said
                     in
                     whole
                     to
                     moue
                     ,
                     should
                     aequally
                     flow
                     in
                     hight
                     :
                     but
                     this
                     is
                     contradicted
                     by
                     experience
                     :
                     because
                     some
                     flow
                     higher
                     ,
                     and
                     some
                     lower
                     ,
                     As
                     for
                     example
                     :
                     The
                     Adriatick
                     sea
                     in
                     the
                     inmost
                     creeke
                     neere
                     Venice
                     swels
                     neere
                     foure
                     foote
                     in
                     hight
                     ;
                     but
                     the
                     rest
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     not
                     aboue
                     two
                     ●oote
                     :
                     which
                     increase
                     is
                     likewise
                     obserued
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Aegean
                       ,
                       Cretian
                       ,
                       Ionian
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Cyprian
                     Seas
                     ,
                     also
                     the
                     Syrian
                     and
                     Aegyptian
                     ,
                     euen
                     to
                     
                       Portus
                       Ferinae
                    
                     :
                     But
                     from
                     
                       mons
                       pulcher
                    
                     to
                     the
                     Herculean
                     streytes
                     ,
                     it
                     increaseth
                     aboue
                     two
                     foot
                     in
                     length
                     :
                     But
                     without
                     these
                     straights
                     ,
                     the
                     same
                     Ocean
                     by
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Portugall
                     and
                     Biscay
                     ,
                     and
                     France
                     ,
                     the
                     Sea
                     riseth
                     vsually
                     to
                     15
                     foot
                     in
                     hight
                     ;
                     and
                     neere
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Belgia
                     and
                     Brittaine
                     18
                     foot
                     :
                     At
                     the
                     confines
                     of
                     Bristoll
                     to
                     60
                     ,
                     and
                     thence
                     to
                     the
                     borders
                     of
                     S.
                     Michael
                     to
                     60
                     :
                     But
                     at
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Aethiopia
                     ,
                     neere
                     the
                     Atlantick
                     shores
                     ,
                     it
                     riseth
                     not
                     higher
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     Adriatick
                     Sea
                     :
                     But
                     neere
                     the
                     Ilands
                     of
                     Madera
                     ,
                     the
                     Canaries
                     ,
                     and
                     S.
                     Thomas
                     ,
                     it
                     surpasseth
                     not
                     the
                     hight
                     of
                     Venice
                     :
                     But
                     in
                     America
                     ,
                     on
                     the
                     hithermost
                     coast
                     from
                     
                       Florida
                       Sinus
                       Mexicanus
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Brasile
                     and
                     Pari●
                     ,
                     more
                     then
                     three
                     thousand
                     leagues
                     ,
                     euen
                     to
                     
                     the
                     Magellane
                     straights
                     it
                     increaseth
                     almost
                     to
                     two
                     Palmes
                     bredth
                     :
                     but
                     farther
                     South
                     to
                     Panama
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     those
                     Southerne
                     shores
                     ,
                     the
                     ebbing
                     and
                     flowing
                     is
                     of
                     an
                     excessiue
                     hight
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     appeare
                     by
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     
                       Cambaia
                       ,
                       India
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Taprobana
                     :
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     Moone
                     by
                     a
                     naturall
                     vertue
                     should
                     moue
                     the
                     Waters
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     then
                     would
                     it
                     moue
                     the
                     Ocean
                     and
                     the
                     Mediterranean
                     Seas
                     in
                     the
                     course
                     of
                     windes
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     same
                     Fluxe
                     and
                     Refluxe
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     windes
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     thwarts
                     experience
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     thus
                     proued
                     :
                     The
                     Mediterranean
                     Sea
                     ,
                     when
                     as
                     it
                     flowes
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Adriaticke
                       ,
                       Ionian
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Sycilian
                     Seas
                     ,
                     the
                     Water
                     flowes
                     towards
                     the
                     Land
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     Moone
                     is
                     (
                     as
                     the
                     Marriners
                     speake
                     )
                     in
                     Sirocco
                     and
                     in
                     Maestro
                     ;
                     but
                     ebbes
                     or
                     flowes
                     backe
                     from
                     the
                     Land
                     ,
                     when
                     it
                     is
                     in
                     
                       Graeco
                       atque
                       Garbinio
                    
                     :
                     And
                     contrariwise
                     the
                     Ocean
                     swells
                     when
                     the
                     Moone
                     is
                     in
                     Graece
                     and
                     Garbinio
                     ;
                     but
                     asswageth
                     it selfe
                     againe
                     when
                     it
                     is
                     carried
                     in
                     Sirocco
                     and
                     Maestro
                     .
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     ebbing
                     and
                     flowing
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     should
                     follow
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     then
                     all
                     places
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     distance
                     should
                     ebbe
                     &
                     flow
                     alike
                     at
                     like
                     houres
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     contrary
                     is
                     proued
                     by
                     an
                     experiment
                     of
                     Patricius
                     ,
                     who
                     reports
                     ,
                     that
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     houre
                     places
                     distant
                     20
                     degrees
                     ,
                     haue
                     bin
                     seen
                     to
                     ebbe
                     or
                     flow
                     alike
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     places
                     betwixt
                     also
                     to
                     vary
                     and
                     obserue
                     no
                     iust
                     proportion
                     .
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     if
                     these
                     Surges
                     should
                     be
                     stirred
                     vp
                     by
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     same
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     the
                     same
                     houre
                     should
                     bee
                     carried
                     by
                     the
                     Moone
                     :
                     but
                     this
                     i●
                     contrary
                     to
                     the
                     obseruations
                     of
                     Marriners
                     ,
                     who
                     haue
                     obserued
                     ,
                     that
                     on
                     the
                     Norman
                     coasts
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     of
                     Picardy
                     to
                     Callice
                     ,
                     the
                     Tide
                     happeneth
                     the
                     ninth
                     houre
                     from
                     Midnight
                     :
                     but
                     ten
                     miles
                     from
                     the
                     shore
                     not
                     a
                     full
                     houre
                     ,
                     but
                     at
                     the
                     twenty
                     and
                     sixt
                     mile
                     from
                     the
                     middle
                     of
                     the
                     channell
                     ,
                     and
                     vnder
                     the
                     same
                     Meridian
                     at
                     22
                     houres
                     .
                     Fiftly
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     ebbing
                     and
                     flowing
                     should
                     proceed
                     from
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     then
                     should
                     the
                     Water
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     houres
                     increase
                     and
                     decrease
                     :
                     but
                     this
                     is
                     opposite
                     to
                     obseruation
                     :
                     for
                     at
                     Venice
                     the
                     Sea
                     is
                     knowne
                     to
                     flow
                     sometimes
                     for
                     seuen
                     ,
                     sometimes
                     for
                     eight
                     ;
                     but
                     ebbes
                     in
                     fewer
                     houres
                     ,
                     But
                     about
                     the
                     mouth
                     of
                     the
                     Riuer
                     Senega
                     in
                     the
                     Atlanticke
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     comming
                     in
                     fo●re
                     houres
                     ,
                     but
                     goes
                     not
                     backe
                     vnder
                     eight
                     :
                     so
                     about
                     
                       Go●umniae
                       Ostia
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     Tide
                     is
                     comming
                     
                     in
                     seuen
                     houres
                     ,
                     but
                     goes
                     backe
                     in
                     fiue
                     .
                     Sixtly
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     Waters
                     flow
                     by
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     then
                     should
                     they
                     bee
                     drawne
                     and
                     carried
                     by
                     the
                     light
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     :
                     because
                     all
                     action
                     is
                     by
                     a
                     touching
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Moone
                     toucheth
                     the
                     Water
                     by
                     her
                     light
                     :
                     but
                     it
                     is
                     found
                     by
                     experience
                     ,
                     that
                     at
                     midnight
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     Moone
                     is
                     most
                     distant
                     in
                     her
                     light
                     ,
                     our
                     seas
                     doe
                     no
                     lesse
                     ebbe
                     and
                     flow
                     then
                     when
                     it
                     is
                     present
                     :
                     &
                     so
                     the
                     Seas
                     neere
                     the
                     Antipodes
                     doe
                     ebbe
                     &
                     flow
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     Moone
                     is
                     present
                     with
                     vs.
                     7ly
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     Moone
                     were
                     the
                     onely
                     ancient
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     motion
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     same
                     light
                     being
                     present
                     the
                     same
                     agē●
                     mouing
                     ,
                     the
                     same
                     effect
                     should
                     necessarily
                     follow
                     .
                     But
                     we
                     find
                     that
                     it
                     produceth
                     two
                     ,
                     contrary
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     because
                     in
                     her
                     ascent
                     to
                     the
                     Meridian
                     it
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     lift
                     vp
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     but
                     a
                     little
                     declining
                     from
                     the
                     Meridiā
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     thought
                     to
                     depresse
                     &
                     asswage
                     the
                     waters
                     ,
                     8ly
                     if
                     this
                     eff●ct
                     were
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     light
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     then
                     whē
                     the
                     Moone
                     shines
                     not
                     ,
                     there
                     should
                     be
                     no
                     such
                     motion
                     ▪
                     because
                     contrary
                     causes
                     produce
                     contrary
                     effects
                     .
                     But
                     wee
                     obserue
                     the
                     same
                     ebbing
                     &
                     flowing
                     in
                     the
                     cōiun●tion
                     or
                     New
                     Moon
                     ,
                     whē
                     she
                     hath
                     no
                     light
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     full
                     Moone
                     ,
                     when
                     with
                     full
                     face
                     she
                     beholds
                     the
                     Sea
                     :
                     for
                     in
                     both
                     these
                     times
                     we
                     haue
                     highest
                     ●ides
                     These
                     &
                     many
                     more
                     argumēts
                     are
                     vrged
                     by
                     Patricius
                     ,
                     to
                     shew
                     that
                     the
                     Moone
                     cannot
                     be
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     motiō
                     in
                     the
                     Sea
                     :
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     opiniō
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     effect
                     is
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     Sun
                     ▪
                     amongst
                     .
                     others
                     I
                     find
                     the
                     chiefe
                     patron
                     to
                     be
                     T●●esius
                     ,
                     who
                     taught
                     that
                     the
                     Sea
                     was
                     moued
                     in
                     this
                     wise
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     would
                     auoide
                     the
                     operation
                     of
                     the
                     Sun
                     ,
                     fearing
                     lest
                     it
                     should
                     bee
                     too
                     much
                     dissolued
                     into
                     vapours
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     perish
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     opinion
                     seemeth
                     far
                     more
                     weake
                     then
                     the
                     former
                     .
                     For
                     first
                     I
                     would
                     aske
                     concerning
                     this
                     motion
                     ,
                     wherein
                     it
                     is
                     thought
                     to
                     auoide
                     the
                     Sunnes
                     heat
                     ,
                     whether
                     it
                     be
                     voluntary
                     ,
                     or
                     necessary
                     ?
                     It
                     cānot
                     be
                     Voluntary
                     ,
                     o●
                     a
                     free
                     action
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Sea
                     is
                     no
                     liuing
                     creature
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     only
                     such
                     a
                     motion
                     is
                     incident
                     :
                     If
                     it
                     be
                     necessary
                     ,
                     then
                     it
                     is
                     Naturall
                     or
                     Violent
                     :
                     It
                     cannot
                     bee
                     Naturall
                     ,
                     because
                     according
                     to
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     one
                     Body
                     can
                     haue
                     but
                     one
                     naturall
                     motion
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     Water
                     being
                     a
                     simple
                     Body
                     ,
                     hath
                     another
                     motion
                     to
                     fall
                     downewards
                     towards
                     the
                     Center
                     :
                     wherefore
                     it
                     cannot
                     also
                     admit
                     of
                     this
                     .
                     It
                     cannot
                     be
                     violent
                     ▪
                     first
                     ,
                     because
                     no
                     violent
                     
                     thing
                     can
                     be
                     perpetuall
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ▪
                     no
                     cause
                     can
                     be
                     though●
                     vpon
                     Externall
                     ▪
                     which
                     should
                     cause
                     this
                     violent
                     motion
                     :
                     and
                     if
                     any
                     such
                     cause
                     there
                     be
                     found
                     ,
                     then
                     is
                     not
                     this
                     of
                     Telesius
                     the
                     first
                     and
                     principall
                     cause
                     ,
                     sith
                     it
                     is
                     referred
                     to
                     a
                     farther
                     cause
                     :
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     no
                     cause
                     can
                     here
                     be
                     shewne
                     according
                     to
                     this
                     opininion
                     ,
                     why
                     all
                     other
                     waters
                     ,
                     as
                     fresh
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     should
                     not
                     likewise
                     striue
                     to
                     ●ide
                     themselues
                     from
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     Sun.
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     hee
                     should
                     giue
                     a
                     reason
                     why
                     in
                     the
                     Belgicke
                     and
                     Armoricke
                     shores
                     ▪
                     which
                     are
                     far
                     more
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     Sun
                     ,
                     the
                     same
                     motion
                     is
                     no
                     lesse
                     eminent
                     then
                     in
                     Taprobana
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     subiect
                     to
                     the
                     Torride
                     Zone
                     ;
                     and
                     why
                     in
                     the
                     Iland
                     of
                     S.
                     Thomas
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     immediatly
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     not
                     a
                     greater
                     working
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     then
                     at
                     Venice
                     .
                     Fifthly
                     ,
                     that
                     which
                     Telesius
                     brings
                     to
                     confirme
                     his
                     opinion
                     ,
                     is
                     no
                     lesse
                     warrantable
                     then
                     the
                     maine
                     point
                     in
                     controuersie
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     Summer
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     the
                     flo●ds
                     are
                     lesser
                     ▪
                     because
                     the
                     Sun
                     raiseth
                     vp
                     thinner
                     vapour●
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     e●sily
                     dissolued
                     :
                     But
                     in
                     the
                     Winter
                     they
                     are
                     lesse
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Sunne
                     is
                     of
                     least
                     force
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     raiseth
                     vp
                     fewer
                     vapo●rs
                     to
                     worke
                     vpon
                     the
                     Sea
                     :
                     But
                     both
                     these
                     matters
                     are
                     proued
                     ●alse
                     by
                     experience
                     :
                     first
                     because
                     in
                     the
                     Summer
                     wee
                     haue
                     as
                     great
                     a
                     working
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     as
                     at
                     other
                     times
                     :
                     In
                     the
                     Winter
                     also
                     as
                     great
                     ,
                     or
                     greater
                     .
                     Secondly
                     (
                     saith
                     the
                     said
                     Author
                     )
                     in
                     the
                     full
                     Moone
                     the
                     motion
                     is
                     greater
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     much
                     light
                     arising
                     from
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     drawes
                     vp
                     many
                     vapours
                     .
                     〈◊〉
                     the
                     New
                     Moone
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     Aire
                     being
                     refrigerated
                     ,
                     the
                     internall
                     Heat
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     collecting
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     is
                     made
                     stronger
                     with
                     more
                     vapours
                     :
                     In
                     the
                     quarters
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     because
                     there
                     is
                     not
                     much
                     light
                     ca●t
                     from
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Heat
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     is
                     not
                     so
                     much
                     collected
                     by
                     the
                     externall
                     cold
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     :
                     To
                     all
                     these
                     matters
                     wee
                     may
                     easily
                     answer
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     how
                     can
                     the
                     Moone
                     bestow
                     any
                     light
                     on
                     our
                     seas
                     ,
                     when
                     shee
                     is
                     with
                     the
                     Antipodes
                     ?
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     where
                     he
                     saith
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     internall
                     Heat
                     is
                     gathered
                     together
                     ,
                     and
                     made
                     stronger
                     by
                     externall
                     cold
                     ;
                     1
                     First
                     I
                     aske
                     how
                     the
                     sea
                     can
                     send
                     forth
                     these
                     vapours
                     ;
                     if
                     the
                     vapours
                     kept
                     vnder
                     doe
                     raise
                     the
                     sea
                     vp
                     ;
                     or
                     if
                     the
                     Sea
                     swell
                     with
                     these
                     vapours
                     in
                     her
                     wombe
                     ,
                     how
                     can
                     she
                     let
                     them
                     out
                     ?
                     2
                     How
                     will
                     he
                     proue
                     the
                     Sea
                     naturally
                     to
                     be
                     hot
                     ,
                     sith
                     it
                     
                     is
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     cold
                     Elements
                     ?
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     where
                     he
                     saith
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     light
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     is
                     but
                     in
                     halfe
                     imparted
                     to
                     the
                     Sea
                     ;
                     why
                     should
                     not
                     the
                     Sea
                     proportionally
                     in
                     halfe
                     be
                     stirred
                     vp
                     ?
                     wherfore
                     Patricius
                     and
                     Casman
                     finding
                     neither
                     the
                     Sunne
                     nor
                     the
                     Moone
                     of
                     it selfe
                     to
                     be
                     a
                     sole
                     or
                     sufficient
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     motion
                     ▪
                     hauing
                     ioyned
                     them
                     both
                     together
                     in
                     this
                     causality
                     ,
                     and
                     added
                     besides
                     other
                     particular
                     causes
                     :
                     first
                     (
                     say
                     they
                     )
                     there
                     are
                     two
                     kind
                     of
                     causes
                     concurring
                     to
                     that
                     effect
                     :
                     either
                     Vniuersall
                     and
                     externall
                     ;
                     or
                     
                       Particular
                       ,
                       internall
                    
                     and
                     next
                     causes
                     .
                     The
                     Vniuersall
                     causes
                     are
                     two
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     the
                     Sunne
                     and
                     the
                     Moone
                     .
                     The
                     Sunne
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     with
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     his
                     beames
                     and
                     light
                     doth
                     
                       conserue
                       ,
                       viuificate
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     stirre
                     vp
                     to
                     action
                     ;
                     the
                     Internall
                     and
                     originall
                     heat
                     in
                     all
                     things
                     here
                     below
                     .
                     This
                     Heat
                     being
                     stirred
                     vp
                     and
                     viuificated
                     ,
                     all
                     things
                     are
                     made
                     fit
                     for
                     motion
                     ▪
                     and
                     being
                     so
                     accommodated
                     ,
                     are
                     stirred
                     vp
                     to
                     motion
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     from
                     an
                     Internall
                     life
                     they
                     should
                     be
                     promoted
                     to
                     an
                     Externall
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     prim●ry
                     life
                     of
                     things
                     ,
                     the
                     motion
                     and
                     action
                     is
                     shewn
                     :
                     in
                     the
                     Essence
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     secondary
                     ,
                     the
                     action
                     and
                     motion
                     outwardly
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     other
                     things
                     :
                     so
                     the
                     first
                     and
                     originall
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ▪
                     cherished
                     ,
                     &
                     stirred
                     vp
                     by
                     the
                     external
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sun
                     ,
                     driues
                     the
                     Ocean
                     ,
                     and
                     moues
                     it
                     to
                     action
                     ▪
                     The
                     Moone
                     also
                     
                       cherisheth
                       ,
                       preserueth
                       ,
                       viuificates
                       ,
                       nourisheth
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     
                       stirres
                       vp
                    
                     to
                     motion
                     ,
                     all
                     these
                     earthly
                     humours
                     and
                     moistures
                     :
                     and
                     as
                     she
                     dayly
                     by
                     houres
                     beholds
                     the
                     Sun
                     as
                     her
                     darling
                     and
                     by
                     him
                     is
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     big-bellied
                     with
                     liuely
                     seedes
                     ,
                     so
                     she
                     beholdes
                     her
                     loue
                     ,
                     the
                     Ocean
                     ,
                     dayes
                     and
                     nights
                     ,
                     and
                     fills
                     the
                     Ocean
                     with
                     these
                     seeds
                     which
                     she
                     receiues
                     from
                     the
                     Sunne
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     cannot
                     be
                     performed
                     without
                     her
                     motion
                     ,
                     without
                     the
                     diffusion
                     of
                     her
                     light
                     ,
                     without
                     the
                     effusion
                     of
                     her
                     influēce
                     &
                     seeds
                     ;
                     wherefore
                     it
                     cannot
                     otherwise
                     bee
                     ,
                     but
                     all
                     our
                     humours
                     and
                     moistures
                     should
                     be
                     made
                     fruitfull
                     ,
                     conceiue
                     life
                     ,
                     bring
                     forth
                     ,
                     beare
                     fruit
                     ,
                     and
                     be
                     stirred
                     vp
                     to
                     life
                     and
                     motion
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     through
                     the
                     Aspect
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     with
                     the
                     Sun
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     Ocean
                     :
                     wherfore
                     all
                     lower
                     moistures
                     are
                     subiect
                     to
                     the
                     power
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     :
                     Notwithstanding
                     all
                     are
                     not
                     aequally
                     vnder
                     her
                     dominiō
                     ;
                     sith
                     all
                     are
                     not
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     substance
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     Rarity
                     ,
                     or
                     density
                     ,
                     or
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     Heat
                     .
                     
                     
                     reasons
                     all
                     ●aged
                     from
                     the
                     
                       Caspian
                       Sea
                    
                     ,
                     may
                     be
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     thicknesse
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     not
                     suffering
                     any
                     thing
                     to
                     sinke
                     into
                     it
                     :
                     So
                     that
                     for
                     the
                     crassitude
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     heauier
                     then
                     other
                     Water
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     ,
                     more
                     vnapt
                     for
                     motion
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     recorded
                     by
                     some
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     inmost
                     creeke
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Red
                       sea
                    
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     motion
                     ▪
                     and
                     so
                     in
                     the
                     mouth
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     Ocean
                     ;
                     but
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     no
                     such
                     matter
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     obserued
                     :
                     which
                     strange
                     effect
                     some
                     ascribe
                     to
                     the
                     Thinnesse
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     (
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     cause●
                     aboue
                     named
                     )
                     begetting
                     
                       fewer
                       and
                       weaker
                       Vapours
                    
                     and
                     Spirits
                     :
                     which
                     either
                     streightway
                     breath
                     out
                     ,
                     or
                     are
                     too
                     weake
                     to
                     raise
                     vp
                     the
                     Water
                     .
                     This
                     thinnesse
                     is
                     confirmed
                     to
                     be
                     in
                     that
                     midle
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Red
                       sea
                    
                     ,
                     not
                     onely
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     authority
                     of
                     
                       Iohn
                       Barro
                    
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     experiments
                     of
                     
                       Iohn
                       de
                       Castro
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     found
                     this
                     Water
                     to
                     be
                     cleare
                     and
                     liker
                     to
                     Christall
                     ,
                     then
                     that
                     of
                     other
                     parts
                     ;
                     but
                     also
                     by
                     the
                     cleare
                     perspicuity
                     of
                     it
                     :
                     For
                     in
                     almost
                     all
                     the
                     sea
                     may
                     the
                     bottome
                     plainly
                     be
                     seene
                     .
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     we
                     reade
                     the
                     like
                     of
                     the
                     Baltick
                     sea
                     :
                     that
                     it
                     neuer
                     ebbes
                     or
                     flowes
                     ,
                     which
                     
                       Bartholomew
                       Kackerman
                    
                     ,
                     that
                     countri-man
                     ,
                     ascribe●
                     ,
                     1.
                     
                     To
                     the
                     Narrownesse
                     of
                     the
                     channell
                     :
                     2.
                     
                     To
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     To
                     the
                     
                       northerne
                       situation
                    
                     :
                     which
                     cause
                     I
                     thinke
                     hee
                     might
                     well
                     haue
                     spared
                     ,
                     considering
                     that
                     more
                     Northerne
                     seas
                     then
                     that
                     ,
                     both
                     ebbe
                     and
                     flowe
                     .
                     Fiftly
                     :
                     it
                     is
                     reported
                     of
                     
                       Maotis
                       ,
                       Pontus
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Proppotis
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     flowe
                     from
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     but
                     neuer
                     ebbe
                     :
                     For
                     Maotis
                     flowes
                     into
                     the
                     Pontick
                     sea
                     as
                     from
                     the
                     Higher
                     place
                     into
                     the
                     lower
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     Pontick
                     into
                     the
                     Propontick
                     ,
                     &
                     Aegean
                     for
                     the
                     same
                     cause
                     ,
                     but
                     returne
                     not
                     back
                     againe
                     .
                     But
                     besides
                     this
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     declinity
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     ,
                     it
                     standes
                     with
                     reason
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Water
                     should
                     be
                     fresher
                     then
                     that
                     in
                     other
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     :
                     For
                     first
                     ,
                     all
                     of
                     them
                     receiue
                     into
                     them
                     many
                     and
                     great
                     Riuers
                     of
                     fresh
                     Water
                     :
                     for
                     
                       Maotis
                       Palus
                    
                     ,
                     besides
                     other
                     partakes
                     of
                     Tanais
                     .
                     Into
                     Pontus
                     fall
                     according
                     to
                     Arcanus
                     report
                     about
                     52
                     fresh
                     Riuers
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     chiefe
                     are
                     
                       Ister
                       ,
                       Hispanis
                       ,
                       Boristhenes
                       ,
                       Tanais
                       ,
                       Phasis
                       ,
                    
                     all
                     great
                     currents
                     .
                     Secōdly
                     the
                     forenamed
                     fishes
                     ,
                     which
                     delight
                     in
                     fresh
                     springs
                     are
                     here
                     also
                     found
                     in
                     abundance
                     ,
                     Besides
                     this
                     freshnesse
                     (
                     if
                     wee
                     beleeue
                     ancient
                     writers
                     ,
                     as
                     Pliny
                     and
                     others
                     )
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     sea
                     of
                     
                     extraordinary
                     depth
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     for
                     this
                     cause
                     some
                     part
                     of
                     it
                     was
                     called
                     Negrepont
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     blacke-sea
                     :
                     Which
                     blacknesse
                     was
                     by
                     some
                     ,
                     thought
                     to
                     arise
                     from
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     it
                     :
                     wherein
                     in
                     many
                     places
                     ,
                     they
                     could
                     sound
                     no
                     bottome
                     .
                     Sixtly
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     ●estified
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Tyrrhene
                       ,
                       Ligurian
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Narbon
                     seas
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     suffer
                     not
                     this
                     motion
                     :
                     The
                     cause
                     of
                     which
                     is
                     onely
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     extreame
                     depth
                     ;
                     for
                     few
                     or
                     no
                     Riuers
                     are
                     disburthened
                     into
                     it
                     ,
                     except
                     Rhodanus
                     :
                     We
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     to
                     shew
                     ,
                     why
                     this
                     working
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     is
                     more
                     in
                     one
                     place
                     then
                     in
                     another
                     :
                     The
                     reasons
                     whereof
                     (
                     although
                     many
                     be
                     thought
                     on
                     )
                     are
                     chiefly
                     reduced
                     either
                     to
                     the
                     exc●sse
                     of
                     saltnesse
                     in
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     narrownesse
                     of
                     the
                     channell
                     ,
                     into
                     which
                     from
                     an
                     open
                     place
                     the
                     sea
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     disburthened
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     shallownesse
                     of
                     the
                     shore
                     :
                     All
                     which
                     either
                     concurring
                     together
                     ,
                     or
                     taken
                     by
                     themselues
                     apart
                     ,
                     may
                     cause
                     the
                     sea
                     to
                     swell
                     more
                     in
                     one
                     place
                     thē
                     another
                     ;
                     which
                     may
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     bee
                     proued
                     by
                     diuerse
                     Instances
                     .
                     Foure
                     Seas
                     are
                     more
                     particularly
                     noted
                     to
                     flow
                     and
                     swell
                     higher
                     then
                     other
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     that
                     compasseth
                     about
                     Europe
                     ▪
                     from
                     
                       Hercules
                       pillars
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     according
                     to
                     diuerse
                     shores
                     ,
                     takes
                     diuerse
                     names
                     ;
                     as
                     the
                     
                       Portugall
                       ,
                       Cantabrian
                       ,
                       Gallican
                       ,
                       Belgicke
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     British
                     Seas
                     .
                     And
                     in
                     the
                     New
                     World
                     ,
                     or
                     America
                     ,
                     the
                     Southerne
                     Sea
                     shall
                     be
                     the
                     second
                     :
                     The
                     third
                     is
                     that
                     of
                     Cambaia
                     and
                     India
                     :
                     The
                     fourth
                     is
                     that
                     ,
                     which
                     compasseth
                     about
                     Taprobana
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     three
                     last
                     ,
                     the
                     causes
                     fore-specified
                     ,
                     seeme
                     manifestly
                     to
                     concurre
                     :
                     for
                     Taprobana
                     is
                     reported
                     by
                     Pliny
                     to
                     haue
                     a
                     shore
                     not
                     aboue
                     sixe
                     paces
                     deepe
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Sea
                     to
                     be
                     greene
                     and
                     ouergrowne
                     with
                     weeds
                     ,
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     that
                     the
                     tops
                     of
                     the
                     weedes
                     fret
                     their
                     ships
                     ;
                     and
                     later
                     Writers
                     report
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Land
                     is
                     knowne
                     to
                     augment
                     the
                     confines
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     shallownesse
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     :
                     so
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     that
                     some
                     Seas
                     neither
                     ebbe
                     nor
                     flow
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     channell
                     ;
                     so
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     must
                     it
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     other
                     Seas
                     ebbe
                     and
                     flow
                     more
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     shortnesse
                     and
                     shallownesse
                     of
                     the
                     shores
                     :
                     for
                     of
                     contrary
                     c●uses
                     proceede
                     ordinarily
                     contrary
                     effects
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     it
                     stands
                     with
                     experience
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     any
                     Water
                     or
                     Sea
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     flood
                     is
                     stopped
                     and
                     hindred
                     by
                     quicke-sands
                     ,
                     it
                     returnes
                     with
                     greater
                     force
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     enraged
                     ,
                     
                     and
                     swel●
                     so
                     much
                     the
                     higher
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     cause
                     why
                     in
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Cambaia
                     it
                     is
                     li●ted
                     vp
                     so
                     high
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     shores
                     are
                     so
                     shallow
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     short
                     ,
                     and
                     exposed
                     to
                     impediments
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     ebb●
                     ,
                     the
                     Sea
                     ●●ns
                     backe
                     many
                     miles
                     ,
                     &
                     leaues
                     the
                     sand●
                     vncouered
                     :
                     Whence
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     returne
                     with
                     greater
                     violence
                     .
                     This
                     also
                     is
                     found
                     in
                     the
                     Indian
                     Sea
                     ,
                     and
                     neere
                     Panama
                     in
                     the
                     Southerne
                     Sea
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     Sea
                     rūning
                     back
                     for
                     two
                     leagues
                     ,
                     certaine
                     Ilands
                     and
                     Lands
                     are
                     left
                     naked
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     in
                     these
                     three
                     Seas
                     here
                     named
                     ,
                     the
                     Sea
                     seemes
                     to
                     enlarge
                     its
                     limits
                     in
                     bredth
                     more
                     then
                     in
                     other
                     places
                     ;
                     to
                     which
                     we
                     may
                     ascribe
                     this
                     effect
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     Seas
                     about
                     Europe
                     ,
                     wee
                     may
                     pronounce
                     also
                     that
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     they
                     haue
                     short
                     &
                     shallow
                     shores
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     easily
                     appeare
                     in
                     the
                     confines
                     of
                     Belgia
                     :
                     But
                     it
                     may
                     be
                     obiected
                     of
                     the
                     English
                     shores
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     swell
                     very
                     high
                     ,
                     albeit
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     is
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     144
                     foot
                     :
                     Here
                     must
                     we
                     haue
                     recourse
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     cause
                     ,
                     the
                     flowing
                     of
                     a
                     large
                     &
                     wide
                     sea
                     into
                     a
                     narrow
                     channell
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     large
                     torrents
                     of
                     water
                     running
                     swiftly
                     into
                     a
                     narrow
                     channell
                     ,
                     being
                     hindred
                     on
                     both
                     sides
                     by
                     the
                     shores
                     ,
                     from
                     spreading
                     it selfe
                     in
                     bredth
                     ,
                     is
                     enforced
                     to
                     swell
                     in
                     hight
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     effect
                     is
                     rather
                     to
                     be
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     violence
                     of
                     a
                     gre●t
                     current
                     ,
                     enbosoming
                     it selfe
                     into
                     a
                     streite
                     channell
                     :
                     which
                     may
                     more
                     euidently
                     shew
                     it selfe
                     in
                     3
                     instances
                     :
                     For
                     in
                     the
                     streite
                     chanels
                     of
                     Zeland
                     and
                     Holland
                     it
                     is
                     lifted
                     vp
                     about
                     three
                     foote
                     :
                     At
                     Bristoll
                     in
                     England
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     a
                     greater
                     force
                     of
                     Waters
                     running
                     from
                     the
                     Sea
                     into
                     a
                     more
                     narrow
                     channell
                     ,
                     and
                     seconded
                     by
                     the
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     at
                     the
                     backe
                     ,
                     it
                     swels
                     to
                     the
                     hight
                     of
                     60
                     foote
                     :
                     In
                     the
                     Armorean
                     seas
                     ,
                     where
                     larger
                     seas
                     are
                     emptied
                     into
                     more
                     narrow
                     streites
                     then
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     it
                     increaseth
                     to
                     90
                     foote
                     :
                     Out
                     of
                     which
                     experiments
                     may
                     wee
                     plainely
                     collect
                     ,
                     that
                     to
                     the
                     increase
                     of
                     the
                     moti●n
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     besides
                     the
                     saltnesse
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     two
                     other
                     causes
                     are
                     concurring
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     the
                     shallownesse
                     of
                     the
                     shore
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     streitnesse
                     of
                     the
                     channell
                     ,
                     wherein
                     a
                     great
                     and
                     large
                     sea
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     ex●●erated
                     .
                     This
                     may
                     lastly
                     bee
                     farther
                     illustrated
                     from
                     the
                     disparity
                     of
                     these
                     seas
                     with
                     others
                     ,
                     for
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Adriaticke
                       ,
                       Egaan
                       ,
                       Ionian
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     almost
                     all
                     the
                     African
                     sea●
                     ,
                     the
                     sea
                     seldome
                     swels
                     to
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     measure
                     :
                     whereof
                     
                     the
                     cause
                     is
                     as
                     well
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     seas
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     equality
                     of
                     th●
                     shores
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     the
                     depth
                     is
                     a
                     cause
                     that
                     sometimes
                     it
                     flowes
                     not
                     at
                     all
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     inequality
                     and
                     shortnesse
                     of
                     the
                     shore
                     that
                     it
                     flowes
                     high
                     :
                     so
                     a
                     meane
                     hight
                     of
                     the
                     Waters
                     from
                     the
                     bottome
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     more
                     equall
                     figuration
                     of
                     the
                     coasts
                     may
                     bee
                     a
                     cause
                     of
                     an
                     indifferent
                     working
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     .
                     Hitherto
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     the
                     variety
                     of
                     motion
                     in
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     diuersity
                     of
                     places
                     :
                     wee
                     are
                     next
                     to
                     speake
                     something
                     concerning
                     the
                     variation
                     of
                     it
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     times
                     ,
                     which
                     ,
                     though
                     it
                     properly
                     appertaine
                     not
                     to
                     Geography
                     ,
                     yet
                     am
                     I
                     loath
                     to
                     leaue
                     it
                     out
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     discourse
                     is
                     pleasant
                     .
                     Concerning
                     which
                     point
                     ,
                     the
                     Marriners
                     make
                     six
                     degrees
                     of
                     change
                     in
                     the
                     tides
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     times
                     .
                     First
                     diurnall
                     ,
                     whereof
                     wee
                     speake
                     in
                     this
                     discourse
                     :
                     The
                     second
                     Hebdomedary
                     ,
                     or
                     weekely
                     which
                     Possidonius
                     called
                     monethly
                     or
                     weekely
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     distinguished
                     by
                     seuerall
                     weekes
                     of
                     a
                     moneth
                     :
                     but
                     tarries
                     not
                     till
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     moneth
                     :
                     For
                     it
                     is
                     found
                     by
                     experience
                     of
                     Nauigatours
                     that
                     a
                     day
                     before
                     the
                     coniunction
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     with
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     day
                     of
                     coniunction
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     day
                     afterwards
                     ,
                     the
                     seas
                     in
                     the
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     haue
                     their
                     greatest
                     flowes
                     and
                     ebbes
                     ,
                     being
                     lifted
                     higher
                     and
                     laid
                     lower
                     downe
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     the
                     tides
                     are
                     most
                     swift
                     :
                     The
                     fourth
                     day
                     from
                     the
                     coniunction
                     ,
                     the
                     tide
                     is
                     lesse
                     and
                     lesse
                     swift
                     :
                     The
                     fift
                     yet
                     lesse
                     then
                     then
                     the
                     former
                     ;
                     and
                     the
                     sixt
                     day
                     lesse
                     then
                     the
                     fift
                     :
                     But
                     in
                     the
                     seuenth
                     day
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     day
                     before
                     the
                     quarter
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     the
                     eight
                     following
                     ,
                     wherein
                     it
                     is
                     halfe-faced
                     ;
                     and
                     in
                     the
                     ninth
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     day
                     after
                     the
                     quarter
                     ,
                     the
                     sea
                     is
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     ,
                     dead
                     ,
                     not
                     much
                     stirring
                     ,
                     neither
                     much
                     ebbing
                     or
                     much
                     flowing
                     ;
                     which
                     was
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     seemes
                     )
                     only
                     obserued
                     by
                     Pliny
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Euboian
                       Euripus
                    
                     ;
                     but
                     whether
                     it
                     so
                     happen
                     else-where
                     ,
                     I
                     leaue
                     to
                     men
                     experienced
                     in
                     these
                     matters
                     ;
                     This
                     motion
                     as
                     it
                     doth
                     encrease
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     age
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     :
                     So
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     proportionally
                     to
                     decrease
                     againe
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     motion
                     is
                     monethly
                     ,
                     which
                     seemes
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     cōiunction
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     sea-tides
                     are
                     highest
                     and
                     swiftest
                     .
                     The
                     fourth
                     is
                     called
                     
                       motus
                       semestris
                    
                     or
                     six-monthly
                     ,
                     happening
                     at
                     the
                     times
                     of
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     ;
                     differing
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     like
                     monethes
                     ;
                     The
                     fift
                     is
                     called
                     Trimestris
                     ,
                     
                     because
                     it
                     happeneth
                     onely
                     in
                     three
                     moneths
                     distance
                     .
                     The
                     last
                     is
                     Annuall
                     which
                     Patricius
                     witnesseth
                     that
                     himselfe
                     saw
                     in
                     Liburnia
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     moneth
                     of
                     Ianuary
                     .
                     These
                     motions
                     I
                     carelesly
                     passe
                     ouer
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     distinction
                     seemes
                     to
                     me
                     full
                     of
                     vncertainty
                     and
                     s●arce
                     warranted
                     ;
                     and
                     such
                     experiments
                     as
                     are
                     brought
                     for
                     the
                     proofe
                     of
                     it
                     concerne
                     rather
                     particular
                     places
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     generall
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     3
                     Hitherto
                     of
                     the
                     generall
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     :
                     The
                     Speciall
                     is
                     that
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     obserued
                     in
                     some
                     speciall
                     places
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       It
                       is
                       probable
                       that
                       the
                       sea
                       is
                       carried
                       somewhere
                       from
                       East
                       to
                       West
                       ,
                       and
                       somewhere
                       from
                       North
                       to
                       South
                       ,
                       and
                       contrariwise
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     It
                     hath
                     beene
                     a
                     receiued
                     opinion
                     amongst
                     Philosophers
                     of
                     this
                     later
                     age
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     sea
                     by
                     the
                     rapture
                     of
                     the
                     heauens
                     should
                     be
                     moued
                     round
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     diurnall
                     course
                     :
                     which
                     they
                     haue
                     l●boured
                     to
                     proue
                     by
                     diuers
                     experiments
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     obserued
                     by
                     Marriners
                     that
                     a
                     ship
                     can
                     well
                     saile
                     from
                     Spaine
                     into
                     America
                     with
                     an
                     indifferent
                     winde
                     in
                     30
                     dayes
                     ,
                     when
                     she
                     can
                     hardly
                     returne
                     vnder
                     three
                     moneths
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     ascribe
                     to
                     the
                     circular
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     :
                     For
                     a
                     ship
                     going
                     from
                     East
                     to
                     West
                     sailes
                     with
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     but
                     from
                     West
                     to
                     East
                     against
                     the
                     streame
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     one
                     must
                     needes
                     bee
                     swifter
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     slower
                     .
                     Their
                     second
                     experiment
                     to
                     confirme
                     this
                     point
                     ,
                     is
                     of
                     a
                     ship
                     sayling
                     from
                     Spaine
                     to
                     Holland
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     as
                     they
                     say
                     swifter
                     returne
                     backe
                     then
                     goe
                     thither
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     from
                     East
                     to
                     West
                     ,
                     
                       Iulius
                       Scaliger
                    
                     hath
                     added
                     another
                     ,
                     which
                     he
                     would
                     haue
                     to
                     be
                     from
                     North
                     to
                     South
                     ,
                     from
                     
                       Terra
                       Laboratoris
                    
                     Southward
                     .
                     But
                     Patricius
                     not
                     denying
                     these
                     motions
                     ,
                     would
                     haue
                     many
                     more
                     in
                     diuerse
                     seas
                     ,
                     not
                     admitting
                     any
                     vniuersall
                     circular
                     motion
                     enforced
                     by
                     the
                     heauens
                     ,
                     but
                     various
                     motions
                     diuersly
                     disposed
                     in
                     diuers
                     seas
                     ,
                     for
                     which
                     hee
                     giues
                     many
                     instances
                     ,
                     some
                     whereof
                     wee
                     will
                     here
                     relate
                     .
                     First
                     going
                     about
                     to
                     disproue
                     
                     Scaligers
                     opinion
                     and
                     experience
                     ,
                     hee
                     brings
                     the
                     experiment
                     of
                     the
                     Portugall
                     Nauigatours
                     ,
                     who
                     testifie
                     that
                     they
                     came
                     from
                     Mosambicke
                     of
                     the
                     side
                     on
                     Madagascar
                     into
                     Malebar
                     in
                     28
                     ,
                     sometimes
                     in
                     30
                     ,
                     other
                     times
                     in
                     35
                     dayes
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     farre
                     from
                     the
                     accompt
                     of
                     Scaliger
                     ,
                     who
                     would
                     not
                     haue
                     a
                     ship
                     to
                     passe
                     it
                     under
                     three
                     moneths
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     he
                     laboured
                     to
                     proue
                     this
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     shippe
                     was
                     longer
                     a
                     going
                     then
                     returning
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     experiment
                     hee
                     takes
                     from
                     the
                     obseruation
                     of
                     one
                     
                       Iohn
                       Eupolius
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     willing
                     to
                     passe
                     from
                     the
                     port
                     of
                     S.
                     Blasi●●
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     beyond
                     the
                     
                       Cape
                       of
                       good
                       hope
                    
                     in
                     Africke
                     to
                     Melinde
                     towards
                     the
                     Indies
                     ,
                     could
                     not
                     goe
                     forward
                     by
                     reason
                     that
                     the
                     currents
                     ,
                     (
                     as
                     they
                     call
                     them
                     (
                     droue
                     them
                     backe
                     from
                     Melinde
                     to
                     Pate
                     ,
                     a
                     towne
                     by
                     this
                     side
                     of
                     the
                     Indyes
                     :
                     whence
                     hee
                     would
                     conclude
                     that
                     the
                     Water
                     should
                     in
                     this
                     place
                     rather
                     runne
                     from
                     West
                     to
                     East
                     towards
                     the
                     Indies
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     experiment
                     is
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     
                       Thomas
                       Lope
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     when
                     he
                     was
                     to
                     passe
                     from
                     the
                     
                       Cape
                       of
                       good
                       hope
                    
                     towards
                     the
                     Indies
                     ,
                     testifies
                     that
                     the
                     current
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     was
                     so
                     violent
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     oftentimes
                     leapt
                     into
                     the
                     forepart
                     of
                     the
                     shippe
                     .
                     The
                     fourth
                     is
                     from
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     
                       Iohannes
                       Guietanus
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     putting
                     forth
                     from
                     Tidor
                     ,
                     came
                     into
                     Spaine
                     before
                     the
                     sixteenth
                     moneth
                     :
                     This
                     iourney
                     from
                     Tidor
                     to
                     the
                     
                       Cape
                       of
                       good
                       hope
                    
                     ,
                     containes
                     55
                     leagues
                     ,
                     which
                     makes
                     1650
                     miles
                     :
                     from
                     this
                     to
                     the
                     Iland
                     of
                     S.
                     Helena
                     by
                     the
                     relation
                     of
                     another
                     pilot
                     are
                     1400
                     miles
                     :
                     from
                     whence
                     to
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     circle
                     are
                     1600
                     miles
                     :
                     from
                     hence
                     to
                     Spaine
                     by
                     the
                     computation
                     of
                     degrees
                     ,
                     are
                     not
                     aboue
                     1520
                     miles
                     :
                     of
                     all
                     which
                     the
                     summe
                     is
                     ,
                     7114.
                     
                     Now
                     if
                     wee
                     take
                     out
                     of
                     sixteene
                     moneths
                     49
                     dayes
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     ship
                     against
                     
                       Cape
                       of
                       good
                       hope
                    
                     ,
                     was
                     carried
                     hither
                     and
                     thither
                     (
                     which
                     the
                     marriners
                     call
                     Voltegiair●
                     )
                     and
                     70
                     other
                     dayes
                     wherein
                     it
                     stood
                     still
                     in
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Guinea
                     in
                     Melacia
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     remaine
                     a
                     whole
                     yeere
                     spent
                     in
                     this
                     iourney
                     :
                     which
                     dayes
                     if
                     we
                     diuide
                     by
                     those
                     7114
                     miles
                     ,
                     there
                     will
                     be
                     allotted
                     to
                     euery
                     day
                     no
                     more
                     then
                     19
                     miles
                     ,
                     which
                     euidently
                     shewes
                     that
                     this
                     iourney
                     was
                     most
                     short
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     swiftnesse
                     of
                     the
                     Nauigations
                     .
                     For
                     if
                     the
                     Ocean
                     should
                     driue
                     his
                     currents
                     
                     to
                     St
                     H●l●na
                     euen
                     to
                     the
                     west
                     ,
                     they
                     had
                     ended
                     their
                     iourney
                     in
                     a
                     farre
                     lesser
                     time
                     ,
                     because
                     those
                     currents
                     (
                     as
                     they
                     say
                     )
                     carry
                     the
                     ship
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     iourney
                     was
                     accomplished
                     very
                     slowly
                     :
                     wherefore
                     the
                     currents
                     were
                     not
                     carried
                     from
                     East
                     to
                     West
                     ,
                     a●
                     S●aliger
                     relates
                     .
                     Likewise
                     from
                     sundry
                     other
                     experiments
                     ,
                     hee
                     goes
                     about
                     to
                     proue
                     that
                     it
                     constantly
                     cannot
                     bee
                     obserued
                     to
                     flow
                     from
                     North
                     to
                     South
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     said
                     Scaliger
                     affirmes
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     various
                     according
                     to
                     diuers
                     places
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Sea
                     should
                     haue
                     a
                     perpetuall
                     current
                     from
                     the
                     Poles
                     towards
                     the
                     Equatou●
                     ,
                     seemes
                     to
                     stand
                     as
                     well
                     with
                     Reason
                     ,
                     as
                     Experience
                     :
                     For
                     all
                     men
                     must
                     needs
                     confesse
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     must
                     bee
                     much
                     swifter
                     then
                     neerer
                     the
                     Poles
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     circles
                     of
                     it
                     are
                     greater
                     neere
                     the
                     Equatour
                     .
                     Now
                     ▪
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     swifter
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Heauen
                     is
                     ,
                     by
                     so
                     much
                     more
                     is
                     the
                     Rarefaction
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     or
                     other
                     Elementary
                     bodies
                     right
                     vnder
                     it
                     :
                     whether
                     it
                     be
                     Aire
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     most
                     probable
                     )
                     or
                     Fire
                     as
                     Peripatetick●
                     imagine
                     :
                     But
                     howsoeuer
                     we
                     determine
                     that
                     controuersie
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     that
                     the
                     Aire
                     must
                     suffer
                     Rarefaction
                     ,
                     answerable
                     to
                     the
                     swiftnesse
                     of
                     the
                     motion
                     :
                     if
                     not
                     immediatly
                     by
                     the
                     swift
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     yet
                     by
                     a
                     consequent
                     by
                     the
                     greater
                     feruour
                     of
                     the
                     Fire
                     ,
                     which
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equatour
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     greater
                     and
                     of
                     more
                     force
                     then
                     about
                     the
                     Poles
                     ▪
                     whence
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     vnder
                     it
                     ,
                     must
                     partake
                     more
                     degrees
                     of
                     Heat
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     necessary
                     consequence
                     suffer
                     a
                     greater
                     Attenuation
                     .
                     2
                     The
                     Sun-beames
                     being
                     darted
                     perpendicularly
                     ,
                     cannot
                     choose
                     but
                     attenuate
                     and
                     rarifie
                     the
                     Aire
                     more
                     vnder
                     the
                     Line
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     places
                     more
                     declining
                     to
                     the
                     Poles
                     .
                     This
                     ground
                     thus
                     laide
                     ,
                     these
                     two
                     consectaries
                     will
                     follow
                     :
                     1
                     That
                     the
                     Aire
                     thus
                     attenuated
                     ,
                     must
                     needes
                     take
                     vp
                     a
                     large●
                     place
                     then
                     it
                     before
                     possessed
                     ,
                     which
                     cannot
                     be
                     but
                     by
                     inlarging
                     it selfe
                     towards
                     either
                     Pole
                     ,
                     either
                     North
                     or
                     South
                     ;
                     whence
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     in
                     those
                     places
                     must
                     bee
                     more
                     thickned
                     and
                     condensated
                     .
                     2
                     That
                     these
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     carried
                     towards
                     the
                     Poles
                     ,
                     and
                     meeting
                     with
                     the
                     cold
                     Regions
                     of
                     the
                     North
                     and
                     South
                     ,
                     must
                     by
                     condensation
                     turne
                     into
                     water
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     fall
                     downe
                     in
                     Raine
                     or
                     Snowes
                     ;
                     whence
                     the
                     Water
                     
                     encreasing
                     neere
                     the
                     Poles
                     perpetually
                     ,
                     must
                     haue
                     a
                     perpetuall
                     current
                     towards
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     where
                     they
                     are
                     againe
                     exhausted
                     in
                     vapours
                     by
                     the
                     Heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ;
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     ,
                     that
                     as
                     well
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     betwixt
                     themselues
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     waters
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     may
                     proportionally
                     maintaine
                     themselues
                     by
                     the
                     mutuall
                     transmutation
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     reason
                     some
                     haue
                     added
                     another
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Sunne
                     soiourning
                     in
                     the
                     Southerne
                     Signes
                     ,
                     is
                     neerer
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     then
                     when
                     hee
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     whole
                     Latitude
                     of
                     his
                     excentrice
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     of
                     greater
                     force
                     to
                     draw
                     the
                     water
                     toward
                     the
                     South
                     :
                     But
                     whether
                     this
                     Reason
                     be
                     of
                     any
                     great
                     force
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     not
                     spent
                     time
                     to
                     dispute
                     :
                     let
                     euery
                     man
                     vse
                     his
                     own
                     iudgment
                     .
                     It
                     seemes
                     to
                     me
                     a
                     coniecture
                     not
                     improbable
                     ,
                     that
                     these
                     currents
                     may
                     bee
                     also
                     varied
                     according
                     to
                     diuers
                     reasons
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     ;
                     as
                     also
                     according
                     to
                     diuers
                     channels
                     ,
                     by
                     diuers
                     crossings
                     and
                     doublings
                     of
                     the
                     Tides
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     find
                     in
                     diuers
                     places
                     :
                     but
                     I
                     will
                     not
                     be
                     too
                     bold
                     in
                     this
                     opinion
                     ,
                     because
                     I
                     loue
                     not
                     to
                     walke
                     without
                     a
                     guide
                     in
                     these
                     vncertainties
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4
                     Of
                     the
                     Naturall
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     we
                     haue
                     spoken
                     :
                     It
                     remaines
                     we
                     speake
                     somewhat
                     of
                     the
                     Violent
                     :
                     The
                     Violent
                     motion
                     is
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     stirred
                     vp
                     by
                     windes
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   consideration
                   of
                   windes
                   is
                   either
                   absolute
                   or
                   respectiue
                   :
                   Absolute
                   I
                   call
                   that
                   wherein
                   the
                   Naturall
                   effects
                   and
                   properties
                   of
                   the
                   winds
                   are
                   handled
                   ;
                   which
                   properties
                   belong
                   to
                   the
                   naturall
                   Philosopher
                   ,
                   they
                   being
                   (
                   according
                   to
                   Aristotle
                   )
                   a
                   Naturall
                   body
                   vnperfectly
                   mixt
                   :
                   The
                   Respe●tiue
                   consideration
                   is
                   that
                   wherein
                   the
                   windes
                   are
                   considered
                   in
                   respect
                   to
                   the
                   ●errestriall
                   Globe
                   .
                   This
                   Respect
                   againe
                   twofold
                   ,
                   either
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Spheare
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   whereof
                   they
                   designe
                   out
                   the
                   points
                   of
                   the
                   Horizon
                   by
                   certaine
                   lines
                   called
                   Rhumbas
                   ;
                   or
                   else
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   they
                   giue
                   a
                   motion
                   .
                   The
                   former
                   respect
                   we
                   haue
                   handled
                   in
                   our
                   first
                   booke
                   of
                   Geography
                   :
                   The
                   later
                   is
                   more
                   proper
                   to
                   this
                   place
                   ;
                   &
                   howsoeuer
                   the
                   wind
                   is
                   an
                   exhalation
                   ,
                   common
                   as
                   well
                   to
                   the
                   Earth
                   
                   as
                   to
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   affecting
                   both
                   with
                   some
                   alteration
                   ;
                   yet
                   because
                   it
                   more
                   neerely
                   affecteth
                   the
                   Sea
                   as
                   his
                   proper
                   Prouince
                   and
                   Dominion
                   ,
                   and
                   hath
                   for
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   beene
                   most
                   obserued
                   of
                   Sea
                   ,
                   men
                   and
                   Marriners
                   ;
                   Wee
                   thought
                   fit
                   to
                   treat
                   of
                   it
                   in
                   this
                   place
                   .
                   Of
                   windes
                   some
                   are
                   vncertaine
                   and
                   various
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   all
                   places
                   interchangeably
                   supply
                   their
                   turnes
                   ,
                   keeping
                   no
                   certainty
                   or
                   regularity
                   in
                   times
                   or
                   places
                   :
                   others
                   are
                   called
                   ,
                   set
                   or
                   standing
                   windes
                   ,
                   because
                   they
                   are
                   obserued
                   to
                   blow
                   at
                   certaine
                   time
                   ,
                   and
                   places
                   ▪
                   of
                   both
                   which
                   ,
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   concernes
                   our
                   purpose
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   speake
                   in
                   these
                   two
                   Theoreme●
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       To
                       some
                       certaine
                       places
                       ,
                       at
                       certaine
                       times
                       belong
                       certaine
                       windes
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     These
                     windes
                     are
                     by
                     some
                     ,
                     called
                     Anniuersary
                     because
                     they
                     blow
                     at
                     a
                     certaine
                     season
                     euery
                     yeere
                     ;
                     of
                     these
                     there
                     are
                     many
                     kindes
                     mentioned
                     by
                     Nauigatours
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     and
                     chiefest
                     is
                     that
                     which
                     they
                     call
                     the
                     Etesian
                     winde
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     obserued
                     to
                     blow
                     euery
                     yeere
                     from
                     the
                     Northeast
                     about
                     the
                     rising
                     of
                     Dog-starre
                     ,
                     and
                     oftentimes
                     continues
                     about
                     40
                     dayes
                     .
                     This
                     wind
                     driues
                     the
                     Seas
                     from
                     Pontus
                     into
                     the
                     Egean
                     Sea
                     ,
                     euen
                     so
                     farre
                     as
                     Egypt
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     second
                     place
                     may
                     wee
                     range
                     such
                     windes
                     as
                     are
                     called
                     Chelidonian
                     ,
                     because
                     they
                     arise
                     at
                     the
                     first
                     comming
                     of
                     the
                     Swallowes
                     .
                     It
                     blowes
                     sometimes
                     from
                     the
                     Direct-west
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     of
                     some
                     it
                     is
                     taken
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     same
                     .
                     Sometimes
                     from
                     the
                     North-west
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     with
                     others
                     it
                     is
                     accounted
                     among
                     the
                     North
                     windes
                     :
                     These
                     Chelidonian
                     winds
                     driuing
                     from
                     the
                     North
                     or
                     North-west
                     still
                     fill
                     all
                     the
                     Mediterranean
                     euen
                     to
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Syria
                     and
                     Palestine
                     ,
                     and
                     continue
                     in
                     the
                     summer
                     time
                     for
                     many
                     dayes
                     together
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     third
                     place
                     may
                     we
                     accompt
                     that
                     winde
                     ,
                     which
                     Columbus
                     perceiued
                     on
                     the
                     coast
                     of
                     Portugall
                     comming
                     ouer
                     the
                     Atlanticke
                     Ocean
                     ,
                     which
                     at
                     some
                     times
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     was
                     carried
                     higher
                     ,
                     at
                     other
                     times
                     cleauing
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     to
                     the
                     bosome
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     whence
                     hee
                     probably
                     coniectured
                     that
                     it
                     was
                     deriued
                     from
                     some
                     moist
                     land
                     ,
                     whereon
                     hee
                     aduentured
                     on
                     the
                     first
                     search
                     of
                     America
                     and
                     layed
                     the
                     first
                     worke
                     of
                     that
                     discouery
                     .
                     Fourthly
                     to
                     these
                     
                     windes
                     may
                     be
                     reduced
                     those
                     yeerely
                     flowings
                     of
                     the
                     Persian
                     and
                     Indian
                     Seas
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     Portugall
                     marriners
                     call
                     Motions
                     .
                     The
                     Persian
                     Sea
                     suffers
                     such
                     a
                     kind
                     of
                     motion
                     euery
                     yeere
                     while
                     the
                     Sunne
                     runnes
                     through
                     the
                     Southerne
                     degrees
                     ,
                     and
                     when
                     he
                     arriues
                     at
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     Sagittarius
                     it
                     is
                     shaken
                     with
                     an
                     extraordinary
                     great
                     tempest
                     :
                     On
                     the
                     contrary
                     side
                     the
                     Indian
                     Sea
                     ,
                     while
                     the
                     Persian
                     is
                     moued
                     ,
                     is
                     obserued
                     to
                     rest
                     without
                     any
                     great
                     motion
                     ;
                     and
                     when
                     the
                     Persian
                     is
                     still
                     ,
                     it
                     suffers
                     great
                     motion
                     ,
                     especially
                     when
                     the
                     Sunne
                     first
                     enters
                     into
                     Cancer
                     .
                     This
                     last
                     motion
                     seemes
                     to
                     be
                     not
                     only
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     Prouinciall
                     windes
                     ,
                     but
                     some
                     other
                     concurrent
                     causes
                     :
                     whether
                     these
                     winds
                     are
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     the
                     currents
                     before
                     spoken
                     of
                     ,
                     is
                     a
                     very
                     disputable
                     point
                     ,
                     which
                     I
                     leaue
                     to
                     others
                     to
                     search
                     out
                     .
                     Of
                     euery
                     set
                     winde
                     blowing
                     a
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     on
                     the
                     coast
                     of
                     
                       America
                       ,
                       Acosta
                    
                     treats
                     at
                     large
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     hee
                     ascribes
                     the
                     currents
                     forespoken
                     of
                     in
                     this
                     chapter
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       violence
                       of
                       windes
                       makes
                       the
                       Sea
                       sometimes
                       in
                       some
                       places
                       ,
                       transcend
                       his
                       ordinary
                       bounds
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     How
                     far
                     the
                     Sea
                     by
                     violence
                     of
                     windes
                     hath
                     trespassed
                     on
                     the
                     land
                     ,
                     many
                     haue
                     learned
                     to
                     their
                     great
                     losse
                     and
                     calamity
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     obserued
                     sometimes
                     in
                     the
                     Venetian
                     shores
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Sea
                     driuen
                     with
                     winds
                     swels
                     so
                     high
                     ,
                     that
                     ouerflowing
                     all
                     the
                     banks
                     and
                     channels
                     ,
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     are
                     enforced
                     to
                     row
                     in
                     boates
                     from
                     house
                     to
                     house
                     :
                     Their
                     cesternes
                     are
                     infected
                     with
                     Salt-water
                     ,
                     and
                     their
                     precious
                     waters
                     in
                     vaults
                     and
                     cellars
                     spoyled
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     hath
                     heretofore
                     beene
                     found
                     (
                     if
                     we
                     will
                     credit
                     Histories
                     )
                     in
                     the
                     Belgicke
                     Sea
                     ,
                     on
                     which
                     the
                     Northwest
                     windes
                     blow
                     with
                     such
                     vehemency
                     and
                     so
                     long
                     that
                     it
                     brake
                     downe
                     the
                     ordinary
                     banks
                     ;
                     and
                     in
                     Zeland
                     and
                     Holland
                     swallowed
                     vp
                     many
                     townes
                     with
                     infinite
                     multitudes
                     of
                     people
                     .
                     Which
                     seemes
                     to
                     be
                     warranted
                     by
                     a
                     report
                     ,
                     I
                     haue
                     heard
                     of
                     many
                     trauaylers
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     a
                     calme
                     tide
                     the
                     topps
                     of
                     towres
                     and
                     steeples
                     haue
                     beene
                     seene
                     aboue
                     the
                     water
                     .
                     Besides
                     these
                     instances
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     adde
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     Strabo
                     and
                     Aristotle
                     in
                     
                     his
                     booke
                     
                       de
                       munda
                    
                     :
                     with
                     diuers
                     other
                     relations
                     of
                     strange
                     inundations
                     whereof
                     wee
                     shall
                     haue
                     more
                     occasion
                     to
                     speake
                     hereafter
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 VII
                 .
                 Of
                 the
                 Depth
                 ,
                 Situatio
                 ,
                 and
                 Termination
                 of
                 the
                 Sea.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     THe
                     Absolute
                     proprieties
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     being
                     hitherto
                     passed
                     ouer
                     :
                     we
                     will
                     consider
                     next
                     the
                     comparatiue
                     :
                     which
                     agree
                     to
                     the
                     Sea
                     no
                     otherwise
                     then
                     in
                     respect
                     or
                     comparison
                     with
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     which
                     are
                     chiefly
                     thre●
                     ;
                     1
                     Depth
                     ,
                     2
                     Situation
                     ,
                     3
                     Termination
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     Depth
                     or
                     Profundity
                     is
                     the
                     distance
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Bottome
                     and
                     the
                     Superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   To
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   Absolute
                   depth
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   matter
                   of
                   the
                   greatest
                   difficulty
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   many
                   thought
                   impossible
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   as
                   well
                   of
                   the
                   immensity
                   of
                   it
                   in
                   many
                   places
                   where
                   no
                   line
                   could
                   ,
                   as
                   of
                   the
                   various
                   places
                   ,
                   too
                   many
                   to
                   bee
                   serched
                   out
                   by
                   mans
                   industry
                   :
                   yet
                   where
                   absolute
                   science
                   failes
                   ,
                   there
                   probable
                   coniecture
                   takes
                   place
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   best
                   accepted
                   ,
                   which
                   wee
                   will
                   venture
                   to
                   propose
                   in
                   this
                   o●r
                   Theoreme
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       ordinary
                       depth
                       of
                       the
                       Sea
                       is
                       commonly
                       
                       answerable
                       to
                       the
                       ordinary
                       hight
                       of
                       the
                       maine
                       land
                       aboue
                       the
                       water
                       :
                       and
                       the
                       whirle-pooles
                       and
                       extraordinary
                       depths
                       answer
                       to
                       the
                       hight
                       of
                       the
                       mountaines
                       aboue
                       the
                       ordinary
                       hight
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     It
                     hath
                     been
                     a
                     common
                     receiued
                     opinion
                     among
                     ancient
                     Cosmographers
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     being
                     measured
                     by
                     a
                     line
                     and
                     plummet
                     ,
                     seldome
                     exceeds
                     two
                     or
                     three
                     miles
                     ,
                     except
                     in
                     some
                     few
                     places
                     neere
                     Sueuian
                     shores
                     ,
                     and
                     some
                     places
                     about
                     Pontus
                     obserued
                     by
                     Pliny
                     .
                     But
                     as
                     Breedwood
                     a
                     worthy
                     late
                     writer
                     obserues
                     ,
                     this
                     position
                     is
                     not
                     to
                     be
                     vnderstood
                     generally
                     ,
                     but
                     only
                     of
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     Streits
                     or
                     Narrow
                     Seas
                     ,
                     which
                     were
                     perhaps
                     onely
                     searched
                     by
                     then
                     ancients
                     who
                     dwelt
                     far
                     from
                     the
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     :
                     But
                     another
                     accompt
                     is
                     necessarily
                     to
                     be
                     giuen
                     of
                     the
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     .
                     This
                     being
                     a
                     matter
                     of
                     great
                     vncertainty
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     follow
                     the
                     conceit
                     of
                     the
                     forenamed
                     Author
                     .
                     It
                     hath
                     been
                     shewed
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     Chapter
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     most
                     probable
                     opinion
                     concerning
                     the
                     manner
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     separation
                     of
                     the
                     dry
                     land
                     from
                     the
                     wa●ers
                     would
                     haue
                     the
                     Earth
                     by
                     the
                     Creation
                     to
                     be
                     cut
                     into
                     diuers
                     sluces
                     &
                     channels
                     ,
                     apt
                     to
                     receiue
                     Water
                     .
                     Now
                     these
                     materiall
                     p●rts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     being
                     taken
                     out
                     to
                     giue
                     way
                     to
                     hollownesse
                     ,
                     were
                     not
                     vtterly
                     annihilated
                     ,
                     but
                     by
                     an
                     almighty
                     hand
                     in
                     some
                     other
                     places
                     ,
                     making
                     by
                     their
                     addition
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     in
                     such
                     places
                     higher
                     then
                     before
                     :
                     whence
                     by
                     reason
                     it
                     seemes
                     to
                     bee
                     collec●ed
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     ordinary
                     Eminency
                     of
                     the
                     hight
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     at
                     o●e
                     the
                     Waters
                     ,
                     should
                     bee
                     answerable
                     to
                     the
                     ordin●ry
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     Sea.
                     And
                     if
                     Hills
                     and
                     Mountaines
                     be
                     compared
                     ,
                     wee
                     may
                     s●t
                     them
                     against
                     the
                     Deepes
                     and
                     extraordinary
                     While-pooles
                     and
                     Gul●es
                     :
                     And
                     so
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Sea
                     and
                     Land
                     ▪
                     and
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     we
                     may
                     settle
                     a
                     kind
                     of
                     agreement
                     and
                     proportion
                     :
                     In
                     a
                     matter
                     of
                     so
                     great
                     vncertainty
                     ,
                     no
                     man
                     will
                     e●pect
                     an
                     euident
                     domonstra●ion
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     3
                     The
                     Site
                     is
                     the
                     position
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     in
                     respect
                     o●
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                 
                   Concerning
                   the
                   site
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   wee
                   must
                   consider
                   the
                   Water
                   and
                   Earth
                   two
                   wayes
                   ▪
                   First
                   Absolutely
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   Elements
                   and
                   solide
                   Bodyes
                   :
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   in
                   respe●t
                   of
                   the
                   superf●●ies
                   of
                   either
                   ▪
                   if
                   we
                   consider
                   the
                   whole
                   solide
                   Body
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   as
                   that
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   confesse
                   without
                   all
                   doubt
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Water
                   hath
                   the
                   higher
                   place
                   ,
                   being
                   lighter
                   then
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   of
                   which
                   situation
                   wee
                   haue
                   spoken
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   booke
                   :
                   for
                   although
                   some
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   are
                   thought
                   (
                   by
                   most
                   as
                   we
                   shall
                   proue
                   )
                   to
                   be
                   aboue
                   some
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   yet
                   is
                   this
                   of
                   no
                   sensible
                   proportion
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   that
                   vast
                   Masse
                   of
                   Earth
                   ,
                   couched
                   vnder
                   the
                   Waters
                   betwixt
                   them
                   and
                   the
                   Center
                   of
                   the
                   World.
                   But
                   the
                   question
                   is
                   here
                   of
                   the
                   superficies
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   compared
                   to
                   the
                   superficies
                   the
                   Earth
                   vncouered
                   ,
                   which
                   should
                   be
                   higher
                   in
                   place
                   ;
                   of
                   which
                   shall
                   be
                   this
                   Theoreme
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     The
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     is
                     some-where
                     higher
                     then
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     some-where
                     lower
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   There
                   hath
                   beene
                   a
                   great
                   dispute
                   among
                   Phylosophers
                   concerning
                   the
                   po●ition
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Land
                   ,
                   whether
                   it
                   bee
                   higher
                   or
                   lower
                   :
                   some
                   haue
                   beene
                   of
                   an
                   opinion
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Water
                   is
                   higher
                   ;
                   which
                   opinion
                   was
                   defended
                   by
                   Tully
                   ,
                   in
                   his
                   Booke
                   
                     De
                     Natura
                     Deorum
                  
                   ,
                   where
                   hee
                   saith
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Sea
                   being
                   placed
                   aboue
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   yet
                   couering
                   the
                   place
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   is
                   congregated
                   and
                   collected
                   ,
                   neither
                   redounding
                   ,
                   nor
                   flowing
                   abroad
                   ▪
                   which
                   afterwards
                   seemes
                   to
                   be
                   seconded
                   by
                   diuers
                   learned
                   Diuines
                   ,
                   who
                   reducing
                   most
                   things
                   to
                   the
                   supernaturall
                   and
                   first
                   cause
                   ,
                   diuers
                   times
                   neglected
                   and
                   ouer-slipt
                   the
                   second
                   .
                   Hence
                   Saint
                   Basil
                   in
                   his
                   4
                   Homily
                   on
                   the
                   Hexameron
                   ,
                   lest
                   the
                   water
                   (
                   saith
                   hee
                   )
                   should
                   ouerflow
                   and
                   s●red
                   it selfe
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   place
                   it
                   hath
                   occupied
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   commanded
                   to
                   gather
                   it selfe
                   together
                   :
                   otherwise
                   what
                   should
                   hinder
                   the
                   
                     Red
                     Sea
                  
                   to
                   ouer●flow
                   all
                   Egypt
                   ,
                   being
                   lower
                   then
                   it
                   ●elfe
                   ,
                   vnlesse
                   it
                   were
                   manicled
                   with
                   the
                   Creatours
                   power
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   with
                   setters
                   :
                   to
                   which
                   also
                   afterwards
                   
                   seeme
                   to
                   subscribe
                   
                     Aquin●●
                     ,
                     Dionisius
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Catharinus
                   ,
                   with
                   diuers
                   other
                   Diuines
                   ,
                   who
                   held
                   that
                   the
                   first
                   discouery
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   gathering
                   together
                   of
                   the
                   Waters
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   Creation
                   ,
                   was
                   made
                   not
                   by
                   any
                   mutation
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   a
                   violent
                   accu●ulation
                   of
                   the
                   Waters
                   ,
                   being
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   restrained
                   and
                   bridled
                   supernaturally
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   could
                   not
                   transcend
                   certain
                   limits
                   and
                   bounds
                   .
                   To
                   confirme
                   this
                   opinion
                   ,
                   some
                   reasons
                   are
                   alleaged
                   by
                   moderne
                   Philosophers
                   :
                   first
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   orde●
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   Elements
                   amongst
                   themselues
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   heauiest
                   ,
                   should
                   take
                   the
                   lower
                   place
                   ▪
                   and
                   the
                   water
                   should
                   ascend
                   aboue
                   :
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   because
                   Marriners
                   comming
                   from
                   the
                   
                     maine
                     Ocean
                  
                   to
                   the
                   Land
                   ,
                   seeme
                   to
                   see
                   the
                   land
                   farre
                   lower
                   then
                   the
                   Water
                   :
                   Thirdly
                   they
                   alleage
                   tha●
                   place
                   of
                   I●b
                   ,
                   whe●e
                   God
                   himself●
                   professeth
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   hath
                   bounded
                   the
                   Water●
                   ,
                   in
                   these
                   words
                   .
                   
                     Hitherto
                     shal●
                     thou
                     come
                     ,
                     and
                     no
                     farther
                     ,
                     &
                     here
                     shall
                     thy
                     proud
                     waues
                     be
                     stayed
                     .
                  
                   But
                   this
                   opinion
                   seemeth
                   very
                   improbable
                   ▪
                   that
                   God
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   institution
                   of
                   Nature
                   should
                   impose
                   a
                   perp●tuall
                   violence
                   vpon
                   Nature
                   :
                   sith
                   w●●ee
                   the
                   Creator
                   in
                   other
                   ma●ters
                   to
                   vse
                   Nature
                   as
                   his
                   ordinary
                   ●eruant
                   ▪
                   and
                   to
                   administer
                   the
                   Regiment
                   of
                   things
                   by
                   ●econd
                   causes
                   .
                   Neither
                   were
                   the
                   authority
                   of
                   these
                   Diuines
                   so
                   great
                   in
                   th●se
                   Cosmo●r●phicall
                   conceipts
                   ,
                   to
                   ouersway
                   these
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   profession
                   ▪
                   who
                   could
                   more
                   exactly
                   iudge
                   of
                   these
                   matters
                   .
                   Neither
                   are
                   these
                   reasons
                   of
                   so
                   grea●
                   validity
                   as
                   to
                   enforce
                   assent
                   .
                   For
                   first
                   whereas
                   St
                   Basill
                   seemes
                   to
                   wonder
                   why
                   the
                   
                     Red
                     Sea
                  
                   should
                   not
                   ouer●lowe
                   all
                   Aegypt
                   ,
                   if
                   it
                   were
                   not
                   supern●turally
                   bounded
                   ;
                   he
                   takes
                   that
                   as
                   granted
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   question
                   in
                   controversie
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Water
                   is
                   higher
                   :
                   for
                   which
                   he
                   can
                   produce
                   no
                   other
                   reason
                   ,
                   th●n
                   the
                   Testimony
                   of
                   the
                   sense
                   :
                   but
                   this
                   is
                   very
                   weak
                   ,
                   forasmuch
                   as
                   in
                   such
                   matters
                   the
                   sense
                   is
                   oftentimes
                   deceiued
                   ,
                   as
                   stands
                   well
                   with
                   the
                   grounds
                   of
                   the
                   perspectiues
                   :
                   for
                   (
                   as
                   weare
                   there
                   taught
                   )
                   two
                   Parallels
                   will
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   seeme
                   to
                   concurre
                   so
                   far
                   as
                   the
                   sight
                   can
                   iudge
                   .
                   Now
                   the
                   Spheare
                   of
                   the
                   Heauens
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Sphericall
                   segment
                   of
                   the
                   Waters
                   being
                   parallell
                   the
                   one
                   to
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   will
                   necessarily
                   seeme
                   to
                   concurre
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   :
                   whence
                   it
                   must
                   needs
                   come
                   to
                   passe
                   ,
                   that
                   
                   that
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   must
                   seeme
                   ●o
                   lift
                   it selfe
                   higher
                   ,
                   ●nd
                   contrarywise
                   the
                   He●uens
                   will
                   seeme
                   somewhat
                   lower
                   then
                   indeed
                   they
                   are
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   I
                   take
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   true
                   cause
                   why
                   the
                   Sea
                   being
                   seene
                   a
                   great
                   way
                   off
                   ,
                   may
                   appeare
                   raised
                   aboue
                   the
                   land
                   whereon
                   we
                   stand
                   .
                   Another
                   reason
                   may
                   bee
                   giuen
                   from
                   the
                   perpetuall
                   Refraction
                   of
                   the
                   vsuall
                   Lines
                   comming
                   from
                   the
                   Sea
                   to
                   our
                   sight
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   Aire
                   neere
                   the
                   Sea
                   being
                   alwayes
                   intermixed
                   with
                   thicke
                   watrish
                   vapours
                   rising
                   vp
                   ,
                   the
                   Se●
                   must
                   of
                   necessity
                   be
                   presented
                   in
                   a
                   thicker
                   Medium
                   by
                   a
                   refracted
                   sight
                   :
                   whence
                   cōsequently
                   it
                   must
                   seeme
                   greater
                   &
                   higher
                   then
                   indeed
                   it
                   is
                   :
                   for
                   as
                   the
                   Opticks
                   teach
                   ,
                   all
                   things
                   seeme
                   greater
                   &
                   higher
                   in
                   a
                   thicker
                   Medium
                   .
                   To
                   the
                   other
                   three
                   Reasons
                   brought
                   to
                   cōfirme
                   this
                   assertion
                   it
                   is
                   no
                   hard
                   thing
                   to
                   answer
                   .
                   To
                   the
                   first
                   which
                   would
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   order
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   inforce
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Water
                   is
                   higher
                   ●hen
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   I
                   answer
                   (
                   as
                   before
                   )
                   that
                   if
                   we
                   intirely
                   consider
                   these
                   Elements
                   among●t
                   themselues
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   giue
                   the
                   hight
                   to
                   the
                   Water
                   ;
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   the
                   greatest
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   E●rth
                   lies
                   ●rowned
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   aboue
                   bea●es
                   no
                   sensible
                   proportion
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   vncouered
                   .
                   But
                   here
                   we
                   compare
                   not
                   the
                   2
                   Elements
                   intirely
                   betwixt
                   themselues
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   superficies
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   with
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   vncouered
                   ,
                   habitable
                   :
                   which
                   superficies
                   of
                   the
                   earth
                   notwithstanding
                   ,
                   this
                   reason
                   ,
                   may
                   bee
                   higher
                   then
                   the
                   Water
                   :
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   where
                   they
                   produce
                   the
                   testimony
                   of
                   the
                   sight
                   ;
                   for
                   my
                   own
                   part
                   ,
                   I
                   can
                   warrant
                   no
                   such
                   experience
                   ,
                   hauing
                   neuer
                   launced
                   far
                   into
                   the
                   deep
                   :
                   yet
                   if
                   any
                   such
                   experiment
                   be
                   auouched
                   ,
                   it
                   may
                   easily
                   bee
                   answered
                   out
                   of
                   opticall
                   Principles
                   ▪
                   that
                   comming
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   maine
                   Ocean
                   towards
                   the
                   land
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   sphericall
                   conue●ity
                   of
                   the
                   water
                   ,
                   interposed
                   betweene
                   our
                   sight
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   lower
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   land
                   ,
                   those
                   land
                   parcels
                   must
                   needs
                   seeme
                   lesse
                   ,
                   as
                   hauing
                   some
                   parts
                   shadowed
                   from
                   our
                   fight
                   :
                   whence
                   it
                   must
                   consequently
                   appeare
                   lower
                   ,
                   as
                   couched
                   almost
                   vnder
                   water
                   .
                   From
                   the
                   3d
                   reason
                   grounded
                   on
                   Scripture
                   ,
                   whereon
                   our
                   diuines
                   seeme
                   most
                   to
                   depend
                   ,
                   nothing
                   else
                   is
                   concluded
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   Almighty
                   God
                   hath
                   set
                   certaine
                   bounds
                   &
                   limits
                   which
                   the
                   Waters
                   should
                   not
                   passe
                   :
                   These
                   bounds
                   &
                   limits
                   I
                   take
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   
                   supernatural
                   ,
                   as
                   if
                   the
                   water
                   restrained
                   by
                   such
                   a
                   power
                   should
                   containe
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   within
                   its
                   own
                   circuit
                   .
                   But
                   naturall
                   as
                   clif●s
                   &
                   ●ils
                   ,
                   within
                   which
                   ,
                   the
                   waters
                   seems
                   intrenced
                   .
                   This
                   opinion
                   therefore
                   being
                   disliked
                   ,
                   others
                   haue
                   laboured
                   to
                   defend
                   an
                   opposite
                   position
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   water
                   is
                   lower
                   then
                   the
                   Earth
                   altogether
                   :
                   which
                   opinion
                   beares
                   more
                   constancy
                   with
                   the
                   doctrine
                   of
                   Arist.
                   &
                   most
                   of
                   our
                   modern
                   Philosophers
                   .
                   The
                   reason
                   wheron
                   this
                   assertion
                   is
                   grounded
                   ,
                   be
                   chiefly
                   these
                   :
                   1
                   If
                   the
                   sea
                   were
                   higher
                   then
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   what
                   should
                   hinder
                   the
                   water
                   of
                   it
                   frō
                   flowing
                   ●broad
                   ,
                   &
                   ouerwhelming
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   sith
                   all
                   men
                   will
                   confesse
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   water
                   is
                   by
                   nature
                   disposed
                   to
                   moue
                   downwards
                   to
                   the
                   lower
                   place
                   .
                   If
                   they
                   haue
                   recourse
                   to
                   supernatural
                   ●oūds
                   ,
                   besides
                   that
                   we
                   haue
                   spoken
                   cōcerning
                   the
                   interpretatiō●
                   of
                   such
                   places
                   of
                   Scripture
                   ,
                   as
                   seeme
                   to
                   fauour
                   this
                   opiniō
                   ▪
                   we
                   ●nswere
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   very
                   improbable
                   ,
                   that
                   God
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   creation
                   should
                   impose
                   such
                   a
                   perpetuall
                   violence
                   :
                   secondly
                   ,
                   we
                   read
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   vniuersal●
                   deluge
                   wherein
                   all
                   the
                   world
                   was
                   drowned
                   ,
                   God
                   brake
                   open
                   the
                   springs
                   of
                   the
                   deep
                   &
                   opened
                   the
                   Cataracts
                   of
                   heauen
                   to
                   powre
                   down
                   raine
                   continually
                   many
                   daies
                   together
                   vpon
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   Of
                   which
                   there
                   had
                   beene
                   no
                   necessity
                   at
                   all
                   ;
                   had
                   the
                   sea
                   beene
                   hea●ed
                   vp
                   in
                   such
                   sort
                   as
                   they
                   imagine
                   :
                   For
                   the
                   only
                   withdrawing
                   of
                   that
                   hand
                   and
                   letting
                   goe
                   of
                   that
                   bridle
                   which
                   gaue
                   the
                   water
                   that
                   restraint
                   ,
                   would
                   haue
                   beene
                   ●ufficient
                   to
                   haue
                   ouerwhelmed
                   the
                   whole
                   Earth
                   .
                   The
                   second
                   reason
                   is
                   taken
                   from
                   Ilands
                   in
                   the
                   sea
                   which
                   are
                   nothing
                   else
                   but
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   land
                   raised
                   vp
                   aboue
                   the
                   water
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   we
                   find
                   by
                   experience
                   ,
                   that
                   a
                   ship
                   carried
                   with
                   the
                   like
                   wind
                   is
                   driuen
                   so
                   swiftly
                   from
                   the
                   port
                   into
                   the
                   open
                   sea
                   ,
                   as
                   from
                   the
                   sea
                   into
                   the
                   port
                   ,
                   which
                   could
                   not
                   be
                   done
                   if
                   the
                   sea
                   were
                   higher
                   then
                   the
                   land
                   :
                   for
                   it
                   must
                   needs
                   be
                   ,
                   that
                   a
                   ship
                   if
                   it
                   were
                   to
                   be
                   carried
                   to
                   a
                   higher
                   place
                   ,
                   should
                   be
                   moued
                   slower
                   then
                   if
                   it
                   came
                   from
                   an
                   higher
                   to
                   a
                   lower
                   ▪
                   Fourthly
                   all
                   Riuers
                   runne
                   into
                   the
                   sea
                   from
                   the
                   inner
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   land
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   most
                   euident
                   signe
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   land
                   is
                   higher
                   then
                   the
                   sea
                   ;
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   agreeable
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   water
                   ,
                   to
                   flow
                   alwaies
                   to
                   the
                   lower
                   place
                   ,
                   whence
                   we
                   gather
                   that
                   the
                   sea
                   shore
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   the
                   Water
                   is
                   brought
                   frō
                   the
                   land
                   ,
                   must
                   needs
                   be
                   lower
                   ;
                   otherwise
                   the
                   water
                   in
                   rūning
                   thither
                   ,
                   
                   should
                   not
                   descend
                   but
                   ascend
                   .
                   This
                   opinion
                   I
                   hold
                   farr
                   more
                   probable
                   as
                   being
                   backt
                   by
                   reason
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Authority
                   of
                   our
                   best
                   Philosophers
                   :
                   yet
                   not
                   altogether
                   exactly
                   true
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   shall
                   shew
                   hereafter
                   .
                   )
                   But
                   
                     Bartholomew
                     Keckermā
                     in
                  
                   a
                   late
                   German
                   writer
                   holding
                   these
                   2
                   former
                   opposite
                   opiniōs
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   in
                   one
                   equall
                   Ballance
                   ,
                   labours
                   a
                   reconciliation
                   .
                   In
                   a
                   diuerse
                   respect
                   (
                   saith
                   he
                   )
                   it
                   is
                   true
                   that
                   the
                   sea
                   is
                   higher
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   lower
                   then
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   higher
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   shores
                   and
                   borders
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   it
                   so
                   comes
                   that
                   sensibly
                   it
                   swells
                   to
                   a
                   Globe
                   or
                   a
                   circumference
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   at
                   length
                   in
                   the
                   middle
                   raiseth
                   vp
                   it selfe
                   and
                   obtaines
                   a
                   greater
                   hight
                   then
                   in
                   those
                   parts
                   where
                   in
                   the
                   middle
                   of
                   the
                   sea
                   it
                   declines
                   towards
                   the
                   shore
                   :
                   Of
                   which
                   parts
                   the
                   hight
                   suffer●
                   such
                   a
                   decrease
                   ,
                   that
                   by
                   how
                   much
                   neerer
                   the
                   shore
                   they
                   shall
                   approach
                   ,
                   by
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   lower
                   they
                   are
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   shore
                   :
                   in
                   somuch
                   that
                   touching
                   the
                   shore
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   much
                   lower
                   then
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   For
                   this
                   opinion
                   our
                   Author
                   pretends
                   a
                   demonstration
                   :
                   which
                   hee
                   grounds
                   on
                   the
                   4
                   chapter
                   of
                   
                     Aristotle
                     de
                     Caelo
                  
                   ,
                   in
                   his
                   second
                   booke
                   ,
                   where
                   hee
                   puts
                   downe
                   these
                   two
                   positions
                   ;
                   which
                   he
                   calls
                   Hypotheses
                   ,
                   or
                   suppositions
                   ;
                   First
                   that
                   the
                   Water
                   no
                   lesse
                   concurrs
                   to
                   the
                   making
                   of
                   a
                   Globe
                   or
                   circle
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   for
                   it
                   so
                   descends
                   naturally
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   doth
                   sensibly
                   gather
                   it selfe
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   makes
                   a
                   swelling
                   ,
                   as
                   wee
                   see
                   in
                   small
                   dropps
                   cast
                   on
                   the
                   ground
                   :
                   Secondly
                   the
                   Water
                   makes
                   a
                   circle
                   which
                   hath
                   the
                   same
                   center
                   with
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   Out
                   of
                   these
                   grounds
                   would
                   our
                   Keckerman
                   conclude
                   the
                   water
                   in
                   some
                   places
                   to
                   bee
                   higher
                   ,
                   in
                   other
                   places
                   to
                   bee
                   lower
                   then
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   And
                   hence
                   proceeds
                   he
                   to
                   giue
                   an
                   answer
                   to
                   their
                   reasons
                   who
                   haue
                   affirmed
                   the
                   Earth
                   to
                   bee
                   higher
                   then
                   the
                   sea
                   :
                   What
                   to
                   thinke
                   of
                   the
                   proposition
                   or
                   conclusion
                   we
                   will
                   shew
                   hereafter
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   the
                   meane
                   space
                   I
                   hold
                   this
                   conclusion
                   not
                   rightly
                   inferred
                   out
                   of
                   these
                   premises
                   :
                   For
                   first
                   whereas
                   he
                   sayth
                   that
                   the
                   water
                   by
                   nature
                   is
                   apt
                   to
                   gaher
                   it selfe
                   round
                   into
                   an
                   orbe
                   or
                   spheare
                   ,
                   I
                   would
                   demaund
                   whether
                   such
                   a
                   roud
                   body
                   hath
                   the
                   same
                   center
                   with
                   the
                   world
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   diuerse
                   center
                   :
                   he
                   cannot
                   say
                   that
                   it
                   hath
                   a
                   diuerse
                   center
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   First
                   ,
                   because
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   haue
                   demonstrated
                   
                   in
                   our
                   first
                   part
                   )
                   the
                   Earth
                   and
                   the
                   Water
                   haue
                   but
                   one
                   center
                   :
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   Water
                   is
                   concentricall
                   with
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   Secondly
                   from
                   the
                   second
                   proposition
                   or
                   ground
                   of
                   his
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   Aristotle
                   ;
                   if
                   he
                   meanes
                   such
                   a
                   sphaericity
                   as
                   hath
                   the
                   same
                   center
                   with
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   I
                   answer
                   ,
                   first
                   that
                   he
                   contradicts
                   himselfe
                   ,
                   because
                   he
                   giues
                   an
                   instance
                   in
                   small
                   dropps
                   cast
                   on
                   the
                   ground
                   ,
                   whose
                   quantity
                   being
                   so
                   small
                   ,
                   and
                   conuexity
                   sensible
                   ,
                   can
                   in
                   no
                   mans
                   iudgment
                   be
                   concentrick
                   to
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   this
                   ground
                   that
                   the
                   Spheare
                   of
                   the
                   water
                   is
                   concentrick
                   to
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   hee
                   confutes
                   himselfe
                   ;
                   for
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   principles
                   of
                   Geometry
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   Spheare
                   or
                   circle
                   ,
                   all
                   the
                   lines
                   drawne
                   from
                   the
                   center
                   to
                   the
                   circumference
                   must
                   be
                   equall
                   .
                   Then
                   must
                   all
                   places
                   in
                   the
                   circumference
                   or
                   superficies
                   of
                   a
                   sphericall
                   body
                   be
                   of
                   equall
                   hight
                   from
                   the
                   center
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   consequence
                   the
                   sea
                   being
                   such
                   a
                   Sphericall
                   body
                   ,
                   cannot
                   haue
                   that
                   inequality
                   which
                   Keckerman
                   imagines
                   it
                   to
                   haue
                   :
                   wherefore
                   some
                   other
                   demonstation
                   must
                   be
                   sought
                   for
                   this
                   conclusion
                   .
                   I
                   will
                   goe
                   no
                   further
                   then
                   that
                   I
                   haue
                   spoken
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   chapter
                   concerning
                   the
                   figure
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   :
                   Where
                   I
                   haue
                   probably
                   shewed
                   it
                   to
                   be
                   conicall
                   ;
                   and
                   out
                   of
                   this
                   may
                   be
                   easily
                   gathered
                   ,
                   how
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   higher
                   then
                   the
                   land
                   in
                   some
                   places
                   ,
                   as
                   of
                   the
                   middle
                   of
                   greater
                   seas
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   head
                   of
                   the
                   Cone
                   is
                   lifted
                   higher
                   ;
                   in
                   other
                   ,
                   lower
                   ;
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   narrow
                   streits
                   where
                   the
                   increase
                   of
                   the
                   eminencie
                   is
                   also
                   lesse
                   .
                   The
                   grounds
                   and
                   principles
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   haue
                   laied
                   before
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       sea
                       in
                       respect
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       is
                       higher
                       in
                       one
                       place
                       then
                       another
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Besides
                     the
                     naturall
                     conformity
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     to
                     a
                     conicall
                     figure
                     ,
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     fore-shewed
                     )
                     whence
                     one
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     superficies
                     must
                     be
                     graunted
                     to
                     be
                     higher
                     then
                     another
                     :
                     wee
                     must
                     needs
                     in
                     the
                     sea
                     acknowledge
                     other
                     accidentall
                     causes
                     which
                     produce
                     an
                     inequality
                     in
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     ▪
                     The
                     chiefest
                     whereo●
                     are
                     the
                     Equality
                     of
                     inclination
                     in
                     all
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     to
                     motion
                     :
                     And
                     the
                     inequality
                     of
                     the
                     channells
                     and
                     shores
                     :
                     whence
                     it
                     commeth
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     the
                     Water
                     of
                     the
                     
                     sea
                     being
                     euery
                     whereof
                     it selfe
                     equally
                     inclined
                     to
                     motion
                     ,
                     is
                     notwithstanding
                     vnequally
                     receiued
                     into
                     channels
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     in
                     some
                     place
                     ,
                     hauing
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     a
                     large
                     dominion
                     to
                     inuade
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     ,
                     it
                     falls
                     lower
                     and
                     euener
                     :
                     In
                     some
                     other
                     places
                     as
                     streites
                     or
                     narrow
                     seas
                     ,
                     the
                     water
                     hauing
                     a
                     large
                     entrance
                     from
                     the
                     Ocean
                     ,
                     but
                     litle
                     or
                     no
                     passage
                     through
                     it
                     ,
                     must
                     needes
                     swell
                     higher
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     one
                     place
                     by
                     accident
                     becomes
                     higher
                     or
                     lower
                     then
                     another
                     :
                     Which
                     farther
                     to
                     confirme
                     diuerse
                     instances
                     may
                     be
                     alleaged
                     out
                     of
                     moderne
                     and
                     ancient
                     obseruations
                     ,
                     For
                     diuerse
                     histories
                     giue
                     testimony
                     that
                     sundry
                     Kings
                     of
                     Aegipt
                     by
                     cutting
                     the
                     Isthmus
                     or
                     narrow
                     neck
                     of
                     land
                     lying
                     betwixt
                     the
                     red
                     sea
                     &
                     the
                     Mediterranean
                     ,
                     laboured
                     to
                     make
                     Africk
                     an
                     Iland
                     &
                     open
                     passage
                     from
                     one
                     sea
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     but
                     afterwards
                     they
                     were
                     perswaded
                     to
                     desis●
                     from
                     their
                     enterprise
                     :
                     Some
                     say
                     ,
                     because
                     they
                     saw
                     the
                     red
                     sea
                     to
                     bee
                     higher
                     then
                     many
                     parts
                     of
                     Aegipt
                     ,
                     and
                     hereupon
                     feared
                     a
                     generall
                     inundation
                     of
                     all
                     Aegipt
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     p●ssage
                     were
                     broken
                     open
                     :
                     Others
                     haue
                     deliuered
                     that
                     they
                     feared
                     ,
                     that
                     if
                     the
                     passage
                     from
                     one
                     vnto
                     another
                     were
                     broke
                     open
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     red
                     sea
                     hauing
                     a
                     vent
                     that
                     way
                     ,
                     the
                     red
                     sea
                     would
                     become
                     so
                     shallow
                     that
                     men
                     might
                     wade
                     ouer
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     insteed
                     of
                     making
                     Africk
                     an
                     Iland
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     haue
                     been
                     more
                     ioyned
                     to
                     the
                     Continent
                     then
                     before
                     .
                     Both
                     opinions
                     consent
                     in
                     this
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     waters
                     of
                     the
                     
                       red
                       sea
                    
                     were
                     by
                     the
                     perpēdicular
                     found
                     higher
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     Mediterranean
                     :
                     Moreouer
                     it
                     is
                     obserued
                     that
                     the
                     sea
                     on
                     the
                     west
                     part
                     of
                     America
                     commonly
                     called
                     
                       Mare
                       Del
                       Zur
                    
                     ,
                     is
                     much
                     higher
                     then
                     the
                     Atlantick
                     Sea
                     which
                     bordereth
                     on
                     the
                     Easterne
                     part
                     of
                     it
                     :
                     which
                     gaue
                     way
                     to
                     the
                     coniecture
                     of
                     some
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Isthmus
                     betwixt
                     Panama
                     and
                     
                       Nombre
                       D●
                       Dios
                    
                     had
                     been
                     long
                     since
                     cut
                     through
                     to
                     haue
                     made
                     a
                     passage
                     into
                     the
                     Pacifick
                     Sea
                     ,
                     without
                     sailing
                     so
                     ●arre
                     about
                     by
                     the
                     straits
                     of
                     Magellane
                     ;
                     had
                     not
                     many
                     inconueniences
                     been
                     feared
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     inequality
                     in
                     the
                     hight
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     inequality
                     is
                     obserued
                     by
                     Verstegan
                     in
                     the
                     sea
                     betwixt
                     England
                     and
                     France
                     :
                     For
                     according
                     to
                     his
                     coniecture
                     ,
                     France
                     and
                     England
                     being
                     one
                     Continent
                     heretofore
                     ,
                     and
                     ioyned
                     by
                     a
                     narrow
                     neck
                     of
                     land
                     ,
                     betwixt
                     Douer
                     and
                     Callais
                     
                     the
                     water
                     on
                     one
                     side
                     was
                     higher
                     then
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     which
                     he
                     probably
                     collects
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     sundry
                     flats
                     and
                     shallowes
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     appearing
                     on
                     the
                     East
                     side
                     as
                     well
                     on
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     England
                     as
                     of
                     Flanders
                     ,
                     especially
                     between
                     Douer
                     and
                     Callis
                     ,
                     called
                     by
                     some
                     ,
                     our
                     
                       Ladies
                       Sands
                    
                     ,
                     about
                     three
                     English
                     miles
                     in
                     length
                     ▪
                     Out
                     of
                     which
                     and
                     sundry
                     other
                     probabilities
                     ,
                     he
                     labours
                     to
                     proue
                     that
                     all
                     the
                     Low-countries
                     were
                     heretofore
                     enueloped
                     with
                     the
                     sea
                     ;
                     till
                     such
                     time
                     as
                     the
                     narrow
                     land
                     being
                     either
                     by
                     Nature
                     or
                     Art
                     cut
                     through
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Water
                     allowed
                     a
                     free
                     passage
                     ,
                     it
                     became
                     
                       dry
                       land
                    
                     :
                     but
                     this
                     point
                     wee
                     shall
                     discusse
                     hereafter
                     in
                     place
                     conuenient
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4
                     In
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     we
                     are
                     to
                     consider
                     the
                     termination
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     :
                     The
                     termination
                     is
                     the
                     bounding
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     within
                     certain
                     limit●
                     .
                  
                   
                     5
                     The
                     Limit
                     is
                     the
                     margent
                     or
                     border
                     of
                     land
                     wherein
                     any
                     sea
                     is
                     circumscribed
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   sea
                   is
                   bounded
                   by
                   the
                   land
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   land
                   by
                   the
                   sea
                   :
                   In
                   respect
                   of
                   which
                   termination
                   some
                   seas
                   are
                   called
                   
                     Maine
                     seas
                  
                   ,
                   others
                   narrow
                   .
                   The
                   maine
                   seas
                   are
                   foure
                   ;
                   to
                   wi●
                   ,
                   the
                   Atlantick
                   which
                   taketh
                   it's
                   name
                   from
                   the
                   mountaine
                   Atlas
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   on
                   the
                   west
                   side
                   it
                   passeth
                   ,
                   and
                   diuides
                   Europe
                   and
                   Africk
                   from
                   America
                   ▪
                   2
                   The
                   
                     Aethiopian
                     sea
                  
                   running
                   on
                   the
                   west
                   side
                   of
                   Aethiopia
                   ▪
                   3
                   The
                   Indian
                   Sea
                   hauing
                   the
                   
                     East
                     Indies
                  
                   on
                   the
                   North
                   ▪
                   4
                   
                     Mare
                     Del
                     Zur
                  
                   or
                   the
                   South
                   sea
                   ,
                   situate
                   on
                   the
                   
                     South
                     side
                  
                   of
                   America
                   :
                   Which
                   foure
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   other
                   may
                   be
                   called
                   
                     Maine
                     Oceans
                  
                   ▪
                   The
                   lesser
                   sea●
                   are
                   either
                   called
                   Creekes
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     streits
                     ;
                     A
                     Creeke
                  
                   is
                   a
                   place
                   where
                   the
                   water
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   embosomes
                   it selfe
                   into
                   the
                   land
                   ,
                   hauing
                   an
                   ●ntrance
                   large
                   from
                   the
                   Ocean
                   ,
                   and
                   most
                   commonly
                   streytned
                   inwardly
                   ,
                   but
                   no
                   passage
                   through
                   :
                   A
                   Creeke
                   againe
                   may
                   bee
                   diuided
                   into
                   the
                   greater
                   or
                   lesser
                   :
                   Vnder
                   the
                   former
                   in
                   a
                   large
                   sense
                   may
                   we
                   comprehend
                   the
                   whole
                   Mediterran●an
                   sea
                   ▪
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   ▪
                   the
                   ●ea
                   from
                   the
                   
                     Main●
                     Atlantick
                  
                   Ocean
                   
                   by
                   an
                   inlet
                   is
                   ingulfed
                   into
                   it
                   ,
                   but
                   findes
                   no
                   passage
                   out
                   any
                   other
                   way
                   ,
                   howsoeuer
                   it
                   invades
                   a
                   large
                   territorie
                   .
                   The
                   lesser
                   Creekes
                   are
                   againe
                   distinguished
                   into
                   the
                   Easterne
                   and
                   Westerne
                   :
                   The
                   chiefe
                   Creekes
                   found
                   out
                   towards
                   the
                   East
                   are
                   sixe
                   in
                   number
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Sinus
                     magnus
                  
                   which
                   lies
                   betwixt
                   Mangus
                   and
                   
                     India
                     extra
                     Gangem
                  
                   teaching
                   as
                   farre
                   as
                   the
                   region
                   of
                   Chal●i●
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Sinus
                     Gang●ticus
                  
                   which
                   is
                   comprehended
                   betwixt
                   
                     Aurea
                     Chersonesus
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     India
                     intra
                     Gangem
                  
                   .
                   3
                   ▪
                   
                     Sinus
                     Canthi
                  
                   ,
                   commonly
                   called
                   Canthi-colpus
                   .
                   4.
                   
                   
                     Sinus
                     Persicus
                  
                   ,
                   bordering
                   on
                   Persia
                   ,
                   and
                   called
                   by
                   Plutarch
                   the
                   
                     Babilonian
                     Sea.
                  
                   5.
                   
                   
                     Sinus
                     Arabicus
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   commonly
                   called
                   the
                   
                     Red
                     S●a
                  
                   .
                   6.
                   
                   
                     Sinus
                     Barbaricus
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   Pliny
                   is
                   termed
                   
                     Sinus
                     Tr●gloditicus
                  
                   &
                   at
                   this
                   day
                   
                     Golpho
                     de
                     Melinde
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Creekes
                   lying
                   Westwardly
                   are
                   chiefly
                   these
                   ;
                   First
                   
                     Sinus
                     Sarmaticus
                  
                   lying
                   towards
                   the
                   North
                   ,
                   betweene
                   Denmarke
                   and
                   Normay
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   diuided
                   into
                   
                     Sinus
                     Sinnicus
                  
                   and
                   Bodi●us
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   commonly
                   the
                   
                     Baltick
                     Sea
                  
                   2
                   
                     Sinus
                     Granuicus
                  
                   diuiding
                   the
                   Muscouites
                   from
                   the
                   C●relij
                   Northward
                   ▪
                   it
                   is
                   commonly
                   called
                   the
                   
                     White
                     Sea.
                  
                   3
                   
                     Sinus
                     Mexicanus
                  
                   bordering
                   on
                   the
                   city
                   of
                   Mexico
                   in
                   America
                   ,
                   amongst
                   these
                   ,
                   some
                   would
                   number
                   
                     Mare
                     Pacificum
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Mare
                     D●l
                     Zur
                  
                   :
                   but
                   this
                   we
                   thought
                   fitter
                   to
                   call
                   a
                   maine
                   Sea
                   ,
                   then
                   a
                   creeke
                   ,
                   being
                   extraordinarily
                   large
                   in
                   quantity
                   .
                   A
                   Strait
                   is
                   a
                   narrow
                   Sea
                   between
                   two
                   Lāds
                   ;
                   of
                   such
                   Straits
                   these
                   were
                   anciētly
                   knowne
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   1
                   
                     Fretum
                     Graditanum
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Straits
                   of
                   Gibraltar
                   of
                   7
                   Miles
                   distance
                   ,
                   diuiding
                   Spaine
                   from
                   Barbary
                   2
                   
                     Fretum
                     Magellanni●ū
                  
                   ,
                   found
                   out
                   by
                   Magellane
                   ,
                   which
                   diuides
                   
                     A●erica
                     P●ruana
                  
                   from
                   the
                   Southerne
                   land
                   ,
                   3
                   
                     Fretum
                     Anian
                  
                   ,
                   situate
                   betwixt
                   the
                   westerne
                   shores
                   of
                   America
                   ,
                   &
                   the
                   Easterne
                   borders
                   of
                   Tartary
                   .
                   Besides
                   these
                   there
                   haue
                   bin
                   discouered
                   3
                   more
                   ,
                   (
                   to
                   wit
                   )
                   1
                   
                     Pretum
                     Dauis
                  
                   ,
                   found
                   out
                   by
                   captaine
                   Dauis
                   in
                   the
                   yeare
                   1586
                   ,
                   which
                   lyes
                   toward
                   Groenland
                   .
                   ●
                   
                     Fretum
                     N●souicum
                  
                   ▪
                   or
                   
                     Way
                     gate
                  
                   ,
                   neare
                   
                     Noua
                     Zembla
                  
                   ,
                   discouered
                   by
                   the
                   Hollāders
                   in
                   the
                   yeare
                   1614.
                   3
                   
                   
                     Fretum
                     de
                     Mayre
                  
                   found
                   out
                   by
                   
                     William
                     Schoute●
                  
                   a
                   Bauarian
                   ,
                   taking
                   his
                   name
                   from
                   
                     Isaa●
                     le
                     M●yre
                  
                   ,
                   by
                   whose
                   aduice
                   and
                   perswasion
                   he
                   vndertook
                   hi●
                   voyage
                   .
                   But
                   some
                   of
                   these
                   latt●●
                   streits
                   here
                   mentioned
                   ,
                   for
                   ought
                   I
                   knowe
                   ,
                   may
                   b●tter
                   bee
                   reckoned
                   amongst
                   
                   Creekes
                   ,
                   forasmuch
                   as
                   they
                   haue
                   not
                   as
                   yet
                   found
                   any
                   passage
                   through
                   ,
                   though
                   with
                   great
                   losse
                   and
                   danger
                   they
                   haue
                   often
                   attempted
                   the
                   Discouery
                   .
                   Concerning
                   the
                   bounding
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   with
                   the
                   land
                   ,
                   we
                   will
                   insert
                   th●se
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       
                         1
                         The
                         Water
                      
                       is
                       so
                       diuided
                       from
                       the
                       
                         dry
                         land
                      
                       ,
                       that
                       the
                       quantity
                       of
                       Water
                       is
                       greater
                       in
                       the
                       South
                       Hemispheare
                       ,
                       of
                       Land
                       in
                       the
                       Northerne
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     That
                     most
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     dry
                     land
                     is
                     situate
                     towards
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     will
                     easily
                     appeare
                     by
                     instance
                     .
                     For
                     toward
                     the
                     North
                     are
                     placed
                     the
                     great
                     Continents
                     of
                     
                       Europe
                       ,
                       Asia
                    
                     ,
                     almost
                     all
                     Africa
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     greatest
                     part
                     of
                     America
                     :
                     But
                     in
                     the
                     South
                     Hemispheare
                     ,
                     we
                     find
                     only
                     a
                     little
                     part
                     of
                     Africa
                     &
                     America
                     ,
                     besides
                     the
                     
                       South
                       Continent
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     cannot
                     imagine
                     to
                     be
                     so
                     great
                     in
                     quantity
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     painted
                     in
                     our
                     ordinary
                     Mappes
                     :
                     forasmuch
                     as
                     all
                     place●
                     at
                     the
                     first
                     discouery
                     are
                     commonly
                     described
                     greater
                     then
                     they
                     are
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     I
                     take
                     to
                     bee
                     this
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     first
                     draught
                     is
                     alwaies
                     confused
                     and
                     vnperfect
                     ,
                     wherin
                     a
                     region
                     discouers
                     it selfe
                     vnto
                     vs
                     vnder
                     a
                     more
                     simple
                     figure
                     ,
                     neglecting
                     curiosities
                     ;
                     but
                     after
                     a
                     longer
                     and
                     more
                     exact
                     search
                     of
                     any
                     Region
                     ,
                     will
                     be
                     found
                     in
                     many
                     places
                     ingulfed
                     with
                     diuers
                     Bayes
                     ,
                     and
                     variously
                     indented
                     ;
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     bound
                     Line
                     compassing
                     it
                     round
                     ,
                     making
                     an
                     inordinate
                     figure
                     ,
                     and
                     lesse
                     regular
                     ,
                     cannot
                     contain
                     so
                     much
                     land
                     as
                     first
                     it
                     might
                     seeme
                     to
                     promise
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     we
                     may
                     further
                     obserue
                     ,
                     that
                     those
                     places
                     which
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     discouery
                     haue
                     been
                     taken
                     for
                     the
                     maine
                     Continent
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     for
                     some
                     greater
                     part
                     of
                     Land
                     ,
                     haue
                     afterward
                     vpon
                     more
                     curious
                     examination
                     ,
                     been
                     found
                     clouen
                     into
                     many
                     lesser
                     Ilands
                     :
                     As
                     in
                     
                       America
                       ,
                       Cuba
                    
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     Columbus
                     ;
                     and
                     California
                     of
                     late
                     ,
                     thought
                     to
                     be
                     a
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Continent
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     described
                     almost
                     in
                     all
                     our
                     Mapps
                     ;
                     yet
                     since
                     by
                     a
                     
                       Spanish
                       Chart
                    
                     taken
                     by
                     the
                     Hollanders
                     ,
                     discouered
                     to
                     be
                     an
                     Iland
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     instance
                     we
                     haue
                     in
                     
                       Terra
                       del
                       Fuog●
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     since
                     the
                     time
                     Magellan
                     ,
                     was
                     held
                     a
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     
                       South
                       Continent
                    
                     ,
                     till
                     Schouten
                     by
                     sayling
                     round
                     about
                     
                     it
                     ▪
                     foūd
                     it
                     diuided
                     frō
                     the
                     main
                     l●nd
                     by
                     
                       Fr●●um
                       de
                       Mayre
                    
                     ,
                     carrying
                     the
                     name
                     of
                     the
                     Master
                     of
                     the
                     ship
                     in
                     his
                     discouerie
                     .
                     Neither
                     is
                     it
                     much
                     to
                     be
                     doubted
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     in
                     that
                     large
                     tract
                     delineated
                     out
                     in
                     the
                     Globe
                     for
                     the
                     South-Indies
                     ,
                     are
                     cōtained
                     many
                     Ilands
                     ,
                     di●ided
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     by
                     streites
                     and
                     
                       narrow
                       Seas
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     must
                     subtract
                     much
                     from
                     the
                     quantity
                     of
                     the
                     dry
                     land
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     of
                     necessity
                     it
                     must
                     be
                     granted
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Northerne
                     Hemispheare
                     takes
                     vp
                     the
                     greatest
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     dry
                     land
                     as
                     the
                     other
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     that
                     place
                     of
                     Esdras
                     where
                     he
                     saith
                     ,
                     
                       That
                       Almighty
                       God
                       allotted
                       〈◊〉
                       paris
                       to
                       the
                       E●●th
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       〈…〉
                       Water
                    
                     ;
                     must
                     r●ther
                     seeme
                     improbable
                     ,
                     or
                     suffer
                     anot●er
                     interpretation
                     then
                     that
                     of
                     the
                     anci●nts
                     .
                     For
                     out
                     of
                     credible
                     coniecture
                     drawne
                     ●rom
                     the
                     view
                     of
                     the
                     〈◊〉
                     of
                     the
                     Terrestri●●l
                     Globe
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     hardly
                     collect
                     suc●
                     a
                     prop●rt●on
                     :
                     In
                     this
                     comp●rison
                     of
                     the
                     
                       N●rth●rne
                       H●misphe●●●
                    
                     with
                     the
                     Southerne
                     ▪
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     ●
                     kind
                     of
                     Harmony
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Heauens
                     and
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     For
                     ,
                     as
                     Trauailers
                     report
                     ,
                     th●
                     Northerne
                     parts
                     abound
                     with
                     more
                     starres
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     greater
                     magnitude
                     then
                     the
                     other
                     toward
                     the
                     South
                     ;
                     so
                     the
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                     disco●ers
                     vnto
                     vs
                     more
                     con●inent
                     ▪
                     greater
                     Il●nds
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     more
                     no●●
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     North
                     then
                     ●n
                     the
                     South
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       whole
                       Globe
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       is
                       invi●oned
                       round
                       from
                       the
                       East
                       and
                       the
                       west
                       with
                       sea
                       ,
                       dividing
                       ●he
                       North
                       from
                       the
                       South
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     To
                     proue
                     this
                     Theoreme
                     we
                     need
                     goe
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     the
                     famous
                     voyages
                     of
                     
                       Magellane
                       ,
                       Drake
                       ,
                       Candish
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Scho●ten
                     ;
                     Whereof
                     the
                     first
                     attempted
                     ,
                     the
                     first
                     passage
                     through
                     
                       Fretum
                       Magel●anicum
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     gaue
                     it
                     the
                     name
                     ,
                     though
                     he
                     could
                     not
                     out-●iue
                     his
                     intended
                     iourny
                     .
                     The
                     two
                     next
                     followed
                     the
                     same
                     way
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     last
                     found
                     out
                     a
                     new
                     passage
                     through
                     
                       Fretum
                       de
                       Mayre
                    
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     formerly
                     mentioned
                     .
                     Whence
                     we
                     may
                     ea●●ly
                     deduce
                     this
                     Corollary
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     
                       Southerne
                       continent
                    
                     ,
                     not
                     yet
                     perfectly
                     discouered
                     ,
                     is
                     either
                     One
                     ,
                     or
                     (
                     which
                     is
                     most
                     probable
                     )
                     
                       ●any
                       Ilands
                    
                     :
                     forasmuch
                     as
                     by
                     sailing
                     round
                     about
                     ●t
                     ,
                     they
                     haue
                     found
                     it
                     euery
                     where
                     compassed
                     round
                     with
                     Sea.
                     The
                     like
                     may
                     be
                     coniectured
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     on
                     
                     the
                     Northern
                     side
                     ,
                     whereof
                     we
                     shal
                     speak
                     in
                     this
                     next
                     Theorē
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       3
                       It
                       is
                       probable
                       that
                       the
                       Earth
                       is
                       compassed
                       round
                       with
                       the
                       water
                       from
                       North
                       to
                       South
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     I
                     know
                     nothing
                     which
                     hath
                     exercised
                     the
                     witts
                     and
                     indu●trie
                     of
                     the
                     Nauigatours
                     of
                     our
                     age
                     ,
                     more
                     then
                     the
                     finding
                     out
                     of
                     a
                     passage
                     Northward
                     to
                     Cathay
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     to
                     the
                     East-Indies
                     ,
                     which
                     controuersie
                     as
                     yet
                     remaines
                     altogether
                     vnanswered
                     ,
                     and
                     awaites
                     the
                     happinesse
                     of
                     some
                     new
                     discouery
                     .
                     In
                     which
                     difficult
                     passage
                     ,
                     wherein
                     many
                     haue
                     spent
                     both
                     their
                     liues
                     and
                     hopes
                     ,
                     it
                     may
                     seeme
                     enough
                     for
                     me
                     to
                     goe
                     with
                     their
                     Relations
                     ;
                     suffering
                     my
                     coniecture
                     to
                     flye
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     their
                     sailes
                     .
                     The
                     reasons
                     which
                     I
                     meet
                     with
                     in
                     my
                     slēder
                     reading
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     examine
                     as
                     I
                     can
                     ,
                     without
                     partiality
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     leaue
                     euery
                     man
                     to
                     bee
                     his
                     owne
                     Iudge
                     .
                     First
                     ▪
                     then
                     wee
                     must
                     cōsider
                     that
                     the
                     voyage
                     to
                     the
                     Indies
                     must
                     be
                     effected
                     by
                     either
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     waies
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     Northward
                     ,
                     or
                     Southward
                     ,
                     To
                     beginne
                     with
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     be
                     performed
                     two
                     waies
                     ;
                     either
                     by
                     some
                     vnknowne
                     passage
                     through
                     the
                     South-Continent
                     neare
                     the
                     Antartick
                     Pole
                     ,
                     or
                     neare
                     the
                     Magellane-straits
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     is
                     most
                     vncertaine
                     ,
                     for
                     want
                     of
                     discoueries
                     in
                     those
                     vnknowne
                     and
                     remote
                     parts
                     :
                     and
                     if
                     any
                     such
                     passage
                     were
                     found
                     out
                     ,
                     it
                     were
                     litle
                     aduantage
                     to
                     our
                     Countreymen
                     ,
                     who
                     haue
                     already
                     a
                     shorter
                     and
                     nearer
                     way
                     :
                     yet
                     no
                     instance
                     can
                     bee
                     giuen
                     to
                     the
                     contrary
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     this
                     part
                     being
                     clouen
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     seemes
                     most
                     probable
                     )
                     into
                     many
                     lesser
                     lands
                     ,
                     may
                     admit
                     of
                     such
                     a
                     passage
                     :
                     But
                     in
                     such
                     vncertainties
                     it
                     is
                     as
                     easy
                     to
                     deny
                     as
                     to
                     affirme
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     South-passage
                     is
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     Nauigatours
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     either
                     by
                     the
                     strait
                     of
                     Magellane
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     or
                     else
                     through
                     the
                     Straights
                     of
                     Mayre
                     before-mentioned
                     ,
                     which
                     this
                     Age
                     of
                     ours
                     hath
                     put
                     out
                     of
                     doubt
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     passage
                     is
                     South-east
                     by
                     the
                     
                       ●ape
                       of
                       good
                       hope
                    
                     ,
                     knowne
                     vnto
                     our
                     
                       East-Indian
                       Merchants
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     as
                     a
                     matter
                     vnquestioned
                     ,
                     needs
                     no
                     further
                     examination
                     .
                     The
                     onely
                     matter
                     which
                     troubles
                     men
                     in
                     this
                     Ag●
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     finding
                     out
                     of
                     a
                     passage
                     Northward
                     to
                     Cathay
                     ,
                     either
                     by
                     the
                     North-east
                     ,
                     or
                     North-west
                     ;
                     wherein
                     we
                     will
                     consider
                     two
                     
                     things
                     :
                     1
                     Whether
                     it
                     be
                     likely
                     ,
                     that
                     any
                     such
                     passage
                     should
                     be
                     at
                     all
                     ?
                     2
                     whether
                     this
                     passage
                     should
                     be
                     performed
                     by
                     the
                     North-East
                     ,
                     or
                     North-West
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     former
                     many
                     arguments
                     are
                     vrged
                     which
                     seeme
                     to
                     crosse
                     this
                     opinion
                     ,
                     of
                     a
                     way
                     to
                     the
                     Indies
                     toward
                     the
                     North-parts
                     :
                     For
                     The
                     manifold
                     attempts
                     of
                     the
                     English
                     and
                     Hollanders
                     ,
                     both
                     towards
                     the
                     North-East
                     and
                     North-West
                     ,
                     either
                     altogether
                     spent
                     in
                     paine
                     or
                     failing
                     of
                     their
                     ends
                     ,
                     seemes
                     to
                     giue
                     large
                     testimonie
                     ,
                     if
                     not
                     of
                     absolute
                     impossibility
                     ,
                     yet
                     at
                     least
                     of
                     the
                     vnlikely-ho●d
                     of
                     any
                     such
                     discouery
                     as
                     is
                     hoped
                     .
                     For
                     what
                     cost
                     or
                     dangers
                     would
                     not
                     almost
                     all
                     the
                     Marriners
                     of
                     our
                     Northerne
                     world
                     vndergoe
                     ,
                     to
                     find
                     so
                     neare
                     a
                     cut
                     to
                     their
                     golden
                     Indies
                     ?
                     and
                     if
                     by
                     chance
                     many
                     of
                     them
                     mistooke
                     the
                     right
                     way
                     ,
                     yet
                     would
                     it
                     seeme
                     improbable
                     ,
                     that
                     latter
                     Nauigatours
                     corrected
                     by
                     the
                     former
                     errours
                     ,
                     should
                     not
                     after
                     so
                     many
                     trialls
                     and
                     attempts
                     ,
                     at
                     length
                     hit
                     the
                     marke
                     .
                     This
                     reason
                     sauours
                     of
                     some
                     probability
                     :
                     yet
                     comparing
                     this
                     with
                     diuerse
                     matters
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     kinde
                     ,
                     would
                     seeme
                     to
                     be
                     of
                     no
                     great
                     force
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     truth
                     and
                     right
                     being
                     onely
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                     is
                     oppo●ed
                     by
                     infinite
                     errours
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     seeme
                     easier
                     to
                     commit
                     a
                     thousand
                     errours
                     ,
                     then
                     once
                     to
                     hit
                     the
                     truth
                     :
                     Time
                     and
                     long
                     triall
                     beget
                     many
                     Inuentions
                     ,
                     which
                     afterward
                     seeme
                     most
                     easy
                     :
                     insomuch
                     that
                     many
                     men
                     haue
                     afterward
                     laught
                     at
                     their
                     owne
                     mistakes
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     ,
                     for
                     ought
                     I
                     can
                     find
                     in
                     the
                     Relations
                     of
                     most
                     mens
                     discoueries
                     ,
                     the
                     passage
                     which
                     they
                     sought
                     was
                     too
                     farre
                     Northward
                     towards
                     the
                     Pole
                     ;
                     where
                     being
                     infes●ed
                     with
                     cold
                     ,
                     Ice
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     inconueniences
                     ,
                     they
                     were
                     enforced
                     to
                     returne
                     thence
                     againe
                     ,
                     hauing
                     seldome
                     had
                     any
                     oportunity
                     to
                     winter
                     in
                     those
                     parts
                     for
                     want
                     of
                     victualls
                     ,
                     or
                     extremity
                     of
                     cold
                     .
                     A
                     second
                     reason
                     against
                     this
                     North-passage
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     innumerable
                     sorts
                     of
                     beasts
                     wherewith
                     America
                     is
                     stored
                     :
                     for
                     admitting
                     this
                     passage
                     ,
                     we
                     must
                     needs
                     grant
                     America
                     to
                     bee
                     an
                     Iland
                     .
                     Now
                     it
                     is
                     ●ertaine
                     that
                     
                       Noah's
                       Arke
                    
                     was
                     the
                     store-house
                     and
                     Seminary
                     ,
                     not
                     only
                     of
                     mankinde
                     ,
                     but
                     of
                     all
                     other
                     perfect
                     liuing
                     Creatures
                     .
                     Againe
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     euident
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Holy
                     Scriptures
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     first
                     Region
                     
                     whereon
                     the
                     Arke
                     was
                     deliuered
                     of
                     her
                     burthen
                     ,
                     was
                     Asia
                     .
                     These
                     grounds
                     layed
                     ,
                     I
                     would
                     demaund
                     how
                     such
                     a
                     multitude
                     of
                     beasts
                     of
                     all
                     sorts
                     ,
                     should
                     be
                     transported
                     from
                     Asia
                     to
                     America
                     ,
                     being
                     supposed
                     to
                     bee
                     an
                     Iland
                     ,
                     and
                     euery
                     where
                     diuided
                     by
                     the
                     Sea
                     from
                     other
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     could
                     these
                     silly
                     creatures
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     accord
                     swimme
                     from
                     one
                     shore
                     to
                     another
                     ?
                     but
                     alasse
                     the
                     Sea
                     was
                     too
                     large
                     ,
                     and
                     these
                     beasts
                     too
                     fearefull
                     to
                     aduenture
                     on
                     such
                     a
                     voyage
                     .
                     And
                     admit
                     some
                     by
                     Nature
                     had
                     bin
                     fitted
                     to
                     such
                     an
                     action
                     ,
                     yet
                     were
                     it
                     very
                     strange
                     to
                     imagine
                     the
                     same
                     effect
                     of
                     all
                     ,
                     being
                     of
                     many
                     kinds
                     .
                     What
                     then
                     ?
                     were
                     they
                     transported
                     in
                     ships
                     ?
                     But
                     Nauigation
                     in
                     those
                     daies
                     being
                     an
                     infant
                     ,
                     vnfurnished
                     of
                     the
                     Chart
                     and
                     Compasse
                     ,
                     durst
                     not
                     aduenture
                     into
                     the
                     Ocean
                     so
                     farre
                     out
                     of
                     sight
                     of
                     land
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     giue
                     the
                     opposite
                     part
                     all
                     reasonable
                     aduantage
                     ,
                     admit
                     the
                     Straites
                     diuiding
                     Asia
                     and
                     America
                     were
                     very
                     narrow
                     ,
                     and
                     within
                     kenne
                     ;
                     was
                     it
                     likely
                     that
                     from
                     hence
                     th●y
                     could
                     by
                     shipps
                     transport
                     so
                     many
                     kndes
                     of
                     creatures
                     ?
                     Could
                     we
                     beleeue
                     any
                     man
                     to
                     be
                     so
                     mad
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     carry
                     ouer
                     with
                     him
                     
                       Lions
                       ,
                       Beares
                       ,
                       Tigers
                       ,
                       Foxes
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     other
                     innumerable
                     sorts
                     of
                     rauenous
                     and
                     vnprofitable
                     beasts
                     ,
                     as
                     pernicious
                     to
                     mankind
                     ,
                     as
                     other
                     creatures
                     seruing
                     for
                     his
                     vse
                     ?
                     If
                     any
                     were
                     found
                     so
                     foolish
                     or
                     malicious
                     ,
                     yet
                     were
                     it
                     very
                     vnlikely
                     hee
                     should
                     transporte
                     so
                     many
                     kinds
                     .
                     This
                     argument
                     seemes
                     no
                     more
                     to
                     concerne
                     America
                     ,
                     then
                     most
                     Ilands
                     of
                     the
                     World
                     ,
                     wherein
                     we
                     find
                     diuers
                     creatures
                     ,
                     not
                     only
                     seruing
                     for
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     man
                     ,
                     but
                     many
                     vnprofitable
                     &
                     hatefull
                     to
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     :
                     The
                     meanes
                     of
                     this
                     transportation
                     is
                     very
                     difficult
                     to
                     finde
                     .
                     St
                     Augustine
                     with
                     some
                     other
                     Diuines
                     haue
                     bin
                     driuen
                     to
                     a
                     supernaturall
                     cause
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     Almighty
                     God
                     should
                     performe
                     this
                     matter
                     by
                     the
                     ministry
                     of
                     Angels
                     ,
                     which
                     answer
                     we
                     dare
                     not
                     vtterly
                     reiect
                     ,
                     being
                     supported
                     by
                     the
                     authority
                     of
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     Pillar
                     of
                     the
                     church
                     :
                     yet
                     I
                     cannot
                     so
                     easily
                     imagine
                     ,
                     that
                     God
                     who
                     vsed
                     naturall
                     meanes
                     for
                     the
                     preseruation
                     of
                     all
                     liuing
                     creatures
                     in
                     the
                     Arke
                     ,
                     should
                     haue
                     recourse
                     to
                     a
                     supernaturall
                     power
                     in
                     the
                     propagation
                     of
                     these
                     creatures
                     on
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     wherefore
                     to
                     me
                     the
                     reason
                     would
                     seeme
                     better
                     answered
                     out
                     of
                     our
                     ground
                     which
                     we
                     shall
                     proue
                     hereafter
                     :
                     
                     That
                     Ilands
                     were
                     not
                     from
                     the
                     first
                     Creation
                     ,
                     but
                     afterward
                     broken
                     from
                     the
                     maine
                     Continent
                     by
                     the
                     violence
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     :
                     Hence
                     it
                     might
                     come
                     to
                     passe
                     ,
                     that
                     such
                     beasts
                     as
                     were
                     in
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     so
                     broken
                     off
                     ,
                     haue
                     since
                     there
                     continued
                     by
                     continuall
                     propagation
                     vntill
                     this
                     day
                     ;
                     I
                     meane
                     of
                     ravenous
                     and
                     hurtfull
                     beasts
                     :
                     because
                     of
                     the
                     others
                     lesse
                     doubt
                     can
                     be
                     made
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     they
                     might
                     be
                     convayed
                     from
                     one
                     Country
                     into
                     another
                     by
                     shipping
                     ,
                     to
                     serue
                     the
                     necessity
                     of
                     mankind
                     .
                     Here
                     we
                     see
                     that
                     no
                     argument
                     as
                     yet
                     hath
                     bin
                     vrged
                     so
                     strong
                     against
                     the
                     North-passage
                     ,
                     but
                     may
                     with
                     reasonable
                     probability
                     be
                     answered
                     .
                     It
                     remaines
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     place
                     that
                     we
                     descend
                     somewhat
                     to
                     particulars
                     ,
                     to
                     inquire
                     whether
                     this
                     be
                     to
                     be
                     effected
                     either
                     towards
                     the
                     North-east
                     or
                     the
                     North-west
                     :
                     The
                     
                       North-east
                       passage
                    
                     hath
                     heretofore
                     bin
                     attempted
                     by
                     many
                     of
                     our
                     English
                     Nauigatours
                     ,
                     but
                     with
                     vnhappy
                     successe
                     :
                     yet
                     were
                     not
                     these
                     voyages
                     altogether
                     fruitlesse
                     ;
                     forasmuch
                     as
                     by
                     this
                     meanes
                     ,
                     a
                     way
                     was
                     found
                     out
                     to
                     Russia
                     ,
                     whence
                     began
                     the
                     first
                     trade
                     betweene
                     ours
                     and
                     the
                     Russian
                     Merchants
                     :
                     But
                     that
                     litle
                     hope
                     can
                     hence
                     arise
                     ,
                     sundry
                     reasons
                     may
                     be
                     alleaged
                     ,
                     the
                     chiefe
                     whereof
                     are
                     these
                     ;
                     1
                     The
                     dangerous
                     rending
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Scythick
                       Cape
                    
                     ,
                     set
                     by
                     Ortelius
                     vnder
                     80
                     degrees
                     Northward
                     ,
                     together
                     with
                     the
                     perillous
                     sailing
                     in
                     those
                     Northerne
                     Seas
                     alwayes
                     pestred
                     with
                     Ice
                     and
                     Snow
                     ,
                     seconded
                     by
                     diuerse
                     Bayes
                     or
                     
                       shelues
                       ,
                       mists
                       ,
                       fogges
                    
                     ,
                     long
                     and
                     darksome
                     nights
                     ,
                     most
                     aduerse
                     to
                     any
                     happy
                     Nauigation
                     ,
                     2
                     The
                     obseruation
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     more
                     shallow
                     towards
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     which
                     giues
                     small
                     hope
                     of
                     a
                     through
                     passage
                     ,
                     because
                     all
                     Seas
                     are
                     fed
                     with
                     waters
                     ,
                     and
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     are
                     obserued
                     to
                     be
                     more
                     shallow
                     towards
                     the
                     shore
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     :
                     But
                     where
                     in
                     sailing
                     forward
                     ,
                     any
                     Sea
                     is
                     found
                     to
                     decrease
                     in
                     depth
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     likely
                     argument
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     rather
                     a
                     
                       Creeke
                       Bay
                    
                     or
                     Riuer
                     ,
                     then
                     a
                     Straite
                     ;
                     Notwithstanding
                     these
                     reasons
                     ,
                     some
                     haue
                     heretofore
                     gone
                     about
                     to
                     proue
                     a
                     passage
                     by
                     the
                     North-east
                     to
                     Cathay
                     ;
                     of
                     which
                     opinion
                     was
                     
                       Antony
                       Ienkinson
                    
                     ,
                     whose
                     reasons
                     be
                     well
                     answered
                     by
                     Sr
                     
                       Humphrey
                       Gilbert
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     I
                     briefly
                     touch
                     ,
                     adding
                     some
                     things
                     of
                     mine
                     own
                     ,
                     as
                     I
                     find
                     occasion
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     reason
                     was
                     drawne
                     
                     from
                     a
                     Relation
                     of
                     Tartarian
                     ,
                     who
                     reported
                     that
                     in
                     hunting
                     the
                     Morse
                     he
                     sailed
                     very
                     far
                     towards
                     the
                     South-east
                     ,
                     wherein
                     he
                     found
                     no
                     end
                     ;
                     which
                     might
                     giue
                     a
                     likely
                     coniecture
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     was
                     a
                     passage
                     throughout
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     this
                     we
                     may
                     easily
                     answere
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Tartarians
                     are
                     a
                     barbarous
                     Nation
                     ,
                     altogether
                     ignorant
                     of
                     Nauigation
                     ,
                     which
                     neither
                     know
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Charte
                       ,
                       Compasse
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     Celestiall
                     Obseruations
                     ;
                     &
                     therefore
                     in
                     a
                     wide
                     Sea
                     know
                     not
                     how
                     to
                     distinguish
                     the
                     North-east
                     from
                     the
                     South-east
                     :
                     Besides
                     the
                     curious
                     search
                     of
                     this
                     long
                     passage
                     must
                     depend
                     on
                     better
                     Discoueries
                     then
                     a
                     poore
                     Fisher-man
                     ,
                     who
                     seldome
                     dares
                     aduenture
                     himselfe
                     out
                     of
                     sight
                     of
                     land
                     ;
                     besides
                     ,
                     the
                     Fisher-man
                     iudging
                     by
                     sight
                     ,
                     could
                     not
                     see
                     about
                     a
                     kenne
                     at
                     sea
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     proue
                     nothing
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     so
                     long
                     a
                     distance
                     ,
                     The
                     second
                     Reason
                     vrged
                     by
                     Mr
                     Ienkinson
                     ,
                     was
                     this
                     that
                     there
                     was
                     an
                     Vnicorne's
                     horne
                     found
                     vpon
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Tartaria
                     ,
                     which
                     could
                     not
                     come
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     by
                     any
                     other
                     meanes
                     then
                     with
                     the
                     tide
                     in
                     some
                     streight
                     in
                     the
                     North-east
                     in
                     the
                     frozen
                     Sea
                     ,
                     there
                     being
                     no
                     Vnicorne
                     in
                     all
                     Asia
                     ,
                     sauing
                     in
                     I●dia
                     and
                     Cataia
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     reason
                     I
                     may
                     answer
                     with
                     Sr
                     
                       Humphrey
                       Gilbert
                    
                     many
                     waies
                     ;
                     1
                     We
                     may
                     well
                     doubt
                     whether
                     Tartarians
                     knowe
                     a
                     true
                     Vnicornes
                     horne
                     ,
                     or
                     no
                     :
                     2
                     It
                     is
                     credible
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     could
                     bee
                     driuen
                     so
                     farre
                     by
                     the
                     Tide
                     ,
                     being
                     of
                     such
                     a
                     Nature
                     that
                     it
                     cannot
                     swimme
                     .
                     3
                     The
                     Tides
                     running
                     to
                     and
                     fro
                     ,
                     would
                     haue
                     driuen
                     it
                     as
                     farre
                     backe
                     with
                     the
                     Ebbe
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     brought
                     it
                     forward
                     with
                     the
                     Floud
                     .
                     4
                     the
                     Horne
                     which
                     was
                     cast
                     on
                     this
                     coast
                     ,
                     might
                     be
                     the
                     Horne
                     of
                     an
                     
                       Asinus
                       Indicu●
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     hath
                     but
                     one
                     Horne
                     like
                     an
                     Vnicorne
                     in
                     his
                     fore-head
                     ,
                     whereof
                     there
                     is
                     great
                     plenty
                     in
                     all
                     the
                     North
                     parts
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     
                       Lappia
                       ,
                       Norvegia
                       ,
                       Finmarke
                    
                     ▪
                     as
                     Zeigler
                     testifies
                     in
                     his
                     History
                     of
                     Scandia
                     .
                     5
                     Lastly
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     fish
                     which
                     hath
                     a
                     Horne
                     in
                     his
                     ●ore-head
                     ,
                     c●lled
                     the
                     
                       Sea
                       Vnicorne
                    
                     ,
                     whereof
                     
                       Martin
                       Frobisher
                    
                     fo●nd
                     one
                     on
                     the
                     coast
                     of
                     Newfound-land
                     ▪
                     and
                     gaue
                     it
                     to
                     Queene
                     Elizabeth
                     ,
                     which
                     was
                     said
                     to
                     be
                     put
                     into
                     her
                     wardrope
                     :
                     But
                     whether
                     it
                     be
                     the
                     same
                     which
                     is
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     to
                     be
                     seene
                     at
                     Winsor
                     Castle
                     ,
                     I
                     cannot
                     tell
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     and
                     strongest
                     reason
                     which
                     was
                     vrged
                     for
                     the
                     North-east
                     passage
                     was
                     this
                     :
                     That
                     there
                     was
                     a
                     continuall
                     current
                     through
                     the
                     
                     Frozen
                     Sea
                     ,
                     of
                     such
                     swiftnesse
                     ,
                     that
                     if
                     any
                     thing
                     were
                     throwne
                     into
                     the
                     water
                     it
                     would
                     presently
                     be
                     caried
                     out
                     of
                     sight
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     we
                     may
                     easily
                     answer
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     strong
                     current
                     is
                     not
                     maintained
                     by
                     any
                     Tide
                     cōming
                     from
                     another
                     Sea
                     ,
                     but
                     by
                     diuerse
                     great
                     Riuers
                     falling
                     into
                     this
                     streight
                     :
                     In
                     like
                     sort
                     we
                     find
                     a
                     strong
                     current
                     from
                     
                       Maeotis
                       Palus
                    
                     ;
                     by
                     
                       Pontus
                       Euxinus
                       ,
                       Sinus
                       Bosphorus
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     along
                     all
                     the
                     coast
                     of
                     Greci
                     (
                     as
                     Contarenus
                     and
                     diuerse
                     other
                     affirme
                     out
                     of
                     their
                     own
                     experience
                     )
                     and
                     yet
                     the
                     Sea
                     lyeth
                     not
                     open
                     to
                     any
                     other
                     Sea
                     ,
                     but
                     is
                     maintained
                     by
                     Tanais
                     and
                     diuerse
                     other
                     riuers
                     :
                     so
                     in
                     this
                     North-east
                     part
                     may
                     this
                     current
                     of
                     water
                     be
                     maintained
                     by
                     the
                     Riuers
                     
                       Du●●a
                       ,
                       Ob
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     many
                     others
                     which
                     continually
                     fall
                     into
                     it
                     .
                  
                   
                     Hitherto
                     haue
                     we
                     treated
                     of
                     other
                     passages
                     ,
                     either
                     effected
                     or
                     attempted
                     to
                     Cathay
                     and
                     the
                     
                       East
                       Indies
                    
                     .
                     The
                     last
                     and
                     most
                     desired
                     and
                     sought
                     in
                     our
                     time
                     ,
                     is
                     that
                     by
                     the
                     
                       North
                       West
                    
                     .
                     This
                     way
                     hath
                     bin
                     often
                     attempted
                     ,
                     as
                     by
                     
                       Cabot
                       ,
                       Dauis
                       ,
                       Frobisher
                       ,
                       Hudson
                       ,
                    
                     Sr
                     
                       Thomas
                       Button
                    
                     and
                     others
                     ,
                     but
                     as
                     yet
                     not
                     found
                     out
                     .
                     Neither
                     hath
                     it
                     more
                     troubled
                     the
                     industry
                     of
                     Marriners
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     wit
                     of
                     Schollers
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     by
                     discourses
                     written
                     of
                     that
                     subiect
                     .
                     The
                     absolute
                     decision
                     of
                     this
                     controuersie
                     we
                     must
                     leaue
                     to
                     time
                     :
                     onely
                     such
                     probabilities
                     as
                     I
                     chance
                     to
                     meet
                     with
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     faithfully
                     set
                     down
                     ,
                     to
                     giue
                     encouragement
                     to
                     their
                     deseruing
                     labors
                     ,
                     who
                     shall
                     farther
                     attempt
                     the
                     search
                     and
                     full
                     discouery
                     of
                     this
                     North-west
                     passage
                     .
                     The
                     Reasons
                     I
                     find
                     vrged
                     ,
                     I
                     may
                     well
                     reduce
                     to
                     three
                     Heads
                     :
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     testimonies
                     and
                     opinions
                     of
                     ancient
                     Writers
                     ▪
                     The
                     second
                     from
                     the
                     Relations
                     and
                     discoueries
                     of
                     later
                     Nauigators
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     Henry
                     the
                     seuenth
                     ,
                     till
                     our
                     age
                     :
                     The
                     third
                     and
                     last
                     from
                     the
                     last
                     and
                     newest
                     aduentures
                     of
                     men
                     of
                     our
                     time
                     ;
                     either
                     lately
                     dead
                     or
                     liuing
                     .
                     To
                     begin
                     with
                     the
                     first
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     from
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     Plato
                     in
                     Timaeo
                     ,
                     as
                     also
                     in
                     his
                     Dialogue
                     call●●
                     Critias
                     ,
                     draw
                     a
                     probable
                     argument
                     :
                     for
                     there
                     he
                     mak●s
                     relation
                     of
                     an
                     incomparable
                     great
                     Iland
                     ,
                     named
                     Atlantis
                     ,
                     of
                     larger
                     extent
                     then
                     Europe
                     and
                     Asia
                     ,
                     which
                     was
                     situate
                     Westward
                     from
                     the
                     streights
                     of
                     Gibraltar
                     ,
                     and
                     nauig●ble
                     round
                     abou●
                     .
                     The
                     Princes
                     of
                     this
                     Iland
                     
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     Plato's
                     report
                     )
                     heretofore
                     extended
                     their
                     government
                     ouer
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     of
                     Europe
                     and
                     Africa
                     .
                     To
                     second
                     which
                     opinion
                     of
                     Plato
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     reade
                     in
                     
                       Marinus
                       Siou●us
                    
                     his
                     History
                     of
                     Spaine
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     American
                     golden
                     mines
                     ,
                     discouered
                     by
                     Columbus
                     ,
                     there
                     haue
                     bin
                     found
                     certain
                     pieces
                     of
                     Coine
                     ,
                     ingrauen
                     with
                     the
                     Name
                     and
                     Image
                     of
                     
                       Augustus
                       Caes●r
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     were
                     afterward
                     sent
                     to
                     the
                     Pope
                     by
                     
                       Iohn
                       Rufus
                       ,
                       Archbishop
                    
                     of
                     Consentium
                     ;
                     whence
                     a
                     probable
                     coniecture
                     seemes
                     to
                     be
                     grounded
                     ,
                     that
                     America
                     in
                     those
                     dayes
                     was
                     both
                     peopled
                     and
                     discouered
                     ▪
                     Now
                     it
                     appeares
                     againe
                     no●
                     only
                     by
                     Plato
                     ▪
                     but
                     also
                     by
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     
                       Mansilius
                       ●icinus
                       ,
                       Crantor
                       ,
                       Proclus
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     
                       Philo
                       Iudaeus
                    
                     is
                     witnessed
                     in
                     their
                     learned
                     Commentaries
                     on
                     Plato
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     Iland
                     called
                     Atlantis
                     ,
                     some
                     600
                     yeares
                     before
                     Plato's
                     time
                     ,
                     suffered
                     an
                     extraordinary
                     inundation
                     ,
                     &
                     was
                     swallowed
                     vp
                     by
                     water
                     :
                     other
                     like
                     exāples
                     whereof
                     we
                     sh●l
                     produce
                     many
                     ,
                     hereafter
                     in
                     place
                     cōuenient
                     ▪
                     admitting
                     these
                     testimonies
                     of
                     antiquity
                     ,
                     whereof
                     we
                     ought
                     to
                     cherish
                     a
                     reuerend
                     esteem
                     ,
                     these
                     consectaries
                     will
                     seeme
                     to
                     offer
                     themselues
                     by
                     way
                     of
                     necessary
                     consequence
                     :
                     1
                     That
                     this
                     Iland
                     Atlantis
                     was
                     the
                     same
                     which
                     afterward
                     from
                     
                       Americus
                       Vesputius
                    
                     got
                     the
                     name
                     America
                     :
                     because
                     wee
                     find
                     no
                     Iland
                     in
                     the
                     Atlanticke
                     Ocean
                     which
                     comes
                     neare
                     that
                     greatnesse
                     and
                     quantity
                     assigned
                     by
                     Plato
                     :
                     2
                     that
                     this
                     Atlantis
                     or
                     America
                     ,
                     in
                     those
                     dayes
                     at
                     least
                     was
                     an
                     Iland
                     ,
                     because
                     they
                     reported
                     it
                     to
                     bee
                     Nauigable
                     round
                     about
                     .
                     3
                     It
                     must
                     stand
                     with
                     great
                     reason
                     &
                     probability
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     land
                     being
                     an
                     Iland
                     before
                     Plato's
                     time
                     ,
                     should
                     be
                     so
                     still
                     ,
                     if
                     at
                     least
                     it
                     come
                     not
                     nearer
                     to
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     an
                     Iland
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     ,
                     then
                     before
                     :
                     For
                     either
                     this
                     Relation
                     of
                     the
                     ouerflowing
                     of
                     this
                     land
                     is
                     true
                     or
                     false
                     ▪
                     If
                     at
                     all
                     deserues
                     credit
                     ,
                     more
                     reason
                     is
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     be
                     Nauigable
                     round
                     about
                     then
                     before
                     :
                     insomuch
                     that
                     the
                     Water
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     swelling
                     high
                     ;
                     would
                     sooner
                     fret
                     through
                     and
                     cause
                     a
                     passage
                     ,
                     then
                     make
                     a
                     stoppage
                     .
                     4
                     This
                     passage
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     be
                     toward
                     the
                     North-west
                     where
                     America
                     is
                     diuided
                     from
                     Asia
                     by
                     the
                     streites
                     of
                     A●ian
                     ,
                     which
                     opinion
                     seemes
                     better
                     warranted
                     ,
                     forasmuch
                     as
                     we
                     find
                     it
                     seconded
                     by
                     the
                     descriptions
                     of
                     many
                     Geographers
                     of
                     great
                     
                     name
                     and
                     authority
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Gemma
                       Fris●us
                       ,
                       Munster
                       ,
                       Appian
                       ,
                       Hun●erus
                       ,
                       Guicciardine
                       ,
                       Michael
                       Tramasi●us
                       ,
                       Franciscus
                       Demongenitus
                       ,
                       Bernardus
                       Puteanus
                       ,
                       Andreas
                       Vanasor
                       ,
                       Tramontanus
                       ,
                       Peter
                       Martyr
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     Ortelius
                     in
                     his
                     generall
                     Mappe
                     :
                     Who
                     all
                     haue
                     described
                     America
                     as
                     an
                     exact
                     Iland
                     ,
                     setting
                     downe
                     all
                     the
                     coasts
                     and
                     countryes
                     on
                     the
                     North-west
                     sea
                     of
                     America
                     from
                     Hoche-laga
                     as
                     farre
                     as
                     
                       Gape
                       Haremantia
                    
                     ;
                     all
                     these
                     learned
                     men
                     hauing
                     with
                     one
                     voice
                     described
                     or
                     reported
                     America
                     for
                     an
                     Iland
                     ▪
                     He
                     should
                     shew
                     but
                     a
                     slender
                     esteem
                     of
                     Antiquity
                     ▪
                     or
                     fauour
                     of
                     too
                     much
                     selfe-conceite
                     ,
                     who
                     should
                     offer
                     to
                     contradict
                     .
                     This
                     first
                     Argument
                     I
                     confesse
                     spunne
                     out
                     into
                     so
                     many
                     circumstances
                     ,
                     seemes
                     at
                     first
                     sight
                     to
                     carry
                     a
                     great
                     shew
                     of
                     truth
                     ;
                     but
                     vpon
                     sound
                     examination
                     will
                     be
                     found
                     very
                     defectiue
                     ,
                     and
                     vncertaine
                     ,
                     carrying
                     more
                     probability
                     in
                     the
                     conclusion
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     premises
                     da●e
                     to
                     iustify
                     :
                     How
                     many
                     Paralogismes
                     and
                     vncertaine
                     grounds
                     are
                     involved
                     in
                     this
                     reason
                     ,
                     let
                     my
                     ingenious
                     reader
                     iudge
                     ;
                     1
                     whether
                     Plato's
                     report
                     of
                     this
                     Atlantis
                     were
                     a
                     true
                     Relation
                     grounded
                     on
                     experience
                     and
                     obseruation
                     ,
                     or
                     a
                     pleasant
                     Fiction
                     derived
                     from
                     the
                     Poets
                     of
                     that
                     time
                     ,
                     wherewith
                     the
                     
                       Grecia
                       Learning
                    
                     was
                     much
                     infected
                     ;
                     2
                     How
                     comes
                     it
                     to
                     be
                     thought
                     probable
                     that
                     Plato
                     in
                     those
                     dayes
                     should
                     be
                     so
                     exact
                     in
                     delineating
                     out
                     the
                     boundes
                     of
                     this
                     New-world
                     ,
                     who
                     was
                     so
                     ignorant
                     in
                     the
                     old
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     thinke
                     Europe
                     and
                     Asia
                     to
                     be
                     inferiour
                     in
                     greatnesse
                     to
                     America
                     ,
                     which
                     notwithstanding
                     he
                     thought
                     to
                     be
                     an
                     Iland
                     .
                     3
                     How
                     should
                     so
                     famous
                     a
                     King
                     as
                     Atlas
                     ,
                     stretching
                     his
                     Monarchie
                     (
                     as
                     the
                     Authors
                     of
                     this
                     reason
                     report
                     )
                     from
                     America
                     to
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     of
                     Europe
                     and
                     Africk
                     ,
                     in
                     that
                     vast
                     gulfe
                     of
                     time
                     ▪
                     slippe
                     away
                     with
                     so
                     slight
                     a
                     mention
                     :
                     That
                     there
                     was
                     such
                     a
                     Prince
                     as
                     Atlas
                     ,
                     I
                     make
                     no
                     question
                     ;
                     vpon
                     whose
                     fame
                     and
                     greatnesse
                     the
                     Poets
                     grounded
                     that
                     fiction
                     of
                     raising
                     vp
                     the
                     vault
                     of
                     heauen
                     with
                     his
                     shoulders
                     :
                     But
                     whether
                     this
                     Atlas
                     euer
                     saw
                     America
                     ,
                     my
                     reader
                     must
                     giue
                     me
                     leaue
                     to
                     make
                     a
                     doubt
                     ,
                     The
                     Ignorance
                     of
                     Nauigation
                     in
                     those
                     times
                     ,
                     wherein
                     occasion
                     had
                     not
                     brought
                     to
                     light
                     the
                     chart
                     &
                     compasse
                     ,
                     together
                     with
                     the
                     huge
                     vastnesse
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Atlantick
                       Ocean
                    
                     ,
                     will
                     speake
                     my
                     Apologie
                     .
                     4
                     The
                     finding
                     of
                     coine
                     graued
                     
                     with
                     the
                     Image
                     and
                     inscription
                     of
                     
                       Augustus
                       Caesar
                    
                     in
                     the
                     
                       American
                       mines
                    
                     ,
                     seemes
                     to
                     me
                     more
                     ridiculous
                     then
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     :
                     We
                     find
                     the
                     acts
                     and
                     conquests
                     of
                     Caesar
                     and
                     Pompey
                     in
                     Europe
                     and
                     Asia
                     ,
                     and
                     some
                     parts
                     of
                     Africk
                     particularly
                     set
                     downe
                     by
                     the
                     graue
                     writers
                     of
                     that
                     time
                     :
                     We
                     find
                     
                       Augustus
                       Caesar
                    
                     ,
                     for
                     some
                     petty
                     cōquests
                     against
                     barbarous
                     people
                     ,
                     emblasoned
                     by
                     the
                     Poets
                     of
                     that
                     time
                     to
                     the
                     highest
                     pitch
                     of
                     their
                     inuention
                     ▪
                     we
                     may
                     obserue
                     the
                     age
                     wherein
                     Augustus
                     liued
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     florish
                     and
                     pride
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     Romane
                     learning
                     :
                     and
                     himselfe
                     the
                     Idoll
                     and
                     subiect
                     of
                     most
                     of
                     their
                     Poeticall
                     flatteries
                     ;
                     hauing
                     the
                     happinesse
                     to
                     be
                     inuested
                     in
                     the
                     empire
                     ,
                     in
                     such
                     a
                     time
                     wherein
                     the
                     Romane
                     Monarchie
                     hauing
                     been
                     too
                     much
                     wounded
                     with
                     a
                     ciuill
                     dissention
                     ,
                     was
                     willing
                     to
                     admire
                     her
                     worst
                     Physician
                     :
                     And
                     can
                     any
                     man
                     be
                     so
                     senselesse
                     to
                     imagine
                     that
                     the
                     discouery
                     of
                     the
                     goldē
                     world
                     should
                     passe
                     away
                     clouded
                     in
                     such
                     a
                     flattering
                     age
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     mention
                     ?
                     could
                     not
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     name
                     be
                     registred
                     to
                     teach
                     posterity
                     the
                     way
                     to
                     so
                     rich
                     an
                     Empire
                     ?
                     For
                     my
                     owne
                     part
                     I
                     can
                     ascribe
                     this
                     ,
                     (
                     if
                     the
                     Historie
                     deserue
                     credit
                     )
                     to
                     nothing
                     else
                     but
                     the
                     pride
                     and
                     imposture
                     of
                     the
                     Spaniards
                     ,
                     whom
                     we
                     obserue
                     in
                     all
                     relations
                     to
                     be
                     a
                     most
                     ingratefull
                     Nation
                     ,
                     who
                     admiring
                     nothing
                     but
                     their
                     owne
                     greatnesse
                     ,
                     haue
                     requited
                     their
                     best
                     deseruing
                     benefactors
                     with
                     disgrace
                     ,
                     and
                     obloquie
                     ;
                     striuing
                     to
                     raze
                     out
                     their
                     names
                     and
                     memory
                     to
                     whom
                     they
                     owe
                     the
                     greatest
                     glory
                     .
                     Columbus
                     was
                     a
                     Florentine
                     and
                     no
                     S●aniard
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     must
                     not
                     deserue
                     so
                     much
                     of
                     Spaine
                     as
                     his
                     
                       golden
                       Indies
                    
                     :
                     otherwise
                     
                       Augustus
                       Cesars
                    
                     image
                     had
                     bin
                     better
                     lost
                     then
                     found
                     ;
                     and
                     the
                     Bishop
                     receiued
                     small
                     thankes
                     for
                     his
                     Perasitick
                     presentation
                     ,
                     5
                     :
                     That
                     America
                     should
                     euer
                     suffer
                     such
                     a
                     deluge
                     as
                     to
                     be
                     lost
                     for
                     so
                     large
                     a
                     time
                     ,
                     will
                     sooner
                     bee
                     admitted
                     as
                     a
                     pleasant
                     discourse
                     in
                     table
                     talke
                     ,
                     then
                     purchase
                     credit
                     as
                     a
                     likely
                     History
                     :
                     it
                     seemeth
                     to
                     be
                     doubted
                     by
                     Mercator
                     a
                     great
                     Geographer
                     of
                     latter
                     times
                     ▪
                     inferiour
                     to
                     none
                     before
                     named
                     ,
                     whether
                     ouer
                     this
                     tract
                     of
                     lād
                     were
                     ouerwhelmed
                     with
                     Waters
                     in
                     the
                     generall
                     deluge
                     ▪
                     which
                     he
                     was
                     induced
                     to
                     beleeue
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     disparity
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Soile
                       ,
                       Herbes
                       ,
                       Beasts
                    
                     ▪
                     and
                     Inhabitants
                     ,
                     with
                     ours
                     ,
                     in
                     Europe
                     and
                     other
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     
                     world
                     ;
                     This
                     opinion
                     I
                     hold
                     not
                     sound
                     in
                     Diuinity
                     ;
                     yet
                     seemes
                     it
                     backt
                     with
                     more
                     strength
                     of
                     humane
                     reason
                     ,
                     then
                     Plato's
                     fable
                     of
                     this
                     imaginary
                     
                       Atlantick
                       Iland
                    
                     :
                     Much
                     more
                     could
                     I
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     vncertainty
                     of
                     this
                     first
                     argument
                     ,
                     were
                     I
                     not
                     afraid
                     to
                     tire
                     my
                     Reader
                     too
                     much
                     :
                     But
                     this
                     
                       North-west
                       passage
                    
                     is
                     a
                     long
                     voyage
                     ,
                     and
                     hath
                     bin
                     for
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     sought
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     I
                     hope
                     ingenious
                     men
                     will
                     pardon
                     my
                     long
                     discourse
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     second
                     reason
                     is
                     taken
                     from
                     a
                     Relation
                     reported
                     by
                     
                       Gemma
                       Frisius
                       of
                       three
                       Brothers
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     in
                     ancient
                     time
                     passed
                     through
                     this
                     straite
                     into
                     America
                     :
                     which
                     accident
                     gaue
                     it
                     the
                     name
                     of
                     
                       Fretum
                       Trium
                       Fratrum
                    
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     appellation
                     it
                     is
                     knowne
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     .
                     This
                     argument
                     I
                     take
                     to
                     be
                     more
                     weake
                     then
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     as
                     depending
                     on
                     vncertaine
                     report
                     ,
                     Indebted
                     I
                     know
                     not
                     to
                     what
                     approued
                     History
                     :
                     But
                     where
                     History
                     is
                     vncertaine
                     ,
                     reasonable
                     coniecture
                     must
                     challenge
                     precedency
                     :
                     I
                     will
                     heere
                     by
                     way
                     of
                     doubt
                     aske
                     these
                     few
                     questions
                     ;
                     whether
                     these
                     three
                     Brothers
                     before
                     mentioned
                     passed
                     through
                     this
                     straite
                     or
                     not
                     ?
                     If
                     not
                     ,
                     no
                     good
                     Argument
                     can
                     hence
                     bee
                     grounded
                     of
                     such
                     a
                     passage
                     :
                     or
                     if
                     they
                     passed
                     through
                     ,
                     I
                     demaund
                     whether
                     they
                     returned
                     to
                     their
                     Country
                     or
                     not
                     ,
                     to
                     make
                     a
                     relation
                     :
                     If
                     they
                     returned
                     not
                     ,
                     how
                     could
                     such
                     a
                     report
                     with
                     probability
                     be
                     brought
                     home
                     vnto
                     vs
                     ?
                     3
                     If
                     they
                     returned
                     home
                     :
                     how
                     could
                     such
                     a
                     memorable
                     Action
                     bee
                     forgotten
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     committed
                     to
                     any
                     certaine
                     History
                     ?
                     especially
                     in
                     such
                     a
                     Monkish
                     age
                     ,
                     wherein
                     out
                     of
                     ignorance
                     and
                     want
                     of
                     experience
                     ,
                     the
                     most
                     petty
                     Inuentions
                     were
                     admired
                     for
                     great
                     matters
                     :
                     The
                     reason
                     as
                     yet
                     makes
                     me
                     to
                     suspend
                     my
                     iudgment
                     of
                     Decision
                     ,
                     till
                     I
                     find
                     better
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     The
                     third
                     reason
                     drawne
                     from
                     antiquity
                     ,
                     best
                     vrged
                     and
                     husbanded
                     by
                     Sr
                     
                       Humfry
                       Gilbert
                    
                     for
                     this
                     North-west
                     passage
                     ,
                     depends
                     on
                     a
                     certaine
                     Relation
                     of
                     Indians
                     in
                     ancient
                     time
                     cast
                     by
                     tempest
                     on
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     
                       Germany
                       ,
                       Pliny
                    
                     relates
                     out
                     of
                     a
                     report
                     of
                     
                       Cornelius
                       Nepos
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     wrote
                     57
                     yeares
                     before
                     CHRIST
                     ,
                     that
                     certaine
                     Indians
                     were
                     inforced
                     by
                     violence
                     of
                     tempest
                     vpon
                     the
                     Germane
                     coasts
                     ,
                     which
                     were
                     afterward
                     presented
                     by
                     the
                     King
                     of
                     Sueuia
                     ,
                     to
                     
                       Quintus
                       Metellus
                       
                       Celer
                    
                     ,
                     then
                     Proconsul
                     of
                     France
                     ,
                     wherevpon
                     Pliny
                     inferres
                     in
                     his
                     2
                     Booke
                     66
                     Chapter
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     no
                     great
                     wonder
                     ,
                     though
                     there
                     be
                     a
                     sea
                     North
                     ,
                     where
                     there
                     is
                     so
                     much
                     moisture
                     .
                     To
                     confirme
                     this
                     opinion
                     of
                     Pliny
                     ,
                     and
                     report
                     of
                     
                       Cornelius
                       Nepos
                    
                     ,
                     they
                     produce
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     the
                     excellent
                     Geographer
                     
                       Dominicus
                       Marius
                       Niger
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     sheweth
                     how
                     many
                     wayes
                     the
                     Indian
                     Sea
                     extendeth
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     reciting
                     the
                     same
                     report
                     of
                     certaine
                     Indiās
                     that
                     were
                     carryed
                     by
                     tempest
                     through
                     the
                     North-seas
                     from
                     India
                     ,
                     vpon
                     the
                     Borders
                     of
                     Germany
                     ,
                     as
                     they
                     were
                     following
                     their
                     Trade
                     of
                     Merchandize
                     :
                     The
                     argument
                     grounded
                     vpon
                     these
                     Testimonies
                     will
                     stād
                     thus
                     :
                     These
                     fore-named
                     Indians
                     arriuing
                     on
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Germany
                     ,
                     must
                     come
                     of
                     necessity
                     either
                     by
                     the
                     
                       South-east
                       ,
                       South-west
                       ;
                       North-east
                    
                     or
                     North-west
                     .
                     The
                     three
                     other
                     coasts
                     seeme
                     altogether
                     improbable
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     this
                     opinion
                     of
                     the
                     North-west
                     seemes
                     more
                     worthy
                     credit
                     ;
                     first
                     ,
                     they
                     came
                     not
                     by
                     the
                     South-east
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     roughnesse
                     of
                     the
                     Seas
                     ,
                     occasioned
                     by
                     stormie
                     windes
                     ,
                     and
                     strange
                     currents
                     in
                     those
                     places
                     about
                     
                       Cape
                       bona
                       Speranza
                    
                     ,
                     seconded
                     by
                     the
                     smallnesse
                     of
                     their
                     Canoas
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     Indians
                     vsually
                     trauailed
                     ,
                     seem
                     to
                     stand
                     against
                     su●h
                     a
                     long
                     voyage
                     :
                     2
                     They
                     could
                     not
                     well
                     come
                     a
                     long
                     by
                     the
                     shore
                     of
                     Africk
                     and
                     so
                     passe
                     into
                     Europe
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     windes
                     doe
                     there
                     commonly
                     blow
                     Easterly
                     off
                     from
                     the
                     shore
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     curren●
                     dri●ing
                     that
                     way
                     would
                     sooner
                     haue
                     carried
                     them
                     Westerly
                     vpon
                     some
                     part
                     of
                     America
                     ,
                     where
                     they
                     should
                     by
                     all
                     likely
                     coniecture
                     ,
                     haue
                     perished
                     in
                     that
                     great
                     Atlanticke
                     Sea
                     ,
                     either
                     in
                     that
                     huge
                     and
                     great
                     Atlanticke
                     Sea
                     either
                     by
                     shipwracke
                     ,
                     or
                     want
                     of
                     prouision
                     in
                     so
                     small
                     a
                     vessell
                     .
                     3
                     If
                     they
                     had
                     ouercome
                     all
                     these
                     dangers
                     which
                     wise
                     men
                     would
                     hardly
                     take
                     vp
                     vpon
                     trust
                     :
                     It
                     seemes
                     hard
                     they
                     should
                     not
                     haue
                     first
                     touched
                     vpon
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Azores
                       ,
                       Portugall
                       ,
                       Spaine
                       England
                    
                     or
                     Ireland
                     ,
                     before
                     they
                     should
                     arriue
                     at
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Germany
                     .
                     4
                     For
                     the
                     reason
                     before-named
                     they
                     could
                     not
                     come
                     from
                     the
                     South-west
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     current
                     which
                     commeth
                     from
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     striketh
                     with
                     such
                     violence
                     on
                     the
                     straites
                     of
                     Magellane
                     ,
                     running
                     with
                     such
                     swiftnesse
                     into
                     the
                     South-sea
                     ,
                     or
                     
                       Mare
                       del
                       Zur
                    
                     ,
                     that
                     a
                     shippe
                     without
                     great
                     burden
                     
                     cannot
                     without
                     much
                     difficulty
                     arriue
                     at
                     our
                     
                       Western
                       Ocean
                    
                     ,
                     through
                     that
                     narrow
                     rea
                     :
                     What
                     then
                     shall
                     we
                     imagine
                     of
                     an
                     
                       Indian
                       Canoa
                    
                     managed
                     by
                     such
                     vnskilfull
                     marriners
                     ?
                     5.
                     
                     To
                     proue
                     these
                     men
                     to
                     be
                     true
                     Indians
                     ,
                     and
                     neither
                     Africans
                     nor
                     Americans
                     ,
                     seemes
                     to
                     be
                     warranted
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     of
                     Africa
                     &
                     America
                     neither
                     had
                     ,
                     nor
                     scarce
                     know
                     other
                     kind
                     of
                     Boates
                     then
                     such
                     as
                     beare
                     neither
                     mastes
                     ,
                     nor
                     sailes
                     ;
                     but
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     are
                     only
                     carried
                     along
                     by
                     the
                     shores
                     :
                     except
                     of
                     later
                     times
                     such
                     as
                     haue
                     bin
                     instructed
                     by
                     the
                     Turkes
                     on
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Barbarie
                     ,
                     or
                     by
                     the
                     Spaniards
                     in
                     America
                     :
                     This
                     argument
                     I
                     confesse
                     is
                     wittily
                     spunne
                     out
                     by
                     my
                     renowned
                     country-man
                     Sr
                     
                       Humfry
                       Gilbert
                    
                     ,
                     whose
                     ability
                     seemes
                     to
                     haue
                     made
                     a
                     haruest
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     stubble
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     in
                     my
                     conceipt
                     it
                     promiseth
                     in
                     the
                     conclusion
                     more
                     then
                     the
                     premises
                     can
                     well
                     warrant
                     :
                     For
                     first
                     it
                     seemes
                     not
                     to
                     me
                     a
                     matter
                     so
                     cleare
                     out
                     of
                     question
                     whether
                     these
                     ship-wrackt
                     people
                     cast
                     in
                     vpon
                     the
                     coasts
                     of
                     Germany
                     were
                     true
                     Indians
                     ,
                     or
                     not
                     ;
                     because
                     so
                     farre
                     as
                     my
                     coniecture
                     leadeth
                     me
                     ,
                     being
                     grounded
                     on
                     Historie
                     ,
                     the
                     name
                     of
                     Indians
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     ignorance
                     of
                     those
                     times
                     hath
                     been
                     giuen
                     by
                     the
                     Romans
                     to
                     many
                     other
                     forraigne
                     Nations
                     farre
                     distant
                     ;
                     especially
                     to
                     the
                     Aeth●opiās
                     in
                     Africk
                     which
                     beside
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     diuerse
                     ancient
                     Historians
                     ,
                     too
                     tedious
                     to
                     relate
                     ,
                     may
                     seeme
                     probable
                     out
                     of
                     that
                     end
                     of
                     a
                     verse
                     of
                     
                       Horace
                       ▪
                       Vltra
                       Garamantas
                       &
                       Indos
                       :
                    
                     where
                     for
                     ioyning
                     together
                     two
                     Nations
                     so
                     separat
                     in
                     place
                     ,
                     the
                     former
                     being
                     in
                     Africk
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     almost
                     in
                     the
                     farthest
                     verge
                     of
                     Asia
                     ,
                     he
                     seemed
                     as
                     ignorāt
                     of
                     the
                     distance
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     people
                     :
                     2
                     How
                     should
                     these
                     Westerne
                     inhabitants
                     know
                     these
                     men
                     to
                     be
                     true
                     Indians
                     ,
                     whose
                     
                       condition
                       ,
                       place
                    
                     and
                     language
                     they
                     neuer
                     vnderstood
                     ?
                     3
                     Why
                     might
                     not
                     these
                     men
                     come
                     from
                     some
                     of
                     the
                     Ilands
                     in
                     the
                     Atlantick
                     Ocean
                     ?
                     4
                     The
                     reason
                     against
                     it
                     ,
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     current
                     striking
                     with
                     such
                     force
                     on
                     the
                     streits
                     of
                     Magellane
                     ,
                     is
                     contradicted
                     by
                     the
                     experience
                     of
                     latter
                     Nauigators
                     ▪
                     much
                     more
                     I
                     could
                     speake
                     of
                     this
                     reason
                     ;
                     but
                     that
                     I
                     hold
                     it
                     better
                     to
                     cherish
                     a
                     hope
                     of
                     such
                     a
                     passage
                     ▪
                     then
                     by
                     excepting
                     against
                     these
                     ancient
                     arguments
                     to
                     discourage
                     moderne
                     industrie
                     .
                  
                   
                     Other
                     probabilities
                     may
                     seeme
                     to
                     be
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     discoueries
                     
                     of
                     later
                     Nauigatours
                     since
                     the
                     raigne
                     of
                     Henry
                     the
                     seuenth
                     ,
                     vnder
                     whose
                     protection
                     
                       Sebastian
                       Cabot
                    
                     vndertook
                     the
                     discouery
                     of
                     the
                     North-West
                     costs
                     :
                     In
                     which
                     he
                     preuailed
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     Alchimists
                     ,
                     who
                     in
                     seeking
                     out
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     stone
                     haue
                     often
                     mist
                     of
                     their
                     aime
                     :
                     yet
                     by
                     this
                     meanes
                     inuented
                     many
                     rare
                     and
                     excellent
                     secrets
                     ,
                     of
                     vse
                     ,
                     and
                     admiration
                     .
                     That
                     Cabot
                     the
                     same
                     yeere
                     discouered
                     as
                     much
                     of
                     the
                     Northerne
                     parts
                     of
                     America
                     as
                     Columbus
                     of
                     the
                     Southerne
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     my
                     small
                     reading
                     seemes
                     to
                     mee
                     no
                     great
                     question
                     ,
                     whence
                     I
                     cannot
                     imagine
                     that
                     King
                     Philip
                     of
                     Spaine
                     can
                     in
                     this
                     New-found-world
                     challenge
                     a
                     greater
                     interest
                     then
                     King
                     Charles
                     of
                     great
                     Brittaine
                     :
                     a
                     Prince
                     of
                     those
                     incomparable
                     vertues
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     be
                     thought
                     worthier
                     to
                     owne
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     others
                     to
                     pretend
                     to
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     Soueraignty
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     latter
                     voyages
                     &
                     discoueries
                     of
                     Dauis
                     &
                     Frobisher
                     (
                     for
                     ought
                     I
                     see
                     )
                     they
                     promise
                     scarce
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     Hope
                     ,
                     which
                     oftentimes
                     flatters
                     and
                     deceiues
                     men
                     with
                     her
                     best
                     countenance
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     wee
                     take
                     vp
                     wares
                     vpon
                     trust
                     ,
                     some
                     will
                     tell
                     vs
                     of
                     a
                     Portugall
                     ,
                     who
                     made
                     a
                     voyage
                     through
                     this
                     
                       Streit●
                       Northward
                    
                     ,
                     calling
                     a
                     Promontory
                     within
                     the
                     same
                     after
                     his
                     name
                     
                       Promontorium
                       Corterialis
                    
                     ;
                     of
                     Scolmus
                     a
                     Dane
                     ,
                     who
                     passed
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     thereof
                     :
                     but
                     the
                     most
                     probable
                     in
                     my
                     coniecture
                     ,
                     is
                     that
                     which
                     
                       Sr
                       Humfrey
                       Gilbert
                    
                     reports
                     of
                     one
                     Saluaterra
                     a
                     Gentleman
                     of
                     Victoria
                     in
                     Spaine
                     ,
                     who
                     was
                     said
                     to
                     haue
                     passed
                     by
                     chance
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     
                       West
                       Indies
                    
                     into
                     Ireland
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     yeere
                     of
                     our
                     Lord
                     1568
                     ,
                     who
                     constantly
                     auerred
                     the
                     North-west
                     passage
                     from
                     vs
                     to
                     Cathay
                     to
                     bee
                     thought
                     nauigable
                     ;
                     and
                     farther
                     related
                     in
                     the
                     presence
                     of
                     
                       Sr
                       Henry
                       Sidney
                    
                     ,
                     then
                     Lord
                     Deputy
                     of
                     Ireland
                     (
                     
                       Sr
                       Humfrey
                       Gilbert
                    
                     being
                     then
                     present
                     )
                     that
                     a
                     Frier
                     of
                     Mexico
                     called
                     
                       Andrew
                       Vrdanetta
                    
                     ,
                     more
                     then
                     eight
                     yeeres
                     before
                     his
                     arriuall
                     ,
                     told
                     him
                     that
                     they
                     came
                     from
                     
                       Mare
                       Del
                       Zur
                    
                     ,
                     through
                     this
                     Northwest
                     straite
                     into
                     Germany
                     ,
                     and
                     shewed
                     Saluaterra
                     (
                     being
                     with
                     him
                     at
                     that
                     time
                     in
                     Mexico
                     )
                     a
                     Sea-Chart
                     ,
                     made
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     owne
                     obseruation
                     in
                     that
                     voyage
                     ,
                     wherein
                     such
                     a
                     passage
                     was
                     expressed
                     ,
                     agreeing
                     with
                     Ortelius
                     his
                     Mappe
                     :
                     moreouer
                     this
                     Frier
                     told
                     the
                     King
                     of
                     Portugall
                     in
                     his
                     returne
                     by
                     that
                     country
                     home-ward
                     ,
                     that
                     hauing
                     found
                     such
                     a
                     North-west
                     passage
                     ,
                     hee
                     
                     meant
                     shortly
                     to
                     make
                     the
                     same
                     publicke
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     King
                     earnestly
                     intreated
                     him
                     not
                     to
                     discouer
                     this
                     secret
                     to
                     any
                     Nation
                     :
                     for
                     that
                     (
                     said
                     he
                     )
                     
                       if
                       England
                       had
                       knowledge
                       and
                       experience
                       of
                       it
                       ,
                       it
                       would
                       greatly
                       hinder
                       the
                       King
                       of
                       Spaine
                       and
                       me
                       .
                    
                     This
                     relation
                     I
                     could
                     willingly
                     credit
                     from
                     the
                     mouth
                     of
                     any
                     other
                     man
                     then
                     a
                     Frier
                     ;
                     of
                     whose
                     palpable
                     lyes
                     ,
                     and
                     fabulous
                     inuentions
                     in
                     their
                     flattering
                     letters
                     to
                     the
                     Pope
                     ,
                     from
                     both
                     the
                     Indies
                     ,
                     we
                     haue
                     sufficient
                     experience
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     that
                     future
                     ages
                     might
                     not
                     despaire
                     of
                     so
                     worthy
                     an
                     attempt
                     as
                     the
                     discouery
                     of
                     this
                     passage
                     ,
                     it
                     hath
                     pleased
                     God
                     to
                     stirre
                     vp
                     the
                     Spirits
                     and
                     industry
                     of
                     two
                     later
                     Nauigatours
                     ,
                     Hudson
                     and
                     Sr
                     
                       Thomas
                       Button
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     haue
                     reuiued
                     the
                     forlorne
                     hopes
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     particulars
                     of
                     whose
                     discoueries
                     I
                     know
                     not
                     better
                     where
                     to
                     referre
                     my
                     Reader
                     ,
                     then
                     to
                     a
                     curious
                     Mappe
                     not
                     long
                     since
                     set
                     out
                     by
                     our
                     worthy
                     and
                     learned
                     Professour
                     Mr
                     Brigges
                     :
                     the
                     arguments
                     I
                     collect
                     from
                     thence
                     are
                     these
                     ,
                     expressed
                     in
                     his
                     own
                     words
                     ;
                     1
                     In
                     the
                     bottome
                     of
                     
                       Hudson
                       Bay
                    
                     ,
                     where
                     he
                     wintred
                     ,
                     the
                     hight
                     of
                     the
                     Tide
                     was
                     but
                     two
                     foot
                     ,
                     whereas
                     by
                     the
                     neerenesse
                     of
                     the
                     South
                     sea
                     in
                     
                       Port
                       Nelson
                    
                     ,
                     it
                     was
                     constantly
                     15
                     foot
                     or
                     more
                     .
                     2
                     Moreouer
                     in
                     
                       Port
                       Nelson
                    
                     ,
                     where
                     Sr
                     
                       Thomas
                       Button
                    
                     did
                     winter
                     ,
                     in
                     57
                     degrees
                     he
                     found
                     the
                     Tide
                     constantly
                     ,
                     euery
                     twelue
                     houres
                     ,
                     to
                     rise
                     15
                     foot
                     or
                     more
                     :
                     and
                     that
                     a
                     West
                     wind
                     made
                     the
                     
                       Nepe
                       Tides
                    
                     equall
                     with
                     the
                     
                       Spring
                       Tides
                    
                     ;
                     and
                     the
                     Summer
                     following
                     ,
                     about
                     the
                     latitude
                     of
                     60
                     degrees
                     hee
                     found
                     a
                     strong
                     race
                     a
                     Tide
                     running
                     sometimes
                     Eastward
                     ,
                     sometimes
                     Westward
                     .
                     3
                     To
                     shew
                     the
                     land
                     towards
                     the
                     South-sea
                     ,
                     through
                     which
                     we
                     seeke
                     to
                     open
                     this
                     passage
                     ,
                     not
                     to
                     bee
                     so
                     far
                     off
                     as
                     our
                     ordinary
                     Charts
                     seene
                     to
                     pretend
                     ,
                     may
                     be
                     probably
                     auerred
                     ,
                     in
                     that
                     California
                     heretofore
                     supposed
                     to
                     be
                     a
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Westerne
                       Continent
                    
                     ,
                     is
                     since
                     by
                     a
                     Spanish
                     Chart
                     taken
                     by
                     the
                     Hollandors
                     ,
                     found
                     to
                     bee
                     a
                     great
                     Iland
                     ;
                     the
                     length
                     of
                     the
                     West
                     shore
                     being
                     about
                     500
                     leagues
                     from
                     
                       Cape
                       Mendocin
                    
                     to
                     the
                     South
                     Cape
                     thereof
                     ,
                     called
                     
                       Cape
                       S.
                       Lucas
                    
                     ;
                     which
                     may
                     appeare
                     both
                     by
                     the
                     Spanish
                     Charts
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     the
                     report
                     of
                     
                       Francis
                       Gaule
                    
                     ,
                     whereas
                     in
                     the
                     ordinary
                     Charts
                     it
                     is
                     expressed
                     to
                     be
                     1700
                     leagues
                     .
                     These
                     Arguments
                     .
                     I
                     confesse
                     ,
                     haue
                     swayde
                     my
                     opinion
                     ,
                     but
                     not
                     as
                     yet
                     absolutely
                     
                     freed
                     me
                     from
                     doubt
                     .
                     Three
                     Quaeries
                     I
                     must
                     leaue
                     for
                     the
                     learned
                     to
                     consider
                     ,
                     and
                     for
                     the
                     time
                     to
                     decide
                     ;
                     1
                     whether
                     this
                     relation
                     of
                     Mariners
                     concerning
                     the
                     Bay
                     of
                     
                       Sr
                       Thomas
                       Button
                    
                     and
                     Hudson
                     be
                     true
                     or
                     no
                     ?
                     no
                     man
                     will
                     (
                     I
                     suppose
                     )
                     censure
                     me
                     as
                     vnmannerly
                     for
                     asking
                     such
                     a
                     question
                     ,
                     considering
                     how
                     much
                     many
                     Nauigatours
                     ,
                     either
                     by
                     their
                     mistakes
                     or
                     their
                     industrious
                     falsities
                     haue
                     deceiued
                     mens
                     credulities
                     ;
                     the
                     one
                     is
                     incident
                     to
                     mankind
                     ,
                     which
                     out
                     of
                     vncertaine
                     obseruations
                     ,
                     or
                     vnnecessary
                     deductions
                     ,
                     from
                     thence
                     often
                     drawes
                     an
                     ill
                     consequence
                     ;
                     The
                     other
                     ,
                     the
                     ordinary
                     policy
                     of
                     discouerers
                     ,
                     who
                     lest
                     their
                     Trauailes
                     might
                     bee
                     thought
                     fruitlesse
                     ,
                     would
                     at
                     least
                     promise
                     hope
                     in
                     the
                     reuersion
                     .
                     How
                     many
                     relations
                     haue
                     been
                     corrected
                     by
                     experience
                     of
                     later
                     Nauigatours
                     ,
                     euery
                     one
                     may
                     iudge
                     .
                     2
                     Whether
                     this
                     strong
                     Tide
                     in
                     Hudsons
                     Bay
                     comming
                     from
                     the
                     West
                     ,
                     were
                     from
                     the
                     South-Sea
                     ,
                     or
                     from
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Continent
                     and
                     diuerse
                     Ilands
                     by
                     an
                     Inlet
                     ,
                     is
                     not
                     a
                     matter
                     as
                     yet
                     cleerely
                     out
                     of
                     doubt
                     .
                     
                       Terra
                       Del
                       Fuogo
                    
                     was
                     heretofore
                     supposed
                     to
                     bee
                     a
                     Continent
                     ,
                     till
                     Schouten
                     in
                     his
                     discouery
                     found
                     it
                     to
                     bee
                     an
                     Iland
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     large
                     Sea
                     beyond
                     it
                     toward
                     the
                     South
                     .
                     Likewise
                     New-found-land
                     in
                     all
                     our
                     former
                     Mappes
                     and
                     Globes
                     ,
                     expressed
                     as
                     a
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Maine
                     of
                     America
                     ,
                     is
                     by
                     later
                     experience
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     an
                     Iland
                     :
                     and
                     why
                     may
                     not
                     this
                     happen
                     in
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     that
                     at
                     the
                     entrance
                     into
                     
                       Hudsons
                       Bay
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     land
                     on
                     the
                     right
                     hand
                     should
                     be
                     clouen
                     into
                     many
                     Ilands
                     ;
                     betwixt
                     which
                     the
                     waters
                     issuing
                     ,
                     should
                     be
                     turned
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     might
                     seeme
                     to
                     proceede
                     from
                     the
                     West
                     :
                     sith
                     the
                     Tides
                     taking
                     their
                     beginning
                     from
                     the
                     
                       Maine
                       Sea
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     continued
                     through
                     some
                     Straite
                     ,
                     commonly
                     follow
                     the
                     crooked
                     windings
                     of
                     the
                     Channell
                     .
                     3
                     That
                     California
                     is
                     an
                     Iland
                     ,
                     it
                     may
                     (
                     for
                     ought
                     I
                     know
                     )
                     be
                     well
                     warranted
                     :
                     But
                     the
                     euidence
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     
                       Spanish
                       Chart
                    
                     ,
                     seemes
                     rather
                     to
                     cherish
                     hope
                     ,
                     then
                     perswade
                     consent
                     .
                     In
                     this
                     which
                     I
                     haue
                     spoken
                     of
                     these
                     worthy
                     mens
                     coniectures
                     ,
                     I
                     haue
                     rather
                     expressed
                     my
                     doubts
                     ,
                     then
                     my
                     opinion
                     ;
                     esteeming
                     notwithstanding
                     that
                     doubt
                     almost
                     &
                     Heresy
                     ,
                     which
                     should
                     discourage
                     any
                     generous
                     and
                     deseruing
                     spirit
                     from
                     a
                     farther
                     attempt
                     of
                     this
                     North-west-Passage
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 CHAP.
                 VIII
                 .
                 Of
                 Sea-Trafficke
                 and
                 Merchandize
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     OF
                     the
                     Internall
                     Affections
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     wee
                     haue
                     spoken
                     :
                     It
                     remaines
                     now
                     that
                     we
                     treate
                     of
                     the
                     Externall
                     :
                     By
                     the
                     Externall
                     I
                     vnderstand
                     that
                     which
                     belongs
                     to
                     Sea-Trafficke
                     ,
                     or
                     Nauigation
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     Sea-Trafficke
                     is
                     a
                     passage
                     by
                     Sea
                     from
                     one
                     Countrey
                     to
                     another
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   It
                   is
                   not
                   my
                   purpose
                   in
                   this
                   place
                   exactly
                   to
                   set
                   downe
                   the
                   Art
                   of
                   Nauigation
                   ;
                   being
                   a
                   matter
                   requiring
                   a
                   speciall
                   ▪
                   Treatise
                   of
                   it selfe
                   :
                   yet
                   because
                   shipping
                   and
                   Nauigation
                   ,
                   as
                   Externall
                   or
                   adiacent
                   Accidents
                   ,
                   belong
                   to
                   the
                   Sea
                   as
                   the
                   proper
                   subiect
                   ;
                   I
                   could
                   not
                   altogether
                   slip
                   them
                   ouer
                   without
                   some
                   mention
                   :
                   In
                   handling
                   of
                   which
                   matter
                   I
                   onely
                   propose
                   to
                   my selfe
                   two
                   things
                   :
                   first
                   ,
                   the
                   Author
                   and
                   efficient
                   causes
                   of
                   Seauoyages
                   or
                   Nauigation
                   ;
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   the
                   End
                   and
                   Vses
                   thereof
                   :
                   both
                   which
                   wee
                   will
                   knit
                   vp
                   in
                   these
                   two
                   generall
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Nauigation
                       first
                       taught
                       by
                       Almighty
                       God
                       ,
                       was
                       afterward
                       seconded
                       by
                       the
                       industry
                       of
                       famous
                       Men
                       in
                       all
                       ages
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     first
                     inuention
                     of
                     this
                     excellent
                     art
                     we
                     can
                     ascribe
                     to
                     no
                     other
                     author
                     then
                     God
                     himselfe
                     ,
                     who
                     first
                     taught
                     the
                     Hebrewes
                     his
                     chosen
                     people
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     the
                     Egyptians
                     and
                     Phenicians
                     ,
                     as
                     some
                     haue
                     falsly
                     imagined
                     :
                     For
                     wee
                     read
                     in
                     Genesis
                     that
                     Noah
                     
                     according
                     to
                     Gods
                     precept
                     ,
                     made
                     an
                     Arke
                     for
                     the
                     preseruation
                     of
                     himselfe
                     and
                     other
                     liuing
                     creatures
                     from
                     the
                     deluge
                     :
                     before
                     which
                     wee
                     cannot
                     learne
                     that
                     there
                     was
                     extant
                     any
                     skill
                     of
                     Nauigation
                     :
                     Of
                     which
                     wee
                     haue
                     many
                     reasons
                     and
                     coniectures
                     giuen
                     by
                     ancient
                     writers
                     .
                     1
                     Because
                     in
                     those
                     times
                     there
                     was
                     greater
                     need
                     of
                     Citties
                     then
                     shipps
                     ;
                     because
                     citties
                     are
                     not
                     made
                     for
                     shipps
                     ,
                     but
                     rather
                     shipps
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     citties
                     .
                     2
                     Small
                     or
                     little
                     commodity
                     could
                     in
                     those
                     times
                     be
                     reaped
                     from
                     other
                     Countreyes
                     ,
                     lying
                     as
                     yet
                     rude
                     and
                     vnpossessed
                     without
                     Inhabitants
                     .
                     3
                     Some
                     would
                     haue
                     this
                     to
                     be
                     a
                     reason
                     why
                     God
                     reuealed
                     not
                     this
                     art
                     to
                     the
                     old
                     worldlings
                     :
                     because
                     being
                     ready
                     to
                     perish
                     in
                     the
                     floud
                     ,
                     no
                     man
                     might
                     haue
                     meanes
                     to
                     escape
                     or
                     saue
                     himselfe
                     ,
                     which
                     without
                     doubt
                     they
                     would
                     haue
                     attempted
                     ,
                     had
                     the
                     Art
                     of
                     Nauigation
                     beene
                     knowne
                     amongst
                     them
                     .
                     Whence
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     probable
                     coniecture
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     knowledge
                     of
                     Nauigation
                     was
                     discouered
                     first
                     to
                     Noah
                     at
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     Deluge
                     whose
                     Arke
                     resting
                     afterwards
                     on
                     the
                     mountaines
                     of
                     Ararat
                     ,
                     gaue
                     a
                     president
                     to
                     other
                     Nations
                     neere
                     bordering
                     ,
                     in
                     what
                     manner
                     shipps
                     were
                     to
                     be
                     framed
                     .
                     Whence
                     it
                     came
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     the
                     first
                     to
                     whom
                     this
                     skill
                     was
                     deriued
                     next
                     to
                     the
                     Hebrewes
                     were
                     the
                     Tyrians
                     and
                     Phaenicians
                     ,
                     Nations
                     as
                     well
                     for
                     the
                     commodity
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     as
                     Inclination
                     to
                     such
                     businesse
                     more
                     accommodated
                     to
                     Nauigation
                     :
                     For
                     Tyre
                     was
                     a
                     chiefe
                     Mart-towne
                     of
                     Phaenicia
                     bordering
                     vpon
                     the
                     sea
                     .
                     Which
                     knowledge
                     being
                     deriued
                     from
                     them
                     to
                     other
                     Natitions
                     gaue
                     occasion
                     to
                     Stratus
                     and
                     Strabo
                     to
                     coniecture
                     that
                     they
                     were
                     the
                     first
                     Inuentours
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     being
                     not
                     able
                     through
                     the
                     want
                     of
                     holy
                     writ
                     to
                     ascend
                     higher
                     .
                     From
                     the
                     Phaenicians
                     was
                     this
                     knowledge
                     deriued
                     to
                     the
                     Aegyptians
                     ,
                     as
                     Pliny
                     reports
                     in
                     his
                     7
                     Booke
                     and
                     56
                     Chapter
                     ,
                     when
                     as
                     yet
                     this
                     Art
                     was
                     but
                     rude
                     and
                     altogether
                     vnpolished
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     appeare
                     by
                     the
                     same
                     Pliny
                     ;
                     who
                     testifies
                     that
                     they
                     then
                     began
                     to
                     saile
                     in
                     a
                     certaine
                     vessell
                     called
                     Ratis
                     :
                     which
                     word
                     howsoeuer
                     it
                     now
                     bee
                     taken
                     generally
                     for
                     any
                     ship
                     ,
                     was
                     originally
                     interpreted
                     to
                     be
                     made
                     of
                     Beames
                     ioyned
                     together
                     :
                     In
                     which
                     kind
                     of
                     ship
                     they
                     are
                     reported
                     to
                     haue
                     passed
                     the
                     Mediterranian
                     sea
                     ,
                     but
                     especially
                     the
                     Red-sea
                     ,
                     being
                     set
                     out
                     by
                     
                     King
                     Erithra
                     .
                     Then
                     came
                     this
                     art
                     from
                     the
                     Egyptians
                     to
                     the
                     Grecians
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     Pliny
                     by
                     Danaus
                     )
                     who
                     perfected
                     this
                     ●cience
                     ,
                     and
                     made
                     a
                     ship
                     in
                     a
                     more
                     exact
                     forme
                     then
                     hee
                     had
                     learned
                     amongst
                     the
                     Phenicians
                     ▪
                     whence
                     Danaus
                     was
                     celebrated
                     the
                     first
                     Author
                     of
                     this
                     inuention
                     :
                     it
                     being
                     a
                     common
                     errour
                     amongst
                     all
                     Nations
                     to
                     ascribe
                     the
                     first
                     inuention
                     to
                     him
                     ,
                     who
                     was
                     the
                     first
                     discouerer
                     of
                     it
                     to
                     them
                     ,
                     being
                     able
                     to
                     deriue
                     it
                     no
                     f●rther
                     :
                     Yet
                     the
                     Grecians
                     being
                     very
                     full
                     of
                     fabulous
                     inu●ntions
                     haue
                     found
                     out
                     other
                     Authors
                     of
                     this
                     art
                     ;
                     for
                     Strabo
                     in
                     his
                     10
                     booke
                     ,
                     giues
                     it
                     to
                     Min●s
                     :
                     others
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Diodorus
                       Si●ulus
                    
                     in
                     his
                     6
                     booke
                     ,
                     to
                     Neptune
                     ;
                     who
                     is
                     of
                     opinion
                     ,
                     that
                     for
                     this
                     cause
                     he
                     was
                     afterward
                     translated
                     into
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     the
                     Gods.
                     But
                     this
                     is
                     certaine
                     that
                     amongst
                     all
                     the
                     Grecians
                     the
                     Cretensians
                     were
                     the
                     first
                     that
                     excelled
                     in
                     this
                     faculty
                     .
                     Whence
                     grew
                     that
                     Prouerbe
                     :
                     
                       Cretensis
                       nescit
                       Pelagus
                    
                     :
                     as
                     who
                     should
                     say
                     nothing
                     could
                     be
                     imagined
                     more
                     absurd
                     and
                     ridiculous
                     then
                     that
                     a
                     man
                     should
                     be
                     borne
                     in
                     Creet
                     and
                     haue
                     no
                     skill
                     in
                     Nauigation
                     :
                     Others
                     ascribe
                     the
                     first
                     knowledge
                     of
                     making
                     ships
                     to
                     Daedalus
                     ,
                     a
                     rare
                     workman
                     in
                     mechanicall
                     occupations
                     :
                     From
                     the
                     Grecians
                     afterwards
                     was
                     this
                     trade
                     communicated
                     to
                     the
                     Italians
                     ,
                     amongst
                     whom
                     the
                     Geneuensians
                     and
                     Venetians
                     most
                     excelled
                     .
                     Of
                     the
                     Venetians
                     skill
                     in
                     this
                     matter
                     ,
                     we
                     read
                     no
                     other
                     argument
                     then
                     their
                     great
                     riches
                     &
                     magnificent
                     power
                     ,
                     especially
                     by
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     which
                     hath
                     continued
                     vnto
                     this
                     day
                     :
                     whereof
                     no
                     other
                     cause
                     can
                     be
                     thought
                     on
                     ,
                     next
                     vnto
                     Gods
                     prouidence
                     ,
                     then
                     their
                     industrie
                     in
                     Sea-voyages
                     .
                     After
                     these
                     arose
                     the
                     Portugalls
                     who
                     vnder
                     the
                     conduct
                     and
                     direction
                     of
                     Columbus
                     an
                     Italian
                     ,
                     discouered
                     America
                     called
                     the
                     new-world
                     ,
                     and
                     gaue
                     example
                     and
                     excitement
                     to
                     many
                     other
                     Nations
                     to
                     aduenture
                     farther
                     .
                     Amongst
                     which
                     (
                     by
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     out-landish
                     people
                     )
                     no
                     Nation
                     hath
                     waded
                     farther
                     then
                     the
                     English
                     ,
                     who
                     vnder
                     Drake
                     and
                     Candish
                     haue
                     compassed
                     about
                     the
                     world
                     and
                     left
                     an
                     eternall
                     Trophie
                     of
                     their
                     immortall
                     fame
                     vnto
                     posterity
                     .
                     Yet
                     can
                     wee
                     not
                     here
                     defraud
                     the
                     Low-country
                     men
                     of
                     their
                     due
                     commendation
                     ,
                     especially
                     the
                     
                       Hollanders
                       ,
                       Flemmings
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Sealanders
                     :
                     who
                     by
                     their
                     riches
                     acquired
                     by
                     nauigation
                     and
                     extraordinary
                     power
                     at
                     Sea
                     ,
                     haue
                     kept
                     in
                     despight
                     of
                     
                     the
                     vsurping
                     Spaniard
                     these
                     Prouinces
                     ,
                     farre
                     richer
                     then
                     at
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     their
                     warres
                     ,
                     and
                     deserued
                     that
                     saying
                     which
                     was
                     giuen
                     to
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     Grecians
                     citties
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     Oracle
                     ;
                     
                       Tha●
                       it
                       was
                       guarded
                       not
                       with
                       stones
                       ,
                       but
                       with
                       wooden
                       walls
                       .
                    
                     Thus
                     much
                     may
                     suffice
                     for
                     the
                     Authours
                     and
                     first
                     Inuentours
                     of
                     Nauigation
                     .
                     Wee
                     are
                     now
                     to
                     speake
                     something
                     of
                     the
                     ends
                     and
                     vses
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     in
                     generall
                     bee
                     referred
                     either
                     to
                     profit
                     or
                     pleasure
                     :
                     Both
                     which
                     are
                     againe
                     spread
                     into
                     many
                     Branches
                     ;
                     the
                     most
                     of
                     which
                     wee
                     shall
                     comprize
                     in
                     this
                     following
                     Theoreme
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       Nauigation
                       is
                       very
                       necessary
                       as
                       well
                       for
                       the
                       encrease
                       of
                       Knowledge
                       as
                       Riches
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Necessity
                     is
                     vsually
                     taken
                     two
                     wayes
                     ;
                     either
                     for
                     an
                     absolute
                     need
                     ,
                     without
                     the
                     which
                     a
                     thing
                     cannot
                     bee
                     :
                     or
                     Comparatiuely
                     for
                     a
                     conueniency
                     ,
                     without
                     the
                     which
                     a
                     thing
                     cannot
                     well
                     bee
                     :
                     In
                     both
                     senses
                     I
                     may
                     call
                     Nauigation
                     necessary
                     for
                     a
                     mans
                     life
                     :
                     for
                     to
                     deferre
                     the
                     later
                     ,
                     whereof
                     lesse
                     doubt
                     is
                     made
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     certaine
                     that
                     many
                     places
                     are
                     so
                     poore
                     ,
                     barren
                     ,
                     and
                     indigent
                     of
                     all
                     succour
                     and
                     reliefe
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     cannot
                     maintaine
                     a
                     populous
                     Nation
                     without
                     forraigne
                     commerce
                     and
                     trafficke
                     ;
                     especially
                     in
                     these
                     dayes
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     multitude
                     of
                     men
                     is
                     increased
                     to
                     so
                     great
                     abundance
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     later
                     ,
                     many
                     arguments
                     may
                     bee
                     produced
                     to
                     proue
                     the
                     conueniency
                     of
                     Nauigation
                     ,
                     which
                     no
                     man
                     of
                     any
                     iudicious
                     insight
                     can
                     deny
                     to
                     bee
                     most
                     strong
                     and
                     forcible
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     argument
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     Authours
                     and
                     Inuentours
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     whereof
                     wee
                     haue
                     spoken
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     proposition
                     :
                     for
                     first
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     it
                     was
                     prescribed
                     by
                     God
                     himselfe
                     ,
                     who
                     neuer
                     taught
                     mankind
                     any
                     thing
                     idle
                     or
                     vnnecessary
                     .
                     It
                     was
                     embraced
                     and
                     cherished
                     by
                     many
                     Nations
                     euen
                     till
                     this
                     day
                     ,
                     which
                     no
                     doubt
                     had
                     long
                     since
                     beene
                     lost
                     ,
                     had
                     not
                     vse
                     and
                     profit
                     seconded
                     the
                     Inuention
                     .
                     Neither
                     is
                     it
                     probable
                     that
                     Almighty
                     God
                     should
                     create
                     that
                     vaste
                     Masse
                     of
                     Water
                     ▪
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     bee
                     an
                     Element
                     for
                     fishes
                     to
                     liue
                     onely
                     ,
                     or
                     that
                     (
                     as
                     some
                     guesse
                     )
                     it
                     should
                     somewhat
                     mitigate
                     the
                     extremity
                     and
                     drouth
                     of
                     the
                     Sunnes
                     heat●
                     ▪
                     But
                     that
                     men
                     should
                     by
                     this
                     meanes
                     haue
                     an
                     easie
                     
                     and
                     ready
                     way
                     to
                     communicate
                     and
                     ●●a●ficke
                     one
                     with
                     the
                     other
                     ;
                     which
                     may
                     appeare
                     as
                     well
                     by
                     many
                     Testimonies
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     sacred
                     Scripture
                     ▪
                     namely
                     Psal.
                     104
                     vers
                     .
                     25.
                     
                     Es●●
                     26.
                     ver
                     .
                     1
                     ▪
                     2.
                     as
                     also
                     by
                     the
                     example
                     of
                     King
                     Salomon
                     ,
                     the
                     wisest
                     of
                     all
                     Kings
                     ,
                     who
                     by
                     this
                     meanes
                     got
                     great
                     store
                     of
                     gold
                     from
                     Ophir
                     to
                     build
                     the
                     Temple
                     ,
                     as
                     will
                     appeare
                     in
                     1
                     Kings
                     and
                     the
                     9
                     Chapter
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     reason
                     therefore
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     exercise
                     of
                     Merchandize
                     ,
                     and
                     t●ansportation
                     of
                     commodities
                     ,
                     which
                     cannot
                     bee
                     administred
                     without
                     Sea-voyages
                     :
                     first
                     because
                     greater
                     store
                     of
                     Merchandize
                     may
                     be
                     carried
                     in
                     a
                     ship
                     then
                     in
                     a
                     Cart
                     ,
                     Waggon
                     ,
                     or
                     any
                     other
                     Instrument
                     ordinarily
                     in
                     vse
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     because
                     in
                     ships
                     greater
                     variety
                     of
                     wares
                     may
                     bee
                     brought
                     from
                     diuerse
                     places
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     a
                     Waggon
                     cannot
                     without
                     great
                     difficulty
                     approach
                     ,
                     or
                     not
                     at
                     all
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     because
                     wares
                     and
                     such
                     commodities
                     cannot
                     so
                     quickly
                     bee
                     conuayed
                     in
                     the
                     land
                     from
                     places
                     farre
                     distant
                     ,
                     as
                     on
                     the
                     sea
                     :
                     nor
                     with
                     so
                     little
                     cost
                     and
                     charges
                     .
                     The
                     commodities
                     conuayed
                     from
                     one
                     Countrey
                     to
                     another
                     are
                     chiefely
                     three
                     ;
                     stuffes
                     and
                     other
                     matters
                     necessary
                     for
                     apparell
                     ,
                     victuals
                     and
                     food
                     ,
                     Physicall
                     Druggs
                     ▪
                     all
                     which
                     no
                     man
                     will
                     deny
                     to
                     be
                     most
                     profitable
                     for
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     mankind
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     to
                     bee
                     imagined
                     that
                     nature
                     produceth
                     such
                     commodities
                     onely
                     for
                     the
                     priuat
                     behoofe
                     of
                     some
                     one
                     country
                     wherin
                     they
                     grow
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     such
                     commodities
                     in
                     some
                     countries
                     are
                     found
                     in
                     such
                     abundance
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     same
                     place
                     seemes
                     not
                     to
                     need
                     them
                     :
                     And
                     nature
                     were
                     vaine
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     vse
                     were
                     not
                     required
                     .
                     
                       India
                       mittit
                       Ebur
                       ,
                       molles
                       sua
                       thura
                       Sabai
                       .
                    
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     because
                     other
                     Nations
                     altogether
                     want
                     such
                     things
                     which
                     abound
                     in
                     other
                     countreyes
                     :
                     without
                     the
                     which
                     not
                     withstanding
                     they
                     cannot
                     well
                     liue
                     .
                     A
                     fourth
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     promotion
                     of
                     Religion
                     &
                     sciences
                     ,
                     which
                     cannot
                     well
                     be
                     atcheiued
                     without
                     Sea-voyages
                     or
                     Nauigation
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     former
                     wee
                     need
                     goe
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     the
                     holy
                     Scripture
                     which
                     giues
                     large
                     testimony
                     of
                     such
                     voyages
                     :
                     In
                     the
                     old
                     Testament
                     as
                     well
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     new
                     ,
                     we
                     haue
                     recommended
                     to
                     all
                     posterity
                     the
                     industrie
                     of
                     the
                     Queen
                     of
                     Saba
                     ,
                     who
                     is
                     said
                     to
                     haue
                     come
                     from
                     the
                     vttermost
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     heare
                     the
                     wisdome
                     of
                     Salomon
                     :
                     And
                     how
                     should
                     
                     the
                     Gospell
                     of
                     Christ
                     haue
                     beene
                     di●ulged
                     to
                     diuerse
                     Nations
                     ,
                     had
                     not
                     the
                     Apostles
                     dispersed
                     themselues
                     ,
                     and
                     passed
                     the
                     Sea
                     in
                     ships
                     ,
                     to
                     conuay
                     their
                     sacred
                     message
                     to
                     diuerse
                     Nations
                     and
                     Kingdomes
                     ?
                     neither
                     is
                     it
                     lesse
                     euident
                     in
                     the
                     propagation
                     of
                     Learning
                     and
                     humane
                     Sciences
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     example
                     of
                     many
                     and
                     famous
                     worthy
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     who
                     trauailed
                     far
                     to
                     conuerse
                     with
                     learned
                     men
                     of
                     other
                     Nations
                     ,
                     to
                     enrich
                     their
                     mindes
                     with
                     knowledge
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     propagation
                     of
                     Learning
                     into
                     our
                     parts
                     ;
                     which
                     wee
                     shall
                     finde
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     foot
                     by
                     foot
                     to
                     follow
                     Nauigation
                     .
                     Hence
                     wee
                     see
                     that
                     from
                     the
                     Hebrewes
                     and
                     Chaldees
                     it
                     was
                     deriued
                     to
                     the
                     Tyrians
                     ;
                     from
                     them
                     to
                     the
                     Egyptians
                     ▪
                     so
                     to
                     the
                     Romans
                     ,
                     and
                     thence
                     to
                     most
                     parts
                     of
                     Europe
                     .
                     A
                     fourth
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     necessity
                     of
                     transporting
                     Colonies
                     into
                     forraine
                     countryes
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     after
                     the
                     vniuersall
                     Deluge
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ▪
                     the
                     people
                     dayly
                     encreasing
                     ,
                     were
                     enforced
                     in
                     tract
                     of
                     time
                     to
                     disperse
                     themselues
                     into
                     diuerse
                     Countreyes
                     :
                     so
                     euery
                     Countrey
                     left
                     to
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     much
                     molested
                     with
                     famine
                     ,
                     or
                     deuoured
                     by
                     warres
                     ,
                     will
                     at
                     length
                     grow
                     too
                     populous
                     ▪
                     vnable
                     to
                     sustaine
                     its
                     owne
                     weight
                     ,
                     and
                     relieue
                     its
                     owne
                     Inhabitants
                     .
                     Whence
                     it
                     hath
                     been
                     a
                     policy
                     practised
                     by
                     most
                     Kings
                     &
                     States
                     in
                     such
                     eases
                     ,
                     to
                     make
                     forrayne
                     expeditions
                     ,
                     and
                     send
                     forth
                     Colonies
                     into
                     other
                     Countreyes
                     lesse
                     peopled
                     ,
                     to
                     disburden
                     their
                     owne
                     of
                     such
                     encombrances
                     :
                     as
                     we
                     see
                     the
                     Kings
                     of
                     Spaine
                     to
                     haue
                     sent
                     many
                     into
                     the
                     West-Indies
                     ;
                     and
                     we
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     discharge
                     many
                     Idlers
                     into
                     Virginia
                     and
                     the
                     Barmudas
                     .
                     Here
                     al●o
                     is
                     the
                     Art
                     of
                     Nauigation
                     vsefull
                     ,
                     without
                     which
                     ,
                     the
                     Seas
                     could
                     not
                     be
                     passed
                     ,
                     nor
                     forraine
                     Countreyes
                     knowne
                     .
                     Fiftly
                     ,
                     Nauigation
                     seemes
                     to
                     bee
                     of
                     greater
                     importance
                     for
                     the
                     defence
                     of
                     a
                     Countrey
                     against
                     forraine
                     Nations
                     ;
                     because
                     Sea-fights
                     are
                     lesse
                     dangerous
                     and
                     inconuenient
                     to
                     the
                     Land
                     ,
                     then
                     Land-fights
                     .
                     All
                     these
                     arguments
                     haue
                     their
                     force
                     and
                     life
                     to
                     proue
                     the
                     profit
                     of
                     this
                     excellent
                     Science
                     .
                     Many
                     arguments
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     to
                     proue
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     it
                     for
                     pleasure
                     and
                     delectation
                     ;
                     which
                     being
                     well
                     vsed
                     ,
                     hath
                     his
                     place
                     amongst
                     other
                     of
                     Gods
                     especiall
                     blessings
                     .
                     This
                     delight
                     will
                     first
                     shew
                     it selfe
                     in
                     the
                     mutuall
                     commerce
                     and
                     society
                     with
                     other
                     Nations
                     :
                     Sith
                     a
                     
                     man
                     (
                     as
                     Aristotle
                     affirmes
                     )
                     is
                     by
                     nature
                     inclined
                     to
                     mutuall
                     society
                     ,
                     and
                     cannot
                     reape
                     greater
                     pleasure
                     then
                     in
                     such
                     coniunctions
                     :
                     And
                     as
                     one
                     Man
                     with
                     another
                     findes
                     solace
                     ;
                     so
                     one
                     Nation
                     with
                     another
                     :
                     especially
                     in
                     the
                     variety
                     of
                     sundry
                     
                       manners
                       ,
                       customes
                       ,
                       rites
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     dispositions
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     contemplation
                     of
                     wise
                     Nature
                     ,
                     who
                     hath
                     endowed
                     diuerse
                     countreyes
                     with
                     diuers
                     
                       Minerals
                       ,
                       Plants
                       ,
                       Beasts
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     commodities
                     ;
                     then
                     which
                     variety
                     nothing
                     can
                     be
                     more
                     delectable
                     to
                     an
                     ingenious
                     vnderstanding
                     .
                     To
                     all
                     which
                     we
                     may
                     add
                     as
                     a
                     Corollary
                     ,
                     the
                     Honour
                     which
                     hath
                     been
                     giuen
                     to
                     Nauigation
                     by
                     Princes
                     and
                     States
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     of
                     former
                     as
                     later
                     yeeres
                     .
                     In
                     ancient
                     times
                     wee
                     read
                     that
                     
                       Ptolomy
                       Philadelphus
                    
                     ,
                     that
                     learned
                     King
                     of
                     Egypt
                     ,
                     who
                     furnished
                     himselfe
                     with
                     so
                     rich
                     a
                     Library
                     277
                     yeeres
                     before
                     Christs
                     Incarnation
                     ,
                     gaue
                     great
                     incouragement
                     to
                     Nauigation
                     ,
                     and
                     maintained
                     the
                     passage
                     through
                     
                       Sinus
                       Arabicus
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Red-Sea
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     the
                     commodities
                     of
                     India
                     and
                     Arabia
                     were
                     brought
                     to
                     Alexandria
                     ,
                     and
                     from
                     thence
                     dispersed
                     through
                     diuerse
                     places
                     of
                     
                       Europe
                       ,
                       Asia
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Africa
                     .
                     This
                     was
                     afterward
                     seconded
                     and
                     cherished
                     by
                     the
                     Romans
                     ,
                     at
                     which
                     time
                     Egypt
                     was
                     made
                     subiect
                     to
                     their
                     dominion
                     :
                     But
                     the
                     Roman
                     Empire
                     being
                     afterwards
                     rent
                     in
                     pieces
                     by
                     the
                     
                       Gothes
                       ,
                       Vandals
                       ,
                       Lumbards
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Saracens
                     ,
                     all
                     trafficke
                     betwixt
                     nations
                     began
                     a
                     while
                     to
                     cease
                     ;
                     till
                     such
                     time
                     as
                     the
                     inconuenience
                     being
                     knowne
                     ,
                     a
                     new
                     Mart
                     was
                     set
                     vp
                     at
                     Capha
                     in
                     
                       Taurica
                       Chersonesus
                    
                     ,
                     belonging
                     at
                     that
                     time
                     to
                     the
                     Genois
                     :
                     Thence
                     was
                     it
                     deriued
                     to
                     Trebizond
                     ,
                     and
                     afterwards
                     to
                     Samerchand
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     
                       Indian
                       ,
                       Turkish
                    
                     ,
                     &
                     Persian
                     Merchants
                     were
                     wont
                     to
                     trade
                     with
                     the
                     Venetians
                     .
                     This
                     Art
                     was
                     afterwards
                     set
                     vp
                     and
                     reuiued
                     by
                     the
                     Sultans
                     of
                     Egypt
                     ,
                     through
                     the
                     passage
                     of
                     the
                     Red-Sea
                     ,
                     till
                     such
                     time
                     as
                     it
                     was
                     in
                     a
                     manner
                     taken
                     away
                     by
                     the
                     
                       Portugals
                       ,
                       Spaniards
                       ,
                       English
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Dutch
                     ;
                     who
                     haue
                     found
                     out
                     for
                     themselues
                     a
                     better
                     way
                     by
                     the
                     
                       Cape
                       of
                       good
                       Hope
                    
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     
                       East
                       Indies
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     this
                     meanes
                     much
                     abated
                     the
                     Trafficke
                     of
                     Alexandria
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     wealth
                     of
                     the
                     Venetians
                     .
                     Neither
                     in
                     this
                     Age
                     of
                     ours
                     haue
                     there
                     wanted
                     great
                     Potentates
                     ,
                     who
                     haue
                     not
                     onely
                     endowed
                     this
                     Trade
                     with
                     great
                     and
                     ample
                     priuiledges
                     ;
                     but
                     also
                     themselues
                     practised
                     
                     such
                     commerce
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     for
                     the
                     benefit
                     of
                     their
                     Common-wealth
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     increase
                     of
                     their
                     particular
                     estate
                     .
                     Two
                     memorable
                     examples
                     we
                     haue
                     in
                     
                       Henry
                       the
                       third
                       ,
                       King
                       of
                       England
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     
                       Laurence
                       de
                       Medices
                       Duke
                       of
                       Florence
                       ,
                    
                     whereof
                     the
                     former
                     gaue
                     many
                     and
                     large
                     priuiledges
                     to
                     all
                     the
                     
                       Hance
                       Townes
                    
                     in
                     his
                     Kingdomes
                     ,
                     which
                     were
                     in
                     Number
                     about
                     27
                     :
                     The
                     other
                     himselfe
                     for
                     his
                     owne
                     priuate
                     commodity
                     exercised
                     the
                     Trade
                     of
                     Merchandize
                     :
                     yet
                     was
                     this
                     man
                     most
                     ingenious
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     great
                     louer
                     of
                     learned
                     Men.
                     
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 IX
                 .
                 Of
                 Pedography
                 ,
                 Riuers
                 ,
                 Lakes
                 ,
                 and
                 Fountaines
                 in
                 the
                 Earth
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     WE
                     haue
                     formerly
                     treated
                     of
                     Hydrographie
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     description
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     ;
                     now
                     are
                     we
                     (
                     by
                     Gods
                     assistance
                     )
                     to
                     proceede
                     on
                     to
                     Pedographie
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     description
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Firme
                       Earth
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     Dry-Land
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     Land
                     is
                     a
                     space
                     contained
                     in
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     Earth
                     ,
                     distinguished
                     from
                     the
                     Water
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   Earth
                   in
                   this
                   place
                   is
                   not
                   taken
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   part
                   of
                   Geographie
                   for
                   the
                   whole
                   
                     Terrestriall
                     Spheare
                  
                   ,
                   composed
                   of
                   Earth
                   and
                   Water
                   :
                   Neither
                   yet
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   vsually
                   taken
                   in
                   
                     Naturall
                     Philosophy
                  
                   for
                   an
                   Absolute
                   Elementary
                   body
                   ,
                   whose
                   causes
                   and
                   affections
                   are
                   to
                   bee
                   searched
                   out
                   ;
                   but
                   Topographically
                   for
                   a
                   place
                   or
                   habitable
                   space
                   on
                   the
                   dry-land
                   ;
                   This
                   dry-land
                   distinguished
                   
                   from
                   the
                   Water
                   by
                   its
                   Firmenesse
                   and
                   Constancy
                   ,
                   being
                   no●
                   subiect
                   as
                   the
                   Water
                   to
                   motion
                   and
                   inconstancy
                   ,
                   was
                   therefore
                   (
                   if
                   we
                   belieue
                   the
                   Poet
                   )
                   called
                   Vest●
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   that
                   verse
                   ,
                   
                     Stat
                     viterra
                     suâ
                     ,
                     vi
                     stando
                     Vesta
                     vocatur
                     .
                  
                   Neither
                   wants
                   this
                   fable
                   of
                   Vesta
                   a
                   sufficient
                   morall
                   .
                   First
                   ,
                   because
                   Vesta
                   was
                   faigned
                   to
                   bee
                   a
                   keeper
                   and
                   protectour
                   of
                   their
                   houses
                   ,
                   which
                   may
                   very
                   well
                   agree
                   to
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   which
                   not
                   only
                   sustaines
                   and
                   beares
                   vp
                   all
                   buildings
                   and
                   houses
                   ;
                   but
                   also
                   affords
                   all
                   commodities
                   and
                   fruits
                   wherewith
                   housholds
                   are
                   maintained
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   Vesta
                   was
                   fained
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   Goddesse
                   to
                   whom
                   the
                   first
                   fruits
                   were
                   offered
                   in
                   sacrifice
                   :
                   which
                   may
                   well
                   square
                   with
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   from
                   which
                   all
                   fruits
                   are
                   originally
                   deriued
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   of
                   due
                   )
                   ought
                   all
                   first
                   fruits
                   to
                   bee
                   consecrated
                   to
                   her
                   altar
                   .
                   Two
                   other
                   Parallels
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Goddesse
                   Vesta
                   are
                   added
                   by
                   
                     Natalis
                     Comes
                  
                   :
                   First
                   ,
                   because
                   Plutarch
                   sheweth
                   in
                   his
                   Symposiacks
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Tables
                   of
                   the
                   Ancients
                   ,
                   dedicated
                   to
                   Vesta
                   ,
                   were
                   made
                   round
                   in
                   forme
                   and
                   fashion
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   seat
                   of
                   Vesta
                   was
                   imagined
                   to
                   bee
                   in
                   the
                   liquid
                   Aire
                   immoueable
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   subiect
                   to
                   motion
                   :
                   which
                   well
                   agrees
                   with
                   the
                   common
                   conceiued
                   opinion
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   But
                   these
                   two
                   rather
                   expresse
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Terrestriall
                   Spheare
                   ,
                   then
                   of
                   the
                   land
                   diuided
                   from
                   the
                   Waters
                   :
                   This
                   description
                   of
                   the
                   dry-land
                   separated
                   from
                   the
                   Waters
                   ,
                   we
                   haue
                   termed
                   Pedographie●
                   because
                   the
                   Greeke
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   ,
                   commonly
                   deriued
                   from
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   ,
                   
                     a
                     foote
                  
                   ,
                   signifies
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   a
                   firme
                   place
                   ,
                   whereon
                   men
                   may
                   haue
                   sure
                   footing
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   is
                   consonant
                   the
                   Hebrew
                   word
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   seemes
                   most
                   probably
                   deriued
                   from
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   signifies
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   Terere
                   ,
                   to
                   weare
                   out
                   or
                   waste
                   :
                   because
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   dayly
                   troden
                   and
                   worne
                   with
                   our
                   feet
                   .
                   The
                   proprieties
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   appertaining
                   to
                   a
                   Cosmographer
                   ,
                   are
                   many
                   and
                   various
                   ;
                   wherefore
                   to
                   auoid
                   confusion
                   ;
                   wee
                   haue
                   diuided
                   them
                   into
                   these
                   heads
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     3
                     The
                     Adiuncts
                     of
                     a
                     Place
                     in
                     the
                     Land
                     are
                     either
                     Naturall
                     or
                     Ciuill
                     ▪
                     The
                     Naturall
                     are
                     
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     in
                     bred
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     The
                     Naturall
                     may
                     bee
                     againe
                     diuided
                     into
                     Perpetuall
                     ,
                     or
                     Casuall
                     .
                     Perpetuall
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     alwayes
                     ,
                     or
                     most
                     ordinarily
                     continue
                     the
                     same
                     .
                  
                   
                     5
                     The
                     Perpetuall
                     proprieties
                     are
                     againe
                     twofold
                     ▪
                     either
                     Absolute
                     ,
                     or
                     Comparatiue
                     .
                     The
                     Absolute
                     I
                     call
                     such
                     as
                     agree
                     to
                     the
                     Land
                     without
                     any
                     respect
                     to
                     the
                     Sea.
                     
                  
                   
                     6
                     Of
                     the
                     former
                     sort
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     belong
                     to
                     the
                     Figurature
                     of
                     the
                     Soile
                     ,
                     wherin
                     three
                     things
                     are
                     most
                     remarkeable
                     :
                     1
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     Fountaines
                     ,
                     and
                     Lakes
                     .
                     2
                     Mountaines
                     ,
                     Valleyes
                     ,
                     and
                     plaines
                     .
                     3
                     Woods
                     ,
                     and
                     Champian
                     Countreyes
                     .
                  
                   
                     7
                     A
                     Riuer
                     is
                     a
                     perpetuall
                     course
                     of
                     water
                     from
                     a
                     certaine
                     head
                     or
                     fountaine
                     running
                     from
                     an
                     higher
                     to
                     a
                     lower
                     place
                     on
                     the
                     earth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Riuers
                   are
                   by
                   some
                   Geographers
                   more
                   curiously
                   distinguished
                   into
                   2
                   sorts
                   :
                   whereof
                   the
                   first
                   are
                   setled
                   or
                   stayed
                   Riuers
                   ,
                   which
                   slide
                   away
                   with
                   a
                   more
                   equall
                   and
                   vniforme
                   course
                   :
                   The
                   later
                   are
                   called
                   Torrents
                   or
                   stickle
                   waters
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   carried
                   with
                   a
                   far
                   greater
                   violence
                   .
                   In
                   a
                   Riuer
                   three
                   things
                   are
                   chiefly
                   remarkeable
                   ▪
                   First
                   the
                   Fountaine
                   or
                   Spring
                   secondly
                   Whirle-pooles
                   ▪
                   Thirdly
                   the
                   Mouth
                   of
                   it
                   .
                   The
                   spring
                   is
                   the
                   place
                   ,
                   where
                   at
                   first
                   the
                   water
                   sensibly
                   breakes
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   
                   Earth
                   :
                   As
                   Nilus
                   in
                   Africke
                   is
                   thought
                   to
                   haue
                   his
                   first
                   head
                   at
                   the
                   mountaines
                   of
                   the
                   Moone
                   .
                   A
                   Whirlepoole
                   is
                   a
                   place
                   in
                   a
                   Riuer
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   water
                   falling
                   into
                   a
                   Deep
                   trench
                   ,
                   is
                   whirled
                   &
                   teurned
                   round
                   ▪
                   The
                   Mouth
                   is
                   the
                   place
                   where
                   any
                   Riuer
                   finds
                   a
                   passage
                   our
                   ,
                   either
                   into
                   the
                   sea
                   or
                   into
                   another
                   greater
                   Riuer
                   ;
                   which
                   in
                   latine
                   is
                   tearmed
                   ostium
                   or
                   a
                   gate
                   :
                   Whence
                   they
                   call
                   
                     Septem
                     ostia
                     Nili
                  
                   :
                   which
                   are
                   seuen
                   mouths
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   fals
                   into
                   the
                   Mediterranean
                   .
                   This
                   gaue
                   the
                   name
                   to
                   many
                   Citties
                   and
                   Townes
                   in
                   England
                   as
                   
                     Plimmouth
                     ,
                     Dar●mouth
                     ,
                     Portsmouth
                     ,
                     Axmouth
                     ,
                  
                   with
                   many
                   others
                   .
                   Now
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   all
                   water
                   is
                   by
                   nature
                   heauy
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   couets
                   the
                   lowest
                   place
                   ;
                   The
                   course
                   of
                   all
                   Riuers
                   must
                   needes
                   bee
                   from
                   a
                   higher
                   to
                   a
                   lower
                   place
                   :
                   whence
                   we
                   may
                   guesse
                   the
                   hight
                   of
                   lands
                   .
                   For
                   it
                   is
                   necessary
                   that
                   for
                   euery
                   mile
                   wherein
                   the
                   water
                   glides
                   forward
                   on
                   the
                   earth
                   ,
                   there
                   be
                   made
                   an
                   allowance
                   of
                   2
                   foote
                   at
                   least
                   in
                   the
                   decliuity
                   of
                   the
                   ground
                   .
                   For
                   although
                   water
                   will
                   slide
                   away
                   at
                   any
                   inequality
                   ,
                   yet
                   could
                   not
                   the
                   water
                   bee
                   wholesome
                   ,
                   and
                   retaine
                   any
                   reasonable
                   swiftnesse
                   of
                   motion
                   without
                   this
                   allowance
                   .
                   Hence
                   we
                   may
                   probably
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   huge
                   hight
                   of
                   the
                   Alpes
                   about
                   all
                   the
                   places
                   in
                   Europe
                   :
                   because
                   out
                   of
                   them
                   spring
                   foure
                   great
                   Riuers
                   ,
                   which
                   runne
                   foure
                   wayes
                   ;
                   whereof
                   the
                   two
                   greatest
                   are
                   the
                   Danow
                   (
                   which
                   receiues
                   into
                   it
                   60
                   Nauigable
                   riuers
                   and
                   so
                   disburthens
                   it selfe
                   into
                   the
                   
                     Euxine
                     Sea
                  
                   far
                   remote
                   )
                   and
                   the
                   Rhene
                   .
                   Of
                   Lakes
                   and
                   Riuers
                   many
                   memorable
                   matters
                   may
                   be
                   spoken
                   :
                   all
                   which
                   we
                   will
                   reduce
                   to
                   these
                   heads
                   .
                   1
                   Their
                   Generation
                   and
                   first
                   originall
                   :
                   2
                   Their
                   Appearance
                   :
                   3
                   Their
                   Place
                   in
                   the
                   earth
                   :
                   4
                   Their
                   Vertues
                   and
                   effects
                   ;
                   all
                   which
                   we
                   will
                   comprehend
                   in
                   these
                   Theoremes
                   following
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       All
                       Riuers
                       haue
                       their
                       first
                       originall
                       from
                       the
                       sea
                       the
                       mother
                       of
                       Riuers
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     originall
                     of
                     fountaines
                     and
                     Riuers
                     on
                     the
                     earth
                     is
                     a
                     matter
                     of
                     great
                     difficulty
                     ,
                     and
                     for
                     ought
                     I
                     know
                     ,
                     not
                     yet
                     found
                     out
                     of
                     our
                     greatest
                     Philosophers
                     ;
                     yet
                     being
                     willing
                     to
                     goe
                     as
                     farre
                     as
                     I
                     can
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     glaunce
                     at
                     probabilities
                     ,
                     and
                     first
                     set
                     downe
                     other
                     mens
                     opinions
                     .
                     Some
                     haue
                     beene
                     of
                     opinion
                     
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     bowels
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     are
                     hid
                     certaine
                     vast
                     concauities
                     and
                     cauernes
                     ,
                     which
                     receiuing
                     into
                     them
                     a
                     great
                     quantity
                     of
                     raine-Water
                     ,
                     haue
                     giuen
                     originall
                     to
                     Lakes
                     and
                     Fountaines
                     .
                     Hence
                     they
                     giue
                     the
                     reason
                     why
                     these
                     fountaines
                     are
                     perpetuall
                     ;
                     Because
                     the
                     raine-water
                     receiued
                     into
                     these
                     cauernes
                     being
                     extraordinary
                     great
                     ,
                     is
                     sufficient
                     to
                     nourish
                     such
                     springs
                     of
                     water
                     vntill
                     the
                     next
                     winter
                     ;
                     whence
                     comes
                     a
                     new
                     supply
                     of
                     more
                     raine
                     .
                     These
                     Riuers
                     (
                     say
                     they
                     )
                     in
                     the
                     summer
                     decrease
                     ,
                     and
                     sometime
                     are
                     dry
                     ,
                     because
                     of
                     the
                     defect
                     of
                     w●ter
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     place
                     is
                     not
                     great
                     enough
                     to
                     receiue
                     sufficient
                     water
                     for
                     the
                     whole
                     yeere
                     .
                     This
                     opinion
                     seemeth
                     grounded
                     on
                     these
                     reasons
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     wee
                     find
                     by
                     experience
                     ,
                     that
                     Riuers
                     and
                     fount●ines
                     are
                     greater
                     and
                     larger
                     in
                     Summer
                     then
                     in
                     Winter
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     because
                     where
                     there
                     is
                     lesse
                     Raine
                     ,
                     fewer
                     or
                     no
                     Riuers
                     are
                     seene
                     ▪
                     As
                     in
                     the
                     Desarts
                     of
                     Ethiopia
                     and
                     Africke
                     few
                     or
                     no
                     Riuers
                     are
                     found
                     :
                     But
                     in
                     
                       Germany
                       ,
                       France
                       ,
                       Brittany
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Italy
                     many
                     Riuers
                     shew
                     themselues
                     ▪
                     because
                     they
                     abound
                     in
                     the
                     moisture
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     and
                     much
                     fall
                     of
                     Raine
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     amongst
                     vs
                     (
                     wee
                     see
                     by
                     experience
                     )
                     in
                     a
                     hot
                     and
                     dry
                     Summer
                     they
                     are
                     much
                     decreased
                     from
                     their
                     ordinary
                     greatnesse
                     ,
                     or
                     altogether
                     dryed
                     vp
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     great
                     probability
                     that
                     their
                     originall
                     is
                     from
                     raine
                     .
                     This
                     opinion
                     if
                     it
                     bee
                     onely
                     vnderstood
                     of
                     some
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     may
                     be
                     probable
                     ;
                     because
                     some
                     currents
                     out
                     of
                     doubt
                     take
                     their
                     originall
                     from
                     great
                     showers
                     or
                     snowes
                     ,
                     as
                     at
                     the
                     foot
                     of
                     the
                     Alpes
                     and
                     other
                     such
                     places
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     snow
                     daily
                     melts
                     and
                     feeds
                     them
                     :
                     but
                     if
                     it
                     be
                     generally
                     vnderstood
                     of
                     all
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     manifestly
                     false
                     as
                     may
                     appeare
                     by
                     these
                     reasons
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Earth
                     no
                     where
                     drinkes
                     vp
                     the
                     raine
                     farther
                     then
                     ten
                     foot
                     deep
                     in
                     the
                     soile
                     ;
                     for
                     the
                     higher
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     is
                     either
                     dry
                     and
                     so
                     easily
                     drinkes
                     vp
                     and
                     consumes
                     the
                     Water
                     within
                     that
                     space
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     being
                     already
                     moist
                     ,
                     it
                     receiues
                     it
                     not
                     at
                     all
                     ,
                     but
                     expells
                     it
                     by
                     Riuers
                     and
                     channells
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     some
                     mountaines
                     not
                     couered
                     with
                     earth
                     ,
                     but
                     consisting
                     of
                     hard
                     rocke
                     ,
                     notwithstanding
                     send
                     forth
                     great
                     store
                     of
                     springs
                     and
                     fountaines
                     ,
                     which
                     water
                     could
                     not
                     bee
                     receiued
                     in
                     ,
                     through
                     a
                     hard
                     rocky
                     substance
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     because
                     in
                     very
                     dry
                     places
                     certaine
                     pits
                     being
                     digged
                     downe
                     into
                     
                     the
                     ground
                     2
                     hundred
                     or
                     three
                     hundred
                     foot
                     deep
                     ,
                     will
                     discouer
                     many
                     great
                     streames
                     of
                     Water
                     ,
                     which
                     could
                     not
                     be
                     from
                     the
                     receite
                     of
                     Raine
                     .
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     be
                     imagined
                     that
                     so
                     much
                     raine
                     could
                     in
                     a
                     winter
                     fall
                     into
                     one
                     place
                     ,
                     besides
                     that
                     which
                     the
                     drouth
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     consumes
                     ,
                     to
                     nourish
                     so
                     mighty
                     and
                     great
                     Riuers
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     as
                     are
                     Riuers
                     running
                     in
                     a
                     perpetuall
                     course
                     .
                     Fiftly
                     ,
                     all
                     Riuers
                     almost
                     take
                     their
                     originall
                     from
                     some
                     mountaines
                     or
                     other
                     ;
                     as
                     Danubius
                     from
                     the
                     Alpes
                     ,
                     and
                     Nilus
                     from
                     the
                     mountaines
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     in
                     Africke
                     ;
                     Which
                     places
                     being
                     extraordinary
                     high
                     ,
                     are
                     more
                     vnapt
                     to
                     receiue
                     water
                     ,
                     then
                     lower
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     .
                     To
                     the
                     reasons
                     that
                     they
                     alleadge
                     for
                     their
                     opinions
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     hard
                     to
                     answer
                     ▪
                     That
                     riuers
                     should
                     be
                     greater
                     in
                     winter
                     th●
                     in
                     the
                     summer
                     ,
                     the
                     cause
                     may
                     be
                     better
                     giuen
                     ,
                     Because
                     more
                     moisture
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     falls
                     into
                     the
                     brinke
                     from
                     externall
                     R●ine
                     or
                     snow
                     in
                     winter
                     then
                     in
                     summer
                     ;
                     and
                     the
                     ground
                     being
                     moister
                     ,
                     is
                     able
                     to
                     drinke
                     lesse
                     then
                     at
                     other
                     times
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     also
                     the
                     reason
                     why
                     in
                     hotter
                     and
                     dry
                     Countreyes
                     there
                     is
                     not
                     such
                     plenty
                     of
                     Riuers
                     ▪
                     for
                     we
                     deny
                     not
                     ,
                     but
                     fountaines
                     may
                     sometimes
                     be
                     increased
                     and
                     sometimes
                     diminished
                     by
                     addition
                     of
                     raine-water
                     but
                     that
                     any
                     such
                     vast
                     con●auity
                     should
                     be
                     vnder
                     ground
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     receptacle
                     of
                     so
                     much
                     raine
                     ,
                     and
                     should
                     nourish
                     so
                     many
                     and
                     so
                     great
                     currents
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     opinion
                     is
                     of
                     those
                     who
                     thinke
                     that
                     the
                     originall
                     of
                     all
                     riuers
                     and
                     fountaines
                     is
                     from
                     the
                     Sea
                     :
                     Which
                     conceit
                     hath
                     beene
                     strongly
                     fortified
                     by
                     many
                     Fathers
                     of
                     the
                     Church
                     ,
                     and
                     graue
                     Diuines
                     of
                     later
                     time
                     ;
                     which
                     opinion
                     is
                     chiefly
                     grounded
                     vpon
                     these
                     reasons
                     :
                     First
                     because
                     it
                     seemes
                     a
                     most
                     incredible
                     matter
                     ,
                     that
                     so
                     much
                     vaporous
                     matter
                     should
                     be
                     engendred
                     vnder
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     to
                     feed
                     such
                     a
                     perpetuall
                     course
                     of
                     water
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     if
                     all
                     Riuers
                     should
                     not
                     be
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     no
                     reason
                     could
                     bee
                     giuen
                     ,
                     why
                     so
                     many
                     riuers
                     dayly
                     emptying
                     themselues
                     into
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     the
                     sea
                     should
                     not
                     encrease
                     ,
                     but
                     continue
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     quantity
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     to
                     this
                     purpose
                     they
                     vrge
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     Eccles.
                     1.
                     
                     
                       All
                       riuers
                       runne
                       into
                       the
                       sea
                       ,
                       and
                       yet
                       the
                       sea
                       is
                       not
                       full
                       :
                       To
                       the
                       place
                       whence
                       they
                       came
                       they
                       returne
                       ,
                       that
                       they
                       may
                       flow
                       againe
                       .
                    
                     But
                     this
                     opinion
                     seemes
                     to
                     bee
                     shaken
                     with
                     a
                     great
                     difficulty
                     .
                     For
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     
                     hard
                     matter
                     to
                     conceiue
                     how
                     the
                     water
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     being
                     by
                     nature
                     heauy
                     ,
                     &
                     lower
                     then
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     demonstrated
                     )
                     should
                     ascend
                     into
                     high
                     mountaines
                     ;
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     we
                     find
                     springs
                     of
                     water
                     oftentimes
                     to
                     arise
                     :
                     for
                     either
                     it
                     must
                     ascend
                     Naturally
                     or
                     by
                     Violence
                     :
                     not
                     naturally
                     for
                     the
                     foresaid
                     cause
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     heauy
                     body
                     :
                     If
                     violently
                     ,
                     they
                     must
                     assigne
                     some
                     externall
                     Agent
                     ,
                     which
                     enforceth
                     it
                     to
                     this
                     violence
                     .
                     This
                     difficulty
                     diuerse
                     Authors
                     haue
                     laboured
                     diuerse
                     waies
                     to
                     salue
                     :
                     Some
                     amongst
                     whom
                     the
                     chiefe
                     was
                     Theoderet
                     ▪
                     haue
                     fled
                     to
                     a
                     supernaturall
                     cause
                     in
                     Gods
                     providence
                     ;
                     as
                     though
                     the
                     water
                     in
                     it's
                     own
                     nature
                     heauy
                     ,
                     should
                     be
                     notwithstanding
                     enforced
                     to
                     the
                     topps
                     of
                     the
                     mountaines
                     ;
                     But
                     this
                     opinion
                     seemes
                     very
                     improbable
                     ;
                     because
                     ,
                     although
                     we
                     cannot
                     deny
                     Gods
                     miraculous
                     and
                     extraordinary
                     working
                     in
                     some
                     things
                     ;
                     yet
                     all
                     men
                     haue
                     supposed
                     this
                     to
                     be
                     confin'd
                     within
                     the
                     bounds
                     of
                     nature
                     :
                     And
                     very
                     strange
                     it
                     were
                     to
                     imagine
                     that
                     almighty
                     God
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     institution
                     of
                     nature
                     should
                     impose
                     a
                     perpetuall
                     violence
                     vpon
                     nature
                     .
                     Others
                     ,
                     as
                     Basill
                     ,
                     haue
                     thought
                     that
                     the
                     sea-water
                     was
                     driuen
                     vpwards
                     towards
                     the
                     tops
                     of
                     mountaines
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     certaine
                     sp●rits
                     enclosed
                     in
                     it
                     :
                     
                       Mare
                       (
                       as
                       he
                       saith
                       )
                       fluitans
                       &
                       permeans
                       per
                       cuniculos
                       fistularet
                       &
                       angustos
                       ,
                       ●ox
                       vbi
                       obliquis
                       aut
                       certe
                       recta
                       in
                       sublime
                       surrectis
                       excursibus
                       se
                       occupatum
                       deprehenderit
                       ab
                       agitante
                       compulsum
                       spiritu
                       ,
                       superficie
                       terr●
                       vi
                       disrupta
                       erumpit
                       atque
                       for
                       as
                       emicat
                    
                     ;
                     The
                     same
                     opinion
                     almost
                     in
                     euery
                     respect
                     is
                     ascribed
                     to
                     
                       Plato
                       in
                       Phedone
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Pliny
                     2
                     booke
                     .65
                     chap.
                     
                       Quo
                       (
                       inquit
                       )
                       spiritu
                       ,
                       actu
                       &
                       terr●
                       pondere
                       expressa
                       siphonum
                       modo
                       e●●cat
                       ,
                       tant●que
                       a
                       periculo
                       decidendi
                       abest
                       vt
                       in
                       summa
                       quoque
                       et
                       ●●tissima
                       exiliat
                       :
                       Qua
                       ratione
                       manifestum
                       est
                       ,
                       quare
                       tot
                       f●u●inum
                       quotidi●n●
                       accessu
                       maria
                       non
                       crescant
                       .
                    
                     But
                     this
                     exposition
                     will
                     hardly
                     satisfy
                     him
                     who
                     desires
                     to
                     search
                     farther
                     then
                     obscurity
                     of
                     words
                     :
                     For
                     first
                     by
                     admitting
                     spirits
                     as
                     mouers
                     of
                     the
                     waters
                     ,
                     they
                     seeme
                     to
                     fall
                     into
                     a
                     Platonick
                     opinion
                     before
                     examined
                     of
                     vs
                     concerning
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     sea-water
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     I
                     would
                     demaund
                     whether
                     such
                     spirits
                     in
                     the
                     water
                     to
                     which
                     they
                     ascribe
                     this
                     motion
                     ,
                     be
                     Naturall
                     Agents
                     or
                     Supernaturall
                     ,
                     or
                     Violent
                     ;
                     They
                     cannot
                     be
                     naturall
                     Agents
                     :
                     For
                     
                     asmuch
                     as
                     they
                     are
                     supposed
                     to
                     driue
                     and
                     enforce
                     the
                     water
                     against
                     his
                     owne
                     nature
                     .
                     For
                     by
                     nature
                     (
                     as
                     all
                     men
                     know
                     )
                     it
                     is
                     apt
                     to
                     descend
                     ;
                     whereas
                     here
                     it
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     ascend
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     such
                     spirits
                     .
                     They
                     cannot
                     bee
                     violent
                     agents
                     because
                     they
                     bee
                     perpetuall
                     ;
                     whereas
                     no
                     violent
                     thing
                     can
                     be
                     perpetuall
                     .
                     
                       Thomas
                       Aquinas
                    
                     being
                     desirous
                     to
                     shew
                     ,
                     how
                     much
                     fountaines
                     could
                     ascend
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     sea-water
                     varies
                     in
                     opinion
                     from
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     and
                     imagines
                     that
                     the
                     fountaines
                     and
                     Riuer-water
                     is
                     drawne
                     vpwards
                     through
                     the
                     force
                     of
                     
                       Celestiall
                       bodies
                    
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     common
                     good
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     that
                     it
                     might
                     water
                     aswell
                     the
                     mettalls
                     in
                     the
                     bowells
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     as
                     giue
                     moisture
                     and
                     nourishment
                     to
                     Plants
                     ,
                     and
                     liuing
                     creatures
                     ,
                     dwelling
                     thereon
                     .
                     And
                     this
                     motion
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     although
                     it
                     be
                     against
                     the
                     particular
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     is
                     not
                     altogether
                     violent
                     :
                     because
                     elementary
                     bodyes
                     are
                     bound
                     by
                     a
                     certaine
                     law
                     to
                     obey
                     and
                     subiect
                     themselues
                     to
                     the
                     heauenly
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     motions
                     impressed
                     by
                     them
                     ,
                     are
                     not
                     enforced
                     on
                     them
                     by
                     violence
                     .
                     For
                     albeit
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     it
                     thwart
                     the
                     phisicall
                     disposition
                     :
                     yet
                     haue
                     all
                     creatures
                     an
                     ob●dientiall
                     aptnesse
                     (
                     as
                     they
                     terme
                     it
                     )
                     to
                     submit
                     themselues
                     to
                     the
                     superiour
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     opinion
                     of
                     
                       Thomas
                       Aquinas
                    
                     (
                     in
                     my
                     conceit
                     )
                     seemes
                     lesse
                     sound
                     then
                     the
                     former
                     :
                     For
                     first
                     Thomas
                     had
                     no
                     need
                     at
                     all
                     of
                     these
                     shifts
                     ,
                     holding
                     some
                     of
                     his
                     other
                     grounds
                     :
                     For
                     in
                     another
                     place
                     ,
                     comparing
                     the
                     hight
                     of
                     the
                     s●a
                     and
                     land
                     one
                     with
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     he
                     firmely
                     maintaines
                     that
                     ▪
                     the
                     sea
                     is
                     aboue
                     the
                     land
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     bounded
                     and
                     restrayned
                     from
                     ouerflowing
                     the
                     dry
                     land
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     immediate
                     power
                     of
                     the
                     Creator
                     :
                     If
                     this
                     be
                     graunted
                     ,
                     what
                     need
                     there
                     any
                     ascent
                     or
                     drawing
                     vp
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     by
                     any
                     externall
                     power
                     of
                     the
                     heauenly
                     bodyes
                     :
                     sith
                     the
                     remitting
                     of
                     this
                     restraint
                     of
                     water●
                     in
                     some
                     places
                     ,
                     were
                     sufficient
                     to
                     cause
                     such
                     springs
                     and
                     riuers
                     in
                     the
                     earth
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     his
                     opinion
                     cannot
                     stand
                     without
                     manifest
                     contradiction
                     of
                     himselfe
                     ;
                     for
                     how
                     can
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     being
                     of
                     his
                     owne
                     nature
                     heauy
                     ,
                     be
                     drawne
                     vpward
                     without
                     violence
                     and
                     thwarting
                     of
                     nature
                     .
                     And
                     whereas
                     he
                     alleadges
                     for
                     himselfe
                     an
                     obedientiall
                     aptnesse
                     in
                     the
                     elementary
                     bodies
                     to
                     obey
                     the
                     superiour
                     ,
                     he
                     shall
                     find
                     very
                     little
                     helpe
                     to
                     maintaine
                     his
                     part
                     .
                     For
                     this
                     obedientiall
                     inclination
                     must
                     be
                     either
                     according
                     
                     to
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     or
                     opposite
                     vnto
                     it
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     the
                     one
                     must
                     be
                     sudordinate
                     vnto
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     That
                     it
                     is
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     he
                     himselfe
                     disclaimes
                     and
                     experience
                     refutes
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     naturally
                     descends
                     ,
                     not
                     ascends
                     :
                     if
                     it
                     be
                     opposite
                     (
                     as
                     indeed
                     it
                     must
                     needes
                     be
                     )
                     he
                     contradicts
                     himselfe
                     :
                     If
                     the
                     Physicall
                     and
                     obedientiall
                     inclination
                     be
                     subordinate
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ;
                     I
                     vrge
                     ,
                     that
                     subordinate
                     causes
                     can
                     produce
                     no
                     other
                     then
                     subordinate
                     effects
                     ;
                     for
                     asmuch
                     as
                     the
                     causes
                     and
                     the
                     effects
                     are
                     measured
                     and
                     proportioned
                     the
                     one
                     by
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     But
                     wee
                     plainly
                     see
                     that
                     the
                     motions
                     of
                     ascent
                     or
                     descent
                     are
                     diametrally
                     opposed
                     ,
                     and
                     contrary
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     they
                     cannot
                     otherwise
                     proceed
                     ,
                     then
                     from
                     opposite
                     and
                     contrary
                     causes
                     .
                     Secondly
                     this
                     obedientiall
                     aptnesse
                     ,
                     is
                     commonly
                     vnderstood
                     of
                     a
                     creature
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     his
                     Creator
                     ,
                     in
                     whose
                     hand
                     it
                     is
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     create
                     all
                     things
                     of
                     nothing
                     ,
                     so
                     to
                     reduce
                     all
                     things
                     againe
                     into
                     nothing
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     although
                     it
                     be
                     aboue
                     nature
                     ,
                     yet
                     no
                     way
                     contradicts
                     nature
                     :
                     and
                     easier
                     it
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     imagined
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Creator
                     should
                     annihilate
                     any
                     Creature
                     ,
                     then
                     letting
                     it
                     remaine
                     in
                     his
                     own
                     Nature
                     ,
                     giue
                     it
                     a
                     motion
                     against
                     nature
                     :
                     Moreouer
                     〈◊〉
                     we
                     duly
                     cōsider
                     nature
                     in
                     her
                     course
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     that
                     the
                     lower
                     &
                     elementall
                     Bodies
                     onely
                     concurre
                     to
                     the
                     conseruation
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     one
                     another
                     ,
                     by
                     following
                     their
                     own
                     priuate
                     inclination
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     whole
                     is
                     nothing
                     else
                     then
                     an
                     orderly
                     concent
                     and
                     harmony
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     parts
                     ;
                     from
                     whose
                     mutuall
                     cooperation
                     ,
                     it
                     receiues
                     his
                     perfection
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     where
                     any
                     part
                     failes
                     in
                     his
                     owne
                     office
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     must
                     needs
                     sustain
                     dammage
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     hardly
                     be
                     resolued
                     by
                     any
                     of
                     this
                     opinion
                     ,
                     by
                     what
                     meanes
                     or
                     instruments
                     the
                     heauenly
                     or
                     superiour
                     Bodies
                     can
                     haue
                     such
                     an
                     operatiue
                     power
                     ouer
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     lift
                     it
                     vpward
                     from
                     his
                     owne
                     Center
                     :
                     for
                     neither
                     can
                     this
                     thing
                     be
                     performed
                     by
                     
                       motion
                       ,
                       hight
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     any
                     Influēce
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     the
                     three
                     meanes
                     of
                     operation
                     of
                     celestiall
                     Bodies
                     on
                     elementary
                     :
                     I
                     will
                     not
                     stand
                     to
                     proue
                     every
                     particular
                     in
                     this
                     matter
                     :
                     But
                     onely
                     would
                     haue
                     my
                     aduersary
                     to
                     answere
                     ,
                     and
                     giue
                     an
                     instance
                     and
                     speciality
                     .
                     Another
                     opinion
                     there
                     is
                     of
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     followed
                     by
                     all
                     Peripa●eticks
                     ,
                     who
                     in
                     his
                     first
                     booke
                     of
                     Meteors
                     ,
                     and
                     13
                     Chapter
                     ,
                     
                     goes
                     about
                     to
                     proue
                     and
                     maintaine
                     ,
                     that
                     all
                     Springs
                     and
                     Wells
                     in
                     the
                     land
                     are
                     produced
                     and
                     generated
                     in
                     the
                     bowells
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     by
                     any
                     vapours
                     resolued
                     into
                     water
                     :
                     which
                     opinion
                     he
                     labours
                     ●o
                     strengthen
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     certain
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     hath
                     within
                     it
                     much
                     aire
                     ;
                     because
                     Nature
                     will
                     no-where
                     admit
                     a
                     vacuity
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     Earth
                     hath
                     not
                     onely
                     many
                     open
                     ,
                     but
                     a
                     great
                     many
                     secret
                     holes
                     and
                     con●auities
                     which
                     cannot
                     otherwise
                     be
                     filled
                     then
                     with
                     aire
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     vapours
                     therein
                     contained
                     ,
                     and
                     stirred
                     vp
                     by
                     the
                     force
                     of
                     the
                     Starres
                     ,
                     are
                     conuerted
                     into
                     Aire
                     ;
                     and
                     that
                     aswell
                     the
                     Aire
                     included
                     in
                     the
                     bowells
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     as
                     vapours
                     there
                     also
                     bred
                     ,
                     are
                     perpetually
                     conuerted
                     into
                     water
                     :
                     This
                     reason
                     may
                     seeme
                     to
                     perswade
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     followes
                     of
                     necessity
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     coldnesse
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     expelling
                     their
                     heat
                     ,
                     they
                     should
                     harden
                     &
                     condensate
                     ,
                     &
                     be
                     disposed
                     at
                     last
                     to
                     the
                     generation
                     of
                     water
                     :
                     whence
                     also
                     the
                     cause
                     〈◊〉
                     giuen
                     of
                     the
                     generation
                     of
                     water
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     Region
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     although
                     it
                     be
                     not
                     alwaies
                     thence
                     bred
                     :
                     aswell
                     for
                     other
                     causes
                     ,
                     as
                     for
                     that
                     the
                     Aire
                     by
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     is
                     sometimes
                     too
                     hot
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     vapours
                     are
                     too
                     much
                     attenuated
                     and
                     ratified
                     :
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     matter
                     of
                     Raine
                     cannot
                     be
                     alwaies
                     supplyed
                     .
                     This
                     would
                     Aristotle
                     haue
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     originall
                     of
                     all
                     Springs
                     and
                     Fountaines
                     ;
                     So
                     that
                     the
                     water
                     should
                     first
                     distill
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     drop
                     by
                     drop
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     this
                     vapourous
                     matter
                     :
                     and
                     this
                     moist
                     matter
                     so
                     collected
                     and
                     drawne
                     together
                     ,
                     should
                     afterward●
                     breake
                     forth
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     cause
                     such
                     fountaines
                     .
                     Some
                     reasons
                     are
                     also
                     produced
                     to
                     proue
                     this
                     assertion
                     ;
                     for
                     (
                     say
                     the
                     Authors
                     of
                     this
                     opinion
                     )
                     If
                     the
                     Springs
                     and
                     Riuer●
                     should
                     proceed
                     from
                     any
                     other
                     cause
                     ,
                     then
                     they
                     should
                     take
                     their
                     beginning
                     from
                     Raine-water
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     before
                     refuted
                     ;
                     or
                     from
                     the
                     Sea
                     by
                     certain
                     secre●
                     passages
                     ,
                     which
                     opinion
                     seemes
                     too
                     weake
                     to
                     endure
                     examination
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     this
                     seemes
                     an
                     argument
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Sea-water
                     is
                     commonly
                     Salt
                     but
                     the
                     water
                     of
                     Springs
                     and
                     Riuers
                     is
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     sweet
                     and
                     fresh
                     ;
                     and
                     therefore
                     such
                     Springs
                     are
                     not
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     Sea
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     because
                     we
                     neuer
                     find
                     the
                     Sea
                     to
                     be
                     emptied
                     ,
                     which
                     must
                     needes
                     be
                     ,
                     if
                     it
                     should
                     giue
                     beginnings
                     to
                     all
                     such
                     currents
                     of
                     water
                     
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     Thirdly
                     (
                     we
                     haue
                     already
                     shewed
                     )
                     that
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     higher
                     then
                     the
                     Water
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     it
                     cannot
                     be
                     conceiued
                     how
                     riuers
                     should
                     be
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     Sea.
                     To
                     this
                     opinion
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     seeming
                     probable
                     ,
                     and
                     supported
                     with
                     the
                     name
                     and
                     authority
                     of
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     Philosopher
                     ,
                     I
                     dare
                     not
                     wholly
                     assent
                     ;
                     forasmuch
                     as
                     it
                     thwarts
                     the
                     Testimony
                     of
                     holy
                     Scripture
                     ,
                     and
                     cannot
                     otherwise
                     stand
                     with
                     reason
                     :
                     because
                     it
                     cannot
                     well
                     be
                     imagined
                     how
                     so
                     many
                     vapours
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     continually
                     ,
                     should
                     be
                     ingendred
                     in
                     the
                     bowels
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     to
                     nourish
                     so
                     many
                     and
                     so
                     great
                     currents
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     see
                     springing
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     for
                     a
                     very
                     great
                     quantity
                     or
                     portion
                     of
                     Aire
                     being
                     condensated
                     and
                     made
                     Water
                     ,
                     will
                     become
                     but
                     as
                     a
                     little
                     drop
                     :
                     The
                     Aire
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     Aristotles
                     grounds
                     being
                     by
                     a
                     Tenne-fold
                     proportion
                     thinner
                     then
                     the
                     Water
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     the
                     Aire
                     in
                     these
                     places
                     seated
                     in
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     higher
                     then
                     other
                     places
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     consequent
                     neerer
                     the
                     Sun
                     ,
                     should
                     rather
                     be
                     rarified
                     and
                     thickned
                     ;
                     because
                     heat
                     is
                     the
                     greatest
                     cause
                     of
                     rarefaction
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     shall
                     shew
                     hereafter
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     reasons
                     alleaged
                     for
                     these
                     opinions
                     ,
                     they
                     are
                     drawne
                     only
                     from
                     the
                     weaknes
                     of
                     their
                     assertion
                     ▪
                     which
                     hold
                     that
                     Fountaines
                     are
                     deriued
                     either
                     from
                     
                       Raine
                       water
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     from
                     the
                     Sea
                     :
                     both
                     which
                     wee
                     haue
                     examined
                     briefly
                     ,
                     and
                     whereof
                     wee
                     shall
                     speake
                     hereafter
                     .
                     The
                     Schoole
                     of
                     Conimbra
                     ,
                     not
                     vtterly
                     reiecting
                     all
                     the
                     former
                     opinions
                     ▪
                     haue
                     vndertakē
                     to
                     forgoe
                     an
                     opinion
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     partaking
                     of
                     all
                     ,
                     pretending
                     to
                     say
                     something
                     more
                     ,
                     when
                     indeed
                     they
                     produce
                     nothing
                     besides
                     the
                     former
                     .
                     Their
                     assertion
                     they
                     haue
                     set
                     downe
                     ,
                     in
                     eight
                     propositions
                     ,
                     which
                     I
                     will
                     faithfully
                     set
                     downe
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     censure
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     that
                     in
                     subterranean
                     places
                     vnder
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     is
                     hid
                     a
                     great
                     quantity
                     of
                     water
                     ,
                     distinguished
                     into
                     
                       Riuers
                       ,
                       Ponds
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Lakes
                     .
                     This
                     they
                     proue
                     from
                     the
                     daily
                     experiment
                     of
                     such
                     as
                     diggs
                     diuerse
                     wells
                     and
                     de●pe
                     trenches
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     Who
                     many
                     times
                     vnder
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     find
                     not
                     only
                     many
                     riuers
                     and
                     ponds
                     ,
                     but
                     many
                     times
                     happen
                     vpon
                     so
                     great
                     abundance
                     of
                     Water
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     can
                     neither
                     find
                     the
                     bottome
                     or
                     bounds
                     thereof
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     they
                     add
                     an
                     experiment
                     of
                     Philip
                     and
                     Macedon
                     recorded
                     by
                     Asclepiador●●
                     
                     who
                     caused
                     many
                     men
                     expert
                     in
                     digging
                     of
                     mettalls
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     let
                     downe
                     into
                     an
                     old
                     and
                     forsaken
                     mine
                     to
                     search
                     out
                     the
                     veines
                     of
                     mettalls
                     ,
                     to
                     see
                     whether
                     the
                     couetousnesse
                     of
                     antiquity
                     had
                     left
                     any
                     thing
                     to
                     posterity
                     .
                     These
                     men
                     vsing
                     great
                     lights
                     are
                     said
                     to
                     haue
                     found
                     nothing
                     there
                     ,
                     but
                     great
                     and
                     vast
                     riuers
                     and
                     great
                     receptacles
                     of
                     waters
                     .
                     This
                     they
                     also
                     labour
                     to
                     confirme
                     by
                     many
                     and
                     suddaine
                     eruptions
                     and
                     breaking
                     out
                     of
                     waters
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     whereof
                     we
                     shall
                     haue
                     occasion
                     to
                     speake
                     more
                     hereafter
                     .
                     This
                     first
                     position
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     in
                     it selfe
                     true
                     enough
                     ,
                     seemes
                     litle
                     to
                     the
                     purpose
                     ;
                     but
                     we
                     will
                     proceed
                     to
                     the
                     second
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     this
                     :
                     That
                     when
                     God
                     in
                     the
                     
                     third
                     day
                     of
                     the
                     Creation
                     seperated
                     the
                     waters
                     into
                     one
                     place
                     ,
                     and
                     hid
                     it
                     in
                     the
                     cauerns
                     and
                     secret
                     receptacles
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ;
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     time
                     dispersed
                     into
                     diuerse
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     a
                     great
                     quantity
                     of
                     water
                     by
                     diuerse
                     occult
                     passages
                     and
                     channels
                     ,
                     whence
                     comes
                     that
                     great
                     masse
                     of
                     waters
                     vnder
                     the
                     earth
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     before
                     mentioned
                     .
                     This
                     they
                     seeme
                     to
                     perswade
                     by
                     reason
                     :
                     for
                     (
                     say
                     they
                     )
                     as
                     the
                     wise
                     Architect
                     of
                     all
                     for
                     mans
                     sake
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     rest
                     of
                     liuing
                     creatures
                     for
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     man
                     ,
                     hath
                     discouered
                     the
                     dry
                     land
                     ,
                     by
                     restrayning
                     all
                     the
                     waters
                     into
                     one
                     place
                     :
                     so
                     it
                     was
                     most
                     necessary
                     ,
                     that
                     he
                     should
                     inwardly
                     water
                     the
                     earth
                     ;
                     by
                     which
                     
                       stones
                       ,
                       mettalls
                       ,
                       mineralls
                    
                     ,
                     &
                     other
                     such
                     things
                     in
                     the
                     bowells
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     should
                     in
                     time
                     grow
                     and
                     increase
                     .
                     Also
                     that
                     some
                     water
                     should
                     from
                     hence
                     breake
                     vp
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     for
                     diuerse
                     causes
                     hereafter
                     specified
                     .
                     Finally
                     as
                     Philo-Iudaeus
                     affirmes
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     continuation
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     which
                     otherwise
                     might
                     by
                     drouth
                     be
                     seperated
                     and
                     diuided
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     proposition
                     grounded
                     on
                     
                     the
                     two
                     former
                     is
                     this
                     ;
                     That
                     many
                     riuers
                     and
                     fountaines
                     in
                     diuerse
                     places
                     by
                     Gods
                     decree
                     arise
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     by
                     quantities
                     of
                     waters
                     hid
                     in
                     the
                     cauernes
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     proue
                     by
                     reasons
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     vtility
                     of
                     such
                     fountaines
                     
                     and
                     riuers
                     ,
                     springing
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     .
                     Fourthly
                     they
                     defend
                     ,
                     that
                     all
                     fountaines
                     and
                     currents
                     were
                     not
                     so
                     made
                     and
                     appointed
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     Creation
                     ;
                     because
                     Histories
                     &
                     experience
                     teach
                     vs
                     ,
                     that
                     many
                     haue
                     broken
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     afterwards
                     ;
                     
                     whereof
                     we
                     shall
                     haue
                     occasion
                     to
                     speake
                     hereafter
                     .
                     Fi●tly
                     
                     they
                     affirme
                     ,
                     that
                     if
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     Aristotle
                     be
                     vnderstood
                     of
                     all
                     fountaines
                     and
                     flouds
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     be
                     approued
                     ;
                     for
                     asmuch
                     as
                     it
                     seemes
                     sufficiently
                     declared
                     in
                     the
                     third
                     opinion
                     ,
                     how
                     such
                     riuers
                     might
                     be
                     generated
                     without
                     such
                     vapours
                     ;
                     as
                     also
                     because
                     many
                     arguments
                     and
                     places
                     of
                     
                       holy
                       Scriptures
                    
                     ,
                     seeme
                     to
                     proue
                     the
                     contrary
                     .
                     As
                     also
                     the
                     foure
                     Riuers
                     of
                     Paradice
                     created
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     cannot
                     bee
                     guessed
                     to
                     draw
                     their
                     originall
                     from
                     such
                     vapours
                     ,
                     as
                     Aristotle
                     imagines
                     ;
                     to
                     which
                     accord
                     many
                     ancient
                     Fathers
                     vpon
                     these
                     places
                     recited
                     in
                     that
                     opinion
                     ,
                     whereas
                     all
                     riuers
                     are
                     thought
                     to
                     fetch
                     their
                     originall
                     from
                     the
                     sea
                     .
                     Sixtly
                     for
                     the
                     credit
                     of
                     their
                     master
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     they
                     are
                     constrained
                     to
                     auerre
                     that
                     although
                     his
                     opinion
                     cannot
                     be
                     verified
                     of
                     all
                     riuers
                     and
                     
                     fountaines
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     yet
                     if
                     it
                     be
                     restrayned
                     to
                     some
                     such
                     perpetuall
                     currents
                     ,
                     it
                     may
                     haue
                     probability
                     ,
                     For
                     asmuch
                     aswe
                     are
                     to
                     beleeue
                     that
                     many
                     such
                     large
                     cauerns
                     and
                     holes
                     are
                     hid
                     vnder
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     no
                     small
                     quantity
                     of
                     vapours
                     may
                     be
                     ingēdred
                     .
                     This
                     probability
                     is
                     greater
                     in
                     those
                     riuers
                     which
                     are
                     lesser
                     in
                     quantity
                     then
                     the
                     greater
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     reasons
                     before
                     shewed
                     .
                     Seuenthly
                     they
                     affirme
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     absolutely
                     to
                     be
                     beleeued
                     ;
                     that
                     not
                     only
                     great
                     riuers
                     and
                     currents
                     are
                     deriued
                     
                     from
                     subterranean
                     waters
                     ,
                     which
                     haue
                     originall
                     from
                     the
                     sea
                     ;
                     but
                     also
                     lesse
                     fountaines
                     and
                     springs
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     ,
                     challenge
                     the
                     same
                     beginning
                     :
                     whence
                     they
                     labour
                     to
                     proue
                     by
                     this
                     reason
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     very
                     few
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     there
                     is
                     found
                     so
                     perpetuall
                     and
                     apt
                     disposition
                     of
                     vapours
                     vnder
                     the
                     ground
                     as
                     to
                     nourish
                     so
                     many
                     and
                     so
                     great
                     currents
                     of
                     water
                     .
                     Eightly
                     (
                     say
                     they
                     )
                     it
                     cannot
                     be
                     denied
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     Waters
                     aswell
                     proceeding
                     
                     from
                     raine
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     generated
                     of
                     vapours
                     in
                     the
                     cauerns
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     sometimes
                     may
                     flow
                     into
                     fountaines
                     and
                     riuers
                     :
                     What
                     concernes
                     Torrents
                     bred
                     of
                     raine
                     ,
                     they
                     haue
                     recourse
                     to
                     the
                     reasons
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     opinion
                     ;
                     for
                     others
                     they
                     make
                     it
                     also
                     probable
                     ;
                     because
                     we
                     see
                     by
                     experience
                     that
                     Vapours
                     and
                     Aire
                     compassed
                     about
                     with
                     earth
                     ,
                     are
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     cold
                     enuironing
                     it
                     ,
                     turned
                     into
                     water
                     ,
                     This
                     is
                     indeed
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     those
                     subtill
                     Iesuits
                     of
                     Conimbra
                     ,
                     wherein
                     although
                     they
                     giue
                     a
                     flourish
                     ,
                     as
                     if
                     they
                     would
                     defend
                     their
                     
                     master
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     on
                     whom
                     they
                     comment
                     ;
                     yet
                     meane
                     they
                     nothing
                     lesse
                     ;
                     but
                     indeed
                     warily
                     sticke
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     of
                     the
                     Diuines
                     and
                     
                       ancient
                       Fathers
                    
                     of
                     the
                     Church
                     ,
                     touching
                     the
                     deriuation
                     of
                     all
                     〈◊〉
                     from
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     Which
                     opinion
                     ,
                     howsoeuer
                     in
                     it selfe
                     most
                     probable
                     ,
                     they
                     know
                     not
                     how
                     to
                     manage
                     and
                     defend
                     against
                     opposition
                     .
                     For
                     whereas
                     they
                     suppose
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     sep●●tion
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     from
                     the
                     dry-land
                     ,
                     a
                     great
                     quantity
                     of
                     water
                     was
                     dispersed
                     into
                     diuerse
                     hollow
                     places
                     &
                     cauerns
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     from
                     whence
                     Riuers
                     are
                     deriued
                     and
                     made
                     ;
                     they
                     haue
                     not
                     in
                     any
                     probable
                     manner
                     expressed
                     ,
                     how
                     this
                     water
                     should
                     perpetually
                     flow
                     ,
                     and
                     feed
                     so
                     many
                     &
                     great
                     currents
                     ▪
                     For
                     first
                     ,
                     I
                     would
                     aske
                     of
                     these
                     learned
                     fathers
                     ,
                     whether
                     the
                     water
                     inclosed
                     in
                     the
                     bowells
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     whence
                     these
                     springs
                     are
                     fed
                     ,
                     be
                     higher
                     or
                     lower
                     then
                     the
                     fountaines
                     arising
                     out
                     of
                     them
                     .
                     If
                     it
                     be
                     higher
                     ;
                     whether
                     the
                     Riuers
                     are
                     continually
                     nourished
                     on
                     the
                     old
                     store
                     ,
                     or
                     a
                     new
                     supply
                     be
                     daily
                     made
                     .
                     That
                     so
                     great
                     riuers
                     should
                     bee
                     maintained
                     so
                     many
                     thousand
                     yeares
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     old
                     prouision
                     ,
                     is
                     most
                     improbable
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     mountaines
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     such
                     springs
                     arise
                     ,
                     cannot
                     be
                     capable
                     of
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     concauity
                     :
                     neither
                     can
                     it
                     otherwise
                     be
                     imagined
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     many
                     great
                     riuers
                     since
                     the
                     beginning
                     ,
                     had
                     either
                     bin
                     absolutely
                     dried
                     vp
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     diminished
                     in
                     their
                     quantity
                     ,
                     their
                     Cisterns
                     being
                     daily
                     more
                     and
                     more
                     emptied
                     out
                     into
                     their
                     channells
                     .
                     If
                     they
                     graunt
                     that
                     of
                     this
                     water
                     ,
                     a
                     fresh
                     supply
                     be
                     made
                     ;
                     it
                     must
                     be
                     either
                     from
                     the
                     sea
                     or
                     from
                     vapours
                     in
                     the
                     earth
                     .
                     It
                     cannot
                     bee
                     from
                     the
                     sea
                     :
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     proued
                     before
                     )
                     the
                     sea
                     is
                     lower
                     then
                     the
                     fountaines
                     ,
                     where
                     springs
                     breake
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     forasmuch
                     as
                     we
                     see
                     them
                     runne
                     to
                     the
                     sea
                     from
                     their
                     fountaines
                     ,
                     as
                     from
                     a
                     higher
                     to
                     a
                     lower
                     place
                     .
                     That
                     this
                     supply
                     of
                     water
                     in
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     should
                     bee
                     made
                     by
                     vapours
                     ▪
                     it
                     is
                     also
                     improbable
                     in
                     their
                     opinion
                     ;
                     who
                     cannot
                     imagine
                     so
                     many
                     ingendred
                     in
                     one
                     place
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     feed
                     so
                     great
                     currents
                     ;
                     as
                     also
                     because
                     many
                     riuers
                     were
                     apparant
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     creation
                     ▪
                     as
                     the
                     foure
                     great
                     currents
                     of
                     Paradice
                     .
                     This
                     obiection
                     hath
                     so
                     farre
                     driuen
                     the
                     Iesuits
                     to
                     their
                     shifts
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     they
                     haue
                     bin
                     enforced
                     to
                     haue
                     recourse
                     to
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     
                       Thomas
                       
                       Aquinas
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     dreames
                     that
                     the
                     waters
                     are
                     enforced
                     vpward●
                     by
                     the
                     influence
                     of
                     the
                     heauens
                     ▪
                     which
                     they
                     a
                     litle
                     before
                     ●ast
                     by
                     ,
                     and
                     we
                     haue
                     before
                     sufficiently
                     refuted
                     .
                     And
                     whereas
                     in
                     the
                     subsequent
                     clause
                     ,
                     they
                     labour
                     to
                     salue
                     this
                     place
                     of
                     
                       Ecclesiastes
                       :
                       That
                       all
                       Riuers
                       come
                       from
                       the
                       sea
                       ,
                       and
                       returne
                       thither
                       againe
                    
                     ;
                     They
                     are
                     constrained
                     to
                     leaue
                     their
                     old
                     grounds
                     ,
                     and
                     ●unne
                     backe
                     to
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     who
                     holds
                     that
                     all
                     riuers
                     had
                     their
                     originall
                     from
                     vapours
                     ,
                     drawne
                     vp
                     by
                     the
                     sunne
                     ;
                     whereof
                     the
                     sea
                     is
                     the
                     chiefe
                     mother
                     .
                     It
                     will
                     bee
                     expected
                     at
                     least
                     that
                     we
                     should
                     disclose
                     our
                     owne
                     opinion
                     ,
                     hauing
                     censured
                     the
                     former
                     :
                     which
                     we
                     will
                     briefly
                     doe
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     probability
                     can
                     lead
                     vs
                     ,
                     submitting
                     also
                     to
                     those
                     which
                     are
                     more
                     iudicious
                     ▪
                     First
                     therefore
                     ▪
                     we
                     will
                     suppose
                     as
                     probable
                     :
                     that
                     the
                     earth
                     is
                     in
                     a
                     manner
                     compassed
                     round
                     about
                     with
                     water
                     ;
                     for
                     howsoeuer
                     the
                     places
                     more
                     eminent
                     ,
                     and
                     separated
                     for
                     our
                     habitation
                     ,
                     be
                     dry
                     land
                     ▪
                     yet
                     not
                     farre
                     vnder
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     whereon
                     we
                     tread
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     earth
                     sprinkled
                     round
                     with
                     water
                     ,
                     for
                     which
                     we
                     may
                     draw
                     an
                     argument
                     ;
                     aswell
                     frō
                     the
                     Porous
                     and
                     spongy
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     apt
                     to
                     drinke
                     in
                     the
                     water
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     hight
                     ;
                     (
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     to
                     diffuse
                     it selfe
                     abroad
                     )
                     as
                     also
                     from
                     experience
                     of
                     Minors
                     and
                     such
                     as
                     digg
                     deepe
                     into
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     who
                     in
                     most
                     parts
                     find
                     water
                     ▪
                     2ly
                     ,
                     this
                     water
                     so
                     enuironing
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     were
                     it
                     left
                     to
                     it's
                     own
                     naturall
                     situation
                     ,
                     without
                     an
                     externall
                     Agent
                     ,
                     would
                     lift
                     his
                     superficies
                     no
                     higher
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     ;
                     because
                     being
                     as
                     one
                     with
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     challenge
                     the
                     same
                     Sphericall
                     superficies
                     .
                     Now
                     to
                     know
                     how
                     the
                     water
                     thus
                     naturally
                     settled
                     ,
                     is
                     notwihtstanding
                     lifted
                     vp
                     higher
                     to
                     become
                     the
                     source
                     of
                     Springs
                     ,
                     we
                     must
                     vnderstand
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     passe
                     not
                     onely
                     by
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     sunne
                     and
                     starres
                     ,
                     piercing
                     farte
                     vnder
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     circle
                     ,
                     we
                     haue
                     allotted
                     to
                     the
                     water
                     .
                     But
                     also
                     to
                     
                       subterranean
                       fires
                    
                     hid
                     in
                     the
                     bowells
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     in
                     many
                     places
                     :
                     which
                     are
                     caused
                     by
                     sulphurous
                     matter
                     set
                     on
                     fire
                     by
                     the
                     sunne
                     ,
                     or
                     some
                     other
                     accident
                     :
                     whether
                     this
                     sulphurous
                     matter
                     be
                     pure
                     Brimstone
                     ,
                     or
                     Bitumen
                     ,
                     or
                     a
                     mine
                     of
                     sea-coale
                     ,
                     as
                     some
                     haue
                     thought
                     of
                     our
                     Ba●h●s
                     in
                     England
                     ,
                     I
                     
                     will
                     not
                     curiously
                     here
                     dispute
                     ,
                     being
                     of
                     it selfe
                     too
                     large
                     a
                     subiect
                     for
                     me
                     in
                     this
                     place
                     to
                     handle
                     .
                     This
                     heat
                     may
                     be
                     conceiued
                     to
                     concur
                     to
                     the
                     production
                     of
                     fountaines
                     2
                     manner
                     of
                     waies
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     by
                     drawing
                     vp
                     diuerse
                     moist
                     vapours
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     thicknesse
                     and
                     solidity
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     being
                     not
                     presently
                     euaporated
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     are
                     enforced
                     to
                     disperse
                     themselues
                     through
                     diuerse
                     crooked
                     passages
                     ,
                     where
                     condensated
                     by
                     cold
                     distilling
                     againe
                     into
                     drops
                     of
                     water
                     ,
                     they
                     breake
                     out
                     through
                     some
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     become
                     a
                     fountaine
                     .
                     A
                     second
                     way
                     which
                     may
                     also
                     seeme
                     probable
                     ,
                     is
                     that
                     the
                     Heat
                     peircing
                     the
                     
                       Subterranean
                       Water
                    
                     ,
                     though
                     not
                     able
                     to
                     dissolue
                     much
                     of
                     it
                     into
                     vapours
                     for
                     the
                     solidity
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     may
                     notwithstanding
                     through
                     his
                     heat
                     ,
                     Rarifie
                     and
                     attenuate
                     these
                     waters
                     .
                     These
                     waters
                     then
                     rarified
                     ,
                     must
                     needs
                     seeke
                     a
                     greater
                     place
                     ,
                     wherein
                     they
                     may
                     be
                     contained
                     :
                     sith
                     Rarefaction
                     is
                     nothing
                     else
                     but
                     the
                     extension
                     of
                     a
                     body
                     to
                     a
                     greater
                     place
                     then
                     before
                     it
                     occupied
                     .
                     Hence
                     is
                     the
                     Water
                     enforced
                     to
                     enlarge
                     his
                     limits
                     :
                     This
                     enlargement
                     or
                     the
                     place
                     cannot
                     be
                     downeward
                     towards
                     the
                     Center
                     ;
                     because
                     all
                     that
                     place
                     was
                     supposed
                     to
                     be
                     filled
                     vp
                     as
                     farre
                     as
                     the
                     Earth
                     could
                     drinke
                     it
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     extend
                     it's
                     limits
                     sidewise
                     ,
                     or
                     vpwards
                     :
                     By
                     the
                     former
                     of
                     which
                     it
                     may
                     find
                     a
                     passage
                     to
                     breake
                     forth
                     on
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     :
                     By
                     the
                     latter
                     it
                     may
                     be
                     lifted
                     high
                     enough
                     ,
                     to
                     runne
                     from
                     the
                     side
                     of
                     a
                     higher
                     mountaine
                     ,
                     towards
                     the
                     Sea-shore
                     .
                     If
                     any
                     man
                     should
                     aske
                     why
                     this
                     Rarefaction
                     &
                     swelling
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     is
                     not
                     so
                     sensible
                     in
                     the
                     open
                     Ocean
                     ,
                     I
                     answere
                     that
                     the
                     sea
                     is
                     also
                     much
                     rarified
                     &
                     lifted
                     vp
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     sunnes
                     heate
                     :
                     which
                     whether
                     it
                     be
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     ebbing
                     and
                     flowing
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     in
                     part
                     we
                     haue
                     before
                     disputed
                     :
                     Secondly
                     that
                     the
                     sea-water
                     should
                     not
                     rise
                     so
                     high
                     as
                     other
                     water
                     vnder
                     the
                     ground
                     ,
                     these
                     reasons
                     may
                     be
                     giuen
                     ;
                     First
                     that
                     the
                     Ocean
                     hath
                     a
                     larger
                     channell
                     to
                     runne
                     abroad
                     on
                     either
                     side
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     this
                     swelling
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     become
                     more
                     insensible
                     ,
                     whereas
                     the
                     Waters
                     in
                     cauerns
                     &
                     concauities
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     being
                     oftentimes
                     straightly
                     bounded
                     on
                     either
                     side
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     narrownesse
                     of
                     the
                     channell
                     ,
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     take
                     vp
                     the
                     more
                     in
                     hight
                     and
                     eminency
                     .
                     2
                     
                     the
                     
                       Sunne
                       ,
                       heauenly
                       bodies
                    
                     and
                     
                       subterranean
                       fires
                    
                     worke
                     more
                     strongly
                     and
                     effectually
                     on
                     the
                     open
                     nakednes
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     then
                     on
                     the
                     waters
                     hid
                     vnder
                     the
                     ground
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     more
                     shrowded
                     from
                     such
                     an
                     extreame
                     heat
                     .
                     Whence
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     passe
                     ,
                     that
                     many
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     are
                     dissolued
                     into
                     vapours
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     consumed
                     and
                     dispelled
                     by
                     the
                     same
                     ;
                     Whereas
                     this
                     heat
                     in
                     the
                     Subterranean
                     waters
                     being
                     more
                     moderatly
                     impressed
                     ;
                     doeth
                     not
                     dissolue
                     into
                     vapours
                     ,
                     and
                     consume
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     quantity
                     of
                     water
                     ;
                     but
                     being
                     of
                     a
                     middle
                     temper
                     ,
                     rather
                     rarifies
                     it
                     to
                     the
                     vse
                     forenamed
                     .
                     This
                     seemes
                     the
                     more
                     probable
                     ,
                     because
                     spring
                     water
                     rising
                     commonly
                     in
                     the
                     sides
                     of
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     is
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     thinner
                     then
                     the
                     Sea-water
                     ,
                     as
                     experience
                     dayly
                     warrants
                     ,
                     Thirdly
                     the
                     subterranean
                     vapours
                     are
                     sooner
                     dissolued
                     into
                     dropps
                     of
                     water
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     cold
                     they
                     must
                     necessarily
                     meete
                     within
                     their
                     passage
                     ,
                     through
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     whereas
                     the
                     other
                     from
                     the
                     Sea
                     meet
                     with
                     no
                     such
                     encounter
                     till
                     they
                     arriue
                     at
                     the
                     Middle-Region
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     whence
                     they
                     returne
                     againe
                     in
                     showres
                     of
                     Raine
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       All
                       riuers
                       and
                       Fountaines
                       were
                       not
                       from
                       the
                       beginning
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     For
                     the
                     confirmation
                     of
                     this
                     assertion
                     ,
                     many
                     histories
                     may
                     be
                     produced
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     reported
                     that
                     in
                     Caria
                     neere
                     about
                     the
                     city
                     Lorus
                     ,
                     there
                     arose
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     suddenly
                     a
                     great
                     floud
                     of
                     Water
                     ,
                     bringing
                     out
                     with
                     it
                     a
                     great
                     quantity
                     of
                     creatures
                     and
                     fishes
                     ,
                     of
                     which
                     being
                     fatted
                     vnder
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     whosoeuer
                     chanced
                     to
                     eat
                     ,
                     dyed
                     presently
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     is
                     reported
                     ,
                     that
                     at
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     Mithridatick
                     warre
                     ,
                     at
                     a
                     certaine
                     city
                     of
                     Phrygia
                     named
                     Apamea
                     ,
                     there
                     sprang
                     vp
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     many
                     new
                     
                       Lakes
                       ,
                       Fountaines
                       ,
                       Brookes
                    
                     ;
                     and
                     that
                     one
                     riuer
                     sprang
                     vp
                     very
                     salt
                     ,
                     which
                     brought
                     vp
                     with
                     it
                     a
                     great
                     quantity
                     of
                     Oisters
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     Sea-fishes
                     ;
                     although
                     the
                     city
                     Apamea
                     bee
                     very
                     farre
                     off
                     from
                     the
                     Sea.
                     This
                     is
                     reported
                     by
                     
                       Nicolaus
                       Damascene
                    
                     .
                     Also
                     Cardinall
                     Contarenus
                     testifies
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     booke
                     of
                     Elements
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     a
                     cleare
                     day
                     being
                     in
                     Valentia
                     in
                     Spaine
                     ,
                     there
                     happened
                     a
                     very
                     great
                     inundation
                     of
                     water
                     breaking
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     carried
                     towards
                     the
                     City
                     ,
                     
                     had
                     well
                     neere
                     turned
                     it
                     into
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     had
                     not
                     the
                     gates
                     bin
                     shut
                     ,
                     and
                     dammes
                     well
                     ordered
                     .
                     Why
                     this
                     sudden
                     change
                     should
                     sometimes
                     happen
                     ,
                     many
                     reasons
                     may
                     be
                     produced
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     reason
                     may
                     be
                     ,
                     because
                     of
                     some
                     sudaine
                     ruine
                     or
                     falling
                     downe
                     of
                     some
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     courses
                     of
                     the
                     riuers
                     being
                     one
                     way
                     stopped
                     ,
                     must
                     needs
                     seeke
                     out
                     a
                     passage
                     some
                     other
                     way
                     .
                     This
                     sometimes
                     happens
                     in
                     great
                     Earth-quakes
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     may
                     reade
                     in
                     Theophrastus
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     mountaine
                     Coricus
                     ,
                     after
                     an
                     Earth-quake
                     many
                     new
                     springs
                     and
                     fountaines
                     discouered
                     themselues
                     .
                     Another
                     reason
                     not
                     much
                     vnlike
                     the
                     former
                     is
                     giuen
                     from
                     the
                     Hardnes
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     oftentimes
                     stopping
                     and
                     hindering
                     the
                     naturall
                     course
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     enforceth
                     it
                     to
                     seek
                     a
                     new
                     passage
                     .
                     Hence
                     the
                     foresaid
                     Theophrastus
                     was
                     induced
                     to
                     belieue
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     a
                     City
                     of
                     Crete
                     the
                     fountaines
                     were
                     stopped
                     vp
                     because
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     betoke
                     themselues
                     to
                     another
                     place
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     the
                     soile
                     was
                     not
                     so
                     much
                     shooke
                     and
                     moued
                     as
                     before
                     .
                     A
                     third
                     reason
                     may
                     be
                     the
                     wasting
                     or
                     cutting
                     downe
                     of
                     great
                     woods
                     on
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     Trees
                     and
                     plants
                     to
                     suck
                     to
                     themselues
                     the
                     Moisture
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     into
                     one
                     place
                     .
                     But
                     these
                     trees
                     cut
                     downe
                     or
                     remoued
                     ,
                     the
                     waters
                     course
                     must
                     needes
                     be
                     altered
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       3
                       Many
                       Riuers
                       are
                       for
                       a
                       great
                       space
                       of
                       land
                       swallowed
                       vp
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       :
                       whereof
                       some
                       after
                       a
                       certaine
                       distance
                       rise
                       againe
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     is
                     confirmed
                     by
                     many
                     Historicall
                     instances
                     ,
                     as
                     of
                     the
                     riuer
                     Timanus
                     in
                     the
                     prouince
                     of
                     Aquilia
                     ,
                     of
                     Erasenus
                     in
                     
                       Argolica
                       ,
                       Padus
                    
                     in
                     the
                     Alpes
                     ,
                     more
                     remarkeable
                     is
                     that
                     of
                     the
                     river
                     Guadiaua
                     in
                     Spaine
                     :
                     which
                     runneth
                     vnder
                     the
                     ground
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     space
                     of
                     13
                     leagues
                     :
                     and
                     neere
                     to
                     a
                     towne
                     called
                     
                       Villa
                       Horta
                    
                     breakes
                     vp
                     againe
                     ▪
                     the
                     like
                     is
                     recorded
                     of
                     Eurota●
                     in
                     Arcadia
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     said
                     to
                     breake
                     forth
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     in
                     the
                     Prouince
                     of
                     Lacedamon
                     :
                     So
                     
                       Cadmus
                       Asia
                    
                     is
                     swallowed
                     vp
                     in
                     a
                     hole
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     ,
                     not
                     farre
                     from
                     Laodicea
                     ,
                     So
                     Pira●●s
                     in
                     
                       Catonia
                       .
                       Licus
                    
                     in
                     
                       Libanon
                       ,
                       Orontes
                    
                     in
                     Syria
                     .
                     Other
                     riuers
                     are
                     thought
                     to
                     haue
                     found
                     a
                     secret
                     passage
                     vnder
                     the
                     sea
                     from
                     one
                     Region
                     to
                     
                     another
                     :
                     As
                     a
                     riuer
                     hauing
                     his
                     fountaine
                     in
                     the
                     mountaine
                     Meia●es
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     conuayed
                     in
                     a
                     blind
                     Channell
                     vnder
                     the
                     middle
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     comes
                     forth
                     againe
                     at
                     the
                     port
                     of
                     P●normus
                     :
                     so
                     others
                     report
                     of
                     Alpheus
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     drowned
                     vnderground
                     nere
                     the
                     Peloponnesian
                     shore
                     ,
                     takes
                     a
                     large
                     iourny
                     vnder
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     arriue
                     at
                     Syracuse
                     ,
                     where
                     it
                     ends
                     in
                     Arethuse
                     ;
                     which
                     brings
                     forth
                     (
                     they
                     say
                     )
                     such
                     things
                     as
                     are
                     cast
                     into
                     Alpheus
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     much
                     like
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     spoken
                     of
                     the
                     Well
                     of
                     Aesculapius
                     in
                     Athens
                     ,
                     wherein
                     if
                     any
                     thing
                     were
                     cast
                     ,
                     they
                     were
                     rendred
                     againe
                     in
                     Phalericus
                     :
                     But
                     this
                     last
                     I
                     rather
                     hold
                     as
                     a
                     poeticall
                     fiction
                     ,
                     then
                     a
                     true
                     History
                     .
                     Some
                     riuers
                     there
                     are
                     which
                     are
                     not
                     wholly
                     drowned
                     in
                     the
                     earth
                     ;
                     but
                     for
                     some
                     part
                     ;
                     a●
                     a
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Rh●n●
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     hid
                     about
                     foure
                     thousand
                     paces
                     from
                     the
                     city
                     Cauba
                     ,
                     and
                     shewes
                     it selfe
                     again
                     before
                     it
                     come
                     to
                     Bonna
                     :
                     in
                     like
                     manner
                     a
                     part
                     of
                     Danu●ius
                     which
                     hides
                     it selfe
                     about
                     Greina
                     a
                     Towne
                     of
                     
                       Panonia
                       superi●r
                    
                     :
                     some
                     riuers
                     there
                     are
                     againe
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     not
                     drunke
                     vp
                     immediatly
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     but
                     of
                     certaine
                     great
                     Lakes
                     into
                     which
                     they
                     fall
                     as
                     Iordan
                     of
                     the
                     Lake
                     Asphaltites
                     :
                     some
                     lakes
                     againe
                     hauing
                     swallowed
                     vp
                     riuers
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     vomit
                     them
                     forth
                     againe
                     ,
                     as
                     Rubresius
                     casts
                     out
                     Ara●e
                     in
                     the
                     Prouince
                     of
                     Narbon
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     Lemanus
                     the
                     riuer
                     Rhodanus
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Prouince
                     :
                     also
                     in
                     
                       Italy
                       ,
                       Lorus
                    
                     cast
                     out
                     
                       Abdua
                       ;
                       Eupilus
                       ,
                       Lambre
                       ;
                       Fucinus
                       ,
                       Marcia
                       .
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       4
                       Riuers
                       for
                       the
                       most
                       part
                       rise
                       out
                       of
                       great
                       Mountaines
                       ,
                       and
                       at
                       last
                       by
                       diuerse
                       or
                       one
                       Inlet
                       ,
                       are
                       disburthened
                       into
                       the
                       sea
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     first
                     part
                     of
                     this
                     proposition
                     is
                     manifest
                     enough
                     out
                     of
                     diuerse
                     instances
                     of
                     the
                     greatest
                     riuers
                     in
                     the
                     world
                     :
                     for
                     all
                     Geographers
                     will
                     giue
                     you
                     to
                     vnderstand
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     riuer
                     Indus
                     in
                     I●dia
                     is
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     mountaine
                     
                       Ca●casus
                       .
                       Tanais
                    
                     from
                     the
                     Riphaean
                     mountaines
                     in
                     
                       Sarma●ia
                       ,
                       Araxis
                    
                     from
                     Panardes
                     in
                     
                       Armenia
                       ,
                       Po
                    
                     from
                     the
                     Vesusian
                     Hills
                     in
                     
                       Liguria
                       ,
                       Danubius
                    
                     from
                     Arnobia
                     in
                     
                       Germany
                       ,
                       Exesus
                    
                     in
                     Norico
                     from
                     the
                     mountaines
                     
                       Elachia
                       Isara
                    
                     from
                     the
                     ridge
                     of
                     the
                     Alpes
                     toward
                     France
                     and
                     Durias
                     toward
                     Italy
                     from
                     thence
                     .
                     So
                     from
                     the
                     Herminian
                     
                     mount●ines
                     in
                     Portugall
                     are
                     deriued
                     three
                     great
                     Riuers
                     :
                     So
                     Nilus
                     in
                     Africk
                     from
                     the
                     mountaines
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     :
                     These
                     riuers
                     thus
                     rising
                     ,
                     are
                     of
                     diuerse
                     kinds
                     ;
                     for
                     some
                     haue
                     visible
                     apparant
                     springs
                     and
                     fountaines
                     :
                     others
                     are
                     deriued
                     from
                     Lakes
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     they
                     runne
                     .
                     As
                     Alba
                     in
                     Prusia
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     
                       Elbinga
                       ,
                       Medoarus
                    
                     &
                     Oxus
                     out
                     of
                     two
                     lakes
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     names
                     ,
                     neere
                     the
                     
                       Alpes
                       ;
                       Rindacus
                    
                     from
                     Artinia
                     a
                     poole
                     besides
                     Melitopolis
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     why
                     riuers
                     should
                     be
                     ingendred
                     in
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     high
                     places
                     ,
                     may
                     be
                     giuen
                     ;
                     because
                     they
                     are
                     made
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     shewed
                     before
                     )
                     by
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     sunne
                     ,
                     starres
                     and
                     subterranean
                     fires
                     ,
                     rarifying
                     and
                     attenuating
                     the
                     Waters
                     .
                     And
                     this
                     operation
                     of
                     the
                     sunne
                     in
                     higher
                     places
                     ,
                     must
                     needes
                     be
                     more
                     effectuall
                     then
                     in
                     lower
                     .
                     Now
                     for
                     the
                     second
                     part
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     plaine
                     to
                     proue
                     ,
                     that
                     all
                     riuers
                     runne
                     into
                     the
                     sea
                     :
                     either
                     making
                     a
                     passage
                     from
                     their
                     fountaines
                     ,
                     on
                     the
                     land
                     toward
                     the
                     sea
                     shore
                     ,
                     as
                     Nilus
                     and
                     Danubius
                     ,
                     with
                     other
                     riuers
                     ,
                     or
                     by
                     disburthening
                     themselues
                     into
                     greater
                     riuers
                     ,
                     wherein
                     they
                     are
                     conuaied
                     into
                     the
                     sea
                     :
                     as
                     the
                     60
                     great
                     Nauigable
                     riuers
                     ,
                     which
                     empty
                     themselues
                     into
                     Danubius
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     are
                     swallowed
                     vp
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     reduced
                     againe
                     to
                     their
                     first
                     mother
                     ;
                     which
                     we
                     may
                     imagin
                     of
                     the
                     riuers
                     forespoken
                     of
                     ,
                     drunk
                     vp
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     Although
                     all
                     riuers
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     shewed
                     (
                     fall
                     into
                     the
                     sea
                     yet
                     not
                     all
                     in
                     one
                     &
                     the
                     selfesame
                     fashion
                     ;
                     if
                     we
                     respect
                     their
                     passage
                     on
                     the
                     lād
                     .
                     For
                     some
                     are
                     caried
                     into
                     the
                     sea
                     by
                     one
                     o●tiū
                     or
                     mouth
                     ,
                     whereof
                     we
                     haue
                     two
                     notable
                     examples
                     ;
                     the
                     first
                     of
                     a
                     great
                     riuer
                     in
                     Brasill
                     called
                     
                       Rio
                       de
                       La
                       Plate
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     caried
                     into
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     by
                     a
                     mouth
                     of
                     40
                     leagues
                     with
                     such
                     violence
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Marriners
                     may
                     ●hence
                     draw
                     fresh
                     water
                     ,
                     before
                     they
                     come
                     within
                     sight
                     of
                     land
                     .
                     The
                     other
                     not
                     much
                     vnlike
                     ,
                     is
                     that
                     which
                     runnes
                     by
                     the
                     kingdome
                     of
                     
                       Congo
                       &
                       Angolo
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     six
                     and
                     thirty
                     thousand
                     paces
                     broad
                     ▪
                     where
                     it
                     enters
                     into
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     caried
                     with
                     such
                     a
                     force
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     seuers
                     the
                     waues
                     ,
                     &
                     keeps
                     his
                     owne
                     channell
                     ,
                     and
                     renders
                     the
                     shipp-men
                     fresh
                     water
                     betwixt
                     the
                     sea
                     waters
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     distance
                     of
                     eight
                     hūdred
                     thousand
                     paces
                     .
                     Other
                     great
                     riuers
                     are
                     disburthened
                     into
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     by
                     diuers
                     Ostia
                     or
                     Inletts
                     ;
                     as
                     Rhene
                     into
                     the
                     
                       Germane
                       Ocean
                    
                     by
                     three
                     ;
                     Danubius
                     into
                     the
                     Pontick
                     sea
                     ▪
                     by
                     6
                     ;
                     Indus
                     into
                     
                     the
                     
                       Iud●an
                       sea
                    
                     by
                     7
                     ;
                     Nilus
                     into
                     the
                     Mediterranean
                     by
                     7
                     great
                     and
                     famous
                     passages
                     ▪
                     Volga
                     into
                     the
                     Caspian
                     lake
                     by
                     72
                     gates
                     .
                     These
                     are
                     the
                     most
                     remarkeable
                     :
                     others
                     we
                     shall
                     supply
                     in
                     our
                     historicall
                     part
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       5
                       Diuerse
                       fountaines
                       are
                       endowed
                       with
                       diuerse
                       admirable
                       vertues
                       and
                       operations
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     There
                     is
                     nothing
                     wherein
                     Nature
                     delighteth
                     more
                     in
                     miraculous
                     variety
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     fountaines
                     and
                     springs
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     .
                     Of
                     these
                     admirable
                     workes
                     of
                     nature
                     ,
                     being
                     infinite
                     in
                     these
                     springs
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     touch
                     some
                     .
                     Which
                     the
                     better
                     to
                     effect
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     reduce
                     all
                     to
                     these
                     heads
                     :
                     1
                     Their
                     qualities
                     and
                     operations
                     .
                     2
                     their
                     motiōs
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     former
                     we
                     will
                     produce
                     some
                     sew
                     instāces
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     reported
                     ,
                     that
                     neere
                     the
                     Garamantes
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     fountaine
                     so
                     cold
                     in
                     the
                     dayes
                     that
                     no
                     man
                     can
                     drinke
                     thereof
                     ;
                     so
                     hot
                     in
                     the
                     nights
                     ,
                     that
                     no
                     man
                     can
                     abide
                     to
                     touch
                     it
                     :
                     There
                     is
                     another
                     in
                     India
                     wherein
                     a
                     candle
                     will
                     burne
                     .
                     There
                     is
                     also
                     another
                     called
                     heretofore
                     the
                     well
                     of
                     
                       Iupiter
                       Hammon
                    
                     which
                     in
                     the
                     morning
                     is
                     luke-warme
                     :
                     at
                     noone
                     col●
                     ▪
                     in
                     the
                     euening
                     Hot
                     ,
                     at
                     midnight
                     
                       boiling
                       hot
                    
                     ;
                     From
                     whence
                     againe
                     it
                     begins
                     to
                     asswage
                     till
                     the
                     morning
                     ;
                     and
                     so
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     by
                     turne
                     it
                     growes
                     hot
                     and
                     cold
                     ▪
                     a
                     matter
                     of
                     great
                     admiration
                     .
                     Some
                     fountaines
                     in
                     Liguria
                     &
                     Paphlagonia
                     being
                     drunke
                     will
                     make
                     the
                     head
                     giddy
                     as
                     if
                     he
                     had
                     drunke
                     wine
                     .
                     Another
                     fountaine
                     in
                     Aranea
                     a
                     part
                     of
                     Arcadia
                     being
                     drunke
                     ;
                     will
                     so
                     affect
                     the
                     tast
                     ,
                     that
                     who
                     drinke
                     it
                     shall
                     neuer
                     afterward
                     endure
                     the
                     tast
                     of
                     wine
                     :
                     which
                     was
                     very
                     like
                     the
                     fountain
                     Clitorius
                     whereof
                     Ouid
                     in
                     his
                     Metamorphosis
                     the
                     last
                     booke
                     sings
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     :
                     
                       
                         Clitorio
                         quiounque
                         sitim
                         de
                         fonte
                         leu●●is
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Vina
                         fugit
                         ,
                         gaudetque
                         meris
                         abstemius
                         vndis
                         .
                      
                    
                     The
                     ancients
                     haue
                     also
                     recorded
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     Boeotia
                     neere
                     the
                     riuer
                     Orchomenon
                     ,
                     are
                     two
                     fountaines
                     ;
                     whereof
                     the
                     one
                     gets
                     memory
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     causeth
                     obli●io●
                     ▪
                     There
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     Iland
                     Cea
                     a
                     fountaine
                     making
                     the
                     senses
                     dull
                     ;
                     another
                     in
                     Aethiopia
                     ▪
                     whereon
                     the
                     Water
                     drunken
                     will
                     make
                     a
                     man
                     mad
                     :
                     Some
                     water
                     absolutely
                     kils
                     him
                     which
                     drinkes
                     ▪
                     as
                     the
                     riuer
                     Styx
                     in
                     Arcadia
                     ,
                     being
                     a
                     venemous
                     fretting
                     poison
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     
                     by
                     the
                     poets
                     fained
                     to
                     be
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     riuers
                     in
                     Hell.
                     Diuers
                     other
                     riuers
                     are
                     profitable
                     to
                     cure
                     diuers
                     diseases
                     of
                     the
                     body
                     ,
                     whereof
                     I
                     need
                     not
                     bring
                     any
                     instances
                     ;
                     because
                     such
                     new-found
                     wells
                     are
                     sometimes
                     discouered
                     ●●ongst
                     vs
                     here
                     at
                     home
                     .
                     There
                     are
                     2
                     riuers
                     in
                     B●eotia
                     of
                     admirable
                     vertue
                     ▪
                     whereof
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     if
                     a
                     sheep
                     drinke
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     he
                     will
                     become
                     yellow
                     :
                     but
                     if
                     a
                     sheep
                     of
                     a
                     dunne
                     or
                     yellow
                     colour
                     drinke
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     he
                     wil
                     become
                     white
                     :
                     Riuers
                     which
                     make
                     sheep
                     white
                     coloured
                     besides
                     ,
                     are
                     Neleus
                     in
                     
                       Euboea
                       ,
                       Aliac●●on
                    
                     in
                     
                       Macedonia
                       :
                       Crathris
                    
                     in
                     Thurijs
                     :
                     so
                     Cerius
                     in
                     
                       Euboea
                       ,
                       Auxius
                       in
                       Macedonia
                       ,
                       Peneas
                    
                     in
                     Thessaly
                     ,
                     will
                     make
                     them
                     
                       blacke
                       :
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     will
                     cause
                     whitenesse
                     in
                     oxen
                     :
                     So
                     the
                     riuer
                     Astaces
                     in
                     Ponti●●
                     waters
                     the
                     land
                     ,
                     whereby
                     mares
                     haue
                     their
                     
                       milke
                       blacke
                    
                     .
                     Amongst
                     the
                     regions
                     of
                     the
                     Troglodites
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     well
                     which
                     thrice
                     a
                     day
                     will
                     become
                     sweet
                     and
                     bitter
                     ,
                     and
                     againe
                     returne
                     to
                     his
                     former
                     sweetnesse
                     :
                     and
                     so
                     often
                     againe
                     in
                     the
                     night
                     .
                     This
                     may
                     suffice
                     to
                     shew
                     the
                     variety
                     of
                     operations
                     in
                     these
                     wells
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     other
                     creatures
                     .
                     No
                     lesse
                     admirable
                     variety
                     is
                     discouered
                     in
                     obseruing
                     of
                     their
                     diuerse
                     motions
                     .
                     For
                     some
                     riuers
                     ouerflowe
                     their
                     bankes
                     at
                     some
                     certaine
                     times
                     of
                     the
                     yeare
                     ,
                     〈◊〉
                     Nilus
                     in
                     
                       Egypt
                       ,
                       Euphrates
                    
                     in
                     
                       Mesopotania
                       ,
                       Ind●●
                    
                     in
                     Indi●
                     ▪
                     some
                     fountaines
                     are
                     carried
                     with
                     such
                     violence
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     cast
                     vp
                     stones
                     ,
                     as
                     M●rsia
                     in
                     Phrygia
                     ,
                     and
                     expell
                     any
                     weight
                     as
                     a
                     certaine
                     one
                     in
                     Arabia
                     ,
                     whereof
                     the
                     like
                     was
                     recorded
                     to
                     be
                     in
                     Portugall
                     :
                     some
                     will
                     swallow
                     vp
                     any
                     thing
                     ●●●owne
                     into
                     them
                     ,
                     as
                     one
                     in
                     Portugall
                     ,
                     if
                     we
                     beleeue
                     Pliny
                     :
                     some
                     others
                     although
                     they
                     are
                     cold
                     ,
                     will
                     seeth
                     and
                     seeme
                     to
                     boil●
                     a●
                     the
                     water
                     o●
                     the
                     fire
                     ;
                     yet
                     neuer
                     cast
                     out
                     their
                     water
                     beyond
                     their
                     b●nk●●
                     ,
                     but
                     straight-way
                     swallow
                     it
                     vp
                     againe
                     ,
                     as
                     Acidula
                     in
                     Alb●g●●●
                     ,
                     and
                     ●nother
                     fountaine
                     in
                     Cappidoci●
                     named
                     Tia●●
                     ▪
                     some
                     there
                     are
                     which
                     sometimes
                     rise
                     and
                     swell
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     times
                     fall
                     againe
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     accord
                     ,
                     as
                     Crater
                     of
                     〈◊〉
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     fountaine
                     in
                     Italy
                     called
                     Ph●iana
                     :
                     some
                     wells
                     imitate
                     the
                     ●bbing
                     and
                     flowing
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     in
                     all
                     encreases
                     and
                     dimi●utions
                     ,
                     as
                     one
                     in
                     Cale●
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     neare
                     Burdeaux
                     in
                     France
                     :
                     some
                     are
                     contrariwise
                     affected
                     to
                     the
                     ebbing
                     &
                     flowing
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     flowing
                     when
                     the
                     sea
                     ●bbs
                     ,
                     and
                     ●bbing
                     when
                     the
                     
                     sea
                     flowes
                     as
                     certaine
                     Pits
                     in
                     Spaine
                     :
                     some
                     encrease
                     and
                     diminish
                     without
                     any
                     consent
                     or
                     agreement
                     with
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     sea
                     ;
                     as
                     a
                     Well
                     in
                     Tenodus
                     ,
                     an
                     Iland
                     neere
                     Troy.
                     In
                     Cantabria
                     are
                     three
                     fountaines
                     ,
                     distant
                     8
                     foot
                     the
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     and
                     falling
                     into
                     one
                     Channell
                     in
                     a
                     vast
                     riuer
                     ,
                     which
                     euery
                     day
                     are
                     dry
                     twelue
                     times
                     ,
                     and
                     sometimes
                     twenty
                     times
                     :
                     others
                     of
                     their
                     own
                     accord
                     purge
                     &
                     cleanse
                     themselues
                     ,
                     casting
                     out
                     wood
                     ,
                     clay
                     ,
                     durt
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     matters
                     wherewith
                     they
                     are
                     defiled
                     ,
                     as
                     a
                     Well
                     in
                     the
                     Chersonesus
                     of
                     Rhodes
                     .
                     These
                     and
                     many
                     more
                     remarkeable
                     instances
                     haue
                     our
                     naturall
                     Historians
                     gathered
                     together
                     ,
                     whereof
                     though
                     some
                     perhaps
                     may
                     bee
                     thought
                     to
                     be
                     forged
                     of
                     Poets
                     for
                     pleasure
                     ,
                     or
                     mistaken
                     for
                     want
                     of
                     good
                     discouery
                     and
                     obseruation
                     ;
                     yet
                     must
                     wee
                     not
                     wrong
                     Antiquity
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     to
                     reiect
                     all
                     ,
                     hauing
                     in
                     this
                     subiect
                     enough
                     to
                     wonder
                     at
                     in
                     ourowne
                     Country
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       6
                       Places
                       neare
                       great
                       Riuers
                       and
                       Lakes
                       are
                       most
                       commodious
                       for
                       habitation
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     It
                     hath
                     bin
                     the
                     custome
                     of
                     all
                     times
                     and
                     nations
                     almost
                     in
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     to
                     choose
                     out
                     for
                     a
                     choice
                     place
                     for
                     building
                     of
                     cities
                     ,
                     their
                     habitation
                     neere
                     some
                     great
                     
                       Lake
                       ,
                       Riuer
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     Arme
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ;
                     which
                     sprang
                     from
                     the
                     common
                     obseruation
                     of
                     Men
                     ,
                     who
                     found
                     such
                     places
                     to
                     be
                     more
                     conuenient
                     .
                     This
                     conueniency
                     is
                     shewed
                     many
                     wayes
                     :
                     first
                     ,
                     because
                     by
                     meanes
                     of
                     such
                     water
                     they
                     haue
                     quick
                     passage
                     and
                     trafficke
                     with
                     other
                     Nations
                     ,
                     being
                     able
                     with
                     more
                     ease
                     both
                     to
                     receiue
                     ,
                     &
                     to
                     send
                     forth
                     wares
                     and
                     merchandize
                     .
                     Whence
                     we
                     see
                     that
                     such
                     cities
                     as
                     are
                     seated
                     vpon
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     are
                     commonly
                     of
                     all
                     other
                     the
                     richest
                     :
                     whereof
                     we
                     may
                     giue
                     an
                     instance
                     almost
                     in
                     euery
                     countrey
                     ,
                     as
                     of
                     Seuill
                     and
                     Lisbone
                     in
                     Spaine
                     &
                     Portugall
                     :
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     Cities
                     almost
                     of
                     the
                     Low-countries
                     ;
                     of
                     Paris
                     in
                     France
                     :
                     whence
                     (
                     no
                     doubt
                     )
                     grew
                     that
                     English
                     Prouerbe
                     ▪
                     
                       That
                       the
                       Sea
                       is
                       a
                       good
                       neighbour
                    
                     ;
                     which
                     may
                     aswell
                     be
                     vnderstood
                     of
                     any
                     nauigable
                     Riuer
                     .
                     Secondly
                     such
                     a
                     site
                     is
                     most
                     conuenient
                     for
                     the
                     purging
                     away
                     of
                     all
                     filth
                     and
                     excrements
                     ,
                     which
                     could
                     not
                     with
                     the
                     like
                     conueniency
                     bee
                     so
                     soone
                     transported
                     by
                     land
                     :
                     whence
                     many
                     men
                     haue
                     laboured
                     to
                     transport
                     riuers
                     far
                     
                     remote
                     vnto
                     Cities
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     because
                     such
                     riuers
                     and
                     wa●ry
                     lakes
                     yeeld
                     store
                     of
                     fish
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     may
                     be
                     nourished
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     creatures
                     the
                     better
                     preserued
                     :
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     no
                     small
                     commodity
                     would
                     accrow
                     to
                     a
                     Cyty
                     by
                     water
                     neare
                     adioyning
                     If
                     it
                     should
                     chance
                     (
                     as
                     often
                     it
                     doth
                     )
                     to
                     be
                     set
                     on
                     fire
                     ;
                     for
                     hauing
                     water
                     neare
                     it
                     ,
                     it
                     may
                     soone
                     be
                     quenched
                     :
                     whereas
                     many
                     little
                     springs
                     cannot
                     afford
                     so
                     much
                     water
                     as
                     would
                     suffice
                     for
                     such
                     a
                     purpose
                     .
                     Lastly
                     ,
                     amongst
                     other
                     reasons
                     wee
                     cannot
                     forget
                     the
                     pleasantnes
                     of
                     faire
                     riuers
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     no
                     small
                     ornaments
                     to
                     a
                     City
                     ,
                     and
                     delights
                     to
                     the
                     eye
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     8
                     Thus
                     much
                     for
                     riuers
                     :
                     A
                     Lake
                     is
                     a
                     collection
                     of
                     perpetuall
                     waters
                     ,
                     nourished
                     with
                     fresh
                     springs
                     ,
                     and
                     hauing
                     of
                     it selfe
                     no
                     passage
                     forth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   In
                   this
                   definition
                   of
                   a
                   Lake
                   ,
                   wee
                   haue
                   comprized
                   these
                   three
                   things
                   :
                   First
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   collection
                   of
                   constant
                   and
                   perpetuall
                   waters
                   :
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   continually
                   fed
                   &
                   cherished
                   with
                   fresh
                   springs
                   ,
                   rising
                   vp
                   from
                   the
                   bottome
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   finds
                   no
                   passage
                   forth
                   into
                   the
                   sea
                   or
                   otherwise
                   .
                   By
                   the
                   two
                   first
                   it
                   is
                   distinguished
                   from
                   a
                   great
                   Pond
                   or
                   standing
                   poole
                   called
                   in
                   Latin
                   Stagnum
                   :
                   For
                   asmuch
                   as
                   a
                   standing
                   poole
                   ,
                   being
                   commonly
                   ●ed
                   with
                   raine
                   water
                   ,
                   and
                   hauing
                   no
                   springs
                   from
                   the
                   Earth
                   whereby
                   it
                   may
                   bee
                   long
                   nourished
                   ,
                   is
                   often
                   times
                   by
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   sunne
                   exhausting
                   it
                   out
                   by
                   vapours
                   ,
                   either
                   extraordinarily
                   diminished
                   ,
                   or
                   altogether
                   dried
                   vp
                   :
                   Whereas
                   in
                   a
                   Lake
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   fresh
                   springs
                   ,
                   the
                   Water
                   is
                   perpetuall
                   and
                   remaineth
                   sweet
                   and
                   holsome
                   ,
                   except
                   by
                   some
                   other
                   accidents
                   ,
                   it
                   change
                   it's
                   disposition
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   latter
                   clause
                   that
                   a
                   lake
                   finds
                   no
                   passage
                   forth
                   ,
                   it
                   may
                   bee
                   two
                   waies
                   vnderstood
                   :
                   either
                   of
                   a
                   visible
                   or
                   apparant
                   passage
                   outwardly
                   through
                   the
                   superficies
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   to
                   the
                   sea
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   a
                   secret
                   and
                   subterranean
                   passage
                   vnder
                   ground
                   :
                   The
                   former
                   may
                   againe
                   be
                   vnderstood
                   of
                   a
                   passage
                   forth
                   immediatly
                   by
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   or
                   mediatly
                   by
                   some
                   riuer
                   :
                   whereas
                   wee
                   haue
                   said
                   that
                   it
                   
                   finds
                   no
                   entrance
                   into
                   the
                   sea
                   ,
                   we
                   ought
                   to
                   vnderstand
                   it
                   ,
                   that
                   immediately
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   accompted
                   a
                   continuate
                   part
                   conioyned
                   with
                   the
                   sea
                   :
                   neuerthelesse
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   disburthened
                   into
                   the
                   sea
                   by
                   some
                   riuers
                   running
                   out
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   some
                   would
                   haue
                   the
                   great
                   riuer
                   Tanais
                   not
                   to
                   haue
                   his
                   head
                   or
                   fountaine
                   in
                   the
                   Riphaean
                   mountains
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   ancients
                   haue
                   taught
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   a
                   certaine
                   Lake
                   not
                   fa●re
                   from
                   the
                   city
                   Tulla
                   ▪
                   so
                   Volga
                   &
                   Edill
                   draw
                   their
                   originall
                   from
                   a
                   lake
                   not
                   farre
                   from
                   Moscow
                   :
                   with
                   many
                   others
                   of
                   like
                   nature
                   .
                   What
                   to
                   thinke
                   of
                   the
                   subterranean
                   intercourse
                   betwixt
                   Lakes
                   and
                   the
                   sea
                   ,
                   wee
                   will
                   shew
                   in
                   this
                   Theoreme
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       It
                       is
                       probable
                       ,
                       that
                       most
                       Lakes
                       haue
                       some
                       secret
                       intercourse
                       with
                       the
                       sea
                       vnder
                       ground
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     For
                     the
                     confirmation
                     of
                     this
                     point
                     ,
                     there
                     want
                     not
                     reasons
                     :
                     The
                     first
                     reason
                     may
                     be
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     quantity
                     of
                     Water
                     in
                     most
                     Lakes
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     found
                     without
                     any
                     great
                     sensible
                     difference
                     to
                     remaine
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     diminution
                     or
                     encrease
                     ;
                     whereas
                     if
                     the
                     water
                     bound
                     in
                     with
                     these
                     limits
                     ,
                     should
                     haue
                     no
                     passage
                     out
                     any
                     way
                     ,
                     it
                     should
                     encrease
                     to
                     such
                     greatnes
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     would
                     easily
                     ouerwhelme
                     the
                     bankes
                     To
                     giue
                     a
                     few
                     instances
                     ,
                     we
                     find
                     that
                     diuerse
                     very
                     vast
                     riuers
                     exhaust
                     themselues
                     into
                     the
                     Caspian
                     Lake
                     as
                     Volga
                     and
                     Edill
                     ,
                     which
                     receiuing
                     into
                     them
                     many
                     notable
                     riuers
                     ,
                     are
                     at
                     last
                     themselues
                     swallowed
                     vp
                     in
                     the
                     said
                     lake
                     :
                     In
                     like
                     manner
                     the
                     Lake
                     of
                     Palestine
                     called
                     the
                     dead
                     sea
                     ,
                     is
                     known
                     to
                     receiue
                     into
                     it
                     besides
                     diuerse
                     lesser
                     riuers
                     ,
                     the
                     great
                     and
                     famous
                     riuer
                     Iordan
                     .
                     Heere
                     would
                     I
                     demaund
                     ,
                     whether
                     these
                     great
                     riuers
                     perpetually
                     casting
                     themselues
                     into
                     a
                     Lake
                     ,
                     giue
                     an
                     encrease
                     to
                     the
                     former
                     quantity
                     or
                     not
                     :
                     if
                     they
                     should
                     augment
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     they
                     would
                     by
                     consequence
                     alter
                     the
                     bounds
                     :
                     But
                     this
                     is
                     contradicted
                     by
                     experience
                     .
                     If
                     the
                     quantity
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     suffers
                     no
                     encrease
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     then
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     water
                     should
                     some
                     other
                     way
                     be
                     diminished
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     heere
                     encreased
                     .
                     This
                     must
                     either
                     be
                     by
                     the
                     sunne
                     drawing
                     vp
                     some
                     parts
                     of
                     it
                     by
                     vapours
                     ,
                     or
                     by
                     some
                     cauerns
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     drinking
                     vp
                     some
                     parts
                     of
                     it
                     :
                     Or
                     lastly
                     by
                     a
                     subterranean
                     passage
                     into
                     
                     the
                     sea
                     :
                     Concerning
                     the
                     former
                     it
                     cannot
                     bee
                     denied
                     ,
                     but
                     much
                     Water
                     is
                     drawne
                     vp
                     into
                     vapours
                     by
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     sun
                     yet
                     that
                     these
                     vapours
                     counteruaile
                     the
                     water
                     perpetually
                     brought
                     in
                     ,
                     is
                     in
                     my
                     conceit
                     very
                     improbable
                     :
                     for
                     against
                     this
                     quantity
                     of
                     water
                     extracted
                     out
                     this
                     way
                     of
                     evaporation
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     oppose
                     these
                     three
                     things
                     which
                     shal
                     perswade
                     a
                     reasonable
                     man
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     water
                     receiued
                     in
                     ,
                     shall
                     farre
                     surpasse
                     the
                     vapours
                     exhaled
                     from
                     it
                     ▪
                     First
                     that
                     the
                     vapours
                     are
                     stirred
                     vp
                     in
                     the
                     day
                     time
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     sunne
                     is
                     lifted
                     aboue
                     the
                     Horizon
                     ;
                     at
                     such
                     a
                     height
                     that
                     his
                     heat
                     is
                     somewhat
                     strengthned
                     ,
                     wheras
                     all
                     these
                     watry
                     currents
                     neuer
                     intermitting
                     their
                     vsuall
                     course
                     ,
                     neuer
                     cease
                     to
                     runne
                     by
                     day
                     or
                     night
                     :
                     wherein
                     is
                     seen
                     a
                     double
                     aduantage
                     of
                     the
                     riuers
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     watry
                     exhalation
                     ▪
                     Secondly
                     of
                     these
                     watry
                     vapours
                     ,
                     so
                     drawne
                     out
                     ,
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     must
                     at
                     diuerse
                     times
                     returne
                     back
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     so
                     much
                     otherwise
                     by
                     rayny
                     showres
                     ,
                     dropped
                     downe
                     into
                     this
                     Lake
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     these
                     watry
                     parts
                     thus
                     rarified
                     and
                     attenuated
                     in
                     vapour
                     should
                     (
                     putting
                     this
                     supposition
                     )
                     in
                     equality
                     ,
                     diffuse
                     themselues
                     abroad
                     in
                     such
                     extraordinary
                     manner
                     ,
                     that
                     all
                     the
                     Regions
                     round
                     about
                     should
                     in
                     all
                     likely-hood
                     suffer
                     a
                     great
                     inconueniency
                     of
                     foggy
                     exhalations
                     .
                     On
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     it
                     is
                     very
                     vnlikely
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     bee
                     receiued
                     into
                     empty
                     caverns
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     without
                     passage
                     into
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     or
                     some
                     great
                     riuer
                     ,
                     disburthening
                     it selfe
                     thereunto
                     .
                     For
                     I
                     would
                     demaund
                     whether
                     these
                     cauerns
                     were
                     euer
                     filled
                     with
                     water
                     or
                     not
                     ?
                     if
                     they
                     haue
                     been
                     filled
                     ,
                     how
                     could
                     they
                     receiue
                     more
                     water
                     ,
                     sith
                     the
                     filling
                     of
                     any
                     place
                     supposeth
                     it
                     to
                     be
                     first
                     empty
                     .
                     That
                     they
                     were
                     neuer
                     yet
                     filled
                     with
                     Water
                     ,
                     is
                     farre
                     more
                     vnreasonable
                     :
                     that
                     any
                     man
                     should
                     imagine
                     ,
                     any
                     cauerne
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     bee
                     so
                     vast
                     ,
                     with
                     so
                     great
                     currents
                     of
                     Water
                     perpetually
                     running
                     in
                     almost
                     six
                     thousand
                     yeares
                     ,
                     should
                     not
                     replenish
                     :
                     especially
                     considering
                     the
                     bowells
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     not
                     farre
                     from
                     the
                     vpper
                     face
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     every
                     where
                     spread
                     with
                     Water
                     round
                     ,
                     which
                     might
                     also
                     helpe
                     to
                     this
                     purpose
                     :
                     Wherefore
                     it
                     cannot
                     well
                     bee
                     imagined
                     but
                     that
                     euery
                     such
                     great
                     lake
                     ,
                     hath
                     some
                     vent
                     or
                     passage
                     vnto
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     either
                     by
                     some
                     secret
                     &
                     subterranean
                     channell
                     ,
                     or
                     
                     at
                     least
                     by
                     some
                     great
                     riuer
                     issuing
                     out
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     running
                     into
                     the
                     Ocean
                     .
                     Another
                     reason
                     may
                     be
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     currents
                     of
                     some
                     seas
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     by
                     good
                     reason
                     ascribed
                     to
                     this
                     cause
                     :
                     For
                     it
                     is
                     obserued
                     by
                     skilfull
                     Nauigatours
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Water
                     is
                     carried
                     by
                     a
                     very
                     stiffe
                     course
                     from
                     Propontis
                     and
                     the
                     black
                     sea
                     into
                     the
                     Aegaean
                     ,
                     and
                     from
                     thence
                     into
                     the
                     Mediterranean
                     :
                     The
                     originall
                     of
                     which
                     current
                     m●y
                     with
                     good
                     coniecture
                     be
                     found
                     out
                     in
                     the
                     Caspian
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     some
                     secret
                     passage
                     vnder
                     ground
                     ,
                     disburthening
                     it selfe
                     into
                     the
                     black
                     sea
                     ,
                     causeth
                     it
                     to
                     enforce
                     his
                     owne
                     waters
                     farther
                     of
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     receit
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     that
                     these
                     subterranean
                     passages
                     are
                     not
                     vnlikely
                     ,
                     may
                     be
                     confirmed
                     by
                     many
                     riuers
                     which
                     are
                     swallowed
                     vp
                     ,
                     some
                     wholly
                     ,
                     some
                     for
                     ●ome
                     place
                     only
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     whereof
                     we
                     haue
                     spoken
                     before
                     .
                     Also
                     it
                     may
                     seeme
                     likely
                     by
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     spread
                     round
                     about
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     through
                     the
                     bowells
                     of
                     it
                     find
                     a
                     passage
                     from
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     bearing
                     as
                     it
                     seemes
                     the
                     same
                     leuell
                     .
                     This
                     may
                     (
                     for
                     ought
                     wee
                     know
                     )
                     be
                     the
                     originall
                     of
                     all
                     Lakes
                     ,
                     and
                     this
                     also
                     may
                     bee
                     a
                     way
                     or
                     meanes
                     ,
                     whereby
                     they
                     empty
                     and
                     disburthen
                     themselues
                     being
                     ouercharged
                     with
                     too
                     much
                     Water
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 X.
                 Of
                 Mountaines
                 ,
                 Valleyes
                 ,
                 Plaine
                 Regions
                 ,
                 Woods
                 ,
                 and
                 Champian
                 Countryes
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     THe
                     second
                     variation
                     in
                     the
                     figurature
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     expressed
                     in
                     
                       Mountaines
                       ,
                       Valleyes
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Plaine
                     Countreyes
                     .
                     A
                     Mountaine
                     is
                     a
                     quantity
                     of
                     Earth
                     heaped
                     aboue
                     the
                     ordinary
                     height
                     
                     of
                     the
                     land
                     .
                     A
                     Valley
                     is
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     between
                     two
                     Mountaines
                     .
                     A
                     plain
                     is
                     a
                     space
                     of
                     Earth
                     where
                     there
                     is
                     found
                     no
                     notable
                     rising
                     or
                     falling
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   distinction
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   according
                   to
                   it's
                   externall
                   figurature
                   into
                   
                     Mountaines
                     ,
                     Valleyes
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Plaines
                   is
                   very
                   naturall
                   ;
                   because
                   euery
                   space
                   or
                   parcell
                   of
                   land
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   places
                   neere
                   or
                   about
                   it
                   ,
                   must
                   either
                   rise
                   higher
                   ,
                   or
                   fall
                   lower
                   ,
                   or
                   at
                   least
                   must
                   beare
                   an
                   equality
                   ;
                   where
                   the
                   former
                   is
                   admitted
                   ,
                   there
                   must
                   needs
                   be
                   Mountaines
                   swelling
                   higher
                   then
                   the
                   ordinary
                   leuell
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   where
                   the
                   second
                   is
                   found
                   ,
                   the
                   ground
                   is
                   indented
                   with
                   Valleyes
                   and
                   concauities
                   :
                   where
                   the
                   third
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   seene
                   ,
                   there
                   must
                   be
                   Plaines
                   .
                   Here
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   noted
                   that
                   howsoeuer
                   Plaines
                   absolutely
                   considered
                   ,
                   haue
                   a
                   sphericall
                   surface
                   for
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   ,
                   especially
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   Plaines
                   be
                   large
                   because
                   they
                   concurre
                   as
                   circular
                   segments
                   to
                   make
                   vp
                   the
                   Spheare
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   yet
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   called
                   Plaines
                   ,
                   because
                   they
                   so
                   appeare
                   to
                   our
                   sense
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   so
                   short
                   a
                   distance
                   ,
                   cannot
                   perceiue
                   the
                   Sphericall
                   figurature
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   Some
                   Gramarians
                   here
                   curiously
                   distinguish
                   betweene
                   mons
                   or
                   a
                   Mountaine
                   ,
                   and
                   Collis
                   or
                   a
                   Hillock
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   little
                   hill
                   :
                   &
                   also
                   betwixt
                   Vallis
                   ,
                   which
                   they
                   would
                   haue
                   to
                   be
                   a
                   low
                   parcell
                   of
                   ground
                   betwixt
                   two
                   mountaines
                   ,
                   and
                   Conuallis
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   lower
                   space
                   ,
                   only
                   bounded
                   on
                   one
                   part
                   by
                   a
                   mountaine
                   ,
                   which
                   Varro
                   would
                   haue
                   to
                   bee
                   deriued
                   from
                   
                     Cauata
                     vallis
                  
                   ;
                   but
                   these
                   Grammatical
                   scruples
                   are
                   of
                   small
                   vse
                   to
                   such
                   as
                   spend
                   themselues
                   on
                   greater
                   matters
                   :
                   because
                   the
                   ordinary
                   &
                   vsual
                   manner
                   of
                   speech
                   (
                   euen
                   amongst
                   the
                   vulgar
                   )
                   will
                   shut
                   out
                   all
                   mistakes
                   in
                   this
                   kind
                   ;
                   what
                   deserues
                   the
                   study
                   of
                   ●
                   Topographer
                   concerning
                   this
                   ,
                   shall
                   be
                   expressed
                   in
                   these
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       
                         1
                         Mountaines
                         ,
                         Valleyes
                      
                       ,
                       and
                       
                         Plaines
                         were
                      
                       created
                       in
                       the
                       Earth
                       from
                       the
                       beginning
                       ,
                       and
                       few
                       made
                       by
                       the
                       violence
                       of
                       the
                       Deluge
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                   
                     It
                     hath
                     bin
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     some
                     ,
                     aswell
                     Diuines
                     as
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     violence
                     of
                     the
                     Deluge
                     hath
                     extraordinarily
                     altered
                     &
                     defaced
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     being
                     the
                     chiefe
                     cause
                     of
                     Mountaines
                     &
                     Valleyes
                     therein
                     :
                     but
                     this
                     opinion
                     is
                     contradicted
                     by
                     many
                     reasons
                     ;
                     first
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Text
                     it selfe
                     of
                     Genesis
                     ,
                     where
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     water
                     of
                     the
                     flood
                     ouer-flowed
                     by
                     15
                     Cubits
                     the
                     highest
                     Mountaines
                     :
                     to
                     which
                     may
                     be
                     added
                     the
                     Testimony
                     of
                     Damascenus
                     ,
                     who
                     reports
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     Deluge
                     many
                     resorted
                     to
                     a
                     high
                     mountaine
                     of
                     Armenia
                     ,
                     called
                     Baris
                     ,
                     where
                     they
                     saued
                     themselues
                     which
                     last
                     clause
                     although
                     it
                     expresly
                     contradicts
                     the
                     holy
                     Scriptures
                     ,
                     which
                     speake
                     but
                     of
                     Eight
                     Persons
                     that
                     were
                     saued
                     :
                     yet
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     sufficient
                     testimony
                     to
                     proue
                     that
                     such
                     Mountaines
                     were
                     before
                     the
                     Flood
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     not
                     made
                     by
                     it
                     :
                     Secondly
                     had
                     there
                     followed
                     so
                     great
                     an
                     alteration
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     to
                     cause
                     mountaines
                     as
                     some
                     imagine
                     ,
                     then
                     should
                     not
                     the
                     same
                     places
                     after
                     the
                     flood
                     retain
                     their
                     names
                     ,
                     bounds
                     ,
                     and
                     descriptions
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     did
                     before
                     the
                     flood
                     ;
                     the
                     contrary
                     whereof
                     we
                     find
                     ,
                     in
                     that
                     Moses
                     writing
                     of
                     Paradice
                     ,
                     &
                     other
                     places
                     ,
                     about
                     850
                     yeares
                     after
                     the
                     flood
                     ,
                     was
                     most
                     exact
                     in
                     setting
                     down
                     the
                     
                       Names
                       ,
                       Limits
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     whole
                     description
                     of
                     them
                     ,
                     as
                     though
                     they
                     had
                     remained
                     to
                     be
                     seene
                     in
                     his
                     dayes
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     had
                     the
                     violence
                     of
                     the
                     waters
                     beene
                     so
                     great
                     as
                     to
                     raise
                     vp
                     mountaines
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     without
                     doubt
                     haue
                     bin
                     forceable
                     enough
                     to
                     haue
                     turned
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     and
                     haue
                     changed
                     them
                     from
                     one
                     place
                     to
                     another
                     ,
                     cast
                     downe
                     and
                     demolished
                     the
                     greatest
                     Cities
                     and
                     buildings
                     ,
                     throwne
                     downe
                     and
                     ouer-whelmed
                     all
                     plants
                     and
                     vegetalls
                     on
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     haue
                     buried
                     from
                     all
                     succeeding
                     time
                     ,
                     the
                     memories
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     ages
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     little
                     or
                     nothing
                     should
                     appeare
                     :
                     but
                     this
                     may
                     bee
                     proued
                     otherwi●e
                     by
                     sundry
                     Instances
                     :
                     First
                     that
                     the
                     Riuers
                     haue
                     still
                     remained
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                     may
                     appeare
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     alleaged
                     of
                     Genesis
                     ,
                     where
                     Moses
                     speaking
                     of
                     the
                     site
                     of
                     Paradice
                     ,
                     sets
                     downe
                     all
                     the
                     riuers
                     of
                     it
                     exactly
                     ,
                     especially
                     Tigris
                     &
                     Euphrates
                     :
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     which
                     we
                     may
                     easily
                     gather
                     in
                     what
                     longitude
                     and
                     latitude
                     it
                     stood
                     :
                     had
                     any
                     thing
                     bin
                     altered
                     in
                     the
                     course
                     of
                     the
                     riuers
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     likely
                     Moses
                     would
                     haue
                     specified
                     
                     it
                     in
                     this
                     Historie
                     ,
                     that
                     after
                     ages
                     looking
                     for
                     these
                     places
                     ,
                     might
                     not
                     mistake
                     or
                     suspect
                     the
                     truth
                     of
                     his
                     Relations
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     hath
                     not
                     extinguished
                     all
                     Buildings
                     ▪
                     and
                     ancient
                     monuments
                     of
                     the
                     fathers
                     before
                     the
                     flood
                     ,
                     may
                     probably
                     be
                     coniectured
                     by
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     Iosephus
                     a
                     writer
                     of
                     good
                     credit
                     ,
                     who
                     affirmeth
                     that
                     he
                     saw
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     pillars
                     ,
                     erected
                     by
                     Seth
                     ,
                     the
                     second
                     from
                     Adam
                     ;
                     which
                     pillars
                     were
                     set
                     vp
                     aboue
                     1426
                     yeares
                     before
                     the
                     flood
                     ,
                     accompting
                     Seth
                     to
                     bee
                     a
                     hundred
                     yeares
                     old
                     at
                     the
                     erection
                     of
                     them
                     ,
                     and
                     Iosephus
                     himselfe
                     to
                     haue
                     liued
                     some
                     40
                     or
                     50
                     yeares
                     after
                     Christ
                     ;
                     Now
                     although
                     we
                     are
                     not
                     bound
                     to
                     credit
                     all
                     thar
                     he
                     relates
                     ;
                     yet
                     may
                     we
                     trust
                     him
                     concerning
                     such
                     matters
                     as
                     happened
                     in
                     his
                     time
                     ;
                     and
                     that
                     this
                     pillar
                     was
                     set
                     vp
                     by
                     Seth
                     was
                     neuer
                     yet
                     called
                     in
                     question
                     ,
                     but
                     warranted
                     by
                     antiquity
                     :
                     the
                     like
                     is
                     recorded
                     by
                     Berosus
                     of
                     the
                     Citty
                     of
                     Enoch
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     was
                     not
                     demolished
                     by
                     the
                     flood
                     ,
                     but
                     remained
                     many
                     yeares
                     after
                     ,
                     the
                     ruines
                     whereof
                     as
                     Annius
                     in
                     his
                     commentary
                     reports
                     ,
                     were
                     to
                     be
                     seene
                     in
                     his
                     time
                     ,
                     who
                     liued
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     Ferdinand
                     and
                     Isabella
                     of
                     Castile
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     also
                     reported
                     by
                     
                       Pomponius
                       Mela
                    
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Citty
                     of
                     Ioppa
                     was
                     built
                     before
                     the
                     flood
                     ,
                     of
                     which
                     Cepha
                     was
                     King
                     ,
                     whose
                     name
                     with
                     his
                     brother
                     Phineus
                     together
                     with
                     the
                     grounds
                     and
                     principles
                     of
                     their
                     religion
                     ,
                     were
                     found
                     grauen
                     vpon
                     Altars
                     of
                     stone
                     :
                     All
                     which
                     are
                     sufficient
                     to
                     proue
                     the
                     violence
                     of
                     the
                     Waters
                     ,
                     not
                     to
                     haue
                     bin
                     so
                     great
                     to
                     demolish
                     all
                     mountaines
                     and
                     monuments
                     ;
                     Moreouer
                     it
                     may
                     be
                     plainly
                     proued
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     text
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Waters
                     suffered
                     the
                     plants
                     and
                     trees
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     grow
                     ,
                     and
                     remaine
                     as
                     ▪
                     they
                     did
                     before
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     ,
                     that
                     when
                     Noah
                     the
                     second
                     time
                     sent
                     out
                     the
                     Doue
                     ,
                     she
                     returned
                     with
                     an
                     oliue
                     branch
                     in
                     her
                     mouth
                     ,
                     which
                     no
                     doubt
                     she
                     had
                     plucked
                     from
                     the
                     trees
                     ,
                     after
                     the
                     trees
                     were
                     vncouered
                     ;
                     for
                     otherwise
                     she
                     might
                     the
                     first
                     time
                     haue
                     found
                     it
                     floating
                     on
                     the
                     Waters
                     :
                     a
                     manifest
                     proof
                     that
                     the
                     trees
                     were
                     not
                     torne
                     vp
                     by
                     the
                     roots
                     ,
                     or
                     turned
                     topsy
                     turuy
                     ,
                     but
                     remained
                     fixed
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     as
                     they
                     did
                     before
                     .
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     had
                     the
                     water
                     suffered
                     this
                     extreame
                     violent
                     motion
                     ,
                     as
                     whereby
                     it
                     might
                     make
                     many
                     mountaines
                     .
                     I
                     aske
                     whence
                     this
                     motion
                     should
                     come
                     ▪
                     it
                     could
                     not
                     bee
                     from
                     the
                     
                     naturall
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     to
                     moue
                     downward
                     :
                     for
                     what
                     descent
                     of
                     waters
                     can
                     bee
                     in
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     round
                     body
                     ,
                     where
                     no
                     part
                     is
                     higher
                     ,
                     or
                     lower
                     ?
                     That
                     there
                     was
                     any
                     wind
                     to
                     driue
                     and
                     enrage
                     the
                     Waters
                     ,
                     is
                     very
                     vnlikely
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     ,
                     that
                     God
                     caused
                     a
                     wind
                     to
                     passe
                     vpon
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Waters
                     ceased
                     ▪
                     so
                     that
                     there
                     was
                     no
                     wind
                     till
                     the
                     Waters
                     sanke
                     :
                     Lastly
                     ,
                     wee
                     may
                     argue
                     from
                     a
                     
                       finall
                       cause
                    
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     inequality
                     in
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     was
                     before
                     the
                     flood
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     certaine
                     that
                     all
                     things
                     were
                     in
                     as
                     good
                     or
                     better
                     estate
                     ,
                     then
                     now
                     with
                     vs
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     was
                     adorned
                     with
                     all
                     varieties
                     of
                     creatures
                     as
                     well
                     for
                     profit
                     ;
                     as
                     delectation
                     .
                     Now
                     it
                     is
                     found
                     by
                     experience
                     ,
                     that
                     all
                     commodities
                     agree
                     not
                     to
                     all
                     places
                     ,
                     but
                     some
                     are
                     found
                     in
                     the
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     at
                     all
                     sorts
                     of
                     mettalls
                     &
                     
                       mineralls
                       ,
                       Plants
                    
                     ,
                     &
                     Vegetalls
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     prosper
                     best
                     in
                     the
                     vallies
                     and
                     plaines
                     :
                     Also
                     that
                     the
                     mountaines
                     serue
                     for
                     a
                     shelter
                     to
                     guard
                     the
                     vallies
                     from
                     the
                     rigor
                     of
                     cold
                     and
                     wind
                     ,
                     both
                     for
                     the
                     better
                     conueniencie
                     of
                     mans
                     life
                     ,
                     and
                     encrease
                     of
                     fruits
                     for
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     man
                     :
                     Whence
                     we
                     may
                     conclude
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     farre
                     more
                     probable
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     great
                     Mountaines
                     were
                     so
                     created
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     made
                     by
                     the
                     flood
                     ;
                     yet
                     can
                     wee
                     not
                     deny
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     some
                     small
                     Hillockes
                     might
                     be
                     made
                     by
                     the
                     flood
                     ,
                     and
                     afterward
                     by
                     the
                     industrie
                     of
                     man
                     ,
                     which
                     haue
                     raised
                     great
                     fortresses
                     ,
                     and
                     bulworks
                     ,
                     which
                     afterward
                     decaied
                     ,
                     were
                     made
                     great
                     heaps
                     of
                     Earth
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     see
                     many
                     in
                     this
                     land
                     )
                     but
                     this
                     is
                     of
                     small
                     note
                     &
                     not
                     worthy
                     consideration
                     ,
                     in
                     comparison
                     of
                     the
                     great
                     mountaines
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     whereof
                     we
                     especially
                     treat
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       perpendicular
                       height
                       of
                       the
                       highest
                       mountaines
                       seldome
                       exceeds
                       10
                       furlong
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     proposition
                     depends
                     on
                     the
                     authority
                     of
                     Eratosthenes
                     a
                     famous
                     Mathematician
                     ,
                     who
                     being
                     employed
                     by
                     his
                     King
                     ,
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     Dioptrick
                     Instruments
                     the
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     highest
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     not
                     to
                     exceed
                     the
                     quantity
                     aboue
                     specified
                     ▪
                     Cleomedes
                     extends
                     this
                     a
                     little
                     farther
                     ,
                     and
                     would
                     haue
                     some
                     mountaines
                     to
                     attaine
                     the
                     height
                     of
                     15
                     furlongs
                     ,
                     of
                     which
                     height
                     he
                     would
                     haue
                     an
                     high
                     rock
                     in
                     Bactriana
                     called
                     by
                     
                     Strabo
                     11
                     
                       libro
                       Sisimitrae
                       Petra
                    
                     ;
                     But
                     yet
                     if
                     we
                     credit
                     Pliny
                     on
                     Dicaearch●●
                     who
                     measured
                     the
                     Mountain
                     Pelion
                     accōpted
                     the
                     highest
                     ,
                     he
                     found
                     it
                     not
                     to
                     exceed
                     1250
                     paces
                     which
                     make
                     10
                     furlongs
                     :
                     and
                     Solinus
                     relates
                     the
                     mountaines
                     of
                     Thessaly
                     to
                     be
                     higher
                     then
                     else-where
                     are
                     to
                     bee
                     found
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     opinion
                     howsoeuer
                     supported
                     by
                     the
                     authority
                     of
                     the
                     ancient
                     and
                     famous
                     Mathematicians
                     ,
                     hath
                     been
                     called
                     in
                     question
                     as
                     well
                     by
                     moderne
                     ,
                     as
                     ancient
                     writers
                     .
                     Many
                     matters
                     are
                     miraculously
                     ,
                     or
                     rather
                     fabulously
                     spoken
                     of
                     the
                     Mountaine
                     Athos
                     in
                     Macedonia
                     ,
                     of
                     Cassius
                     in
                     Syria
                     ,
                     and
                     another
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     name
                     in
                     Arabia
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     mountaine
                     Caucasus
                     ,
                     and
                     others
                     :
                     which
                     Histories
                     notwithstanding
                     are
                     related
                     by
                     no
                     meaner
                     Authors
                     then
                     
                       Aristotle
                       ,
                       Mela
                       ,
                       Pliny
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Solinus
                     ,
                     yet
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     hard
                     to
                     imagine
                     ,
                     that
                     these
                     Authors
                     might
                     bee
                     deceiued
                     in
                     those
                     times
                     ,
                     either
                     trusting
                     to
                     other
                     mens
                     relations
                     ,
                     or
                     wanting
                     Mathematicall
                     instruments
                     ,
                     to
                     search
                     these
                     matters
                     :
                     Of
                     the
                     Mountaine
                     Athos
                     it
                     is
                     much
                     wondred
                     at
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     cast
                     a
                     shadow
                     from
                     Macedonia
                     into
                     the
                     market-place
                     of
                     Myrhina
                     a
                     towne
                     of
                     the
                     Iland
                     Lemnos
                     ,
                     distant
                     from
                     Athos
                     86
                     miles
                     :
                     But
                     this
                     as
                     our
                     learned
                     Countriman
                     
                       Mr
                       Hues
                    
                     well
                     obserues
                     ,
                     can
                     bee
                     no
                     great
                     argument
                     of
                     such
                     a
                     miraculous
                     height
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     mountaine
                     Athos
                     situate
                     East
                     from
                     Lemnos
                     (
                     as
                     may
                     be
                     gathered
                     from
                     Ptolomies
                     Table
                     )
                     may
                     without
                     any
                     great
                     wonder
                     cast
                     a
                     very
                     long
                     shadow
                     ,
                     the
                     Sunne
                     either
                     rising
                     ,
                     or
                     setting
                     .
                     Other
                     matters
                     are
                     related
                     of
                     this
                     mountaine
                     Athos
                     more
                     strange
                     then
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     should
                     in
                     hight
                     transcend
                     the
                     Region
                     of
                     the
                     raine
                     ,
                     and
                     wind
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     would
                     striue
                     to
                     confirme
                     out
                     of
                     an
                     old
                     tradition
                     ;
                     that
                     the
                     ashes
                     heaped
                     together
                     on
                     certaine
                     Altars
                     built
                     on
                     the
                     top
                     thereof
                     were
                     nener
                     blowne
                     away
                     ,
                     but
                     remained
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     manner
                     as
                     they
                     were
                     left
                     :
                     to
                     which
                     may
                     be
                     added
                     out
                     of
                     Strabo
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     who
                     inhabit
                     the
                     top
                     of
                     this
                     mountaine
                     ,
                     can
                     see
                     the
                     Sunne
                     3
                     houres
                     before
                     those
                     who
                     inhabit
                     neere
                     the
                     sea
                     :
                     The
                     like
                     is
                     reported
                     by
                     Aristotle
                     of
                     the
                     Mountaine
                     Caucasus
                     ,
                     that
                     for
                     the
                     extreame
                     height
                     ;
                     the
                     top
                     of
                     it
                     enioyes
                     the
                     Sun-beames
                     a
                     third
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     night
                     ;
                     Litle
                     lesse
                     is
                     spoken
                     by
                     Pliny
                     and
                     Solinus
                     of
                     the
                     mountaine
                     Cassius
                     in
                     Syria
                     
                     and
                     by
                     
                       Pomponius
                       Mela
                    
                     of
                     the
                     mountaine
                     Cassius
                     in
                     Arabia
                     ;
                     But
                     how
                     fabulous
                     and
                     incredulous
                     these
                     things
                     are
                     ,
                     
                       Petrus
                       Nonius
                    
                     and
                     other
                     Mathematicians
                     haue
                     sufficiently
                     demonstrated
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     grounds
                     of
                     Geometry
                     ;
                     more
                     absurd
                     by
                     farre
                     seemes
                     that
                     ,
                     which
                     Eustathius
                     reports
                     of
                     
                       Hercules
                       pillars
                    
                     celebrated
                     by
                     
                       Dionysius
                       Perieges
                    
                     ,
                     for
                     their
                     admirable
                     height
                     ;
                     whereas
                     they
                     are
                     found
                     not
                     to
                     exceed
                     100
                     ells
                     making
                     one
                     furlong
                     ;
                     a
                     height
                     according
                     to
                     Strabo
                     not
                     exceeding
                     the
                     
                       Aegyptian
                       Pyramides
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     comming
                     short
                     of
                     certaine
                     Indian
                     trees
                     neare
                     the
                     Riuer
                     Hyarotes
                     ,
                     whose
                     Meridian
                     shadowes
                     reach
                     5
                     furlongs
                     ;
                     These
                     errours
                     in
                     the
                     ancient
                     might
                     seeme
                     veniall
                     had
                     they
                     not
                     bin
                     seconded
                     by
                     latter
                     writers
                     :
                     Of
                     the
                     Mountaine
                     Tenariffe
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Canaries
                       ,
                       Scaliger
                    
                     is
                     bold
                     to
                     report
                     out
                     of
                     other
                     mens
                     relations
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     riseth
                     in
                     height
                     aboue
                     15
                     leagues
                     ,
                     which
                     make
                     60
                     miles
                     ;
                     but
                     Petricius
                     more
                     bold
                     then
                     he
                     ,
                     would
                     haue
                     it
                     70
                     miles
                     ;
                     Litle
                     lesse
                     is
                     spoken
                     of
                     Pico
                     amongst
                     the
                     
                       Azoris
                       In●ul●
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Mountaine
                     Andi
                     in
                     Peru
                     ;
                     But
                     to
                     confute
                     these
                     relatiōs
                     we
                     will
                     vse
                     this
                     argument
                     ;
                     It
                     is
                     reported
                     by
                     the
                     Spanish
                     writers
                     which
                     haue
                     spoken
                     of
                     this
                     place
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     topps
                     of
                     these
                     Mountaines
                     scarce
                     any
                     one
                     or
                     two
                     moneths
                     in
                     the
                     yeare
                     are
                     free
                     from
                     snow
                     :
                     Now
                     that
                     snow
                     should
                     bee
                     ingendred
                     aboue
                     60
                     or
                     70
                     miles
                     aboue
                     the
                     ordinary
                     plaine
                     of
                     the
                     Winter
                     or
                     Earth
                     ,
                     is
                     against
                     the
                     iudgmēt
                     of
                     our
                     best
                     Astronomers
                     ;
                     because
                     ,
                     as
                     they
                     haue
                     obserued
                     out
                     of
                     Eratosthenes
                     measure
                     ,
                     the
                     highest
                     vapors
                     seldome
                     reach
                     so
                     farre
                     as
                     48
                     miles
                     in
                     height
                     euery
                     way
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     This
                     argument
                     may
                     as
                     well
                     serue
                     to
                     confute
                     these
                     ancient
                     opinions
                     before
                     mentioned
                     ,
                     had
                     they
                     not
                     been
                     so
                     fabulous
                     ,
                     as
                     scarce
                     to
                     deserue
                     any
                     solide
                     confutation
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       3
                       The
                       
                         ordinary
                         height
                      
                       of
                       the
                       Land
                       aboue
                       the
                       Sea
                       in
                       diuerse
                       places
                       is
                       more
                       then
                       the
                       hight
                       of
                       the
                       highest
                       Mountaines
                       aboue
                       the
                       ordinary
                       face
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     We
                     haue
                     probably
                     shewed
                     out
                     of
                     former
                     grounds
                     ,
                     that
                     as
                     the
                     ordinary
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     is
                     answerable
                     to
                     the
                     ordinary
                     
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     so
                     the
                     hilles
                     and
                     mountaines
                     in
                     proportion
                     answere
                     to
                     the
                     whirle-pooles
                     and
                     extraordinary
                     Gulphes
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     :
                     but
                     it
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     imagined
                     that
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     in
                     the
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     ,
                     is
                     farre
                     more
                     below
                     the
                     superficies
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     then
                     those
                     other
                     whirle-pooles
                     and
                     Holes
                     extend
                     themselues
                     below
                     that
                     depth
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     proue
                     this
                     by
                     a
                     more
                     sensible
                     argument
                     we
                     will
                     compare
                     the
                     one
                     with
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     so
                     farre
                     forth
                     as
                     Mathematicians
                     by
                     experience
                     haue
                     guessed
                     ▪
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     found
                     by
                     
                       Mathematick
                       Instruments
                    
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     proued
                     in
                     the
                     precedent
                     Theoreme
                     )
                     that
                     the
                     highest
                     Mountaines
                     seldome
                     or
                     neuer
                     mount
                     vpward
                     aboue
                     ten
                     furlongs
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     an
                     
                       English
                       mile
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     quarter
                     :
                     but
                     the
                     hight
                     of
                     the
                     Land
                     in
                     some
                     places
                     where
                     appeare
                     no
                     such
                     hills
                     ,
                     is
                     obserued
                     to
                     be
                     much
                     more
                     :
                     to
                     proue
                     which
                     assertion
                     ,
                     we
                     can
                     haue
                     no
                     fitter
                     argument
                     then
                     the
                     fresh
                     Springs
                     of
                     Riuers
                     ;
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     that
                     all
                     Riuers
                     are
                     higher
                     at
                     the
                     Spring
                     or
                     fountaine
                     ,
                     then
                     at
                     the
                     place
                     where
                     they
                     disburthē
                     themselues
                     into
                     the
                     sea
                     .
                     Now
                     although
                     water
                     is
                     apt
                     to
                     slide
                     away
                     at
                     any
                     Inequality
                     ,
                     yet
                     it
                     is
                     most
                     probable
                     that
                     in
                     greater
                     riuers
                     ,
                     especially
                     where
                     the
                     waters
                     fall
                     oftentimes
                     with
                     violence
                     (
                     as
                     at
                     the
                     Cataracts
                     of
                     Nile
                     )
                     much
                     inequality
                     must
                     bee
                     granted
                     in
                     the
                     Declivity
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     :
                     supposing
                     yet
                     the
                     water
                     for
                     euery
                     mile
                     to
                     gaine
                     two
                     foot
                     in
                     the
                     Declivity
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     ,
                     we
                     shal
                     find
                     the
                     hight
                     very
                     neere
                     to
                     equalize
                     the
                     hight
                     of
                     the
                     highest
                     mountaines
                     ;
                     although
                     2
                     foot
                     in
                     a
                     mile
                     is
                     farre
                     lesse
                     then
                     can
                     be
                     imagined
                     in
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     Riuer
                     .
                     The
                     Riuer
                     which
                     I
                     take
                     for
                     an
                     example
                     shall
                     be
                     Nilus
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     shall
                     obserue
                     to
                     runne
                     about
                     50
                     Degrees
                     from
                     South
                     to
                     North
                     ,
                     which
                     resolued
                     into
                     miles
                     will
                     make
                     3000
                     accompting
                     for
                     euery
                     mile
                     2
                     foot
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     haue
                     6000
                     foot
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     be
                     neare
                     these
                     10
                     furlongs
                     ,
                     being
                     a
                     mile
                     and
                     5
                     parts
                     ;
                     then
                     allowing
                     for
                     these
                     mighty
                     Cataracts
                     where
                     the
                     water
                     falls
                     with
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     violence
                     ,
                     we
                     must
                     reckon
                     a
                     number
                     of
                     feet
                     far
                     greater
                     then
                     this
                     measure
                     ;
                     for
                     euery
                     mile
                     must
                     the
                     hight
                     of
                     land
                     aboue
                     the
                     sea
                     be
                     much
                     more
                     then
                     of
                     the
                     mountaines
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       4
                       Mountainous
                       Regions
                       are
                       commonly
                       colder
                       
                       then
                       other
                       plaine
                       countries
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     proposition
                     is
                     not
                     absolutely
                     to
                     bee
                     vnderstood
                     without
                     a
                     limitation
                     :
                     for
                     some
                     plaine
                     Countries
                     neere
                     the
                     Articke
                     Pole
                     ,
                     may
                     be
                     colder
                     then
                     some
                     hilly
                     Regions
                     neere
                     the
                     Aequatour
                     ,
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     other
                     concurrent
                     causes
                     :
                     but
                     here
                     we
                     speake
                     (
                     as
                     the
                     Logicians
                     vse
                     )
                     
                       caeteris
                       paribus
                    
                     ;
                     comparing
                     two
                     places
                     either
                     together
                     like
                     ,
                     or
                     not
                     much
                     different
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     in
                     our
                     vnderstanding
                     ,
                     abstracting
                     them
                     from
                     the
                     mixture
                     of
                     all
                     other
                     considerations
                     :
                     that
                     this
                     Theoreme
                     is
                     worthy
                     credite
                     ,
                     diuerse
                     reasons
                     stand
                     in
                     readines
                     to
                     iustifie
                     :
                     the
                     first
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     heat
                     in
                     Inferiour
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     reflexion
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Sunne
                       beames
                    
                     .
                     Now
                     that
                     this
                     reflexion
                     is
                     of
                     more
                     strength
                     and
                     validity
                     in
                     plaine
                     then
                     in
                     hilly
                     and
                     mountanous
                     Countries
                     ,
                     is
                     euident
                     :
                     first
                     ,
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     the
                     Optickes
                     teach
                     )
                     the
                     rayes
                     are
                     more
                     ioyned
                     and
                     combined
                     in
                     a
                     plaine
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     a
                     conuex
                     superficies
                     ;
                     for
                     howsoeuer
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     be
                     of
                     it selfe
                     Sphericall
                     ,
                     yet
                     the
                     conuexity
                     being
                     not
                     sensible
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     vastnes
                     of
                     the
                     Circle
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     conuexity
                     is
                     made
                     lesse
                     it
                     may
                     optically
                     be
                     called
                     a
                     plaine
                     superficies
                     :
                     Secondly
                     it
                     is
                     taught
                     in
                     the
                     Optickes
                     ,
                     that
                     a
                     reflexion
                     is
                     of
                     more
                     validity
                     in
                     an
                     equall
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     an
                     vneuen
                     and
                     ragged
                     superficies
                     ,
                     such
                     as
                     is
                     found
                     in
                     Mountaines
                     and
                     vneuen
                     places
                     .
                     A
                     second
                     reason
                     why
                     mountanous
                     Regions
                     should
                     exceed
                     others
                     in
                     cold
                     ,
                     may
                     be
                     the
                     vicinity
                     of
                     them
                     to
                     the
                     middle
                     Region
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ;
                     for
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     Regions
                     (
                     if
                     we
                     beleiue
                     Aristotle
                     )
                     the
                     middle
                     is
                     the
                     coldest
                     ,
                     as
                     being
                     more
                     seperate
                     from
                     the
                     Sunne
                     the
                     fountaine
                     of
                     heat
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     higher
                     Region
                     ,
                     farther
                     off
                     from
                     the
                     reflexion
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne-beames
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     lower
                     :
                     Now
                     sith
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     are
                     affected
                     with
                     the
                     quality
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     stand
                     with
                     reason
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     more
                     it
                     shall
                     approach
                     to
                     the
                     
                       middle
                       Region
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     more
                     it
                     must
                     partake
                     of
                     its
                     quality
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     is
                     consonant
                     to
                     obseruation
                     ,
                     reasons
                     are
                     vrged
                     by
                     experience
                     of
                     all
                     Trauailers
                     ,
                     who
                     report
                     the
                     topps
                     of
                     Mountaines
                     euen
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     of
                     Summer
                     to
                     be
                     couered
                     ouer
                     with
                     snow
                     although
                     situa●e
                     vnder
                     or
                     neare
                     the
                     Aequinoctiall
                     Circle
                     :
                     Of
                     this
                     nature
                     are
                     the
                     Alpes
                     in
                     Italy
                     ,
                     the
                     Mountaines
                     
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     in
                     
                       Africke
                       ,
                       And●
                    
                     in
                     Peru
                     ,
                     and
                     Tenariffe
                     in
                     the
                     Canaries
                     .
                     That
                     snow
                     should
                     be
                     an
                     effect
                     of
                     cold
                     ,
                     I
                     need
                     nor
                     labour
                     to
                     confirme
                     .
                     A
                     fourth
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     other
                     effects
                     of
                     cold
                     or
                     heat
                     ;
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     daily
                     proued
                     by
                     experience
                     ,
                     that
                     such
                     diseases
                     as
                     chiefly
                     follow
                     heat
                     ,
                     especially
                     the
                     Pestilence
                     in
                     Aegypt
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     
                       plaine
                       Countries
                    
                     ,
                     are
                     wonderfull
                     prevalent
                     ,
                     whereas
                     hilly
                     and
                     rockic
                     Countries
                     by
                     the
                     benefit
                     of
                     Nature
                     stand
                     in
                     little
                     feare
                     of
                     such
                     Inconueniences
                     .
                     Lastly
                     ,
                     no
                     greater
                     argument
                     can
                     be
                     drawne
                     ,
                     then
                     from
                     the
                     disposition
                     of
                     such
                     men
                     as
                     inhabite
                     such
                     hilly
                     Regions
                     ,
                     who
                     haue
                     all
                     the
                     Symptomes
                     of
                     
                       externall
                       cold
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     
                       internall
                       heat
                    
                     ▪
                     Insomuch
                     as
                     ●odin
                     seemes
                     to
                     make
                     a
                     Harmony
                     and
                     ●o●cent
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Northerne
                     man
                     and
                     the
                     Mountanist
                     〈…〉
                     Southerne
                     man
                     &
                     such
                     as
                     inhabite
                     
                       plaine
                       countries
                    
                     ascribing
                     to
                     the
                     former
                     externall
                     cold
                     ,
                     and
                     internall
                     heate
                     :
                     to
                     the
                     latter
                     externall
                     heate
                     ,
                     and
                     internall
                     cold
                     .
                     How
                     farre
                     this
                     comparison
                     will
                     hold
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     haue
                     more
                     occasion
                     to
                     discusse
                     here
                     after
                     ,
                     when
                     we
                     come
                     to
                     the
                     consideration
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       ●
                       Mountaines
                       since
                       the
                       beginning
                       of
                       the
                       world
                       haue
                       still
                       decreased
                       in
                       their
                       quantity
                       ,
                       and
                       so
                       will
                       continually
                       decrease
                       vntill
                       the
                       end
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     obseruation
                     Blaucanus
                     ,
                     I
                     know
                     not
                     how
                     truly
                     ,
                     ascribes
                     to
                     his
                     owne
                     Inuention
                     :
                     but
                     to
                     what
                     Author
                     soeuer
                     we
                     owe
                     it
                     ,
                     we
                     must
                     needs
                     acknowledge
                     a
                     pleasant
                     speculation
                     ,
                     grounded
                     on
                     good
                     reason
                     .
                     This
                     Theoreme
                     to
                     demonstrate
                     the
                     better
                     ,
                     we
                     will
                     first
                     lay
                     these
                     grounds
                     oftentimes
                     before-mentioned
                     .
                     First
                     (
                     as
                     appeares
                     by
                     testimony
                     of
                     holy
                     Scripture
                     )
                     the
                     figure
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     was
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     more
                     perfectly
                     Sphericall
                     ,
                     ouer-whelmed
                     euery-where
                     with
                     Waters
                     .
                     2ly
                     That
                     a
                     seperation
                     was
                     made
                     by
                     translocation
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     in
                     such
                     manner
                     as
                     some
                     places
                     admitting
                     of
                     concauities
                     ,
                     became
                     the
                     receptacle
                     of
                     the
                     waters
                     ,
                     other
                     places
                     wheron
                     these
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     were
                     heaped
                     together
                     ,
                     were
                     made
                     mountanous
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     Hence
                     will
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     thus
                     swelling
                     vp
                     in
                     high
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     is
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     naturall
                     site
                     and
                     position
                     :
                     
                     &
                     therefore
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     law
                     of
                     nature
                     ,
                     will
                     endeuour
                     by
                     litle
                     and
                     litle
                     to
                     returne
                     to
                     her
                     former
                     state
                     and
                     condition
                     .
                     Now
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     hath
                     sensibly
                     suffered
                     such
                     a
                     change
                     since
                     the
                     beginning
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     easie
                     to
                     shew
                     out
                     of
                     experiments
                     :
                     the
                     causes
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     aswell
                     of
                     the
                     Rain
                     as
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     shall
                     demonstrate
                     by
                     these
                     Reasons
                     :
                     1
                     We
                     see
                     Riuers
                     by
                     litle
                     and
                     litle
                     continually
                     to
                     fret
                     and
                     eat
                     out
                     the
                     feet
                     of
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     whēce
                     the
                     parts
                     thus
                     fretted
                     through
                     ,
                     by
                     cōtinuall
                     falling
                     downe
                     weare
                     out
                     the
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     and
                     fill
                     vp
                     the
                     lower
                     places
                     in
                     the
                     valleyes
                     ,
                     making
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     encrease
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     other
                     to
                     decrease
                     ,
                     &
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     to
                     approach
                     nearer
                     to
                     a
                     Sphericall
                     figure
                     then
                     before
                     ;
                     which
                     seemes
                     to
                     be
                     warranted
                     by
                     a
                     place
                     in
                     Iob
                     14
                     ,
                     where
                     he
                     saith
                     to
                     God
                     ;
                     
                       The
                       mountaine
                       falling
                       ,
                       commeth
                       to
                       ●ought
                       ,
                       &
                       the
                       rocke
                       is
                       remoued
                       out
                       of
                       his
                       place
                       .
                       The
                       waters
                       weare
                       the
                       stones
                       ,
                       thou
                       washest
                       away
                       the
                       things
                       which
                       grow
                       out
                       of
                       the
                       dust
                       of
                       the
                       earth
                       .
                    
                     From
                     these
                     Riuers
                     in
                     the
                     valleyes
                     continually
                     eating
                     through
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     feete
                     of
                     mountaines
                     are
                     caused
                     those
                     slow
                     but
                     great
                     Ruines
                     called
                     
                       Labinae
                       ,
                       a
                       lambendo
                    
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     sometimes
                     whole
                     Townes
                     and
                     Villages
                     haue
                     bin
                     cast
                     into
                     the
                     next
                     great
                     Riuer
                     .
                     2
                     To
                     proue
                     that
                     Raine
                     water
                     challengeth
                     a
                     part
                     in
                     this
                     diminution
                     of
                     mountains
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     shew
                     by
                     the
                     like
                     experiēce
                     :
                     we
                     see
                     plainly
                     that
                     Raine-water
                     daily
                     washes
                     downe
                     from
                     the
                     Toppes
                     of
                     mountaines
                     some
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     whence
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     the
                     highest
                     mountaines
                     are
                     harder
                     and
                     more
                     rocky
                     then
                     others
                     as
                     being
                     more
                     able
                     to
                     resist
                     this
                     violence
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     .
                     Hence
                     also
                     it
                     happens
                     that
                     old
                     buildings
                     being
                     erected
                     in
                     the
                     sides
                     of
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     haue
                     their
                     foundations
                     after
                     a
                     time
                     vncouered
                     ,
                     and
                     are
                     much
                     subiect
                     to
                     Ruines
                     :
                     an
                     instance
                     whereof
                     may
                     bee
                     giuen
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Romane
                       Capitoll
                    
                     ,
                     whose
                     foundation
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     relation
                     of
                     
                       George
                       Agricola
                    
                     )
                     appeares
                     now
                     plainly
                     aboue
                     the
                     ground
                     ,
                     which
                     without
                     question
                     was
                     heretofore
                     deepe
                     rooted
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     In
                     Plaines
                     and
                     valleyes
                     we
                     find
                     all
                     things
                     to
                     happen
                     contrary
                     wise
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     that
                     all
                     places
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     their
                     superficies
                     are
                     raised
                     much
                     higher
                     then
                     they
                     were
                     in
                     times
                     past
                     ,
                     The
                     reason
                     whereof
                     may
                     easily
                     be
                     giuen
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     great
                     quantity
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     carried
                     by
                     the
                     washing
                     
                     of
                     the
                     Raine
                     from
                     the
                     Topps
                     of
                     mountaines
                     into
                     the
                     valleyes
                     ▪
                     whence
                     we
                     may
                     perceiue
                     old
                     houses
                     ,
                     heretofore
                     fairely
                     built
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     now
                     almost
                     buried
                     vnder
                     ground
                     ,
                     and
                     their
                     windowes
                     heretofore
                     set
                     at
                     a
                     reasonable
                     hight
                     ,
                     now
                     growne
                     euen
                     with
                     the
                     pauement
                     :
                     so
                     some
                     write
                     of
                     the
                     Triumphall
                     Arch
                     of
                     Septimius
                     at
                     the
                     foot
                     of
                     the
                     Capitoll
                     Mountaine
                     in
                     Rome
                     ,
                     now
                     almost
                     couered
                     with
                     Earth
                     ,
                     insomuch
                     as
                     they
                     are
                     inforced
                     to
                     descend
                     down
                     into
                     it
                     by
                     as
                     many
                     staires
                     as
                     formerly
                     they
                     were
                     vsed
                     to
                     ascēd
                     .
                     In
                     like
                     sort
                     we
                     see
                     in
                     old
                     Monasteries
                     &
                     Religious
                     houses
                     ,
                     their
                     lower
                     roomes
                     ,
                     windowes
                     ,
                     &
                     doores
                     ,
                     very
                     far
                     couched
                     vnder
                     groūd
                     ,
                     of
                     which
                     great
                     incōuenience
                     we
                     cannot
                     suspect
                     the
                     Architects
                     iudgment
                     ,
                     but
                     rather
                     our
                     fore-mentioned
                     cause
                     :
                     from
                     this
                     burying
                     of
                     parts
                     of
                     some
                     houses
                     vnder
                     ground
                     ,
                     it
                     may
                     be
                     gathered
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     farther
                     they
                     are
                     vnder
                     ground
                     ,
                     so
                     much
                     ancienter
                     they
                     are
                     :
                     as
                     we
                     may
                     obserue
                     heere
                     with
                     vs
                     in
                     Oxford
                     ,
                     that
                     our
                     most
                     ancient
                     Colledges
                     haue
                     the
                     windowes
                     of
                     their
                     lower
                     roomes
                     ,
                     some-where
                     altogether
                     choaked
                     vp
                     with
                     Earth
                     without
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     halfe
                     way
                     ,
                     in
                     somuch
                     as
                     the
                     flore
                     within
                     ,
                     is
                     found
                     to
                     bee
                     farre
                     inferiour
                     in
                     height
                     to
                     the
                     street
                     without
                     :
                     This
                     is
                     also
                     confirmed
                     by
                     Architects
                     ,
                     who
                     in
                     digging
                     vp
                     old
                     foundations
                     ,
                     before
                     they
                     came
                     to
                     firme
                     ground
                     whereon
                     to
                     erect
                     a
                     building
                     ,
                     are
                     enforced
                     first
                     to
                     remoue
                     away
                     the
                     Rubbish
                     or
                     (
                     as
                     they
                     terme
                     it
                     )
                     the
                     Made-ground
                     ,
                     wherein
                     oftentimes
                     they
                     find
                     
                       Wood
                       ,
                       Iron-Instruments
                       ,
                       old
                       coine
                       ,
                    
                     with
                     diuers
                     other
                     Trash
                     of
                     this
                     Nature
                     .
                     An
                     instance
                     we
                     haue
                     in
                     some
                     of
                     the
                     lower
                     places
                     in
                     Somersetshire
                     ,
                     where
                     some
                     vpon
                     occasion
                     digging
                     the
                     Earth
                     somewhat
                     deep
                     ,
                     haue
                     found
                     great
                     Okes
                     turned
                     topsy
                     turvy
                     with
                     their
                     Roots
                     vpwards
                     .
                     To
                     coniecture
                     with
                     some
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     was
                     caused
                     by
                     
                       Noah's
                       Floud
                    
                     ,
                     seemes
                     to
                     be
                     very
                     improbable
                     :
                     1
                     because
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     formerly
                     shewed
                     in
                     this
                     Chapter
                     ,
                     the
                     Water
                     in
                     the
                     Deluge
                     could
                     not
                     haue
                     so
                     violent
                     a
                     motion
                     to
                     procure
                     such
                     an
                     alteration
                     in
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     2
                     It
                     cannot
                     so
                     well
                     be
                     imagined
                     how
                     such
                     Trees
                     should
                     remaine
                     so
                     long
                     a
                     time
                     without
                     putrefaction
                     :
                     wherefore
                     we
                     cannot
                     well
                     cast
                     it
                     on
                     any
                     other
                     cause
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     addition
                     of
                     the
                     earthly
                     parts
                     ,
                     brought
                     by
                     raine
                     from
                     the
                     mountaines
                     into
                     the
                     valleyes
                     :
                     and
                     
                     so
                     by
                     some
                     Land-flood
                     which
                     partakes
                     much
                     of
                     slimy
                     and
                     earthly
                     matter
                     dispersed
                     abroad
                     vpon
                     the
                     land
                     about
                     .
                     Now
                     on
                     the
                     contrary
                     part
                     wee
                     find
                     in
                     few
                     places
                     of
                     mountaines
                     such
                     made-ground
                     which
                     hath
                     before
                     beene
                     moued
                     .
                     This
                     will
                     also
                     appeare
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     industry
                     of
                     our
                     Low-countreyman
                     ,
                     who
                     by
                     baying
                     vp
                     the
                     Riuers
                     into
                     certaine
                     Artificiall
                     Channels
                     ,
                     the
                     ground
                     about
                     hath
                     been
                     much
                     raised
                     :
                     where
                     on
                     the
                     contrary
                     side
                     the
                     forcing
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     into
                     higher
                     places
                     ,
                     oftentimes
                     is
                     found
                     to
                     fret
                     through
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     make
                     it
                     lower
                     .
                     What
                     we
                     haue
                     spoken
                     of
                     the
                     effects
                     of
                     Riuers
                     and
                     Raine
                     in
                     diminishing
                     the
                     greatnes
                     of
                     the
                     mountaines
                     and
                     exalting
                     of
                     the
                     vallyes
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     find
                     in
                     the
                     sea
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     bottome
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     being
                     lower
                     then
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     many
                     great
                     Riuers
                     continually
                     running
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     into
                     it
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     that
                     there
                     is
                     carried
                     in
                     their
                     current
                     a
                     great
                     quantity
                     of
                     earth
                     ,
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     by
                     the
                     heaping
                     of
                     sand
                     and
                     earthly
                     rubbish
                     ,
                     the
                     mouthes
                     of
                     great
                     Riuers
                     are
                     in
                     time
                     choaked
                     vp
                     ,
                     and
                     commodious
                     hauens
                     spoyled
                     and
                     remoued
                     farther
                     into
                     the
                     land
                     :
                     of
                     which
                     alternall
                     transmutation
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     and
                     Land
                     w●
                     shall
                     speake
                     hereafter
                     :
                     &
                     for
                     present
                     instance
                     need
                     to
                     goe
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     diuerse
                     Townes
                     in
                     Deuon
                     ,
                     which
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Relation
                     of
                     ancient
                     men
                     )
                     haue
                     heretofore
                     been
                     faire
                     hauens
                     ,
                     able
                     to
                     receiue
                     great
                     ships
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     notwithstanding
                     at
                     this
                     time
                     a
                     small
                     boat
                     cannot
                     arriue
                     except
                     in
                     a
                     full
                     Tide
                     .
                     
                     The
                     like
                     whereof
                     is
                     reported
                     by
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     1
                     of
                     a
                     place
                     in
                     Egypt
                     called
                     Delta
                     ,
                     made
                     by
                     the
                     heaping
                     vp
                     of
                     sand
                     and
                     slime
                     ,
                     brought
                     by
                     Nilus
                     from
                     the
                     Ethiopian
                     mountaine
                     .
                     2
                     of
                     
                       Ammania
                       Regio
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     times
                     past
                     being
                     Sea
                     ,
                     through
                     the
                     slime
                     conuayed
                     in
                     the
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     became
                     afterwards
                     as
                     a
                     standing
                     poole
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     processe
                     of
                     time
                     waxed
                     dry
                     ,
                     and
                     ioyned
                     it selfe
                     to
                     the
                     Continent
                     .
                     3
                     Of
                     
                       Maeotis
                       Palus
                    
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     dry
                     land
                     enuironing
                     it
                     round
                     ,
                     is
                     so
                     much
                     encreased
                     ,
                     that
                     ships
                     of
                     that
                     burthen
                     cannot
                     arriue
                     ,
                     which
                     could
                     in
                     times
                     past
                     within
                     60
                     yeeres
                     before
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     also
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     testified
                     by
                     Polybius
                     .
                     4
                     The
                     like
                     is
                     related
                     of
                     
                       Bosphorus
                       Thracius
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     many
                     other
                     places
                     recorded
                     by
                     Pliny
                     ▪
                     
                     of
                     which
                     we
                     shall
                     speake
                     hereafter
                     .
                     From
                     these
                     obseruations
                     Blancanus
                     would
                     inferre
                     these
                     consectaries
                     :
                     1
                     That
                     the
                     Earth
                     was
                     not
                     from
                     the
                     
                     beginning
                     endowed
                     with
                     mountaines
                     :
                     2
                     That
                     it
                     should
                     not
                     so
                     continue
                     vntill
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ;
                     ●nd
                     vnlesse
                     the
                     Fire
                     (
                     whereof
                     the
                     Scripture
                     speakes
                     )
                     should
                     preuent
                     it
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     should
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     be
                     ouer-whelmed
                     with
                     waters
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     be
                     made
                     void
                     of
                     habitation
                     :
                     but
                     on
                     such
                     coniectures
                     I
                     dare
                     not
                     too
                     boldly
                     venture
                     ,
                     being
                     speculations
                     built
                     on
                     no
                     sufficient
                     grounds
                     :
                     All
                     which
                     can
                     hence
                     warrantably
                     be
                     collected
                     is
                     expressed
                     in
                     our
                     former
                     Theoreme
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     2
                     Of
                     the
                     Figurature
                     of
                     Countreyes
                     in
                     
                       Mountaines
                       ,
                       Valleyes
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Plaines
                     ,
                     we
                     haue
                     spoken
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     requisite
                     here
                     wee
                     speake
                     somewhat
                     of
                     Woods
                     and
                     Champian
                     Countreyes
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     A
                     Wood
                     is
                     a
                     Region
                     or
                     space
                     of
                     Land
                     beset
                     with
                     trees
                     .
                     A
                     Champian
                     Region
                     is
                     a
                     space
                     of
                     Land
                     either
                     altogether
                     voide
                     ,
                     or
                     scarce
                     furnished
                     with
                     trees
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Some
                   Criticks
                   here
                   curiously
                   distinguish
                   in
                   Latine
                   ,
                   betwixt
                   
                     Sylua
                     ,
                     Lucus
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Nemus
                   :
                   by
                   Sylua
                   vnderstanding
                   a
                   space
                   beset
                   with
                   trees
                   ,
                   ordained
                   to
                   bee
                   cut
                   downe
                   ;
                   but
                   Lucus
                   was
                   a
                   place
                   where
                   trees
                   were
                   not
                   ordained
                   to
                   bee
                   cut
                   downe
                   ,
                   but
                   reserued
                   sacred
                   :
                   For
                   in
                   such
                   groues
                   they
                   did
                   anciently
                   vse
                   to
                   offer
                   sacrifice
                   ,
                   as
                   may
                   appeare
                   by
                   diuerse
                   places
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Old
                   Testament
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   Heathenish
                   manner
                   of
                   worshipping
                   was
                   forbidden
                   ,
                   and
                   sometimes
                   reproued
                   in
                   the
                   Kings
                   of
                   Iuda
                   and
                   Israel
                   :
                   That
                   which
                   the
                   Latines
                   call
                   Nemus
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   Groue
                   or
                   Wood
                   ordained
                   onely
                   for
                   pleasure
                   and
                   recreation
                   :
                   but
                   the
                   discussing
                   of
                   these
                   businesses
                   rather
                   belong
                   to
                   a
                   Grammarian
                   then
                   a
                   Geographer
                   ;
                   who
                   takes
                   little
                   notice
                   but
                   of
                   those
                   matters
                   which
                   most
                   principally
                   and
                   remarkeably
                   belong
                   to
                   any
                   Region
                   ;
                   wherefore
                   omitting
                   other
                   curiosities
                   ,
                   wee
                   haue
                   distinguished
                   onely
                   betweene
                   a
                   Woody
                   and
                   a
                   Champian
                   Countrey
                   ;
                   whereof
                   (
                   as
                   wee
                   haue
                   defined
                   )
                   one
                   is
                   beset
                   with
                   a
                   multitude
                   of
                   trees
                   ;
                   the
                   other
                   with
                   few
                   or
                   none
                   .
                   What
                   concernes
                   a
                   Geographer
                   
                   to
                   obserue
                   in
                   those
                   matters
                   ,
                   shall
                   generally
                   be
                   comprised
                   in
                   this
                   Theoreme
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Woods
                       in
                       these
                       dayes
                       are
                       not
                       so
                       frequent
                       ,
                       nor
                       so
                       great
                       as
                       in
                       ancient
                       times
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     We
                     cannot
                     imagine
                     otherwise
                     then
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     soone
                     vpon
                     the
                     flood
                     ,
                     bearing
                     in
                     her
                     wombe
                     the
                     seeds
                     of
                     all
                     vegetals
                     ,
                     being
                     inwardly
                     moistned
                     ,
                     and
                     outwardly
                     comforted
                     with
                     Heat
                     ,
                     should
                     presently
                     abound
                     with
                     plants
                     of
                     all
                     sorts
                     ;
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     in
                     a
                     short
                     time
                     each
                     thing
                     propagating
                     it selfe
                     by
                     communication
                     of
                     his
                     own
                     seeds
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     was
                     ouergrown
                     as
                     one
                     forrest
                     :
                     but
                     afterwards
                     as
                     man
                     began
                     to
                     spread
                     and
                     multiply
                     on
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     these
                     Woods
                     and
                     Thickets
                     began
                     to
                     suffer
                     chastisement
                     vnder
                     the
                     hand
                     of
                     laborious
                     husbandry
                     :
                     For
                     first
                     to
                     open
                     a
                     passage
                     from
                     one
                     place
                     vnto
                     another
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     some
                     parcels
                     of
                     ground
                     should
                     as
                     pastures
                     bee
                     diuided
                     from
                     Woody
                     acres
                     ,
                     it
                     was
                     necessary
                     that
                     this
                     great
                     plenty
                     of
                     trees
                     should
                     suffer
                     a
                     decrease
                     :
                     yet
                     little
                     had
                     this
                     beene
                     noted
                     in
                     so
                     vast
                     a
                     store
                     ,
                     had
                     not
                     the
                     inuention
                     of
                     building
                     of
                     houses
                     by
                     little
                     and
                     little
                     turned
                     great
                     forrests
                     into
                     Cities
                     ;
                     which
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     owed
                     not
                     only
                     their
                     first
                     originall
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     their
                     daily
                     reparation
                     to
                     Trees
                     and
                     Timber
                     :
                     but
                     aboue
                     all
                     the
                     greatest
                     deuourer
                     of
                     Woods
                     and
                     Forrests
                     is
                     Fire
                     ,
                     an
                     element
                     fed
                     and
                     nourished
                     almost
                     of
                     no
                     other
                     matter
                     .
                     For
                     to
                     let
                     passe
                     the
                     ordinary
                     vse
                     of
                     fire
                     in
                     euery
                     house
                     and
                     family
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     so
                     infinite
                     a
                     multitude
                     of
                     people
                     ,
                     in
                     so
                     many
                     yeeres
                     since
                     the
                     Flood
                     ,
                     must
                     require
                     an
                     extraordinary
                     proportion
                     of
                     wood
                     and
                     fuell
                     ,
                     how
                     many
                     Arts
                     haue
                     beene
                     since
                     inuented
                     ,
                     depending
                     onely
                     vpon
                     this
                     Element
                     ?
                     we
                     will
                     goe
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     the
                     Art
                     of
                     Liquefaction
                     ,
                     fining
                     of
                     gold
                     and
                     other
                     mettals
                     ,
                     found
                     out
                     in
                     the
                     bowels
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     couetousnesse
                     of
                     men
                     hath
                     been
                     as
                     vnsati●ble
                     as
                     the
                     fire
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     which
                     wee
                     haue
                     said
                     ,
                     may
                     probably
                     be
                     opposed
                     two
                     things
                     :
                     first
                     ,
                     the
                     power
                     and
                     inclination
                     of
                     euery
                     Creature
                     to
                     multiply
                     and
                     propagate
                     it selfe
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     the
                     industry
                     of
                     mankind
                     in
                     seconding
                     that
                     inclination
                     :
                     Whence
                     it
                     may
                     bee
                     coniectured
                     that
                     great
                     woods
                     should
                     by
                     durance
                     increase
                     to
                     a
                     greater
                     quantity
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     no
                     man
                     
                     will
                     deny
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     plants
                     and
                     trees
                     left
                     to
                     themselues
                     ,
                     will
                     commonly
                     propagate
                     their
                     kind
                     :
                     neuerthelesse
                     it
                     cannot
                     preuaile
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     which
                     procure
                     the
                     decrease
                     :
                     first
                     because
                     the
                     Earth
                     being
                     dryer
                     now
                     ,
                     then
                     soone
                     vpon
                     the
                     Flood
                     ,
                     cannot
                     so
                     much
                     further
                     the
                     growth
                     of
                     vegetals
                     as
                     then
                     it
                     did
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     said
                     )
                     this
                     growth
                     in
                     a
                     populous
                     Countrey
                     ,
                     cannot
                     bee
                     so
                     great
                     as
                     the
                     diminution
                     ,
                     since
                     few
                     or
                     no
                     houses
                     can
                     want
                     so
                     necessary
                     an
                     Element
                     as
                     fire
                     .
                     To
                     the
                     second
                     wee
                     answer
                     that
                     mans
                     industry
                     hath
                     done
                     somewhat
                     in
                     plantation
                     of
                     groues
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     like
                     :
                     but
                     how
                     little
                     is
                     this
                     in
                     comparison
                     of
                     the
                     huge
                     and
                     vast
                     forrests
                     in
                     time
                     by
                     man
                     wasted
                     and
                     consumed
                     .
                     We
                     shall
                     read
                     of
                     Germany
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     Caesar
                     it
                     seemed
                     a
                     wilde
                     Countrey
                     ,
                     hauing
                     many
                     great
                     woods
                     and
                     forrests
                     ,
                     but
                     few
                     Cities
                     :
                     but
                     now
                     the
                     case
                     being
                     altered
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     the
                     Cities
                     both
                     in
                     number
                     and
                     greatnes
                     increased
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Woods
                     diminished
                     .
                     Two
                     instances
                     may
                     suffice
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     Forrest
                     of
                     Ardenna
                     in
                     Lutzemburg
                     ,
                     accompted
                     in
                     Caesars
                     time
                     500
                     miles
                     ouer
                     ,
                     now
                     scarce
                     50.
                     
                     The
                     other
                     of
                     
                       Sylua
                       Hyrcinia
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     heretofore
                     (
                     if
                     we
                     beleeue
                     Histories
                     )
                     reached
                     so
                     far
                     as
                     a
                     man
                     could
                     trauaile
                     in
                     60
                     dayes
                     ;
                     but
                     now
                     is
                     made
                     the
                     onely
                     limit
                     or
                     bound
                     diuiding
                     Bohemia
                     from
                     the
                     rest
                     of
                     Germany
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     may
                     bee
                     obserued
                     almost
                     of
                     euery
                     other
                     Countrey
                     reduced
                     to
                     ciuility
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       Places
                       moderatly
                       situated
                       towards
                       the
                       North
                       or
                       South
                       Pole
                       abound
                       more
                       in
                       Woods
                       then
                       neere
                       the
                       Equatour
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     situation
                     wee
                     vnderstand
                     to
                     comprehend
                     almost
                     all
                     the
                     temperat
                     Zone
                     ,
                     reaching
                     either
                     way
                     so
                     farre
                     as
                     60
                     degrees
                     or
                     there
                     about
                     .
                     The
                     demonstration
                     of
                     this
                     Theoreme
                     depends
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     foments
                     of
                     all
                     plants
                     ,
                     Heat
                     and
                     Moisture
                     ;
                     both
                     which
                     concurre
                     ,
                     not
                     only
                     to
                     the
                     abundance
                     and
                     fertility
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     to
                     the
                     greatnesse
                     of
                     all
                     plants
                     ;
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     most
                     certaine
                     that
                     wheresoeuer
                     these
                     two
                     vitall
                     succours
                     are
                     wanting
                     or
                     deficient
                     ,
                     there
                     must
                     be
                     a
                     great
                     scarcity
                     of
                     
                       trees
                       ,
                       fruits
                       ,
                       herbage
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     like
                     :
                     This
                     is
                     the
                     cause
                     why
                     the
                     Regions
                     far
                     North
                     neere
                     
                     about
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     beyond
                     60
                     degrees
                     ,
                     haue
                     not
                     onely
                     scarcity
                     of
                     trees
                     ,
                     but
                     haue
                     them
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     ,
                     of
                     a
                     farre
                     smaller
                     quantity
                     then
                     other
                     Regions
                     ,
                     lying
                     more
                     temperate
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     internall
                     and
                     naturall
                     heat
                     is
                     almost
                     extinguished
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     extremity
                     of
                     cold
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     moisture
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     dried
                     vp
                     by
                     the
                     frosty
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Region
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     cause
                     may
                     wee
                     ascribe
                     ,
                     that
                     which
                     Geographers
                     haue
                     deliuered
                     concerning
                     Island
                     ,
                     that
                     for
                     want
                     of
                     Timber
                     they
                     couer
                     their
                     houses
                     with
                     fish-bones
                     ,
                     digging
                     out
                     houses
                     in
                     the
                     sides
                     of
                     Rockes
                     and
                     mountaines
                     .
                     Moreouer
                     that
                     the
                     meere
                     defect
                     of
                     moisture
                     may
                     cause
                     a
                     scarcity
                     of
                     growth
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     proued
                     by
                     many
                     places
                     :
                     1
                     because
                     temperate
                     Regions
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     Mountainous
                     and
                     lying
                     higher
                     ,
                     produce
                     trees
                     of
                     small
                     length
                     ;
                     Bodin
                     testifies
                     as
                     a
                     thing
                     very
                     remarkeable
                     ,
                     that
                     hee
                     hath
                     obserued
                     oakes
                     in
                     France
                     not
                     exceeding
                     3
                     or
                     4
                     feet
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     is
                     no
                     great
                     wonder
                     with
                     vs
                     in
                     England
                     :
                     sith
                     in
                     the
                     dry
                     and
                     barren
                     plaines
                     about
                     Salisbury
                     there
                     are
                     many
                     examples
                     not
                     much
                     different
                     :
                     All
                     which
                     ,
                     we
                     can
                     ascribe
                     to
                     no
                     other
                     cause
                     then
                     the
                     want
                     of
                     moisture
                     .
                     On
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     as
                     great
                     or
                     greater
                     a
                     defect
                     of
                     heat
                     &
                     moisture
                     ,
                     is
                     found
                     neere
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     externall
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ;
                     which
                     in
                     all
                     plants
                     and
                     vegetalls
                     ,
                     not
                     onely
                     euaporates
                     the
                     moisture
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     consequence
                     causeth
                     drowth
                     ;
                     but
                     by
                     the
                     extraction
                     of
                     Internall
                     heat
                     ,
                     leaueth
                     a
                     greater
                     cold
                     behind
                     ,
                     correspondent
                     to
                     that
                     humour
                     in
                     a
                     man
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     call
                     Melancholy
                     and
                     choler-adust
                     :
                     But
                     this
                     extremity
                     of
                     heat
                     causing
                     this
                     defect
                     of
                     internall
                     heat
                     &
                     moisture
                     ,
                     wee
                     place
                     not
                     directly
                     vnder
                     the
                     Equinoctiall
                     ;
                     because
                     we
                     haue
                     shewed
                     it
                     to
                     be
                     more
                     temperate
                     :
                     but
                     rather
                     vnder
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     experience
                     are
                     found
                     scorched
                     with
                     great
                     heat
                     .
                     How
                     subiect
                     these
                     places
                     vnder
                     the
                     Tropickes
                     are
                     to
                     this
                     sterility
                     ,
                     we
                     need
                     goe
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     Libia
                     and
                     Numidia
                     to
                     confirme
                     ;
                     Places
                     by
                     the
                     report
                     of
                     trauailers
                     ,
                     indigent
                     not
                     onely
                     of
                     Woods
                     and
                     Trees
                     ,
                     but
                     almost
                     of
                     all
                     vitall
                     succours
                     .
                     Whereas
                     the
                     Woods
                     &
                     Forrests
                     dispersed
                     almost
                     in
                     euery
                     region
                     of
                     Europe
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     more
                     temperate
                     parts
                     of
                     Asia
                     ,
                     are
                     celebrated
                     of
                     all
                     writers
                     .
                     Yet
                     whereas
                     wee
                     haue
                     defined
                     the
                     chiefest
                     places
                     for
                     the
                     growth
                     of
                     Woods
                     to
                     be
                     towards
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     so
                     farre
                     as
                     60
                     degrees
                     
                     or
                     there-abouts
                     ;
                     wee
                     cannot
                     warrant
                     this
                     as
                     an
                     absolute
                     generall
                     obseruation
                     ;
                     because
                     some
                     places
                     lying
                     very
                     low
                     ,
                     and
                     subiect
                     to
                     much
                     moisture
                     ,
                     though
                     situat
                     more
                     Southerly
                     ,
                     may
                     enioy
                     this
                     proportion
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     formerly
                     shewed
                     of
                     trees
                     neere
                     the
                     Riuer
                     Hiarotis
                     recorded
                     by
                     Strabo
                     ,
                     to
                     haue
                     their
                     noone
                     shadowes
                     of
                     5
                     furlongs
                     ,
                     as
                     also
                     of
                     certaine
                     trees
                     in
                     America
                     neere
                     
                       Riuo
                       Negro
                    
                     ,
                     wherein
                     (
                     as
                     
                       Peter
                       Martyr
                    
                     writes
                     )
                     a
                     King
                     dwelt
                     with
                     all
                     his
                     family
                     .
                     But
                     these
                     places
                     howsoeuer
                     situat
                     towards
                     the
                     South
                     are
                     (
                     as
                     Geographers
                     deliuer
                     vnto
                     vs
                     )
                     most
                     times
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     ouerwhelmed
                     with
                     Water
                     ,
                     consisting
                     all
                     of
                     marish
                     grounds
                     :
                     yet
                     these
                     few
                     instances
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     particular
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     cannot
                     much
                     impeach
                     our
                     proposition
                     ,
                     which
                     takes
                     notice
                     only
                     of
                     the
                     situation
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     cardinall
                     points
                     of
                     North
                     and
                     South
                     ,
                     compared
                     with
                     the
                     Heauens
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 XI
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     HItherto
                     haue
                     we
                     treated
                     of
                     the
                     Absolute
                     adiuncts
                     of
                     the
                     land
                     ;
                     we
                     are
                     now
                     to
                     speak
                     of
                     the
                     Relatiue
                     ,
                     which
                     imply
                     a
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Land
                     to
                     the
                     Sea.
                     
                  
                   
                     2
                     From
                     this
                     Termination
                     of
                     the
                     land
                     with
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     there
                     ariseth
                     a
                     twofold
                     distinction
                     :
                     The
                     first
                     is
                     of
                     the
                     land
                     into
                     Continent
                     and
                     Ilands
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     A
                     Continent
                     is
                     a
                     great
                     quantity
                     of
                     land
                     consisting
                     of
                     many
                     Kingdomes
                     and
                     Regions
                     ,
                     not
                     diuided
                     by
                     Water
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     
                     An
                     Iland
                     is
                     a
                     parcell
                     of
                     land
                     compassed
                     round
                     with
                     the
                     sea
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   An
                   Iland
                   is
                   called
                   in
                   Latin
                   
                     Insula
                     ,
                     quasi
                     in
                     salo
                  
                   ;
                   because
                   it
                   stands
                   in
                   the
                   Sea
                   ;
                   some
                   would
                   haue
                   it
                   in
                   English
                   termed
                   an
                   Iland
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   ,
                   Eye
                   of
                   the
                   land
                   :
                   But
                   this
                   deriuation
                   seemes
                   affected
                   and
                   not
                   naturall
                   :
                   it
                   might
                   seeme
                   more
                   naturally
                   to
                   be
                   deriued
                   from
                   the
                   
                     French
                     L'Isle
                  
                   .
                   But
                   wee
                   will
                   not
                   dispute
                   of
                   the
                   name
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   enough
                   to
                   vnderstand
                   ,
                   that
                   an
                   Iland
                   is
                   a
                   portion
                   of
                   the
                   habitable
                   Earth
                   ,
                   euery
                   where
                   enuironed
                   with
                   the
                   sea
                   ,
                   orat
                   least
                   with
                   some
                   great
                   Riuer
                   :
                   but
                   this
                   last
                   sense
                   seemes
                   more
                   improper
                   then
                   the
                   other
                   ;
                   yet
                   oftentimes
                   vsed
                   ,
                   as
                   Meroe
                   in
                   Africa
                   an
                   Iland
                   of
                   Nilus
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Iland
                   of
                   Eely
                   in
                   England
                   .
                   To
                   this
                   is
                   opposed
                   the
                   Continent
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   land
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   not
                   diuided
                   and
                   separated
                   by
                   the
                   sea
                   ,
                   containes
                   in
                   it
                   many
                   Empires
                   and
                   Kingdomes
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Europe
                     ,
                     Asia
                     ,
                     Africke
                     ,
                     America
                  
                   ;
                   all
                   which
                   ,
                   as
                   farre
                   as
                   wee
                   can
                   yet
                   gather
                   ,
                   are
                   vnited
                   and
                   ioyned
                   together
                   ,
                   in
                   one
                   continuate
                   land
                   ;
                   Strabo
                   affirmes
                   out
                   of
                   this
                   in
                   his
                   1
                   Boooke
                   and
                   first
                   Chapter
                   of
                   Geographie
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   whole
                   Earth
                   is
                   one
                   Iland
                   ;
                   sith
                   all
                   these
                   knowne
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   are
                   compassed
                   about
                   with
                   the
                   sea
                   on
                   euery
                   side
                   :
                   But
                   this
                   opinion
                   cannot
                   stand
                   with
                   reason
                   ,
                   or
                   moderne
                   obseruation
                   :
                   First
                   ,
                   because
                   this
                   acception
                   is
                   too
                   large
                   ;
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   an
                   Iland
                   is
                   properly
                   taken
                   for
                   a
                   smaller
                   part
                   ,
                   diuided
                   from
                   the
                   rest
                   of
                   the
                   land
                   ,
                   and
                   opposed
                   to
                   the
                   Continent
                   ;
                   whereas
                   if
                   this
                   sense
                   were
                   admitted
                   ,
                   the
                   distinction
                   of
                   land
                   into
                   Continent
                   and
                   Iland
                   would
                   haue
                   no
                   place
                   ,
                   or
                   at
                   least
                   the
                   same
                   in
                   a
                   diuerse
                   respect
                   ,
                   might
                   bee
                   called
                   a
                   Continent
                   and
                   an
                   Iland
                   .
                   But
                   it
                   is
                   plaine
                   that
                   Ilands
                   were
                   alwayes
                   opposed
                   to
                   the
                   continent
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   ,
                   although
                   separate
                   by
                   Water
                   ,
                   they
                   were
                   supposed
                   to
                   belong
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   
                     Europe
                     ,
                     Asia
                     ,
                     Africke
                     ,
                     America
                     ,
                  
                   or
                   Magellanica
                   ,
                   or
                   some
                   other
                   as
                   Geographers
                   haue
                   reduced
                   them
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   was
                   a
                   bold
                   coniecture
                   to
                   thinke
                   the
                   whole
                   world
                   to
                   consist
                   only
                   of
                   those
                   parts
                   ,
                   found
                   out
                   in
                   Strabos
                   time
                   :
                   For
                   besides
                   the
                   two
                   parts
                   of
                   America
                   since
                   that
                   time
                   discouered
                   by
                   Columbus
                   ,
                   another
                   great
                   portion
                   is
                   since
                   that
                   time
                   found
                   out
                   in
                   the
                   South
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   coniecture
                   of
                   
                     Ferdinando
                     de
                     
                     Quir
                  
                   ,
                   comming
                   neere
                   the
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Europe
                     ,
                     Asia
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Africa
                   .
                   Which
                   howsoeuer
                   it
                   be
                   round
                   enuironed
                   with
                   sea
                   ,
                   and
                   th●refore
                   might
                   seeme
                   an
                   Iland
                   ,
                   yet
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   greatnes
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   many
                   regions
                   and
                   kingdomes
                   it
                   containes
                   ,
                   it
                   may
                   well
                   bee
                   reputed
                   a
                   continent
                   :
                   To
                   which
                   many
                   lesser
                   Ilands
                   belong
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       It
                       is
                       probable
                       that
                       Ilands
                       were
                       not
                       from
                       the
                       first
                       creation
                       ,
                       but
                       were
                       made
                       afterwards
                       either
                       by
                       the
                       vniuersall
                       deluge
                       ,
                       or
                       some
                       other
                       violence
                       of
                       the
                       Water
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     It
                     hath
                     been
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     diuerse
                     learned
                     men
                     ,
                     that
                     Ilands
                     wer●
                     not
                     onely
                     before
                     the
                     Flood
                     ,
                     but
                     from
                     the
                     first
                     creation
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     :
                     because
                     they
                     seeme
                     no
                     lesse
                     to
                     make
                     for
                     the
                     ornament
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     then
                     diuers
                     Lakes
                     and
                     Riuers
                     dispersed
                     on
                     the
                     Land.
                     But
                     this
                     argument
                     seemes
                     very
                     weake
                     first
                     because
                     a
                     greater
                     ornament
                     seemes
                     to
                     consist
                     in
                     vniformity
                     then
                     confusion
                     ▪
                     besides
                     ,
                     the
                     ornament
                     must
                     not
                     bee
                     measured
                     by
                     our
                     phantasie
                     ,
                     but
                     Gods
                     Almighty
                     pleasure
                     and
                     will
                     expressed
                     in
                     his
                     owne
                     workmanship
                     :
                     and
                     that
                     hee
                     created
                     Ilands
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     thing
                     in
                     question
                     .
                     That
                     Ilands
                     were
                     not
                     from
                     the
                     Creation
                     ,
                     many
                     probable
                     reasons
                     are
                     alleaged
                     :
                     First
                     ●rom
                     the
                     words
                     in
                     the
                     1
                     of
                     
                       Genesis
                       :
                       Dixit
                       verò
                       Deus
                       ,
                       congregentur
                       aequae
                       quae
                       sub
                       coelo
                       sunt
                       ,
                       in
                       locum
                       vnum
                       ,
                       &
                       appareat
                       arida
                       :
                       &
                       factum
                       est
                       ita
                       ;
                       &
                       vocauit
                       Deus
                       aridam
                       ,
                       terram
                       ;
                       congregationesque
                       Aquarum
                       appellauit
                       maria
                       .
                    
                     By
                     which
                     may
                     be
                     collected
                     ▪
                     that
                     the
                     waters
                     were
                     gathered
                     together
                     in
                     their
                     own
                     place
                     ,
                     by
                     themselues
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     had
                     no
                     such
                     intercourse
                     betwixt
                     Land
                     and
                     Land
                     as
                     now
                     they
                     haue
                     ,
                     admitting
                     Ilands
                     :
                     wherefore
                     it
                     is
                     more
                     probable
                     ▪
                     that
                     such
                     Ilands
                     as
                     now
                     appeare
                     were
                     either
                     caused
                     by
                     that
                     Vniuersall
                     Deluge
                     of
                     Noah
                     ,
                     or
                     by
                     some
                     other
                     Accidents
                     :
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     most
                     certaine
                     that
                     the
                     Sea
                     on
                     the
                     Land
                     some-where
                     gaines
                     ,
                     and
                     other-where
                     in
                     recompence
                     of
                     it
                     ,
                     it
                     looseth
                     againe
                     :
                     as
                     may
                     appeare
                     by
                     the
                     14
                     of
                     Genesis
                     ;
                     where
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     of
                     the
                     comming
                     together
                     of
                     certaine
                     Kings
                     :
                     
                       Hi
                       omnes
                       conuen●runt
                       in
                       vallem
                       Syluestrem
                       ,
                       quae
                       nunc
                       est
                       mare
                       
                       salis
                    
                     ;
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     it
                     is
                     euident
                     that
                     that
                     parcell
                     of
                     ground
                     which
                     was
                     a
                     woody
                     place
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     Abraham
                     ,
                     was
                     before
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     Moses
                     become
                     the
                     Salt
                     Sea.
                     Many
                     examples
                     of
                     the
                     like
                     are
                     giuen
                     vs
                     by
                     Pliny
                     in
                     his
                     Naturall
                     History
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     shall
                     haue
                     occasion
                     to
                     vrge
                     hereafter
                     :
                     And
                     therefore
                     it
                     is
                     no
                     hard
                     thing
                     to
                     belieue
                     ,
                     that
                     since
                     the
                     first
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     all
                     Ilands
                     might
                     bee
                     produced
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     .
                     Another
                     argument
                     by
                     which
                     they
                     would
                     ●stablish
                     this
                     opinion
                     ,
                     is
                     that
                     wee
                     see
                     almost
                     all
                     Ilands
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     not
                     onely
                     inhabited
                     of
                     mankind
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     furnished
                     with
                     diuerse
                     kindes
                     of
                     Beasts
                     ,
                     some
                     tame
                     ,
                     some
                     wilde
                     ,
                     some
                     wholesome
                     ,
                     some
                     venomous
                     ,
                     some
                     vsefull
                     ,
                     some
                     altogether
                     vnprofitable
                     .
                     Now
                     it
                     seemes
                     very
                     vnlikely
                     that
                     men
                     b●ing
                     in
                     elder
                     times
                     ,
                     and
                     now
                     also
                     in
                     most
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     altogether
                     vnskilfull
                     in
                     the
                     Art
                     of
                     Nauigation
                     ,
                     should
                     venture
                     so
                     farre
                     on
                     the
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     ,
                     to
                     people
                     Countreyes
                     so
                     far
                     distant
                     ;
                     sith
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     ,
                     wherein
                     Nauigation
                     is
                     arriued
                     at
                     a
                     great
                     perfection
                     ,
                     hauing
                     the
                     helps
                     both
                     of
                     the
                     Chart
                     and
                     Compasse
                     ,
                     altogether
                     vnknowne
                     vnto
                     the
                     ancients
                     ,
                     wee
                     see
                     most
                     Nations
                     very
                     scrupulous
                     in
                     searching
                     out
                     farre
                     remote
                     Countreyes
                     .
                     But
                     admit
                     this
                     were
                     ouercome
                     by
                     mans
                     Industrie
                     ,
                     which
                     no
                     doubt
                     is
                     much
                     increased
                     by
                     Necessity
                     ;
                     yet
                     cannot
                     it
                     bee
                     very
                     probable
                     ,
                     that
                     so
                     many
                     sundry
                     kindes
                     of
                     beasts
                     should
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     bee
                     transported
                     :
                     for
                     howsoeuer
                     wee
                     coniecture
                     concerning
                     such
                     beasts
                     as
                     necessarily
                     serue
                     for
                     mans
                     sustenance
                     ;
                     yet
                     seemes
                     it
                     hard
                     to
                     thinke
                     that
                     man
                     should
                     bee
                     so
                     improuident
                     and
                     enuious
                     to
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     his
                     own
                     Habitation
                     as
                     to
                     transport
                     rauenous
                     ,
                     venomous
                     ,
                     vnwholesome
                     ,
                     and
                     vnprofitable
                     creatures
                     :
                     for
                     by
                     no
                     other
                     me●nes
                     but
                     by
                     transportation
                     can
                     such
                     beasts
                     bee
                     imagined
                     to
                     bee
                     brought
                     into
                     Ilands
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     first
                     originall
                     of
                     all
                     creatures
                     in
                     the
                     Creation
                     was
                     in
                     or
                     neere
                     Paradice
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     shall
                     proue
                     to
                     haue
                     been
                     ●n
                     the
                     Continent
                     of
                     Asia
                     ;
                     the
                     second
                     Seminary
                     was
                     in
                     the
                     Arke
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     the
                     Scriptures
                     was
                     first
                     disburthened
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Continent
                     .
                     How
                     from
                     hence
                     they
                     should
                     spread
                     themselues
                     into
                     Ilands
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     doubt
                     .
                     Impossible
                     it
                     seemes
                     they
                     should
                     swimme
                     so
                     far
                     ;
                     for
                     what
                     Creature
                     will
                     venture
                     it selfe
                     on
                     the
                     maine
                     Ocean
                     being
                     by
                     a
                     naturall
                     
                     instinct
                     fearefull
                     of
                     death
                     ,
                     and
                     carefull
                     of
                     his
                     owne
                     preseruation
                     :
                     Whence
                     it
                     is
                     more
                     likely
                     to
                     imagine
                     ,
                     that
                     these
                     parcels
                     of
                     land
                     being
                     first
                     furnished
                     with
                     such
                     creatures
                     ,
                     were
                     afterwards
                     by
                     the
                     violence
                     of
                     the
                     flood
                     ,
                     or
                     some
                     other
                     like
                     Accident
                     ,
                     torne
                     off
                     from
                     the
                     maine
                     Continent
                     ,
                     retaining
                     still
                     such
                     Creatures
                     as
                     it
                     had
                     before
                     .
                     But
                     here
                     
                       S.
                       Augustine
                    
                     seeme
                     to
                     auoid
                     this
                     Argument
                     two
                     wayes
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     not
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     incredible
                     ,
                     that
                     wild
                     and
                     sauage
                     beasts
                     might
                     bee
                     transported
                     from
                     one
                     Countrey
                     to
                     another
                     by
                     Sea
                     :
                     either
                     by
                     Men
                     for
                     the
                     delight
                     of
                     Hunting
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     by
                     the
                     helpe
                     of
                     Angels
                     by
                     Gods
                     Commandement
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     permission
                     .
                     This
                     answer
                     seemes
                     very
                     probable
                     as
                     well
                     for
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     supposing
                     nothing
                     impossible
                     to
                     Almighty
                     God
                     ,
                     as
                     also
                     for
                     the
                     authority
                     of
                     the
                     Author
                     .
                     But
                     with
                     all
                     reuerence
                     to
                     the
                     Authour
                     ,
                     whom
                     all
                     the
                     Christian
                     Churches
                     are
                     bound
                     to
                     honour
                     ,
                     this
                     assertion
                     is
                     not
                     so
                     strongly
                     fortified
                     to
                     enforce
                     assent
                     .
                     And
                     first
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     very
                     likely
                     that
                     pleasure
                     with
                     men
                     should
                     so
                     farre
                     ouersway
                     the
                     generall
                     weale
                     and
                     profit
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     transport
                     so
                     many
                     rauenous
                     and
                     hurtfull
                     beasts
                     ,
                     for
                     meere
                     hunting
                     sports
                     and
                     recreation
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     the
                     chase
                     of
                     some
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Lions
                       ,
                       Leopards
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     like
                     ,
                     hath
                     more
                     danger
                     in
                     it
                     then
                     sport
                     or
                     delight
                     ;
                     and
                     if
                     so
                     be
                     these
                     were
                     conueyed
                     ouer
                     Sea
                     for
                     such
                     ends
                     ,
                     yet
                     it
                     is
                     very
                     probable
                     ,
                     they
                     would
                     keepe
                     them
                     rather
                     close
                     and
                     imprisoned
                     to
                     serue
                     occasion
                     ,
                     then
                     to
                     let
                     them
                     loose
                     and
                     free
                     for
                     farther
                     propagation
                     .
                     Finally
                     ,
                     whereas
                     hee
                     ascribes
                     the
                     transportation
                     of
                     them
                     to
                     the
                     ministery
                     of
                     Angels
                     ;
                     no
                     man
                     can
                     deny
                     but
                     this
                     may
                     bee
                     possible
                     ;
                     because
                     by
                     their
                     permission
                     of
                     Almighty
                     God
                     they
                     might
                     effect
                     greater
                     matters
                     .
                     Yet
                     seemes
                     this
                     not
                     so
                     likely
                     as
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     because
                     wee
                     finde
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     generall
                     preseruation
                     of
                     all
                     creatures
                     in
                     the
                     Arke
                     ,
                     hee
                     vsed
                     the
                     ordinary
                     helpe
                     of
                     Naturall
                     meanes
                     ,
                     although
                     directed
                     and
                     assisted
                     by
                     a
                     Diuine
                     power
                     :
                     And
                     of
                     God
                     effected
                     greater
                     matters
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     ,
                     why
                     may
                     wee
                     not
                     belieue
                     it
                     of
                     things
                     of
                     lesser
                     moment
                     and
                     necessity
                     ?
                     But
                     of
                     this
                     wee
                     haue
                     spoken
                     before
                     .
                     Another
                     reason
                     for
                     our
                     opinion
                     that
                     Ilands
                     were
                     not
                     before
                     the
                     flood
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     from
                     the
                     Creation
                     ,
                     is
                     vrged
                     by
                     Verstegan
                     a
                     late
                     Writer
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     :
                     There
                     is
                     nothing
                     broken
                     )
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     that
                     hath
                     not
                     bin
                     
                     whole
                     ;
                     which
                     he
                     sets
                     downe
                     as
                     an
                     infallible
                     principle
                     :
                     for
                     howbeit
                     Nature
                     doth
                     sometimes
                     against
                     her
                     own
                     intent
                     commit
                     some
                     errours
                     ,
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     things
                     formed
                     haue
                     either
                     too
                     much
                     ,
                     or
                     too
                     little
                     ;
                     yet
                     bringeth
                     she
                     forth
                     nothing
                     broken
                     or
                     disseuered
                     ;
                     but
                     such
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     alwayes
                     whole
                     and
                     not
                     broken
                     ,
                     except
                     afterwards
                     by
                     some
                     accident
                     .
                     And
                     if
                     Nature
                     ,
                     the
                     hand-maide
                     of
                     God
                     ,
                     neuer
                     misseth
                     this
                     perfection
                     ,
                     much
                     more
                     ought
                     wee
                     to
                     belieue
                     that
                     God
                     the
                     Father
                     of
                     Nature
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     Creation
                     left
                     no
                     part
                     thereof
                     broken
                     and
                     vnperfect
                     .
                     But
                     euery
                     man
                     may
                     see
                     by
                     ordinary
                     obseruation
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Clifts
                     and
                     bounds
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     (
                     as
                     not
                     being
                     by
                     God
                     in
                     the
                     creation
                     so
                     formed
                     )
                     seeme
                     not
                     onely
                     seuered
                     and
                     broken
                     ,
                     but
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     cut
                     streight
                     and
                     steep
                     downe
                     from
                     the
                     top
                     to
                     the
                     bottome
                     ,
                     not
                     stooping
                     or
                     declining
                     by
                     degrees
                     ;
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     in
                     
                       Inland
                       Hills
                    
                     in
                     their
                     descent
                     vnto
                     the
                     valleyes
                     .
                     The
                     forceable
                     breach
                     of
                     the
                     land
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     pretend
                     )
                     by
                     the
                     Sea
                     fretting
                     through
                     some
                     narrow
                     place
                     ,
                     seemes
                     the
                     more
                     to
                     be
                     confirmed
                     in
                     that
                     we
                     find
                     it
                     not
                     steep
                     towards
                     the
                     Land
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     Land
                     declines
                     by
                     a
                     sloping
                     descent
                     as
                     in
                     other
                     places
                     ;
                     but
                     rather
                     towards
                     the
                     Sea
                     in
                     such
                     sort
                     ,
                     as
                     both
                     the
                     sides
                     of
                     a
                     narrow
                     and
                     streite
                     Sea
                     oftentimes
                     in
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     soile
                     ,
                     and
                     conformity
                     of
                     figure
                     ,
                     seeme
                     to
                     answer
                     one
                     other
                     ;
                     onely
                     shewing
                     the
                     want
                     of
                     substance
                     betwixt
                     them
                     which
                     is
                     lost
                     .
                     It
                     may
                     hence
                     be
                     obiected
                     that
                     many
                     other
                     hills
                     and
                     rocky
                     places
                     of
                     Iland
                     Countreyes
                     ▪
                     seeme
                     in
                     like
                     manner
                     as
                     broken
                     and
                     steep
                     downe
                     at
                     these
                     clifts
                     bounding
                     the
                     Ocean
                     :
                     as
                     also
                     that
                     the
                     clifts
                     towards
                     the
                     Sea
                     are
                     broken
                     higher
                     vp
                     then
                     any
                     waies
                     the
                     Sea
                     could
                     be
                     imagined
                     to
                     ascend
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     wee
                     answer
                     ,
                     first
                     that
                     rocks
                     on
                     the
                     dry
                     land
                     many
                     times
                     seeme
                     broken
                     ,
                     when
                     indeed
                     they
                     are
                     not
                     ,
                     being
                     by
                     Nature
                     fashioned
                     craggie
                     and
                     vneuen
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     whereas
                     Hills
                     in
                     Inland
                     countries
                     seeme
                     broken
                     ,
                     this
                     might
                     proceede
                     heretofore
                     by
                     Earthquakes
                     which
                     haue
                     oftentimes
                     beene
                     obserued
                     to
                     produce
                     such
                     effects
                     as
                     it
                     hath
                     lately
                     beene
                     knowne
                     to
                     doe
                     in
                     a
                     Towne
                     called
                     Pleurs
                     in
                     the
                     Grisons
                     Countrey
                     neere
                     the
                     Alpes
                     :
                     and
                     for
                     the
                     appearance
                     of
                     such
                     breaches
                     in
                     the
                     tops
                     of
                     clifts
                     aboue
                     the
                     ascent
                     of
                     the
                     waters
                     ,
                     it
                     might
                     bee
                     caused
                     by
                     the
                     violence
                     of
                     the
                     Sea-waues
                     ,
                     fretting
                     and
                     eating
                     
                     out
                     the
                     sides
                     of
                     them
                     beneath
                     the
                     bottome
                     ;
                     whence
                     it
                     happens
                     that
                     the
                     higher
                     part
                     for
                     want
                     of
                     vnder-propping
                     must
                     needes
                     fall
                     and
                     breake
                     off
                     from
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     This
                     Argument
                     of
                     our
                     said
                     Authour
                     is
                     by
                     him
                     back't
                     with
                     another
                     ,
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     name
                     of
                     a
                     cliffe
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     our
                     ancient
                     language
                     is
                     drawne
                     from
                     cleauing
                     or
                     breaking
                     off
                     :
                     which
                     appellation
                     is
                     neuer
                     giuen
                     to
                     our
                     Inland
                     Hils
                     ,
                     but
                     only
                     to
                     such
                     as
                     terminate
                     and
                     compasse
                     in
                     the
                     Sea.
                     These
                     reasons
                     make
                     the
                     matter
                     seeme
                     probable
                     ;
                     yet
                     condemne
                     I
                     not
                     the
                     other
                     as
                     absurd
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     may
                     prob●bly
                     be
                     defended
                     ,
                     and
                     backt
                     with
                     the
                     authority
                     of
                     many
                     graue
                     Authors
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4
                     A
                     second
                     Distinction
                     ariseth
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     termination
                     of
                     the
                     Land
                     with
                     the
                     Sea
                     :
                     For
                     either
                     it
                     is
                     vniforme
                     or
                     various
                     .
                  
                   
                     5
                     An
                     vniforme
                     termination
                     I
                     call
                     that
                     which
                     without
                     any
                     notable
                     difference
                     inclines
                     more
                     to
                     euennesse
                     and
                     Regularity
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   It
                   is
                   manifest
                   that
                   the
                   Sea-wawes
                   working
                   on
                   the
                   Land
                   violently
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   naturally
                   ,
                   seldome
                   or
                   neuer
                   so
                   bound
                   and
                   compasse
                   the
                   Land
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   reduce
                   it
                   to
                   a
                   regular
                   and
                   perfect
                   figure
                   .
                   But
                   yet
                   because
                   in
                   some
                   places
                   it
                   comes
                   somewhat
                   neere
                   to
                   such
                   a
                   figure
                   ,
                   somewhere
                   it
                   is
                   very
                   farre
                   off
                   ;
                   wee
                   thought
                   it
                   fit
                   to
                   insert
                   this
                   distinction
                   .
                   This
                   inclination
                   to
                   a
                   Regular
                   figure
                   is
                   some-where
                   square
                   ,
                   consisting
                   of
                   Right-lines
                   ,
                   some-where
                   circular
                   ;
                   an
                   example
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   we
                   haue
                   in
                   Spaine
                   ,
                   which
                   on
                   the
                   North-side
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   West
                   is
                   bounded
                   more
                   streitly
                   ,
                   comming
                   neere
                   a
                   right-line
                   :
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   in
                   Africk●
                   ,
                   whose
                   North-West
                   side
                   from
                   the
                   Mediterranean
                   streits
                   to
                   Guinea
                   seemes
                   in
                   some
                   sort
                   circular
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     6
                     A
                     various
                     Termination
                     is
                     that
                     wherein
                     the
                     bounds
                     are
                     crooked
                     ,
                     and
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     indented
                     with
                     crekes
                     and
                     turnings
                     .
                     Here
                     three
                     
                     things
                     are
                     remarkeable
                     .
                     1.
                     
                     
                       Peninsula
                       ,
                       Istmus
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Promontorium
                     .
                  
                   
                     7
                     A
                     Peninsula
                     is
                     a
                     part
                     of
                     land
                     euery
                     where
                     enuironed
                     with
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     excepting
                     in
                     one
                     part
                     ,
                     where
                     it
                     is
                     knit
                     vnto
                     the
                     maine
                     land
                     :
                     An
                     Istmus
                     is
                     a
                     narrow
                     land
                     betwixt
                     two
                     seas
                     :
                     A
                     Promontorie
                     is
                     a
                     high
                     mountaine
                     bending
                     it selfe
                     into
                     the
                     sea
                     :
                     the
                     head
                     whereof
                     is
                     called
                     a
                     Cape
                     :
                  
                
                 
                   These
                   three
                   are
                   remarkeable
                   accidents
                   growing
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Termination
                   of
                   the
                   land
                   with
                   the
                   sea
                   ,
                   and
                   belonging
                   as
                   well
                   to
                   continents
                   as
                   Ilands
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   we
                   call
                   
                     Peninsula
                     ,
                     quasi
                     penè
                     Insula
                  
                   ,
                   termed
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Graecians
                     Chersonesus
                  
                   ,
                   although
                   I
                   find
                   this
                   name
                   oftner
                   giuen
                   to
                   the
                   Istmus
                   then
                   the
                   Peninsula
                   .
                   Amongst
                   the
                   Peninsula's
                   the
                   most
                   famous
                   are
                   
                     Africa
                     ,
                     Scandia
                     ,
                     Taurica
                     Chersonesus
                     ,
                     Peloponnesus
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   
                     America
                     Peruana
                  
                   .
                   That
                   little
                   parcell
                   of
                   land
                   which
                   ioynes
                   this
                   Peninsula
                   with
                   the
                   maine
                   land
                   ,
                   we
                   call
                   an
                   Istmus
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   narrow
                   necke
                   of
                   land
                   betwixt
                   two
                   seas
                   ,
                   ioyning
                   two
                   Continents
                   ;
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   
                     Istmus
                     Corinthiacus
                  
                   and
                   
                     Istmus
                     Cimbricus
                  
                   :
                   more
                   famous
                   are
                   those
                   two
                   narrow
                   lands
                   ,
                   whereof
                   the
                   one
                   lyeth
                   betwixt
                   Peruana
                   ,
                   and
                   Mexico
                   in
                   America
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   diuiding
                   Africke
                   from
                   Asia
                   .
                   A
                   Promontorie
                   is
                   a
                   great
                   mountaine
                   stretching
                   it selfe
                   far
                   into
                   the
                   sea
                   :
                   whose
                   extremity
                   is
                   called
                   a
                   Cape
                   or
                   Head
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   the
                   most
                   remarkeable
                   are
                   the
                   
                     Cape
                     of
                     good
                     hope
                  
                   in
                   Africke
                   ,
                   2.
                   
                   The
                   
                     Cape
                     of
                     S.
                     Vincent
                  
                   in
                   Portugall
                   ,
                   3.
                   
                   The
                   
                     Cape
                     of
                     Comary
                  
                   in
                   Asia
                   .
                   4.
                   
                   The
                   
                     Cape
                     de
                     la
                     Victoria
                  
                   in
                   America
                   .
                   Our
                   obseruation
                   concerning
                   this
                   distinction
                   shall
                   bee
                   comprised
                   in
                   this
                   Theoreme
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       
                         1
                         Peninsula's
                      
                       by
                       the
                       violence
                       of
                       the
                       sea
                       fretting
                       through
                       the
                       Istmus
                       ,
                       haue
                       oftentimes
                       
                       beene
                       turned
                       into
                       Ilands
                       ▪
                       and
                       contrariwise
                       sometimes
                       Peninsula's
                       by
                       diminution
                       of
                       the
                       sea
                       made
                       of
                       Ilands
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     proposition
                     is
                     not
                     hard
                     to
                     proue
                     ,
                     if
                     any
                     credit
                     ought
                     to
                     bee
                     g●uen
                     to
                     ancient
                     writers
                     :
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     commonly
                     related
                     ,
                     that
                     Sicily
                     was
                     heretofore
                     ioyned
                     to
                     
                       Italy
                       ,
                       Cyprus
                    
                     to
                     
                       Syria
                       ,
                       Euboea
                    
                     with
                     
                       Boeotia
                       ,
                       Besbicum
                    
                     with
                     Bythinia
                     ;
                     all
                     which
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     are
                     Ilands
                     separated
                     and
                     diuided
                     from
                     the
                     continent
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     hath
                     beene
                     coniectured
                     of
                     our
                     Brittany
                     ,
                     which
                     some
                     imagined
                     heretofore
                     to
                     haue
                     beene
                     ioyned
                     with
                     the
                     continent
                     of
                     France
                     ,
                     about
                     Douer
                     and
                     Calais
                     :
                     as
                     may
                     seeme
                     probably
                     to
                     be
                     gathered
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     correspondency
                     of
                     the
                     Cliffs
                     (
                     whereof
                     we
                     haue
                     spoken
                     in
                     this
                     chapter
                     before
                     )
                     the
                     agreement
                     of
                     the
                     soyle
                     ,
                     the
                     smalnesse
                     of
                     the
                     distance
                     ,
                     and
                     many
                     more
                     arguments
                     remembred
                     by
                     vs
                     else-where
                     .
                     Also
                     it
                     hath
                     beene
                     obserued
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     sea
                     in
                     some
                     places
                     leauing
                     his
                     ancient
                     bounds
                     ,
                     hath
                     ioyned
                     some
                     Ilands
                     to
                     the
                     land
                     ,
                     making
                     Peninsulas
                     of
                     Ilands
                     .
                     In
                     this
                     sort
                     if
                     wee
                     belieue
                     antiquity
                     was
                     Antissa
                     ioyned
                     to
                     
                       Lesbos
                       ,
                       Zephirium
                    
                     to
                     
                       Halicarnassus
                       ,
                       Ethusa
                    
                     to
                     
                       Mindus
                       ,
                       Promiscon
                    
                     to
                     
                       Miletum
                       ,
                       Narthucusa
                    
                     to
                     the
                     Promontory
                     of
                     Parthenius
                     :
                     In
                     these
                     antiquities
                     it
                     behooues
                     euery
                     man
                     to
                     iudge
                     without
                     partiality
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     reason
                     ,
                     not
                     ascribing
                     too
                     much
                     to
                     fabulous
                     narrations
                     ,
                     wherein
                     those
                     ages
                     did
                     abound
                     ▪
                     neither
                     yet
                     shewing
                     himselfe
                     too
                     incredulous
                     :
                     For
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     we
                     cannot
                     charge
                     these
                     Authors
                     with
                     any
                     manifest
                     absurdity
                     .
                     The
                     speciall
                     and
                     particular
                     arguments
                     by
                     which
                     wee
                     should
                     establish
                     our
                     assertion
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     rules
                     of
                     method
                     reserue
                     to
                     the
                     speciall
                     part
                     ,
                     where
                     we
                     shall
                     treat
                     ofspeciall
                     Countreyes
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 CHAP.
                 XII
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     OF
                     the
                     perpetuall
                     Accidents
                     of
                     the
                     land
                     ,
                     we
                     haue
                     spoken
                     somewhat
                     :
                     it
                     remaines
                     in
                     this
                     place
                     wee
                     treat
                     of
                     the
                     Casuall
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     The
                     casuall
                     I
                     call
                     such
                     as
                     happen
                     not
                     ordinarily
                     at
                     all
                     times
                     :
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     Inundations
                     and
                     Earth-quakes
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     An
                     Inundation
                     is
                     an
                     ouerwhelming
                     of
                     the
                     land
                     by
                     Water
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Howsoeuer
                   it
                   bee
                   certaine
                   out
                   of
                   holy
                   Scriptures
                   ,
                   that
                   God
                   hath
                   set
                   the
                   sea
                   his
                   certaine
                   bounds
                   and
                   limits
                   ,
                   which
                   it
                   cannot
                   passe
                   :
                   yet
                   the
                   same
                   God
                   sometimes
                   to
                   shew
                   his
                   speciall
                   iudgement
                   on
                   some
                   place
                   or
                   age
                   ,
                   hath
                   extraordinarily
                   permitted
                   the
                   sea
                   sometimes
                   to
                   breake
                   his
                   appointed
                   limits
                   ,
                   and
                   inuade
                   the
                   Iurisdiction
                   of
                   the
                   land
                   .
                   This
                   wee
                   call
                   a
                   Deluge
                   or
                   Inundation
                   .
                   The
                   inundations
                   which
                   euer
                   haue
                   been
                   obserued
                   on
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   are
                   of
                   two
                   sorts
                   ,
                   either
                   Vniuersall
                   or
                   particular
                   :
                   An
                   vniuersall
                   is
                   that
                   whereby
                   the
                   whole
                   face
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   couered
                   with
                   water
                   ;
                   whereof
                   we
                   haue
                   onely
                   two
                   examples
                   :
                   The
                   first
                   was
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   creation
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   ,
                   when
                   (
                   as
                   wee
                   read
                   in
                   the
                   Scriptures
                   )
                   the
                   whole
                   face
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   was
                   round
                   inueloped
                   with
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   couered
                   the
                   tops
                   of
                   the
                   highest
                   mountaines
                   ,
                   till
                   such
                   time
                   as
                   God
                   by
                   a
                   supernaturall
                   hand
                   ,
                   made
                   a
                   separation
                   of
                   the
                   Waters
                   from
                   the
                   dry
                   land
                   :
                   But
                   this
                   is
                   improperly
                   called
                   an
                   Inundation
                   ,
                   because
                   ,
                   the
                   same
                   properly
                   taken
                   implies
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   an
                   ouer-flowing
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   was
                   dry
                   land
                   before
                   :
                   The
                   second
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   read
                   in
                   Genesis
                   )
                   
                   happened
                   in
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   Noah
                   ,
                   when
                   God
                   for
                   the
                   sinne
                   of
                   man
                   ,
                   drowned
                   the
                   whole
                   world
                   ,
                   breaking
                   open
                   the
                   cataracts
                   of
                   Heauen
                   ,
                   and
                   loosing
                   the
                   springs
                   of
                   the
                   deepe
                   .
                   Particular
                   inundations
                   are
                   such
                   ,
                   as
                   are
                   not
                   ouer
                   the
                   whole
                   Earth
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   some
                   particular
                   places
                   or
                   regions
                   ;
                   Such
                   a
                   deluge
                   (
                   according
                   to
                   Genebrardus
                   )
                   happened
                   in
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   Enos
                   ,
                   wherein
                   a
                   third
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   was
                   drowned
                   .
                   The
                   like
                   i●
                   spoken
                   of
                   Ogyge●
                   King
                   of
                   Athens
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   his
                   time
                   happened
                   a
                   very
                   great
                   Inundation
                   ,
                   which
                   drowned
                   all
                   the
                   confines
                   and
                   coasts
                   of
                   Attica
                   and
                   Achaia
                   euen
                   to
                   the
                   Aegean
                   sea
                   :
                   In
                   which
                   time
                   it
                   was
                   thought
                   that
                   Buras
                   and
                   Helice
                   Cities
                   of
                   Achaia
                   ,
                   were
                   swallowed
                   vp
                   :
                   whereof
                   Ouid
                   in
                   his
                   Metamorphosis
                   ,
                   speakes
                   thus
                   .
                   
                     
                       Si
                       quaeras
                       Helicen
                       &
                       Buran
                       Achaidos
                       vrbes
                       .
                    
                     
                       Inuenies
                       sub
                       aquis
                       :
                    
                  
                   
                     
                       Buras
                       and
                       Helice
                       on
                       Achai●n
                       ground
                    
                     
                       Are
                       sought
                       in
                       vaine
                       ,
                       but
                       vnder
                       seas
                       are
                       found
                       .
                    
                  
                   As
                   famous
                   was
                   the
                   Inundation
                   of
                   Thessaly
                   in
                   Deucalions
                   time
                   mentioned
                   not
                   onely
                   by
                   profane
                   writers
                   and
                   Poets
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   by
                   
                     S.
                     Augustin
                     ,
                     Ierom
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Eusebius
                   ,
                   which
                   would
                   haue
                   it
                   to
                   happen
                   in
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   Cranaus
                   ,
                   who
                   next
                   after
                   Cecrops
                   gouerned
                   Athens
                   .
                   This
                   inundation
                   was
                   exceeding
                   great
                   ,
                   extending
                   it selfe
                   not
                   onely
                   ouer
                   all
                   Thessaly
                   and
                   the
                   regions
                   adioyning
                   westward
                   ,
                   but
                   ouerwhelmed
                   the
                   greatest
                   part
                   of
                   Italy
                   .
                   The
                   same
                   or
                   other
                   happening
                   neere
                   the
                   same
                   time
                   ,
                   oppressed
                   Aegypt
                   ,
                   if
                   Eusebius
                   may
                   obtaine
                   credit
                   .
                   Hence
                   some
                   would
                   haue
                   the
                   people
                   of
                   Italy
                   to
                   haue
                   been
                   called
                   Vmbrij
                   (
                   as
                   Pliny
                   and
                   Solinus
                   report
                   )
                   
                     quia
                     ab
                     imbribus
                     diluuij
                     superfuissent
                  
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   Etymologie
                   seemes
                   too
                   farre
                   fetcht
                   .
                   There
                   are
                   also
                   two
                   other
                   notable
                   Inundations
                   mētioned
                   by
                   ancient
                   writers
                   ,
                   which
                   fell
                   out
                   in
                   Aegypt
                   from
                   the
                   Riuer
                   of
                   Nilus
                   ,
                   whereof
                   the
                   first
                   couered
                   all
                   the
                   neither
                   Aegypt
                   ,
                   which
                   was
                   subiect
                   to
                   Prometheus
                   ,
                   and
                   hence
                   (
                   as
                   
                     Natalis
                     Comes
                  
                   obserues
                   )
                   was
                   the
                   fable
                   drawne
                   of
                   the
                   vulture
                   lighting
                   on
                   
                     Prometheus
                     liuer
                  
                   ,
                   afterwards
                   slaine
                   by
                   Hercules
                   .
                   For
                   (
                   as
                   
                     Diodorus
                     Siculus
                  
                   obserues
                   )
                   the
                   Riuer
                   Nilus
                   for
                   the
                   swiftnes
                   of
                   his
                   course
                   was
                   in
                   ancient
                   time
                   called
                   an
                   Eagle
                   .
                   This
                   Riuer
                   afterwards
                   did
                   Hercules
                   by
                   
                   his
                   great
                   ●kill
                   and
                   iudgement
                   streiten
                   and
                   bound
                   ▪
                   reducing
                   it
                   into
                   narrow
                   channels
                   :
                   whence
                   some
                   Greeke
                   Poets
                   turning
                   Hercules
                   labours
                   into
                   fables
                   ,
                   faigned
                   that
                   Hercules
                   slew
                   the
                   Eagle
                   which
                   sed
                   on
                   Prometheus
                   brest
                   ,
                   meaning
                   that
                   hee
                   deliuered
                   Prometheus
                   out
                   of
                   that
                   sorrow
                   and
                   losse
                   which
                   hee
                   and
                   his
                   people
                   sustained
                   by
                   that
                   Inundation
                   .
                   The
                   second
                   of
                   these
                   Egyptian
                   flouds
                   happened
                   about
                   Pharus
                   in
                   Egypt
                   ,
                   where
                   Alexander
                   the
                   great
                   built
                   Alexandria
                   .
                   To
                   these
                   may
                   bee
                   added
                   many
                   more
                   of
                   lesser
                   moment
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   in
                   ancient
                   times
                   as
                   in
                   our
                   dayes
                   :
                   As
                   that
                   of
                   Belgia
                   in
                   some
                   parts
                   mentioned
                   before
                   ,
                   on
                   another
                   occasion
                   ;
                   and
                   not
                   many
                   yeeres
                   since
                   in
                   some
                   parts
                   of
                   Somerset-shire
                   with
                   vs
                   in
                   Britanny
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       No
                       vniuersall
                       Inundation
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       can
                       be
                       Naturall
                       :
                       The
                       other
                       may
                       depend
                       on
                       some
                       Naturall
                       causes
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     causes
                     of
                     Inundations
                     many
                     disputes
                     haue
                     beene
                     amongst
                     Naturall
                     Philosophers
                     :
                     some
                     haue
                     trusted
                     so
                     farre
                     to
                     Nature
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     haue
                     ascribed
                     not
                     only
                     particular
                     Inundations
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     vniuersall
                     Deluge
                     in
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     Noah
                     to
                     second
                     causes
                     :
                     of
                     this
                     opinion
                     was
                     
                       Henricus
                       Mecliensis
                    
                     a
                     Schollar
                     of
                     
                       Albertus
                       Magnus
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     in
                     his
                     Commentaries
                     vpon
                     the
                     great
                     Coniunctions
                     of
                     Albumazar
                     ,
                     obserued
                     that
                     before
                     Noahs
                     flood
                     ,
                     chanced
                     a
                     coniunction
                     of
                     Iupiter
                     and
                     Saturne
                     in
                     the
                     last
                     degree
                     of
                     Cancer
                     ,
                     against
                     the
                     constellation
                     since
                     termed
                     
                       Argo's
                       ship
                    
                     :
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     he
                     would
                     needs
                     collect
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     floud
                     of
                     Noah
                     might
                     haue
                     beene
                     fore-showne
                     ;
                     because
                     Cancer
                     is
                     a
                     watry
                     signe
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     house
                     of
                     the
                     Moone
                     being
                     mistrisse
                     of
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     moist
                     bodyes
                     according
                     to
                     Astrologie
                     :
                     which
                     opinion
                     was
                     afterwards
                     confirmed
                     by
                     
                       Petrus
                       de
                       Alliaco
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     affirmes
                     in
                     his
                     Comment
                     vpon
                     Genesis
                     ,
                     that
                     although
                     Noah
                     did
                     well
                     know
                     this
                     flood
                     by
                     diuine
                     Reuelation
                     ;
                     yet
                     this
                     coniunction
                     being
                     so
                     notable
                     ,
                     hee
                     could
                     not
                     bee
                     ignorant
                     of
                     the
                     causes
                     thereof
                     ;
                     for
                     those
                     were
                     not
                     only
                     signes
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     apparant
                     causes
                     by
                     vertue
                     receiued
                     from
                     the
                     first
                     cause
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     God
                     himselfe
                     .
                     Further
                     to
                     confirme
                     this
                     assertion
                     hee
                     would
                     haue
                     Moses
                     by
                     the
                     cataracts
                     of
                     Heauen
                     ,
                     to
                     haue
                     meant
                     the
                     
                     the
                     great
                     &
                     watry
                     coniunction
                     of
                     the
                     Planets
                     .
                     A
                     reason
                     wherof
                     hee
                     seemes
                     to
                     alleage
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     likely
                     that
                     God
                     would
                     shew
                     some
                     signe
                     in
                     the
                     Heauens
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     all
                     men
                     might
                     be
                     warned
                     to
                     forsake
                     their
                     wicked
                     courses
                     .
                     But
                     notwithstanding
                     this
                     curious
                     opinion
                     ,
                     I
                     rather
                     cleaue
                     to
                     those
                     which
                     thinke
                     this
                     Deluge
                     to
                     be
                     meerely
                     Supernaturall
                     ,
                     which
                     I
                     am
                     induced
                     to
                     belieue
                     for
                     diuers
                     causes
                     vrged
                     by
                     worthy
                     writers
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     this
                     is
                     set
                     downe
                     in
                     Holy
                     Scripture
                     for
                     a
                     chiefe
                     token
                     or
                     marke
                     of
                     Noahs
                     extraordinary
                     faith
                     &
                     dependance
                     vpon
                     Gods
                     promises
                     :
                     which
                     had
                     been
                     much
                     diminished
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     small
                     moment
                     ,
                     had
                     it
                     any
                     way
                     been
                     grounded
                     on
                     the
                     fore-sight
                     of
                     second
                     causes
                     .
                     For
                     this
                     was
                     no
                     more
                     then
                     might
                     haue
                     beene
                     discouered
                     to
                     the
                     rest
                     of
                     the
                     wicked
                     worldlings
                     ,
                     who
                     no
                     doubt
                     would
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     haue
                     prouided
                     for
                     their
                     safety
                     ,
                     had
                     they
                     receiued
                     any
                     firme
                     perswasion
                     of
                     this
                     dreadfull
                     Deluge
                     .
                     To
                     which
                     others
                     adde
                     a
                     second
                     reason
                     ,
                     that
                     second
                     causes
                     of
                     themselues
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     change
                     or
                     alteration
                     ,
                     are
                     not
                     able
                     to
                     produce
                     such
                     an
                     admirable
                     effect
                     as
                     the
                     drowning
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     World
                     :
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     conuenient
                     (
                     say
                     they
                     )
                     that
                     God
                     the
                     Author
                     of
                     Nature
                     should
                     so
                     dispose
                     and
                     direct
                     the
                     second
                     causes
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     might
                     of
                     themselues
                     bee
                     able
                     to
                     inuert
                     the
                     order
                     of
                     the
                     Vniuerse
                     ,
                     and
                     ouer-whelme
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     hee
                     gaue
                     man
                     for
                     his
                     habitation
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     reason
                     is
                     thought
                     very
                     weake
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     it
                     seemeth
                     to
                     imply
                     a
                     new
                     creation
                     :
                     The
                     conceit
                     of
                     a
                     new
                     Creation
                     is
                     pronounced
                     by
                     a
                     learned
                     Countreyman
                     of
                     ours
                     ,
                     both
                     vnlearned
                     and
                     foolish
                     :
                     for
                     whereas
                     it
                     is
                     written
                     (
                     saith
                     hee
                     )
                     that
                     the
                     fountaines
                     of
                     the
                     deepe
                     were
                     broken
                     open
                     ,
                     it
                     cannot
                     otherwise
                     be
                     vnderstood
                     ,
                     then
                     that
                     the
                     waters
                     forsooke
                     the
                     very
                     bowels
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     whatsoeuer
                     therein
                     was
                     dispersed
                     made
                     an
                     eruption
                     through
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     Now
                     if
                     wee
                     compare
                     the
                     height
                     of
                     the
                     waters
                     in
                     this
                     deluge
                     aboue
                     the
                     highest
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     being
                     onely
                     15
                     cubits
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     semi-diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     the
                     Center
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     not
                     find
                     it
                     impossible
                     ,
                     answering
                     reason
                     with
                     reason
                     ,
                     that
                     all
                     these
                     waters
                     dispersed
                     vnder
                     the
                     Earth
                     ▪
                     should
                     so
                     far
                     extend
                     as
                     to
                     drowne
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     semi-diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     (
                     as
                     Astronomers
                     teach
                     )
                     is
                     not
                     aboue
                     35
                     ●
                     
                     miles
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     waters
                     contained
                     and
                     dispersed
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     sufficient
                     for
                     the
                     hight
                     of
                     the
                     greatest
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     which
                     neuer
                     attaine
                     30
                     miles
                     vpright
                     :
                     whereas
                     this
                     distance
                     of
                     30
                     miles
                     is
                     found
                     in
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     116
                     times
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     the
                     extension
                     of
                     the
                     Ayre
                     being
                     exceeding
                     great
                     ,
                     it
                     might
                     please
                     God
                     to
                     condensate
                     and
                     thicken
                     a
                     great
                     part
                     thereof
                     ,
                     which
                     might
                     concurre
                     to
                     this
                     Inundation
                     .
                     We
                     willingly
                     assent
                     to
                     the
                     worthy
                     Authour
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     Inundation
                     might
                     bee
                     performed
                     without
                     any
                     new
                     creation
                     :
                     Notwithstanding
                     we
                     cannot
                     hence
                     collect
                     that
                     it
                     was
                     Naturall
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     compose
                     the
                     difference
                     the
                     better
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     shew
                     how
                     far
                     Nature
                     had
                     a
                     hand
                     in
                     this
                     admirable
                     effect
                     ,
                     we
                     will
                     thus
                     distinguish
                     ;
                     that
                     an
                     effect
                     may
                     be
                     called
                     Naturall
                     two
                     manner
                     of
                     wayes
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     causes
                     themselues
                     :
                     Secondly
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Direction
                     and
                     Application
                     of
                     the
                     causes
                     .
                     If
                     we
                     consider
                     the
                     meere
                     secondary
                     and
                     instrumentall
                     causes
                     ,
                     wee
                     might
                     call
                     this
                     effect
                     Naturall
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     was
                     partly
                     performed
                     by
                     their
                     helpe
                     and
                     concurrence
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     we
                     consider
                     the
                     mutuall
                     application
                     and
                     coniunction
                     of
                     these
                     second
                     causes
                     together
                     with
                     the
                     first
                     cause
                     ,
                     which
                     extraordinarily
                     set
                     them
                     a
                     worke
                     ,
                     we
                     must
                     needs
                     acknowledge
                     it
                     to
                     be
                     supernaturall
                     .
                     For
                     other
                     particular
                     Inundations
                     in
                     particular
                     Regions
                     we
                     may
                     more
                     safely
                     terme
                     them
                     Naturall
                     ,
                     as
                     directed
                     and
                     stirred
                     vp
                     by
                     second
                     causes
                     ,
                     working
                     no
                     otherwise
                     ,
                     then
                     according
                     to
                     their
                     owne
                     naturall
                     disposition
                     .
                     Two
                     causes
                     concurring
                     together
                     ,
                     are
                     here
                     most
                     notable
                     ,
                     whereof
                     the
                     first
                     is
                     the
                     great
                     coniunction
                     of
                     watry
                     Planets
                     working
                     on
                     the
                     water
                     their
                     proper
                     subiect
                     :
                     the
                     other
                     the
                     weaknes
                     of
                     the
                     bounds
                     and
                     banks
                     restraining
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     processe
                     of
                     time
                     weare
                     out
                     and
                     suffer
                     breaches
                     :
                     both
                     these
                     causes
                     sometimes
                     concurring
                     together
                     ,
                     cause
                     an
                     Inundation
                     :
                     which
                     assertion
                     wee
                     may
                     lawfully
                     accept
                     ,
                     but
                     with
                     this
                     caution
                     ,
                     that
                     Almighty
                     God
                     working
                     by
                     second
                     causes
                     ,
                     neuerthelesse
                     directs
                     them
                     oftentimes
                     to
                     supernaturall
                     and
                     extraordinary
                     ends
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       Particular
                       alterations
                       haue
                       happened
                       to
                       Bounds
                       of
                       Regions
                       by
                       Particular
                       Inundations
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                   
                     Howsoeuer
                     some
                     inundation
                     haue
                     not
                     continued
                     long
                     ,
                     but
                     after
                     a
                     small
                     time
                     le●t
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     her
                     owne
                     possession
                     ;
                     yet
                     others
                     haue
                     been
                     of
                     such
                     violence
                     ,
                     as
                     they
                     haue
                     beene
                     found
                     to
                     haue
                     fretted
                     away
                     ,
                     or
                     added
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     altered
                     the
                     bounds
                     and
                     limits
                     of
                     places
                     :
                     which
                     besides
                     diuerse
                     examples
                     produced
                     by
                     vs
                     ,
                     in
                     our
                     former
                     chapter
                     .
                     Aristotle
                     seemes
                     to
                     acknowledge
                     in
                     the
                     1
                     booke
                     ofhis
                     Meteors
                     ,
                     the
                     14
                     Chapter
                     ,
                     where
                     he
                     saith
                     ,
                     that
                     by
                     such
                     Accidents
                     sometimes
                     the
                     Continent
                     and
                     firme
                     land
                     is
                     turned
                     into
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     and
                     other-where
                     the
                     Sea
                     hath
                     resigned
                     places
                     to
                     the
                     Land
                     :
                     for
                     sith
                     the
                     agitation
                     or
                     mouing
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     depends
                     ordinarily
                     vpon
                     the
                     vertue
                     of
                     Heauenly
                     bodyes
                     ,
                     if
                     it
                     should
                     happen
                     that
                     those
                     Starres
                     should
                     meet
                     in
                     coniunction
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     most
                     forceable
                     and
                     effectuall
                     for
                     stirring
                     vp
                     of
                     Tempests
                     and
                     Flouds
                     ,
                     the
                     Sea
                     is
                     knowne
                     to
                     rage
                     beyond
                     measure
                     ,
                     either
                     leauing
                     her
                     ancient
                     bounds
                     ,
                     or
                     else
                     vsurping
                     new
                     .
                     By
                     this
                     meanes
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     shewed
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     Chapter
                     )
                     some
                     Ilands
                     haue
                     been
                     ioyned
                     to
                     the
                     Land
                     ,
                     and
                     some
                     Peninsula's
                     separated
                     from
                     the
                     Land
                     ,
                     and
                     made
                     Ilands
                     :
                     somewhere
                     the
                     Sea
                     hath
                     beene
                     obserued
                     for
                     a
                     great
                     space
                     to
                     leaue
                     the
                     Land
                     naked
                     ,
                     as
                     Verstegan
                     coniectures
                     of
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     of
                     Belgia
                     ,
                     which
                     hee
                     sayes
                     ,
                     was
                     in
                     ancient
                     time
                     couered
                     with
                     water
                     ;
                     which
                     besides
                     many
                     other
                     arguments
                     hee
                     labours
                     to
                     proue
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     multitude
                     of
                     fish-shells
                     ,
                     and
                     fish-bones
                     ,
                     found
                     euery-where
                     farre
                     vnder
                     ground
                     about
                     Holland
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     coasts
                     thereabouts
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     digged
                     vp
                     in
                     such
                     abundance
                     ,
                     and
                     from
                     such
                     depthes
                     ,
                     could
                     not
                     (
                     saith
                     hee
                     )
                     proceed
                     from
                     any
                     other
                     cause
                     then
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     which
                     couered
                     the
                     whole
                     Countrey
                     ,
                     and
                     strewed
                     it
                     with
                     fishes
                     .
                     Lastly
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Sea
                     might
                     seeme
                     as
                     well
                     to
                     get
                     as
                     lose
                     ,
                     shee
                     hath
                     shewed
                     her
                     power
                     in
                     taking
                     away
                     and
                     swallowing
                     vp
                     some
                     Regions
                     and
                     Cities
                     ,
                     which
                     before
                     were
                     extant
                     :
                     Such
                     fortune
                     had
                     Pyrrha
                     and
                     Antis●a
                     about
                     
                       Meotis
                       ,
                       Helic●
                    
                     and
                     Bura
                     before
                     mentioned
                     in
                     the
                     Corinthian
                     straites
                     :
                     some
                     haue
                     beene
                     of
                     opinion
                     that
                     the
                     whole
                     Mediterranean
                     within
                     Hercules
                     pillars
                     ,
                     was
                     in
                     time
                     past
                     
                       habitable
                       land
                    
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     gaue
                     way
                     to
                     the
                     violency
                     of
                     the
                     Seas
                     inuasion
                     :
                     But
                     in
                     this
                     I
                     credit
                     nothing
                     without
                     farther
                     ground
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     vncertainties
                     are
                     also
                     related
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Atlantick
                       Ilands
                    
                     ,
                     
                     greater
                     then
                     all
                     Africa
                     ,
                     swallowed
                     vp
                     of
                     the
                     Ocean
                     :
                     which
                     Columbus
                     was
                     said
                     in
                     a
                     sort
                     to
                     haue
                     discouered
                     in
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     finding
                     a
                     great
                     shallow
                     fraught
                     with
                     weedes
                     ,
                     where
                     he
                     supposed
                     this
                     great
                     Iland
                     to
                     haue
                     stood
                     .
                     But
                     I
                     rather
                     beleeue
                     that
                     this
                     Atlanticke
                     Iland
                     spoken
                     of
                     by
                     Plato
                     ,
                     was
                     either
                     a
                     Poeticall
                     fiction
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Moores
                       Vtopia
                    
                     with
                     vs
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     the
                     Continent
                     of
                     America
                     perhaps
                     in
                     those
                     dayes
                     obscurely
                     discouered
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     discouery
                     lost
                     againe
                     to
                     after
                     ages
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       3
                       Certaine
                       Regions
                       by
                       reason
                       of
                       great
                       Riuers
                       are
                       subiect
                       to
                       certaine
                       
                         Anniuersary
                         Inundations
                      
                       ,
                       which
                       commonly
                       happen
                       betwixt
                       the
                       Tropicks
                       in
                       the
                       Summer
                       ,
                       without
                       the
                       Tropicks
                       in
                       the
                       Winter
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     former
                     clause
                     is
                     proued
                     by
                     experience
                     almost
                     in
                     all
                     great
                     Riuers
                     in
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     which
                     at
                     some
                     times
                     of
                     the
                     yeere
                     swell
                     higher
                     ,
                     ouerflowing
                     their
                     bankes
                     ,
                     and
                     drowning
                     a
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     land
                     about
                     them
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     happens
                     not
                     alike
                     in
                     all
                     places
                     ;
                     for
                     in
                     Riuers
                     included
                     within
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     ,
                     as
                     Nilus
                     &
                     Niger
                     in
                     Africa
                     ,
                     and
                     Oregliana
                     in
                     America
                     with
                     others
                     there-about
                     ,
                     this
                     Anniuersary
                     Inundation
                     ,
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     Sūmer
                     ,
                     else-where
                     it
                     is
                     commonly
                     in
                     the
                     Winter
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     former
                     these
                     causes
                     may
                     be
                     assigned
                     ;
                     1
                     The
                     melting
                     of
                     the
                     snow
                     on
                     the
                     tops
                     of
                     the
                     great
                     moūtaines
                     in
                     those
                     parts
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     greatest
                     of
                     all
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     Sun
                     is
                     neerest
                     or
                     verticall
                     vnto
                     them
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     are
                     to
                     accompt
                     their
                     Summer
                     .
                     2
                     The
                     daily
                     raines
                     &
                     showres
                     such
                     Regions
                     are
                     subiect
                     vnto
                     ;
                     These
                     showres
                     are
                     much
                     more
                     frequent
                     &
                     greater
                     when
                     the
                     Sun
                     is
                     neerest
                     their
                     verticall
                     point
                     or
                     in
                     it
                     :
                     The
                     reason
                     whereof
                     we
                     haue
                     formerly
                     shewed
                     to
                     bee
                     this
                     :
                     That
                     the
                     Sun
                     daily
                     in
                     those
                     parts
                     drawes
                     vp
                     more
                     vapours
                     ,
                     then
                     he
                     can
                     dissipate
                     &
                     consume
                     :
                     Whence
                     meeting
                     with
                     the
                     cold
                     of
                     the
                     middle
                     Region
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     they
                     are
                     condensated
                     into
                     drops
                     ,
                     &
                     so
                     turned
                     into
                     raine
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     later
                     case
                     in
                     riuers
                     situat
                     without
                     the
                     Tropicks
                     ,
                     cōmonly
                     happens
                     the
                     contrary
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     that
                     such
                     Inundations
                     happen
                     rather
                     in
                     the
                     winter
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     Summer
                     ,
                     
                     whereof
                     these
                     reasons
                     may
                     bee
                     rendred
                     .
                     1
                     Because
                     Raine
                     ▪
                     and
                     showres
                     whereof
                     such
                     ouer-flowing
                     are
                     ingendred
                     in
                     those
                     parts
                     ,
                     are
                     more
                     frequent
                     in
                     winter
                     then
                     in
                     the
                     Summer
                     .
                     2
                     whereas
                     neere
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     the
                     snow
                     is
                     known
                     to
                     melt
                     with
                     the
                     Sunne
                     from
                     the
                     tops
                     of
                     high
                     Mountaines
                     ,
                     in
                     other
                     parts
                     it
                     seldome
                     or
                     neuer
                     melts
                     at
                     all
                     ,
                     (
                     as
                     may
                     bee
                     thought
                     (
                     vnder
                     the
                     Pole
                     or
                     thereabouts
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     ,
                     if
                     it
                     melt
                     ,
                     it
                     happens
                     ,
                     (
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     temperat
                     Zones
                     we
                     see
                     it
                     doth
                     )
                     oftner
                     by
                     raine
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4
                     Next
                     are
                     we
                     to
                     speake
                     of
                     Earthquakes
                     :
                     An
                     Earthquake
                     is
                     a
                     sensible
                     motion
                     and
                     shaking
                     of
                     the
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Amongst
                   other
                   remarkeable
                   affections
                   of
                   a
                   place
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   not
                   so
                   ordinary
                   ,
                   an
                   Earthquake
                   hath
                   no
                   small
                   consideration
                   ,
                   being
                   oftentimes
                   a
                   meanes
                   which
                   God
                   vseth
                   to
                   shew
                   some
                   great
                   and
                   extraordinary
                   iudgement
                   .
                   But
                   not
                   to
                   spend
                   more
                   on
                   this
                   subiect
                   then
                   may
                   seeme
                   meete
                   for
                   Geography
                   ▪
                   wee
                   will
                   shew
                   the
                   causes
                   and
                   kindes
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   we
                   may
                   the
                   sooner
                   come
                   to
                   learne
                   what
                   Regions
                   and
                   places
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   are
                   most
                   subiect
                   to
                   this
                   affection
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   necessary
                   of
                   a
                   Cosmographer
                   to
                   bee
                   knowne
                   .
                   Concerning
                   the
                   cau●es
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   much
                   dispute
                   hath
                   been
                   among
                   Philosophers
                   :
                   some
                   haue
                   ridiculously
                   affirmed
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   a
                   liuing
                   creature
                   ,
                   and
                   suppose
                   with
                   no
                   lesse
                   ,
                   if
                   not
                   greater
                   ab●urdity
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   being
                   in
                   good
                   temper
                   ,
                   doth
                   rest
                   &
                   settle
                   quietly
                   according
                   to
                   her
                   naturall
                   disposition
                   :
                   From
                   which
                   temper
                   if
                   she
                   be
                   any
                   way
                   remoued
                   ,
                   as
                   if
                   she
                   were
                   sicke
                   ,
                   or
                   pain'd
                   in
                   some
                   part
                   ,
                   she
                   shakes
                   and
                   shiuers
                   .
                   The
                   relation
                   of
                   this
                   opinion
                   is
                   a
                   sufficient
                   confutation
                   .
                   
                     Thales
                     Milesius
                  
                   would
                   haue
                   the
                   Earth
                   as
                   a
                   shippe
                   to
                   swimme
                   on
                   the
                   Waters
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   sometimes
                   as
                   a
                   vessell
                   by
                   tempests
                   turned
                   on
                   one
                   side
                   too
                   much
                   ,
                   it
                   takes
                   a
                   great
                   quantity
                   of
                   water
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   Earthquakes
                   :
                   But
                   this
                   opinion
                   is
                   a
                   poeticall
                   fiction
                   .
                   Little
                   more
                   probable
                   is
                   the
                   opinion
                   of
                   Democritus
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   drinking
                   in
                   raine
                   water
                   more
                   then
                   her
                   cauernes
                   can
                   well
                   containe
                   ,
                   the
                   water
                   reuerberated
                   
                   backe
                   is
                   cause
                   of
                   such
                   a
                   motion
                   :
                   But
                   who
                   can
                   imagine
                   that
                   drops
                   of
                   raine
                   falling
                   into
                   the
                   Earth
                   can
                   bee
                   reuerberated
                   backe
                   ,
                   with
                   such
                   violence
                   to
                   cause
                   such
                   an
                   extraordinary
                   motion
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ?
                   
                     Anaximenes
                     Milesius
                  
                   was
                   of
                   opinion
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   her selfe
                   was
                   cause
                   of
                   her
                   own
                   motion
                   ;
                   for
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   it
                   being
                   taken
                   out
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   and
                   broken
                   ,
                   fall
                   downe
                   sometimes
                   into
                   a
                   great
                   depth
                   ,
                   causing
                   the
                   vpper
                   face
                   of
                   it
                   to
                   shake
                   and
                   tremble
                   ;
                   to
                   which
                   opinion
                   also
                   Seneca
                   seemes
                   to
                   subscribe
                   in
                   the
                   sixt
                   booke
                   of
                   his
                   naturall
                   questions
                   the
                   10
                   chapter
                   ;
                   To
                   which
                   also
                   accords
                   the
                   Philosophicall
                   Poet
                   Lucretius
                   in
                   these
                   words
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Terra
                     superna
                     tremit
                     magnis
                     concussa
                     ruinis
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Subter
                     vbi
                     ingentes
                     speluncas
                     subruit
                     aetas
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Quippe
                     cadunt
                     toti
                     montes
                     ,
                     magnoque
                     repentè
                  
                   
                     Concussu
                     la●è
                     dispergunt
                     inde
                     Tremores
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Et
                     meritò
                     ;
                     quoniam
                     plaustris
                     concussu
                     tremiscunt
                  
                   
                     Tecta
                     viam
                     propter
                     non
                     magno
                     pondere
                     tota
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     The
                     vpper
                     Earth
                     seaz'd
                     with
                     great
                     ruines
                     shakes
                     ,
                  
                   
                     When
                     surrowed
                     age
                     her
                     vast
                     ribbes
                     ouertakes
                     .
                  
                   
                     For
                     mountaines
                     great
                     fall
                     downe
                     ,
                     and
                     with
                     the
                     blow
                  
                   
                     The
                     Tremblings
                     are
                     dispersed
                     to
                     and
                     fro
                     .
                  
                   
                     Not
                     without
                     reason
                     ;
                     when
                     a
                     small-siz'd
                     waine
                  
                   
                     Makes
                     houses
                     neere
                     the
                     way
                     to
                     shake
                     amaine
                     ,
                  
                
                 
                   This
                   last
                   opinion
                   seemes
                   to
                   carry
                   more
                   shew
                   ofprobability
                   then
                   the
                   former
                   ;
                   neither
                   can
                   any
                   man
                   deny
                   ,
                   that
                   sometimes
                   the
                   Earth
                   in
                   some
                   parts
                   ,
                   may
                   shake
                   by
                   the
                   breaking
                   downe
                   of
                   some
                   subterranean
                   parts
                   ,
                   whose
                   suddain
                   and
                   violent
                   motion
                   may
                   cause
                   the
                   rest
                   being
                   continuate
                   to
                   entertaine
                   the
                   like
                   conuulsion
                   .
                   But
                   yet
                   more
                   generall
                   seemes
                   the
                   opinion
                   of
                   Aristotle
                   who
                   would
                   haue
                   Earthquakes
                   to
                   proceed
                   from
                   a
                   spirit
                   or
                   vapour
                   included
                   in
                   the
                   bowells
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   as
                   he
                   testifies
                   in
                   the
                   2
                   of
                   his
                   Meteors
                   the
                   7
                   chapter
                   .
                   For
                   this
                   vapour
                   finding
                   no
                   way
                   to
                   passe
                   out
                   ,
                   is
                   enforced
                   to
                   returne
                   backe
                   ;
                   and
                   batred
                   any
                   passage
                   out
                   ,
                   seekes
                   euery
                   corner
                   :
                   and
                   while
                   it
                   labours
                   
                   to
                   breake
                   open
                   some
                   place
                   for
                   going
                   forth
                   ,
                   it
                   makes
                   a
                   tumultuous
                   motion
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Earth-quake
                   .
                   Now
                   least
                   it
                   should
                   seeme
                   improbable
                   that
                   so
                   great
                   a
                   masse
                   of
                   Earth
                   should
                   bee
                   moued
                   ,
                   and
                   shaken
                   ,
                   by
                   so
                   thinne
                   and
                   rarefied
                   a
                   body
                   as
                   is
                   a
                   fume
                   or
                   vapour
                   ;
                   Aristotle
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   place
                   shewes
                   the
                   admirable
                   force
                   of
                   Winds
                   as
                   well
                   vpon
                   the
                   Aire
                   ,
                   as
                   on
                   the
                   bodies
                   of
                   liuing
                   creatures
                   :
                   In
                   the
                   Aire
                   ;
                   because
                   experience
                   shewes
                   that
                   being
                   stirred
                   vp
                   by
                   a
                   
                     Windy
                     vapour
                  
                   it
                   sometimes
                   is
                   knowne
                   to
                   moue
                   rockes
                   from
                   one
                   place
                   to
                   another
                   ,
                   to
                   plucke
                   vp
                   trees
                   and
                   shrubbs
                   by
                   the
                   rootes
                   ;
                   and
                   sometimes
                   to
                   throw
                   downe
                   the
                   strongest
                   and
                   most
                   stately
                   buildings
                   :
                   In
                   
                     mans
                     body
                  
                   ,
                   because
                   by
                   the
                   stirring
                   vp
                   and
                   agitation
                   of
                   the
                   spirits
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   Instruments
                   of
                   vitall
                   and
                   animall
                   functions
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   one
                   sicke
                   man
                   can
                   doe
                   that
                   ,
                   which
                   cannot
                   bee
                   performed
                   by
                   many
                   stronger
                   and
                   abler
                   men
                   ;
                   as
                   it
                   hath
                   beene
                   tried
                   sometimes
                   ,
                   that
                   a
                   Franticke
                   man
                   hath
                   broken
                   very
                   strong
                   chaines
                   ,
                   wherwith
                   he
                   hath
                   been
                   bound
                   ;
                   which
                   many
                   other
                   men
                   could
                   not
                   doe
                   .
                   Neither
                   on
                   the
                   other
                   side
                   ,
                   can
                   it
                   seeme
                   strange
                   ,
                   that
                   many
                   and
                   great
                   exhalations
                   ,
                   vapours
                   ,
                   and
                   spirits
                   should
                   be
                   ingendred
                   vnder
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   For
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   hea●ed
                   many
                   wayes
                   .
                   Many
                   wayes
                   may
                   bee
                   specified
                   whence
                   such
                   fumes
                   should
                   arise
                   ;
                   as
                   ,
                   first
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   Sunne
                   and
                   Starres
                   ;
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   subterranean
                   fires
                   hid
                   in
                   the
                   bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   winter-time
                   by
                   an
                   Antiperistasis
                   ,
                   the
                   heat
                   collecting
                   it selfe
                   downeward
                   to
                   the
                   inner
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   was
                   before
                   in
                   the
                   outward
                   parts
                   of
                   it
                   :
                   The
                   argument
                   by
                   which
                   Aristotle
                   would
                   confirme
                   this
                   opinion
                   ,
                   is
                   drawne
                   as
                   well
                   from
                   the
                   time
                   ,
                   as
                   from
                   the
                   places
                   ,
                   wherein
                   Earthquakes
                   vsually
                   happen
                   :
                   from
                   the
                   time
                   ;
                   because
                   then
                   most
                   Earthquakes
                   are
                   obserued
                   to
                   bee
                   ,
                   when
                   most
                   exhalations
                   are
                   inclosed
                   in
                   the
                   bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Spring-time
                   and
                   the
                   Autumne
                   .
                   From
                   the
                   places
                   ;
                   because
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   spongie
                   and
                   hollow
                   Regions
                   ,
                   which
                   may
                   drinke
                   in
                   a
                   greater
                   quantity
                   of
                   exhalations
                   ,
                   are
                   commonly
                   most
                   subiect
                   vnto
                   it
                   :
                   for
                   although
                   many
                   exhalations
                   are
                   dayly
                   inclosed
                   in
                   the
                   wombe
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   yet
                   Earthquakes
                   fall
                   but
                   seldome
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   matter
                   is
                   seldome
                   so
                   strong
                   and
                   violent
                   as
                   to
                   shake
                   
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   Wherefore
                   some
                   Philosophers
                   haue
                   expressed
                   three
                   principall
                   wayes
                   which
                   make
                   this
                   Earth-quake
                   :
                   first
                   ,
                   when
                   a
                   great
                   quantity
                   of
                   exhalations
                   is
                   suddenly
                   ingendred
                   ,
                   which
                   for
                   the
                   greatnesse
                   of
                   it
                   cannot
                   be
                   contained
                   in
                   so
                   little
                   a
                   space
                   :
                   for
                   then
                   being
                   almost
                   choked
                   ,
                   it
                   seekes
                   a
                   way
                   to
                   fly
                   forth
                   :
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   condensated
                   by
                   cold
                   ,
                   and
                   driues
                   the
                   exhalation
                   from
                   one
                   place
                   to
                   another
                   ,
                   which
                   flying
                   hither
                   and
                   thither
                   ,
                   shakes
                   and
                   strikes
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   exhalation
                   ,
                   the
                   cold
                   compassing
                   it
                   round
                   by
                   an
                   Antiperistasis
                   ,
                   begets
                   heat
                   within
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   is
                   rarified
                   :
                   for
                   so
                   being
                   vnable
                   any
                   longer
                   to
                   confine
                   it selfe
                   to
                   its
                   former
                   place
                   ,
                   it
                   breakes
                   forth
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   shakes
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   We
                   must
                   here
                   note
                   by
                   the
                   way
                   ,
                   that
                   not
                   onely
                   exhalations
                   are
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   distemperature
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   
                     subterranean
                     fires
                  
                   and
                   windes
                   :
                   all
                   which
                   by
                   some
                   are
                   iudged
                   to
                   bee
                   of
                   equall
                   force
                   in
                   this
                   action
                   :
                   for
                   the
                   diuision
                   of
                   Earthquakes
                   so
                   farre
                   forth
                   as
                   it
                   concernes
                   the
                   difference
                   of
                   places
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   vnderstand
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   either
                   Vniuersall
                   or
                   particular
                   :
                   An
                   Vniuersall
                   Earth-quake
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   shakes
                   all
                   the
                   whole
                   Earth
                   in
                   euery
                   part
                   ,
                   at
                   least
                   in
                   the
                   vpper
                   face
                   :
                   whereof
                   (
                   I
                   suppose
                   )
                   no
                   naturall
                   cause
                   can
                   be
                   giuen
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   immediate
                   and
                   miraculous
                   power
                   of
                   God
                   :
                   such
                   an
                   Earth-quake
                   happened
                   at
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   our
                   Sauiours
                   Passion
                   ,
                   whereof
                   Dydimus
                   a
                   graue
                   and
                   ancient
                   Writer
                   left
                   record
                   .
                   But
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   haue
                   happened
                   in
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   Valentinian
                   ,
                   mentioned
                   by
                   Orosius
                   in
                   his
                   7
                   booke
                   of
                   Histories
                   ,
                   &
                   32
                   Chapter
                   ,
                   is
                   thought
                   by
                   graue
                   Authours
                   to
                   be
                   no
                   vniuersall
                   ▪
                   Earth-quake
                   ,
                   howsoeuer
                   for
                   the
                   large
                   extent
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   it
                   was
                   thought
                   to
                   be
                   generall
                   .
                   A
                   particular
                   Earth-quake
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   bounded
                   in
                   some
                   one
                   or
                   more
                   particular
                   places
                   ,
                   which
                   for
                   the
                   causes
                   before-alleaged
                   cannot
                   be
                   so
                   far
                   extended
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   cauernes
                   and
                   conuexities
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   where
                   such
                   vapours
                   and
                   exhalations
                   are
                   contained
                   ,
                   cannot
                   bee
                   ordinarily
                   so
                   great
                   as
                   to
                   extend
                   to
                   many
                   Kingdomes
                   and
                   Regions
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Regions
                       extreame
                       cold
                       or
                       extreame
                       hot
                       are
                       not
                       so
                       subiect
                       to
                       Earth-quakes
                       as
                       places
                       of
                       a
                       
                       Middle
                       temper
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     reason
                     is
                     ,
                     because
                     in
                     places
                     extreame
                     cold
                     ,
                     exhalations
                     are
                     not
                     so
                     soone
                     ingendred
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     quantity
                     as
                     in
                     other
                     parts
                     :
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     in
                     places
                     which
                     are
                     extreame
                     hot
                     ,
                     the
                     exhalations
                     which
                     are
                     bred
                     ,
                     are
                     soone
                     consumed
                     with
                     excesse
                     of
                     heat
                     :
                     both
                     which
                     may
                     be
                     confirmed
                     by
                     Instances
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     obserued
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     cold
                     Northerne
                     parts
                     (
                     as
                     
                       Olaus
                       Magnus
                    
                     writes
                     in
                     his
                     10
                     booke
                     and
                     13
                     Chapter
                     )
                     Earthquakes
                     are
                     very
                     seldome
                     or
                     neuer
                     :
                     so
                     it
                     is
                     obserued
                     by
                     Pliny
                     in
                     his
                     2
                     booke
                     and
                     18
                     Chapter
                     :
                     and
                     
                       Albertus
                       Magnus
                    
                     in
                     his
                     3
                     booke
                     of
                     M●teours
                     tract
                     .
                     2
                     ▪
                     That
                     places
                     which
                     are
                     very
                     hot
                     ,
                     as
                     Egypt
                     ,
                     are
                     seldome
                     troubled
                     with
                     this
                     shaking
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     whereas
                     places
                     betwixt
                     both
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     seated
                     in
                     a
                     more
                     temperat
                     climate
                     ,
                     find
                     it
                     not
                     so
                     strange
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       
                         1
                         Hollow
                      
                       and
                       spongie
                       places
                       are
                       more
                       subiect
                       to
                       Earth-quakes
                       then
                       solide
                       and
                       compacted
                       soyles
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     We
                     must
                     here
                     vnderstand
                     that
                     hollow
                     places
                     are
                     either
                     such
                     as
                     lye
                     open
                     to
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     or
                     are
                     hollow
                     onely
                     vnder
                     ,
                     and
                     close
                     vpward
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     sort
                     are
                     not
                     at
                     all
                     subiect
                     to
                     the
                     molestation
                     of
                     Earth-quakes
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     exhalations
                     fly
                     out
                     without
                     impediment
                     :
                     but
                     the
                     latter
                     being
                     more
                     apt
                     to
                     ingender
                     and
                     retaine
                     such
                     matter
                     ,
                     must
                     of
                     necessity
                     bee
                     more
                     troubled
                     .
                     This
                     is
                     most
                     plainely
                     obserued
                     in
                     
                       Phrygia
                       ,
                       Italia
                       ,
                       Caria
                       ,
                       Lydia
                       ,
                    
                     wherein
                     such
                     motions
                     are
                     more
                     frequent
                     .
                     To
                     confirme
                     this
                     a
                     little
                     farther
                     ,
                     wee
                     obserue
                     that
                     hilly
                     and
                     mountainous
                     places
                     ,
                     suffer
                     this
                     violence
                     oftner
                     then
                     other
                     parts
                     ;
                     because
                     there
                     most
                     commonly
                     cauernes
                     and
                     conca●ities
                     are
                     more
                     frequent
                     then
                     in
                     plaine
                     countreyes
                     .
                     But
                     here
                     by
                     the
                     way
                     may
                     bee
                     obiected
                     ,
                     that
                     sandy
                     and
                     slimy
                     countryes
                     are
                     many
                     times
                     more
                     free
                     from
                     Earth-quakes
                     then
                     other
                     places
                     :
                     an
                     instance
                     whereof
                     was
                     giuen
                     before
                     in
                     Aegypt
                     ,
                     wherein
                     neuer
                     any
                     Earth-quake
                     (
                     as
                     most
                     Authours
                     affirme
                     )
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     but
                     one
                     (
                     as
                     Seneca
                     )
                     hath
                     beene
                     obserued
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     giuen
                     ,
                     that
                     sandy
                     places
                     without
                     any
                     strife
                     suffer
                     the
                     exhalatiōs
                     to
                     disperse
                     themselues
                     :
                     
                     that
                     slimy
                     places
                     want
                     sufficient
                     receptacles
                     to
                     entertayne
                     them
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       
                         3
                         Ilands
                      
                       are
                       more
                       often
                       troubled
                       with
                       Earth-quakes
                       then
                       the
                       Continent
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     haue
                     they
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     true
                     in
                     many
                     Ilands
                     of
                     the
                     Mediterranean
                     Sea
                     ,
                     and
                     others
                     also
                     ;
                     chiefly
                     in
                     
                       Cyprus
                       ,
                       Sicylia
                       ,
                       Euboea
                       ,
                       Tyrus
                       ,
                       Angria
                       ,
                       Lippora
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     the
                     Molucco
                     Ilands
                     betwixt
                     the
                     East
                     and
                     West-Indies
                     .
                     The
                     cause
                     some
                     would
                     haue
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     Antiperistasis
                     or
                     circumstancy
                     of
                     the
                     waters
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     apt
                     to
                     engender
                     greater
                     store
                     of
                     exhalations
                     in
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                     But
                     neuerthelesse
                     that
                     Ilands
                     are
                     more
                     subiect
                     to
                     Earth-quakes
                     then
                     Continents
                     I
                     dare
                     affirme
                     no
                     otherwise
                     then
                     probable
                     ;
                     because
                     some
                     places
                     in
                     the
                     Continent
                     seeme
                     very
                     much
                     affected
                     ,
                     especially
                     in
                     Europe
                     ,
                     aboue
                     other
                     places
                     ,
                     Constantinople
                     and
                     Basilaea
                     ,
                     if
                     we
                     credite
                     authors
                     which
                     haue
                     written
                     of
                     this
                     matter
                     ;
                     in
                     
                       Asia
                       ,
                       China
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     Regions
                     adioyning
                     thereunto
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 XIII
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     THe
                     Naturall
                     affections
                     of
                     the
                     Land
                     haue
                     hitherto
                     beene
                     declared
                     :
                     Wee
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     next
                     place
                     to
                     treate
                     of
                     the
                     Ciuill
                     :
                     Those
                     wee
                     terme
                     Ciuill
                     which
                     concerne
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     .
                  
                   
                     2
                     An
                     Inhabitant
                     is
                     a
                     man
                     dwelling
                     in
                     a
                     certaine
                     place
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   name
                   of
                   an
                   Inhabitant
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   haue
                   before
                   noted
                   )
                   may
                   be
                   taken
                   either
                   generally
                   for
                   any
                   liuing
                   creature
                   ,
                   residing
                   in
                   a
                   certaine
                   place
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   sense
                   Brute
                   beasts
                   may
                   be
                   called
                   Inhabitants
                   ▪
                   which
                   signification
                   is
                   only
                   metaphoricall
                   :
                   or
                   else
                   for
                   a
                   
                   Reasonable
                   liuing
                   creature
                   ,
                   whose
                   abode
                   is
                   setled
                   in
                   any
                   place
                   or
                   Region
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   sense
                   we
                   here
                   take
                   it
                   .
                   The
                   consideration
                   of
                   the
                   Inhabitants
                   we
                   haue
                   reserued
                   for
                   this
                   last
                   Treatise
                   ;
                   following
                   as
                   well
                   the
                   methode
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   creation
                   ,
                   as
                   of
                   Moses
                   in
                   the
                   narration
                   .
                   For
                   God
                   proceeding
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   Creation
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   order
                   of
                   Generation
                   ,
                   f●om
                   the
                   more
                   vnperfect
                   to
                   the
                   perfect
                   ,
                   created
                   not
                   man
                   before
                   such
                   time
                   as
                   he
                   had
                   furnished
                   the
                   Earth
                   with
                   all
                   things
                   agreeable
                   and
                   necessary
                   for
                   his
                   vse
                   ;
                   to
                   which
                   alludes
                   the
                   Poet
                   in
                   these
                   Verses
                   .
                   
                     
                       Sanctius
                       his
                       animal
                       mentisque
                       capacius
                       altae
                    
                     
                       Deerat
                       adhuc
                       ,
                       &
                       quod
                       dominari
                       in
                       caetera
                       possit
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Natus
                       homo
                       est
                       .
                       —
                    
                  
                   
                     
                       More
                       sacred
                       and
                       of
                       vnderstanding
                       minde
                       ,
                    
                     
                       A
                       creature
                       wants
                       to
                       gouerne
                       euery
                       kinde
                       ;
                    
                     
                       So
                       man
                       begunne
                       —
                    
                  
                   Of
                   the
                   
                     Nature
                     ,
                     Proprieties
                     ,
                     Dignities
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   other
                   accidents
                   of
                   this
                   principall
                   creature
                   ,
                   there
                   wants
                   no
                   discouery
                   ;
                   sith
                   large
                   volumes
                   are
                   stuffed
                   with
                   this
                   theame
                   ,
                   and
                   euery
                   man
                   which
                   knowes
                   himselfe
                   can
                   preuent
                   me
                   in
                   this
                   subiect
                   :
                   I
                   will
                   here
                   speake
                   of
                   him
                   so
                   farre
                   forth
                   as
                   hee
                   is
                   an
                   Inhabitant
                   or
                   dweller
                   on
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     3
                     In
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     wee
                     are
                     to
                     consider
                     two
                     things
                     :
                     either
                     the
                     Originall
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Disposition
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     The
                     Originall
                     is
                     the
                     off-spring
                     whence
                     all
                     Inhabitants
                     tooke
                     their
                     beginning
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Concerning
                   the
                   originall
                   of
                   people
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   wee
                   are
                   to
                   obserue
                   two
                   things
                   ;
                   First
                   ,
                   the
                   Distinction
                   of
                   originall
                   ;
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   Inuention
                   :
                   For
                   the
                   first
                   ,
                   wee
                   must
                   note
                   that
                   all
                   Inhabitants
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   haue
                   a
                   three-fold
                   originall
                   or
                   beginning
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   was
                   from
                   the
                   first
                   Creation
                   ,
                   the
                   second
                   was
                   immediatly
                   after
                   the
                   generall
                   deluge
                   ,
                   wherein
                   all
                   the
                   seminary
                   of
                   liuing
                   creatures
                   was
                   preserued
                   in
                   the
                   Arke
                   :
                   The
                   third
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   first
                   stocke
                   or
                   originall
                   of
                   each
                   seuerall
                   Nation
                   :
                   For
                   this
                   last
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   matter
                   which
                   wee
                   cannot
                   here
                   so
                   well
                   define
                   ,
                   
                   till
                   wee
                   come
                   to
                   the
                   particular
                   description
                   of
                   each
                   Region
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   it
                   properly
                   belongs
                   .
                   It
                   shall
                   bee
                   enough
                   in
                   this
                   generall
                   part
                   ,
                   to
                   speake
                   of
                   the
                   two
                   first
                   ,
                   as
                   far
                   as
                   approued
                   History
                   and
                   Obseruation
                   shall
                   direct
                   vs
                   :
                   For
                   the
                   Manner
                   of
                   finding
                   out
                   the
                   originall
                   of
                   Nations
                   ,
                   these
                   rules
                   are
                   giuen
                   vs
                   by
                   Bodin
                   in
                   his
                   ninth
                   chapter
                   of
                   the
                   
                     methode
                     of
                     History
                  
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   is
                   by
                   the
                   testimony
                   of
                   approued
                   Authors
                   .
                   The
                   second
                   is
                   by
                   the
                   markes
                   and
                   footsteps
                   of
                   Languages
                   .
                   The
                   third
                   may
                   be
                   drawn
                   from
                   the
                   Limits
                   and
                   knowne
                   bounds
                   and
                   situation
                   of
                   Countreyes
                   .
                   This
                   knowledge
                   of
                   the
                   Originall
                   of
                   Nations
                   ,
                   hath
                   been
                   a
                   matter
                   of
                   no
                   small
                   importance
                   :
                   For
                   (
                   as
                   Bodin
                   obserues
                   )
                   there
                   is
                   nothing
                   which
                   hath
                   more
                   exercised
                   the
                   wits
                   of
                   Writers
                   ,
                   or
                   caused
                   more
                   ciuill
                   discords
                   and
                   ruines
                   of
                   diuerse
                   common-wealths
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   contention
                   about
                   the
                   first
                   originall
                   of
                   nations
                   :
                   which
                   iarres
                   and
                   contentions
                   (
                   as
                   I
                   take
                   it
                   )
                   spring
                   from
                   no
                   other
                   ground
                   then
                   the
                   naturall
                   pride
                   in
                   the
                   minds
                   of
                   men
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   affection
                   of
                   Nobility
                   :
                   whereby
                   it
                   often
                   comes
                   to
                   passe
                   ,
                   that
                   s●ch
                   men
                   as
                   haue
                   risen
                   to
                   grea●●es
                   ,
                   by
                   their
                   Wealth
                   ,
                   Villanies
                   ,
                   or
                   other
                   such
                   like
                   meanes
                   ,
                   haue
                   afterwards
                   ,
                   to
                   continue
                   and
                   bolster
                   vp
                   their
                   vsurped
                   dignities
                   ,
                   sought
                   out
                   new
                   pedegrees
                   and
                   Ancesters
                   ,
                   to
                   set
                   a
                   glosse
                   vpon
                   their
                   owne
                   base
                   beginnings
                   ;
                   a
                   humor
                   in
                   our
                   dayes
                   more
                   affected
                   ,
                   then
                   prayse-worthy
                   ;
                   not
                   only
                   of
                   priuat
                   persons
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   whole
                   nations
                   ,
                   which
                   run
                   far
                   off
                   to
                   seeke
                   out
                   their
                   first
                   originall
                   ,
                   which
                   with
                   more
                   ease
                   and
                   certainty
                   ,
                   they
                   might
                   find
                   neerer
                   home
                   .
                   To
                   let
                   passe
                   other
                   examples
                   we
                   need
                   goe
                   no
                   farther
                   then
                   the
                   French
                   and
                   the
                   Britanes
                   ,
                   both
                   which
                   labour
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   may
                   be
                   ,
                   to
                   deriue
                   their
                   first
                   originall
                   from
                   the
                   Troians
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   from
                   the
                   linage
                   of
                   Hector
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   from
                   Aeneas
                   ;
                   as
                   if
                   more
                   glory
                   were
                   to
                   be
                   deriued
                   from
                   Troian
                   fugitiues
                   ,
                   then
                   from
                   the
                   valiant
                   nation
                   of
                   the
                   ancient
                   Gauls
                   and
                   Germans
                   ;
                   from
                   whom
                   they
                   might
                   der●ue
                   a
                   ●ruer
                   and
                   a
                   more
                   certaine
                   descent
                   .
                   The
                   consideration
                   of
                   this
                   antiquity
                   of
                   nations
                   so
                   far
                   forth
                   as
                   it
                   concernes
                   our
                   Geographicall
                   discourse
                   ,
                   reseruing
                   matters
                   of
                   more
                   specialty
                   to
                   our
                   Speciall
                   part
                   ,
                   wee
                   will
                   comprise
                   in
                   these
                   Th●oremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                   
                     
                       1
                       All
                       Nations
                       had
                       their
                       first
                       originall
                       from
                       one
                       stocke
                       ,
                       whence
                       afterwards
                       they
                       became
                       diuided
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Wee
                     must
                     here
                     vnderstand
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     before
                     noted
                     )
                     that
                     all
                     Nations
                     haue
                     a
                     threefold
                     originall
                     ,
                     the
                     first
                     before
                     the
                     vniuersall
                     deluge
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     soone
                     after
                     ,
                     the
                     later
                     long
                     after
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     first
                     ,
                     no
                     doubt
                     can
                     bee
                     made
                     by
                     such
                     as
                     credit
                     the
                     truth
                     of
                     holy
                     Scriptures
                     ,
                     but
                     it
                     was
                     from
                     Adam
                     the
                     first
                     father
                     of
                     mankind
                     ▪
                     For
                     the
                     last
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     doubtfull
                     and
                     various
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     cannot
                     well
                     bee
                     handled
                     in
                     generall
                     ,
                     before
                     wee
                     come
                     to
                     the
                     description
                     of
                     particular
                     countryes
                     ;
                     where
                     we
                     are
                     determined
                     to
                     make
                     a
                     search
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     can
                     be
                     into
                     their
                     originall
                     :
                     But
                     that
                     which
                     we
                     chiefly
                     here
                     note
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     ofspring
                     of
                     mankind
                     soone
                     after
                     the
                     flood
                     :
                     For
                     certaine
                     it
                     is
                     that
                     all
                     mankind
                     was
                     confined
                     to
                     the
                     family
                     of
                     Noah
                     in
                     the
                     Arke
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     their
                     first
                     originall
                     must
                     be
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     Arke
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     place
                     where
                     the
                     Arke
                     rested
                     ,
                     presently
                     vpon
                     the
                     falling
                     of
                     the
                     waters
                     :
                     which
                     we
                     shall
                     proue
                     to
                     be
                     far
                     Eastward
                     .
                     Hence
                     is
                     the
                     manifold
                     arrogancy
                     of
                     many
                     nations
                     well
                     discouered
                     ;
                     for
                     amongst
                     the
                     Ancients
                     some
                     haue
                     so
                     much
                     affected
                     the
                     antiquity
                     of
                     their
                     race
                     ▪
                     that
                     forgetting
                     their
                     humane
                     condition
                     ,
                     they
                     haue
                     deriued
                     their
                     nobility
                     from
                     the
                     Gods.
                     Which
                     humour
                     hath
                     not
                     onely
                     inuaded
                     the
                     minds
                     and
                     affections
                     of
                     foolish
                     and
                     ignorant
                     men
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     of
                     such
                     as
                     haue
                     stood
                     in
                     great
                     opinion
                     &
                     estimation
                     of
                     wisdome
                     and
                     vertue
                     :
                     In
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     Caesar
                     in
                     a
                     certaine
                     oration
                     to
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     Rome
                     ,
                     was
                     not
                     ashamed
                     to
                     boast
                     ,
                     that
                     he
                     was
                     descended
                     by
                     his
                     Fathers
                     side
                     from
                     the
                     Gods
                     ,
                     by
                     his
                     mother
                     from
                     Kings
                     :
                     As
                     also
                     Aristotle
                     deriued
                     his
                     ofspring
                     from
                     Apollo
                     and
                     Aesculapius
                     :
                     which
                     strange
                     affectation
                     was
                     little
                     lesse
                     in
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     lower
                     and
                     baser
                     condition
                     ,
                     who
                     either
                     being
                     vtterly
                     ignorant
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     ofspring
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     dissembling
                     it
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     hate
                     they
                     bore
                     to
                     strangers
                     haue
                     called
                     themselues
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     which
                     is
                     as
                     much
                     to
                     say
                     ,
                     
                       as
                       a
                       people
                       bred
                       of
                       the
                       same
                       region
                       ,
                    
                     not
                     fetching
                     their
                     descent
                     from
                     any
                     othe●
                     nation
                     :
                     In
                     which
                     sense
                     Aristides
                     in
                     Panathenai●
                     giues
                     the
                     greatest
                     nobility
                     to
                     the
                     Athenians
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     that
                     being
                     borne
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     the
                     mother
                     of
                     the
                     Gods
                     ,
                     they
                     deriued
                     
                     not
                     their
                     descent
                     from
                     any
                     other
                     forraine
                     countrey
                     :
                     and
                     this
                     errour
                     is
                     obserued
                     not
                     onely
                     amongst
                     the
                     Ancient
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     with
                     the
                     newer
                     writers
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     so
                     common
                     ,
                     that
                     
                       Polydore
                       Virgill
                    
                     otherwise
                     a
                     prudent
                     writer
                     ,
                     affirmes
                     the
                     Britaines
                     to
                     bee
                     a
                     people
                     taking
                     their
                     originall
                     from
                     the
                     Iland
                     Countreyes
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     deriued
                     farther
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     is
                     written
                     by
                     Athamerus
                     that
                     the
                     German
                     nation
                     being
                     first
                     bred
                     in
                     Germany
                     owed
                     their
                     originall
                     to
                     no
                     other
                     ;
                     Which
                     hee
                     labours
                     to
                     confirme
                     out
                     of
                     
                       Tacitus
                       ,
                       Sabellicus
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Sepontinus
                     .
                     But
                     (
                     as
                     Bodin
                     speakes
                     ingenuously
                     )
                     the
                     ancient
                     might
                     well
                     bee
                     excused
                     in
                     this
                     errour
                     :
                     But
                     these
                     men
                     are
                     subiect
                     to
                     great
                     reprehension
                     :
                     1.
                     
                     Because
                     they
                     being
                     Christians
                     seeme
                     to
                     reiect
                     the
                     authority
                     of
                     holy
                     Scriptures
                     ,
                     which
                     testifie
                     that
                     all
                     mankind
                     was
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     selfe-same
                     originall
                     ,
                     being
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     said
                     )
                     all
                     confined
                     in
                     the
                     Arke
                     of
                     Noah
                     .
                     2
                     Because
                     by
                     this
                     meanes
                     ,
                     giuing
                     to
                     nati●ns
                     no
                     other
                     originall
                     ,
                     then
                     from
                     their
                     owne
                     country
                     ,
                     they
                     distract
                     and
                     diuide
                     each
                     one
                     from
                     the
                     mutuall
                     loue
                     and
                     society
                     of
                     other
                     Nations
                     .
                     For
                     besides
                     many
                     other
                     reasons
                     which
                     moued
                     Moses
                     to
                     write
                     of
                     the
                     Genealogies
                     of
                     people
                     ,
                     this
                     one
                     seemes
                     not
                     the
                     least
                     ,
                     that
                     men
                     should
                     vnderstand
                     themselues
                     to
                     bee
                     all
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     kinne
                     ,
                     and
                     descended
                     from
                     the
                     same
                     originall
                     ;
                     then
                     which
                     there
                     is
                     no
                     greater
                     means
                     to
                     conciliate
                     and
                     ioyne
                     mens
                     affections
                     for
                     mutuall
                     amitie
                     and
                     conuersation
                     .
                     As
                     it
                     is
                     reported
                     of
                     Diomedes
                     and
                     Glaucus
                     and
                     many
                     others
                     ,
                     who
                     being
                     armed
                     to
                     one
                     anothers
                     ruine
                     and
                     ouerthrow
                     ,
                     haue
                     beene
                     drawne
                     to
                     breake
                     off
                     their
                     hatred
                     by
                     the
                     meere
                     pretence
                     and
                     shew
                     of
                     consanguinity
                     .
                     But
                     these
                     who
                     so
                     arrogantly
                     boast
                     themselues
                     to
                     bee
                     Sonnes
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     not
                     beholding
                     to
                     any
                     other
                     countrey
                     for
                     their
                     ofspring
                     ,
                     striue
                     to
                     breake
                     in
                     sunder
                     the
                     bonds
                     of
                     society
                     betwixt
                     nations
                     ,
                     which
                     ▪
                     God
                     's
                     Word
                     and
                     the
                     Law
                     of
                     Nations
                     binds
                     vs
                     to
                     obserue
                     .
                     Hence
                     grow
                     those
                     mortall
                     hatreds
                     and
                     heart-burnings
                     betwixt
                     diuerse
                     countreyes
                     ,
                     as
                     of
                     the
                     Aegyptians
                     ,
                     against
                     the
                     Hebrewes
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     Greekes
                     against
                     the
                     Latines
                     ,
                     wherein
                     they
                     persecuted
                     one
                     the
                     other
                     extreamly
                     .
                     Hence
                     came
                     it
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     strangers
                     amongst
                     the
                     Romans
                     were
                     called
                     enemies
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     name
                     of
                     Welch-men
                     with
                     the
                     Germans
                     
                     signifieth
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     a
                     forrainer
                     ;
                     wherein
                     they
                     seeme
                     much
                     to
                     degenerate
                     from
                     the
                     ancient
                     hospitality
                     of
                     their
                     Ancestors
                     ,
                     for
                     which
                     they
                     haue
                     been
                     much
                     praysed
                     ▪
                     Finally
                     from
                     this
                     one
                     root
                     spring
                     those
                     infamous
                     libels
                     cast
                     out
                     of
                     one
                     Nation
                     against
                     another
                     ,
                     written
                     by
                     such
                     Fire-brands
                     as
                     delight
                     in
                     nothing
                     more
                     then
                     dissention
                     ;
                     but
                     how
                     much
                     better
                     were
                     it
                     to
                     reconcile
                     all
                     people
                     out
                     of
                     this
                     assured
                     ground
                     of
                     consanguinity
                     ,
                     sith
                     Religion
                     perswades
                     more
                     to
                     Charity
                     and
                     agreement
                     ,
                     then
                     to
                     Faction
                     ;
                     and
                     contentions
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     I
                     leaue
                     to
                     the
                     Diuine
                     ,
                     whom
                     it
                     more
                     properly
                     concernes
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       first
                       inhabitants
                       of
                       the
                       Earth
                       were
                       planted
                       in
                       Paradise
                       ,
                       and
                       thence
                       translated
                       to
                       the
                       places
                       neere
                       adioyning
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     For
                     the
                     confirmation
                     of
                     this
                     point
                     we
                     need
                     no
                     farther
                     proofe
                     then
                     the
                     authority
                     of
                     God
                     himselfe
                     ,
                     speaking
                     in
                     his
                     Word
                     ,
                     whereon
                     all
                     truth
                     is
                     grounded
                     ;
                     But
                     of
                     the
                     plac●
                     of
                     Paradise
                     ,
                     where
                     we
                     place
                     the
                     first
                     habitation
                     ,
                     sundry
                     disputes
                     haue
                     been
                     amongst
                     Diuines
                     sufficiently
                     examined
                     ,
                     of
                     late
                     by
                     a
                     iudicious
                     and
                     worthy
                     Writer
                     in
                     his
                     History
                     of
                     the
                     World.
                     Which
                     tract
                     being
                     too
                     tedious
                     to
                     insert
                     ,
                     
                     wee
                     will
                     contract
                     as
                     farre
                     as
                     concernes
                     our
                     purpose
                     .
                     First
                     therefore
                     it
                     would
                     seeme
                     meete
                     that
                     wee
                     examine
                     their
                     opinion
                     ,
                     which
                     hold
                     this
                     History
                     of
                     Paradise
                     to
                     bee
                     a
                     meere
                     Allegory
                     :
                     Of
                     this
                     opinion
                     were
                     
                       Origen
                       ,
                       Philo
                       Iudaeus
                       ,
                       Fran.
                       Gregorius
                    
                     with
                     many
                     others
                     :
                     who
                     by
                     the
                     foure
                     riuers
                     of
                     Paradise
                     would
                     haue
                     to
                     be
                     vnderstood
                     the
                     foure
                     
                       Cardinall
                       Vertues
                    
                     :
                     as
                     by
                     the
                     
                       Tree
                       of
                       knowledge
                       ,
                       Sapience
                    
                     or
                     Wisdome
                     :
                     To
                     which
                     opinion
                     also
                     S.
                     Ambrose
                     Teemes
                     to
                     adhere
                     :
                     who
                     would
                     haue
                     that
                     by
                     Paradise
                     should
                     bee
                     meant
                     the
                     Soule
                     or
                     mind
                     ,
                     by
                     Adam
                     the
                     vnderstanding
                     ,
                     by
                     Eue
                     the
                     sense
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     Serpent
                     delectation
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     rest
                     of
                     the
                     Trees
                     the
                     vertues
                     of
                     the
                     mind
                     :
                     Against
                     the
                     Fathers
                     themselues
                     I
                     will
                     not
                     inueigh
                     ,
                     sith
                     some
                     men
                     suppose
                     their
                     conceits
                     to
                     be
                     rather
                     allusions
                     ,
                     then
                     conclusions
                     .
                     But
                     against
                     the
                     opinion
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     many
                     reasons
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     to
                     proue
                     there
                     was
                     a
                     true
                     locall
                     Paradise
                     Eastward
                     :
                     first
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     text
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     which
                     saith
                     ;
                     
                       For
                       out
                       of
                       the
                       
                       ground
                       made
                       the
                       Lord
                       God
                       to
                       grow
                       euery
                       tree
                       pleasant
                       to
                       the
                       ●ight
                       ,
                       and
                       good
                       for
                       meats
                       :
                    
                     by
                     the
                     processe
                     of
                     which
                     Story
                     it
                     seemes
                     that
                     God
                     first
                     created
                     man
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     garden
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     in
                     the
                     world
                     at
                     large
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     put
                     him
                     in
                     this
                     garden
                     :
                     the
                     end
                     whereof
                     is
                     expressed
                     to
                     dresse
                     and
                     manure
                     it
                     :
                     Paradise
                     being
                     a
                     garden
                     filled
                     with
                     plants
                     and
                     trees
                     ,
                     pleasant
                     to
                     behold
                     ,
                     and
                     good
                     for
                     meate
                     :
                     which
                     proueth
                     that
                     Paradise
                     was
                     a
                     terrestriall
                     garden
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     to
                     expresse
                     it
                     more
                     plainly
                     ,
                     he
                     averreth
                     that
                     it
                     was
                     watred
                     with
                     a
                     riuer
                     springing
                     out
                     of
                     a
                     Region
                     called
                     Eden
                     ,
                     being
                     a
                     country
                     neare
                     vnto
                     Canaan
                     in
                     Mesopotania
                     as
                     Ezechiel
                     witnesseth
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     Epiphanius
                     and
                     St
                     Hierome
                     vrge
                     to
                     this
                     effect
                     ;
                     if
                     Paradise
                     were
                     such
                     an
                     Allegory
                     ,
                     then
                     were
                     there
                     no
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     no
                     place
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     they
                     sprung
                     ,
                     no
                     Eue
                     ,
                     no
                     Adam
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     the
                     whole
                     History
                     should
                     be
                     turned
                     into
                     a
                     meere
                     fable
                     or
                     poëticall
                     fiction
                     .
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     proued
                     by
                     continuation
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     Story
                     :
                     1
                     Because
                     God
                     gaue
                     Adam
                     free-will
                     to
                     eate
                     of
                     euery
                     tree
                     of
                     the
                     garden
                     (
                     the
                     foresaid
                     tree
                     excepted
                     :
                     )
                     besides
                     he
                     left
                     all
                     the
                     beasts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     to
                     be
                     named
                     by
                     him
                     ,
                     which
                     cannot
                     be
                     meant
                     of
                     imaginary
                     trees
                     and
                     beasts
                     :
                     for
                     this
                     were
                     to
                     make
                     the
                     whole
                     Creation
                     aenigmaticall
                     .
                     2ly
                     This
                     name
                     is
                     often
                     vsed
                     in
                     holy
                     Scriptures
                     else-where
                     as
                     in
                     
                       Ezech
                       ▪
                    
                     10
                     Genesis
                     13.19
                     .
                     which
                     would
                     not
                     haue
                     been
                     so
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     whole
                     story
                     had
                     bin
                     meerely
                     Allegoricall
                     ,
                     &
                     Paradise
                     an
                     Vtopia
                     ;
                     sith
                     the
                     Scripture
                     ,
                     specially
                     the
                     historicall
                     part
                     of
                     them
                     ,
                     are
                     written
                     in
                     a
                     plaine
                     stile
                     ,
                     fitting
                     the
                     capacity
                     of
                     vulgar
                     auditors
                     .
                     Lastly
                     of
                     this
                     Paradise
                     planted
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     wee
                     may
                     find
                     some
                     footsteps
                     in
                     prophane
                     Poëts
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     
                       Homer
                       ,
                       Orpheus
                       ,
                       Li●us
                       ,
                       Pindarus
                       ,
                       Hesiod
                       ,
                    
                     who
                     often
                     speake
                     of
                     Alcinous
                     garden
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Elisian
                     fields
                     :
                     all
                     which
                     deriued
                     their
                     first
                     inuention
                     from
                     this
                     description
                     of
                     Paradise
                     ,
                     recorded
                     by
                     Moses
                     in
                     Holy
                     Scripture
                     ,
                     whereof
                     the
                     Heathen
                     themselues
                     had
                     some
                     obscure
                     traditions
                     .
                     The
                     second
                     opinion
                     was
                     ,
                     that
                     Paradise
                     was
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Ocean
                     the
                     fountain
                     of
                     these
                     foure
                     riuers
                     ;
                     which
                     was
                     defended
                     heretofore
                     by
                     the
                     
                       Manichees
                       ,
                       Noviomagus
                       ,
                       Vadianus
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     
                       Goropius
                       Becanus
                    
                     .
                     The
                     reasons
                     which
                     they
                     alleage
                     for
                     their
                     part
                     to
                     proue
                     this
                     assertion
                     ,
                     were
                     chiefly
                     these
                     .
                     1
                     Because
                     those
                     things
                     which
                     were
                     in
                     Scripture
                     attributed
                     
                     to
                     Paradise
                     ,
                     are
                     generally
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     whole
                     world
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     place
                     of
                     
                       Genesis
                       ;
                       Bring
                       forth
                       fruit
                       and
                       multiply
                       ,
                       fill
                       the
                       earth
                       ,
                       and
                       subdue
                       it
                       ,
                       rule
                       ouer
                       euery
                       creature
                       .
                    
                     But
                     this
                     argument
                     may
                     easi●y
                     be
                     answered
                     :
                     for
                     although
                     the
                     world
                     in
                     generall
                     were
                     created
                     for
                     man
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     men
                     descended
                     from
                     the
                     same
                     originall
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     the
                     loynes
                     of
                     Adam
                     ;
                     yet
                     this
                     disproueth
                     nothing
                     the
                     particular
                     garden
                     assigned
                     to
                     Adam
                     to
                     dresse
                     ,
                     wherein
                     he
                     liued
                     before
                     his
                     transgression
                     :
                     for
                     if
                     there
                     had
                     beene
                     no
                     other
                     choyce
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     Adam
                     had
                     beene
                     left
                     to
                     the
                     vniuersall
                     (
                     as
                     they
                     imagine
                     ,
                     )
                     why
                     should
                     Moses
                     say
                     ,
                     the
                     garden
                     was
                     East
                     from
                     Eden
                     :
                     sith
                     the
                     world
                     can
                     not
                     be
                     East
                     or
                     West
                     but
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     particular
                     places
                     ?
                     Also
                     why
                     was
                     the
                     Angell
                     set
                     after
                     Adams
                     expulsion
                     to
                     barre
                     his
                     re
                     entrance
                     ,
                     if
                     it
                     were
                     not
                     a
                     particular
                     place
                     :
                     for
                     according
                     to
                     their
                     opinion
                     Adam
                     should
                     be
                     driuen
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     World.
                     Their
                     second
                     reason
                     is
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     semes
                     impossible
                     that
                     
                       Nilus
                       ,
                       Ganges
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Euphrates
                     ,
                     by
                     so
                     many
                     portions
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     so
                     farre
                     distant
                     ,
                     should
                     issue
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     fountaine
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     we
                     answer
                     ,
                     that
                     by
                     common
                     Interpreters
                     of
                     Scripture
                     ,
                     being
                     ignorant
                     of
                     
                       Geographie
                       ,
                       Pison
                    
                     was
                     falsely
                     taken
                     for
                     Ganges
                     ,
                     &
                     Gihon
                     for
                     Nilus
                     :
                     Although
                     it
                     can
                     no
                     way
                     be
                     true
                     that
                     Ganges
                     should
                     be
                     taken
                     for
                     a
                     riuer
                     by
                     Ha●ilah
                     in
                     India
                     ,
                     and
                     Nilus
                     should
                     runne
                     through
                     Aethiopia
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     shall
                     shew
                     hereafter
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     opinion
                     is
                     ,
                     that
                     Paradise
                     is
                     higher
                     then
                     the
                     Moone
                     ,
                     or
                     higher
                     at
                     least
                     then
                     the
                     Middle
                     Region
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     :
                     this
                     opinion
                     is
                     cast
                     vpon
                     Beda
                     and
                     ●abanus
                     ;
                     to
                     which
                     also
                     Rupertus
                     seemes
                     to
                     accord
                     :
                     who
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     seemes
                     )
                     borrowed
                     their
                     opinion
                     from
                     Plato
                     ,
                     and
                     he
                     from
                     Socrates
                     .
                     But
                     these
                     two
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     seemes
                     )
                     are
                     misinterpreted
                     ,
                     Because
                     by
                     Paradise
                     they
                     meant
                     Heauen
                     it selfe
                     as
                     many
                     imagine
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     confirme
                     that
                     this
                     terrestriall
                     Paradise
                     is
                     such
                     a
                     place
                     ,
                     some
                     men
                     produce
                     these
                     Arguments
                     .
                     First
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     reported
                     by
                     Solinus
                     ,
                     that
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     place
                     exceeding
                     delightsome
                     and
                     healthsome
                     on
                     the
                     top
                     of
                     Mount
                     Athos
                     called
                     Acrothones
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     seated
                     about
                     clouds
                     ,
                     or
                     raine
                     ,
                     or
                     such
                     inconueniences
                     ,
                     the
                     people
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     their
                     long
                     liues
                     are
                     called
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     .
                     Secondly
                     they
                     alleage
                     for
                     the
                     hight
                     of
                     this
                     Paradise
                     ,
                     that
                     Enoch
                     was
                     there
                     preserued
                     
                     from
                     the
                     violence
                     of
                     the
                     flood
                     ,
                     as
                     Isidore
                     and
                     
                       Peter
                       Lombaard
                    
                     maintaine
                     :
                     But
                     this
                     opinion
                     was
                     of
                     the
                     Diuines
                     condemned
                     in
                     the
                     Florentine
                     counsell
                     :
                     and
                     first
                     where
                     as
                     they
                     say
                     ,
                     that
                     such
                     a
                     pleasant
                     place
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     top
                     of
                     the
                     mountaine
                     Athos
                     ;
                     this
                     neither
                     proues
                     that
                     this
                     is
                     Paradise
                     ,
                     neither
                     is
                     it
                     so
                     high
                     as
                     they
                     would
                     haue
                     it
                     :
                     For
                     euery
                     high
                     and
                     pleasant
                     place
                     is
                     not
                     Paradise
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     whereas
                     they
                     would
                     haue
                     Enoch
                     and
                     Elias
                     preserued
                     in
                     the
                     place
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     expressely
                     against
                     
                       Holy
                       Scripture
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     affirmes
                     directly
                     that
                     the
                     waters
                     ouer-flowed
                     all
                     the
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     making
                     no
                     such
                     distinction
                     .
                     Secondly
                     should
                     wee
                     credit
                     this
                     ▪
                     we
                     might
                     as
                     well
                     beleiue
                     that
                     certaine
                     Giants
                     saued
                     themselues
                     in
                     that
                     high
                     place
                     ,
                     as
                     some
                     haue
                     beleiued
                     .
                     Besides
                     the
                     answer
                     of
                     their
                     friuolous
                     arguments
                     ,
                     these
                     reasons
                     may
                     bee
                     brought
                     against
                     their
                     assertion
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     that
                     such
                     a
                     place
                     cannot
                     be
                     commodious
                     to
                     liue
                     in
                     :
                     for
                     being
                     so
                     neare
                     the
                     moon
                     ,
                     it
                     had
                     also
                     bin
                     too
                     neare
                     the
                     sun
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     because
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     it
                     had
                     bin
                     too
                     neare
                     a
                     neighbour
                     to
                     the
                     Element
                     of
                     fire
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     many
                     hold
                     )
                     the
                     Aire
                     in
                     that
                     Region
                     by
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     heauens
                     is
                     carried
                     about
                     so
                     violently
                     ,
                     as
                     nothing
                     there
                     can
                     well
                     consist
                     .
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     because
                     according
                     to
                     Ptolomy
                     ,
                     the
                     place
                     between
                     the
                     Earth
                     and
                     the
                     Moone
                     is
                     seuenteene
                     times
                     the
                     Diameter
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     make
                     by
                     a
                     grosse
                     accompt
                     about
                     120000
                     miles
                     .
                     Hence
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     that
                     Paradise
                     being
                     lifted
                     vp
                     to
                     this
                     great
                     hight
                     ,
                     must
                     haue
                     the
                     compasse
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     for
                     a
                     basis
                     or
                     foundation
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     cannot
                     be
                     imagined
                     :
                     first
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     would
                     be
                     subiect
                     to
                     the
                     eyes
                     and
                     knowledge
                     of
                     men
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     hide
                     the
                     light
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     for
                     the
                     first
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     day
                     being
                     on
                     the
                     East
                     side
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     it
                     would
                     ouer-poize
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     make
                     it
                     to
                     shrinke
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     place
                     ;
                     one
                     side
                     being
                     farre
                     greater
                     and
                     heauier
                     then
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     The
                     fourth
                     conceit
                     is
                     of
                     
                       Tertullian
                       ,
                       Bonauenture
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Durandus
                     ,
                     who
                     would
                     haue
                     Paradise
                     to
                     bee
                     seated
                     vnder
                     the
                     Aequatour
                     ,
                     because
                     that
                     contrary
                     to
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     most
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     Ancients
                     ,
                     they
                     thought
                     this
                     place
                     to
                     be
                     most
                     pleasant
                     and
                     commodious
                     for
                     habitation
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     true
                     that
                     the
                     places
                     vnder
                     the
                     Aequinoctial
                     are
                     not
                     so
                     burnt
                     with
                     the
                     Sunne
                     as
                     some
                     thought
                     :
                     but
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     proued
                     out
                     
                     of
                     latter
                     Nauigators
                     ,
                     very
                     pleasant
                     and
                     fruitfull
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     :
                     yet
                     cannot
                     this
                     be
                     the
                     place
                     of
                     Paradise
                     ;
                     for
                     asmuch
                     as
                     the
                     Riuers
                     of
                     Paradise
                     mentioned
                     in
                     holy
                     Scripture
                     ,
                     are
                     not
                     found
                     to
                     meet
                     there
                     :
                     which
                     argument
                     might
                     also
                     confute
                     them
                     which
                     thought
                     it
                     was
                     seated
                     vnder
                     the
                     North-pole
                     .
                     The
                     last
                     opinion
                     which
                     I
                     hold
                     the
                     truest
                     ,
                     is
                     of
                     some
                     latter
                     Writers
                     ,
                     that
                     Paradise
                     was
                     seated
                     in
                     a
                     Region
                     South-east
                     from
                     Mesopotania
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     most
                     amply
                     and
                     copiously
                     proued
                     by
                     
                       Sr
                       Walter
                       Rawleigh
                    
                     ,
                     to
                     whom
                     I
                     referre
                     my
                     Reader
                     :
                     only
                     two
                     reasons
                     I
                     will
                     alleage
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     from
                     the
                     name
                     of
                     Eden
                     ,
                     sith
                     there
                     is
                     found
                     an
                     Iland
                     of
                     this
                     name
                     North-west
                     from
                     the
                     place
                     assigned
                     ,
                     very
                     fruitfull
                     &
                     pleasant
                     in
                     all
                     commodities
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     later
                     times
                     knowne
                     also
                     by
                     the
                     name
                     of
                     Eden
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     likely
                     to
                     haue
                     been
                     continued
                     from
                     the
                     beginning
                     .
                     Secondly
                     from
                     the
                     Riuers
                     of
                     Paradise
                     ,
                     which
                     cannot
                     be
                     imagined
                     to
                     meet
                     in
                     any
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     :
                     for
                     Tigris
                     and
                     Euphrates
                     it
                     is
                     certaine
                     that
                     they
                     are
                     found
                     in
                     this
                     very
                     Region
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     other
                     Riuer
                     Gihon
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     falsely
                     vnderstood
                     of
                     a
                     Riuer
                     running
                     through
                     Aethiopia
                     is
                     also
                     most
                     certaine
                     ;
                     for
                     such
                     a
                     Riuer
                     could
                     neuer
                     meet
                     with
                     Euphrates
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     out
                     of
                     question
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     Riuers
                     of
                     Paradise
                     :
                     for
                     asmuch
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     so
                     farre
                     distāt
                     &
                     diuided
                     from
                     it
                     by
                     the
                     Mediterranean
                     Sea
                     :
                     wherefore
                     I
                     am
                     constrained
                     rather
                     to
                     embrace
                     their
                     opinion
                     which
                     interpret
                     Chut
                     to
                     be
                     a
                     part
                     of
                     Arabia
                     ,
                     where
                     Chush
                     the
                     father
                     of
                     Noah
                     se●●led
                     his
                     first
                     habitation
                     ;
                     which
                     for
                     this
                     cause
                     he
                     called
                     after
                     his
                     own
                     name
                     :
                     but
                     afterward
                     in
                     processe
                     of
                     time
                     his
                     posterity
                     growing
                     exceeding
                     large
                     and
                     populous
                     ,
                     they
                     were
                     enforced
                     to
                     passe
                     ouer
                     into
                     Africa
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     settle
                     themselues
                     in
                     Aethiopia
                     ,
                     which
                     place
                     also
                     they
                     called
                     after
                     the
                     same
                     name
                     :
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     seene
                     of
                     later
                     yeares
                     the
                     Spaniards
                     at
                     the
                     first
                     discouery
                     of
                     the
                     
                       West
                       Indies
                    
                     called
                     one
                     place
                     Hispaniola
                     ,
                     and
                     another
                     
                       Hispania
                       Noua
                    
                     in
                     remembrance
                     of
                     their
                     former
                     habitation
                     .
                     But
                     howsoeuer
                     it
                     be
                     ,
                     certain
                     it
                     is
                     ,
                     that
                     Paradise
                     was
                     seated
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     from
                     whence
                     mankind
                     had
                     it's
                     first
                     off-spring
                     And
                     probable
                     it
                     is
                     that
                     Adam
                     being
                     excluded
                     out
                     of
                     Paradise
                     ,
                     was
                     cast
                     into
                     some
                     place
                     neare
                     adioyning
                     thereunto
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     also
                     from
                     our
                     habitable
                     place
                     of
                     the
                     West
                     ,
                     be
                     accounted
                     Eastward
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     
                       3
                       The
                       first
                       plantation
                       of
                       Inhabitants
                       immediatly
                       after
                       the
                       Deluge
                       begunne
                       in
                       the
                       East
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     As
                     Adam
                     the
                     father
                     of
                     all
                     Nations
                     before
                     the
                     flood
                     began
                     his
                     ofspring
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     neere
                     Paradise
                     ,
                     so
                     the
                     second
                     father
                     of
                     Nations
                     Noah
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     first
                     beganne
                     to
                     repeople
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     after
                     the
                     deluge
                     :
                     Which
                     besides
                     the
                     clearer
                     testimony
                     of
                     
                       holy
                       Scripture
                    
                     ,
                     may
                     sundry
                     waies
                     be
                     demonstrated
                     :
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     most
                     certaine
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Earth
                     beganne
                     first
                     to
                     bee
                     peopled
                     ,
                     neere
                     the
                     place
                     where
                     the
                     Arke
                     rested
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     mountaine
                     Ararat
                     :
                     Whether
                     this
                     be
                     a
                     mountaine
                     of
                     Armenia
                     as
                     the
                     cōmon
                     Interpreters
                     imagine
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     mountain
                     Caucasus
                     betwixt
                     Scythia
                     &
                     India
                     ,
                     as
                     some
                     later
                     Writers
                     with
                     greater
                     probabilities
                     haue
                     guessed
                     ,
                     hath
                     suffered
                     a
                     great
                     dispute
                     ;
                     all
                     agree
                     in
                     this
                     that
                     it
                     was
                     Eastward
                     .
                     I
                     will
                     not
                     be
                     here
                     ouer
                     curious
                     ,
                     but
                     refer
                     it
                     to
                     our
                     historicall
                     part
                     ,
                     where
                     we
                     shall
                     particularly
                     handle
                     the
                     memorable
                     accidents
                     ,
                     of
                     particular
                     places
                     :
                     Enough
                     it
                     is
                     to
                     proue
                     that
                     the
                     first
                     plantatiō
                     after
                     the
                     flood
                     was
                     East-ward
                     :
                     2ly
                     no
                     small
                     probability
                     is
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     
                       ciuility
                       ,
                       magnificence
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     populosity
                     of
                     these
                     Easterne
                     nations
                     before
                     others
                     :
                     For
                     it
                     is
                     certaine
                     that
                     many
                     excellent
                     Arts
                     haue
                     flourished
                     amongst
                     those
                     Easterne
                     people
                     ,
                     before
                     euer
                     our
                     westerne
                     climate
                     dreamed
                     of
                     such
                     matters
                     ;
                     Amōgst
                     many
                     other
                     matters
                     ,
                     Artillery
                     &
                     Printing
                     was
                     in
                     vse
                     amongst
                     the
                     Chinois
                     &
                     East-Indies
                     of
                     ancient
                     time
                     ,
                     long
                     before
                     this
                     inuention
                     was
                     known
                     to
                     vs
                     ;
                     as
                     the
                     Portugalls
                     who
                     haue
                     trauailed
                     thither
                     haue
                     confirmed
                     .
                     To
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     gunnes
                     and
                     ordinance
                     ,
                     many
                     suppose
                     Philostratus
                     to
                     haue
                     alluded
                     ,
                     speaking
                     in
                     the
                     life
                     of
                     
                       Apollonius
                       Tiraneus
                       lib
                    
                     :
                     2.
                     cap
                     :
                     14.
                     
                     Where
                     he
                     saith
                     that
                     the
                     people
                     dwelling
                     betwixt
                     Hyphasis
                     and
                     Ganges
                     vse
                     not
                     to
                     goe
                     farre
                     to
                     warre
                     ,
                     but
                     driue
                     away
                     their
                     enemies
                     with
                     thunder
                     and
                     lightning
                     sent
                     downe
                     from
                     Iupiter
                     .
                     By
                     which
                     meanes
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     that
                     Hercules
                     and
                     Bacchus
                     ioyning
                     their
                     forces
                     were
                     there
                     defeated
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     Hercules
                     there
                     cast
                     away
                     his
                     
                       golden
                       shield
                    
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     other
                     Inuention
                     of
                     letters
                     howsoeuer
                     it
                     were
                     by
                     the
                     Graecians
                     ascribed
                     to
                     Cadmus
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     first
                     Inuentour
                     ,
                     because
                     he
                     was
                     the
                     man
                     that
                     first
                     discouered
                     it
                     to
                     the
                     Graecians
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     most
                     
                     certaine
                     that
                     it
                     was
                     as
                     ancient
                     as
                     Seth
                     :
                     And
                     that
                     Printing
                     first
                     came
                     to
                     vs
                     ,
                     from
                     this
                     Easterne
                     part
                     ,
                     appeares
                     by
                     
                       Iohn
                       Guttemberg
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     brought
                     it
                     first
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Easterne
                     world
                     :
                     Which
                     art
                     Conradus
                     being
                     instructed
                     in
                     ,
                     brought
                     the
                     practise
                     thereof
                     to
                     Rome
                     ,
                     which
                     afterward
                     one
                     Gesnerus
                     a
                     French-man
                     much
                     bettered
                     and
                     perfected
                     :
                     For
                     howsoeuer
                     amongst
                     the
                     Europaeans
                     this
                     inuention
                     seemed
                     but
                     newly
                     borne
                     ,
                     yet
                     the
                     Chinois
                     ,
                     had
                     it
                     before
                     either
                     the
                     Aegyptians
                     or
                     Phaenicians
                     :
                     When
                     the
                     Graecians
                     had
                     neither
                     knowledg
                     nor
                     ciuility
                     :
                     which
                     is
                     witnessed
                     aboue
                     a
                     hundred
                     yeares
                     gone
                     by
                     the
                     Spaniards
                     and
                     Portugalls
                     .
                     Farther
                     for
                     the
                     magnificence
                     of
                     those
                     nations
                     ,
                     an
                     argument
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     History
                     of
                     Alexander
                     the
                     great
                     ,
                     who
                     found
                     more
                     stately
                     buildings
                     and
                     Cities
                     in
                     the
                     little
                     kingdome
                     of
                     Porus
                     which
                     lay
                     side
                     by
                     side
                     against
                     the
                     East-Indies
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     all
                     his
                     former
                     trauailes
                     :
                     for
                     in
                     Alexanders
                     time
                     learning
                     &
                     ciuility
                     were
                     not
                     spread
                     so
                     farre
                     west
                     as
                     Rome
                     :
                     Neither
                     did
                     he
                     esteeme
                     of
                     Italy
                     any
                     otherwise
                     ,
                     then
                     of
                     a
                     barbarous
                     and
                     vnciuill
                     place
                     :
                     which
                     made
                     him
                     to
                     turne
                     his
                     army
                     rather
                     against
                     Babilon
                     and
                     the
                     east
                     ,
                     which
                     seemed
                     a
                     farre
                     worthier
                     prize
                     :
                     Moreouer
                     ,
                     
                       Paulus
                       Venetus
                    
                     shewes
                     that
                     letters
                     and
                     discipline
                     was
                     first
                     borrowed
                     from
                     the
                     easterne
                     people
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     returne
                     of
                     interest
                     .
                     A
                     third
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     from
                     the
                     extraordinary
                     strength
                     of
                     those
                     easterne
                     people
                     in
                     most
                     ancient
                     times
                     .
                     For
                     it
                     is
                     reported
                     by
                     
                       Diodorus
                       Siculus
                    
                     out
                     of
                     Clesias
                     that
                     Semiramis
                     the
                     wife
                     of
                     Ninus
                     ,
                     not
                     many
                     discents
                     from
                     Noah
                     ,
                     brought
                     an
                     army
                     to
                     inuade
                     India
                     ▪
                     of
                     three
                     millions
                     ,
                     besides
                     horses
                     and
                     waggoners
                     :
                     Neither
                     had
                     Staurobates
                     her
                     aduersary
                     smaller
                     multitudes
                     to
                     encounter
                     her
                     :
                     which
                     extraordinary
                     strength
                     and
                     multitude
                     of
                     men
                     could
                     not
                     possibly
                     issue
                     out
                     of
                     any
                     Colony
                     ,
                     sent
                     thither
                     from
                     the
                     westerne
                     parts
                     :
                     And
                     therefore
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     had
                     their
                     first
                     ofspring
                     and
                     originall
                     in
                     those
                     easterne
                     parts
                     neere
                     India
                     .
                     Sundrie
                     other
                     reasons
                     might
                     bee
                     alleaged
                     ,
                     but
                     these
                     I
                     suppose
                     will
                     suffice
                     to
                     fortifie
                     this
                     assertion
                     .
                     Then
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     that
                     the
                     first
                     Plantation
                     of
                     nations
                     begunne
                     in
                     the
                     easterne
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     But
                     where
                     we
                     shall
                     place
                     and
                     define
                     this
                     Easterne
                     part
                     ,
                     seemes
                     a
                     matter
                     of
                     greater
                     difficulty
                     then
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     
                     
                       Sr
                       Walter
                       Rawleigh
                    
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     premised
                     arguments
                     would
                     seeme
                     to
                     proue
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     first
                     plantation
                     was
                     farre
                     ●ast
                     as
                     farre
                     as
                     India
                     ,
                     neere
                     which
                     ,
                     he
                     would
                     haue
                     the
                     Arke
                     to
                     rest
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     on
                     the
                     mountaine
                     Caucasus
                     lying
                     betwixt
                     India
                     &
                     Scythia
                     :
                     Notwithstanding
                     the
                     authority
                     of
                     the
                     learned
                     Author
                     ,
                     I
                     find
                     that
                     the
                     most
                     ancient
                     writers
                     haue
                     drawne
                     the
                     original
                     of
                     all
                     nations
                     soone
                     after
                     the
                     flood
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     Caldaeans
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     amongst
                     all
                     ,
                     made
                     them
                     the
                     first
                     :
                     For
                     confirmation
                     of
                     which
                     opinion
                     ,
                     they
                     vrge
                     many
                     strong
                     arguments
                     :
                     In
                     the
                     first
                     place
                     ,
                     they
                     vrge
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     Moses
                     in
                     the
                     11
                     of
                     Genesis
                     ,
                     where
                     speaking
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     assembly
                     of
                     people
                     after
                     the
                     flood
                     he
                     relates
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     came
                     from
                     the
                     East
                     into
                     the
                     plains
                     of
                     Shinaar
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     place
                     stood
                     Babilon
                     the
                     chiefe
                     seat
                     of
                     the
                     Caldaeans
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     they
                     adde
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     
                       Metasthenes
                       ,
                       Herodotus
                       ,
                       C●esias
                    
                     ,
                     &
                     Xenophon
                     :
                     which
                     haue
                     afterwards
                     bin
                     seconded
                     by
                     
                       Diogenes
                       ,
                       Laertius
                       ,
                       Philo
                       ,
                       Porphyry
                    
                     in
                     a
                     certaine
                     epistle
                     to
                     
                       Boethus
                       ,
                       Clemens
                       Alexandrinus
                       in
                       Stromatis
                       ;
                       Eusebius
                       de
                       Euangelica
                       demonstratione
                       ,
                       Theodoretus
                       lib
                    
                     :
                     1.
                     
                       de
                       Graecarum
                       affectionum
                       ouratione
                       ,
                       Rabbi
                       Moyses
                       Maymonis
                       filius
                       lib
                       :
                    
                     3.
                     cap.
                     30.
                     
                     Perplexorum
                     :
                     with
                     almost
                     all
                     the
                     Interpreters
                     of
                     the
                     Hebrewes
                     :
                     All
                     which
                     with
                     vniforme
                     consent
                     haue
                     affirmed
                     that
                     
                       Ciuility
                       ,
                       Arts
                    
                     and
                     sciences
                     ,
                     deriued
                     their
                     first
                     descent
                     from
                     the
                     Caldaeans
                     .
                     Hence
                     they
                     faigne
                     that
                     Prometheus
                     being
                     a
                     Caldaean
                     ,
                     for
                     that
                     he
                     recalled
                     men
                     from
                     a
                     wilde
                     life
                     to
                     a
                     more
                     ciuill
                     conuersation
                     ,
                     and
                     taught
                     the
                     regular
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     starrs
                     and
                     planets
                     before
                     vnknowne
                     ,
                     stole
                     fire
                     from
                     heauen
                     ,
                     and
                     animated
                     men
                     formed
                     out
                     of
                     clay
                     ,
                     with
                     a
                     caelestiall
                     soule
                     .
                     But
                     aboue
                     all
                     which
                     may
                     be
                     collected
                     in
                     this
                     kind
                     ,
                     no
                     small
                     argument
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     markes
                     and
                     footesteppes
                     of
                     the
                     Hebrew
                     and
                     Chaldy
                     tongues
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     no
                     mixture
                     of
                     tongues
                     ,
                     or
                     processe
                     of
                     time
                     could
                     euer
                     be
                     abolished
                     :
                     For
                     this
                     ,
                     being
                     the
                     first
                     of
                     all
                     other
                     languages
                     ,
                     was
                     preserued
                     by
                     Abraham
                     and
                     his
                     posterity
                     ;
                     And
                     challengeth
                     antiquity
                     before
                     euer
                     the
                     Latin
                     or
                     Graecian
                     tongues
                     had
                     any
                     memory
                     :
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     all
                     the
                     ancient
                     nations
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     are
                     found
                     in
                     most
                     of
                     their
                     originall
                     names
                     of
                     Gods
                     ,
                     peoples
                     ,
                     Princes
                     ,
                     and
                     places
                     to
                     make
                     vse
                     of
                     the
                     Hebrew
                     or
                     Chaldey
                     tongues
                     ,
                     differing
                     onely
                     
                     in
                     dialect
                     ,
                     which
                     without
                     manifest
                     wresting
                     and
                     absurdity
                     ,
                     cannot
                     well
                     be
                     deriued
                     from
                     other
                     latter
                     languages
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     father
                     of
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     Europe
                     was
                     Iaphet
                     the
                     sonne
                     of
                     Noah
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     ioynt
                     consent
                     of
                     Hebrewes
                     ,
                     Graecians
                     ,
                     and
                     Latines
                     ▪
                     To
                     which
                     alludes
                     the
                     Poet
                     ,
                     where
                     he
                     saies
                     ,
                     
                       Audax
                       Iapetigenus
                    
                     .
                     This
                     name
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     or
                     Iaphet
                     in
                     Hebrew
                     signifieth
                     asmuch
                     as
                     Dilatation
                     or
                     enlargement
                     :
                     Whereas
                     the
                     Greeke
                     Etymologists
                     ridiculously
                     draw
                     it
                     from
                     many
                     other
                     originalls
                     :
                     in
                     the
                     like
                     sort
                     Tacitus
                     ignorant
                     of
                     the
                     Hebrew
                     ,
                     would
                     haue
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     Palestine
                     to
                     be
                     called
                     
                       Iudaei
                       quasi
                       Idaei
                    
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     mountaine
                     Ida
                     in
                     Creete
                     ,
                     from
                     which
                     he
                     dreames
                     they
                     were
                     deriued
                     ;
                     whereas
                     the
                     word
                     in
                     the
                     Chaldy
                     signifies
                     ,
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     Praysers
                     .
                     In
                     like
                     manner
                     Ion
                     or
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     Homer
                     )
                     Iaon
                     ,
                     supposed
                     the
                     first
                     Author
                     of
                     the
                     Iones
                     ,
                     would
                     the
                     Graecians
                     deriue
                     from
                     a
                     flower
                     ,
                     whereas
                     the
                     word
                     in
                     Hebrew
                     signifie
                     ,
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     a
                     deceiuer
                     :
                     Whence
                     Daniel
                     prophecied
                     of
                     Alexander
                     the
                     great
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     King
                     of
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     that
                     is
                     Iaan
                     or
                     Iauan
                     should
                     raigne
                     in
                     Assiria
                     ▪
                     Instances
                     in
                     this
                     kind
                     are
                     infinite
                     ,
                     as
                     of
                     Danaus
                     ,
                     drawne
                     from
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     Dan
                     which
                     signifies
                     a
                     Iudge
                     ,
                     whence
                     comes
                     Dardanus
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     seat
                     of
                     Iudges
                     :
                     Of
                     Ianus
                     from
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     Iaijn
                     ▪
                     signifying
                     wine
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     sense
                     hee
                     is
                     by
                     Halicharnisseus
                     called
                     Oenotrius
                     :
                     Of
                     Achaeis
                     which
                     signifies
                     
                       Greece
                       ,
                       Aegipt
                    
                     which
                     is
                     streight
                     or
                     narrow
                     
                       Nimrode
                       Rebellous
                       .
                       Ninus
                    
                     a
                     sonne
                     ,
                     Niniue
                     the
                     house
                     of
                     
                       Ninus
                       ,
                       Solon
                       quasi
                       Solam
                    
                     a
                     peace-maker
                     .
                     So
                     Cadmus
                     supposed
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     father
                     of
                     letters
                     and
                     learning
                     ,
                     amongst
                     the
                     Graecians
                     ,
                     signifies
                     in
                     the
                     originall
                     ,
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     an
                     Easterne
                     man
                     or
                     an
                     ancient
                     man.
                     Should
                     wee
                     runne
                     any
                     further
                     on
                     this
                     point
                     ,
                     wee
                     should
                     bee
                     thought
                     to
                     write
                     a
                     dictionary
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     all
                     the
                     ancient
                     names
                     amongst
                     the
                     Graecians
                     spring
                     from
                     the
                     same
                     fountaine
                     ▪
                     Whence
                     that
                     Aegyptian
                     Priest
                     had
                     good
                     reason
                     to
                     obiect
                     to
                     Solon
                     :
                     That
                     the
                     Graecians
                     seemed
                     children
                     ,
                     because
                     they
                     had
                     nothing
                     ancient
                     amongst
                     them
                     :
                     But
                     to
                     better
                     purpose
                     a
                     Christian
                     obiected
                     to
                     the
                     Graecians
                     that
                     Moyses
                     the
                     Lawgiuer
                     to
                     the
                     Christians
                     was
                     ancienter
                     then
                     all
                     the
                     Graecian
                     Gods
                     ;
                     Other
                     reasons
                     are
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     Religion
                     of
                     the
                     Hebrewes
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     seeme
                     to
                     be
                     deriued
                     all
                     the
                     famous
                     
                     religions
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     For
                     to
                     let
                     passe
                     the
                     Christian
                     ,
                     Iewish
                     ,
                     &
                     Mahometan
                     Religions
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     flourishing
                     ,
                     all
                     of
                     them
                     challenging
                     great
                     antiquity
                     ,
                     and
                     taking
                     a
                     great
                     mixture
                     from
                     the
                     truest
                     and
                     ancientest
                     Hebrew
                     discipline
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     manifest
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     Heathenish
                     superstitions
                     themselues
                     ,
                     many
                     footsteppes
                     haue
                     bin
                     discouered
                     :
                     which
                     will
                     appeare
                     by
                     diuers
                     Instances
                     .
                     These
                     arguments
                     I
                     confesse
                     seeme
                     very
                     strong
                     ,
                     but
                     yet
                     not
                     of
                     sufficient
                     strength
                     to
                     enforce
                     credulity
                     without
                     other
                     warrant
                     :
                     To
                     say
                     peremptorily
                     with
                     Mr.
                     Bodin
                     ,
                     that
                     by
                     the
                     consent
                     of
                     ancient
                     writers
                     ,
                     the
                     Chaldeans
                     are
                     acknowledged
                     the
                     most
                     ancient
                     people
                     ,
                     is
                     more
                     then
                     I
                     dare
                     to
                     venter
                     :
                     Neither
                     is
                     this
                     opinion
                     so
                     strongly
                     fortified
                     with
                     arguments
                     ,
                     but
                     Reason
                     may
                     steppe
                     in
                     to
                     haue
                     a
                     doubtfull
                     assault
                     .
                     Their
                     first
                     argument
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     testimony
                     of
                     holy
                     Scriptures
                     in
                     th
                     ●●
                     of
                     Genesis
                     ,
                     seemes
                     to
                     stand
                     on
                     our
                     side
                     ,
                     altogether
                     against
                     them
                     :
                     For
                     whereas
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     came
                     from
                     the
                     east
                     into
                     the
                     plaine
                     of
                     Shinaar
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     that
                     the
                     east
                     was
                     first
                     peopled
                     ;
                     or
                     else
                     how
                     should
                     this
                     people
                     come
                     from
                     the
                     east
                     into
                     these
                     plaines
                     of
                     Shinaar
                     ,
                     to
                     erect
                     the
                     tower
                     of
                     Babel
                     ?
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     whereas
                     they
                     vrge
                     Arts
                     ,
                     Ciuility
                     ,
                     Magnificence
                     of
                     the
                     Chaldeans
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     it
                     rather
                     to
                     agree
                     to
                     the
                     people
                     which
                     dwell
                     farther
                     east
                     ,
                     as
                     is
                     witnessed
                     by
                     the
                     former
                     instances
                     .
                     And
                     if
                     any
                     obiect
                     that
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     is
                     found
                     the
                     contrary
                     ,
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     we
                     find
                     the
                     Indian
                     to
                     be
                     a
                     barbarous
                     blind
                     and
                     ignorant
                     Nation
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Asiatickes
                     and
                     Europaeans
                     ,
                     we
                     answere
                     two
                     wayes
                     .
                     1
                     First
                     ,
                     that
                     we
                     find
                     not
                     by
                     experience
                     the
                     East-Indians
                     to
                     bee
                     so
                     altogether
                     deuoide
                     of
                     ciuility
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     wee
                     may
                     obserue
                     not
                     only
                     amongst
                     them
                     the
                     footsteppes
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     the
                     practise
                     of
                     many
                     ingenuous
                     Arts
                     ,
                     sage
                     gouernment
                     ,
                     policy
                     ,
                     and
                     magnificence
                     ,
                     as
                     amongst
                     the
                     Chinois
                     and
                     the
                     large
                     territory
                     of
                     the
                     great
                     Mogull
                     2.
                     
                     It
                     is
                     not
                     hard
                     to
                     imagine
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     so
                     large
                     a
                     tract
                     of
                     time
                     ,
                     the
                     best
                     setled
                     common
                     wealthes
                     should
                     be
                     brought
                     to
                     nought
                     ,
                     arts
                     ,
                     ciuility
                     ,
                     magnificence
                     ,
                     be
                     forgotten
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     rarest
                     inuentions
                     bee
                     cast
                     into
                     obliuion
                     ,
                     especially
                     by
                     those
                     two
                     enemies
                     of
                     ciuility
                     ▪
                     warres
                     and
                     luxury
                     ;
                     both
                     which
                     hauing
                     the
                     raignes
                     in
                     their
                     own
                     hands
                     ,
                     are
                     quickly
                     able
                     to
                     abolish
                     all
                     wholesome
                     discipline
                     ,
                     
                     both
                     in
                     Lawes
                     and
                     Religion
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     Their
                     argument
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     footesteppes
                     of
                     Languages
                     in
                     my
                     shallow
                     conceit
                     ,
                     proues
                     nothing
                     else
                     but
                     that
                     all
                     Lawes
                     ,
                     Arts
                     ,
                     and
                     Learning
                     was
                     deriued
                     to
                     the
                     Graecians
                     from
                     the
                     Chaldaeans
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Nations
                     neare
                     adioyning
                     ,
                     which
                     formerly
                     receiued
                     it
                     from
                     them
                     .
                     But
                     how
                     farre
                     Learning
                     might
                     propagate
                     it selfe
                     the
                     other
                     way
                     towards
                     the
                     East
                     ,
                     is
                     not
                     a
                     matter
                     so
                     cleare
                     and
                     out
                     of
                     question
                     .
                     The
                     preseruation
                     of
                     the
                     Language
                     (
                     for
                     ought
                     I
                     ●ee
                     )
                     might
                     grow
                     from
                     the
                     continuance
                     of
                     the
                     Religion
                     ,
                     more
                     firmely
                     rooted
                     ,
                     and
                     for
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     continued
                     in
                     Abrahams
                     posterity
                     ,
                     whose
                     abode
                     was
                     settled
                     there
                     about
                     ,
                     whereas
                     the
                     other
                     farre
                     diuorced
                     ,
                     aswell
                     from
                     their
                     first
                     spring
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     monumentall
                     seales
                     of
                     their
                     religion
                     ,
                     quickly
                     turned
                     Religion
                     into
                     Pagan
                     Idolatry
                     :
                     Many
                     reasons
                     besides
                     the
                     disprouing
                     of
                     this
                     former
                     opinion
                     may
                     bee
                     alleaged
                     to
                     proue
                     the
                     Easterne
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     to
                     haue
                     bin
                     first
                     peopled
                     :
                     amongst
                     which
                     I
                     will
                     only
                     cull
                     out
                     this
                     one
                     ,
                     grounded
                     on
                     the
                     text
                     of
                     holy
                     Scripture
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     warranted
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     text
                     :
                     1
                     That
                     when
                     the
                     waters
                     beg●n
                     to
                     decrease
                     vpon
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     earth
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Arke
                     began
                     to
                     rest
                     vpon
                     the
                     mountaine
                     
                       Ara●at
                       ,
                       Noah
                    
                     sent
                     out
                     a
                     doue
                     to
                     make
                     tryall
                     ,
                     who
                     returned
                     with
                     an
                     oliue-branch
                     in
                     her
                     mouth
                     .
                     2
                     That
                     neare
                     the
                     place
                     he
                     issued
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Arke
                     with
                     all
                     his
                     family
                     ,
                     he
                     planted
                     a
                     vineyard
                     ,
                     and
                     was
                     drunke
                     with
                     the
                     iuyce
                     of
                     the
                     Grape
                     ,
                     not
                     knowing
                     the
                     strength
                     thereof
                     :
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     by
                     all
                     probable
                     coniecture
                     must
                     needes
                     bee
                     collected
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Regions
                     neare
                     the
                     place
                     where
                     the
                     Arke
                     first
                     rested
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     benefit
                     of
                     Nature
                     afforded
                     both
                     Vines
                     and
                     Oliues
                     :
                     for
                     we
                     cannot
                     imagine
                     the
                     silly
                     Doue
                     at
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     flood
                     empty
                     gorged
                     to
                     haue
                     flowne
                     very
                     farre
                     ouer
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     waters
                     to
                     obtaine
                     this
                     Oliue
                     branch
                     ,
                     nor
                     Noah
                     after
                     the
                     flood
                     to
                     haue
                     gone
                     very
                     farre
                     to
                     seeke
                     out
                     a
                     conuenient
                     place
                     for
                     his
                     Vineyard
                     :
                     whence
                     it
                     is
                     most
                     likely
                     that
                     the
                     Arke
                     rested
                     in
                     such
                     a
                     place
                     ,
                     whose
                     neare
                     adjoining
                     Regions
                     are
                     inriched
                     with
                     such
                     commodities
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     cannot
                     bee
                     verified
                     of
                     Armenia
                     ,
                     wherein
                     for
                     ought
                     my
                     reading
                     informes
                     me
                     ,
                     are
                     found
                     neither
                     Vines
                     nor
                     Oliues
                     ,
                     whereas
                     some
                     places
                     Eastward
                     ,
                     whereon
                     the
                     Arke
                     according
                     to
                     this
                     other
                     opinion
                     was
                     supposed
                     to
                     
                     rest
                     ,
                     afford
                     both
                     in
                     great
                     plenty
                     .
                     To
                     vmpite
                     betwixt
                     these
                     two
                     opinions
                     ,
                     I
                     leaue
                     to
                     my
                     frendly
                     Readers
                     ;
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     in
                     our
                     power
                     to
                     command
                     ,
                     but
                     obey
                     Reason
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 XIV
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1_OF
                     the
                     originall
                     of
                     Inhabitants
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     we
                     haue
                     spoken
                     :
                     It
                     remaines
                     wee
                     now
                     treat
                     of
                     their
                     naturall
                     Disposition
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   There
                   is
                   nothing
                   more
                   subiect
                   to
                   admiration
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   diuersity
                   of
                   naturall
                   Dispositions
                   in
                   Nations
                   ;
                   a
                   matter
                   euident
                   to
                   the
                   eye
                   of
                   obseruation
                   ,
                   and
                   needing
                   no
                   proofe
                   or
                   demonstration
                   :
                   for
                   who
                   obserues
                   not
                   in
                   all
                   Nations
                   certaine
                   naturall
                   or
                   nationall
                   vertues
                   or
                   vices
                   ,
                   which
                   neither
                   time
                   nor
                   Lawes
                   could
                   euer
                   change
                   or
                   correct
                   .
                   For
                   not
                   to
                   〈◊〉
                   farther
                   off
                   then
                   our
                   neighbouring
                   Nations
                   Confines
                   ;
                   what
                   Writer
                   in
                   this
                   kind
                   almost
                   ,
                   were
                   he
                   not
                   very
                   partiall
                   ,
                   hath
                   not
                   taxed
                   pride
                   and
                   ambition
                   in
                   the
                   Spaniard
                   ;
                   leuity
                   ,
                   or
                   rather
                   (
                   as
                   Bodin
                   would
                   haue
                   it
                   )
                   temerity
                   in
                   the
                   Fren●h
                   ;
                   dangerous
                   dissimulation
                   in
                   the
                   Italian
                   ;
                   Drunkennesse
                   in
                   the
                   Dutch
                   ;
                   Falshood
                   in
                   the
                   Irish
                   ;
                   and
                   gluttony
                   in
                   the
                   English
                   ?
                   And
                   howsoeuer
                   many
                   meanes
                   haue
                   bin
                   put
                   in
                   practise
                   ,
                   either
                   by
                   the
                   seuerity
                   of
                   lawes
                   to
                   curb
                   such
                   enormities
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   subtilty
                   of
                   discourse
                   to
                   shroud
                   these
                   vices
                   vnder
                   the
                   name
                   of
                   vertues
                   :
                   yet
                   these
                   markes
                   are
                   found
                   to
                   stick
                   as
                   close
                   as
                   the
                   spots
                   vnto
                   the
                   Leopard
                   ,
                   as
                   neither
                   altering
                   their
                   pristine
                   hue
                   ,
                   or
                   yeelding
                   to
                   time
                   or
                   statutes
                   :
                   And
                   if
                   it
                   happened
                   at
                   any
                   time
                   that
                   by
                   extraordinary
                   violence
                   some
                   litle
                   alteration
                   were
                   wrought
                   ,
                   yet
                   some
                   few
                   yeares
                   would
                   find
                   it
                   returne
                   againe
                   vnto
                   his
                   owne
                   n●ture
                   and
                   disposition
                   .
                   This
                   variety
                   of
                   dispositions
                   being
                   very
                   many
                   ,
                   and
                   d●pending
                   on
                   sundry
                   causes
                   ,
                   to
                   helpe
                   memory
                   ,
                   we
                   will
                   reduce
                   into
                   certaine
                   heads
                   ▪
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   in
                   the
                   generall
                   we
                   may
                   giue
                   
                   a
                   iudgment
                   ,
                   leauing
                   the
                   rest
                   to
                   our
                   speciall
                   Tract
                   .
                   The
                   name
                   of
                   naturall
                   disposition
                   in
                   this
                   place
                   we
                   take
                   in
                   the
                   largest
                   sense
                   ,
                   so
                   farre
                   forth
                   as
                   it
                   comprehends
                   vnder
                   it
                   the
                   Complexion
                   ,
                   Manners
                   ,
                   Actions
                   ,
                   Languages
                   ,
                   Lawes
                   ,
                   Religion
                   ,
                   and
                   Gouernment
                   .
                   All
                   which
                   so
                   farre
                   forth
                   as
                   they
                   depend
                   from
                   the
                   places
                   we
                   will
                   shew
                   .
                   Neither
                   intend
                   we
                   to
                   handle
                   nicely
                   all
                   these
                   specialities
                   ,
                   forasmuch
                   as
                   the
                   Manners
                   ,
                   Customes
                   ,
                   Lawes
                   ,
                   (
                   and
                   for
                   a
                   great
                   part
                   )
                   the
                   externall
                   rites
                   of
                   Religion
                   depend
                   on
                   the
                   naturall
                   constitution
                   of
                   the
                   Inhabitants
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   little
                   can
                   bee
                   spoken
                   of
                   the
                   naturall
                   constitution
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   such
                   actions
                   ,
                   effects
                   and
                   markes
                   as
                   shew
                   themselues
                   in
                   their
                   ordinary
                   customes
                   &
                   manners
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   we
                   shall
                   be
                   constrained
                   to
                   treat
                   of
                   them
                   together
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   being
                   a
                   great
                   furtherance
                   to
                   the
                   explanation
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     2
                     The
                     naturall
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     may
                     suffer
                     change
                     and
                     diuersity
                     ,
                     either
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     site
                     ,
                     or
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     quality
                     of
                     the
                     soile
                     ,
                     or
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     themselues
                     .
                  
                   
                     3
                     The
                     site
                     is
                     the
                     respect
                     which
                     one
                     place
                     in
                     position
                     beareth
                     to
                     another
                     :
                     Here
                     a
                     Nation
                     is
                     diuided
                     into
                     ,
                     1
                     The
                     Northerne
                     or
                     Southerne
                     ,
                     2
                     The
                     Easterne
                     or
                     Westerne
                     .
                  
                   
                     4
                     The
                     Northerne
                     is
                     placed
                     in
                     the
                     North
                     Hemispheare
                     ,
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Aequatour
                     and
                     the
                     Artick
                     Pole
                     ;
                     The
                     Southerne
                     on
                     the
                     opposite
                     side
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Aequatour
                     and
                     the
                     Antarticke
                     Pole.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   Of
                   the
                   Northerne
                   and
                   Southerne
                   Inhabitants
                   wee
                   speake
                   not
                   here
                   respectiuely
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   Hemispheare
                   ,
                   but
                   absolutely
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   the
                   two
                   Hemispheares
                   and
                   their
                   
                   Inhabita●●s
                   ,
                   How
                   these
                   2
                   Hemispheares
                   of
                   North
                   and
                   South
                   are
                   varied
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   quantity
                   and
                   disposition
                   of
                   the
                   soile
                   is
                   deciphered
                   before
                   .
                   What
                   diuersity
                   shal
                   be
                   found
                   in
                   the
                   people
                   or
                   inhabitants
                   shall
                   be
                   shewed
                   in
                   this
                   Theoreme
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       people
                       of
                       the
                       
                         Northerne
                         Hemispheare
                      
                       aswell
                       in
                       riches
                       and
                       magnificence
                       ,
                       as
                       vallour
                       ,
                       science
                       ,
                       and
                       ciuill
                       gouernment
                       ,
                       farre
                       surpasse
                       the
                       people
                       of
                       the
                       
                         South
                         Hemispheare
                      
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     Northerne
                     Hemispheare
                     wee
                     vnderstand
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     Europeans
                     ,
                     the
                     Asiatickes
                     ,
                     the
                     hithermost
                     African●
                     being
                     the
                     greater
                     part
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     of
                     
                       America
                       Mexicana
                    
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     hithermost
                     part
                     of
                     
                       America
                       Peruana
                    
                     together
                     with
                     the
                     people
                     inhabiting
                     the
                     vnknowne
                     land
                     ▪
                     lying
                     vnder
                     the
                     Artick
                     pole
                     ,
                     with
                     all
                     the
                     Ilands
                     belonging
                     to
                     each
                     of
                     these
                     ▪
                     The
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     Southerne
                     Hemi-spheare
                     contai●e
                     a
                     moity
                     Southward
                     of
                     the
                     Africans
                     ,
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     of
                     
                       America
                       Peruana
                    
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     :
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     
                       T●rra
                       Australis
                       incognita
                    
                     or
                     the
                     soutth
                     Indies
                     ,
                     with
                     some
                     Iland●
                     belonging
                     therevnto
                     .
                     Betwix●
                     the●e
                     two
                     partitions
                     ,
                     If
                     we
                     make
                     a
                     comparison
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     a
                     greater
                     disparity
                     then
                     euer
                     any
                     inuention
                     of
                     man
                     could
                     any
                     wayes
                     reduce
                     to
                     any
                     shadow
                     of
                     Aequality
                     ,
                     or
                     any
                     Trauailers
                     obseruation
                     ●ould
                     euer
                     steppe
                     in
                     to
                     diminish
                     .
                     To
                     begin
                     with
                     the
                     ri●hes
                     ▪
                     It
                     is
                     certaine
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     〈◊〉
                     ●ase
                     of
                     it
                     in
                     any
                     ●●tion
                     proceeds
                     ,
                     either
                     f●om
                     the
                     benefit
                     of
                     the
                     soile
                     or
                     from
                     the
                     ●●ill
                     and
                     diligence
                     of
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     ▪
                     The
                     benefit
                     of
                     the
                     soile
                     either
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     quantity
                     of
                     the
                     ground
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     quality
                     of
                     the
                     soile
                     in
                     this
                     southerne
                     part
                     ,
                     we
                     haue
                     at
                     large
                     proued
                     to
                     be
                     fa●●e
                     ●nferio●●
                     to
                     that
                     of
                     the
                     Northe●●e
                     H●mispheare
                     .
                     The
                     dilig●●ce
                     of
                     the
                     p●ople
                     we
                     can
                     measure
                     no
                     otherwise
                     then
                     ●y
                     their
                     Traffick
                     with
                     forraigne
                     nations
                     ,
                     or
                     their
                     good
                     husbandry
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     commodities
                     Their
                     traffick
                     with
                     forraine
                     nations
                     ,
                     is
                     suspe●ted
                     to
                     be
                     little
                     or
                     nothing
                     at
                     ●ll
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     〈◊〉
                     theme
                     Inhabitants
                     ha●ing
                     small
                     commerce
                     or
                     knowledge
                     of
                     for●eigne
                     ●ations
                     ,
                     and
                     ●hat
                     rather
                     enforced
                     by
                     violence
                     and
                     ●onques●s
                     ▪
                     them
                     any
                     way
                     des●●●d
                     of
                     
                     them
                     ▪
                     Whereas
                     scarce
                     can
                     be
                     found
                     any
                     nation
                     of
                     the
                     Eart●
                     ,
                     which
                     cannot
                     by
                     commerce
                     or
                     traffick
                     with
                     forraigne
                     Countries
                     ,
                     at
                     least
                     neighbouring
                     confines
                     both
                     strengthen
                     thēselues
                     ,
                     and
                     draw
                     riches
                     from
                     other
                     nations
                     :
                     Lesse
                     can
                     be
                     hoped
                     from
                     their
                     homebred
                     industrie
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     content
                     with
                     sufficiency
                     ,
                     neuer
                     aiming
                     at
                     farther
                     riches
                     then
                     naturall
                     neces●●ty
                     seemes
                     to
                     exact
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     appeare
                     by
                     all
                     records
                     and
                     Histories
                     almost
                     which
                     haue
                     treated
                     of
                     this
                     matter
                     .
                     If
                     we
                     consider
                     the
                     state
                     &
                     magnificene
                     of
                     either
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     acknowledge
                     a
                     great
                     difference
                     ,
                     as
                     disdaining
                     all
                     comparison
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     offpring
                     of
                     all
                     nations
                     owes
                     it selfe
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     proued
                     )
                     to
                     our
                     Northerne
                     hemispheare
                     ,
                     which
                     that
                     Almighty
                     Creatour
                     of
                     al
                     things
                     blessed
                     with
                     knowledge
                     and
                     ciuill
                     gouernment
                     ,
                     before
                     euer
                     this
                     Southerne
                     coast
                     was
                     knowne
                     or
                     mentioned
                     .
                     All
                     the
                     acts
                     of
                     the
                     old
                     and
                     new
                     Testament
                     performed
                     on
                     this
                     side
                     of
                     the
                     Aequatour
                     ,
                     can
                     speake
                     the
                     state
                     and
                     magnificence
                     of
                     these
                     nations
                     ,
                     leauing
                     the
                     other
                     as
                     yet
                     neglected
                     without
                     memory
                     or
                     History
                     .
                     Neither
                     hath
                     the
                     Christian
                     religion
                     ,
                     the
                     true
                     ground
                     of
                     all
                     settled
                     gouernment
                     euer
                     bin
                     so
                     propitious
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     smile
                     on
                     these
                     ●iserable
                     Nations
                     ,
                     as
                     yet
                     groaning
                     vnder
                     the
                     seruile
                     bonds
                     of
                     g●o●●e
                     .
                     ●gnorance
                     and
                     Pagan
                     superstition
                     .
                     Where
                     shall
                     we
                     find
                     in
                     any
                     records
                     or
                     antiquities
                     ,
                     any
                     state
                     amongst
                     them
                     to
                     parallell
                     the
                     foure
                     greater
                     Monarchies
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Ae●syrians
                       ,
                       Medes
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     
                       Persians
                       ,
                       Graecians
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Romans
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     later
                     risen
                     out
                     of
                     their
                     ashes
                     ,
                     whereof
                     this
                     one
                     age
                     can
                     produce
                     no
                     few
                     examples
                     ▪
                     What
                     place
                     is
                     extant
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     in
                     
                       Europe
                       ,
                       Asia
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     Northern
                     tract
                     of
                     Africk
                     or
                     America
                     (
                     some
                     few
                     Deserts
                     onely
                     excepted
                     )
                     which
                     haue
                     not
                     been
                     either
                     by
                     knowledge
                     receiued
                     from
                     forraigne
                     Nations
                     ,
                     or
                     some
                     other
                     meanes
                     in
                     some
                     sort
                     reduced
                     to
                     ciuility
                     ▪
                     At
                     least
                     to
                     haue
                     embrased
                     some
                     setled
                     forme
                     of
                     gouernment
                     ▪
                     Whereas
                     the
                     Regions
                     dayly
                     discouered
                     in
                     the
                     Southerne
                     moity
                     are
                     found
                     most
                     barbarous
                     ,
                     without
                     lawes
                     ,
                     sciences
                     ,
                     or
                     ciuility
                     ▪
                     Or
                     if
                     any
                     such
                     perfection
                     shew
                     it selfe
                     amongst
                     them
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     owed
                     altogether
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     industrie
                     of
                     the
                     Europeans
                     ,
                     who
                     with
                     great
                     cost
                     and
                     trauaile
                     ,
                     ●aue
                     brought
                     them
                     such
                     riches
                     w●●●eof
                     the
                     poore
                     wretches
                     neuer
                     knew
                     the
                     want
                     .
                     Insteed
                     of
                     
                     ●o
                     many
                     Colonies
                     sent
                     out
                     of
                     Europe
                     &
                     Asia
                     into
                     these
                     Southerne
                     Regions
                     ,
                     no
                     record
                     I
                     suppose
                     can
                     mention
                     one
                     euer
                     sent
                     from
                     them
                     vnto
                     vs.
                     Which
                     is
                     an
                     argument
                     of
                     their
                     ignorance
                     and
                     want
                     of
                     traffick
                     .
                     What
                     shall
                     I
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     vallour
                     and
                     prowesse
                     of
                     the
                     Northerne
                     inhabitants
                     ,
                     hauing
                     by
                     the
                     sword
                     erected
                     so
                     many
                     kingdomes
                     ,
                     and
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     without
                     resistance
                     brought
                     into
                     captiuity
                     those
                     Nations
                     of
                     the
                     South
                     ?
                     of
                     Arts
                     and
                     Sciences
                     what
                     can
                     be
                     said
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     the
                     Northerne
                     Inhabitant
                     hath
                     all
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     other
                     in
                     a
                     manner
                     none
                     :
                     For
                     liberall
                     and
                     ingenious
                     sciences
                     and
                     Schooles
                     and
                     Vniuersities
                     dispersed
                     in
                     most
                     part●
                     of
                     Europe
                     and
                     else-where
                     can
                     speake
                     our
                     glory
                     :
                     Which
                     for
                     ought
                     I
                     could
                     euer
                     learne
                     the
                     Southerne
                     Continent
                     ,
                     neuer
                     saw
                     ;
                     and
                     admit
                     they
                     know
                     ●ome
                     thing
                     in
                     some
                     Mechanicall
                     arts
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     no
                     more
                     then
                     necessity
                     requires
                     .
                     Neither
                     in
                     the
                     number
                     and
                     extent
                     of
                     inuention
                     ,
                     or
                     curiousnesse
                     of
                     workmanship
                     answearable
                     to
                     that
                     wee
                     find
                     at
                     home
                     .
                     The
                     artes
                     of
                     Printing
                     &
                     Artilery
                     were
                     I
                     suppose
                     neuer
                     of
                     their
                     acquaintance
                     ,
                     except
                     perhaps
                     the
                     later
                     ,
                     which
                     I
                     dare
                     sweare
                     hath
                     had
                     better
                     acquaintance
                     then
                     welcome
                     ;
                     as
                     that
                     which
                     neuer
                     shewed
                     it selfe
                     but
                     to
                     their
                     ruine
                     :
                     No
                     obiection
                     can
                     here
                     take
                     place
                     in
                     this
                     comparison
                     ,
                     except
                     some
                     man
                     suppose
                     the
                     monuments
                     and
                     Trophies
                     of
                     the●e
                     nations
                     ,
                     either
                     being
                     very
                     ancient
                     haue
                     miscarried
                     by
                     time
                     ,
                     or
                     else
                     being
                     of
                     a
                     newer
                     birth
                     are
                     hid
                     ,
                     wanting
                     the
                     light
                     of
                     discouery
                     :
                     But
                     this
                     is
                     a
                     meere
                     coniecture
                     wanting
                     ground
                     :
                     For
                     what
                     Antiquity
                     or
                     record
                     could
                     euer
                     shew
                     so
                     much
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     footesteps
                     or
                     markes
                     of
                     any
                     such
                     mon●ments
                     ?
                     as
                     for
                     the
                     countries
                     as
                     yet
                     vndiscouered
                     ,
                     no
                     better
                     coniecturall
                     iudgement
                     can
                     be
                     giuen
                     ,
                     then
                     by
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     already
                     found
                     :
                     For
                     where
                     all
                     other
                     reason
                     and
                     obsernation
                     is
                     silent
                     ,
                     I
                     alwaies
                     hold
                     equality
                     the
                     best
                     measure
                     :
                     Another
                     argument
                     not
                     inferiour
                     to
                     the
                     rest
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     antiquity
                     of
                     the
                     Northerne
                     nations
                     ,
                     which
                     without
                     all
                     question
                     is
                     farre
                     greater
                     then
                     that
                     of
                     the
                     Southerne
                     :
                     Because
                     we
                     cannot
                     ●magine
                     any
                     ●an
                     so
                     aduenturous
                     to
                     passe
                     into
                     these
                     remote
                     quarters
                     ,
                     till
                     such
                     times
                     as
                     the
                     places
                     neerer
                     adioyning
                     ,
                     growing
                     too
                     populous
                     ,
                     cons●rained
                     them
                     to
                     seeke
                     out
                     a
                     new
                     ha●ita●ion
                     ;
                     which
                     no
                     man
                     could
                     conceiu●
                     to
                     be
                     but
                     in
                     many
                     yeares
                     
                     after
                     the
                     vniuersall
                     Deluge
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     5
                     Each
                     Hemispheare
                     with
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     therein
                     contained
                     ,
                     may
                     againe
                     be
                     diuided
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     longitude
                     or
                     latitude
                     :
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Latitude
                     ,
                     Inhabitants
                     may
                     be
                     called
                     either
                     the
                     extreame
                     or
                     Middle
                     .
                  
                   
                     6
                     The
                     extreame
                     inhabitants
                     are
                     either
                     the
                     Northerne
                     or
                     Southerne
                     .
                     The
                     former
                     in
                     the
                     higher
                     Hemispheare
                     .
                     The
                     other
                     are
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     thereunto
                     opposite
                     in
                     the
                     other
                     Hemispheare
                     .
                  
                   
                     7
                     The
                     middle
                     Inhabitants
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     situate
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Aequator
                     and
                     the
                     Pole
                     in
                     either
                     Hemispheare
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   The
                   mistaking
                   of
                   the
                   true
                   limits
                   of
                   North
                   and
                   South
                   in
                   this
                   our
                   Northerne
                   Hemispheare
                   ,
                   hath
                   caused
                   great
                   errour
                   amongst
                   the
                   Ancients
                   :
                   Insomuch
                   as
                   Hippocrates
                   pronounced
                   the
                   people
                   of
                   the
                   North
                   to
                   be
                   of
                   a
                   leane
                   &
                   dry
                   disposition
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   small
                   and
                   dwarfish
                   statu●e
                   ;
                   whereas
                   either
                   writers
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   good
                   obseruation
                   haue
                   found
                   them
                   to
                   be
                   of
                   a
                   tall
                   stature
                   ,
                   big-boned
                   ,
                   &
                   of
                   a
                   most
                   able
                   constitution
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   those
                   of
                   the
                   South
                   .
                   To
                   compose
                   which
                   difference
                   we
                   must
                   haue
                   recourse
                   to
                   that
                   sub-partition
                   of
                   the
                   Hemispheare
                   before
                   mentioned
                   ,
                   wherein
                   we
                   allotted
                   of
                   the
                   90
                   degrees
                   accompted
                   from
                   the
                   Aequatour
                   to
                   the
                   Pole
                   ,
                   30
                   for
                   heat
                   ,
                   30
                   for
                   cold
                   ,
                   &
                   30
                   for
                   temperament
                   ;
                   Whereof
                   the
                   former
                   lyeth
                   Southward
                   to
                   the
                   Aequatour
                   ▪
                   The
                   second
                   is
                   accompted
                   from
                   the
                   pole
                   :
                   the
                   other
                   is
                   conceiued
                   to
                   lye
                   betwixt
                   both
                   .
                   But
                   because
                   wee
                   find
                   this
                   Mathematicall
                   diuision
                   to
                   be
                   too
                   precise
                   ,
                   to
                   answere
                   the
                   obseruation
                   of
                   Writers
                   in
                   this
                   kinde
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   a
                   little
                   alter
                   these
                   bounds
                   ,
                   that
                   these
                   rules
                   may
                   rather
                   stoop
                   to
                   Nature
                   and
                   ob●eruation
                   .
                   
                   then
                   Nature
                   bee
                   sq●ared
                   to
                   our
                   owne
                   conceits
                   ;
                   yet
                   shall
                   wee
                   shew
                   in
                   a
                   generality
                   ,
                   and
                   for
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   naturall
                   disposition
                   of
                   the
                   Inhabitants
                   ,
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   iudged
                   and
                   measured
                   according
                   to
                   these
                   limits
                   :
                   though
                   not
                   exactly
                   answering
                   in
                   precise
                   degrees
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   towards
                   the
                   North
                   wee
                   limit
                   these
                   (
                   with
                   Bodin
                   &
                   other
                   good
                   writers
                   )
                   which
                   lie
                   from
                   the
                   50th
                   degree
                   Northward
                   to
                   the
                   70th
                   ;
                   in
                   which
                   Tract
                   we
                   shall
                   find
                   our
                   
                     Brittaines
                     ,
                     Ireland
                     ,
                     Denmarke
                     ,
                     Gotland
                     ,
                  
                   the
                   
                     lower
                     Germany
                  
                   from
                   Moenus
                   and
                   Hipanus
                   to
                   Scythia
                   and
                   Tartary
                   ,
                   which
                   ●ake
                   vp
                   a
                   great
                   part
                   of
                   Europe
                   &
                   Asia
                   :
                   on
                   the
                   South
                   we
                   place
                   the
                   mos●
                   Southerly
                   Spaniards
                   ,
                   ●he
                   
                     Sicilians
                     ,
                     Peloponnesians
                     ,
                     Cretians
                     ,
                     Syrians
                     ,
                     Arabians
                     ,
                     Persians
                     ,
                     Sufians
                     ,
                     Gedrosians
                     ,
                     Indians
                     ,
                     Egyptians
                     ,
                     Cyranians
                     ,
                     Carthaginians
                     ,
                     Numidians
                     ,
                     Lybians
                     ,
                     Moores
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   the
                   Inhabitants
                   of
                   Florida
                   in
                   America
                   .
                   The
                   middle
                   Region
                   is
                   meant
                   that
                   which
                   lyes
                   iust
                   in
                   the
                   middle
                   place
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Tropicke
                   and
                   the
                   Pole
                   ;
                   not
                   that
                   which
                   lyes
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Pole
                   and
                   the
                   Line
                   :
                   the
                   reason
                   whereof
                   wee
                   haue
                   shewed
                   before
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   places
                   vnder
                   the
                   Tropicks
                   are
                   found
                   to
                   bee
                   hottest
                   ,
                   but
                   vnder
                   the
                   Line
                   more
                   temperate
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   our
                   temperate
                   Clime
                   here
                   we
                   place
                   that
                   which
                   beginnes
                   at
                   the
                   40
                   ▪
                   and
                   endeth
                   at
                   the
                   50
                   degree
                   of
                   latitude
                   :
                   In
                   which
                   Climat
                   be
                   the
                   Northernmost
                   
                     Spaine
                     ,
                     France
                     ,
                     Italy
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   
                     higher
                     Germany
                  
                   (
                   as
                   farre
                   as
                   the
                   Mase
                   )
                   both
                   
                     H●ngaries
                     ,
                     Illyria
                  
                   ,
                   both
                   
                     Mys●as
                     ,
                     Da●ia
                     ,
                     Moldauia
                     ,
                     Macedon
                     ,
                     Thrace
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   the
                   better
                   part
                   of
                   Asia
                   the
                   
                     lesser
                     ,
                     Armenia
                     ,
                     Parthia
                     ,
                     Sogdiana
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   a
                   great
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   greater
                   Asia
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   all
                   the
                   Nations
                   as
                   yet
                   mentioned
                   in
                   histories
                   ▪
                   and
                   perfectly
                   discouered
                   in
                   our
                   Northerne
                   Hemispheare
                   are
                   contained
                   betwixt
                   the
                   30
                   degrees
                   of
                   latitude
                   and
                   the
                   60.
                   
                   What
                   to
                   thinke
                   of
                   the
                   Nations
                   dwelling
                   betwixt
                   the
                   two
                   Tropicks
                   ,
                   and
                   those
                   which
                   are
                   60
                   degrees
                   to
                   the
                   Pole
                   ,
                   for
                   want
                   of
                   accurate
                   obseruation
                   and
                   History
                   we
                   can
                   set
                   downe
                   no
                   certainty
                   ▪
                   ye●
                   so
                   farre
                   as
                   men
                   may
                   iudge
                   by
                   coniecture
                   ,
                   we
                   may
                   a●compt
                   in
                   the
                   Region
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Tropicks
                   ,
                   the
                   15
                   degrees
                   from
                   the
                   Tropicke
                   towards
                   the
                   Line
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   of
                   like
                   quality
                   with
                   the
                   15
                   degrees
                   without
                   the
                   Tropicke
                   .
                   The
                   Tract
                   in
                   the
                   middle
                   vnder
                   the
                   Equatour
                   ,
                   being
                   more
                   temperate
                   ,
                   the●
                   that
                   of
                   the
                   Tropicks
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   iudged
                   to
                   come
                   neere
                   
                   the
                   temp●r
                   of
                   the
                   middle
                   Region
                   betwixt
                   the
                   Tropicke
                   and
                   the
                   Line
                   ,
                   though
                   perhaps
                   somewhat
                   hotter
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   Regions
                   very
                   neere
                   the
                   Poles
                   ,
                   lesse
                   c●rtainty
                   can
                   be
                   collected
                   :
                   yet
                   that
                   litle
                   which
                   we
                   find
                   concerning
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   these
                   Inhabitants
                   we
                   will
                   ●ot
                   omit
                   .
                   According
                   to
                   this
                   partition
                   of
                   our
                   Northern
                   Hemispheare
                   ▪
                   we
                   may
                   ma●●
                   iudgment
                   of
                   ●he
                   othe●
                   ;
                   because
                   where
                   no
                   other
                   cause
                   shewes
                   it selfe
                   ,
                   we
                   may
                   wel
                   guesse
                   these
                   places
                   which
                   are
                   of
                   equall
                   site
                   to
                   be
                   of
                   equall
                   disposition
                   ,
                   so
                   far
                   forth
                   as
                   they
                   respect
                   the
                   heauenly
                   operation
                   .
                   All
                   which
                   concerne
                   the
                   n●turall
                   disposition
                   of
                   the
                   Inhabitants
                   ▪
                   wee
                   will
                   reduce
                   to
                   these
                   ●hree
                   heads
                   ▪
                   to
                   wit
                   either
                   1
                   the
                   bodily
                   qualities
                   ;
                   2
                   the
                   mentall
                   Affections
                   ,
                   3
                   the
                   outward
                   Actions
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Extreame
                       Inhabitants
                       towards
                       either
                       Pole
                       ,
                       are
                       in
                       complexion
                       Hot
                       and
                       Moist
                       :
                       Those
                       toward
                       the
                       Equatour
                       Cold
                       and
                       Dry
                       :
                       those
                       of
                       the
                       middle
                       indifferent
                       as
                       partaking
                       of
                       both
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     confirmation
                     of
                     this
                     proposition
                     depends
                     on
                     2
                     points
                     ▪
                     the
                     first
                     is
                     the
                     Declaration
                     of
                     the
                     Cause
                     of
                     this
                     diuersity
                     :
                     the
                     second
                     is
                     the
                     ●ffects
                     and
                     diuerse
                     tokens
                     which
                     this
                     variety
                     of
                     ●empe●
                     p●oduces
                     ,
                     a●
                     well
                     in
                     the
                     Accidents
                     of
                     the
                     Body
                     ▪
                     as
                     the
                     Mind
                     .
                     The
                     cause
                     we
                     haue
                     partly
                     befo●e
                     opened
                     ▪
                     which
                     is
                     t●e
                     Heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     in
                     ●limates
                     neerer
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Cold
                     i●
                     places
                     farthe●
                     remote
                     ,
                     and
                     situate
                     neerer
                     the
                     Pole
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     working
                     on
                     the
                     Internall
                     heat
                     and
                     moisture
                     of
                     men
                     and
                     all
                     other
                     li●●ng
                     creatures
                     liuing
                     in
                     those
                     hot
                     Climats
                     ,
                     d●awes
                     it
                     o●t
                     ,
                     and
                     consumes
                     it
                     in
                     such
                     ●ort
                     ▪
                     that
                     little
                     remaines
                     but
                     Cold
                     and
                     Dry
                     Melancholy
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Seas
                     in
                     the
                     bottome
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     parts
                     being
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     euaporated
                     :
                     For
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     more
                     heat
                     any
                     man
                     receiues
                     outwardly
                     from
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     ▪
                     so
                     much
                     more
                     wants
                     he
                     the
                     ●ame
                     inwardly
                     ;
                     which
                     euery
                     man
                     may
                     see
                     confirmed
                     out
                     of
                     ordinary
                     experience
                     ▪
                     since
                     that
                     our
                     naturall
                     heat
                     is
                     far
                     more
                     vigorous
                     in
                     Win●er
                     then
                     in
                     Summer
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     our
                     ioints
                     are
                     more
                     opera●●ue
                     in
                     frosty
                     weather
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     when
                     the
                     Northwinde
                     is
                     sti●●ing
                     .
                     On
                     
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     in
                     the
                     Summer
                     wee
                     commonly
                     obserue
                     the
                     contrary
                     :
                     we
                     find
                     our
                     ioints
                     lazy
                     and
                     heauy
                     ,
                     our
                     Appetites
                     dull
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     also
                     bee
                     perceiued
                     in
                     the
                     
                       English
                       ,
                       Germans
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     French
                     ▪
                     tra●ailing
                     from
                     the
                     Nor●h
                     Southerly
                     into
                     I●aly
                     and
                     Spaine
                     ,
                     who
                     if
                     they
                     confine
                     not
                     their
                     dyet
                     to
                     a
                     sparing
                     rate
                     ,
                     they
                     commonly
                     are
                     surprized
                     by
                     surfets
                     :
                     an
                     example
                     we
                     haue
                     of
                     Philip
                     Duke
                     of
                     Austria
                     ,
                     liuing
                     in
                     Spaine
                     after
                     his
                     German
                     fashion
                     .
                     But
                     on
                     the
                     contrary
                     if
                     a
                     Spaniard
                     ,
                     who
                     in
                     his
                     owne
                     Country
                     is
                     inured
                     to
                     great
                     Niggardlinesse
                     ,
                     arriue
                     in
                     our
                     Northerne
                     Countrey
                     ,
                     he
                     commonly
                     proues
                     a
                     better
                     ●rencher-man
                     then
                     our
                     natiue
                     Inhabitants
                     .
                     And
                     this
                     Bodin
                     obserues
                     to
                     fall
                     out
                     true
                     ,
                     not
                     onely
                     in
                     Men
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     in
                     beasts
                     ,
                     which
                     driuen
                     towards
                     the
                     North
                     waxe
                     fat
                     ,
                     and
                     proue
                     well
                     ;
                     but
                     towards
                     the
                     South
                     they
                     pine
                     away
                     and
                     waxe
                     ●eane
                     ▪
                     which
                     may
                     well
                     be
                     confirmed
                     out
                     of
                     
                       Leo
                       Afer
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     auerres
                     ,
                     that
                     almost
                     throughout
                     all
                     Africke
                     you
                     shall
                     find
                     f●w
                     or
                     no
                     heards
                     of
                     cattle
                     or
                     horse
                     ;
                     few
                     sheepe
                     ,
                     and
                     scarce
                     any
                     milke
                     :
                     whereas
                     each
                     mans
                     Table
                     almost
                     in
                     Germany
                     and
                     Brita●ny
                     can
                     giue
                     a
                     plaine
                     demonstration
                     of
                     our
                     Countreyes
                     store
                     in
                     this
                     kind
                     ▪
                     Hence
                     may
                     appeare
                     that
                     as
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sunne
                     towards
                     the
                     Equatour
                     ,
                     by
                     drawing
                     out
                     the
                     internall
                     heat
                     and
                     moisture
                     causeth
                     men
                     inwardly
                     to
                     bee
                     left
                     cold
                     and
                     ●ry
                     ;
                     so
                     towards
                     the
                     Pole
                     the
                     internall
                     moisture
                     being
                     pr●se●●ed
                     from
                     the
                     Excesse
                     of
                     Externall
                     heate
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     internall
                     heat
                     being
                     strengthned
                     and
                     thickned
                     by
                     externall
                     cold
                     ,
                     haue
                     left
                     vnto
                     them
                     a
                     complexion
                     of
                     heat
                     and
                     moisture
                     .
                     The
                     middle
                     Region
                     betwixt
                     both
                     extreames
                     being
                     compounded
                     of
                     both
                     ,
                     must
                     needes
                     by
                     mix●ure
                     and
                     participation
                     inioy
                     a
                     middle
                     quality
                     .
                     Besides
                     this
                     e●po●i●ion
                     of
                     the
                     causes
                     of
                     this
                     temper
                     wee
                     shall
                     obserue
                     many
                     speciall
                     markes
                     and
                     Instances
                     which
                     will
                     discouer
                     this
                     variety
                     of
                     disposition
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     plaine
                     that
                     heat
                     and
                     moisture
                     are
                     the
                     two
                     qualities
                     of
                     fecundity
                     .
                     Whence
                     it
                     must
                     consequently
                     follow
                     ,
                     those
                     Regions
                     which
                     are
                     most
                     populous
                     to
                     bee
                     chiefly
                     endowed
                     with
                     this
                     quality
                     and
                     disposition
                     .
                     Now
                     where
                     shall
                     wee
                     of
                     this
                     Hemispheare
                     find
                     any
                     Countrey
                     to
                     whom
                     Nature
                     owes
                     a
                     greater
                     inc●ease
                     of
                     mankinde
                     ,
                     but
                     in
                     the
                     North
                     amongst
                     the
                     Go●hes
                     ,
                     the
                     S●y●hians
                     ,
                     the
                     Scandians
                     ▪
                     and
                     Germans
                     ,
                     by
                     whose
                     abundant
                     
                     fertility
                     ▪
                     vast
                     desarts
                     haue
                     beene
                     cultured
                     and
                     inhabited
                     ,
                     stately
                     Cities
                     haue
                     bin
                     founded
                     ,
                     Colonies
                     haue
                     bin
                     transported
                     and
                     deriued
                     almost
                     into
                     all
                     Europe
                     ?
                     Hence
                     haue
                     Methodius
                     ,
                     &
                     
                       P.
                       Diaco●●●
                    
                     compared
                     the
                     armies
                     of
                     the
                     North
                     to
                     swarme●
                     of
                     Bee●
                     ;
                     and
                     the
                     North
                     is
                     termed
                     by
                     
                       Olaus
                       Magnus
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     store-house
                     of
                     mankind
                     :
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     from
                     which
                     so
                     many
                     strong
                     Nations
                     ,
                     a●
                     the
                     Gothes
                     ,
                     the
                     Gepidae
                     ,
                     the
                     Hunnes
                     ,
                     the
                     Cymbrians
                     ▪
                     the
                     Lumbards
                     ,
                     ●he
                     Alan●
                     ▪
                     the
                     B●rgundians
                     ,
                     the
                     Normans
                     ,
                     the
                     Picts
                     ,
                     the
                     Her●●●
                     ,
                     the
                     S●e●ian●
                     ,
                     the
                     Slaui
                     ,
                     the
                     Swi●zers
                     and
                     the
                     Russians
                     are
                     not
                     ashamed
                     to
                     deriue
                     their
                     Ancestry
                     .
                     But
                     here
                     may
                     bee
                     obiected
                     that
                     the
                     Southerne
                     people
                     are
                     much
                     more
                     addicted
                     to
                     Veneri●
                     then
                     the
                     Northerne
                     ,
                     which
                     seemes
                     an
                     argument
                     of
                     greater
                     Heat
                     :
                     But
                     to
                     this
                     I
                     answer
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     insatiate
                     appe●ite
                     of
                     Venery
                     in
                     the
                     Souther●e
                     people
                     ,
                     proceeds
                     not
                     from
                     heat
                     ,
                     b●t
                     from
                     
                       Choler
                       Adust
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Melancholy
                     :
                     which
                     humours
                     carry
                     in
                     them
                     a
                     Salt
                     and
                     sharpe
                     quality
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     Physicians
                     )
                     which
                     stirres
                     vp
                     their
                     appetite
                     to
                     Venery
                     :
                     which
                     we
                     may
                     plainely
                     obseru●
                     by
                     experience
                     :
                     for
                     no
                     men
                     are
                     more
                     moued
                     by
                     this
                     itching
                     appetite
                     of
                     carnall
                     Copulation
                     ,
                     then
                     Melanch●ly
                     men
                     .
                     But
                     howsoeuer
                     this
                     affection
                     is
                     most
                     predominant
                     in
                     such
                     men
                     ,
                     yet
                     it
                     is
                     hardly
                     seconded
                     by
                     p●rformance
                     ;
                     which
                     makes
                     Geographers
                     to
                     ascribe
                     more
                     promptnesse
                     of
                     generation
                     to
                     the
                     No●therne
                     men
                     ,
                     although
                     sensuall
                     co●●●piscence
                     raigne
                     more
                     in
                     the
                     Southerne
                     men
                     ;
                     which
                     indifferent
                     proportion
                     was
                     without
                     doubt
                     granted
                     to
                     either
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     prouidence
                     of
                     Almighty
                     God
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     who
                     were
                     endowed
                     with
                     a
                     greater
                     sufficiency
                     ,
                     should
                     lesse
                     affect
                     sensuall
                     delights
                     then
                     the
                     rest
                     ,
                     which
                     want
                     that
                     proportion
                     of
                     hea●
                     and
                     moisture
                     .
                     And
                     those
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     sort
                     should
                     haue
                     their
                     Appetites
                     more
                     raised
                     vp
                     to
                     wantonnesse
                     ,
                     without
                     the
                     which
                     their
                     off-spring
                     would
                     soone
                     fayle
                     .
                     A
                     second
                     argument
                     to
                     proue
                     our
                     assertion
                     is
                     the
                     Tall
                     and
                     large
                     statur●
                     of
                     the
                     Norther●e
                     man
                     ,
                     which
                     argues
                     both
                     heat
                     and
                     moisture
                     ;
                     whereas
                     the
                     Southerne
                     man
                     is
                     small
                     and
                     dwarfish
                     in
                     stature
                     ,
                     composed
                     of
                     weake
                     ▪
                     and
                     feeble
                     Nerues
                     .
                     That
                     the
                     people
                     situate
                     towards
                     the
                     Pole
                     in
                     a
                     moderate
                     distance
                     ,
                     su●passe
                     in
                     greatnesse
                     ,
                     can
                     be
                     showne
                     not
                     only
                     in
                     this
                     our
                     Hemisph●are
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Germa●s
                       ,
                       Scythians
                       ,
                       Belgians
                    
                     ,
                     
                     ●nd
                     others
                     ▪
                     but
                     also
                     in
                     the
                     other
                     by
                     the
                     Pantagones
                     ,
                     whose
                     si●uation
                     Southward
                     answeres
                     somewhat
                     neerely
                     to
                     the
                     hight
                     of
                     Germany
                     .
                     That
                     moisture
                     is
                     a
                     great
                     cause
                     of
                     growth
                     ,
                     appeares
                     as
                     well
                     by
                     Trees
                     and
                     other
                     vegetalls
                     ,
                     which
                     growing
                     in
                     low
                     and
                     marish
                     grounds
                     increase
                     to
                     a
                     most
                     incredible
                     greatnesse
                     ;
                     as
                     of
                     those
                     ●orementioned
                     on
                     the
                     side
                     of
                     
                       Riuo
                       Negro
                    
                     in
                     Peru
                     ▪
                     and
                     neere
                     the
                     Lake
                     Hiarotis
                     in
                     India
                     as
                     by
                     Beasts
                     ▪
                     For
                     first
                     we
                     find
                     the
                     moistest
                     to
                     bee
                     of
                     greatest
                     stature
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     reason
                     why
                     the
                     great
                     Whales
                     and
                     fishes
                     in
                     the
                     sea
                     grow
                     to
                     such
                     a
                     vast
                     quantity
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     such
                     Beasts
                     as
                     haue
                     hot
                     and
                     moist
                     bodies
                     cannot
                     so
                     well
                     prosper
                     and
                     liue
                     in
                     those
                     Southerne
                     coun●reyes
                     ;
                     as
                     the
                     horse
                     which
                     by
                     nature
                     being
                     hot
                     and
                     moist
                     ,
                     liueth
                     but
                     fa●ntly
                     in
                     Aethiopia
                     ,
                     yet
                     is
                     of
                     good
                     strength
                     in
                     Scythia
                     ;
                     Whereas
                     the
                     Asse
                     being
                     by
                     nature
                     hot
                     and
                     dry
                     is
                     of
                     great
                     accompt
                     and
                     seruice
                     in
                     Africke
                     ,
                     in
                     Europe
                     little
                     respected
                     ,
                     in
                     Scythia
                     cannot
                     liue
                     .
                     Neither
                     is
                     moisture
                     sufficient
                     for
                     the
                     growth
                     except
                     it
                     bee
                     stirred
                     vp
                     by
                     heat
                     :
                     wherefore
                     we
                     may
                     conclude
                     hence
                     that
                     the
                     Northerne
                     man
                     hath
                     both
                     :
                     Out
                     of
                     the
                     contrary
                     effects
                     ,
                     wee
                     may
                     likewise
                     collect
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Southerne
                     man
                     wants
                     this
                     quality
                     ▪
                     These
                     reasons
                     indifferently
                     proue
                     these
                     qualities
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     of
                     heat
                     and
                     moisture
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     in
                     the
                     Northerne
                     man
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     contrary
                     in
                     the
                     Southerne
                     .
                     Diuerse
                     other
                     arguments
                     are
                     vrged
                     ,
                     some
                     to
                     proue
                     the
                     one
                     quality
                     ,
                     some
                     the
                     other
                     apart
                     .
                     A
                     great
                     argument
                     of
                     heat
                     in
                     the
                     Northerne
                     man
                     may
                     bee
                     his
                     extraordinary
                     drinking
                     :
                     A
                     vic●
                     which
                     could
                     neuer
                     bee
                     reformed
                     or
                     corrected
                     by
                     times
                     or
                     statutes
                     .
                     This
                     drowth
                     of
                     theirs
                     stirring
                     vp
                     this
                     desire
                     of
                     drinking
                     ,
                     can
                     proceed
                     from
                     no
                     other
                     cause
                     then
                     their
                     heat
                     :
                     Whereas
                     the
                     Southerne
                     man
                     is
                     seldome
                     taxed
                     of
                     this
                     vice
                     :
                     not
                     because
                     hee
                     is
                     more
                     religiously
                     temperat
                     then
                     the
                     Northerne
                     ;
                     but
                     rather
                     for
                     the
                     naturall
                     temper
                     of
                     his
                     body
                     ,
                     which
                     can
                     neither
                     require
                     or
                     beare
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     Northerne
                     .
                     In
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     Bodin
                     seemes
                     to
                     make
                     a
                     doubt
                     ,
                     whether
                     the
                     immoderat
                     drinking
                     of
                     the
                     Germans
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     esteemed
                     a
                     greater
                     f●ult
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     niggardly
                     sparing
                     humour
                     of
                     the
                     Italian
                     :
                     sith
                     both
                     arise
                     rather
                     out
                     of
                     nature
                     then
                     education
                     :
                     Another
                     argument
                     of
                     heat
                     in
                     the
                     Northerne
                     man
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     extraordinary
                     strength
                     
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     Southerne
                     man
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     an
                     apparant
                     demonstration
                     of
                     heat
                     ▪
                     Wee
                     find
                     that
                     the
                     bloud
                     of
                     the
                     Scythian
                     is
                     full
                     of
                     small
                     strings
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     gore
                     of
                     Bulls
                     and
                     Bores
                     ,
                     and
                     betokeneth
                     strength
                     :
                     Whereas
                     the
                     bloud
                     of
                     the
                     African
                     is
                     thinne
                     ,
                     such
                     as
                     is
                     in
                     a
                     Hart
                     or
                     Hare
                     .
                     No
                     lesse
                     are
                     those
                     reasons
                     which
                     especially
                     proue
                     the
                     Northerne
                     man
                     to
                     bee
                     endowed
                     with
                     much
                     moisture
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     wee
                     may
                     much
                     better
                     argue
                     from
                     the
                     Physiognomicall
                     accident
                     of
                     the
                     body
                     :
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     vnder
                     the
                     Tropickes
                     to
                     bee
                     exceeding
                     blacke
                     :
                     vnder
                     the
                     Pole
                     it selfe
                     beyond
                     60
                     degrees
                     somewhat
                     browne
                     ,
                     but
                     from
                     thence
                     about
                     60
                     their
                     colour
                     is
                     reddish
                     :
                     from
                     thence
                     to
                     45
                     degrees
                     whitish
                     :
                     about
                     the
                     30
                     they
                     beginne
                     to
                     wax
                     yellow
                     ▪
                     and
                     then
                     some
                     what
                     enclining
                     to
                     greene
                     :
                     all
                     which
                     proceeds
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     variety
                     of
                     heat
                     and
                     cold
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     Blacknesse
                     of
                     the
                     Africans
                     about
                     the
                     Tropickes
                     ,
                     wee
                     can
                     ascribe
                     to
                     no
                     other
                     c●rtaine
                     ●ause
                     ,
                     then
                     externall
                     heat
                     ,
                     and
                     internall
                     cold
                     ,
                     his
                     necessary
                     concomitant
                     :
                     neere
                     to
                     which
                     approacheth
                     the
                     yellow
                     and
                     greene
                     colour
                     of
                     the
                     people
                     not
                     farre
                     of
                     ;
                     Whereof
                     the
                     form●r
                     discouers
                     Choller
                     and
                     Adustion
                     :
                     the
                     other
                     me●an●holy
                     ▪
                     And
                     how
                     soeuer
                     the
                     brownnesse
                     of
                     the
                     people
                     dwelling
                     very
                     neere
                     th●
                     Pole
                     may
                     come
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     externall
                     cold
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     excesse
                     ,
                     rather
                     dries
                     vp
                     their
                     moisture
                     ,
                     then
                     strengthens
                     the
                     internall
                     heat
                     :
                     Yet
                     the
                     Red
                     colour
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     about
                     60
                     degrees
                     is
                     a
                     firme
                     argument
                     of
                     heat
                     :
                     and
                     the
                     white
                     ●ue
                     of
                     the
                     middle
                     people
                     ,
                     an
                     apparant
                     marke
                     of
                     a
                     middle
                     tempe●
                     .
                     No
                     lesse
                     may
                     bee
                     collected
                     from
                     the
                     eyes
                     and
                     haires
                     of
                     these
                     three
                     Nations
                     .
                     The
                     eyes
                     of
                     the
                     Scythians
                     are
                     generally
                     tending
                     to
                     a
                     gray
                     colour
                     ;
                     The
                     remote
                     haue
                     them
                     of
                     a
                     blew-whitish
                     shining
                     colour
                     ;
                     as
                     the
                     Cymbrians
                     and
                     Danes
                     according
                     to
                     Plutarch
                     ▪
                     The
                     
                       Britannes
                       ,
                       ●ermans
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Normans
                     come
                     neere
                     vnto
                     this
                     colour
                     ,
                     but
                     haue
                     them
                     not
                     al●ogether
                     so
                     gray
                     and
                     shining
                     but
                     more
                     obscure
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     Southerne
                     man
                     hath
                     ●he
                     colour
                     of
                     his
                     eyes
                     much
                     enclining
                     to
                     blacke
                     .
                     Now
                     if
                     wee
                     will
                     belee●●
                     ●ristotle
                     in
                     his
                     Problemes
                     ,
                     the
                     gray
                     colour
                     of
                     the
                     eyes
                     is
                     a
                     very
                     great
                     argument
                     of
                     heat
                     ;
                     But
                     the
                     blackish
                     colour
                     ●rgues
                     the
                     want
                     of
                     heat
                     ;
                     Those
                     which
                     dwell
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     Regions
                     ,
                     haue
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     their
                     eyes
                     of
                     a
                     darke-blew
                     ▪
                     which
                     
                     colour
                     is
                     app●r●nt
                     in
                     the
                     eyes
                     of
                     Goates
                     ,
                     which
                     as
                     Pliny
                     writes
                     are
                     neuer
                     pur-blind
                     or
                     dimme
                     of
                     sight
                     .
                     Many
                     speciall
                     arguments
                     besides
                     those
                     before
                     mentioned
                     ,
                     are
                     produced
                     to
                     shew
                     ●he
                     Northerne
                     man
                     to
                     surpasse
                     in
                     moisture
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     other
                     in
                     drouth
                     :
                     The
                     first
                     may
                     be
                     taken
                     from
                     their
                     voice
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     the
                     Scy●hian
                     ,
                     or
                     Northerne
                     man
                     is
                     tending
                     to
                     hoarsenes
                     ;
                     but
                     in
                     the
                     Africans
                     very
                     sharp
                     and
                     shrill
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     Ethiopians
                     ,
                     &
                     Carthaginians
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     most
                     southerly
                     Spaniards
                     .
                     That
                     this
                     difference
                     doth
                     arise
                     from
                     the
                     moisture
                     of
                     the
                     one
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     want
                     of
                     it
                     in
                     the
                     other
                     may
                     as
                     easily
                     be
                     perswaded
                     ;
                     because
                     we
                     obserue
                     women
                     which
                     are
                     moister
                     then
                     men
                     ,
                     to
                     haue
                     sharp
                     &
                     shriller
                     voices
                     :
                     Also
                     that
                     too
                     much
                     moisture
                     in
                     wood
                     or
                     mettall
                     makes
                     the
                     sound
                     of
                     it
                     very
                     hoarse
                     and
                     harsh
                     ;
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     in
                     lead
                     ,
                     whereas
                     other
                     mettalls
                     giue
                     a
                     shriller
                     sound
                     :
                     Another
                     reason
                     is
                     drawne
                     from
                     their
                     extraordinary
                     sweating
                     ;
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     obserued
                     ,
                     that
                     Northerne
                     men
                     trauailing
                     towards
                     the
                     So●th
                     ,
                     or
                     warring
                     in
                     hotter
                     Countreyes
                     ,
                     are
                     like
                     to
                     faint
                     and
                     perish
                     through
                     extraordinary
                     sweating
                     ,
                     as
                     Plutarch
                     in
                     the
                     life
                     of
                     Marius
                     ,
                     records
                     of
                     the
                     moist
                     bodies
                     of
                     the
                     Cimbrians
                     .
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     it
                     might
                     seeme
                     wounderfull
                     which
                     Tacitus
                     relates
                     of
                     the
                     German
                     nation
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     loue
                     sloth
                     and
                     yet
                     ●ate
                     rest
                     ;
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     in
                     Children
                     )
                     the
                     naturall
                     heat
                     prouokes
                     them
                     to
                     Action
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     moisture
                     procures
                     Softnesse
                     :
                     whence
                     they
                     must
                     either
                     fight
                     or
                     sleepe
                     ▪
                     Hence
                     the
                     Italians
                     and
                     Spaniards
                     make
                     accompt
                     ,
                     if
                     they
                     can
                     suffer
                     or
                     withstand
                     the
                     f●rst
                     or
                     secon●
                     assa●lt
                     of
                     the
                     French
                     or
                     Germans
                     ▪
                     easily
                     to
                     vanquish
                     them
                     ;
                     because
                     as
                     Mari●●
                     and
                     Caesar
                     obserued
                     of
                     the
                     French
                     ,
                     tha●
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     as●ault
                     they
                     shewed
                     themselues
                     more
                     then
                     Men
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     second
                     lesse
                     then
                     Women
                     .
                     A
                     fourth
                     reason
                     not
                     inferiour
                     to
                     the
                     rest
                     may
                     be
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     so●t
                     bodies
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     Germ●ns
                     and
                     Scyt●i●ns
                     ,
                     not
                     any
                     way
                     patient
                     of
                     labour
                     ,
                     hunger
                     ,
                     and
                     thir●t
                     ▪
                     although
                     very
                     s●rong
                     and
                     able
                     to
                     giue
                     a
                     suddaine
                     encounter
                     or
                     venture
                     on
                     a
                     warlike
                     exploite
                     :
                     The
                     contrary
                     in
                     all
                     shall
                     we
                     find
                     in
                     the
                     Southerne
                     man
                     ;
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     we
                     may
                     we●l
                     collect
                     ,
                     that
                     he
                     enioies
                     a
                     contrary
                     tempe●
                     :
                     Besides
                     all
                     which
                     we
                     haue
                     said
                     concerning
                     this
                     assertion
                     more
                     shall
                     appeare
                     hereafter
                     by
                     these
                     subsequent
                     Theoremes
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       extreame
                       Inhabitants
                       towards
                       the
                       Poles
                       are
                       more
                       naturally
                       inclined
                       to
                       Mechanicall
                       workes
                       and
                       Martiall
                       endeauours
                       :
                       the
                       Extreame
                       towards
                       the
                       Equatour
                       to
                       workes
                       of
                       Religion
                       and
                       Contemplation
                       :
                       the
                       middle
                       to
                       lawes
                       and
                       ciuility
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     There
                     are
                     found
                     three
                     kinds
                     of
                     discipline
                     ,
                     which
                     vsually
                     inuade
                     and
                     occupy
                     the
                     mind
                     and
                     faculties
                     of
                     man
                     :
                     The
                     first
                     are
                     Mechanicall
                     and
                     externall
                     operations
                     ,
                     the
                     which
                     are
                     proiected
                     in
                     the
                     Intellectuall
                     part
                     ,
                     yet
                     receiue
                     thei●
                     perfection
                     from
                     the
                     hands
                     and
                     externall
                     organs
                     ;
                     Such
                     as
                     are
                     Artillery
                     ,
                     making
                     of
                     Ordinance
                     ;
                     casting
                     of
                     mettalls
                     ,
                     and
                     Chymicall
                     inuention●
                     ;
                     Printing
                     and
                     the
                     like
                     Arts.
                     The
                     second
                     is
                     Contemplation
                     ,
                     separate
                     &
                     remoued
                     from
                     externall
                     operation
                     .
                     The
                     third
                     as
                     the
                     meane
                     betwixt
                     both
                     ,
                     is
                     Ciuill
                     and
                     Morall
                     discipline
                     ,
                     whose
                     act
                     and
                     perfection
                     consists
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     making
                     of
                     Lawes
                     ,
                     establishing
                     and
                     gouerning
                     of
                     States
                     ,
                     prescribing
                     and
                     maintaining
                     of
                     Diuine
                     worship
                     ,
                     with
                     other
                     matters
                     of
                     the
                     like
                     nature
                     .
                     These
                     gifts
                     it
                     plea●ed
                     God
                     so
                     to
                     distribute
                     to
                     mankinde
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     former
                     should
                     bee
                     most
                     appropriate
                     to
                     the
                     Northerne
                     man
                     ;
                     the
                     second
                     to
                     the
                     Southerne
                     ,
                     the
                     third
                     to
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     of
                     the
                     middle
                     region
                     :
                     in
                     such
                     wise
                     as
                     the
                     one
                     should
                     need
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     enuy
                     the
                     others
                     perfection
                     .
                     All
                     which
                     we
                     sh●ll
                     demonstrate
                     first
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     causes
                     and
                     ground
                     ;
                     Secondly
                     ▪
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     effects
                     .
                     The
                     causes
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     Theoreme
                     ,
                     wherein
                     wee
                     haue
                     ascribed
                     to
                     the
                     Northerne
                     man
                     abundance
                     of
                     heat
                     and
                     moisture
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     ;
                     which
                     are
                     the
                     chiefest
                     aides
                     of
                     the
                     imagination
                     ,
                     on
                     which
                     mechanicall
                     faculties
                     depend
                     ;
                     also
                     their
                     plenty
                     of
                     bloud
                     and
                     humours
                     distempering
                     their
                     minds
                     :
                     they
                     are
                     ,
                     by
                     this
                     meanes
                     lesse
                     giuen
                     to
                     contemplation
                     .
                     The
                     Southerne
                     men
                     hauing
                     cold
                     and
                     dry
                     braines
                     ▪
                     are
                     of
                     greatest
                     vnderstanding
                     in
                     Contemplati●e
                     matters
                     ,
                     being
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     melancholy
                     abstract
                     from
                     externall
                     operation
                     .
                     The
                     middle
                     temper
                     of
                     the
                     braine
                     and
                     humours
                     must
                     needs
                     
                     be
                     the
                     mother
                     o●
                     a
                     middle
                     discipline
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     that
                     which
                     concernes
                     
                       Manners
                       ,
                       Lawes
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Religion
                     .
                     Here
                     some
                     haue
                     gone
                     about
                     to
                     reduce
                     these
                     three
                     kinds
                     of
                     people
                     to
                     three
                     planets
                     answerable
                     to
                     these
                     3
                     dispositions
                     .
                     Ouer
                     ●he
                     Southerne
                     people
                     they
                     set
                     Saturne
                     :
                     the
                     Northerne
                     they
                     commit
                     to
                     the
                     gouernment
                     of
                     Mars
                     ;
                     the
                     middle
                     inhabitants
                     to
                     Iupiter
                     .
                     The
                     power
                     of
                     Saturne
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Chaldeans
                     consists
                     in
                     Contemplation
                     ;
                     of
                     Iupiter
                     in
                     
                       practicall
                       action
                    
                     ;
                     of
                     Mars
                     in
                     
                       Artificiall
                       operation
                    
                     .
                     Which
                     3
                     properties
                     may
                     be
                     well
                     gathered
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Hebrew
                     tongue
                     ,
                     natures
                     best
                     interpreter
                     ;
                     for
                     Saturne
                     they
                     call
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     which
                     is
                     as
                     much
                     to
                     say
                     as
                     quiet
                     ;
                     because
                     nothing
                     better
                     b●fits
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     contemplation
                     then
                     retired
                     quietnesse
                     :
                     Iupiter
                     they
                     call
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     which
                     is
                     as
                     much
                     to
                     say
                     as
                     Iust
                     :
                     Which
                     the
                     Grecians
                     hauing
                     receiued
                     from
                     these
                     Hebrewes
                     ,
                     they
                     fained
                     Iupiter
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     God
                     of
                     Iustice.
                     Mars
                     they
                     called
                     
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                       〈◊〉
                    
                     which
                     signifieth
                     strong
                     or
                     puis●ant
                     ,
                     for
                     which
                     cause
                     the
                     Chaldeans
                     and
                     the
                     Greclans
                     ▪
                     would
                     haue
                     Mars
                     the
                     God
                     of
                     warre
                     .
                     To
                     Saturne
                     they
                     ascribe
                     cold
                     ,
                     to
                     Mars
                     heat
                     ,
                     to
                     Iupiter
                     a
                     temperature
                     betwixt
                     both
                     .
                     To
                     the
                     first
                     ,
                     they
                     impute
                     the
                     inuention
                     of
                     sciences
                     and
                     such
                     as
                     concernes
                     Contemplation
                     ;
                     To
                     the
                     second
                     practicall
                     prudence
                     ;
                     To
                     the
                     third
                     Arts
                     and
                     Workemanship
                     .
                     Whereof
                     the
                     first
                     depends
                     from
                     the
                     Vnderstanding
                     ,
                     the
                     second
                     from
                     practicall
                     discourse
                     ,
                     the
                     last
                     from
                     the
                     opera●ion
                     of
                     the
                     phantasie
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     come
                     neerer
                     the
                     matter
                     and
                     descend
                     to
                     particulars
                     :
                     wee
                     will
                     first
                     beginne
                     with
                     the
                     Northerne
                     man
                     whom
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     father
                     of
                     most
                     mechanicall
                     Inuentions
                     as
                     of
                     
                       Gunnes
                       ,
                       Printing
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     art
                     of
                     
                       Liquefaction
                       ,
                       Chimistrie
                    
                     with
                     infinite
                     other
                     excellent
                     Arts.
                     Hence
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     the
                     Italians
                     and
                     Spaniards
                     ,
                     are
                     vsed
                     to
                     send
                     ouer
                     for
                     Britaines
                     and
                     Germans
                     ,
                     as
                     for
                     those
                     which
                     are
                     endowed
                     with
                     a
                     heauenly
                     gift
                     in
                     the
                     Inuention
                     of
                     vei●es
                     of
                     Mettalls
                     vnder
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     as
                     also
                     for
                     the
                     opening
                     and
                     well
                     ordering
                     of
                     su●h
                     Mines
                     :
                     Let
                     any
                     man
                     cast
                     his
                     eyes
                     on
                     England
                     ,
                     the
                     
                       Neither-lands
                       ,
                       Germany
                    
                     ,
                     he
                     shall
                     find
                     the
                     In●abi●ants
                     generally
                     ,
                     either
                     as
                     the
                     Schollers
                     and
                     darlings
                     of
                     Mars
                     weilding
                     their
                     swords
                     ,
                     or
                     as
                     
                       Pioners
                       leuelling
                    
                     of
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     or
                     as
                     Ingmers
                     contriuing
                     the
                     course
                     of
                     waters
                     ,
                     or
                     hunting
                     in
                     
                     the
                     woods
                     ,
                     or
                     plowing
                     in
                     the
                     field
                     ,
                     or
                     looking
                     to
                     their
                     flockes
                     on
                     the
                     mo●ntaines
                     ,
                     or
                     working
                     in
                     their
                     shops
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     set
                     vpon
                     some
                     externall
                     worke
                     or
                     other
                     :
                     that
                     their
                     wits
                     ▪
                     (
                     as
                     Bodin
                     merily
                     speakes
                     )
                     might
                     seeme
                     to
                     bee
                     in
                     their
                     handes
                     .
                     From
                     whence
                     come
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     ou●
                     seuerall
                     sortes
                     of
                     stuffes
                     ▪
                     our
                     choice
                     workes
                     in
                     wood
                     ,
                     mettall
                     ,
                     Iuo●y
                     ,
                     our
                     variety
                     of
                     instruments
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     Italian
                     or
                     Spaniard
                     ?
                     No
                     truly
                     :
                     they
                     can
                     rather
                     admire
                     then
                     imitate
                     ;
                     and
                     better
                     set
                     vs
                     the
                     mater●alls
                     then
                     inuent
                     the
                     workem●nship
                     ,
                     like
                     those
                     distressed
                     Israelites
                     which
                     were
                     enforced
                     to
                     runne
                     vnto
                     the
                     Philistines
                     to
                     haue
                     their
                     swords
                     sharpened
                     .
                     As
                     we
                     ascribe
                     to
                     those
                     nations
                     of
                     the
                     North
                     this
                     perfection
                     in
                     operatiue
                     and
                     externall
                     faculties
                     ;
                     So
                     cannot
                     wee
                     deny
                     the
                     Southerne
                     man
                     his
                     due
                     prerogatiue
                     ▪
                     which
                     is
                     Religion
                     &
                     Contemplation
                     .
                     For
                     these
                     nations
                     being
                     aboue
                     all
                     other
                     affected
                     with
                     melancholy
                     ,
                     willingly
                     withdr●w
                     themselues
                     from
                     common
                     society
                     into
                     Desarts
                     ,
                     and
                     remote
                     receptacles
                     ,
                     more
                     accommodated
                     to
                     abstracted
                     meditation
                     :
                     For
                     contemplation
                     (
                     being
                     of
                     the
                     Hebrewes
                     tearmed
                     a
                     precious
                     death
                     )
                     hath
                     a
                     speciall
                     force
                     to
                     sharpen
                     the
                     wits
                     of
                     men
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     separation
                     ,
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     from
                     the
                     dregges
                     of
                     the
                     vulgar
                     ,
                     not
                     onely
                     opens
                     vnto
                     him
                     the
                     se●rets
                     of
                     nature
                     ,
                     but
                     giue●
                     him
                     wings
                     to
                     ●lie
                     vp
                     to
                     heauen
                     in
                     sacred
                     meditation
                     .
                     Whence
                     it
                     cannot
                     seeme
                     strange
                     that
                     from
                     these
                     parts
                     at
                     first
                     proceeded
                     the
                     
                       Prophets
                       ,
                       Philosophers
                       ,
                       Mathematicians
                    
                     of
                     great
                     estimation
                     ▪
                     Al●o
                     that
                     almost
                     all
                     Religions
                     of
                     any
                     great
                     moment
                     ,
                     owe
                     their
                     first
                     originall
                     to
                     those
                     parts
                     :
                     we
                     need
                     roue
                     no
                     farther
                     then
                     the
                     
                       Hebrewes
                       ,
                       Chaldaeans
                       ,
                       Aegyptians
                       ,
                       Graecians
                       ,
                    
                     whom
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     the
                     first
                     founders
                     of
                     Diuine
                     and
                     Humane
                     sciences
                     .
                     Which
                     historicall
                     obseruation
                     dissents
                     not
                     any
                     whit
                     from
                     the
                     iudgement
                     of
                     the
                     Naturalists
                     :
                     Because
                     (
                     as
                     Huar●●s
                     obserues
                     )
                     the
                     true
                     ●oment
                     of
                     the
                     best
                     vnderstanding
                     ,
                     consis●s
                     in
                     the
                     cold
                     and
                     drye
                     braine
                     incident
                     to
                     melancholy
                     .
                     And
                     Aristo●le
                     obserues
                     ,
                     that
                     beas●s
                     thēselues
                     are
                     so
                     much
                     the
                     more
                     adiudged
                     to
                     approach
                     the
                     prudencie
                     of
                     man
                     ,
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     they
                     par●ake
                     the
                     quality
                     of
                     cold
                     .
                     An
                     instance
                     of
                     which
                     may
                     bee
                     giuen
                     in
                     the
                     Elephant
                     ,
                     whose
                     bloud
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     Plinys
                     Testimony
                     )
                     is
                     coldest
                     of
                     all
                     other
                     Creatures
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     I
                     might
                     adde
                     for
                     an
                     argument
                     .
                     
                     of
                     the
                     r●ligious
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Southerne
                     man
                     ,
                     〈…〉
                     Af●r
                     writes
                     ●oncerning
                     the
                     vast
                     number
                     of
                     Temples
                     in
                     ●ome
                     places
                     of
                     Africke
                     ,
                     as
                     about
                     Fesse
                     &
                     Morocco
                     ,
                     their
                     strict
                     obs●ruation
                     of
                     holy
                     rites
                     ,
                     their
                     ●igide
                     Ecclesiasticall
                     censure
                     ,
                     wit●
                     such
                     like
                     .
                     What
                     is
                     spoken
                     by
                     Aluarez
                     of
                     the
                     hill
                     A●iar●
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     of
                     Africke
                     ,
                     of
                     their
                     strange
                     Library
                     .
                     Churches
                     ,
                     Pallaces
                     ,
                     with
                     other
                     matters
                     of
                     this
                     purpose
                     ,
                     would
                     serue
                     well
                     to
                     my
                     purpose
                     ,
                     had
                     ●
                     the
                     ingenuity
                     to
                     bele●ue
                     the
                     I●s●●te
                     .
                     But
                     against
                     this
                     may
                     be
                     obiected
                     perchance
                     that
                     the
                     Chris●ian
                     Religion
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     truest
                     and
                     only
                     Religion
                     hath
                     no
                     great
                     footing
                     as
                     yet
                     amongst
                     tho●e
                     Southerne
                     Nations
                     .
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     that
                     their
                     Churches
                     haue
                     no
                     perfect
                     platforme
                     of
                     Ecclesiasticall
                     ▪
                     gouernment
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     find
                     in
                     other
                     Churches
                     towards
                     the
                     North●rne
                     tract
                     .
                     To
                     the
                     first
                     I
                     answer
                     ;
                     that
                     we
                     here
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     Inclination
                     of
                     men
                     to
                     Religious
                     exercises
                     ,
                     so
                     far
                     forth
                     as
                     it
                     depends
                     on
                     their
                     naturall
                     disposition
                     ;
                     not
                     respecting
                     this
                     or
                     that
                     Religion
                     :
                     for
                     to
                     bee
                     informed
                     in
                     the
                     true
                     Religion
                     and
                     reiect
                     all
                     other
                     ,
                     depends
                     not
                     any
                     way
                     on
                     the
                     naturall
                     Inclination
                     of
                     men
                     ,
                     but
                     on
                     the
                     immediate
                     gift
                     of
                     the
                     Almighty
                     God
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     pleased
                     oftentimes
                     to
                     make
                     elec●●on
                     of
                     one
                     Nation
                     before
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     to
                     make
                     the
                     one
                     (
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Apostle
                     )
                     a
                     
                       vessell
                       of
                       honour
                       ,
                       the
                       other
                       of
                       dishonour
                       .
                    
                     To
                     the
                     second
                     I
                     likewise
                     answer
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     Religion
                     two
                     things
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     con●idered
                     :
                     First
                     the
                     Religious
                     and
                     deuou●
                     Inclination
                     of
                     man
                     to
                     embrace
                     diuine
                     contemplation
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     the
                     well
                     ordering
                     and
                     gouer●ing
                     of
                     Religious
                     a●●ions
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     Lawes
                     and
                     Statutes
                     perta●ning
                     to
                     the
                     extern●ll
                     regi●ent
                     of
                     the
                     Church
                     The
                     fo●mer
                     onely
                     being
                     gran●ed
                     to
                     ●he
                     Southerne
                     man
                     ,
                     wee
                     may
                     ascribe
                     the
                     perfection
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     to
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     middle
                     Region
                     ,
                     whom
                     we
                     haue
                     pronounced
                     to
                     bee
                     most
                     happy
                     in
                     the
                     managing
                     of
                     ●iuill
                     af●aires
                     and
                     Politicke
                     gouernment
                     ▪
                     Now
                     to
                     proue
                     this
                     people
                     to
                     bee
                     b●st
                     endow●d
                     with
                     this
                     faculty
                     ,
                     many
                     reasons
                     may
                     bee
                     alleaged
                     ;
                     because
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     test●mony
                     of
                     most
                     approued
                     writers
                     ,
                     wee
                     haue
                     found
                     Lawes
                     ,
                     Manners
                     ▪
                     Statutes
                     ,
                     &
                     the
                     best
                     manner
                     of
                     gouerning
                     Common-wealths
                     to
                     haue
                     proce●ded
                     from
                     these
                     Nations
                     .
                     For
                     Histories
                     will
                     shew
                     vs
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     greatest
                     and
                     b●st
                     empires
                     
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     haue
                     flourished
                     in
                     
                       Asia
                       ,
                       Greece
                       ,
                       Asy●ia
                       ,
                       Italy
                       ,
                       France
                       ,
                       Germany
                       ,
                    
                     which
                     lie
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Equ●tour
                     &
                     the
                     P●le
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     40
                     to
                     the
                     50
                     degrees
                     :
                     And
                     that
                     out
                     of
                     these
                     haue
                     alway
                     proceeded
                     the
                     best
                     commanders
                     ,
                     the
                     most
                     prudent
                     States-Men
                     and
                     Law-giuers
                     ,
                     the
                     wisest
                     Lawyers
                     ,
                     the
                     most
                     eloquent
                     Oratours
                     ,
                     the
                     wariest
                     Merchants
                     .
                     Whereas
                     neither
                     Africa
                     in
                     the
                     South
                     nor
                     Scythia
                     in
                     the
                     North
                     ▪
                     could
                     euer
                     boast
                     of
                     many
                     Law-giuers
                     or
                     States-Men
                     worthy
                     note
                     ;
                     whence
                     Galen
                     complaines
                     that
                     Scythia
                     neuer
                     brought
                     forth
                     any
                     Philosopher
                     besides
                     Anacharsis
                     of
                     any
                     great
                     credit
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       3
                       The
                       People
                       of
                       the
                       Extreame
                       Region
                       towards
                       the
                       Poles
                       in
                       Martiall
                       prowesse
                       haue
                       commonly
                       proued
                       stronger
                       then
                       those
                       neere
                       the
                       Equatour
                       :
                       but
                       the
                       middle
                       people
                       more
                       prouident
                       then
                       either
                       in
                       the
                       establishment
                       and
                       preseruation
                       of
                       Commonwealths
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     grounds
                     of
                     this
                     Proposition
                     wee
                     haue
                     layd
                     before
                     :
                     for
                     the
                     former
                     clause
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     North
                     should
                     proue
                     more
                     puissant
                     then
                     these
                     of
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     may
                     well
                     bee
                     concluded
                     out
                     of
                     their
                     naturall
                     strength
                     of
                     body
                     ,
                     and
                     their
                     courage
                     of
                     the
                     minde
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     latter
                     makes
                     them
                     ●eady
                     to
                     attempt
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     to
                     execute
                     most
                     chiualrous
                     designes
                     .
                     Neither
                     want
                     there
                     most
                     true
                     and
                     pregnant
                     examples
                     in
                     history
                     to
                     second
                     this
                     principle
                     :
                     for
                     euery
                     man
                     that
                     is
                     indifferently
                     seene
                     in
                     history
                     may
                     obserue
                     with
                     wonder
                     how
                     the
                     strong
                     Nations
                     of
                     the
                     Scythians
                     haue
                     inuaded
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     winning
                     from
                     them
                     many
                     Trophies
                     and
                     victories
                     :
                     whereas
                     wee
                     seldome
                     find
                     any
                     expedition
                     set
                     on
                     from
                     the
                     South
                     to
                     the
                     North
                     (
                     except
                     to
                     the
                     losse
                     or
                     ruine
                     of
                     the
                     South
                     ▪
                     )
                     worth
                     any
                     memorable
                     relation
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     many
                     would
                     haue
                     these
                     threatning
                     prophecies
                     of
                     
                       Ieremy
                       ,
                       Ezechiel
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Esay
                     to
                     allude
                     ,
                     which
                     foretold
                     ,
                     that
                     
                       from
                       the
                       North
                       should
                       issue
                       warres
                       ,
                       troopes
                       of
                       horsemen
                       ,
                       and
                       the
                       Ruines
                       of
                       Kingdomes
                       :
                    
                     This
                     we
                     shall
                     obserue
                     to
                     bee
                     true
                     not
                     only
                     in
                     the
                     generall
                     ,
                     but
                     almost
                     
                     in
                     all
                     particular
                     States
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     propagated
                     from
                     the
                     North
                     to
                     the
                     South
                     .
                     The
                     Assyrians
                     at
                     first
                     ouercame
                     the
                     Chald●●●s
                     ;
                     the
                     Medes
                     the
                     Assyrians
                     ;
                     the
                     Persians
                     the
                     Medes
                     ,
                     the
                     Greekes
                     the
                     Persians
                     ,
                     the
                     Parthians
                     the
                     Greeks
                     ,
                     the
                     Romans
                     the
                     Cart●aginians
                     ,
                     the
                     Gothes
                     the
                     Romans
                     ,
                     the
                     Turkes
                     the
                     Arabians
                     ,
                     the
                     Tartars
                     the
                     Turkes
                     :
                     and
                     howsoeuer
                     the
                     Romans
                     by
                     their
                     prowesse
                     wanne
                     somewhat
                     towards
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     yet
                     found
                     they
                     by
                     experience
                     that
                     beyond
                     Danubius
                     no
                     great
                     matter
                     was
                     to
                     be
                     expected
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     these
                     Nations
                     could
                     not
                     be
                     easily
                     vanquished
                     ,
                     and
                     being
                     ouercome
                     would
                     not
                     away
                     with
                     subiection
                     :
                     which
                     (
                     as
                     some
                     say
                     )
                     was
                     the
                     cause
                     that
                     Traian
                     hauing
                     built
                     a
                     great
                     Bridge
                     of
                     stone
                     ouer
                     the
                     Danow
                     ,
                     was
                     perswaded
                     to
                     breake
                     it
                     downe
                     .
                     Tacitus
                     expressely
                     confesseth
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Germans
                     were
                     too
                     hard
                     for
                     the
                     Romans
                     ,
                     and
                     could
                     not
                     haue
                     beene
                     ouercome
                     by
                     them
                     ,
                     but
                     by
                     the
                     aduantage
                     of
                     the
                     weapons
                     and
                     manner
                     of
                     fight
                     ;
                     wherein
                     the
                     Romans
                     hauing
                     long
                     continued
                     a
                     ciuill
                     Nation
                     ,
                     had
                     practised
                     themselues
                     ▪
                     which
                     he
                     secondeth
                     by
                     many
                     instances
                     ,
                     drawne
                     from
                     seuerall
                     confl●cts
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Germans
                     and
                     the
                     Romans
                     ,
                     which
                     he
                     might
                     well
                     speake
                     ;
                     for
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     himselfe
                     reports
                     210
                     yeeres
                     were
                     spent
                     in
                     the
                     conquest
                     of
                     Germany
                     ,
                     and
                     no
                     Nation
                     so
                     much
                     troubled
                     them
                     as
                     this
                     ;
                     which
                     notwithstanding
                     when
                     all
                     was
                     past
                     ,
                     was
                     thought
                     to
                     bee
                     triumphed
                     ouer
                     rather
                     then
                     conquered
                     .
                     It
                     were
                     an
                     infinite
                     taske
                     to
                     write
                     all
                     which
                     Tacitus
                     relates
                     of
                     the
                     valour
                     and
                     warlike
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Germans
                     ,
                     being
                     a
                     Nation
                     louing
                     rest
                     ,
                     and
                     hating
                     Idlenes
                     ,
                     puni●hing
                     cowardice
                     with
                     Death
                     ,
                     and
                     reputing
                     it
                     an
                     inexplable
                     shame
                     for
                     a
                     subiect
                     to
                     see
                     his
                     Prince
                     slaine
                     in
                     Battail●
                     ,
                     and
                     returne
                     aliue
                     without
                     him
                     .
                     As
                     much
                     or
                     more
                     hee
                     reports
                     from
                     
                       Iulius
                       Agricola
                    
                     ,
                     then
                     Proconsul
                     of
                     Britany
                     ,
                     of
                     our
                     ancient
                     British
                     Nation
                     whose
                     factions
                     and
                     dissentions
                     amongst
                     themselues
                     gaue
                     occasion
                     to
                     the
                     Roman
                     victory
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     the
                     Roman
                     valour
                     wherein
                     hee
                     confessed
                     them
                     no
                     way
                     to
                     stand
                     inferiour
                     .
                     To
                     strengthen
                     this
                     assertion
                     ,
                     History
                     will
                     afford
                     an
                     euidence
                     almost
                     in
                     euery
                     corner
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     wherein
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     the
                     North
                     by
                     sundry
                     conquests
                     to
                     haue
                     preuailed
                     against
                     the
                     South
                     ▪
                     In
                     the
                     East
                     parts
                     wee
                     find
                     that
                     
                       Ci●gis
                       Can
                    
                     a
                     Northerne
                     
                     Tartar
                     conquered
                     the
                     Indians
                     :
                     That
                     the
                     Tartarians
                     also
                     conquered
                     the
                     Armenians
                     ;
                     and
                     yet
                     the
                     Armenians
                     had
                     such
                     aduant●ge
                     against
                     the
                     Southerne
                     people
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Mamalukes
                     esteemed
                     a
                     strong
                     Nation
                     in
                     Aegypt
                     ,
                     were
                     first
                     chosen
                     out
                     of
                     Armenia
                     .
                     Also
                     ▪
                     wee
                     find
                     that
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     Ca●ha●
                     subdued
                     the
                     Chinois
                     and
                     the
                     Indians
                     .
                     Wee
                     read
                     also
                     that
                     Mahomet
                     a
                     
                       Saracen
                       Sultan
                    
                     of
                     Persia
                     ,
                     hired
                     certaine
                     Northerne
                     Scythians
                     ,
                     with
                     whose
                     strength
                     hee
                     ouerthrew
                     the
                     Caliph
                     of
                     Babylon
                     ,
                     who
                     dwelt
                     afterwards
                     in
                     Turcomania
                     .
                     Neither
                     wants
                     America
                     many
                     examples
                     in
                     this
                     kind
                     ,
                     and
                     no
                     question
                     but
                     many
                     others
                     haue
                     been
                     drowned
                     in
                     obliuion
                     for
                     want
                     of
                     History
                     .
                     We
                     find
                     that
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     North
                     in
                     this
                     Continent
                     preuailed
                     against
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     and
                     conquered
                     Mexico
                     ,
                     which
                     was
                     afterward
                     subdued
                     againe
                     by
                     Cortese
                     ;
                     and
                     by
                     later
                     discouery
                     of
                     our
                     English
                     nation
                     we
                     are
                     giuen
                     to
                     vnderstand
                     that
                     the
                     people
                     about
                     
                       Terra
                       de
                       Laboradore
                    
                     are
                     a
                     fierce
                     warlike
                     people
                     ,
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     rather
                     then
                     they
                     would
                     yeeld
                     themselues
                     to
                     be
                     taken
                     captiue
                     by
                     our
                     men
                     ,
                     they
                     haue
                     been
                     seene
                     to
                     make
                     away
                     themselues
                     .
                     To
                     goe
                     no
                     further
                     then
                     our
                     own
                     countrey
                     ,
                     who
                     knowes
                     not
                     how
                     many
                     famous
                     ouerthrowes
                     haue
                     in
                     later
                     Ages
                     ▪
                     beene
                     giuen
                     to
                     the
                     Spaniards
                     and
                     the
                     French
                     ;
                     especially
                     to
                     the
                     later
                     ,
                     who
                     haue
                     feared
                     the
                     vtter
                     vndoing
                     of
                     their
                     State
                     :
                     yet
                     neither
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     great
                     Kingdomes
                     could
                     euer
                     attempt
                     any
                     thing
                     against
                     the
                     English
                     ▪
                     worthy
                     Chronicle
                     or
                     obseruation
                     :
                     If
                     any
                     man
                     obiect
                     the
                     actions
                     of
                     King
                     William
                     the
                     Conquerour
                     ,
                     wee
                     can
                     answer
                     many
                     wayes
                     :
                     first
                     that
                     hee
                     wanne
                     the
                     soueraignty
                     not
                     meerely
                     by
                     the
                     sword
                     ,
                     but
                     by
                     Agreement
                     and
                     composition
                     ,
                     challenging
                     a
                     promise
                     from
                     King
                     Edward
                     the
                     predecessour
                     ,
                     and
                     being
                     fortified
                     with
                     a
                     strong
                     faction
                     of
                     the
                     nobility
                     of
                     the
                     Realme
                     :
                     and
                     moreouer
                     the
                     malice
                     of
                     the
                     Subiects
                     against
                     Harald
                     being
                     an
                     vsurping
                     Tyrant
                     ,
                     gaue
                     great
                     spurres
                     to
                     his
                     victory
                     :
                     wherefore
                     wee
                     cannot
                     iudge
                     this
                     a
                     true
                     Conquest
                     :
                     yet
                     hath
                     England
                     beene
                     conquered
                     of
                     the
                     Danes
                     a
                     more
                     Northerne
                     people
                     ,
                     and
                     suffered
                     many
                     inconueniences
                     of
                     the
                     Scots
                     ,
                     but
                     yet
                     were
                     neuer
                     able
                     to
                     conquer
                     them
                     vtterly
                     ,
                     or
                     bring
                     them
                     vnder
                     subiection
                     ;
                     although
                     fewer
                     in
                     number
                     ,
                     and
                     neer●
                     their
                     Confines
                     .
                     Now
                     for
                     the
                     second
                     clause
                     ▪
                     that
                     the
                     people
                     
                     of
                     the
                     Middle
                     Region
                     are
                     more
                     prouident
                     in
                     preseruation
                     of
                     Common-wealths
                     is
                     warranted
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     grounds
                     :
                     for
                     to
                     this
                     two
                     things
                     are
                     necessary
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     Armes
                     and
                     Counsell
                     :
                     whence
                     they
                     vsed
                     to
                     paint
                     Pallas
                     armed
                     ,
                     to
                     signifie
                     that
                     not
                     only
                     strength
                     ,
                     but
                     Counsell
                     was
                     necessary
                     for
                     the
                     establishmen●
                     of
                     Kingdomes
                     .
                     The
                     Southerne
                     people
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     shewed
                     )
                     being
                     altogether
                     addicted
                     to
                     contemplation
                     ,
                     haue
                     beene
                     vnable
                     either
                     to
                     defend
                     themselues
                     ,
                     or
                     repell
                     an
                     enemy
                     .
                     On
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     North
                     hauing
                     strength
                     sufficient
                     to
                     assault
                     ,
                     for
                     want
                     of
                     prudence
                     and
                     counsell
                     could
                     neuer
                     long
                     enioy
                     their
                     Conquests
                     ,
                     so
                     that
                     wee
                     shall
                     seldome
                     read
                     of
                     any
                     great
                     Empire
                     established
                     of
                     either
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     middle
                     people
                     hauing
                     strength
                     to
                     subdue
                     the
                     Southerne
                     ,
                     and
                     policy
                     enough
                     to
                     ouercome
                     the
                     strength
                     of
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     haue
                     established
                     many
                     great
                     and
                     famous
                     Empires
                     .
                     Here
                     for
                     an
                     ample
                     example
                     wee
                     may
                     produce
                     the
                     State
                     of
                     the
                     Roman
                     Empire
                     ,
                     which
                     borrowed
                     Lawes
                     and
                     discipline
                     from
                     the
                     Graecians
                     ,
                     nauticall
                     Scien●es
                     from
                     the
                     Sicilians
                     and
                     Punicks
                     ,
                     military
                     discipline
                     from
                     their
                     dayly
                     exercise
                     :
                     and
                     therefore
                     was
                     it
                     no
                     great
                     wonder
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     state
                     and
                     glory
                     they
                     surmounted
                     all
                     other
                     Nations
                     .
                     On
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     wee
                     finde
                     many
                     famous
                     victories
                     atchieued
                     by
                     the
                     Northerne
                     people
                     ,
                     yet
                     could
                     they
                     neuer
                     leaue
                     behind
                     them
                     any
                     large
                     Empire
                     ,
                     but
                     as
                     easily
                     lost
                     as
                     wonne
                     their
                     Kingdomes
                     .
                     Thus
                     fared
                     it
                     with
                     the
                     Gothes
                     ,
                     the
                     Hunnes
                     ,
                     the
                     Heruli
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Vandals
                     ,
                     which
                     with
                     so
                     many
                     strong
                     Armies
                     inuaded
                     Europe
                     ,
                     and
                     Asia
                     ,
                     who
                     neuerthelesse
                     for
                     want
                     of
                     Wisdome
                     and
                     foresight
                     ,
                     could
                     not
                     hold
                     what
                     they
                     got
                     ,
                     or
                     settle
                     therein
                     any
                     state
                     of
                     long
                     continuance
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       4
                       The
                       extreame
                       Regions
                       in
                       
                         manners
                         ,
                         actions
                      
                       ,
                       and
                       customes
                       ,
                       are
                       cleane
                       opposite
                       ,
                       the
                       one
                       to
                       the
                       other
                       .
                       The
                       middle
                       partake
                       of
                       mixture
                       of
                       both
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     That
                     the
                     manners
                     of
                     men
                     depend
                     on
                     the
                     naturall
                     complexion
                     and
                     temper
                     ,
                     is
                     warranted
                     as
                     well
                     by
                     experience
                     as
                     approued
                     testimony
                     of
                     our
                     best
                     Philosophers
                     .
                     For
                     howsoeuer
                     
                     gr●ce
                     o●
                     education
                     may
                     make
                     a
                     change
                     ;
                     yet
                     this
                     is
                     extraordinary
                     ,
                     and
                     these
                     raines
                     once
                     loosed
                     men
                     easily
                     returne
                     to
                     their
                     former
                     disposition
                     :
                     How
                     much
                     the
                     Northerne
                     man
                     differs
                     from
                     the
                     Southerne
                     in
                     naturall
                     constitution
                     ,
                     wee
                     haue
                     formerly
                     ●aught
                     ;
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     wee
                     cannot
                     but
                     conclude
                     ,
                     a
                     great
                     disparity
                     in
                     manners
                     and
                     customes
                     ▪
                     Yet
                     ●o
                     shew
                     a
                     mo●e
                     speciall
                     and
                     euident
                     demonstration
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     make
                     a
                     particular
                     enumeration
                     of
                     such
                     affections
                     as
                     are
                     incident
                     to
                     the
                     Nort●ern●
                     &
                     Sothern●
                     man
                     ,
                     &
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     comparison
                     make
                     ou●
                     iudgement
                     ▪
                  
                   
                     First
                     therefore
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     out
                     of
                     ancient
                     and
                     moderne
                     obseruation
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Northerne
                     man
                     hath
                     beene
                     ●axed
                     of
                     too
                     much
                     leuity
                     and
                     inconstancy
                     :
                     The
                     Southerne
                     man
                     contrariwise
                     of
                     too
                     much
                     peruerse
                     stubbornesse
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     opinion
                     as
                     affection
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     of
                     both
                     wee
                     haue
                     before
                     specified
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     their
                     naturall
                     complexion
                     :
                     which
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     is
                     inclined
                     to
                     sanguine
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     later
                     to
                     
                       Choller
                       Adust
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     melancholy
                     :
                     whereof
                     the
                     one
                     is
                     the
                     more
                     subiect
                     to
                     change
                     or
                     impression
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     Galen
                     deriuing
                     all
                     vertues
                     from
                     the
                     humours
                     of
                     the
                     body
                     ,
                     makes
                     Choll●r
                     the
                     mother
                     of
                     
                       prudence
                       ,
                       melanch●ly
                    
                     of
                     
                       constancy
                       ,
                       bloud
                    
                     of
                     
                       mirth
                       ,
                       fleame
                    
                     of
                     mansuetude
                     :
                     Out
                     of
                     the
                     mixture
                     of
                     which
                     humours
                     ,
                     infinite
                     variety
                     ariseth
                     .
                     And
                     because
                     these
                     humours
                     are
                     seldome
                     equally
                     ,
                     or
                     proportionally
                     combined
                     ,
                     and
                     tempered
                     together
                     ;
                     they
                     become
                     the
                     sources
                     of
                     infinite
                     vices
                     :
                     Which
                     Inequality
                     of
                     temperament
                     is
                     rather
                     found
                     in
                     the
                     extreame
                     regions
                     :
                     And
                     therefore
                     no
                     maruaile
                     if
                     they
                     are
                     obserued
                     ,
                     to
                     haue
                     beene
                     subiect
                     to
                     greater
                     vices
                     then
                     those
                     of
                     the
                     middle
                     region
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     mutability
                     and
                     leuity
                     of
                     the
                     Northerne
                     Nations
                     ,
                     wee
                     can
                     haue
                     no
                     greater
                     argument
                     then
                     the
                     change
                     of
                     religion
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     written
                     of
                     the
                     Ostrogothes
                     and
                     Visigothes
                     ,
                     that
                     being
                     expulsed
                     by
                     King
                     Attila
                     ,
                     they
                     besought
                     Valens
                     that
                     hee
                     would
                     grant
                     them
                     a
                     dwelling
                     place
                     :
                     conditionally
                     promising
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     would
                     submit
                     themselues
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     to
                     the
                     lawes
                     of
                     the
                     Empire
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     the
                     Christian
                     Religion
                     .
                     Which
                     hauing
                     obtained
                     ,
                     they
                     fled
                     from
                     their
                     promise
                     and
                     perfidiously
                     burnt
                     the
                     Emperor
                     aliue
                     .
                     The
                     Gothes
                     ,
                     as
                     soone
                     as
                     they
                     came
                     into
                     Italy
                     ,
                     embraced
                     the
                     Christian
                     Religion
                     ,
                     but
                     soone
                     ranne
                     into
                     Arianisme
                     :
                     The
                     people
                     of
                     Gr●enland
                     according
                     
                     to
                     M●●sters
                     relation
                     ,
                     being
                     of
                     a
                     wauering
                     disposition
                     ,
                     soone
                     lik't
                     the
                     
                       Christian
                       Religion
                    
                     ,
                     but
                     soone
                     relapsed
                     to
                     Idolatrie
                     .
                     The
                     Turkes
                     being
                     a
                     kind
                     of
                     Scythians
                     ,
                     assoone
                     as
                     they
                     came
                     into
                     Asia
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     great
                     cons●raint
                     ,
                     embraced
                     Mah●metanisme
                     .
                     The
                     Tartars
                     likewise
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     enforcement
                     yeelded
                     first
                     to
                     Christianity
                     ,
                     and
                     soone
                     fell
                     backe
                     to
                     the
                     Arabian
                     rites
                     .
                     The
                     Normans
                     comming
                     into
                     France
                     although
                     very
                     rude
                     and
                     barbarous
                     ,
                     reiecting
                     
                       Gentilisme
                       ,
                       Paganisme
                    
                     ,
                     subscribed
                     to
                     the
                     Christians
                     .
                     As
                     soone
                     or
                     sooner
                     the
                     Islander●
                     fell
                     from
                     Idolatrie
                     to
                     the
                     true
                     Religion
                     .
                     The
                     Bohemians
                     and
                     Saxons
                     first
                     cast
                     off
                     the
                     Roman
                     yoake
                     ;
                     which
                     were
                     seconded
                     by
                     all
                     Saxoni●
                     ,
                     the
                     Cities
                     of
                     the
                     Balticke
                     sea
                     ,
                     
                       Denmarke
                       ,
                       Norway
                       ,
                       Suedia
                       ,
                       Heluetia
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     Britanny
                     .
                     The
                     reuolt
                     of
                     these
                     Nations
                     from
                     the
                     Roman
                     subiection
                     ,
                     I
                     cannot
                     tearme
                     leuity
                     or
                     inconstancy
                     in
                     their
                     chiefe
                     leaders
                     and
                     teachers
                     :
                     Being
                     such
                     as
                     vpon
                     long
                     deliberation
                     and
                     mature
                     aduice
                     attempted
                     that
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     knew
                     to
                     bee
                     most
                     consonant
                     to
                     truth
                     and
                     reason
                     :
                     to
                     whom
                     without
                     doubt
                     God
                     Almighties
                     hand
                     was
                     not
                     wanting
                     .
                     But
                     for
                     the
                     rude
                     and
                     vulgar
                     people
                     to
                     be
                     so
                     soone
                     wonne
                     ,
                     and
                     turned
                     from
                     one
                     opinion
                     to
                     aonther
                     ,
                     without
                     longer
                     deliberation
                     ,
                     was
                     argument
                     of
                     a
                     mutable
                     disposition
                     :
                     Sith
                     there
                     can
                     bee
                     no
                     greater
                     token
                     of
                     Inconstancy
                     then
                     to
                     make
                     an
                     absolu●e
                     change
                     of
                     Religion
                     in
                     all
                     points
                     in
                     so
                     short
                     a
                     space
                     ;
                     whereas
                     the
                     Religions
                     being
                     so
                     neerely
                     affined
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     no
                     man
                     at
                     first
                     sight
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     reason
                     and
                     discourse
                     would
                     embrace
                     or
                     reiect
                     all
                     grounds
                     together
                     ,
                     but
                     by
                     degrees
                     :
                     No
                     lesse
                     argument
                     of
                     leuity
                     in
                     those
                     Northerne
                     people
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     distraction
                     and
                     diuision
                     of
                     them
                     into
                     so
                     many
                     sorts
                     and
                     factions
                     of
                     Religion
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     find
                     now
                     in
                     
                       Germany
                       ,
                       Belgia
                       ,
                       Polonia
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     else-where
                     ,
                     which
                     no
                     doubt
                     at
                     first
                     proceeded
                     from
                     one
                     or
                     few
                     beginnings
                     .
                     But
                     on
                     the
                     contrary
                     side
                     ,
                     if
                     wee
                     looke
                     on
                     the
                     Africans
                     and
                     Southerne
                     people
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     them
                     as
                     obstinate
                     and
                     peruerse
                     in
                     standing
                     to
                     their
                     owne
                     propositions
                     ,
                     as
                     ready
                     to
                     tax
                     the
                     Northerne
                     people
                     of
                     leuity
                     and
                     Inconstancy
                     .
                     For
                     such
                     hath
                     been
                     the
                     setled
                     constancy
                     of
                     these
                     nations
                     ,
                     as
                     wel
                     Africans
                     as
                     Asiaticks
                     ;
                     that
                     no
                     meanes
                     could
                     be
                     inuented
                     to
                     draw
                     them
                     from
                     their
                     opinion
                     ,
                     but
                     either
                     
                       heauenly
                       miracles
                    
                     
                     or
                     force
                     of
                     armes
                     .
                     Which
                     constancy
                     hath
                     beene
                     apparant
                     ,
                     no●
                     onely
                     in
                     men
                     but
                     also
                     in
                     women
                     and
                     children
                     :
                     which
                     made
                     Antiochus
                     euen
                     mad
                     when
                     he
                     by
                     all
                     cruelty
                     tortured
                     the
                     seuen
                     Sonnes
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     find
                     in
                     the
                     bo●ke
                     of
                     the
                     Maccabees
                     )
                     yet
                     was
                     as
                     farre
                     from
                     turning
                     them
                     from
                     their
                     Ceremony
                     of
                     forbearing
                     the
                     eating
                     of
                     Swines
                     flesh
                     ,
                     that
                     both
                     the
                     mother
                     inuited
                     them
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Children
                     willingly
                     submitted
                     themselues
                     to
                     Martyrdome
                     .
                     Against
                     this
                     constancy
                     Mahomet
                     ,
                     when
                     neither
                     by
                     fained
                     miracles
                     no●
                     perswasion
                     ,
                     he
                     saw
                     he
                     could
                     preuaile
                     ,
                     betooke
                     himselfe
                     to
                     Armes
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     establishment
                     of
                     his
                     discipline
                     which
                     otherwise
                     hee
                     could
                     no
                     wayes
                     haue
                     brought
                     to
                     p●sse
                     .
                     And
                     it
                     is
                     strange
                     to
                     see
                     the
                     Iewes
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     a
                     people
                     dispersed
                     ouer
                     the
                     face
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Earth
                     ,
                     groaning
                     vnder
                     the
                     seruile
                     yoake
                     of
                     subiection
                     ,
                     hauing
                     no
                     King
                     ,
                     or
                     supreame
                     gouernour
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     ,
                     haue
                     so
                     obstinately
                     retained
                     their
                     religion
                     ,
                     for
                     these
                     three
                     thousand
                     yeeres
                     .
                     What
                     shall
                     I
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     Mahumetans
                     in
                     Africke
                     and
                     Asia
                     ;
                     of
                     the
                     Indians
                     ,
                     the
                     Chinois
                     and
                     other
                     Southerne
                     people
                     ,
                     which
                     hauing
                     once
                     setled
                     a
                     platforme
                     of
                     Religious
                     discipline
                     ,
                     are
                     impregnable
                     against
                     all
                     persuasion
                     ,
                     mainely
                     opposing
                     themselues
                     against
                     the
                     grounds
                     of
                     our
                     Religion
                     ,
                     hauing
                     not
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     principles
                     of
                     nature
                     to
                     support
                     their
                     owne
                     .
                     To
                     let
                     passe
                     the
                     ordinary
                     commerce
                     and
                     trafficke
                     ,
                     with
                     Christian
                     nations
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     so
                     euident
                     a
                     case
                     ,
                     might
                     probably
                     beget
                     some
                     fruits
                     ;
                     the
                     admired
                     Industrie
                     of
                     the
                     Iesuites
                     ,
                     erecting
                     their
                     Colleges
                     amongst
                     them
                     ,
                     might
                     seeme
                     to
                     promise
                     greater
                     matters
                     .
                     But
                     as
                     I
                     haue
                     credibly
                     beene
                     enforced
                     ,
                     by
                     such
                     as
                     haue
                     trauailed
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     into
                     Turkie
                     as
                     Africk●
                     and
                     India
                     ,
                     the
                     euent
                     of
                     their
                     labours
                     hath
                     come
                     so
                     farre
                     short
                     of
                     expectation
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     haue
                     by
                     their
                     conference
                     rather
                     engendred
                     a
                     worse
                     opinion
                     of
                     Christianity
                     .
                     Which
                     though
                     some
                     may
                     impute
                     probably
                     to
                     their
                     indirect
                     meanes
                     and
                     superstitious
                     rites
                     ,
                     imposing
                     on
                     the
                     conscience
                     ,
                     what
                     God
                     neuer
                     commanded
                     ,
                     but
                     rather
                     forbad
                     :
                     Yet
                     who
                     so
                     shall
                     obserue
                     the
                     cunning
                     and
                     subtilty
                     of
                     these
                     Sophisters
                     will
                     rather
                     ascribe
                     it
                     to
                     the
                     peruerse
                     and
                     stubborne
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     people
                     ,
                     vnapt
                     to
                     receiue
                     any
                     new
                     impression
                     :
                     For
                     else
                     ,
                     who
                     could
                     imagine
                     they
                     could
                     be
                     so
                     powerfull
                     
                     in
                     peruerting
                     and
                     infecting
                     others
                     with
                     their
                     Roman
                     superstition
                     in
                     these
                     parts
                     ,
                     hauing
                     their
                     consciences
                     better
                     enformed
                     out
                     of
                     Gods
                     Word
                     ,
                     and
                     their
                     vnderstandings
                     ordinarily
                     better
                     taught
                     ,
                     in
                     principles
                     ,
                     and
                     euery
                     way
                     more
                     strongly
                     fenced
                     against
                     temptation
                     .
                     As
                     these
                     Southerne
                     nations
                     alwaies
                     boasted
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     Constancy
                     as
                     a
                     prime
                     vertue
                     ,
                     so
                     ceased
                     they
                     not
                     to
                     vpbraide
                     the
                     Northerne
                     man
                     with
                     inconstant
                     leuity
                     .
                     This
                     the
                     Italians
                     obiect
                     to
                     the
                     French
                     and
                     Germans
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     finde
                     in
                     Tacitus
                     .
                     )
                     The
                     Greekes
                     heretofore
                     to
                     the
                     Italians
                     ,
                     the
                     Cretians
                     to
                     the
                     Graecians
                     ,
                     the
                     Hebrewes
                     and
                     Aegyptians
                     to
                     the
                     Greekes
                     and
                     Cretians
                     ;
                     On
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     the
                     other
                     ha●e
                     so
                     much
                     complained
                     of
                     their
                     peruerse
                     and
                     setled
                     superstitions
                     .
                     For
                     to
                     iudge
                     indifferently
                     of
                     either
                     ,
                     they
                     are
                     both
                     vices
                     declining
                     from
                     that
                     golden
                     mediocrity
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     call
                     Constancy
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     defect
                     is
                     leuity
                     ,
                     the
                     excesse
                     Pertinacy
                     :
                     and
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     very
                     culpable
                     in
                     any
                     man
                     to
                     turne
                     with
                     euery
                     winde
                     ;
                     so
                     it
                     is
                     as
                     great
                     an
                     indiscretion
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     so
                     wedded
                     to
                     our
                     owne
                     opinions
                     or
                     affections
                     as
                     to
                     turne
                     on
                     no
                     occasion
                     :
                     Because
                     all
                     things
                     vnder
                     the
                     sunne
                     are
                     subiect
                     to
                     change
                     and
                     alteration
                     :
                     And
                     therefore
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     part
                     of
                     a
                     wise
                     man
                     to
                     accommodate
                     himselfe
                     vnto
                     the
                     obiect
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     in
                     a
                     fond
                     dreame
                     to
                     wrest
                     all
                     the
                     world
                     to
                     his
                     owne
                     fancy
                     .
                     For
                     a
                     wise
                     Sea-man
                     will
                     rather
                     obey
                     the
                     storme
                     then
                     seeke
                     his
                     ruine
                     ,
                     and
                     when
                     he
                     cannot
                     recouer
                     the
                     port
                     ,
                     will
                     turne
                     to
                     any
                     other
                     point
                     for
                     his
                     owne
                     preseruation
                     .
                     I
                     speake
                     here
                     onely
                     of
                     matters
                     of
                     state
                     and
                     policy
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     of
                     religious
                     actions
                     ,
                     otherwise
                     then
                     concerne
                     the
                     externall
                     rites
                     and
                     Ecclesiasticall
                     discipline
                     ,
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     of
                     which
                     ,
                     by
                     wise
                     men
                     haue
                     been
                     esteemed
                     no
                     other
                     ,
                     then
                     matters
                     indifferent
                     which
                     may
                     admit
                     of
                     change
                     &
                     alteration
                     .
                     But
                     here
                     some
                     one
                     might
                     obiect
                     that
                     the
                     French
                     of
                     all
                     Nations
                     ,
                     haue
                     been
                     generally
                     taxed
                     of
                     lightnesse
                     and
                     inconstancy
                     ,
                     being
                     notwithstanding
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     region
                     ,
                     more
                     North
                     then
                     the
                     Africans
                     ,
                     yet
                     more
                     South
                     then
                     the
                     Germans
                     or
                     Scythians
                     ;
                     I
                     cannot
                     altogether
                     excuse
                     them
                     of
                     this
                     Nationall
                     blemish
                     ,
                     yet
                     with
                     their
                     countreyman
                     Bodin
                     ,
                     I
                     hold
                     it
                     more
                     fitly
                     tearmed
                     temerity
                     then
                     leuity
                     ,
                     being
                     a
                     people
                     very
                     quicke
                     and
                     agill
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     speech
                     ,
                     as
                     action
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     executions
                     
                     of
                     matters
                     with
                     them
                     many
                     times
                     are
                     past
                     ,
                     ●re
                     the
                     Spaniard
                     can
                     enter
                     into
                     consolation
                     :
                     for
                     as
                     the
                     Spanish
                     counsell
                     is
                     ouer
                     slow
                     ,
                     and
                     full
                     of
                     delayes
                     ,
                     so
                     is
                     the
                     French
                     too
                     heady
                     and
                     hasty
                     :
                     and
                     as
                     delay
                     to
                     the
                     one
                     ,
                     so
                     rashnes
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     hath
                     proued
                     dangerous
                     .
                     The
                     mediocrity
                     betwixt
                     both
                     being
                     a
                     promptitude
                     or
                     alacrity
                     in
                     effecting
                     matters
                     ▪
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     esteemed
                     as
                     a
                     vertue
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     find
                     in
                     the
                     Italians
                     ,
                     whose
                     action
                     is
                     quicke
                     enough
                     ,
                     yet
                     commonly
                     grounded
                     on
                     sufficient
                     deliberation
                     ;
                     yet
                     if
                     we
                     compare
                     the
                     two
                     extreames
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     the
                     Spanish
                     delayes
                     to
                     haue
                     ouercome
                     the
                     French
                     hastinesse
                     ,
                     being
                     farre
                     lesse
                     subiect
                     to
                     errour
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     other
                     .
                  
                   
                     Another
                     difference
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Northerne
                     and
                     Southerne
                     man
                     is
                     discouered
                     in
                     the
                     Affection
                     of
                     Anger
                     and
                     Reuenge
                     .
                     The
                     Northerne
                     man
                     though
                     quickly
                     moued
                     to
                     anger
                     ,
                     and
                     very
                     furious
                     ,
                     prouokes
                     his
                     enemy
                     to
                     the
                     open
                     field
                     ,
                     and
                     after
                     a
                     little
                     time
                     is
                     quickly
                     pacified
                     ,
                     forgetting
                     the
                     iniury
                     .
                     The
                     Southerne
                     man
                     contrarywise
                     is
                     not
                     so
                     quickly
                     in●aged
                     ,
                     but
                     being
                     once
                     prouoked
                     ,
                     pursueth
                     his
                     reuenge
                     by
                     secret
                     stratagemes
                     ,
                     rather
                     then
                     open
                     fury
                     ,
                     and
                     will
                     neuer
                     or
                     very
                     hardly
                     be
                     drawne
                     to
                     reconciliation
                     :
                     which
                     base
                     and
                     brutish
                     disposition
                     ariseth
                     not
                     so
                     much
                     out
                     of
                     their
                     euill
                     education
                     (
                     as
                     some
                     haue
                     imagined
                     )
                     as
                     out
                     of
                     melancholy
                     ill
                     tempered
                     .
                     A
                     proofe
                     whereof
                     wee
                     haue
                     in
                     most
                     men
                     amongst
                     vs
                     ,
                     of
                     a
                     melancholy
                     disposition
                     ,
                     which
                     according
                     to
                     our
                     common
                     prouerbe
                     ,
                     threaten
                     danger
                     and
                     hatred
                     implacable
                     :
                     of
                     this
                     disposition
                     were
                     Aiax
                     and
                     M.
                     Coriolanus
                     ,
                     whereof
                     the
                     former
                     for
                     want
                     of
                     reuenge
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     distracted
                     fury
                     fell
                     on
                     the
                     heards
                     of
                     cattle
                     :
                     the
                     other
                     would
                     by
                     no
                     meanes
                     be
                     reconciled
                     to
                     his
                     Countreymen
                     ,
                     till
                     he
                     saw
                     all
                     their
                     Cities
                     in
                     flames
                     .
                     Of
                     the
                     cruelty
                     of
                     the
                     Africans
                     many
                     histories
                     haue
                     giuen
                     testimonies
                     ,
                     especially
                     
                       Leo
                       Afer
                    
                     ,
                     speaking
                     of
                     the
                     Carthaginian
                     dissention
                     :
                     and
                     with
                     later
                     Writers
                     most
                     memorable
                     is
                     the
                     story
                     of
                     miserable
                     Mulleasses
                     deposed
                     of
                     his
                     Crowne
                     ,
                     his
                     eyes
                     burnt
                     out
                     ,
                     and
                     his
                     face
                     disfigured
                     ,
                     tendring
                     his
                     complaint
                     to
                     the
                     Emperour
                     Charles
                     .
                     This
                     cruelty
                     hath
                     no
                     lesse
                     been
                     obserued
                     in
                     the
                     most
                     Southerne
                     Ameri●ans
                     ,
                     with
                     whom
                     it
                     is
                     ●
                     custome
                     to
                     ●athe
                     their
                     children
                     in
                     the
                     bloud
                     of
                     their
                     slaughtered
                     enemies
                     ,
                     o
                     drinke
                     their
                     bloud
                     ,
                     and
                     banquet
                     with
                     their
                     carcases
                     :
                     
                     And
                     if
                     we
                     examine
                     the
                     originall
                     of
                     tortures
                     and
                     seuere
                     lawes
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     them
                     originally
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     Southerne
                     people
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     Northerne
                     Man
                     hath
                     seldome
                     vsed
                     but
                     vnwillingly
                     in
                     matters
                     of
                     horrible
                     treason
                     .
                     And
                     not
                     without
                     good
                     reason
                     haue
                     our
                     Lawes
                     taken
                     other
                     courses
                     for
                     the
                     conuiction
                     of
                     malefactors
                     in
                     cases
                     of
                     fellony
                     and
                     murther
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     extortion
                     of
                     confession
                     by
                     extreame
                     tortures
                     ,
                     a
                     thing
                     common
                     with
                     the
                     Italian
                     ;
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     some
                     of
                     our
                     Statists
                     haue
                     obserued
                     )
                     our
                     Nation
                     is
                     by
                     nature
                     more
                     apt
                     to
                     confession
                     without
                     torture
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     fearefull
                     of
                     torment
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     will
                     more
                     willingly
                     be
                     brought
                     to
                     the
                     blocke
                     or
                     gallowes
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     racke
                     :
                     whereas
                     the
                     Southerne
                     people
                     by
                     their
                     melancholy
                     temper
                     more
                     fearefull
                     of
                     death
                     ,
                     and
                     obstinate
                     in
                     their
                     opinion
                     ,
                     will
                     yeeld
                     rather
                     to
                     the
                     greatest
                     torture
                     then
                     confession
                     .
                  
                   
                     Thirdly
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     as
                     great
                     a
                     disparity
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Northerne
                     and
                     Southerne
                     man
                     in
                     the
                     sluttish
                     carelesnesse
                     of
                     the
                     one
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     cleanly
                     neatnesse
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     Tacitus
                     reports
                     of
                     the
                     old
                     Germans
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     liued
                     at
                     home
                     in
                     their
                     houses
                     in
                     sordide
                     manner
                     ,
                     almost
                     naked
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     they
                     vsed
                     the
                     same
                     roomes
                     as
                     receptacles
                     as
                     well
                     of
                     their
                     beasts
                     as
                     of
                     themselues
                     :
                     which
                     custome
                     we
                     shall
                     not
                     find
                     much
                     changed
                     amongst
                     some
                     ,
                     if
                     we
                     read
                     Lipsius
                     speaking
                     of
                     the
                     Westphalians
                     ,
                     or
                     haue
                     so
                     much
                     patience
                     elsewhere
                     to
                     make
                     experiment
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     also
                     reported
                     that
                     the
                     Scythians
                     whensoeuer
                     they
                     found
                     themselues
                     oppressed
                     on
                     the
                     way
                     ,
                     or
                     in
                     the
                     wars
                     by
                     hunger
                     or
                     thirst
                     ,
                     were
                     wont
                     to
                     open
                     a
                     veine
                     vnder
                     their
                     horses
                     eares
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     sucke
                     out
                     their
                     bloud
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     banquet
                     with
                     the
                     flesh
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     read
                     of
                     Tamerlanes
                     Army
                     on
                     the
                     like
                     occasion
                     :
                     but
                     the
                     Southerne
                     people
                     are
                     of
                     a
                     neat
                     and
                     cleanly
                     disposition
                     ,
                     abhorring
                     all
                     sordide
                     and
                     vncleanly
                     action
                     ,
                     vsing
                     often
                     bathings
                     &
                     washings
                     ,
                     not
                     only
                     in
                     sacred
                     and
                     Ecclesiasticall
                     matters
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     in
                     priuate
                     .
                     And
                     therefore
                     no
                     wonder
                     if
                     (
                     as
                     Xenophon
                     among
                     the
                     Ancients
                     reports
                     )
                     that
                     amongst
                     the
                     Persians
                     it
                     were
                     accompted
                     a
                     very
                     vnmannerly
                     thing
                     to
                     spit
                     ;
                     or
                     that
                     amongst
                     the
                     Abyssines
                     (
                     as
                     Aluarez
                     writes
                     )
                     it
                     should
                     bee
                     deemed
                     a
                     most
                     hainous
                     and
                     flagitious
                     crime
                     ,
                     to
                     drop
                     any
                     filth
                     or
                     spittle
                     in
                     any
                     of
                     their
                     temples
                     .
                     An
                     argument
                     of
                     this
                     may
                     be
                     their
                     extraordinary
                     affection
                     of
                     neat
                     &
                     
                     dainty
                     delicates
                     ,
                     which
                     (
                     as
                     Athen●us
                     relates
                     )
                     is
                     most
                     noted
                     in
                     the
                     Asiatickes
                     and
                     Aegyptians
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     meanes
                     
                       M.
                       Anthony
                    
                     a
                     luxurious
                     spend-thrift
                     ,
                     finding
                     himselfe
                     by
                     Cleopatra
                     surmounted
                     ,
                     he
                     smiled
                     at
                     his
                     owne
                     ambition
                     in
                     that
                     kinde
                     ,
                     and
                     laughed
                     at
                     the
                     Romans
                     his
                     owne
                     Nation
                     as
                     ignorant
                     and
                     barbarous
                     .
                     Of
                     the
                     
                       Persian
                       Theophrastus
                    
                     writes
                     ,
                     that
                     by
                     a
                     certaine
                     Law
                     certaine
                     great
                     rewards
                     were
                     promised
                     to
                     such
                     men
                     as
                     had
                     inuented
                     any
                     new
                     kindes
                     of
                     Delicates
                     or
                     pleasures
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     great
                     argument
                     of
                     the
                     licorous
                     affection
                     of
                     this
                     Nation
                     .
                     A
                     fourth
                     difference
                     may
                     be
                     discouered
                     in
                     the
                     conuersation
                     of
                     the
                     Northerne
                     and
                     Southerne
                     Man.
                     For
                     the
                     Scythian
                     and
                     Northerne
                     man
                     is
                     naturally
                     addicted
                     to
                     company
                     and
                     society
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     appeare
                     by
                     the
                     communion
                     of
                     many
                     men
                     in
                     one
                     place
                     in
                     the
                     fields
                     ,
                     who
                     amongst
                     the
                     ancients
                     were
                     ●earmed
                     Nomades
                     ,
                     and
                     are
                     now
                     called
                     Hordes
                     ▪
                     in
                     which
                     manner
                     the
                     Tartars
                     liue
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     ▪
                     also
                     it
                     is
                     well
                     knowne
                     how
                     much
                     the
                     
                       Germans
                       ,
                       Brittaines
                       ,
                       Danes
                    
                     are
                     addicted
                     to
                     company
                     ,
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     they
                     can
                     hardly
                     liue
                     long
                     without
                     companions
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     Southerne
                     man
                     being
                     (
                     as
                     we
                     haue
                     proued
                     )
                     of
                     a
                     melancholy
                     disposition
                     ,
                     chuseth
                     rather
                     to
                     liue
                     solitary
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     lurke
                     in
                     woods
                     and
                     desarts
                     ,
                     then
                     amongst
                     people
                     :
                     Neere
                     to
                     which
                     nature
                     come
                     the
                     Italians
                     and
                     Spaniards
                     ,
                     who
                     affect
                     rather
                     a
                     retired
                     Grauity
                     ,
                     then
                     an
                     open
                     Society
                     ▪
                     and
                     conuerse
                     but
                     at
                     a
                     distance
                     ,
                     rather
                     for
                     formality
                     the
                     friendship
                     ▪
                     5ly
                     ,
                     no
                     lesse
                     disparity
                     in
                     the
                     disposition
                     of
                     these
                     nations
                     shall
                     we
                     find
                     aswel
                     in
                     the
                     Languages
                     they
                     ordinarily
                     vse
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     kinds
                     of
                     musicke
                     which
                     they
                     affects
                     for
                     the
                     former
                     we
                     may
                     generally
                     obserue
                     in
                     the
                     Northerne
                     Languages
                     a
                     rough
                     collision
                     of
                     consonants
                     and
                     aspirations
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     German
                     and
                     Bohemian
                     Tongues
                     .
                     Neither
                     is
                     this
                     obserued
                     only
                     in
                     their
                     natiue
                     Tongues
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     in
                     their
                     vse
                     of
                     the
                     Latin
                     Tongue
                     ,
                     in
                     pronunciation
                     of
                     which
                     they
                     cannot
                     but
                     mixe
                     rough
                     aspirations
                     ;
                     as
                     I
                     haue
                     obserued
                     oftentimes
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Northerne
                       Germans
                    
                     ▪
                     who
                     commonly
                     pronounce
                     firum
                     for
                     
                       virum
                       ;
                       fulgus
                    
                     for
                     
                       vulgus
                       ,
                       Pipi
                    
                     for
                     bibi
                     ,
                     with
                     diuerse
                     other
                     of
                     the
                     like
                     nature
                     :
                     as
                     vnable
                     they
                     are
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     to
                     giue
                     any
                     soft
                     aspiration
                     his
                     due
                     sound
                     ,
                     but
                     commonly
                     leaue
                     it
                     out
                     altogether
                     ,
                     or
                     pronounce
                     either
                     the
                     
                       vocales
                       media
                    
                     for
                     
                       vocales
                       tenues
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     aspiratae
                     for
                     mediae
                     ,
                     which
                     
                     proceedes
                     altogether
                     from
                     the
                     immoderate
                     strength
                     of
                     hea●
                     and
                     force
                     of
                     the
                     spirits
                     :
                     But
                     the
                     Southerne
                     people
                     contrariwise
                     wanting
                     that
                     degree
                     of
                     heat
                     ,
                     in
                     their
                     pronunciation
                     abstaine
                     from
                     these
                     hard
                     aspirations
                     and
                     collision
                     of
                     many
                     consonant
                     together
                     ,
                     without
                     v●wels
                     to
                     mollify
                     the
                     harshnes
                     ▪
                     as
                     we
                     find
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Greeke
                       ,
                       Latin
                       ,
                       Spanish
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     I●alian
                     tongues
                     ,
                     which
                     ly●
                     neerer
                     to
                     the
                     South
                     .
                     Also
                     the
                     
                       Turkish
                       ,
                       Arabian
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Persian
                     tongues
                     are
                     by
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     experienced
                     in
                     them
                     ,
                     sayd
                     to
                     bee
                     sweet
                     and
                     elegant
                     .
                     Also
                     it
                     is
                     to
                     bee
                     noted
                     ,
                     that
                     as
                     often
                     as
                     the
                     Colonies
                     of
                     the
                     North
                     haue
                     inuaded
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     although
                     retaining
                     the
                     same
                     foote
                     steps
                     and
                     originall
                     ,
                     haue
                     notwithstanding
                     much
                     altered
                     their
                     pronunciation
                     not
                     onely
                     through
                     the
                     mixture
                     and
                     impression
                     of
                     other
                     languages
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     through
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     find
                     the
                     Gotish
                     tongue
                     of
                     the
                     Spaniards
                     to
                     be
                     changed
                     to
                     a
                     smoother
                     and
                     sweeter
                     pronunciation
                     ,
                     then
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     retained
                     in
                     Scythia
                     .
                     I
                     speake
                     not
                     of
                     the
                     Latin
                     mixtu●e
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     meere
                     Gotish
                     words
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     shall
                     percei●e
                     mollified
                     with
                     more
                     vowels
                     ,
                     and
                     set
                     to
                     a
                     sweeter
                     termination
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     may
                     be
                     obserued
                     in
                     the
                     Hebrew
                     tongue
                     ,
                     which
                     (
                     as
                     
                       Iosephus
                       Abudachnon
                    
                     ,
                     sometimes
                     ,
                     a
                     Reader
                     in
                     this
                     Vniuersity
                     obserued
                     )
                     to
                     the
                     eare
                     sounded
                     far
                     sweeter
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Arabian
                       ,
                       Turkish
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Persian
                     dialects
                     then
                     its
                     owne
                     originall
                     ;
                     not
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     in
                     them
                     more
                     perfect
                     (
                     which
                     were
                     impiety
                     to
                     beleeue
                     )
                     but
                     because
                     men
                     in
                     pronouncing
                     of
                     a
                     language
                     preferring
                     pleasure
                     before
                     significancy
                     ,
                     haue
                     mollified
                     it
                     ,
                     with
                     soft
                     vowels
                     and
                     aspirations
                     ,
                     rather
                     to
                     serue
                     the
                     eare
                     then
                     vnderstanding
                     .
                     No
                     lesse
                     affectation
                     shall
                     wee
                     find
                     of
                     diuerse
                     sortes
                     of
                     musicke
                     ,
                     ●orting
                     with
                     diuerse
                     dispositions
                     .
                     The
                     Northerne
                     mans
                     humour
                     consortes
                     best
                     with
                     the
                     Phrygian
                     measure
                     ,
                     a
                     loud
                     and
                     stirring
                     harmony
                     .
                     The
                     Soth●rne
                     man
                     hauing
                     his
                     spirits
                     more
                     mollified
                     affects
                     the
                     Lydian
                     :
                     The
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     middle
                     region
                     ,
                     are
                     most
                     of
                     all
                     delighted
                     with
                     the
                     Doricke
                     ,
                     a
                     musicke
                     heretofore
                     vsed
                     in
                     sacred
                     exercises
                     .
                     They
                     who
                     know
                     these
                     measures
                     exactly
                     ,
                     and
                     which
                     is
                     agreeable
                     to
                     this
                     or
                     that
                     mans
                     fancy
                     ,
                     will
                     giue
                     a
                     probable
                     guesse
                     vnto
                     his
                     naturall
                     disposition
                     .
                     To
                     runne
                     ouer
                     all
                     the
                     differences
                     in
                     manners
                     and
                     customes
                     of
                     the
                     Northerne
                     and
                     Southerne
                     nations
                     
                     were
                     a
                     matter
                     infinite
                     ;
                     wherefore
                     it
                     shall
                     suffice
                     to
                     wrap
                     vp
                     all
                     in
                     generall
                     recapitulation
                     .
                     If
                     wee
                     compare
                     the
                     Nort●erne
                     man
                     with
                     the
                     Southerne
                     ,
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     the
                     one
                     white
                     and
                     red
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     bl●cke
                     or
                     tawney
                     ;
                     the
                     one
                     big-boned
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     small
                     and
                     dwarfis●
                     ;
                     the
                     one
                     strong
                     ▪
                     but
                     eas●e
                     to
                     be
                     deceiued
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     weake
                     ,
                     but
                     witty
                     and
                     circumspect
                     .
                     The
                     one
                     giuen
                     much
                     to
                     wine
                     ▪
                     the
                     other
                     exceeding
                     sober
                     ▪
                     the
                     one
                     neglecting
                     both
                     himselfe
                     and
                     others
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     carefull
                     and
                     ceremonious
                     :
                     The
                     one
                     rustically
                     arrogant
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     high
                     minded
                     ;
                     the
                     one
                     prodigall
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     parsimoniou●
                     ▪
                     The
                     one
                     temperate
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     lecherous
                     ;
                     the
                     one
                     a
                     slouen
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     neat
                     and
                     hand
                     some
                     ;
                     the
                     one
                     plaine
                     and
                     simple
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     craftie
                     ;
                     the
                     one
                     a
                     Souldier
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     a
                     Priest
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     a
                     Workman
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     a
                     Philosopher
                     ;
                     the
                     one
                     standing
                     on
                     the
                     strength
                     of
                     his
                     ●ands
                     ;
                     the
                     other
                     of
                     his
                     wit.
                     
                  
                   
                     Out
                     of
                     the
                     mixture
                     of
                     these
                     extreames
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     no
                     difficult
                     matter
                     to
                     draw
                     the
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     middle
                     Nations
                     .
                     For
                     finding
                     the
                     two
                     extreame
                     nations
                     of
                     the
                     North
                     and
                     the
                     South
                     to
                     be
                     not
                     onely
                     diuerse
                     ,
                     but
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     opposite
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     in
                     disposition
                     and
                     manners
                     ;
                     it
                     were
                     very
                     rationall
                     to
                     iudge
                     the
                     middle
                     to
                     haue
                     a
                     mixture
                     of
                     both
                     ,
                     which
                     ,
                     obseruation
                     wee
                     will
                     proue
                     ▪
                     For
                     if
                     wee
                     compare
                     the
                     middle
                     region
                     with
                     either
                     )
                     the
                     extreames
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     no
                     such
                     apparant
                     diuersity
                     ▪
                     as
                     betwixt
                     the
                     extreames
                     themselues
                     ▪
                     Here
                     
                       Monsieur
                       B●di●
                    
                     dreames
                     of
                     a
                     golden
                     mediocrity
                     to
                     magnifie
                     his
                     owne
                     Countrey
                     ,
                     which
                     hee
                     finds
                     in
                     his
                     middle
                     region
                     .
                     For
                     sithence
                     both
                     these
                     extreames
                     challenge
                     an
                     extremitie
                     of
                     disposition
                     ,
                     hee
                     imagine●
                     this
                     middle
                     tract
                     only
                     reserued
                     for
                     vertue
                     and
                     temperance
                     .
                     But
                     if
                     hee
                     iustly
                     weigh
                     all
                     in
                     the
                     ballance
                     of
                     impartiall
                     iudgement
                     ,
                     he
                     shall
                     finde
                     no
                     such
                     aduantage
                     .
                     For
                     first
                     out
                     of
                     his
                     owne
                     grounds
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     wee
                     haue
                     hitherto
                     assented
                     ,
                     he
                     ascribes
                     to
                     the
                     extreame
                     nations
                     an
                     eminency
                     both
                     of
                     vice
                     and
                     vertue
                     :
                     Then
                     cannot
                     the
                     middle
                     challenge
                     these
                     qualities
                     otherwise
                     then
                     remitted
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     lesse
                     force
                     .
                     If
                     therefore
                     he
                     would
                     haue
                     their
                     inclination
                     to
                     vice
                     more
                     moderated
                     ,
                     and
                     corrected
                     ;
                     he
                     must
                     also
                     confesse
                     their
                     disposition
                     to
                     vertuous
                     actions
                     to
                     bee
                     of
                     lesse
                     validity
                     .
                     Againe
                     these
                     middle
                     nations
                     
                     are
                     to
                     bee
                     accompted
                     either
                     directly
                     situate
                     betwixt
                     both
                     the
                     extreames
                     ,
                     or
                     more
                     inclining
                     to
                     the
                     one
                     then
                     the
                     other
                     ▪
                     For
                     these
                     directly
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     ,
                     wee
                     must
                     imagine
                     them
                     to
                     partake
                     of
                     both
                     dispositions
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     to
                     vice
                     as
                     to
                     vertue
                     ,
                     borrowing
                     from
                     either
                     extreame
                     as
                     well
                     good
                     as
                     bad
                     :
                     Here
                     therefore
                     can
                     bee
                     found
                     no
                     disaduantage
                     :
                     For
                     if
                     they
                     will
                     boast
                     of
                     the
                     vertues
                     of
                     either
                     ,
                     they
                     must
                     likewise
                     be
                     ashamed
                     of
                     either
                     vices
                     :
                     If
                     they
                     plead
                     a
                     moderation
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     they
                     must
                     loose
                     so
                     much
                     reputation
                     in
                     the
                     later
                     .
                     For
                     these
                     which
                     more
                     neerely
                     incline
                     to
                     the
                     one
                     then
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     it
                     will
                     bee
                     apparant
                     that
                     as
                     they
                     approach
                     the
                     one
                     in
                     one
                     quality
                     ,
                     so
                     they
                     are
                     farther
                     off
                     in
                     another
                     :
                     as
                     if
                     they
                     approach
                     neerer
                     in
                     contemplatiue
                     wit
                     to
                     the
                     Southerne
                     people
                     ,
                     so
                     will
                     they
                     come
                     so
                     farre
                     short
                     of
                     the
                     Northerns
                     valour
                     .
                     For
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     more
                     they
                     come
                     neere
                     the
                     vertue
                     of
                     the
                     one
                     ,
                     so
                     much
                     come
                     they
                     short
                     of
                     the
                     others
                     Affections
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     may
                     bee
                     iudged
                     of
                     their
                     Imperfections
                     ;
                     so
                     weighing
                     reason
                     with
                     reason
                     wee
                     shall
                     find
                     no
                     such
                     inequality
                     and
                     disproportion
                     to
                     magnifie
                     the
                     one
                     ,
                     or
                     vpbraid
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     for
                     that
                     Almighty
                     Creatour
                     of
                     all
                     things
                     is
                     wont
                     to
                     distribute
                     his
                     blessings
                     in
                     proportion
                     :
                     and
                     Nature
                     his
                     soueraigne
                     hand-maide
                     triumphes
                     in
                     nothing
                     more
                     then
                     variety
                     .
                     Thus
                     haue
                     we
                     spoken
                     as
                     farre
                     as
                     history
                     and
                     obseruation
                     can
                     iustifie
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     lawes
                     ,
                     customes
                     ,
                     and
                     manners
                     of
                     the
                     Extreame
                     and
                     middle
                     Nations
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     we
                     haue
                     chiefly
                     tied
                     our
                     discourse
                     to
                     the
                     Northerne
                     and
                     Southerne
                     people
                     in
                     this
                     Hemispheare
                     ,
                     hauing
                     few
                     histories
                     to
                     leade
                     vs
                     to
                     the
                     consideration
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     opposite
                     on
                     the
                     Southerne
                     Hemispheare
                     :
                     yet
                     the
                     causes
                     being
                     like
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     bee
                     able
                     to
                     giue
                     a
                     iudgement
                     of
                     the
                     later
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     8
                     Hitherto
                     haue
                     we
                     treated
                     of
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     Northerne
                     and
                     Southerne
                     Hemispheares
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     speciall
                     subdiuision
                     of
                     each
                     into
                     Extreame
                     or
                     middle
                     :
                     It
                     now
                     remaines
                     that
                     wee
                     speake
                     of
                     the
                     diuision
                     of
                     Inhabitants
                     
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Longitude
                     .
                  
                   
                     9
                     According
                     to
                     the
                     Longitude
                     ,
                     Inhabitants
                     are
                     either
                     in
                     the
                     Easterne
                     Hemispheare
                     ,
                     or
                     Westerne
                     .
                     Those
                     I
                     tearme
                     of
                     the
                     Easterne
                     which
                     liue
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Canaries
                     and
                     the
                     Molucco
                     Ilands
                     on
                     this
                     side
                     :
                     The
                     Westerne
                     those
                     which
                     dwell
                     betwixt
                     those
                     two
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   These
                   two
                   Hemispheares
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   haue
                   by
                   some
                   beene
                   called
                   the
                   Old
                   and
                   New-world
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   former
                   containing
                   
                     Europe
                     ,
                     Asia
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Africke
                   ,
                   hath
                   been
                   knowne
                   to
                   the
                   ancients
                   as
                   the
                   portions
                   of
                   Noahs
                   three
                   Sonnes
                   ,
                   
                     Shem
                     ,
                     Ham
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Iaphet
                   ,
                   whereof
                   (
                   as
                   the
                   Scriptures
                   testifie
                   )
                   Shem
                   had
                   
                     Asia
                     ,
                     Iaphet
                     Europa
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Ham
                     Africa
                  
                   .
                   The
                   other
                   containing
                   America
                   the
                   South-continent
                   ,
                   and
                   some
                   other
                   Ilands
                   ,
                   haue
                   beene
                   since
                   discouered
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   comparison
                   of
                   the
                   Inhabitants
                   of
                   these
                   two
                   Hemispheares
                   we
                   will
                   insert
                   this
                   Theoreme
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       people
                       of
                       the
                       Easterne
                       Hemispheare
                       in
                       Science
                       ,
                       Religion
                       ,
                       Ciuility
                       ,
                       Magnificence
                       ,
                       and
                       almost
                       euery
                       thing
                       else
                       ,
                       are
                       farre
                       superiour
                       to
                       the
                       Inhabitants
                       of
                       the
                       Westerne
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     For
                     demonstration
                     of
                     this
                     point
                     wee
                     need
                     not
                     spend
                     much
                     time
                     ;
                     first
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     manifest
                     that
                     this
                     Hemispheare
                     was
                     peopled
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     before
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     probable
                     argument
                     of
                     their
                     culture
                     and
                     ciuility
                     :
                     because
                     all
                     these
                     matters
                     haue
                     commonly
                     their
                     growth
                     &
                     perfection
                     with
                     Time
                     ,
                     the
                     mother
                     of
                     all
                     perfection
                     .
                     That
                     this
                     part
                     was
                     peopled
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     before
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     is
                     most
                     credible
                     :
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     plaine
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Holy
                     Scriptures
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     first
                     off-spring
                     of
                     mankind
                     was
                     in
                     Asia
                     ;
                     whence
                     it
                     could
                     not
                     disperse
                     it selfe
                     into
                     America
                     and
                     other
                     parts
                     of
                     
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     till
                     such
                     time
                     as
                     their
                     populous
                     growth
                     had
                     required
                     larger
                     bounds
                     .
                     The
                     passage
                     from
                     Asia
                     into
                     America
                     without
                     doubt
                     had
                     been
                     performed
                     either
                     by
                     sea
                     or
                     land
                     .
                     By
                     Sea
                     it
                     was
                     improbable
                     they
                     should
                     aduenture
                     in
                     that
                     infancy
                     of
                     the
                     World
                     ,
                     when
                     the
                     Art
                     of
                     Nauigation
                     was
                     in
                     her
                     swathing
                     bands
                     ,
                     and
                     neither
                     the
                     Chart
                     or
                     Compasse
                     as
                     yet
                     inuented
                     .
                     If
                     by
                     land
                     they
                     made
                     their
                     passage
                     ,
                     it
                     was
                     doubtlesse
                     through
                     the
                     North
                     of
                     Asia
                     ,
                     supposing
                     America
                     with
                     Asia
                     to
                     bee
                     one
                     Continent
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     people
                     comming
                     out
                     of
                     a
                     pleasant
                     and
                     temperate
                     Countrey
                     ,
                     would
                     without
                     question
                     first
                     attempt
                     the
                     places
                     of
                     the
                     like
                     quality
                     ,
                     as
                     most
                     pleasing
                     their
                     eye
                     ,
                     and
                     fitting
                     their
                     disposition
                     ,
                     before
                     they
                     would
                     inforce
                     their
                     passage
                     to
                     the
                     Icy
                     and
                     frozen
                     Climates
                     of
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     which
                     can
                     only
                     bee
                     beholding
                     to
                     necessity
                     for
                     habitation
                     .
                     Hence
                     without
                     doubt
                     it
                     came
                     to
                     passe
                     ,
                     that
                     those
                     Nations
                     wandring
                     farre
                     from
                     their
                     first
                     fountaine
                     ,
                     and
                     leauing
                     no
                     sufficient
                     monument
                     to
                     instruct
                     their
                     posterity
                     in
                     their
                     first
                     originall
                     ,
                     came
                     short
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     reuealed
                     as
                     acquired
                     knowledge
                     in
                     reuealed
                     knowledge
                     ,
                     either
                     sought
                     in
                     Holy
                     Scriptures
                     ,
                     or
                     Traditions
                     ,
                     they
                     could
                     not
                     but
                     come
                     short
                     ;
                     as
                     being
                     most
                     distant
                     from
                     the
                     first
                     head
                     and
                     fountaine
                     where
                     it
                     was
                     to
                     be
                     found
                     in
                     greatest
                     perfection
                     .
                     In
                     Acquired
                     knowledge
                     gotten
                     by
                     industry
                     and
                     experience
                     they
                     could
                     not
                     come
                     so
                     farre
                     as
                     the
                     other
                     ;
                     because
                     all
                     such
                     knowledge
                     hauing
                     its
                     beginning
                     from
                     obseruation
                     ,
                     and
                     its
                     growth
                     with
                     age
                     ,
                     could
                     not
                     bee
                     brought
                     to
                     that
                     perfection
                     amongst
                     them
                     ,
                     who
                     came
                     more
                     lately
                     to
                     bee
                     a
                     people
                     ,
                     and
                     scarce
                     euer
                     endowed
                     with
                     any
                     settled
                     gouernment
                     :
                     but
                     whatsoeuer
                     the
                     causes
                     may
                     bee
                     thought
                     of
                     this
                     diuersity
                     betwixt
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     Westerne
                     and
                     Easterne
                     Hemispheare
                     ,
                     certaine
                     I
                     am
                     that
                     the
                     effect
                     it selfe
                     is
                     most
                     apparant
                     .
                     Of
                     the
                     happy
                     endowments
                     of
                     
                       Europe
                       ,
                       Asia
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     good
                     part
                     of
                     Africke
                     ,
                     both
                     in
                     
                       Arts
                       liberall
                    
                     and
                     
                       mechanicall
                       ,
                       state
                       ,
                       policy
                       ,
                       magnificence
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     Religion
                     ,
                     we
                     haue
                     often
                     spoken
                     ,
                     and
                     neede
                     make
                     no
                     repetition
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     if
                     we
                     compare
                     America
                     ,
                     being
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     the
                     only
                     portion
                     of
                     this
                     Hemispheare
                     ,
                     we
                     shall
                     amongst
                     them
                     find
                     few
                     or
                     no
                     Arts
                     either
                     inuented
                     or
                     taught
                     ,
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     letters
                     scarce
                     euer
                     knowne
                     ;
                     state
                     and
                     magnificence
                     little
                     regarded
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     
                     Light
                     of
                     Christian
                     Religion
                     scarce
                     euer
                     seene
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     through
                     the
                     dimme
                     clouds
                     of
                     Roman
                     superstition
                     .
                     Hee
                     that
                     would
                     know
                     more
                     in
                     this
                     matter
                     ,
                     let
                     him
                     read
                     
                       Peter
                       Martyr
                       ,
                       Cortesius
                       ,
                       Acosta
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     others
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     naturall
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     America
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     10
                     The
                     Inhabitants
                     of
                     such
                     Hemispheares
                     are
                     againe
                     subdiuided
                     into
                     the
                     Easterne
                     and
                     Westerne
                     :
                     the
                     Westerne
                     in
                     the
                     Easterne
                     Hemispheare
                     ,
                     are
                     they
                     who
                     liue
                     neerer
                     the
                     Canaries
                     :
                     the
                     Easterne
                     are
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     situate
                     towards
                     the
                     Moluccoes
                     :
                     to
                     which
                     those
                     other
                     in
                     the
                     Westerne
                     Hemispeare
                     are
                     correspondent
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       The
                       Westerne
                       people
                       haue
                       been
                       obserued
                       to
                       be
                       more
                       happy
                       and
                       able
                       in
                       martiall
                       discipline
                       :
                       the
                       Easterne
                       in
                       witty
                       contemplation
                       ,
                       and
                       speculatiue
                       Sciences
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     There
                     is
                     no
                     small
                     affinity
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     before
                     touched
                     )
                     betwixt
                     the
                     West
                     and
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     as
                     betwixt
                     the
                     East
                     and
                     the
                     South
                     ;
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     the
                     temperament
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     :
                     which
                     cognation
                     will
                     appeare
                     more
                     fully
                     by
                     the
                     proofe
                     and
                     demonstration
                     of
                     this
                     Theoreme
                     .
                     Of
                     the
                     strength
                     and
                     valour
                     of
                     the
                     Westerne
                     people
                     ▪
                     many
                     records
                     giue
                     euidence
                     ;
                     we
                     read
                     of
                     innumerable
                     Colonies
                     of
                     the
                     Celtes
                     a
                     people
                     situate
                     on
                     the
                     West
                     of
                     France
                     ,
                     sent
                     into
                     
                       Italy
                       ,
                       Grece
                    
                     ,
                     &
                     Asia
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     Italians
                     durst
                     neuer
                     inuade
                     France
                     ,
                     till
                     such
                     time
                     as
                     their
                     Empire
                     was
                     at
                     the
                     hight
                     vnder
                     Caesar
                     ,
                     taking
                     also
                     aduantage
                     of
                     the
                     home-bred
                     enmities
                     of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     among
                     themselues
                     ,
                     whence
                     Tully
                     the
                     Orator
                     tooke
                     occasion
                     to
                     praise
                     Caesar
                     for
                     subduing
                     those
                     Nations
                     ,
                     and
                     reducing
                     them
                     to
                     the
                     Romans
                     obedience
                     ,
                     whose
                     strength
                     the
                     Roman
                     Empire
                     could
                     hardly
                     sustaine
                     .
                     The
                     Italians
                     haue
                     oftentimes
                     molested
                     the
                     
                     Graecians
                     ,
                     yet
                     from
                     them
                     suffered
                     little
                     or
                     small
                     inconuenience
                     ▪
                     so
                     the
                     Graecians
                     hauing
                     with
                     their
                     Armes
                     cut
                     out
                     a
                     large
                     way
                     through
                     Asia
                     ,
                     scarce
                     euer
                     dared
                     to
                     come
                     into
                     Italy
                     but
                     once
                     vnder
                     the
                     conduct
                     of
                     Pyrrhus
                     ▪
                     who
                     being
                     almost
                     defeated
                     of
                     his
                     Armie
                     ,
                     was
                     inforced
                     to
                     saue
                     himselfe
                     by
                     ●light
                     .
                     In
                     like
                     sort
                     Xerxes
                     who
                     brought
                     men
                     enough
                     into
                     Greece
                     to
                     drye
                     vp
                     the
                     Riuers
                     ,
                     was
                     notwithstanding
                     defeated
                     by
                     a
                     few
                     Graecians
                     to
                     his
                     great
                     dishonour
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     Cato
                     had
                     good
                     reason
                     to
                     obiect
                     to
                     Muraena
                     ,
                     and
                     Caesar
                     to
                     Pompey
                     ,
                     that
                     their
                     wars
                     waged
                     against
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     Asia
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     others
                     were
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     rather
                     against
                     Women
                     then
                     Men.
                     This
                     without
                     doubt
                     gaue
                     Alexander
                     his
                     greatest
                     happines
                     and
                     victory
                     ,
                     that
                     he
                     turned
                     his
                     Armes
                     against
                     the
                     Easterne
                     people
                     ,
                     which
                     were
                     either
                     altogether
                     barbarous
                     ,
                     wanting
                     martiall
                     discipline
                     ,
                     or
                     all
                     ouer
                     delicate
                     ,
                     not
                     able
                     to
                     resist
                     such
                     hardnes
                     :
                     whereas
                     if
                     he
                     had
                     opposed
                     the
                     Westerne
                     people
                     (
                     by
                     the
                     censure
                     of
                     Liuy
                     )
                     hee
                     had
                     at
                     least
                     failed
                     of
                     those
                     many
                     Conquests
                     ,
                     if
                     not
                     purchased
                     ●
                     fatall
                     ouerthrow
                     .
                     The
                     obseruation
                     perhaps
                     of
                     which
                     cou●●gious
                     valour
                     in
                     the
                     Westerne
                     people
                     was
                     the
                     cause
                     why
                     the
                     Turkes
                     heretofore
                     were
                     wont
                     to
                     chuse
                     their
                     Ianisaries
                     ,
                     and
                     chiefe
                     men
                     of
                     warre
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Europaeans
                     ,
                     accompting
                     them
                     more
                     strong
                     and
                     able
                     then
                     the
                     Asiaticks
                     ,
                     being
                     of
                     temper
                     more
                     soft
                     and
                     delicate
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     accords
                     Iulian
                     in
                     his
                     booke
                     against
                     the
                     Christians
                     :
                     the
                     Celtes
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     are
                     Bold
                     &
                     Aduenturous
                     :
                     the
                     Greeks
                     and
                     Romans
                     both
                     warlike
                     and
                     ciuill
                     :
                     the
                     Egyptians
                     more
                     industrious
                     and
                     subtile
                     ,
                     although
                     weake
                     and
                     tender
                     .
                     The
                     Syri●ns
                     with
                     great
                     ala●rity
                     conforme
                     themselues
                     to
                     discipline
                     :
                     And
                     a
                     little
                     after
                     hath
                     these
                     words
                     :
                     What
                     shall
                     I
                     declare
                     (
                     saith
                     hee
                     )
                     how
                     coue●ous
                     of
                     liberty
                     and
                     impatient
                     of
                     seruitude
                     the
                     Germans
                     are
                     how
                     quiet
                     and
                     tractable
                     the
                     
                       Syrians
                       ,
                       Persians
                       ,
                       Parthians
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     the
                     Nations
                     situate
                     towards
                     the
                     East
                     and
                     South
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     World.
                     Tacitus
                     reports
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Barauians
                     lying
                     on
                     the
                     West
                     of
                     Germany
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     Germans
                     are
                     the
                     strongest
                     and
                     most
                     valiant
                     :
                     which
                     Plutarch
                     also
                     confirmes
                     in
                     the
                     life
                     of
                     Marius
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     most
                     warlike
                     people
                     of
                     all
                     France
                     are
                     these
                     which
                     are
                     most
                     Westerne
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     opinion
                     had
                     Caesar
                     of
                     the
                     Westerne
                     Nations
                     :
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     Europe
                     (
                     saith
                     hee
                     )
                     
                     the
                     Westerne
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     Brittaines
                     and
                     Spaniards
                     are
                     the
                     strongest
                     .
                     Now
                     as
                     the
                     Westerne
                     people
                     iustly
                     challenge
                     to
                     themselues
                     this
                     prerogatiue
                     of
                     strength
                     and
                     valour
                     ,
                     so
                     must
                     they
                     yeeld
                     to
                     the
                     Easterne
                     ,
                     that
                     of
                     Religion
                     and
                     contemplation
                     .
                     To
                     let
                     passe
                     the
                     Indians
                     ,
                     which
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     gone
                     ,
                     were
                     enriched
                     with
                     knowledge
                     ,
                     if
                     we
                     belieue
                     ancient
                     writers
                     ;
                     who
                     can
                     deny
                     the
                     
                       Hebrewes
                       ,
                       Chaldaeans
                       ,
                       Syrians
                       ,
                       Aegyptians
                       ,
                       Arabians
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     others
                     of
                     the
                     East
                     their
                     iust
                     trophies
                     of
                     learning
                     and
                     contemplation
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     haue
                     erected
                     to
                     after
                     ages
                     ?
                     From
                     these
                     fountaines
                     haue
                     the
                     Greekes
                     and
                     Latins
                     deriued
                     those
                     large
                     streames
                     ,
                     wherewith
                     they
                     haue
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     watred
                     all
                     Europe
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     written
                     ,
                     
                       That
                       there
                       came
                       wise
                       men
                       from
                       the
                       East
                       to
                       worship
                       Christ
                    
                     ;
                     which
                     must
                     needes
                     bee
                     vnderstood
                     of
                     Chaldaea
                     or
                     the
                     places
                     neere
                     adioyning
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     Magi
                     or
                     Wisemen
                     were
                     had
                     in
                     great
                     reputation
                     .
                     If
                     any
                     obiect
                     the
                     decay
                     both
                     of
                     Learning
                     and
                     Religion
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     easterne
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     ;
                     Wee
                     answer
                     that
                     this
                     in
                     most
                     parts
                     is
                     meerely
                     Accidentall
                     ,
                     caused
                     by
                     the
                     hostile
                     inuasion
                     of
                     the
                     
                       vsurping
                       Turkes
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     professe
                     themselues
                     to
                     bee
                     vtter
                     enemies
                     to
                     Learning
                     and
                     the
                     true
                     Religion
                     .
                     To
                     which
                     ,
                     wee
                     may
                     adde
                     the
                     ignorance
                     of
                     the
                     Christian
                     Religion
                     in
                     many
                     places
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     greatest
                     ground
                     of
                     solide
                     knowledge
                     .
                     For
                     amongst
                     all
                     religions
                     in
                     the
                     world
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     none
                     which
                     giueth
                     more
                     way
                     to
                     learning
                     then
                     the
                     Christian
                     :
                     Whereas
                     some
                     others
                     altogether
                     forbid
                     the
                     studie
                     of
                     such
                     matters
                     ;
                     yet
                     is
                     not
                     this
                     inclination
                     so
                     absurde
                     in
                     the
                     Easterne
                     people
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     euery-where
                     some
                     markes
                     and
                     footesteps
                     will
                     discouer
                     their
                     disposition
                     .
                     For
                     in
                     the
                     East
                     shall
                     wee
                     find
                     no
                     small
                     number
                     of
                     Christian
                     Churches
                     and
                     Monasteries
                     ,
                     professing
                     Christianity
                     and
                     other
                     good
                     learning
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     speake
                     no
                     more
                     of
                     the
                     Christian
                     Religion
                     ,
                     which
                     wee
                     hold
                     rather
                     by
                     Gods
                     speciall
                     grace
                     ,
                     then
                     nature
                     :
                     the
                     superstitious
                     deuotion
                     of
                     these
                     heathen
                     nations
                     to
                     their
                     owne
                     false
                     religions
                     ,
                     is
                     a
                     sufficient
                     argument
                     of
                     their
                     naturall
                     inclination
                     to
                     religious
                     exercises
                     .
                     How
                     obstinately
                     peruerse
                     ,
                     Ceremonious
                     ,
                     and
                     superstitious
                     the
                     Indians
                     are
                     found
                     in
                     Idolatrous
                     Religions
                     ,
                     I
                     haue
                     often
                     wondred
                     to
                     heare
                     some
                     trauaylers
                     reporte
                     :
                     Of
                     the
                     other
                     Hemispheare
                     comprehending
                     
                     America
                     ,
                     I
                     haue
                     as
                     yet
                     small
                     euidence
                     out
                     of
                     History
                     ,
                     whereon
                     to
                     ground
                     any
                     certainty
                     ;
                     all
                     we
                     can
                     say
                     shall
                     be
                     comprized
                     in
                     this
                     Theoreme
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       easterne
                       part
                       of
                       the
                       westerne
                       Hemispheare
                       was
                       peopled
                       before
                       the
                       westerne
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     proposition
                     seemes
                     probably
                     warranted
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     by
                     reason
                     as
                     authority
                     ;
                     for
                     first
                     ,
                     supposing
                     as
                     an
                     infallible
                     ground
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     first
                     ofspring
                     of
                     all
                     nations
                     was
                     in
                     Asia
                     ,
                     towards
                     the
                     East
                     ;
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     to
                     people
                     America
                     ,
                     there
                     should
                     be
                     a
                     passage
                     thereunto
                     out
                     of
                     Asia
                     ;
                     because
                     America
                     was
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     not
                     inhabited
                     ere
                     it
                     was
                     discouered
                     to
                     the
                     Europaeans
                     .
                     This
                     passage
                     then
                     ,
                     was
                     either
                     by
                     Sea
                     or
                     Land
                     :
                     Were
                     it
                     by
                     sea
                     ,
                     the
                     first
                     part
                     whereat
                     they
                     could
                     arriue
                     was
                     the
                     easterne
                     side
                     .
                     If
                     wee
                     suppose
                     it
                     to
                     be
                     by
                     land
                     (
                     as
                     is
                     most
                     likely
                     in
                     those
                     ancient
                     times
                     )
                     yet
                     was
                     it
                     most
                     probable
                     it
                     should
                     bee
                     on
                     the
                     North-east
                     side
                     from
                     the
                     Pole
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     found
                     by
                     obseruation
                     that
                     on
                     the
                     North-west
                     side
                     it
                     is
                     diuided
                     from
                     Asia
                     by
                     streites
                     ,
                     then
                     must
                     they
                     first
                     touch
                     on
                     the
                     Easterne
                     part
                     .
                     To
                     this
                     we
                     may
                     adde
                     the
                     experience
                     of
                     the
                     Castilians
                     and
                     Portugalls
                     (
                     who
                     first
                     discouered
                     this
                     part
                     )
                     who
                     affirme
                     that
                     the
                     people
                     dwelling
                     on
                     that
                     side
                     ,
                     haue
                     beene
                     obserued
                     to
                     surpasse
                     the
                     westerne
                     by
                     farre
                     in
                     ciuility
                     of
                     manners
                     ,
                     knowledge
                     ,
                     and
                     such
                     endowments
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     bee
                     an
                     argument
                     of
                     the
                     antiquity
                     of
                     their
                     plantation
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 XV.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     1.
                     
                     THe
                     second
                     diuersity
                     of
                     disposition
                     of
                     inhabitants
                     ariseth
                     from
                     the
                     diuerse
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     Soile
                     :
                     Here
                     fowre
                     distinctions
                     of
                     Nations
                     are
                     
                     remarkeable
                     .
                     1
                     Of
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     of
                     the
                     Mountaines
                     and
                     plaine-Countreyes
                     .
                     2
                     Of
                     marish
                     and
                     dry
                     .
                     3.
                     
                     Of
                     windy
                     and
                     quiet
                     .
                     4.
                     
                     Of
                     sea-borders
                     and
                     Iland-people
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   That
                   mens
                   dispositions
                   are
                   diuersly
                   varied
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   temper
                   of
                   the
                   soile
                   ,
                   euery
                   mans
                   owne
                   experience
                   may
                   easily
                   enforme
                   him
                   ;
                   for
                   to
                   reserue
                   particular
                   instances
                   to
                   their
                   proper
                   places
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   most
                   manifest
                   that
                   all
                   the
                   vitall
                   operations
                   of
                   the
                   soule
                   depends
                   as
                   well
                   vpon
                   the
                   corporeall
                   and
                   organicall
                   parts
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   spirits
                   ;
                   which
                   being
                   diuersely
                   affected
                   by
                   the
                   qualities
                   of
                   the
                   Aire
                   ,
                   and
                   Earth
                   must
                   needes
                   vary
                   and
                   suffer
                   a
                   change
                   .
                   Plaine
                   and
                   euident
                   dis●arity
                   is
                   found
                   :
                   first
                   betwixt
                   two
                   nations
                   situate
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   Parallell
                   or
                   climate
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   heauens
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   betwixt
                   two
                   men
                   borne
                   in
                   seuerall
                   Countreyes
                   liuing
                   together
                   for
                   some
                   time
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   region
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   of
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   
                     selfe-same
                     man
                  
                   liuing
                   at
                   diuerse
                   times
                   in
                   diuers
                   regions
                   .
                   Fourthly
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   man
                   liuing
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   Countrey
                   at
                   diuerse
                   seasons
                   and
                   times
                   ;
                   all
                   which
                   being
                   heretofore
                   demonstrated
                   will
                   declare
                   vnto
                   vs
                   the
                   great
                   Sympathy
                   ,
                   and
                   operation
                   the
                   Aire
                   and
                   his
                   diuerse
                   qualities
                   ,
                   hath
                   with
                   ,
                   and
                   on
                   our
                   corporeall
                   spirits
                   and
                   organs
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   temperament
                   of
                   the
                   Aire
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   haue
                   formerly
                   shewed
                   )
                   depends
                   on
                   the
                   temperature
                   of
                   the
                   soile
                   :
                   whence
                   it
                   must
                   needs
                   follow
                   that
                   the
                   naturall
                   disposition
                   of
                   men
                   should
                   bee
                   varied
                   somewhat
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   soyle
                   .
                   This
                   disposition
                   of
                   the
                   soile
                   being
                   manifold
                   ,
                   wee
                   haue
                   reduced
                   onely
                   to
                   three
                   heads
                   :
                   leauing
                   other
                   curiosities
                   to
                   such
                   ,
                   as
                   haue
                   more
                   leasure
                   :
                   What
                   wee
                   iudge
                   in
                   this
                   ,
                   shall
                   be
                   declared
                   in
                   these
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       
                         1
                         Mountaine
                      
                       people
                       are
                       for
                       the
                       most
                       pa●t
                       more
                       
                         stout
                         ,
                         warlike
                      
                       and
                       generous
                       then
                       those
                       of
                       
                         plaine
                         Countreyes
                      
                       :
                       yet
                       lesse
                       tractable
                       to
                       gouernment
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     warlike
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     mountanists
                     and
                     their
                     
                     strange
                     Impatience
                     to
                     subiection
                     ,
                     many
                     Histories
                     giue
                     testimony
                     Geographers
                     repor
                     ,
                     that
                     setting
                     aside
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     North
                     (
                     to
                     whom
                     for
                     strength
                     and
                     valour
                     wee
                     haue
                     giuen
                     the
                     palme
                     ,
                     )
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     of
                     the
                     mountaine
                     Atlas
                     are
                     great
                     and
                     strong
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     whom
                     the
                     Kings
                     of
                     Numidia
                     and
                     Mauritania
                     in
                     time
                     of
                     warre
                     are
                     wont
                     to
                     leuy
                     their
                     forces
                     .
                     And
                     it
                     is
                     worthy
                     admiration
                     to
                     consider
                     the
                     mountaine
                     people
                     of
                     Arabia
                     ,
                     who
                     could
                     neuer
                     be
                     drawne
                     to
                     yeeld
                     to
                     subiection
                     ,
                     but
                     being
                     fortified
                     not
                     somuch
                     by
                     the
                     benefit
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     (
                     as
                     some
                     might
                     happily
                     imagine
                     )
                     but
                     rather
                     by
                     naturall
                     strength
                     and
                     valour
                     ,
                     haue
                     alwaies
                     liued
                     in
                     liberty
                     .
                     To
                     whom
                     (
                     as
                     is
                     reported
                     )
                     the
                     Turkes
                     giue
                     a
                     yeerely
                     stipend
                     to
                     keepe
                     them
                     off
                     from
                     inuading
                     the
                     Territories
                     of
                     Palaestine
                     and
                     Damascus
                     .
                     Of
                     the
                     Ma●sians
                     the
                     ancient
                     inhabitants
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Appenine
                       mountaines
                    
                     in
                     Italy
                     ,
                     the
                     Romans
                     were
                     wont
                     so
                     well
                     to
                     conceiue
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     grew
                     into
                     a
                     prouerbe
                     :
                     
                       Sine
                       Marsis
                       triumphasse
                       neminem
                       .
                       Gostane
                       ,
                    
                     when
                     he
                     went
                     about
                     to
                     inuade
                     the
                     kingdome
                     of
                     Succia
                     ,
                     chose
                     his
                     legions
                     of
                     souldiers
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Dalecarly
                     ,
                     who
                     inhabite
                     the
                     
                       Succian
                       mountaines
                    
                     .
                     But
                     amongst
                     all
                     ,
                     no
                     nation
                     hath
                     purchased
                     a
                     greater
                     opinion
                     and
                     reputation
                     then
                     the
                     Heluetians
                     ,
                     liuing
                     amongst
                     the
                     Alpes
                     .
                     These
                     men
                     are
                     originally
                     descended
                     from
                     the
                     Succians
                     ,
                     which
                     for
                     valour
                     ,
                     haue
                     ●o
                     farre
                     approued
                     themselues
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     haue
                     not
                     onely
                     kept
                     themselues
                     free
                     from
                     forraigne
                     iurisdiction
                     ,
                     but
                     haue
                     often
                     deliuered
                     their
                     neighbouring
                     countries
                     from
                     slauery
                     and
                     oppression
                     ▪
                     Against
                     the
                     house
                     Austria
                     they
                     haue
                     not
                     once
                     displaied
                     their
                     banners
                     ,
                     and
                     triumphed
                     in
                     their
                     ouerthrow
                     .
                     A
                     great
                     part
                     of
                     Germany
                     hath
                     smarted
                     vnder
                     their
                     valour
                     ;
                     and
                     such
                     an
                     honorable
                     opinion
                     haue
                     they
                     wonne
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     are
                     accompted
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     the
                     Censors
                     and
                     moderators
                     to
                     decide
                     controuersies
                     in
                     matters
                     of
                     state
                     and
                     
                       kingdomes
                       .
                       Cicero
                    
                     giues
                     grrat
                     commendations
                     of
                     strength
                     to
                     the
                     Ligurgians
                     inhabiting
                     the
                     mountaines
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     well
                     knowne
                     how
                     long
                     and
                     tedious
                     warres
                     the
                     mountaine
                     Cilicians
                     and
                     Acr●cerauneans
                     had
                     with
                     the
                     Turkes
                     :
                     how
                     long
                     with
                     small
                     damage
                     they
                     endured
                     affront
                     ,
                     and
                     droue
                     them
                     back
                     ▪
                     Here
                     we
                     might
                     add
                     the
                     examples
                     of
                     the
                     Biscanes
                     and
                     Cantabrians
                     in
                     Spaine
                     ,
                     who
                     vnder
                     
                     the
                     conduct
                     of
                     Pelagius
                     their
                     King
                     ,
                     withstood
                     the
                     Saracens
                     ,
                     and
                     preserued
                     both
                     their
                     language
                     and
                     religion
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     ought
                     to
                     be
                     spoken
                     of
                     the
                     Welsh
                     &
                     Cornish
                     people
                     amongst
                     vs
                     ,
                     as
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Scottish
                       Highlander
                    
                     :
                     all
                     which
                     liuing
                     in
                     
                       mountanous
                       countries
                    
                     haue
                     withstood
                     the
                     violence
                     of
                     forraigners
                     ,
                     and
                     for
                     many
                     y●ares
                     preserued
                     their
                     owne
                     liberty
                     .
                     And
                     howso●uer
                     it
                     may
                     be
                     obiected
                     that
                     the
                     aduantage
                     of
                     the
                     place
                     gaue
                     them
                     courage
                     ,
                     yet
                     can
                     wee
                     not
                     deny
                     their
                     disposition
                     due
                     commendation
                     ;
                     hauing
                     not
                     only
                     thus
                     for
                     a
                     time
                     protected
                     their
                     owne
                     rights
                     ,
                     but
                     made
                     many
                     hostile
                     inuasions
                     on
                     their
                     enemies
                     .
                     Hence
                     Bodin
                     would
                     make
                     a
                     certaine
                     Harmony
                     betwixt
                     the
                     mountaine
                     people
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Northerne
                     ,
                     esteeming
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     of
                     the
                     Alpes
                     ,
                     the
                     Pyraeneans
                     ,
                     the
                     Acroceraunij
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     of
                     
                       Haemus
                       ,
                       Carpathus
                       ,
                       Olympus
                       ,
                       Taurus
                       ,
                       Stella
                       ,
                       Caucasus
                       ,
                       Imaeus
                       ,
                    
                     with
                     diuerse
                     others
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     nature
                     ,
                     albeit
                     situate
                     in
                     the
                     temperate
                     part
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     accompted
                     northerne
                     people
                     :
                     as
                     also
                     farther
                     towards
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     of
                     A●las
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Arabian
                       mountaines
                    
                     ,
                     of
                     Pirus
                     ,
                     and
                     Seraleona
                     ,
                     are
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     by
                     him
                     excepted
                     from
                     the
                     Southerne
                     inhabitants
                     ,
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     their
                     high
                     and
                     
                       mountanous
                       situation
                    
                     ;
                     which
                     recompenseth
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     and
                     challengeth
                     asmuch
                     cold
                     ,
                     as
                     by
                     the
                     heauens
                     it
                     should
                     seeme
                     to
                     receiue
                     heat
                     .
                     This
                     conceit
                     of
                     a
                     Monsieur
                     Bodin
                     ,
                     I
                     admit
                     without
                     any
                     great
                     contradiction
                     ,
                     were
                     he
                     not
                     ouer
                     peremptorie
                     in
                     ouermuch
                     censuring
                     all
                     mountanous
                     people
                     of
                     blockishnesse
                     and
                     barbarisme
                     ,
                     against
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     Auerroes
                     a
                     great
                     writer
                     ;
                     who
                     finding
                     these
                     people
                     neerer
                     heauen
                     suspected
                     in
                     them
                     a
                     more
                     heauenly
                     nature
                     .
                     Neither
                     want
                     their
                     many
                     reasons
                     ,
                     drawne
                     from
                     nature
                     and
                     experiment
                     ,
                     to
                     proue
                     mountanous
                     people
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     more
                     pregnant
                     in
                     wit
                     and
                     guifts
                     of
                     vnderstanding
                     then
                     others
                     ,
                     inhabiting
                     low
                     and
                     
                       plaine
                       Countries
                    
                     .
                     For
                     howsoeuer
                     wit
                     and
                     valour
                     are
                     many
                     times
                     diuided
                     ,
                     as
                     wee
                     haue
                     shewed
                     in
                     the
                     northerne
                     and
                     southerne
                     people
                     ,
                     yet
                     were
                     they
                     neuer
                     so
                     much
                     at
                     variance
                     ,
                     but
                     they
                     would
                     sometimes
                     meete
                     .
                     First
                     therefore
                     what
                     can
                     speake
                     more
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     witty
                     temper
                     of
                     the
                     mountaine
                     people
                     ,
                     then
                     their
                     cleare
                     and
                     
                       subtile
                       Aire
                    
                     being
                     farre
                     more
                     purged
                     and
                     rarified
                     ,
                     then
                     that
                     in
                     low
                     countries
                     :
                     For
                     
                     holding
                     the
                     
                       vitall
                       spirits
                    
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     chiefest
                     instruments
                     in
                     the
                     soules
                     operation
                     ,
                     no
                     man
                     can
                     deny
                     but
                     they
                     sympathrize
                     ,
                     especially
                     with
                     the
                     aire
                     their
                     chiefest
                     foment
                     .
                     Euery
                     man
                     may
                     by
                     experience
                     finde
                     his
                     intellectuall
                     operations
                     more
                     vigorous
                     in
                     a
                     cleare
                     day
                     ,
                     and
                     on
                     the
                     contrary
                     most
                     dull
                     and
                     heauy
                     when
                     the
                     aire
                     is
                     any
                     way
                     affected
                     with
                     foggy
                     vapours
                     .
                     What
                     wee
                     finde
                     in
                     our selues
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     place
                     at
                     diuerse
                     seasons
                     ,
                     may
                     we
                     much
                     more
                     expect
                     of
                     places
                     ,
                     diuersely
                     affected
                     in
                     constitution
                     .
                     A
                     second
                     reason
                     for
                     the
                     proofe
                     of
                     our
                     assertion
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     thinne
                     and
                     
                       spare
                       diet
                    
                     ,
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     those
                     others
                     .
                     Forpeople
                     liuing
                     on
                     plaines
                     ,
                     haue
                     commonly
                     all
                     commodities
                     in
                     such
                     plenty
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     are
                     much
                     subiect
                     to
                     surfeting
                     and
                     luxurie
                     ,
                     the
                     greatest
                     enemy
                     and
                     vnderminer
                     of
                     all
                     intellectuall
                     operations
                     .
                     For
                     a
                     fat-belly
                     commonly
                     begets
                     a
                     
                       grosse
                       head
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     
                       leane
                       braine
                    
                     :
                     But
                     want
                     and
                     scarcity
                     the
                     mother
                     of
                     frugality
                     ,
                     inuites
                     the
                     mountaine
                     dwellers
                     to
                     a
                     more
                     sparing
                     and
                     wholsome
                     diet
                     .
                     Neither
                     growes
                     this
                     conuenience
                     onely
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     scarcity
                     of
                     viandes
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     diet
                     .
                     
                       Birds
                       ,
                       Fowles
                    
                     and
                     Beasts
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     bred
                     vpon
                     higher
                     places
                     ,
                     are
                     esteemed
                     of
                     a
                     more
                     cleanely
                     and
                     wholesome
                     feeding
                     ,
                     then
                     others
                     liuing
                     in
                     fennes
                     and
                     foggy
                     places
                     :
                     And
                     how
                     farre
                     the
                     quality
                     of
                     our
                     diet
                     preuailes
                     in
                     the
                     alteration
                     of
                     our
                     organs
                     and
                     dispositions
                     ;
                     euery
                     naturalist
                     will
                     easily
                     resolue
                     vs.
                     A
                     third
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     
                       cold
                       Aire
                    
                     of
                     these
                     mountanous
                     regions
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     an
                     Antiperistasis
                     keepes
                     in
                     ,
                     and
                     strengthens
                     the
                     internall
                     heat
                     ,
                     the
                     chiefe
                     instrument
                     in
                     naturall
                     and
                     vitall
                     operations
                     .
                     For
                     who
                     perceiues
                     not
                     his
                     vitall
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     consequence
                     his
                     intellectuall
                     parts
                     ,
                     in
                     cold
                     frosty
                     weather
                     to
                     be
                     more
                     strong
                     and
                     vigorous
                     ,
                     then
                     in
                     hot
                     and
                     soultry
                     seasons
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     spirits
                     are
                     more
                     diffused
                     and
                     weakened
                     .
                     This
                     disparity
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     region
                     ,
                     at
                     diuerse
                     times
                     ,
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     aire
                     ,
                     may
                     easily
                     declare
                     the
                     disparity
                     of
                     diuerse
                     Regions
                     ,
                     being
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     diuersely
                     affected
                     .
                     A
                     fourth
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     taken
                     from
                     the
                     customary
                     hardnesse
                     ,
                     whereunto
                     such
                     people
                     inure
                     themselues
                     from
                     their
                     infancy
                     ;
                     which
                     (
                     as
                     Huartus
                     proues
                     )
                     begets
                     a
                     better
                     temper
                     of
                     the
                     braine
                     ,
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     wit
                     and
                     vnderstanding
                     ;
                     
                     which
                     wee
                     happen
                     to
                     finde
                     cleane
                     otherwise
                     with
                     them
                     ,
                     who
                     haue
                     accustomed
                     themselues
                     to
                     delicatenesse
                     .
                     These
                     reasons
                     perhaps
                     would
                     seeme
                     onely
                     probable
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     no
                     great
                     moment
                     ,
                     were
                     they
                     not
                     strengthened
                     with
                     forraigne
                     and
                     Domest●cke
                     obseruation
                     .
                     Haue
                     not
                     the
                     Heluetians
                     situate
                     amongst
                     the
                     mountaines
                     ,
                     giuen
                     sufficient
                     testimony
                     ;
                     especially
                     in
                     the
                     infancy
                     of
                     our
                     Reformation
                     ?
                     Haue
                     not
                     the
                     Sueuians
                     and
                     Silesians
                     shewed
                     themselues
                     able
                     enough
                     ,
                     to
                     wipe
                     off
                     the
                     blot
                     of
                     a
                     blockish
                     disposition
                     ;
                     yet
                     hauing
                     a
                     situation
                     wilde
                     and
                     mountainous
                     ?
                     Had
                     that
                     great
                     Doctour
                     Reu●lin
                     iudged
                     well
                     of
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     such
                     people
                     ,
                     hee
                     would
                     not
                     haue
                     made
                     it
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     wonder
                     as
                     hee
                     did
                     ,
                     that
                     wilde
                     Sueuia
                     should
                     produce
                     such
                     learned
                     Men.
                     Forraigne
                     influences
                     elsewhere
                     wherein
                     all
                     histories
                     abound
                     ,
                     I
                     forbeare
                     to
                     relate
                     ;
                     desirous
                     rather
                     to
                     bee
                     accompted
                     deficient
                     then
                     tedious
                     .
                     Should
                     I
                     draw
                     home
                     to
                     my
                     natiue
                     Westerne
                     Confines
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     I
                     owe
                     my
                     breath
                     ,
                     I
                     should
                     perhaps
                     by
                     some
                     be
                     taxed
                     of
                     partiality
                     or
                     affectation
                     .
                     Should
                     I
                     mention
                     our
                     ancient
                     Brittaines
                     ,
                     inhabiting
                     the
                     Mountainous
                     Countrey
                     of
                     Wales
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     greater
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Scottish
                     Nation
                     ,
                     inioying
                     the
                     like
                     condition
                     of
                     life
                     ,
                     and
                     disposition
                     of
                     the
                     Soyle
                     ;
                     I
                     might
                     at
                     once
                     winne
                     loue
                     ,
                     and
                     stirre
                     vp
                     enuy
                     .
                     Neuerthelesse
                     ,
                     as
                     a
                     man
                     by
                     nature
                     borne
                     carelesse
                     of
                     Detraction
                     ,
                     yet
                     most
                     respectiue
                     of
                     Friendship
                     ,
                     I
                     had
                     rather
                     venture
                     my
                     credit
                     ,
                     then
                     preiudice
                     the
                     truth
                     :
                     betwixt
                     both
                     which
                     with
                     mee
                     the
                     choice
                     is
                     easie
                     .
                     Mine
                     owne
                     Countrey
                     of
                     Deuon
                     ,
                     which
                     duty
                     commands
                     me
                     to
                     make
                     the
                     first
                     Instance
                     ,
                     I
                     had
                     rather
                     set
                     on
                     the
                     stage
                     of
                     Enuy
                     ,
                     then
                     Dishonour
                     .
                     I
                     am
                     not
                     of
                     the
                     opinion
                     of
                     the
                     vaine-glorious
                     Greekes
                     ,
                     who
                     boasting
                     too
                     much
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     perfections
                     ,
                     esteemed
                     all
                     Nations
                     else
                     Barbarians
                     .
                     Yet
                     to
                     checke
                     Mr
                     Bodins
                     bold
                     coniecture
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     hee
                     could
                     finde
                     but
                     one
                     Anacharsis
                     in
                     all
                     Scythia
                     ;
                     I
                     will
                     demonstrate
                     that
                     our
                     mountainous
                     Prouinces
                     of
                     Deuon
                     and
                     Cornwall
                     ,
                     haue
                     not
                     deserued
                     so
                     ill
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     bee
                     so
                     sharply
                     censured
                     for
                     Blockishnesse
                     or
                     Inciuility
                     .
                     Barren
                     Countries
                     haue
                     been
                     known
                     to
                     nourish
                     as
                     good
                     wits
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Bodin
                       ,
                       Aristippus
                    
                     the
                     
                       Philosopher
                       ,
                       Callimachus
                    
                     the
                     
                       Poet
                       ,
                       Eratosthenes
                    
                     the
                     Mathematician
                     ,
                     haue
                     not
                     been
                     ashamed
                     to
                     call
                     Cyrene
                     in
                     Egypt
                     
                     their
                     natiue
                     Country
                     ,
                     a
                     Mountainous
                     and
                     Rocky
                     Region
                     .
                     Neither
                     can
                     it
                     bee
                     stiled
                     our
                     reproach
                     ,
                     but
                     glory
                     ,
                     to
                     draw
                     our
                     off-spring
                     from
                     such
                     an
                     Aire
                     which
                     produceth
                     wits
                     as
                     eminent
                     as
                     the
                     Mountaines
                     ,
                     approaching
                     farre
                     neerer
                     to
                     Heauen
                     in
                     Excellency
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     other
                     in
                     hight
                     transcend
                     the
                     Valleyes
                     .
                     Wherein
                     can
                     any
                     Prouince
                     of
                     Great
                     Brittaine
                     challenge
                     precedency
                     before
                     vs
                     ?
                     Should
                     any
                     deny
                     vs
                     the
                     reputation
                     of
                     Arts
                     and
                     Learning
                     :
                     the
                     pious
                     Ghosts
                     of
                     
                       Iewell
                       ,
                       Raynolds
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Ho●ker
                     ,
                     would
                     rise
                     vp
                     in
                     opposition
                     ;
                     whom
                     the
                     World
                     knowes
                     so
                     valiantly
                     to
                     haue
                     displayed
                     their
                     Banners
                     in
                     defence
                     of
                     our
                     Church
                     and
                     Religion
                     .
                     Should
                     they
                     exclude
                     vs
                     from
                     the
                     reputation
                     of
                     knowledge
                     in
                     State
                     and
                     Politicke
                     affaires
                     ?
                     who
                     hath
                     not
                     acquainted
                     himselfe
                     with
                     the
                     name
                     of
                     S
                     ●
                     
                       William
                       Petre
                    
                     our
                     famous
                     Benefactor
                     ,
                     whose
                     desert
                     chose
                     him
                     chiefe
                     Secretary
                     to
                     three
                     Princes
                     of
                     famous
                     memory
                     ?
                     Who
                     hath
                     not
                     known
                     or
                     read
                     of
                     that
                     prodigie
                     of
                     wit
                     and
                     fortune
                     S
                     ●
                     
                       Walter
                       Raleigh
                    
                     ,
                     a
                     man
                     vnfortunate
                     in
                     nothing
                     else
                     but
                     the
                     greatnesse
                     of
                     his
                     wit
                     and
                     aduancement
                     ?
                     whose
                     eminent
                     worth
                     was
                     such
                     ,
                     both
                     in
                     
                       Domesticke
                       Policie
                       ,
                       Forreigne
                       Expeditions
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     
                       Discoueries
                       ,
                       Arts
                    
                     and
                     Literature
                     ,
                     both
                     Practicke
                     and
                     Contemplatiue
                     ,
                     which
                     might
                     seeme
                     at
                     once
                     to
                     conquerre
                     both
                     Example
                     &
                     Imitation
                     .
                     For
                     valour
                     and
                     chiualrous
                     Designes
                     by
                     Sea
                     ▪
                     who
                     reades
                     not
                     without
                     admiration
                     the
                     acts
                     of
                     Sr
                     
                       Francis
                       Drake
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     thought
                     the
                     circuit
                     of
                     this
                     Earthly
                     Globe
                     too
                     little
                     for
                     his
                     generous
                     and
                     magnanimous
                     Ambition
                     ?
                     Of
                     Sr
                     
                       Richard
                       Grenuill
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     vndertaking
                     with
                     so
                     great
                     a
                     disaduantage
                     ,
                     so
                     strong
                     an
                     Enemy
                     ▪
                     yet
                     with
                     an
                     vndaunted
                     Spirit
                     made
                     his
                     Honour
                     legible
                     in
                     the
                     wounds
                     of
                     the
                     proud
                     Spaniard
                     :
                     and
                     at
                     last
                     triumphed
                     more
                     in
                     his
                     owne
                     honourable
                     Death
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     other
                     in
                     his
                     base
                     conquest
                     ?
                     Of
                     Sr
                     
                       Humfrey
                       Gilbert
                    
                     ,
                     Sr
                     
                       Richard
                       Hawkins
                       ,
                       Dauies
                       ,
                       Fr●bisher
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     
                       Captaine
                       Parker
                    
                     ,
                     with
                     many
                     others
                     of
                     worth
                     ,
                     note
                     ,
                     &
                     estimation
                     ,
                     whose
                     names
                     liue
                     with
                     the
                     Ocean
                     ?
                     In
                     the
                     Catalogue
                     of
                     able
                     and
                     worthy
                     Land-Souldiers
                     ,
                     whose
                     eye
                     would
                     not
                     at
                     first
                     ,
                     glance
                     on
                     my
                     Lord
                     Belfast
                     ,
                     who
                     lately
                     deceased
                     to
                     the
                     great
                     griefe
                     of
                     his
                     Countrey
                     ,
                     because
                     in
                     such
                     a
                     time
                     which
                     most
                     requires
                     his
                     assistance
                     ?
                     Courage
                     ,
                     &
                     Wisdome
                     .
                     which
                     are
                     often
                     at
                     odds
                     ,
                     and
                     seldome
                     meet
                     ,
                     in
                     him
                     shooke
                     
                     hands
                     as
                     friends
                     ,
                     and
                     challenged
                     an
                     equall
                     share
                     in
                     his
                     perfections
                     .
                     His
                     wife
                     managing
                     of
                     his
                     affaires
                     in
                     Ireland
                     ,
                     so
                     well
                     commends
                     his
                     owne
                     Loyalty
                     ,
                     and
                     his
                     Masters
                     choice
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     whole
                     Realme
                     may
                     truly
                     be
                     said
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     to
                     owe
                     her
                     present
                     Peace
                     to
                     his
                     industrie
                     .
                     should
                     I
                     speake
                     of
                     Generous
                     Magnificence
                     and
                     Fauour
                     of
                     Learning
                     ,
                     shewed
                     by
                     Heroicall
                     Spirits
                     in
                     the
                     generall
                     Munificence
                     extended
                     to
                     our
                     whole
                     Vniuersity
                     ;
                     what
                     Age
                     or
                     Place
                     can
                     giue
                     a
                     Paralell
                     to
                     renowned
                     Bodley
                     ,
                     whose
                     name
                     carries
                     more
                     perswasion
                     then
                     the
                     tongue
                     of
                     the
                     wisest
                     Orator
                     ?
                     His
                     magnificent
                     Bounty
                     ,
                     which
                     shewed
                     itselfe
                     so
                     extraordinarily
                     transcendent
                     ,
                     aswell
                     in
                     erection
                     of
                     his
                     Famous
                     Library
                     ,
                     which
                     he
                     (
                     as
                     another
                     Ptolomy
                     )
                     so
                     richly
                     furnisht
                     ,
                     as
                     other
                     munificent
                     Largesses
                     ,
                     exhibited
                     to
                     our
                     
                       English
                       Athens
                    
                     ,
                     was
                     yet
                     farther
                     crowned
                     by
                     his
                     wise
                     choice
                     ,
                     as
                     proceeding
                     from
                     one
                     ,
                     who
                     being
                     both
                     a
                     great
                     Scholler
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     prudent
                     Statist
                     ,
                     knew
                     aswell
                     how
                     to
                     direct
                     as
                     bestow
                     his
                     liberality
                     .
                     If
                     Founders
                     and
                     Benefactours
                     of
                     priuate
                     Colledges
                     may
                     find
                     place
                     in
                     this
                     Catalogue
                     of
                     Worthies
                     ,
                     the
                     sweet
                     hi●e
                     and
                     receptacle
                     of
                     our
                     Westerne
                     wits
                     can
                     produce
                     in
                     honour
                     of
                     our
                     Country
                     a
                     famous
                     Stapledon
                     Bishop
                     of
                     Excester
                     ,
                     and
                     worthy
                     Founder
                     of
                     
                       Exon
                       Colledge
                    
                     :
                     whose
                     large
                     bounty
                     was
                     afterward
                     seconded
                     (
                     next
                     to
                     
                       Edm
                       ▪
                       Stafford
                    
                     Bishop
                     of
                     Sarum
                     ,
                     a
                     Westerne
                     Man
                     )
                     by
                     the
                     pious
                     charge
                     and
                     liberality
                     of
                     Mr
                     
                       Iohn
                       Peryam
                    
                     ,
                     Sr
                     
                       Iohn
                       Acland
                    
                     ,
                     &
                     very
                     lately
                     by
                     Mr
                     Dr
                     Hakewill
                     ,
                     whose
                     worthy
                     Encomium
                     ,
                     (
                     though
                     vnwillingly
                     )
                     leaue
                     out
                     ,
                     lest
                     I
                     should
                     seeme
                     rather
                     to
                     flatter
                     them
                     commend
                     his
                     Worth.
                     But
                     what
                     needes
                     he
                     my
                     poore
                     mention
                     ?
                     His
                     learned
                     works
                     published
                     to
                     the
                     World
                     ,
                     &
                     his
                     Pious
                     Monument
                     bestowed
                     on
                     our
                     House
                     ,
                     speake
                     in
                     silence
                     more
                     thē
                     I
                     can
                     vtter
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     highest
                     pitch
                     of
                     Inuention
                     .
                     To
                     all
                     which
                     I
                     might
                     adde
                     Mr
                     
                       Nicholas
                       Wadham
                    
                     ▪
                     whose
                     liberall
                     hand
                     hauing
                     augmented
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     our
                     Colledges
                     with
                     an
                     absolute
                     and
                     compleat
                     Foundation
                     ,
                     haue
                     left
                     Muses
                     enough
                     to
                     preserue
                     his
                     Name
                     vnto
                     eternity
                     .
                     Had
                     I
                     the
                     lik
                     priuiledge
                     to
                     mention
                     the
                     liuing
                     as
                     the
                     dead
                     ,
                     we
                     should
                     not
                     finde
                     wanting
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     ashes
                     of
                     these
                     generous
                     Heroes
                     ,
                     of
                     our
                     Deuonian
                     confines
                     ,
                     many
                     genuine
                     and
                     worthy
                     Sonnes
                     standing
                     vp
                     in
                     their
                     Fathers
                     places
                     ,
                     to
                     shew
                     the
                     world
                     
                     a
                     succession
                     aswell
                     of
                     wits
                     as
                     times
                     .
                     There
                     would
                     appeare
                     at
                     once
                     vpon
                     the
                     stage
                     our
                     famous
                     Dr
                     Sutcliffe
                     ,
                     the
                     worthy
                     Dean
                     of
                     Excester
                     ,
                     whose
                     magnanimous
                     endeauours
                     ,
                     aswell
                     in
                     his
                     learned
                     conflicts
                     with
                     our
                     pernicious
                     Romanists
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     erecting
                     a
                     Colledg
                     to
                     oppose
                     our
                     sworne
                     enemies
                     ,
                     the
                     Iesuites
                     ,
                     will
                     (
                     no
                     doubt
                     )
                     lengthen
                     out
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     his
                     declining
                     age
                     with
                     Fame
                     and
                     immortality
                     .
                     I
                     could
                     offer
                     to
                     your
                     admiration
                     the
                     Worth
                     and
                     Workes
                     of
                     our
                     renowned
                     Rector
                     ,
                     Dr
                     Prideaux
                     ,
                     His
                     Maiesties
                     learned
                     Professour
                     of
                     Diuinity
                     in
                     our
                     Vniuersitie
                     ,
                     in
                     whom
                     the
                     Heroicall
                     wits
                     of
                     
                       Iewell
                       ,
                       Rainolds
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Hooker
                     ,
                     as
                     vnited
                     into
                     one
                     ,
                     seeme
                     to
                     triumph
                     anew
                     ,
                     and
                     threaten
                     a
                     fatall
                     blow
                     to
                     the
                     
                       Babilonish
                       Hierachie
                    
                     :
                     Insomuch
                     that
                     hee
                     may
                     iustly
                     challenge
                     to
                     himselfe
                     that
                     glory
                     ,
                     which
                     sometimes
                     Ouid
                     speaking
                     of
                     his
                     owne
                     country
                     ;
                     
                       
                         Mantua
                         Virgilium
                         laudet
                         ,
                         Verona
                         Catullum
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Romanae
                         gentis
                         gloria
                         dicar
                         ego
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         Mantua
                         Virgill
                         ,
                         Verone
                         Catullus
                         praise
                         ,
                      
                       
                         I
                         will
                         the
                         glory
                         of
                         the
                         Romans
                         rayse
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     Neither
                     want
                     the
                     lawes
                     of
                     our
                     Land
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     this
                     one
                     source
                     ,
                     sufficient
                     props
                     to
                     defend
                     their
                     Countries
                     and
                     the
                     Kingdomes
                     right
                     .
                     The
                     admired
                     sufficiency
                     of
                     
                       Iustice
                       Doddrige
                    
                     ,
                     testified
                     to
                     the
                     world
                     by
                     so
                     large
                     a
                     report
                     ,
                     and
                     expressed
                     in
                     his
                     incomparable
                     skill
                     in
                     the
                     Lawes
                     (
                     besides
                     his
                     indowments
                     of
                     Artes
                     and
                     other
                     Learning
                     ,
                     seconded
                     by
                     the
                     deserued
                     Fame
                     of
                     Mr
                     
                       William
                       Noy
                    
                     )
                     can
                     hardly
                     scape
                     my
                     pen
                     ,
                     being
                     so
                     deeply
                     dipped
                     in
                     the
                     midle
                     of
                     my
                     Natiue
                     Countrey
                     .
                     I
                     care
                     not
                     what
                     enuy
                     I
                     stirre
                     vp
                     in
                     others
                     ,
                     so
                     my
                     mother
                     
                       Excester
                       Colledge
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     sometimes
                     cherished
                     in
                     her
                     bosome
                     these
                     two
                     worthy
                     Darlings
                     ,
                     and
                     since
                     found
                     her
                     curtesie
                     returned
                     back
                     with
                     interest
                     ,
                     indulgently
                     permit
                     me
                     this
                     liberty
                     .
                  
                   
                     Besides
                     these
                     choice
                     floures
                     cropt
                     from
                     our
                     Hesperian
                     garden
                     ,
                     no
                     question
                     but
                     many
                     more
                     would
                     be
                     found
                     out
                     aliue
                     or
                     dead
                     ;
                     whom
                     fame
                     ,
                     if
                     not
                     iniurious
                     ,
                     cannot
                     suffer
                     to
                     sleepe
                     without
                     deserued
                     memory
                     .
                     I
                     haue
                     hitherto
                     touched
                     such
                     eminent
                     wits
                     and
                     persons
                     ,
                     of
                     whom
                     for
                     their
                     profession
                     sake
                     the
                     Church
                     or
                     Common-wealth
                     haue
                     greater
                     reason
                     to
                     take
                     especiall
                     notice
                     .
                     Many
                     inferiour
                     faculties
                     are
                     yet
                     left
                     wherein
                     
                     our
                     Da●o●
                     hath
                     displaied
                     her
                     abilities
                     aswell
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     
                       Philosophers
                       ,
                       Historians
                       ,
                       Oratours
                    
                     and
                     Poets
                     ,
                     the
                     blazoning
                     of
                     whom
                     to
                     the
                     life
                     ,
                     especially
                     the
                     last
                     ,
                     I
                     had
                     rather
                     leaue
                     to
                     my
                     worthy
                     friend
                     Mr.
                     
                       W.
                       Browne
                    
                     ;
                     who
                     as
                     hee
                     hath
                     already
                     honoured
                     his
                     countrie
                     in
                     his
                     elegant
                     and
                     sweete
                     Pastoralls
                     ▪
                     so
                     questionles
                     will
                     easily
                     bee
                     intreated
                     a
                     litle
                     farther
                     to
                     grace
                     it
                     ,
                     by
                     drawing
                     out
                     the
                     line
                     of
                     his
                     Poeticke
                     Auncesters
                     ,
                     beginning
                     in
                     
                       Iosephus
                       Iscanus
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     ending
                     in
                     
                       himselfe
                       .
                       Bodin
                    
                     perhaps
                     might
                     oppose
                     against
                     vs
                     the
                     eminency
                     of
                     his
                     Parisian
                     territoy
                     ,
                     as
                     some
                     with
                     vs
                     the
                     glory
                     of
                     our
                     Me●ropolis
                     and
                     Vniuersities
                     ,
                     disdaining
                     all
                     comparison
                     :
                     But
                     to
                     this
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     hard
                     to
                     shape
                     an
                     answere
                     ,
                     1.
                     
                     That
                     a
                     Metropolis
                     or
                     Vniuersity
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     imagined
                     as
                     a
                     common
                     receptacle
                     of
                     the
                     most
                     selected
                     wits
                     deriued
                     rather
                     from
                     other
                     places
                     then
                     the
                     temperament
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     Aire
                     :
                     Insomuch
                     as
                     they
                     may
                     be
                     said
                     to
                     owe
                     their
                     abilities
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     ,
                     to
                     those
                     to
                     whom
                     they
                     owe
                     their
                     wealth
                     .
                     Neither
                     can
                     they
                     challenge
                     a
                     greater
                     interest
                     in
                     this
                     glory
                     ,
                     then
                     our
                     Townsmen
                     heere
                     in
                     Oxford
                     in
                     the
                     eminent
                     guifts
                     of
                     our
                     choicest
                     Schollers
                     ;
                     besides
                     ,
                     that
                     often
                     happens
                     in
                     our
                     great
                     Metropolitan
                     cities
                     by
                     the
                     promiscuous
                     concurse
                     of
                     diverse
                     dispositions
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     reported
                     of
                     the
                     beasts
                     once
                     a
                     yeare
                     comming
                     together
                     to
                     drinke
                     of
                     Nilu●
                     ,
                     of
                     diuerse
                     sorts
                     ;
                     that
                     by
                     vnnaturall
                     commixture
                     ,
                     they
                     yearely
                     beget
                     new
                     monsters
                     :
                     
                       Africa
                       aliquid
                       semper
                       oportat
                       noui
                    
                     .
                     2.
                     
                     The
                     ready
                     meanes
                     of
                     Aduancement
                     to
                     high
                     and
                     eminent
                     dignityes
                     in
                     Metropolitan
                     cityes
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     commonly
                     the
                     ordi●ary
                     seates
                     of
                     Princes
                     ,
                     sets
                     many
                     a
                     braine
                     a
                     worke
                     although
                     
                       In
                       vita
                       Minerua
                    
                     ,
                     to
                     shew
                     it selfe
                     in
                     publike
                     :
                     wherein
                     hee
                     hath
                     the
                     aduantage
                     of
                     estimation
                     sooner
                     then
                     sufficiency
                     :
                     wheras
                     many
                     a
                     towardly
                     wit
                     in
                     places
                     farre
                     remote
                     ,
                     neuer
                     finds
                     opportunity
                     so
                     propitious
                     as
                     to
                     present
                     him
                     to
                     popularity
                     .
                     I
                     feare
                     I
                     shall
                     be
                     too
                     tedious
                     in
                     this
                     point
                     ,
                     recalling
                     to
                     minde
                     that
                     I
                     shall
                     find
                     few
                     of
                     my
                     readers
                     in
                     this
                     matter
                     so
                     affected
                     as
                     my selfe
                     :
                     yet
                     should
                     I
                     not
                     haue
                     spunne
                     out
                     this
                     theame
                     so
                     long
                     ,
                     but
                     to
                     stop
                     their
                     mouthes
                     who
                     being
                     sooner
                     taught
                     to
                     speake
                     then
                     vnderstand
                     ,
                     take
                     aduantage
                     of
                     the
                     rude
                     lang●age●nd
                     ●nd
                     plaine
                     attire
                     of
                     our
                     countrymen
                     ,
                     admiring
                     nothing
                     more
                     
                     then
                     themselues
                     or
                     the
                     magnificent
                     splendour
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     habitation
                     :
                     As
                     though
                     all
                     the
                     witt
                     in
                     the
                     world
                     were
                     annexed
                     to
                     their
                     owne
                     schoooles
                     ,
                     and
                     no
                     flowres
                     of
                     science
                     could
                     grow
                     in
                     another
                     garden
                     :
                     But
                     a
                     rude
                     dialect
                     being
                     more
                     indebted
                     to
                     Custome
                     then
                     Nature
                     ,
                     is
                     a
                     small
                     argument
                     of
                     a
                     blockish
                     disposition
                     :
                     and
                     a
                     homely
                     outside
                     may
                     shroud
                     more
                     wit
                     then
                     the
                     Silke-wormes
                     industrie
                     .
                     I
                     haue
                     sometimes
                     heard
                     a
                     rude
                     speach
                     in
                     a
                     Frize
                     habite
                     ,
                     expresse
                     better
                     sense
                     then
                     at
                     other
                     times
                     a
                     
                       scarlet
                       Robe
                    
                     :
                     And
                     a
                     plaine
                     Yeoman
                     with
                     a
                     mat●ocke
                     in
                     his
                     hand
                     speake
                     more
                     to
                     the
                     purpose
                     ,
                     then
                     some
                     Counsellours
                     at
                     the
                     barre
                     :
                     And
                     what
                     other
                     prorogatiue
                     can
                     such
                     men
                     appropriate
                     to
                     themselues
                     aboue
                     vs
                     ,
                     but
                     toyes
                     and
                     formalities
                     ,
                     the
                     Idols
                     of
                     Gulls
                     and
                     fooles
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     laughter
                     of
                     solide
                     vnderstandings
                     ?
                     But
                     now
                     after
                     all
                     this
                     bickering
                     with
                     
                       Mr
                       Bodin
                    
                     to
                     grow
                     to
                     a
                     reconcilement
                     ,
                     ere
                     we
                     part
                     ,
                     wee
                     will
                     part
                     stakes
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     the
                     way
                     of
                     kindnesse
                     giue
                     him
                     this
                     one
                     distinction
                     ,
                     which
                     I
                     hope
                     for
                     quietnesse
                     sake
                     ,
                     he
                     will
                     accept
                     .
                     The
                     naturall
                     disposition
                     of
                     men
                     and
                     their
                     guifts
                     of
                     vnderstanding
                     and
                     mentall
                     faculties
                     ,
                     arise
                     either
                     from
                     their
                     
                       naturall
                       Temper
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     their
                     Discipline
                     and
                     education
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     former
                     I
                     haue
                     small
                     reason
                     to
                     giue
                     (
                     as
                     I
                     haue
                     said
                     )
                     the
                     excellencie
                     to
                     the
                     inhabitants
                     of
                     plaine
                     and
                     
                       low
                       Countries
                    
                     ,
                     rather
                     then
                     to
                     the
                     mountaine
                     people
                     :
                     But
                     in
                     discipline
                     and
                     education
                     I
                     must
                     confesse
                     others
                     commonly
                     to
                     be
                     happier
                     .
                     1.
                     
                     Because
                     the
                     Fertility
                     and
                     increase
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     inuiting
                     men
                     to
                     such
                     an
                     Habitation
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needes
                     happen
                     that
                     such
                     countries
                     must
                     bee
                     more
                     populous
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     consequence
                     settle
                     to
                     themselues
                     a
                     better
                     forme
                     of
                     gouernment
                     ,
                     then
                     those
                     which
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     their
                     barren
                     soile
                     are
                     more
                     neglected
                     :
                     2.
                     
                     Because
                     ,
                     most
                     Cities
                     and
                     Townes
                     ,
                     where
                     are
                     found
                     the
                     chiefest
                     meanes
                     of
                     Institution
                     of
                     youth
                     ,
                     are
                     founded
                     in
                     
                       plaine
                       Countries
                    
                     and
                     vallies
                     .
                     This
                     Perfection
                     that
                     such
                     regions
                     boast
                     of
                     ,
                     is
                     owed
                     rather
                     to
                     Institu●ion
                     then
                     Nature
                     :
                     Hence
                     appeares
                     the
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     last
                     clause
                     of
                     our
                     Theoreme
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     why
                     they
                     should
                     be
                     lesse
                     tractable
                     to
                     gouernment
                     :
                     Because
                     being
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     borne
                     to
                     too
                     much
                     liberty
                     ,
                     they
                     cannot
                     so
                     well
                     inure
                     themselues
                     to
                     subiection
                     ,
                     as
                     other
                     who
                     perhaps
                     know
                     no
                     Condition
                     but
                     seruitude
                     
                     of
                     the
                     mountainous
                     people
                     of
                     Wales
                     and
                     Scotland
                     ,
                     I
                     cannot
                     speake
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     ●
                     intended
                     :
                     Both
                     because
                     I
                     haue
                     (
                     I
                     feare
                     )
                     tired
                     already
                     my
                     readers
                     patience
                     ,
                     as
                     also
                     for
                     that
                     ,
                     being
                     not
                     to
                     conuersant
                     in
                     their
                     His●ories
                     as
                     mine
                     owne
                     ,
                     as
                     an
                     ill
                     herald
                     ,
                     I
                     may
                     chance
                     to
                     marshall
                     all
                     amisse
                     .
                     Who
                     ●o
                     list
                     to
                     reade
                     the
                     courage
                     of
                     our
                     ancient
                     British
                     nation
                     ,
                     hee
                     shall
                     find
                     enough
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     the
                     Roman
                     Story
                     ,
                     as
                     our
                     English
                     Chronicles
                     ,
                     to
                     set
                     them
                     far
                     enough
                     aboue
                     contempt
                     ,
                     and
                     place
                     them
                     an
                     eye
                     sore
                     in
                     the
                     sight
                     of
                     enuy
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     leaue
                     Antiquities
                     &
                     come
                     to
                     these
                     times
                     ,
                     we
                     may
                     easily
                     amongst
                     many
                     other
                     deseruing
                     men
                     single
                     out
                     some
                     ,
                     whose
                     eminence
                     so
                     obuious
                     to
                     the
                     eye
                     of
                     common
                     obseruation
                     ,
                     is
                     able
                     to
                     dash
                     detraction
                     out
                     of
                     countenance
                     .
                     Who
                     hath
                     not
                     heard
                     not
                     many
                     yeeres
                     since
                     of
                     Dr
                     Holland
                     the
                     Kings
                     Professour
                     in
                     our
                     Vniuersity
                     ,
                     and
                     Sr
                     
                       Roger
                       Williams
                    
                     a
                     famous
                     Coronell
                     in
                     the
                     French
                     and
                     Belgicke
                     warres
                     ?
                     The
                     Scholasticall
                     Learning
                     of
                     the
                     one
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     martiall
                     prowesse
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     was
                     too
                     well
                     knowne
                     to
                     require
                     a
                     Panegyricke
                     .
                     Neither
                     is
                     Wales
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     below
                     her selfe
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     she
                     can
                     triumph
                     in
                     two
                     of
                     the
                     most
                     Honourable
                     and
                     Generous
                     Peeres
                     of
                     this
                     Land
                     ,
                     (
                     to
                     whose
                     acceptance
                     I
                     owe
                     these
                     my
                     poore
                     labours
                     )
                     and
                     the
                     gr●atest
                     Administratour
                     of
                     Iustice
                     in
                     our
                     Courts
                     :
                     the
                     two
                     former
                     ,
                     borne
                     as
                     well
                     to
                     hereditary
                     vertue
                     as
                     greatnesse
                     :
                     the
                     later
                     aduanced
                     no
                     higher
                     then
                     his
                     owne
                     ability
                     ,
                     whom
                     the
                     world
                     knowes
                     beyond
                     my
                     expression
                     .
                  
                   
                     Scarce
                     had
                     I
                     shut
                     vp
                     this
                     tedious
                     discourse
                     ,
                     spent
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     in
                     defence
                     of
                     my
                     natiue
                     Countrey
                     ,
                     but
                     surprized
                     with
                     a
                     deepe
                     melancholy
                     ,
                     I
                     entred
                     into
                     a
                     serious
                     consideration
                     of
                     what
                     I
                     had
                     too
                     rashly
                     spoken
                     :
                     I
                     called
                     my
                     meditatiōs
                     to
                     a
                     strict
                     accompt
                     ,
                     to
                     examine
                     what
                     motiue
                     should
                     make
                     me
                     run
                     so
                     far
                     beyond
                     my
                     intended
                     purpose
                     ,
                     to
                     meet
                     the
                     Ambition
                     of
                     my
                     Countrey
                     or
                     mine
                     owne
                     affection
                     .
                     The
                     remembrance
                     of
                     some
                     grieuances
                     ,
                     seconded
                     by
                     mine
                     inbred
                     Nature
                     ,
                     neuer
                     taught
                     to
                     fawne
                     on
                     misprision
                     ,
                     began
                     to
                     checke
                     my
                     officious
                     pen
                     ,
                     as
                     guilty
                     of
                     too
                     much
                     weaknesse
                     or
                     adulation
                     :
                     when
                     suddainly
                     as
                     in
                     a
                     vision
                     there
                     appeared
                     vnto
                     me
                     my
                     Mother
                     Oxford
                     vsher'd
                     in
                     by
                     Isis
                     &
                     all
                     his
                     Muses
                     ,
                     who
                     with
                     a
                     discontented
                     countenance
                     and
                     harsh
                     language
                     ,
                     seemed
                     to
                     chide
                     me
                     in
                     this
                     manner
                     :
                     
                       
                       
                         Fond
                         Sonne
                         ,
                         who
                         taught
                         thy
                         vndeserued
                         praise
                         ,
                      
                       
                         To
                         crown
                         thy
                         country
                         with
                         these
                         thanklesse
                         Baies
                         ?
                      
                       
                         What
                         owest
                         thou
                         vnto
                         that
                         barren
                         Earth
                      
                       
                         But
                         harsh
                         reproach
                         ,
                         sad
                         cares
                         ,
                         and
                         haplesse
                         Birth
                         ?
                      
                       
                         What
                         Legacie
                         bequeath'd
                         that
                         soile
                         to
                         thee
                         ,
                      
                       
                         But
                         fruitlesse
                         Hopes
                         ,
                         and
                         helplesse
                         Pouerty
                         ?
                      
                       
                         What
                         thou
                         hast
                         spoken
                         of
                         thy
                         Westerne
                         stronds
                         ▪
                      
                       
                         Will
                         sooner
                         plough
                         vp
                         mine
                         ,
                         then
                         cure
                         thy
                         wounds
                         .
                      
                       
                         Had
                         thy
                         neglected
                         Muse
                         without
                         a
                         Name
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Spent
                         halfe
                         this
                         industry
                         to
                         spinne
                         my
                         fame
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Isis
                         had
                         graced
                         thee
                         with
                         Muses
                         more
                      
                       
                         Then
                         euer
                         tript
                         on
                         thy
                         Deuonian
                         shore
                         .
                      
                       
                         Which
                         of
                         these
                         Worthies
                         whom
                         thou
                         crown'st
                         with
                         praise
                      
                       
                         Will
                         ere
                         thy
                         wants
                         relieue
                         ,
                         or
                         Fortunes
                         raise
                         ?
                      
                       
                         All
                         the
                         proud
                         wooers
                         of
                         the
                         Sisters
                         Nine
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Like
                         Pilgrims
                         come
                         to
                         worship
                         at
                         my
                         shrine
                         :
                      
                       
                         And
                         vauntest
                         thou
                         on
                         Deuons
                         part
                         their
                         Names
                      
                       
                         Who
                         owe
                         to
                         me
                         their
                         worth
                         ,
                         to
                         her
                         their
                         shames
                         ?
                      
                       
                         The
                         prime
                         and
                         choice
                         of
                         all
                         thy
                         glorious
                         flowres
                      
                       
                         Cropt
                         from
                         my
                         gardens
                         and
                         admired
                         Bowres
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Ought
                         to
                         returne
                         the
                         tribute
                         of
                         their
                         praise
                      
                       
                         Vnto
                         my
                         golden
                         tongue
                         and
                         learned
                         Layes
                         :
                      
                       
                         Nor
                         had
                         thy
                         Westerne
                         Confines
                         euer
                         found
                      
                       
                         A
                         Muse
                         to
                         sing
                         of
                         thy
                         Deuonian
                         ground
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Had
                         not
                         I
                         touched
                         her
                         ambitious
                         tongue
                      
                       
                         First
                         taught
                         to
                         chaunt
                         amongst
                         my
                         learned
                         throng
                         .
                      
                       
                         How
                         oft
                         hast
                         thou
                         drawne
                         out
                         thy
                         precious
                         time
                      
                       
                         To
                         tutour
                         in
                         my
                         armes
                         their
                         youthly
                         prime
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Who
                         like
                         respectlesse
                         and
                         vntutour'd
                         swaines
                         ,
                      
                       
                         With
                         losse
                         and
                         obloquie
                         reward
                         thy
                         paines
                         ?
                      
                       
                         Such
                         are
                         thy
                         Darlings
                         whom
                         thou
                         mak'st
                         to
                         ride
                      
                       
                         In
                         a
                         triumphant
                         carre
                         by
                         Honours
                         side
                         :
                      
                       
                         As
                         if
                         proud
                         Honour
                         which
                         can
                         Kings
                         command
                         ,
                      
                       
                         As
                         a
                         poore
                         seruant
                         waited
                         on
                         thy
                         hand
                         .
                      
                       
                         Thus
                         thou
                         vnwise
                         giu'st
                         immortality
                      
                       
                         To
                         those
                         ,
                         whose
                         base
                         reproches
                         follow
                         thee
                         .
                      
                       
                         Had
                         thine
                         Ambition
                         waited
                         on
                         my
                         springs
                         ,
                      
                       
                       
                         The
                         breath
                         of
                         Princes
                         ,
                         and
                         the
                         pow'r
                         of
                         Kings
                      
                       
                         Had
                         seconded
                         thy
                         Hopes
                         ,
                         which
                         now
                         accuse
                      
                       
                         To
                         my
                         disgrace
                         and
                         griefe
                         thy
                         haplesse
                         Muse.
                      
                       
                         Thy
                         wants
                         inforce
                         thee
                         still
                         with
                         me
                         to
                         stay
                         ,
                      
                       
                         When
                         each
                         Pedant
                         or
                         makes
                         or
                         findes
                         his
                         way
                         .
                      
                       
                         To
                         play
                         and
                         stake
                         it
                         at
                         that
                         lawlesse
                         Game
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Selling
                         my
                         Honours
                         for
                         to
                         buy
                         their
                         shame
                         :
                      
                       
                         Vnhappy
                         purchase
                         ow'd
                         to
                         Charity
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Bought
                         by
                         conniuence
                         ,
                         sold
                         to
                         Periury
                         ;
                      
                       
                         By
                         griping
                         Brokers
                         ,
                         since
                         the
                         fatall
                         time
                      
                       
                         That
                         faire
                         Astraea
                         left
                         thy
                         thankelesse
                         Clime
                         .
                      
                       
                         Thus
                         thy
                         admired
                         Deuons
                         charity
                      
                       
                         Sets
                         strangers
                         in
                         her
                         lappe
                         and
                         shuts
                         out
                         Thee
                         .
                      
                       
                         Hast
                         thou
                         been
                         honour'd
                         by
                         my
                         sacred
                         Breath
                         ,
                      
                       
                         'Mongst
                         rude
                         Arcadians
                         thus
                         to
                         beg
                         a
                         Death
                         ?
                      
                       
                         What
                         greater
                         glory
                         can
                         thy
                         ashes
                         haue
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Then
                         in
                         my
                         flowry
                         groues
                         to
                         dig
                         thy
                         graue
                         ?
                      
                       
                         Although
                         the
                         least
                         among
                         my
                         learned
                         sonnes
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Thy
                         fortunes
                         told
                         thee
                         that
                         I
                         lou'd
                         thee
                         once
                         ,
                      
                       
                         And
                         so
                         doe
                         still
                         :
                         although
                         my
                         haplesse
                         Baies
                      
                       
                         Taught
                         thy
                         despaire
                         to
                         spinne
                         out
                         carelesse
                         dayes
                         ,
                      
                       
                         And
                         to
                         compose
                         thy
                         discontented
                         Head
                      
                       
                         To
                         slumber
                         softly
                         on
                         the
                         Muses
                         Bed.
                      
                       
                         Be
                         rul'd
                         by
                         me
                         my
                         poore
                         ,
                         yet
                         loued
                         Son
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Trust
                         not
                         their
                         smiles
                         whose
                         wrongs
                         haue
                         thee
                         vndone
                         :
                      
                       
                         Thy
                         faire
                         Hopes
                         grounded
                         on
                         thy
                         place
                         of
                         birth
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Will
                         fly
                         in
                         Atomes
                         or
                         consume
                         in
                         Earth
                         ;
                      
                       
                         Before
                         within
                         that
                         Hemispheare
                         of
                         thine
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Thy
                         
                           Deuons
                           Sunne
                        
                         on
                         thee
                         shall
                         euer
                         shine
                         .
                      
                       
                         Then
                         trust
                         vnto
                         my
                         bounty
                         ,
                         turne
                         thy
                         sight
                      
                       
                         From
                         thy
                         darke
                         Confines
                         to
                         my
                         golden
                         light
                         .
                      
                       
                         All
                         thy
                         endowments
                         owed
                         to
                         my
                         wombe
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Returne
                         them
                         back
                         ,
                         and
                         there
                         erect
                         thy
                         tombe
                         .
                      
                       
                         If
                         no
                         Mecenas
                         crowne
                         thee
                         with
                         his
                         Rayes
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Teach
                         thy
                         content
                         to
                         sleepe
                         out
                         quiet
                         dayes
                         .
                      
                       
                         Let
                         Contemplation
                         with
                         transpiercing
                         eyes
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Mount
                         thee
                         a
                         pitch
                         beyond
                         the
                         starry
                         skyes
                         .
                      
                       
                       
                         And
                         there
                         present
                         thee
                         that
                         eternall
                         glasse
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Wherein
                         the
                         greatnesse
                         of
                         this
                         wondrous
                         masse
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Shrinkes
                         to
                         an
                         A●ome
                         ▪
                         where
                         my
                         Astrolube
                      
                       
                         Shall
                         shew
                         thee
                         starres
                         beyond
                         thy
                         painted
                         Globe
                         :
                      
                       
                         Where
                         thou
                         aloft
                         as
                         from
                         a
                         mountaine
                         steepe
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Shalt
                         see
                         the
                         greatest
                         men
                         like
                         Antes
                         to
                         creepe
                         :
                      
                       
                         Thy
                         dayes
                         shall
                         minister
                         thee
                         choicest
                         Theames
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Which
                         night
                         shall
                         render
                         in
                         delicious
                         dreames
                         ▪
                      
                       
                         And
                         thy
                         seuere
                         Philosophy
                         the
                         whiles
                         ,
                      
                       
                         In
                         amourous
                         kinde
                         shall
                         courte
                         thee
                         with
                         her
                         smiles
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Or
                         if
                         thy
                         nature
                         with
                         constraint
                         ,
                         descends
                      
                       
                         Below
                         her
                         owne
                         delight
                         ,
                         to
                         practick
                         endes
                         ;
                      
                       
                         Rise
                         with
                         my
                         morning
                         Phaebus
                         ,
                         slight
                         the
                         West
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Till
                         furrowed
                         Age
                         inuite
                         thee
                         to
                         rest
                         .
                      
                       
                         And
                         then
                         perchance
                         ,
                         thy
                         Earth
                         which
                         seldome
                         gaue
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Thee
                         Aire
                         to
                         breath
                         ,
                         will
                         lend
                         thy
                         Corps
                         a
                         graue
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Soone
                         the
                         last
                         trumpet
                         will
                         be
                         heard
                         to
                         sound
                         ,
                      
                       
                         And
                         of
                         thy
                         load
                         Ease
                         the
                         De●o●ian
                         ground
                         .
                      
                       
                         Meane
                         time
                         if
                         any
                         gentle
                         swaine
                         come
                         by
                         ,
                      
                       
                         To
                         view
                         the
                         marble
                         where
                         thy
                         ashes
                         ly
                         ,
                      
                       
                         He
                         may
                         vpon
                         that
                         stone
                         in
                         fewer
                         yeeres
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Engraue
                         an
                         ●●i●●ph
                         with
                         fret●ing
                         teares
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Then
                         make
                         mens
                         frozen
                         hearts
                         with
                         all
                         his
                         cries
                      
                       
                         Drink
                         in
                         a
                         drop
                         from
                         his
                         distilling
                         eyes
                         :
                      
                       
                         Yet
                         will
                         I
                         promise
                         thy
                         neglected
                         bones
                      
                       
                         A
                         firmer
                         monument
                         then
                         speachles
                         stones
                         ,
                      
                       
                         And
                         when
                         I
                         pin●
                         with
                         age
                         ,
                         and
                         wits
                         with
                         rust
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Seraphick
                         Angells
                         shall
                         dreserue
                         thy
                         dust
                         ,
                      
                       
                         And
                         all
                         good
                         men
                         acknowledge
                         shall
                         with
                         me
                      
                       
                         Thou
                         lou'st
                         thy
                         Countrey
                         ,
                         when
                         she
                         hateth
                         thee
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     strange
                     reproofe
                     of
                     an
                     indulgent
                     mother
                     ,
                     I
                     could
                     not
                     entertaine
                     without
                     passion
                     :
                     In
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     without
                     feare
                     or
                     wit
                     ,
                     I
                     aduentured
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     ,
                     to
                     answer
                     her
                     ,
                     in
                     her
                     owne
                     language
                     .
                  
                   
                     
                       
                         Ad
                         Matrem
                         Academiam
                         .
                      
                       
                         〈…〉
                         haue
                         my
                         former
                         yeeres
                      
                       
                         So
                         much
                         〈…〉
                         on
                         thy
                         hate
                         ,
                         or
                         these
                         my
                         teares
                         ?
                      
                       
                       
                         Thus
                         to
                         diuorce
                         me
                         from
                         my
                         place
                         of
                         birth
                         ,
                      
                       
                         To
                         be
                         a
                         stranger
                         to
                         my
                         natiue
                         Earth
                         ?
                      
                       
                         Wilt
                         thou
                         expose
                         him
                         on
                         thy
                         common
                         stage
                         ,
                      
                       
                         To
                         striue
                         and
                         struggle
                         in
                         an
                         Iron
                         age
                         ;
                      
                       
                         Whose
                         low
                         ambition
                         neuer
                         learn'd
                         of
                         thee
                      
                       
                         The
                         curious
                         Artes
                         of
                         thriuing
                         policy
                         ?
                      
                       
                         Thy
                         golden
                         tongue
                         from
                         which
                         my
                         yonger
                         dayes
                      
                       
                         Suckt
                         the
                         sweet
                         musick
                         of
                         thy
                         learned
                         layes
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Was
                         better
                         taught
                         thy
                         office
                         then
                         my
                         fate
                         ,
                      
                       
                         To
                         make
                         me
                         thine
                         ,
                         yet
                         most
                         vnfortunate
                         .
                      
                       
                         Why
                         was
                         I
                         fostred
                         in
                         thy
                         learned
                         schooles
                         ,
                      
                       
                         To
                         study
                         with
                         for
                         the
                         reward
                         of
                         fooles
                         :
                      
                       
                         That
                         while
                         I
                         sate
                         to
                         he●re
                         the
                         Muses
                         sing
                         ,
                      
                       
                         The
                         Winter
                         suddenly
                         ore-took
                         my
                         Spring
                         :
                      
                       
                         Haue
                         I
                         so
                         played
                         the
                         truant
                         with
                         my
                         howres
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Or
                         with
                         base
                         riot
                         stained
                         thy
                         sacred
                         Bowres
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Or
                         as
                         a
                         Viper
                         did
                         I
                         euer
                         striue
                         ,
                      
                       
                         To
                         gnaw
                         a
                         passage
                         through
                         thy
                         wombe
                         to
                         thriue
                         :
                      
                       
                         To
                         pluck
                         me
                         thus
                         from
                         Deuons
                         brest
                         ,
                         to
                         try
                      
                       
                         What
                         thou
                         canst
                         doe
                         when
                         as
                         thy
                         dugges
                         are
                         dry
                         ?
                      
                       
                         When
                         my
                         short
                         thread
                         of
                         life
                         is
                         almost
                         spunne
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Thou
                         biddst
                         me
                         rise
                         vp
                         with
                         thy
                         morning
                         Sun
                         ;
                      
                       
                         And
                         like
                         a
                         Heliotrope
                         adore
                         the
                         East
                         ,
                      
                       
                         When
                         my
                         care-hastened
                         Age
                         arriues
                         at
                         West
                         .
                      
                       
                         Could
                         I
                         encounter
                         (
                         as
                         I
                         once
                         did
                         hope
                         ,
                         )
                      
                       
                         The
                         God
                         of
                         learning
                         in
                         the
                         Horoscope
                         ,
                      
                       
                         My
                         Ph●bu●
                         would
                         auspicious
                         lookes
                         incline
                         ,
                      
                       
                         On
                         my
                         hard
                         fate
                         ,
                         and
                         discontents
                         to
                         shine
                         :
                      
                       
                         Now
                         lodged
                         in
                         a
                         luckles
                         house
                         ,
                         reiects
                      
                       
                         My
                         former
                         suites
                         ,
                         and
                         frownes
                         with
                         sad
                         aspects
                         .
                      
                       
                         Had
                         I
                         been
                         borne
                         when
                         that
                         eternall
                         hand
                      
                       
                         Wrapt
                         the
                         infant
                         world
                         in
                         her
                         first
                         swadling
                         band
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Before
                         Philosophy
                         was
                         taught
                         the
                         way
                         ,
                      
                       
                         To
                         rock
                         the
                         cradle
                         in
                         which
                         Nature
                         lay
                         ,
                      
                       
                         My
                         Learning
                         had
                         been
                         Husbandry
                         :
                         My
                         Birth
                      
                       
                         Had
                         ow'd
                         no
                         toll
                         but
                         to
                         the
                         virgine
                         Earth
                         :
                      
                       
                         No●
                         ha●
                         I
                         courted
                         for
                         these
                         thi●●y
                         yeeres
                         ,
                      
                       
                       
                         Thy
                         seuen
                         proud
                         minions
                         with
                         officious
                         teares
                         :
                      
                       
                         To
                         liue
                         had
                         been
                         my
                         industry
                         :
                         no
                         tongue
                      
                       
                         Had
                         taxt
                         thy
                         honours
                         ,
                         guilty
                         of
                         my
                         wrong
                         .
                      
                       
                         Had
                         I
                         been
                         shepheard
                         on
                         our
                         Westerne
                         plaines
                         ,
                      
                       
                         I
                         might
                         haue
                         sung
                         amongst
                         those
                         happy
                         swaines
                         ;
                      
                       
                         Some
                         shepheardesse
                         hearing
                         my
                         melody
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Might
                         haue
                         been
                         charmed
                         kind
                         as
                         charity
                         ,
                      
                       
                         And
                         taught
                         me
                         those
                         sad
                         minutes
                         to
                         repriue
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Which
                         I
                         haue
                         lost
                         in
                         studying
                         how
                         to
                         thriue
                         .
                      
                       
                         Had
                         I
                         aduetur'd
                         on
                         the
                         brinish
                         fome
                         ,
                      
                       
                         And
                         sworne
                         my selfe
                         a
                         stranger
                         to
                         my
                         home
                      
                       
                         Till
                         time
                         the
                         Haruest
                         reapt
                         my
                         youth
                         did
                         owe
                         ,
                      
                       
                         And
                         Ages
                         winter
                         had
                         spent
                         all
                         her
                         snow
                      
                       
                         Vpon
                         my
                         haires
                         ;
                         what
                         worser
                         could
                         I
                         haue
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Then
                         loose
                         thy
                         frownes
                         to
                         find
                         a
                         wished
                         graue
                         ?
                      
                       
                         The
                         Scythian
                         hewne
                         from
                         Caucasus
                         would
                         aske
                      
                       
                         ●efore
                         my
                         slaughter
                         ,
                         why
                         a
                         needles
                         taske
                      
                       
                         Of
                         Trauaile
                         I
                         should
                         vndert●ke
                         ,
                         to
                         see
                      
                       
                         Their
                         Countreyes
                         bounds
                         and
                         my
                         sad
                         misery
                         ?
                      
                       
                         But
                         hearing
                         my
                         harsh
                         bondage
                         vnder
                         thee
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Would
                         thine
                         vnkindnesse
                         hate
                         and
                         pi●ty
                         me
                         .
                      
                       
                         To
                         see
                         thy
                         Child
                         far
                         seuer'd
                         from
                         thy
                         wombe
                      
                       
                         The
                         Canniball
                         would
                         make
                         himselfe
                         my
                         tombe
                         ;
                      
                       
                         And
                         till
                         his
                         owne
                         were
                         spent
                         preserue
                         my
                         dust
                         ,
                      
                       
                         In
                         his
                         deere
                         vrne
                         which
                         thou
                         hast
                         sleightly
                         lost
                         .
                      
                       
                         Canst
                         thou
                         neglected
                         see
                         his
                         Age
                         to
                         freeze
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Whose
                         youth
                         thou
                         dandl'st
                         on
                         indulgent
                         knees
                         ?
                      
                       
                         The
                         fowle
                         aspersions
                         on
                         my
                         Deuon
                         throwne
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Thou
                         mightst
                         in
                         right
                         acknowledge
                         for
                         thine
                         owne
                      
                       
                         Only
                         this
                         difference
                         :
                         to
                         men
                         wanting
                         worth
                      
                       
                         They
                         sell
                         preferments
                         ,
                         and
                         thou
                         sends
                         them
                         forth
                         .
                      
                       
                         Canst
                         thou
                         be
                         brib'd
                         to
                         honour
                         with
                         a
                         kisse
                      
                       
                         Thy
                         guilded
                         folly
                         which
                         deserues
                         the
                         hisse
                         ?
                      
                       
                         If
                         thy
                         fo●'d
                         wants
                         and
                         flattery
                         conspire
                         ,
                      
                       
                         To
                         sell
                         thy
                         Scarlet
                         to
                         a
                         worthles
                         Squire
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Or
                         grace
                         with
                         miniuere
                         some
                         proselite
                      
                       
                         Who
                         nere
                         knew
                         artes
                         ,
                         or
                         reade
                         the
                         Stagirite
                         ;
                      
                       
                       
                         Yet
                         should
                         thy
                         hand
                         be
                         frugall
                         to
                         preserue
                      
                       
                         That
                         stock
                         for
                         want
                         of
                         which
                         thy
                         sonnes
                         may
                         starue
                         .
                      
                       
                         Haue
                         I
                         seru'd
                         out
                         three
                         prentiships
                         ,
                         yet
                         find
                      
                       
                         Thy
                         trade
                         inferiour
                         to
                         the
                         humblest
                         mind
                         ?
                      
                       
                         And
                         that
                         outstript
                         by
                         vnthrifts
                         ,
                         which
                         were
                         sent
                      
                       
                         Free
                         with
                         indentures
                         ere
                         their
                         yeeres
                         were
                         spent
                         ?
                      
                       
                         Then
                         cease
                         ,
                         yee
                         sisters
                         of
                         the
                         Thespian
                         springs
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Thalia
                         burne
                         thy
                         books
                         and
                         breake
                         thy
                         strings
                         ,
                      
                       
                         And
                         mother
                         make
                         thy selfe
                         a
                         second
                         Tombe
                      
                       
                         For
                         all
                         thy
                         ofspring
                         ,
                         and
                         so
                         shut
                         thy
                         wombe
                         .
                      
                       
                         Accuse
                         not
                         my
                         iust
                         anger
                         ,
                         but
                         the
                         cause
                      
                       
                         Nature
                         may
                         vrge
                         ,
                         but
                         fury
                         scornes
                         her
                         lawes
                         .
                      
                       
                         I
                         fawn'd
                         too
                         long
                         on
                         Iustice
                         :
                         Sith
                         that
                         failes
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Storme
                         Indignation
                         and
                         blow
                         vp
                         my
                         sailes
                         ;
                      
                       
                         Ingenious
                         choller
                         arm'd
                         with
                         Scorpions
                         stings
                      
                       
                         Which
                         whipp'st
                         on
                         Pesants
                         ,
                         and
                         commandest
                         Kings
                         ,
                      
                       
                         And
                         giu'st
                         each
                         milky
                         soule
                         a
                         penne
                         to
                         write
                      
                       
                         Though
                         all
                         the
                         world
                         turned
                         a
                         parasite
                         ;
                         O
                      
                       
                         Temper
                         my
                         braines
                         ,
                         thy
                         bitternesse
                         infuse
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Descend
                         and
                         dictate
                         to
                         my
                         angry
                         Muse.
                      
                       
                         O
                         pardon
                         mother
                         something
                         checkes
                         my
                         spleene
                         ,
                      
                       
                         And
                         from
                         thy
                         face
                         takes
                         off
                         my
                         angry
                         teene
                         :
                      
                       
                         Reuolted
                         Nature
                         by
                         the
                         same
                         degrees
                      
                       
                         Goes
                         and
                         returnes
                         ;
                         begges
                         pardon
                         on
                         her
                         knees
                         :
                      
                       
                         Thou
                         art
                         a
                         mirrour
                         by
                         reflexion
                         taught
                      
                       
                         To
                         faigne
                         defects
                         ,
                         yet
                         guilty
                         art
                         of
                         naught
                         .
                      
                       
                         Thy
                         stewards
                         which
                         by
                         thy
                         indulgence
                         thriue
                      
                       
                         Were
                         they
                         as
                         iust
                         ,
                         as
                         thou
                         art
                         free
                         to
                         giue
                         ,
                      
                       
                         We
                         all
                         might
                         share
                         a
                         portion
                         of
                         that
                         store
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Which
                         now
                         thy
                         sonnes
                         deserue
                         ,
                         thy
                         slaues
                         deuoure
                         .
                      
                       
                         Thy
                         will
                         is
                         seldome
                         measur'd
                         by
                         the
                         Law
                         ,
                      
                       
                         But
                         power
                         ,
                         whose
                         greatnesse
                         thy
                         Edicts
                         can
                         awe
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Slights
                         thy
                         decrees
                         :
                         O
                         would
                         Imperiall
                         Ioue
                      
                       
                         But
                         once
                         descend
                         from
                         his
                         high
                         Court
                         aboue
                         ,
                      
                       
                         To
                         see
                         thy
                         innocent
                         and
                         maiden
                         hands
                         ,
                      
                       
                         By
                         thine
                         owne
                         seruants
                         basely
                         shut
                         in
                         bands
                         :
                      
                       
                         These
                         Caterpillars
                         by
                         his
                         three-forkt
                         Rayes
                         ,
                      
                       
                       
                         Would
                         soone
                         be
                         scorch'd
                         from
                         of●
                         thy
                         sacred
                         Bayes
                         ;
                      
                       
                         And
                         thou
                         restor'd
                         vnto
                         that
                         pristine-hue
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Which
                         ancient
                         times
                         admir'd
                         ours
                         neuer
                         knew
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                   
                     All
                     this
                     time
                     as
                     in
                     a
                     fit
                     of
                     phrensy
                     I
                     haue
                     spoken
                     ,
                     I
                     scarce
                     know
                     what
                     my selfe
                     :
                     I
                     feare
                     mee
                     too
                     much
                     ,
                     to
                     ,
                     or
                     of
                     ,
                     my
                     Countrey
                     and
                     Vniuersity
                     ,
                     and
                     too
                     little
                     for
                     the
                     present
                     purpose
                     .
                     Now
                     as
                     one
                     suddainly
                     awaked
                     out
                     of
                     sleep
                     ,
                     no
                     otherwise
                     then
                     in
                     a
                     dreame
                     I
                     remember
                     the
                     occasion
                     :
                     We
                     haue
                     all
                     a
                     
                       semel
                       Insaniuimus
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     as
                     a
                     learned
                     man
                     of
                     this
                     Vniuersity
                     seemes
                     to
                     maintaine
                     ,
                     no
                     man
                     hath
                     euer
                     had
                     the
                     happinesse
                     to
                     be
                     exempted
                     from
                     this
                     imputation
                     :
                     And
                     therefore
                     I
                     hope
                     my
                     Reader
                     will
                     pardon
                     mee
                     this
                     once
                     ,
                     if
                     in
                     such
                     a
                     generall
                     concourse
                     and
                     conspiracy
                     of
                     mad
                     men
                     ,
                     I
                     sometimes
                     shew
                     my selfe
                     mad
                     for
                     company
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       
                         3
                         Windy
                      
                       Regions
                       produce
                       men
                       of
                       wild
                       and
                       instable
                       dispositions
                       ;
                       but
                       quiet
                       regions
                       more
                       constant
                       and
                       curteous
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     cause
                     of
                     this
                     disparity
                     is
                     apparant
                     ;
                     because
                     a
                     quiet
                     mind
                     ,
                     and
                     apt
                     for
                     contemplation
                     ,
                     cannot
                     bee
                     in
                     such
                     a
                     man
                     ,
                     as
                     is
                     perpetually
                     tossed
                     to
                     and
                     fro
                     .
                     For
                     no
                     man
                     can
                     well
                     contemplate
                     ,
                     except
                     hee
                     haue
                     his
                     mind
                     purged
                     and
                     free
                     from
                     motion
                     of
                     the
                     body
                     ;
                     and
                     it
                     is
                     noted
                     by
                     Physiognomers
                     that
                     wiser
                     men
                     are
                     slower
                     in
                     the
                     motion
                     of
                     their
                     body
                     and
                     mind
                     ,
                     whereas
                     mad
                     and
                     franticke
                     men
                     are
                     alwaies
                     busied
                     in
                     body
                     and
                     mind
                     .
                     Hence
                     a
                     reason
                     may
                     be
                     giuen
                     why
                     Mariners
                     and
                     sea-men
                     being
                     continually
                     tossed
                     with
                     the
                     wind
                     ,
                     are
                     obserued
                     to
                     be
                     more
                     
                       barbarous
                       ,
                       inhumane
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     inconstant
                     .
                     Another
                     reason
                     of
                     this
                     inconstancie
                     and
                     change
                     ,
                     may
                     bee
                     drawne
                     from
                     the
                     change
                     of
                     the
                     Aire
                     ,
                     caused
                     by
                     diuersity
                     of
                     winds
                     ;
                     For
                     wind
                     being
                     an
                     exhalation
                     affecting
                     the
                     aire
                     and
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     must
                     needs
                     be
                     diuerse
                     in
                     regard
                     of
                     the
                     diuerse
                     regions
                     ,
                     from
                     whence
                     it
                     bloweth
                     .
                     what
                     cause
                     soeuer
                     be
                     imagined
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     most
                     certaine
                     that
                     people
                     in
                     windy
                     regions
                     haue
                     been
                     more
                     warlike
                     ,
                     though
                     perhaps
                     lesse
                     humane
                     :
                     As
                     in
                     
                       Thracia
                       ,
                       France
                       ,
                       Circassia
                       ,
                       Lybia
                       ,
                       Portugall
                       ,
                       Persia
                       ,
                       Noruegia
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     Polonia
                     :
                     But
                     in
                     places
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     tract
                     where
                     the
                     wind
                     hath
                     a
                     lesse
                     
                     domination
                     we
                     shall
                     find
                     them
                     more
                     tractable
                     ,
                     but
                     lesse
                     valiant
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Asyria
                       ,
                       Asia
                       minor
                       ,
                       Italy
                    
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     ,
                     and
                     Egypt
                     .
                     In
                     like
                     manner
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     
                       Gallia
                       Nar●onensis
                       ,
                       Aquitany
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Prouence
                     in
                     France
                     ,
                     are
                     obserued
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     most
                     warlike
                     ,
                     although
                     situate
                     in
                     a
                     more
                     Southerne
                     tract
                     :
                     Being
                     daily
                     infested
                     ,
                     partly
                     by
                     the
                     Vulturnus
                     ,
                     partly
                     by
                     the
                     Corus
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     these
                     parts
                     hath
                     great
                     power
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       4
                       Sea-borderers
                       are
                       generally
                       more
                       witty
                       and
                       adorned
                       with
                       more
                       knowledge
                       ,
                       then
                       Inlanders
                       ,
                       though
                       subiect
                       to
                       greater
                       vices
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     That
                     
                       Artes
                       ,
                       Ciuility
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     many
                     inuentions
                     are
                     owed
                     to
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     mother
                     of
                     encrease
                     ,
                     seemes
                     a
                     matter
                     out
                     of
                     question
                     :
                     For
                     sith
                     all
                     nations
                     haue
                     not
                     found
                     out
                     all
                     arts
                     and
                     inuentions
                     it
                     must
                     follow
                     necessarily
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     haue
                     been
                     propagated
                     by
                     traffick
                     ,
                     and
                     commerce
                     with
                     forraine
                     nations
                     :
                     Whence
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     passe
                     many
                     times
                     that
                     Sea-borderers
                     by
                     conference
                     with
                     out-landish
                     people
                     ,
                     haue
                     gotten
                     that
                     knowledge
                     and
                     experience
                     of
                     things
                     ,
                     for
                     which
                     others
                     haue
                     with
                     great
                     cost
                     and
                     danger
                     aduentured
                     on
                     long
                     and
                     tedious
                     trauailes
                     :
                     Which
                     I
                     take
                     to
                     bee
                     the
                     reason
                     why
                     Themisto●les
                     would
                     haue
                     a
                     Citie
                     depending
                     on
                     the
                     sea
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     as
                     
                       Caelius
                       Rhodoginus
                    
                     imagines
                     ,
                     that
                     hee
                     might
                     transferre
                     the
                     power
                     from
                     the
                     Nobility
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     Ship-masters
                     .
                     Thus
                     we
                     find
                     scienc●s
                     and
                     learning
                     to
                     haue
                     been
                     deriued
                     from
                     the
                     Chaldeans
                     to
                     the
                     Egyptians
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     Egyptians
                     to
                     the
                     Phaenicians
                     ,
                     from
                     them
                     to
                     the
                     Grecians
                     and
                     Romans
                     :
                     And
                     in
                     our
                     dayes
                     euery
                     man
                     can
                     speake
                     how
                     much
                     the
                     industrie
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Venetians
                       ,
                       Spaniards
                       ,
                       Hollanders
                       ,
                       English
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     Portugalls
                     haue
                     effected
                     in
                     both
                     Indies
                     ,
                     in
                     trafficking
                     with
                     them
                     ,
                     deriuing
                     together
                     with
                     their
                     merchandize
                     ,
                     much
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     knowledge
                     and
                     religion
                     .
                     But
                     as
                     the
                     Ilanders
                     and
                     sea-bordering
                     people
                     haue
                     excelled
                     the
                     Inland
                     nations
                     in
                     skill
                     and
                     knowledge
                     ,
                     so
                     also
                     in
                     vices
                     :
                     Which
                     stands
                     with
                     reason
                     ,
                     whether
                     we
                     ascribe
                     it
                     to
                     their
                     naturall
                     wit
                     or
                     condition
                     of
                     life
                     ,
                     or
                     education
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     greatest
                     wits
                     are
                     commonly
                     matched
                     with
                     the
                     greatest
                     vices
                     ,
                     as
                     depending
                     on
                     such
                     a
                     temper
                     of
                     the
                     braine
                     whose
                     smallest
                     change
                     may
                     beget
                     madnesse
                     :
                     according
                     
                     to
                     that
                     prouerbe
                     ,
                     
                       Nullum
                       magnum
                       ingenium
                       sine
                       mixtura
                       insaniae
                       .
                    
                     Also
                     Artes
                     and
                     Sciences
                     turned
                     to
                     the
                     worst
                     vse
                     ,
                     become
                     more
                     dangerous
                     ,
                     then
                     naked
                     simplicity
                     ;
                     for
                     there
                     is
                     nothing
                     to
                     be
                     feared
                     more
                     then
                     
                       armed
                       furie
                    
                     .
                     This
                     might
                     bee
                     the
                     cause
                     why
                     Plato
                     in
                     his
                     booke
                     
                       de
                       Republica
                    
                     warnes
                     men
                     to
                     auoid
                     the
                     Sea
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     mother
                     of
                     wickednesse
                     .
                     Which
                     is
                     seconded
                     by
                     Strabo
                     ,
                     who
                     deriues
                     the
                     of-spring
                     of
                     
                       Robbery
                       ,
                       pillage
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     murther
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     Sea
                     :
                     By
                     which
                     argument
                     ,
                     the
                     old
                     Athenians
                     were
                     induced
                     to
                     draw
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     they
                     could
                     from
                     Sea-trafficke
                     to
                     husbandry
                     and
                     tillage
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     :
                     Whence
                     came
                     at
                     first
                     (
                     as
                     some
                     imagine
                     )
                     that
                     fable
                     of
                     Neptune
                     striuing
                     with
                     Minerua
                     for
                     victory
                     ,
                     against
                     whom
                     she
                     preuailed
                     ,
                     by
                     shewing
                     the
                     iudges
                     a
                     mandrakes
                     apple
                     as
                     an
                     especiall
                     rarity
                     of
                     the
                     land
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 XVI
                 .
                 Of
                 the
                 dispositions
                 of
                 Inhabitants
                 according
                 to
                 their
                 Originall
                 and
                 Education
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1
                     IN
                     the
                     third
                     place
                     there
                     may
                     be
                     a
                     diuersity
                     of
                     Inhabitants
                     in
                     disposition
                     ,
                     either
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     their
                     Of-spring
                     ,
                     or
                     their
                     Education
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     former
                     we
                     are
                     to
                     consider
                     the
                     dispositions
                     of
                     nations
                     so
                     farre
                     forth
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     depends
                     from
                     their
                     first
                     stocke
                     and
                     originall
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   By
                   the
                   first
                   stocke
                   and
                   originall
                   of
                   nations
                   ,
                   wee
                   vnderstand
                   not
                   here
                   either
                   the
                   first
                   ofspring
                   from
                   the
                   loynes
                   of
                   Adam
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   second
                   from
                   Noah
                   ;
                   because
                   these
                   two
                   are
                   common
                   to
                   
                   all
                   nations
                   of
                   the
                   world
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   cannot
                   vary
                   the
                   seuerall
                   dispositions
                   of
                   people
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   more
                   mediate
                   or
                   speciall
                   stocke
                   whence
                   they
                   sprang
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   found
                   to
                   haue
                   no
                   small
                   power
                   in
                   the
                   nature
                   and
                   temper
                   of
                   posterity
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   of-spring
                   two
                   things
                   are
                   chiefely
                   remarkeable
                   ;
                   first
                   ,
                   how
                   people
                   suffer
                   an
                   alteration
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   their
                   seuerall
                   Transplantations
                   :
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   mixture
                   of
                   colonies
                   ,
                   both
                   which
                   we
                   will
                   shew
                   in
                   these
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       1
                       Colonies
                       transplanted
                       from
                       one
                       region
                       into
                       another
                       ,
                       far
                       remote
                       ,
                       retaine
                       a
                       long
                       time
                       their
                       first
                       disposition
                       ,
                       though
                       by
                       little
                       and
                       litle
                       they
                       decline
                       and
                       suf●er
                       alteration
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     All
                     mutation
                     requires
                     a
                     certaine
                     distance
                     of
                     time
                     :
                     Sith
                     no
                     motion
                     according
                     to
                     Aristotle
                     is
                     in
                     an
                     instant
                     ,
                     neither
                     is
                     it
                     a
                     small
                     time
                     can
                     alter
                     the
                     naturall
                     complexion
                     of
                     men
                     :
                     For
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     children
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     deriue
                     their
                     nature
                     from
                     their
                     parents
                     ,
                     and
                     euery
                     mans
                     constitution
                     is
                     commonly
                     radically
                     grounded
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     easily
                     subiect
                     to
                     externall
                     change
                     :
                     Thus
                     we
                     see
                     the
                     Children
                     of
                     Blackmores
                     being
                     transplanted
                     into
                     Europe
                     for
                     diuerse
                     descents
                     to
                     continue
                     black
                     :
                     Yet
                     so
                     as
                     they
                     by
                     little
                     and
                     little
                     declining
                     from
                     their
                     former
                     hue
                     ,
                     will
                     in
                     time
                     become
                     white
                     ;
                     as
                     the
                     rest
                     of
                     the
                     European
                     Inhabitants
                     :
                     For
                     otherwise
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     ,
                     that
                     Scythia
                     should
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     breed
                     many
                     Blackmores
                     ,
                     and
                     Ethiopia
                     many
                     white
                     ;
                     because
                     no
                     question
                     can
                     bee
                     made
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     all
                     nations
                     almost
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     since
                     the
                     beginning
                     haue
                     suffered
                     mixture
                     .
                     Wee
                     reade
                     that
                     the
                     Gothes
                     ,
                     being
                     a
                     warlike
                     people
                     of
                     the
                     North
                     ,
                     long
                     after
                     their
                     first
                     inuasion
                     of
                     
                       Spaine
                       ,
                       France
                       ,
                       Italy
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     Territories
                     of
                     Europe
                     ,
                     retained
                     their
                     owne
                     disposition
                     and
                     nature
                     ,
                     altogether
                     disagreeing
                     with
                     the
                     nations
                     ,
                     amongst
                     whom
                     they
                     liued
                     :
                     gouerning
                     (
                     as
                     is
                     the
                     manner
                     of
                     Northerne
                     Potentates
                     )
                     rather
                     by
                     Strength
                     then
                     Policy
                     ,
                     better
                     able
                     to
                     winne
                     then
                     establish
                     an
                     Empire
                     .
                     But
                     in
                     processe
                     of
                     time
                     it
                     came
                     to
                     passe
                     ,
                     that
                     putting
                     off
                     their
                     harsh
                     temper
                     they
                     grew
                     into
                     one
                     nation
                     with
                     the
                     natiue
                     Inhabitants
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     France
                     
                     and
                     Italy
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     as
                     in
                     Spaine
                     ,
                     establishing
                     a
                     gouernment
                     of
                     their
                     owne
                     ,
                     by
                     little
                     and
                     little
                     declined
                     from
                     their
                     rudenesse
                     to
                     ciuility
                     ,
                     turning
                     their
                     armes
                     to
                     Arts
                     ,
                     their
                     strength
                     to
                     stratagemmes
                     ,
                     hauing
                     of
                     late
                     yeeres
                     by
                     witty
                     pollicy
                     established
                     a
                     greater
                     empire
                     ,
                     then
                     euer
                     their
                     Ancestours
                     could
                     atcheiue
                     by
                     multitudes
                     of
                     men
                     ,
                     and
                     strength
                     of
                     armes
                     .
                     And
                     it
                     is
                     worth
                     obseruation
                     ,
                     that
                     as
                     these
                     haue
                     suffered
                     a
                     change
                     of
                     
                       Lawes
                       ,
                       customes
                       ,
                       gouernment
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     owe
                     more
                     to
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     Climate
                     then
                     to
                     Education
                     ;
                     so
                     in
                     their
                     very
                     language
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     language
                     of
                     the
                     Gothes
                     heretofore
                     ,
                     differed
                     little
                     from
                     the
                     language
                     of
                     the
                     ancient
                     Germans
                     ,
                     which
                     (
                     as
                     most
                     Northerne
                     languages
                     )
                     was
                     very
                     rough
                     ,
                     consisting
                     of
                     many
                     hard
                     and
                     harsh
                     aspirations
                     ,
                     with
                     vnpleasant
                     collision
                     of
                     many
                     consonants
                     together
                     :
                     But
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     is
                     changed
                     into
                     a
                     very
                     elegant
                     tongue
                     pleasant
                     to
                     the
                     eare
                     ,
                     consisting
                     of
                     many
                     vowels
                     and
                     the
                     softest
                     aspirations
                     .
                     Finally
                     such
                     haue
                     beene
                     the
                     alterations
                     of
                     this
                     people
                     ,
                     that
                     being
                     heretofore
                     farre
                     North
                     and
                     branded
                     with
                     all
                     the
                     markes
                     of
                     
                       Northerne
                       rudenesse
                    
                     ,
                     they
                     are
                     now
                     esteemed
                     in
                     the
                     Catalogue
                     of
                     
                       Southerne
                       Inhabitants
                    
                     :
                     Not
                     in
                     regard
                     ,
                     as
                     much
                     of
                     place
                     ,
                     as
                     nature
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     may
                     wee
                     obserue
                     of
                     the
                     Turkes
                     and
                     Tartars
                     ,
                     who
                     spreading
                     their
                     empire
                     from
                     the
                     North
                     towards
                     the
                     South
                     ,
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     retained
                     their
                     rude
                     barbarous
                     nature
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     haue
                     not
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     altogether
                     cast
                     off
                     ;
                     yet
                     so
                     much
                     hath
                     time
                     and
                     place
                     gained
                     vpon
                     their
                     temper
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     are
                     much
                     mollified
                     and
                     farre
                     more
                     tractable
                     to
                     humanity
                     ,
                     addicting
                     themselues
                     euery
                     day
                     more
                     and
                     more
                     to
                     the
                     study
                     of
                     artes
                     and
                     ciuility
                     :
                     in
                     so
                     much
                     that
                     (
                     as
                     one
                     obserues
                     )
                     had
                     they
                     not
                     preserued
                     their
                     strict
                     discipline
                     in
                     training
                     vp
                     their
                     youth
                     to
                     armes
                     ,
                     they
                     had
                     long
                     since
                     lost
                     much
                     of
                     their
                     large
                     empire
                     ,
                     and
                     haue
                     yeelded
                     to
                     the
                     Polonian
                     and
                     Muscouite
                     .
                     This
                     change
                     may
                     we
                     find
                     not
                     onely
                     in
                     mankinde
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     in
                     beasts
                     and
                     plants
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     transported
                     into
                     other
                     regions
                     ,
                     though
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     retaining
                     their
                     natiue
                     perfection
                     ,
                     will
                     notwithstanding
                     in
                     time
                     by
                     little
                     and
                     little
                     degenerate
                     :
                     As
                     I
                     haue
                     heard
                     by
                     relation
                     of
                     some
                     of
                     our
                     Virginian
                     colony
                     in
                     America
                     :
                     who
                     finde
                     a
                     great
                     alteration
                     in
                     our
                     Corne
                     and
                     Cattle
                     ,
                     translated
                     thither
                     .
                     This
                     might
                     also
                     bee
                     obserued
                     in
                     the
                     
                     
                       Danes
                       ,
                       Saxons
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     Angles
                     ,
                     comming
                     into
                     Britanny
                     ,
                     who
                     partly
                     by
                     the
                     Climate
                     ,
                     partly
                     by
                     mixture
                     with
                     them
                     ,
                     by
                     little
                     and
                     little
                     deposed
                     their
                     disposition
                     ,
                     and
                     became
                     more
                     ciuill
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     may
                     be
                     spoken
                     of
                     the
                     Saxon-colonies
                     sent
                     by
                     Charles
                     the
                     great
                     into
                     Belgia
                     ,
                     who
                     since
                     that
                     time
                     becomming
                     more
                     ci●ill
                     haue
                     proued
                     lesse
                     warlike
                     ,
                     loosing
                     as
                     much
                     by
                     the
                     one
                     ,
                     as
                     they
                     ob●ained
                     by
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     This
                     point
                     I
                     will
                     no
                     further
                     pros●cute
                     ,
                     because
                     I
                     hold
                     it
                     sufficiently
                     demonstrated
                     out
                     of
                     that
                     I
                     haue
                     spoken
                     of
                     the
                     variety
                     of
                     naturall
                     dispositions
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     heauenly
                     situation
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     soile
                     .
                     For
                     sith
                     all
                     nations
                     came
                     at
                     first
                     from
                     one
                     originall
                     ,
                     we
                     must
                     needs
                     ascribe
                     this
                     mutation
                     to
                     the
                     places
                     which
                     they
                     inhabite
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       The
                       mixture
                       of
                       Colonies
                       begets
                       in
                       the
                       same
                       nation
                       a
                       greater
                       disparity
                       and
                       variety
                       of
                       the
                       Inhabitants
                       amongst
                       themselues
                    
                  
                   
                     This
                     proposition
                     is
                     by
                     naturall
                     consequence
                     deduced
                     from
                     the
                     former
                     :
                     Because
                     all
                     Colonies
                     transplanted
                     retaining
                     some-what
                     of
                     their
                     former
                     nature
                     ,
                     the
                     Mixture
                     must
                     produce
                     variety
                     .
                     First
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     people
                     of
                     any
                     region
                     by
                     this
                     is
                     supposed
                     to
                     consist
                     of
                     more
                     kindes
                     of
                     dispositions
                     :
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     promiscuous
                     mixture
                     of
                     these
                     kindes
                     being
                     vnequally
                     tempered
                     ,
                     must
                     according
                     to
                     their
                     seuerall
                     combinations
                     produce
                     people
                     ,
                     as
                     vnlike
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     the
                     former
                     .
                     Hence
                     a
                     reason
                     may
                     bee
                     giuen
                     ,
                     why
                     the
                     Inhabitants
                     of
                     the
                     extreame
                     regions
                     ,
                     either
                     North
                     or
                     South
                     are
                     found
                     to
                     bee
                     amongst
                     themselues
                     as
                     well
                     in
                     temper
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     externall
                     face
                     and
                     habite
                     more
                     like
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     :
                     whereas
                     the
                     middle
                     partake
                     of
                     more
                     variety
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     
                       Cimbrians
                       ,
                       Danes
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     Scythians
                     ,
                     are
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     of
                     a
                     whitish
                     hue
                     ,
                     with
                     flaxen
                     ,
                     and
                     yellow
                     haire
                     ;
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     the
                     Ethiopians
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     are
                     blacke-haired
                     and
                     curled
                     .
                     The
                     
                       French
                       ,
                       Germans
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     English
                     ,
                     admit
                     of
                     all
                     variety
                     ,
                     hauing
                     some
                     white-haired
                     ,
                     some
                     black
                     ,
                     some
                     yellow
                     ,
                     some
                     tawny
                     ,
                     some
                     smooth
                     and
                     some
                     curled-pates
                     .
                     This
                     diuersity
                     the
                     Stoicks
                     would
                     ascribe
                     to
                     the
                     phantasie
                     ,
                     or
                     image
                     conceiued
                     in
                     the
                     minds
                     of
                     men
                     .
                     Whence
                     they
                     would
                     giue
                     a
                     cause
                     ,
                     why
                     beasts
                     commonly
                     
                     bring
                     forth
                     yong
                     ,
                     more
                     like
                     one
                     the
                     other
                     then
                     men
                     ;
                     because
                     (
                     say
                     they
                     )
                     wanting
                     a
                     reasonable
                     soule
                     they
                     are
                     not
                     stirred
                     vp
                     as
                     men
                     with
                     sundry
                     cogitations
                     ,
                     but
                     onely
                     with
                     sense
                     .
                     So
                     the
                     
                       Scit
                       hian
                    
                     and
                     Northerne
                     man
                     being
                     by
                     nature
                     more
                     simple
                     ,
                     and
                     affecting
                     those
                     pleasures
                     which
                     are
                     agreeable
                     to
                     nature
                     ,
                     and
                     lesse
                     distracted
                     by
                     variety
                     of
                     thoughts
                     ,
                     is
                     found
                     to
                     beget
                     children
                     more
                     like
                     their
                     parents
                     then
                     those
                     of
                     the
                     
                       middle
                       climate
                    
                     .
                     This
                     cause
                     wee
                     should
                     admit
                     probable
                     enough
                     ,
                     but
                     for
                     a
                     reason
                     vrged
                     by
                     Bodin
                     and
                     others
                     ,
                     that
                     in
                     Aethiopia
                     ,
                     where
                     the
                     people
                     of
                     all
                     other
                     is
                     more
                     Acute
                     ,
                     and
                     more
                     violent
                     in
                     lust
                     ,
                     they
                     are
                     most
                     like
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     For
                     euen
                     all
                     are
                     found
                     to
                     be
                     small
                     of
                     stature
                     ,
                     
                       curle-pated
                       ,
                       black-skinned
                       ,
                       flat-nosed
                       ,
                       smooth-skinned
                       ,
                       great-lip't
                       ,
                       white-toothed
                       ,
                       black-eyed
                       :
                    
                     Wherefore
                     this
                     infinite
                     diuersity
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     region
                     ,
                     we
                     cannot
                     well
                     ascribe
                     to
                     any
                     other
                     reason
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     manifold
                     intermixtion
                     and
                     combination
                     of
                     both
                     the
                     extreames
                     .
                     Whence
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     passe
                     ,
                     that
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     more
                     we
                     wander
                     from
                     the
                     
                       middle
                       region
                    
                     ,
                     so
                     much
                     the
                     more
                     shall
                     wee
                     finde
                     the
                     people
                     amongst
                     themselues
                     :
                     In
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     Tacitus
                     spake
                     of
                     the
                     Germans
                     ,
                     that
                     amongst
                     themselues
                     they
                     were
                     very
                     like
                     in
                     respect
                     of
                     other
                     nations
                     .
                     This
                     mixture
                     in
                     the
                     
                       middle
                       region
                    
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     extreames
                     ,
                     may
                     easily
                     be
                     shewed
                     out
                     of
                     diuerse
                     Colonies
                     ,
                     which
                     from
                     the
                     extreames
                     ,
                     haue
                     beene
                     translated
                     into
                     the
                     
                       middle
                       region
                    
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     better
                     place
                     of
                     habitation
                     .
                     For
                     hither
                     came
                     the
                     great
                     and
                     extraordinary
                     armies
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Scythians
                       ,
                       Gothes
                       ,
                       Turkes
                    
                     and
                     Tartars
                     ;
                     None
                     besides
                     the
                     Vandalls
                     passed
                     into
                     Africke
                     ,
                     from
                     whence
                     they
                     were
                     in
                     short
                     time
                     expulsed
                     .
                     The
                     Arabians
                     and
                     Punicaeans
                     called
                     by
                     the
                     ancient
                     Saracens
                     ,
                     leading
                     their
                     Colonies
                     into
                     Europe
                     and
                     Asia
                     ,
                     setled
                     themselues
                     in
                     the
                     middle
                     region
                     ;
                     None
                     came
                     into
                     Scythia
                     :
                     for
                     when
                     they
                     had
                     inuaded
                     
                       Spaine
                       ,
                       Italy
                    
                     and
                     France
                     ,
                     they
                     were
                     in
                     France
                     altogether
                     broken
                     ,
                     and
                     cut
                     off
                     :
                     After
                     which
                     ,
                     Spaine
                     and
                     Italy
                     found
                     a
                     meanes
                     to
                     free
                     themselues
                     from
                     their
                     bondage
                     .
                     Likewise
                     the
                     Colonyes
                     of
                     the
                     Celtes
                     and
                     Romans
                     ,
                     endeauoured
                     alwaies
                     to
                     settle
                     themselues
                     in
                     the
                     
                       middle
                       Regions
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     neuer
                     ventured
                     as
                     farre
                     as
                     Scythia
                     Northward
                     ,
                     or
                     Southward
                     as
                     farre
                     as
                     Aethiopia
                     :
                     Whence
                     the
                     middle
                     charged
                     
                     with
                     intermixture
                     of
                     both
                     extreames
                     begat
                     a
                     great
                     diuersity
                     .
                     For
                     we
                     find
                     by
                     experience
                     ,
                     that
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     mixture
                     of
                     diuerse
                     kinds
                     ,
                     diuerse
                     Formes
                     and
                     Natures
                     are
                     ingendred
                     :
                     As
                     of
                     the
                     
                       Mule
                       ,
                       Leopard
                       ,
                       Crocuta
                       ,
                       Lycisca
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     Camelopardus
                     ;
                     which
                     being
                     mixt
                     Creatures
                     are
                     vnlike
                     their
                     Sires
                     :
                     So
                     may
                     we
                     iudge
                     of
                     the
                     various
                     mixture
                     of
                     diuerse
                     kinds
                     of
                     men
                     .
                     A
                     Mastiffe
                     or
                     Lycisca
                     ,
                     little
                     differs
                     from
                     a
                     Wolfe
                     ,
                     because
                     he
                     was
                     conceiued
                     of
                     a
                     Wolfe
                     and
                     a
                     Dogge
                     ;
                     So
                     that
                     a
                     Wolfe
                     is
                     (
                     as
                     Varro
                     noteth
                     )
                     nothing
                     else
                     then
                     a
                     
                       wilde
                       Dogge
                    
                     .
                     But
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     ,
                     a
                     Mule
                     from
                     an
                     Asse
                     and
                     a
                     Horse
                     ,
                     As
                     a
                     Camelopardus
                     from
                     a
                     Panthor
                     and
                     a
                     Camell
                     ,
                     differ
                     very
                     much
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     if
                     people
                     very
                     neere
                     in
                     Nature
                     be
                     linckt
                     together
                     ,
                     they
                     produce
                     an
                     of-spring
                     very
                     like
                     themselues
                     :
                     But
                     if
                     two
                     very
                     vnlike
                     in
                     nature
                     ,
                     as
                     an
                     Ethiopian
                     and
                     a
                     Scythian
                     should
                     match
                     together
                     ,
                     they
                     must
                     needs
                     bring
                     forth
                     a
                     birth
                     very
                     vnlike
                     to
                     themselues
                     :
                     like
                     a
                     
                       Personated
                       man
                    
                     brought
                     vpon
                     the
                     stage
                     by
                     
                       Ptolomaeus
                       Philedephus
                    
                     ,
                     who
                     (
                     as
                     Athenaeus
                     writes
                     )
                     was
                     of
                     two
                     colours
                     ,
                     on
                     one
                     side
                     white
                     ,
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     blacke
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     2
                     The
                     second
                     point
                     whereby
                     the
                     disposition
                     of
                     people
                     is
                     varied
                     ,
                     is
                     Education
                     .
                     Education
                     is
                     the
                     exercise
                     of
                     many
                     people
                     in
                     religions
                     ,
                     or
                     morall
                     discipline
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   Amongst
                   all
                   externall
                   causes
                   of
                   the
                   change
                   of
                   dispositions
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   none
                   greater
                   then
                   Education
                   .
                   For
                   as
                   a
                   good
                   nature
                   is
                   oftentimes
                   corrupted
                   with
                   euill
                   conuersation
                   ,
                   so
                   an
                   ill
                   disposition
                   with
                   good
                   institution
                   hath
                   in
                   some
                   sort
                   been
                   corrected
                   .
                   The
                   chiefe
                   obiects
                   of
                   discipline
                   are
                   Religion
                   and
                   Morality
                   :
                   Whereof
                   we
                   giue
                   the
                   chiefest
                   prerogatiue
                   to
                   Religion
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   which
                   more
                   immediatly
                   bindeth
                   the
                   consciences
                   of
                   men
                   ,
                   euen
                   against
                   nature
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   second
                   place
                   Ciuility
                   ;
                   whose
                   end
                   is
                   worldly
                   happinesse
                   .
                   How
                   far
                   each
                   of
                   these
                   preuaile
                   ,
                   shall
                   bee
                   shewed
                   in
                   these
                   Theoremes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       
                         1
                         Education
                      
                       hath
                       great
                       force
                       in
                       the
                       alteration
                       of
                       naturall
                       dispositions
                       :
                       yet
                       so
                       as
                       by
                       accident
                       
                       remitted
                       ,
                       they
                       soone
                       returne
                       to
                       their
                       former
                       temper
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     The
                     force
                     of
                     institution
                     hath
                     been
                     so
                     great
                     ,
                     that
                     by
                     some
                     it
                     hath
                     been
                     thought
                     to
                     equall
                     ,
                     if
                     not
                     surmount
                     Nature
                     ;
                     whence
                     they
                     haue
                     tearmed
                     it
                     a
                     
                       second
                       nature
                    
                     :
                     For
                     as
                     wee
                     see
                     all
                     sortes
                     of
                     Plantes
                     and
                     Hearbs
                     by
                     good
                     husbandry
                     ,
                     to
                     grow
                     better
                     ,
                     but
                     left
                     to
                     themselues
                     to
                     grow
                     wilde
                     and
                     barren
                     ;
                     So
                     shall
                     wee
                     find
                     it
                     ,
                     if
                     not
                     much
                     more
                     ,
                     in
                     mankind
                     ▪
                     which
                     though
                     neuer
                     so
                     Sauage
                     and
                     Barbarous
                     ,
                     haue
                     by
                     discipline
                     been
                     corrected
                     and
                     reformed
                     ,
                     and
                     though
                     neuer
                     so
                     Polite
                     and
                     ciuill
                     neglecting
                     discipline
                     ,
                     haue
                     degenerated
                     ,
                     and
                     growne
                     barbarous
                     .
                     For
                     if
                     the
                     externall
                     lineaments
                     of
                     the
                     body
                     may
                     bee
                     by
                     art
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     wrought
                     into
                     another
                     mould
                     ,
                     much
                     more
                     may
                     wee
                     ascribe
                     this
                     to
                     the
                     habits
                     and
                     operations
                     of
                     the
                     mind
                     ,
                     being
                     of
                     a
                     more
                     agill
                     nature
                     ,
                     and
                     apter
                     to
                     receiue
                     impression
                     .
                     The
                     ancients
                     amongst
                     the
                     French
                     (
                     as
                     Bodin
                     testifies
                     )
                     deemed
                     a
                     long
                     visage
                     the
                     most
                     handsome
                     :
                     Whence
                     the
                     Midwiues
                     endeuoured
                     to
                     frame
                     most
                     faces
                     to
                     this
                     fashion
                     ,
                     as
                     may
                     bee
                     seene
                     in
                     most
                     ancient
                     statues
                     and
                     images
                     .
                     In
                     India
                     (
                     as
                     wee
                     also
                     reade
                     )
                     a
                     
                       great
                       nose
                    
                     and
                     a
                     
                       broad
                       face
                    
                     was
                     most
                     admitted
                     :
                     which
                     caused
                     their
                     Midwiues
                     to
                     effect
                     it
                     as
                     neere
                     as
                     they
                     could
                     in
                     their
                     tender
                     infants
                     .
                     In
                     like
                     manner
                     it
                     hath
                     been
                     the
                     endeauour
                     and
                     ambition
                     of
                     most
                     teachers
                     ,
                     and
                     informers
                     of
                     youth
                     ,
                     to
                     frame
                     the
                     wits
                     of
                     their
                     nouices
                     to
                     such
                     disciplines
                     and
                     perfections
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     country
                     found
                     most
                     honor
                     &
                     best
                     acceptance
                     .
                     Hence
                     it
                     came
                     to
                     passe
                     that
                     custome
                     preuailing
                     beyond
                     nature
                     ,
                     many
                     nations
                     situate
                     in
                     a
                     ruder
                     climate
                     ,
                     wanting
                     that
                     benefit
                     of
                     the
                     Heauens
                     which
                     others
                     plentifully
                     inioye
                     ,
                     haue
                     surpassed
                     them
                     in
                     
                       Artes
                       ,
                       Sciences
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     many
                     other
                     Endowments
                     of
                     the
                     minde
                     .
                     In
                     so
                     triuiall
                     a
                     matter
                     wee
                     will
                     not
                     roue
                     farre
                     for
                     example
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     recorded
                     by
                     the
                     ancients
                     as
                     well
                     of
                     the
                     Germans
                     ,
                     as
                     of
                     our
                     owne
                     nation
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     liued
                     almost
                     in
                     the
                     condition
                     of
                     
                       wilde
                       beasts
                    
                     in
                     Woods
                     and
                     Desarts
                     ,
                     feeding
                     like
                     swine
                     on
                     hearbs
                     and
                     rootes
                     ,
                     without
                     law
                     or
                     discipline
                     :
                     In
                     so
                     much
                     as
                     their
                     Bardes
                     or
                     learned
                     men
                     (
                     as
                     they
                     deemed
                     them
                     )
                     wanting
                     the
                     vse
                     of
                     letters
                     ,
                     challenged
                     their
                     chiefect
                     perfection
                     in
                     the
                     composure
                     
                     of
                     certaine
                     rimes
                     of
                     triuiall
                     subiects
                     to
                     please
                     the
                     people
                     .
                     Their
                     houses
                     were
                     caues
                     ,
                     their
                     
                       pallaces
                       brackes
                       and
                       thickots
                    
                     ,
                     their
                     
                       tables
                       rockes
                    
                     (
                     as
                     one
                     saith
                     of
                     them
                     )
                     
                       Antra
                       lares
                       ,
                       dumeta
                       thoros
                       ,
                       caenacula
                       rupes
                       ,
                    
                     They
                     were
                     (
                     as
                     Iustine
                     speakes
                     of
                     the
                     infancy
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     )
                     rather
                     carefull
                     to
                     keepe
                     their
                     owne
                     ,
                     then
                     ambitious
                     to
                     conquer
                     others
                     ;
                     and
                     more
                     studious
                     to
                     preserue
                     life
                     then
                     seeke
                     honour
                     .
                     Their
                     onely
                     law
                     was
                     nature
                     ,
                     or
                     some
                     few
                     customes
                     preserued
                     by
                     tradition
                     ,
                     not
                     writing
                     :
                     Little
                     differing
                     from
                     the
                     present
                     Americans
                     ,
                     not
                     yet
                     reduced
                     to
                     civility
                     .
                     But
                     time
                     and
                     discipline
                     preuailing
                     against
                     barbarisme
                     ,
                     they
                     are
                     (
                     God
                     be
                     praised
                     )
                     reduced
                     to
                     such
                     a
                     height
                     of
                     civility
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     may
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     reade
                     other
                     mens
                     wantes
                     in
                     their
                     owne
                     perfections
                     ,
                     and
                     measure
                     other
                     mens
                     losse
                     by
                     their
                     owne
                     gaines
                     .
                     Insomuch
                     as
                     they
                     seeme
                     to
                     haue
                     robbed
                     the
                     Asiaticks
                     of
                     humanitie
                     ,
                     the
                     Romans
                     of
                     
                       militarie
                       Discipline
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     Hebrewes
                     of
                     Religion
                     ,
                     the
                     Grecians
                     of
                     Philosophie
                     ,
                     the
                     Aegiptians
                     of
                     Geometry
                     ,
                     the
                     Phoenicians
                     of
                     Arithmetick
                     ,
                     the
                     Chaldaeans
                     of
                     Astrologie
                     ,
                     and
                     almost
                     all
                     the
                     world
                     of
                     curious
                     Workmanship
                     .
                     This
                     their
                     excellency
                     hath
                     bin
                     so
                     fortunate
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     set
                     them
                     in
                     the
                     enuy
                     of
                     other
                     nations
                     ,
                     who
                     notwithstanding
                     haue
                     beene
                     faine
                     to
                     borrow
                     of
                     their
                     store
                     .
                     The
                     Italians
                     are
                     censured
                     by
                     Machiauell
                     the
                     Florentine
                     for
                     sending
                     for
                     Germans
                     to
                     measure
                     their
                     land
                     ,
                     chalenging
                     to
                     themselues
                     the
                     prerogatiue
                     of
                     wit
                     ,
                     aboue
                     other
                     nations
                     .
                     Likewise
                     
                       Pope
                       Leo
                    
                     dispatched
                     his
                     Embassador
                     into
                     Germany
                     for
                     Mathematicians
                     ,
                     to
                     rectifie
                     the
                     calender
                     ,
                     as
                     sometimes
                     Caesar
                     into
                     Aegipt
                     .
                     This
                     force
                     of
                     discipline
                     how
                     great
                     soeuer
                     being
                     for
                     a
                     time
                     neglected
                     ,
                     nature
                     is
                     notwithstanding
                     found
                     to
                     returne
                     to
                     her
                     owne
                     corruption
                     .
                     A
                     prime
                     example
                     of
                     it
                     we
                     haue
                     in
                     the
                     Romans
                     and
                     Italians
                     ,
                     heeretofore
                     for
                     Artes
                     and
                     Military
                     discipline
                     carrying
                     away
                     the
                     palme
                     from
                     the
                     whole
                     world
                     :
                     But
                     now
                     degenerated
                     so
                     much
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     may
                     seeme
                     the
                     image
                     of
                     basenesse
                     ;
                     submitting
                     their
                     neckes
                     to
                     the
                     pride
                     of
                     an
                     insulting
                     Prelate
                     ,
                     farre
                     more
                     abiect
                     then
                     the
                     losse
                     of
                     their
                     libertie
                     vnder
                     Caesar
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Gothish
                     vsurpation
                     of
                     Alaricus
                     .
                     The
                     like
                     effect
                     of
                     this
                     neglect
                     of
                     discipline
                     may
                     we
                     find
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Hebrewes
                       ,
                       Chaldaeans
                       ,
                       Phaenicians
                       ,
                       Aegiptians
                       ,
                       Graecians
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     Indians
                     ,
                     
                     who
                     were
                     sometimes
                     admired
                     for
                     learning
                     and
                     Eloquence
                     ,
                     and
                     set
                     in
                     the
                     highest
                     top
                     of
                     perfection
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     Aristotle
                     had
                     good
                     reason
                     in
                     his
                     first
                     booke
                     
                       de
                       Coelo
                    
                     to
                     affirme
                     ,
                     that
                     Artes
                     and
                     Sciences
                     with
                     all
                     nations
                     had
                     beene
                     subiect
                     to
                     ebbes
                     and
                     flowes
                     ,
                     sometimes
                     flourishing
                     in
                     great
                     perfection
                     ,
                     and
                     sometimes
                     languishing
                     and
                     contemned
                     .
                     And
                     to
                     this
                     and
                     no
                     other
                     cause
                     ,
                     can
                     we
                     ascribe
                     the
                     present
                     Ignorance
                     and
                     Barbarisme
                     of
                     the
                     Americans
                     :
                     Their
                     descent
                     being
                     from
                     Noah
                     and
                     his
                     posterity
                     ,
                     they
                     could
                     not
                     at
                     first
                     but
                     haue
                     some
                     forme
                     of
                     discipline
                     ,
                     which
                     afterwards
                     being
                     by
                     long
                     processe
                     of
                     time
                     or
                     incertainty
                     of
                     tradition
                     neglected
                     and
                     obliterated
                     ,
                     they
                     fell
                     backe
                     into
                     such
                     wayes
                     as
                     their
                     owne
                     depraued
                     nature
                     dictated
                     or
                     the
                     diuell
                     malitiously
                     suggested
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       2
                       By
                       Discipline
                       nations
                       become
                       mo●e
                       wise
                       and
                       politicke
                       in
                       the
                       preseruations
                       of
                       states
                       ,
                       yet
                       lesse
                       stout
                       and
                       couragious
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     As
                     Discipline
                     hath
                     been
                     the
                     chiefe
                     cause
                     of
                     the
                     establishment
                     of
                     all
                     states
                     ,
                     so
                     hath
                     it
                     on
                     the
                     other
                     side
                     been
                     occasion
                     to
                     soften
                     and
                     weaken
                     the
                     courage
                     of
                     many
                     nations
                     :
                     For
                     it
                     hath
                     beene
                     many
                     times
                     seene
                     ,
                     that
                     such
                     people
                     who
                     haue
                     beene
                     commended
                     for
                     wit
                     ,
                     haue
                     yeelded
                     to
                     such
                     who
                     are
                     of
                     a
                     ruder
                     disposition
                     :
                     as
                     at
                     this
                     day
                     the
                     Greeks
                     and
                     Macedons
                     to
                     the
                     Turkes
                     ,
                     the
                     ancient
                     Gaules
                     to
                     the
                     French
                     ,
                     the
                     Egyptians
                     to
                     the
                     Persians
                     ,
                     the
                     Chaldeans
                     to
                     the
                     Saracens
                     .
                     Hence
                     some
                     giue
                     a
                     reason
                     why
                     the
                     French
                     did
                     inuade
                     and
                     runne
                     ouer
                     Italy
                     without
                     controle
                     vnder
                     Charles
                     the
                     5
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     Italian
                     Princes
                     at
                     that
                     time
                     were
                     giuen
                     to
                     study
                     and
                     learning
                     ;
                     and
                     it
                     is
                     obserued
                     that
                     the
                     ancient
                     courage
                     of
                     the
                     Turke
                     is
                     much
                     abated
                     ,
                     since
                     the
                     time
                     that
                     they
                     grew
                     more
                     ciuill
                     and
                     more
                     strictly
                     imbraced
                     discipline
                     .
                     And
                     this
                     some
                     thinke
                     to
                     haue
                     giuen
                     occasion
                     to
                     Alexander
                     the
                     great
                     ,
                     to
                     conquer
                     the
                     
                       Persian
                       Monarchie
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     Persians
                     hauing
                     beene
                     before
                     reduced
                     to
                     ciuility
                     ,
                     and
                     lost
                     their
                     hardnesse
                     .
                     And
                     we
                     daily
                     see
                     by
                     experience
                     ,
                     that
                     no
                     men
                     are
                     more
                     desperate
                     and
                     aduenturous
                     ;
                     then
                     those
                     which
                     are
                     rude
                     and
                     barbarous
                     ,
                     wanting
                     all
                     good
                     manners
                     and
                     education
                     .
                     None
                     more
                     fearefull
                     and
                     many
                     times
                     more
                     cowardlike
                     then
                     
                     such
                     as
                     are
                     most
                     wise
                     and
                     politick
                     :
                     an
                     example
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     we
                     haue
                     in
                     Aiax
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     in
                     Vlisses
                     ,
                     wherevpon
                     the
                     wisest
                     l●aders
                     and
                     commanders
                     haue
                     not
                     been
                     esteemed
                     the
                     most
                     valiant
                     .
                     A
                     certaine
                     English
                     gentleman
                     writing
                     military
                     obseruations
                     affirmes
                     the
                     
                       French
                       nobility
                    
                     to
                     bee
                     more
                     valorous
                     and
                     coragious
                     then
                     the
                     English
                     :
                     Because
                     of
                     the
                     loosenesse
                     of
                     their
                     discipline
                     and
                     the
                     strictnesse
                     of
                     ours
                     .
                     But
                     I
                     will
                     neither
                     grant
                     him
                     the
                     one
                     or
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     neither
                     can
                     I
                     auerre
                     their
                     courage
                     to
                     be
                     greater
                     ,
                     or
                     our
                     discipline
                     stricter
                     .
                     If
                     their
                     valour
                     bee
                     more
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     follow
                     their
                     wit
                     is
                     lesse
                     out
                     of
                     this
                     ground
                     .
                     But
                     how
                     soeuer
                     it
                     be
                     ,
                     I
                     am
                     sure
                     that
                     Caesar
                     and
                     Tacitus
                     giue
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     the
                     great
                     stature
                     and
                     courage
                     of
                     the
                     Germans
                     to
                     be
                     their
                     loosenesse
                     and
                     liberty
                     ,
                     which
                     howbeit
                     it
                     bee
                     not
                     the
                     sole
                     cause
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     needs
                     bee
                     a
                     great
                     helpe
                     .
                     For
                     wee
                     plainely
                     finde
                     by
                     experience
                     that
                     those
                     countries
                     which
                     be
                     most
                     mountanous
                     where
                     is
                     lesse
                     discipline
                     ,
                     are
                     found
                     to
                     produce
                     men
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     ,
                     most
                     warlicke
                     :
                     Such
                     as
                     the
                     
                       Suitzers
                       in
                       Germany
                    
                     and
                     Biscayn●s
                     and
                     Arragonians
                     in
                     Spain●
                     .
                     Whence
                     (
                     as
                     some
                     obserue
                     )
                     such
                     countries
                     as
                     are
                     partly
                     Mountanous
                     ,
                     partly
                     plaine
                     are
                     seldome
                     at
                     quiet
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     part
                     willingly
                     submitting
                     themselues
                     to
                     gouernment
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     affecting
                     warre
                     and
                     rebellion
                     .
                     Which
                     hath
                     been
                     the
                     cause
                     of
                     the
                     troubles
                     of
                     Naples
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     England
                     before
                     
                       Henry
                       the
                       eight's
                       time
                    
                     betwixt
                     the
                     Welsh
                     and
                     English.
                     Why
                     discipline
                     should
                     in
                     this
                     sort
                     mollifie
                     and
                     weaken
                     the
                     courage
                     of
                     men
                     ,
                     many
                     causes
                     may
                     bee
                     giuen
                     .
                     The
                     first
                     and
                     greatest
                     is
                     Religion
                     ,
                     then
                     the
                     which
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     no
                     greater
                     curbe
                     to
                     the
                     courage
                     :
                     not
                     meerely
                     of
                     it selfe
                     ,
                     but
                     by
                     accident
                     ;
                     Because
                     Death
                     being
                     the
                     greatest
                     hazard
                     of
                     a
                     souldier
                     ,
                     religion
                     giues
                     a
                     more
                     euident
                     apprehension
                     and
                     sense
                     of
                     the
                     immortality
                     of
                     the
                     soule
                     of
                     man
                     ,
                     and
                     sets
                     before
                     the
                     eye
                     of
                     his
                     vnderstanding
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     the
                     images
                     of
                     Hell-paines
                     and
                     
                       Caelestiall
                       ioyes
                    
                     ,
                     weighing
                     in
                     an
                     aequall
                     scale
                     the
                     danger
                     of
                     the
                     one
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     losse
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     Whereas
                     ignorant
                     people
                     wanting
                     all
                     sense
                     of
                     religion
                     lightly
                     esteeme
                     of
                     either
                     ,
                     holding
                     a
                     temporall
                     death
                     the
                     greatest
                     danger
                     .
                     Whence
                     grew
                     the
                     vsuall
                     Prouerbe
                     amongst
                     profane
                     Ruffians
                     ;
                     that
                     
                       conscience
                       makes
                       cowards
                    
                     .
                     But
                     this
                     (
                     as
                     I
                     said
                     )
                     is
                     meerely
                     
                     accidentall
                     :
                     For
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     nothing
                     spurres
                     on
                     a
                     true
                     resolution
                     more
                     then
                     a
                     
                       good
                       conscience
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     true
                     touch
                     of
                     religion
                     :
                     witnesse
                     the
                     holy
                     Martyrs
                     of
                     the
                     Church
                     of
                     all
                     ages
                     ,
                     whose
                     valour
                     and
                     constancy
                     hath
                     outgone
                     all
                     heathen
                     presidents
                     .
                     But
                     because
                     souldiers
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     ,
                     being
                     a
                     most
                     dissolute
                     kinde
                     of
                     people
                     ,
                     hauing
                     either
                     a
                     
                       false
                       religion
                    
                     which
                     can
                     suggest
                     no
                     setled
                     resolution
                     ,
                     or
                     an
                     ill
                     conscience
                     grounded
                     vpon
                     no
                     assurance
                     ,
                     Religion
                     must
                     needs
                     beget
                     in
                     them
                     a
                     more
                     fearefull
                     disposition
                     .
                     Another
                     cause
                     may
                     bee
                     the
                     seuerity
                     of
                     discipline
                     ,
                     which
                     especially
                     in
                     the
                     training
                     vp
                     of
                     youth
                     ,
                     is
                     mixed
                     with
                     a
                     kind
                     of
                     slauery
                     :
                     without
                     which
                     our
                     yonger
                     yeers
                     are
                     very
                     vntractable
                     to
                     tast
                     the
                     bitter
                     roots
                     of
                     knowledge
                     .
                     This
                     feare
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     stamped
                     in
                     our
                     affections
                     cannot
                     but
                     leaue
                     behind
                     it
                     a
                     continuall
                     impression
                     ,
                     which
                     cannot
                     suddainly
                     bee
                     razed
                     out
                     .
                     Such
                     as
                     we
                     find
                     in
                     vs
                     of
                     our
                     masters
                     and
                     teachers
                     ,
                     whose
                     friendship
                     we
                     rather
                     imbrace
                     ,
                     then
                     familiarity
                     .
                     A
                     third
                     reason
                     ,
                     why
                     discipline
                     would
                     weaken
                     and
                     mollifie
                     a
                     Nation
                     ,
                     may
                     be
                     the
                     delight
                     which
                     men
                     reape
                     in
                     Contemplatiue
                     studies
                     ,
                     and
                     morall
                     or
                     politicke
                     duties
                     ,
                     whence
                     followes
                     a
                     neglect
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     For
                     people
                     of
                     knowledge
                     must
                     needs
                     finde
                     a
                     greater
                     felicity
                     in
                     giftes
                     of
                     the
                     minde
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     vsually
                     seconded
                     with
                     a
                     contempt
                     of
                     externall
                     and
                     military
                     affaires
                     .
                     The
                     last
                     cause
                     may
                     bee
                     the
                     want
                     of
                     vse
                     and
                     practise
                     of
                     military
                     affaires
                     in
                     most
                     common-wealths
                     ;
                     for
                     many
                     states
                     well
                     established
                     continue
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     without
                     warres
                     ,
                     neither
                     molesting
                     their
                     neighbours
                     ,
                     nor
                     dissenting
                     amongst
                     themselues
                     ;
                     except
                     very
                     seldome
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     by
                     a
                     small
                     army
                     ,
                     without
                     troubling
                     the
                     whole
                     state
                     :
                     whence
                     the
                     generall
                     practise
                     being
                     lesse
                     knowne
                     ,
                     becomes
                     more
                     fearefull
                     .
                     Notwithstanding
                     ,
                     all
                     this
                     it
                     were
                     brutish
                     to
                     imagine
                     discipline
                     any
                     way
                     vnnecessary
                     or
                     hurtfull
                     ,
                     either
                     to
                     a
                     Captaine
                     or
                     Statesman
                     .
                     For
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     it
                     more
                     strengthens
                     the
                     wit
                     then
                     abates
                     the
                     courage
                     of
                     a
                     nation
                     .
                     Neither
                     is
                     it
                     properly
                     said
                     to
                     breake
                     and
                     weaken
                     ,
                     but
                     rather
                     to
                     temper
                     and
                     regulate
                     our
                     spirits
                     .
                     For
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     valour
                     ,
                     but
                     rather
                     rashnesse
                     or
                     fiercenesse
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     not
                     managed
                     with
                     policy
                     and
                     discretion
                     .
                     And
                     although
                     it
                     hath
                     sometimes
                     beene
                     attended
                     with
                     notable
                     exploites
                     ,
                     as
                     that
                     of
                     Alexander
                     
                     the
                     great
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     Gothes
                     ,
                     the
                     
                       ancient
                       Gaules
                    
                     and
                     many
                     other
                     .
                     Yet
                     shall
                     we
                     obserue
                     such
                     conquests
                     ,
                     to
                     bee
                     of
                     small
                     continuance
                     :
                     For
                     what
                     they
                     atcheiued
                     by
                     strength
                     ,
                     they
                     lost
                     for
                     want
                     of
                     policy
                     .
                     So
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     well
                     said
                     by
                     one
                     :
                     that
                     moderation
                     is
                     the
                     mother
                     of
                     continuance
                     ,
                     to
                     States
                     and
                     Kingdomes
                     .
                     Thus
                     haue
                     we
                     run
                     ouer
                     (
                     by
                     Gods
                     assistance
                     )
                     the
                     chiefe
                     causes
                     of
                     diuersity
                     of
                     dispositions
                     of
                     Nations
                     :
                     Wherein
                     if
                     any
                     man
                     will
                     informe
                     himselfe
                     (
                     as
                     hee
                     should
                     )
                     hee
                     must
                     compare
                     one
                     circumstance
                     with
                     another
                     ,
                     and
                     make
                     his
                     iudgement
                     not
                     from
                     a
                     man
                     but
                     a
                     nation
                     ;
                     and
                     not
                     censure
                     any
                     Nation
                     out
                     of
                     one
                     obseruation
                     :
                     For
                     practise
                     in
                     Art
                     cannot
                     alwayes
                     come
                     home
                     to
                     speculation
                     .
                     So
                     experience
                     in
                     this
                     kinde
                     will
                     oftentimes
                     crosse
                     the
                     most
                     generall
                     rules
                     wee
                     can
                     imagine
                     .
                     T
                     is
                     enough
                     to
                     iudge
                     as
                     wee
                     finde
                     ,
                     and
                     walke
                     where
                     the
                     way
                     is
                     open
                     ;
                     If
                     any
                     man
                     will
                     desire
                     more
                     curiosity
                     ,
                     hee
                     may
                     spend
                     more
                     labour
                     to
                     lesse
                     purpose
                     .
                     Let
                     euery
                     man
                     by
                     beholding
                     the
                     
                       nationall
                       vices
                    
                     of
                     other
                     men
                     ,
                     praise
                     Almighty
                     God
                     for
                     his
                     owne
                     happinesse
                     :
                     and
                     by
                     seeing
                     their
                     vertues
                     ,
                     learne
                     to
                     correct
                     his
                     owne
                     vices
                     .
                     So
                     should
                     our
                     trauaile
                     in
                     this
                     Terrestriall
                     Globe
                     bee
                     our
                     direct
                     way
                     to
                     Heauen
                     :
                     And
                     that
                     eternall
                     guide
                     should
                     conduct
                     vs
                     which
                     can
                     neuer
                     erre
                     :
                     To
                     whom
                     be
                     ascribed
                     all
                     Glory
                     ,
                     Prayse
                     ,
                     and
                     Power
                     ,
                     for
                     euermore
                     .
                  
                
              
            
             
               Deo
               triuni
               Laus
               in
               aeternum
               .
            
             
               FINIS
               .
            
             
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A18028-e6260
           
             
               Ptolom
               .
               geogr
               .
               l.
            
             1.
             sec.
             1.
             
          
           
             
               Seneca
               in
               Medeâ
               .
               Act.
            
             2.
             
          
           
             
               De
               gen
               .
               &
               cor
            
             .
          
           
             
               〈◊〉
               de
               caelo
               cap.
            
             4.
             
          
           
             
               L.
               de
               Sphaer
            
             .
          
           
             Lib.
             1
             
               geog
               .
               cap.
            
             4.
             
          
           
             Lib.
             2.
             c.
             72.
             
          
           
             Lib.
             1.
             
          
           
             
               De
               Mundi
               fabr
               .
               part
            
             .
             3.
             cap.
             2.
             
          
           
             Psal.
             104.
             
          
           
             
               Fundauit
               Terram
               super
               bases
               suas
               ,
               ne
               dimoueatur
               in
               saeculum
               .
            
             vers
             .
             5.
             
          
           
             
               Ptol.
               dict
            
             .
             1.
             cap.
             5.
             
             Alph.
             6.
             diff
             .
             6.
             
          
           
             Prop.
             11.
             lib.
             1.
             
          
           
             *
             Pag.
             149.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A18028-e58930
           
             
               R.
               Ld.
               D.
            
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A18028-e64150
           
             1
             Meteor
             .
          
           
             Lib.
             4.
             
          
           
             
               Sr
               Walter
               Rawleigh
            
             .